Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only                               Return to Historical Writings Main Page

 

Table of Contents - Chapter Titles

with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

American Communism and Anticommunism:

A Historian’s Bibliography and Guide to the Literature

 

 

Compiled and edited by John Earl Haynes

 

Last Revised 18 February 2009

 

 

 

How to Use this Bibliography

 

Subject Matter Chapters and the Table of Contents

 

            This bibliography is divided into thirty-three subject matter chapters with each chapter divided into numerous sections and subsections, all listed below in the Table of Contents.  The Table of Contents is in two versions: “Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only,” with the thirty-three subject matter chapter titles only and another, “Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections” which lists the numerous sections and subsections as well.

 

            A book or essay is listed under a particular heading in accordance with a judgment of where the work’s chief focus is or, in the case of items whose focus is elsewhere, where its chief relevance is to the field of domestic communism and anticommunism.  Many books could be placed under a dozen, a score, or even more headings.   But such a practice, or even attempting cross-referencing, would produce an unwieldy volume.  And, in any event, with more than 9,000 main entries cross-referencing would have been an impractical undertaking for the single historian without staff or assistance who compiled this volume as an ancillary product of other work.  Given the absence of cross-referencing, however, users should keep in mind the advisability of examining more than a single subject-matter heading.

 

Table of Content Hyperlinks

 

            The chapter titles and subsection titles are hyperlinked.  Clicking on the chapter titles in the first Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only listing only the thirty-three subject matter chapter titles, will jump to the more detailed second Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections with sections and subsections.  All of these are also hyperlinked and will jump to the appropriate section of the bibliography itself.

 

Web Browser “Find” Function

 

            Users may also use the “find” function of one’s web browser to access any portion of the bibliography.  Insert in the “find” window the chapter or subchapter title from the Table of Contents.  Alternately, insert in the “find” window an author’s name or any term that might occur in a citation from the title of the work sought

 

Corrections and Additions

 

            It is easy for a citation to The Journal of Southern History to become The Journal of Social History and even easier for “1978” to become “1987.”  Consequently, corrections to the errors in this bibliography are very welcome.  Nor has every essay or book that ought to be cited been included, and additions are equally sought.  Both corrections and additions can be sent to <johnearlhaynes@comcast.net>. 

 

Acknowledgements

           

            Over the years many scholars have provided me with citations that are incorporated in this bibliography.  Given that these were accumulated over several decades I can no longer individually remember all those who deserve acknowledgement, but I thank all of them for their contribution.  Specifically, however, I must note that since 2002 Peter Filardo’s annual bibliographies in American Communist History have been of inestimable value. 

 

Annotations

 

            A portion of the entries are annotated.  The existence of an annotation reflects the needs and circumstances of when the item first came to the author’s attention. Some annotations simply explain the contents with more detail when the title of the work does not clearly signal what the item is about.  Other annotations, particularly collections of essays, include the table of contents of the work.  Still others summarize the author’s view of the most significant points in the work or the author’s judgment of its importance, evaluations with which others may disagree.

           


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Table of Contents

-Chapter Titles Only-

 

Introduction

 

Chapter 1

          History of the Communist Party of the USA

 

Chapter 2

            Nature and Structure of the Communist Movement

 

Chapter 3

            Schismatic Communist Movements

 

Chapter 4

            Communists, Radicals, and American Politics

 

Chapter 5

            Communism and the American Labor Movement

 

Chapter 6

            Communism, Farmers, and Farm Workers

 

Chapter 7

            Communists, Immigrants, and Ethnicity

 

Chapter 8

            Communists and Black Americans

 

Chapter 9

            International Communism

 

Chapter 10

            Friends of Communism and the Soviet Union

 

Chapter 11

            Communism, Anticommunism, and American Culture

 

Chapter 12

            Communism, Film, Radio, and Television

 

Chapter 13

            Communism and Art

 

Chapter 14

            Communism and Music, Song, Opera, and Dance

 

Chapter 15

            Communism, Radicalism, and the Theater

 

Chapter 16

            Communism and Sports

 

Chapter 17

            Communism and the Intelligentsia

 

Chapter 18

            Radicalism, Communism and the Professions

 

Chapter 19

            Communism, Education, and Students

 

Chapter 20

            Communism and Women

 

Chapter 21

            Communism and Christianity

 

Chapter 22

            Biographies and Memoirs of the American Radical Left

 

Chapter 23

            American-Soviet Relations, the Cold War, and Domestic Communism

 

Chapter 24

            The Cultural Cold War

 

Chapter 25

            Popular and Official Domestic Anticommunism

 

Chapter 26

            The Democratic Left, Anti-Communist Liberals, and Anti-Stalinist Radicals

 

Chapter 27

            Ex-Communists, Ex-Radicals, Defectors, and Witnesses

 

Chapter 28

            Conservatism and Anticommunism

 

Chapter 29

            Joseph McCarthy and McCarthyism

 

Chapter 30

            Espionage

 

Chapter 31

            Anti-Communist Laws, Civil Liberties, and Internal Security

 

Chapter 32

            Historiography

 

Chapter 33

            Bibliographies, Encyclopedias, and Reference Works on 20th Century American Radicalism

 


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

 

Table of Contents

-Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections-

 

Introduction

 

Origins of this Bibliography

Focus of the Bibliography

Historiography

 

Chapter 1

History of the Communist Party of the USA

Single Volume Histories of the CPUSA

General Histories of American Communism and 20th Century American Radicalism

Documentary Histories of American Communism

Origins of American Communism

            The Socialist Party, Eugene Debs, and the Early Communist Movement

            The IWW and the Early Communist Movement

                        William Haywood, the IWW, and the Early Communist Movement

                        The Socialist Labor Party and the Early Communist Movement

                        Anarchists and the Early Communist Movement

                        Records and Documents of the Early American Communist Movement

The Communist Party in the 1920s

            The Communist Party in the 20s, Biographical Material

                        Charles Ruthenberg

                        John Pepper

Communist Party: 1930-1945

            Illustrative Party Literature of the 1930s

            Communist Party and World War II: The Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

                        Communist Party Literature of the Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

            Communist Party and World War II

            Communist Trade Union Policy during World War II

            Earl Browder and American Communism

            The Duclos Article and Purge of Browderism

Communist Party: 1945-1959

            Khrushchev’s Secret Speech and the 1956-57 Crisis in American Communism

Communist Party: 1960 and After

            The Party Crisis of 1989-1991

            Gus Hall

 

Chapter 2

Nature and Structure of the Communist Movement

Communism and Americanism

            Organization and Structure of the Communist Party

            Communist Party Youth Affiliates and Youth Organizing

                        Communist Party-Associated Summer Camps

            Communist Party Associated Schools and Party Education

                        California Labor School

                        Elisabeth Irwin School

                        Hessian Hills School

                        New York Marxist School / Brecht Forum

                        New York Workers School

                        New York Jefferson School of Social Science

            The Communist Party and Conspiracy

            Social Background of American Communism

            Psychological Approaches to American Communism

            Communist Party Rhetoric

            Communists in the South

                        Communists in the South: The States

                                    Communists in the South: Alabama

                                    Communists in the South: Georgia

                                    Communists in the South: North Carolina

 

Chapter 3

Schismatic Communist Movements

Trotskyism

            Smith Act Prosecution of the Trotskyists

            Detroit Trotskyists

            James Cannon and American Trotskyism

            Cochran Tendency

            C.L.R. James and the Johnson-Forest Tendency

            Leninist League

            Revolutionary Workers League (Hugo Oehler and Thomas Stamm)

            Max Shachtman and the Workers Party

            Shermanites

            Spartacist League

            Vern-Ryan Tendency

            Weiss Current

            League for a Revolutionary Workers Party (B.J. Field)

            Trotskyism and Maoism

            Trotskyists and the Labor Movement

            Trotskyism and Black Americans

            Trotskyism and the Intelligentsia

            Illustrative CPUSA Attacks on American Trotskyism

            Leon Trotsky and the Dewey Commission

            Trotskyist Reference Works

            Trotskyist Records and Documents

Lovestone and the Right Opposition

Monthly Review

Communist League of Struggle

Communist Workers Party and Greensboro

Independent Socialist Party

Maoists

Marxist-Leninist Party

Progressive Labor

Proletarian Party

Proletarian Unity League

Revolutionary Communist League (Internationalist)

Revolutionary Communist Party

Third Camp Socialism

 

Chapter 4

Communists, Radicals, and American Politics

Communists and Politics in the 1920s

Communists and Politics in the 1930s: the New Deal, and the Popular Front

            Communists and the Unemployed

            The Bonus March

            Illustrative CPUSA Literature of the 1930s

            Third Parties and Alternatives to the New Deal and the Popular Front

                        National Labor Parties and Farmer-Labor Parties

                        Union Party

                        National Progressives of America

                        Independent Progressives and Radical Alternatives Biographical Material

                                    Thomas Amlie

                                    Alfred Bingham

                                    Father Charles Coughlin

                                    Huey Long

Communists, Henry Wallace, and the 1948 Progressive Party

            Progressive Party Biographical Material

                        J.W. Gitt

                        Glen H. Taylor

                        Henry Wallace

            The Democratic Response to Wallace and the Progressive Party

Communists and Politics: The States

            Communists and Politics: Arkansas

            Communists and Politics: California

                        California: Independent Progressive Party

                        California: Jack Tenney and the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American

                                    Activities

                        California: Richard Nixon, Jerry Voorhis, and Helen Douglas

                        California: Upton Sinclair and EPIC

            Communists and Politics: Colorado

            Communists and Politics: Connecticut

            Communists and Politics: Florida

            Communists and Politics: Georgia

            Communists and Politics: Hawaii

            Communists and Politics: Idaho

            Communists and Politics: Illinois

            Communists and Politics: Indiana

            Communists and Politics: Iowa

            Communists and Politics: Kansas

            Communists and Politics: Louisiana

            Communists and Politics: Maryland

            Communists and Politics: Massachusetts

            Communists and Politics: Michigan

            Communists and Politics: Minnesota

                        Minnesota Farmer-Labor and Democratic-Farmer-Labor Parties

            Communists and Politics: Missouri

            Communists and Politics: Nebraska

            Communists and Politics: Nevada

            Communists and Politics: New Hampshire

            Communists and Politics: New Jersey

            Communists and Politics: New York

                        New York: American Labor Party

                        New York: Vito Marcantonio

                        New York: Liberal Party

            Communists and Politics: North Carolina

            Communists and Politics: North Dakota

            Communists and Politics: Ohio

            Communists and Politics: Oklahoma

            Communists and Politics: Oregon

            Communists and Politics: Pennsylvania

            Communists and Politics: South Carolina

            Communists and Politics: South Dakota

            Communists and Politics: Tennessee

            Communists and Politics: Texas

            Communists and Politics: Utah

            Communists and Politics: Washington State

                        Seattle General Strike of 1919

                        Washington Joint Legislative Fact-Finding Committee (Canwell Committee)

            Communists and Politics: Wisconsin

                        Wisconsin: Progressive Party

                        McCarthy in Wisconsin

                        Wisconsin’s Social Democratic Party

            Communists and Politics: Wyoming

Communists, the Popular Front, and the South

            Southern Conference for Human Welfare and Southern Conference Education Fund

            Popular Front and Progressive Schools in the South

                        Black Mountain College

                        Highlander Folk School and Myles Horton

            The Popular Front in the South: Biographical Material

                        Anne Braden

                        James A. Dombrowski

                        Clifford J. and Virginia F. Durr

                        Clifford Durr, John Coe, and Benjamin Smith

                        Lillian Smith

                        Aubrey Williams

New Leftists and other Radicals

            New Left and the Union Movement

            Pacifica Foundation and Radio

            Students for a Democratic Society

 

Chapter 5

Communism and the American Labor Movement

TUEL and TUUL

The March of Labor

Communists and the Congress of Industrial Organizations

            Expelling Communists from the CIO

            CIO Biographical Material

                        John Brophy

                        Len De Caux

                        Adolph Germer

                        Powers Hapgood

                        John L. Lewis

                        Lucy Randolph Mason

                        Lee Pressman

                        William Weinstone

            CIO: Regional

                        CIO: Canada

                        CIO: Pacific Northwest

                        CIO: Upper Midwest

                        CIO: South

                                    South: Operation Dixie

            CIO: States

                        CIO: California

                        CIO: Illinois

                        CIO: Minnesota

                        CIO: Missouri

                        CIO: New York

                        CIO: Ohio

                        CIO: Pennsylvania

                        CIO: Texas

                        CIO: Wisconsin

Industries, Trades, and Individual Unions

            Auto Industry and the United Auto Workers

                        UAW and Specific Companies or Strikes

                                    UAW and Aircraft Workers

                                    Allis-Chalmers

                                    Chrysler

                                    Ford

                                                Ford Hunger March

                                    General Motors and the Flint Sit-Down Strike

                                    Motor Products Strike of 1935-1936

                                    North American Aviation Strike of 1941

                                    Studebaker

                                    Tool and Die Makers Strike of 1933

                        UAW and Politics

                        UAW and Race

                        UAW: Biographical Material

                                    Sol and Genora Johnson Dollinger

                                    Clayton Fountain

                                    Elizabeth Hawes

                                    Edmund Kord

                                    Henry Kraus

                                    Wyndham Mortimer

                                    Walter Reuther

                                    Irving Richter

            Culinary Unions

            Electrical and Machine

                        Electrical and Machine: Regional and State

                                    Electrical and Machine: Canada

                                    Electrical and Machine: California

                                    Electrical and Machine: Indiana

                                    Electrical and Machine: Missouri

                                    Electrical and Machine: New York

                                    Electrical and Machine: Ohio

                                    Electrical and Machine: Pennsylvania

                        Electrical and Machine: Biographical Material

                                    Emanuel Fried

                                    James Matles

            Farm Equipment Workers

            Hospital Workers

            Journalism and the Printing Trades

            Leather and Shoe

            Longshore and Maritime

                        Longshore and Maritime: Specific Strikes

                                    The San Pedro Waterfront Strike, 1923

                                    The 1934 Maritime Strike

                        Longshore and Maritime: Specific Unions

                                    ILWU and ILA

                                    International Fishermen and Allied Workers of America

                                    Marine Cooks and Stewards Union

                                    Marine Transport Workers Industrial Union (IWW)

                                    Maritime Federation of the Pacific

                                    Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL) and George Mink

                                    National Maritime Union

                                    Sailors Unions - AFL

                        Longshore and Maritime: Biographical Material

                                    Bill Bailey

                                    Harry Bridges

                                    Harry Bridges and Harry Lundeberg

                                    Lee Brown

                                    Ralph Chaplin

                                    Bert Corona

                                    Andrew Furuseth

                                    Louis Goldblatt

                                    Gilbert Mers

                                    Hugh Mulzac

                                    Charles Rubin

                                    Paul Scharrenberg

                                    Ferdinand Smith

                                    Other Maritime Biographical Works

            Lumber, Wood, and Furniture

            Mining Industry -- Coal

                        Harlan County Strike

            Mining Industry -- Non-Coal

            Needle Trades

                        ACWA and Sidney Hillman

                        Fur Workers and Ben Gold

                        ILGWU and David Dubinsky

                        United Hatters

            Office, Wholesale, and Distributive Workers

            Oil Industry

            Packinghouse Workers

                        Packinghouse Workers: Regional and Local Studies

                                    Packinghouse Workers: Illinois - Chicago

                                    Packinghouse Workers: Minnesota - Albert Lea and Austin

                                    Packinghouse Workers: Nebraska - Omaha

                                    Packinghouse Workers: Texas - Fort Worth

                                    Packinghouse Workers: Midwest

            Rubber and Tire

            Public Employees

            Scientific and Technical Workers

            Shipbuilding

            Social Service Unionism

            Steel Industry and the United Steel Workers

                        Steel Strike of 1919

                        The Little Steel Strike and Memorial Day Massacre of 1937

            Teachers' Unions

            Telephone and Communications

            Textiles

                        Gastonia

                        Passaic

            Transit and Transportation

Labor Colleges

            Boston Labor College

            Brookwood Labor College

Labor Movement Politics, Government Regulation and the CPUSA

            The La Follette Committee

            The Wagner Act and Taft-Hartley

Labor Anticommunism

Labor Internationalism and Anticommunism

            Free Trade Union Committee

            World Federation of Trade Unions and International Confederation of Free Trade Unions

            Labor Internationalism by Regions

                        Labor Internationalism: Africa

                        Labor Internationalism: Asia

                        Labor Internationalism: Central and South America and the Caribbean

                        Labor Internationalism: Europe

                        Labor Internationalism: Israel

Roman Catholics and Anticommunism in the Labor Movement

            Association of Catholic Trade Unionists

            Catholic Labor Schools

            Catholic Worker Movement

            Roman Catholics and Labor Anticommunism: Biographical Material

                        Father John F. Cronin

                        Father George Higgins

                        Father Charles Owen Rice

 

Chapter 6

Communism, Farmers, and Farm Workers

National Farmers Union

United Farmers League

Communists and Midwestern Agriculture

Communists and Southern Agriculture

            Alabama Sharecroppers Union

            Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union

Communists and West Coast Agriculture

            The El Monte Berry Strike

 

Chapter 7

Communists, Immigrants, and Ethnicity

American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born

American Slav Congress

International Workers Order

Captive Nations” Campaign

American Communism and Immigrant-Ethnic Groups

            Communism and Arab Americans

            Communism and Asian, Chinese, and Japanese Americans

            Communism and Caribbean, Central and South American Immigrants

                        Communism and Cuban Americans

                        Communism and Haitian Americans

                        Communism and Mexican Americans

                                    Communism and Mexican and Irish Immigrants

                                    Communism and Mexican, Hispanic, and Latino Americans

                        Communism, Puerto Rican Immigrants, and Black Nationalists

            Communism and European Immigrants

                        Communism and Albanian Americans

                        Communism and Armenian Americans

                        Communism and Bulgarian Americans

                        Communism and Croatian Americans

                        Communism and Czech and Slovak Americans

                        Communism and Finnish Americans

                                    Finnish Cooperatives

                                    Work People’s College

                                    Sosialisti - Industrialisti

                                    Raivaaja

                                    Finns: Regional and State

                                                Finnish American Radicals in the Great Lakes Region

                                                Finnish-American Radicals in Massachusetts

                                                Finnish-American Radicals in the Pacific Northwest

                                                Finnish Radicals in Canada

                                    Karelian Fever

                                                Karelian Fever Biographical Accounts

                                                            Joonas Harju

                                                            Lawrence and Sylvia Hokkanen

                                                            Mayme Corgan Sevander

                                                            Kaarlo Tuomi

                                    The Winter War

                                    Finnish-Communist Biographical Material

                                                Aino Kuusinen

                                                Toini Mackie

                                                Santeri Nuorteva

                                                K. A. Suvanto

                                                Oskari Tokoi

                                                Arvo Tuominen

                                                John Wiita / Henry Puro

                        Communism and German Americans

                        Communism and Greek Americans

                        Communism and Hungarian Americans

                        Communism and Irish Americans

                        Communism and Italian Americans

                        Communism and American Jews

                                    Jewish Writers, Jewish Intellectuals, and Communism

                                    Jewish Radicals and the American Labor Movement

                                                Jewish Labor Committee

                                    American Jews and the USSR, Left Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism

                                                Joint Distribution Committee

                                                Jewish Antifascist Committee

                                                ICOR, Birobidzhan, and the American Committee for the

                                                            Settlement of Jews in Birobidzhan

                                    American Jewish and Finnish Communists

                                    Jewish American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War

                                    Jewish Conservatism and Anticommunism

                                    American Jews and Communism: Biographical

                                                Melech Epstein

                                                Ephraim Frisch

                                                Paul Novick

                                                Jacob Rosenfeld

                        Communism and Latvian Americans

                        Communism and Polish Americans

                                    Katyn and Stalin’s Treatment of the Poles

                                    Yalta and Postwar Poland in American Politics

                                    Polish American Congress

                                    Polish American Radicals: Biographical Accounts

                                                Edward Falkowski

                                                Boleslaw Gebert

                                                Leo Krzycki

                                                Stanley Nowak

                                                Oskar Lange

                        Communism and Scandinavian Immigrants

                        Communism and Serbian Americans

                        Communism and Slovenian Americans

                        Communism and South Slav (Yugoslav) Immigrants

                                    Louis Adamic

                        Communism and Swedish Americans

                        Communism and Ukrainian Americans

 

Chapter 8

Communists and Black Americans

New York City and Harlem

Organizations

            African Blood Brotherhood

            The Civil Rights Congress and the Martinsville, Ingram, and McGee Cases

            NAACP

            National Negro Congress

            International Labor Defense

                        Scottsboro

                        Angelo Herndon Case

Trade Unions, Communism, and Black Workers

            National Negro Labor Council

            Negro Labor Committee and Frank Crosswaith

            League of Revolutionary Black Worker

            Communism and Black Tobacco Workers

            Communism and Black Workers in Memphis

Congressional Investigations of Black Radicalism

Black Radicalism and Internal Security Agencies

Blacks and Communism: Biographical Material

            Harry Belafonte

            Ben Burns

            Marvel Cooke

            Angela Davis

            Benjamin Davis

            W.E.B. Du Bois

            Hubert Harrison

            Harry Haywood

            Hosea Hudson

            Martin Luther King, Jr.

            Claude Lightfoot

            James and Esther Jackson

            Claudia Jones

            George Padmore

            Adam Clayton Powell

            A. Philip Randolph and the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters

            Bayard Rustin

            George S. Schuyler

            Robert F. Williams

            Henry Winston

            Max Yergan

Black Writers, Black Artists, and Communism

            Black Writers, Black Artists: Biographical Material

                        Josephine Baker

                        James Baldwin

                        Lloyd Brown

                        Harold Cruse

                        Ralph Ellison

                        Chester Himes

                        Langston Hughes

                        Zora Neale Hurston

                        Bob Kaufman

                        Claude McKay

                        Paul Robeson

                        Richard Wright

Anticommunism and Racial Segregation in the South

The Cold War and Race

Soviet and Comintern Policy toward African Americans

            Self-Determination in the Black Belt

            The Film “Black and White”

            African-Americans in the USSR

                        Oliver Golden

                        Gary Lee

                        Joseph Roane

                        Robert Robinson

                        Wayland Rudd

                        Homer Smith

                        George Tynes

Black Americans in the Spanish Civil War

 

Chapter 9

International Communism

Communist International (Comintern) and the Communist Information Bureau (Cominform)

            Red International of Labor Unions / Profintern

            Communist Youth International (KIM)

            Comintern: Records and Documents

            Moscow Gold: Soviet Subsidies of the CPUSA

                        Soviet Subsidies and Armand Hammer

            Comintern Biographies and Memoirs

                        Alfred Burmeister

                        Georgi Dimitrov

                        Gerhart Eisler and Ruth Fischer

                        Wolfgang Leonhard

                        Otto Katz / Andre Simone

American Communists Abroad

            Australia

                        Harry Wicks

            Brazil

                        Victor Barron

            China

                        Harold Isaacs

                        Agnes Smedley

                        Anna Louise Strong

            Denmark

                        Leon Josephson and George Mink

            Germany

                        Mildred Fish Harnack

            Mexico

                        Anita Brenner

                        Charles Phillips

            South Africa

American Visitors and Immigrants to Communist Societies

            Americans in Russia and the USSR

                        The Kuzbas Project

                        Americans in the Terror and the Gulag

                                    Americans in the Terror: Biographical Accounts

                                                Alexander Dolgun

                                                Victor Herman

                                                John Noble

                                                David Rosenblum

                                                Thomas Sgovio

            Americans in Communist China

            Americans in Communist Cuba

            Americans in the German Democratic Republic

                        Stephen Wechsler / Victor Grossman

            Americans in Sandinista Nicaragua

            Soviet Union and Stalinism in American Communist Eyes

            Stalinism, Leninism, and Soviet Communism

            The Gulag

            The Ukrainian Famine

            The Great Terror

                        The American Response to the Great Terror

Spanish Civil War

            Americans and the Spanish Civil War

                        American Writers and Intellectuals and the Spanish Civil War

                                    Ernest Hemingway and the Spanish Civil War

                        American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

                        The CPUSA and the Spanish Civil War

            The International Brigades

                        Americans in the International Brigades

                                    Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade

                                    Americans in the I.B.: Collective Biographical Accounts

                                    Americans in the I.B.: Individual Biographical Accounts

                                                Alvah Bessie

                                                John W. Cookson

                                                Harry Fisher

                                                Moe Fishman

                                                William Herrick

                                                Mirko Marković

                                                Robert Merriman

                                                Steve Nelson

                                                Murray Sperber

                                                D.P. Stephens

                                                John Tisa

                                                George Watt

                                                Milton Wolff

                                    American Medical and Relief Assistance to the Republican Government

 

Chapter 10

Friends of Communism and the Soviet Union

Moral Equivalence

Journals of Opinion and the Press

            Walter Duranty and the New York Times

            The Nation

            National Guardian

            New Republic

            PM

Organizations Associated with the Communist Movement

            Fair Play for Cuba Committee

            Garland Fund

            Institute for Policy Studies

            International League for Human Rights

            Medical Aid to Cuba Committee and Friends of British Guiana

            National Assembly for Democratic Rights and Citizens’ Committee

                        for Constitutional Liberties

            National Committee to Defeat the Mundt Bill

            National Council of American-Soviet Friendship

            United May Day Committee

            Save Our Sons Committee

Biographical Accounts

            Carleton Beals

            Wilfred Burchett

            Noam Chomsky

            Joseph Davies

            Albert Einstein

            Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty

            Waldo Frank

            Stefan Heym

            Willi Munzenberg and his Fronts

            Albert Kahn and Michael Sayers

            Corliss Lamont

            Robert Morss Lovett

            Herbert Matthews

            Carey McWilliams

            Alexander Meiklejohn

            Linus Pauling

            Raymond Robins

            Susan Sontag

            Johannes Steel

            Lincoln Steffens

            Edmund Stevens

            I.F. Stone

            Berhard J. Stern and Leslie A. White

            Duncan Smith

            Claude Williams

Communists and the Peace Movement

            The Waldorf Peace Conference

 

Chapter 11

Communism, Anticommunism, and American Culture

CPUSA and Communist Cultural and Aesthetic Policy

Michael Denning’s Cultural Front

Homosexuality, Masculinity, and Anticommunism

            Individuals

                        Harry Hay

                        Klaus and Erika Mann

 

Chapter 12

Communism, Film, Radio, and Television

Depiction of the Soviet Union and Communism in American Film

Radicals and Proletarians in American Film and Radio

Individual Films

            Advise and Consent

            The Alamo

            Amerika

            Animal Farm

            Big Jim McLain

            Crossfire

            The Devil and Miss Jones

            Dr. Strangelove

            Easy Rider

            Fellow Traveler

            Friendly Persuasion

            The Front and Guilty by Suspicion

            High Noon

            The Hoaxters

            I Led 3 Lives

            I Married a Communist

            Invasion of the Body Snatchers

            The Iron Curtain

            It's a Wonderful Life

            I was a Communist for the FBI

            Lawrence of Arabia

            The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War Brainwashing of POWs

            My Darling Clementine

            My Son John

            Ninotchka

            Nixon

            North Star / Armored Attack

            One Lonely Night and Jet Pilot

            Pickup on South Street

            Point of Order

            The Quiet American

            Red Planet Mars, Invasion USA, and The Beast of Yucca Flats

            Salt of the Earth

            The Shoes of the Fisherman

            Song of Russia

            Spartacus

            Star Trek

            The Thing from Another World and Jet Pilot

            Trial

            Viva, Zapata!

Hollywood Unions

Communism, Hollywood, and Entertainment Industry Blacklisting

The Hollywood Ten

Communism and Hollywood and Entertainment Industry: Biographical accounts

            Larry Adler

            Norma and Ben Barzman

            Walter Bernstein

            Alvah Bessie

            Jean Rouverol and Hugo Butler

            Charlie Chaplin

            Lester Cole

            Richard Collins

            Constantin Costa-Gavras

            Emile De Antonio

            Walt Disney

            Edward Dmytryk

            Ludwig Donath

            Kirk Douglas

            Melvyn Douglas

            Philip Dunne

            John Henry Faulk

            Will Geer

            Bernard Gordon

            Charlton Heston

            William Holden

            Hedda Hopper

            Sterling Hayden

            Paul Jarrico

            Elia Kazan and On the Waterfront

                        Elia Kazan’s Oscar Controversy

            Howard Koch

            Ring Lardner, Jr.

            John Howard Lawson

            Canada Lee

            Joseph Losey

            Albert Maltz

            Abraham Polonsky

            Maurice Rapf

            Ronald Reagan

            Edward G. Robinson

            Dore Schary

            Budd Schulberg

            Oliver Stone

            Robert Taylor

            Dalton Trumbo

Radical Photography and Documentary Film

            Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films

            Documentary and Radical Photography: Biographical Accounts

                        James Abbe

                        Margaret Bourke-White

                        Leo Hurwitz

                        Joris Ivens

                        Tina Modotti

                        Paul Strand

 

Chapter 13

Communism and Art

Organized Artists

New Deal Federal Art Programs and Communism

Communism and Art: Biographical Accounts

            Mike Alewitz

            Ralph Fasanella

            Duncan Ferguson

            Frida Kahlo

            Hugo Gellert

            Jacob Kainen

            Oliver Larkin

            Pablo Picasso

            Meyer Schapiro

            Ben Shahn

Cartoonists and Communism

            Cartoonists and Communism: Biographical Accounts

                        George Grosz

                        William Gropper

Radical Mexican Muralists in America

 

Chapter 14

Communism and Music, Song, Opera, and Dance

Music and Song

            Biographical Accounts

                        Leonard Bernstein

                        Aaron Copland

                        Aaron Copland and Hanns Eisler

                        Hanns Eisler

                        Nocolas Nabokov

                        Frank Sinatra

                        Leon Theremin

                        Josh White

Operas and Musicals

            The Cradle Will Rock and Marc Blitzstein

            Porgy and Bess

            Seattle 1919

Folk Music

            Folk Groups

                        Almanac Singers, People’s Songs, and the Composers Collective

                        The Weavers

                        Folkway Records

            Individuals

                        Sis Cunningham and Gordon Friesen

                        Sis Cunningham, Lee Hays, and Zilphia Johnson Horton

                        Joe Glazer

                        Woody Guthrie

                        Molly Jackson

                        Earl Robinson

                        Charles Seeger

                        Pete Seeger

Dance

 

Chapter 15

Communism, Radicalism, and the Theater

Federal Theater Project and Communism

Theater and Communism: Biographical Accounts

            Bertolt Brecht

            Lorraine Hansberry

            John Howard Lawson

            Arthur Miller

            Clifford Odets

            Clifford Odets, Elia Kazan, and Arthur Miller

            Clifford Odets, John Howard Lawson, and Robert Sherwood

            Clifford Odets, Lilian Hellman and Arthur Miller

            Robert Sherwood

            Donald Ogden Stewart

 

Chapter 16

Communism and Sports

Communism, Baseball and Jackie Robinson

 

Chapter 17

Communism and the Intelligentsia

Communism, Writers, and Literature

            Communism and Women Writers

            Proletarian Literature

            Anthologies of Left Literature of the 1930s

            Left Literary and Cultural Journals

                        The Anvil

                        The Masses

                        New Masses

                        Modern Monthly / Modern Quarterly

                        Partisan Review

            Organized Writers: John Reed Clubs, American Writers’ Congress, League

                        of American Writers

            Federal Writers’ Project

            The FBI, Writers and Communism

Intellectuals and Writers: Biographical Accounts

            Lionel Abel

            Sherwood Anderson

            Hannah Arendt

            Sanora Babb

            William Barrett

            Carl Becker

            Daniel Bell

            Saul Bellow

            Daniel Boorstin

            James Burnham

            Erskine Caldwell

            V.F. Calverton

            Robert Cantwell

            Henry Steele Commager

            Jack Conroy

            Lewis Coser

            Malcolm Cowley

            Edward Dahlberg

            Olive Dargan, Grace Lumpkin, and Myra Page

            John Dewey

            John Dewey and Albert Barnes

            E. L. Doctorow

            John Dos Passos

            John Dos Passos, James Farrell, and Josephine Herbst

            Theodore Dreiser

            Theodore Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson, John Dos Passos, James Farrell

            Max Eastman

            Guy Endore

            David Evanier

            James T. Farrell

            Howard Fast

            William Faulkner

            Kenneth Fearing

            Joseph Freeman

            E. M. Forster

            Daniel Fuchs

            Elsa Gidlow

            Michael Gold

            Joseph Heller

            Lillian Hellman and Dashiell Hammett

            Ernest Hemingway

            Will Herberg

            Josephine Herbst

            Granville Hicks

            Sidney Hook

            David Horowitz

            Irving Howe

            Irving Howe and Alfred Kazin

            Howard Hunt

            Fredric Jameson

            Matthew Josephson

            Alfred Kazin

            Arthur Koestler

            Arthur Koestler and George Orwell

            Irving Kristol

            Meridel Le Sueur

            Meridel Le Sueur, Tillie Olsen, and Langston Hughes

            Ludwig Lewisohn

            Dwight Macdonald

            F.O. Matthiessen

            Mary McCarthy

            Herman Melville

            Norman Mailer

            Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, and John Barth

            Reinhold Niebuhr, David Riesman, and Lionel Trilling

            Flannery O’Connor

            Martin Olasky

            Tillie Olsen

            Tillie Olsen and Meridel Le Sueur

            George Orwell

            Dorothy Parker

            Norman Podhoretz

            Karl Popper

            Philip Rahv

            Henry Roth

            Philip Roth

            John Sanford

            Herbert Selby

            Victor Serge

            Tess Slesinger

            Bernard Smith

            Christina Stead

            John Steinbeck

            Philip Stevenson

            Harvey Swados

            B. Traven

            Lionel Trilling

            Lionel Trilling and Whittaker Chambers

            John Updike

            Mary Heaton Vorse

            Rebecca West

            Edmund Wilson

            Ella Winter

            Bertram Wolfe

            Philip Wylie

Communism and Poets

            Women Poets on the Left

            Communism and Poets: Individual and Biographical Accounts

                        Kenneth Flexner Fearing

                        Robert Hayden

                        H.H. Lewis

                        Walter Lowenfels

                        Thomas McGrath

                        George Oppen

                        John Reed

                        Edwin Rolfe

                        Carl Sandburg

                        W.S. Stacy

                        Wallace Stevens

                        Henry George Weiss

                        Don West

                        John Wheelwright and Sherry Mangan

                        William Carlos Williams

 

Chapter 18

Radicalism, Communism and the Professions

Anthropologists

Economists

Geneticists

The Interprofessional Association

Lawyers and the National Lawyers Guild

Communism, Libraries, and Librarians

Philosophers (Academic)

Physicians

Psychologists and Psychoanalysis

            Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues

            The Benjamin Rush Society

            The Freudian Left: Otto Fenichel and Wilhelm Reich

            Psychologists and Psychoanalysis: Biographical Accounts

                        Dyson Carter

                        George W. Hartmann

 

Chapter 19

Communism, Education, and Students

Communism, Anticommunism and Public Education (K-12)

            Teaching about Communism in Public Schools

Communism, Anticommunism, and Higher Education

            Sidney Hook and Academic Freedom

Communism, Anticommunism and Education by State

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Arkansas

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: California

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Colorado

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Connecticut

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: District of Columbia

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Georgia

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Illinois

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Kansas

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Louisiana

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Massachusetts

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Michigan

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Nevada

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New Jersey

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New York

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: North Carolina

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Oregon

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Pennsylvania

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: South Dakota

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Tennessee

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Texas

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Vermont

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Washington State

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: West Virginia

                        Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Wyoming

            Communists and College Students

                        Communists and College Students: The 1930s

            Marxism in the Late 20th Century Academy

 

Chapter 20

Communism and Women

Kate Weigand and Red Feminism

Congress of American Women, International Congress of Working Women, and Women’s

            International Democratic Federation

Women and Anticommunism

            Biographical Accounts

                        Ida M. Darden

                        Elizabeth Dilling and Women of the Far Right

                        Clare Boothe Luce

                        Ayn Rand

                        Phyllis Schlafly

 

Chapter 21

Communism and Christianity

Communism and Protestantism: Biographical Accounts

            Billy Graham

            Reinhold Niebuhr

            A.J. Muste

Anticommunism and Roman Catholicism

            American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

            Catholicism and Anticommunism: Biographical Accounts

                        Waldamar Gurian

                        Patrick Peyton

                        Fulton Sheen

                        Edmund Walsh

The Churches and McCarthyism

            Catholics and McCarthy

The Christian Right

            The Christian Anti-Communist Crusade

            The Christian Right: Biographical Accounts

                                    Ezra Taft Benson, David O. McKay, and LDS Anticommunism

                                    Billy James Hargis

                                    J. Frank Norris

                                    Frederick Schwarz

The Christian Left

            National Council of Churches and World Council of Churches

            Christian Left: Biographical accounts

                        William Brown

                        Hewlett Johnson

                        John and William Melish

                        G. Bromley Oxnam

                        Harry F. Ward

 

Chapter 22

Biographies and Memoirs of the American Radical Left

Radical Left Collective Biographies and Memories

“Red Diaper" Babies: Memoirs and Reminiscences

Individual Biographical Accounts

            John Abt

            Herbert Aptheker

            Max Bedacht

            Cedric Belfrage

            Alexander Bittelman

            Ella Reeve Bloor

            Grace Burnham

            Kenneth Neill Cameron

            George Charney

            Samuel Darcy

            Eugene V. Dennett

            Eugene and Peggy Dennis

            James Dolson

            Bill Dunne

            Frederick V. Field

            Betty Friedan

            Elizabeth Gurley Flynn

            William Z. Foster

            Vivian Gornick

            Gilbert Green

            Hubert Harrison and Crystal Eastman

            Dorothy Healey

            Eric Hobsbawm

            Bertha Howe

            Grace Hutchins and Anna Rochester

            Paul Jacobs

            Edith Jenkins

            Clyde L. Johnson

            Mother Jones

            Ann Kimmage

            Carol Weiss King

            Arthur Kinoy

            Jack Kling

            Sherman Labovitz

            Al Lannon

            Helen Lawrenson

            Gerda Lerner

            Sidney Lens

            Bernard Livingston

            Florence Luscomb

            Mary Marcy

            Felix Martin / Isaac Woods

            Ruth McKenney

            Robert Minor

            Jessica Mitford

            David Montgomery

            Scott Nearing

            Steve Nelson

            Norman Nevins

            Joseph North

            Harvey and Jessie O’Connor

            Kate Richards O’Hare

            Andy Overgaard

            Myra Page

            J. Peters / Josef Peters

            Richard F. Pettigrew

            Sara Plotkin

            Victor Rabinowitz

            Joe Rapoport

            John Reed

            Al Richmond

            Richard Rovere

            John R. Salter

            Alexander Saxton

            Robert Schrank

            George Seldes

            Art Shields

            William Schneiderman

            William Sennett

            John L. Spivak

            John W. Stanford, Jr.

            Joseph Starobin

            Rose Pastor Stokes

            Arne Swabeck

            Willard Uphaus

            Vera Buch Weisbord

            Anita Whitney

            John Williamson

            Leon Wofsy

            Elaine Black Yoneda

 

Chapter 23

American-Soviet Relations, the Cold War, and Domestic Communism

The Wilson Administration and Early U.S. Policy toward the Bolshevik Revolution

            The Sisson Documents

The Roosevelt Administration and American Soviet Relations

The Truman Administration and Later: American Soviet Relations

            Civil Defense and Domestic Cold War Policy

Biographical Accounts

            William C. Bullitt

            George Kennan

Perceptions of Communism and the Soviet Union

            Perceptions of Communist Totalitarianism

The Cold War in Asia and Domestic Political Controversy

            The Institute for Pacific Relations and Amerasia

            The Cold War in Asia and Domestic Political Controversy: Biographical Accounts

                        Hanseng Chen

                        John Paton Davies, Jr.

                        Alfred Kohlberg

                        Owen Lattimore

                        Maud Russell

                        Edgar and Helen Foster Snow

                        John S. and Grace Service

                        Richard Sorge

                        John Carter Vincent

                        Theodore White

Cold War in Central and South America and Domestic Political Controversy

            Narcotics and the Cold War in Central and South America

Cold War in Europe and Domestic Political Controversy

            George Polk’s Murder

 

Chapter 24

The Cultural Cold War

International Broadcasting

Congress for Cultural Freedom and the American Committee for Cultural Freedom

Journals of Opinion and the Cultural Cold War

            Commentary

            Encounter

            New Leader

            Quadrant

Cold War Sport Diplomacy

Cold War Art Diplomacy

Cold War Music Diplomacy

 

Chapter 25

Popular and Official Domestic Anticommunism

The "Red Scare" of 1919-1920 and Anticommunism in the 1920s

            Black Radicals in the Red Scare

            Anti-Radical Organizations

                        American Protective Association

                        American Protective League

                        Better America Federation

            Biographical Accounts

                        Zechariah Chafee

                        A. Mitchell Palmer

                        Louis F. Post

                        William B. Wilson

            Illustrative Literature: Anticommunism in the 1920s

Popular and Government Anticommunism: 1930 and After

            Regional Studies: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

            Precedents: the Campaign against Domestic Fascism

            Peekskill Riot

            American Legion and Veterans

            Reader’s Digest

            Oral Histories: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

            Biographical Accounts

                        Dwight Eisenhower

                        Isaac Don Levine

                        Walter Judd

                        Richard Nixon

                        Otto Otepka

            Illustrative Literature: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

 

Chapter 26

The Democratic Left, Anti-Communist Liberals, and Anti-Stalinist Radicals

Institutions and Groups

                        Americans for Democratic Action

                        American Veterans Committee

                        Anarchists

                        Continental Congress of Workers and Farmers

                        International Rescue Committee and Leo Cherne

                        League for Industrial Democracy

                        Socialist Party, Social Democrats, and Democratic Socialists

                        Neoconservatism and Trotskyism

Individuals and Biographical accounts

                        Joseph Alsop

                        Adolf Berle

                        Chester Bowles

                        Paul H. Douglas

                        Morris Ernst

                        Michael Harrington

                        Powers Hapgood, Harvey Swados, Bayard Rustin

                        Hubert H. Humphrey

                        Estes Kefauver

                        Robert F. Kennedy

                        Joseph Lash

                        Eugene McCarthy

                        Cord Meyer

                        John P. Roche

                        Eleanor Roosevelt

                        Morris H. Rubin

                        Harvey Schechter

                        Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr.

                        Adlai Stevenson

                        Norman Thomas

                        Harry Truman and Cold War Liberalism

                        James Wechsler

 

Chapter 27

Ex-Communists, Ex-Radicals, Defectors, and Witnesses

Individuals and Biographical accounts

            Fred Beal

            Dan and Thella Brock

            Louis Budenz

            Angela Calomiris

            Paul Crouch

            Matthew Cvetic

            Hope Hale Davis

            Louis Fraina / Lewis Corey

            John Gates

            Benjamin Gitlow

            Kenneth Goff

            Oksana Kasenkina

            Victor Kravchenko

            Maurice Malkin

            Mary Markward

            J. B. Matthews

            Harvey Matusow

            Marion Miller

            Herbert Philbrick

            Ron Rosenbaum

            John Santo

            Arkady Shevchenko

            Freda Utley

            Jan Valtin / Richard Krebs

            Sander Voros

            Nathaniel Weyl

 

Chapter 28

Conservatism and Anticommunism

Young Conservatives

Biographical Accounts

            George S. Benson

            William F. Buckley

            Hugh Butler

            Barry Goldwater

            Bourke Hickenlooper

            Willmoore Kendall

            John Lukacs

            Robert A. Taft

            Ludwig Von Mises

 

Chapter 29

Joseph McCarthy and McCarthyism

McCarthy and McCarthyism: Biographical and Psychological Accounts

McCarthy and the Senate

            Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations (McCarthy Committee)

Television, Radio, the Press, and McCarthy

McCarthy and the Labor Movement

Europe and McCarthyism

The Nature of McCarthyism and Hard Right Anticommunism

Individuals and McCarthy

            Dean Acheson

            Roy Cohn

            John Foster Dulles

            Dwight Eisenhower

            Herbert Fierst

            Paul H. Hughes

            Robert F. Kennedy

            Willie Mays

            Walter Pforzheimer

Historiography of McCarthyism

Records and Documents on Joseph McCarthy

Far Right-Wing Anticommunism

            Far Right Organizations

                        The Black Legion

                        Harding College

                        John Birch Society

                                    John Birch Society and the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade

                        The Minutemen

            World Anti-Communist League

            Biographical Accounts

                        Robert Edmonson

                        George Van Horn Moseley

                        Gerald L.K. Smith

                        Edwin Walker

 

Chapter 30

Espionage

Soviet Espionage Agencies

Soviet Terrorism in the West

            Max Eitingon Controversy

Soviet Disinformation and Influence Operations

Soviet Espionage in the United States

Espionage and the CPUSA

            American Communist Ideological Motivation for Espionage

Communists and the Office of Strategic Services

The Decrypted Venona Messages and Soviet Espionage

            Truman and Venona

            Venona and the Finnish Connection

Atomic Espionage

            Atomic Espionage and the Sudoplatov Controversy

Biographical Accounts and Individual Espionage Cases and Investigations

            Survey of Individual Cases

            Rudolf Abel / Willi Fischer

            Josephine Truslow Adams

            Elizabeth Bentley

            David Bohm

            Frank Coe

            Judith Coplon

            Martha Dodd and Alfred Stern

            Noel Field

            Jane Foster

            Klaus Fuchs

            Igor Gouzenko

            Robert W. Grow

            Theodore Hall and Morris and Lona Cohen

            Maurice Halperin

            Kitty Harris

            Clarence Hiskey

            Hiss-Chambers Case

                        Allen Weinstein’s Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case

                        The Volkogonov Controversy

                        “Ales”

                        Hiss-Chambers Case: Biographical Approaches

                                    Dean Acheson and George Kennan

                                    Bert Andrews

                                    Whittaker Chambers

                                                Chambers’ Historic Landmark

                                    O. Edmund Clubb

                                    Albert Glotzer, George Reedy, and James T. Farrell

                                    Alger Hiss

                                                Alger Hiss Web Site

                                    Hiss and Chambers Dual Biographical Treatments

                                    Donald Hiss

                                    Richard Nixon and the Hiss Case

                                    Meyer Schapiro

                                    Matthew Silverman

                        Hiss-Chambers Case Records and Documents

                        Hiss-Chambers Case: Television Documentaries

            Martin David Kamen

            Tyler Kent

            Walter Krivitsky

            Maksim Martynov

            Carl Marzani

            Boris Morros

            Philip Morrison

            Herbert Norman

            Isaiah Oggins

            J. Robert Oppenheimer

            Alexander Orlov

            Robert Osman and Robert Switz

            Nikolai Redin

            William Remington

            The Rosenberg Case

                        The Rosenberg Case: Family Centered Accounts

                        The Rosenberg Case: Alexander Feklisov

                        The Rosenberg Case: Joel Barr and Alfred Sarant

                        The Rosenberg Case: Nikita Khrushchev

                        The Rosenberg Case: Vyacheslav Molotov

                        The Rosenberg Case: Legal Issues

                        The Rosenberg Case and Jews

                        The Rosenberg Case in France

            Bernard Schuster and Joseph Katz

            Yuri B. Shvets

            Jack Soble

            Hsue Shen Tsien

            William Weisband

            Harry Dexter White

            Harry Dexter White, Lauchlin Currie, and Lawrence Duggan

            Marc Zborowski

Stalin’s British Spies and America: Kim Philby, Anthony Blunt, Guy Burgess, Donald Maclean,

            Michael Greenberg, James MacGibbon, Michael Straight, Charles Ellis, John Cairncross

American Intelligence Agencies

 

Chapter 31

Anti-Communist Laws, Civil Liberties, and Internal Security

Passport and Travel Regulation

Federal Loyalty / Security Program

Individual Cases and Proceedings

            Julian Behrstock

            Beatrice Braude

            The Elfbrandt Case

            Frank Porter Graham

            Mary Dublin Keyserling

            James Kutcher

            Edward Lamb

            Eugene Martinson

            Annie Lee Moss

            Milo Radulovich

            Margaret Randall

Legal Representation in Internal Security Cases

Congressional Investigations of Communism

            Congressional Investigations: The Press and Journalists

            Indexes to Congressional Investigations of Communism

            The Overman Subcommittee

            U.S. House Special Committee to Investigate Communist Activities (Fish Committee)

            U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities (Dies Committee)

                        Martin Dies

            U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities and U.S. House Committee

                        on Internal Security

            Kerr Commission

            U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee

                        Pat McCarran

Congressional Investigations: Individual and Biographical

            Philip A. Bart

            Paul Corbin

            William J. Jenner

            John Rankin

            James H. Robinson

            Anna Rosenberg

            Walter S. Steel

            J. Parnell Thomas

            Kenneth Tynan

            Francis Walter

Internal Security Court Cases

            Abrams Case

            Ferguson Case

            Gitlow v. New York

            Mooney Case

            Mockus and Bimba Cases

            Smith Act Prosecutions

Federal Bureau of Investigation and Communism

            FBI and Congressional Investigations

            FBI Cooperation with State and Local Authorities and Private Institutions

            Wiretapping, Bugs, Surreptitious Entries, Disruption, and Internal Security Tactics

            The FBI, Journalists and Public Relations

            FBI Records

            J. Edgar Hoover

Military and Intelligence Agencies in Domestic Security

Internal Security and the Sciences

Roger Baldwin and the ACLU

 

Chapter 32

Historiography

Individual Writers, Researchers and Historians

            Arnold Beichman

            Paul Buhle

            Alan Campbell and John McIlroy

            Theodore Draper

            Eric Foner

            Philip Foner

            Richard Hofstadter

            David Horowitz

            Maurice Isserman

            Harvey Klehr and John Earl Haynes

            Aileen Kraditor

            Norman Markowitz

            Robert Murray

            Mark Naison

            Bryan Palmer

            Vernon Pedersen

            Ronald Radosh

            James Ryan

            Alan Wald

            Jonathan Wiener

 

Chapter 33

Bibliographies, Encyclopedias, and Reference Works on 20th Century American Radicalism

The Radical Press and Journalists

Archival Resources

Oral Histories


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Introduction

 

Origins of this Bibliography

 

            In 1982 the author helped to found the “Historians of American Communism” and edited its newsletter.  Seeking material to fill its pages, the author included citations of recent publications by members and, when that proved popular, expanded it to other new publications in the field that came to my attention in the course of my own research.  The author soon learned that most members regarded the bibliographic entries in the quarterly newsletter as the section of most interest.   Gradually the author expanded coverage and sought out new items to list rather than taking a passive stance.  Additionally, the author found the bibliographic work of value to his own research because it forced him to keep abreast of the literature. 

            After several years the author had accumulated what seemed at the time to be an impressive list of articles, books, and convention papers on the history of domestic American communism and anticommunism.  The author then added to it citations to older items he had notes about and produced in 1987 Communism and Anti-Communism in the United States: An Annotated Guide to Historical Writings with more than 2,000 references to books, articles and academic theses. 

            The author continued to gather bibliographic material for the Newsletter of the Historians of American Communism until 2002 when a new journal, American Communist History, appeared and Peter Filardo took on the responsibility of preparing an annual bibliography for that journal.  This volume combines the author’s prior work along with a sustained effort to fill in the pre-1982 period.  Altogether, more than 8,500 items are listed. 

 

Focus of the Bibliography

 

            This bibliography concentrates on historical writings on communism and anticommunism in the United States.  Its core is coverage of scholarly and academic books, essays, articles, and theses that either focus on that history or which are about some other subject but nonetheless contain significant relevant material.  Pride of place of the first scholarly/academic treatment of American communism probably belongs to Gordon S. Watkins of the University of Illinois for his essay, “Revolutionary Communism in the United States” that appeared in 1920.  Watkins presented a narrative of the split of the “Left Wing” from the Socialist Party in 1918-19 and the founding of the Communist Party of America and the Communist Labor Party in 1919 as the Left Wing itself split into competing factions.  It was a thorough survey based on a close reading of the radical press as well as the leaflets, statements, and proclamations put out by the various groups and individuals involved.  Given that the events covered had occurred only one or two years earlier, appropriately the article appeared in the American Political Science Review rather than a history journal.  David Moses Schneider’s  “The Workers’ (Communist) Party and American Trade Unions” (John Hopkins University, 1927) was probably the first doctoral dissertation on the subject. 

            Until the late 1950s, however, historically oriented writings such as that of Watkins and Schneider, by academicians with scholastic documentation and intended for a scholarly audience, were few.  The story of American communism was not as yet “history.”  Only in the late 1950s and early 1960s when the “Communism in American Life” series appeared did any significant volume of scholarly books emerge. The Fund for the Republic, a private foundation headed by the former president of the University of Chicago, Robert Hutchins, sponsored the series.  The books of the series are: Theodore Draper, The Roots of American Communism (1957); Robert W. Iversen, The Communists & the Schools (1959);  David A. Shannon, The Decline of American Communism: A History of the Communist Party of the United States Since 1945 (1959); Theodore Draper, American Communism and Soviet Russia (1960); Clinton Lawrence Rossiter, Marxism: The View from America (1960); Ralph Lord Roy, Communism and the Churches (1960); Nathan. Glazer, The Social Basis of American Communism (1961); Frank S. Meyer, The Moulding of Communists: The Training of the Communist Cadre. (1961); Daniel Aaron, Writers on the Left: Episodes in American Literary Communism (1961); Earl Latham, The Communist Controversy in Washington: From the New Deal to McCarthy (1966). 

            By the late 1970s the rate of production of new dissertations, essays, and books by academicians had grown rapidly and has continued to this day.  In that period prior to the appearance of the Communism in American Life series there was also a very large journalistic and polemical literature on the domestic Communist movement; some of this contemporary literature was of very high quality and enduring value and is included in this bibliography along with selected illustrative items.  Further, on some aspects of the history of domestic communism the only coverage available is journalistic or polemical.  In addition to works by scholars, this bibliography contains citations to autobiographies, memoirs, and other retrospective works by participants in the struggle over communism in the United States. The amount of primary material available is vast and beyond practical bibliographic listing although the author has include some published or microfilmed collections of key primary source material.

            The focus is also on domestic matters.  This is not a bibliography of the international Cold War although some of Cold War literature that contains material relevant to domestic affairs, particularly in the “cultural Cold War” area, is included.  It is also not a bibliography of the Soviet Union, Stalinism, or international communism, although again some such writings are included that are relevant to domestic American matters.  There are, of course, some gray area citations to items that are not strictly American but which have relevance to American matters, particularly Canadian, British, and Mexican items.  Nor is it a bibliography of espionage but due to the links between the American Communist Party and Soviet intelligence agencies in the 1930s and 1940s, the chapter on espionage is a lengthy one.  This bibliography is also as that of a working historian because it also includes those major books of Cold War history, Sovietology, espionage, and radicalism generally that the author found useful as providing background and context for understanding domestic Communist history.  The central focus, however, is the Communist Party of the U.S.A. (CPUSA), its predecessors, splinters, close allies, and ardent opponents on the left and right. 

            Usually the original edition of a book is listed and later editions are listed only if they are known to be significantly revised to contains substantial new material.  American editions are listed in preference to those published elsewhere. Foreign language books and essays that have come to my attention are listed, but the coverage of foreign language material is scant at best.  Conference papers are listed despite the frequent lack of availability of such material and limited coverage because, nonetheless, such information as is available sometimes will lead to the location of useful material or awareness of others working on a topic of interest. 

 

Historiography

 

            The CPUSA itself had two major arenas of activity: politics and trade unionism.  The bulk of its organizers, activists, and asserts were expended in those areas.  However it also involved itself organizationally in a many other areas, and in its heyday of the 1930s and 1940s, individual Communists and the influence of the Communist movement ranged into almost every area of American life.  The amount of academic coverage to a particular aspect of the history of American communism does not always reflect the importance of that activity to the CPUSA.  The enormous number of books and essays listed in the section of communism and literature as well as the astounding attention given to the issue of communism in Hollywood reflect the priorities and interests of latter-day academics, writers, journalists, and the reading public, not the priorities of the CPUSA at the time, which regarded both areas as sideshows.  Throughout its history the CPUSA placed significant stress on racial equality and organizing Black Americans but the very large amount of historical writing about communism and race is unbalanced given the Communist Party’s apotheosis of the industrial worker and class over race, ethnicity, nationalism, and other matters. 

            Harvey Klehr and the author have written extensively on the historiography of this field in journal articles [“The Cold War Debate Continues: A Traditionalist View of Historical Writing on Domestic Communism and Anti-Communism,” Journal of Cold War Studies (Winter 2000) and  “The Historiography of American Communism: An Unsettled Field,” Labour History Review (April 2003)] and in In Denial: Historians, Communism, and Espionage (2003).  In the latter we have this to say of the field:

 

            Far too much academic writing about communism, anticommunism and espionage is marked by dishonesty, evasion, special pleading, and moral squalor.  Like Holocaust deniers, some historians of American communism have evaded and avoided facing a preeminent evil -- in this case the evil of Stalinism.  Too many revisionists present a view of history in which the wrong side won the Cold War and in which American Communists and the CPUSA represent the forces of good and right in American history.  Most new dissertations written in the field still reflect a benign view of communism, a loathing for anticommunism, and hostility toward America’s actions in the Cold War.  Many American historians hold America to a moral standard from which they exempt the Soviet Union and practice a crude form of moral equivalence.

            Like Holocaust deniers, too many revisionists deny the plain meaning of documents, invent fanciful benign explanations for damning evidence, and ignore witnesses and testimony that is inconvenient.  In the face of clear and compelling evidence of Soviet espionage, they see nothing.  When the bodies of more than a hundred former American Communists murdered by Stalin’s police are discovered in a mass grave in Karelia, they will not look.  Confronted with documents and trails of evidence leading where they do not wish to go, they mutter darkly about conspiracies and forgeries and invent incidents for which there is no documentation.  Some brazenly offer confident exegeses of documents they admit they have not seen or condemn books they admit they have not read.  They confidently propose chronological impossibilities as probabilities and brazenly situate people in places they could not have been at times they could not have been there. It is not entirely clear how to classify such intellectual activity.  But it is certainly not history.

            Despite all of the new archival evidence of Soviet espionage and American spies, revisionism still dominates the academy and the historical establishment.  The leading journals of the historical profession do not print essays that are critical of the CPUSA or cast a favorable light on domestic anticommunism.  In these journals there is no debate about American communism and Soviet espionage; revisionism reigns without challenge.  Revisionist history continues to be exempt from the standards of scholarly accuracy applied to other fields.  Scholarly reference books that contain distortions and lies about Soviet espionage go unchallenged and the conventional wisdom of the academic world continues to accept as authentic pro-Communist disinformation ploys.  Elementary standards of proof and logic are ignored and political commitment allowed to trump factual accuracy.  

            This is an intellectually sick situation.  Writing about revisionist accounts of Soviet communism, the historian Martin Malia noted: “Western revisionism overall developed within what was basically a Soviet, or at least a Marxist, perspective.  Putting matters this bluntly, however, was until recently impossible in academic discourse, especially in America. Down through the failure of Gorbachev’s perestroika, any allusion to these obvious facts was met with protestation from the revisionists that they were not Marxists but merely positivists whose ‘social science’ ... was a strictly non-political, ‘value-free’ enterprise.  Or they might revert to the countercharge of ‘McCarthyism.’”

            Malia’s strictures are just as relevant to the revisionist account of American history as of Soviet communism.  American democracy vanquished two dangerous totalitarian foes in the twentieth century.  No reputable historian laments the collapse of Nazism or seeks to redeem the historical reputation of its domestic adherents.  It would be a tragedy if academic historians rehabilitated American communism through shoddy, error-filled, and intellectually compromised scholarship.  Malia is right in noting that “bluntness is presently a therapeutic necessity.” [231-233]

 

************************************************************************

 


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

Chapter 1

History of the Communist Party of the USA

 

 

Single Volume Histories of the CPUSA

 

Howe, Irving, and Lewis A. Coser. The American Communist Party: A Critical History, 1919-1957. Assisted by Julius Jacobson. Boston, MA: Beacon Press, 1957.  A comprehensive and, despite its age, still reliable one-volume political history of the Communist Party up to 1957; emphasizes its obedience of Moscow and its hostility to democracy. Howe and Coser were leading Left anti-Communist intellectuals of the 1950s, veterans of the political fights between Communists and anti-Stalinist radicals, and sections of the book have a polemical tone.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. The American Communist Movement: Storming Heaven Itself. New York: Twayne, 1992. History of the CPUSA from origins to 1991.  “Every different era in the history of the American Communist movement has been inaugurated by developments in the Communist world abroad.  The Russian Revolution led to the formation of the first American Communist party.  Soviet pressure led to the abandonment of an underground Communist party.  Comintern directives led American Communists to adopt an ultra-revolutionary posture during the late 1920s.  Soviet foreign policy needs midwifed the birth of the Popular Front in the mid-1930s.  The Nazi-Soviet Pact destroyed the Popular Front in 1939 and the German attack on the USSR reconstituted it in 1941.  The onset of the Cold War cast American Communists into political purgatory after World War II and Khrushchev’s devastating expose of Stalin’s crimes in 1957 tore the American Communist party apart.”  See: The American Communist Movement

Oneal, James, and Gustave Adolph Werner. American Communism: A Critical Analysis of Its Origins, Development and Programs. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1947.  Highly critical history of the movement from its origins to the end of WWII from a democratic socialist perspective.

****************************************************************

 

General Histories of American Communism

and 20th Century American Radicalism

 

Alexander, Robert Jackson. “Splinter Groups in American Radical Politics.” Social Research 20 (October 1953).

Bittelman, Alexander. Milestones in the History of the Communist Party. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1937. Hagiographic celebration of episodes in Party history by a prominent Communist.

Browder, Earl. “Socialism in America.” St. Antony’s Papers [U.K.] 9 (1960). Browder’s attempt at a theoretical explanation for communism’s failure in the U.S.

Brown, Michael E., Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker, eds. New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Essays generally taking a benign, revisionist view of communism by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, George Snedeker, Rosalyn Baxandall, John Gerassi, Marvin Gettleman, Gerald Horne, Roger Keeran, Mark Naison, Stephen Leberstein, Ellen Schrecker, Annette Rubinstein, Alan Wald, and Anders Stephanson.

Buhle, Paul. Marxism in the United States: Remapping the History of the American Left. London, U.K.: Verso, 1987. Overview of Marxism and Marxist movements in America from the 19th century to the 1970s by a New Left activist turned radical historian.

Buhle, Paul Merlyn. “Marxism in the United States, 1900-40.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1975.

Carlisle, Rodney P. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Communism. Indianapolis, IN Hemel Hempstead: Alpha Prentice Hall, 2002.

Dawley, Alan. Struggles for Justice: Social Responsibility and the Liberal State. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1991.

Diggins, John. “The Rise and Fall of the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Diggins, John P. The American Left in the Twentieth Century. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. Short but thorough analytic scholarly survey seeing the left as largely intellectual and cultural terms in three generations, the bohemian “Lyrical Left” of the pre-Bolshevik era, the “Old Left” of the 1930s and 1940s, and the student-led “New Left” of the 60s. 

Diggins, John P. The Rise and Fall of the American Left. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. Greatly expanded version of The American Left in the Twentieth Century.

Egbert, Donald Drew and Stow Persons, eds. Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952. Essays on socialism in American history: Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons, Terminology and Types of Socialism; E. Harris Harbison, Socialism in European History to 1848; Harry W. Laidler, European Socialism since 1848; Albert T. Mollegan, The Religious Basis of Western Socialism; Stow Persons, Christian Communitarianism in America; T. D. Seymour Bassett, The Secular Utopian Socialists; Daniel Bell, The Background and Development of Marxian Socialism in the United States; David F. Bowers, American Socialism and the Socialist Philosophy of History; Sidney Hook, The Philosophical Basis of Marxian Socialism in the United States; Paul M. Sweezy, The Influence of Marxian Economics on American Thought and Practice; Will Herberg, American Marxist Political Theory; Wilbert E. Moore, Sociological Aspects of American Socialist Theory and Practice; George W. Hartmann, The Psychology of American Socialism; Willard Thorp, American Writers on the Left; Donald Drew Egbert, Socialism and American Art.

Foster, William Z. History of the Communist Party of the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1952. Written by one of the Party’s principal figures.  A major theme of the book is the discrediting of Earl Browder and “Browderism.”

Hudelson, Richard. The Rise and Fall of Communism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1993. A history of communism worldwide. Includes a chapter on Communism and Anticommunism in the United States.

Hyfler, Robert. Prophets of the Left: American Socialist Thought in the Twentieth Century. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1984.

Isaacs, William. “Marxian Political Movements in the United States, 1917-1939.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1939.

Isaacs, William. Contemporary Marxian Political Movements in the United States. New York: New York University, 1942. Monograph, 49 pages.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., and Lillian Johnpoll. The Impossible Dream: The Rise and Demise of the American Left. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981.  Survey of American socialism, syndicalism and anarchism from the 19th century to 1920 and the birth of the American Communist movement.

Laidler, Harry Wellington. History of Socialism a Comparative Survey of Socialism, Communism, Trade Unionism, Cooperation, Utopianism, and Other Systems of Reform and Reconstruction. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1968.

Lasch, Christopher. The Agony of the American Left. New York: Knopf, 1969.  Insightful essays on a variety of radical history topics, including American socialists, 60s radicalism, and the Congress of Cultural Freedom.

Laslett, John H. M., and Seymour Martin Lipset. Failure of a Dream? Essays in the History of American Socialism. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press, 1974. Essays on the internal and external factors that discouraged the development of a powerful American socialist movement: Socialists View the Problem, Betty Yorburg; Social Scientists View the Problem, Laslett & Lipset; The Problem of Ideological Rigidity, Daniel Bell; Radicalism and the Agrarian Tradition, Theodore Saloutos; Catholic Anti-Socialism, Marc Karson; Socialism and American Trade Unionism, Laslett; Socialism and Syndicalism, Melvyn Dubofsky; The Problems of the Socialist Party Before World War One, James Weinstein; The Problems of the Socialist Party After World War One, Martin Diamond; The Liberal Tradition, Louis Hartz; Americanism as Surrogate Socialism, Leon Samson; The Relevance of Marxism, Clinton Rossiter; Socialism and Social Mobility, Stephan Thernstrom; The Labor Movement and American Values, Lipset; American Capitalism’s Economic Rewards, Werner Sombart; The Role of Intellectuals, Adolph Sturmthal, Pluralism and Political Parties, Norman Thomas; The Fortunes of the Old Left Compared to the Fortunes of the New, James Weinstein; The Prospects of the New Left, Staughton Lynd.  Comments on various essays by Michael Rogin, Henry Browne, Philip S. Foner, Robert Tyler, Gerald Friedberg, Bernard Johnpoll, Kenneth McNaught, Warren Susman, Tom Bottomore, Irving L. Horowitz, Ann Lane, Iring Fetscher, Paul Buhle, Michael Harrington, and Leon D. Epstein.  A 1984 revised edition (University of California Press) drops a number of essays and adds: Socialism and Race, Sally Miller; Socialism and Ethnicity, Charles Leinenweber; Socialism and Women, Sally Miller with comments by Theodore Kornweibel, Rudolph Vecoli, and Mary Jo Buhle.

Le Blanc, Paul. “The Tragedy of American Communism.” Michigan Quarterly Review, Summer 1982. Commentary by a Trotskyist leader who has written on the history of American radicalism.

Lens, Sidney. Radicalism in America. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman Pub. Co., 1982.

Lewy, Guenter. The Cause That Failed: Communism in American Political Life. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Critical history of the C.P. along with a history of liberal and left anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the post-WWII period, including sections on the ADA, CIO, and American Committee for Cultural Freedom.  Lengthy sections on the relationship of Communism and the ACLU, SANE, other peace organizations, the Progressive party, the National Lawyers Guild, SDS, the New Left, the anti-Vietnam war movement, and the Institute for Policy Studies.  Sees a considerable blending together of the Old Left and New Left in the 1970s and 1980s.  Highly critical of “anti-anticommunism.”

Lloyd, Brian. Left Out: Pragmatism, Exceptionalism, and the Poverty of American Marxism, 1890-1922. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1997. Argues that the attempt made by Debs-era radical intellectuals to blend pragmatism and Marxism made poor social and political analysts of them and, by so doing, contributed more than structural factors or practical ineptness to the failure of socialism in the United States.

Mairowitz, David Zane. The Radical Soap Opera: An Impression of the American Left from 1917 to the Present. London, U.K.: Wildwood House, 1974. “But American activism has been stymied at every turn by the sheer impossibility of its task; it has no real hope--nor has it every had any--of overturning the capitalist colossus.”  “The Left proved that its strength lay in publicity rather than decisive action towards social change, and so the reaction against its only decade of real prominence in America was directed at its more ‘famous’ successes.  The massive advertising campaign of the Popular Front provided a ready-made complex of targets.  Where the Party had sought ‘names’ and stars to give it public recognition, Red-baiters and witch-hunters went after ‘names’ and stars to prove conspiracy.”

Martin, John Robert, Jr. “American Class and Race Relations: An Intellectual History of the American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, New Brunswick, 1995.

McGovern, George. “America and the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. Intellectuals and Assassins: Writings at the End of Soviet Communism. London, U.K.: Anthem Press, 2000. Includes essays on John Reed, Tina Modotti, Carlo Tresca, Paul Robeson, Conon Nancarrow, Elia Kazan, Edward Dmytryk, Ella Wolfe, Lillian Hellman, the CPUSA underground, red diaper babies, the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, Birobidzhan, and American Communist involvement in the NKVD’s unsuccessful attempt to break Trotsky’s assassin out of a Mexican prison.

Shapiro, Edward. “The Failure of American Socialism.” Continuity, no. 25 (Fall 2001): 31-41. Essay-review of the literature.

Solomon, Mark. “The United States Left in Historical Perspective: Successes, Failures, and Future Prospects.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Spolansky, Jacob. The Communist Trail in America. New York: Macmillan, 1951. Spolansky, a Russian immigrant and one-time radical, was one of the first Federal agents to investigate the Communist party.

Sylvers, Malcolm. Politica e Ideologia Nel Comunismo Statunitense [Politics and Ideology in American Communism]. Roma: Jouvence, 1989. Contains essays by a radical American historian on “The Historiographical Debate,” “The Analysis of Fascism,” and “The Presidential Elections of 1932.”

Walter, Edward. The Rise and Fall of Leftist Radicalism in America. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992.

Whitehead, Fred. The History of Radical Politics in America. Chestertown, MD: The Literary House Press, Washington College, 1995.

****************************************************************

 

Documentary Histories of American Communism

 

Bart, Philip Abraham, ed. Highlights of a Fighting History: 60 Years of the Communist Party, USA. New York: International Publishers, 1979. Documentary history sponsored by the Communist Party.

Fried, Albert. Communism in America: A History in Documents. New York: Columbia University Press, 1997.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., ed. A Documentary History of the Communist Party of the United States. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. Reproduces documents in facsimile with explanatory footnotes and editorial comment setting the context.  Vol. 1. Gestation and Birth, 1918-1928; “A Program for Revolutionary Socialism” January 1918, Socialist Propaganda League./  “A Letter to American Workingmen” August 1918 and “A New Letter to the Workers of Europe and America” January 1919, Vladimir Lenin./  “Call for a Third International at Moscow” January 1919 / Manifesto of the Communist International, Communist International March 1919 / “Manifesto and Program of the ‘Left Wing’ Section, Socialist party, Local Greater New York” February 1919 / “Call for a National Conference of the Left Wing” May 1919 / “Report to the National Executive Committee, Socialist Party of America” May 24, 1919 and “Minutes of Meeting, National Executive Committee, Socialist Party of America, May 24-29, 1919, Adolph Germer / “Socialist Task and Outlook” May 1919, Morris Hillquit / “The Left Wing Manifesto, Socialist Party, Adopted at National Conference” June 21-24 1919, National Council of the Left Wing. / “The Chicago Conventions” October 1919, Max Eastman / “Historical Review of the Split in the Socialist Party and the Organization of the Communist Party and the Communist Labor Party” October 1919, A. Pauly /  “Manifesto, Program, and Constitution” September 1919 and “Report of Louis C. Fraina, International Secretary to the Executive Committee of the communist International” January 1920, Communist Party of America / “Communist Party and Communist Labor Party Unity Series of Documents” January-May 1920, Zinoviev, Communist Party of America, Communist Labor Party / “The Twenty-One Conditions of Admission into the Communist International” August 1920 / “Convention Call to Organize the Workers’ Party of America” December 1921, American Labor Alliance / “News Letter Service” August 4, National Office, Communist Party of America, Section of the Communist International, August 1922. / “Thesis on Relations of One and Two” August 1922 / The Workers Party on the United Front” August 1922 / “Concerning the Next Tasks of the C.P. of A.” August 1922, ECCI / “Adaption of the Communist Party of America to American Conditions” August 1922 / “The Farmer-Labor United Front” 1924 Charles Ruthenberg / “Parties and Issues in the Election Campaign” Alexander Bittelman, 1924 / “The American Trade Unions” William Z. Foster 1925 / “What the Left Wing as Accomplished”  1925 Earl Browder  / “1928: The Presidential Elections and the Workers” Jay Lovestone, February 1928 / “Acceptance Speeches” William Z. Foster and Benjamin Gitlow” May 1928.

                        Vol. 2. Toil and Trouble, 1928-1933; “Program of the Communist International” 1928 / “Stalin’s Speeches on the American Communist Party” May 6 and 14, 1929 / “On the Road to Bolshevization” August 1929 Communist International / “Thesis and Resolutions for the Seventh National Convention of the Communist Party of U.S.A.” March 31-April 4, 1930 / “Why Every Workers Should Join the Communist Party” 1930 CPUSA / “Little Brothers of the Big Labor Fakers” May 1931, William Foster / “The Church and the Workers” Bennett Stevens 1931 / “Race Hatred on Trial” CPUSA 1931 / “Communist Election Platform” May 28-29, 1931 CPUSA / “Guide for Party Functionaries” 1932, C.P. New York / “Culture and the Crisis” 1931, League of Professional Groups for Foster and Ford / “Negro Liberation” 1932, revised 1933, James S. Allen / “The Meaning of Social Fascism” Earl Browder, 1933 / “Why communism?” December 1933, revised March 1934, Moissaye J. Olgin / “Karl Marx, 1883-1933” March 1933, Max Bedacht, Sam Don, Earl Browder / “The Background of German Fascism” 1933, Joseph Freeman.

                        Vol. 3. Unite and Fight, 1934-1935; “H.R. 7598” Ernest Lundeen, February 2, 1934 Unemployment and social insurance bill / “Report Commission of Inquiry to the Board of Directors on Madison Square Garden Mass Meeting, February 16, 1934” ACLU March 1934 / “The Way Out: A Program for American Labor.  Manifesto and Principal Resolutions adopted by the Eighth Convention of the Communist Party of the U.S.A., Held in Cleveland, Ohio, April 2-8, 1934. /  “The Trade Unions Since the N.R.A.” April 1934, Nathaniel Honig / “Program of American Youth Congress” August 1934 / “Second United States Congress Against War and Fascism, Chicago” September 29-30, 1934, American League Against War and Fascism / “Fighting Fascism in the Factories: How the Young Communist League of Germany Fights in the Factories to Overthrow the Fascist Dictatorship” October 1934 Young Communist League of America Youth Publishers / “Building a Militant Student Movement” 1934 National Student League / “The Advance of the United Front: A Documentary Account, with an Introduction by Alex Bittelman” 1934 / “Working Class Unity of Fascism?” Israel Amter, 1935 / “In Flanders field ..” May 1935, Max Weiss / “Shovels and guns: The CCC in Action” 1935 James Lasswell / “The League of American Writers” June 1935 R. G. Crane  “Trotskyism: Counter-Revolution in Disguise” June 1935, M. J. Olgin / “The Communist Party: A Manual on Organization” July 1935, J. Peters / “Professionals in a Soviet America” November 1935, Edward Magnus / “Debate: Which Road for American Workers, Socialist or Communist?” November 27, 1935, Norman Thomas vs. Earl Browder.

                        Vol. 4. People’s Front, 1935-1938; “Resolutions of the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International” November 1935 / “Build the United People’s Front: Report to the November Plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the U.S.A.” January 1936, Earl Browder / “Zionism Today” January 1936 Paul Novick / “Lincoln and the Communists” February 1936, Earl Browder / “The Townsend Plan: What It is and What It isn’t” February 1936, Alexander Bittelman / “Industrial Unionism” April 1936 William Z. Foster / “Democracy or Fascism: Report to the Ninth Convention of the Communist Party” June 1936, Earl Browder / “The Communist Election Platform” June 1936 / “Resolutions of the Ninth Convention of the Communist Party” October 1936 / “The Struggle Against War, and the Peace Policy of the Soviet Union” October 1936, Robert Minor / “The Crisis in the Socialist Party” November 1936, William Z. Foster / “The Results of the Elections and the People’s Front” December 1936 Earl Browder / “What Means a Strike in Steel” February 1937 William Z. Foster / “An Eye-Witness at the Wreckers’ Trial” April 1937 Sam Darcy / “The Communists in the People’s Front” July 1937, Earl Browder / “Life and Labor in the Soviet Union” 1937 Robert W. Dunn and George Wallace.

                        Vol. 5. Twentieth-century Americanism, 1937-1939; “Party Building and Political Leadership” August 1937, William Z. Foster, Alexander Bittelman, James Ford, Charles Krumbein / “The Truth about Soviet Russia” March 1938 Gil Green / “Traitors in American History: Lessons of the Moscow Trials” April 1938, Earl Browder / “The Democratic front: for Jobs, Security, Democracy and Peace” Report to Tenth National Conventions of the Communist Party of the U.S.A. June 1938 Earl Browder / “Resolutions of the Tenth National Conventions of the Communist Party -- U.S.A.” July 1938 / “The Constitution and By-Laws of the Communist Party of the U.S.A.” August 1938 / “Women Voters: Save Your Home and Family: Vote Labor and progressive” October 1938, C.P. New York / “Social and National Security” December 1938, Earl Browder / “The Struggle against Anti-Semitism: a Program of Action for American Jewry” December 1938 J. Soltin / “Theory as a guide to action” January 1939 Earl Browder / “Religion and Communism” March 1939 Earl Browder / “The 1940 Elections: How the People Can win” May 1939 Earl Browder /

                        Vol. 6. The Yanks are Not Coming, 1939-1941; “It’s Up to You” August 1939, Joseph Starobin / “Unity for Peace and Democracy” September 1939, Earl Browder / “The War and the Working Class” October 1939, Georgi Dimitroff [Dimitrov] / “America and the International Situation” October 1939, Political Committee CPUSA / “Keep America Out of the Imperialist War!” October 1939, National Committee, CPUSA / “The USSR and Finland: Historical, Economic, Political Facts and Documents” December 1939 from Soviet Russia Today / “A Negro Looks at War” January 1940, John Henry Williams / “The Yanks are NOT Coming!” January 1940 Mike Quin / “A Soviet-German Military Pact?” February 1940 John Gates / “I Didn’t Raise My Boy to be a Soldier for Wall Street” February 1940, Elizabeth Gurley Flynn / “The People Against the War Makers” February 1940 Earl Browder / “Is This a War for Freedom?” Ernst Fischer March 1940 / Social Democracy and the War” March 1940 V.J. Jerome / “Our Plan for Plenty” March ? 1940 International Workers Order / “No Gold Stars for Us: Our Boys Stay at Home!” May 1940 Ann Rivington / “The People’s Road to Peace” June 1940 Earl Browder / “Capitalism Socialism, and the War” June 1940 William Z. Foster / “Jim-Crow in Uniform” July 1940 Claudia Jones  / “Campaign Book: Presidential Elections 1940” July 1940, CPUSA / “An American Foreign Policy for Peace” October 1940 Earl Browder / Internationalism and Results of the 1940 Election” November 1940 Earl Browder / “War and the People” February 1941 K. Pollard / “Civil Liberties in the U.S.A.” March 1941 S. Small / “World Capitalism and World Socialism” March 1941 William Z. Foster / American Peace Mobilization: “Summary of the Working Conference for Peace” (Held in Washington, DC, January 25-27, 1941), “What is the APM?” March 1941 “Program of the APM as Adopted July 22, 1941, After Approval and Modification by the National Council and Local Clubs and Councils” July 1941 /

                        Vol 7. The Great Patriotic War, 1941-1945; “In Reply to the President’s Fireside Chat” June 3, 1941, “Should America Go to War?” Vito Marcantonio / “Support the USSR in its Fight Against Nazi War” June 29 1941 William Z. Foster and Robert Minor / “Manifesto” June 29, 1941, National Committee CPUSA / “The Fight Against Hitlerism” July 1941 William Z. Foster and Robert Minor/ “The Year of Great Decision: 1941” May 1942, Robert Minor  “Wage Policy in War Production” April 1943  Earl Browder  “The Communist Party of the U.S.A.: Its history, Role and Organization” May 1943 Earl Browder / “This Is Treason” July 1943 Sol Vail and International Workers Order / “Communists and the Trade Unions” October 1943 Roy Hudson / “Teheran and America: Perspectives and Tasks” January 1944 Earl Browder / “The Negro People and the Communists” April 1944 Doxey A. Wilkerson / “Communists and National Unity: An Interview of PM with Earl Browder” April 1944 / “The Path to Peace, Progress and Prosperity” May 20-22, 1944, Communist Political Association / “Reconversion: Security or Crisis” August 1944 Allan Ross / “The Elections and the Outlook for National Unity” December 1944 Eugene Dennis / “The Role and Function of the C.P.A.” Communist Political association, December 1944 /

                        Vol. 8. The Party is Over, 1946-1992; “On the Struggle Against Revisionism” January 1946 National Veterans Committee of the Communist Party / “Our Country Needs a Strong Communist Party” February 1946, William Z. Foster  / “What America Faces: The New War Danger and the Struggle for Peace, Democracy and Economic Security” march 1946, Eugene Dennis /  “Theory and Practice of the Communist Party: First Course” November 1947, National Educations Department of the Communist Party / “Should America Back the Marshall Plan?” February 1948, Joseph Starobin / “The Third Party and the 1948 Elections” March 1948, Eugene Dennis / “What’s Behind the Berlin Crisis” August 1948, Joseph Clark / “1948 Election Platform of the Communist Party” September 1948, CPUSA / “The Twelve and You: What happens to Democracy Is Your Business Too!” September 1948, Elizabeth Gurley Flynn / “The North Atlantic Pact: For Peace or War?” Abraham Chapman, May 1949 / “Halt Wall Street Aggression in Asia!” June 27, 1950, Secretariat of the National Committee, Communist Party / “The Truth About the Prague Trial” January 1953, Louis Harap / “On the Loss of Stalin” May 1953, National Committee CPUSA / “Coexistence or No Existence: Which Way for America? Peace of H-Bomb Annihilation?” March 1955, Adam Lapin / “The Meaning of the XXth Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union “ May 1956 Max Weiss / “Khrushchev’s Secret Speech” February 25, 1956 / “Appendix to Hearings Structure and Organization of the Communist Party of the United States” November 20-22 1961, HUAC / “Sense and Nonsense About Berlin” December 1962, Margrit and John Pittman / “Action of Socialist Countries in Czechoslovakia” October 1968 William Weinstone / “Women on the Job: The Communist View” November 1973, Judy Edelman / “The 25th Convention and the Fight for Party Unity” January 1992, Jarvis Tyner.

Klehr, Harvey, John Earl Haynes, and Kyrill M. Anderson. The Soviet World of American Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1998. Reproduces and comments on a hundred documents from the RTsKhIDNI [later RGASPI] archive.  Topics dealt with include Comintern orders to the CPUSA and its response, Soviet funding, Comintern representative in the U.S. and American Communists who served with the Comintern, the CPUSA’s response to the Soviet ideological purges of the 1930s, Karelian fever and its aftermath, and the arrest and death of former American Communists in Stalin’s terror.  See: The Soviet World

Lester, Robert, and Alice Chen, eds. and comps. Records of the Central Intelligence Agency. The Raymond E. Murphy Collection on Communism, 1917-1958. Bethesda, MD: LexisNexis, 2005.Microfilm reproducing documents (reports, memoranda, correspondence, news clippings, and analyses) from the records of the Central Intelligence Agency in the custody of the National Archives of the United States.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Communist Party of the United States of America, Petitioner, v. Subversive Activities Control Board, Respondent on Review of Order of the Subversive Activities Control Board: Brief for Petitioner, 1954.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner Vs. Communist Party of the United States of America, Respondent; Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. the Communist Party of the United States of America, Respondent. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Origins of American Communism

 

American Institute for Marxist Studies. How Lenin’s Letter Was Delivered. Pamphlet. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, n.d. Recounts how Lenin’s 1918 letter to American workers regarding the nature of Bolshevism was delivered to John Reed for American distribution.

Bagley, Carol L., and Jo Ann Ruckman. “Iroquois Contributions to Modern Democracy and Communism.” American Indian Culture and Research Journal 7, no. 2 (1983). Argues that historians have ignored the contribution of the Iroquois to the philosophical basis of communism.

Bell, Daniel. “The Origins of American Communism.” New Leader 35 (26 May 1952).

Bittelman, Alexander. “History of the Communist Movement in America.” In Investigation of Communist Propaganda, United States. House of Representatives. Special Committee to Investigate Communist Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1930.  Bittelman was a leading party ideologist at the time.

Bremner, M.W. “Friends and Enemies: The Impact of the ‘Labor Problem’ on Political Attitudes in America, 1919-1924.” Ph.D. diss. Glasgow University [U.K.], 1983.

Browder, Earl. “Socialism in America.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Communist Labor Party of America. Communist Labor. [New York City]: The Party, 1919. Journal.

Communist Labor Party of America. The Class Struggle. N.Y. City: Communist Labor Party of America, 1919. Journal.  Published by Socialist Left Wing factional prior to formation of the CLP.

Communist Labor Party of Ohio. The Toiler. Cleveland, Ohio: The Party, 1919. Official journal of the Communist Labor Party of Ohio.

Communist Party of America. Official Bulletin of the Communist Party of America (Section of the Communist International). [New York?]: The Committee, 1921. Journal.

Communist Party of America. The Communist World. New York City: Communist Party of America, Local Greater New York, 1919. Journal.

Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical published weekly in Chicago, by the National Organization Committee of the Communist Party of America. Includes The Communist, published by the Central Executive Committee of the Communist Party of America, Sept. 27, 1919-Apr. 1921. Reprint of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee and Central Executive Committee, Communist Party of America.

Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 3 v. in 1.  Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly as the official organ of the Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), in 1 v.  Formed by the union of: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), and: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA). Merged with: Communist (United Communist Party of America), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: 1921).

Communist Party of America. The Communist: Official Paper of the Communist Party of America. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 1 v.  Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee, Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL : Sept. 1919), in 1 v.  Merged with: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: Sept. 1919).

Dobbs, Farrell. Revolutionary Continuity: Marxist Leadership in the U.S. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1980. v. 1 The early years, 1848-1917, v. 2 Birth of the Communist movement, 1918-1922.  History of the founding of American Communism by a early Communist and later Trotskyist labor organizer.

Draper, Theodore. The Roots of American Communism. New York: Viking Press, 1957. Indispensable scholarly study of the origins of the American Communist party; emphasizes the power of Soviet Bolshevism in inspiring and shaping American Communism and the rapid subordination of American Communism to Soviet leadership.  Draper, a young Communist in the late 1930s who later left the Party, amassed a rich collection of primary source material in preparing this and his subsequent volume on Communist history.

Falk, Julius [Julius Jacobson]. “The Origins of the Communist Movement in the United States.” The New International, Fall 1955.

Held, Abraham. “The Launching of the Communist Party of the United States.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1939.

Kaushik, R. P. “Birth of the Communist Party in the United States: A Historical Perspective.” Indian Journal of American Studies [India] 1, no. 4 (1971).

Kublin, Hyman. Asian Revolutionary: The Life of Sen Katayama. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1964. Katayama had a major role in the left-wing of the American Socialist Party during the 1910s as it developed into the American Communist movement.

Left Wing Section of the Socialist Party (Local Boston). Revolutionary Age. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of the journal edited by Louis Fraina in 1918 and 1919, in two volumes.

Left Wing Section, Socialist Party (Greater New York). New York Communist. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of a periodical originally published weekly in New York in 1919 and edited by John Reed as the official organ of the Left Wing Section, Socialist Party.

Mason, Daniel. “Aspects of the Struggle to Create a Leninist Party.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Celebrates episodes in the early history of the Communist Party.

Miller, Sally M. “The Socialist Party Schism of 1919: A Local Case Study.” Labor History 36, no. 4 (Fall 1995). Excerpts documents regarding the split in the St. Louis S.P. over Bolshevism.

Ovanesian, S.A. Podem Rabochego Dvizheniia v SShA [The Rise of the Workers’ Movement in the USA in 1919-1921], 323, 1961.

Phelps, Christopher. “Lenin and American Radicalism.” Science & Society 60, no. 1 (Spring 1996).

Travin, P. “S Pismom Lenina Cherez Okean [With Lenin’s Letter Across the Ocean].” Moskovski Komsomolets, 13 February 1960.

United Communist Party of America. The Voice of Labor. [New York, NY: Labor Committee of the National Left Wing, 1919. The journal of, variously, the United Communist Party of America; Socialist Party Left Wing; Joint Council of the Shop Committees; and Communist Labor Party of America.  There were two different runs of Voice of Labor. The first was edited by John Reed and Ben Gitlow 1919-1921?, and was revived later in 1923 with Charles Ruthenberg of the UCP as the nominal editor.

Watkins, Gordon S. “Revolutionary Communism in the United States.” American Political Science Review 14, no. 1 (February 1920).  One of the first, perhaps the first, article on the American Communist movement published in an academic journal.  The essay surveys the split in the Socialist Party and the founding of the Communist Labor Party and the Communist Party of America in 1919 based largely on the Socialist and Communist press and statements released by leading figures of the movement and various conventions, caucuses, and committees.

Workers’ Council of the United States. The Workers’ Council. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968.  Reprint  of 1921 journal, edited by Benjamin Glassberg and J. Louis Engdahl, of the Workers’ Council of the United States and the International Educational Association which merged into the Communist party.

****************************************************************

 

The Socialist Party, Eugene Debs, and the Early Communist Movement

 

Burwood, Stephen. “Debsian Socialism Through a Transnational Lens.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 3 (2003).  Discusses the reaction of American Socialists to Bolshevism.

Ginger, Ray. The Bending Cross: A Biography of Eugene Victor Debs. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1949.

Kraditor, Aileen S. The Radical Persuasion, 1890-1917: Aspects of the Intellectual History and the Historiography of Three American Radical Organizations. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1981. Looks at the intellectual attitudes of the Socialist Labor Party, the Socialist Party, and the Industrial Workers of the World prior to the Bolshevik revolution. Stresses the inability of these radical movements to understand the multiple identities and interests of American workers and the resulting radical frustration.

Radosh, Ronald. Debs. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1971.

Salvatore, Nick. Eugene V. Debs: Citizen and Socialist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1982. Discusses Debs initial sympathy for Bolshevism and later more critical stance.

Schneirov, Richard. “The Odyssey of William English Walling: Revisionism, Social Democracy, and Evolutionary Pragmatism.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 4 (2003).

Shannon, David A. The Socialist Party of America: A History. New York: Macmillan, 1955. Discusses the split over Bolshevism.

Weinstein, James. The Decline of Socialism in America, 1912-1925. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1967. Discusses the split over Bolshevism in the Socialist party.

****************************************************************

 

The IWW and the Early Communist Movement

 

Conlin, Joseph Robert. Bread and Roses Too: Studies of the Wobblies. Westport, CT: Greenwood Pub. Corp., 1969.

Darlington, Ralph. “From Syndicalism to Communism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Dubofsky, Melvyn, ed. Department of Justice Investigative Files. Vol. pt. 1. The Industrial Workers of the World. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1989. Microfilm.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. We Shall be All: A History of the Industrial Workers of the World. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1969. Discusses the IWW’s initial attraction and eventual rejection of Communism.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Industrial Workers of the World, 1905-1917. Vol. 4 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1965. The IWW as predecessor to the Communist movement.

Miles, Dione. Something in Common: An IWW Bibliography. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1986

Salerno, Salvatore. Red November, Black November: Culture and Community in the Industrial Workers of the World. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989. Finds significant anarchist elements in Wobbly thinking.

Thorpe, Wayne. “Ties That Failed to Bind: The IWW and Syndicalist Internationalism, 1905-1939.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Tyler, Robert L. Rebels of the Woods: The I.W.W. in the Pacific Northwest. Eugene: University of Oregon Books, 1967. Discusses the reaction of Wobblies and Finnish-American Wobblies in particular to the Bolshevik revolution.

****************************************************************

 

William Haywood, the IWW, and the Early Communist Movement

 

Carlson, Peter. Roughneck: The Life and Times of Big Bill Haywood. New York: W.W. Norton, 1983.

Conlin, Joseph Robert. Big Bill Haywood and the Radical Union Movement. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1969.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “The Radicalism of the Dispossessed: William Haywood and the IWW.” In Dissent, edited by Alfred Fabian Young. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “Big Bill” Haywood. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1987.

Haywood, Big Bill. Bill Haywood’s Book: The Autobiography of William D. Haywood. New York: International Publishers, 1929. Haywood, the leading figure in the IWW, was convicted of activities hostile to America’s participation in World War I.  After his appeal failed, he fled to the new Soviet Russia and became a Communist.  His autobiography may have been largely ghostwritten by the Communist Party.

Hein, Carl. “William Haywood and the Syndicalist Faith.” In American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities., edited by Harvey Goldberg. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957.

Palmer, Bryan D. “‘Big Bill’ Haywood’s Defection To Russia and the IWW: Two Letters.” Labor History 17, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Discusses the anger of the IWW with Haywood and the Communist party when Haywood’s defection left the IWW with the costs of paying Haywood forfeited bond.

****************************************************************

 

The Socialist Labor Party and the Early Communist Movement

 

Girard, Frank, and Ben. Perry. The Socialist Labor Party, 1876-1991: A Short History. Philadelphia: Livra Books, 1991.

Hass, Eric. The Socialist Labor Party and the Internationals. New York: New York Labor News Co., 1949. By a SLP (DeLeonist) leader.

McLemee, Scott. “The Sect That Time Forgot.” New Politics 5, no. 1 (Summer 1994). On the DeLeonist Socialist Labor Party.

Socialist Labor Party. The Socialist Labor Party and the Third International: Socio-Political Science Vs. Revolutionary Romanticism. New York: The Party, 1926.

****************************************************************

 

Anarchists and the Early Communist Movement

 

Buhle, Paul. “Anarchism and American Labor.” International Labor and Working Class History 23 (1983). Discusses co-option of anarchism into Communism in the course of reviewing historical treatment of anarchist movements.

****************************************************************

 

Records and Documents of the Early American Communist Movement

 

Communist (Chicago, Ill., and Communist Party of America. The Communist: Official Paper of the Communist Party of America. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 1 v.  Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee, Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL : Sept. 1919), in 1 v.  Merged with: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: Sept. 1919).

Communist (Chicago, Ill., and Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 3 v. in 1.  Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly as the official organ of the Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), in 1 v.  Formed by the union of: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), and: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA). Merged with: Communist (United Communist Party of America), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: 1921).

Lusk, Clayton R. “Radicalism Under Inquiry: Conclusions Reached After a Year’s Study of Alien Anarchy in America.” Review of Reviews, February 1920. Chairman of the New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee Investigating Seditious Activities summarizes his conclusions, emphasizing his view that Imperial German agents had funded much of the subversive activities of anarchists and radicals.

The New York Communist. Edited by John Reed. Westport, CT: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. One volume reprint of the journal of the Left Wing section of the Socialist Party, Greater New York, edited by John Reed.

New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee Investigating Seditious Activities. Revolutionary Radicalism: Its History, Purpose and Tactics with an Exposition and Discussion of the Steps Being Taken and Required to Curb It. Albany: J. B. Lyon company, printers, 1920. Prepared by an investigative committee (Lusk Committee) of the New York Legislature.   Written as an exposé of subversion and tends to muddle the distinctions between Communists, Socialists, syndicalist, and anarchists but includes the texts of hundreds of key documents and letters no longer extant or rare.   Published in four volumes.  Part 1: Revolutionary and subversive movements abroad and at home -v.1-2; Part 2: Constructive movements and measures in America v.3-4.

Palmer, A. Mitchell. Red Radicalism as Described by Its Own Leaders. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1920. Compilation of evidence seized in the Palmer raids.

U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee [Overman Committee]. Brewing and Liquor Interests and German and Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Chaired by  Senator Lee Slater Overman, the committee linked Bolshevism to Imperial German espionage and to beer and liquor interests.

U.S. Senate, Judiciary Committee Subcommittee. Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Report.

U.S. Senate, Judiciary Committee Subcommittee. Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Hearings, February 11, 1919, to March 10, 1919. 1,265 pages.

****************************************************************

 

The Communist Party in the 1920s

 

Cannon, James Patrick. The First Ten Years of American Communism: Report of a Participant. New York: L. Stuart, 1962. Memoir by a Communist and later Trotskyist leader.

Draper, Theodore. American Communism and Soviet Russia. New York: Viking Press, 1960. Well written and thorough scholarly study of the Communist Party in the 1920s; this key history of American Communism finds that Soviet-Comintern policy decisively shaped the American Communist Party.  A new preface in the 1986 edition (Vintage) discusses his role in the CPUSA in the 1930s and his break after the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Eisman, Louis. “The First Decade of the Communist Party.” Master’s thesis. University of California, 1935.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Bridgman Delegates.” Survey [U.K.] 22, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Examines the background of delegates of the 1922 Communist convention at Bridgman Michigan.

Oneal, James. American Communism: A Critical Analysis of Its Origin, Development and Programs. New York: NY: The Rand Book Store, 1927. Thorough and polemical history from a democratic socialist perspective.

Palmer, Bryan D. “American Communism in the 1920s: Striving for a Panoramic View.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Raymond, Orin Ralph, 2d. “The American Communist Party and United States ‘Imperialism’ 1920-1928: Application of Doctrine.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1971.

Ryan, James. “A Final Stab at Insurrection: The American Communist Party, 1928-34.” In In Search of Revolution: International Communist Parties in the “Third Period,” edited by Matthew Worley. London, U.K.: I.B. Tauris & Co. Ltd, 2004.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin’s Speeches on the American Communist Party, Delivered in the American Commission of the Presidium of the Executive Committee of the Communist International, May 6, 1929, and in the Presidium of the Executive Committee of the Communist International on the American Question, May 14th, 1929... Pamphlet. [New York]: Central Committee, Communist Party, U. S. A., 1931. Stalin’s anathemas on the Lovestone-Gitlow leadership of the CPUSA.  The leaders Moscow inserted to replace them circulated Stalin’s speeches among party members to justify Lovestone’s and Gitlow’s removal from office at Comintern direction.

United Toilers’ Publishing Association of America. Workers Challenge. New York City: United Toilers Publishing Association of America, 1922. Journal. Edited by Harry M. Wicks.

Weinstein, James. “Radicalism in the Midst of Normalcy.” Journal of American History 52, no. 4 (March 1966). Discusses the role of Communists in the early 1920s.

Whitney, Richard Merrill. Reds in America: The Present Status of the Revolutionary Movement in the U. S. Based on Documents Seized by the Authorities in the Raid Upon the Convention of the Communist Party at Bridgman, Mich., August. 22, 1922, Together with Descriptions of Numerous Connections and Associations of the Communists Among the Radicals, Progressives, and Pinks. New York: Beckwith Press, Inc., 1924.

Wolfe, Bertram D. “The Sixth Congress and the American Communist Party.” Survey [U.K.] 24, no. 1 (1979). Personal recollection by Wolfe, an American Communist party delegate, of the 1928 Comintern Congress where Stalin began to assert his supremacy over the Communist movement.

Workers (Communist) Party of America). The Party Organizer. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical originally published  by the Workers (Communist) Party of America, in Chicago, Apr. 1927; in New York, Dec. 1927-1928. Issued with: Party Organizer, 1930.

Workers Party of America. Voice of Labor. Chicago, IL: American Labor Union Educational Society, 1921. Journal.

Workers Party of America. The Worker. New York, NY: Toiler Publishing Association, 1922-23. Journal.

Workers (Communist) Party of America. The Workers Monthly. [Chicago, IL: Daily Worker Society, 1924-27. Journal.

Workers Communist Party. The Communist. Chicago: Workers Communist Party, 1927. Journal

Zumoff, Jacob A. “The Communist Party of the United States and the Communist International, 1919-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of London, U.K., 2003.

****************************************************************

 

The Communist Party in the 20s, Biographical Material

 

Charles Ruthenberg

 

Draper, Theodore. “Communists and Their History.” Political Affairs, May 1959. Draper letter on Oakley Johnson’s “Ruthenberg and the Party’s Founding.”  Reply by Johnson.

Johnson, Oakley C. “Ruthenberg and the Party’s Founding.” Political Affairs, March 1959. Hysterical assault on Draper’s The Roots of American Communism.

Johnson, Oakley C. The Day is Coming: Life and Work of Charles E. Ruthenberg, 1882-1927. New York: International Publishers, 1958. Party hagiography.

Millett, Stephen M. “Charles E. Ruthenberg: The Development of an American Communist, 1909-1927.” Ohio History 81, no. 3 (1972). Recounts Ruthenberg’s evolution from supporter of progressive Mayor Tom Johnson of Cleveland in 1901, to the Socialist Party in 1909, to a leading left-wing Socialist Party activist who was jailed for anti-war activity, to a conciliator of the factions of the early Communist movement, and finally to the leadership of the united Communist Party as a faithful follower of Moscow.

Millett, Stephen M. “The Midwest Origins of the American Communist Party: The Leadership of Charles E. Ruthenberg, 1919-1927.” Old Northwest 1, no. 3 (1975). Biographical essay.

Ruthenberg, Charles E. Speeches and Writings of Charles E. Ruthenberg. New York: International Publishers, 1928.

****************************************************************

 

John Pepper

 

Kaas, Albert, and Fedor von Lazarovics. Bolshevism in Hungary: The Béla Kun Period. London, U.K.: G. Richards, 1931. Discusses the role of Joseph Pogany/John Pepper, later a Comintern representative to the American Party in the 1920s, in the short-lived Hungarian Soviet Republic.

Mályusz, Elemér. The Fugitive Bolsheviks. London, U.K.: G. Richards, 1931. Discusses the role of Joseph Pogany/John Pepper in the short-lived Hungarian Soviet Republic.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogany/John Pepper.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogany/John Pepper.” In Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin, edited by Kevin Morgan, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Pogàny/Pepper: Un Représentatant Du Komintern Auprès Du Parti Commeniste Des Etats-Unis.” Cahiers d’Histoire de l’Institut de Recherches Marxistes [France], no. 28 (1987)

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party: 1930-1945

 

Browder, Earl. “The American Communist Party in the Thirties.” In As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Burgchardt, Carl R. “Two Faces of American Communism: Pamphlet Rhetoric of the Third Period and the Popular Front.” Quarterly Journal of Speech 66, no. 4 (1980). Compares Communist party pamphlets before July 1935 with those printed after that time.  The former called for the destruction of capitalism in dogmatic and lurid language.  The latter tried to convey a positive and less threatening image of Communism.

Casey, James. The Crisis in the Communist Party. Pamphlet. New York: Three Arrows Press, 1938. Casey, a former editor of the CPUSA’s Daily Worker, here writes for the Socialist Party.

Communist Party of the USA. The Record Weekly. Chicago, IL: Record Weekly Educational Association, 1939. CPUSA journal.

Draper, Hal. “Pie in the Sky.” New York Review of Books, 10 May 1984. Essay-review of Klehr’s Heyday of American Communism.  Exchanges with Elmer Benson and Robert Claiborne, December 6, 1984.

Draper, Theodore. “The Romanticizing of American Communism.” New Leader 61 (13 March 1978). Review-essay critical of emerging literature romanticizing Communist history.

Draper, Theodore. “American Communism Revisited.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 8 (9 May 1985). Review-essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Were Your On?, Klehr’s The Heyday of American Communism, Nelson’s Steve Nelson, Charney’s A Long Journey, Richmond’s A Long View, Painter’s The Narrative of Hosea Hudson, and Haywood’s Black Bolshevik.  Highly critical of those who romanticize Communist history and avoid a political approach to Communist history.

Draper, Theodore. “The Popular Front Revisited.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 9 (30 May 1985). Review-essay discussing Howe and Coser’s The American Communist Party, Naison’s Communists in Harlem, Keeran’s The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions, Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, and the film “Seeing Red.

Draper, Theodore. “Revisiting American Communism: An Exchange.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 13 (15 August 1985). Comment on letters by Paul Buhle, James R. Prickett, James R. Barrett, Rob Ruck, Norman Markowitz, Al Richmond, Mark Naison, Roy Rosenzweig, Gary Gerstle, and Murray Bookchin; a further exchange with Maurice Isserman on September. 26, 1985.

Draper, Theodore. “The Life of the Party.” New York Review of Books 41 (13 January 1994). Essay-review of Robert Cohen’s When the Old Left Was Young and Michael E. Brown, et. al., eds., New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism.  Discusses his own involvement in C.P. student organizations in the 1930s, discusses the chief schools of interpretation of Communist history, defends his views.  Exchange with Paul Lyon and Maurice Isserman, 23 June.

Gordon, Max, Harvey Klehr, and Virginia Gardner. “The Communist Party: An Exchange.” New York Review of Books, 14 April 1983. An exchange over the nature of Communist policy in the 1930s and 1940s.

Harvey, A.D. “American Communism in 1937: A British View.” Contemporary Review 282, no. 1646 (March 2003). Introduces and provides the text of a memorandum prepared by the British embassy in the U.S. to London on the CPUSA in 1937.

Jacobson, Phyllis. “The ‘Americanization’ of the Communist Party.” New Politics 1, no. 1 (n.s.) (Summer 1986). Attacks revisionist historians of American Communism who use social and oral history selectively to portray American Communists as more attractive, more appealing, more indigenously American, and more inspirational than they actually were.  Discusses Isserman’s Which Side Were You On?, Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, and Reichert and Kline’s documentary Seeing Red.  “The American Communist Party: An Exchange,” response by Isserman and reply by Jacobson, 1,2 (Winter 1987).

Kengor, Paul. “Red Herring: The Depression and the Communist Party.” Frontpagemag.Com, 24 October 2008.

Klehr, Harvey. The Heyday of American Communism: The Depression Decade. New York: Basic Books, 1984. Most thorough and comprehensive history of the CPUSA in the 1930s.  Discusses both the CPUSA as an institution and the involvement of Communists in the labor movement, liberal and New Deal politics, cultural and intellectual circles, and other arenas.

Kling, Joseph M. “Making the Revolution -- Maybe: Deradicalization and Stalinism in the American Communist Party, 1928-1938.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1983. Concludes that the Communist party became deradicalized after 193 because it supported the New Deal without placing that support in a class struggle context and withdrew from the ideological struggle against capitalism.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “The American Communist Party in Its Heyday: A Case of Premature Eurocommunism?” International Labor and Working Class History, Spring 1984. Review-essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Are You On? and Levenstein’s Communism, Anticommunism, and the CIO.

Lynd, Staughton. “The United Front in America: A Note.” Radical America 8 (July-August 1974).

Ottanelli, Fraser M. “‘What the Hell is These Reds Anyway?’ the Americanization of the Communist Party of the United States, 1930-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1987.

Ottanelli, Fraser M. The Communist Party of the United States: From the Depression to World War II. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1991. Takes a benign view of the party in the 1930s.  Holds that American Communists adoption of their Popular Front stance was a home grown rather than a Soviet initiative and judges, “the course of the CPUSA was shaped by a homespun search for policies which would make it an integral part of the country’s society as well as by directives from the Communist International.”

Phelps, Christopher. “The Poverty of Marxist Crisis Theory During the Great Depression.” Canadian Review of American Studies 26, no. 2 (Spring 1996). Argues that the poor quality and paradoxical weakness of Marxist crisis theory in the 1930s was due to the conservatism of the economics profession and the dogmatism and political vicissitudes of the Communist party.  Includes extended critical analyses of Lewis Corey, the Labor Research Association and Science & Society.

Ryan, James. “The Triumph of Salesmanship Over Ideology: The American Communist Party During the Popular Front Era and Second World War.” Paper presented at Conference on Marxian Scholarship. Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, 1987.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Party Organizer and American Communist Mentality in the 1930s.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 2, no. 2 (1985). Maintains that the internal journal, Party Organizer (1931-1937), supports the view that CPUSA was a legitimate indigenous political force rather than a self-isolated movement or one best understood through its links to the Soviet Union.  Discusses Party Organizer advice on dealing with workers’ religious beliefs and racist attitudes, the problem of submerging the Party organization in the mass movements that appeared in the Popular Front period, and the scope of reported data on membership and local Party activity.

Wilentz, Sean. “Red Herrings Revisited: Theodore Draper Blows His Cool.” Village Voice Literary Supplement 36 (June 1985). Critical review-essay on Draper’s essays “American Communism Revisited” and “The Popular Front Revisited.”

****************************************************************

 

Illustrative Party Literature of the 1930s

 

Amter, I. Social Security in a Soviet America. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Part of the CPUSA’s “Soviet America” series.

Bittelman, Alex. The Advance of the United Front: A Documentary Account. Pamphlet. New York: Central Committee, Communist Party of the U.S.A., 1934.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Builder. [New York, N.Y.]: The Committee., 19uu. Journal, late 1930s, early 1940s.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Shipmates’ Voice, 193u. Journal, early 1930s, aimed at U.S. Navy sailors and U.S. Marines.

Daily Record. Daily Record. Chicago, Ill.: Midwest Daily Record Pub. Co., 1938-1939. CPUSA journal.

Ford, James W., and James S. Allen. The Negroes in a Soviet America. [New York: Workers library publishers, 1935. Part of the party’s “Soviet America” series.

Foster, William Z. Toward Soviet America. New York: Coward-McCann, Inc., 1932. A book by Foster, then the CPUSA’s presidential candidate, detailing the party’s agenda for a Communist America. “By the term ‘abolition’ of capitalism we mean its overthrow in open struggle by the toiling masses, led by the proletariat....  To put an end to the capitalist system will require a consciously revolutionary act by the great toiling masses, led by the Communist party; that is, the conquest of the State power, the destruction of the State machine created by the ruling class, and the organization of the proletarian dictatorship....  Under the dictatorship all the capitalist parties -- Republican, Democratic, Progressive, Socialist, etc. -- will be liquidated, the Communist party functioning alone as the Party of the toiling masses.  Likewise, will be dissolved all other organizations that are political props of the bourgeois rule, including chambers of commerce, employers’ associations, rotary clubs, American Legion, Y.M.C.A., and such fraternal orders as the Masons, Odd Fellows, Elks, Knights of Columbus, etc....  The press, the motion picture, the radio, the theatre, will be taken over by the government.”

League of Professional Groups for Foster and Ford. Culture and the Crisis. New York: League of Professional Groups, 1932. Signed by 50+ prominent intellectuals and writers endorsing William Z. Foster for president and calling for intellectuals to chose vibrant and dynamic Soviet communism over the dying and decayed American capitalism.

Magnus, Edward. Professionals in a Soviet America. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Part of the CPUSA “In Soviet America” series.

Midwest Daily Record. The Midwest Daily Record. Chicago, IL: Midwest Daily Record Pub. Co., 1938. CPUSA journal.

Workers Communist Party and USA Communist Party, The Communist. (Chicago, IL: Workers Communist Party, 1927–44). Theoretical journal of the party.

 

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party and World War II:

The Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

 

Bush, Clive. “Left-Wing Isolationism, Literature and Ideology in America During the Run-up to World War II: Malcolm Cowley, Waldo Frank, Archibald MacLeish, Lewis Mumford, John Strachey and the New Masses.” Comparative American Studies 1, no. 2 (June 2003).

Carley, Michael Jabara. 1939: The Alliance That Never Was and the Coming of World War II. Chicago: I.R. Dee, 1999. Justifies the Nazi-Soviet Pact, arguing that Stalin turned to an arrangement with Hitler only after sincere attempts to form an alliance with the West failed.


China Weekly Review. “Where Did Moscow Get the Nazi Flags Used to Greet Ribbentrop?: The Communist Party Press in America.” China Weekly Review 91 (2 December 1939).

Fischer, Louis. Stalin and Hitler’ the Reasons for the Results of the Nazi-Bolshevik Pact. Pamphlet. [New York]: The Nation, 1940.


Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The CPUSA Reports to the Comintern: 1941.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Transcribes and comments on a lengthy Eugene Dennis report to the Comintern in the spring of 1941 regarding the policies and organizational status of the CPUSA with particular attention to the impact of the party’s support for the Nazi-Soviet Pact on its position in American society.

Ierace, Francis A. America and the Nazi-Soviet Pact. New York: Vantage Press, 1978.

Kolasky, John. Partners in Tyranny: The Nazi-Soviet Nonaggression Pact, August 23, 1939. Toronto: Mackenzie Institute, 1990.

Leonhard, Wolfgang. Betrayal: The Hitler-Stalin Pact of 1939. Translated by Richard D. Bosley. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1989. Former Cominternist discusses the reaction of Western Communists to the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Ramsey, Russell W. Representative Sectional Press Opinion in the United States on the Nazi-Soviet Pact of August 21, 1939. [Washington], 1947.

Read, Anthony, and David Fisher. The Deadly Embrace Hitler, Stalin, and the Nazi-Soviet Pact, 1939-1941. New York: Norton, 1988.

Ryan, James G. “Opportunity Lost: The Nazi-Soviet Pact and the American Communist Party.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association. New Orleans, 1993.

Walker, Samuel. “Communists and Isolationism: The American Peace Mobilization, 1940-1941.” Maryland Historian 4, no. 1 (1973). On the CPUSA’s chief peace front that opposed any American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party Literature of the Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

 

Browder, Earl. America and the Second Imperialist War. Pamphlet. New York: New York State Committee, Communist Party, 1939. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. Internationalism: Results of the 1940 Election; Two Reports. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. The Most Peculiar Election: The Campaign Speeches of Earl Browder. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. The Way Out. New York: International Publishers, 1941. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Foster, William Z. The War Crisis: Questions and Answers. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. States Communist opposition to American aid to the anti-Nazi powers.

McKenney, Ruth. Browder and Ford: For Peace, Jobs and Socialism. [New York]: Workers library publishers, Inc., 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Molotov, Viacheslav Mikhailovich. The Meaning of the Soviet-German Non-Aggression Pact. Pamphlet. [New York: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. Defense of the Nazi-Soviet Pact published by the CPUSA.

Rivington, Ann. Women--Vote for Life! Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. CPUSA pamphlet opposing American participation in World War II during the period of the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Ross, M. A History of Soviet Foreign Policy. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. Defense of the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

 

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party and World War II

 

Bilderback, William Winch. “The American Communist Party and World War II.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1974. Surveys the Communist party’s stance toward the war and war related issues.

Blum, John Morton. V Was for Victory: Politics and American Culture During World War II. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976.

Boller, Paul F., Jr. “Hiroshima and the American Left: August 1945.” International Social Science Review 57, no. 1 (Winter 1982). Finds that in 1945 the Communists party and those associated with it were the strongest defenders of the use of nuclear weapons against Japan.  In contrast, the strongest critics of the attack were anti-Communist liberal and radicals such as Reinhold Niebuhr, Norman Thomas, and most Trotskyists.

Browder, Earl. The Road Ahead to Victory and Lasting Peace. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1944. Calls for all-out prosecution of the war.

Communist Political Association. The Path to Peace, Progress and Prosperity: Proceedings of Constitutional Convention of the Communist Political Association. New York, 1944.

Fleming, Thomas J. The New Dealers’ War: FDR and the War Within World War II. New York: Basic Books, 2001. Notes domestic political contention about the CPUSA and the alliance with the USSR.

Green, James. “Fighting on Two Fronts: Working Class Militancy in the 1940’s.” Radical America, no. 8 (1975).

Hamby, Alonzo. “Sixty Million Jobs and the People’s Revolution: The Liberals, the New Deal and World War II.” The Historian 30 (August 1968).

Isserman, Maurice. Which Side Were You on? the American Communist Party During the Second World War. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 1982. Well researched and scholarly political history of the Communist party from the late 1930s to the end of World War II.  Concentrates on the Communist party’s internal political life.  Maintains that the generation of Communists who joined the Party in the 1930s were oriented toward a democratized and Americanized Communist movement but were frustrated by the structure of the Communist party.

Isserman, Maurice Herbert. “Peat Bog Soldiers: The American Communist Party During the Second World War, 1939-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Rochester, NY: University of Rochester, 1979.

Labour Monthly. “American Communists’ Policy.” Labour Monthly 26 (February 1944).

Minor, Robert. The Heritage of the Communist Political Association. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1944.

O’Neill, William L. A Democracy at War: America’s Fight at Home and Abroad in World War II. New York: Free Press, 1993.

U.S. House Committee on Military Affairs. Investigations of the National War Effort. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1945. Hearings on subversive and Communist influences in the army.

Warren, Frank A. Noble Abstractions: American Liberal Intellectuals and World War II. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Trade Union Policy during World War II

 

Freeman, Joshua B. “Delivering the Goods: Industrial Unionism During World War II.” Labor History 19 (Fall 1978). Discusses the attitudes of Trotskyist and Communist union activists toward militant union tactics during the war.

Glaberman, Martin. Wartime Strikes: The Struggle Against the Nostrike Pledge in the UAW During World War II. Detroit, MI: Bewick/Ed, 1980. Part memoir, part history of wildcat strikes in World War II; notes the Communist role in opposing the wildcat movement.

Jennings, Ed. “Wildcat! The Wartime Strike Wave in Auto.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975).

Keeran, Roger. “‘Everything for Victory’: Communist Influence in the Auto Industry During World War II.” Science & Society 43, no. 1 (Spring 1979). Examines and judges Communist policy toward industrial production and war policy to be justifiable.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Industrial Unionism Under the No-Strike Pledge: A Study of the CIO During the Second World War.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1974. Discusses Communist opposition to disruptive labor militancy during the war.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Defending the No-Strike Pledge: CIO Politics During World War II.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Ambiguous Legacy: The Union Security Problem During World War II.” Labor History 18 (1977).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. Labor’s War at Home: The CIO in World War II. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Seidman, Joel. “Labor Policy of the Communist Party During World War II.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 4 (October 1950).

Seidman, Joel Isaac. American Labor from Defense to Reconversion. [Chicago]: University of Chicago Press, 1953. Discusses the Communist party’s trade union policy during World War II.

Weir, Stan. “American Labor on the Defensive: A 1940’s Odyssey.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975). Critical of the Communist party’s wartime labor policies.

****************************************************************

 

Earl Browder and American Communism

 

Browder, Earl Russell. Communism in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1935.  Articles, speeches, and reports, 1932-1935.

Browder, Earl. The People’s Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1936-1937.

Browder, Earl. Fighting for Peace. New York: International publishers, 1939.  Articles, speeches, and reports, 1938-1939.

Browder, Earl. The Second Imperialist War. New York: International Publishers, 1940. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1939-1940.

Browder, Earl. The Reminiscences of Earl Browder. With Joseph R. Starobin. New York Times Oral History Program. [Glen Rock, NJ]: [Microfilming Corp. of America], 1975. Transcript of interviews conducted by J. R. Starobin in 1964, 6 microfiches.

Cleath, Robert Leroy. “Earl Russell Browder, American Spokesman for Communism, 1930-1945: An Analysis of His Adaptation of Communist Ideas and Goals to a Capitalist Society.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1963.

Jaffe, Philip J. “The Rise and Fall of Earl Browder.” Survey [U.K.] 18, no. 2 (Spring 1972). Topics include “social fascism,” “the two 1939 Comintern documents in code and the Soviet-German Pact,” “the Smith Act and the Trotskyites,” the “Browder-Foster rivalry,” “the Duclos article,” and “Browder’s misjudgment and excommunication.”

Jaffe, Philip J. The Rise and Fall of American Communism. New York: Horizon Press, 1975. Partly a biography of Earl Browder, partly a history of the Communist party from 1939 to 1945, and partly a compilation of Communist party documents by a long-time friend of Browder and other Communist leaders.

Levine, Isaac Don. “The Mystery of Mrs. Earl Browder.” Plain Talk, December 1948. Charges that Earl Browder’s wife, a Soviet citizen, entered the U.S. illegally using the passport of Edith Berkman, a Communist Party textile union organizer who had dropped out of sight.

Redfern, Neil. “A British Version of  ‘Browderism’: British Communists And the Teheran Conference of 1943.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002). The CPGB, as had the CPUSA’s Earl Browder, saw Teheran as an indication that in the postwar world there need be no return to the class struggle of the prewar decades. It abandoned the Bolshevik insurrectionary model and set out to find a participatory role in the wider labor movement rather than as a vanguard radical party. Though some elements on the Party’s left criticized the leadership’s post-Teheran policies, their defeat at the Party’s 18th Congress showed that the vast majority of the membership had been seduced by the allied powers’ promises.

Rosenberg, Roger Elliot. “Guardian of the Fortress: A Biography of Earl Russell Browder, U.S. Communist Party General-Secretary from 1930-1944].” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 1982.

Ryan, James. “The Making of a Native Marxist: The Early Career of Earl Browder.” Review of Politics 39, no. 3 (July 1977).

Ryan, James. “Earl Browder and American Communism at High Tide: 1934-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Notre Dame, Indiana: University of Notre Dame, 1981.

Ryan, James, and Włodzimierz Batóg. “Nationalist Deviations Among Communist Leaders: Poland’s Wladysaw Gomulka and Earl Browder of the American Party.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Ryan, James G. “The Soviet Archives and Earl Browder’s Rise to American Communist Party Leadership, 1930-1934.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association. San Antonio, 1994.

Ryan, James G. Earl Browder: The Failure of American Communism. Tuscaloosa, Ala.: University of Alabama Press, 1997. Scholarly biography based in part on research in Moscow’s archives as well as on detailed research in the U.S.  “Earl Browder, arguably the preeminent twentieth-century Communist leader in the United States, is one of the most tragic figures in American radicalism’s history.  A Kansas native and veteran of numerous left-wing movements, he was peculiarly fitted by circumstance and temperament to head the party during its heyday. A complex and flawed personality, he did what was necessary to rise atop the hierarchy but possessed an independent streak that ultimately proved his undoing.  Still, he could never quite bring the CPUSA legitimacy because he lacked the vision and courage to separate himself and the organization totally from a foreign monster.”

Ryan, James Gilbert. “Too Bold by One Half: The Underlying Causes of Earl Browder’s Fall from Communist Party Leadership.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism session at the Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Contends that Browder abandoned the concept of a vanguard party, believed the C.P. had become an important player in American politics, and felt that transforming the C.P. into the CPA would enhance Communist political success.  Sees Browder’s appearance on a Time magazine cover, his [mistaken] belief he had a direct line to the FDR White House, and his interpretation of the Teheran agreements as contributing to Browder’s views.  Judges that Browder missed his best opportunity to remake the American Communist movement when he failed to split the C.P. over the Nazi-Soviet pact.

Ryan, James. “Tinkering with Totalitarianism: The American Communist Party’s Attempts at Liberalization, 1934-1949.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006

Spiro, George. Earl Browder. [New York]: Printed at the Van Rees Press, 1937. Hagiography.

Stein, Harry. “Before the Colors Fade: Marx’s Disenchanted Salesman.” American Heritage 23, no. 1 (1971). Biographical sketch of Earl Browder based on an interview with him at age 80.

****************************************************************

 

The Duclos Article and Purge of Browderism

 

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Browder’s World.  The Future of the Postwar World in the Eyes of the General Secretary of the CPUSA.” Paper presented at Congress of the Polish Historical Association. Wroclaw, Poland, 1999.

Browder, Earl. Teheran; Our Path in War and Peace. New York: International publishers, 1944. Browder explains his Teheran Doctrine, the central theory to justify his reforms of the CPUSA in 1943-1944.

Browder, Earl Russell. Teheran and America Perspectives and Tasks. Pamphlet. New York: Workers library publishers, 1944. Explanation of the basis for Browder’s reforms of the Communist movement.

Browder, Earl. In Defense of Communism Against W.Z. Foster’s “New Route to Socialism.” Pamphlet. Yonkers, NY: Privately published, 1949.

Browder, Earl. “How Stalin Ruined the American Communist Party.” Harper’s Magazine, March 1960. Browder looks back at the Duclos article.

Communist Party of the United States of America. On the Struggle Against Revisionism. New York: Communist Party, U.S.A., 1946. Frenzied attack on Browderism.

Dallin, Alexander, and Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov. Dimitrov and Stalin 1934-1943: Letters from the Soviet Archives. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000. Discusses the background for the Duclos article of 1945.

Duclos, Jacques. “A Propos de la Dissolution Du P.C.A.” Cahiers Du Communisme nouvelle série 6 (April 1945).

Duclos, Jacques. “On the Dissolution of the American Communist Party.” Political Affairs 24 (July 1945).

Foster, William Z., Jacques Duclos, Eugene Dennis, and John Williamson. Marxism-Leninism Vs. Revisionism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. Harsh denunciation of Browderism by American and French Communist party leaders.

Kolko, Gabriel. The Politics of War: The World and United States Foreign Policy, 1943-1945. New York: Random House, 1968. Denies that the Duclos article indicated a more aggressive Soviet foreign policy.

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “Origins of the Cold War.” Foreign Affairs 46 (October 1967). Treats the Duclos article regarding the American Communist Party as evidence of a change in Soviet foreign policy.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “The 1944-45 Upheaval in American Communism: Earl Browder and William Z. Foster on the Post-War Perspectives for the United States.” Published conference paper in Internationale Tagung der Historiker der Arbeiterbewegung [International Conference of Historians of the Labour Movement] 21. Linqer Kongerenz 1985. Wein, 1986.

Unsigned. “O Kommunisticheskoy Politicheskoy Assotsiatsii SShA [On the Communist Political Association of the USA].” Byulleten’ Byuro Informatsi Tsk VKP(b): Voproy Vneshney Politiki [Bulletin of the Information Bureau of the CC RCP(b): Issues of Foreign Policy], no. 2 (January 1945). Russian original of what became the Duclos article.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party: 1945-1959

 

Batóg, Włodzimierz. Wywrotowcy?: Komunistyczna Partia USA we Wczesnym Okresie Zimnej Wojny (1945-1954) [Subversives? Communist Party USA in the Early Cold War (1945-1954)]. Warsaw, Poland: Wydawnictwo TRIO, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Political Affairs. New York: New Century Publishers, 1945-.  Theoretical journal of the party.

Gates, John. On Guard Against Browderism, Titoism, Trotskyism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1951.  Authoritative party pamphlet setting out ideological limits.

George, Harrison. The Crisis in the C.P.U.S.A. Pamphlet. Los Angeles, CA: Harrison George, 1947. George, a veteran senior party organizer, was expelled in 1947 in a dispute over party trade union policy.

Independent Communist League of America. Turning Point. New York, N.Y.: P.R. Club, Communist Party (Expelled), 1948. Journal, 1948.

Jaffe, Philip J. “The Varga Controversy and the American Communist Party.” Survey [U.K.] 18, no. 3 (1972). Examines the relationship of the Communist party’s decision to support a third party in 1948 with Soviet ideologist and Stalin aide Andrei Zhdanov’s speech and the attacks after 1945 by Stalin’s agents on Communist economic theorist Yevgenii Varga’s views on capitalism.

Lee, Mark Wilcox. “An Analysis of Selected Speeches of William Z. Foster During the Reconstitution Period of the Communist Party, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1966. Finds that Foster’s rhetoric had a simple two valued system (capitalism is evil, the Soviet Union is good), that he frequently spoke in an “Aesopian” style understood by insiders and confusing to outsiders, and that he make frequent use of invectives and slogans.

Lester, Robert, ed. The Communist Party, USA, and Radical Organizations, 1953-1960 FBI: Reports from the Eisenhower Library. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1990. 7 microfilm reels. The documents reproduced in this publication are among the records of the White House Office, Office of the Special Assistant for National Security Affairs.”  Accompanied by printed reel guide compiled by Robert E. Lester, entitled: A guide to the microfilm edition of The Communist Party, USA, and radical organizations, 1953-1960.

Mainstream Associates. Mainstream. New York: Mainstream Associates, Inc, 1947. Communist-aligned journal, 1947.

Masses & Mainstream. Mainstream. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1956. Communist-aligned journal, 1956-1963

Masses & Mainstream. Masses & Mainstream. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1948. Journal, 1948-1956. Merger of New Masses, and, Mainstream.

National Committee of the Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Affairs.. New York, NY: The Committee, 1957.

P.R. Club, Communist Party (Expelled). Spark. [New York, NY: P.R. Club, Communist Party (expelled)], 1947. Journal, 1947-1948.

Ryan, James. “The American Communist Party’s Leadership During the Cold War: Robert Thompson as a Case Study.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association Conference. New Orleans, Louisiana, 1997.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Communist Party and McCarthyism.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism and the Decline of American Communism, 1945-1960.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993.  Decline of American communism blamed external causes.  American opposition to communism, equated with McCarthyism, depicted as elite led and state imposed prejudice rather than a popular movement.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism and the Decline of American Communism, 1945-1960.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Shannon, David A. The Decline of American Communism: A History of the Communist Party of the United States Since 1945. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1959. A critical history which treats the Communist Party as subservient to Moscow and an illegitimate participant in liberal politics.  Based largely on non-archival sources.

Singer, Kurt D. Communist Agents in America: A Who’s Who of American Communists, 1947. Pamphlet. New York: News Background, 1947. Contemporary anti-Communist exposé.

Starobin, Joseph R. “American Communism and the Cold War: An Obscure Chapter in the Pre-History of the Sino-Soviet Schism.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1970.

Starobin, Joseph R. American Communism in Crisis, 1943-1957. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1972. Well researched, poignant scholarly study by the former foreign editor of the Daily Worker.  Argues that Browder was leading the Communist Party in the direction of a positive participation in American politics when he was expelled.  Maintains that the American Communists were caught-up in a “mental Comintern” that caused them to slavishly follow what they thought, occasionally erroneously, were Moscow’s wishes.  Suggests that Moscow made little effort to understand the condition of the American Communist Party and regarded the CPUSA with minimal interest.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1949. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Discusses espionage, state and federal legislation, and Slavic front groups.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1951. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Discusses Hollywood, farm groups, and veterans organizations.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1952. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Discusses Army Security Agency and infiltration of federal agency.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Role of the Communist Press in the Communist Conspiracy. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Arnold Johnson Legislative Director of the Communist Party, U. S. A.  Hearing. Washington: U.S.  Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Committee on Government Operations. Communist Party Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Includes testimony of Louis Bortz and Joseph D. Mazzei.

****************************************************************

 

Khrushchev’s Secret Speech and the 1956-57 Crisis in American Communism

 

Communist Party of the USA. “The Communist Party Convention.” Political Affairs 36 (April 1957).  Lead editorial speaking of “the impact of the Khrushchev revelation,” “these revelations,” and “the shocking disclosures.”

Dennis, Eugene. “Questions and Answers on the XXth Congress, CPSU.” Political Affairs 35 (April 1956).  Included the assertion that “the facts disclosed about the errors of Stalin ... are, of course, new to us.”

Dennis, Peggy. “A Half-View of History is not Good Enough.” Unpublished essay, 1992. A privately circulated essay critical of Isserman’s  “Half-Swept House” as too heavily influenced by the perspective of those associated with John Gates.

Foster, William Z. “Draper’s ‘Roots of American Communism.’” Political Affairs 36 (May 1957). Referred to “the sweeping revelations of the Stalin cult of the individual.”

Harris, Jerry. “First Reaction: U.S. Communists and the Khrushchev Revelations.” Science & Society 61, no. 4 (Winter 1997-98). “A primary document based on detailed notes taken by a participant at the two meetings in the Spring of 1956 of the Party’s National  Executive Committee and National Committee, with precise accounts of the debates relating to the  N.S. Khrushchev’s ‘secret speech’ to the CCPSU Central Committee.”  The notes, 28 pages, belong to Fred Fine who was on the Executive Committee.

Healey, Dorothy. “On the Status of the Party.” Political Affairs 37 (March 1958): 48. Writes of  “Khrushchev’s revelations on Stalin.”

Isserman, Maurice. “The 1956 Generation: An Alternative Approach to the History of American Communism.” Radical America 14, no. 2 (March-April 1980). Argues that the near disintegration of the Communist Party in 1956 demonstrates that it contained a complex and diverse internal membership and that many members were oriented toward a democratized and independent socialist movement.

Isserman, Maurice. “Half-Swept House: American Communism in 1956.” Socialist Review, February 1982. Examines the shifting factional lines and attempts at internal reform of the Communist Party in 1956.

Khrushchev, Nikita Sergeevich. The Crimes of the Stalin Era: Special Report to the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Translated by Boris I. Nicolaevsky. [New York]: New Leader, 1962.

Meyer, Hershel D. The Krushchev Report and the Crisis in the American Left. Brooklyn: Independence Publishers, 1956.

Pries, Anne. “Khrushchev‘s ‘Secret Speech’: Confusion of Tongues.” Journal of Communist Studies [United Kingdom] 6, no. 1 (March 1990). Compares previous versions available in the West with the authentic original Russian text of the speech which did not  become public until 1989 in Izvestia.  On the basis on language analysis, says the U.S. State Department version released in 1956 appears to be a good English translation of a Polish version prepared for Polish Communist leaders in 1956 and the Polish text is a good translation of the authentic Russian released in 1989.  Says the first purported original Russian text to appear (1959, Documentation Office for East European Law, University of Leiden) was identified as a likely fake in 1981 and was actually a poor Russian translation of the U.S. State Department‘s English version.

Russian Institute, Columbia University. The Anti-Stalin Campaign and International Communism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1956. Anthology of essays on the issue.

Starobin, Joseph R. “1956, A Memoir.” Problems of Communism 15 (November-December 1966).  By a former influential CPUSA official on the 1956 crisis in the CPUSA.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The 16th Convention of the Communist Party, U.S.A. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Analysis of 16th Annual Convention of Communist Party of United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. Statement by J. Edgar Hoover, Director, Federal Bureau of Investigation.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Khrushchev and Stalin’s Ghost: Text, Background, and Meaning of Khrushchev’s Secret Report to the Twentieth Congress on the Night of February 24-25, 1956. New York: Praeger, 1957.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party: 1960 and After

 

Aynesworth, Hugh. “FBI Files Show U.S. Communists Were Puzzled by JFK Assassination.” Washington Times, 20 October 1995. The Assassination Records Review Board released an FBI informant report of Arnold Johnson at a CPUSA meeting in Wheeling, West Virginia, on December 8, 1963, expressing lack of knowledge about the assassination but noting that he had had correspondence with Oswald.

Communist Party of the USA. Daily World. New York, NY: Long View Pub. Co., Inc., 1968. CPUSA flagship newspaper, replaced the Daily Worker.

Communist Party of the USA. People’s Daily World. New York: Long View Pub. Co., 1986-. Party’s chief journal in its latter years.

Horne, Gerald. “The Media and the Left.” People’s Daily World, 18 August 1987. Prominent revisionist historian judges that the bourgeois press of the 1980s underestimates the growing power and popular influence of the American Marxist-Leninist left.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism in 1970. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1970. Hearings, Ninety-first Congress, second session. June 23, 24, and 25, 1970. (Including index).

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism in 1971. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1971. Hearings, Ninety-second Congress, first session.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1973. Hearings, Ninety-third Congress, first session.  Includes: pt. 2. The Communist Party, USA--defender of Soviet anti-Semitism; pt. 4. Parallel policies of CPUSA and CPSU, and the Communist meaning of coexistence--Détente; --pt. 6. Communist Party, USA, attempts to repenetrate the trade union movement.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist and Workers’ Partys’ Manifesto Adopted November -- December 1960; Interpretation and Analysis. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Testimony of Jay Lovestone.

Wiener, Jon. “The Communist Party Today and Yesterday: An Interview with Dorothy Healey.” Radical America 11, no. 3 (May-June 1977). Healey, a long time leader of the Communist Party in California, discusses Gus Hall, the Communist Party’s recruitment of minorities, and compares the West Coast branch of the party with the what she sees as a more rigid Eastern element.

****************************************************************

 

The Party Crisis of 1989-1991

 

Baer, Donald. “Leftists in the Wilderness.” U.S. News and World Report, 19 March 1990. Reactions to the collapse of Communist rule in Eastern Europe: Gil Green: “This is the main turning point in Communism. ... It will bring about a socialist society that cannot be separated from democracy.”  Paul Robeson, Jr.: “This is the death of Stalinism and the birth of Marxism.”  Ring Lardner, Jr.: “Communism is like Christianity.  It turned out to be a very beautiful theory that has never been put into practice.  Given human nature, I‘m not sure it can be.”  Dorothy Healey, on not speaking out on Soviet abuses: “Our voices would have prevented the vicious distortions of socialism that we‘ve seen.”  Carl Marzani: “This is not Marxism’s failure.  On the contrary.  What is dead is Stalinism.”  Eugene Genovese: “An awful lot of corpses have been piled up in what we hoped was a good cause.  Socialism in the strict and serious sense has failed.  And now we have to eat it.”

Committees of Correspondence. Corresponder. New York, NY: The Committees, 1992.  Journal of those expelled from the CPUSA by Gus Hall in late 1991.

Elbaum, Max. “Upheaval in the CPUSA: Death and Rebirth?” CrossRoads, January 1992. Description of the split at the December. 6-8 1991 CPUSA convention, reproduces in part the “Initiative to Unite and Renew the Party” that affirms communism and the CPUSA’s past defense of the USSR but was critical of Gus Hall and spoke of Communists needing “a fresh look and making necessary adjustments” and allowed that “the crisis of the socialist societies in Europe over the last few years makes it evident that there were deep-going flaws in the model of socialism being constructed there.”  Gus Hall dismissed Initiative signers as guilty of “right opportunism” and excluded most from the convention.  The new National Board excluded all dissidents, including such figures as Angela Davis, Gil Green, Charlene Mitchell, and Carl Bloice.  The dissidents have formed Committees of Correspondence and plan a newsletter and a conference.

Green, Gil. “Glasnost, Perestroika and The Communist Party.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Communist Party of the USA and the Committees of Correspondence.” Problems of Post-Communism 43, no. 4 (July/August 1996). Discusses the split between the CPUSA and the Committees of Correspondence.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “The End: The CPUSA Expires.” New Republic, 23 March 1992. Discusses split at the CPUSA 25th convention.  Quotes Herbert Aptheker as linking communism’s crisis to it having been “’authoritarian, domineering, brutal and guilty of colossal crimes -- not only suppression but also massive human extermination’” and Gus Hall as telling the convention “’There is no basic flaw in the theories of Marxism-Leninism or dialectical materialism.’”  Concludes; “The split leaves the Party at the level of the small Trotskyist sects that do little more than issue turgid newspapers.  But for Hall, hope spring eternal. ‘If you want to take a nice vacation, take it in North Korea,’ he recently advised”

Lapitski, Mark Isaakovich. “Epitafiia Amerikanskoi Kompartii [Epitaph to the American Communist Party].” SShA: Ekonomika, Politika, Ideologiia [Russia] 1 (1994): 88-96.

Marquit, Irwin. “Ideological Basis of the Organizational Crisis of Marxism-Leninism in the United States.” Rethinking Marxism, Spring 1994. Professor at the University of Minnesota and former leader of the CPUSA in Minnesota who went with the Committees of Correspondence discusses the split and advocates a purified strict Marxism-Leninism as the answer.

****************************************************************

 

Gus Hall

 

Brandt, Joseph, and Sylvia Opper, eds. Gus Hall Bibliography: The Communist Party, USA: Philosophy, History, Program, Activities. New York: New Outlook Publishers, 1981. Hagiography.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Hanging up on the Hammer and Sickle.” Heterodoxy 8, no. 3 & 4 (June/July 2000): 9. On Gus Hall’s career and retirement (shift from national chairman, replaced by Sam Webb, of the CPUSA to senior chair).  “When a Karelian mass grave containing the bodies of hundreds of American and Canadian victims of communism was unearthed three years ago, the CPUSA never said a word.  Neither did Gus Hall, although the list of these buried there included Minnesotans from the Finnish-American community from which he came.”

Kaplan, Steven. “Gus Hall: Minnesota’s Supreme Soviet.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Biographical sketch.  Hall, longtime head of the CPUSA, grew up in Minnesota.

Swearingen, Rodger. “Gus Hall: Moscow-Trained Boss of the CPUSA.” In Leaders of the Communist World., edited by Rodger Swearingen. New York: Free Press, 1971.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Leadership “Tough Guy” Takes Charge. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. On Gus Hall.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 2

Nature and Structure of the Communist Movement

 

 

Bell, Daniel. “The Background and Development of Marxian Socialism in the United States.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952.  Analytic and critical commentary on the intellectual and cultural outlook of the early Socialist party and Communist party.   The American Communist “is the perpetual alien living in hostile enemy territory....  His is the ethnic of ‘ultimate ends’; only the goal counts, the means are inconsequential.  Bolshevism thus is neither in the world nor of it, but stands outside.  It takes no responsibility for the consequences of any act within the society nor does it suffer the tension of acquiescence or rejection.”

Bell, Daniel. Marxian Socialism in the United States. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1967. First published in 1952 as chapter 6 of Socialism and American Life edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons.

Bell, Daniel. “First Love and Early Sorrows.” Partisan Review 48, no. 4 (1981). Sees chiliastic and gnostic sources contributing to the willingness of Communists and other leftists to use violence and terror to redeem the world.  “‘He who seeks the salvation of the soul, of his own and of others, should not seek it along the avenue of politics.’ It was this quotation [from Weber] with which I ended my monograph in 1952 on Marxian Socialism in the United States.  Since the death of socialism is the most tragic -- and unacknowledged -- political fact of the twentieth century, it is an injunction to be heeded now more than ever.”

Browder, Earl. What is Communism? New York: The Vanguard Press, 1936.  Party literature.

Charney, George. “American Communism in Perspective: A Review.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56 (1973). By a former senior party cadre.

Coser, Lewis. “Sects and Sectarians.” Dissent 1 (Autumn 1954).

Engerman, David. “‘Give a Party for the Party.’” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002). Late 1930s New York C.P. Entertainment Committee document.

Fry, William Welz. “Communist United Front Strategy and Tactics: Origins and Some Recent Applications.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1962.

Furet, François, and Ernst Nolte. Fascism and Communism. Translated by Katherine Golsan. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2001.

Haynes, John Earl. “New Times, 1910-1919.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, MN, 1989. Finds that New Times, the leading English-language socialist newspaper in Minnesota, grew frustrated at the failure of most workers to develop class consciousness and, over time, tended to blame this failure on the moral inadequacies of workers’ themselves.  The chief figures in the paper became Communists.

Haynes, John Earl. “The New Times: A Frustrated Voice of Socialism, 1910-1919.” Minnesota History 52, no. 5 (Spring 1991). The New Times, Minnesota’s leading English-language Socialist paper,  was edited by Alexis Georgian, a delegate to the founding convention of the Communist party of America.  Finds that New Times became increasingly frustrated with the failure of workers to support socialism and tended to blame worker foolishness and stupidity.   Suggests in a Kraditorian mode that New Times and the Socialists it represented cut themselves off from workers by indifference and hostility to ethnicity and American nationalism, scorn for religion, disregard for prohibition and women’s suffrage as issues of importance, support for violence, expressions of admiration for criminals as enemies of the system, and attacks upon marriage.

Hook, Sidney. “Spectral Marxism.” American Scholar 49 (Spring 1980).

Hook, Sidney. Marx and the Marxists: The Ambiguous Legacy. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand, 1955.

Hoover, J. Edgar. A Study of Communism. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1962. Introduction of Communist theory and practice, with particular reference to CPUSA, by the longtime head of the FBI.  Emphasizes the conspiratorial aspects of the party.

Horowitz, David. “Letter to a Political Friend: On Being Totalitarian in America.” In Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988, edited by John Bunzel. New York: Free Press, 1988. Horowitz, a prominent New Left journalist who later became anti-Communist, states that his father was a Communist who left the C.P. in 1953 but remained loyal to Communism throughout his life, that his parents lived in colony of progressives in Sunnyside, Queens, and “they inhabited Sunnyside like a race of aliens -- in the community but never of it, culturally and psychologically distinct.  They lived in a state of permanent hostility not only to the Sunnyside community, but to every other community that touched them, including America itself.”

Hunt, R. N. Carew. Marxism, Past and Present. New York: Macmillan, 1954.

Jacobson, Julius. “Reflections on Fascism and Communism.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983.  Compares and contrasts.

Kraditor, Aileen S. “Jimmy Higgins”: The Mental World of the American Rank-and-File Communist, 1930-1958. New York: Greenwood Press, 1988. A highly detailed and sophisticated blend of history, political theory, and personal reminiscences.  Kraditor, a former Communist, is a leading conservative intellectual and social historian.  Kraditor contends that longtime rank-and-file Communists mentally “lived in a world apart from the real one,” that her book “is about that separate reality,” and that “the promise of intellectual control of reality, here and now, constituted the basic appeal of Marxism-Leninism and its embodiment, the highly disciplined Communist Party.”  Kraditor concludes that: “It is not too farfetched to surmise that the true believer’s quarrel with the world was, at bottom, not only that it was unjust but also that it was not of their own making....  The appeal of the Soviet Union lay not merely in its [misperceived] justice, prosperity, freedom, and democracy, but also in its being an artifact of the Marxist-Leninist mind blessed with total freedom to bring external reality into conformity with its wishes.”  Kraditor comments that the C.P. “was an organizational expression of a world already existing in the minds of its true-believing members....  For if the reality had been as the true believers perceived it -- I mean fundamentally, not with respect to particular data about which anyone might err -- then the Party would have fitted into that reality rather successfully.  Instead, they were a group of people who, in both favorable and unfavorable circumstances, always failed to convert the majority of workers (although their theory said this conversion was inevitable) and, finally, were obliged to use force and terror, when in power against the working class in order to make reality conform to their conception.”

Kraditor, Aileen S. “Unbecoming a Communist.” Continuity, no. 12 (Fall 1988). Kraditor, a former Communist and historian of radicalism, states,  “The awful conditions that had supposedly caused the conversion to some radical ideology had not had the same effect on most people; was this radical more intelligent, better-informed, more compassionate than those others?...  We should look inside the individual psyche ... of the radical for the roots of ideological commitment, the predisposition to perceive facts a certain way, the need to screen out some facts altogether, the preference for one theory over another....  Radical ideology is also like a mathematics, but in this case one that does not apply to the real world.  Its practitioners, however, keep insisting it’s correct; they will not reexamine its axioms of its conflicts with empirical reality.  Indeed, its implicit rejection of empirical reality constitutes part of its appeal to them.  They believe, however, that they and conservatives perceive the world the same way and disagree only over how to evaluate the data.  But the fact is that they perceive different realities; their disagreement is ontological as well as axiological.  Conservatives make the same mistake when they equate radicalism with hypocrisy; they assume that radical ideologues ‘see’ the same facts as they themselves do but approve of atrocities and oppression by leftist regimes.”

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Democracy and Working-Class Authoritarianism.” American Sociological Review 24 (August 1959).

Malia, Martin. “Judging Nazism and Communism.” National Interest 69 (Fall 2002). Analytic essay.  “Western revisionism overall developed within what was basically a Soviet, or at least a Marxist, perspective. Putting matters this bluntly, however, was until recently impossible in academic discourse, especially in America. Down through the failure of Gorbachev’s perestroika, any allusion to these obvious facts was met with protestation from the revisionists that they were not Marxists but merely positivists whose “social science” . . . was a strictly non-political, “value-free” enterprise. Or they might revert to the countercharge of “McCarthyism... Bluntness is presently a therapeutic necessity.”

Milton, David. “Class Struggle American Style.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Muravchik, Joshua. Heaven on Earth: The Rise and Fall of Socialism. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2002. Historical analyses of the rise and fall of social democracy, socialism, communism, fascism, African and Chinese socialism, and other modern collectivisms.  “Within 150 years after the term “socialism” was coined by the followers of Robert Owen in the late 1820s, roughly 60 percent of the earth’s population found itself living under socialist rule of one kind or another. Of course, not all who lived under socialism believed in it, but not all who were counted as Christians or Muslims were believers either. Yet once empowered, socialism refused to yield its promised rewards. The more dogged the effort, the more the outcome made a mockery of the humane ideals that it proclaimed. For a century and a half, no amount of failure dampened socialism’s appeal. Then, suddenly, like a rocket crashing back to earth, it all collapsed. In the span of a couple decades, socialism was officially repealed in half the places where it had triumphed. And in the other half, it continued in name only. Today, in but a few flyspecks on the map is there still an earnest effort to practice socialism, defended as if by those marooned Japanese soldiers who held out for decades after 1945, never having learned that their emperor had surrendered.”

Niemeyer, Gerhart. The Irrationality of Communism. Consultation with Dr. Gerhart Niemeyer. Committee on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives, Eighty-Fifth Congress, Second Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

Rachleff, Peter J. Marxism and Council Communism: The Foundation for Revolutionary Theory for Modern Society. New York: Revisionist Press, 1976.

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “The Life of the Party: What It Means to be a Communist.” Saturday Review of Literature, 16 July 1949.  On the nature of party discipline, its corruption of intellectual and artistic standards, and its use on an underground arm for subversion and espionage. 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Ideological Fallacies of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. The ideological fallacies of communism. Staff consultations with Dr. S. Andhil Fineberg, Bishop Fulton J. Sheen, Dr. Daniel A. Poling: September 4, 1957, September 25, 1957, October 18, 1957.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. The Communist Party of the United States of America, What It is, How It Works a Handbook for Americans. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Communist Party of the United States of America What It is, How It Works; a Handbook for Americans. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Contradictions of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Contradictions of Communism Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

Wald, Kenneth D. “The Legacy of Communism in American Ideology and Ethos.” Paper presented at Hendricks Symposium, “The Legacies of Communism,.” University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1992.

Wheeler, Robert Hullings Lappe. “American Communists: Their Ideology and Their Interpretation of American Life, 1917-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1953.

Wolfe, Bertram David. An Ideology in Power: Reflections on the Russian Revolution. New York: Stein and Day, 1969.  On the essential nature of communism.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Americanism

 

Beichman, Arnold. Anti-American Myths: Their Causes and Consequences. New Brunswick (U.S.A.): Transaction, 1992. Discusses relationship of anti-Americanism and communism.

Beichman, Arnold. Nine Lies About America. New York: Library Press, 1972. Discusses relationship of anti-Americanism and communism.

Berman, Hyman. “Communism and the Frontier Tradition.” In The American West, as Seen by Europeans and Americans, edited by Rob Kroes and Michael P. Malone. Amsterdam: Free University Press, 1989. Based on a 1988 symposium sponsored by the Netherlands American Studies Association in Amsterdam.  Discusses the clash between the CPUSA’s centralized authority and quasi-military discipline with the American West’s individualistic, anarchistic doctrines.

Cantor, Milton. The Divided Left: American Radicalism, 1900-1975. New York: Hill and Wang, 1978. Discusses how American society and culture has driven the left to two unworkable positions: the impossibilism of revolutionary demands that workers reject and the immediatism of reformist demands that gets absorbed into trade unionism, liberalism, and mainstream politics.

Denning, Michael. “‘The Special American Conditions’: Marxism and American Studies.” American Quarterly 38, no. 3 (1986).

Flynn, Daniel J. Why the Left Hates America: Exposing the Lies That Have Obscured Our Nation’s Greatness. Roseville, CA: Forum, 2002.

Gaido, Daniel. “‘The American Worker’ and the Theory of Permanent Revolution: Karl Kautsky on Werner Sombart’s Why Is There No Socialism in the United States?” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Goldner, Loren. “On the Non-Formation of a Working-Class Political Party in the United States, 1900-45.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Hollander, Paul, ed. Understanding Anti-Americanism: Its Origins and Impact at Home and Abroad. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2004.

Iton, John Richard. “Gateway Blues: Comparative Political Cultures and the Search for the Missing American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Johns Hopkins University, 1994. Argues that cultural and racial heterogeneity help explain the absence of a powerful left in the United States, a form of "American exceptionalism.”

Johnson, Alan. “The American Worker and the Absurd Truth About Marxism.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003). Editorial introduction to a special issue on Marxism and American workers.

Kautsky, Karl. “The American Worker.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninism and Lovestoneism.” Studies in Comparative Communism 7, no. 1/2 (Spring-Summer 1974). Discusses the argument between Foster and Lovestone over the nature of American capitalism.  Finds that both continued the Leninist misunderstanding of American history.  Argues that Lovestoneism did no more than use Lenin’s theory of imperialism as the last stage of capitalism and his principle of uneven capitalist development to argue that capitalism in U.S. was strong because imperialism in America was still growing and strong whereas imperialism in Europe was stagnant.  Foster, so much as he had a principled opposition, simply differed on the stage of American capitalism and on his emphasis on the voluntaristic element in Leninism that revolutionaries could make revolution.

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninism, Lewis Corey, and the Failure of American Socialism.” Labor History 18, no. 2 (Spring 1977). Lenin in 1907 remarked that one of the reasons for socialism’s weakness in America was that the democratic task was done and socialism did not have a link to democracy as it did in Europe.  In 1916, Lenin changed his interpretation and developed his theory of imperialism that attributed socialism’s failure in America to the success of American imperialism and capitalists buying off part of the working class with the profits of imperialism.  After that, Marxists stuck to Lenin’s 1916 view.  In 1940 Corey revived the earlier Lenin view.  Corey argued that American communism and socialism were imports to America that were inappropriate.  In Europe socialism and fight for democracy were linked.  In the more advanced and already democratic U.S. the working class regarded socialism based on the European mode to be inappropriate and, because the proletariat would never be a majority of the population, socialism with its devotion to being the voice of the working class could never win power democratically.

Klehr, Harvey. “Marxist Theory in Search of America.” Journal of Politics 35, no. 2 (1973). Discusses the difficulty of Marxist analysis of American history and the failure of the Communist party to develop an adequate theory of “American exceptionalism.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “The Rejection of American Society by the Communist Left.” In Understanding Anti-Americanism: Its Origins and Impact at Home and Abroad, edited by Paul Hollander. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2004.

Le Blanc, Paul. “The Absence of Socialism in the United States: Contextualising Kautsky’s ‘American Worker.’” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Lipset, Seymour Martin, and Gary Marks. It Didn’t Happen Here: Why Socialism Failed in the United States. New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 2000.

Link, Henry Charles, and A. D. Freiberg. “Psychological Barometer on Communism, Americanism and Socialism.” Journal of Applied Psychology 33 (February 1949).

Mann, Tom. “Preface.” In Americanism: A World Menace, W.T. Colyer. London, U.K.: Labour Pub. Co., 1922. Mann, a founder in both the British and Australian Communist parties, observes “If we refuse to travel towards Communism the only alternative is to become Americanised.”

Rolfe, Eugene E. M. “Rival Gods.” Hibbert Journal 52 (April 1954). On Americanism and communism as faiths.

Rossiter, Clinton Lawrence. Marxism: The View from America. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1960.  Compares Marxism with the American tradition.

Ryan, James G. “Leadership in the Left Lane: Directions and Styles in the Communist Party of the United States, 1932–1957.” In Who’s the Boss? Leadership and Democratic Culture in America, edited by Hans Krabbendam and Wil Verhoeven. Amsterdam, NL: Vu University Press, 2007.

Sombart, Werner. Why Is There No Socialism in the United States? Translated and edited by C. T. Husbands. Translated by Patricia M. Hocking. White Plains, N.Y.: International Arts and Sciences Press, 1976. Translation of the 1906 Warum gibt es in den Vereinigten Staaten keinen Sozialismus?, with a foreword by Michael Harrington.

Szporluk, Roman. Communism and Nationalism: Karl Marx Versus Friedrich List. New York: Oxford University Press, 1988. Argues that the contest between Marxism and capitalism is more properly “triangular, not bipolar” with nationalism as a competitor.

****************************************************************

 

Organization and Structure of the Communist Party

 

Alperin, Robert Jay. “Organization in the Communist Party, USA 1931-1938.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1959. Finds that Communist party organization was weak in the early 1930s but improved as schools and classes were organized to reduce membership turnover; argues that Marxism remained a driving organizational principle.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Organizer. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of The Party Organizer originally published (1st issue in Chicago, IL, 2nd issue on in New York City) with irregular frequency by the Workers (Communist) Party of America from April 1927 to vol. 2, nos. 7/8 (July/Aug. 1928); and by the Central Committee of the Communist Party, U.S.A. from vol. 3, no. 1 (February. 1930) to August 1938.

Kintner, William R. “Communist Organization and the Unlimited Quest for Power.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1949.

Lincove, David. “Radical Publishing to ‘Reach the Million Masses’: Alexander L. Trachtenberg and International Publishers, 1906-1966.” Left History 10, no. 1 (Fall/Winter 2004).

Peters, J. The Communist Party: A Manual on Organization. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. With an introduction by Jack Stachel.  Authoritative party statement of organizational principles.

Selznick, Philip. The Organizational Weapon: A Study of Bolshevik Strategy and Tactics. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1952. Sees the organizational structure of the Communist party as that of a weapon aimed at the destruction of American society. (Selznick had been a young Trotskyist in the late 1930s and joined Max  Shachtman's Workers Party when it split from the Socialist Workers  party in 1940.)

Storch, Randi. “‘The Realities of the Situation’: Revolutionary Discipline and Everyday Political Life in Chicago’s Communist Party, 1928–1935.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 1, no. 3 (September 2004).

Taft, Philip. “The Party Organizer: An Introduction and Appraisal.” Labor History 11, no. 1 (Winter 1970).

U.S. House Committee on Foreign Affairs. Report on the Strategy and Tactics of World Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Structure and Organization of the Communist Party of the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. two parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Organized Communism in the United States. Washington, 1958.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party Youth Affiliates and Youth Organizing

 

American Youth for Democracy. AYD Spotlight. New York: New Age Publishers, 1943. Journal, 1943.

American Youth for Democracy. Spotlight. New York: New Age Publishers, 1944. Journal, 1944-1945.

Berwick, Arnold. “The Idealist in the Young Communist League.” The Freeman 41, no. 1 (January 1991). Memoir of YCL activities and militants at the University of California, Berkeley, in 1941.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Pioneer. New York, N.Y.: Pioneer Pub. Co., 1931. Journal.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Young Pioneer. New York, N.Y.: Pioneer Pub. Co., 1931. Journal.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, and Lewis Miller. Communist Propaganda Among American Youth: An Example of Material Used. Pamphlet. [Washington: Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, 1935.

Glaberman, Martin, and George Rawick. “The Champion of Youth: An Introduction and Appraisal.” Labor History 11, no. 3 (Summer 1970). Discusses a Young Communist League journal.

Gower, Calvin W. “Conservatism, Censorship, and Controversy in the CCC, 1930s.” Journalism Quarterly 52, no. 2 (1975). Notes that Army administrators excluded the Communist newspaper Champion of Youth from the camps.

Labor Youth League. Youth Review. New York, N.Y.: Labor Youth Pub. Co., 1953. Journal, 1953-?.

Lewis, Joel A. “Youth Against Fascism: The Construction of Communist Youth Identity in Britain and the United States.” Ph.D. diss. Central Michigan University, 2006.

Mishler, Paul C. “The Littlest Proletariat: American Communists and Their Children, 1922-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1988.

Potamkin, Harry Alan, Gertrude Rady, and D. Marya Morrow, eds. Pioneer Song Book. New York: New Pioneer, 1933.

Romerstein, Herbert. Communism and Your Child. New York: Bookmailer, 1962. Romerstein, young Communist activist, became an anti-Communist and joined the staff of the HCUA. 

Romerstein, Herbert. The Communist International Youth and Student Apparatus. Pamphlet. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

Trutor, Clayton J. “There Is a Great Country: The Soviet Union in American Communist’s Children’s Literature, 1925-35.” M.A. Thesis. University of Vermont, 2006.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Training Operations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Hearings, Part 2 and 3: “Communist Activities and Propaganda among Youth Groups.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Target: Youth. Communist Infiltration and Agitation Tactics.  A  Report by J. Edgar Hoover, Director of Federal Bureau of Investigation, Illustrating Communist Strategy and Tactics in Rioting Which Occurred During House Committee on Un-American Activities Hearings, San Francisco, May 12-14, 1960. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Communist Tactics in Controlling Youth Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States Report on American Youth for Democracy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Appeal to Youth Aided by New Organizations. Hearing, April 25, 1961. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Youth Program. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Youth Program Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Labor Youth League, Respondent Decided February 15, 1955, F. Kirk Maddrix and Herbert H. Finzel for Petitioner, Gruber & Turkel (Samuel Gruber) for Respondent, Docket no. 102-23; Report. Washington, 1955.

Young Communist League. Y.C.L. Builder. [New York, NY]: The Committee, 1935. Journal, 1935-.

Young Communist League of the U.S. Y.C.L. Organizer. New York City: Published monthly by Youth Publisher for National Committee, Young Communist League, 1932. Journal

Young Communist League of the U.S. Young Communist Review. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical originally published monthly in New York by the Young Communist League, 1936-Feb. 1937; by the National Committee of the Young Communist League, Mar. 1937; by the National Board of the Young Communist League; as the official publication of the National Council of the Young Communist League, Aug. 1938-Dec. 1939. Issued with: Review (New York, 1940) and Weekly Review (New York, 1941).

Young Communist League of the U.S. Clarity. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of a periodical originally published in New York by New Age Publishers for the Young Communist League (Apr.-May 1940-winter issue, 1942.

Young Communist League of the U.S.A. The Worker Guardsman. New York, 0193u. Journal claimed to be issued by members of the Young Communist League in the New York National Guard, early 1930s

Young Communist League, USA. Dynamic! [New York, NY]]: The League, 1983.

Young Pioneers of America. The Young Comrade. [Chicago, IL]: The Section, 1923. Journal

Young Pioneers of America. Young Pioneer. New York: Young Workers League of America, 1929. Journal.

Young Workers League of America. The Young Worker. [New York: National Organization Committee for the Young Workers League of America], 1922.  Official journal published variously in the 1920s by the National Organization Committee for the Young Workers League of America, Young Workers League of America, Young Workers (Communist) League of America., and Communist Youth League of U.S.A

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party Associated Summer Camps

 

Levine, June. Tales of Wo-Chi-Ca: Blacks, Whites and Reds at Camp. San Rafael, CA: Avon Springs Press, 2002. Wo-Chi-Ca [Workers Childrens Camp] was at times closely Communist-aligned and always leftist.

Meeropol, Ivy. “The Little Red Summer Camp: From the Village to the Woods.” New York Times, 19 August 2001. Affectionate memories of Camp Kinderland.

Mishler, Paul. “Communism and Youth in the Country: Summer Camps and Communist Education.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discusses origins, ethnic orientation, and program emphases of different C.P.-aligned youth camps.

Mishler, Paul C. Raising Reds the Young Pioneers, Radical Summer Camps, and Communist Political Culture in the United States. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Radosh, Ronald. “Commie Camp: In Deep Winter a Memory of Red Summers.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 10 (January 1998). Memories of attendance over seven or eight summers at the Popular Frontish oriented Camp Woodland for Children in Phoenicia, New York.

Ruta, Suzanne. “Social Studies.” Wig Wag, August 1990. Report on a visit to Camp Kinderland, one of the few hard-left summer camps still operating in New York.  Notes that children at the camp are predominately from radical families of several generations standing, that camp programs emphasized left themes of the 1930s, and that the camp’s director denied any camp association with the C.P.

Shargel, Baila Round. “Leftist Summer Colonies of Northern Westchester County, New York.” American Jewish History 83, no. 3 (1995)

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party Associated Schools and Party Education

 

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “Justice Attacks Workers’ Schools and Clubs.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses administrative hearings before Subversive Activities Control Board in 1953 over the New York  Jefferson School, witness Marlene Maclane Kowall, daughter of a movie actor tough guy, linked to magazine Counter-Attack.  The California Labor School was listed as subversive in 1948, Treasury revoked tax exemption and levied for back taxes, $7000.  Most Communist-aligned schools closed by 1956.

Gettleman, Marvin. “The Lost World of United Sates Labor Education: Curricula at East and West Coast Communist Schools, 1944-1957.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Gettleman, Marvin. “Engaged Pedagogy: Curriculum and Politics at U.S. Communist Labor Schools, 1923-1957.” Paper presented at Wayne State University Conference on the University and the City, 1999. “The Engaged Pedagogy of these schools offered a novel vision of schooling as an active not passive process, a truly collective effort, and one that could do away altogether with the very possibility of competition and failure.  When Stalinist scales are scraped away, this pedagogy and its apparatus could have great relevance for the educational crisis in the present day USA.”

Gettleman, Marvin. “The Lost World of Communist Labor Schools in the U.S., 1923-1957.” Paper presented at Southwestern Labor History Conference. San Francisco, 1999.

Gettleman, Marvin. “Science and Society: Educational Work of the U.S. Communist Party - (1944-1956).” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Communist Labor Pedagogy Before McCarthyism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Gonzalez, Gilbert G. Progressive Education: A Marxist Interpretation. Minneapolis: Marxist Educational Press, 1982.

Stanley, William Oliver, III. “The Communist Party and Education, 1928-1939: The Union of Theory and Practice.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1974. Examines the Communist party’s internal educational philosophy and its critique of public schools.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations of the Committee on Government Operations. Communist Ownership of GI Schools... Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Looks at schools for veterans with C.P. links.

****************************************************************

 

California Labor School

 

Cherney, Isobel. “California Labor School.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Reminiscences regarding the CLS by a leading teacher; discusses anti-Communist attacks on the CLS.

Gettleman, Marvin. “‘Education for Victory and Action’: The California Labor School in the Popular Front Era.” Paper presented at History of Education Society. Atlanta, GA., 1990. Argues that the CLS and other C.P. schools implicitly pursued a Gramscian strategy of breaking bourgeois cultural hegemony and promoting a class-conscious Marxist-Leninist workers’ culture.

Rigelhaupt, Jess. “The California Labor School and Radical Social Movements in the Post WWII San Francisco Bay Area.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association annual meeting, 2003.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. California Labor School, Inc., Respondent. Washington, 1957.

****************************************************************

 

Elisabeth Irwin School

 

Radosh, Ronald. “Elisabeth Irwin Looks Back.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 5&6 (June 1997). On the 75th anniversary of the “Little Red School House” in Greenwich Village.  Described his memories of the school, 1949-1955, and its creation of left educational environment: “EI, in fact, was a living example of PopFront culture in practice.”

****************************************************************

 

Hessian Hills School

 

Campbell, Katherine Moos. “An Experiment in Education: The Hessian Hills School, 1925-1952.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1984. Finds that Communism shaped much of the philosophy of this private progressive school near New York in the 1930s; however, after the Hitler-Stalin Pact liberal parents controlling the school forced the resignation of its pro-Communist director.

****************************************************************

 

 New York Marxist School/Brecht Forum

 

Boger, Mary. “Marxist Education in New York City: The Origin, Development, and Survival of the New York Marxist School/Brecht Forum, 1975–2000.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

New York Workers School

 

Gettleman, Marvin. “Politics and Education at the New York Workers School.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “The New York Workers School, 1923-1944: Communist Education in American Society.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Says workers education was implicitly Gramscian in strategy, “without any sense that they had thereby abandoned long-term insurrectionary goals; the short-term reformist actions were precisely the kinds of contests for cultural hegemony deemed necessary as preludes to the decisive revolutionary struggles to come in the Gramscian, not the Leninist sense.”   Denounces traditionalist historians such as Haynes and Klehr.

****************************************************************

 

New York Jefferson School of Social Science

 

Gettleman, Marvin E. “‘No Varsity Teams,’ New York’s Jefferson School of Social Science, 1943-1956.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002). The flagship institution of the CPUSA’s extensive network of schools, the Jefferson School flourished in New York City during the 1940s and early 1950s. Its pedagogy represented some of the left’s most creative cultural work in the period. The School attracted thousands of mainly adult student-workers for courses on Marxism, trade union issues and related topics as well as art, music, dance and literature.

Ring, Daniel F. “Two Cultures: Libraries, the Unions, and the ‘Case’ of the Jefferson School of Social Science.” Journal of Library History 20, no. 3 (1985). The Joint Committee on Library-Labor Relations, created by the American Library Association fostered public libraries’ work with labor unions. When a study by Henry Black, librarian at the Communist-affiliated Jefferson School of Social Science was accepted for publication in the committee’s newsletter, union representatives objected.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Jefferson School of Social Science, Respondent. Report and Order of the Board, Decided June 30, 1955. Docket no. 107-53. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

The Communist Party and Conspiracy

 

Budenz, Louis F. Men Without Faces: The Communist Conspiracy in the U. S. A. New York: Harper, 1950. Budenz, once editor of the Daily Worker, became a fervid anti-Communist and frequently testified about the conspiratorial nature of Communism in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Budenz, Louis F. The Techniques of Communism. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1954. Emphasizes the conspiratorial nature of the Communist party.

Cohen, Michael. “Plutocrats and the Octopus: Conspiratorial Visions of American Radicals in the Early 20th Century.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Hoover, J. Edgar. Masters of Deceit: The Story of Communism in America and How to Fight It. New York: Holt, 1958. Polemical.  Hoover, the longtime head of the FBI, treats the Communist party as chiefly a conspiracy under foreign control.

Hoover, J. Edgar. J. Edgar Hoover on Communism. New York: Random House, 1969.

Hoover, J. Edgar. J. Edgar Hoover Speaks Concerning Communism. Nutley, NJ: Craig Press, 1970.

Klehr, Harvey, John Earl Haynes, and Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov. The Secret World of American Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1995. Transcribes, translates, and comments on documents from Russian archives dealing with the covert activities of the CPUSA.  First book published on the CPUSA using extensive documentation from the Russian archives.  See: The Secret World

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Four parts.??

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Communist Conspiracy Strategy and Tactics of World Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Social Background of American Communism

 

Glazer, Nathan. The Social Basis of American Communism. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1961. Examines the socio-economic background of American Communists.

Glazer, Nathan. “The Social Basis of American Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1962.

Klehr, Harvey. Communist Cadre: The Social Background of the American Communist Party Elite. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1978. Analyzes biographical information on 212 Communist Party Central Committee members (1920-1961).  Finds that native-born Communists rose faster than the foreign-born, blacks were more likely to remain loyal to the Communist party than whites, non-Jews rose quicker in the hierarchy that Jews, and that women rose in the cadre, but slowly.

Moore, Barrington. “The Communist Party of the USA; An Analysis of a Social Movement.” American Political Science Review 39, no. 1 (February 1945).

Slove, Karen E. “Social Factors Influencing Success or Failure of Radical Movements: A Study of the American Communist Party.” Undergraduate Honors Thesis. Emory University, 1984.

Taylor, Kerry. “Different Shades of Red? The Social Basis of New Zealand and United States Communism Compared.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Psychological Approaches to American Communism

 

Almond, Gabriel Abraham. The Appeals of Communism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1954. Critical commentary on the appeal of communism based on interviews with American and foreign Communists and on Communist literature.

Brunner, Marta L. “‘Faith’ in Social Change: Three Case Studies from American Social Movement History, 1890--1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 2005. The Communist movement in the 1930s is one of the case studies.

Ernst, Morris Leopold, and David Loth. Report on the American Communist. New York: Holt, 1952. Examines the Communist party’s membership; sees Communists as compensating for personal deficiencies in extremist politics.

Krugman, Herbert. “The Interplay of Social and Psychological Factors in Political Deviance: An Inquiry Into Some Factors Underlying the Motivation of Intellectuals Who Became Communist.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1952.

Krugman, Herbert Ellis. “Appeal of Communism to American Middle Class Intellectuals and Trade Unionists.” Public Opinion Quarterly 16, no. 3 (1952).

Meyer, Frank S. The Moulding of Communists: The Training of the Communist Cadre. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1961. Psychological analysis finding Communists to be largely neurotic.

Monnerot, Jules. Sociology and Psychology of Communism. Boston: Beacon Press, 1953.

Novack, George Edward, John Dewey, and Leon Trotsky. Their Morals and Ours: Marxist Versus Liberal Views on Morality. New York: Merit Publishers, 1969. Introduction, by G. Novack.--Their morals and ours, by L. Trotsky.--The moralists and sycophants against Marxism, by L. Trotsky.--Means and ends, by J. Dewey.--Liberal morality, by G. Novack.

Wriggins, William H. “The Image of the Ideal Communist Militant as Depicted in Communist Party Publications.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1953.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Party Rhetoric

 

Cohn, Werner. “‘A Clear Provocation,’ Esoteric Elements in Communist Language.” Encounter [U.K.] 64, no. 5 (May 1985). Discusses the origins of Communist jargon which defines revelation of an embarrassing truth as provocation.

Dixler, Elsa Jane. “The American Communist Party and the Revolution.” American Behavioral Scientist 20, no. 4 (March-April 1977). Discusses the meaning of Communist revolution in the American context.

Draper, Theodore. “The Ghost of Social Fascism.” Commentary, February 1969.  On Communist use of the concept of “social fascism” to denounce democratic leftists and liberal-left reformers in the early 1930s.

Evans, William Barrett. “‘Revolutionist Thought’ in the Daily Worker, 1919-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1965. Finds no consistent theoretical perspective on revolution; instead, there was a consistent reflection of Soviet and Comintern pronouncements.

Hart, Roderick P. “The Rhetoric of the True Believer.” Speech Monographs 38, no. 4 (1971). Examines “doctrinal groups” defined as American Communists, John Birchers, Roman Catholics, and Mormons.

Hunt, R. N. Carew. A Guide to Communist Jargon. New York: Macmillan, 1957.

Ilkka, Richard J. “Rhetorical Dramatization in the Development of American Communism.” Quarterly Journal of Speech 63, no. 4 (1977). Notes that glorification of the Bolshevik Revolution was a major component of American Communist rhetoric.

Ilkka, Richard Jaco. “The Rhetorical Vision of the American Communist Movement: Origin and Debut  1918-1920.” Ph.D. diss. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1974. Finds that early Communist rhetorical fantasies cast the Socialist party moderates in the role of Russian counter-revolutionaries, the Socialist party Left in the role of the Bolsheviks and presented the new Soviet state as the prototype of a new society.   In the simplified drama of Communist rhetoric self-righteousness was the most common theme  occurring more often that hatred of capitalism and hatred of moderate socialists   Much of the rhetoric symbolically acted out visions of self esteem and mastery: the Communist as vigilant guardian of the movement, preacher-militant educating the masses, and revolutionary martyr.

Kövecses, Zoltán. “Language, Linguistics, Power, and the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Communist Party of the United States as an Advocate of Overthrow of Government by Force and Violence. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Language as a Communist Weapon.  Consultation with Dr. Stefan T. Possony. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Wander, Philip C. “At the Ideological Front.” Communication Studies 42, no. 3 (Fall 1991).

Young, John W. “Totalitarian Language: Orwell’s Newspeak and Its Nazi and Communist Predecessors.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1987. Finds that Orwell directly modelled Newspeak on actual Nazi and Communist practices.  Observes that, unlike Orwell’s gloomy projection of Oceania, the actual experience of long-lasting totalitarian regimes (Communist) is that over time the large gap between official reality and rhetoric causes citizens to grow skeptical, cynical, and develop a private counter-language.

****************************************************************

 

Communists in the South

 

Allen, James S. Organizing in the Depression South: A Communist’s Memoir. Minneapolis, MN: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 2000. James Allen is the pseudonym for Solomon Auerbach.

Green, Chris. “Crabgrass as Grassroots: The Contending Influences of Don West and Lucy Mason in Post-War Georgia.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005

Harris, Abram Lincoln. “Black Communists in Dixie.” In Race, Radicalism, and Reform: Selected Papers, edited by William A. Darity. New Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction Publishers, 1989. Reprint of a 1925 essay by Harris (using pseudonyms) describing black radicals expelled from a Virginia Workers party branch for putting race above class.

Kamp, Joseph P. The Fifth Column in the South. Pamphlet. New Haven, CT: Constitutional Educational League, Inc., 1940. Right-wing polemic.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “‘We Are Not What We Seem’: Rethinking Black Working-Class Opposition in the Jim Crow South.” Journal of American History 80, no. 1 (June 1993).

Miller, Abe. “Robert Fowler Hall: The Communist Party and Civil Rights.” Paper presented at The Historical Society’s Midwestern Region conference. Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, 2000.  Hall was a leading white Southern Communist.

Nelson, Claire Nee. “Louise Thompson Patterson and the Southern Roots of the Popular Front.” In Women Shaping the South: Creating and Confronting Change, edited by Angela Boswell and Judith N. McArthur. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2006.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration and Activities in the South. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communism in Mid-South. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

Williams, John. “Struggle of the Thirties in the South.” In The Negro in Depression and War Prelude to Revolution, 1930-1945, edited by Bernard Sternsher. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1969. John Williams may be a pseudonym for Communist Hosea Hudson.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Regionalism and Revolution: Don West, Robert F. Hall, and the Communist Party in Appalachia, 1928-1948.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Communists in the South: The States

 

Communists in the South: Alabama

 

Fosl, Catherine. “Life and Times of a Rebel Girl: Jane Speed and the Alabama Communist Party.” Southern Historian 18 (1997). Speed, from an elite family, joined the CPUSA in the early 1930s.

Johnson, Clyde. “Red Dawn in Alabama?” Nation, 21 September 1991. Letter from C.P. veteran involved with the C.P. in Alabama in the 1930s praising Kelley’s Hammer and Hoe.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “Hammer n’ Hoe: Black Radicalism and the Communist Party in Alabama, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1987.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “‘Comrades, Praise Gawd for Lenin and Them!’: Ideology and Culture Among Black Communists in Alabama, 1930-1935.” Science & Society 52, no. 1 (Spring 1988). Discusses religiosity of Alabama black Communists in the Third Period, suggests that some blacks regarded the C.P. and the Soviet Union as the fulfillment of a “folk belief that the ‘Yankees’ would return in order to complete the Reconstruction,” and maintains that a fruitful blending of Marxism-Leninism and black folk culture occurred.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1990. “For Communists eager to get on with the task of revolution, the South was a new, mysterious frontier....  [T]hey brought with them the cultural and ideological baggage of a Northern, urban-based movement, including assumptions about the backwardness of Southern workers.  Yet, gnawing at the edges of their preconceptions was a policy that situated Southern blacks at the heart of the region’s revolutionary movement.  Following nearly a decade of resolutions and reassessments on the ‘Negro Question,’ in 1928 the Sixth World Congress of the Communist International insisted that blacks concentrated in the black belt counties of the Deep South constituted an oppressed nation....  As an oppressed nation, the resolution maintained, African-Americans had the right to self-determination: political power, control over the economy, and the right to secede from the United States.”

****************************************************************

 

Communists in the South: Georgia

 

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Chain Gangs, Communism, and the ‘Negro Question’: John L. Spivak’s Georgia Nigger.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 79, no. 3 (1995). Spivak’s combination of documentary reporting and proletarian fiction depicting African-American life on the chain gang and in peonage was published in 1932.

Moore, John Hammond. “Communists and Fascists in a Southern City: Atlanta, 1930.” South Atlantic Quarterly 67, no. 3 (Summer 1968): 437-54. Police moved quickly against Communist organizing among blacks.  A “Blackshirt” movement of KKK supporters and unemployed whites grew large, but was driven underground by a hostile press and legal harassment by authorities.

Spivak, John Louis. Georgia Nigger. New York: Brewer, Warren and Putmam, 1932.  Spivak was a secret Communist. 

****************************************************************

 

Communists in the South: North Carolina

 

Scales, Junius Irving. Cause at Heart: A Former Communist Remembers. Assisted by Richard Nickson. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1987. Scales, from a wealthy Southern family, became a CPUSA official and leader of the party in North Carolina.  He was convicted and imprisoned under the membership clause of the Smith Act, the only person jailed under that clause.  He became disillusioned and left the party while his case was on appeal.  After the Supreme Court rejected his appeals he was imprisoned but later pardoned by President Kennedy after serving a portion of his term.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 3

Schismatic Communist Movements

 

 

Alexander, Robert J. “Schisms and Unifications in the American Old Left, 1953-1970.” Labor History 14, no. 4 (1973). Organizational survey.

Elbaum, Max. Revolution in the Air: Sixties Radicals Turn to Lenin, Mao and Che. London, New York: Verso, 2002.

Groups of Council Communists of America. Living Marxism. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of a periodical originally published in Chicago, Feb. 1938-fall 1941.

Klehr, Harvey. Far Left of Center: The American Radical Left Today. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 1988. Survey of the status in the 1980s of the C.P., various Trotskyist and Maoist splinters, New Left radical groups, and such bodies as the CISPES, Clergy and Laity Concerned, Mobilization for Survival, National Lawyers Guild, Rainbow Coalition, and the Institute for Policy Studies.

New Committee for Publications. NCP Report. New York: New Committee for Publications, 1946. Journal of a group seeking “to bring about the establishment of a real Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist party in the U.S.”

None. Focus. 1949. Journal published by a group of Communists organized as a Marxist-Leninst study circle.

O’Brien, Jim. “American Leninism in the 1970s.” Radical America 11 &12, no. 1&6 (1977-78). Surveys the wide variety of Leninist organizations; concludes that the Communist party is likely to remain the dominant body.

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyism

 

Anderson, Kevin. “Theoretical Contrasts, Burnham, Novack, James, Dunayevskaya.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Bernabe, Rafael. “Latin American Perspective.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Breitman, George, Paul Le Blanc, and Alan M. Wald, eds. Trotskyism in the United States: Historical Essays and Reconsiderations. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1996. Includes, “The First Fifty Years of American Trotskyism” (Le Blanc); “The Liberating Influence of the Transitional Program” (Breitman); “George Novack, 1905-1992 -- Meaning a Life” (Wald); “Leninism in the United States and the Decline of American Trotskyism” (Le Blanc); “From the Old Left to the New Left and Beyond: The Legacy and Prospects for Socialism in the United States” (Wald); “The End of ‘American Trotskyism’?” (Wald); Appendix on George Breitman (Editorial Committee of Bulletin in Defense of Marxism and Ernest Mandel)

Broué, Pierre. “International & U.S. Trotskyism.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Cannon, James P. The Revolutionary Origins of the Socialist Workers Party: The Communist League in America, 1928-1938. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1995.

Carlson, Oliver. “Recollections of American Trotskyist Leaders.” Studies in Comparative Communism 10, no. 1-2 (1977). Memoir by a Trotskyist mentioning conversations with William Foster, Karl Radek, James Cannon, Max Shachtman and others in the 1920s and 1930s.

Chase, William. “Троцкий в Мексике [Trotsky Mexico].” Otechestvennaia Istoriia (1995). On Trotsky’s contacts with the Dies Committee.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Armed: Trotsky, 1879-1921. New York: Oxford University Press, 1954. Discusses Trotsky’s just over two-month stay in New York in 1917 and his role with the Russian-language socialist paper Novi Mir.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Unarmed: Trotsky, 1921-1929. New York: Oxford University Press, 1959.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Outcast: Trotsky, 1929-1940. New York: Oxford University Press, 1963. Notes that the American Socialist Workers party, as weak as it was, was one of the stronger elements in the Trotskyist “Fourth International,” that in exile his secretaries and bodyguards were chiefly American, and notes Trotsky’s advice to American Trotskyists on their disputes and strategy.

Dillard, Angela D. “A Farewell to White Radicals, Too?: The Reverend Albert Cleage, George Breitman and the Freedom Now Party?” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Elias, Robert. “The Secret Life of Leon Trotsky: Baseball and the Revolution.” NINE: A Journal of Baseball History and Culture 9, no. 1 (2000/2001).

Fenyo, Mario D. “Trotsky and His Heirs: The American Perspective.” Studies in Comparative Communism 10 (Spring 1977).

Goldberg, Judith. American Trotskyism, 1928-1970. New York, 1971.

Glotzer, Albert. Trotsky: Memoir & Critique. Buffalo, N.Y.: Prometheus Books, 1989. Glotzer joined the American C.P. in 1923, was expelled for Trotskyism in 1928, and was a major figure in the American Troskyist movement in the 1930s.  Glotzer was closely associated with Trotsky during Trotsky’s exile in Turkey.  Glotzer broke with Trotsky over the “Russian Question” in 1940.  Glotzer recounts his relationship with Trotsky, reproduces thirty rare photographs as well as correspondence between Trotsky and himself, and describes in detail the Dewey Commission hearings in Mexico City where Trotsky attacked the Moscow show trials (Glotzer was the official reporter for the Mexico City hearings.)  Glotzer offers his own analysis of Trotsky’s role in the Communist movement and the latter’s mistakes in the struggle against Stalin.

Holmstrom, Nancy. “Theoretical Reflections.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Jayko, Margaret, ed. FBI on Trial: The Victory in the Socialist Workers Party Suit Against Government Spying. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1988.

Le Blanc, Paul. Trotskyism in America, The First Fifty Years. New York: Fourth Internationalist Tendency, 1987. Short survey of Trotskyist history by a leader of the Fourth Internationalist Tendency faction.  Contains membership figures for selected years from 1939 to 1976.  Brief discussions of the Oehlerist, Shachtmanist, Goldman-Morrow, Johnson-Forrest, Cochranist, and Wohlforth/Robertson splits.

McDonald, Lawrence Patton. Trotskyism and Terror: The Strategy of Revolution. Washington, DC: ACU Educational and Research Institute, 1977.

Myers, Constance Ashton. “American Trotskyists, 1928-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 1974.

Myers, Constance A. “American Trotskyists: The First Years.” Studies in Comparative Communism 10 (Spring 1977).

Myers, Constance Ashton. The Prophet’s Army: Trotskyists in America, 1928-1941. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1977. Comprehensive history of the internal politics of Trotskyism in America from the time of the expulsion from the Communist party to the expulsion of the Shachtmanists from the Socialist Workers party.

Novack, George. “Fifty Years of American Trotskyism.” International Socialist Review, November 1978. Written by a leading Trotskyist.

Robbins, Jack Alan. The Birth of American Trotskyism, 1927-1929: The Origins of a Radical Marxist Movement. [Mount Vernon, NY]:, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1973.

St. John, Lucy, and Tim Wohlforth. Towards a History of the Fourth International. Pamphlet. Bulletin Pamphlet Series. New York, NY: Labor Publications, 1972.

Shachtman, Max. Ten Years: History and Principles of the Left Opposition. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1933.

Shriver, George. “Breitman and Trotsky’s Writings.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Smith, Michael. “Opposition to Vietnam War.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Trotsky, Leon, James Patrick Cannon, Max Shachtman, and Vincent Raymond Dunne. Leon Trotsky on Labor Party: Stenographic Report of Discussion Held in 1938 with Leaders of the Socialist Workers Party. Pamphlet. [New York]: Bulletin Publications, 1968.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. American Aspects of Assassination of Leon Trotsky. Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. Communists in the Trotsky Mold; a Report on the Socialist Workers Party and the Young Socialist Alliance. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1971.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Trotsky: The Eternal Revolutionary. Edited and translated by Harold Shukman. New York: The Free Press, 1996. Discusses American Trotskyism and KGB infiltration of the Trotskyist movement.

Wald, Alan. “The End of American Trotskyism?” Against the Current 53, 54, & 55 (1994-95). Surveys recent books on U.S. Trotskyism, comparing the experience of Trotskyism in the 30s with that of the 60s.  Concluded that the core ideas of Trotskyist theory remain compelling but are most useful as part of a larger conception of a revolutionary socialist movement.  He urges scholars and activists to emulate the “New historians of U.S. Communism“ in the sense of undertaking fresh local studies of U.S. Trotskyism with an emphasis on rank-and-file activities, regional experiences, and gender, ‘race‘ and ethnicity issues.  Response by Frank Lovell, July-August 1995,  by Steve Bloom, September-October 1995, reply by Wald, September-October 1995.

Wald, Alan. “Trotskyism and the Angel of History.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Woolley, Barry Lee. Adherents of Permanent Revolution: A History of the Fourth (Trotskyist) International. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1999. Written by a Trotskyist veteran.  A history of the Fourth International from its founding until its Tenth World Congress in 1974.  Discusses American Trotskyists and the Socialist Workers Party and includes a list of party names and pseudonyms.

****************************************************************

 

Smith Act Prosecution of the Trotskyists

 

Cannon, James P. Socialism on Trial. New York, 1942. Contains the stenographic testimony of Cannon at the 1941 trial of Socialist Workers party and Minneapolis Teamster Local 544 leader under the Smith Act.

Cannon, James Patrick, ed. Why We Are in Prison: Farewell Speeches of the 18 SWP and 544-CIO Minneapolis Prisoners. Pamphlet. New York, NY: Pioneer Publishers, 1944.

Cannon, James Patrick. Socialism on Trial: The Official Court Record of James P. Cannon’s Testimony in the Famous Minneapolis “Sedition” Trial. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973.

Cannon, James Patrick, and Grandizo Munis. Defense Policy in the Minneapolis Trial. Pamphlet. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1942.

Pahl, Thomas L. “The G-String Conspiracy, Political Reprisal or Armed Revolt?: The Minneapolis Trotskyite Trial.” Labor History 8, no. 1 (Winter 1967). Discusses government prosecution of the Socialist Workers party under the Smith Act in the early 1940s.

****************************************************************

 

Detroit Trotskyists

 

Breitman, Dorothea. “Detroit Branch, 1950s-1960s.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Georgakas, Dan. “The Detroiters and Others.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

James Cannon and American Trotskyism

 

Cannon, James Patrick. The History of American Trotskyism: Report of a Participant. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1944. Written by American Trotskyism’s founder and dominant figure.

Cannon, James Patrick. American Stalinism and Anti-Stalinism. Pamphlet. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1947.

Cannon, James Patrick. Notebook of an Agitator. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1958.

Cannon, James Patrick. The First Ten Years of American Communism: Report of a Participant. New York: L. Stuart, 1962. Memoir by a Communist and later Trotskyist leader.

Cannon, James Patrick. Speeches for Socialism. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1971.

Cannon, James Patrick. Speeches to the Party: The Revolutionary Perspective and the Revolutionary Party. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973.

Cannon, James Patrick. The Struggle for Socialism in the “American Century”: James P. Cannon Writings and Speeches, 1945-47. Edited by Leslie Evans. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1977.

Cannon, James Patrick. The Left Opposition in the U.S., 1928-31: Writings and Speeches, 1928-31. Edited by Fred Stanton. New York, NY: Monad Press for the Anchor Foundation, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1981.

Cannon, James Patrick. The Communist League of America, 1932-34: James P. Cannon, Writings and Speeches, 1932-34. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1985.

Cannon, James Patrick. James P. Cannon and the Early Years of American Communism: Selected Writings and Speeches, 1920-1928. New York City: Prometheus Research Library, 1992. Well edited collection of sixty Cannon articles, speeches, letters, and intraparty statements, a number previously unpublished, as well as five items by Cannon’s allies (Martin Abern, Arne Swabeck, Alfred Wagenknecht, and Antoinette Konikow) and one anti-Cannon document by Jack Stachel.  Contains as well an index and glossary and a bibliography of Cannon’s writings and speeches, 1912-1928.

Cannon, James Patrick. The History of American Trotskyism, 1928-1938: Report of a Participant. New York: Pathfinder, 2002. 4th edition with additional material.

Cannon, James Patrick, and Rose Karsner. Letters from Prison. New York: Merit Publishers, 1968.

Cannon, James Patrick, Max Shachtman, and others. Dog Days: James P. Cannon Vs. Max Shachtman in the Communist League of America 1931-1933. Edited by Prometheus Research Library. New York, NY: Spartacist Pub., 2002.

Evans, Les, and others. James P. Cannon as We Knew Him. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1976. Reminiscences by thirty-three Trotskyists and colleagues.

Palmer, Bryan. “Love and Revolution: Jim Cannon, Rose Karsner and the Relation of the Personal and the Political in the Formation of the American Trotskyist Movement.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

Palmer, Bryan. “Perspectives on Cannon.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Palmer, Bryan D. “Maurice Spector, James P. Cannon, and the Origins of Canadian Trotskyism.” Labour/Le Travail, no. 56 (Fall 2005): 91.

Palmer, Bryan D. James P. Cannon and the Origins of the American Revolutionary Left, 1890-1928. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2007. TOC:  Introduction: The communist can(n)on -- Rosedale roots: facts and fictions -- Youth’s discoveries -- Hobo rebel/homeguard -- Red dawn -- Underground -- Geese in flight -- Pepper spray -- Stalinist suspensions -- Labor defender -- Living with Lovestone -- Expulsion -- Conclusion: James P. Cannon, the United States revolutionary movement, and the end of an age of innocence.

****************************************************************

 

Cochran Tendency and the Socialist Union of America

 

American Socialist. The American Socialist. New York: American Socialist Publications, 1954. Journal of the Cochranist faction.

Proyect, Louis. “Reflections on the Cochran Tendency.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Socialist Union of America. The Educator. New York City: Socialist Union of America, 1953.  Internal journal, 1953, of  the Cochranist faction.

****************************************************************

 

C.L.R. James and the Johnson-Forest Tendency

 

Buhle, Paul, ed. C.L.R. James, His Life and Work. London, New York: Allison & Busby, distr. by Schocken Books, 1986.

Buhle, Paul. C.L.R. James: The Artist as Revolutionary. London, New York: Verso, 1988.

Buhle, Paul. “C. L. R. James; Revolutionary, 1901-89.” Radical America 22, no. 5 (1989).

Dworkin, Dennis. “C. L. R. James in Nevada.” Nevada Historical Society Quarterly 44, no. 2 (2001). Regarding James’ 1948 visit.

Farred, Grant. “C.L.R. James and U.S. Trotskyism.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Glaberman, Martin. “C.L.R. James - A Recollection.” New Politics 2 (Winter 1990).

Glaberman, Martin. “C.L.R. James and the Johnson-Forest Tendency.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Grimshaw, Anna. “C.L.R. James’s American Civilization.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Hogsbjerg, Christian. “Beyond the Boundary of Leninism? CLR James and 1956.” Revolutionary History 9, no. 3 (2006).

James, C. L. R., and Constance Webb. Special Delivery: The Letters of C.L.R. James to Constance Webb, 1939-1948. Edited by Anna Grimshaw. Oxford Cambridge, MA: Blackwell, 1995.

MacKenzie, Alan J. “Radical Pan-Africanism in the 1930s: A Discussion with C.L.R. James.” Radical History Review, no. 24 (Fall 1980). Discusses the role of Communists in Black politics in the 1930s.

McIntosh, Andrew. “C.L.R. James and the Black Jacobins Revisited.” Society 40, no. 4 (2003).

McLemee, Scott. “Anticipating the New Left: CLR James, the Johnson Forest Group, and Participatory Democracy.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

McLemee, Scott, and Paul Le Blanc, eds. C.L.R. James and Revolutionary Marxism: Selected Writings of C.L.R. James 1939-1949. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1994. Reprints James essays on Trotsky, Richard Wright, André Malraux, Edmund Wilson, African-American history, and labor history as well as essays on James: Scott McLemee, “American Civilization and World Revolution: C.L.R. James in the United States, 1938-1953 and Beyond,” Charles van Geldern, “C. L. R. James -- Thinker, Writer, Revolutionary,” Martin Glaberman, “C. L. R. James: A Recollection,” John Bracey, “Nello,” and Paul Buhle, “Marxism in the USA.”

Nordquist, Joan, comp. C. L. R. James: A Bibliography. Santa Cruz, CA: Reference and Research Services, 2001.

Robinson, Cedric J. “C.L.R. James and the Black Radical Tradition.” Review 6 (Winter 1983).

Thelwill, Michael. “C.L.R. James: More Dangerous As He Grew Older.” Radical America 22, no. 5 (1989).

Webb, Constance. Not Without Love: Memoirs. Hanover Lebanon, NH: Dartmouth College & University Press of New England, 2003.

Worcester, Kent. “C.L.R. James and the Gospel of American Modernity.” Socialism and Democracy 8, no. 2-3 (1992). “In preaching the gospel of a reconstructed American modernity, James provocatively combined Marxist, populist, autonomist, ‘Johnsonite’ and Jeffersonian themes in a way that defied the conventional categories of both the New York intellectuals and the critical theorists of the Frankfurt School.”

Worcester, Kent. “C.L.R. James, Multiculturalism, and the Canon.” National Political Science Review 4 (1994). Discusses the relevancy of James’ views to the debate over multiculturalism.

Worcester, Kent. “The American C.L.R. James.” Minnesota Review (1995). Essay-review of McLemee and Le Blanc’s C.L.R. James and Revolutionary Marxism.  Sees James while in the U.S. (1938-1953) breaking with the idea of a vanguard party, bringing out the centrality of the Negro question in America, and developing ideas that presaged the New Left, black power, and feminism.  Discusses James’ analysis of American history and culture in his lengthy unpublished manuscript “American Civilization.”

Worcester, Kent. C.L.R. James: A Political Biography. [Albany]: State University of New York Press, 1995. Biography of one of the most prolific radical intellectuals of this century, touching on James’ work in Marxist theory, revolutionary and Caribbean politics, literature, popular culture, and cricket.

****************************************************************

 

Leninist League

 

Leninist League USA. In Defense of Bolshevism. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1937.

Leninist League USA. The Bulletin of the Leninist League, U.S.A. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1939.

Leninist League USA. Report and Discussion on Break with S.W.P. Pamphlet. [New York: Leninist League USA, 1947.

****************************************************************

 

            Revolutionary Workers League (Hugo Oehler and Thomas Stamm)

 

Revolutionary Workers League of the U.S. Constitution of the Revolutionary Workers League, U.S., and Its Position on Democratic Centralism. New York: Demos Press, 1938.

Revolutionary Workers League (U.S.). Draft Program of the Revolutionary Workers League of the United States. Chicago: Revolutionary Workers League, 1939.

Revolutionary Workers League. The Fourth International. New York City: Revolutionary Workers League, 1936. Journal, 1936-.

Revolutionary Workers League. The Marxist. [Chicago]: Revolutionary Workers League of the U.S., 1939. Journal, 1939-.

Revolutionary Workers League, U.S. Revolt. New York: Revolutionary Workers League, U.S., 1938. Published by the Convention Organization Committee of the Revolutionary Workers League, March-April, 1938.

Workers League for a Revolutionary Party. The Bulletin of the Workers League for a Revolutionary Party. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a late 1930s periodical originally published in New York by the Red Star Press. Journal of a faction, led by George Marlen, the split from the RWL. Volume includes reprints of: In Defense of Bolshevism, Bulletin of the Leninist League, U.S.A., Bulletin (Leninist League, U.S.A.), and: Political Correspondence of the Workers League for a Revolutionary Party, 1946-1950.

****************************************************************

 

Max Shachtman and the Workers Party

 

Browder, Earl, and Max Shachtman. Is Russia a Socialist Community? a Debate: Yes! Earl Browder No! Max Shachtman. Pamphlet. Bombay, India: C.P.D. Kurup, 1950.

Buhle, Paul, ed. The Legacy of the Workers Party, 1940-1949 Recollections and Reflections: A Tamiment Library/Oral History of the American Left Conference, May 6-7, 1983. New York, N.Y.: New York University Libraries, Tamiment Institute/Ben Josephson Library, 1985. Edited transcript of oral recollections of former Workers party (Shachtmanists) activists.

Drucker, Peter. Max Shachtman and His Left: A Socialist’s Odyssey Through the “American Century.” Atlantic Highlands, N.J.: Humanities Press, 1994. Explores the activity and  thought of Shachtman, who from the 1920s to the 1970s moved from the Communist party to a leading figure in the early American Trotskyist movement, to breaking with Trotskyism over its continued defense of the Soviet state to found the Workers Party, and then moving toward social democracy via the Socialist Party and eventually supporting the Humphrey/Jackson wing of  the Democratic party.  Defines three paradigms within which Shachtman operated--his Trotskyist paradigm, his independent socialist paradigm and his realignment paradigm--and explains each as determined by a relationship to a particular sector of the labor movement--the CIO rank and file, the leadership of the UAW under Walter Reuther, and the AFL-CIO leadership under George Meany.

Drucker, Peter. “Max Shachtman’s Three Marxisms: A Political Activist and Theorist’s Odyssey Through the ‘American Century.’” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1994.

Drucker, Peter. “Perspectives on Shachtman.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Glotzer, Albert. “Max Shachtman -- A Political-Biographical Essay.” Bulletin of the Tamiment Institute, Ben Josephson Library 50 (April 1983). The issue also contains a guide to the extensive Shachtman collection of the Tamiment Institute.

Haskell, Gordon K. A Missionary Shachtmanite: A Political Autobiography, [privately printed], 1991.

Jacobson, Julius. “The Two Deaths of Max Shachtman.” New Politics 10 (Winter 1973).

Kollisch, Eva. Girl in Movement: A Memoir. Thetford, VT: Glad Day Books, 2000. Kollisch was active in Max Shachtman’s Workers Party in the 1940s.  Such figures as Stanley Plastrik (to whom she was married) and Irving Howe appear under pseudonyms.

Shachtman, Max. “Radicalism in the Thirties: The Trotskyist View.” In As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Shachtman, Max. The Fight for Socialism: The Principles and Program of the Workers Party. New York: New International Publishing Co., 1946.

Shachtman, Max. “25 Years of American Trotskyism.” New International 20 (February 1954).

Shachtman, Max. The Bureaucratic Revolution: The Rise of the Stalinist State. New York: Donald Press, 1962.  Shachtman’s analysis of how the Bolshevik revolution had produced not simply a deformed workers state but a new form of tyranny. 

Shachtman, Max. Marxist Politics or Unprincipled Combinationism? Internal Problems of the Workers Party. Pamphlet. New York: Prometheus Research Library, 2000.

Shachtman, Max. Race and Revolution. Edited by Christopher Phelps. London New York: Verso, 2003. Edited version of a unfinished Shachtman manuscript.

Slavin, Morris. “Reflections on the Workers Party.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Weir, Stan. “Requiem for Max Shachtman.” Radical America 7, no. 1 (1973). Written by a former Shachtmanist.

****************************************************************

 

Shermanites

 

Selznick, Philip. The Moral Commonwealth: Social Theory and the Promise of Community. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1992. Includes some autobiographical reflections on his youthful Trotskyism.  He became a young Trotskyist around 1937 and joined Max  Shachtman's Workers Party when it split from the Socialist Workers  party in 1940. Selznick, under his party name “Sherman,” organized a faction known as the "Shermanites" opposing Shachtman.  The Shermanites group considered  themselves revolutionary but "anti-Bolshevik."

 

Spartacist League

 

Joint Legislative Committee on Un-American Activities. The Spartacist League and Certain Other Communist Activities in South Louisiana. Baton Rouge: Louisiana Legislature, 1967.

NYC Spartacist League. Spartacist East. New York, N.Y.: NYC Spartacist League, 1968. Journal, 1968-.

Wohlforth, Tim. What is Spartacist? Pamphlet. New York, NY: Labor Publications, 1971. Regarding the Spartacist faction.

****************************************************************

 

Vern-Ryan Tendency

 

Vern, Dennis, and Sam Ryan. Documents of the Vern-Ryan Tendency, 1950-1953. [Los Angeles, CA?]: Communard Publishers, 1983.

****************************************************************

 

Weiss Current

 

Edwards, Theodore. “The Weiss Current.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

League for a Revolutionary Workers Party (B.J. Field)

 

League for a Revolutionary Workers Party. Labor Front. New York, N.Y.: Labor Front Publishing Association, 1934. Journal, 1934-1936, of the League for a Revolutionary Workers Party aka Organization Committee for a Revolutionary Workers Party (U.S.) led by B.J. Field

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyism and Maoism

 

Fields, A.B. “Trotskyism and Maoism: A Comparative Analysis of Theory and Practice in France and the United States.” Studies in Comparative Communism 16 (Spring-Summer 1983).

Fields, A. Belden. Trotskyism and Maoism: Theory and Practice in France and the United States. New York: Praeger, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyists and the Labor Movement

 

Brown, Kathleen. “Women in Minneapolis Strike.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Burke, Arthur. “The Work of Cannon and Shachtman in the Trade Unions, Part IV: The Trotskyists in the UAW.” Bulletin of the Workers League for a Revolutionary Party 9 (June-July 1946).

Devinatz, Victor. “Trotskyists in Auto.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Role of the Trotskyists in the United Auto Workers, 1939-1949.” Left History 10, no. 2 (2005).

Dobbs, Farrell. Teamster Bureaucracy. New York: Published by Monad Press for the Anchor Foundation:, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1977. Discusses the expulsion of Trotskyists from their positions within the Teamsters.

Dobbs, Farrell. Teamster Power. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1973. Discusses the growth of Teamster local 574 under Trotskyist leadership in the year 1934-1939.

Dobbs, Farrell. Teamster Rebellion. New York: Monad Press, 1972. Memoir of a Trotskyist trade union leader.  Discusses his role in the 1934 Minneapolis Teamster strike which broke open-shop domination of the city.

James, Ralph C., and Estelle James. Hoffa and the Teamsters a Study of Union Power. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand, 1965. Notes the influence of Trotskyists on Hoffa’s tactics.

James, Ralph C., and Estelle James. “The Purge of the Trotskyites from the Teamsters.” Western Political Quarterly 19, no. 1 (1966). Reviews the rise and fall of Trotskyist power (1934-1941) in Minneapolis Teamsters locals and the Central States Drivers Council.

Korth, Philip A. Minneapolis Teamsters Strike of 1934. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 1995.

Le Blanc, Paul, and Thomas Barrett, eds. Revolutionary Labor Socialist: The Life, Ideas, and Comrades of Frank Lovell. Union City, NJ: Smyrna Press, 2000. A Trotskyist organizer who worked in the SUP and UAW.

Moody, Kim. “C.P. & Trotskyist Trade Unionism.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Morris, George. The Trotskyite 5th Column in the Labor Movement. New York: New Century Publishers, Inc., 1945. Communist denunciation of Trotskyist labor organizing.

Quam, Lois, and Peter J. Rachleff. “Keeping Minneapolis an Open-Shop Town: The Citizens’ Alliance in the 1930s.” Minnesota History 50, no. 3 (Fall 1986). Notes the role of a Trotskyist-led Teamster local in breaking the power of the open shop movement in Minneapolis.

Sannes, Erling N. “‘There is Power in a Union’: Organizing Fargo’s Milk-Wagon Drivers in 1934.” North Dakota History 54, no. 2 (Spring 1987). Notes the role of Miles Dunne and other Minneapolis Trotskyist leaders of Teamster Local 574 in the organizing and strike action of Fargo Teamster Local 173.  Notes the sympathy and assistance provided to the strike by the Farmers Holiday Association and by important politicians linked to the farmers Nonpartisan League.

Sannes, Erling N. “‘Union Makes Strength’: Organizing Teamsters in South Dakota in the 1930s.” South Dakota History 18, no. 1&2 (Spring/Summer 1988). Notes role of Minneapolis Teamster and Trotskyist leaders Carl Skoglund, Farrell Dobbs, and Vincent Dunne in spreading Teamster organizing into South Dakota.  Notes that in 1938 Aaron Kruger lost his position as vice-president of the South Dakota State Federation of Labor in part for his links to the C.P.-influenced Workers Alliance.

Tank, Herb. Inside Job! The Story of Trotskyite Intrigue in the Labor Movement. Pamphlet. New York: New Century Publishers, 1947. Communist attack on Trotskyist labor organizing.

Tussey, Jean. “Trotskyist Labor Perspectives.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Walker, Charles Rumford. American City: A Rank and File History. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1937. Discusses the Trotskyist-led Teamster strike in Minneapolis.

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyism and Black Americans

 

Breitman, George. Malcolm X and the Third American Revolution: The Writings of George Breitman. Edited by Anthony Marcus. Revolutionary Studies. Amherst, NY: Humanity Books, 2005.

Grauer, Gladys. “Experiences of an African-American Trotskyist.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Phelps, Christopher. “Black Trotskyists.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Somburu, Kwame. “Malcolm X and Trotskyism.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Trotsky, Leon. Leon Trotsky on Black Nationalism & Self-Determination. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1978.

Wald, Alan. “Breitman and the Post-World War II Black Radicalization.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyism and the Intelligentsia

 

Myers, Constance Ashton. “‘We Were a Little Hipped on the Subject of Trotsky,’ Literary Trotskyists in the 1930s.” In Cultural Politics: Radical Movements in Modern History, edited by Jerold M. Starr and Jerold M. Starr. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Wald, Alan M. “Trotsky and American Intellectuals.” Cahiers Leon Trotsky [France] 19 (September 1984)

****************************************************************

 

Illustrative CPUSA Attacks on American Trotskyism

 

Olgin, Moissaye J. Trotskyism: Counter-Revolution in Disguise. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Rabid denunciation of Trotskyism one of the most evil forces in the world.

Wolfe, Bertram David. The Trotsky Opposition: Its Significance for American Workers. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1928. CPUSA attack on Trotskyism.

****************************************************************

 

Leon Trotsky and the Dewey Commission

 

Belton, John. “The Commission of Inquiry Into Charges Made Against Leon Trotsky in the Great Purge Trials in Moscow.” Master’s thesis. Emory University, 1977. History of the commission (Dewey Commission) of American intellectuals who investigated Soviet charges against Trotsky and found them largely baseless or unproven.

Commission of Inquiry into the Charges Made Against Leon Trotsky in the Moscow Trials. The Case of Leon Trotsky: Report of Hearings on the Charges Made Against Him in the Moscow Trials. By the Preliminary Commission of Inquiry, John Dewey, Chairman [and Others]. Edited by Albert Manning Glotzer and John Dewey. New York: Merit Publishers, 1968.

Dewey, John, Benjamin Stolberg, Suzanne La Follette, and Commission of Inquiry into the Charges made against Leon Trotsky in the Moscow Trials. The Case of Leon Trotsky. Edited by Albert Glotzer. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1937.

Dewey, John, Benjamin Stolberg, Suzanne La Follette, and Commission of Inquiry into the Charges Made Against Leon Trotsky in the Moscow Trials. Not Guilty: Report of the Commission of Inquiry Into the Charges Made Against Leon Trotsky in the Moscow Trials. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1938.

Engerman, David C. “Leon Trotsky, John Dewey, and the Soviets: A Soviet Document on an Episode in American Intellectual History.” Intellectual History Newsletter 20 (1998).

Martin, Jay F. “John Dewey and the Trial of Leon Trotsky.” Partisan Review 68, no. 4 (2001).

Poole, Thomas Ray, ed. Counter-Trial: Leon Trotsky on the Soviet Purge Trials. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms, 1974. Microfilm.

Spitzer, Alan B. Historical Truth and Lies About the Past: Reflections on Dewey, Dreyfus, de Man, and Reagan. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996. Discusses the Dewey Commission’s inquiry on the USSR’s charges against Trotsky and the vicious attacks on the commission by Communists and their allies.

Trotsky, Leon. The Stalin School of Falsification. Translated by John G. Wright, introduction and commentary Max Shachtman. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1962.

Wald, Alan M. “Memorials of the John Dewey Commission: Forty Years Later.” Antioch Review 38 (1977)

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyist Reference Works

 

“Encyclopedia of Trotskyism On-Line,” 2002.  <http://www.trotskyism.org>

Lubitz, Wolfgang, comp. and ed. Trotsky Bibliography: A Classified List of Published Items About Leon Trotsky and Trotskyism. New York: K.G. Saur, 1988.

Lubitz, Wolfgang, and Petra Lubitz, comps. and eds. Trotsky Bibliography: An International Classified List of Publications About Leon Trotsky and Trotskyism 1905-1998. München New York: K.G. Saur, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Trotskyist Records and Documents

 

Alexander, Robert Jackson. International Trotskyism, 1929-1985: A Documented Analysis of the Movement. Durham: Duke University Press, 1991.

Breitman, George, ed. The Founding of the Socialist Workers Party: Minutes and Resolutions, 1938-39. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1982.

Cannon, James Patrick. The Struggle for a Proletarian Party. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1943. Documentary record of Communist factionalism.

Communist League of America. Internal Bulletin. New York: National Committee, 1932. Journal, 1932-1934.

Communist League of America, and International Communist League. International Bulletin of the League of Communist Internationalists. [New York, N.Y.]: Communist League of America, 1934.

Communist League of America (Opposition). War and the 4th International Draft Theses Adopted by the International Secretariat of the International Communist League. Edited by Sara Weber. [New York]: Communist League of America, 1934.

Communist League of America (Opposition) National Youth Committee. Young Spartacus. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of the journal of the Communist League of America (Opposition) National Youth Committee, Spartacus Youth Clubs of America and Spartacus Youth League.  Four volumes.

Left Wing Group, Workers Party U.S.A. International News. New York: Left Wing Group, Workers Party U.S.A., 1935. Journal, 1935, of a Trotskyist faction.

Opposition Group in the Workers (Communist) Party of America. Militant. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. reprint, with an introduction by Joseph Hansen added, of a periodical edited by James P. Cannon originally published in New York November. 15, 1928-March 1, 1929 by the Opposition Group in the Workers (Communist) Party of America; March 15-May 1/15, 1929 by the Opposition Group in the Communist Party of America; June 1, 1929-March 17, 1934 by the Communist League of America (Opposition); March 24-December. 8, 1934, by the Communist League of America.  Seven volumes.

Turnbull, Emily. “Prometheus Library.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Workers Party of the United States. Workers Party Internal Bulletin. The Committee, 1935. Journal, 1935.

Workers Party of the United States. New Militant. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical, 1934-1936, edited by James P. Cannon and published weekly in New York as the organ of the Workers Party of the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Lovestone and the Right Opposition

 

Alexander, Robert Jackson. The Right Opposition: The Lovestoneites and the International Communist Opposition of the 1930’s. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981. Surveys the fate of the Right Opposition led by Jay Lovestone in America and in other nations after its expulsion from the Communist party.

Communist Party of the U.S.A. (Majority Group). Revolutionary Age. New York, N.Y.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of the journal of the Communist Party of the U.S.A. (Majority Group), 1929-1932, in three volumes.

Communist Party of the United States of America (majority group). The Crisis in the Communist Party of the United States of America. Pamphlet. New York, NY: Revolutionary Age, 1930. Statement of principles of the Lovestoneist splinter.

Communist Party U.S.A. (Opposition). Where We Stand. New York: Communist Party of United States (Opposition), 1934. v. 1. Platform and programmatic documents of the International Communist Opposition -- v. 2. Programmatic documents of the Communist Party, USA (Opposition).

Communist Youth Opposition (U.S.). Young Communist. [New York, N.Y.?]: Communist Youth Opposition, 1932. Journal, 1932-.

Independent Labor League of America. Discussion Bulletin of the Independent Labor League of America. [New York]: The League, 1939. Journal, 193

Independent Labor League of America. Workers Age. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint. Originally published as the official organ of the Independent Labor League of America.  Organ of the National Council of the Communist Party of the U.S.A. (Majority Group), 1932; of the National Council of the Communist Party of the U.S.A. (Opposition), 1932-1934; of the National Committee, Communist Party U.S.A. (Opposition), 1935-1937; of the National Council, Independent Communist Labor League of America, 1937-1938; of the National Council, Independent Labor League of America, 1938-1941.

International Communist Opposition, and Communist Party (Opposition) (U.S.). The International Class Struggle. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1936.

Lovestone, Jay. The People’s Front Illusion: From “Social Fascism” to the “People’s Front.” New York: Workers Age Publishers, 1937.

Mangold, Tom. Cold Warrior: James Jesus Angleton: The CIA’s Master Spy Hunter. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991. Says that Jay Lovestone was a paid CIA contact until 1974 when Colby ordered review on Angleton activities and closed the case.  Lovestone information was called JX by CIA, run directly by Angleton, with payment to Lovestone through Mario Brod, Angleton’s lawyer.  Tom Braden handled Lovestone from 1950 to 1954, then when Braden left, replaced by Angleton.

Morgan, Ted. A Covert Life: Jay Lovestone, Communist, Anti-Communist, and Spymaster. New York: Random House, 1999. Comprehensive journalistic biography covering Lovestone’s leadership of the CPUSA in the 1920s, his expulsion by Moscow in 1929, leadership of a C.P. opposition group in the 1930s, his shift toward a social democratic stance and his taking on a major role as a publicly little-known but highly influential anti-Communist figure in the labor movement both in the U.S. and abroad.  Discusses his covert relationship with the CIA in the Cold War.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “The Secret World of American Communism -- Eine Marginalie Zur Martin-Lovestone-Connection.” The International Newsletter of Historical Studies on Comintern, Communism and Stalinism 4&5, no. 9-13 (1997-98).

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities (Dies Committee). Testimony of Jay Lovestone, Secretary, Independent Labor League of America. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1939-40.

Wolfe, Bertram David. What is the Communist Opposition? Pamphlet. New York: Workers Age Publishing Association, 1933.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Marx and America. Pamphlet. New York: John Day Company, 1934.

****************************************************************

 

Monthly Review

 

Phelps, Christopher. “[Anniversary Issue]” Monthly Review, May 1999. Anniversary issue edited by Phelps.  Includes photos and assessment of Monthly Review’s and its editors’s critical relationship to Communist Party and opposition to McCarthyism.  Includes “An Interview with Paul M. Sweezy,” “An Interview with Harry Magdoff,” and “An Interview with Ellen Meiksins Wood.”

Simon, John J. “Leo Huberman: Radical Agitator, Socialist Teacher.” Monthly Review 55, no. 5 (2003)

Sweezy, Paul, and Harry Magdoff. “Marxism in America: The Monthly Review Experience -- An Interview by Michael Hillard and Claude Misukiewicz.” Rethinking Marxism 1 (Spring 1988)

****************************************************************

 

Communist League of Struggle

 

Communist League of Struggle (U.S.), and Albert Weisbord. Class Struggle. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint. Originally issued: New York  Communist League of Struggle, 1931-1937

Weisbord, Albert. The Conquest of Power. New York: Covici-Friede, 1937. Weisbord, a leading Communist labor organizer in the mid-1920, split from the party, was briefly associated with the Trotskyists, and then founded the Communist League of Struggle.  The Conquest of Power expressed Weisbord’s philosophy and interpretation of the history of the Communist movement in America.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Workers Party and Greensboro

 

Bacigal, Ronald J., and Margaret Ivey Bacigal. “When Racists and Radicals Meet.” Emory Law Journal 38 (Fall 1989). Discusses the violent 1979 clash between the Communist Worker’s party and the KKK and American Nazis in Greensboro, NC.

Bermanzohn, Sally Avery. “Survivors of the 1979 Greensboro Massacre: A Study of the Long Term Impact of Protest Movements On the Political Socialization of Radical Activists.” Ph.D. diss. CUNY, 1994. Discusses activists of the Communist Workers Party.

Bryant, Pat. “Justice Vs. the Movement.” Radical America 14, no. 6 (1980). Outraged that in connection with the November 1979 Klan shooting of Communist Workers Party members in Greensboro, North Carolina, that the federal government’s Community Relations Service cooperated with the Federal Bureau of Investigation.

Eastland, Terry. “The Communists and the Klan.” Commentary 69, no. 5 (1980). Discusses the violent confrontation between the Ku Klux Klan and the Communist Workers’ Party (Workers’ Viewpoint Organization) in November 1979 in Greensboro, North Carolina.

Institute for Southern Studies. “The Third of November.” Southern Exposure 9, no. 3 (1981). On the  murders of five Communist Workers Party demonstrators in Greensboro, North Carolina, on 3 November 1979 in a clash with members of the Ku Klux Klan and Nazi Party and the acquittal one year later of the six men charged with the crime.

Klehr, Harvey. “Maoists Move in on Manhattan Dems.” Our Town, 2 August 1987. Documents the entrance of members of the Communist Workers Party (renamed the New Democratic Movement in 1985) into Democratic Party political clubs in New York City using the CWP-linked Asian-Americans for Equality.

Parenti, Michael, and Carolyn Kazdin. “The Untold Story of the Greensboro Massacre.” Monthly Review 33, no. 6 (1981). Accuses local, state, and federal law enforcement officials of complicity with the Klan and Nazis in the killings of Communist Workers’ Party militants.

Waller, Signe. Love and Revolution: A Political Memoir: People’s History of the Greensboro Massacre, Its Setting and Aftermath. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2002.

Wheaton, Elizabeth. Codename GREENKIL: The 1979 Greensboro Killings. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1987. Discusses in detail the murderous gun battle between activists of the Communist Workers Party, the KKK, and American Nazis.

Wheaton, Liz. “The Third of November.” Southern Exposure, Summer 1981.

****************************************************************

 

Independent Socialist Party

 

Rubinstein, Annette. “The Independent Socialist Party.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Maoists

 

Alexander, Robert Jackson. Maoism in the Developed World. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2001. Surveys Maoist organizations in the U.S.

Avakian, Bob. From Ike to Mao and Beyond: My Journey from Mainstream America to Revolutionary Communist: A Memoir. Chicago, IL: Insight Press, 2005.

Chang, Nien-chen. “Maoists’ Infiltration and Subversive Activities in the U.S.A.” Issues & Studies [Taiwan] 7, no. 7 (1971).

Clecak, Peter. Radical Paradoxes; Dilemmas of the American Left: 1945-1970. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. Offers a rehabilitation of Stalinism and an endorsement of Maoism.

Kampen, Thomas. Chinese Communists and the West: A Concise Biographical Handbook of Chinese Communists and Western Supporters. Copenhagen London: NIAS Taylor & Francis, 2002.

Miller, William J. The People’s Republic of China’s United Front Tactics in the United States, 1972-1988. Bakersfield, CA: C. Schlacks, Jr., 1988.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. America’s Maoists: The Revolutionary Union, the Venceremos Organization Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1972.

****************************************************************

 

Marxist-Leninist Party

 

Central Organization of U.S. Marxist-Leninists. U.S. Marxist-Leninists, Unite in Struggle Against Social-Chauvinism! Proletarian Revolution in the U.S. is Our Sacred Internationalist Duty!: Two Articles on the Path Forward in Party Building. Chicago: Central Organization of U.S. Marxist-Leninists, 1977.

McLemee, Scott. “Nothing To Be Done.” In These Times, 21 March 1994. On the dissolution of the Marxist-Leninist Party USA, descendent of the late-1960s era American Communist Workers Movement (Marxist-Leninist) and the Central Organization of U.S. Marxist-Leninists.  The party upheld Marxism-Leninism as interpreted by Enver Hoxha of the Party of Labor of Albania.

****************************************************************

 

Progressive Labor

 

Benin, Leigh David. “A Red Thread In Garment: Progressive Labor And New York City’s Industrial Heartland In The 1960s And 1970s.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1997.

Progressive Labor Party. Marxist Leninist Quarterly MLQ. Brooklyn, NY: Progressive Labor Co., 1963. Journal.

****************************************************************

 

Proletarian Party

 

Cochran, David. “A Socialist Publishing House.” History Workshop Journal [U.K.], no. 24 (1987). Notes that control of Charles H. Kerr Publishing Company and International Socialist Review were passed to persons who had aligned with the Proletarian Party in the 1920s.

Johnson, Oakley C. “1919 Crucial Year on the Left: A Study of the Proletarian Party.” Political Affairs 53 (December 1974).

Ruff, Allen. “A Path Not Taken: The Proletarian Party and the Early History of Communism in the United States.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991. A faction of the left-wing of the Socialist Party in Michigan took part in the founding of the Communist Party of America.  But it split within a year, arguing that the C.P. had overestimated the readiness of American workers for Bolshevik-style revolution.  This group formed the Proletarian Party.

Ruff, Allen. “A Path Not Taken: The Proletarian Party and the Early History of Communism in the United States.” In Culture, Gender, Race, and U.S. Labor History, edited by Ronald Charles Kent. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993. A faction of the left-wing of the Socialist Party in Michigan took part in the founding of the Communist Party of America.  But it split within a year, arguing that the C.P. had overestimated the readiness of American workers for Bolshevik-style revolution.  This group formed the Proletarian Party.

****************************************************************

 

Proletarian Unity League

 

Sarkis, Charles, ed. What Went Wrong? Articles and Letters on the U.S. Communist Left in the 1970’s. New York: United Labor Press, 1982. Proletarian Unity League.

****************************************************************

 

Revolutionary Communist League (Internationalist)

 

Anton, Peter. Internationalist News Letter. New York: Revolutionary Communist League-(Internationalist), 1972. Journal. 

****************************************************************

 

Revolutionary Communist Party

 

Goldstein, Robert Justin. “The Revolutionary Communist Party and Flag Burning During Its Forgotten Years, 1974-1989.” Raven: A Journal of Vexillology, no. 6 (1999). On the RCP’s adoption of burning the American flag as a tactic.

Revolutionary Communist Party, USA. Revolution. [Chicago, IL]: The Party, 1975. Journal.

Revolutionary Communist Party, USA. Revolution and Counter-Revolution the Revisionist Coup in China and the Struggle in the Revolutionary Communist Party, USA. Chicago: RCP Publications, 1978.

****************************************************************

 

Third Camp Socialism

 

Johnson, Alan. “‘Neither Moscow Nor Washington’: The Third Camp as History and a Living Legacy.” New Politics 7, no. 3 (n.s.) (Summer 1999).

Johnson, Alan. “Hal Draper & Third Camp Socialism.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 4

Communists, Radicals, and American Politics

 

 

Baritz, Loren, ed. The American Left: Radical Political Thought in the Twentieth Century. New York: Basic Books, 1971. Excerpts from major radical commentators.

Brody, David. “On the Failure of US Radical Politics: A Farmer-Labor Analysis.” Industrial Relations 22 (Spring 1983).

Buhle, Paul. “Labor Intellectuals and Labor Politics.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Discusses William English Walling, Louis C. Fraina, and C.L.R. James.

Chester, Eric Thomas. Socialists and the Ballot Box: A Historical Analysis. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Chester, Eric Thomas. True Mission: Socialists and the Labor Party Question in the US. London, Sterling, VA: Pluto Press, 2004. Includes: Engels and the Henry George campaign of 1886 -- ‘Historic’ development or blind alley -- The political party of the working class: the Socialist Party and the Labor Party question -- The conference for progressive political action: Labor Party or pressure group -- The octogenarian snail: the La Follette campaign of 1924 -- The Labor Party in the 1930s: Trotsky, Thomas and La Guardia -- Labor party or green party: the Nader campaign of 2000 -- Conclusions: the socialist alternative.

Clecak, Peter. Radical Paradoxes; Dilemmas of the American Left: 1945-1970. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. Discusses the attitude of major non-Communist radical intellectuals toward Communism.

Clecak, Peter. “Dilemmas of the American Left.” Social Research 41, no. 3 (1974). On the perennial failure of American socialists and Communists to find a viable politics of transformation.

Davis, Mike. Prisoners of the American Dream: Politics and Economy in the History of the US Working Class. London, U.K.: Verso, 1986.

Dix, Douglas Shield. “Radical Democracy and the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Fraser, Steve, and Gary Gerstle, eds. The Rise and Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989.

Fried, Richard M. “Voting Against the Hammer and Sickle: Communism as an Issue in American Politics.” In The Achievement of American Liberalism: The New Deal and Its Legacies, edited by William Henry Chafe. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003.

Heffer, Jean, and Jeanine Rovet, eds. Why is There No Socialism in the United States? Paris: Editions de l’école des hautes études en sciences sociales, 1988.

Horowitz, Roger. “‘Our Desire for Peace and Home’: Identity and Social-Democratic Politics Among World War II’s Working-Class Veterans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Kolko, Gabriel. “The Decline of American Radicalism in the Twentieth Century.” Studies on the Left 6 (September 1966).

Kramer, Jacob. “The New Freedom and the Radicals: Woodrow Wilson, Progressive Views of Radicalism, and the Origins of Repressive Tolerance, 1900--1924.” Ph.D. diss. NY: City University of New York, 2006.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Radicalism or Reformism: The Sources of Working-Class  Politics.” American Political Science Review 77, no. 1 (March 1983).

Lubell, Samuel. The Future of American Politics. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1956.

Lynd, Staughton. “A Chapter from History: The United Labor Party, 1946-1952.” Liberation 18 (December 1973).


Ross, John. Murdered by Capitalism: A Memoir of 150 Years of Life and Death on the American Left. New York: Nation Books, 2004.

Rossinow, Doug. Visions of Progress: The Left-Liberal Tradition in America. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2008.

Saposs, David Joseph. Communism in American Politics. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1960. Unsympathetic survey of the Communist party in politics; suggests significant Communist participation in politics in scattered areas of the nation; treats Communism as an illegitimate participant in democratic politics.

Stokes, Melvyn. “American Progressives and the European Left.” Journal of American Studies 17 (April 1983).

Stone, Leonard A. “‘Socialism in the Evenings’: European Success and Failure and the Lessons for the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Sylvers, Malcolm. Sinistra Politica e Movimento Operaio Negli Stati Uniti Dal Primo Dopoguerra Alla Repressione Liberal-Maccartista [The Political Left and the Workers' Movement in the US from the First Postwar to the Liberal-McCarthy Repression]. Napoli: Liguori, 1984. Written by a radical American historian.  

Symes, Lillian, and Travers Clement. Rebel America: The Story of Social Revolt in the United States. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1934.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Political Subversion. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Lobbying Activities in the Nation’s Capital. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Eighty-sixth Congress, first session.

Weinstein, James. Ambiguous Legacy: The Left in American Politics. New York: New Viewpoints, 1975.

Weinstein, James. The Long Detour: The History and Future of the American Left. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 2003. Confused discussion of the consequences of the embrace of Bolshevism by much of the American left in 1919.

Winkler, Allan M. Home Front U.S.A.: America During World War II. Arlington Heights, IL: H. Davidson, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics in the 1920s

 

Bornet, Vaughn Davis. “The Communist Party in the Presidential Election of 1928.” Western Political Quarterly 11, no. 3 (1958).

MacKay, Kenneth Campbell. The Progressive Movement of 1924. New York: Columbia University Press, 1947. Notes Communist Party involvement in the movement and La Follette’s repudiation of Communist support.

Perlman, Selig, and Philip Taft. History of Labor in the United States, 1896-1932 (v. 4). In History of Labour in the United States. John R. Commons and others. New York: Macmillan, 1935. Discusses Communist involvement in the Farmer-Labor movement of 1919-24.

Shapiro, Stanley. “Hand and Brain: The Farmer-Labor Party of 1920.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1967.

Shapiro, Stanley. “Hand and Brain: The Farmer-Labor Party of 1920.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1981. Communists regarded the Farmer-Labor party as a non-revolutionary and reformist rival of the allegiance of workers.

Shideler, James H. “La Follette Campaign.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 33 (1950).

Sillito, John. “The Other Available Man: Parley P. Christensen, the Farmer-Labor Party and the Election of 1920.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991. Discusses relationship of Communists to the Farmer-Labor movement.

Simson, Arthur. “Communism and the LaFollette Campaign.” Political Affairs 53 (November 1974). Communist Party version of its role in the La Follette campaign.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics in the 1930s: the New Deal, and the Popular Front

 

Bellush, Bernard, and Jewel Bellush. “A Radical Response to the Roosevelt Presidency: The Communist Party (1933-1945).” Presidential Studies Quarterly 10, no. 4 (1980). Surveys shifts in Communist party attitudes toward FDR; notes that shifts followed changes in Soviet foreign policy.

Bennett, David Harry. “The Appeals of Communism in the United States in the Period of the Popular Front, 1935-39.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1958.

Bishop, Hillman M. The American League Against War and Fascism. [New York?]: H. Bishop, 1936.

Buhle, Paul. “And Finally.” Cultural Correspondence, Spring 1977. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front.

Ceplair, Larry. Under the Shadow of War: Fascism, Anti-Fascism, and Marxists, 1918-1939. New York: Columbia University Press, 1987. Discusses left-wing, social democratic, and Communist anti-Fascist activities in Germany, Italy, Austria, France, Great Britain, and the United States.  Argues that Marxist theoreticians for the most part misunderstood Fascism and “the instrumentalist bias of anti-Fascism made its goals peripheral to the main political tasks of the Left-wing parties” and anti-Fascism “tended to become another agenda item, front group, or programmatic thesis.  In the final analysis, it meant that anti-Fascism did not develop a life of its own as a direct counter to Fascism.”  “The people’s front, though it mobilized far more people on behalf of anti-Fascism than any other approach, proved, as Trotsky predicted, destructive.  Its rigid alignment with Soviet national interest allowed the Communists, in the name of anti-Fascism, to attack and even destroy, as ‘agent of Fascism,’ opponents or critics of the USSR or the Comintern.  Unfortunately for the anti-Fascism movement, the most potent symbol of people’s front anti-Fascism, the Spanish Civil War, also became the showcase of flagrant Communist fabrication and violence in the name of anti-Fascism.”

Donno, Antonio. La “Questione Comunista” Negli Stati Uniti Il Communist Party Dal Fronte Popolare Alla Guerra Fredda (1935-1954) [The “Communist Problem” in the US: The Communist Party from the Popular Front to the Cold War (1935-1954)]. Lecce: Milella, Italy, 1983.

Garraty, John A. “Radicalism in the Great Depression.” In Essays on Radicalism in Contemporary America, edited by Jerome L. Rodnitzky, Frank Ross Peterson, Kenneth R. Philip, and Leon Borden Blair. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1972. Commentary on the lack of radical change in American and Europe in the 1930s.

Gerassi, John. “The Communist Party, the Popular Front and Anti-Fascism.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Gerassi, John. “The Comintern, the Fronts, and the CPUSA.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Argues that the Popular Front caused the CPUSA to lose its revolutionary zeal.

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Pursuit of Legitimacy: Labor Militants and ‘The Spirit of Americanism,’ 1930-1948.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1981.

Gordon, Max. “The Communist Party of the Nineteen-Thirties and the New Left.” Socialist Revolution 6 (January-March 1976). This defense of the Popular Front as a socialist strategy by a former Communist party activist includes an exchange with James Weinstein.

Gordon, Max. “The Party and the Polling Place: A Response.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). In a commentary on Waltzer’s “The Party and the Polling Place,” Gordon, a former Communist official, defends the Popular Front strategy.

Hallgren, Mauritz Alfred. Seeds of Revolt: A Study of American Life and the Temper of the American People During the Depression. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1933.

Hamby, Alonzo L. For the Survival of Democracy: Franklin Roosevelt and the World Crisis of the 1930s. New York: Free Press, 2004.

Haslam, Jonathan. “The Comintern and the Origins of the Popular Front, 1934-1935.” Historical Journal [U.K.] 22 (1979).

Haynes, John Earl. “The New History of the Communist Party in State Politics: The Implications for Mainstream Political History.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Minneapolis, Minn., 1985.

Haynes, John Earl. “The New History of the Communist Party in State Politics: The Implications for Mainstream Political History.” Labor History 27, no. 4 (Fall 1986). Argues that accumulated published and unpublished research on politics in New York, California, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Oregon, and Washington suggests a significant C.P. role in mainstream politics in the late 1930s and 1940s.  Further suggests that this significant Communist political activity sets the stage for the emergence of anticommunism, particularly anti-Communism liberalism, as a political force in the post-war period.

Howe, Irving. Socialism and America. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1985. Howe says of the Popular Front, “The most interesting group of party members consisted of people with some standing and experience who, almost against their will and perhaps to their own surprise, came to value the Popular Front as both a shrewd maneuver and more than that -- indeed, may even have come to believe that, for America at least, this was the way radicals should go....  We may doubt that many of them went so far as to recognize that the Popular Front really signified a break from classical Leninism and even, perhaps, the start of an adaptation to the special circumstances of American Life.  But most changes of thought occur hesitantly, and language always lags behind impulse and feeling.”

Irons, Peter H. The New Deal Lawyers. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1982. Some of those discussed were part of the Popular Front wing of the New Deal.

Kutulas, Judy. The Long War: The Intellectual People’s Front and Anti-Stalinism, 1930-1940. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1995.  Sympathetic to liberal allies of Stalinism, hostile to anti-Communism liberals and leftists. 

Lash, Joseph P. Eleanor Roosevelt: A Friend’s Memoir. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1964. Lash discusses his relationship with the Communist Party as a student leader in the 1930s.

Lash, Joseph P. Dealers and Dreamers: A New Look at the New Deal. New York: Doubleday, 1988. In a chapter entitled “Communists and New Dealers” Lash discusses Harold Ware, Nat Witt, Hope Dale Davis, Herbert Fuchs, Michael Straight, Victor Perlo, Edwin S. Smith, and secret Communist groups in AAA and NLRB.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Roosevelt and the Protest of the 1930s.” University of Minnesota Law Review, Fall 1983.

Lyons, Eugene. The Red Decade: The Stalinist Penetration of America. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1941. Influential journalistic exposé of Communist involvement in the political and cultural life of the 1930s.  Lyons, a United Press reporter, had arrived in the Soviet Union in the 1930s sympathetic to the Soviet Union.  He returned hostile and antagonistic toward communism and Americans sympathetic to it.

Manley, John F. “Marx in America: The New Deal.” Science & Society 67, no. 1 (Spring 2003). Uses the 1930s as evidence that Marxist analysis is correct and class conflict is central to understanding American history.

McFarland, C.K. “Coalition of Convenience: Lewis and Roosevelt, 1933-1940.” Labor History 13 (Summer 1972). Notes the changing Communist party attitude toward Roosevelt and John L. Lewis.

McKnight, David. “The Comintern’s Seventh Congress and the Australian Labor Party.” Journal of Contemporary History 32, no. 3 (1997). While discussing the secret entry of Australian Communists into the ALP notes similarities in the political strategy of American Communists in the late 1930s.

Meyers, W. Cameron. “The Chicago Newspaper Hoax in the ‘36 Election Campaign.” Journalism Quarterly 37, no. 3 (1960). On a fight between the Chicago Tribune and the Daily Times over a Tribune charge that Russian Communist Party officials had ordered American Communists to support President Roosevelt.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party and the Great Depression.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Naison, Mark. “Remaking America: Communists and Liberals in the Popular Front.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. “However, the CPUSA’s effort to shed its ‘foreign’ image betrayed glaring inconsistencies.  At the very moment that Browder described the party as a “consistent fighter for democracy,” he was still making trips to Moscow to get Comintern approval of major policy initiatives.  Moreover, party leaders still functioned as though their real constituency, the one that could make or break them as leaders, was in the Soviet Union.  Without the slightest embarrassment, they translated the Soviet obsession with internal opposition in a U.S. setting, demanding the excommunication of ‘Trotskyists” from the labor movement and the left while elevating praise of Stalin to cult-like proportions.  .... To some intellectuals, the Popular Front became the moment when Communism revealed its profound moral corruption.”

Nelson, Bruce. “Workers, Organized Labor and the Presidential Election of 1940.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 1989.

Nelson, Bruce. “‘Give Us Roosevelt’: Workers and the New Deal Coalition.” History Today 40 (January 1990).

Notaro, Carmen Anthony. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and the American Communist, Peacetime Relations, 1932-1941.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1969.

Ottanelli, Michele Fraser. “Origins of the Popular Front Policy in the United States; 1933-1935.” Paper presented at American Historical Association graduate history forum of central New York state. SUNY, Cortland, 1983. Sees the Popular Front as more of a product of domestic concerns than a response to Moscow’s direction.

Ottanelli, Michele Fraser. “Communists and the New Deal: An American Popular Front.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985. Sees the Popular Front as more of a product of domestic concerns than a response to Moscow’s direction.

Pells, Richard H. Radical Visions and American Dreams: Culture and Social Thought in the Depression Years. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. Analysis of the reaction of intellectuals associated with the Left to the Depression.  Discusses acceptance by some of conformity to Communist Party cultural themes, the obsession with proletarian culture, and intellectual shifts required by the Popular Front.  Argues that the patriotism aroused by World War II diminished the appeal of radicalism and established the basis for postwar elitist anticommunism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Two Letters from 1936 on Science & Society, the Marxist Quarterly and the New Republic.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008). On the exclusion of anti-Stalinists as a price of the Popular Front.

Plotke, David. Building a Democratic Political Order: Reshaping American Liberalism in the 1930s and 1940s. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996. Discusses the role of communism and anticommunism in the era and the ambiguities of the Communist conception of the Popular Front.  Argues that Communists failed “to understand that the Democratic order aimed to create an enduring dynamic between economic and social development and democratic reform.”  Also takes the view,  “Communists in 1947-9 treated any equivocal action by leading Democrats as revealing a calculated betrayal of the past decade’s reformism.  They risked the destruction of remaining Popular Front alliance in deciding to throw their political resources into the campaign to elect Henry Wallace president in 1948.”

Post, Charlie. “The Popular Front: Rethinking CPUSA History.” Against the Current 11, no. 3 (July-August 1996).

Simon, Rita James, ed. As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967. “Lectures given on the campus of the University of Illinois from October, 1965 through April, 1966 under the auspices of an ad hoc faculty committee. The series was entitled ‘Leaders of social and political movements in the 1930’s.”  Introduction, by R. J. Simon.--Radicalism in the thirties: the Trotskyist view, by M. Shachtman.--The Huey Long movement, by G. L. K. Smith.--Writers in the thirties, by G. Hicks.--The thirties in America as a Socialist recalls them, by N. Thomas.--My experience in the labor and radical struggles of the thirties, by A. J. Muste.--The student movement of the thirties: a political history, by H. Draper.--My years with Roosevelt, by B. K. Wheeler.--The American Communist Party in the thirties, by E. Browder.

Spivak, John Louis. America Faces the Barricades. New York: Covici, Friede, 1935. Written by a journalist who was a secret Communist.

Steele, Richard W. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and His Foreign Policy Critics.” Political Science Quarterly 94 (Spring 1979).

Steele, Richard W. Propaganda in an Open Society: The Roosevelt Administration and the Media, 1933-1941. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985.

Stephanson, Anders. “The CPUSA Conception of the Rooseveltian State.” Thesis. New College, Oxford University, 1977.

Stephanson, Anders. “The CPUSA Conception of the Rooseveltian State, 1933-1939.” Radical History Review, no. 24 (1980). Commentary on the Communist party’s analysis of the structure of government, politics, and power under the New Deal.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “American Communists in the Popular Front Period: Reorganization or Disorganization?” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 23, no. 3 (1989). Surveys the tension in party structure and internal education between CPUSA’s need in the Popular Front period to spread into mass organizations and mainstream politics and the need to inculcate Marxism-Leninism ideology.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Left-Wing New Dealers, Moderate Communists, and Enlightened Bourgeois: Progressive Capitalism as a Program for the Postwar U.S.A.” In Economic and Strategic Issues in U.S. Foreign Policy, edited by Carl-Ludwig Holtfrerich. Berlin and New York: W. de Gruyter, 1989. Notes the parallels between the postwar program of liberal Henry Wallace, Communist Earl Browder, business spokesman Eric Johnston.  Denies that the Duclos letter was a sign of Cold War aggression by Stalin and takes the view that Browder’s downfall was a repudiation of his excesses and not of his fundamental views.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Roosevelt, i Sindacati e Il Partito Comunista: Un Fronte Popolare Americano? [Roosevelt, the Trade Unions and the Communist Party: An American Popular Front?].” In La Stagione Dei Fronti Popolari [The Period of the Popular Fronts], Aldo Agosti. Bologna, Italy: Cappelli, 1989.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Left‑Wing Dealers, Moderate Communists, and Enlightened Bourgeois: Progressive Capitalism as a Program for the Postwar USA.” In A Demokratikus es Szocialis Megujhodas. Tervek es Valosag 1942‑1945 [The Democratic and Social Progress. Plans and Reality 1942‑1945], edited by János Jemnitz. Budapest, Hungary: Magyar Lajos Alapítvány, 1997.

Trilling, Diana. We Must March My Darlings: A Critical Decade. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1977. Defends liberal anti-Communism and discusses the Popular Front of the 30s.

Warren, Frank A. Liberals and Communism: The “Red Decade” Revisited. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front relationship between some Liberals and Communism.  Suggests that the relationship was ambiguous, informal, and not essentially conspiratorial.

Warren, Frank A., III. “American Liberalism in the 1930’s: Its Relation to Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 1962. A detailed look at the attitude toward Communism and the Soviet Union taken by three leading liberals journals: The New Republic, The Nation, and Common Sense.  Discusses the nature of the Popular Front relationship between liberals and Communists.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and the Unemployed

 

Black, Gordon. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early 1930s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Erickson, Herman. “WPA Strikes & Trials of 1939.” Minnesota History 42, no. 6 (1971). Notes Communist involvement in strikes by workers on federal work relief projects.

Folsom, Franklin. Impatient Armies of the Poor: The Story of Collective Action of the Unemployed, 1808-1942. Niwot: University Press of Colorado, 1991. By former executive secretary of the C.P.-aligned League of American Writers.  Discusses Communist organizing of the unemployed in the 1930s.

Goldberg, Chad Alan. “Haunted by the Specter of Communism: Collective Identity and Resource Mobilization in the Demise of the Workers Alliance of America.” Theory and Society [Netherlands] 32 (October 2003).

Goldberg, Chad Alan. “Contesting the Status of Relief Workers During the New Deal: The Workers Alliance of America and the Works Progress Administration, 1935-1941.” Social Science History 29, no. 3 (2005).

Grijalva, Brian. “Organizing the Unemployed: The 1930s and 1940s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Kahn, Eleanor. “Organizations of the Unemployed as a Factor in the American Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. Madison: University of Wisconsin, 1934. Notes little Communist success in organizing the unemployed in the 1920s despite considerable verbal commitment.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “A New War in Dixie: Communists and the Unemployed in Birmingham, Alabama, 1930-1933.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Finds significant TUUL success in organizing the unemployed, particularly black workers, despite police harassment, AFL hostility, and race baiting.  Discusses Unemployed Councils’ mobilization of black and white women in Birmingham.  Sees the experience as providing valuable training for Communist and later CIO organizers such as Hosea Hudson, Henry O. Mayfield, Ebb Cox, Andy Brown, and Al Murphy.

Leab, Daniel J. “‘United We Eat’: The Creation and Organization of the Unemployed Councils in 1930.” Labor History 8, no. 3 (Fall 1967). Recounts the origins of the Communist Party’s Unemployed Councils.

Leab, Daniel J. “United We Eat, Divided We Starve: The Communist Party and the Unemployed.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1983.

Lorence, James J. “Radicals in Strange Places: The Unemployed Movement in Outstate Michigan, 1929-1933.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991.

Lorence, James J. “Controlling the Reserve Army: The United Automobile Workers and Michigan’s Unemployed, 1935-1941.” Labor’s Heritage 5, no. 4 (1994). Notes Communist work among the unemployed.

Lorence, James J. Organizing the Unemployed: Community and Union Activists in the Industrial Heartland. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1996. Focuses on Michigan and the effort of UAW, Socialist, and Communist activists to organize the unemployed.

Lorence, James J. “Mobilizing the Reserve Army: The Communist Party and the Unemployed in Atlanta, 1929–1934.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Lorence, James J. “Mobilizing the Reserve Army: The Communist Party and the Unemployed in Atlanta, 1929–1934.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “A Conflict of Ideologies: Communism, Liberalism, and the South Bend Food Riot.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, NE., 1991. The Unemployed Council under C.P. leadership had some success in protests over relief policies in 1932-33 until a demonstration led to confrontation with police.  C.P. leadership of the Council and the Communist membership of some of those arrested then became a central issue, and subsequent C.P. tactics offended local liberal leaders.

Prago, Albert. “The Organization of the Unemployed and the Role of Radicals 1929-1935.” Ph.D. diss. Union Graduate School, 1976. Provides extensive and sympathetic coverage of Communist activity among the unemployed.

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Radicals and the Jobless: The Musteites and the Unemployed Leagues, 1932-1936.” Labor History 16, no. 1 (Winter 1975).

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early Years of the Great Depression, 1929-1933.” Radical America 10, no. 4 (July-August 1976). Discusses Communist involvement in attempts to organize the unemployed.

Seymour, Helen. “Organization of the Unemployed.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1940. Discusses the Communist party’s Unemployed Councils.

Storch, Randi. “Red Relief: Communists and Unemployed Organizing in Chicago.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1997.

Storch, Randi. “Demanding Relief from the Bottom Up: Communists and Unemployed Organizing in Chicago, 1928-1941.” Paper presented at 18th Annual Meeting of the Indiana Association of Historians, 1998.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Guide to Communist Tactics Among the Unemployed. A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

****************************************************************

 

The Bonus March

 

Best, Gary Dean. FDR and the Bonus Marchers, 1933-1935. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992.

Daniels, Roger. The Bonus March: An Episode of the Great Depression. Westport, CT: Greenwood Pub. Co., 1971. Discusses Communist involvement in the veterans bonus march on Washington in 1932.

Killigrew, John W. “The Army and the Bonus Incident.” Military Affairs 26, no. 2 (Summer 1962)

****************************************************************

 

Illustrative CPUSA Literature of the 1930s

 

Browder, Earl. Build the United People’s Front Report to the November Plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the U. S. A. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1936.

Browder, Earl. Lincoln and the Communists. Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1936. Popular Front pamphlet linking communism to American traditions.

Browder, Earl. The People’s Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938.

Browder, Earl. Social and National Security. Pamphlet. [New York]: Worker Library Publishers, 1938. As part of the CPUSA antifascist policy, Browder calls for greater government investment in national defense as well as in social programs.

Browder, Earl, and James W. Ford. Acceptance Speeches for President, Earl Browder: For Vice-President, James W. Ford: Communist Candidates in the Presidential Elections. Pamphlet. New York City: Workers Library Publishers, 1936.

Foster, William Z. Your Questions Answered on Politics, Peace, Economics Anti-Semitism, Race Prejudice, Religion, Trade Unionism, Americanism, Democracy, Socialism, Communism. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1939.

****************************************************************

 

Third Parties and Alternatives to the New Deal and the Popular Front

 

Brinkley, Alan. Voices of Protest: Huey Long, Father Coughlin, and the Great Depression. New York: Knopf, 1982.

Lawson, R. Alan. The Failure of Independent Liberalism, 1930-1941. New York: Putnam, 1971.

McCoy, Donald R. Angry Voices: Left-of-Center Politics in the New Deal Era. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1958.

McElvaine, Robert S. “Thunder Without Lightning; Working Class Discontent in the U.S., 1929-1937.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1974. Concludes that workers were ready for radical action in the 1930s but this did not come about because of the strength of the two party system, weaknesses of the Socialist Party and the Communist Party, Roosevelt’s clever rhetoric, and the deaths of Floyd Olson and Huey Long; sees the politics of Wisconsin, Minnesota, and California as demonstrating the radical potential of the 1930s.

Omdahl, Lloyd. Insurgents. Brainerd, MN: Lakeland Color Press, 1961. Discusses the farmers Nonpartisan League’s shift to alignment with the Democratic party in the Dakotas and Minnesota.

Tverdokhleb, I.B., and Mark Naison. “The Movement for Creation of a Progressive Third Party in the United States During the Mid-1930s.” In Soviet-American Dialogue on the New Deal, edited by Otis L. Graham. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1989. Tverdokhleb states that by 1936, “the American Communists had accepted the criticism and recommendations contained in the report presented by G. Dimitrov at the VII Congress of the Comintern and were on the road to overcoming the sectarianism and dogmatism that previously had characterized the party on the issues of a mass democratic movement and the creation of a third party.... [I]t was the functionaries of the American Commonwealth Political Federation who split the [third party] movement at the crucial moment.  The reason is to be found in the anti-Communist position of its main leaders, T. Amlie and A. Bingham.”  Naison responded that Communist “party leaders had returned from the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International (in 1935) with hopes of participating in the creation of a national farmer-labor party.  But party work within the CIO, where it played an important role in a third of the constituent unions, convinced the leadership that working-class sentiment for Roosevelt was too strong to challenge without risking isolation.”

Tobin, Eugene M. Organize or Perish: America’s Independent Progressives, 1913-1933. New York: Greenwood Press, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

National Labor Parties and Farmer-Labor Parties

 

Davin, Eric Leif, and Staughton Lynd. “Picket Line and Ballot Box: The Forgotten Legacy of the Local Labor Party Movement, 1932-1936.” Radical History Review, no. 22 (Winter 1978-80). Argues that there was widespread working-class interest in independent labor and farmer-labor parties during 1932-36; this movement was aborted by the CIO through its organization of Labor’s Non-Partisan League.  Berlin, New Hampshire is presented as a case study.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Fall of the Farmer-Labor Parties, 1936-38.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 62 (January 1971). Surveys the decline of the farmer-labor third party movement.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Persistence of Third Party Dreams in the American Labor Movement, 1930-1938.” Mid-America 58 (October 1976).

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Automobile Workers Unions and the Fight for Labor Parties in the 1930s.” Indiana Magazine of History 77, no. 2 (June 1981). Discusses the attitude of Indiana and Ohio UAW locals toward political action in the 1930s.

Ross, Jack. “To Build a Labor Party: Failures and Implications, 1872-1944,” 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Union Party

 

Bennett, David Harry. “The Demagogues: Appeal in the Depression, the Origins and Activities of the Union Party, 1932-1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1963.

Bennett, David Harry. Demagogues in the Depression: American Radicals and the Union Party, 1932-1936. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

National Progressives of America

 

McCoy, Donald R. “The National Progressives of America, 1938.” Mississippi Valley Historical Review 44, no. 1 (June 1957)

****************************************************************

 

Independent Progressives and Radical Alternatives Biographical Material

 

Thomas Amlie

 

Long, Richard. “Thomas Amlie: A Political Biography.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1969. Amlie, a Wisconsin Progressive Party congressman was a nationally prominent 1930s left-progressive, opposed cooperation with Communists.

Rosenof, Theodore. “The Political Education of an American Radical: Thomas R. Amlie in the 1930’s.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 58 (Autumn 1974). Discusses an important anti-Communist radical political figure of the 1930s.

Weiss, Stuart L. “Thomas Amlie and the New Deal.” Mid-America 59 (January 1977)

****************************************************************

 

Alfred Bingham

 

Miller, Donald L. The New American Radicalism: Alfred M. Bingham and Non-Marxian Insurgency in the New Deal Era. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1979. Notes Bingham’s opposition to Communist participation in the American Commonwealth Political Federation and other left-of-center political movements.

Warren, Frank A., III. “Alfred Bingham and the Paradox of Liberalism.” Historian 28, no. 2 (1966). Notes the ambiguity of Bingham’s views on Nazism and communism.

****************************************************************

 

Father Charles Coughlin

 

Carpenter, Ronald H. Father Charles E. Coughlin Surrogate Spokesman for the Disaffected. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.

Father Coughlin’s Friends. An Answer to Father Coughlin’s Critics. Royal Oak, MI: The Radio League of the Little Flower, 1940.

Magil, A. B. The Truth About Father Coughlin. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935.  Attack by CPUSA spokesman.

Marcus, Sheldon. Father Coughlin: The Tumultuous Life of the Priest of the Little Flower. Boston: Little, Brown, 1973.

Spivak, John Louis. Shrine of the Silver Dollar. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940.  Attack on Coughlin by a journalist who was a secret party member.

Tull, Charles J. Father Coughlin and the New Deal. [Syracuse, N.Y.]: Syracuse University Press, 1965.

Warren, Donald I. Radio Priest: Charles Coughlin, the Father of Hate Radio. New York: Free Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Huey Long

 

Bittelman, Alexander. How Can We Share the Wealth? The Communist Way Versus Huey Long. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935.

Haas, Edward F. “Huey Long and the Communists.” Louisiana History 32, no. 1 (1991). Fearing Long’s Share Our Wealth program would divert support from the CPUSA and its support for the New Deal via the Popular Front and lead to the formation of a third party, the Communist press attacked him as antilabor, racist, corrupt, a lackey of capitalism, and a leader of American fascism.

Long, Huey Pierce. Every Man a King: The Autobiography of Huey P Long. New Orleans, LA: National Book Co., Inc., 1933.

Long, Huey Pierce. My First Days in the White House. Harrisburg, PA: The Telegraph Press, 1935.

Long, Huey Pierce. Kingfish to America, Share Our Wealth: Selected Senatorial Papers of Huey P. Long. Edited by Henry M. Christman. New York: Schocken Books, 1985.

Smith, Gerald L.K. “The Huey Long Movement.” In As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Williams, T. Harry. Huey Long. New York: Knopf, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

Communists, Henry Wallace, and the 1948 Progressive Party

 

Bernstein, Barton. “Henry A. Wallace and the Agony of American Liberalism.” Peace and Change, Fall 1974.

Boylan, James R. The New Deal Coalition and the Election of 1946. New York: Garland Pub., 1981. Discusses the developing split between Popular Front liberals and those who would later become anti-Communist liberals.

Brandt, Harvey V. “The Ideological Function of the Progressive Party of 1948.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1949.

Brown, John Cotton. “The 1948 Progressive Campaign: A Scientific Approach.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1949. Brown, a graduate student of Rexford Tugwell, attended a number of important private Progressive party convention meetings as Tugwell’s assistant.

Devine, Thomas W. “The Eclipse of Progressivism: Henry A. Wallace and the 1948 Presidential Election.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2000. Detailed history of the role of the CPUSA in the Progressive Party and the Wallace campaign.

Devine, Thomas W. “The Communists, Henry Wallace, and the Progressive Party of 1948.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003).

Divine, Robert. “The Cold War and the Election of 1948.” Journal of American History 59, no. 1 (June 1972). Discusses how the Czech crisis and the Berlin Crisis isolated Wallace and tended to neutralize Dewey, all to Truman’s benefit.

Fujii, George. “Marshall Plan or ‘Wallace Plan?’ The Selling of Alternate Visions for Postwar American Prosperity.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.  Discusses CPUSA criticism of the Marshall Plan and its backing of Wallace’s alternative.

Hamby, Alonzo. “Henry Wallace, the Liberals, and Soviet-American Relations.” Review of Politics 30, no. 4 (1968).

Hamby, Alonzo L. The Imperial Years: The United States Since 1939. New York: Weybright and Talley, 1976.

Hincheyst, Mary. “The Frustration of the New Deal Revival, 1944-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1965. Discusses Communist role in liberal politics.

Kleinman, Mark L. “Choosing the Right Enemy: Liberal Fears of Fascism After World War II.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Kleinman, Mark L. A World of Hope, a World of Fear: Henry A. Wallace, Reinhold Niebuhr, and American Liberalism. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2000. Laments the defeat of Popular Front liberalism in 1948.

Kleinman, Mark Louis. “Approaching Opposition: Henry A. Wallace, Reinhold Niebuhr and the Emergence of American Liberal Internationalism, 1920-1942.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1991. Blames the failure of Wallace’s idealistic vision of the Century of the Common Man in part on the criticism of Niebuhr and other “realists” who by voicing their disagreement and criticism “ultimately prevented even the consideration of proposals by individuals such as Wallace.”

Lader, Lawrence. “The Wallace Campaign of 1948.” American Heritage 28, no. 1 (1976). Summary.

Macdonald, Dwight. “The Wallace Campaign: An Autopsy.” Politics 5 (Summer 1948).

MacDougall, Curtis Daniel. Gideon’s Army. New York: Marzani & Munsell, 1965. v. 1. The components of the decision.-- v. 2. The decision and the organization.-- v. 3. The campaign and the vote.  MacDougall, a prominent participant in the Wallace campaign, reviews in detail the history of Henry Wallace’s Progressive party; finds no significant Communist influence.

Markowitz, Norman D. “The Rise and Fall of the People’s Century: Henry A. Wallace and American Liberalism, 1941-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1970.

Markowitz, Norman D. The Rise and Fall of the People’s Century: Henry A. Wallace and American Liberalism, 1941-1948. New York: Free Press, 1973. A highly sympathetic political history of Wallace’s variety of liberalism; notes a Communist role in the Progressive party.  Argues that the “ Cold War liberals” who defeated Wallace were opportunists who suffered from a failure of nerve when they did not support Wallace’s “ social liberal” vision in the postwar world.

May, Henry F. “The End of American Radicalism.” American Quarterly 2, no. 4 (Winter 1950).

Muller, Steve, and Alfred Friendly. Henry A. Wallace: The Last Seven Months of His Presidential Campaign. Pamphlet. Washington: Americans for Democratic Action, 1948. Liberal critique of Wallace and his Popular Front liberalism.

Peterson, Frank Ross. “Harry S. Truman and His Critics: The 1948 Progressives and the Origins of the Cold War.” In Essays on Radicalism in Contemporary America, edited by Jerome L. Rodnitzky, Frank Ross Peterson, Kenneth R. Philip, and Leon Borden Blair. Austin: Published for the University of Texas at Arlington by the University of Texas Press, 1972. Sympathetic analysis of Henry Wallace’s and Glen Taylor’s attack on Truman’s anti-Communist liberalism.

Richards, Miles S. “The Progressive Democrats in Chicago, July 1944.” South Carolina Historical Magazine 102, no. 3 (2001). Wallace was dropped as the vice-presidential nominee and replaced by Truman at the 1944 Democratic convention.

Rosa, Todd. “The Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA) and the Progressive Party Presidential Campaign of Henry Wallace in 1948.” Paper presented at “New Frontiers in Cold War History,” 4th Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Santa Barbara, CA 1999.

Rosen, Jerold A. “Henry A. Wallace and American Liberal Politics, 1945-1948.” Annals of Iowa 44 (Fall 1978).

Schmidt, Karl M. Henry A. Wallace, Quixotic Crusade 1948. [Syracuse]: Syracuse University Press, 1960.

Schmidt, Karl M., Jr. “The Wallace Progressive Party.” Ph.D. diss. Johns Hopkins University, 1952.

Sirevåg, Torbjörn. The Eclipse of the New Deal and the Fall of Vice-President Wallace, 1944. New York: Garland Pub., 1985.

Walker, J. Samuel. Henry A. Wallace and American Foreign Policy. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1976.

Walton, Richard J. Henry Wallace, Harry Truman, and the Cold War. New York: Viking, 1976. Argues that Wallace and his Progressive party were right and that Truman and the anti-Communist liberals were wrong in fighting the Cold War.

Yarnell, Allen. Democrats and Progressives: The 1948 Presidential Election as a Test of Postwar Liberalism. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1974. Discusses the use of anti-Communism as a Truman campaign theme against Henry Wallace; denies that the Wallace campaign moved Truman to the Left.

Young, Allan Chandler. “A Modern Isaiah: Henry A. Wallace and the 1948 Presidential Campaign.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Dakota, 1992. Attributed Wallace’s disappointing showing in part to the “hysteria of the post-World War II Red Scare.”

****************************************************************

 

Progressive Party Biographical Material

J.W. Gitt

 

Hamilton, Mary A. “A Progressive Publisher and the Cold War: J.W. Gitt and The Gazette and Daily, York, Pennsylvania, 1946-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Michigan State University, 1968.

Hamilton, Mary A. “A Pennsylvania Newspaper Publisher in ‘Gideon’s Army’: J. W. Gitt, Henry Wallace and the Progressive Party of 1948.” Pennsylvania History 61, no. 1 (1994). Gitt used his York, Pennsylvania, Gazette and Daily to support Henry A. Wallace’s 1948 campaign for the presidency. “Jesse” Gitt worried about Communist influence within the Progressive Party and left the party in 1950 due to its opposition to US military involvement in Korea.

****************************************************************

 

Glen H. Taylor

 

Peterson, Frank Ross. “Fighting the Drive Toward War: Glen H. Taylor, the 1948 Progressives, and the Draft.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 61 (January 1970).

Peterson, Frank Ross. Prophet Without Honor: Glen H. Taylor & the Fight for American Liberalism. [Lexington]: University Press of Kentucky, 1974. Admiring biography of Glen Taylor, the one-term U.S. Senator and vice-presidential nominee of Henry Wallace’s 1948 Progressive Party.  Treats claims of a Communist role in the Progressive Party as lies contrived by Democrats.

****************************************************************

 

Henry Wallace

 

Beichman, Arnold. “The Wallace Case.” National Review, 1 August 1994. Discusses Henry Wallace’s benign attitude toward for Stalinism.  Says during Wallace’s 1944 renomination fight that when a journalist for PM he received orders from its publisher, Ralph Ingersoll, that Wallace’s standing be pushed in every way.  Says Ingersoll was a former lover of Lillian Hellman and that in his judgment Ingersoll probably had been a C.P. member.

Culver, John C., and John Hyde. American Dreamer: The Life and Times of Henry A. Wallace. New York: Norton, 2000. Admiring biography praising Wallace’s call for accommodation with Stalin.

Macdonald, Dwight. Henry Wallace: The Man and the Myth. New York: Vanguard Press, 1948. Macdonald’s biting portrait of Wallace’s illusions and naivete influenced many left-liberals.

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. Henry A. Wallace of Iowa: The Agrarian Years, 1910-1940. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1968.

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. Prophet in Politics: Henry A. Wallace and the War Years, 1940-1965. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1971. This detailed scholarly biography discusses Wallace’s dealings with the Communist party and its allies in the late 1940s.

Wallace, Henry Agard. Century of the Common Man. New York: International Workers Order, 1943. Published version of Wallace’s speech laying out a idealistic world-wide version of Popular Front liberalism.

Wallace, Henry Agard. The Price of Vision: The Diary of Henry A. Wallace, 1942-1946. Edited by John Morton Blum. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1973.

White, Graham J., and J. R. Maze. Henry A. Wallace His Search for a New World Order. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

The Democratic Response to Wallace and the Progressive Party

 

Barto, Harold. “Clark Clifford and the Presidential Election of 1948.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1970. Discusses Clifford’s role in devising a Truman administration strategy against Henry Wallace and the Communist-influenced Progressive party.

Bintner, Stuart John. “Clark Clifford and the 1948 Presidential Campaign.” Master’s thesis. University of Missouri-Kansas City, 1969.

Donaldson, Gary A. “Who Wrote the Clifford Memo?  The Origins of Campaign Strategy in the Truman Administration.” Presidential Studies Quarterly 23 (Fall 1993). The Clifford memo suggested how the role of Communists in Wallace’s campaign could be used to isolate him and to persuade liberals to support Truman.

Hasting, Anne Celeste. “Intraparty Struggle: Harry S. Truman, 1945-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Saint Louis University, 1972. Treats the attacks by Truman supporters on Henry Wallace for cooperating with the Communist party as a ploy without a factual basis.

Yarnell, Allen. “Liberals in Action: The Americans for Democratic Action and the 1948 Presidential Election.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1971.

Yarnell, Allen. “The Democratic Party’s Response to the Progressive Party in 1948.” Research Studies 39, no. 1 (March 1971). Takes the view that the Progressive Party challenge to Truman made it easier for him to take a firm anti-Communist line and neutralize Republic use of the issue.

Yarnell, Allen. “Liberals in Action: The ADA, Henry Wallace, and the 1948 Election.” Research Studies 40, no. 4 (1972). Describes ADA use of anticommunism against Wallace.

Yarnell, Allen Lawrence. “The Impact of the Progressive Party on the Democratic Party in the 1948 Presidential Election.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: The States

 

Communists and Politics: Arkansas

 

Freking, Kevin. “‘30s Arkansas Target of Communist Thrust.” Arkansas Democrat Gazette, 29 April 2001. Newspapers story on documents in CPUSA records regarding organizing in Arkansas.

McCarty, Joey. “The Red Scare in Arkansas: A Southern State and National Hysteria.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 37, no. 3 (1978). Most of the public paid little attention to the Red Scare of 1919-20.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: California

 

Breheny, Jessica. “‘These Were Our Times’: Red-Baiting, Blacklisting, and the Lost Literature of Dissent in Mid-Twentieth-Century California.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 2004.

Burke, Robert E. Olson’s New Deal for California. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1953. Notes Governor Olson’s association with some Communist-led organizations.

California Communst League. People’s Tribune: The Political Paper of the California Communist League. Los Angeles, CA: The League, 1969. Journal.

Cherny, Robert W. “Prelude to the Popular Front: The Communist Party in California, 1931-35.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Coles, Robert. Erik H. Erikson: The Growth of His Work. Boston: Little, Brown, 1970. Discusses Erikson‘s protest against the California loyalty oath.

Communist Party of the United States of America. California State Committee. The Party Forum. [San Francisco, CA]: Calif. State Committee, CPUSA, 1956. Journal.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “‘Cocktail Picket Party:’ The Hollywood Citizen-News Strike, the Newspaper Guild, and the Popularization of the ‘Democratic Front’ in Los Angeles.” UCLA Historical Journal 5 (1984). Discusses the success of Popular Front tactics in winning support for a newspaper strike.

Issel, William. “The ‘Catholic Internationale’: Religious Sources of Mayor Joseph L. Alioto’s Urban Liberalism.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.  Notes the anti-Communist element of Alioto’s Catholic-based New Deal urban liberalism.

Issel, William. “‘For Both Cross and Flag’: The Politics of Catholic Action in California During the 1930s.” Paper presented at European Social Science History Conference, 2004.

Issel, William. “‘Still Potentially Dangerous in Some Quarters’: Sylvester Andriano, Catholic Action, and Un-American Activities in California.” Pacific Historical Review 75, no. 2 (May 2006): 231-70.

Kraus, Henry. In the City Was a Garden: A Housing Project Chronicle. New York: Renaissance Press, 1951. With names changed, describes the attempt to convert Garden City, a federal war housing project, into a mutual ownership project after WWII; says an anti-Communist faction created a fraudulent scandal when it found that the editor of the Daily People’s World,  described as “a leftist West Coast Newspaper” rather than a CPUSA journal,  had improperly gotten an apartment.  Says the latter incident was due to a clerical error rather than political favoritism.

Kurashige, Scott. “Negro Victory in Multi-Ethnic Los Angeles: Black Radicals and Community Activism During World War II.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Long, Edward R. “Loyalty Oaths in California, 1947-1952: The Politics of Anti-Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, San Diego, 1981. Finds that anticommunism had its greatest success with liberal support.

Long, Edward R. “Earl Warren and the Politics of Anti-Communism.” Pacific Historical Review 51, no. 1 (1982). Finds that Warren, later chief justice of the U.S. Supreme Court with a highly liberal reputation, was an anti-Communist when he was attorney general and governor of California and supported loyalty oaths and other anti-Communist measures.

Murdock, Steve. “California Communists - Their Years of Power.” Science & Society 34, no. 4 (1970). Maintains that the Communist party had significant influence in California in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s.

Ranstead, Donald Davitt. “District 13: A History of the Activities of the California C.P., 1929-1940.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Davis, 1963.

Schwartz, Stephen. From West to East: California and the Making of the American Mind. New York: Free Press, 1998. Broad ranging historical study.  Discusses the overlapping of political, cultural, and aesthetic radicalism in the history of California.  Includes extensive discussion of the role of California Communists in that history and of the struggles within the California radical community between Stalinists and anti-Stalinists.  Essay-review by Kevin Starr in the Los Angeles Times (15 March 1998).

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Radicalism in California, 1869-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1962.

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Formation of the California Communist Labor Party.” Pacific Historical Quarterly 36, no. 1 (February 1967).

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Communism in California  1919-1924: ‘Orders From Moscow’ or Independent Western Radicalism.” Science & Society 34, no. 4 (Winter 1970). Argues that California Communists were indigenous radicals.

Stevenson, Janet. The Undiminished Man: A Political Biography of Robert Walker Kenny. Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp Publishers, 1980. Biography of a key California Popular Front liberal.

Sitton, Tom. “Direct Democracy Vs. Free Speech: Gerald L. K. Smith and the Recall Election of 1946 in Los Angeles.” Pacific Historical Review 57, no. 3 (August 1988). Notes the role of Communists in the Mobilization for Democracy (Cary McWilliams, chairman) that sought to prevent the renting of public school auditoriums to Smith.

Tyler, Bruce M. “Black Radicalism in Southern California, 1950-1982.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1983. Argues that the anticommunism of Mayor Sam Yorty and his police chief contributed to the Watts riot of 1965.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Los Angeles Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the San Francisco Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Los Angeles, Calif. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the San Diego, Calif. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Southern California District of the Communist Party Structure, Objectives, Leadership. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Four volumes.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Southern California District of the Communist Party, Structure, Objective, Leadership. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Three parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Northern California District of the Communist Party, Structure, Objectives, Leadership [Parts 1-4]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Western Section of the Southern California District of the Communist Party [Three Volumes]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. “United Front” Technique of the Southern California District of the Communist Party. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962-63.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Central California Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

Wilkinson, Frank. “Witchhunt: How Integrated Housing in Los Angeles Was Destroyed.” Heritage  [Southern California Library for Social Studies], Spring 1991. States that in the early 1950s the real estate lobby and LAPD chief William H. Parker undermined plans for public housing by surfacing a dossier on Wilkinson’s left associations and forced his dismissal from the L.A. Housing Authority.   The Southern California Library for Social Studies was close to the Communist movement.

****************************************************************

 

California: Independent Progressive Party

 

Call, Kenneth L. “A Study in Group Support of the Independent Progressive Party of California, 1947-1948.” Master’s thesis. University of Redlands, 1955.

Moremen, Merrill Raymond. “The Independent Progressive Party of California, 1948.” Master’s thesis. Stanford University, 1950.

****************************************************************

 

California: Jack Tenney and the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities

 

Barrett, Edward L. The Tenney Committee: Legislative Investigation of Subversive Activities in California. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1951.

Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. Report of the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. [Sacramento, CA]: California Senate, 1943-70. Fifteen Volumes, 1st (1943) - 15th (1970) Titles Varies: Report, Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California to California Legislature 1943-1947; Un-American activities in California; Report / Senate Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California; Report of the Senate Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities 1948-1959.

Heale, M. J. “Red Scare Politics: California’s Campaign Against Un-American Activities, 1940-1970.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 20, no. 1 (April 1986). A survey.

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Jack B. Tenney: Molder of Anti-Communist Legislation in California, 1940-49.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1970. Finds that Tenney’s dedication allowed him to mobilize support for extremist legislation against insubstantial fears.  See no significant Communist movement in California.

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Jack B. Tenney and the ‘Parasitic Menace’: Anti-Communist Legislation in California, 1940-49.” Pacific Historical Review 43, no. 2 (1974). Reviews Tenney’s legislative and political involvement with communism.

Tenney, Jack B. Excerpts from Assembly Journal of April 16, 1945 Containing Report / Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California; Jack B. Tenney, Chairman. Sacramento: Assembly of the State of California, 1945.

Tenney, Jack B. Red Fascism: Boring from Within... Los Angeles: Federal Printing Co., 1947. By former chairman of the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities of the California State Legislature.  Surveys the ideology and tactics of CPUSA up to 1946, sees CPUSA’s history as largely conspiratorial.

****************************************************************

 

California: Richard Nixon, Jerry Voorhis, and Helen Douglas

 

Bullock, Paul. “‘Rabbits and Radicals’: Richard Nixon’s 1946 Campaign Against Jerry Voorhis.” Southern California Quarterly 55, no. 3 (1973). Notes use of Communist issue against Voorhis.

Bullock, Paul. Jerry Voorhis, the Idealist as Politician. New York: Vantage Press, 1978.

Mitchell, Greg. Tricky Dick and the Pink Lady: Richard Nixon Vs Helen Gahagan Douglas--Sexual Politics and the Red Scare, 1950. New York: Random House, 1998.

O’Connoer, Colleen M. “‘Through the Valley of Darkness: Helen Gahagan Douglas’ Congressional Years.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, San Diego, 1982.

Scobie, Ingrid. “Douglas v Nixon.” History Today 42 (1992).

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Helen Gahagan Douglas and Her 1950 Senate Race with Richard M. Nixon.” Southern California Quarterly 58, no. 1 (1976). Recounts the Douglas-Nixon Senate campaign.  Notes that the Democratic party was seriously divided and Douglas had to fight a difficult primary.  Discusses Nixon’s use of anticommunism against Douglas.

Scobie, Ingrid Winther. “Helen Gahagan Douglas: Broadway Star as California Politician.” California History 66 (December 1987): 242-61. Notes that Douglas resigned from the John Steinbeck Committee to Aid Agricultural Workers in 1940 in part due to growing tensions with Communists after the Nazi-Soviet Pact and that, despite accusations (largely false in Scobie’s judgment) that she was close to Communists, she won a congressional seat in 1944 by a narrow margin and reelection in 1946 and 1948 by increasingly large margins.  Attributes her loss to Nixon for a U.S. Senate seat in 1950 in part to Nixon’s vicious use of the Communist issue against Douglas, but notes as major factors as well that Nixon was Douglas’s match as a campaigner and had better financing, that Democrats were divided by Douglas having had a role in pressuring the incumbent Democratic senator into retirement and by a bitter Democratic senatorial primary, and that the election saw broad Republican gains in California.

Voorhis, Horace Jeremiah. Confessions of a Congressman. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1947. Richard Nixon defeated liberal Democrat Voorhis in 1946.  One issue Nixon used was earlier support for Voorhis by Communist-led political committees.

****************************************************************

 

California: Upton Sinclair and EPIC

 

Blake, Fay M., and H. Morton Newman. “Upton Sinclair’s EPIC Campaign.” California History 63, no. 4 (Fall 1984). Notes Communist hostility to Sinclair’s gubernatorial campaign and EPIC.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “Lost Chances and New Possibilities: The EPIC Movement and the United Front, 1934-35.” Unpublished essay, 1990s?

Gregory, James N. “Upton Sinclair’s 1934 EPIC Campaign: American Radicalism in Transition.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 1989.

Singer, Donald L. “Upton Sinclair and the California Gubernatorial Campaign of 1934.” Southern California Quarterly 56, no. 4 (1974): 375-406. Notes Communist hostility to Sinclair’s campaign.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Colorado

 

Cook, Philip L. “Red Scare in Denver.” Colorado Magazine 43, no. 3 (1966). Discusses a 1920 panic in Denver over Bolshevism; finds that sensational press coverage contributed to the scare.  A trolley car strike in which several people were killed became associated with the issue.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Connecticut

 

Bucki, Cecelia. Bridgeport’s Socialist New Deal, 1915-36. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the New Haven, Conn. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Florida

 

Braukman, Stacy Lorraine. “Anticommunism and the Politics of Sex and Race in Florida, 1954--1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1999. Discussed the Florida Legislative Investigation Committee’s investigation of subversive influences within the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, homosexual teachers in Florida’s public schools, “indecent literature” and left-wing professors in state universities.

Crispell, Brian Lewis. “George Smathers and the Politics of Cold War America, 1946-1968.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1996. Regards Smathers as a quintessential Cold War Democrat.

Flynt, Wayne. “Florida Labor and Political ‘Radicalism,’ 1919-1920.” Labor History 9 (1968). Work stoppages by cigar makers, miners, firemen, and others combined with efforts of blacks to unionize frightened the public and heightened concern over revolutionary radicalism.

Hach, Steve. “Paths to Understanding: Florida’s Cold War ‘Mental Defense’ Program and the Sputnik Crisis.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. Austin, TX, 2004. Florida governor Farris Bryant, a self-described “freedomist,” spearheaded Florida’s Cold War Education campaign.  Argues that Bryan was not a “responsible anticommunist” and the official response to the communist threat in Florida was out of proportion to the actual threat, consisting a “moral panic.”

Howard, Walter T. “The CPUSA and Florida Lynch Law During the 1930s.” Paper presented at 28th Duquesne University History Forum. 20-22 October, 1994.

Kabat, Ric A. “From New Deal to Red Scare: The Political Odyssey of Senator Claude D. Pepper.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1995. Pepper, a Florida U.S. Senator and prominent New Deal liberal with some ties to Popular Front figures, lost a Democratic primary to George Smathers in part due to his soft stand on domestic communism.

Kennedy, Randall. “Contrasting Fates of Repression: A Comment on Gibson Vs. Florida Legislative Investigation Committee.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “In the Shade of the Lenin Oak: ‘Colonel’ Raymond Robins, Senator Claude Pepper, and the Cold War.” American Communist History 3, no. 2 (December 2004).

Malafronte, Anthony F. “Claude Pepper: Florida Maverick, the 1950 Florida Senatorial Primary.” Master’s thesis. University of Miami, 1964. Notes the use of anticommunism against Pepper.

New York Times editors. “Florida Reviews an Era of Fear.” New York Times, 4 July 1993. Notes release of 25,000 pages of records of the “Johns Committee,” a state legislative committee that in the 1950s and early 1960s investigated communism but concentrated its efforts on civil rights organizations and homosexuals in Florida schools and colleges.

Stoesen, Alexander R. “The Senatorial Career of Claude D. Pepper.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, 1965. Discusses Pepper’s involvement in the factional struggle within postwar liberalism.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the State of Florida. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

Weitz, Seth A. “Bourbon, Pork Chops, and Red Peppers: Political Immorality in Florida, 1945--1968.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Georgia

 

Huddle, Mark. “Justice in the Streets: Social Unrest and the Politics of Resistance in Depression Era Atlanta.” Paper presented at OAH Southern Regional Conference, Georgia State University, 2004.

 

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Hawaii

 

Georgia Communist League (Marxist-Leninist). The Red Worker. Atlanta, GA: Georgia Communist League (Marxist-Leninist), 1971. Journal.

Holmes, T. Michael. The Specter of Communism in Hawaii. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1994. Surveys anticommunism in Hawaii in 1947-1953, its impact on the ILWU, the Hawaiian Democratic party, and HUAC hearings in the islands.

Jung, Moon-Kie. “Interracialism: The Ideological Transformation of Hawaii’s Working Class.” American Sociological Review 68, no. 3 (2003).

Long, Edward Robert. “Red Scare in Paradise: Anti-Communism in Hawaii.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Unpublished paper, 1981, reproduced in part.  Discusses John Wayne’s 1951 film “Big Jim McCain” about HUAC investigation in Hawaii and compares with the 1949 strike by ILWU, finding the film a distortion of the ILWU’s exemplary actions.  Survey’s power of ILWU in Hawaiian affairs 1947, and Governor Stainback initiation of an anti-Communist campaign in 1947.  Discusses the firing of teachers John and Aiko Reinecke for their C.P. links and the overturning of the conviction of the Hawaii Seven under the Yates decision.

Melendy, H. Brett. The Federal Government’s Search for Communists in the Territory of Hawaii. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Hawaii Civil Liberties Committee: A Communist Front. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Honolulu Record. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Discusses the C.P.-aligned Honolulu Record newspaper, the Federated Press, and the Allied Labor News Service.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Territory of Hawaii. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Idaho

 

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Red Scare in Idaho, 1916-1918.” Idaho Yesterdays 17, no. 3 (Fall 1973): 2-13.

Lovin, Hugh T. “Idaho and the ‘Reds,’ 1919-1926.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 69 (1978).

Lovin, Hugh T. “The ‘Farmer-Labor’ Movement in Idaho, 1933-1938.” Journal of the West 28 (1979)

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Illinois

 

Biles, Roger. Crusading Liberal: Paul H. Douglas of Illinois. DeKalb, IL: Northern Illinois University Press, 2002. Douglas was a leading anti-Communist liberal.

Labat, Sean Joseph. “Creating Consensus: Chicago and United States Foreign Relations During the Early Cold War, 1945--1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Chicago, 2002.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “Adlai E. Stevenson, McCarthyism, and the FBI.” Illinois Historical Journal 81, no. 1 (Spring 1988): 45-60. Discusses the Illinois Seditious Activities Investigation Commission (Broyles Commission).  In 1950, the legislature voted to revive the commission and enact other antisubversive measures.  Governor Stevenson vetoed the bill and the legislature failed to override.  Finds that Stevenson’s veto was influenced by a Stevenson meeting with Hoover in which Stevenson got FBI assurances that the FBI would give Illinois information on Communists employed by public institutions.  Stevenson regarded this assurance as evidence that state agencies such as the Broyles commission were unneeded.   This program became known in the FBI as the “Responsibilities Program.”  Eisenhower’s Attorney General disliked the Responsibilities Program and the program ended in 1955.  Discusses Hoover’s selective leaking of information and allegations about subversive activities to Republican and right-wing anti-Communists.  Concludes: “Stevenson supported an FBI surveillance and dissemination program on the nation’s campuses ... and contributed in no small way to the cultural pollution of the domestic Cold War.”

Slayton, Robert A. “Labor and Urban Politics: District 31, Steel Workers Organizing Committee, and the Chicago Machine.” Journal of Urban History 23, no. 1 (November 1996). Notes the links between the Chicago Democratic machine and anti-Communist leaders in SWOC.

Storch, Randi. “Shades of Red: Chicago’s Communists in Thought and Action 1928-1935.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Storch, Randi Jill. “Shades of Red: The Communist Party and Chicago’s Workers, 1928-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1998. Finds that Chicago Communists worked for better welfare system, more representative unions, and racial equality and habitually disregarded the CPUSA headquarters and the Comintern in Moscow.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Chicago Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Chicago, IL, Area [Two Volumes]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

Young, Paul Clinton. “Race, Class, and Radicalism in Chicago, 1914--1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Discusses the relationship of Black radicals with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Indiana

 

Murray, Michael D. “To Hire a Hall: ‘An Argument in Indianapolis.” Central States Speech Journal 26 (1975). Discusses controversies over renting of public meeting facilities to pro-Communist organizations.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Riding the Wave: The Indiana Communist Party, 1929-1934.” Master’s thesis. Terre Haute: Indiana State University, 1987.

Ryan, James. “A Communist Tests the First Amendment in Terre Haute.” Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of the Social Sciences 9 (1976).

Sorenson, Dale. “The Anticommunist Consensus in Indiana, 1945-1958.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1980. Finds that anticommunism permeated all levels of society and was neither elite nor mass initiated; political anticommunism and anti-Communist activity inside unions was locally initiated and was not initiated at the national level.  Discusses factionalism in the Indiana CIO and the UE but sees no significant Communist influence; notes that concern over Communism peaked during the Korean war.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Fort Wayne, Ind. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

White, Samuel William. “Labor and Politics in Evansville, Indiana, 1919-1955.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1999. Notes the power of anti-Communist sentiment in the post-WWII period.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Iowa

 

Finlay, Mark R. “Dashed Expectations, The Iowa Progressive Party and the 1948 Election.” Annals of Iowa 49, no. 5 (Summer 1988). Sees the Communist role in the Iowa Progressive Party as negatively affecting Henry Wallace’s Iowa campaign.

Rogow, Arnold R. “The Loyalty Oath Issue in Iowa, 1951.” American Political Science Review 55, no. 4 (December 1951).

Warren, Wilson J. “The ‘People’s Century’ in Iowa; Coalition-Building Among Farm and Labor Organizations, 1945-1950.” Annals of Iowa 49, no. 5 (Summer 1988). Surveys cooperation between the Iowa Farmers Union and the CIO, noting the disruptive 1948 struggle over Communism.  Concludes: “the break with the state CIO by the IFU, FE, and elements within the UPWA was due in large part to the unwillingness of Stover and others to sacrifice their moral and philosophical positions; if they could not have farm-labor cooperation based on popular front principles they would not have it.”

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Kansas

 

Lee, Alton R. “Isms in Ahs: Radical Politics in Depression Kansas.” Journal of the West 41, no. 4 (2002).

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Louisiana

 

Boulard, Garry. The Big Lie: Hale Boggs, Lucille May Grace, and Leander Perez in 1951. Gretna, La.: Pelican Pub. Co., 2001. Discusses the role of anti-Communism in the sometimes bizarre world of Louisiana politics in the early 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Maryland

 

Cumberbatch, Prudence Denise. “Working for the Race: The Transformation of the Civil Rights Struggle in Baltimore, 1929--1945.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 2001. Discusses the relationship of the Baltimore Communist party with the Baltimore branch of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the city’s Afro-American newspaper.

Cumberbatch, Prudence. “Religion, Race, and Class: Communism and the Black Church in 1930s Baltimore.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Durr, Kenneth D. “‘Why We Are Troubled’: White Working Class Politics in Baltimore, 1940-1980.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1998. Finds that blue collar anticommunism, shaped by local experience, redirected populist attacks away from business elites.

Pedersen, Vernon. “Memories of the Red Decade: HUAC Investigations Into Communism and Organized Labor in Maryland.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA., 1999.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Memories of the Red Decade: HUAC Investigations in Maryland.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Red, White And Blue: The Communist Party of Maryland, 1919-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 1993.

Pedersen, Vernon L. The Communist Party in Maryland, 1919-57. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2001. Based on archival research in both the United States and Moscow. “The Communist Party of Maryland must be respected for raising tough, pointed questions and challenging the assumptions of mainstream society. It was one of the earliest advocates of civil rights for blacks, it consistently questioned the enormous gap between rich and poor, and it always urged reforms to improve the lot of working Americans. Such idealistic goals brought the Party such talented leaders as Earl Reno, Patrick Whalen, Al Lannon, Albert Blumberg, and Dorothy Rose Blumberg, the best and the brightest that the United States had to offer. But the Party’s commendable goals were ultimately dictated not by domestic American conditions but by the needs of Soviet politics and foreign policy, causing constant shifts in strategy and tactics....  As a consequence, the Maryland Party sowed confusion and divisiveness in the ranks of both friends and opponents alike. Maryland’s Senator John Reed, a labor supporter, begged the CIO and the Communist Party to stop crossing each other up, and Party control of the Progressive Citizens of America divided American liberals in the face of resurgent conservatism. Progressive-minded conservatives, such as Father Cronin, found Communist ideology so abhorrent that they distorted their own views by allying themselves with unsavory elements on the basis of anticommunism alone. The Party can not be blamed for the excesses of its opponents, but its presence in society was so divisive that it ultimately did more harm than good.”

Skotnes, Andor. “The Communist Party, Anti-Racism, and the Freedom Movement: Baltimore, 1930-1934.” Science & Society 60, no. 2 (Summer 1996).

Skotnes, Andor D. “The Black Freedom Movement and the Workers’ Movement in Baltimore, 1930-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1991. Discusses the City-Wide Young People’s Forum, made up largely of African American youth, and the C.P. influenced People’s Unemployment League.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Baltimore, Md. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Massachusetts

 

Communist Party of Massachusetts. The Yankee Organizer. [Boston, Mass.?: CPUSA, 193u. Journal, 1930s.

Holmes, Judith Larrabee. “The Politics of Anti-Communism in Massachusetts, 1930-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1996. Finds there were “pockets of anticommunist activity throughout the state. These pockets were peopled with conservative Yankees, professional anticommunists, Catholic legislators and opportunist labor leaders. However, the ideas driving each group were quite different. What this study shows is the usefulness of anticommunism in helping Americans find common political ground across class and ethnic differences.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the State of Massachusetts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the New England Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Michigan

 

Abramowitz, Howard. “Historians and the Red Scare of 1919-1920 in Detroit.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987. “The widely accepted view among historians that the Red Scare was a hysteria is not supported by our own study of Detroit, nor, to a more limited extent, of a number of other locations.  The evidence fails to demonstrate that large masses of Detroiters were in active ferment over an alleged radical threat.”

Armstrong, William John. “Red Scare in Bridgman.” Michigan History 80 (December 1996).

Doody, Colleen Patrice. “Anticommunism in America: Detroit’s Cold War, 1945–1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 2005.

Glaberman, Martin. “The Left in the Detroit Labour Movement.” Labour/Le Travail [Canada] 26 (Fall 1990).

Halpern, Martin. “‘I’m Fighting for Freedom’: Coleman Young, HUAC and the Detroit African American Community.” Journal of American Ethnic History 17, no. 1 (Fall 1997). On HCUA hearings and other measures affecting UAW Local 600, the Civil Rights Congress, and the National Negro Labor Council.  “An examination of the repressive drive against left-wing African American leaders and organizations in Detroit shows that while nearly all the left-wing organization were destroyed, a left-progressive leadership trend retained a base of support in the community and weathered the storm.”

Harris, Jerry. “Reds, Racial Justice, and Civil Liberties: Michigan Communists During the Cold War.” Science & Society 63, no. 2 (Summer 1999).

Heale, M. J. “The Triumph of Liberalism? Red Scare Politics in Michigan, 1938-1954.” Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 139, no. 1 (1995). Liberal Democratic Governor G. Mennen Williams worked to depoliticize the issue of Communists in government and unions by alternately resisting and co-opting antisubversive efforts.  The end of the Korean War greatly reduced public interest in the issue.

Johnson, Christopher H. Maurice Sugar: Law, Labor, and the Left in Detroit, 1912-1950. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1988.

Klug, Thomas A. “Labor Market Politics in Detroit: The Curious Case of the ‘Spolansky Act’ of 1931.” Michigan Historical Review 14, no. 1 (1988). Resenting foreign workers flooding the market, the Detroit Federation of Labor supported passage of the industry-sponsored Spolansky Act providing for alien registration and for the deportation from Michigan of “undesirable aliens” who participated in Communist activities.

Lovin, Hugh T. “CIO Innovators, Labor Party Ideologues,  and Organized Labor’s Muddles in the 1937 Detroit Elections.” Old Northwest 8 (Fall 1982). Notes Communist participation in labor political action in Detroit.

Masty, Sue Ellen. “Labor and Radicalism in Detroit, 1919-1920.” Master’s essay. Wayne State University, 1980.

Nelson, Bruce. “Industrial Workers and Electoral Politics in Detroit and Alquippa, 1937-1941.” Paper presented at the North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1989.

Pintzuk, Edward C. Reds, Racial Justice, and Civil Liberties: Michigan Communists During the Cold War. Minneapolis, MN: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1997.

Pintzuk, Edward Carl. “Going Down Fighting: The Michigan Communist Party After World War II.” Ph.D. diss. Wayne State University, 1992. Finds that after World War II the Michigan C.P. fought bravely, nobly, idealistically, and almost alone for civil rights and civil liberties against malevolent, evil pro-capitalist police and state oppression; finds that the C.P. raised political consciousness, combated racial discrimination, promoted equal rights and made denial of the Bill of Rights more difficult.

Schertzing, Phillip Daniel. “‘Against All Enemies and Opposers Whatever’: The Michigan State Police Crusade Against the ‘Un-Americans,’ 1917--1977.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1999.

Smith, Mike. “Let’s Make Detroit a Union Town: The History of Labor and the Working Class in the Motor City.” Michigan Historical Review 27, no. 2 (2001).

Stevenson, Marshall Field, Jr. “Points of Departure. Acts of Resolve: Black-Jewish Relations in Detroit, 1937-1962.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1988. Discusses role of Communist unionists in black-Jewish relations.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Detroit Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the State of Michigan. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Wolfinger, James. “The Strange Career of Frank Murphy: Conservatives, State-Level Politics, and the End of the New Deal.” Historian 65, no. 2 (Winter 2002). On the Dies Committee’s investigation of the role of Communists in the auto industry sit-down strike and tying Governor Frank Murphy to the strike for partisan purposes.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Minnesota

 

Brunfelt, Pamela A. “An American Communist: Karl Emil Nygard.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Minnesota State University-Mankato, 2000.

Brunfelt, Pamela A. “Karl Emil Nygard: Minnesota’s Communist Mayor.” Minnesota History 58, no. 3 (2002). Nygard, mayor for one term in the small Minnesota town of Crosby, was probably the only open Communist ever to hold a mayoralty.

Faue, Elizabeth. “Women, Work and Community: Minneapolis 1929-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1988.

Fudge, Tom. “Moscow on the Mississippi.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Brief survey of the CPUSA in Minnesota.

Hudelson, Richard. “The Inimitable Jack Carney and the Duluth Radicals.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, 1989. Discusses Carney and the Duluth radical newspaper Labor Leader (later entitled Truth) just prior to Carney’s taking part in the founding of the American Communist movement.

Hudelson, Richard. “Duluth’s Scandinavian Left, 1880-1950.” Swedish-American Historical Quarterly 53 (July 2002).

Hudelson, Richard, and Carl Ross. By the Ore Docks: A Working People’s History of Duluth. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2006. Includes a history of the CPUSA in Duluth.

Meerse, Katherine Clare. “Progressives for Peace and Social Justice: The Minnesota Branch of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, 1921-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1999.

Nord, David Paul. “Hothouse Socialism: Minneapolis, 1910-1925.” In Socialism in the Heartland: The Midwestern Experience, 1900-1925, edited by Donald T. Critchlow. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1986. Briefly discusses the backlash among Minnesota labor leaders to Communist conduct at the 1924 national Farmer-Labor convention and the 1925 reorganization of the Minneapolis Trades and Labor Assembly into the Central Labor Union and the linked expulsion of Communists.

Pinola, Rudolph. “Labor and Politics on the Iron Range of Northern Minnesota.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Notes a Communist role in organizing Northern Minnesota unions in the 1930s.

Ross, Carl. “How Far We Have Come: A Report on the 20th-Century Radicalism in Minnesota Project.” Labor History 51, no. 4 (Winter 1988). Discusses documenting Communist history in Minnesota; emphasizes the ethnic roots of radical politics.

Ross, Carl. Radicalism in Minnesota, 1900-1960: A Survey of Selected Sources. St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Historical Society Press, 1994.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Union and Ethnic Group Influence in the 1938 Election on the Minnesota Iron Ranges.” Journal of the West 42, no. 3 (2003).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Minneapolis, Minn., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

****************************************************************

 

Minnesota Farmer-Labor and Democratic-Farmer-Labor Parties

 

Berman, Hyman. “Political Antisemitism in Minnesota During the Great Depression.” Jewish Social Studies 38, no. 3-4 (Summer-Fall 1976). Notes the use of anti-Communist as well as anti-Semitic themes in political attacks on Farmer-Labor Party Governor Elmer Benson of Minnesota; notes the role of Communists in the Benson administration.

Cecil, Elmer J. “The Farmer-Labor Party of Minnesota: Reasons for Its Short Duration.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1960.

Delton, Jennifer. “Labor, Politics, and African American Identity in Minneapolis, 1930-1950.” Minnesota History 57, no. 8 (2001).

Delton, Jennifer A. Making Minnesota Liberal: Civil Rights and the Transformation of the Democratic Party. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2002.

Dobbs, Farrell. Teamster Politics. New York: Monad Press, 1975. Discusses political activity of Minneapolis Teamster Trotskyists in Minnesota politics, including their bitter struggle with the Communist-led faction of the Farmer-Labor party.

Gieske, Millard L. Minnesota Farmer-Laborism: The Third-Party Alternative. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1979. Notes the Communist party’s entrance into the powerful Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement in the mid-1930s.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Researching Minnesota History in Moscow.” Minnesota History 54, no. 1 (Spring 1994). Discusses documents found in Comintern archives dealing with the CPUSA in Minnesota politics in the mid-1930s, particularly Communists entrance into the Minnesota Farmer-Labor party during the Popular Front period and the ensuing factionalism over their activities.  Discusses  1939 Comintern instructions that the CPUSA remove Clarence Hathaway from the CPUSA‘s leadership for his failure to control an alcohol problem.

Haynes, John Earl. “Farm Coops and the Election of Hubert Humphrey to the Senate.” Agricultural History 57, no. 2 (Fall 1983). Notes the role of farm coops in aiding Humphrey’s anti-Communist faction in its fight to control Minnesota’s Democratic-Farmer-Labor party in 1948.

Haynes, John Earl. “Liberals, Communists, and the Popular Front in Minnesota: The Struggle to Control the Political Direction of the Labor Movement and Organized Liberalism, 1936-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1979. Similar to Haynes'  Dubious Alliance except for greater coverage of internal labor movement activity and additional detail.

Haynes, John Earl. “Minnesota Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party.” In The American Midwest: An Interpretive Encyclopedia, edited by Richard Sisson, Christian K. Zacher, and Andrew R. L. Cayton. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2006.

Haynes, John Earl. “Myth and Reality in the Image of Minnesota Politics.” Paper presented at Minnesota  Historical Society Conference. Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1984. Discusses the gap between the myth of Hubert Humphrey’s dominant role in the creation of the DFL party when, while he was an important figure, he was not one of the principals in the merger negotiations.

Haynes, John Earl. “Reformers, Radicals, Conservatives.” In Minnesota in a Century of Change: The State and Its People Since 1900, edited by Clifford E. Clark. St. Paul: Minnesota Historical Society Press, 1989. Notes influential role of Communists in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor and Democratic-Farmer-Labor parties in 1935-48.

Haynes, John Earl. Dubious Alliance: The Making of Minnesota’s DFL Party. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1984. Detailed narrative history of the conflict within Minnesota liberal institutions between a Popular Front faction, which included a leading Communist party element, and anti-Communist liberals.  The struggle began in 1936 when Communists entered the powerful Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party and ended in 1948 when Hubert Humphrey’s anti-Communist liberals established their control over the Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party.  See Dubious Alliance

Henrickson, Gary P. “Minnesota in the ‘McCarthy’ Period: 1946-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1981. Finds that anticommunism in Minnesota was elite-led, not of local origin, and inspired by national political leaders.  Discusses attacks on University of Minnesota faculty and the purge of Left elements from the Democratic-Farmer-Labor party.  Sees no significant Communist influence in Minnesota.

Holbo, Paul Sothe. “The Politics of the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1955.

Humola, Hulda F. “The Farmer-Labor Party in Minnesota, 1930-38.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1944. Notes growing influence of Communists in Farmer-Labor affairs under Governor Benson.

Johnson, Frederick L. “From Leavenworth to Congress: The Improbable Journey of Francis H. Shoemaker.” Minnesota History 51, no. 5 (Spring 1989). Shoemaker, a political trouble maker, eccentric radical, and one-term Farmer-Labor congressman from Minnesota (1933-1934), was Wisconsin organizer for the Western Progressive Farmers and American Progressive Farmers in the mid-1920s.

Krause, Fayette F. “A Study of Left Wing Politics in the Roosevelt Era.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1966. Sees little Communist party influence in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement.

Lebedoff, David. The 21st Ballot: A Political Party Struggle in Minnesota. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1969. On the 1966 struggle in the DFL Party over the gubernatorial nomination.

Lebedoff, David. Ward Number Six. New York: Scribner, 1972. Discusses the entry of radicals into the DFL party in 1968.

Mayer, George H. The Political Career of Floyd B. Olson. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1951. Discusses the reaction of Minnesota’s Farmer-Labor governor to the Trotskyist-led Teamster strike.

Millikan, William. “Maintaining ‘Law and Order’: The Minneapolis Citizen’s Alliance in the 1920s.” Minnesota History 51, no. 6 (Summer 1989). Discusses a business sponsored anti-radical organization.

Millikan, William. “The Red-Baiting of Kenneth C. Haycraft.” Minnesota History 54, no. 4 (Winter 1994). Haycraft, a 1937 Farmer-Labor candidate for mayor of Minneapolis, was denounced as a Communist during his later military career, but rebutted the charges.  Ridicules the idea that Communists had a significant role in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement.

Mitau, G. Theodore. “The Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party Schism of 1948.” Minnesota History 34 (Spring 1955). Describes the split between anti-Communist liberals under Hubert Humphrey and pro-Wallace “progressives” under Elmer Benson.

Montgomery, David. “The Farmer-Labor Party.” In Working for Democracy: American Workers from the Revolution to the Present, edited by Paul Buhle and Alan Dawley. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1985. Didactic summary of Farmer-Labor history from a hard-left perspective.

Naftalin, Arthur A. “A History of the Farmer-Labor Party of Minnesota.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1948. Sees significant Communist infiltration into the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party in the 1930s.  Written by a leading figure in Hubert Humphrey’s anti-Communist DFL liberal faction.

O’Connell, Thomas Gerald. “Toward the Cooperative Commonwealth: An Introductory History of the Farmer-Labor Movement in Minnesota (1917-1948).” Ph.D. diss. New York, NY: Union Graduate School [Union Institute], 1979. [August, 2002]. Sympathetic to Popular Front politics and regards the Communist role in the FLP as benign.

Schultz, Robert Troger. “Beyond the Fall: Class Conflict and Social, Cultural, and Political Change, Minnesota, 1916-1935.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1991. Discusses the Farmer-Labor party.

Sezun, Sonya. “The Impact of the Cold War on Iron Range Politics.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society conference, 1990.

Shields, James M. Mr. Progressive: A Biography of Elmer Austin Benson. Minneapolis, MN: Denison, 1971. Laudatory biography of a Minnesota Farmer Labor governor and U.S. Senator and later headed Wallace’s 1948 Progressive party.  Written by a leading Minnesota Popular Front liberal.

Stuhler, Barbara. “The One Man Who Voted ‘Nay,’ The Story of John T. Bernard’s Quarrel With American Foreign Policy 1937-1939.” Minnesota History 43, no. 3 (Fall 1972). Recounts, without noting his Communist party links, Farmer-Labor Representative Barnard’s support for an anti-Fascist foreign policy.

Tselos, George. “The Farmer-Labor Party in Minnesota: 1918-1944.” International Socialist Review 32, no. 5 (1971). Argues that the success of the FLP’s class-conscious policies faded in the late 1930s as the influence of the Communist Party’s Popular Front stance caused it to offer no radical alternative to the New Deal.

Valelly, Richard M. “State-Level Radicalism and the Nationalization of American Politics: The Case of the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1984.

Valelly, Richard M. Radicalism in the States: The Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party and the American Political Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Discusses the factors transforming the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party from a unique state-level radical movement into a more typical participant in national liberal politics.  Stresses the Farmer-Labor party’s dependence on patronage and the tendency of the New Deal’s national social programs to vitiate state-level radicalism.

Woodbury, Marda. “Stopping the Presses the Murder of Walter W. Liggett.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1995.

Woodbury, Marda. “Researching an Assassination.” IRE Journal 19, no. 1 (January-February 1996). On the murder of Walter Liggett, an investigative journalist writing about Farmer-Labor politics, radicalism, and corruption in Minnesota in the mid-1930s.

Woodbury, Marda. Stopping the Presses: The Murder of Walter W. Liggett. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1998. Liggett’s widow successfully sued the Daily Worker for criminal and civil libel for statements made regarding Liggett, a journalist assassinated in Minnesota.  The case, involved with Liggett’s investigations of political corruption and Farmer-Labor party politics, was never officially solved.  Woodbury is Liggett’s daughter.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Missouri

 

Johnson, Ronald W. “The Communist Issue in Missouri: 1946-1956.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1973. Critical survey of popular anticommunism; treats it as largely evil paranoid fantasy about a nonexistent threat, although noting a significant Communist party presence in the Missouri UE.

Johnson, Ronald W. “The Korean War Red Scare in Missouri.” Red River Valley Historical Review 4, no. 2 (1979).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the St. Louis, Mo. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Nebraska

 

Dahlstrom, H. A. “Kenneth S. Wherry.” Ph.D. diss. University of Nebraska, 1965. Biography of a prominent post-World War II Republican anti-Communist spokesman.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Nevada

 

McCarran, Sister Margaret Patricia. “Patrick Anthony McCarran, 1876-1954.” Nevada Historical Society Quarterly 11&13, no. 3/4&1 (1969). Biography of long-time Democratic Senator by his daughter.  Discusses his strong anti-Communist views.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: New Hampshire

 

Chase, Norah C. “Elba Chase Nelson, Head of the CPNH, and New Hampshire Red Scare Politics.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference of Women History. Wellesley College, 1987.

Chase, Norah C. “Communist Political Activity and Daily Life: Elba Chase Nelson in Rural New Hampshire.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discussed Elba Chase Nelson‘s blend of her life as a rural farm homemaker with that of a Communist militant.

Chase, Norah C. “A Woman‘s Way of Revolution: How Elba Chase Nelson Became a Communist Leader in New England.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1995.

Tunis, Mildred. “Elba Chase Nelson.” Dartmouth College Library Bulletin (1968). Biographical essay on a New Hampshire Communist Party activist who later became a Maoist.

Williams, David. “‘Sowing the Wind’: The Deportation Raids of 1920 in New Hampshire.” Historical New Hampshire 34 (Spring 1979). Discusses arrest of 260 suspected alien radicals and their release through the effort of Weston Anderson.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: New Jersey

 

Grover, Warren. Nazis in Newark. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 2003. Discusses the role of Communists in the anti-Nazi movement in New Jersey in the 1930s and the disruptions caused by the shift in Communist policies in line with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Price, C. “The Struggle to Desegregate Newark, N.J., 1932-47.” New Jersey History 99 (Fall-Winter 1981).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Newark, N.J. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration and Activities in Newark, N.J. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: New York

 

Bell, Daniel. “New York’s Third Parties.” Common Sense, June 1948.

Bone, Hugh A. “Political Parties in New York City.” American Political Science Review 40 (April 1946).

Colburn, David R. “Governor Alfred E. Smith and the Red Scare, 1919-1920.” Political Science Quarterly 88, no. 3 (1973). “During the height of the Red Scare of 1919-20, the governor of New York took a strong civil-libertarian and social-reformist position, helping to dampen public fears about a Bolshevik revolution in America.”

Communist Party of the United States of America. Manhattan Communist Bulletin. New York: Communist Party of the United States of America, 1948. Journal, 1948.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Clarity: Discussion Bulletin of the Communist Party of New York State. New York, N.Y.: Communist Party of New York State, 1968. Journal, 1968-.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Party Voice. [New York]: N.Y. State Communist Party, 1953. Journal.

Communist Party of the United States of America. New York State Committee. State Bulletin. [New York, NY?]: The Committee, 19uu. Journal.

Communist Political Association of New York State. Clarity. New York, N.Y.: Education Dept., N.Y. State Communist Party, 1943. Journal, 1943.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. Working-Class New York: Life and Labor Since World War II. New York: New Press, distr. by W.W. Norton, 2000.

Gerson, Simon W. Pete: The Story of Peter V. Cacchione, New York’s First Communist Councilman. New York: International Publishers, 1976. Hagiography.

Godfried, Nathan. “Struggling Over Politics and Culture: Organized Labor and Radio Station WEVD During the 1930s.” Labor History 42, no. 4 (2001).

Holzka, Jane. “‘Government by Misrepresentation’: Repression, Civil Liberties, and Political Change in the New York State Assembly in 1920.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1992. Antiradicalism in 1920.

Jaffe, Julian F. Crusade Against Radicalism: New York During the Red Scare, 1914-1924. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1972. Study of the attacks on Socialists, anarchists, and the new Communist Party by public authorities in New York.

Jaffe, Julian F. “Red Scare and the New York Schools: 1917-1920.” Montclair Journal of Social Sciences and the Humanities 1, no. 1 (1972).

Josephson, Harold. “The Dynamics of Repression: New York During the Red Scare.” Mid-America 59, no. 3 (1977).

Miller, Edward D. “Civic Voices: The Case of the Socialist Radio Station, WEVD.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Naison, Mark. “From Eviction Resistance to Rent Control: Tenant Activism in the Great Depression.” In The Tenant Movement in New York City, 1904-1984, edited by Ronald Lawson and Mark Naison. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1986. Discusses the CPUSA’s involvement in the Harlem Tenants League of 1928-9, the Unemployed Councils (eviction resistance and rent strikes in the early 1930s), and the City-Wide Tenants Council in the late 1930s.  The party did not control the City-Wide Tenants Council, unlike former organizations, but was a “definite presence in its ranks, influencing its policies and its network of alliances....  The City-Wide Tenants Council embodied the ethos of the Popular Front Left: simultaneously seeking respectability and projecting identification with the downtrodden; mingling mass protest techniques with sophisticated political bargaining.”

Nevins, Allan. Herbert H. Lehman and His Era. New York: Scribner, 1963. Lehman was an anti-Communist liberal Senator from New York.

New York (State) Assembly Judiciary Committee. Proceedings of the Judiciary Committee of the Assembly in the Matter of the Investigation by the Assembly of the State of New York as to the Qualifications of Louis Waldman, August Claessens, Samuel A. De Witt, Samuel Orr and Charles Colomon, to Retain Their Seats in Said Body... Albany: J. B. Lyon company, printers, 1920. On the expulsion of Socialist Party legislators from the New York legislature due to the S.P.’s opposition to World War I.

New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee. Report of the Joint Legislative Committee to Investigate the Administration and Enforcement of the Law. Albany, New York: J.B. Lyon Company, printers, 1939. Report of the McNaboe investigation examining anti-subversive statutes.

Pfannestiel, Todd J. “Rethinking the Red Scare: The Lusk Committee and New York State’s Fight Against Radicalism, 1919-1923.” Thesis (Ph.D). College of William and Mary, 2001.

Pfannestiel, Todd J. Rethinking the Red Scare: The Lusk Committee and New York’s Crusade Against Radicalism, 1919-1923. New York: Routledge, 2003.  Includes: The underlying causes of the red scare -- The formation of the Lusk Committee -- Origins and operations of the Soviet bureau -- Reactions from businessmen and the Committee -- The Rand School vs. the Lusk Committee -- From the courtroom to the Legislature.

Prosterman, Daniel. “Working Democracy: Labor’s Struggle for Power in the New York City Council, 1936-1947.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

Prosterman, and Daniel O. “Creating a Cold War at Home: Electoral Reform, Anti-Communism, and the Struggle to Define Democracy in New York City, 1935--1947.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2006.

Ray, Gerda W. “Sixty-Five Boxes: New York State Police Surveillance File.” OAH Newsletter 18, no. 3 (August 1990). Describes the collection at the New York State Archives and the history of how the files arrived.

Ray, Gerda W. “Informal Cooperation and Formal Coordination: The Role of the New York State Police in Political Surveillance, 1940-1975.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Schwartz, Joel. “Tenant Power in the Liberal City, 1943-1971.” In The Tenant Movement in New York City, 1904-1984, edited by Ronald Lawson and Mark Naison. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1986. Contains vague references to Communist involvement with other radicals and the American Labor party in tenant protests in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Shefter, Martin. “Political Incorporation and the Extrusion of the Left: Party Politics and Social Forces in New York City.” Studies in American Political Development 1 (1986).

Siener, William H. “The Red Scare Revisited: Radicals and the Anti-Radical Movement in Buffalo, 1919-1920.” New York History 79, no. 1 (1998).

Urofsky, Melvin I. “Note on the Expulsion of Five Socialists.” New York History 47 (1966). Discusses the expulsion of elected Socialist legislators from the New York Legislature.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the New York City Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Eight parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Albany, N.Y. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the New York Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Buffalo, N.Y., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

Vadney, Thomas E. “Politics of Repression: Case Study of Red Scare in New York.” New York History 49, no. 1 (1968). Says Speaker Thaddeus C. Sweet led the successful campaign to expel five Socialist assemblymen from the New York State Assembly and hoped to use the incident as a basis for a campaign for governorship, but his strategy misfired.  A significant segment of the public and press was outraged, and Sweet’s campaign collapsed.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Uncivil War: An Oral History of Labor, Communism, and Community in Schenectady, New York, 1944-1954.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Zeller, Belle, and Hugh A. Bone. “The Repeal of P.R. in New York City.” American Political Science Review 42 (1948). Notes the desire to minimize Communist party electoral success as a cause of the repeal of proportional representation in New York City.

****************************************************************

 

New York: American Labor Party

 

Bakunin, Jack. “The Role of the Socialists in the Formation of the American Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. College of the City of New York, 1965. Discusses Socialist attitudes toward Communist participation in the ALP.

Carter, Robert Frederick. “Pressure From the Left: The American Labor Party, 1936-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1965. Surveys the political history of the ALP.

Hardman, J.B.S. “The Late-Lamented American Labor Party.” Labor and Nation, January-February 1948.

Licht, Walter. “An Analysis of a Political Experiment: The American Labor Party (1936-1940).” Senior Thesis. Harvard University, 1967.

Sarasohn, Stephen Beisman. “The Struggle for Control of the American Labor Party 1936-1948.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1948.

Stern, Sheila Irene. “The American Labor Party, 1936-1944.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1964.

Stewart, William James. “A Political History of the American Labor Party, 1936-1944.” Master’s thesis. American University, 1959.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The American Labor Party: Third Party Politics in New Deal-Cold War New York, 1936-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1977. Well researched and well written history of the American Labor Party; discusses the powerful role of the Communist party in the ALP and the nature of the Popular Front alliance as well as the opposition of many Socialists labor leaders who had founded the ALP to the Communist presence.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The Party and the Polling Place: American Communism and an American Labor Party in the 1930’s.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (1980). Well researched history of the role of the Communist party in New York’s American Labor Party.  Discusses the nature of the Popular Front stance.

Wolfe, Allan. “The Withering Away of the American Labor Party.” Rutgers University Library Journal 31 (1968)

****************************************************************

 

New York: Vito Marcantonio

 

Bingham, Arthur Walker. “The Congressional Elections of Vito Marcantonio.” Senior thesis. Harvard University, 1950.

Blum, Jacob, and John Wilhelm. “Vito Marcantonio: The Politics of Dissent.” Honors thesis. Yale University, 1967.

Jackson, Peter. “Vito Marcantonio and Ethnic Politics in New York.” Ethnic and Racial Studies [U.K.] 6, no. 1 (1983).

Kaner, Norman J. “Toward a Minority of One: Vito Marcantonio and American Foreign Policy.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1968.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “Vito Marcantonio, Labor and the New Deal 1935-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Vito Marcantonio, Labor and the New Deal 1935-1940, 1966.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “The New Deal, the Immigrants and Congressman Vito Marcantonio.” International Migration Review 4, no. 2 (1970). Discusses the conflict between Representative Marcantonio, a close ally of the Communist party, with the Roosevelt administration over immigration policies.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “Vito Marcantonio: A Study in the Functional and Ideological Dynamics of a Labor Politician.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (Summer 1972).

LaGumina, Salvatore John. Vito Marcantonio: The People’s Politician. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co., 1969.

Lieberman, Donna. “Vito Marcantonio: A Biographical Study.” Senior honors thesis. Brandeis  University, 1969.

Marcantonio, Vito. I Vote My Conscience Debates, Speeches and Writings of Vito Marcantonio, 1935-1950. Edited by Annette Rubenstein. New York: Vito Marcantonio Memorial, 1956.

Meyer, Gerald. “Vito Marcantonio, a Successful New York City Radical Politician.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1984.

Meyer, Gerald. Vito Marcantonio: Radical Politician, 1902-1954. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1989. Concludes that Marcantonio’s political strength was based on a personal political machine, ethnic appeals to Italians and Puerto Ricans, and money and manpower supplied by the Communist party.  “Marcantonio’s electoral success contradicts the assumption that a radical can only be elected under very special circumstances and then must either join the mainstream or be defeated.... Marcantonio controlled the most efficient and elaborate political machine in New York city....  While not a Communist, Marcantonio was closely allied -- ideologically and organizationally -- with the Communist Party.  This work examines closely the nature of this relationship and reveals what resources the Party provided Marcantonio.  This in turn shows ways that the Party contributed to aspects of American political reality which are not often acknowledged.” (from abstract)

Sasuly, Richard. “Vito Marcantonio: The People’s Politician.” In American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities., edited by Harvey Goldberg. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957.

Schaffer, Alan. Vito Marcantonio, Radical in Congress. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1966.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The FBI, Congressman Vito Marcantonio, and the American Labor Party.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

 

New York: Liberal Party

 

Davidson, Ben. “New York’s Liberal Party.” New Leader, 22 January 1951.

Flournoy, Houston Irvine. “The Liberal Party in New York State.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1956. A history of the withdrawal of the International Ladies Garment Workers Union and other anti-Communists Socialists and liberals from the American Labor Party to form the rival Liberal Party.

Link, Dan. “‘The Very Fate of American Democracy’: Liberal Anticommunism and the New York City Mayoral Campaigns of 1945 and 1949.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Link, Daniel J. “‘Every Day Was a Battle’: Liberal Anticommunism in Cold War New York, 1944–1956.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2006.

Steinbock, Julius. “The Emergence of the Liberal Party in New York State: A Study in Minor Parties.” Master’s thesis. Ohio State University, 1947. Anti-Communist leftist who withdrew from the American Labor Party formed the Liberal Party.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: North Carolina

 

Hatcher, Susan Arden. “The Senatorial Career of Clyde R. Hoey.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1983. Notes that Hoey of North Carolina was both a strong anti-Communist and hostile to Senator McCarthy.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the North Carolina Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: North Dakota

 

Pratt, William C. “Socialism on the Northern Plains, 1900-1924.” South Dakota History 18, no. 1&2 (Spring/Summer 1988). Notes that when the small but lively Socialist party in Nebraska, South Dakota, and North Dakota disintegrated in 1916-1919, its adherents went in many directions.  Some activists turned to the farmers’ Nonpartisan League (NPL), others took roles in farm organizations such as the Farmers Union, many dropped out of politics, and a few joined the Ku Klux Klan.  A portion also turned to Communism.  In Williams County, North Dakota in 1924 the local farmers’ NPL endorsed Andrew C. Miller for the state legislature.  When the NPL discovered that Miller was a member of the Workers Party (Communist), it disassociated itself from his campaign.  Miller, nonetheless, won election and was the first known Communist legislator in the U.S.  Several former North Dakota S.P. activists were later active in the C.P.’s United Farmers Educational League.  Henry R. Martinson, last state S.P. secretary and the future poet laureate of North Dakota was likely a secret C.P. member in the 1920s.

Putnam, Jackson. “The Socialist Party of North Dakota.” Master’s thesis. University of North Dakota. Grand Forks, N.D., 1956.

Sannes, Erling N. “Queen of the Lecture Platform: Kate Richards O’Hare and North Dakota Politics, 1917-1921.” North Dakota History 58 (Fall 1991).

Talbot, Ross B. “The North Dakota Farmers Union and North Dakota Politics.” Western Political Quarterly 10 (December 1957)

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Ohio

 

Anderson, Michael J. “McCarthyism Before McCarthy: Anti-Communism in Cincinnati and the Nation During the Election of 1944.” Ohio History 99 (Winter/Spring 1990). Sees Senator Taft, Governor Bricker, Cincinnati Mayor James Stewart and other Republicans in 1944 as “smearing liberal activism as communist” and Taft specifically “smearing the Civil Rights movement.”  Sees radicalism in Cincinnati as “largely nonexistent” and, although noting “communist components” in the CIO, does not treat American Communists as an active force.  Says Cincinnati newspapers gave heavy stress and a hysterical tone to the Communist issue and that the Ohio CIO hit back by linking the Republicans to Hitler, Hirohito, and Edward Smythe, a native fascist under indictment for sedition.  Notes that some Democrats and CIO spokesman distanced themselves from communism and foreshadowed their postwar anticommunism.  Suggests that the Ohio case supports seeing anticommunism not as a Cold War phenomenon but as part of “a larger anti-radical process that has been a constant in modern American history.”

Bellamy, John S., II. “Red Dawn in Cleveland: The 1919 May Day Riots.” Timeline 21 (January-February 2004).

Collett, Wallace T. McCarthyism in Cincinnati. The Bettman-Collett Affair. Wallingford, PA: Pendle Hill Publications? 2002. Memoir by a participant of a political battle over accusations of Communist links of Sydney Williams, director of the planning commission who had been recruited by Collett and Henry Bettman.

Gerckens, Laurence C. “The ‘Trial’ of Planning Director Sydney H. Williams.” Queen City Heritage 46, no. 4 (1988). On Williams removal by Cincinnati officials because of past Communist sympathies.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Ohio ‘Farmer-Labor’ Movement in the 1930s.” Ohio History 87 (Autumn 1978). Notices a passing interest in a Farmer-Labor party by Communist-aligned unions.

Shrake, Richard W., II. “Working Class Politics in Akron, Ohio, 1936: The Rubber Workers and the Failure of the Farmer-Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Akron, 1974. Notes Communist party involvement in the attempt to form a Farmer-Labor party.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Activities in the Cincinnati, Ohio, Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Columbus, Ohio, Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Dayton, Ohio Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Ohio Area; Testimony of Keve Bray. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Youngstown and Northern Ohio Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Cleveland Ohio, Area [Parts 1-2]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Oklahoma

 

Folsom, Burton W., Jr. “What Happened to Liberty When the Socialists Won an Election?” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). On Jack Walton, elected governor of Oklahoma in 1922 as a left-wing Democrat backed as well by the Socialist Party and other radicals, advocating state-owned railroads, utilities, banks and grain elevators and state enforced minimum prices for farm crops.  He also attempted to censor newspapers, placed the entire sate under martial law, and attempted to stop the legislature from meeting.  When it met, he was impeached and removed from office in 1923.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Oregon

 

Herzig, Jill H. “The Oregon Commonwealth Federation: The Rise and Decline of a Reform Organization.” Master’s thesis. University of Oregon, 1963. Notes a struggle between anti-Communists and a Communist-led Popular Front faction in the OCF in the late 1930s.

Lovin, Hugh T. “Toward a Farmer-Labor Party in Oregon, 1933-1938.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 76 (1975).

Mckay, Floyd J. “With Liberty For Some: Oregon Editors and the Challenge of Civil Liberties, 1942-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1995. Finds that while many editors resisted broad-brush McCarthyist attacks on public institutions, they failed to defend the right of Communists to government employment.

Murrell, Gary. “Perfection of Means, Confusion of Goals: The Military Career of Charles Henry Martin.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1994. Retired Major General Martin served two terms in the U.S. House and then served as Oregon Governor 1935-39.  To many Oregonians he was a hero. To others, he exemplified incipient fascism, part of the “Red Scare” mentality that  swept the Pacific Coast during the late 1920’s and 1930’s.  Martin was a dedicated anti-Communist, anti-New Deal Democrat who as governor employed a secret police unit that operated up and down the West Coast from Seattle to Los Angeles.

Murrell, Gary. “Hunting Reds in Oregon, 1935-39.” Oregon Historical Quarterly, Winter 1999.

Murrell, Gary. Iron Pants: Oregon’s Anti-New Deal Governor, Charles Henry Martin. Pullman: Washington State University Press, 2000. Martin retired from the U.S. Army in 1927 as a Major General.  He then served two terms in the House of Representatives from Oregon’s Third Congressional District and one term as Oregon’s Governor, 1935-39.  Throughout his term as Oregon’s Governor, Martin, a staunch anti-Communist and anti-radical, engaged in continual warfare with organized labor, both CIO and AFL, employed numerous secret agents who spied on various radical groups and individuals and used the Portland and State police red squads to gather information on radicals (Communists, socialists, members of the Oregon Commonwealth Federation) and his political enemies (state legislators, OCF leaders and reporters among others).

Smith, Arthur Robert. The Tiger in the Senate: The Biography of Wayne Morse. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1962. Morse was a prominent anti-Communist liberal Senator and later a critic of the Vietnam war.

Unruh, Gail Q. “Eternal Liberal: Wayne L. Morse and the Politics of Liberalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Pennsylvania

 

Heineman, Kenneth J. A Catholic New Deal: Religion and Reform in Depression Pittsburgh. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1999. Discusses Catholic Christian democratic ideas and anticommunism in the New Deal era.

Hoerr, John P. Harry, Tom, and Father Rice: Accusation and Betrayal in America’s Cold War. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2005.

Jenkins, Philip. The Cold War at Home: The Red Scare in Pennsylvania, 1945-1960. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1999. Finds that Communists were well positioned in some key labor unions, educational institutions, and ethnic organizations.   Emphasizes the anti-Communist activities of liberal politicians, labor leaders, and ethnic figures who feared CPUSA intrusion into their constituencies.  Stresses the deep roots of the state’s militant anticommunism.

McCormick, Charles. “From Seeing Reds to Being Feds: The Pittsburgh Bureau of Investigation Field Office in Transition.” Pennsylvania History 69 (Summer 2002).

McCormick, Charles H. Seeing Reds: Federal Surveillance of Radicals in the Pittsburgh Mill District, 1917-1921. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1997.

Musmanno, Michael Angelo. Across the Street from the Courthouse. Philadelphia: Dorrance, 1954. A Pittsburgh judge recounts his campaign against the Pennsylvania C.P.

Nelson, Steve. The 13th Juror: The Inside Story of My Trial. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1955. Nelson was tried under a Pennsylvania anti-sedition law.

Spencer, Thomas T. “‘Labor is with Roosevelt’: The Pennsylvania Labor Non-Partisan League and the Election of 1936.” 46, January 1979.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Philadelphia Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Current Strategy and Tactics of Communists in the United States: Greater Pittsburgh Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. three parts.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Revitalizing of the Communist Party in the Philadelphia Area. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Zaslow, Jeffrey. “When the Red Scare Hit Pittsburgh.” Pittsburgher Magazine, March 1980.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: South Dakota

 

Heidepriem, Scott. A Fair Chance for a Free People: Biography of Karl E. Mundt, United States Senator. Madison, SD: Leader Print. Co., 1988. Discusses Mundt’s relationship with HCUA, Senator Joe McCarthy, and Mundt’s harsh anti-Communist views.

Miller, John E. “McCarthyism Before McCarthy: The 1938 Election in South Dakota.” Heritage of the Great Plains 15 (Summer 1982).

Miller, John E. “Mundt Vs. McGovern: The 1960 Senate Election.” Heritage of the Great Plains 15 (Fall 1982).

Price, Ronald Dean. “The Rhetoric of Counter-Subversion: A Rhetorical Analysis of Selected Anti-Communism Speeches of U.S. Senator Karl E. Mundt.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1994. “The political persona Mundt developed in the 1936 campaign became  his rhetorical signature, his political style. The form was  accusatory; the content was anti-communism or counter-subversive.  Mundt’s universe of discourse was characterized by hyperbole, the use of balanced antithesis and alliteration for dramatic effect, the patterned use of god and devil terms.”

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: South Carolina

 

Gentry, Jonathan Daniel. “Seeing Red: Anti-Communism, Civil Liberties and the Struggle Against Dissent in North Carolina, 1949--1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Tennessee

 

Bowen, Michael. “Communism Vs. Republicanism: B. Carroll Reece and the Congressional Elections of 1946.” Journal of East Tennessee History 73 (2001): 39-52.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Texas

 

Carleton, Don E. “McCarthyism in Houston: The George Ebey Affair.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly 80, no. 2 (1976). Recounts the 1952 attack on a newly hired deputy school superintendent for Communist ties by the Minute Women and other militant anti-Communist and anti-liberal groups.

Carleton, Don E. “A Crisis of Rapid Change: The Red Scare in Houston, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1978. Blames Houston’s “Red Scare,” directed largely at school and several Methodist Church agencies, on the social stress of rapid growth; notes that concern about Communism appeared to some people to be legitimated by the activities of local Communists and a lengthy struggle within a National Maritime Union local between Communist and anti-Communist factions.

Carleton, Don E. Red Scare! Right-Wing Hysteria, Fifties Fanaticism, and Their Legacy in Texas. Austin: Texas Monthly Press, 1985.

Carleton, Don E. “‘McCarthyism Was More Than McCarthy’: Documenting the Red Scare at the State and Local Level [Houston as an Example].” Midwestern Archivist 12, no. 1 (1987).

Carney, Carolyn Ann. “The ‘City of Hate’: Anti-Communist and Conservative Attitudes in Dallas, Texas, 1950-1964.” Master’s thesis. University of Texas at Arlington, 1994.

Green, George N. “McCarthyism in Texas: The 1954 Campaign.” Southern Quarterly 16 (1978). Notes use of the Communist issue by Governor Allan Shivers, a Democrat-turned-Republican running for reelection, against Democrat Ralph Yarborough.

Southwick, Robert Cornelius, Jr. “Maco Stewart: A Texas Anti-New Deal Democrat.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1994. Stewart, a Galveston attorney, financier and civic  leader, played an important part in anti-radical politics in the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Utah

 

Hunt, Andrew. “Beyond the Spotlight: The Red Scare in Utah.” Utah Historical Quarterly 61, no. 4 (1993). The May Day bomb scare of 1919 stirred conservative groups, but police usually did not obstruct left-wing groups like the Socialist Party. The Palmer Raids ignored Utah, and a weakened IWW along with the strength of non-radicals in the state’s labor unions minimized the effects of the Red Scare.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Washington State

 

Acena, Albert A. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation: Reform Politics and the Popular Front.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1975. Detailed scholarly study of the WCF and its role in Washington state liberal politics.  Notes that the WCF was controlled by a Popular Front faction secretly dominated by the Communist party.

Curwick, Stephanie. “War and Red Scare: 1940-1960.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002. <http://faculty.washington.edu/gregoryj/cpproject/curwick.htm>.

Dembo, Jonathan. “Washington State Labor Politics During World War II, 1942-1945.” Journal of the West 25, no. 3 (1986). Notes Communist role in CIO and Washington liberal politics.

Gregory, James, ed. “Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project.” Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies, University of Washington, 2002. Includes web essays: Black, Gordon. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early 1930s”; Curwick, Stephanie. “War and Red Scare: 1940-1960”; Gregory, James. “Toward a History of Communism in Washington State”; Grijalva, Brian. “Organizing the Unemployed: The 1930s and 1940s”; Ko, Daeha. “Rough Beginnings: The 1920s”; Landis, Paul. “A Partial Revival: The 1960s”; Phipps, Jennifer. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation & Washington Pension Union”; Pinckney, Shelley. “Race and Civil Rights: The 1930s & 1940s”; Spath, Marian. “The Twilight Years: 1970-2002”;

Gregory, James. “Toward a History of Communism in Washington State.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Gregory, James. “Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project.” Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Ko, Daeha. “Rough Beginnings: The 1920s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Krause, Fayette F. “Democratic Party Politics in the State of Washington During the New Deal, 1932-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1971. Describes a powerful Popular Front faction with a significant Communist presence in the Washington Democratic Party.

Landis, Paul. “A Partial Revival: The 1960s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

LeWarne, Charles P. “The Bolsheviks Land in Seattle: The Shilka Incident of 1917.” Arizona and the West 20 (Spring 1978).

Miller, Margaret. “The Washington Pension Union and Labor-Left Politics in the 1940s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Miller, Margaret. “The Left’s Turn: Labor, Welfare, Politics and Social Movements in Washington State, 1937-1973.” Ph.D. diss. Seattle: University of Washington, 2000.

Miller, Margaret. “Negotiating Cold War Politics: The Washington Pension Union and the Labor Left in the 1940s and 1950s.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Phipps, Jennifer. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation & Washington Pension Union.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Pinckney, Shelley. “Race and Civil Rights: The 1930s & 1940s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Saltvig, Robert. “The Tragic Legend of Laura Law.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 78, no. 3 (1987). The unsolved 1940 murder of Laura Law, wife of Aberdeen, Washington, labor leader Dick Law resulted in accusations and rumors of the murder involving anti-labor business interests, Communist and anti-Communist factions of the International Woodworkers of America and the Finnish community.

Soden, Dale Edward. “Mark Allison Matthews: Seattle’s Southern Preacher.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1980. Discusses the popular anti-Communism of a influential Presbyterian minister in Seattle, 1902-1940.

Spath, Marian. “The Twilight Years: 1970-2002.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Pacific Northwest Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952-54. Includes testimony identifying former Washington congressman and Washington Commonwealth Federation leader Hugh DeLacy as a secret C.P. member.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Seattle, Washington Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Seattle General Strike of 1919

 

Friedheim, Robert L. The Seattle General Strike. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1964. Comprehensive history of the Seattle general strike of 1919.

Hanson, Ole. Americanism Versus Bolshevism. Garden City: Doubleday, Page & Company, 1920. Mayor of Seattle describes his defeat of the general strike as the crushing of a Bolshevik coup.

Lairen, Terje. “Ole and the Reds: The ‘Americanism’ of Seattle Mayor Ole Hansen.” Norwegian-American Studies 30 (1985). Mayor Hansen worked to defeat the Seattle general strike of 1919.

O’Connor, Harvey. Revolution in Seattle: A Memoir. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1964. Discusses the Seattle general strike.

Rosenthal, Rob. “Nothing Moved but the Tide: The Seattle General Strike of 1919.” Labor’s Heritage 4, no. 3 (Fall 1992). Sees the strike as a success because it promoted class identification and radicalism.

****************************************************************

 

Washington Joint Legislative Fact-Finding Committee (Canwell Committee)

 

Countryman, Vern. Un-American Activities in the State of Washington: the Work of the Canwell Committee. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1951. On the Washington Joint Legislative Fact-Finding Committee headed by Albert F. Canwell.

Davis, Jeffrey A. “The Goldmark Case: A Study in Political Ideology.” Pacific Northwest Forum 5, no. 2 (1992). Examines the passionate anticommunism of Donald Caron, Ashley Holden, and Albert Canwell, three men sued for libel by John Goldmark who charged that their attempts to link him to the Communist Party cost him his reelection to the Washington State legislature.

Rader, Melvin Miller. False Witness. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1998. Hostile discussion of the Canwell Committee in the state of Washington.

Washington (State) Legislature Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. First Report, Un-American Activities in Washington State. Olympia, Wash., 1948. Report of the Canwell Committee.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Wisconsin

 

Cary, Lorin Lee. “The Wisconsin Loyalty Legion, 1917-18.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 53 (Autumn 1969): 33-50.

Fried, Richard M. “Stalin Stopped at Mosinee: Anti-Communist Pageants in the Cold-War Era.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1988.

Fried, Richard M. “Springtime for Stalin: Mosinee’s Day Under Communism as Cold War Pageantry.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 77, no. 2 (1993-94). About the staging for anti-Communist propaganda purposes of a Communist takeover of a Wisconsin town.

Haney, Richard Carlton. “A History of the Democratic Party of Wisconsin Since World War Two.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1970. Notes that many of those who led the revival of the Democratic Party after World War II had been active in the anti-Communist faction of the American Veterans Committee.

Meyer, Karl. “The Politics of Loyalty: From La Follette to McCarthy in Wisconsin, 1918-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1962. Discusses parallels and differences between the appeal of La Follette, Sr. and Joseph McCarthy.  Finds that both campaigned as embattled insurgents and had similar patterns of county support.  However, McCarthy had elite support that La Follette never received.

Meyer, Stephen. “Milwaukee Labor, Urban Politics, and the Rise of Joseph McCarthy.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1989.

Meyer, Stephen. “Stalin Over Wisconsin”: The Making and Unmaking of Militant Unionism, 1900-1950. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Meyer, Steve. “‘Wisconsin Unions at the Center of the Storm’ An Historical Perspective on the Influence of Radical Leadership in Wisconsin Unions in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at 20th annual conference of the Wisconsin Labor History Society. Milwaukee., 2001.

Oshinsky, David. “Wisconsin Labor and the Campaign of 1952.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56, no. 2 (Winter 1972/73). Finds that unions worked effectively against McCarthy in his 1952 reelection.

Pawley, Christine. “Reading Versus the Red Bull: Cultural Constructions of Democracy and the Public Library in Cold War Wisconsin.” American Studies 42, no. 3 (2001).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Milwaukee, WI Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Wisconsin: Progressive Party

 

Backstrom, Charles Herbert. “The Progressive Party of Wisconsin, 1934-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1956. Notes factionalism over infiltration by Communists.

La Follette, Philip Fox. Adventure in Politics: The Memoirs of Philip LaFollette. Edited by Donald Young. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1970. Governor Philip La Follette was a leading figure in the Wisconsin Progressive Party and resisted attempts by Communists to enter the party in the Popular Front era.

Lorence, James J. Gerald J. Boileau and the Progressive-Farmer-Labor Alliance: Politics of the New Deal. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1994. Elected to congress as a Republican in the 1920s, Boileau shifted to the Wisconsin Progressive Party in the early 1930s.

McCoy, Donald Richard. “The Development and Dissolution of the Wisconsin Progressive Party of 1934-1946.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1949.

Schmidt, Lester F. “The Farmer-Labor Progressive Federation: The Story of a ‘United Front’ Movement Among Wisconsin Liberals, 1934-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1954. Notes extensive conflict between anti-Communist and Popular Front factions within the Wisconsin Progressive party.

****************************************************************

 

McCarthy in Wisconsin

 

Coady, Sharo. “The Wisconsin Press and Joseph McCarthy.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1965.

Maney, Patrick J. “LaFollette, McCarthy, and the Progressive Origins of Anticommunism.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Maney, Patrick. “Joe McCarthy’s First Victim.” Virginia Quarterly Review 77, no. 3 (2001). On McCarthy’s defeat of Robert La Follette in a Republican primary.

O’Brien, Michael. “The Anti-McCarthy Campaign in Wisconsin, 1951-1952.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56, no. 2 (Winter 1972-73). Discusses the divisions among liberal Republicans and Democrats which contributed to McCarthy’s victory.

O’Brien, Michael. “McCarthy and McCarthyism: The Cedric Parker Case, November 1949.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Discusses McCarthy’s attack on a  liberal Wisconsin newspaper.

O’Brien, Michael James. “Senator Joseph McCarthy and Wisconsin: 1946-1957.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1971.

O’Brien, Michael. McCarthy and McCarthyism in Wisconsin. Columbia, MO: University of Missouri Press, 1980.

Rippley, La Vern J. “Senator Joe McCarthy: His Ethnic-Religious Support in Wisconsin.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991.

Thelen, David, and Esther Thelen. “Joe Must Go: The Movement to Recall Senator Joe McCarthy.” Wisconsin Magazine of History, Spring 1976. Finds that, despite dislike of McCarthy, many established Wisconsin institutions were reluctant to oppose him due to the desire to avoid controversy and risk to the institution.

Wisconsin Citizens’ Committee on McCarthy’s Record. The McCarthy Record. Madison, WI, 1952.

****************************************************************

 

Wisconsin’s Social Democratic Party

 

Berger, Meta Schlichting. A Milwaukee Woman’s Life on the Left the Autobiography of Meta Berger. Edited by Kimberly Swanson. Madison: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 2001. Meta Berger, widow of Socialist party leader and U.S. congressman (Wisconsin) Victor Berger, became close to the CPUSA in the 1930s.

Fure-Slocum, Eric Jon. “The Challenge of the Working-Class City: Recasting Growth Politics and Liberalism in Milwaukee, 1937--1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001.

Kunkel, Joseph A., III. “The Ideological Party in American Politics: The Case of the Milwaukee Social Democrats.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1980.

Lorence, James J. “Socialism in Northern Wisconsin, 1910-1920: An Ethno-Cultural Analysis.” Mid-America 64, no. 3 (1982). Notes that the association of the Social Democrats with Communism contributed to the decline of rural Socialist voting strength after the Bolshevik revolution.

Muzik, Edward J. “Victor L. Berger: Congress and the Red Scare.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 47, no. 4 (1964). On Wisconsin Socialist congressman’s expulsion from the U.S. House.

Olson, Frederick. “The Milwaukee Socialist, 1897-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard College, 1952.

Stachowski, Floyd. “The Political Career of Daniel Webster Hoan.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1966. Mayor of Milwaukee in the 1930s, Hoan was a leading Wisconsin Socialist and anti-Communist.

Stevens, Michael E., and Ellen D. Goldlust-Gingrich, eds. The Family Letters of Victor and Meta Berger, 1894-1929. Madison: Center for Documentary History, State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1995.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Politics: Wyoming

 

Ewig, Rick. “McCarthy Era Politics: The Ordeal of Senator Lester Hunt.” Annals of Wyoming 55, no. 1 (1985). Sees Hunt as a firm anti-Communist who regarded McCarthy as an opportunist.  Takes the view that Hunt killed himself in 1954 due to harassment by fanatical McCarthyists as well as by health and family problems,

****************************************************************

 

Communists, the Popular Front, and the South

 

Braden, Anne. “Red, White and Black in Southern Labor,” edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Sees Communists as the most militant, idealistic and heroic of those in the Southern civil rights movement and discusses the use of anticommunism against the civil rights movement.  Discusses Mrs. Rosa Parks of Montgomery, Alabama, E.D. Nixon of the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, Clifford and Virginia Durr, and the Highlander Folk School.

Communist Party of the United States of America. The New South. Chattanooga, Tenn.: The Communist Party, 1937. Journal.

Communist Party of the U.S. in the South. Southern Worker. Birmingham, AL: C.P.U.S.A., 1930. Journal.

Dunbar, Anthony P. Against the Grain: Southern Radicals and Prophets, 1929-1959. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1981. Some of those discussed associated at some point with the Communist party.

Patton, Randall Lee. “Southern Liberals and the Emergence of a ‘New South,’ 1938-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1990. Discusses the rise and fall of the Popular Front in the South.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Henry Wallace’s Southern Campaign: Civil Rights Activism and Cold War Resistance.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Sullivan, Patricia. Days of Hope: Race and Democracy in the New Deal Era. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996. Sees the existence of a substantial Popular Front movement in the South in the 1930s and 1940s with the Communist Party as a key ingredient that sought to remedy both Southern economic injustice and racism.  Sees this as a lost opportunity that was destroyed in the late 1940s by an anti-Communist and racist attack.

Sullivan, Patricia Ann. “Gideon’s Southern Soldiers: New Deal Politics and Civil Rights Reform, 1933-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1983.

****************************************************************

 

Southern Conference for Human Welfare and Southern Conference Education Fund

 

Joint Committee on Un-American Activities [Louisiana Legislature]. Activities of the Southern Conference Education Fund, Inc., in Louisiana, 1963-65. Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana Legislature, n.d.

Klibanel, Irwin. “The Southern Conference Education Fund: A History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1971.

Klibaner, Irwin. “The Travail of Southern Radicals: The Southern Conference Education Fund, 1946-1976.” Journal of Southern History 49 (May 1983).

Klibaner, Irwin. Conscience of a Troubled South: The Southern Conference Educational Fund, 1946-1966. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Krueger, Thomas, A. And Promises to Keep. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967. Discusses the Communist party’s largely secret role in the Southern Conference for Human Welfare, a liberal southern organization.

Martin, Charles H. “The Rise and Fall of Popular Front Liberalism in the South: The Southern Conference for Human Welfare, 1938-1945.” Perspectives on the American South The Southern Conference for Human Welfare 3 (1985).

Reed, Linda. Simple Decency & Common Sense: The Southern Conference Movement, 1938-1963. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1991.

Salmond, John A. “‘The Great Southern Commie Hunt’: Aubrey Williams, the Southern Conference Educational Fund, and the Internal Security Subcommittee.” South Atlantic Quarterly 77, no. 4 (Autumn 1978): 433-52. Account of the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, headed by Eastland of Mississippi, and the hearings held in New Orleans in March 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Southern Conference for Human Welfare. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

Zellner, Dorothy M. “Red Roadshow: Eastland in New Orleans, 1954.” Louisiana History 33, no. 1 (Winter 1992). Regarding the 1954 hearing Senator James O. Eastland of the Senate Internal Security Committee held in New Orleans, Louisiana, on Communist influence in the Southern Conference Educational Fund. Among those questioned were Aubrey Williams, Virginia Durr, James A. Dombrowski, and Myles Horton.

****************************************************************

 

Popular Front and Progressive Schools in the South

 

Black Mountain College

 

Galvin, Rachel. “Wild Intellectuals and Exotic Folks.” Humanities 22, no. 4 (2001). On Black Mountain College in North Carolina in the 1930-1960 era.

****************************************************************

 

Highlander Folk School and Myles Horton

 

Adams, Frank, and Myles Horton. Unearthing Seeds of Fire: The Idea of Highlander. Winston-Salem, N.C.: J. F. Blair, 1975.

Adams, Frank, and others. “Building Movements, Educating Citizens: Myles Horton and the Highlander Folk School.” Social Policy 21 (Winter 1991). Reflections and reminiscences on Horton and Highlander by Frank Adams, Julius Lester, Lucy Massie Phenix, Cynthia Stokes Brown, Anne Braden, Herbert Kohl, Guy Carawan, Candie Carawan, Aleine Austin, Mike Clark, Bill Saunders, Maxine Waller, John Gaventa, Judi Bari, and Asa Hilliard.

Duncan, Joyce. “Historical Study of the Highlander Method: Honing Leadership for Social Justice.” Ph.D. diss. East Tennessee State University, 2005.

Egerton, John. “The Trial of the Highlander Folk School.” Southern Exposure 6, no. 1 (1978). Recounts the 1959 trial of Myles Horton, director of the Highlander Folk School, for illegal alcohol dispensing, Communist propaganda, and racial agitation.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on the Highlander Folk School. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. One microfilm reel of selected FBI files.

Glen, John. “On the Cutting Edge: A History of the Highlander Folk School, 1932-1962.” Ph.D. diss. Vanderbilt University, 1985.

Glen, John M. Highlander, No Ordinary School, 1932-1962. Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1988. A history of the Highlander Folk School (Tennessee) and its leader Myles Horton.  A center for liberal and radical activity in Appalachia, Highlander was involved with CIO and Farmers’ Union southern organizing.  Highlander was often accused of Communist links, and in 1962 Tennessee state government forced its closing in reaction to Highlander’s support of the civil rights movement.

Horton, Aimee I. The Highlander Folk School: A History of the Development of Its Major Programs Related to Social Movements in the South, 1932-1961. 1980.

Horton, Aimee Isgrig. The Highlander Folk School: A History of Its Major Programs, 1932-1961. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Horton, Myles. The Long Haul: An Autobiography. Assisted by Judith Kohl and Herbert R. Kohl. New York: Teachers College Press, 1998. Edited oral history autobiography.

Horton, Myles, and Paulo Freire. We Make the Road by Walking: Conversations on Education and Social Change. Edited by Brenda Bell, John Gaventa, and John Marshall Peters. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990.

Horton, Myles. The Myles Horton Reader: Education for Social Change. Edited by Dale Jacobs. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

The Popular Front in the South: Biographical Material

 

Anne Braden

 

Braden, Anne. “A View From the Fringes.” Southern Exposure 9, no. 1 (1981). Discusses use of anticommunism against her activities in the 1950s and 1960s.  Braden was a firm ally of the CPUSA.

Fosl, Catherine. “‘There Was No Middle Ground’: Anne Braden and the Southern Social Justice Movement.” NWSA Journal 11, no. 3 (1999).

Fosl, Catherine. Subversive Southerner: Anne Braden and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Cold War South. New York: Palgrave, 2002. Admiring biography.

Fosl, Catherine Anne. “‘Once Comes the Moment to Decide’: Anne Braden and the Civil Rights Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

James A. Dombrowski

 

Adams, Frank T. James A. Dombrowski: An American Heretic, 1897-1983. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1992. Dombrowski headed the Southern Conference for Human Welfare, a Popular Front body.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford J. and Virginia F. Durr

 

Decker, Stefanie Lee. “The Mask of the Southern Lady: Virginia Foster Durr, Southern Womanhood and Reform.” Ph.D. diss. Oklahoma State University, 2007.

Durr, Virginia Foster. Outside the Magic Circle: The Autobiography of Virginia Foster Durr. Edited by Hollinger F. Barnard. University, AL: University of Alabama Press, 1985.

Imhoff, Clement. “Clifford J. Durr and the Loyalty Question: 1942-1950.” Journal of American Culture 12, no. 3 (Fall 1989).

Salmond, John A. The Conscience of a Lawyer: Clifford J. Durr and American Civil Liberties, 1899-1975. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1990. Sympathetic biography of Popular Front liberal southern New Deal official (RFC, FCC) and president of the National Lawyers Guild.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Surviving McCarthyism: The Case of Virginia and Clifford Durr.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford Durr, John Coe, and Benjamin Smith

 

Brown, Sarah Hart. “‘Subversive’ Southerners: Three Uncommon Lawyers and Civil Liberties in the South, 1945-1965.” Ph.D. diss. Georgia State University, 1993. Focuses on John Coe, of Pensacola, Florida, Clifford Durr of Montgomery, Alabama, and Benjamin Eugene Smith of New Orleans, Louisiana.  Popular Front liberals, Coe and Smith campaigned for Henry Wallace in 1948, while Durr, a recently resigned member of the Federal Communications Commission, remained aloof from that campaign. All became officers of the National Lawyers Guild. Coe and Smith accepted board positions with the Southern Conference Educational Fund.

****************************************************************

 

Lillian Smith

 

Brantley, Will. “The Surveillance of Georgia Writer and Civil Rights Activist Lillian Smith: Another Story from the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 85, no. 1 (2001).

Patton, Randall. “Lillian Smith and the Transformation of American Liberalism, 1945-1950.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 76, no. 2 (Summer 1992)

****************************************************************

 

Aubrey Williams

 

Salmond, John A. “Postscript to the New Deal: The Defeat of the Nomination of Aubrey W. Williams as Rural Electrification Administrator in 1945.” Journal of American History 61, no. 2 (September 1974): 417-36.

Salmond, John A. A Southern Rebel: The Life and Times of Aubrey Willis Williams, 1890-1965. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1983. Biography of a important New Deal official who on occasion acted as a New Deal link with Popular Front and Communist figures and who was eventually driven from office for his left-wing views.

****************************************************************

 

New Leftists and other Radicals

 

Allen, David. “The Dream of a New Left: A Genealogical Inquiry Into the Collapse of 60s Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1995. Discusses the origins and collapse of the New Left, disillusionment with the Soviet model, theories of totalitarianism, the role of Red Diaper babies, anti-anti-communism, the Third World model, and the role of Marxism-Leninism.

Bacciocco, Edward J. The New Left in America: Reform to Revolution, 1956 to 1970. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1974. Discusses the Old Left and Communist background to the New Left.

Beker, Miroslav. “(American) Post-Structuralism and the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Breines, Winifred. “Whose New Left?” Journal of American History 75, no. 2 (September 1988). Judges that the role of “red-diaper babies” and attitudes toward Communism and anti-Communism are irrelevant to an evaluation of New Left.

Buhle, Paul, ed. History and the New Left: Madison, Wisconsin, 1950-1970. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990. Essays and interviews with veteran New Leftists: Lee Baxandall, Roz Baxandall, Paul Breines, Mari Jo Buhle, Paul Buhle, Elizabeth Ewen, Stuart Ewen, James Gilbert, Herbert G. Gutman, Eleanor Hakim, Jeffry Kaplow, Saul Landau, Gerald Markowitz, Ron McCrae, Michael Meeropol, George Mosse, Bertell Ollman, William Preston, George Rawick, Paul Richards, Nina Serrano, Richard Schickel, Vean Stark, Warren Susman, Malcolm Sylvers, Hariet Tanzman, Dave Wagner, James Weinstein, Peter Wiley, William A Williams.

Caute, David. The Year of the Barricades: A Journey Through 1968. New York: Harper & Row, 1988.

Collier, Peter. “Looking Backward: Memories of the Sixties Left.” In Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988, edited by John H. Bunzel. New York: Free Press, 1988. “Many of the people I came to know in the [New Left] movement were red-diaper babies who had been political all their lives.  They seemed still to be people with a political green card, immigrants who had never allowed themselves to be fully assimilated into America.”   Judges that New Left contempt for CPUSA for its moderation in the 60s changed to toleration and then sympathy starting in the mid-70s.  Sees Berkeley city government as infiltrated by “hacks from the Communist Party.”

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz. Destructive Generation: Second Thoughts About the Sixties. New York: Summit Books, 1989. Critical essays, some autobiographical, by two ‘60s radical journalists turned ‘80s conservatives regarding the New Left and Communism.  Subjects include Fay Stender (Bay area radical attorney), the Weather Underground, the “Fifth Column Left,” the use of the term “McCarthyism,” “red-diaper babies,” and the Black Panthers.

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz. “Slouching Towards Berkeley: Socialism in One City.” Public Interest 94 (Winter 1989). Notes acceptance of Communists into municipal New Left politics in the 1970s.

Crozier, Brian. “We Will Bury You”: Studies in Left Wing Subversion Today. London, U.K.: Tom Stacey Ltd., 1970.

Epstein, Barbara. “Standing at the Intersection of the Declining Old Left, the Beginnings of the New Left, and the Re-Emergence of Feminism.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Flacks, Dick. “Making History Vs. Making Life: Dilemmas of an American Left.” Sociological Inquiry 46 (1976). Discusses the role of “red diaper babies” in the New Left.

Flacks, Richard. Making History: The American Left and the American Mind. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Genovese, Eugene. “The American 80’s, Disaster or Triumph?” Commentary 90, no. 3 (September 1990). “Survivors of the radical Left ... are once again determined to make fools of themselves.  Confronted by a victorious worldwide counterrevolution against everything they have stood for, they happily dwell on the evil legacy of Ronald Reagan....  The Left, viewing the disgraceful rout of its troops on all fronts, proudly claims victory abroad, while it undertakes the small task of convincing the American people that only the implementation of a thoroughly discredited agenda at home could save us from the horrors it claims as democratic triumphs everywhere else.  Lacking the satirical genius of a Jonathan Swift, I respectfully ask to be allowed to pass over the spectacle in silence.”

Gitlin, Todd. The Whole World is Watching: Mass Media in the Making & Unmaking of the New Left. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1980.

Gitlin, Todd. The Sixties: Years of Hope, Days of Rage. New York: Bantam Books, 1987.

Glazer, Penina Migdal. “From the Old Left to the New: Radical Criticism in the 1940s.” American Quarterly 24, no. 5 (December 1972).

Gorman, Robert A. Neo-Marxism, the Meanings of Modern Radicalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1982.

Gorman, Robert A. Yankee Red: Nonorthodox Marxism in Liberal America. New York: Praeger, 1989.

Guarasci, Richard. The Theory and Practice of American Marxism, 1957-1970. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1980.

Harrington, Michael. “A Time to Think.” Worldview 17, no. 9 (1974). Discusses the attitude of the New Left of the 1960’s toward Communism.

Horowitz, David. “Taking on the Neo-Coms (Parts 1 & 2).” FrontPageMagazine, 2002, 1 May 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com/>. On domination of the contemporary hard left by “neo-communists.”

Isserman, Maurice. If I Had a Hammer--: The Death of the Old Left and the Birth of the New Left. New York: Basic Books, 1987. Discusses the role of Communists and Red Diaper babies in the origins of the New Left.

Isserman, Maurice, and Michael Kazin. America Divided: The Civil War of the 1960’s. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.

Kesselman, Amy. “Women’s Liberation and the Left in New Haven, Connecticut, 1968-1973.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Kimball, Roger. The Long March: How the Cultural Revolution of the 1960s Changed America. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2000.

King, Dennis. Lyndon LaRouche and the New American Fascism. New York: Doubleday, 1989. Discusses the LaRouche movement’s origins in the Old  (Trotskyist) and New Left and its attacks on the C.P.

Klatch, Rebecca E. “The Formation of Feminist Consciousness Among Left- and Right-Wing Activists of the 1960s.” Gender & Society 15, no. 6 (2001). Notes Old Left influences.

Lasar, Matthew. “Challenging High Brow Culture in the Bay Area: The Case of KPFA, 1949-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Lebedoff, David. The New Elite: The Death of Democracy. Chicago: Contemporary Books, 1983.

Lebedoff, David. The Uncivil War: How a New Elite is Destroying Our Democracy. Lanham, MD: Taylor Trade Pub., 2004.

Lens, Sidney. The Promise and Pitfalls of Revolution. Philadelphia: United Church Press, 1974.

Luce, Phillip Abbott. Road to Revolution: Communist Guerrilla Warfare in the U.S.A. San Diego, CA: Viewpoint Books, 1967. Expose of black radicalism and Afro-American Communists.

Luce, Phillip Abbott. The New Left Today: America’s Trojan Horse. Washington: Capitol Hill Press, 1971.

Lynd, Staughton. “Mindful Activists.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Essay review of Kevin Mattson’s Intellectuals in Action and Payne’s I’ve Got the Light of Freedom.  Praises New Left adoption of anti-anti-Communism.

Mattson, Kevin. Intellectuals in Action: The Origins of the New Left and Radical Liberalism, 1945-1970. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2002.

Meeropol, Mike. “We Are Your Sons, the Legacy of Ethel and Julius Rosenberg: How Did an ‘Old Left’ Background Guided One Individual’s ‘Take’ on the Explosion of New Left Activity After 1966.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Menashe, Louis, and Ronald Radosh. Teach-Ins, U.S.A. Reports, Opinions, Documents. New York: F. A. Praeger, 1967.

Meredith, Lawrence. “What’s Right About What’s Left of the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Miller, Jim. “Democracy is in the Streets”: From Port Huron to the Siege of Chicago. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987.

Myers, R. David, ed. Toward a History of the New Left: Essays from Within the Movement. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Newfield, Jack. A Prophetic Minority. [New York]: New American Library, 1966.

Ney, Julie [pseudonym]. “The Last Closet: Vanessa Redgrave, the Middle East, and a New Blacklist for Actors.” Village Voice, 26 March 1991. Asserts that Redgrave is the victim of a viciously oppressive blacklist for her radical views and opposition to America’s unjustified Persian Gulf war policies (her play tour canceled), as are Woody Harrelson (Mardi Gras grand marshal invitation withdrawn) and Margo Kidder (engagement in “Love Letters” fell through and fired as spokesperson for Foster Parents Plan).

O’Neill, William L. The New Left: A History. Wheeling, IL: Harlan Davidson, 2001. Touches on the relationship of the old pro-Communist left to the New Left.

Roskos, Laura Helene. “The Life of the Party: Political Memory on the Mo(u)rning After.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1997. Considers the cultural legacy of American communism from the post-Cold War perspective of emerging international women’s movement by combining feminist literary, psychoanalytic, and political theory.

Rothman, Stanley, and S. Robert Lichter. Roots of Radicalism: Jews, Christians, and the New Left. New York: Oxford University Press, 1982.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Second Thoughts.” Arguments and Facts International [England], October 1992. On the role in the Gorbachev Foundation of Jim Garrison, a founder of the Christic Institute and follower of Esalen, and John Mack, a New Age and UFO enthusiast.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Conspiración ‘New Age.’” Mas Allá [Beyond, Madrid, Spain], April 1994. Schwartz: “investigation of historic links between California Communist party figures, most of them lawyers, and the New Age movements including Esalen and EST.  It deals at some length with the case of Harry Margolis, a Bay area tax lawyer who had financial control over the EST phenomenon of Werner Erhard.  It explores Margolis‘s links with three other prominent C.P. lawyers: Richard Gladstein, Robert Treuhaft, and Benjamin Dreyfus.  It also notes, in passing, the Comintern activities of Frederick Thompson, father-in-law of Benjamin Dreyfus.  Harry Margolis was the brother of Ben Margolis.”

Vickers, George. The Formation of the New Left: The Early Years. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1975. Discusses relationship of old and new left.

Young, Allen. “From a Jewish Chicken Farm to the Cane Fields of Cuba to the First Gay Protests in New York.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

New Left and the Union Movement

 

Coker, Jeffrey W. Confronting American Labor: The New Left Dilemma. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2002.

Levy, Peter B. “The New Left and Labor: The Early Years (1960-1963).” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Notes New Left hostility toward the labor movement’s opposition of Communism.

****************************************************************

 

Pacifica Foundation and Radio

 

Lasar, Matthew. “From Dialogue to Dissent: The Pacifica Foundation and the Cold War, 1942 to 1964.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1997. The pressure of anticommunism diverted the Pacifica community from collective action to defense of dissent.

Lasar, Matthew. “‘Right Out in Public’: Pacifica Radio, the Cold War, and the Political Origins of Alternative Media.” Pacific Historical Review 67, no. 4 (November 1998): 513-41.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee Pacifica Foundation. Pacifica Foundation. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

****************************************************************

 

Students for a Democratic Society

 

Adelson, Alan. SDS. New York: Scribner, 1972.

Duhéé, Gregory. “The FBI and Students for a Democratic Society at the University of New Orleans, 1968-1971.” Louisiana History 43, no. 1 (2002).

Sale, Kirkpatrick. SDS. New York: Random House, 1973.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. Investigation of Students for a Democratic Society. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1969.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. SDS Plans for America’s High Schools Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1969.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 5

Communism and the American Labor Movement

 

 

Apodoca, Linda. “Grassroots Organizing During the McCarthy Era: The Community Service Organization, Women and Labor.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, 1999.

Baarslag, Karl. Communist Trade Union Trickery Exposed: A Handbook of Communist Tactics and Techniques. Chicago: Argus Pub. Co., 1949. Hard right polemic.

Bell, Daniel. “Labor’s Coming of Middle Age.” Fortune, October 1951.

Bernstein, Irving. The Lean Years: A History of the American Worker, 1920-1933. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1960. Discusses Communist dual union (Trade Union Unity League) activity and several major strikes involving Communist militants.

Bernstein, Irving. Turbulent Years: A History of the American Worker, 1933-1941. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

Boyer, Richard Owen, and Herbert Montford Morais. Labor’s Untold Story. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955. Sympathetic to those unionists associated with the Communist party.

Brecher, Jeremy. “Labor and the Left: The Long View from Below.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Brinkley, Alan. “The Best Years of Their Lives.” New York Review of Books, 28 June 1990. Essay review of Freeman’s In Transit, Gerstle’s Working-Class Americanism, and Nelson’s Workers on the Waterfront.

Brody, David. “Radical Labor History and Rank and File Militancy.” Labor History 16 (Winter 1975).

Brody, David. “Radicalism and the American Labor Movement: From Party History to Social History.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Buhle, Paul. From the Knights of Labor to the New World Order: Essays on Labor and Culture. New York: Garland Publ., 1997.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. Communists Within the Labor Movement: A Handbook on the Facts and Countermeasures, Report of Committee on Socialism and Communism, Approved by the Board of Directors. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 1947.

Cherny, Robert W., William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor, eds. American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Derber, Milton, and Edwin Young. Labor and the New Deal. Wisconsin: University of Wisconsin Press, 1961.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Communism in the U.S. Trade Union Movement.” In Work in America an Encyclopedia of History, Policy, and Society (Vol. 1), edited by Carl E. Van Horn and Herbert A. Schaffner. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 2003.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Organizing Patterns and Certification Election Success Rates of Left and Non-Left Unions.” Labor Law Journal 46, no. 3 (1995).

Devinatz, Victor G. “Shades of Red: The Leninist Left and the Shaping of the 20th -Century US Trade Union Movement.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004). Review essay on Stepan-Norris and Zeitlin’s Left Out, Donninger and Donninger’s Not Automatic, and Le Blanc and Barrett’s Revolutionary Labor Socialist.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Communist Party’s Grassroots Labor and Political Activism Circa 1920 to 1960: Of North Carolina Tobacco Workers, Pennsylvania Anthracite Radicals and the Cold War.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Review essay on Korstad’s Civil Rights Unionism, Cherny, Issell, and Taylor’s American Labor and the Cold War, and Howard’s Forgotten Radicals.

Epstein, Albert, and Nathaniel Goldfinger. “Communist Tactics in American Unions.” Labor and Nation 6 (1950).

Feurer, Rosemary. Radical Unionism in the Midwest, 1900-1950. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. Postwar Struggles, 1918-1920. Vol. 8 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1988.

Frost, Stanley. Labor and Revolt. New York: E.P. Dutton and Co., 1920.

Fure-Slocum, Eric. “Housing, Race, and the Cold War in a Labor City.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Galenson, Walter. Rival Unionism in the United States. New York: Russell & Russell, 1966.

Galenson, Walter. “Communists and Trade Union Democracy.” Industrial Relations 13, no. 3 (October 1974).

Gerstle, Gary L. “Founding Fathers and Powerful Proletarians: Illustrations of an American Labor Movement.” Paper presented at Conference on New Deal Culture. Washington, DC, 1981.

Glaberman, Martin. The Working Class & Social Change: Four Essays on the Working Class. Toronto: New Hogtown Press, 1975.

Glaberman, Martin. “Vanguard to Rearguard.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Green, James. “Working Class Militancy in the Depression.” Radical America, no. 6 (November-December 1972). Defends third period trade union policy and criticizes Popular Front labor policy.

Green, James R. The World of the Worker: Labor in Twentieth-Century America. New York: Hill and Wang, 1980. Credits the Communist party with setting the stage for and the initial successes of industrial unionism under the CIO.  Highly critical of unionists who opposed communism.

Hall, Burton, ed. Autocracy and Insurgency in Organized Labor. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, distr. by E.P. Dutton, 1972. The essays appeared originally in New Politics.

Halpern, Martin. Unions, Radicals, and Democratic Presidents: Seeking Social Change in the Twentieth Century. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003. Chapters include: Children of the Left Sharing Values Across Generations; When Henry Met Franklin; and “I’m Fighting for Freedom” Coleman Young, HUAC, and the Detroit Black Community.

Healey, Dorothy. “False Consciousness and Labor Historians.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Heckscher, Charles. “Participatory Unionism.” Labor Studies Journal 25, no. 4 (2001). Discusses radical unionism among the styles of unionism.

Howe, Irving, and B.J. Widick. “Communism and Trade Unions.” Industrial Relations 14 (May 1975).

Huberman, Leo. The Labor Spy Racket. New York: Modern Age Books, Inc., 1937. “Most of the material in this book is based on the evidence introduced in the hearings before the subcommittee of the Committee on education and labor of the United States Senate, popularly known as the La Follette civil liberties committee.”--Pref.

Isaac, Larry. “In Search of American Labor’s Syndicalist Heritage.” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 2 (2002).

Keeran, Roger. “The Communist Party and the Labor Movement.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Keeran, Roger. “The Communist Influence on American Labor.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Asserts that the creation of independent revolutionary unions in the late 1920s was an American, not Comintern, initiative. Praises Communist trade unionists.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Unions and the Making of the American Working Class.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Kimeldorf, Howard. Battling for American Labor: Wobblies, Craft Workers, and the Making of the Union Movement. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “In Search of Syndicalism.” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 2 (2002).

Laslett, John H.M. “Socialism and the American Labor Movement: Some New Reflections.” Labor History 8 (Spring 1967).

Laslett, John H. M. Labor and the Left: A Study of Socialist and Radical Influences in the American Labor Movement, 1881-1924. New York: Basic Books, 1970.

Lens, Sidney. Left, Right & Center: Conflicting Forces in American Labor. Hinsdale, IL: Henry Regnery Co., 1949. Vaguely notes Communist role in some unions.

Levenstein, Harvey. “Economism, Anti-Economism and the History of the Communist Party.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Levenstein, Harvey A. “Leninists Undone by Leninism: Communism and Unionism in the United States and Mexico, 1935-1939.” Labor History 22, no. 2 (1981). Argues that the Communist Party’s authoritarian structure prevented it from exploiting the success of the Popular Front.  The leadership was largely restricted to survivors of the party’s ideological purges, and the latter gave little power to successful Communist union leaders.  The party’s leaders also intervened with generally disastrous results in trade union work.  Attributes the collapse of the Communists’ once strong position in the UAW to Browder’s intervention and tendency to take a soft line against anti-Communists.  Describes a similar pattern in the history of the Mexican Communist party.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “The Communist Experience in American Trade Unions.” Industrial Relations 19 (1980). Replies by Robert Zieger and Roger Keeran.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “‘Labor Question’: Past and Present.” In What Next for Organized Labor?: Report of the Century Foundation Task Force on the Future of Unions, Twentieth Century Foundation Task Force on the Future of Unions. New York: Century Foundation Press, 1999.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. State of the Union: A Century of American Labor. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. Presents Communists as a positive force in the labor movement.

Lipsitz, George. “A Rainbow at Midnight: Strategies of Independence in the Post War Working Class.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1979. Maintains that in 1946 mass popular general strikes broke out in five American cities.  These strikes represented mass community revolt and broad worker solidarity.  The strikes also won the support of small businessmen, clergy, and local politicians.  The strikes, however, threatened the business, government and labor elite.  The Cold War and Taft-Hartley were designed to suppress these popular revolts.  Sees the attack on Communists in the labor movement as an excuse to smash rank and file militancy and create support for a foreign policy which would open up foreign markets for American corporate exploitation.

Lipsitz, George. Class and Culture in Cold War America: A Rainbow at Midnight. New York: Praeger, 1981.

Lipsitz, George. “Labor and the Cold War.” In Working for Democracy: American Workers from the Revolution to the Present, edited by Paul Buhle and Phillips L. Garman. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1985.

Lipsitz, George. “Labour Radicalism and the American West: New Perspectives and Recent Scholarship.” In The American West As Seen by Europeans and Americans, edited by Rob Kroes. Amsterdam, Netherlands: Free University Press, 1989.

Lipsitz, George. Rainbow at Midnight: Labor and Culture in the 1940s. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1994.  Revised edition of the 1981 Class and Culture in Cold War America.

Lorwin, Val R. “Reflections on the History of the French and American Labor Movements.” Journal of Economic History 17, no. 1 (March 1957).

Luff, Jennifer D. “Judas Exposed: Labor Spies in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. College of William and Mary, 2005.

Lynd, Staughton. American Labor Radicalism: Testimonies and Interpretations. New York: Wiley, 1973.

Marquart, Frank. “From a Labor Journal: Unions and Radicals in the Depression Era.” Dissent 21 (1974).

Martin, Bob. “The Union Was Like a Family.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987.

Mikhailov, Boris IAkovlevich, ed. Recent History of the Labor Movement in the United States, 1918-1939. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1977. Translation of Istoriia rabochego dvizheniia v SShA v noveishee vremia.  v. 1. 1918-1939.--v. 2. 1939-1965.--v. 3. 1965-1980.  Stresses the always correct and leading role of the American Communist party in the labor movement.

Morris, George. George Morris [Articles, 1944-1984]. Los Angeles, CA: Microfilm Co. of California, Inc., 1984. Morris was a labor columnist for the CPUSA’s Daily Worker.  Two microfilm reels.

Morris, James Oliver. Conflict Within the AFL: A Study of Craft Versus Industrial Unionism, 1901-1938. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 1958. Notes Communist involvement with the promotion of industrial unionism.

Nash, Al. “A Unionist Remembers: Militant Unionism and Political Factions.” Dissent 24 (Spring 1977).

Ozanne, Robert. “The Effects of Communist Leadership on American Trade Unions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1954. Highly critical of the Communist role.

Prickett, James R. “Communists and the Communist Issue in the American Labor Movement, 1920-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1975. Sympathetic examination of the Communist role in the International Ladies’ Garment Workers Union, the National Maritime Union, and the United Electrical Workers; argues that the Communist party did not dominate any CIO union, did not adjust trade union policy to accommodate Soviet foreign policy goals, and were more democratic than their opponents.  Concludes that the Communist party contribution of the labor movement was generally healthy whereas opposition to communism by unionists was destructive.

Prickett, James R. “New Perspectives on American Communism and the Labor Movement.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Prickett, James R., and Walter Galenson. “Communism and the Trade Unions: An Exchange.” Industrial Relations 13 (October 1974). Includes: Prickett, “Anti-Communism and Labor History,” Galenson, “Communists and Trade Union democracy,” Prickett, “Reply to Professor Galenson,” and Galenson, “Rejoinder to Mr. Prickett.“

Rees, Jonathan, and Jonathan Z. S. Pollack, eds. The Voice of the People: Primary Sources on Labor, Industrial Relations, and Working-Class Culture. Wheeling, IL: Harlan Davidson, Inc., 2004. Includes: A. J. Muste Mourns Slain Textile Workers, 1929; Howard Kester on the Rout of the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union, 1935; Louis Adamic Lists the Virtues and Advantages of a Sitdown Strike, 1936; Leadbelly, Songs of Depression and War, 1938 and 1944; James Lerner Remembers How McCarthyism Affected the United  Electrical Workers.

Saposs, David Joseph. Communism in American Unions. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959. Unsympathetic survey of the role of the Communist party in the trade union movement with emphasis on unions in Hollywood and the New York locals of the Hotel and Restaurant Workers.

Schneider, David Moses. “The Workers’ (Communist) Party and American Trade Unions.” diss. (1927) published as a book. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1928. Very early academic examinations of Communist activity.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Labor and the Cold War: The Legacy of McCarthyism.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Smith, Jason Scott. “Labor and the Cold War: A Fifty-Year Perspective.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 57 (2000): 110-13. Reviews the Southwest Labor Studies Association conference in San Francisco 29 April-1 May 1999 where many papers examined the connections between McCarthyism, anti-Communist liberalism, the Congress of Industrial Organization’s expulsion of Communist-led unions, and the policies of organized labor during the postwar era.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Insurgency, Radicalism, and Democracy in America’s Industrial Unions. Working Paper Series (University of California, Los Angeles, Institute of Industrial Relations). Los Angeles, CA: IIR, 1991.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Insurgency, Radicalism, and Democracy in America’s Industrial Unions.” Social Forces 75, no. 1 (1996).

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “‘Red’ Unions and ‘Bourgeois’ Contracts?” American Journal of Sociology 96, no. 5 (March 1991). Finds that “contracts won by Communist-led unions were far more likely ... to be ‘pro-labor’ (i.e., to undermine the sway of capital within production) than those won by their rivals.”

Taft, Philip. “Attempts to ‘Radicalize’ the Labor Movement.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review, July 1948.

Taft, Philip. “Communism in Trade Unions.” Monthly Labor Review 77, no. 139 (1954).

Taft, Philip. Organized Labor in American History. New York: Harper & Row, 1964.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communism in Labor Unions in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Hearings of February 27; July 23, 24 and 25, 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Colonization of America’s Basic Industries by the Communist Party of the U.S.A. Washington: [U.S. Govt. Print. Off.], 1954.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor. Public Policy and Communist Domination of Certain Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Communist Domination of Certain Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1951.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Communist Domination of Unions and National Security. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Hearings of March 17, 18, 19, June 6, 11, 13, 17, 19, 27, and July 8, 1952.

U.S. Senate Internal Securities Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in Certain Labor Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communism in Labor Unions. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Wald, Alan. “Learning from Labor.” Monthly Review, February 1996. Essay review on Lipsitz’s Rainbow at Midnight.

Wallace, Michael E. “The Contours of Working Class Struggle in the United  States: Organization and Militancy in the Post-War Period.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1983.

Wilkinson, Frank. “Attacks on Organized Labor, 1928-1965: The FBI and the House Un-American Activities Committee.” Paper presented at  Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Witwer, David. “Westbrook Pegler and the Anti-Union Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Wood, Charles Granville. Reds and Lost Wages. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1930.

Zeitlin, Maurice. How Mighty a Force? Studies of Workers’ Consciousness and Organization in the United States. Los Angeles, CA: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1983.

Zieger, Robert. “Labor and the State in Modern America: The Archival Trail.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988). Surveys labor archives; emphasizes the importance of labor archives and the labor question in the history of the modern state.  Notes the centrality of the Communist issue in post-WWII labor history.

Zieger, Robert H. Republicans and Labor, 1919-1929. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1969.

Zieger, Robert H. “The Popular Front Rides Again.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Zieger, Robert H. American Workers, American Unions, 1920-1985. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

Zinn, Howard, Dana Frank, and Robin D. G. Kelley. Three Strikes: Miners, Musicians, Salesgirls, and the Fighting Spirit of Labor’s Last Century. Boston: Beacon Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

TUEL and TUUL

 

Barrett, James R. “Boring from Within and Without: William Z. Foster, the Trade Union Educational League, and American Communism in the 1920s.” In Labor Histories: Class, Politics, and the Working Class Experience, edited by Eric Arnesen, Julie Greene, and Bruce Laurie. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1998.

Devinatz, Victor G. “An Analysis of Strikes Led by the Trade Union Unity League After Passage of the National Industrial Recovery Act, 1933-1934.” Nature, Society, and Thought 18, no. 2 (2005).

Devinatz, Victor G. “An Analysis of Strikes Led by the Trade Union Unity League After the Passage of the National Industrial Recovery Act, 1933-1934.” Nature, Society and Thought 18, no. 2 (2005).

Devinatz, Victor G. “A Reevaluation of the Trade Union Unity League, 1929-1934.” Science & Society 71 (2007).

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The T.U.E.L. to the End of the Gompers Era. Vol. 9 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1991.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The T.U.E.L, 1925-1929. Vol. 10 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1994.

Foster, William. “Boring from Within: The Debate.” Anarcho-Syndicalist Review, no. 31 (Spring 2001). Reprint of William Z. Foster’s early views on the tactics for radicals to use within the mainstream labor movement.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “The Trade Union Unity League: Toward a Reconsideration of ‘Third Period’ Unionism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “The Trade Union Unity League: American Communists and the Transition to Industrial Unionism: 1928-1934.” Labor History 42, no. 2 (May 2001): 159-77.

Manley, John. “Moscow Rules? ‘Red’ Unionism and ‘Class Against Class’ in Britain, Canada, and the United States, 1928–1935.” Labour/Le Travail 56 (Fall 2005).

Saposs, David Joseph. Left Wing Unionism: A Study of Radical Policies and Tactics. New York: International Publishers, 1926. Describes in a sympathetic fashion Communist party activity in the union movement of the 1920s.

Trade Union Educational League. The Labor Herald. [Chicago, IL]: The League, 1922. Journal

Trade Union Educational League. Labor Unity. Chicago: Labor Unity, 1927. Journal.  From 1928-Dec. 1929, official organ of Trade Union Educational League; Sept 21, 1929- published by the Trade Union Unity League, and became its official organ 1930. Later renamed New Labor Unity, marking change in format from weekly newspaper to monthly magazine.

Trade Union Unity League. The Young Fighter. New York: Youth Committee of the Trade Union Unity League, 1933. Journal, 1933-.

****************************************************************

 

The March of Labor

 

None. March of Labor. New York: March of Labor, Inc., 1949. Journal

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Influence in the Field of Publications (March of Labor) Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on The March of Labor. Washington: [U.S. Govt. Print. Off.], 1954.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and the Congress of Industrial Organizations

 

Cochran, Bert. Labor and Communism: The Conflict That Shaped American Unions. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1977. Concentrates on the Communist role in the United Auto Workers with shorter sections on the United Electrical Workers, Transport, Longshore, and Mine, Mill.  Finds that the Communist role in the UAW was significant but limited, and maintains that Walter Reuther manipulated opposition to the Communist party’s role to gain union leadership.  Concludes that Communist subservience to Moscow tainted labor radicalism.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “Not So ‘Turbulent Years’: Another Look at the American 1930s.” Amerikastudien/American Studies 24, no. 1 (1979).

Galenson, Walter. The CIO Challenge to the AFL: A History of the American Labor Movement, 1935-1941. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1960. Discusses Communist party influence in the CIO; regards Communists as illegitimate trade unionists.

Harris, Herbert. Labor’s Civil War. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1940. This early study of AFL and CIO conflict treats the Communist party role in the CIO as conspiratorial and largely negative.

Kampelman, Max M. “The Communist Party Vs. the C.I.O.: A Study in Political Power.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1952.

Kampelman, Max M. The Communist Party Vs. the C.I.O.: A Study in Power Politics. New York: F. A. Praeger, 1957. Survey of Communist participation in the CIO which sees the Communist role as negative, conspiratorial, and manipulative.

Kamp, Joseph P. Join the C.I.O. and Help Build a Soviet America. Pamphlet. New Haven, CT: Constitutional Educational League Incorporated, 1937. Far right-wing expose which presents the CIO as little more than a Communist party plot.

Keeran, Roger. “The International Workers Order and the Origins of the CIO.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Argues that the C.P.’s IWO used its network of ethnic-based fraternal insurance lodges in working class communities to provide vital assistance to the early organization of CIO unions, particularly SWOC and the UAW: “the IWO contribution was considerable.  It embraced an amazing number and variety of small actions by individual members, groups of members and lodges throughout the industrial communities of the northeast and midwest.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “Communists and the CIO: From the Soviet Archives.” Labor History 35, no. 3 (Summer 1994). Discusses a Comintern document with biographies of CPUSA Central Committee members in 1936 listing Wyndham Mortimer, Harry Bridges, and Donald Henderson as members under pseudonyms (Morgan, Rossi, and Donaldson, respectively).

Levenstein, Harvey A. Communism, Anti-Communism, and the CIO. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981. A comprehensive account of the Communist role in the CIO that is mostly sympathetic, although occasionally critical.  Highly critical of unionists who opposed communism.

Levinson, Edward. Labor on the March. New York: University Books, 1956. Journalistic survey of the union movement which discusses the Communist role in the CIO.

Preis, Art. Labor’s Giant Step: Twenty Years of the CIO. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1972. Looks at CIO Communists from a Trotskyist perspective.

Rosswurm, Steve, ed. The CIO’s Left-Led Unions. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Rosswurm, Steven. “Communism and the CIO: An Assessment.” Paper presented at “Perspectives on Labor History: The Wisconsin School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Stein, Judith. “The Ins and Outs of the CIO.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 4 (Fall 1993).

Stepan-Norris, Judith. “Left Out: The Consequences of the Rise and Fall of Communist Union Leaders in the CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1988.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Who Gets the Bird?” How the Communists Won “Power and Trust” in American Unions: An Empirical Analysis of the “Relative Autonomy of the Political.” Working Paper Series (UCLA Institute of Industrial Relations). Los Angeles, CA: IIR, 1987.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “‘Who Gets the Bird?’ or, How the Communists Won Power and Trust in America’s Union: The Relative Autonomy of Intraclass Political Struggles.” American Sociological Review 54, no. 4 (August 1989): 503-23. Argues that “two ensembles of political practices ‘loaded the historical dice’ in favor of the Communists.  The chances that Communists would win union leadership were far higher: first, if the union had seceded from the AFL and joined the CIO from below, in an insurgent workers’ movement, rather than from above, in a revolt of its top officers; and second, if the union had been organized independently, rather than by a CIO ‘organizing committee.’  Two other political practices indirectly favored the Communists; earlier Red union organizing in the industry (although its effects were contradictory): and forming the union as an amalgamated rather than as a unitary organization.”

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Union Democracy, Radical Leadership, and the Hegemony of Capital.” American Sociological Review 60 (December 1995).

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Left Out: Reds and America’s Industrial Unions. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2002. Praises the role of Communists in the CIO.  Chapter topics: 1. The Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO): left, right, and center: 2. ‘Who gets the bird?’: 3. Insurgency, radicalism, and democracy: 4. Lived democracy: UAW local 600: 5. ‘Red company unions’?: 6. Rank-and-file democracy and the ‘class struggle in production’: 7. strangers to their own class?: 8. ‘Pin money’ and ‘pink slips’: 9. The ‘big 3’ and interracial solidarity: 10. The red and the black: 11. Conclusion: an American tragedy: 12. Epilogue: the specter of a ‘third labor federation’.

Stolberg, Benjamin. The Story of the CIO. New York: The Viking press, 1938. This early journalistic study sees the CIO as having been infiltrated by the Communist party.

Urmann, Michael F. “Rank and File Communists and the CIO (Committee for Industrial Organization) Unions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1981. Based upon eighteen oral interviews; maintains the Communist party played a major role in the rapid growth of the CIO due to the activity of its union militants at the local level.

Zieger, Robert, Bruce Nelson, Ruth Milkman, Nelson Lichtenstein, Earl Lewis, and Dorothy Sue Cobble. “Robert Zieger’s History of the CIO: A Symposium.” Labor History 37, no. 2 (Spring 1996). Includes Bruce Nelson’s “Zieger’s CIO: In Defense of Labor Liberalism,” Ruth Milkman’s “Back to the Future?,” Nelson Lichtenstein’s “The View from Jackson Place,” Earl Lewis’s “To Tell a Full Story: The Institutionalization of the CIO and Matters of Race and Class,” Dorothy Sue Cobble’s “Zieger’s CIO: ‘A Modest Defense,’” and Robert H. Zieger’s “The CIO on Trial.”

Zieger, Robert, Gerald Horne, and Dan Leab. “[Exchange].” Labor History 38, no. 1 (Winter 1996-97). Exchange in “communications” section over the treatment of Communists in Zieger’s The CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. “Nobody Here But Us Trade Unionists: Communism and the CIO.” Reviews in American History 10, no. 2 (1982). Review-essay on Harvey Levenstein’s Communism, Anticommunism, and the CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. “Toward the History of the CIO: A Bibliographical Report.” Labor History 26, no. 4 (Fall 1985). Discusses historical treatment of CIO Communists.

Zieger, Robert H. “Lew McBeck and the Phantom Federation: The CIO, 1954.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Zieger, Robert H. “The CIO: A Bibliographical Update and Archival Guide.” Labor History 31, no. 4 (Fall 1990).

Zieger, Robert H. The CIO, 1935-1955. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995. Includes extensive coverage of the role of the C.P. in the CIO.  “The admirable, and on the whole sincerely compiled, record of Communist-oriented affiliates along with the often courageous and principled actions of many pro-Soviet individuals on racial matters made the strongest case for repudiating the anti-Communist purge.  Race, however, was not the only issue facing the labor left in the New Deal -- World War II era.  Even if its primacy is asserted, how long could a CIO tainted with the practical and moral incubus of Communist association have remained an effective force?  Being Communist in the 1930s and the 1940s was not just being a liberal in a hurry.  The importance of Communism lay precisely in its connection to the Soviet empire and to the stature achieved by the Stalinist apparatus.  To be a Communist, or even to be a consistent ally and defender of Communists, was to link yourself to Stalinism.  It meant that you either denied Soviet crimes that killed and imprisoned millions or you justified them.”

Zieger, Robert H., and Randolph Boehm, eds. Minutes of the Executive Board of the Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1935-1955. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1991. 18 microfilm reels.

****************************************************************

 

Expelling Communists from the CIO

 

Brooks, Thomas R. “Rewriting History: The Labor Myth.” The American Federationist 85 (May 1978). Critical of those historians who criticize the expulsions of Communist-led unions from the AFL or CIO.


Congress of Industrial Organizations. Official Reports on the Expulsion of Communist Dominated Organizations from the CIO. Washington, DC: Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1954.

Chaison, Gary N. “Federation Expulsions and Union Mergers in the United States.” Relations Industrielles [Canada] 28 (1973).

Emspak, Frank. “The Break-up of the Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO), 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1972. Regards Communists as a positive force in the CIO; treats anti-Communists as aggressive opportunists who weakened the labor movement by changing it from a progressive and antiwar organization to a status quo body.

Koch, Lene. “Anti-Communism in the American Labor Movement: Reflections on the Communist Expulsions in 1949-50.” American Studies in Scandinavia 13, no. 2 (1981). Discusses the link between the CIO’s anti-Communism and its alliance with the Democratic party.

Morgen, Carl. “Destroying the California CIO Council.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses deportation of Luisa Moreno, a state CIO official and leader of the Food, Tobacco and Agricultural Workers Union and raiding of such left-led unions as UE 1421 and United Furniture Workers 576 by such anti-Communist unions as TWU-CIO and the AFL’s Furniture Workers International 1010.

O’Brien, F. S. “The ‘Communist-Dominated’ Unions in the United States Since 1950.” Labor History 9, no. 2 (Spring 1968). Reviews the history of eleven unions expelled from the C.I.O. between November 1949 and August 1950 as Communist.

Oshinsky, David. “Labor’s Cold War: The CIO and the Communists.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Prickett, James R. “Some Aspects of the Communist Controversy in the CIO.” Science & Society 33, no. 3 (Summer 1969). Discusses the assertion of CIO anti-Communists that Communist party trade unionists supported Soviet foreign policy.

Rosa, Todd. “CPUSA, the Henry Wallace Campaign and the CIO Expulsions.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Preface & An Overview and Preliminary Assessment of the CIO’s Expelled Unions.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992. Comments on essays on the CIO’s expelled unions: the UE as “a moral beacon of the labor movement,” the FTA “showing strength even in defeat,” and William Senter’s “proud avowal of his C.P. membership probably had much to do with his effort, unmatched by any Communist trade-union leader I know of, to come to grips with the ‘is’--the realities of the capitalism he confronted--and the ‘ought’--the ultimate goal of democratic socialism.”

Rosswurm, Steve. “Some Thoughts on the CIO’s Cold War Purge: Union and Progressive Social Activists Were Affected by Cold War Politics.” Paper presented at 20th annual conference of the Wisconsin Labor History Society. Milwaukee., 2001.

****************************************************************

 

CIO Biographical Material

 

John Brophy

 

Mullay, Sr. M. Camilla. “John Brophy, Militant Labor Leader and Reformer: The CIO Years.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1966.

****************************************************************

 

Len De Caux

 

Alvin, Milton. “Labor Radical: A Dishonest History of the CIO.” International Socialist Review 32, no. 7 (1971). Critical of the historical accuracy of  Len De Caux’s Labor Radical.

De Caux, Len. Labor Radical: From the Wobblies to CIO, a Personal History. Boston: Beacon Press, 1970. Memoir by a Communist who managed press and public relations for the national CIO from its origin to the late 1940s.

****************************************************************

 

Adolph Germer

 

Cary, Lorin Lee. “Adolph Germer: From Labor Agitator to Labor Professional.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1968. Critical of Germer’s opposition to communism in the CIO.

Cary, Lorin Lee. “Institutionalized Conservatism in the Early C.I.O.: Adolph Germer, A Case Study.” Labor History 13, no. 4 (Fall 1972). Critical essay on Germer, a Socialist and anti-Communist union activist.

****************************************************************

 

Powers Hapgood

 

Bailey, Gary L. “Lone Wolf to Labor Bureaucrat: The Life of Powers Hapgood.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Bussel, Robert. From Harvard to the Ranks of Labor: Powers Hapgood and the American Working Class. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

John L. Lewis

 

Dubofsky, Melvyn, and Warren R. Van Tine. John L. Lewis: A Biography. New York: Quadrangle/New York Times Book Co., 1977. Discusses Lewis’s destruction of  the Communist presence in the UMW but his willingness to use Communist organizers when building the CIO.

Wechsler, James Arthur. Labor Baron. New York: W. Morrow, 1944. Discusses Lewis’s use of Communist organizers in the CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. John L. Lewis: Labor Leader. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Lucy Randolph Mason

 

Glisson, Susan M. “Lucy Randolph Mason: ‘The Rest of Us’.” In The Human Tradition in the Civil Rights Movement, edited by Susan M. Glisson. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield, 2006.

Mason, Lucy Randolph. To Win These Rights: A Personal Story of the CIO in the South. New York: Harper, 1952.

Patton, Randall L. “The CIO and the Search for a ‘Silent South.’” Maryland Historian 19, no. 2 (1988). On the career of Lucy Randolph Mason and “Operation Dixie.”

Salmond, John A. Miss Lucy of the CIO: The Life and Times of Lucy Randolph Mason, 1882-1959. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Lee Pressman

 

Gall, Gilbert J. “A Note on Lee Pressman and the FBI.” Labor History 32, no. 4 (Fall 1991). “To the FBI and its informants, the attorney appeared as a Machiavellian tool used by the party to manipulate the policy stances of the industrial union federation in scheming ways, unbeknownst to the CIO’s top officers.  In Pressman’s own analysis ... his role was more accurately that of an intermediary between the CIO’s left and center elements, a communication nexus of a sort which enabled the diverse elements of the CIO to hold together as long as they did.”

Gall, Gilbert J. “[To the Editor].” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Says FBI FOIA files obtained subsequent to his 1991 “A Note on Lee Pressman and the FBI” show Roy Hudson giving Pressman detailed instructions.  Concludes “the new information gives us an even sharper portrait of Pressman’s willingness to take direction, at least in 1943, from the Communist Party, on policy matters important to the CIO.”

Gall, Gilbert J. “The Communist Party and the National Office of the CIO: Lee Pressman and the Limitations of Organizational Influence, 1939-1945.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998. Examines the relationship between Pressman’s Communist loyalties and his role in the CIO.  Discusses records of Pressman meeting with Roy Hudson at the 1943 CIO convention to discuss how the language of certain policy documents could be modified to accommodate the CPUSA.  “Pressman played a significant role in helping the party achieve a reasonable level of influence in one of the nation’s major economic formations.”

Gall, Gilbert J. Pursuing Justice: Lee Pressman, the New Deal, and the CIO. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1999. Scholarly biography of Pressman that discusses Pressman’s relationship to the CPUSA and his role as a leading CIO official.

Gall, Gilbert J., and Walter Weintraub. “Verbal Behavior and Personality Analysis in Historical Biography: Lee Pressman as a Test Case.” Psychohistory Review 24, no. 3 (1996). On use of the Weintraub-Aronson System in analysis of Pressman’s verbal behavior.

Rosswurm, Steve. “‘The Wondrous Tale of a FBI Bug’: Its Implications for Our Understand of Internal CIO Politics.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 2002.

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Wondrous Tale of an FBI Bug: What It Tells Us About Communism, Anti-Communism, and the CIO Leadership.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Discusses contents of FBI bugging of meetings at the 1943 CIO convention at which Roy Hudson, then supervising party labor affairs ordered Lee Pressman and other CIO officials aligned with the CPUSA to modify CIO resolutions and procedures to accommodate the party’s political policies.

****************************************************************

 

William Weinstone

 

Weinstone, William. “Labor Radical: An Insider’s Story of the CIO.” Political Affairs, May 1971. Weinstone was a leading CPUSA official assigned to trade union work in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Regional

 

CIO: Canada

 

Abella, Irving. “The CIO, the Communist Party, and the Formation of the Canadian Congress of Labour, 1936-1941.” Historical Papers [Canada] (1969).

Abella, Irving M. Nationalism, Communism and Canadian Labour the CIO, the Communist Party and the Canadian Congress of Labour, 1935-1956. [Toronto]: University of Toronto Press, 1973.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Pacific Northwest

 

Cherny, Robert W. “Anti-Communist Networks and Labor: The Pacific Coast in the  1930s.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The CIO and That ‘Damnable Bickering’ in the Pacific Northwest 1937-1941.” Pacific History 23, no. 1 (1979). Discusses factional strife within Pacific Northwest CIO locals between the “Left” which was pro-Soviet and the “Opposition” or “rightists” who were anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Upper Midwest

 

Pratt, William. “Using FBI Records in Writing Regional Labor History.” Labor History 33 (Fall 1992): 470-82. Notes importance of the FBI reports in understanding left-wing activities in the Midwest, particularly Communist activities.  Notes a 1941 report on C.P. organizing among American Indians in Montana.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: South

 

Draper, Alan. Conflict of Interests: Organized Labor and the Civil Rights Movement in the South, 1954-1968. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, 1994. Says that those who argue that the labor movement missed an opportunity to create a labor-based civil rights movement by purging its Communists were “blinded by romanticism“ in view of the deeply felt racial views of white Southern workers.

Flamming, Douglas. “Christian Radicalism, McCarthyism, and the Dilemma of Organized Labor in Dixie.” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Grigsby, M. Ellen. “The Politics of Protest: Theoretical, Historical, and Literary Perspectives on Labor Conflict in Gaston County, North Carolina.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Caroline, Chapel Hill, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “The Labor Movement and Racism in the South: A Historical Overview.” In Racism and the Denial of Human Rights: Beyond Ethnicity, edited by Marvin J. Berlowitz and Ronald S. Edari. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1984. Originally a paper presented to the 6th annual Midwest Marxist Scholars Conference, held at the University of Wisconsin--Milwaukee, April 10-12, 1981 and sponsored by the Marxist Educational Press.  Attributes much of the failure of the union movement in the South after World War II to the purge of Communists and radicals.

Ingalls, Robert P. “The Flogging of Joseph Gelders: A Policeman’s View.” Labor History 20, no. 4 (1979). Discusses documents dealing with the flogging of a Communist party organizer and the links between the flogging and planned expansion of a U.S. Steel plant in Alabama.

Ingalls, Robert P. “Antiradical Violence in Birmingham During the 1930s.” Journal of Southern History 47 (November 1981). Notes attacks on Communist organizers.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “‘Scientific Unionism’ and the ‘Negro Question.’” In Southern Labor in Transition, 1940-1995, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1997.

Regensburger, William. “Worker Insurgency and Southern Working-Class Combativeness: Miners, Sailors, and the Emergence of Industrial Unionism in the South.” In Insurgent Workers: Studies of the Origins of Industrial Unionism on the East and West Coast Docks and in the South During the 1930s, edited by Maurice Zeitlin. [Los Angeles]: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Based on interviews with 1930s militants of the UMW, NMU, and Mine-Mill.  Notes the role of C.P. organizers and comments on union divisions that “usually the left was composed of Communists and their allies.  The right could be composed of anti-communist liberals, Socialists, Trotskyists, or Wobblies.”

Regensburger, William E. “‘Ground Into Our Blood’: The Origins of Working Class Consciousness and Organization in Durably Unionized Southern Industries, 1930-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Notes the role and importance of Communist and other radicals in Southern organizing drives.

Stein, Judith. “Southern Workers in National Unions: Birmingham Steelworkers, 1936-1951.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

South: Operation Dixie

 

Barkin, Solomon. “‘Operation Dixie:’ Two Points of View.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (Summer 1972). Review essay on Barbara Griffith’s The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO.  Critical of Griffith’s treatment of C.P.-influenced unions, “most distressing about the text is that the source of information and opinions in these areas were largely derived from statements by and interviews with left-oriented partisan organizers, persons, and writers.  The author tended to accept their views uncritically....  The cost for her relatively uncritical  approach ... is a slanted book.”

Foner, Philip. “AFL and CIO Drives in the South.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Maintains that the CIO’s Operation Dixie failed in part because Philip Murray eliminated Communist organizers with their contacts with black workers from the campaign, cites Miranda Smith of United Tobacco Workers.

Gentry, Jonathan. “‘Christ is Out, Communism is On’: Opposition to the Congress of Industrial Organizations’s ‘Operation Dixie’ in South Carolina, 1946-1951.” Proceedings of the South Carolina Historical Association (2003).

Goldfield, Michael. “The Failure of Operation Dixie: A Critical Turning Point in American Political Development?” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Goldfield, Michael. “Operation Dixie.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Griffith, Barbara S. The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988. Sympathetic to Communist unionists and their allies and critical of others.

Honey, Michael. “‘Operation Dixie:’ Two Points of View.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Review essay on Barbara Griffith’s The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO.  Praises Griffith and sees the CIO’s exclusion of leftists and accommodation to anticommunism as fatal flaws contributing to Operation Dixie’s failure.

Honey, Michael K. “Operation Dixie, the Red Scare, and the Defeat of Southern Labor Organizing.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Honey, Michael. “Operation Dixie: Labor and Civil Rights in the Postwar South.” Mississippi Quarterly 45 (Fall 1992).

Jones, William P. “Black Workers and the CIO’s Turn Toward Racial Liberalism: Operation Dixie and the North Carolina Lumber Industry, 1946-1953.” Labor History 41 (2000).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “From Corporatism to Collective Bargaining: Organized Labor and the Eclipse of Social Democracy in the Postwar Era.” In The Rise and Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980, edited by Steve Fraser and Gary Gerstle. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989. Blames opposition to Communism in part for the failure of Operation Dixie: “CIO leaders sought to deflect southern xenophobia by excluding Communists and other radicals from participation in Operation Dixie.  Thus resources of the Communist-led trade unions and of Popular Front institutions like the Southern Conference for Human Welfare and the Highlander Folk School were shunted aside.  Of course, CIO anticommunism was not alone responsible for the defeat of Operation Dixie; the decisive battles in the key textile mill towns were over by the end of 1946, before this issue became all-consuming.  But the labor movement’s internal conflict may well have turned a tactical defeat into a disorganized rout.”  Wallace’s Progressive party “also represented a break with what was becoming fundamental in postwar America: alignment with the government in the battalions of the new cold war and exclusion of the Communists from the political arena.”

****************************************************************

 

CIO: States

 

CIO: California

 

Burt, Kenneth C. “The Fight for Fair Employment and the Shifting Alliances Among Latinos and Labor in Cold War Los Angeles.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Godinez, Frank S. “Labor’s War: Los Angeles CIO Unions in the Turbulent 40s.” Unpublished master’s thesis. California State University, Fullerton, 2002.

Leonard, Kevin Allen. “Retreat from Racism: California Unions in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Perry, Louis B., and Richard S. Perry. A History of the Los Angeles Labor Movement, 1911-1941. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1963. Notes some Communist success with the TUUL and greater success working through the CIO.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Oakland’s 1946 General Strike.” Ralph [Northern California Newspaper Guild], April 1997.

Selvin, David F. Sky Full of Storm: A Brief History of Californian Labor. Berkeley: Center for Labor Research and Education, Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, 1966. Discusses the Trade Union Unity League, the Communist party, and the CIO.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Illinois

 

Derber, Milton. Labor in Illinois: The Affluent Years, 1945-80. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Discusses the expulsion of the Communist-led unions.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Minnesota

 

Haynes, John Earl. “Communists and Anti-Communists in the Northern Minnesota CIO, 1936-1949.” Upper Midwest History 1, no. 1 (1981). Shows how factional fortunes were affected by the interplay of local politics, national and international political trends, and Communist goals.

Tselos, George Dimitri. “The Minneapolis Labor Movement in the 1930’s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1970. Deals with the extensive Trotskyist and Communist role in Minneapolis unions, CIO and AFL, in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Missouri

 

Fink, Gary M. “The Unwanted Conflict: Missouri Labor and the CIO.” Missouri Historical Review 54 (July 1970). Notes the role of Communists in AFL versus CIO factionalism in Missouri.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: New York

 

Eimer, Stuart. “The Challenge of Organizing the Organized: The Congress of Industrial Organizations Greater New York Industrial Union Council and Working Class Formation.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 2000.

Foner, Henry. “Saul Mills and the Greater New York Industrial Union Council, CIO.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Brief biography of Mills, secretary-treasurer of the New York IUC from 1940 until its dissolution for Communist domination in 1948, and a lengthy letter written by Mills to his wife in 1948 regarding the lifting of the IUC charter at the 1948 Portland Oregon CIO national convention.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Ohio

 

Nelson, Daniel. “The CIO at Bay: Labor Militancy and Politics in Akron, 1936-1938.” Journal of American History 71, no. 3 (December 1984). Notes a Communist role in CIO and union political activity in Akron and the political use of anti-Communism by opponents of CIO-endorsed candidates.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Pennsylvania

 

Howard, Walter T. “Antilabor and Antiradical Violence in Northeastern Pennsylvania During the Great Depression.” Paper presented at History of Northeastern Pennsylvania Conference. Luzerne County Community College, 1995.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Texas

 

Ramos, Sandi. “Communism in West Texas: Rigdon v. Panhandle Publishing Company.” E. C. Barksdale Student Lectures 1993-94, no. 13 (1993-94). On the unsuccessful libel suit Joe Rigdon of the International Union of Operating Engineers brought against a newspaper columnist and the role of charges of Communist associations in the trial.

Polakoff, Murray E. “The Development of the Texas State CIO Council.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University., 1955. Notes role of C.P. in formation of Texas CIO.

****************************************************************

 

CIO: Wisconsin

 

Gavett, Thomas William. Development of the Labor Movement in Milwaukee. University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

Ozanne, Robert W. The Labor Movement in Wisconsin: A History. Madison, WI: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1984. Discusses the struggle between Communists and anti-Communists to control key Wisconsin CIO locals and the state Industrial Union Council.

****************************************************************

 

Industries, Trades, and Individual Unions

 

Auto Industry and the United Auto Workers

 

Asher, Robert, and Ronald Edsforth, eds. Autowork. Assisted by Stephen Merlino. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1995. 1. "A Half Century of Struggle: Auto Workers Fighting for Justice" by Robert Asher and Ronald Edsforth; 2. Building for Mass Production: Factory Design and Work Process at the Ford Motor Company" by Lindy Biggs; 3. The Speedup: The Focal Point of Workers' Grievances, 1919–1941" by Ronald Edsforth and Robert Asher, with the assistance of Raymond Boryczka; 4. Auto Workers at War: Patriotism and Protest in the American Automobile Industry, 1939-1945" by Kevin Boyle; 5. The 1949 Ford Speedup Strike and the Post War Social Compact, 1946-1961" by Robert Asher; 6. Why Automation Didn't Shorten the Work Week: The Politics of Work Time in the Automobile Industry" by Ronald Edsforth; 7. Auto Workers, Dissent, and the UAW: Detroit and Lordstown" by Heather Ann Thompson; 8. Sabotage in an Automobile Assembly Plant: Worker Voice on the Shopfloor" by Craig A. Zabala; 9. Restructuring the Workplace: Post-Fordism or Return of the Foreman?" by Steve Babson.

Bernard, John. American Vanguard: The United Auto Workers During the Reuther Years, 1935-1970. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2004.

Benedict, Daniel. “Good-Bye to Homer Martin.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 29 (1992). On the coalition in the UAW that formed against Homer Martin.

Bernstein, Barton. “The Automobile Industry and the Coming of the Second World War.” Southwestern Social Science Quarterly 41, no. 1 (June 1966).

Blackwood, George D. “The United Automobile Workers of America, 1935-51.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1951.

Boryczka, Ray. “Militancy and Factionalism in the United Auto Workers Union, 1937-1941.” Maryland Historian 8, no. 2 (Spring 1977). Concludes that work bench factionalism and militancy discouraged development of a politically radical rank-and-file labor movement.

Boyle, Kevin. “The Union and the Price System: The United Automobile Workers, Social Democracy, and the Postwar Order.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Chalmers, William Ellison. “Labor in the Automobile Industry: A Study of Personnel Policies, Workers’ Attitudes and Attempts at Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1932.

Communist Auto Workers. Spotlight. Los Angeles, CA: Communist Auto Workers, 194u. Journal, early 1940s.

Dahlheimer, Harry. A History of the Mechanics Education Society of America in Detroit, from Its Inception in 1933 Through 1937. Detroit: Wayne University press, 1951. MESA played a major role in the early history of auto worker unionism.

Edsforth, Ronald. Class Conflict and Cultural Consensus: The Making of a Mass Consumer Society in Flint, Michigan. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1987. Argues that mass consumer culture fundamentally changed working class attitudes and uses the history of auto workers in Flint to illustrate this theme.  Finds that even during the Depression era days of CIO enthusiasm, most auto workers did not share the left’s vision of social transformation and saw the UAW chiefly as an instrument for reclaiming a secure place in consumer culture.  Discusses the activity of the C.P. and the S.P. among Flint auto workers.

Edsforth, Ronald. “On the Decline of Rank-and-File Militance in the Postwar UAW.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Edsforth, Ronald. “Affluence, Anti-Communism, and the Transformation of Industrial Unionism Among Automobile Workers, 1933-1973.” In Popular Culture and Political Change in Modern America, edited by Ronald Edsforth and Larry Bennett. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1991. “After World War II, the workers of the UAW were in the vanguard of their class in both material and political terms; but they were not alone.  By the mid-1960s, the majority of America’s organized working class who were not victims of the second Red Scare embraced, or at least tolerated, anti-communism because it was an integral part of the New American Dream to which they had committed their lives.  Theirs was not an unobtainable dream; nor were their lives empty because of it.  Indeed, for at least a quarter of century, the material promises of consumer-oriented Americanism were fulfilled in improvements in everyday life that made them the most affluent working class in American history.”

Fine, Sidney. “President Roosevelt and the Automobile Code.” Mississippi Valley Historical Review 45 (June 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “The Origins of the United Automobile Workers, 1933-1935.” Journal of Economic History 18, no. 3 (September 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “Proportional Representation of Workers in the Auto Industry.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 12 (January 1959).

Fine, Sidney. The Automobile Under the Blue Eagle. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1963. This highly detailed and scholarly study notes the significant Communist presence in auto unionism in the period prior to the formation of the UAW-CIO.

Goode, Bill. Infighting in the UAW: The 1946 Election and the Ascendancy of Walter Reuther. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. Finds that communism was only a subsidiary issue in the UAW factional fights of 1946 and 1947.

Halpern, Martin. “The Disintegration of the Left-Center Coalition in the UAW, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1982. Finds that the Left caucus was destroyed by anti-Communist attack because of the role of the Communist party in it, by Philip Murray’s attacks on the Communist party role in the CIO, by media hostility, and by the conclusion of many centrist union activists that, in view of the passage of Taft-Hartley, the political defenses of the labor movement would best be served by the program of the Reuther caucus.

Halpern, Martin. “Taft-Hartley and the Defeat of the Progressive Alternative in the United Auto Workers.” Labor History 27, no. 2 (Spring 1986). Argues that the anti-Communist provisions of Taft-Hartley strengthened the hand of the “right-wing” Reuther faction in struggle with the “Left-Progressive” faction.

Halpern, Martin. “The Politics of Auto Union Factionalism: The Michigan CIO in the Cold War Era.” Michigan Historical Review 13, no. 2 (Fall 1987). “The left-center coalition was defeated, then, not because of mistakes made in 1939 or during World War II but because of its commitment to unity between Communists and non-Communists made it a primary target of the powerful drive by government, industry, and the press for anti-communist orthodoxy in domestic and foreign affairs.  These external forces pushed many of the uncommitted -- and some adherents of the left-center coalition -- into the Reuther group in what proved to be a fight-to-the-finish for control of the union.”

Halpern, Martin. “The 1939 UAW Convention.” Paper presented at the “Perspectives on Labor History: The  School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Halpern, Martin. “The 1939 UAW Convention: Turing Point for Communist Power in the Auto Union?” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Finds that UAW Communists backed the CIO’s 1939 solution to UAW factional problems for good trade union reasons and denies that CPUSA intervention was important or detrimental to the long-range prospects of the UAW left.  Dismisses interpretations of Klehr, Draper, Cochran and others as “the old anticommunist view” and rebuts as well criticism of the CPUSA role by veteran Communists Wyndham Mortimer and Al Richmond and left historians such as Prickett and Johnson.

Keeran, Roger. “Communists and Auto Workers: The Struggle for a Union, 1919-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1974.

Keeran, Roger. “The Communists and UAW Factionalism, 1937-39.” Michigan History 60 (Summer 1976). Finds the Communist party largely innocent of aggression in factional conflict.  Anti-Communists and non-Communists were the troublemakers.

Keeran, Roger. “Communist Influence in the Automobile Industry, 1920-1933: Paving the Way for an Industrial Union.” Labor History 20, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Emphasizes the pioneering role of Communist party militants in preparing the way for unionism in the auto industry.

Keeran, Roger. The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1980. Finds the Communist party to have been an influential and positive force in auto industry unionism.  Vindicates the Communist party’s trade union tactics, strategy and political stance; highly critical of all anti-Communist union factions.

Klehr, Harvey. “American Communism and the United Auto Workers: New Evidence on an Old Controversy.” Labor History 24, no. 3 (Summer 1983). Reviews evidence of Communist involvement in UAW wildcat and sit-down strikes and its role in initiating factional conflict within the UAW.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Auto Worker Militancy and the Structure of Factory Life, 1937-1955.” Journal of American History 67, no. 2 (September 1980): 335-53. Notes that the UAW’s Communist faction, along with all other union factions, was hostile to shop-floor syndicalism.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Another Time: Another Place; Blacks, Radicals and Rank and File Militancy in Auto in the 30s & 40s.” Radical America 16, no. 1&2 (1982). Review-essay on Keeran’s The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions, Glaberman’s The Struggle against the No-Strike Pledge, and Meier and Rudwick’s Black Detroit and the Rise of the UAW.

Manley, John. “Communists and Autoworkers: The Struggle for Industrial Unionism in the Canadian Automobile Industry, 1925-1936.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada] 17 (Spring 1986).

Meyer, Stephen, III. “Shop Culture, Shop Stewards, Shop Grievances: Sources of Labor Militancy at Allis-Chalmers in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at Social Science History Conference, 1982.

Moore, Gilbert W. “Poverty, Class Consciousness, and Racial Conflict: The Social Basis of Trade Union Politics in the UAW-CIO, 1937-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1978. Finds that despite the growing threat of monopoly economic power and the recurrent impoverishment of auto workers, the “Marxist” wing of the UAW was isolated and collapsed.  Attributes the defeat of the Marxist wing, despite objective conditions favoring it growth, to a few tactical errors by Marxists and the unjustified attack on the Marxists by an alliance of Roman Catholics, Socialist party militants and Protestant fundamentalists.  Racial conflict contributed to the ability of the latter alliance to defeat the formation of Marxist class consciousness.

Prickett, James R. “Communism and Factionalism in the United Automobile Workers, 1939-1947.” Science & Society 32, no. 3 (Summer 1968). Attributes Reuther’s eventual victory to the Communist faction’s effort to conciliate non-Communists by refusing to take control of the union in 1939 when they were in a position to do so.

Prickett, James R. “Communists and the Automobile Industry in Detroit Before 1935.” Michigan History 57, no. 3 (Fall 1973). Discusses the role of Communist leaders such as Philip Raymond and Anthony Gerlach in the Automobile Workers Union in the 1920’s and early 1930’s.

Skeels, Jack. “The Background of UAW Factionalism.” Labor History 2, no. 2 (Spring 1961). Finds that ideological factions such as Communists and Socialists were not a major source of factional disagreement.

Skeels, Jack. “Early Carriage and Auto Unions: The Impact of Industrialization and Rival Unionism.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 17 (July 1964).

Skeels, Jack William. “The Development of Political Stability Within the United Auto Workers Union.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Concludes that UAW factionalism was largely built around personalities and on organizational and bureaucratic rivalries and that the Communist party presence in the Addes faction was one of the few substantive differences between it and the Reuther faction.

Williams, Charles Thomas. “Working-Class Americanism and the Rise of the United Auto Workers: From Labor Insurgency to Postwar Political Integration.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

UAW and Specific Companies or Strikes

 

UAW and Aircraft Workers

 

Housch‑Collins, Linda Gail. “Selling Bread and Freedom: The Aircraft Organizing Drives of the United Automobile Workers in Birmingham, Alabama, 1943 to 1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Allis-Chalmers

 

Diamond, Sigmund. “On the Road to Camelot.” Labor History 21, no. 2 (1980). Representative John F. Kennedy linked the 1946 Allis-Chalmers strike in Milwaukee to the Communist Party at a 1947 Congressional hearing.

Schwartz, Donald A. “The 1941 Strike at Allis-Chalmers.” Master’s Thesis. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, 1943. Study of a strike often attributed to the C.P.’s anti-preparedness stand in the Nazi-Soviet Pact period.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Joint Statement of A. K. Brintnall [and Others], February 24, 1947. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1947. On labor situation at Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company.

****************************************************************

 

Chrysler

 

Jefferys, Steve. “‘Matters of Mutual Interest’: The Unionization Process at Dodge Main, 1933-1939.” In On the Line: Essays in the History of Auto Work, edited by Stephen Meyer and Nelson Lichtenstein. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Sees only a minor Communist role in the organization of Chrysler’s huge Dodge Main plant at Hamtramck where most UAW activists came out of the Coughlinist Automotive Industrial Workers’ Association.

****************************************************************

 

Ford

 

Andrew, William D. “Factionalism and Anti-Communism: Ford Local 600.” Labor History 20, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Discusses the influence of a 1952 House Committee on Un-American Activities hearing, along with a history of factionalism and anti-Reuther activity, had on the decision to impose an administrator on Local 600.

Fine, Sidney. “The Ford Motor Company and the NRA.” Business History Review 32 (Winter 1958).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Life at the Rouge: A Cycle of Working Class Militancy 1940-1960.” In Life and Labor Dimensions of American Working-Class History, edited by Robert Asher and Charles Stephenson. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1986. Discusses Communist and anti-Communist factionalism in a UAW local.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Talking Union. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996. Oral history of the organizing UAW Local 600 at Ford’s River Rouge plant, Dearborn, Michigan, and of the Local’s internal political life into the mid-1950s.  Excepts from interviews with workers, rank-and-file leaders, wives of workers, and interviews with David Wellman of the C.P.’s auto commission and UAW officials Ken Bannon and Victor Reuther.  Chapter titles include “Reds,” “The Henry Wallace Campaign,” “Red-Hunt,”, and “Purge.”

Zieger, Robert H. “Showdown at the Rouge.” History Today 40 (January 1990)

****************************************************************

 

Ford Hunger March

 

Barnard, John. “The Ford Hunger March - 1932.” Labor History 13, no. 3 (Summer 1972). Recounts the Communist-linked march in which four were killed and two dozen wounded in a clash with police.

Sugar, Maurice. “The Ford Hunger March.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Memoir by Detroit radical lawyer of the 1932 march organized by the Communist party-aligned Auto Workers Union of the TUUL and the Unemployed Council.  Sugar, a lawyer for the ILD, defended those indicted after the march.  Sugar attacks most non-Communist party groups involved in the controversy, including the Socialist Party, the Proletarian Party, and the Socialist Labor Party.

****************************************************************

 

General Motors and the Flint Sit-Down Strike

 

Dollinger, Genora Johnson. Striking Flint: Genora (Johnson) Dollinger Remembers the 1936-37 General Motors Sit-Down Strike. With Susan Rosenthal. Chicago: L.J. Page Publications, 1996. Booklet by a leader of the Women’s Emergency Brigade of the UAW Women’s Auxiliary to the strike.

Dollinger, Sol. “Flint and the Rewriting of History.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996). On the Flint sitdown strike.

Fine, Sidney. “The Toledo Chevrolet Strike of 1935.” Ohio Historical Quarterly 67 (October 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “The General Motors Sit-Down Strike: A Re-Examination.” American Historical Review 70, no. 3 (April 1965).

Fine, Sidney. Sit-Down: The General Motors Strike of 1936-1937. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1969. Discusses the key Communist party role in the vital Flint UAW sit-down strike.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “A Comment on Historiography.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996). On the Flint sitdown strike.

Markowitz, Norman. “Sit-Down Strike.” Political Affairs 82, no. 5 (2003).

Meyerowitz, Ruth Susan. “Organizing and Building the UAW: Women at the Ternstedt General Motors Part Plant, 1936-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1985. Notes Communist links of some women UAW militants.

Post, Charlie. “Introduction: The Flint Sitdown for Beginners.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996)

****************************************************************

 

Motor Products Strike of 1935-1936

 

Boryczka, Ray. “Seasons of Discontent: Auto Union Factionalism and the Motor Products Strike of 1935-1936.” Michigan History 61 (Spring 1977)

****************************************************************

 

North American Aviation Strike of 1941

 

Prickett, James R. “Communist Conspiracy or Wage Dispute?: The 1941 Strike at North American Aviation.” Pacific Historical Review 50, no. 2 (May 1981). Asserts that the UAW strike at the North American Aviation plant in Inglewood, California, in 1941 was not promoted by Communist unionists for political reasons.

****************************************************************

 

Studebaker

 

Amberg, Stephen. “Triumph of Industrial Orthodoxy: The Collapse of Studebaker-Packard Corporation.” In On the Line: Essays in the History of Auto Work, edited by Stephen Meyer and Nelson Lichtenstein. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Says a “right-wing” faction took over Studebaker’s UAW local 5 in 1945 with “red-baiting” and notes that “the right-wing program centered on defending and extending workers’ job rights, which it believed communists were willing to sacrifice for labor participation in corporatist planning schemes.”

****************************************************************

 

Tool and Die Makers Strike of 1933

 

Fine, Sidney. “The Tool and Die Makers Strike of 1933.” Michigan History 42 (September 1958)

****************************************************************

 

UAW and Politics

 

Amberg, Stephen. The Union Inspiration in American Politics: The Autoworkers and the Making of a Liberal Industrial Order. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1994.

Boyle, Kevin. The UAW and the Heyday of American Liberalism, 1945-1968. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1995.

Boyle, Kevin Gerard. “Politics and Principles: The United Automobile Workers and American Labor-Liberalism, 1948-1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1990.

Halpern, Martin. UAW Politics in the Cold War Era. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1988.  During the “popular front (1935-1946)” Communists “were regularly consulted by UAW officials and they had a leading role in such key developments as the UAW’s 1939 constitution and the April 1946 broad program.”  Concludes “the defeat ... of the UAW left-center coalition contributed to the ending of the popular front presence in United States political life....  The division between the 1935 - 1946 period and the subsequent period in United States history is immense....   The cold war ushered in a period in which the fear of communism dominated our political culture until the broad outpouring of opposition to the Vietnam War in the late 1960s and early 1970s.”

****************************************************************

 

UAW and Race

 

Arnesen, Eric. “Comparing Urban Crises: Race, Migration, and the Transformation of the Modern American City.” Social History 30, no. 4 (November 2005). Essay review critical of treatment of radicals and Communism in Thompson’s Whose Detroit?

Boyle, Kevin. “‘There Are no Union Sorrows That the Union Can’t Heal’: The Struggle for Racial Equality in the United Automobile Workers, 1940-1960.” Labor History 36 (Winter 1995).

Colman, David. “‘Making the Union Democratic in All Respects’: The Politics of Racial Liberalism in the United Auto Workers in the Early Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Colman, David. “Racial Politics and Identity in the Labor Movement: Black Workers’ Activism in the United Auto Workers, 1941-73.” Paper presented at Study Group on International Labor and Working-Class History meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Lewis-Colman, David Morgan. “African Americans and the Politics of Race Among Detroit’s Auto Workers, 1941--1971.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Finds that anti-Communist unionists diluted race-based activism in favor of non-racial class and union solidarity.

Lewis-Colman, David M. “From Fellow Traveler to Friendly Witness: Shelton Tappes,  Liberal Anti-Communism, and Working-Class Civil Rights in  the United Auto Workers.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Meier, August, and Elliott M. Rudwick. Black Detroit and the Rise of the UAW. New York: Oxford University Press, 1979. Notes the participation of the UAW’s Communist faction in building a working alliance between the UAW and blacks.

Thompson, Heather Ann. “The Politics of Labor, Race, and Liberalism in the Auto Plants and the Motor City, 1940-1980.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1995.

Thompson, Heather Ann. Whose Detroit? Politics, Labor, and Race in a Modern American City. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2001. Benign even celebratory view of black radicalism, black nationalism, and communism.

Williams, Charles. “The Racial Politics of Progressive Americanism: New Deal Liberalism and the Subordination of Black Workers in the UAW.” Studies in American Political Development 19 (April 2005).

****************************************************************

 

UAW: Biographical Material

 

Sol and Genora Johnson Dollinger

 

Dollinger, Sol, and Genora Johnson Dollinger. Not Automatic: Women and the Left in the Forging of the Auto Workers’ Union. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000. Part memoir, part oral history by two left activists.

****************************************************************

 

Clayton Fountain

 

Fountain, Clayton W. Union Guy. New York: Viking Press, 1949. Autobiographical.  Discusses UAW factionalism.

****************************************************************

 

Elizabeth Hawes

 

Hawes, Elizabeth. Hurry up, Please, Its Time. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, 1946. Hawes, a successful fashion designer in the 1940s joined the education department of the UAW.  Hostile to Reuther and the UAW‘s anti-Communist wing.

****************************************************************

 

Edmund Kord

 

Friedlander, Peter. The Emergence of a UAW Local, 1936-1939 a Study in Class and Culture. [Pittsburgh]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1975.  Based largely on oral history interviews with Edmund Kord as well as some other activists.

****************************************************************

 

Henry Kraus

 

Kraus, Henry. The Many & the Few: A Chronicle of the Dynamic Auto Workers. Los Angeles: Plantin Press, 1947. Written by a UAW activist associated with the Communist faction.

Kraus, Henry. Heroes of Unwritten Story: The UAW, 1934-39. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Memoir by a pro-Communist activist in the early years of the UAW.  The CPUSA has only a shadowy presence in Kraus’s account and few UAW militants are identified as having any link to the party.  Anticommunism, however, is seen as a major weapon used against the union.

****************************************************************

 

Wyndham Mortimer

 

Mortimer, Wyndham. Organize! My Life as a Union Man. Boston: Beacon Press, 1971. Autobiography by a Communist trade union figure prominent in organizing the UAW.

****************************************************************

 

Walter Reuther

 

Barnard, John. Walter Reuther and the Rise of the Auto Workers. Boston: Little, Brown, 1983.

Bernstein, Barton. “Walter Reuther and the General Motors Strike of 1945-46.” Michigan History 49, no. 3 (September 1965).

Boyle, Kevin. “Building the Vanguard: Walter Reuther and Radical Politics in 1936.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Reproduces and annotates a Walter Reuther letter to his brothers discussing his activity in the UAW-AFL and his support for forming a Farmer-Labor party although the FLP movement had strong C.P. involvement and his own S.P. was opposed.

Boyle, Kevin. “Walter Reuther and the Promise of Modern America.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Carew, Anthony. Walter Reuther. Manchester, U.K & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1993.

Collins, Linda Housch. “Trumping the Red Card: The UAW-CIO’s Organizing Drive in Birmingham, Alabama 1951-1952.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Cormier, Frank, and William J. Eaton. Reuther. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1970.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Reassessing the Historical UAW: Walter Reuther’s Affiliation with the Communist Party and Something of Its Meaning -- a Document of Party Involvement, 1939.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 49 (Spring 2002): 223-45. Argues that new documentation found in the Lovestone papers as well as already known material support a view that Reuther belonged to the CPUSA for a time in the latter half of the 1930s, including into early 1939.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Nelson Lichtenstein and the Politics of Reuther Scholarship.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 51 (Spring 2003). Responding to Lichtenstein’s 2003 critique and reasserting his judgment that Reuther was likely a party member in early 1939 although in motion out of the party with the decisive breaking coming with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.  Notes that Lichtenstein says he had examined the 1939 document Devinatz cites but disregarded it and did not mention it in his biography of Reuther, an action Devinatz criticizes.

Glaberman, Martin. “A Note On Walter Reuther.” Radical America 7 (November-December 1973). Reviews evidence suggesting that Reuther may have been a Communist party member for a short time in the 1930s.

Hennen, Cathy. “Campaigning Against Communism: The Rhetoric of Walter P. Reuther, 1946-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1986. Finds that Reuther speech themes included (1) that the Communist faction used character assassination, (2) that the C.P. manipulated vulnerable union leaders, (3) that links to the C.P. were a liability to the UAW as an institution, and (4) that Communists were poor trade unionists.  Reuther also put major stress on the nature of democracy and on educating rank and file unionists.

Howe, Irving, and B. J. Widick. The UAW and Walter Reuther. New York: Random House, 1949. Discusses Communist and anti-Communist factional conflict in the UAW.

Ilyashov, Anatoli. “Victor Reuther on the Soviet Experience, 1933-35, An Interview.” International Review of Social History [Netherlands] 31, no. 3 (1986). Discusses his and Walter Reuther’s experiences at a Ford plant in Gorky.  Notes the disillusionment of John Rushton, an American Communist and fellow skilled technician, and mentions having met Victor Herman.  Notes that working and living conditions were initially primitive but improved substantially over time, a dual economy with special privileges for foreign workers and party people, and signs of famine; describes the effect of the Kirov purge in Gorky as “McCarthyism magnified a thousandfold.”

Kelman, Sidney. “Reuther: A ‘Called’ Labor Leader.” Michigan History 73, no. 4 (1989). Biographical essay.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. The Most Dangerous Man in Detroit: Walter Reuther and the Fate of American Labor. New York, NY: Basic Books, 1995. Comprehensive and detailed biography of a key leader of CIO anti-Communists.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Nelson Lichtenstein’s Walter Reuther: A Symposium.” Labor History 37, no. 3 (Summer 1996). Comments by Nancy Gabin, John Barnard, Kevin Boyle, Mark Leff, and Robert H. Zieger with reply by Lichtenstein.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Reuther the Red?” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 51 (Spring 2003). In response to Devinatz’s 2002 essay, argues that Reuther’s factional stance inside the UAW in early 1939 indicates that, whatever earlier association he might have had, by that point he was an anti-Communist.

Reuther, Victor G. The Brothers Reuther and the Story of the UAW: A Memoir. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1976. Memoir by Victor Reuther regarding his role and that of his brothers Walter and Roy in the organization of the UAW.  Discusses the conflict between Communist and non-Communist factions and the triumph of the anti-Communist Reuther faction under Walter’s leadership.

****************************************************************

 

Irving Richter

 

Richter, Irving. Labor’s Struggles, 1945-1950: A Participant’s View. Cambridge [England] New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Richter was UAW legislative representative from 1943 until 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Culinary Unions

 

Josephson, Matthew. Union House, Union Bar; the History of the Hotel and Restaurant Employees and Bartenders International Union, AFL-CIO. New York: Random House, 1956. Notes a strong Communist presence in New York City culinary locals.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine

 

Bonislawski, Michael J. “Field Organizers and the United Electrical Workers: A Labor of Love, Struggle, and Commitment, 1935--1960.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 2002. Holds that the UE put unionism before communism.

Communist Party of the United States of America. The Diesel Ledger. Chicago: Communist Party of Illinois, 1951. Journal, 1951, aimed at diesel locomotive machinists.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “The United Electrical, Radio and Machine Workers of America, 1933-1949 the Struggle for Control.” Doctoral thesis. Pennsylvania State University, 1970. Treats the UE Right as the aggressor in UE factionalism, attributes the UE’s expulsion from the CIO to anti-Communist hysteria, and finds that there was no evidence that the CPUSA exercised inappropriate influence over the UE, and that even if it had, there is no evidence that the interests of workers were damaged by Communist influence.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “UE: The Formative Years, 1933-1937.” Labor History 17, no. 3 (Summer 1976). Discusses the coming together of company unions, IAM locals, Trade Union Unity League unions, and independent unions to form the UE.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “UE: An Uncertain Legacy.” In Political Power and Social Theory [V. 4.], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich: JAI Press, 1984.

Filippelli, Ronald L., and Mark McColloch. Cold War in the Working Class: The Rise and Decline of the United Electrical Workers. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1995.

Kannenberg, Lisa. “The Impact of the Cold War on Women’s Trade Union Activism: The U.E. Experience.” Labor History 34, no. 3/4 (Spring/Summer 1993).

Lerner, James. “National UE: Corporate Target for Extinction.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Lerner, managing editor of UE News, discusses anti-Communist attacks on the UE.

McColloch, Mark. “The Shop-Floor Dimension of Union Rivalry: The Case of Westinghouse in the 1950s.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Purcell, Theodore Vincent, and Daniel P. Mulvey. The Negro in the Electrical Manufacturing Industry. Philadelphia: Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania, 1971. Discusses the attitude of the Communist-led UE toward black issues.

Quigel, Jr., James P. “IUE Archives at Rutgers University: Documenting the International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers.” Labor’s Heritage 7, no. 4 (Spring 1996).

Schatz, Ronald. “The End of Corporate Liberalism: Class Struggle in the Electrical Manufacturing Industry, 1933-1950.” Radical America 9 (July-August 1975).

Schatz, Ronald. “Union Pioneers: The Founders of Local Unions at General Electric and Westinghouse, 1933-1937.” Journal of American History 66, no. 3 (December 1979): 586-602. Notes the role of Communist trade union militants in founding unions at several GE plants.

Schatz, Ronald W. The Electrical Workers: A History of Labor at General Electric and Westinghouse, 1923-1960. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983. Discusses the rise and fall of the United Electrical Workers, the largest Communist-led union; tends to treat the Communist loyalties of some union militants as having no more historical significance than the Democratic and Republican party preferences of other workers.

Schiavone, Michael. “Social Movement Unionism and the UE.” Flinders Journal of History and Politics 23 (2006).

Sears, John B. “Labor Opposition to the Cold War: The Electrical Unions and the Cold War Consensus, 1945-1973.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1988.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Infiltration of UERMWA. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Infiltration of Labor Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Includes testimony of former Communist Joseph Kornfeder and discusses the C.P. role in the United Electrical Workers.

U.S. Senate Internal Securities Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Regional and State

 

Electrical and Machine: Canada

 

Gonick, Cy. A Very Red Life: The Story of Bill Walsh. St. John’s, Nfld.: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 2001. Walsh, a Communist, was a senior UE organizer in Canadian from the end of World war II into the 1960s.  He was forced out of the UE and the Communist Party of Canada in the mid-1960s when he disagreed with Communist trade union policy.

Smith, Doug. Cold Warrior: C.S. Jackson and the United Electrical Workers. St. John’s, Nfld., Canada: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 1997. Jackson, an ally of the Communist Party of Canada, headed the UE’s Canadian division for 43 years.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: California

 

Burt, Kenneth C. “The Battle for Standard Coil: The United Electrical Workers, the Community Services Organization, and the Catholic Church in Latino East Los Angeles.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Burt, Kenneth C. “Tony Rios and Bloody Christmas: A Turning Point Between the Los Angeles Police Department and the Latino Community.” Western Legal History: The Journal of the Ninth Circuit Historical Society 14 (Summer/Fall 2001). Rios, a prominent champion of Latino rights, became a IUE organizer in its campaign against the UE.

Boyden, Richard P. “The San Francisco Machinists from Depression to Cold War, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Indiana

 

White, Samuel W. “Popular Anticommunism and the UE in Evansville, Indiana.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Influence in the Bucyrus-Erie Strike. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Missouri

 

Feurer, Rosemary. “Reds and Workers in the CIO: The Maytag Strike of 1938.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference, 1994.

Feurer, Rosemary. “William Sentner, the UE, and Civic Unionism in St. Louis.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Feurer, Rosemary. “Challenging Discrimination During World War II: The United Electrical Workers in St. Louis.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Feurer, Rosemary Ann. “Left Unionism in the Heartland: A History of United Electrical Workers Union District Eight, 1937-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Washington University, 1997. Regarding a Communist-led UE district.

Feurer, Rosemary. “Labor’s Community-Based Economic and Environmental Planning, and Cold War Politics: The UE’s St. Louis District, 1941- 48.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Johnson, Ronald W. “Organized Labor’s Post-War Red Scare: The UE in St. Louis.” North Dakota Quarterly 1 (Winter 1980). Discusses the attack on the leadership of District 8 of the UE by antiradical and anti-Communist factions in the CIO.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: New York

 

Blair, George Alexander. “Struggling For a Union: Electrical Workers in Buffalo, New York, 1933-1956.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY Buffalo, 1993. Discusses pro- and anti-Communist factions in the unions.

Kannenberg, Lisa. “Putting the ‘I’ Before ‘UE’: Labor’s Cold War in Schenectady-- GE.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Passionate Commitments: Race, Sex, and Communism at Schenectady General Electric, 1932-1954.” Journal of American History 83, no. 2 (September 1996). On UE local 301, founded on Communist initiative and long led by Communists, that in 1954 shifted to the anti-Communist IUE.  “By embracing, in both private and public realms, idealistic but debilitating positions on racial and gender equality, the Schenectady Communist party drove a wedge between itself and its formerly most substantial base: white male ethnic blue-collar workers.  It did so partly because that base was already eroding and partly because it was responding to the needs and desires of newly mobilized and increasingly vocal constituencies--women and African Americans.  In its radical political, cultural, and personal reorientation, the local C.P. organization only exacerbated its isolation.”

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Ohio

 

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. “UE Local 735 Confronts a Hanging Judge.” In Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses a bitter strike in 1948 in Cleveland involving the role of Communists in Local 735.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Pennsylvania

 

Cleland, Hugh. “The Political History of a Social Union: Local 601 of the CIO Electrical Workers Union.” Ph.D. diss. Western Reserve University, 1957.

Cleland, Hugh. “The Communist Party and the Electrical Workers: Pittsburgh, 1935-1937.” Paper presented at Mississippi Valley Historical Association meeting, 1960.

Palladino, Grace. “Building a Union: The Early History of UE Local 610.” Western Pennsylvania Historical Magazine 67 (1984).

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America, Pittsburgh and Erie, Pa. Investigation Relative to Legislation Designed to Curb Communist Penetration and Domination of Labor Organizations. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

****************************************************************

 

Electrical and Machine: Biographical Material

 

Emanuel Fried

 

Fried, Emanuel. The Un-American: Autobiographical Non-Fiction Novel. Buffalo, NY: Springhouse Editions/Labor Arts Books, 1992. An autobiographical novel by a UE organizer questioned by U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

 

James Matles

 

Matles, James. “Against the Mainstream: An Interview with James Matles of the U.E.” Studies on the Left 5 (Winter 1965).

Matles, James J., and James Higgins. Them and Us: Struggles of a Rank-and-File Union. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1974. Memoir by Matles, a Communist-aligned leader of the UE.  He does not discuss the significant Communist role in the UE or his own cooperation with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Farm Equipment Workers

 

Devinatz, Victor G. “A Cold War at International Harvester: The Shachtmanites and the Farm Equipment Workers Union’s Demise, 1946 - 1955.” Science & Society 72, no. 2 (2008).

Devinatz, Victor G. “‘We Had a Utopia in the Union’: James Wright, the Farm Equipment Workers Union and the Struggle for Civil Rights Unionism in Postwar Louisville, 1946-1952.” Nature, Society and Thought.

Gilpin, Toni. “The Weak Link: A Study of FE Local 108 at McCormick Works.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. FE 108, a C.P. led local, withstood three UAW raids (1945, ’49, & ’52) before FE merged with the UAW in 1955.  Attributes worker loyalty to Local 108’s steward system protecting worker interests in the face of McCormick’s incentive pay system, the success of the C.P.-led “Progressive” caucus in creating an ethnic coalition, absence of Roman Catholic intervention, and worker preference for the FE’s radical ideology.  Says the Progressive caucus earned black worker support by attacking plant cafeteria segregation and use of steward system to defend black workers while avoiding offending white ethnic workers by sidestepping union involvement in community disputes over housing segregation.

Gilpin, Toni. “Communist Ideology and the Struggle for Racial Solidarity in Local 236 of the Farm Equipment Workers.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Gilpin, Toni. “Left by Themselves: A History of the United Farm Equipment and Metal Workers Union, 1938-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1992.

Mettler, Matthew M. “A Crossroads in Labor Militancy: The Rise and Fall of the Quad Cities FE-UE.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Rosswurm, Steven, and Toni Gilpin. “The FBI and the Farm Equipment Workers: FBI Surveillance Records as a Source for CIO Union History.” Labor History 27, no. 4 (Fall 1986). Describes the FBI’s surveillance system, outlines the Bureau’s filing system, discusses obtaining files, and evaluates FBI records as a source for CIO labor history; argues that FBI files are an important and virtually untapped resource.

****************************************************************

 

Hospital Workers

 

Dubin, Marshall Frank. “1199: The Bread and Roses Union.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1988.

Fink, Leon. “Bread and Roses, Crusts and Thorns: The Troubled Story of 1199.” Dissent 33 (1986). Notes that Local 1199 of the Retail, Wholesale, and Department Store Union, a huge union of New York hospital workers, had its origins in a TUUL union. Leon Davis, who led 1199 from 1934 until the early 1980s, resigned from the C.P. in order to sign the Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oath.  A powerful C.P. caucus operated into the 1950s, but by the 1960s the ties between the union and the C.P. weakened.  In the 1980s, Doris Turner, a black woman, defeated Davis’s picked successor, forced out most of Davis’s staff, and replaced Davis’s secular leftism with black nationalism and the language of black religiosity.  Local 1199 faces internal factionalism with Turner portraying her opposition as “racists” and “reds.”

Fink, Leon, and Brian Greenberg. Upheaval in the Quiet Zone: A History of Hospital Workers’ Union, Local 1199. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

Journalism and the Printing Trades

 

Kuczun, Sam. “History of the American Newspaper Guild.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1970.

Leab, Daniel J. A Union of Individuals: The Formation of the American Newspaper Guild, 1933-1936. New York: Columbia University Press, 1970. Notes the significant role of Communists in organizing the ANG.

Picard, Robert G. “Anticommunism in the New York Newspaper Guild, 1935-1955.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Leather and Shoe

 

Morgan, J.W. “Communism in the Leather Labor Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 14 August 1948.

Morgan, J.W. “Combating Communism in Leather Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 28 August 1948.

Morgan, J.W. “Communist Tactics in the Leather Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 11 September 1948.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Negotiated Loyalty: Welfare Capitalism and the Shoeworkers of Endicott Johnson, 1920-1940.” Journal of American History 70, no. 3 (December 1983): 602-20.

Zahavi, Gerald. Workers, Managers, and Welfare Capitalism: The Shoeworkers and Tanners of Endicott Johnson, 1890-1950. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1988. Despite a history of welfare capitalism at Endicott Johnson, in 1942 Local 285 of the International Fur and Leather Workers Union won recognition at a major company plant.  In 1944, after Dies Committee and press attacks on the Communist leadership of IFLWU, Local 285’s first president and others formed a rival anti-Communist union, but Local 285 defeated the challenge.  In 1944 the United Shoe Workers of America-CIO, also a union with a significant C.P. presence, won recognition at another company plant.  In 1947 the Communist issue resurfaced with local civic groups sponsoring the campaign.  An AFL raid failed, but both locals lost members.  The company renewed its welfare capitalism program, actively cooperated with the anti-Communist drive, and withdrew union recognition on the eve of the passage of Taft-Hartley with its anti-Communist oath provision.  When the latter became law, both locals withdrew requests for NLRB elections and faded away.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Working-Class Culture, Communism, and Labor, 1919-1950: A Local and Regional Perspective.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1990. In the early 1920s the Broome county (NY) C.P. had 200-250 immigrant members.  “Anti-clericalism (secularism), antinationalism (internationalism), and anticapitalism (socialism) were the three central ideological appeals of the local C.P. organization.”   Largely attributes the demise of the C.P. by 1922-23 to the welfare capitalism of Endicott Johnson, the dominant employer.  In Fulton county (NY) the TUUL in 1933 assisted the creation of the Independent Leather Workers Union (becoming in 1941 IFWU Local 202). In 1949-1951 Local 202 was destroyed by a lock-out, denial of NLRB rights due to its refusal to sign Taft-Hartley oaths, and the formation of a rival union by Local 202’s right-wing minority.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Fighting Left-Wing Unionism: Voices from the Opposition to the IFLWU in Fulton County, New York.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Zahavi, Gerald. “‘Communism Is No Bug-A-Boo’: Communism and Left-Wing Unionism in Fulton County, New York, 1933-1950.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Describes the rise a Communist-led leather workers union with 2,000 members and its destruction in 1949-1950 under combined attack by employers, the AFL and the CIO.

****************************************************************

 

Longshore and Maritime

 

Brown, Ralph, and John Fassett. “Security Tests for Maritime Workers: Due Process Under the Port Security Program.” Yale Law Journal 12 (July 1953).

Goodman, Bernard. “Struggles in Maritime.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Kimeldorf, Howard. Reds or Rackets? the Making of Radical and Conservative Unions on the Waterfront. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988. Focuses on the political contrasts between East and West Coast longshoremen from World War I through the early years of the Cold War.

Kimeldorf, Howard Alex. “Reds or Rackets: Sources of Radical and Conservative Union Leadership on the Waterfront.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.

Lang, Frederick J. [Frank Lovell]. Maritime: A Historical Sketch and a Workers’ Program. Edited by Terence Phelan. New York: Pub. for the Socialist Workers Party by Pioneer Publishers, 1943. Lovell was a Trotskyist militant in the SUP.

Magden, Ronald. A History of Seattle Waterfront Workers, 1884-1934. Seattle, WA: International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union 19 of Seattle, the Washington Commission for the Humanities, 1991.

Marine Workers Historical Association (U.S.). The Hawsepipe. New York: Marine Workers Historical Association, 1981. CPUSA aligned journal.

Nelson, Bruce. “Unions and the Popular Front: The West Coast Waterfront in the 1930s.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 30 (1986). On Communists and the politics of the ILWU.

Nelson, Bruce. Workers on the Waterfront: Seamen, Longshoremen, and Unionism in the 1930s. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1988. In discussing the Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL), Bridges and the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, Curran and the National Maritime Union, and Lundeberg and the Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, finds the Communist role was of major importance and overwhelmingly positive whereas the role of those who opposed them was negative.

Nelson, Joseph Bruce. “Maritime Unionism and Working-Class Consciousness in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1982.

Nelson, Joseph Bruce. “‘Pentecost’ on the Pacific: Maritime Workers and Working-Class Consciousness in the 1930s.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Record, Jane Cassels. “The San Francisco Waterfront: Crucible of Labor Factionalism.” Unpublished paper. Berkeley, CA: University of California, Institute of Industrial Relations, 1952.

Standard, William L. Merchant Seamen: A Short History of Their Struggles. New York: International Publishers, 1947. Communist view of maritime matter by one time legal counsel of NMU.

Taft, Philip. “Strife in the Maritime Industry.” Political Science Quarterly 54 (June 1939).

Tank, Herb. Communists on the Waterfront. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. In praise of Communist unions.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities Among Seaman and on Waterfront Facilities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

****************************************************************

 

Longshore and Maritime: Specific Strikes

 

The San Pedro Waterfront Strike, 1923

 

Shields, Art. “The San Pedro Waterfront Strike, 1923.” Political Affairs, May 1985. Shields was a long-time Communist journalist and activist.

****************************************************************

 

The 1934 Maritime Strike

 

Buchanan, Roger Bayard. Dock Strike: History of the 1934 Waterfront Strike in Portland, Oregon. Everett, WA: Working Press, 1975. Originally a master’s thesis -- University of Oregon, 1964.  Earlier editions issued under title History of the 1934 Waterfront Strike in Portland, Oregon.

Cherny, Robert W. “The 1934 West Coast Maritime Strikes and the Dissolution of the Trade Union Unity League: Decision-Making Inside the U.S. Communist Party.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998. Based on CPUSA and Comintern archives in Moscow, including extensive correspondence between Harrison George of the San Francisco office of the Profintern’s Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat, Sam Darcy of the California C.P. and Earl Browder.  Concludes that while initially the Comintern set American Communist trade union policy, once the maritime strike was underway, policy initiative shifted to California Communists led by Sam Darcy who changed the policy and their success influenced the Comintern’s trade union policy.

Clements, Joyce. “The San Francisco Maritime and General Strikes of 1934 and the Dynamics of Repression.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1975.

Cushman, Richard Alan. “The Communist Party and the Waterfront Strike of 1936-1937: The San Francisco Story.” Master’s thesis. San Francisco State College, 1970.

Eliel, Paul. The Waterfront and General Strikes, San Francisco, 1934: A Brief History. [San Francisco, CA]: Hooper Printing Co., 1934. Contemporary journalistic account of the 1934 West Coast waterfront strikes.

Hudson, James J. “The Role of the California National Guard During the San Francisco General Strike of 1934.” Military Affairs 46, no. 2 (April 1982).

Kagel, John. “The Day the City Stopped: Memorable Scenes from San Francisco’s 1934 General Strike.” California History 63, no. 3 (Summer 1984).

Larrowe, Charles. “The Great Maritime Strike of ‘34.” Labor History 11&12, no. 4&1 (1970-71). A detailed history of an important strike in which Communists played leading roles.

Mabon, David. “The West Coast Waterfront and Sympathy Strike of 1934.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1966. Finds the Communist role in this important strike was significant but not decisive.

Magden, Ronald, and A. D. Martinson. The Working Waterfront: The Story of Tacoma’s Ships and Men. Tacoma, WA: [International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, Local 23 of Tacoma?], 1982. Discusses the 1934 West Coast maritime strike in Tacoma.

Markholt, Ottilie. “The Portland Central Labor Council During The 1934 Maritime Strike.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labor History Association conference. Portland, Oregon, 1998.

Munk, Michael. “Portland’s ‘Silk Stocking Mob’: The Citizens Emergency League in the 1934 Longshore Strike.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labor History Association conference. Portland, Oregon, 1998.

Quin, Mike [Paul William Ryan]. The Big Strike. Olema, CA: Olema Pub. Co., 1949. Journalistic history of the San Francisco maritime strike of 1934 from a Communist perspective.  Quin, who died in 1947, wrote for the C.P.’s Western Worker and People’s World.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Holdings on the 1934 West Coast Maritime Strike in the San Francisco Headquarters Archives, Sailor’s Union of the Pacific.” Labor History 27, no. 3 (Summer 1986).

Selvin, David F. “An Exercise in Hysteria: San Francisco’s Red Raids of 1934.” Pacific Historical Review 58, no. 3 (1989). Regarding raids on the Marine Workers Industrial Union during the brief San Francisco general strike.

Selvin, David F. A Terrible Anger: The 1934 Waterfront and General Strikes in San Francisco. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Longshore and Maritime: Specific Unions

 

ILWU and ILA

 

Beechert, Edward. “Red Scare in Paradise: ILWU in Hawaii.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Based on “The Communist Party and the Labor Movement in Hawaii,” paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies conference, California State University, Domiguez Hills, April 24, 1979.

Bonthius, Andrew. “Origins of the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union.” Southern California Quarterly 59, no. 4 (Winter 1977).

Davis, Colin. “Revolt Along the Waterfront: The Struggle for Democracy by New York City Longshoremen, 1945-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Hield, Wayne Wilbur. “Democracy and Oligarchy in the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1950.

Jensen, Vernon H. Strife on the Waterfront: The Port of New York Since 1945. Ithaca [N.Y.]: Cornell University Press, 1974.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Sources of Working-Class Insurgency: Politics and Longshore Unionism During the 1930s.” In Insurgent Workers: Studies of the Origins of Industrial Unionism on the East and West Coast Docks and in the South During the 1930s, edited by Maurice Zeitlin. [Los Angeles]: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Finds that Harry Bridges’ leadership of the 1934 maritime strike created conditions allowing him to sustain C.P. leadership of the ILWU in contrast to the vulnerability of C.P. leaders of other unions.  “The larger significance of the strike lay in the formation of a distinct political generation within the union.  Composed of ‘34 men, it provided a broad and particularly durable base of support for the union’s left-wing leadership.  For the activist minority who came out of the strike sharing Bridges’ radical social vision, political agreement served as the basis for continuing support.  But for most of the ‘34 men, Bridges’ politics were of little consequence one way or the other.  For them, his stewardship of the union symbolically reaffirmed their generation’s lasting contribution to the organization of West Coast longshoremen.”

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Fighting the War at Home: The ILWU, the No-Strike Pledge, and Wartime Politics.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “World War II and the Deradicalization of American Labor: The ILWU as a Deviant Case.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Attributes ability of Bridges and Communists to retain control of ILWU to their more balanced approach to work concessions to assist war production when compared to other C.P.-led unions, greater retention of prewar generation of union-oriented workers, and winning loyalty of new black workers.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. Fight or be Slaves: The History of the Oakland-East Bay Labor Movement. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2000. “While historians argue about the impact of the Communist Party on the labor movement of the 1930s and ‘40s, little attention has been paid to the effects of the C.P. (or other vanguard groups) on unions in later years.  The Party, although much-reduced in size and influence, enjoyed some resurgence as the New Left imploded and people turned to “Angela’s Party,” impressed by the words and actions of the Party’s brightest star, Angela Davis.  In ILWU Local 6, where the Party maintained an active caucus over the years, an open hiring hall policy and the union’s leftist history made the local a magnet for C.P. members and other leftists anxious to establish their working class credentials and lead  real workers. The energy of C.P. colonizers and other leftists in the C.P. orbit, built a credible base from which to challenge union officials.”

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Angela’s Children: How the Communist Legacy Turned Against Itself in I.L.W.U. Local 6.” Paper presented at Bay Area Labor History Workshop. San Francisco, CA, 2003. Inspired by Angela Davis, young Communists, who entered the local in the 1970s and organized a “rank and File coalition,” formed an opportunist alliance with Mexican nationalists.  The result was inter-union turmoil that produced several killings and a weakened local.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Angela’s Children: How the Communist Legacy Turned Against Itself in ILWU Local 6.” Historia Actual On-Line, no. 6 (2005). Http://www.online.historia-actual.com/.

McWilliams, Brian. “‘Remarks to Southwest Labor Studies Association Conference.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999. ILWU President McWilliams: “I believe we are suffering under the shadow of a new era of red-baiting and union bashing.  You may have noticed some of the symptoms: reports and essays and books and interviews by scholars the  and politicians about who really was or wasn’t Red -- often based on the now so conveniently accurate and sacrosanct scriptures housed in the Moscow state archives. Just recently, as we in the ILWU have been pursuing a proposal to name the plaza in front of the San Francisco Ferry Building after Harry Bridges, some folks -- including some from this organization -- have come forward to claim Harry was really a Red and a closet member of the inner sanctum of the Communist Party. Sound familiar???”

Nelson, Bruce. “The Triumph and Limits of Militant Unionism: The ILWU, From San Francisco to New Orleans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Discusses the ILWU’s defeat by the ILA for control of New Orleans dock workers in 1938 NLRB elections.  Notes that police, with encouragement of public authorities and the ILA, attacked the ILWU as Communist and viciously assaulted ILWU organizers.  Attributes the main cause of the ILWU defeat to the fears, encouraged by the ILA and employers, of the largely black dock work force that the ILWU with its promises to create a nonracial dock union might be the opening wedge for white workers to take over black jobs.  ILA locals, although corrupt, pragmatically recognized and protected black control of most dock jobs.

Nelson, Bruce. “Class and Race in the Crescent City: The ILWU, From San Francisco to New Orleans.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Pilcher, William W. “The Portland Longshoremen: A Dispersed Urban Community.” In Urban Anthropology in the United States Four Cases: Chicano Prisoners Black Families in Chicago / Portland Longshoremen / Fun City, edited by George Dearborn Spindler and Louise S. Spindler. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1978. Sees Portland longshoremen as IWW- rather than Communist-influenced in their attitudes.

Quam-Wickham, Nancy. “Who Controls the Hiring Hall? The Struggle for Job Control in the ILWU During World War II.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Randolph, Robert Eugene. “History of the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, 1945-1951.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1952.

Schmidt, Henry. Secondary Leadership in the ILWU, 1933-1966: Henry Schmidt: An Interview. With Miriam F. Stein and Estolv Ward. Berkeley, CA: The Bancroft Library, Regional Oral History Office, 1983. Oral history interview with the longtime leader of the San Francisco local of the Communist-influenced ILWU.

Schwartz, Harvey. “The March Inland: The Warehouse Organizing Drive of the Pacific Coast Longshore Union, 1934-1938.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 1975.

Schwartz, Harvey. The March Inland: Origins of the ILWU Warehouse Division, 1934-1938. Los Angeles: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, 1978. History of the frustrated attempt of the Communist-linked ILWU to expand into warehouses and food-packing facilities outside its Bay Area base.

Schwartz, Stephen. “The ILWU Story: Two Men, One Vote.” Maritime Executive 1, no. 1 (December 1997). On undemocratic practices in the ILWU.

Torigian, Michael. “National Unity on the Waterfront: Communist Politics and the ILWU During the Second World War.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Surveys adjustment of ILWU collective bargaining stance to fit C.P. political stance.  “Without necessarily standing on an open Communist platform, the ILWU leadership performed and defined its union functions in ways that best served the C.P. line.  That such practices often looked like ordinary forms of unionism is hardly surprising; but the specific content of these ordinary practices originated with “ordinary” intentions.  These practices might not have been a very “revolutionary” form of union leadership; but definitely were not just another form of mainstream unionism.  In a word, it was precisely because Communist unionism was impelled by politics -- with all the ambivalent consequences these politics held for the unions -- that it is imperative for our understanding of this unionism to acknowledge the political agenda which guided C.P. activities in the American labor movement.”

Wellman, David T. The Union Makes Us Strong: Radical Unionism on the San Francisco Waterfront. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Sees the Communist role in the ILWU as positive.

****************************************************************

 

International Fishermen and Allied Workers of America

 

Mann, Geoff. “Class Consciousness and Common Property: The International Fishermen and Allied Workers of America.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 61 (Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

 

Marine Cooks and Stewards Union

 

Bendich, Albert Morris. “A History of the Marine Cooks’ and Stewards’ Union.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1953.

Berube, Allan. “Dignity for All: Gay and Bisexual Men in the Marine Cooks and Steward Union, 1930-1950.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Friday, Chris. “The Marine Cooks and Stewards Union on the Narrowing Path: Race, Class, and Gender in Cold War America, 1948-1956.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. 28-31 March, 1996.

Ingram, John. “The National Union of Marine Cooks and Stewards, CIO a Case Study in Bureaucracy and Democracy in American Trade Unions.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1951.

Ingram, John. “National Union of the Marine Cooks and Stewards, CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1951.

Record, Jane. “The Rise and Fall of a Maritime Union.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review, October 1956. Discusses the destruction of the Communist-aligned National Union of Marine Cooks and Stewards.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. The Marine Cooks and Stewards Union. Staff Report to the Subcommittee on Labor and Labor-Management Relations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

****************************************************************

 

Marine Transport Workers Industrial Union (IWW)

 

Cole, Peter. “Quakertown Blues: Philadelphia’s Longshoremen and the Decline of the IWW.” Left History 8, no. 2 (2003). Discusses the relationship of Wobblie longshore unionism with the Communists.

McGirr, Lisa. “Black and White Longshoremen in the IWW: A History of the Philadelphia Marine Transport Workers Industrial Union Local 8.” Labor History 36, no. 3 (1995). Notes the local’s clashes with Communists.

****************************************************************

 

Maritime Federation of the Pacific

 

Lampman, Robert J. “The Rise and Fall of the Maritime Federation of the Pacific, 1935-1941.” Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Economic Association (1950)

****************************************************************

 

Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL) and George Mink

 

Broué, Pierre. “Biographie: George Mink.” Cahiers Leon Trotsky [France], July-September 1979. Mink, at American Communist, led the C.P.’s Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL) for several years and later took part in Comintern maritime union work and Soviet covert operations.

Marine Workers Industrial Union. Marine Workers Voice. New York: Marine Workers Industrial Union, 1929. Journal, 1929-.

Pedersen, Vernon. “George Mink, the Marine Workers Industrial Union, and the Comintern in America.” Labor History 41, no. 3 (August 2000): 307-20.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Reform or Revolution: The Comintern, the Marine Workers’ Industrial Union, and George Mink.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998. Based on CPUSA and Comintern archives in Moscow.  “The ultimate lesson of Mink’s tenure as head of the MWIU was that if revolutionary goals are placed first reformism becomes irrelevant or merely tactical, a situation intolerable to a mass based organization....  However, if reformism is put first a revolutionary cadre can be built secretly, this was the lesson of the San Francisco strike and the base for the policies of the Popular Front.  Thus George Mink and the MWIU represent a bridge between the old policies of revolutionary confrontation and small popular base to the conspiratorial, but mass based policies of Popular Front communism.  Resentments of such secretive tactics added much of the heat and hatred to the ‘witch hunts’ of the McCarthy era and perhaps suggest that Mink was right in the end.”

****************************************************************

 

National Maritime Union

 

Boyer, Richard Owen. The Dark Ship. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1947. Published originally in different form in the New Yorker. Sympathetic to Communist maritime unionism.

Curran, Joseph. The Reminiscences of Joseph Curran. Oral History Collection. Columbia University, 1964. Curran, one of the founders of the National Maritime Union, was first allied with the C.P. but turned against it in the late 1940s.

Goldberg, Joseph P. The Maritime Story: A Study in Labor-Management Relations. [Cambridge, MA]: Issued for the National Maritime Union of America by the Harvard University Press, 1957.

Huberman, Leo. The NMU What It is, What It Does. [New York]: National Maritime Union, 1943.

King, Jerome, and Ralph Emerson. We Accuse (from the Record). [New York], 1940.

Lannon, Albert V. “‘Arise Ye Wretched’: Al Lannon, the Communist Party, and the Founding of the National Maritime Union.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Martin, Bob. “NMU Expulsions and Coast Guard Screening.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Martin, a Communist unionist, remembers his activities and eventual expulsion from the National Maritime Union.

McKinney, Grange Bowen. “Communism in the National Maritime Union, 1937-1948.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1963.

Myers, Beth (McHenry), and Frederick Nelson Myers. Home is the Sailor the Story of an American Seaman. New York: International Publishers, 1948. Frederick Myers was a NMU Communist organizer.

Prickett, James R. “The NMU and the Ambiguities of Anti-Communism.” New Politics 7 (Winter 1968).

Taft, Philip. “Unlicensed Seafaring Unions.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 3, no. 2 (January 1950). Discusses factional fighting in the National Maritime Union.

Willett, Don. “Another Lost Cause? Maritime Labor Unity on the Gulf Coast Waterfronts.” Louisiana History 43, no. 3 (2002). Notes communism as one of the issues leading to the defection of many Gulf Coast sailors from the NMU-CIO to the Seafarers International Union-AFL.

Willett, Donald. “The 1939 Tanker Strike.” International Journal of Maritime History [Canada] 2, no. 1 (1990). On the failed strike by the Communist-led National Maritime Union against American oil companies for a closed shop.

Willett, Donald E. “Joe Curran and the National Maritime Union, 1936-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Texas A&M University, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Sailors Unions - AFL

 

Algina, Joe. “What Gives on the Waterfront?” American Federationist 55 (September 1948). On the Seafearers Union and the NMU.

Lampman, Robert James. “Collective Bargaining of West Coast Sailors, 1885-1947: A Case Study in Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1950.

Lundeberg, Harry. “The Seafarers’ International Union of North America.” Typescript. Sailors’ Union of the Pacific Central Archive, 1956. Short history of the union by the leading figure in the Sailors Union of the Pacific in the 1930s and thereafter.

Schwartz, Stephen. Brotherhood of the Sea: A History of the Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, 1885-1985. San Francisco, Cal. New Brunswick, USA: Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, AFL-CIO, distr. by Transaction Books, 1986. Highly critical of Communists in maritime unionism; discusses the conflict between the SUP under Lundeberg and the ILWU under Bridges.  Discusses Lundeberg’s early alliance with Communists and the reasons for his shift to a fiercely anti-Communist, quasi-syndicalist stance and his drive against Communist influence anywhere in the labor movement; notes that for a number of years Lundeberg used Trotskyists as a counterweight to Communist influence. “One gullible admirer of the ‘comrades’ in the academic community has recently claimed that the M.W.I.U. included at least 5,000 men.  This is clearly preposterous, for such a large organization would have easily defeated the I.S.U. and I.W.W. for the dominant position among the seamen.”

****************************************************************

 

Longshore and Maritime: Biographical Material

 

Bill Bailey

 

Bailey, Bill. The Kid from Hoboken: An Autobiography. Edited by Lynn Damme. San Francisco: Circus Lithographic Prepress, 1993. Autobiography of a Communist maritime militant.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Bridges

 

Cherny, Robert W. “The Making of a Labor Militant: Harry Bridges, 1917-1934.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Cherny, Robert W. “The Department of Labor, the INS, and Efforts to Deport Harry Bridges, 1934-1940.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. San Francisco, CA, 1994.

Cherny, Robert W. “The Making of a Labor Radical: Harry Bridges, 1901-1934.” Pacific Historical Review 64, no. 3 (1995).

Cherny, Robert W. “Harry Bridges and the Communist Party: New Evidence, Old Questions; Old Evidence, New Questions.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998. Presents and assesses documentary evidence from Russian archives regarding Bridges’ membership in the CPUSA.

Cherny, Robert W. “Constructing a Radical Identity: History, Memory, and the Seafaring Stories of Harry Bridges.” Pacific Historical Review 70, no. 4 (2001).

Landis, James McCauley. In the Matter of Harry R. Bridges Findings and Conclusions of the Trial Examiner. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1939. Landis presided over the hearing.  Contemptuous of the ex-Communist witnesses, Landis found that there was no evidence indicating that Bridges was a Communist and thus deportable.  Evidence from Comintern archives located in the 1990s established that the witnesses were accurate and Landis’s judgment mistaken.

Larrowe, Charles P. Harry Bridges: The Rise and Fall of Radical Labor in the United States. New York: Lawrence Hill and Co., 1972.

National Federation for Constitutional Liberties. 600 Prominent Americans Ask President to Rescind Biddle Decision. Pamphlet. New York, Washington, 1942. On the Harry Bridges case.

Schwartz, Harvey. “Harry Bridges and the Scholars: Looking at History’s Verdict.” California History 59, no. 1 (1980). Examines scholarly treatment of Harry Bridges and his leadership of the International Longshoreman’s and Warehouseman’s Union.  Discusses his role in the longshoreman’s strike and the San Francisco general strike of 1934 and the repeated attempts of the U.S. government to deport Bridges. Notes that most scholars have found Bridges to be consistently pro-Soviet and to work closely with the Communist party.  Suggests that Bridges relationship with the Communist party is not an important question.

Ward, Estolv Ethan. Harry Bridges on Trial. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940. Attacks attempt to deport Bridges.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Bridges and Harry Lundeberg

 

Record, Jane C. “Ideologies and Trade Union Leadership: The Case of Harry Bridges and Harry Lundeberg.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1954.

****************************************************************

 

Lee Brown

 

Brown, Lee, and Robert L. Allen. Strong in the Struggle: My Life as a Black Labor Activist. Lanham [MD]: Rowman & Littlefield, 2001. Brown was an ILWU Communist militant.

****************************************************************

 

Ralph Chaplin

 

Chaplin, Ralph. American Labor’s Case Against Communism. How the Operations of Stalin’s Red Quislings Look from Inside the Labor Movement. [Seattle, Washington]: Educator Pub. Co., 1947.  By a labor activist associated with the IWW and the AFL’s Sailor’s Union of the Pacific.

Pascualy, Maria. “A Witness to History: The Life and Times of Ralph Chaplin.” Columbia 15, no. 2 (2001). Chaplin, a poet, was first associated with the IWW then the Sailors Union of the Pacific, and was a critic of the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Bert Corona

 

García, Mario T. “The Making of a CIO Militant: The Case of Bert Corona.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Corona was a ILWU organizer close to the C.P.

García, Mario T. Memories of Chicano History: The Life and Narrative of Bert Corona. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1994. Corona, an ILWU organizer, was close to the C.P.

****************************************************************

 

Andrew Furuseth

 

Weintraub, Hyman. Andrew Furuseth, Emancipator of the Seamen. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1959. Discusses C.P.’s 1934 attacks on the long-time Sailor’s Union leader.

****************************************************************

 

Louis Goldblatt

 

Goldblatt, Louis, and Estolv Ethan Ward. Louis Goldblatt--Working Class Leader in the ILWU, 1935-1977: An Interview. Berkeley, CA: Regional Oral History Office, Bancroft Library, University of California, 1980. Oral history interview with a Communist party militant who was the second ranking leader of the ILWU.

****************************************************************

 

Gilbert Mers

 

Mers, Gilbert. Working the Waterfront: The Ups and Downs of a Rebel Longshoreman. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1988. Autobiography of a union militant who rejuvenated the International Longshoremen’s Association in Corpus Christi and in 1936 became head of the Maritime Federation of the Gulf Coast.  After a brief stint in the Communist party, Mers became a militant anti-Communist and helped to block the efforts of the ILWU to win a toehold in the Gulf ports.

****************************************************************

 

Hugh Mulzac

 

Mulzac, Hugh. A Star to Steer By. Assisted by Louis E. Burnham and Norval Welch. New York: International Publishers, 1963. Mulzac, a Communist of West Indian origins, was the first black to win master’s license and captain a U.S. merchant vessel.

****************************************************************

 

Charles Rubin

 

Rubin, Charles. The Log of Rubin the Sailor. New York: International Publishers, 1973. An immigrant from Poland, Rubin became a sailor and Communist militant.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Scharrenberg

 

Burki, Mary Ann. “Paul Scharrenberg: White Shirt Sailor.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1971. Scharrenberg was a Sailor’s Union leader.

****************************************************************

 

Ferdinand Smith

 

Horne, Gerald. “Black Thinkers at Sea: Ferdinand Smith and the Decline of African American Proletarian Intellectuals.” Souls 4 (Spring 2002).

Horne, Gerald. Red Seas: Ferdinand Smith and Radical Black Sailors in the United States and Jamaica. New York: New York University Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Other Maritime Biographical Works

 

Uran, Marshall, ed. Sea-Say Salty Stories and Seamen’s Slang. San Francisco: Muran Productions, 1995. Includes anecdotes and stories by Trotskyist and other radical sailors.

Walker, Thomas Urling. “Sailor’s Progress: Maritime Tradition and Political Economy in the Career of an Irish-American Merchant Seaman.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1955. Focuses “on the self representations of a veteran from Ireland’s revolutionary decade (1912-1922) who shipped out on American vessels between the two World Wars, became a founding member of the National Maritime Union of America in 1936-7, and was expelled from the union in the anti-Communist purge of the late 1940s.”

****************************************************************

 

Lumber, Wood, and Furniture

 

Arroyo, Luis Leobardo. “Industrial Unionism & the Los Angeles Furniture Industry, 1918-54.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1979. Recounts the rise of Communist-led locals of the United Furniture Workers (CIO) and the attack on the Communist leadership by an anti-Communist faction.

Beck, Bill. “Radicals in the Woods: The 1937 Timber Workers’ Strike in the Lake Superior Region.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, NE., 1991.

Beck, Bill. “Radicals in the Northwoods: The 1937 Timber Workers Strike.” Journal of the West 35 (April 1996).

Christie, Robert A. Empire in Wood: A History of the Carpenters’ Union. Ithaca: Cornell University, 1956. Notes the expulsion of a Communist faction from the carpenters union.  Originally a Cornell university thesis.

Cornfield, Daniel B. Becoming a Mighty Voice: Conflict and Change in the United Furniture Workers of America. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1989. Notes internal conflict over communism in the late 1940s.

Hak, Gordon. “Red Wages: Communists and the 1934 Vancouver Island Loggers Strike.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 80 (July 1989).

Jensen, Vernon H. Lumber and Labor. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1945. Surveys the role of the Communist party in the International Woodworkers of America; sees the rank-and-file as predominately hostile to Communist leadership.

Lembcke, Jerry. “The International Woodworkers of America: An Internal Comparative Study of Two Regions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1978.

Lembcke, Jerry. “Uneven Development, Class Formation and Industrial Unionism in the Wood Products Industry.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Lembcke, Jerry, and William M. Tattam. One Union in Wood. New York: International Publishers, 1984. A history of the International Woodworkers of America (CIO) and its predecessors (including the Communist National Lumber Workers’ Union) emphasizing the positive contributions of Communists and judging the role of anti-Communists to be largely negative.

Mitchell, Stacy. “Union in the North Woods: The Timber Strikes of 1937.” Minnesota History 56, no. 5 (1999). Communists led the Timber Workers union.

Rose, Gerald A. “The Westwood Lumber Strike.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (1972). Notes that CIO organizing attempts in this California lumbering community failed in the late 1930s in part due to the issue of communism, but a AFL non-Communist union drive succeeded in 1941 after a violent and difficult campaign.

Zieger, Robert H. Rebuilding the Pulp and Paper Workers’ Union, 1933-1941. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984.

Zieger, Robert H. “Oldtimers & Newcomers: Change and Continuity in the Pulp, Sulphite Union in the 1930s.” Journal of Forest History 21 (October 1977)

****************************************************************

 

Mining Industry -- Coal

 

Booth, Stephane Elise. “The Relationship Between Radicalism and Ethnicity in Southern Illinois Coal Fields 1870-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Normal: Illinois State University, 1983.

Brophy, John. A Miner’s Life an Autobiography. Edited by John O.P. Hall. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1964. Brophy discusses some, but not all, of his contacts with Communist union activity in his career.

Cary, Lorin Lee. “The Reorganized United Mine Workers of America, 1930-1931.” Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society 66 (Autumn 1973).

Dawson, Katherine. “Women’s Collective Action in the Gallup New Mexico Coalfields During the 1930s.” Paper presented at the North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI., 1989.

Draper, Theodore. “The Communists and the Miners, 1928-1933.” Dissent 19, no. 2 (Spring 1972). Focuses on the TUUL period.

Hicken, Victor. “Mine Union Radicalism in Macoupin and Montgomery Counties.” Western Illinois Regional Studies 3, no. 2 (1980). On mine worker unionism, 1870-1930’s.

Howard, Walter T. “Communist Activism in the Pennsylvania Anthracite Region During the 1930s.” Paper presented at Pennsylvania Historical Association conference. Bucknell University, 1995.

Howard, Walter T. “Communist Activism and the Formation of Class Consciousness in Pennsylvania Anthracite During the Great Depression.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Howard, Walter, and Virginia M. Howard. “Communist Activism in the Pennsylvania Anthracite During the Great Depression.” Carver [Bloomsburg University] (1997).

Howard, Walter T. “Deconstructing the National Miners Union: Communists and Miners in the Pennsylvania Anthracite: 1928-1933.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Howard, Walter T. “The National Miners Union: Communism and Miners in the Pennsylvania Anthracite, 1928-1931.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography, no. 125 (January-April 2001).


Howard, Walter. Forgotten Radicals: Communists in thePennsylvania Anthracite, 1919-1950. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2005.

Hudson, Harriet D. The Progressive Mine Workers of America: A Study in Rival Unionism. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1952. Discuss Communist involvement in mine worker factionalism.

Marcus, Irwin, Eileen Cooper, and Beth O’Leary. “The Coal Strike of 1919 in Indiana County.” Pennsylvania History 56, no. 3 (1989). On the use of fear of communism by coal operators and national UMW leaders.

Nyden, Linda. “Black Miners in Western Pennsylvania, 1925-1931: The National Miners’ Union and the United Mine Workers of America.” Science & Society 41 (1977): 69-101.

Papanikolas, Helen Z. “Unionism, Communism, and the Great Depression: The Carbon County Coal Strike of 1933.” Utah Historical Quarterly 41, no. 3 (Summer 1973). Recounts the involvement of the Communist party’s National Miners Union in a violent strike eventually won by the United Mine Workers.

Rubenstein, Harry R. “Political Repression in New Mexico: The Destruction of the National Miners’ Union in Gallup.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. University of New Mexico Press, 1983. History of the limited success of the NMU in Gallup in 1933-1935 and the union’s subsequent destruction after the local sheriff and two others were killed.  Discusses the work of the Unemployed Council and International Labor Defense in Gallup, the trial of the “Gallup Fourteen,” and the disputed abduction and beating of the C.P.’s Robert Minor and ILD attorney David Levinson.

Rubenstein, Harry R. “The Great Gallup Coal Strike of 1933.” New Mexico Historical Review 52, no. 3 (July 1977).

Singer, Alan. “Communists and Coal Miners: Organizing Mine Workers During the 1920s.” Science & Society 55, no. 2 (Summer 1991).

Singer, Alan J. “‘Which Side Are You On?’: Ideological Conflict in the United Mine Workers of America, 1919-1928.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1982. Discusses the Communist party’s National Miners’ Union.

United Mine Workers of America. Attempt by Communists to Seize the American Labor Movement. Assisted by Henry Cabot Lodge. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1924.

Wickersham, Edward Dean. “Opposition to the International Officers of the United Mine Workers of America: 1919-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1951. Notes Communist involvement in UMWA factionalism.

Young, Dallas. “The Progressive Miners of America.” Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society 40 (Summer 1947).

Young, Dallas. “The Progressive Miners of America, 1932-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Urbana: University of Illinois, 1940.

****************************************************************

 

Harlan County Strike

 

Buka, Tony. “The Harlan County Coal Strike of 1931.” Labor History 11, no. 1 (Winter 1970). Notes the role of the Communist-aligned National Miners Union.

Costello, E. J. The Shame That is Kentucky’s: The Story of the Harlan Mine War. Pamphlet. Chicago: General Defense Committee, 1932.

Garland, Jim. Welcome the Traveler Home: Jim Garland’s Story of the Kentucky Mountains. Edited by Julia S. Ardery. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1983. Garland was involved the in C.P.-led Harlan coal strikes.

Hevener, John W. Which Side Are You On? The Harlan County Coal Miners, 1931-39. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1978. Notes effort of Communist National Miners Union to organize Harlan mines in 1932.

Labor Defender. Harlan & Bell Kentucky, 1931-2: The National Miner’s Union as Reported at the Time in the Labor Defender. Pamphlet. Huntington, WV: Appalachian Movement Press, 1972.

Lennon, Ellen. “‘Harry Simms Was a Pal of Mine:’ The Commemoration of a Labor Organizer in the Harlan County Coal Strike, 1932.” Paper presented at Center for Working Class Studies Conference. Youngstown, Ohio, 1999.

Lennon, Mary Ellen. “Creating Coalitions: ‘Outside Agitators’ and the Harlan County Coal Strike, 1931--1932.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 2002.

Reece, Florence. “Which Side Are You On? An Interview with Florence Reece.” Mountain Life and Work 48 (March 1972). Reece participated in and wrote songs about the NMU strike in Harlan, KY.

****************************************************************

 

Mining Industry -- Non-Coal

 

Arnold, Frank. “Humberto Silex, Labor Organizer.” Southwest Economy & Society 4, no. 1 (Fall 1978). Silex, born in Nicaragua, became president of Mine-Mill local at Sacco smelting plant in El Paso in the late 1930s and later a full time Mine-Mill organizer.  In 1948, Taft-Hartley required full-time union employees to be U.S. citizens.  Silex applied for naturalization, but immigration authorities blocked it with a deportation order based on a assault and battery charge from a picket line fight.  The American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born took up his case, and the governor of Texas pardoned him.  Immigration authorities attempted unsuccessfully to prove he was a Communist due to links to Vicente Lombardo Toledano and eventually dropped his deportation case.

Aiken, Katherine G. “Odyssey of a Union: Communism and the Rise of the Northwest Metal Workers, 1960-1971.” Montana 47 (Autumn 1997).

Aiken, Katherine G. “‘When I Realized How Close Communism Was to Kellogg, I Was Willing to Devote Day and Night’: Anti-Communism, Women, Community Values, and the Bunker Hill Strike of 1960.” Labor History 36, no. 2 (1995). Discusses the role of anticommunism and familial/gender roles in the defeat of a Mine-Mill local.

Baker, Ellen. “A ‘Militant, Democratic Union’: Chicano Workers and the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers Union in New Mexico.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Beesley, David. “Communists and Vigilantes in the Northern Mines.” California History 64, no. 2 (Spring 1985). Recounts how organized mobs broke up attempts to organize Nevada County gold miners into the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers, CIO.  Although the vigilantes charged the CIO with harboring Communists, Beesley sees no Communist influence in this or most other CIO organizing campaigns.

Berman, Hyman. “Miner Radicalism on the Minnesota Iron Range: An Interpretive  Essay.” Paper presented at Western History Association conference. St. Paul, Minnesota, 1984.

Brennan, John A., and Cassandra M Volpe. “Sources for Studying Labor at the Western Historical Collections of the University of Colorado, Boulder.” Labor’s Heritage 1, no. 1 (January 1989). Discusses holdings of papers of the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers.

Buse, Dieter. “Cold War and the Destruction of Canadian Workers’ Culture: The Case of Mine Mill.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Cargill, Jack. “Empire and Opposition: The ‘Salt of the Earth’ Strike.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1983. History of the Mine-Mill strike against Empire Zinc, 1950-52.  Discusses the role of Clifton Jencks, Maurice Travis, Nathan Witt, and Bob Hollowwa in the strike.  Concludes that “The communists’ and the miners’ subcultures synthesized through their interaction, drawing out the best features of each.  The miners offered their open-minded approach to problems and mitigated the communists dogmatism and intolerance.  The communists, on the other hand, imparted their elan and idealism to the miners.”

Chambers, Virginia Derr. “Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers: The Salt of the Earth.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987. Chambers, wife of Clinton Jencks, Mine-Mill organizer, discusses the Empire Zinc strike and the subsequent film.

Dinwoodie, D.H. “The Rise of the Mine Mill Union in Southwestern Copper.” In American Labor in the Southwest: The First One Hundred Years, edited by James C. Foster. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1982.

Dix, Edward Keith. “A Study of Collective Bargaining in the Non-Ferrous Metals Industry.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1967.

Draper, Alan. “The New Southern Labor History Revisited: The Success of the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers Union in Birmingham, 1934-1938.” Journal of Southern History 62, no. 1 (February 1996).

Foster, James. “Western Federation of Miners and Mine-Mill.” In American Labor in the Southwest: The First One Hundred Years, edited by James C. Foster. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1982.

García, Mario T. “Border Proletarians: Mexican-Americans and the International Union of Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers, 1939-1946.” In Labor Divided: Race and Ethnicity in United States Labor Struggles, 1835-1960, edited by Robert Asher and Charles Stephenson. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1990. Discusses 1940 attack on Mine, Mill organizing as Communist-linked by El Paso sheriff and HUAC.  Those accused included Frank Sener, Domingo López, Alfredo Casares, Miguel Oaxaca, Joseph Mack Waller, Guadalupe Pedroza, and Katherine Winfrey.

Huntley, Horace. “Iron Ore Miners and Mine Mill in Alabama: 1933-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1977. Highly sympathetic survey of Mine, Mill organizing in Alabama which treats charges that Mine, Mill was Communist influenced as the product of a witch hunt.

Jensen, Vernon H. Heritage of Conflict: Labor Relations in the Nonferrous Metals Industry up to 1930. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Jensen, Vernon H. Nonferrous Metals Industry Unionism, 1932-1954. Ithaca: Cornell University, 1954. Notes the significant role of the Communist party in the Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers.

Keitel, Robert S. “The Merger of the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers Into the United Steel Workers of America.” Labor History 15, no. 1 (Winter 1974). Finds that initial CIO raids on Mine, Mill on a anti-Communist political basis largely failed, but as Mine, Mill weakened in the 1950s and 1960s, Steelworker raids based on an economic appeal had success.  Finally, with Mine, Mill organizationally weakened and with its radical political leadership attenuated, it agreed to merge in 1967.

King, Al, and Kat Braid. “Expulsions and Red Baiting: The Mine Mill Story.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labour History Association. Vancouver, Canada, 1999.

Lorence, James. “Clinton Jencks, the Wartime Generation, and Mine, Mill Social Activism in the Southwest, 1945-1950.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

Lorence, James J. “Mexican-American Workers, Clinton Jencks, and Mine-Mill Social Activism in the Southwest, 1945-52.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Mercier, Laurie. “‘Instead of Fighting the Common Enemy’: Mine Mill Versus the Steelworkers in Montana, 1950–1967.” Labor History 40, no. 4 (November 1999).

Scott, Jack. A Communist Life: Jack Scott and the Canadian Workers Movement, 1927-1985. Edited by Bryan D. Palmer. St. John’s, Nfld.: Committee on Canadian Labour History, 1988. Scott joined the C.P. of Canada in the 1930s.  After WWII, Scott worked in the West as an organizer for the Canadian branch of the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers union.  Expelled from the C.P. in the 1960s, he helped to found the Maoist-aligned Canada-China Friendship Association.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Organized Labor and the Iron Ore Miners of Northern Minnesota, 1907-1936.” Labor History 12, no. 2 (Spring 1971). Notes some National Miners Union organizing in the early 1930s.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Steel Workers Organizing Committee and the Minnesota Iron Miners, 1937-1941.” Journal of the West 35, no. 2 (April 1996).

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Iron Miners’ Struggle for Collective Bargaining, 1941-1943.” Labor’s Heritage 5, no. 1 (1993).

Steedman, Mercedes. “Tea Party Spies: Mine Mill Women’s Auxiliaries and the Threat from Within, 1940s-1970s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Steedman, Mercedes. “Godless Communists and Faithful Wives, Gender Relations and the Cold War: Mine Mill and the 1958 Strike Against the International Nickel Company.” In Mining Women: Gender in the Development of a Global Industry, 1670 to 2005, edited by Jaclyn J. Gier. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006.

Steedman, Mercedes, Peter Suschnigg, and Dieter K. Buse, eds. Hard Lessons: The Mine Mill Union in the Canadian Labour Movement. Toronto Niagara Falls, NY: Dundurn Press, 1995.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Domination of Union Officials in Vital Defense Industry-- International Union of Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.Welborn, Steven Keith. “‘Come All You Coal Miners’: The Struggle for Justice in the Coal Fields of Central Pennsylvania, 1924-1933.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1998.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Relationship Between Teamsters Union and Mine, Mill & Smelter Workers. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Relationship Between Teamsters Union and Mine, Mill & Smelter Workers: Use of Tax Exempt Funds for Subversive Purposes.  Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

****************************************************************

 

Needle Trades

 

Brown, Howard M. “The Communists and the Needle Trades, 1920-1928.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1973.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Needle Trades Workers Industrial Union: The Theory and Practice of Building a Red Industrial Union During Third Period Communism, 1929-1935.” Nature, Society and Thought 19, no. 3 (2007).

Holmes, John. “American Jewish Communism and Garment Unionism in the 1920.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Korman, Gerd. “Ethnic Democracy and Its Ambiguities: The Case of the Needle Trade Unions.” American Jewish History 75 (June 1986).

Seidman, Joel Isaac. The Needle Trades. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1942. Discusses the significant Communist party role in the needle trades unions.

****************************************************************

 

ACWA and Sidney Hillman

 

Brown, Howard M. “Political Factions and the Cloak Strike of 1926.” Unpublished manuscript. New York University, 1977.

Fraser, Steve. Labor Will Rule: Sidney Hillman and the Rise of American Labor. New York: Free Press, 1991. Detailed and thorough scholarly biography: treats opposition to communism as sinister.

Fraser, Steven. “Sidney Hillman, Labor’s Machiavelli.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Fraser, Steven C. “Sidney Hillman and the Origins of the ‘New Unionism’: 1908-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1983. Discusses factionalism involving Communists in the Amalgamated Clothing Workers in the 1920s.

Josephson, Matthew. Sidney Hillman, Statesman of American Labor. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1952. Examines Hillman’s relationship with the Communist party.

****************************************************************

 

Fur Workers and Ben Gold

 

Cammer, Harold. “Taft-Hartley and the International Fur and Leather Workers Union.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Cammer, a member of the legal defense team for Ben Gold’s Taft-Hartley oath trial, discusses Gold and his union.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Fur and Leather Workers Union: A Story of Dramatic Struggles and Achievements. Newark [N. J.]: Nordan Press, 1950. Sympathetically recounts the dominant Communist role in the union.

Gold, Ben. Memoirs. New York: W. Howard, 1984. Longtime Communist leader of the Furriers.

International Fur Workers Union of the United States and Canada. Di Foriers Shtime. New York: Foriers yunyon fun der Amerikan federeyshon ov leybor, 1933. Journal, 1933-.

Leiter, Robert D. “Fur Workers Union.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 3, no. 2 (January 1950). Discusses a union with a major Communist presence.

Spingarn, Sandra Dawn. “Trade Unionism Among the Jewish Workers in the Fur Manufacturing Industry in New York City, 1912-1929.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1994. Says that Ben Gold and his comrades placed the practical demands of the union above the ideological concerns of the CPUSA.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Infiltration Into the Fur Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

****************************************************************

 

ILGWU and David Dubinsky

 

Barbash, Jack. “The International Ladies’ Garment Workers Union as an Organization in the Age of Dubinsky.” Labor History 9 (Spring 1968).

Barbash, Jack, ed. “David Dubinsky, the ILGWU and the American Labor Movement.” Labor History 9 (Spring 1968). Entire issue devoted to Dubinsky and the ILGWU.

Danish, Max D. The World of David Dubinsky. Cleveland: World Pub. Co., 1957.

Devinatz, Victor G. “David Dubinsky, the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union, and the Limits of Social Democratic Trade Unionism.” Nature, Society and Thought.

Dubinsky, David. David Dubinsky: A Life with Labor. Assisted by A. H. Raskin. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1977. Autobiography by a key leader of the anti-Communist wing of the labor movement and a leading figure in New York’s American Labor party and later in the Liberal party. 

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “ILGWU Organizer Murdered: Why?” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Suggests sinister conspiracy behind the June 8, 1983 murder of Rudy Lozano, a ILGWU organizer, political ally of Chicago Mayor Harold Washington, national board member of the of National Alliance Against Racist and Political Repression and founder of National Congress of Unemployed Organizations.

Gurowsky, David. “Factional Dispute Within the ILGWU, 1919-1928.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1978.  Discusses the severe factional struggle between Communists and social democrats for control of the union.

Katz, Daniel Lawrence. “A Union of Many Cultures: Yiddish Socialism and Interracial Organizing in the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union, 1913--1941.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers - New Brunswick, 2003.

Laslett, John H. M., and Mary Tyler. The ILGWU in Los Angeles, 1907-1988. Inglewood, CA: Ten Star Press, 1989.

Monroy, Douglas. “La Costura en Los Angeles, 1933-1939: The ILGWU and the Politics of Domination.” In Mexican Women in the United States Struggles Past and Present, edited by Magdalena Mora and Adelaida R. Del Castillo. Los Angeles: Chicano Studies Research Center Publications, University of California, 1980. Notes that Communist dual unions were unable to defeat the social democratic and anti-Communist ILGWU for the loyalty of Mexican workers in the southern California women’s wear industry.

Nadel, Stanley. “Reds Versus Pinks: A Civil War in the ILGWU.” New York History 66, no. 1 (1985). Regards the victory of Socialists over Communists in the ILGWU as a regrettable right-wing defeat of the Left.

Parmet, Robert D. The Master of Seventh Avenue: David Dubinsky and the American Labor Movement. New York: New York University Press, 2005.

Pesotta, Rose. Bread Upon the Waters. Edited by John Nicholas Beffel. New York: Dodd, Mead & company, 1944. Pesotta, a key organizer for the ILGWU, notes conflict with Communist party dual unions in early 1930s.

Stolberg, Benjamin. Tailor’s Progress: The Story of a Famous Union and the Men Who Made It. Garden City, New York: Doubleday, Doran and Company, Inc., 1944. Discusses Dubinsky’s leadership of the anti-Communist wing of the New York union movement.

Weinstone, William. The Case Against David Dubinsky. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. Communist attack on Dubinsky.

****************************************************************

 

United Hatters

 

Robinson, Donald B. Spotlight on a Union: The Story of the United Hatters, Cap and Millinery Workers International Union. New York: Dial Press, 1948. Discusses Communist and Socialist party factionalism in the union.

****************************************************************

 

Office, Wholesale, and Distributive Workers

 

Fennell, Dorothy. “Trade Union Culture in a Model Communist Union: The Wholesale Dry Goods Workers of New York City.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Mende, Tu. “CIO Union Attack CIO Office Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses decline of UOPWA after the CIO attacks it and UOPWA’s transformation into District 65 of Distributive Workers of America.

Opler, Daniel. “Monkey Business in Union Square: A Cultural Analysis of the Klein’s-Ohrbach’s Strikes of 1943-5.” Journal of Social History 36, no. 1 (Fall 2002).

Opler, Daniel Joseph. “‘For All White-Collar Workers’: The Possibilities of Radicalism in New York City’s Department Store Unions, 1934--1953.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003.

Opler, Daniel J. For All White-Collar Workers: The Possibilities of Radicalism in New York City’s Department Store Unions, 1934-1953. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2007.

Phillips, Lisa. “District 65 Secures a Cloak of Respectability: Organizing Black Workers in New York City During the Cold War.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

Phillips, Lisa. “Labor and Civil Rights in New York City During the Cold War: District 65, 1946-63.” Paper presented at Study Group on International Labor and Working-Class History meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Phillips, Lisa Ann Wunderlich. “The Labor Movement and Black Economic Equality in New York City District 65, 1934-1954.” Thesis (Ph.D). Rutgers University, 2002.

Strom, Sharon Hartman. “‘We’re no Kitty Foyles’: Organizing Office Workers for the Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1937-50.” In Women, Work, and Protest: A Century of US Women’s Labor History, edited by Ruth Milkman. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1987.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Control of Distributive, Processing, and Office Workers of America. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Ziskind, Minna Pearl. “Citizenship, Consumerism, and Gender: A Study of District 65, 1945--1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Oil Industry

 

O’Connor, Harvey. History of Oil Workers Intl. Union (CIO). Denver: Oil Workers Intl. Union (CIO), 1950. Radical history of the CIO Oil Workers.

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers

 

Arnesen, Eric, and others. “Symposium on Halpern and Horowitz: Packinghouse Unionism.” Labor History 40, no. 2 (May 1999). Includes: Race, Party, and Packinghouse Exceptionalism/Eric Arnesen; Saga of a Broad Spectrum Union/Norman Dolnick; Meat and Men/Howell John Harris; Cases and Theory/Ira Katznelson; Dismembering Heroic Unions/Kimberley L. Phillips; Getting to Grips with the CIO: The Significance of the Packinghouse Experience/Rick Halpern; The National Versus the Local; A Response to Commentators/Roger Horowitz.

Cavanaugh, James A. “From the Bottom Up: Oral History and the United Packinghouse Workers of America.” International Journal of Oral History 9 (February 1988).

Dolnick, Norman. “Packinghouse Workers Face the Cold War: A Memoir.” Labor History 38 (Fall 1997).

Dolnick, Norman. “How Did the UPWA Elude the CIO 1949 Expulsions.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Dolnick, Norman. “The Dissenting Communist: A Eulogy.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002). Dolnick’s eulogy for Herb Marsh, a Communist in the UPWA.

Halpern, Rick, and Roger Horowitz. Meatpackers: An Oral History of Black Packinghouse Workers and Their Struggle for Racial and Economic Equality. Twayne’s Oral History Series. New York London: Twayne Prentice Hall International, 1996.

Horowitz, Roger. Negro and White, Unite and Fight!: A Social History of Industrial Unionism in Meatpacking, 1930-90. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997.

Horowitz, Roger. “‘It is Harder to Struggle Than To Surrender’: The Rank and File Unionism of the United Packinghouse Workers of America, 1933-1948.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada] 5 (1986).

Horowitz, Roger. “The Path Not Taken: A Social History of Industrial Unionism in Meatpacking, 1930-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1990. Argues that the history of the UPWA shows that militant, class-conscious, anti-anti-Communist, social unionism could flourish in America.

Orear, Leslie F., and Stephen H. Diamond. Out of the Jungle: The Packinghouse Workers Fight for Justice and Equality. Hyde Park Press, 1968.

Storch, Randi. “UPWA and Civil Rights in the Cold War.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Stromquist, Shelton, and Marvin Bergman, eds. Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration of Vital Industries and Current Communist Techniques in the Chicago, Illinois Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Discusses the C.P. role in the United Packinghouse Workers.

Warren, Wilson J. “Working-Class Identity, Internal Union Conflict, and the Limits of Social Democracy, 1945-1955.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers: Regional and Local Studies

 

Packinghouse Workers: Illinois - Chicago

 

Halpern, Rick. Down on the Killing Floor: Black and White Workers in Chicago’s Packinghouses, 1904-54. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Discusses C.P. role in the UPWA.

Storch, Randi. “The Cleaver and the Sickle: Building a Rank and File Union in Chicago’s Stockyards, 1935-1945.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Storch, Randi. “The United Packinghouse Workers of America, Civil Rights, and the Communist Party in Chicago.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Street, Paul. “Breaking Up Old Hatreds and Breaking Through the Fear: The Emergence of the Packinghouse Workers Organizing Committee in Chicago, 1933-1940.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada], 5 1986.

Street, Paul. “The Logic and Limits of ‘Plant Loyalty’: Black Workers, White Labor, and Corporate Racial Paternalism in Chicago’s Stockyards, 1916-1940.” Journal of Social History 29, no. 3 (Spring 1996). Notes William Foster’s role in early stockyard organizing.

Street, Paul. “The Backbone of the Union.” Chicago History, Summer 2000, 4-21. Describes the success of the Packinghouse Workers Organizing Committee in breaking down Black-White divisions in Chicago in the 1930s, with Communists such as Hank Johson (the “Negro orator of the Yards”) playing leading roles. Illustrations include a copy of the C.P.’s Stockyard Worker from the Chicago Historical Society.

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers: Minnesota - Albert Lea and Austin

 

Engelmann, Larry. “‘We Were the Poor People.’” Labor History 15, no. 4 (1974). Notes that although some of the leaders of the successful strike at the huge Hormell plant in Austin, Minnesota in the mid-30s had an acquaintance with Trotskyism, there was little direct involvement by radical political bodies.

Rachleff, Peter. “Floyd Olson: Radical or Racketeer: A Left Wing Critique of Minnesota Farmer-Laborism.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Discusses the role of Communists and Trotskyists in the briefly powerful Independent Union of All Workers in Austin and Albert Lea, Minnesota.  Sees agendas of Communists and Trotskyists union militants as contributing to the demise of the radical “horizontal” community unionism of the IUAW by supporting parceling out its members into vertically-organized CIO (the largest of which was the UPWA)  and AFL unions.

Rachleff, Peter. “Organizing ‘Wall-to-Wall’: The Independent Union of All Workers, 1933-1937.” In Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry, edited by Shelton Stromquist and Marvin Bergman. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

Rachleff, Peter J. Hard-Pressed in the Heartland: The Hormel Strike and the Future of the Labor Movement. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1993. On the Hormel & Company Strike, Austin, Minn., 1985-1986.

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers: Nebraska - Omaha

Warren, Wilson J. “The Impasse of Radicalism and Race: Omaha’s Meatpacking Unionism, 1945-1955.” Journal of the West 35 (April 1996)

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers: Texas - Fort Worth

 

Halpern, Rick. “Interracial Unionism in the Southwest: Fort Worth’s Packinghouse Workers, 1937-1954.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

Packinghouse Workers: Midwest

 

Warren, Wilson Jerome. “The Limits of New Deal Social Democracy: Working-Class Structural Pluralism in Midwestern Meatpacking, 1900-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1992. Finds that long-term ethnic and racial tensions and divergent views of political economy and cultural concerns among workers eroded support for the CIO’s social democratic aspirations of the 1930s.  Sees the role of anticommunism and Taft-Hartley as of secondary importance.

Warren, Wilson. “The Limits of Social Democratic Unionism in Midwestern Meatpacking Communities: Patters of Internal Strife, 1948-1955.” In Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry, edited by Shelton Stromquist and Marvin Bergman. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Rubber and Tire

 

Hood Rubber Unit, CPUSA and YCL (Boston, Mass.). The Red Rubber Worker. [Boston, MA]: The Unit, 19uu. Journal, 1930s?, 1940s?

Roberts, Harold Selig. The Rubber Workers: Labor Organization and Collective Bargaining in the Rubber Industry. New York: Harper & brothers, 1944.

****************************************************************

 

Public Employees

 

Harding, Mary Elizabeth. “Eleanor Nelson, Oliver Palmer and the Struggle to Organize the CIO in Washington, DC, 1937--1950.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2002. Examines the issue of the adherence of Nelson and the union leadership to the policies of the CPUSA, and the expulsion of the union, merged with the State, County, and Municipal Workers in the United Public Workers, from the CIO.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Control of the United Public Workers of America. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

****************************************************************

 

Scientific and Technical Workers

 

Palmer, Bernard. “The Heritage of Architects, Engineers, Chemists and Technicians (FAECT-CIO).” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Memoir by a pro-Communist member of FAECT Local 231 at Ebasco Services, a design arm of GE.  “At the outset, many FAECT members opposed U.S. participation in a war they thought would be a rerun of World War I between imperialist powers.  President Roosevelt called in a number of CIO union leaders including Jules Korchien of the FAECT, and told them that unless they supported the war effort, they would see hell.  Subsequently, the Dies Committee on Un-American Activities attacked the FAECT and other left-progressive unions.  When the character of the war became clear later in 1941 as an anti-fascist struggle of heroic proportions, the FAECT and its members participated actively.” FAECT later merged with UOPWA.

****************************************************************

 

Shipbuilding

 

Hirshfield, Deborah Scott. “To Ensure a Less Perfect Union - AFL/CIO Strike in Shipbuilding During World War II.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1990. Finds that the AFL Boilermakers used anticommunism as a theme against its CIO rival as early as 1937, reduced its anti-Communist rhetoric during the wartime American alliance with the Soviet Union, but resumed in late 1945.  Regards the Boilermakers’ opposition to communism as self-defeating because any attack on communism was inherently an attack on the working class.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “In Search of Charles Smolikoff: Trade Union Communist or Communist Trade Unionist?” Paper presented at “Real Socialism and the ‘Second World’” workshop, Centre for Russian and Eastern European Studies, University of Toronto. Canada, 2004. Smolikoff was a CP-member and official of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America [IUMSW].

Mergen, Bernard Matthew . “A History of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America, 1931-1951.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1968. Notes serious factionalism between anti-Communists and Communists in the union.

Palmer, David. Organizing the Shipyards: Union Strategy in Three Northeast Ports, 1933-1945. Ithaca, N.Y.: ILR Press, 1998.

Palmer, David. “‘An Anarchist with a Program’: East Coast Shipyard Workers, the Labor Left, and the Origins of Cold War Unionism.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Social Service Unionism

 

Andrews, Janice. “Social Work and Anti-Communism: A Historical Analysis of the McCarthy Era.” Journal of Progressive Human Services 8, no. 2 (1997).

Dawidowicz, Lucy. The Social Service Employees Union: Communist Infiltration Through a Trade Union Movement. Mimeographed study. New York: American Jewish Committee, 1951.

Freedberg, Sharon. “Bertha Caper Reynolds: A Woman Struggling in Her Times.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1984. Reynolds, an influential social welfare spokesman, aligned for a time with the Communist-influenced 1930s “rank-and-file” movement in social work.

Haynes, John Earl. “Rank and File!: The Rank and File Movement in Social Work, 1931-1941.” Unpublished seminar paper. Social Welfare History Archives, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, 1967. Notes the leading role of Communists in attempts to organize public and private social workers into unions.

Haynes, John Earl. “The Rank and File Movement in Private Social Work.” Labor History 16, no. 1 (Winter 1975). Notes the role of Communists in organizing private social work agencies into unions in the 1930s; discusses the Marxist analysis of social work advanced by the Rank and File movement and the shift of the Rank and Filers from harsh critics of the social work establishment and the New Deal before the Popular Front to friendly critics of the establishment and firm supporter of the New Deal after the Popular Front and back again after the Nazi-Soviet Pact but then shifting once more after the Nazi attack on the Soviet Union.in 1941.

Reisch, Michael, and Janice Andrews. “Uncovering a Silent Betrayal: Using Oral History to Explore the Impact of McCarthyism on the Profession of Social Work in the United States.” Oral History Review 26, no. 2 (1999).

Reisch, Michael, and Janice Andrews. The Road Not Taken: A History of Radical Social Work in the United States. Philadelphia: Brunner-Routledge, 2001.

Schriver, Joe M. “Harry Lawrence Lurie, A Rational Radical: His Contributions to the Development of Social Work, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1984. Discusses Lurie’s role in the Communist-influenced Rank and File movement among social workers in the 1930s.

Selmi, Patrick, and Richard Hunter. “Beyond the Rank and File Movement: Mary Van Kleeck and Social Work Radicalism in the Great Depression, 1931-1942.” Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare 28, no. 2 (2001).  Admiring and naive portrayal of van Kleeck’s support for Stalinism.

Spano, Richard. “The Rank and File Movement in Social Work.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978. Notes a significant Communist role in the Rank and File movement.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. Working with Class: Social Workers and the Politics of Middle-Class Identity. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1999.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. “Ring Around the Collar: Professionalism and New York Social Workers at Work, 1945-55.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1986.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. “The Modern Professional: Work and Social Workers’ Identity After the Purge.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Steel Industry and the United Steel Workers

 

Bernstein, Barton. “The Truman Administration and the Steel Strike of 1946.” Journal of American History 52 (December 1965).

Brody, David. Steelworkers in America; the Nonunion Era. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1960.

Brody, David. “The Origins of Modern Steel Unionism: The SWOC Era.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlied, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, 1987. Notes sketchy evidence of C.P. influence in late stages of Rank-and-File movement of 1933-4; observes that Murray placed most of SWOC/USWA’s organizers under a centrally appointed field staff “so that, among other things, the numerous Communists who had been hired could be used and then discarded when they became troublesome.”

Cantor, Joseph. “Steelworkers in Buffalo: A Personal Perspective.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Cantor (a pseudonym) after graduating from CCNY joined the industrial concentration movement to put radicals in industry and got a job at Bethlehem Steel (Lackawanna) in 1952 as a laborer by hiding his college background.  Says he and four others were clandestinely coordinated by the Buffalo C.P. district organizer.  The colonizers met in secret to discuss union issues, tactics for promoting Communism, and self-criticism.  Cantor says the colonizers made progress until 1957 HUAC hearings exposed them.  By 1964 the colonizers had broken up: some left the C.P., some joined Progressive Labor.

Communist Party, Western Pennsylvania. The High Carbon Truth. [Pennsylvania]: Communist Party, Western Pennsylvania, 195u. Journal, early 1950s.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “The History is Missing, Almost: Philip Murray, the Steelworkers, and the Historians.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. Discusses New Left historians’ faulting of the C.P. for failing to lead the steelworker Rank-and-File movement of 1933-4.

Gordon, Max. “The Communists and the Drive to Organize Steel, 1936.” Labor History 23, no. 2 (Spring 1982). Reviews the Communist party’s role in the labor movement and its participation in Steel Workers’ Organizing Committee’s early organizing drives.

Hall, Gus. “Thirty Years of Struggle for a Steelworkers’ Union and Working Class Ideology.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Hall, the dominant figure in the Communist party from the early 1960s to the 1990s, worked as a organizer for SWOC in the 1930s.

Lynd, Staughton. “Guerrilla History in Gary.” Liberation 14 (October 1969).

Lynd, Staughton. “The Possibility of Radicalism in the Early 1930s: The Case of Steel.” Radical America 6 (December 1972).

Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Metal Worker. New York: [Metal Workers Industrial Union], 1935. Journal, 1935.

Needleman, Ruth. “‘Diplomats and Rabble-Rousers’: African-American Leadership in Northwest Indiana’s Steel Mills, 1936-1950.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

Norrell, Robert J. “Caste in Steel: Jim Crow Careers in Birmingham, Alabama.” Journal of American History 73, no. 2 (December 1986). On the role of communism and racism in the conflict of the AFL, SWOC, and Mine Mill for the support of white and black steelworkers.

Nyden, Philip Williams. “Rank-and-File Insurgency in a Large Industrial Union: A Case Study of the United Steelworkers of America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1979.

Raskin, Abe. “Comments.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. Raskin, a leading labor reporter, reminisces about the CIO fight in 1940 with Sidney Hillman leading the pro-FDR faction against the anti-Roosevelt alliance of John L. Lewis and the “Moscow Firsters” with Murray keeping a low profile but supporting FDR.

Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Steel and Metal Worker. Pittsburgh, Pa.: Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union, 1932. Journal, 1932.

Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Steel Metal Worker. New York: Steel and Metal Workers Union, 1933. Journal, 1933.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Buffalo, N.Y., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. Discusses C.P. placement of college graduates in blue-collar jobs, particularly steel plants in the Buffalo area, as part of its industrial concentration program.

Wilson, Joseph F. “Cold Steel: The Political Economy of Black Labor and Reform in the United Steelworkers of America (USWA).” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1980. Discusses the role of anticommunism in the Steelworkers elections in 1977.

****************************************************************

 

Steel Strike of 1919

 

Brody, David. Labor in Crisis: The Steel Strike of 1919. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1965. William Z. Foster, future Communist leader, organized the strike for the AFL.


Mohl, R.A. “Great Steel Strike of 1919 in Gary, Indiana: Working Class Radicalism or Trade Union Militancy?” Mid-America 63 (January 1981).

Murray, Robert K. “Communism and the Great Steel Strike of 1919.” Labor History 38, no. 3 (December 1951). Discusses the clamor in the popular press and from company circles that radicals inspired the 1919 strike; notes that radicals claimed credit for the strike and that their claims were used as evidence by the press.

****************************************************************

 

The Little Steel Strike and Memorial Day Massacre of 1937

 

Leab, Daniel J. “The Memorial Day Massacre.” Midcontinent American Studies Journal 8 (Fall 1967).

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Little Steel Strike of 1937.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1961.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Chicago Memorial Day Incident: An Episode of Mass Action.” Labor History 6, no. 1 (Winter 1965). Notes charges of Communist leadership of the Memorial Day march were used to defend the police version of events.

****************************************************************

 

Teachers' Unions

 

Back, Adina. “Blacks, Jews and the Struggle to Integrate Brooklyn’s Junior High School 258: A Cold War Story.” Journal of American Ethnic History 20, no. 2 (2001). Notes the role of the Communist-led New York Teachers Union.

Beichman, Arnold. “Shanker’s Heroic War for Labor.” Washington Times, 22 February 1997. On the Albert Shanker of the AFT’s role as an anti-Communist labor leader.

Campbell, Karen Teresa. “From Communist to Catholic Anti-Communist: Bella Visono Dodd’s American Journey.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2000. Abstract: “Dodd did not change, instead her political definition of an American mutated through the years....  [T]his thesis contends that Dodd’s life, her years both as a leftist and as a rightist, was a continuum of a zealous quest for acceptance as a loyal American.”

Dodd, Bella Visono. School of Darkness. New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1954. Dodd was a key Communist organizer among New York teachers who became disillusioned.

Eaton, William Edward. The American Federation of Teachers, 1916-1961: A History of the Movement. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1975. Stresses the importance of the late 1930s when the union expelled Communist influenced New York and Philadelphia locals.

Hronicek, Francis Robert. “The Historical Development of Teachers’ Unions in United States’ Public Education.” Ed.D. diss. Saint Louis University, 1980. Discusses the Communist role in teachers’ unions.

LaPointe, Richard Terry. “Ideology and Organization in Teacher Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1976.

Miller, Charles William. “Democracy in Education: A Study of How the American Federation of Teachers Met the Threat of Communist Subversion Through the Democratic Process.” Ed.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1967. Concludes that there was a significant Communist presence in the AFT; finds that the impetus for their expulsion came from midwestern AFT locals and from William Green of the AFL.

Mirel, Jeffrey Edward. “Politics and Public Education in the Great Depression: Detroit, 1929-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1984. Notes that despite attacks on local radical teachers by the American Legion and the Dies Committee, the Detroit School Board refused to take action; discusses the radical politics of the local teachers’ union.

Muraskin, L.D. “The Teachers Union of the City of New York from Inception to Schism, 1912-1935.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1979. Sympathetic account of the local which came under Communist leadership in the 1930s.

Murphy, Marjorie. Blackboard Unions: The AFT and the NEA, 1900-1980. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1990.

Newman, Joseph W., and Wayne J. Urban. “Communists in the American Federation of Teachers: A Too Often Told Story.” History of Education Review [Australia] 14, no. 2 (1985).

Zitron, Celia Lewis. The New York City Teachers Union, 1916-1964: A Story of Educational and Social Commitment. New York: Humanities Press, 1968. Discusses the lengthy fight within the teachers union over Communism.

****************************************************************

 

Telephone and Communications

 

Boroff, Karen E. “A Note on an Unpublished Manuscript by CWA Leader A. Tommy Jones.” Labor History 37, no. 4 (1996). Jones discusses the role of Communists in the Communications Workers of America.

Strichartz, Richard. “American Communications Association (Marine Department).” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1947. Discusses C.P. activity in the ACA.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Penetration of Communications Facilities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Penetration of Radio Facilities (Conelrad-Communications) [Parts 1-2]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. Part 1, 86th Congress.  Part 2, 87th Congress.  Report No. 1283.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Infiltration in the Telegraph Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

****************************************************************

 

Textiles

 

Brooks, Robert R.R. “The United Textile Workers of America.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1935. Notes internal conflict over Communism.

Gerstle, Gary. Working-Class Americanism: The Politics of Labor in a Textile City, 1914-1960. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1989. Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Communism in the ethnic and labor politics of Woonsocket, Rhode Island, and the Independent Textile Union.

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Mobilization of the Working Class Community: The Independent Textile Union in Woonsocket, 1931-1946.” Radical History Review 17 (Spring 1978).

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Rise of Industrial Unionism: Class, Ethnicity and Labor Organization in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, 1931-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1982. Discusses the relationship of Americanism with union and political radicalism in the 1930s.

Howard, Walter T. “‘Radicals Not Wanted’: Communists and the 1929 Wilkes-Barre Silk Mill Strikes.” Pennsylvania History 69 (Summer 2002).

Salmond, John A. “‘The Burlington Dynamite Plot’: The 1934 Textile Strike and Its Aftermath in Burlington, North Carolina.” North Carolina Historical Review 75, no. 4 (1998). Discusses the role of International Labor Defense in the legal case of men charged with a strike-related bombing.

Salmond, John A. The General Textile Strike of 1934: From Maine to Alabama. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2002.

Santos, Michael W. “Community and Communism: The 1928 New Bedford Textile Strike.” Labor History 26, no. 2 (Spring 1985). Discusses the activities of the C.P.’s Textile Mills committees.

Shields, Art. “Recollections of the Paterson Strike.” Political Affairs 61, no. 1 (1982). Memoir by a veteran Communist cadre.

Sterne, Eve. “Community, Culture, and Communism in the New Bedford, Massachusetts, Textile Strike of 1928.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1995.

Tippett, Thomas. When Southern Labor Stirs. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931. Discusses the leadership of several southern textile strikes by Communist-led unions in the late 1920s.

Whalen, Robert W. “Recollecting the Cotton Mill Wars: Fictions of the Southern Textile Strikes of 1929-1930.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Gastonia

 

Baker, Christina L., and William J. Baker. “Shaking All the Corners of the Sky: The Global Response to the Gastonia Strike of 1929.” Canadian Review of American Studies 21, no. 3 (1990).

Cook, Sylvia. “Gastonia: The Literary Reverberations of the Strike.” Southern Literary Journal 7, no. 1 (1974). Discusses six novels based on the 1929 North Carolina textile strike in which Communists played an important role.

Draper, Theodore. “Gastonia Revisited.” Social Research, Spring 1971.

Hapke, Laura. “Whose Gastonia?: Gender and Literary Representation in a Depression Era Textile Strike.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Hood, Robin. “The Loray Mill Strike.” Master’s thesis. University of North Carolina, 1932.

Lane, Janet E. “The Silenced Cry from the Factory Floor: Gastonia’s Female Strikers and Their Proletarian Authors.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2004.

McCurry, Dan, and Carolyn Ashbaugh. “Gastonia, 1929: Strike at the Loray Mill.” Southern Exposure 1 (Winter 1973-74).

Pope, Liston. “Churches and Mills in a Southern County, 1880-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1940.

Pope, Liston. Millhands & Preachers: A Study of Gastonia. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1942. Discusses Communist involvement in several Southern textile strikes.  In a somewhat different and more extensive form, the material on which this volume is based was presented as a dissertation at Yale University 1940.

Reeve, Carl. “The Great Gastonia Textile Strike.” Political Affairs 63, no. 3 (March 1984). Reeve was a veteran Communist organizer.

Reeve, Carl. “Gastonia: The Strike, The Frameup, The Heritage.” Political Affairs 63, no. 4 (April 1984).

Reilly, John M. “Images of Gastonia: A Revolutionary Chapter in American Social Fiction.” Georgia Review 28, no. 3 (1974). On the use of Gastonia by six radical novelists to convey Marxist themes.

Salmond, John A. Gastonia, 1929: The Story of the Loray Mill Strike. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995.

Weisbord, Vera Buch. “Gastonia 1929: Strike at the Loray Mill.” Southern Exposure 1, no. 3/4 (1974). Memoir of Weisbord’s role in the strike.

****************************************************************

 

Passaic

 

Asher, Martha S. “Recollections of the Passaic Textile Strike of 1926.” Labor’s Heritage 2, no. 2 (1990). Asher volunteered at a relief station for the strike.

Murphy, Paul L. ed., with Kermit Hall and David Klaassen. The Passaic Textile Strike of 1926. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Pub. Co., 1974.

Siegel, Morton. “The Passaic Strike of 1925.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1952. Notes the major Communist party role in strike leadership.

Vorse, M.H. Passaic Textile Strike, 1926-1927. Passaic, NJ: General Relief Committee, 1927. Vorse was a writer associated with the Communist party.

Weisbord, Albert. Passaic: The Story of a Struggle Against Starvation Wages and for the Right to Organize. Pamphlet. [Chicago]: Published for the Workers (Communist) Party by the Daily World Publishing Co., 1926. Weisbord was a leading Communist labor organizer of the period.

****************************************************************

 

Transit and Transportation

 

Freeman, Joshua B. “Catholics, Communists, and Republicans: Irish Workers and the Organization of the Transport Workers Union.” In Working Class America, Essays on Labor, Community, and American Society, edited by Michael H. Frisch and Daniel Walkowitz. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. “The Transport Workers Union in New York City, 1933-1948.” Ph.d. Thesis. Rutgers University, 1983. Surveys the Communist party role in the TWU and Michael Quill’s decision to eliminate the Communist party presence in the union.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. In Transit the Transport Workers Union in New York City, 1933-1966. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. Detailed and thorough history discussing the Communist role in the TWU.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Labor Radicalism, Race Relations, and Anticommunism in Miami During the 1940s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discusses use of racial appeals by Communist and anti-Communists fighting for control of a key TWU union at Pan-American airline.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Putting Labor’s House in Order: The Transport Workers Union and Labor Anti-Communism in Miami During the 1940s.” Labor History 39, no. 1 (February 1998)

McGinley, James Joseph. Labor Relations in the New York Rapid Transit Systems, 1904-1944. New York: King’s Crown Press, 1949. Discusses the Communist party role in the TWU.  Originally a Columbia University thesis.

Quill, Shirley. Mike Quill, Himself: A Memoir. Greenwich, CT: Devin-Adair, 1985. Written by Mike Quill’s second wife who was herself a union militant and a political aide to her husband.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Dining Car and Railroad Food Workers Union. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Alliance of Certain Racketeer and Communist Dominated Unions in the Field of Transportation as a Threat to National Security. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

Weintraub, Jack. “Expelled Teamster Fighting for Democracy.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Weintraub, a hostile HCUA witness, discusses his fight in San Francisco area Teamster Local 85, the Peace and Freedom party, and Trade Union Action and Democracy.

Whittemore, L. H. The Man Who Ran the Subways: The Story of Mike Quill. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1968. Journalistic biography.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Colleges

 

Altenbaugh, Richard J. Education for Struggle: The American Labor Colleges of the 1920s and 1930s. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990. Examines Brookwood Labor College, the Work People’s College, and Commonwealth College.

Wirth, Thomas. “‘Education for the Purposes of Democracy’: Workers and Intellectuals at the Rand School of Social Science.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Boston Labor College

 

Barrow, Clyde. “Holding Their Own: The Boston Labor College, 1919–29.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Brookwood Labor College

 

Bloom, Jonathan. “Brookwood Labor College, 1921-1933 Training Ground for Union Organizers.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Rutgers University, 1979.

Bloom, Jonathan D. “Brookwood Labor College and the Progressive Labor Network of the Interwar United States, 1921-1937.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1992. Discusses the role of communism in Brookwood’s last years.

Howlett, Charles F. Brookwood Labor College and the Struggle for Peace and Social Justice in America. Lewiston: E. Mellen Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Movement Politics, Government Regulation and the CPUSA

 

Arnold, Delbert. “The CIO’s Role in American Politics, 1936-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1953.

Barbash, Jack. “Unions, Government, and Politics.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 1, no. 1 (October 1947). Discusses the role of Communists in the union movement.

Boyle, Kevin, ed. Organized Labor and American Politics, 1894-1994: The Labor-Liberal Alliance. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1998.

Cameron, Stephen P. “The Liberal-Labor-Democratic Alliance, 1945-1952: Anti-Communism as a Flawed Unifying Theme.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1988. The opportunity for transforming the Democratic party into a social democratic party or of creating a progressive force to the left of the Democratic party was blocked by those opposed to communism.

Davis, Mike. “The Barren Marriage of American Labour and the Democratic Party.” New Left Review, no. 124 (November-December 1980). Asserts that Communist strategy in the mid-1930s and 1940s helped to bring about the co-option of CIO militancy into safe channels.

Draper, Alan. “A Rope of Sand: The AFL-CIO Committee on Political Education, 1955-1967.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1982.

Draper, Alan. A Rope of Sand: The AFL-CIO Committee on Political Education, 1955-1967. New York: Praeger, 1989.

Faue, Elizabeth. “Shifting Labor’s Loyalties: Redefining Citizenship and Allegiance in the 1940s Left.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Foster, James Caldwell. The Union Politic: The CIO Political Action Committee. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1975. Foster argues that because of the refusal of Communist unionists to support the CIO’s decision to back Truman, Philip Murray decided to eliminate the Communist party from the CIO because he regarded it as a threat to the CIO’s political standing.

Gaer, Joseph. The First Round: The Story of the CIO Political Committee. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1944. Communist view of CIO-PAC in 1944.

Haskett, William. “Ideological Radicals, the American Federation of Labor and Federal Labor Policy in the Strikes of 1934.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1957.

Karsh, Bernard, and Phillips L. Garman. “The Impact of the Political Left.” In Labor and the New Deal, edited by Milton Derber and Edwin Young. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1957.

Kazin, Michael. “Doing What We Can: The Limits and Achievements of American Labor Politics.” New Labor Forum 5 (Fall/Winter 1999).

Koryakova, Irena. “Labor and the Democratic Party in the Years of the New Deal.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Sees the Wagner Act and the Social Security Act as attempts to head off worker support for a radical third party; sees Labor’s Non-Partisan League as successfully co-opting worker third-party sentiment into support for FDR and the Democratic party.

Levine, Rhonda F. Class Struggle and the New Deal: Industrial Labor, Industrial Capital, and the State. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1988. Marxist interpretation of the economic crisis of the 1930s noting the importance of Communism in unionism and New Deal politics.

McClure, Arthur F. The Truman Administration and the Problems of Postwar Labor, 1945-1948. Rutherford: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1969.

Milton, David. “The Politics of Economism: Organized Labor Fights Its Way Into the American System Under the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1980. Argues that the CIO became incorporated in advanced capitalism in 1940 (not 1949 when the “Left” unions were expelled) when the Hillman-Murray forces defeated the Left-Syndicalists under John L. Lewis; places part of the blame on the Communist party for sharing the basic strategy of the Hillman-Murray faction of an alliance with Roosevelt arranged at the top.

Milton, David. The Politics of U.S. Labor from the Great Depression to the New Deal. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1982.

Nelson, Daniel. “The Other New Deal and Labor: The Regulatory State and the Unions, 1933-1940.” Journal of Policy Studies 13, no. 3 (2001).

Orren, Karen. “Union Politics and Postwar Liberalism in the United States, 1946-197.” Studies in American Political Development 1 (1986).

Riker, William Harrison. “The CIO in Politics, 1936-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1948.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “The United States Government and the Left-Wing Unions in the 1940s and 1950s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI, 1989.

Spencer, Thomas T. “Labor’s Non-Partisan League, 1936–1944.” Labor’s Heritage 12 (Spring-Summer 2004).

Sylvers, Malcolm. “The Decline of the New Deal: The Case of the Trade Unions and the Communist Party.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989).

Taft, Philip. “Labor’s Changing Political Line.” Journal of Political Economy 45, no. 5 (October 1937).

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Guns and Butter: American Organized Labor Approaches the Military-Industrial Complex in the Post-War Era.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

The La Follette Committee

 

Auerbach, Jerold S. “The La Follette Committee: Labor and Civil Liberties in the New Deal.” Journal of American History 51, no. 3 (December 1964). Notes that some committee staff were secret Communists.

Auerbach, Jerold S. Labor and Liberty: The La Follette Committee and the New Deal. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1966.

****************************************************************

 

The Wagner Act and Taft-Hartley

 

Bernstein, Irving. The New Deal Collective Bargaining Policy. Berkeley, CA: University. of California Press, 1950.

Blustain, Jonah. “The Treatment of the Collective Bargaining Legislation of the New Deal by the American Federation of Labor and the Communist Party (USA), 1933-1939.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1954. Finds that Communist party’s dire predictions of the likely results of the collective bargaining provisions of the 1933 National Industrial Recovery Act and the 1935 National Labor Relations Act were in error.

Daniel, Cletus E. The ACLU and the Wagner Act: An Inquiry Into the Depression-Era Crisis of American Liberalism. Ithaca, NY: New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University, 1980. Finds that in the early 1930s, Roger Baldwin, head of the American Civil Liberties Union, moved close to the Communist party and its allies; consequently, the ACLU took a radical stance in opposing the National Industrial Recovery Act and the Wagner Act as violations of civil liberties.  This caused a reaction from a pro-Wagner Act faction in the ACLU.

Daykin, Walter L. “The Operation of the Taft-Hartley Act’s Non-Communist Provision.” Iowa Law Review 36, no. 4 (Summer 1951).

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “ILWU Communist Slays the Son of Taft-Hartley.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. The 1954 Communist Control Act, replaces Taft-Hartley oath with flat prohibition that one could by a member of the C.P. and an elected union official at the same time.  Archie Brown, and open C.P. leader of ILWU, had joined C.P. in 1929 and the ILWU in 1936.  He had fought with Lincoln brigade in Spain.  Brown was elected to an ILWU post in 1961, tried for violation of the Communist Control Act but in 1964 the Supreme Court in a 5-4 decision ruled the flat prohibition unconstitutional in US v Brown, 381 U.S. 437.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “NLRB and Taft-Hartley Attacks on Unions and Leaders.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Summarizes NLRB prosecutions of Left union leaders for alleged false Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oaths.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “United States V. Clinton Jencks.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987. Jencks was charged with signing a false Taft-Hartley oath in 1953.  Only two witnesses identified Jencks as at C.P. meetings after 1948, the Rev. J.W. Ford and Harvey Matusow.  Matusow in 1955 repudiated his testimony and was later imprisoned for perjury.  Maurice Travis, another Mine-Mill organizer, was beaten by Steelworker union partisans at a Bessemer radio station and lost an eye and was later imprisoned for signing a false Taft-Hartley oath.

Goldfield, Michael. “Worker Insurgency, Radical Organization, and New Deal Labor Legislation.” American Political Science Review 83, no. 4 (December 1989).

Goldfield, Michael. Worker Insurgency, Radical Organization and New Deal Labor Legislation. Occasional paper no. 8. Center for Labor-Management Policy Studies, Graduate School of City University of New York, 1990. Says the passage of the Wagner Act was due in large part to “the increasing strength and influence of radical organizations, particularly the Communist Party.”

Rabinowitz, Victor. “What To Do About the Taft-Hartley Act,  Challenging Taft-Hartley in the Courts, and The Supreme Court Speaks.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Rabinowitz, General Council for the American Communications Association (CIO), discusses fight against the Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oath.

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. “United States vs. Marie Reed.” In Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Marie Reed, Cleveland UE leader, joined CPUSA in 1935 but resigned in 1949 in order to sign the Taft-Hartley oath.  She was later convicted of signing the oath falsely and went to prison.  He husband, Fred Haug, was also imprisoned for charges involving Taft-Hartley oaths.

Schatz, Ronald W. “Battling Over Government’s Role.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. States that Murray, in light of Taft-Hartley, regarded Truman’s election in 1948 as essential to the CIO and, consequently, the support for Wallace’s Progressive party by CIO officials linked to the C.P. ended Murray’s toleration of a C.P. role in the CIO.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “9(H); The Taft-Hartley Act and the Left Wing Labor Union.” Paper presented at “Perspectives on Labor History: The Wisconsin School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “McCarthyism and the Labor Movement: The Role of the State.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Anticommunism

 

American Federation of Labor. Minutes of the Executive Council of the American Federation of Labor. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America. Filmed in two parts: Part 1, 1893-1924, reels 1-22; Part 2, 1925-1955, reels 1-19.  Part 2 contains significant discussion of communism and anticommunism in the labor movement and of AFL anti-Communist activities.

American Federationist. “Another Attempt at Soviet Dictatorship Unmasked.” The American Federationist 29 (May 1922).

American Federationist. “President Meany Urges Naming of Commission.” American Federationist 61 (July 1954). Supporting a commission to examine the extent of Communist infiltration.

Boughton, John. “From Comintern to the Council on Foreign Relations: The Ideological Journey of Michael Ross.” Labor History 48, no. 1 (February 2007). Michael Ross was international affairs director for the American Congress of Industrial Organizations from 1945 to 1955 and for the merged American Federation of Labour - Congress of Industrial Organizations from 1958 until his death in 1963. As such, he played a prominent role in the bitter anti-communist international trade union politics of the day. Ross, however, had been a communist in his younger years. Making use of Ross’s own writings and an extensive secondary literature on the politics of the period, this article seeks to describe and explain his ideological journey. It argues that, while there were significant shifts in Ross’s politics, there were also underlying consistencies. Specifically, it is contended that Ross retained a consistent commitment apparent throughout his career - as advocate of Soviet communism, New Deal bureaucrat, and trade union official - to working-class interests advanced by technocratic planning. It notes, however, that the radicalism and ambition of this politics were diluted both by the successes and constraints of Ross’s career advancement and, more substantively, by a political context hostile to planning ideals in the US after 1945.

Buhle, Paul. Taking Care of Business: Samuel Gompers, George Meany, Lane Kirkland, and the Tragedy of American Labor. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1999. Treats the opposition of union leaders to communism as morally wrong and practically disastrous.

Dochuk, Darren. “Christ and the CIO: Blue-Collar Evangelicalism’s Crisis of Conscience and Political Turn in Early Cold-War California.” International Labor and Working-Class History 74 (2008).

Gompers, Samuel. Seventy Years of Life and Labor: An Autobiography. With an afterword by Florence Calvert Thorne. New York: E.P. Dutton & company, 1925. Long-time head of the AFL discusses his opposition to communism.

Gompers, Samuel. “Stop Juggling with Dynamite.” American Federationist 30 (August 1923).

Green, William. Reports on Communist Propaganda in America as Submitted to the State Department, United States Government. Washington, DC: American Federation of Labor, 1935.  Example of AFL hostility to communism.

Lewis, Anders. “Commies, Kookies, & Jay Lovestone: George Meany and Liberal Anticommunism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations. Georgetown University, 1997. “Within the past several years, a wealth of new information has surfaced on the activities of the CPUSA, the goals of Stalin’s foreign policy, and the guilt or innocence of such central figures of the era as Alger Hiss, and the Rosenbergs.  Most of the information supports what Meany and other liberal anti-Communists believed....  Of course, this information does not justify all the gross violations and injustices committed in the name of anticommunism that occurred during the McCarthy era and after....  It does mean, however, that historians should confront the fundamental validity of liberal anticommunism.”

Lewis, Anders. “Strange Death and the Curious Rebirth of a Cold War Icon: George Meany, the AFL and Liberal Anti-Communism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Maguire, J. W. R. “Great Crusade.” American Federationist 45 (November 1938).

Meany, George. “A.F. of L. and the Fight for Freedom.” The American Federationist 58 (April 1951).

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism’s Ghosts: Anticommunism and American Labor.” New Labor Forum, 4 Spring/Summer 1999.

Stromquist, Shelton. “Was All (Cold War) Politics Local?” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Sweeney, Eugene T. “The AFL’s Good Citizen.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (1972). Notes the role of anti-Communism in the AFL’s image of what constituted good citizenship in the 1920s and 1930s.

Taft, Philip. The A. F. of L. in the Time of Gompers. New York: Harper, 1957. Sympathetic discussion of Gompers’ anticommunism.

Taft, Philip. The A.F. of L. from the Death of Gompers to the Merger. New York: Harper, 1959. Sympathetic discussion of AFL anticommunism.

Tomlins, Christopher L. “AFL Unions in the 1930s: Their Performance in Historical Perspective.” Journal of American History 45, no. 4 (March 1979).

Wigderson, Seth. “The Wages of Anticommunism: U.S. Labor and the Korean War.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Zieger, Robert. “Organized Labor: What Next?” Labor History 41, no. 4 (2000): 517-20. Essay-Review of Buhle’s Taking Care of Business and Lichtenstein’s “‘Labor Question’: Past and Present.”

Zieger, Robert H. “Leadership and Bureaucracy in the Late CIO.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Fall 1990). Notes the clash in 1953-54 between CIO Executive Vice-President John V. Riffe’s enthusiasm for Moral Re-Armament (MRA) with its religiously-based anti-Communism and filiopietism and the secular anti-Communism and social democratic attitudes of CIO President Walter Reuther and CIO Treasurer James Carey.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism and Anticommunism

 

Berger, Henry. “Organized Labor and American Foreign Policy.” In The American Working Class Prospects for the 1980s, edited by Irving Louis Horowitz, John C. Leggett, and Martin Oppenheimer. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1979.

Brown, George Thomas. “Soviet Smiles and U.S. Labor.” American Federationist 63 (June 1956).

Carliner, Lewis. “The Dispute That Never Was.” Labor History 12, no. 4 (Fall 1971). Essay review of Alfred Hero and Emil Starr’s The Reuther-Meany Foreign Policy Dispute in which Carliner argues that there was not a dispute of any significance on the substance of foreign policy.

Carew, Anthony. “The Politics of Productivity and the Politics of Anti-Communism: American and European Labour in the Cold War.” Intelligence and National Security 18, no. 2 (2003).

Carwell, Joseph. “The International Role of American Labor.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1956.

Dzierba, Timothy R. “Organized Labor and the Coming of the Second World War, 1937-1941.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1984. Emphasizes that most labor leaders regarded support for Roosevelt’s foreign policy as the reciprocal of Roosevelt’s support for labor’s domestic goals.

Frauman, Walter W., IV. “The Role of the AFL-CIO in the Withdrawal from and Return to the International Labor Organization.” Master’s thesis. American University, 1989. Attributes American withdrawal from the ILO to AFL-CIO opposition to communism.

Frutiger, Dean. “AFL-CIO China Policy: Labor’s New Step Forward of the Cold War Revisited?” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 3 (2002).

Godson, Roy. “Non-Governmental Organizations in International Politics: The American Federation of Labor, the International Labor Movement and French Politics, 1945-1953.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1972.

Godson, Roy. “The AFL Foreign Policy Making Process from the End of World War II to the Merger.” Labor History 16, no. 3 (Summer 1975). Argues that the AFL’s anti-Communist foreign policy operations were based largely on information gained from nongovernment sources, chiefly the Free Trade Union Committee, and decided upon independently of government influence.

Godson, Roy. The Kremlin and Labor: A Study in National Security Policy. New York: Crane, Russak, 1977. Discusses Soviet and Communist policy toward the labor movement in the West.  Notes Ernest de Maio, former UE leader was appointed in 1975 to represent the Soviet-dominated World Federation of Trade Unions at the UN.  Notes the division in the American C.P. on labor tactics.  Gus Hall and George Morris viewing the AFL-CIO as hopeless and favoring anew central labor body made up of progressive unions such as USW, Meat Cutters, AFSCME, UAW, UMW.  However, veteran Communists in the UE, Local 1199 of the Hospital Workers and District 65 of Distributive Workers wanted to work within the AFL-CIO and wait for Meany to leave the scene.

Godson, Roy. Labor in Soviet Global Strategy. New York: Crane, Russak, 1984.  Survey of Soviet and Communist trade union policy.

Gordon, Gerald R. “The AFL, the CIO, and the Quest for a Peaceful World Order, 1914-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maine, 1967. Discusses the role of anti-Communism in the foreign activities of the labor movement.

Green, Max. Epitaph for American Labor: How Union Leaders Lost Touch with America. Washington, DC: AEI Press, 1996. Judges the effectiveness of foreign anti-Communist activity by AFL and AFL-CIO operatives to have been exaggerated and of limited value.

Hero, Alfred O., and Emil Starr. The Reuther-Meany Foreign Policy Dispute: Union Leaders and Members View World Affairs. Dobbs Ferry, NY: Oceana Publications, 1970.

Hirsch, Fred, and Virginia Muir. “A Plumber Gets Curious About Exporting McCarthyism.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Sees a trade union “CFR clique” linked to the business-dominated Council on Foreign Relations as the directing force in the anti-Communist policies of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its American Institute for Free Labor Development and judges that those policies promote American imperialism.

Hughes, Quenby Olmsted. “‘In the Interest of Democracy’: The Rise and Fall of the Early Cold War Alliance Between the American Federation of Labor and the Central Intelligence Agency.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard, 2003. “Contrary to scholarly arguments that the AFL’s international activities were controlled by the U.S. government to the detriment of the independent international labor movement, or that the AFL acted on its own to foster legitimate anticommunist trade unions, the AFL and the CIA made an alliance of convenience based upon common goals and ideologies, which dissolved when the nongovernmental partner felt that the government was trying to control its actions. Officials of the CIA and the AFL, who shared a common ideology of anticommunism and a democratic emphasis upon independence and choice, initiated a partnership in which each availed itself of the other’s strengths in order to offset its own weaknesses.”  Looks AFL assistance to Force Ouvriere in France; the AFL campaign against Soviet Gulag labor, and its role in the National Committee for a Free Europe, including Radio Free Europe and the Free Trade Union Center in Exile.

Larson, Simeon. “Opposition to AFL Foreign Policy: A Labor Mission to Russia, 1927.” Historian 43, no. 3 (May 1981).

Lenburg, LeRoy Jones. “The CIO and American Foreign Policy, 1934-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania State University, 1973. Finds the CIO divided into three foreign policy blocs: isolationists, the Left bloc, and the Right bloc.  Isolationists under Lewis were a significant influence until Lewis challenged Roosevelt; American entry into the war finally shattered the isolationists.   The Left bloc followed the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, shifting from interventionism prior to the Hitler-Stalin Pact to isolationism (1939-1941) and back to interventionism; the Cold War shattered the Left bloc.  The Right bloc was the largest, was politically allied to the Democratic party, followed Roosevelt’s foreign policy lead, and tended to be internationalist because of a view that American prosperity was linked to foreign markets.

Lewis, Anders, and John Braeman. “The American Federation of Labor and Cold War Anti-Communism.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). Discusses domestic and foreign AFL anticommunism.  “At a time when many on the left, both in the United States and abroad, were beguiled by the image of communism, they [AFL leaders] stood forthrightly against Soviet tyranny and its apologists.”

Lewis, Anders G. “George Meany, The Cold War and Union Organizing, 1945-1980.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Lewis, Anders Geoffery. “Labor’s Cold War: The American Federation of Labor and Liberal Anticommunism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2000. Argues that AFL anticommunism sprang from a reasoned and humane commitment to furthering the cause of democracy within the United States and around the world, a commitment grounded in an appreciation of the goals of American workers and that the AFL played a central role in preserving and expanding the benefits of liberalism.

Lewis, Anders G. “Behind the Ivory Wall.” FrontPagemag.Com, 26 May 1999. Comments on the overwhelming hostility to any opposition to communism of papers given at the 25th Annual Southwest Labor Studies Conference on “Labor and the Cold War: a Fifty Year Retrospective.”

McKee, Delber. “The American Federation of Labor and American Foreign Policy.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1953.

Meany, George. “Worthless Communist Pledges.” American Federationist 65 (July 1958).

Mellen, James. “Foreign Activities of the AFL-CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1967.

Morris, George. CIA and American Labor: The Subversion of the AFL-CIO’s Foreign Policy. New York: International Publishers, 1967. CPUSA attack on the anti-Communist policies of the AFL-CIO’s foreign operations.

Nack, David. “The American Federation of Labor Confronts Revolution in Russia And Early Soviet Government, 1905 to 1928: Origins of Labor’s Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1999. Sees AFL hostility toward the Soviet state originating in internal labor politics and issues rather than subordination to the American state.

Nack, David. “War, Revolution and Dissent: The AFL, the Russian Revolution, and the Origins of Labor’s Cold War.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference, 2003.

Olmsted, Quenby Anne. “The American Federation of Labor’s Early Cold War Relationship with the Central Intelligence Agency: Labor’s Role as an Influential Non-Governmental Organization.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Puddington, Arch. Lane Kirkland: Champion of American Labor. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2005.  Discusses the role of AFL-CIO President Kirkland in promoting American labor support of Poland’s Solidarity and other democratic trade union movements.

Radosh, Ronald. American Labor and United States Foreign Policy. New York: Random House, 1969. Surveys the foreign policy activities of American unions, argues that the anti-Communist thrust of U.S. union activities was strongly influenced by government policy.

Roberts, John W. Putting Foreign Policy to Work: The Role of Organized Labor in American Foreign Relations, 1932-1941. New York: Garland Pub., 1995.

Roberts, John Walter. “Putting Foreign Policy to Work: The Role of Organized  Labor in American Foreign Relations, 1932-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1992. Discusses the AFL’s shift from isolationism to internationalism and its growing support for American intervention against fascism and Nazism.

Sallach, David Louis. “Enlightened Self-Interest: The Congress of Industrial Organizations’ Foreign Policy, 1935-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1983.

Sims, Beth. Workers of the World Undermined: American Labor’s Role in U.S. Foreign Policy. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1992. Attack on AFL-CIO opposition to communism.

Taft, Philip. Defending Freedom: American Labor and Foreign Affairs. Los Angeles: Nash Pub. Co., 1973. Discusses American unions’ involvement with foreign policy and their anti-Communist foreign activities.

Walker, Charles. “Victor Reuther’s Revelations About US Labor and the CIA.” Socialist Viewpoint 3, no. 4 (2003).

Weisz, Morris. “The Labor Diplomacy Oral History Project.” Labor History 36, no. 4 (Fall 1995). Lists completed and planned interviews with State Department, Marshall Plan, AID, and USIA officers and others who worked in post-World War II U.S. labor diplomacy.

Welch, Christopher. “Organized Labor and U.S.-Cuban Relations, 1944-1952.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001. Discusses AFL and CIO relations with Cuban and Latin American unions and the strong anti-Communist themes pursued by the AFL.

Wilford, Hugh. “American Labour Diplomacy and Cold War Britain.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 37, no. 1 (January 2002). On the work in the 1950s of U.S. labor attaches Samuel Berger, William Gausmann, and Joseph Godson in promoting anti-Communist unionism.

Woll, Matthew. “World Issues and the A. F. of L.” American Federationist 55 (May 1948).

****************************************************************

 

Free Trade Union Committee

 

Carew, Anthony. “The American Labor Movement in Fizzland: The Free Trade Union Committee and the CIA.” Labor History 39, no. 1 (February 1998).

Hughes, Quenby O. “‘People Speaking to People:’ The Early Cold War Relationship Between the AFL’s Free Trade Union Committee and the CIA’s National Committee for a Free Europe, 1949-1954.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Lacoriz-Riz, Annie. “Autour d’Irving Brown: L’AFL, le Free Trade Union Movement, le Departement d’Etat et la Scission Syndicale Francaise (1944-47).” Mouvement Social [France] 151 (1990).

Olmsted, Quenby. “Tinker, Tailor, Soldier, Spy: The American Federation of Labor’s Free Trade Union Committee and the Central Intelligence Agency, 1947-52.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

World Federation of Trade Unions and

International Confederation of Free Trade Unions

 

American Federationist. “George Meany Flays McGrath.” American Federationist 62 (July 1955).

Carew, Anthony. “The Schism Within the World Federation of Trade Unions: Government and Trade-Union Diplomacy.” International Review of Social History 29, no. 3 (1984).

Carew, Anthony. “Conflict Within the ICFTU: Anti-Communism and Anti-Colonialism in the 1950s.” International Review of Social History [U.K.] 41, no. 2 (1996).

Carew, Anthony, Michel Dreyfus, Geert Van Goethem, Rebecca Gumbrell-McCormick, and Marcel van der Linden. International Confederation of Free Trade Unions. Bern, Switzerland: Peter Lang, 2000.

Donahue, George R. The World Federation of Trade Unions: Facts About a Communist Front. Washington, DC: International Union of Electrical, Radio & Machine Workers, AFL-CIO, 1958. Attack on the WFTU by a leading AFL-CIO anti-Communist.

Kofas, Jon V. “U.S. Foreign Policy and the World Federation of Trade Unions, 1944-1948.” Diplomatic History 26, no. 1 (Winter 2002): 21-60.

Lorwin, Lewis Levitzki. The International Labor Movement: History, Policies, Outlook. New York: Harper, 1953. Discusses the involvement of American unions with pro- and anti-Communist international labor organizations.

MacShane, Denis. “W.F.T.U.” Nation, 26 November 1990. Discusses lessons of the recent decline of the WFTU.  “In Linz, Austria, in September, at a conference of labor historians, Grant Adebikov of the Moscow Institute of Marxism-Leninism talked of the huge mistake made in the 1920s when Soviet trade unions were subordinated to central party and government and lost their independence.  ‘The tragedy after 1945 was that this Stalinist-Trotskyist form of trade unionism was imposed by the Red Army on the workers of Eastern Europe with the disastrous consequences we can now see,’ he added.  If you close your eyes, the arguments and language are not so different from those advanced by A.F.L. leaders Jay Lovestone and Irving Brown as they launched their crusade in the late 1940s against Communist unions and the W.F.T.U.”

Meany, George. “George Meany Speaks.” American Federationist 60 (July 1953). Text of the address before the International Confederation of Free Trade Unions.

Saposs, David J. Postwar Developments in International Labor. Albany, New York: [S.n.], 1960.

Silverman, Victor I. “Stillbirth of a World Order: Union Internationalism from War to Cold War in the United States and Britain, 1939-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1990. Sees the idealistic hopes of a unified working-class voice in world affairs chilled by those opposed to communism.

Sturmthal, Adolf. “The Crisis of the W.F.T.U.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 51 (July 1948).

Weiler, P. “The United States, International Labor and the Cold War: The Breakup of the World Federation of Trade Unions.” Diplomatic History 5 (Winter 1981).

Windmuller, John P. American Labor and the International Labor Movement, 1940 to 1953. Ithaca, NY: Institute of International Industrial and Labor Relations, 1954.

Windmuller, John P. Labor Internationals: A Survey of Contemporary International Trade Union Organizations. Ithaca: New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University, 1969.

Windmuller, John P. “Realignment in the I.C.F.T.U.: the Impact of Detente.” British Journal of Industrial Relations (1976), 247-60.

Windmuller, John P. International Trade Union Movement. Hingham, MA: Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 1980.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism by Regions

 

Labor Internationalism: Africa

 

Richards, Yevette. “‘My Passionate Feeling About Africa’: Maida Springer-Kemp and the American Labor Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1994.

Richards, Yevette. “African and African-American Labor Leaders in the Struggle Over International Affiliation.” International Journal of African Historical Studies 31, no. 2 (1998).

Richards, Yevette. “Race, Gender, and Anticommunism in the International Labor Movement: The Pan-African Connections of Maida Springer.” Journal of Women’s History 11, no. 2 (September 1999): 35-59. On African American labor activist, Maida Springer-Kemp. Springer-Kemp, a member of the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union.

Richards, Yevette. Maida Springer Pan-Africanist and International Labor Leader. [Pittsburgh]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2000.

Stoner, John C. “Cooperation or Conflict?: The AFL-CIO in Sub-Saharan Africa, 1957-65.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

Stoner, John C. “A Case of Tricky Labor Diplomacy: The AFL-CIO and South Africa’s Union Movement, 1955-1985.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Stoner, John. “Modernization and African Labor: The AFL-CIO, Ghana and Neutralism, 1955-1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Zeleza, Paul Tiyambe. “Trade Union Imperialism: American Labour, the ICFTU and the Kenyan Labour Movement.” Social and Economic Studies 36, no. 2 (1987)

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism: Asia

 

Deverall, Richard Lawrence-Grace. “How is Labor Treated in Communist China?” American Federationist 61 (November 1954).

Deverall, Richard Lawrence-Grace. “Two Labor Conventions in Japan.” American Federationist 62 (October 1955).

García, Daniel Eugene. “Free Trade Unionism in the Third World: The Cold War National Security State and American Labor in Asia, 1948–1975.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2003.

Garcia, Daniel E. “American Labor and Occupation: U.S. Militarism and Free Trade Unionism in Asia, 1945-1975.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Gerteis, Christopher. “Subjectivity Lost: Labor and the Cold War in Occupied Japan.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Schonberger, Howard. “American Labor’s Cold War in Occupied Japan.” Diplomatic History 3, no. 3 (1979). Discusses the work of American unions in 1945-52 to promote Japanese unions which were non-Communist and not export oriented.

Solomon, Lesley Lerner. “From Exclusion to Internationalism: The AFL-CIO as a Transnational Actor in the Far East.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1981.

Wehrle, Edmund F.. “‘Reprehensible Repercussions’: The AFL-CIO, Free Trade Unionism, and the Vietnam War, 1947-1975.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1998.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Labor in the Quagmire: The AFL-CIO, the Vietnamese Confederation of Labor, and the Vietnam War, 1965-75.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “‘No More Pressing Task Than Organization in Southeast Asia’: The AFL-CIO Approaches the Vietnam War, 1947-64.” Labor History 42, no. 3 (August 2001): 277-95.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Labor’s Longest War: Trade Unionists and the Vietnam Conflict.” Labor’s Heritage 11, no. 4 (Winter/Spring 2002).

Widgerson, Seth. “Strange Fruits: Anticommunist Labor and the Korean War.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism: Central and South America and the Caribbean

 

Battista, Andrew. “Unions and Cold War Foreign Policy in the 1980’s: The National Labor Committee, the AFL-CIO and Central America.” Diplomatic History 26, no. 3 (Summer 2002).

Berger, Henry. “Union Diplomacy: American Labor’s Foreign Policy in Latin America, 1932-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Madison: University of Wisconsin, 1966.

Cantor, Daniel J., and Juliet Schor. Tunnel Vision Labor, the World Economy, and Central America. Boston, Ma.: South End Press, 1987. Critical survey of the anti-Communist foreign policy of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its predecessors, from its sponsorship of anti-Communist unions in Western Europe after WWII to its support of Nicaraguan unions hostile to the Sandinistas today.

Levenstein, Harvey A. Labor Organizations in the United States and Mexico: A History of Their Relations. [Westport, Conn.]: Greenwood Pub. Co., 1971. A comparative study which notes political influences in U.S. and Mexican unions.

Olson, Jeff. “U.S. Foreign Policy and the AFL-CIO in British Guiana.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Rahme, Melissa Jane. “Failed Friendship: A Study of the Relations Between the American and Guatemalan Labour Movements During the Guatemalan Revolution of 1944-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Queen’s University at Kingston, Canada, 1991. Argues that while anticommunism shaped the policy of American unions toward Guatemala, union anticommunism arose from different origins and had different ends in view than the anti-Communist policies of the U.S. government and American business interests.

Scott, Jack. Yankee Unions, Go Home: How the AFL Helped the U.S. Build an Empire in Latin America. Vancouver: New Star Books, 1978. Critical survey of the anti-Communist foreign policy of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its predecessors, from its sponsorship of anti-Communist unions in Western Europe after WWII to its support of Nicaraguan unions hostile to the Sandinistas today.  Written by a Canadian Communist leader.

Sims, Harold Dana. “Collapse of the House of Labor: Ideological Divisions in the Cuban Labor Movement and the U.S. Role, 1944-1949.” Cuban Studies 21 (1991). Finds no support in U.S. government archives for the view that the U.S. government and American unions pressed for the removal of Communists from the Cuban labor movement.

Toth, C. “Samuel Gompers, Communism, and the Pan American Federation of Labor.” The Americas 23, no. 3 (1967). Discusses the anti-Communist aims of Gompers’ support for the Pan American Federation of Labor.

Toth, C. “Samuel Gompers, World Peace, and the Pan American Federation of Labor.” Caribbean Studies 7 (October 1967).

Vergara, Angela. “Chilean Workers and the U.S. Labor Movement: Encounters and Disagreements, 1940-1960s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Walcher, Dustin. “Yankee Union Abroad: The AFL-CIO’s Liberal Mission in Argentina, 1958-1966.” Paper presented at Society for the History of American Foreign Policy Annual Conference, 23-25 June, 2006

Waters, Robert, and Gordon Daniels. “The World’s Longest General Strike: The AFL-CIO, the CIA and British Guiana.” Diplomatic History 29, no. 2 (April 2005).

Waters, Robert, and Gordon Daniels. “The AFL-CIO, the CIA, and British Guiana.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism: Europe

 

Brown, Irving J. “Plain Talk on France.” American Federationist 58 (December 1951).

Burwood, Stephen. “American Labor, French Labor, and the Marshall Plan: Battleground and Crossroads.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Burwood, Stephen M. “American Labor and Industrial Unrest in France, 1947-1952.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1991. Finds that AFL and CIO intervention into French unionism preceded U.S. government intervention.  The CIO emphasized raising worker living standards to destroy basis of Communist appeal while the AFL directly assisted anti-C.P. unionists.  Finds that Communists retained the loyalty of French workers because of the failure of Americans to understand France’s political and class culture.

Carew, Anthony. “The Politics of Productivity and the Politics of Anti-Communism: American and European Labour in the Cold War.” In The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe, 1945-1960, edited by Giles Scott-Smith and Hans Krabbendam. London Portland, OR: F. Cass, 2003.

Carew, Anthony. Labour Under the Marshall Plan: The Politics of Productivity and the Marketing of Management Science. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1987.

Collomp, Catherine. “The Jewish Labor Committee, American Labor, and the Rescue of European Socialists, 1934-1941.” International Labor and Working-Class History 68 (2005).

Davies, Margaret. “The Role of American Trade Union Representatives in the Aid to Greece Program.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1960.

Eisenberg, Carolyn. “Working-Class Politics and the Cold War: American Intervention in the German Labor Movement, 1945-1949.” Diplomatic History 7 (Summer 1983).

Eley, Geoff. “Back to the Beginning: European Labor, U.S. Influence, and the Start of the Cold War.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 40 (1991). Sees the great hope of a post-WWII popular front of Communists and other leftists destroyed by two malign forces: Stalinism in the East and American-British anticommunism in the West.  Maintains that American-British anticommunism forced Western Communists into the Stalin camp.

Filippelli, Ronald L. American Labor and Postwar Italy, 1943-1953: A Study of Cold War Politics. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1989. Critical account of the role of U.S. unions in aiding anti-Communist forces in the Italian labor movement.  “The State Department professionals, lacking links with the left and without expertise in labor matters, sought help from the American labor movement.  They found it first in the largely Jewish and Italian garment unions, and then in a formal alliance with the American Federation of Labor (AFL), and to a lesser degree with the Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO).  Thus began in Italy, and throughout Europe, a remarkable and unprecedented formal alliance between the foreign policy apparatus of the United States government and a private, voluntary American institution.”

Filippelli, Ronald L. “Luigi Antonini, The Italian-American Labor Council, and Cold-War Politics in Italy, 1943-1949.” Labor History 33, no. 1 (Winter 1992). After initial AFL and ILGWU efforts to sever the Italian Socialist party alliance with the C.P., the AFL shifted to creating a Social Democratic alternative to the S.P, and, that proving weak, to supporting Christian Democrats.  “While the Communists retained the loyalty of majority of the organized Italian working class, their ability to use that power had been severely diluted by the rupture of the postwar antifascist coalition, both in the CGIL and in the government.  This marginalization of the left allowed the Marshall Plan to be administered so as to guarantee that Italy would remain firmly in the American spheres of political and economic interest.”  Although successful in weakening the C.P., AFL attempts to create an independent labor movement were less successful; the anti-Communist labor movement was split between a Catholic labor federation and a weak Social Democratic/Republican federation, all closely aligned with sponsoring political parties.

Godson, Roy. American Labor and European Politics: The AFL as a Transnational Force. New York: Crane, Russak, 1976.

Goldberg, Harry. “Situation in Italy.” American Federationist 66 (March 1959).

Gompers, Samuel. “European Labor and Bolshevism.” American Federationist 30 (July 1923).

Konrad, Helmut. “The Americanization of Austrian Unions.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Langkau-Alex, Ursula. “The International Socialist Labor Movement and the Elimination of the ‘German Problem’: A Comparative View on Ideas, Politics, and Policy of the French, English, Swedish and U.S. Labor Movements.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Rathkolb, Oliver. “Educating the Austrian Socialists Post-1945.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Romero, Federico. The United States and the European Trade Union Movement, 1944-1951. Translated by Harvey Fergusson, II. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1992.

Silverman, Victor. Imagining Internationalism in American and British Labor, 1939-49. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2000.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune? The CIA, the British Left and the Cold War.” RUSI Journal [Royal United Services Institute for Defense Studies, Great Britain] 146, no. 1 (2001). Notes role of Jay Lovestone and the AFL.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune?: The CIA, the British Left, and the Cold War, 1945-60.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune? The CIA, the British Left, and the Cold War, 1945-1960.” In The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe, 1945-1960, edited by Giles Scott-Smith and Hans Krabbendam. London Portland, OR: F. Cass, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Labor Internationalism: Israel

 

Howard, Adam. “Forging U.S. Foreign Policy: American Labor and the Establishment of the State of Israel, 1944-1948.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War.” University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Roman Catholics and Anticommunism in the Labor Movement

 

Connell, William Leo. “An Investigation of Catholic Social Teaching in ‘The Christian Front:’ 1936--1942.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1996. The Christian Front originally emphasized radical Catholic version of personalist philosophy and pacifism but in 1938 changed it name to Christian Social Action and shifted toward the labor-oriented reformism of CIO Catholic activists.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Labor History vs. Labor Historiography: The FBI, James B. Carey, and the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” In Religion, Ideology, and Nationalism in Europe and America: Essays Presented in Honor of Yehoshua Arieli. Jerusalem: Historical Society of Israel and the Zalman Shazar Center for Jewish History, 1986.

Gerstle, Gary. “Between Capitalism and Communism: The Church and Organized Labor in Rhode Island, 1934-1954.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Issel, William. “Catholic Action on the Political and Cultural Fronts: The Case of San Francisco Labor, 1932 - 1958.” Paper presented at Conference of the British Association for American Studies. University of Wales, Swansea, U.K., 2000. “During the 1930s, forties, and fifties, Jack Henning and scores of militant Catholics in San Francisco mobilized on several fronts to build independent and democratic unions and to defeat both the labor left and the business right. Aided by diocesan priests under the leadership of Archbishops Edward J. Hanna, John J. Mitty and priests of the Jesuit order, unionists worked to shape the city‘s labor movement along the lines laid out in the labor encyclicals of Popes Leo XIII and Pius XI.  Drawing upon the papal letters, San Francisco activists championed private property as well as the right of workers to dignity and a fair share of business profits. They condemned both laissez faire capitalism and class conflict. They opposed communism, to be sure, but anti-communism was not the sole or primary purpose of their work. Catholic labor activism expressed first and foremost the conviction that Americans should build a moral economy jointly managed by labor unions, business organizations, and government.”

Issel, William. “‘A Stern Struggle’: Catholic Activism and the Labor Movement in San Francisco, 1932-1958.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and American Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

 

Issel, William, and James Collins. “The Catholic Church and Organized Labor in San Francisco, 1932-1958.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia, Spring/Summer 1999.

Mattiello, Cristina. “The Catholic Church and Labor in the Watershed of 1936-37.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989). Maintains that, motivated by its Fascist sympathies and fears of American Catholic independence, the Vatican after 1936 selected Cardinal Francis Spellman as its link to the Roosevelt administration, isolated liberal American priests, and promoted anticommunism.

Morris, George. The Vatican Conspiracy in the Labor Movement. Pamphlet. [New York]: New Century Publishers, 1950. Reprinted from Political Affairs, June 1950.  CPUSA attack on Roman Catholic anticommunism in the labor movement.

O’Brien, David. “American Catholics and Organized Labor in the 1930’s.” Catholic Historical Review 52, no. 3 (1966).

O’Brien, David J. American Catholics and Social Reform: The New Deal Years. New York: Oxford University Press, 1968.

Rosswurm, Steve. “A Betrayal of Isaiah’s Promise: Labor Priests, Labor Schools, the ACTU, and the Expelled Unions.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI, 1989.

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Catholic Church and the Left-Led Unions: Labor Priests, Labor Schools, and the ACTU.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Communism and the CIO: Catholics and the 1944 Presidential Campaign.” U.S. Catholic Historian 19, no. 4 (Fall 2001): 73-86. “Catholic anticommunism, then, was a considerably complicated matter in 1944.  Not only did Catholics disagree among themselves about the issue, but even those who generally were in accord about many substantive matters, for example the labor priests, did not concur about communists and how to deal with them.”

Schatz, Ronald W. “American Labor and the Catholic Church, 1919-1950.” International Labor and Working Class History, Fall 1981.

Schatz, Ronald W. “Connecticut’s Working Class in the 1950s: A Catholic Perspective.” Labor History 25, no. 1 (Winter 1984)

****************************************************************

 

Association of Catholic Trade Unionists

 

Bernatowicz, David. “Second Generation Polish and Slovak Workers and the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in Cleveland, Ohio, 1938-1942.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Betten, Neil. “Urban Catholicism and Industrial Reform.” Thought 44, no. 174 (1969). Discusses the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.  Says promoting Catholic teachings of Quadragesimo Anno was subordinate to building industrial unions free of racketeers and Communists.

Betten, Neil. Catholic Activism and the Industrial Worker. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1976. Examines the role of the anti-Communist Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in the CIO.  Judges that the effort to expel the Communist party from the CIO in the 1940s also entailed a retreat from the radical Catholic social and economic goals of the 1930s.

Betten, Neil. “Catholicism and the Industrial Worker During the Great Depression.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1968. Argues that the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists was not very successful in its anti-Communist initiatives in the 1930s.

Cort, John C. “The ACTU and the Auto Workers.” U.S. Catholic Historian 9, no. 4 (1990). Remembrance by an ACTU founder.

Deslippe, Dennis. “‘A Revolution of Its Own’: The Social Doctrine of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in Detroit, 1939-1950.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 102, no. 4 (1991).

Emspak, Frank. “The ACTU.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1968.

Harrington, Michael. “Catholics in the Labor Movement: A Case History.” Labor History 1, no. 3 (Fall 1960). Discusses the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists and its anti-Communist activities in the United Electrical Workers.

Seaton, Douglas P. “The Catholic Church and the Congress of Industrial Organizations: The Case of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists, 1937-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1975.

Seaton, Douglas P. Catholics and Radicals: The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists and the American Labor Movement, from Depression to Cold War. Lewisburg, PA: Bucknell University Press, 1981. Argues that the ACTU bears much of the guilt for the deplorable act of driving the Communist Party out of the CIO.

Taft, Philip. “The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 2 (January 1949).

Ward, Roger J. “The Role of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in the Labor Movement.” Review of Social Economy 14 (September 1956).

Wattell, Harold. “The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Catholic Labor Schools

 

Burt, Kenneth. “The UE, the Catholic Labor Institute and the Cold War in East Los Angeles.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Davis, Colin J. “‘Launch Out Into the Deep and Let Down Your Nets’: Father John Corridan, S.J., and New York Longshoremen in the Post-World War II Era.” Catholic Historical Review 86, no. 1 (2000). 66-84. Labor priest Father John Corridan, S.J., was associate director of the New York City Xavier Labor School from 1946 to 1955. Portrayed by Karl Malden in the film “On The Waterfront.” He fought simultaneously against corrupt union bosses, shipper employers, and Communist organizers.

Issel, William. “Catholic Labor Education: The University of San Francisco Labor-Management School.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Leahy, William P. “American Jesuits and the Social Apostolate: The Origins and Early Years of the Institute of Social Order.” Mid-America 73, no. 3 (1991). The Institute of Social Order (ISO) begun in 1943 to educate the laity in the evils of communism through Labor schools and workingmen’s educational retreats.

McShane, Joseph. “A Survey of the History of the Jesuit Labor Schools in New York: An American Social Gospel in Action.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 102, no. 4 (1991).

McShane, Joseph M. “Faith Seeking Justice: The Xavier Labor School of New York, 1936-1988.” Mid-America 73, no. 3 (1991). The Jesuit Xavier Labor School tried to get union members to reject communism and gangsterism and to apply the principles of Catholic social teachings to unionism.

Schatz, Ronald. “Domesticating the Unions, Liberalizing the Church: The Catholic Labor Schools of Connecticut, 1942-1964.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Catholic Worker Movement

 

Betten, Neil. “The Great Depression and the Activities of the Catholic Worker Movement.” Labor History 12, no. 2 (Spring 1971). Notes that Father Charles Owen Rice and others later active in the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists were earlier associated with the Catholic Worker movement.

Day, Dorothy. The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of Dorothy Day. New York: Harper, 1952. Founder of the Catholic Worker Movement discusses her relationship with Communism.

Klejment, Anne, ed. Dorothy Day and the Catholic Worker: A Bibliography and Index. New York: Garland, 1986.

McGuire, John T. “From Union Square to Plowshares: The Catholic Worker Movement, 1933-2000.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Roman Catholics and Labor Anticommunism: Biographical Material

 

Father John F. Cronin

 

Donovan, John Timothy. “Crusader in the Cold War: A Biography of Fr. John F. Cronin, S.S.” Ph.D. diss. Marquette University, 2000.

Donovan, John T. Crusader in the Cold War a Biography of Fr. John F. Cronin, S.S. (1908-1994). New York: P. Lang, 2005.

Freeman, Joshua B., and Steve Rosswurm. “The Education on an Anti-Communist: Father John F. Cronin and the Baltimore Labor Movement.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Describes Cronin’s participation in factional fights over communism in the Baltimore CIO, 1941-1944, chiefly involving Local 43 of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America at Bethlehem Fairfield shipyard, and how the experience shaped the anticommunism he espoused after 1945 as a national Roman Catholic spokesman and influential adviser to Nixon in the 1950s.  Concludes that while Cronin’s efforts failed to dislodge CIO Communists, he succeeded in keeping them and their Popular Front allies on the defensive and preventing their consolidating control of the Baltimore CIO.

****************************************************************

 

Father George Higgins

 

Meagher, Timothy, John Shepherd, and Joseph Turrini. “Laboring for Justice: Archival Resources for the Study of George Higgins and Catholic Action at the Archives of the Catholic University of America.” U.S. Catholic Historian 19, no. 4 (Fall 2001)

O’Brien, John J. George G. Higgins and the Quest for Worker Justice: The Evolution of Catholic Social Thought in America. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Father Charles Owen Rice

 

Heineman, Kenneth J. “Reformation: Monsignor Charles Owen Rice and the Fragmentation of the New Deal Electoral Coalition in Pittsburgh, 1960-1972.” Pennsylvania History 71 (Winter 2004).  The essay discusses Rice's evolution from anti-Communist labor priest in the 1940s to anti-anti-Communist ghetto priest in the 1960s. His Western Pennsylvania ADA co-chair (past ASU officer and future NOW president), Molly Yard, is also discussed.

Heineman, Kenneth. “Reformation: Pittsburgh Catholics and the Fragmentation of the New Deal Coalition, 1960-72.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Discusses the breakup of the New Deal Coalition by  focusing on how Father Charles Owen Rice moved from his strong working-class Catholic base as an anti-Communist worker-priest allied with the CIO to a anti-Vietnam war and civil rights activist tied to left-liberal middle-class groups with little working-class support.

McGeever, Patrick J. Rev. Charles Owen Rice: Apostle of Contradiction. Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press, 1989.

Rice, Charles Owen. Fighter with a Heart: Writings of Charles Owen Rice, Pittsburgh Labor Priest. Edited by Charles J. McCollester. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1996. Chiefly selections from his columns in the Pittsburgh Catholic, with some articles from the Critic, unpublished speeches and letters.

Rice, Charles Owen. “Confessions of an Anti-Communist.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Reflects on his activity as an adviser to anti-Communist labor activists in the CIO in the 1930s and 1940s.  Comment and exchange with Judah Drob, Sigmund Diamond, v. 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990)

Rosswurm, Steve, and others. “Symposium on Fighter with a Heart—Writings of Monsignor Charles Owen Rice.” Labor History 40, no. 1 (February 1999). Includes: “Introduction” by Steve Rosswurm; “Faith and Action: Reflections on Monsignor Charles Owen Rice” by Ronald W. Schatz; “Father Rice, ACTU, and the C.P.” by John C. Cort; “Rice as Icon” by David Rosenberg; “The Legacy of Charles Owen Rice” by Ellen Schrecker; “Response” by Msgr. Charles Own Rice.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 6

Communism, Farmers, and Farm Workers

 

 

Dann, Jim. “In the Great Depression -- 1930-1940: Communists Try to Organize ‘Factories in the Fields.” Progressive Labor 6 (February 1969).

Dyson, Lowell. “The Milk Strike of 1939 and the Destruction of the Dairy Farmers Union.” New York History 51, no. 5 (October 1970). After the DFU, which had a significant element of Communist leadership, led a successful milk strike, anticommunism was used to discredit and destroy it.

Dyson, Lowell. “The Red Peasant International in America.” Journal of American History 58, no. 4 (March 1972): 958-73. Discusses the difficulty Communists had deciding upon a strategy for approaching American farmers.

Dyson, Lowell. “The Farmer and the Left: The Influence of Radical Farm Organizations.” In Farmers, Bureaucrats, and Middlemen Historical Perspectives in American Agriculture, edited by Trudy Huskamp Peterson. Washington, DC: Howard University Press, 1980. Discusses the importance of Communist-influenced farm organizations in the 1930s.

Dyson, Lowell. “The American Left and Farmers in the 20th Century.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Dyson, Lowell K. “Radical Farm Organizations and Periodicals in America, 1920-1960.” Agricultural History 45, no. 2 (April 1971).

Dyson, Lowell K. Red Harvest: The Communist Party and American Farmers. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1982. Well written and well researched history of the Communist party’s efforts, largely unsuccessful, to organize farmers in the 1920s and 1930s.  Emphasizes the period prior to the Popular Front.

Dyson, Lowell K. Farmers’ Organizations. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Guide to farmers’ organizations, including radical ones.

Fitzgerald, Deborah K. “Collective Farms as Models for American Agriculture.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Harris, Lement. Harold M. Ware (1890-1935): Agricultural Pioneer, U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1978. Admiring biography of the Party’s pioneering agricultural specialist by another of the Party’s agricultural specialists.

Harris, Lement. My Tale of Two Worlds: USA and USSR. New York: International Publishers, 1986. Autobiography by a leading figure in the C.P.’s agricultural work.

Pratt, William C. “Rethinking the Farm Revolt of the 1930s.” Great Plains Quarterly 8, no. 3 (Summer 1988). Discusses the role of the C.P.’s United Farmers League in the farm revolt on the northern Plains, C.P. support among farmers in areas of NE South Dakota and eastern Montana, and the disruptive effect on C.P. support of the growth of popular anti-Communism in the mid-1930s and of key defections to Trotskyism.

Pratt, William C. “Using History to Make History? Progressive Farm Organizing During The Farm Revolt of the 1980s.” Annals of Iowa 55 (Winter 1996). Discusses the connection of the rural protest movement of the 1980s with the U.S. Farmers Association which had been expelled from the National Farmers Union in the 1950s.  But that connection was relatively short-lived, and the young protesters went on to organize a series of grass-roots movements which looked back on the Farm Holiday Movement of the 1930s as their model.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Activities Among Farm Groups. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951. Covers the activities of Lement Harris.

****************************************************************

 

National Farmers Union

 

Chambers, Steven A. “Relations Between Leaders of the Iowa and National Farmers Union Organizations, 1941 to 1950.” Undergraduate honor’s essay. University of Iowa, 1961. Notes the leadership of the Iowa Farmers Union by Popular Front adherents in the 1940s.

Crampton, John A. “‘Yours for Humanity...’: The Role of Ideology in the Farmers Union.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, 1962.

Crampton, John A. The National Farmers Union: Ideology of a Pressure Group. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1965. Briefly discusses factionalism in the NFU involving those close to the Communist party.

Field, Bruce E. “The Price of Dissent: The Iowa Farmers Union and the Early Cold War, 1945-54.” Annals of Iowa 55 (Winter 1996). The Iowa Farmers Union became the main battlefield between the Popular Front and the anti-Communist left forces in the National Farmers Union during this period.

Field, Bruce E. Harvest of Dissent: The National Farmers Union and the Early Cold War. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1998.

Field, Bruce Edward. “From Critics to Casualties: The National Farmers Union and United States Foreign Policy, 1945-1953.” Ph.D. diss. College Of William And Mary, 1994. Critical of the Farmers Union shift from a Popular front to a Cold War liberal stance.  Chronicles the change in the foreign policy of the National Farmers Union brought about by U.S. involvement in the Korean War.  Abandoning its criticisms of Truman’s Cold War initiatives, the NFU embraced not only American actions in Korea but on a larger scale attempts to further the “American Century.”  The Iowa and Northeastern divisions objected to the shift as a capitulation to the corporate-military domination of American society that threatened the family farmer.  These affiliates became Cold War casualties when the NFU revoked their charters for their failure to endorse American activities in Korea.  Sees the national organization’s embrace of American foreign policy as making it, too, a casualty of the Cold War.

Geller, Marc. “Fred Stover and the Farmers Union in Cold War America.” Grinnell College unpublished essay. Special Collections, Parks Library, Iowa State University, Ames., 1976.

Mast, Charles Anthony. “Farm Factionalism Over Agricultural Policy: The National Farmers Union, 1926-1937 .” Master’s thesis. University of Maryland, 1967. Notes Communist attempts to influence agricultural organizations.

Pratt, William C. “The National Farmers Union and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Northern Great Plains History Conference. Duluth, Minn., 1980. Discusses the elimination of Popular Front elements from the NFU in the early 1950s.

Pratt, William C. “The Farmers Union and the 1948 Henry Wallace Campaign.” Annals of Iowa 49, no. 5 (Summer 1988). Finds that National Farmers Union leaders, although sympathetic to Wallace, regarded the third party as poor strategy and saw the C.P. role in the campaign as a liability.

Pratt, William C. “Glenn J. Talbott, the Farmers Union, and American Liberalism After World War II.” North Dakota History 55, no. 1 (Winter 1988). Glenn Talbott, leader of the North Dakota Farmers Union from 1938 until 1961, along with James Patton and M.W. Thatcher, dominated the National Farmers Union.  Talbott, Patton and Thatcher were inclined to support Popular Front liberalism after World War II but held back from the Wallace movement in 1948 because of fear that it threatened liberal chances to control Congress.  Although hostile to anti-Communism, after the Korean war inflamed popular opinion the three expelled those in the Farmers Union most closely aligned with the Communists.  By the mid-1950s Talbott and the Farmers Union were firmly aligned with the Democratic party.

Pratt, William C. “Farmers Union, McCarthyism and the Demise of the Agrarian Left.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Pratt, William C. “The Montana Farmers Union and the Cold War, 1945-1954.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 83 (April 1992). The Montana Farmers Union was one of the most liberal state affiliates and many of its leaders supported the left-wing Montana People’s Voice and the Montana Council for Progressive Political Action; the latter evolved into the Montana Progressive party.  In 1948, however, the Wallace candidacy divided the dominant liberal-left alliance.  Don Chapman, MFU head and a leading liberal-left spokesman, took an ambiguous position.  In 1949 the MFU opposed NATO and aided Farmers Union staffers under attack by the National Farmers Union’s anti-Communist faction.  The Korean war, however, broke the left-liberal alliance in the Farmers Union.  The MFU fired John Hellman, a fieldman and Communist, who distributed leaflets attacking America’s role in the Korean War while on MFU business.  The MFU left wing turned against Chapman and unsuccessfully opposed his reelection in 1950.

Pratt, William C. “The Farmers Union, McCarthyism, & the Demise of the Agrarian Left.” Historian 58 (Winter 1996): 330-42. The National Farmers Union had been an important part of the liberal-left coalition in the Democratic Party in the 1940s.  Although the majority of its leaders and members refused to support Henry Wallace in 1948, the NFU continued its criticism of President Truman’s foreign policy until the sudden outbreak of war in Korea in 1950.  Only one national board member, Fred Stover of Iowa, voted against supporting Truman’s Korean policy, and by 1952 the NFU had moved decisively into the anti-Communist liberal camp and began expelling its left-wing affiliates.

Wortman, Roy. “Gender Issues in the National Farmers Union in the 1930s.” Midwest Review 15 (1993). Discusses the National Farmers Weekly: “for whatever its new vision in the 1930s, the C.P. failed to criticize dominant male attitudes and roles which hampered the advancement of women in the home, at work, or even in Communist environments.”

Wortman, Roy. “Coughlin in the Countryside: Father Charles Coughlin and the National Farmers Union.” U.S. Catholic Historian 13 (Summer 1995)

****************************************************************

 

United Farmers League

 

Mathews, Allan. “The History of the United Farmers League in South Dakota, 1923-1936: A Study in Farm Radicalism.” Master’s thesis. University of South Dakota, 1972.

Mathews, Allan. “Agrarian Radicals: The United Farmers League of South Dakota.” South Dakota History 3, no. 4 (1973). Recounts the brief popularity of the Communist-linked United Farmers League in northeastern South Dakota in the early 1930s.

McDonald, Verlaine Stone. “‘A Paper of, by, and for the People’: The Producers News and the Farmers’ Movement in Northeastern Montana, 1918-1937.” Montana 48, no. 4 (1998). Founded in 1915 by Nonpartisan League organizer and later Communist Charles Taylor, the paper was the official voice of a succession of radical agrarian organizations.  In 1931 the paper became an official organ of the CPUSA’s United Farmers League, the content became more ideological and strident, and the paper lost touch with its readership and folded in 1937.

McDonald, Verlaine Stoner. “Red Waves of Grain: An Analysis of Radical Farm Movement Rhetoric in Montana, 1918-1937.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1994. Analysis of the rhetoric of The Producers News of the United Farmers League.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Midwestern Agriculture

 

Dyson, Lowell. “Militia and Martial Law During the Great Depression: The Iowa Farm Revolt of 1933.” Paper presented at 19th International Colloquium on Military History. Istanbul, Turkey, 1993.

Dyson, Lowell K. “The Farm Holiday Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1968.

Ford, Linda. “Women, Leadership and the Farm Holiday: Gender and Midwest Agrarian Activism in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Atlanta, GA, 1994.

Pratt, William C. “Communists and the Farm Revolt of the 1930s.” Paper presented at Northern Great Plains history Conference, Grand Forks, ND, 11 October 2001.

Pratt, William. “Radicals, Farmers and Historians: Some Recent Scholarship About Agrarian Radicalism in the Upper Midwest.” North Dakota History 52, no. 4 (Fall 1985). Historiography on farm movements and agrarian radicalism in the upper Midwest: Populism, the Farmers Alliance, the Nonpartisan League, and the Communist Party.

Pratt, William. “Farmers, Communists, and the FBI in the Upper Midwest.” Agricultural History 63, no. 3 (Summer 1992): 61-80. Discusses C.P. rural organizing and FBI surveillance of it in Minnesota, North Dakota, and South Dakota in the 1940s and 1950s.  Reports organizing trips to small towns and visits to scattered farmer Communists by C.P. organizers Alfred Knutson, Clarence Sharp, and John Soltis.  Notes evidence suggesting that Ole H. Olson, a former Acting Governor of North Dakota, may have been briefly a C.P. member in the 1930s and reports that one Communist farmer, Lewis Tvelt, served for many years as a county commissioner in Dickey County, SD, while publicly identified as a C.P. member.  Notes role of Communists in encouraging North Dakota’s farmers’ Nonpartisan League (NPL), which traditionally worked through Republican party primaries, to align with the state’s Democratic Party in 1944-45.  Finds that C.P. members were active in the Farmers Union, the NPL, and the powerful Grain Terminal Association until the Korean War resulted in C.P. isolation.  Judges that most rural Communists were settled farmers with families, local attachments, and often came out of a tradition of agrarian radicalism (Populism, S.P., NPL and Farmers Union). 

Pratt, William. “When the Old Agrarian Left Meets the New: Fred Stover and the U.S. Farmers Association, 1959-1990.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Atlanta, GA, 1994.

Pratt, William. “From Montana to Moscow: Researching Rural Radicalism on the Northern Plains.” North Dakota History 65, no. 1 (Winter 1998).

Pratt, William C. “The Decline of Agrarian Radicalism in the Upper Midwest.” Paper presented at Third University of Wyoming American Studies Conference, 1982. Notes occasional Communist party participation in midwestern farm agitation.

Pratt, William C. “Rural Radicalism on the Northern Plains, 1912-1950.” Montana: The Magazine of Western History 42 (Winter 1992). Notes one or two C.P. members in the Montana legislature in the 1920s and the domination of Sheridan county government by radicals led by Charles E. (“Red Flag”) Taylor, a state senator and secret C.P. member.  “Sheridan County radials were a pretty wild bunch.  When they controlled the courthouse, bootlegging was tolerated, and Taylor and Sheriff Rodney Salisbury were involved in a scheme to cure cancer.  In the late 1920s the FBI investigated activities in Plentywood for possible violation of postal laws and for stolen cars.”  Taylor and his followers left the C.P. (or were expelled) in 1935 and aligned with Trotskyism.  Notes C.P. adherents in Finnish communities in Belden, North Dakota (John Husa) and Frederick, South Dakota.  Discuses Clarence Sharp, South Dakota C.P. secretary in the 1930s, who organized a number of rural C.P. clubs including four C.P. branches in Roberts county that lasted into the 1940s.  At its peak in the early 1930s the South Dakota C.P. had between 300 and 500 members.

Pratt, William C. “Women and the Farm Revolt of the 1930’s.” Agricultural History 67, no. 2 (1993). Discusses the role of women in the Communist-aligned United Farmers League in western Nebraska and North Dakota.

Rowley, William D. “‘Grass Roots’ and Imported Radicalism in Nebraska, 1932-1934.” Master’s thesis. University of Nebraska, 1963. Discusses the importance of Communist farm organizations in the late 1920s and early 1930s.

Shover, John. “The Communist Party and the Midwest Farm Crisis of 1933.” Journal of American History 51, no. 2 (September 1964). Discusses Communists attempts, largely unsuccessful, to gain a major role in the farmers protests of the early 1930s.

Shover, John. “The Farmers’ Holiday Association Strike, August 1932.” Agricultural History 39 (1965).

Shover, John. “The Penny-Auction Rebellion: Western Farmers Fight Against Foreclosure, 1932-1933.” American West 2 (Fall 1965).

Shover, John L. Cornbelt Rebellion; the Farmers’ Holiday Association. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1965. Notes Communist party role in the FHA protests of the early 1930s.

Vindex, Charles. “Radical Rule in Montana.” Montana: The Magazine of Western History 18, no. 1 (January 1968). Reviews the political activity of “Red Flag” Charley Taylor, editor of a rural Montana newspaper and longtime Communist party member.

Walter, Dave. “Montana’s Prairie Radicals, 1918-1937.” Montana Magazine, November/December 1996.

Zahavi, Gerald. “‘Who‘s Going to Dance with Somebody Who Calls You a ‘Main Streeter?’’: Communism, Culture and Community in Sheridan County, Montana.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discusses the social and cultural background of the powerful role of Communists in Sheridan County politics in the mid-and late-1920s.

Zahavi, Gerald. “‘Who’s Going to Dance with Somebody Who Calls You a Mainstreeter’: Communism, Culture and Community in Sheridan County, Montana, 1918-1934.” Great Plains Quarterly 16, no. 4 (Fall 1996)

****************************************************************

 

Communists and Southern Agriculture

 

Conrad, David Eugene. The Forgotten Farmers: The Story of Sharecroppers in the New Deal. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1965.

Canton, Louis. “A Prologue to the Protest Movement: The Missouri Sharecropper Roadside Demonstration of 1939.” Journal of American History 55 (March 1965).

De Jong, Greta. “‘With the Aid of God and the F.S.A.’: The Louisiana Farmers’ Union and the African American Freedom Struggle in the New Deal Era.” Journal of Social History 34, no. 1 (2000). The Louisiana Farmers’ Union was Communist-led in this era.

Halpern, Rich. “The CIO and the Limits of Labor-Based Civil Rights: The Case of Louisiana Sugar Workers.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995.

Nelson-Cisneros, Victor B. “UCAPAWA Organizing Activities in Texas, 1935-50.” Aztlan 9 (1978). Notes that concerns about Communists in the union may have damaged its growth.

Shofner, Jerrell H. “Communists, Klansmen, and the CIO in the Florida Citrus Industry.” Florida Historical Quarterly 71, no. 3 (January 1993). Describes the violent conflict between the CIO’s United Cannery, Agriculture, Packing, and Allied Workers of America, a union with a significant Communist presence, and the Ku Klux Klan in Florida’s citrus industry in the 1930’s.

Stepenoff, Bonnie. “St. Louis and the Sharecroppers: Urban Connections to a Rural Protest.” Agricultural History 82, no. 1 (Winter 2008). Discusses Marcus “Al” Murphy, an African-American member of the Communist Party and his association with the St. Louis Committee for the Rehabilitation of the Sharecroppers.

****************************************************************

 

Alabama Sharecroppers Union

 

Kelley, Robin D.G. “Black Women and the Alabama Share Croppers’ Union.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Sees a “womanist consciousness” in the C.P.-led SCU despite the C.P.’s masculine image of black self-determination as a drive for manhood.  Black women did most of the secretarial and writing tasks of the SCU because they generally had more education and literary skills.  Attributes consistent SCU support for nine-month schooling and transportation to schools to women insisting on the importance of children’s education.  Suggests that Marxist education in the SCU offered black women an “empowering language” that would bear fruit in leftist feminism and C.P. opposition to male chauvinism.

Naison, Mark. “All God’s Dangers and Oral History.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 4, no. 4 (1977). Review article prompted by Theodore Rosengarten’s All God’s Dangers.  Discusses the Communist-linked Alabama Sharecroppers union.

Rosen, Dale. “The Alabama Share Croppers Union.” Undergraduate honor’s essay. Radcliffe College, 1969.

Rosen, Dale, and Theodore Rosengarten. “Shoot-Out at Reeltown: The Narrative of Jess Hull, Alabama Tenant Farmer.” Radical America 6, no. 6 (November-December 1972). Discusses the Alabama Sharecroppers Union, a Communist-aligned organization active in the early 1930s.

Shaw, Nate. All God’s Dangers: The Life of Nate Shaw. Compiled by Theodore Rosengarten. New York: Knopf; distr. by Random House, 1974. Edited oral history memoir of Nate Shaw, an activist in the Alabama Sharecropper’s Union in 1931.

****************************************************************

 

Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union

 

Auerbach, Jerold S. “Southern Tenant Farmers: Socialist Critics of the New Deal.” Labor History 7 (1966). The Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union, although largely led by Socialist, had a Communist element.

Cantor, Louis. “A Prologue to the Protest Movement: The Missouri Sharecropper Roadside Demonstration of 1939.” Journal of American History 55, no. 4 (1969). Notes conflict within the Southern Tenant Farmers Union over tactics between Communists and others.

Dyson, Lowell K. “The Southern Tenant Farmers Union and Depression Politics.” Political Science Quarterly 88, no. 2 (1973). Discusses its troubled relationship with the CPUSA.

Fannin, Mark. Labor’s Promised Land: Radical Visions of Gender, Race, and Religion in the South. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2003.

Grubbs, Donald H. “Gardner Jackson, That ‘Socialist’ Tenant Farmers’ Union, and the New Deal.” Agricultural History 42 (1968).

Grubbs, Donald H. Cry from the Cotton: The Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union and the New Deal. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1971. Notes the Communist role in the STFU.

Kester, Howard. Revolt Among the Sharecroppers. New York: Covici, Friede, 1936. On the Southern Tenant Farmers Union, a Socialist Party initiative that the CPUSA attempt to takeover.

Mitchell, H. L. The Reminiscences of H. L. Mitchell. With Donald Francis Shaughnessy. [Glen Rock, N. J.: Microfilming Corp. of America], 1972. 3 microfiches.

Mitchell, H.L. “Founding and Early History of the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 32 (1973). Memoir by the principal STFU leader noting Communist involvement.

Mitchell, H. L. Mean Things Happening in This Land: The Life and Times of H. L. Mitchell, co-Founder of the Southern Tenant Farmers Union. Montclair, NJ: Allanheld, Osmun, 1979.

Naison, Mark. “Great Depression: The Threads of a Lost Tradition.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 1 (Fall 1973). Discusses the affiliation of the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union with the CIO’s UCAPAWA.

Payne, Elizabeth Anne. “African American Activism in the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Thrasher, Sue, and Leah Wise. “The Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union.” Southern Exposure 1, no. 3/4 (Winter 1973/74). Interviews with union participants.

Woodruff, Nan Elizabeth. American Congo: The African American Freedom Struggle in the Delta. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003. Some discussion of Communists and the STFU.

Yard, Alexander. “‘They Don’t Regard My Rights at All:’ Arkansas Farm Workers, Economic Modernization, and the Southern Tenant Farmers Union.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 47, no. 3 (August 1988): 201-28.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and West Coast Agriculture

 

Alamillo, Jose. “Sunkist Growers, the CIO and Mexican Workers Struggles in a Southern California Citrus Town Before World War II.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Barajas, Frank P. “Resistance, Radicalism, and Repression on the Oxnard Plain: The Social Context of the Betabelero Strike of 1933.” Western Historical Quarterly 35, no. 1 (2004). Discusses a California farm workers strike (sugar) involving the Cannery and Agricultural Workers Industrial Union (CAWIU) of the TUUL.

Chambers, Clarke A. California Farm Organizations: A Historical Study of the Grange, the Farm Bureau, and the Associated Farmers, 1929-1941. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1952.

Daniel, Cletus E. “Labor Radicalism in Pacific Coast Agriculture.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1972. Scholarly examination of the success and failures of the Communist party’s Cannery and Agricultural Workers Industrial Union (Trade Union Unity League) in 1930-1934 as well as of earlier efforts by the Industrial Workers of the World.

Daniel, Cletus E. “Radicals on the Farm in California.” Agricultural History 49, no. 4 (October 1975). Discusses Communist-controlled Cannery and Agricultural Workers Industrial Union during the Depression.

Daniel, Cletus E. “Agricultural Unionism and the Early New Deal: The California Experience.” Southern California Quarterly 59, no. 2 (1977). Argues that New Deal policies undermined prospects for Communist-led agricultural unionism.  Discusses  San Joaquin cotton strike of October 1933 and labor disputes in the Imperial Valley in 1934.

Daniel, Cletus E. Bitter Harvest, a History of California Farmworkers, 1870-1941. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1981. Thoroughly researched and comprehensive history which includes coverage of Communist activity.

deVera, Arleen. “Without Parallel: The Local 7 Deportation Cases, 1949-1955.” Amerasia Journal 20, no. 2 (1994). On the ultimately unsuccessful attempt to use the Internal Security Act of 1950 and the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952 to deport Filipino leaders of the Cannery Workers and Farm Laborers Union, Local 7, accused of belonging to the Communist Party.

Holcomb, Ellen Lois. “Efforts to Organize the Migrant Workers by the Cannery and Agricultural Workers Industrial Union in the 1930’s.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Chico, 1963.

Jamieson, Stuart Marshall. Labor Unionism in American Agriculture... Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1946. Notes a Trade Union Unity League role in several California farm worker strikes in the 1930s.

Matthews, Glenna. “The Fruit Workers of the Santa Clara Valley: Alternative Paths to Union Organization during the 1930s.” Pacific Historical Review 54, no. 1 (February 1985). On the role of the AFL, the CIO, the International Longshoremen’s Association, the Teamsters Union, the Communist Party, and a company union.

Matthews, Glenna. “‘A Pale Shadow of Its Former Self’: Cold-War Paranoia, Teamster Strong-Arm Tactics, and the Santa Clara Valley Labor Movement.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

McWilliams, Carey. Factories in the Field. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1939. Notes Communist role in several California farm worker strikes.

Monfross, John. “The Associated Farmers of California.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Conference, 1976. Discusses the antiunion and anti-Communist activities in the 1930s of the Associated Farmers.

Piscopo, Holly. “The ‘Good White’ American Versus Farm Workers and Reds: Race and Anti-Communism in California’s Imperial Valley.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Ruiz, Vicki Lynn. “UCAPAWA, Chicanas, and the California Food Processing Industry, 1937-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1982.

Ruíz, Vicki. Cannery Women, Cannery Lives: Mexican Women, Unionization, and the California Food Processing Industry, 1930-1950. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1987. Discusses the United Cannery, Agricultural, Packing, and Allied Workers of America, CIO, a union with significant Communist leadership.

Schwantes, Carlos A. “Farmer-Labor Insurgency in Washington State: William Bouck, the Grange, and the Western Progressive Farmers.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 76, no. 1 (January 1985). Bouck led a succession from the Grange in 1921 and formed the WPF.  “The WPF was in reality a strange amalgam of Methodism and communism, big-city labor and small-time farmers.  In some ways it was a throwback to populism; in others it foreshadowed the Popular Front of the 1930s.”  In 1926, with Communist assistance, Bouck converted the WPF into a national organization called the Progressive Farmers of America, but the organization quickly collapsed.

Watson, Don. “The Cold War and UPWA in California Agriculture 1954-1961.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Weber, Devra Anne. “The Struggle for Stability and Control in the Cotton Fields of California: Class Relations in Agriculture, 1919-1942.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

The El Monte Berry Strike

 

Hoffman, Abraham. “The El Monte Berry Pickers’ Strike, 1933: International Involvement in a Local Labor Dispute.” Journal of the West 12, no. 1 (1973). Account of the 1933 involving “Mexican laborers, Communist agitators, Japanese employers, Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce and business representatives, and state and federal mediators . . . over issues of wages, hours, and working conditions. . . . The El Monte strike, however, claimed the distinction of direct involvement by the government of Mexico, in the form of diplomatic pressure, monetary assistance, and consular intervention. . . .”

Lopez, Ronald W. “The El Monte Berry Strike of 1933.” Aztlan (1970). Notes Communist involvement in a strike by Mexican-American workers.

Wollenberg, Charles. “Race and Class in Rural California: The El Monte Berry Strike of 1933.” California Historical Quarterly 51, no. 2 (1972). The Communist-affiliated Cannery and Agricultural Workers Industrial Union initiated the strike, but was displaced by Mexican organizers cooperating with the Mexican consulate. The strike pitted Mexican workers against Japanese growers.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 7

Communists, Immigrants, and Ethnicity

 

 

Buhle, Paul, and Dan Georgakas, eds. The Immigrant Left in the United States. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Davies, Carole Boyce. “Deportable Subjects: U.S. Immigration Laws and the Criminalizing of Communism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 100, no. 4 (2001). Discusses the deportation of Claudia Jones among others..

Demac, Donna. “‘Dangerous Foreigners’ as a Pretext for Domestic Repression: The Last Hundred Years.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Gerson, Louis L. The Hyphenate in Recent American Politics and Diplomacy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1964. Discusses the influence, generally in favor of firm opposition to Communist and Soviet influence, of central and eastern European ethnics on early American Cold War policy.

Harzig, Christiane, and Dirk Hoerder, eds. The Press of Labor Migrants in Europe and North America, 1880s to 1930s. Bremen, Germany: Labor Migration Project, Labor Newspaper Preservation Project, Universität Bremen, 1985.

Hoerder, Dirk, ed. “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986.

Hoerder, Dirk, and Christiane Harzig, eds. The Immigrant Labor Press in North America, 1840s-1970s: An Annotated Bibliography. New York: Greenwood Press, 1987.

Klehr, Harvey. “Immigrant Leadership in the Communist Party of the United States of America.” Ethnicity 6, no. 1 (1979). Finds that until the late 1930s Communist leadership was predominately foreign-born, disproportionately Eastern European, and contained many Jews.  Suggests that the disproportionate immigrant leadership hindered the party’s appeal to native Americans.

Mackaman, Thomas. “The Revolutionary Contagion: The Impact of the Russian Revolution on New Immigrant Workers in the U.S., 1917-1922.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

Montgomery, David. “Nationalism, American Patriotism, and Class Consciousness Among Immigrant Workers in the United States in the Epoch of World War I.” In “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants, edited by Dirk Hoerder. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986. Briefly discusses the relationship of nationalism, radicalism, and communism among Yugoslav and Finnish immigrant organizations.

Montgomery, David. “Race, Immigrants, and Political Reform.” Journal of American History, 87, no. 4 (March 2001).

Pozzetta, George E., ed. Immigrant Radicals: The View from the Left. New York: Garland Pub., 1991. Reprints published essays.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Immigration and Internal Security: Deportations During the McCarthy Era.” Science & Society 60, no. 4 (Winter 1996-97).

Schrecker, Ellen W. “No ‘Golden Door’: McCarthyism and the Immigrant.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1988.

U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Immigration and Naturalization. Communist Activities Among Aliens and National Groups. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

 

American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born

 

Litwin, Patricia. “‘How Could a Woman..not Even Five Feet Tall, Change the World?’: Rose Chernin and the Los Angeles Committee for the Protection of the Foreign-Born.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2007.

Rinaldo, Fred. “Defending Foreign Born Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Excerpt from “Pride of a Nation: A History of the Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign Born, renamed the Los Angeles Committee for Defense of the Bill of Right, 1950-1982.”  The leading figures in the Los Angeles Committee were Walter Mitchell, Episcopal Bishop and honorary chairperson, Dorothy Marshall, A Roman Catholic activist, Mrs. Charlotta Bass, publisher of a black paper, the Los Angeles Sentinel, former California attorney general Robert W. Kenny, Judge Stanley Moffatt, Rabbi Franklin Cohn, Linus Pauling, John Howard Lawson, and Unitarian minister Stephen Fritchman.

Sherman, John. “Parting Company: Liberals and a Communist Front -- The American Committee for the Protection of the Foreign Born, 1939-1956.” Paper presented at The Historical Society’s Midwestern Region conference. Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, 2000.

Sherman, John W. “American Communists and Immigrant Labor: The Case of the American Committee for the Protection of Foreign Labor, 1932-1942.” Paper presented at  Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Sherman, John W. A Communist Front at Mid-Century: The American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born, 1933-1959. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2001. Based on the ACPFB’s papers.  Sees the ACPFB moving in coordination with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

American Slav Congress

 

Fertacz, Sylwester. “A Contribution to the Establishment and Activity of the American Slav Congress During World War II.” Translated by Aleksandra Rodzinska-Chojnowska. Acta Poloniae Historica [Poland], no. 72 (1995). Sees no proof of a Communist role in the ASC except possibly in 1944 and after.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the American Slav Congress and Associated Organizations.  June 26, 1949. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

 

International Workers Order

 

Kahn, Albert E. “Canceling Workers’ Insurance Policies.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Adapted from 1951 pamphlet, “The People’s Case: The Story of the IWO.”  Kahn was president of Jewish Peoples Fraternal Order of the IWO.  Discusses the destruction of the IWO by public authorities in 1951.

Keeran, Roger. “Proletarian Fraternalism: The Culture and Politics of the International Workers Order, 1930-194.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Keeran, Roger. “National Groups and the Popular Front: The Case of the International Workers Order.” Journal of American Ethnic History 14 (Spring 1995).

Sabin, Arthur J. Red Scare in Court: New York Versus the International Workers Order. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1993.

Sabin, Arthur J. “An Untold Story: A Communist Affiliated Insurance Company.” Essays in Economic and Business History 12 (1994). 398-413.

Sabin, Arthur. “The International Workers Order and the Attorney General’s List.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Walker, Thomas J. “The International Workers Order: A Unique Fraternal Body.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1983. History of a Communist-aligned fraternal insurance organization that was dissolved in the what the author sees as the “tyrannical” McCarthy era.

Walker, Thomas Joseph Edward. Pluralistic Fraternity: The History of the International Worker’s Order. New York: Garland, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

“Captive Nations” Campaign

 

Bailey, Bernadine. The Captive Nations, Our First Line of Defense. Chicago: Chas. Hallberg, 1969.

Dobriansky, Lev E. “Outstanding U.S. Myths on the Captive Nations.” Ukrainian Quarterly 11, no. 2 (1965). Reviews the history of the National Captive Nations Committee since 1959.

Dobriansky, Lev E. “Reflections on the ‘20th.’” Ukrainian Quarterly 35, no. 4 (1979). Recounts the history of Captive Nations Week.

Dobriansky, Lev E., ed. and comp. Captive Nations Week from Hungary to Poland, Ukraine, Turkestan, Mainland China, North Vietnam to Cuba and 20 Other Captive Nations: Speeches of Daniel J. Flood and Edward J. Derwinski, et al., in the House of Representatives and in the Senate of the United State. Washington: National Captive Nations Committee, 1966.

Mazurkiewicz, Anna. “‘The Voice of the Silenced Peoples’: The Assembly of Captive European Nations.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

U.S. House of Representatives. Salutatory Addresses in the House of Representatives, Together with Relevant Material on the Bicentennial Captive Nations Week, Ninety-Fourth Congress, Second Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1977.

****************************************************************

 

American Communism and Immigrant-Ethnic Groups

 

Radzilowski, John. “Ethnic Anti-Communism in the U.S.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

 

 

Communism and Arab Americans

 

Suleiman, Michael W. “The Arab American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Asian, Chinese, and Japanese Americans

 

Chang, Chi. “Going Through College: Up Grade - or Down?” Chinese America: History and Perspectives (2001). Chang attended college in the U.S. (1918-23), joined the CPUSA, and fought with the International Brigades in Spain.  He returned to China after the Spanish war.

Cheng, Cindy I-Fen. “Contesting Chinese/American Identities in the Age of Cold War Politics.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “Solidarity or Opportunism? Relations Between the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat (PPTUS) and Japanese and Chinese American Communists, 1929-1935.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “To Be Red and ‘Oriental’: Class and (Trans)Nationalisms Among Japanese and Chinese Immigrant Communists.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “‘To be Red and ‘Oriental’: The Experiences of Japanese and Chinese Immigrant Communists in the American and International Communist Movements, 1919--1933.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2003. Argues that Party leaders at the district and subdistrict levels as well as rank and file members were often either unwilling or unable to carry out directives from the CPUSA leadership and in the case of the Chinese and Japanese immigrant Communists, in particular, relations were further complicated by the language barriers and sharp racial divides, which were enforced most severely on the West Coast. However, these barriers also afforded a measure of autonomy within both the national and international movements.

Friday, Chris. “Karl Yoneda: Radical Organizing and Asian American Labor.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Ho, Fred. “Bamboo That Snaps Back!: Resistance and Revolution in Asian Pacific American Working-Class and Left-Wing Expressive Culture.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Iijima, Kazu. “Always a Rebel: An Interview with Kazu Iijima.” With Glenn Omatsu. Amerasia Journal 13, no. 2 (1986/87). A radical in the 1930’s, Iijima broke with the Communist Party during World War II when it supported internment of Japanese Americans.

Kato, Tetsuro. “The Japanese Victims of Stalinist Terror in the USSR.” In Jahrbuch Fur Historische Kummunismusforshung. Berlin, Germany: Akademie Verlag, 1998. English original at <http://members.jcom.home.ne.jp/katori/SPurge.html>. Notes that eight Japanese-American Communists were arrested and shot in 1938 during the Terror in the USSR.

Kimura, Kensaku. “Doho: The Japanese Popular Front Newspaper in the United States, 1937-1942.” Master’s thesis. Claremont Graduate University, 2003.

Kobashigawa, Ben, trans. History of the Okinawans in North America. [Los Angeles]: Asian American Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles, 1988. Translation of Hokubei Okinawajin shi / Hokubei Okinawa Kurabu compiled by the Okinawan Club of America.  Discusses the major role of Okinawan immigrants in the Japanese-language fraction of the CPUSA in the 1920s and later.

Lai, Him Mark. “The Chinese-Marxist Left, Chinese Students and Scholars in America, and the New China.” Chinese America: History & Perspectives (2004).

Le, C.N. “‘Better Dead Than Red’: Anti-Communist Politics Among Vietnamese Americans.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Lee, Robert G. “The Hidden World of Asian Immigrant Radicalism.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Vang, Chia Youyee. “Hmong Anti-Communism at Home and Abroad.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Yang, Shoua. “Hmong Social and Political Capital: The Formation and Maintenance of Hmong-American Organizations.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 2006.

Yoneda, Karl G. Ganbatte: Sixty-Year Struggle of a Kibei Worker. Los Angeles: Asian American Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles, 1983. Memoir by a Nesie Communist.  Notes that after Pearl Harbor, Yoneda and all other Japanese-American members of CPUSA and their spouses were suspended from the Party.  Yoneda was sent to a relocation camp, volunteered and served in the American military, remained a loyal Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Caribbean, Central and South American Immigrants

 

Communism and Cuban Americans

 

Gibbs, Jessica, and Alex Goodall. “Conflict and Co-Operation: Cuban Exile Anti-Communism and the United States, 1960-2000.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Haitian Americans

 

Charles, Carole. “Haitian Left in New York and the Haitian-American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Mexican Americans

 

Garcilazo, Jeffrey M. “The Brown Scare: McCarthyism, The Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign-Born and Mexican-American Workers, 1950-1954.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Garcilazo, Jeffrey M. “McCarthyism, Mexican Americans, and the Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign-Born, 1950-1954.” Western Historical Quarterly 32, no. 3 (2001).

González, Marcial. “Marxist Critique of Borderlands Postmodernism: Adorno’s Negative Dialectics and Chicano Cultural Criticism.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Monroy, Douglas. “Mexicanos in Los Angeles, 1930-1941: An Ethnic Group in Relation to Class Forces.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1978. Notes the lack of relevance of Communist ideology to Mexican-Americans in the 1930s.

Monroy, Douglas. “Anarquismo y Communismo: Mexican Radicalism and the Communist Party in Los Angeles During the 1930s.” Labor History 24, no. 1 (1983). Argues that the Communist party failed to made significant progress among Mexicans in southern California because it failed to accommodate Mexican nationalist and anarcho-syndicalist traditions.

Monroy, Douglas. “Fence Cutters, Sedicioso, and First-Class Citizens: Mexican Radicalism in America.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Olguín, B.V. “Barrios of the World Unite!: Regionalism, Transnationalism, and Internationalism in Tejano War Poetry from the Mexican Revolution to World War II.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Peterson, Gigi. “A Popular Front in Practice: Mexican and U.S. Activists Address Discrimination in Wartime Los Angeles.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Peterson, Gigi. “A Dangerous Demagogue: Containing the Influence of the Mexican Labor-Left and Its US Allies.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Peterson, Gigi Annette. “Grassroots Good Neighbors: Connections Between Mexican and United States Labor and Civil Rights Activists, 1936-1945.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1998.

Peterson, Gigi. “‘A Dangerous Demagogue’: Containing the Influence of the Mexican Labor-Left and Its United States Allies.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Pitti, Stepen. “César Chávez and Cold War Farmworkers.” Paper presented at “Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean during the Cold War” conference of the Cold War International History Project. Mexico City, Mexico, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Mexican and Irish Immigrants

 

McKillen, Elizabeth. “Ethnicity, Class, and Wilsonian Internationalism Reconsidered: The Mexican-American and Irish-American Immigrant Left and U.S. Foreign Relations, 1914-1922.” Diplomatic History 25, no. 4 (2001)

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Mexican, Hispanic, and Latino Americans

 

Burt, Kenneth C. “Latino Empowerment in Los Angeles: Postwar Dreams and Cold War Fears.” Labor’s Heritage 8 (Summer 1996).

Gosse, Van. “‘El Salvador Is Spanish for Vietnam’ A New Immigrant Left and the Politics of Solidarity.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Puerto Rican Immigrants, and Black Nationalists

 

Dewitt, Anthony Price. “Attitudes and Tactics of the Soviet and American Communist Parties Towards Nationalist Manifestations in North America -- Two Case Studies: The Black Nationalist and Civil Rights Movements, the Puerto Rican Independence Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 1980.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities Among Puerto Ricans in New York City. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and European Immigrants

 

Ryan, Jeffrey R. “The Conspiracy That Never Was: United States Government Surveillance of Eastern European American Leftists, 1942-1959.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1990. Examines FBI and HCUA investigations of Eastern European American leftists and anti-fascists “who considered the advent of Socialism in their homelands as a desirable development;” regards the investigations as baseless and attributes them to nativism, sinister opposition to communism, and misguided right-wing ideologues.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Albanian Americans

 

Schwartz, Stephen. “Requiem for an Albanian Freedom Fighter.” Illyria [Bronx, NY], 22-24 May 1995. Eulogy for Gjon Sinishta, Albanian Catholic and anti-Communist activist among Albanian immigrants in the U.S.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Researching an Arberesh Life: Dr. Salvatore Schiro (1876-1939).” Illyria [New York], 2002, 30 May 1997. Notes that Schiro, an Albanian immigrant, was active in among Italian and Albanian immigrants in supporting the Italian volunteers fighting for the Spanish Republic and was close to Randolfo Pacciardi of the 12th International Brigade.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Armenian Americans

 

Benjamin F. Alexander, “The American Armenians’ Cold War: The Divided Response to Soviet Armenia,” in Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, ed. Ieva Zake (New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009)

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Bulgarian Americans

 

Paraskevov, Vasil. “Small, but Vociferous: Bulgarian Ethnic Anti-Communist Groups.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Croatian Americans

 

Brewster, Frieda Truhar. “A Personal View of the Early Left in Pittsburgh, 1907-1923.” Western Pennsylvania Historical Magazine 69, no. 4 (October 1986). Brewster discusses her personal experiences as child; her parents were Croatian-American socialists and went underground during the Palmer Raids.

Čizmić, Ivan. History of the Croatian Fraternal Union of America, 1894-1994. Zagreb, Croatia: Golden Marketing, 1994. Discusses the role of Communists in factional struggle for control of the CFU.

Kraljic, John. “Tomo Babin of Preko - a Croatian American Spy.” Croatian American Times, 27 June 2000.

Lojen, Stjepan. Uspomene Jednog Iseljenika [Memoirs of an Emigrant]. Zagreb: Znanje, 1963. Lojen was a leading Croatian Communist in the United States and served as head of the CPUSA Croatian Bureau.

Očak, Ivan. Braća Cvijića [The Cvijić Brothers]. Zagreb: Spektar Globus, 1982. The Cvijić brothers both served in the Politburo of the Communist Party of Yugoslavia.  Stjepan Cvijić was sent by the Comintern to the US in the late 1930s to work among Croatian immigrants and to engage in recruitment activities for Spain.

Prpic, George. “The Croats in America.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1959. Notes the significant role of the Communist party in several Croat organizations in the 1930s and 1940s.

Rasporich, Anthony. “Tomo Cacic; Rebel Without a Country.” Canadian Ethnic Studies 10, no. 2 (1978). Cacic, a Croatian immigrant to the U.S. and later Canada helped edit and distribute various Serbo-Croatian leftist newspapers.  Also fought in Spain and with the Partisans.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Czech and Slovak Americans

 

Tomek, Prokop. “The Highs and Lows of Czech and Slovak Émigré Activism.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Zecker, Robert M. “‘Not Communists Exactly, but Sort of Like Non-Believers’: The Hidden Radical Transcript of Slovak Immigrants in Philadelphia, 1890–1954.” Oral History Review 29 (Winter/Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

 

 

            Communism and Finnish Americans

 

Ahola, David John. “Finnish-Americans and International Communism (A Study of Finnish-American Communism from Bolshevization to the Demise of the Third International).” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1980. Based on interviews with thirty first generation and thirty second generation Finnish-American Communists, examines the role of the Finnish Workers’ Federation in the C.P. and party pressure on what it perceived as Social Democratic tendencies among Finnish Communists.

Ahola, David John. Finnish-Americans and International Communism: A Study of Finnish-American Communism from Bolshevization to the Demise of the Third International. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1981. Published version of 1980 dissertation.

Halonen, Arne. “The Role of Finnish-Americans in the Political Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1945. Halonen, a C.P. activist in the 20s, was expelled from the party and became critical of it.

Hoglund, A William. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Finns.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Hoglund, A. William. Finnish Immigrants in America, 1880-1920. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1960. Notes the radicalism of many Finnish immigrants.

Karni, Michael G. “Finnish Immigrant Leftists in America: The Golden Years, 1900-1918.” In “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants, edited by Dirk Hoerder. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986. Notes the Yrjo Sirola, later a prominent Finnish Communist and Comintern official, taught at the radical “Work People’s College” in Duluth, Minnesota, in 1911-13.

Karni, Michael G., Olavi Koivukangas, and Edward W. Laine, eds. Finns in North America: Proceedings of Finn Forum III, 5-8 September 1984, Turku, Finland. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 1988.

Kero, Reino. “The Roots of Finnish-American Left-Wing Radicalism.” Publications of the Institute of General History [University of Turku, Finland] 5 (1973).

Kero, Reino. “The Social Origin of the Left-Wing Radicals and ‘Church Finns’ Among Finnish Immigrants in North America.” Publications of the Institute of General History [University of Turku, Finland] 7 (1975).

Kivisto, Peter. “Immigrant Socialists in the US: The Case of Finns and the Left.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1982. Finds that 35% to 40% of immigrant Finns maintained links with socialist and Communist institutions.

Kivisto, Peter. “Pre-Migration Factors Contributing to the Development of Finnish American Socialism.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). “If emigrants were not radicalized upon their departure, and in general it seems warranted to assume that for a vast majority of the Finnish-American rank-and-file radicals the process of radicalization took place after their departure from Finland, nevertheless, they had increasingly been exposed to left-wing ideology prior to their departures.”

Kivisto, Peter. “The Decline of the Finnish American Left, 1925-1945.” International Migration Review 17, no. 1 (1983).

Kivisto, Peter. Immigrant Socialists in the United States: The Case of Finns and the Left. Rutherford N.J.: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press & Associated University Presses, 1984. Discusses the decline of Finnish membership in the Communist party in the 1920s and 1930s, the tragic results of “Karelia Fever,” and the clash between the CPUSA and Communist Finns over control of the Finnish cooperative movement.

Kolehmainen, John I. “The Inimitable Marxists: The Finnish Immigrant Socialists.” Michigan History 36 (1952). Discusses the attraction of radicalism and Communism to Finnish immigrants.

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari. The Finns in America: A Bibliographical Guide to Their History. [Hancock, MI]: Finnish American Historical Library, Suomi College, 1947. Notes the Socialist and Communist orientation of many Finnish immigrants.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Finns and the Crisis Over ‘Bolshevization’ in the Workers’s Party, 1924-1925.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Discusses the stress on Finnish-American Communists when the party ordered a more thorough subordination of its ethnic affiliates to the party’s central political apparatus.  Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Tragic Crisis: Finnish-American Workers and the Civil War in Finland.” In For the Common Good, Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America, edited by Michael G. Karni and Douglas J. Ollila, Jr. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977. Surveys the unconditional support Finnish-American labor and radical organizations gave to the short-lived revolutionary regime in Finland in 1918.  Discusses the   “Committees of Examination” set up in sixty-eight US localities by Finnish-American workers’ organizations in the 1920s to screen post-civil war immigrants from Finland, denying membership and benefits to the lahtarit, or “butchers,” who had supported the White forces.

Kostiainen, Auvo. The Forging of Finnish-American Communism, 1917-1924: A Study in Ethnic Radicalism. Turku, Finland: Turin Yliopisto, 1978. Annales Universitatis Turkuensis, Ser. B. Part 147, 1978.   Discusses the events leading the Finnish Socialist Federation to break with the Socialist party and join the Communist party and the reinforcement of Communist Finns by refugees fleeing the defeat of Red forces in the Finnish civil war.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Radical Ideology Versus Ethnic Social Activities: Finnish Americans and the Communist Party of USA, 1924-1931.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Finnish-American Communism, 1923-1932.” American Studies in Scandinavia [Norway] 21, no. 1 (1989). When the Communist movement began there were 225 associations that belonged to the Finnish Socialist Federation (athletic teams, sewing circles, singing societies, drama groups) and Finnish Americans were the largest ethnic group in the American Communist Party in the early 1920s.  Their numbers declined rapidly from 1925 when the Comintern and the American party discouraged the use of the Finnish language and emphasis on Finnish ethnic themes.

Lee, Sirkka Tuomi. “The Finns.” Cultural Correspondence 6, no. 7 (Spring 1978). Recalls childhood in Finnish-American radical community, women teaching radical Sunday school with stories of Spartacus and Finnish peasant uprisings, and a children’s chorus singing songs praising the proletarian revolution.

Nelson, Allan. The Nelson Brothers: Finnish-American Radicals from the Mendocino Coast. Edited by Russell Bartley and Sylvia Bartley. Willits, CA: Grassroots History Publications of Mendocino County Museum, 2004. On Arvid and Enoch Nelson (father and uncle of the author).  Arvid edited several Finnish radical publications, including Tyomies (1917-1926) and Raivaaja in 1942-1943.  Enoch emigrated to Karelia in 1921 and was executed in the Terror in 1938.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “Defects in the Melting Pot: Finnish-American Response to the Loyalty Issue 1917-1920.” Turun Historiallinen Arkisto [Finland] 25 (1971).

Riippa, Timo. “The Finnish American Radical Theater of the 1930s.” Finnish Americana 9 (1972). Says after loss of control over the Finnish Central Cooperative Wholesale in 1930, the Comintern/CPUSA ordered a ideological house cleaning of the Finnish Workers’ Federation, including the elimination of the bourgeois repertoire of the FWF’s very active Drama League and replacement with proletarian plays.  The results was a burst of amateur play writing around proletarian themes.  Writers, actors and directors received classes in Marxism-Leninism.  By the mid-1930s CPUSA policies changed and much of the old but popular repertoire of bourgeois and folk plays returned.  However, the aging of the immigrant generation and the lack Finnish language skills of their children had already numbered the days of the Finnish theater.  Later reprinted in The Best of Finnish Americana, 1978-1994, edited by Michael G. Karni and Joanne Asala. Iowa City, IA: Penfield Press, 1994.

Rintala, Harvin. “The Problem of Generations in Finnish Communism.” American Slavic and East European Review 17 (1958). Discusses the tenacity of political orientation among Finnish generational cohorts.

Ross, Carl. The Finn Factor in American Labor, Culture, and Society. New York Mills, MN: Parta Printers, 1977. Discusses Finnish-American radicalism and Communism.  Ross, from a Finnish-American Communist family, held key positions in the Young Communist League in the late 1930s and early 1940s and in the CPUSA in the late 1940s and early 1950s.

Ross, Carl. “The Utopian Vision of Finnish Immigrants: 1900-30.” Scandinavian Studies 60 (1988): 481-96. Sees a strong utopian element in Finnish-American radicalism that expressed itself in part in the development of the economically successful Cooperative Central Exchange (Communist aligned until 1929) and its network of rural coop stores.  Sees the Finnish coop store as  “a vital element in the broader pattern of Finnish-American radical culture, which sustained tight-knit, exclusive, and relatively self-sufficient communities that, in their essence, must be described as utopian.”

Ross, Carl, and K. Marianne Wargelin-Brown, eds. Women Who Dared: The History of Finnish American Women. St. Paul: Immigration History Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1986. Includes discussion of Finnish-American women Communists.

Tyomies Society. For the Common Good: Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977.

Virtanen, Keijo. “Counter-Cultures in Action: Adaption of Finnish Immigrants to American Society and Repatriation to Finland.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Wargelin, Marianne. “Finnish Women: Voices for Rights and Radicalism.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society conference, 1990.

****************************************************************

 

Finnish Cooperatives

 

Denison, Dave A. “O Pioneers: A North Country Elegy.” Progressive 46, no. 8 (August 1982). Discusses the split between Finnish coops and the Communist party.

Karni, Michael G. “Struggle on the Cooperative Front: The Separation of Central Cooperative Wholesale from Communism, 1929-30.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Examines the conflict between the Communist party and Communist-aligned Finnish-Americans over control of a large cooperative.  Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kercher, Leonard Clayton, Vant W. Kebker, Wilfred C. Leland, and Roland S. Vaile. Consumers’ Cooperatives in the North Central States. Edited by Roland S. Vaile. Minneapolis: The University of Minnesota Press, 1941. Discusses the Communist-led Finnish coops.

Turner, Howard Haines. Case Studies of Consumers’ Cooperatives Successful Cooperatives Started by Finnish Groups in the United States, Studied in Relation to Their Social and Economic Environment. New York: Columbia University Press, 1941. Discusses Communist-led Finnish cooperatives.

****************************************************************

 

Work People’s College

 

Altenbaugh, Richard J., and Rolland G. Paulston. “Work People’s College: A Finnish Folk High School in the American Labor College Movement.” Paedagogical History [Belgium] 18, no. 2 (1978). The Work People’s College was aligned with the syndicalist wing of Finnish-American radicalism until the Bolshevik revolution when many of its activists turned to Communism.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “The Work People’s College: Immigrant Education for Adjustment and Solidarity.” In For the Common Good, Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America, edited by Michael G. Karni and Douglas J. Ollila, Jr. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977.

****************************************************************

 

Sosialisti - Industrialisti

 

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Forging of Finnish-American Communism.” Paper presented at  Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, 1989. Discusses the leadership and ideology of the IWW-oriented Finnish-American journal Sosialisti, and its later incarnations as Teollisuustyöläinen and Industrialisti on the eve of the foundation of the American Communist movement.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “A Dissenting Voice of Finnish Radicals in America: The Formative Years of Sosialisti - Industrialisti in the 1910s.” American Studies in Scandinavia [Denmark] 23, no. 2 (1991). After a lengthy court fight, the paper was found guilty in 1921 of criminal syndicalism in connection to its support during World War I of the IWW and later the Communist movement.

****************************************************************

 

Raivaaja

 

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari. Sow the Golden Seed. Fitchburg, MA: Raivaaja Pub. Co., 1955. A History of the Fitchburg (Massachusetts) Finnish-American Newspaper Raivaaja [The Pioneer] 1905-1955, the leading social democratic and anti-Communist Finnish-American journal.

****************************************************************

 

Finns: Regional and State

 

Finnish American Radicals in the Great Lakes Region

 

Alanen, Arnold. “The Development and Distribution of Finnish Consumers Cooperatives in Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin, 1903-1973.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975.

Alanen, Arnold R. “A Remarkable Place, an Eventful Year: Politics and Recreation at Minnesota’s Mesaba Co-Op Park in 1936.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Berman, Hyman. “Education for Work and Labor Solidarity: The Immigrant Miners and Radicalism on the Masaba Range.” University of Minnesota, n.d. Discusses the radicalism among iron ore miners in northern Minnesota in the years prior to 1920.  Many of the radical Finnish miners of the area later became Communists.

Gedicks, Albert J. “Working Class Radicalism Among Finnish Immigrants in Minnesota and Michigan Mining Communities.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1979.

Gedicks, Albert J. “Ethnicity, Class Solidarity, and Labor Radicalism Among Finish Immigrants in Michigan Copper Country.” Politics and Society 7, no. 2 (1977).

Karni, Michael G. “Yhteishyva-Or, For the Common Good: Finnish Radicalism in the Western Great Lakes Region, 1900-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1975. Estimates that 25% to 30% of Finnish immigrants were radicals and most of these joined the Communist party after the Bolshevik revolution.  Communist Finns controlled most Finnish cooperatives, but when the Communist party insisted on more direct control over the coops, many radical Finns resisted and left the Communist party.

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari, and George William Hill. Haven in the Woods: Story of the Finns in Wisconsin. Madison: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1951.

Ollila, Douglas J., Matti E. Kaups, and Michael G. Karni, eds. The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives. Turku: Institute for Migration, 1975.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “From Socialism to Industrial Unionism (IWW): Social Factors in the Emergence of Left-Labor Radicalism Among Finnish Workers on the Mesabi, 1911-1919.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Finnish-American Radicals in Massachusetts

 

Finnish American Club of Rutland (MA). Strength in Diversity: Worcester’s Finnish Community: A Collection of Photographs and Recollections. Rutland, MA Worcester, MA: Finnish Club of Rutland Worcester Historical Museum, 1994. Notes radical and Communist background of some early 20th century Finnish ethnic organizations.

****************************************************************

 

Finnish-American Radicals in the Pacific Northwest

 

Hummasti, Paul. “Finnish Radicals in Astoria, Oregon, 1904-1940: A Study in Immigrant Socialism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1975. Discusses Socialist and Communist Finns.

Hummasti, Paul George. Finnish Radicals in Astoria, Oregon, 1904-1940: A Study in Immigrant Socialism. New York: Arno Press, 1979.

Hummasti, P. G. “From Immigrant Settlement to Ethnic Community: The Maturing of an American Finntown.” Locus 7, no. 2 (1995). Notes the division between Red and White Finns in Astoria, Oregon.

Hummasti, P.G. “Ethnicity and Radicalism: The Finns of Astoria and the Toveri, 1890-1930.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 96 (Winter 1995-96).

Hummasti, P. George. “Working-Class Herrat: The Role of Leadership in Finnish-American Socialist Movements in the Pacific Northwest.” In Finnish Diaspora [Vol. 2], edited by Michael G. Karni. Toronto: Multicultural History Society of Ontario, 1981. Says leaders of the Finnish Socialist Federation in the Pacific Northwest, particularly after it came under C.P. leadership, were frustrated by members preference for social and cultural activities by their clubs rather than political education.  Notes that the federation became increasingly centralized under C.P. control and national leaders forced the journal Toveri (Astoria, Oregon) to stop publication in 1931 due to its lack of enthusiasm for national C.P. policies.

****************************************************************

 

Finnish Radicals in Canada

 

Eklund, William. Builders of Canada: History of the Finnish Organization of Canada, 1911-1971. Toronto, Canada: The Organization, 1987. The FOC was Communist in orientation.

Laine, Edward W. On the Archival Heritage of the Finnish Canadian Working-Class Movement:A Researcher’s Guide and Inventory to the Finnish Organization of Canada Collection at the National Archives of Canada. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 1987. The Finnish Organization of Canada was aligned with the Communist Party of Canada.  The Finnish Organization of Canada cooperated with the Soviet Karelian Technical Aid Committee in recruiting Canadian and American Finnish Communists to emigrate to Soviet Karelia.

Lindström-Best, Varpu. “History of Organized Socialism and Communism Among the Finnish-Canadians from 1905-1929.” B.A. thesis. Atkinson College, 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Karelian Fever

 

Ahola, David. “The Karelian Fever Episode of the 1930s.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). Summary.  Reports without skepticism claims by Finnish-American Communists that those arrested in the purges were American agents or involved in “White Russian” sabotage.

Austin, Paul. “Soviet Karelian: The Language That Failed.” Slavic Review 51, no. 1 (1992).

Baron, Nick. “Constructing Immigrant Identities in Stalinist Russia: Explorations in Theory and Practice.” INtergraph: Journal of Dialogic Anthropology 1, no. 3 (September 2000). Regarding the Red Finnish Americans and Finnish Canadians who emigrated to Karelia in the early 1930s: “After the removal of the Finnish leadership of Karelia in 1935, the remaining Finns were attacked more viciously and publicly for ‘Finnish-American chauvinism’, or ‘petty bourgeois entrepreneurial tendencies’. Their repression a few years later owes its particular brutality to the fact they were perceived as foreigners. Totalitarianism will not accommodate alternative of structures of social knowledge or categories of the self. By 1937-38, the terms of the immigrants’ self-signification – Finns, workers, pioneers, socialists – were associated within the hegemonic Soviet discourse with an alternative set of referents: foreigners, saboteurs, spies, fascists.”

Baron, Nick. “Stalinist Planning as Political Practice: Control and Repression on the Political Periphery, 1935-1938.” Europe-Asia Studies 56, no. 3 (May 2004).

Chukhin, Ivan. Kareliia-37: Ideologiia i Praktika Terrora. Petrozavodsk: Izd-vo Petrozavodskogo gos. universiteta, 1999. On the Karelian purge.

Courtois, Stéphane, and Jean-Louis Panné. “The Comintern in Action.” In The Black Book of Communism Crimes, Terror, Repression, Stéphane Courtois, Nicolas Werth, Jean-Louis Panné, Andrezej Paczkowski, Rartošek, Jean-Louis Margolis, Mark Kramer, and Jonathan Murphy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999. Says a number of former members of the CPUSA’s Finnish Workers Federation were among “at least 20,000 Finns ... detained in concentration camps” during the Great Terror.

Day, Peter. “Stalin’s American Victims: The Sad Saga of Finnish-American Communists in 1930s Russia.” Weekly Standard, 4 January 1999. On the long ignored story of those Finnish-American Communists who emigrated to the USSR in the early 1930s and were a few years latter arrested and executed by Stalin’s political police in the Great Terror.

Day, Peter. “Stalin’s Finnish-American Victims.” Codex: The Australian Journal of International Ideas, April-June 1999. On the purge of the Red Finns who emigrated from the U.S. to Karelia in the 1930s.

Dmitriev, Yuri. Mesto Rasstrela Sandarmokh [Sandarmokh is Where They Were Executed]. Petrozavodsk [Russia], 1999.

Dmitriev, Yuri. Pominaljnie Spiski Karelii 1937-1938 [Karelia’s Funeral Lists], 1999.

Durbin, William. The Darkest Evening. New York: Orchard Books, 2004. Fiction: In the 1930s, a young Finnish-American boy reluctantly moves with his family to Karelia, a communist-Finnish state founded in Russia, where his idealistic father soon realizes that his conception of a communist utopia is flawed.

Gelb, Michael. “Karelian Fever: The Finnish Immigrant Community During Stalin’s Purges.” Europe-Asia Studies 45, no. 6 (1993).

Haga, Chuck. “Survivors.” Minneapolis Star Tribune, 12 February 2000. Newspaper feature story on survivors of Karelian Fever now living in Minnesota and a documentary film entitled “The Survivors: North American Finns in Stalin’s Russia” prepared by Anita Middleton.

Harpelle, Ronald, Varpu Lindstrom, and Alexis Pogorelskin, eds. Karelian Exodus: Finnish Communities in North America and Soviet Karelia During the Depression Era. Beaverton, Ontario, Canada: Aspasia Books, 2004. Book publication of the Journal of Finnish Studies, 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Hiatt, Fred. “Russia’s Long-Lost Colony of Americans.” Washington Post, 6 June 1993. Discusses the remnants of Red Finns who emigrated from the U.S. and Canada in the early 1930s to Karelia.  Interviews Elmer Nousianen, born in Michigan, whose Red Finn father brought him to Karelia in 1931 at age 15.  Nousianen says he attempted to return to the U.S. in 1938 after the purges were underway and was arrested ten minutes after he left the U.S. embassy in an attempt to regain a U.S. passport.  Soviet authorities accused him of spying and sent him to the Gulag for eight years and then to Siberian rustification for another eight.  His wife, Mariam, was brought to the USSR in 1935 at age 8 from Vermont by a radical Finnish father.

Hovi, Ritva-Liisa. “Amerikansuomalaisten Maanviljelyskommuuni Etelä-Venäjällä [Finnish American Agricultural Commune in Southern Russia].” In Turun Historiallinen Arkisto XXV. Vammala: Finland: Turun Historiallinen yhdistys, 1971.

Hovi, Ritva-Liisa. “Amerikansuomalaistenosuuskunnat Neuvosto-Karjalassa 1920-Luvun Alkupuolella Amerikansuomalaisten Ja Neuvostokarjalaisten Sanomelehtien Valossa [Finnish American co-Operatives in Soviet Karelia During the Early 1920s as Depicted in Newspapers].” In Turun Historiallinen Arkisto XXIV. Vammala: Finland: Turun Historiallinen Seura, 1971.

Hudelson, Richard H., and Mayme Sevander. “A Relapse of Karelian Fever.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 2 (2000).

Hudelson, Richard H., and Mayme Sevander. “Pogorelskin Revises the Past.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 2 (2001).

Hudelson, Richard. “The Ideological and Cultural Roots of Karelian Fever in the Western Lake Superior Region,” 2001. Criticizes the “nationalist” analysis of the motives of Karelian Fever of Alexis Pogorelskin,.

Hudelson, Richard. “The Ideological and Cultural Roots of Karelian Fever in the Western Lake Superior Region.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Hummasti, William. “Soviet Karelia.” Comtux [Clatsop County Historical Society Quarterly] 20, no. 3 (Summer 2000).

Ingrian Finns, Karelians, Estonians, and St. Petersburg’s Germans in an Age of Social Transformation. Proceedings of the Sixth ICCEES World Congress, Tampere 2000, edited by Toivo Flink and Katja Hirvasaho. Helsinki, Finland: Studia Slavica Finlandensia, Tomus XIX, 2002.

Kangaspuro, Markku. “Russian Patriots and Red Fennomans.” In Rise and Fall of Soviet Karelia: People and Power, edited by Antti Laine and Mikko Ylikangas. Helsinki, Finland: Aleksanteri Institute, 2002.

Kangaspuro, Markku. “The National and the International in the Republic of Karelia.” In Boundaries of Earth and Consciousness:

Kangaspuro, Markku. Neuvosto-Karjalan Taistelu Itsehallinnosta Nationalismi Ja Suomalaiset Punaiset Neuvostoliiton Vallankäytössä Vuosina 1920-1939 [Soviet Karelian Struggle for Autonomy. Nationalism and Finnish Reds in the Power Struggle of 1920-1939]. Helsinki, Finland: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 2000. Thesis (doctoral)--Joensuun yliopisto, 2000

Kero, Reino. “Emigration of Finns from North America to Soviet Karelia in the Early 1930’s.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kero, Reino. “Social, Economic, and Ideological Factors in the Return Migration of Finnish-North American Communists to Soviet Karelia in the 1930s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Kero, Reino. “The Canadian Finns in Soviet Karelia in the 1930’s.” In Finnish Diaspora [v. 1], edited by Michael G. Karni. Toronto: Multicultural History Society of Ontario, 1981. Originally a papers presented to the Finn Forum conference, held in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, November 1-3, 1979.

Kero, Reino. “The Role of Finnish Settlers from North America in the Nationality Question in Soviet Karelia in the 1930’s.” Scandinavian Journal of History 6, no. 3 (1981).

Kinnunen, Sylvia. “Karelian Fever: Some of the Survivors.” Marquette Monthly, October 2000. Feature stories on survivors of the Karelia Fever and the Purges: Kaarlo Tuomi, Matt Wiitala, Laila Korpi, Eino and Maria Keranen, Lauri and Sylvi Hokkanen, and Hugo and Liisa Pelto.

Klimova, A.V., comp. and ed., V. G. Makurov, ed. Neizvestnaja Karelija: Dokumenty Specorganov o žIzni Respubliki: 1921 - 1940 [Unknown Karelia: Documents of the Secret Police on the Life of the Republic, 1921-1940]. Petrozavodsk, Russia: Rossijskaja Akademija Nauk, Karel’skij Nauc(nyj Centr, Institut Jazyka, Literatury i Istorii, 1997.

Koivukangas, Olavi. “Nationality Policy in Karelia, 1931-1939.” In Entering Multiculturalism: Finnish Experience Abroad, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Migration Studies. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002. Papers presented at FinnForum VI “Entering multiculturalism: Finnish experience abroad” International Finnish Studies Conference, June 13-16, 2001 in Jyväskylä, Finland

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Finns of Soviet Karelia as a Target of Stalin’s Terror.” In Ethnic and National Issues in Russian and East European History. Selected Papers from the Fifth World Congress of Central and East European Studies, Warsaw, 1995, edited by John Morrison, 214-29. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. Notes the role on American and Canadian Red Finns.

Lahti-Argutina, Eila. “The Fate of Finnish Canadians in Soviet Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Lahti-Argutina, Eila. Olimme Joukko Vieras Vaan [We Were Just a Bunch of Strangers]. Turko [Finland]: Siirtolaisuusinstituutti, 2001.

Laine, Antti, and Mikko Ylikangas, eds. Rise and Fall of Soviet Karelia: People and Power. Helsinki, Finland: Aleksanteri Institute, 2002.

Lindstrom, Varpu, and Börje Vähämäki. “Ethnicity Twice Removed: North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” Finnish Americana 9 (1992). Observations on the remnants of Karelian Fever in the Petroskoi region.  Estimates that nearly three-quarters of all adult males were taken in the purges of 1937-38: “the history of the Finnish Americans in Soviet Karelia during the next ten years is primarily a matter of single-provider mothers and their children.”

Lindstrom, Varpu. “Maritta Laitinen’s Relentless Work for Socialism in Finland, Canada, and Soviet Karelia.” Canadian Woman Studies / Les Cahiers de la Femme 10, no. 4 (1989).

Middleton, Anita. “Karelian Fever: Interviews with Survivors.” Journal of Finnish Studies 1, no. 3 (1997).

Miettinen, Helena, and Raija Warkentin. “Memories of the North American Depression Among Finnish Americans in the Soviet Union.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis E. “Communism and the Co-Ops: Recruiting and Financing the Finnish-American Migration to Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis E. “Pipeline Accident on Lake Onega: A Study of Ethnic Conflict in Soviet Karelia, 1934.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Edvard Gylling and the Origins of Karelian Fever.” In The Dividing Line: Borders and National Peripheries, edited by Lars-Folke Landgren and Hayrynen Maunu, 261-71. Helsinki, Finland: Renvall Institute Publications, No. 9, University of Helsinki Press, 1997.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Karelian Fever,” 2002. On North American Finns, mostly Communists, who went to Karelia in the early 1930s.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Nationality Policy in Karelia, 1931-1939: From Vision to Disaster.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “New Perspectives on Karelian Fever: The Recruitment of North American Finns to Karelia in the Early 1930’s.” Journal of Finnish Studies 1, no. 3 (December 1997): 165-78.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “The Migration of Identity Etc.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2001).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “The Recruitment of Identity Etc.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2002).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Why Karelian Fever.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2000).

Rautiainen, Eemeli. Neuvostomaata Rakentamassa. Amerikan Suomalaiset Siirtolaiset Socialistisesse Rakennustyössä Karjalassa [Building the Soviet Union. Finnish American Immigrants Building Socialism in Karelia]. Petroskoi: Kirja [USSR], 1933.

Rautkallio, Hannu. Suuri Viha. Stalinin Suomalaiset Uhrit 1930-Luvulla [The Great Wrath: Stalin’s Finnish Victims in the 1930s]. Porvoo: W. Söderström, 1995.

Rislakki, Jukka, and Eila Lahti-Argutina. No Home for Us Here: The Mass Annihilation of the Finnish Border-Hoppers in the Urals in 1938. Translated by Richard Impola. St. Cloud, Minn.: North Star Press of St. Cloud, 2002.

Salmi, Väinö. Punaisen Sirpin Karjala Muistelmia Ja Vastamuistelmia Suomalaisten Kommunistien Kohtaloista Neuvosto-Karjalassa [Karelia of the Red Sickle. Memories and Counter-Memories of the Destinies in Soviet-Karelia]. Helsinki, Finland: Alea-kirja, 1976.

Sevander, Mayme. “The Push and Pull of Karelian Fever.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Sevander, Mayme. Of Soviet Bondage. Duluth, MN: OSCAT, 1996. Adds additional detail to the fate of America and Canadian Finns who immigrated to Karelia.   Discusses the fate of American and Canadian Finnish immigrants, most linked the CPUSA or the CPC who went to Karelia in the early 1930s.  Based on archival work in Russia and Finland.  Says incomplete records show immigration from North America  of 5,596.  Of that total, 1,346 returned.  Of those who remained, 853 are know to have been shot or sent to the Gulag in the purges of the late 1930s including 533 from the USA, 312 from Canada, and 8 from one or the other.  In addition, one or two hundred more were arrested in later repressions.  Discusses American and Canadian Finns who fought with the Red Army in World War II.

Sevander, Mayme. Red Exodus: Finnish-American Emigration to Russia. Duluth, MN: OSCAT, distr. by the Duluth International Peace Center, 1993. Sevander expands her 1992 family and personal story of “Karelian Fever” (They Took My Father) to the broader picture of North American Finns who migrated to the USSR.

Sevander, Mayme. Vaeltajat [Wanderers]. Turku [Finland]: Siirtolaisuusinstituutti, 2000.

Stringer, Richard. “From Russia with.. Film.” CSC News [Canadian Society of Cinematographers], April 2003. Discusses the making of the documentary film “Letters from Karelia” about the emigration from Northern Ontario of radical Canadian Finns to Karelia and their fate during the purges.  Focuses on Aate Pitkanen, a Canadian Finn, who survived the purges to be drafted into the Red Army in World War II and sent behind Finnish lines in 1942 as a spy.  He was captured and executed by the Finns.  Letters he wrote while awaiting execution were only recently found and sent to his relatives in Canada.

Takala, Irina. “From the Frying Pan Into the Fire: North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Takala, Irina. “Sud’by Finnov v Karelii [The Fate of the Finns in Karelia].” In Voprosy Istorii Evropeiskogo Severa. Petrozavodsk: Petrozavodskii gosudarstvennyi universitet, 1991.

Takala, Irina. “V Poiskakh El’dorado. Severoamerikanskie Finny v Dovennoi Karelii [In Search of Eldorado. North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” In Voprosy Istorii Evropeiskogo Severa. Petrozavodsk: Petrozavodskii gosudarstvennyi universitet, 1993.

Vihavainen, Timo. “Framing the Finnish Experience in the Soviet Union: Comparing Finnish and North American Finns.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Warkentin, Raija. “Lamentation on Mayme Sevander’s Life.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Warwaruk, Larry. Red Finns on the Coteau. Saskatoon, Sask.: Core Communications, 1984. Discusses the shattering of expectations of the Communist Finns of the Coteau region of the Canadian prairie who migrated to Soviet Karelia in the early 1930s in order to build an egalitarian socialist society.  Many of these Finnish-Canadians were immigrants to Saskatchewan from Finnish-American communities in Michigan, the Dakotas and Washington state.  Builds the story around the family of Arvid Lahti, who died in the Gulag.

Weidenhamer, Emily. “Disillusionment on the Grandest of Scales: Finnish-Americans in the Soviet Union, 1917-1939.” Vestnik, The Journal of Russian and Asian Studies, no. 3 (Winter 2005).

Ylikangas, Mikko. “The Experience of Finnish-North American Writers in Soviet Karelia in the 1930s.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

****************************************************************

 

Karelian Fever Biographical Accounts

 

Joonas Harju

 

Kero, Reino. “The Tragedy of Joonas Harju of Hiilisuo Commune, Soviet Karelia, 1933-1936.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). Hiilisuo was founded in 1930 by Communist and leftist Finnish-Americans.  Harju came to Soviet Karelia from Ohio, bringing with him cattle and modern farming equipment.  Initially Harju was a leader of the collective.  However, in 1935-36 most of the cattle died, “bourgeois nationalist” saboteurs were blamed, and Russians replaced the Finnish-Americans running the collective.  Harju was imprisoned; his subsequent fate is unknown.

****************************************************************

 

Lawrence and Sylvia Hokkanen

 

Hokkanen, Lawrence, Sylvia Hokkanen, and Anita Middleton. Karelia: A Finnish-American Couple in Stalin’s Russia. St. Cloud, MN: North Star Press of St. Cloud, 1991. The Finnish-American Hokkanens emigrated from Michigan to Soviet Karelia in the 1930s.  In 1941, disillusioned, they escaped only to meet distrust in the U.S. from Red Finns who thought they were lying about their Soviet experience and from other Americans who thought them Soviet spies.

****************************************************************

 

Mayme Corgan Sevander

 

Sevander, Mayme. They Took My Father: A Story of Idealism and Betrayal. Assisted by Laurie Hertzel. Duluth, MN: Pfeifer-Hamilton Publishers, 1992. Mayme Corgan Sevander was the American-born daughter of Oscar Corgan, a CPUSA cadre and leader of Finnish-American Communists.  Corgan was one of the leading figures in organizing the emigration from the U.S. of several thousand Finnish-Americans, mostly Communists, to the USSR’s Karelian republic.  Corgan himself joined the exodus, taking his family with him.  In 1937 he was arrested in a phase of Stalin’s terror that targeted those with foreign ties.  Only much latter did the family learn that Oscar Corgan along with hundreds of other Finnish-American Communists had been secretly murdered by Soviet political police.

****************************************************************

 

Kaarlo Tuomi

 

Karni, Michael G. “Kaarlo Tuomi: Man Without a Country - the Tale of a Finnish American Russian Spy.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Tuomi, Kaarlo R., and Sakari Määttänen. Isänmaattoman Tarina Amerikansuomalaisen Vakoojan Muistelmat [The Story of A Man Without a Country: The Memoirs of a Finnish American Spy]. Porvoo, Finland: Söderström, 1984. Reviewed in English by Timo Riippa in Finnish Americana, 8 (1990).  Riippa writes of the autobiography edited for a Finnish audience, “A Finnish American teenager born in Negaunee, Michigan, goes to Soviet Karelia with his step-father, mother, and sister in the 1930s.  He attends school, works in the Karelian forests as a lumberjack, is sent to prison during the Stalinist purges, and serves in the Red Army during WWII.  He is recruited for military counterespionage, trained by the KGB and sent to the US as a spy.  Quickly apprehended by the FBI, he serves as a double agent for five years.  He opts to stay in the US.”

Tuomi, Kaarlo. “The Karelian Fever of the Early 1930’s: A Personal Memoir.” Finnish Americana 3 (1980). Tuomi was sixteen years old when Robert Saastamoinen, his stepfather and a C.P. member, took his family from rural Michigan to Soviet Karelia in 1933.  Tuomi retuned to the U.S. as a Soviet agent after WWII and defected during the Cuban Missile Crisis in 1962.  Describes the initial years of his family’s life in Karelia, his and his stepfather’s work as lumberjacks, and the horror of Stalin’s 1937 Karelian purge.  His stepfather was executed during the purge.

****************************************************************

 

The Winter War

 

Molotov, Vyacheslav Mikhaylovich. Soviet Foreign Policy: The Meaning of the War in Finland. Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library, 1940. Defense of the Soviet attack on Finland published by the CPUSA.

Olson, Keith W. “United States Historians, Cold War Rhetoric, and the Finnish Winter War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Schwartz, Andrew J. America and the Russo-Finnish War. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1960.

****************************************************************

 

Finnish-Communist Biographical Material

 

Aino Kuusinen

 

Day, Peter. “Love in a Cold War Climate.” National Interest 40 (Summer 1995). Discusses the life of Aino Kuusinen, the wife of Otto Kuusinen and Comintern representative in the U.S. in the 1930s who later broke with the movement.  Argues that her memoir is reliable and its dismissal at the hands of Western academics was a combination of incompetence and uncomprehending malice toward ex-Communists.

Kuusinen, Aino. The Rings of Destiny: Inside Soviet Russia from Lenin to Brezhnev. Trans Paul Stevenson. New York: Morrow, 1974. The autobiography of Aino Kuusinen, the ex-wife of the Comintern leader Ottomar Kuusinen, discusses her activity in the United States as a Comintern agent sent to guide the CPUSA’s Finnish Workers Federation in the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Toini Mackie

 

Pruitt, Mary C. “Toini Suojanen Mackie: The Story of a Rank-and-File Finnish Radical.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Treats Mackie, a Communist militant and wife of a Minnesota C.P. leader, as a heroic figure.

****************************************************************

 

Santeri Nuorteva

 

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Turbulent Times: The Last Years of Santeri Nuorteva in America, 1918-1920.” Finnish Americana 3 (1980). Surveys the accurate and inaccurate information regarding Nuorteva in U.S. military intelligence files.  Nuorteva, a prominent Finnish-American radical, was the “ambassador” to the U.S. for the short-lived Red Finland regime of 1918 and then worked for Ludvig C.A.K. Martens’ Soviet Russian Information Bureau in 1919-20.  Nuorteva left in U.S. in 1920 and later became an official of the Soviet Union’s Karelian Republic.

Kostiainen, Auvo. Santeri Nuorteva, Kansainvälinen Suomalainen. Helsinki: SHS, 1983.

****************************************************************

 

K. A. Suvanto

 

Markkanen, Kristiina. “K.A. Suvanto: Political Satirist.” Translated by Timo Riippa. Finnish Americana 9 (1992). Biographical essay on the long-time cartoonist and editor of Punikki, the humor magazine of Finnish-American communism.  Punikki at its height had a circulation of 15,000.  Says Suvanto was pushed out of Punikki in 1936 when he began directing satire at Communist leaders.  Suvanto later published in the social democratic and anti-Communist Raivaaja and some of his best and most savage cartoons deal with the Soviet-Finnish war of 1939-1940. Notes that Suvanto’s turn against communism may be linked to the disappearance of his son, then working in Moscow, during Stalin’s purges.

****************************************************************

 

Oskari Tokoi

 

Tokoi, Oskari. Sisu, “Even Through a Stone Wall”: Autobiography. New York: R. Speller, 1957. Early Finnish Communist leader who later broke with the Soviet Union and came to the United States.

****************************************************************

 

Arvo Tuominen

 

Tuominen, Arvo. The Bells of the Kremlin: An Experience in Communism. Edited by Piltti Heiskanen. Translated by Lily Leino. Hanover: University Press of New England, 1983. Memoir by Finnish Communist leader who broke with Moscow.

****************************************************************

 

John Wiita / Henry Puro

 

Wiita, John. “Unpublished Manuscript Autobiography.” In John Wiita Papers. Immigration History Research Center, University of Minnesota, n.d. By an early Finnish-American Communist leader who left the movement.

Wilson, J. Donald. “The Canadian Sojourn of a Finnish-American Radical.” Canadian Ethnic Studies [Canada] 16, no. 2 (1984). John Wiita, aka Henry Puro was a founder of the Workers’ Party of Canada in 1921-22, which eventually became the Communist Party of Canada. Wiita was also editor of the Finnish socialist newspaper Vapaus [Liberty] from 1919-23, after having left the United States in 1918 to escape the draft. Wiita returned to the United States in 1923. He became a major figure in the Finnish-American Communist movement, but dropped out in 1943 after accumulated disillusionment by the treatment of American and Canadian Finns in Soviet Karelia, the Nazi-Soviet Pact, and the Soviet annexation of Finnish territory in the Winter War.

Wilson, J. Donald. “John Wiita, Finnish-American Radical: The Canadian Years (1919-1923).” Finnish Americana 7 (1986). Biographical essay on Wiita (aka Henry Puro).  Prominent in founding the Workers’ party of Canada (Communist party), he was also one of the most prominent Finnish-American leaders of the American C.P.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and German Americans

 

Hough, Jerry F. “Anglo-Americans and German-Americans: The Domestic Politics of the Cold War.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 200.

Nadel, Stan. “The German Immigrant Left in the United States.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Poore, Carol. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Germans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Schöpp, Josef C. “The U.S. and the German Left in Exile.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Poor, Persecuted Stalinists!” Weekly Standard, 19 February 2001. Essay-review critical of Stephan’s Communazis.

Shore, Elliott, Ken Fones-Wolf, and James Philip Danky, eds. The German-American Radical Press: The Shaping of a Left Political Culture, 1850-1940. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992.

Stephan, Alexander. “Communazis”: FBI Surveillance of German Emigré Writers. Translated by Jan van Heurck. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000.  Outraged and judges it an act of fascistic oppression that the FBI monitored the activities of German nationals in the U.S. during WWII who claimed to be intellectuals and anti-Nazi.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Greek Americans

 

Georgakas, Dan. “The Greeks in America.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 14, no. 1&2 (Spring-Summer 1987). Contains extensive material on Greek-American Communists and Trotskyists and a 1944 OSS report (edited by Georgakas) on the Greek Left.

Georgakas, Dan. “Demosthenes Nicas: Labor Radical.” In New Directions in Greek American Studies, edited by Dan Georgakas and Charles C. Moskos. New York: Pella Pub. Co., 1991. Reviews activities of Greeks in the American C.P. from 1919-1953.  Emphasis on trade union, Communist press, and relations with Greek liberals. 

Georgakas, Dan. “Greek-American Radicalism: The Twentieth Century.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 20, no. 1 (1994).

Georgakas, Dan. “Greek-American Radicalism: The Twentieth Century.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Karpozilos, Kostis. “Pre-Communist Greek Immigrant Radicalism in the United States.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 30, no. 2 (2004).

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Hungarian Americans

 

Adlgasser, Franz. “American Anticommunism in the Making: The Case of Hungary 1919.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Congdon, Lee. Seeing Red: Hungarian Intellectuals in Exile and the Challenge of Communism. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 2001.

Fai-Podlipnik, Judith. “One Goal, Many Paths: Internal and External Struggles of the Hungarian Émigrés.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009

Frank, Tibor. “Hungarian Emigration between the Wars: The U.S. Perspective.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Pronay, Nicholas. “The Budapest Connection: Seeing Red -- Hungarian Intellectuals in Exile and the Challenge of Communism.” American Communist History 1, no. 2 (December 2002). Essay-review.

Sakmyster, Thomas L. “A Communist Newspaper for Hungarian-Americans: The Strange World of the Uj Elore.” Hungarian Studies Review [Canada] 32, no. 1-2 (2005).

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Irish Americans

 

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “The Green and the Red Unblending: The National Association for Irish Freedom, 1972-1975.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 3, no. 2 (1975). Discusses the split  between communist and noncommunist factions of the American “National Association for Irish Freedom” formed in 1972.

O’Connor, Emmet. “James Larkin in the United States, 1914-23.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 37, no. 2 (2002). Larkin assisted in founding the American Communist movement.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Italian Americans

 

Bencivenni, Marcella. “Italian American Radicalism in New York City.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

Buhle, Paul. “Italian-American Radicals and Labor in Rhode Island, 1905-1930.” Radical History Review, no. 17 (Spring 1978). Notes some Communist activity among Italian-Americans in the early 1920s.

Cannistraro, Philip V. “Luigi Antonini and the Italian Anti-Fascist Movement in the United States, 1940-1943.” Journal of American Ethnic History 5, no. 1 (1985). On the leading role of Antonini, an anti-Communist, social democratic labor leader with strong New Deal ties.

Cannistraro, Philip V., and Gerald Meyer, eds. The Lost World of Italian American Radicalism: Politics, Labor, and Culture. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003.

Catino, Martin Scott. “Mussolini’s March on America: Italian Americans and the Fascist Experience, 1922--1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern Mississippi, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Italian-American Affairs. New York: New York State Italian Committee of the Communist Party of the United States of America?, 194u. Journal, 1940s.

Diggins, John P. “The Italo-American Antifascist Opposition.” Journal of American History 54, no. 3 (1967).

Goodman, Madeline Jane. “The Evolution of Ethnicity: Fascism and Anti-Fascism in the Italian-American Community, 1914-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.

Gotshal, Sylvan, and Halsey Munson. “Letters to Italy---a Reconsideration: The ‘Stop Communism’ Campaign.” Common Ground [New York] 9, no. 1 (1949).

Killinger, Charles. “Fighting Fascism from the Valley: Italian Intellectuals in the United States.” In The Dispossessed: An Anatomy of Exile, edited by Peter Isaac Rose. Amherst, MA, Northampton, MA: University of Massachusetts Press in association with the Kahn Liberal Arts Institute, Smith College, 2005.

Luconi, Stefano. “Anticommunism, Americanization, and Ethnic Identity: Italian Americans and the 1948 Parliamentary Elections in Italy.” Historian 62, no. 2 (2000). On the Italian-American campaign to get relatives in Italy to support non-Communist parties in the 1948 Italian election.

Mansueto, Anthony E., Jr. “Blessed Are the Meek, For They Shall Inherit the Earth: Popular Religion and Political Consciousness in the Italian American Community.” Ph.D. diss. Graduate Theological Union, 1985. Argues that the real basis for the emergence of a mass socialist movement lies in popular communal institutions and their democratic and religious traditions.  Finds that the Communist Party’s understanding of Marxism caused it to ignore this potential and liquidate its language federations.

Meyer, Gerald. “L’Unitá del Popolo: The Voice of Italian American Communism, 1939-1951.” Italian American Review, Spring/Summer 2001, 121-56. Argues that through L’Unitá the CPUSA had and hitherto unacknowledged extensive influence among first- and second-generation Italian Americans and that L’Unitá evidenced considerable independence from party control in its editorial policy.

Meyer, Gerald. “Italian-Americans and the American Communist Party.” In The Lost World of Italian American Radicalism: Politics, Labor, and Culture, edited by Philip V. Cannistraro and Gerald Meyer. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003.

Mishler, Paul C., and William Mello. “The Lost World of Italian-American Radicalism: Labor, Politics, and Culture.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 53 (1998). Reports on the conference, “The Lost World of Italian-American Radicalism,” held on 14-15 May 1997 in New York City.

Nazzaro, Pellegrino, ed. and trans. “The Manifesto of the North American Anti-Fascist Alliance, New York, August 26, 1926.” Labor History 13, no. 3 (1972). The manifesto was signed by  Communists, Socialists, Social Democrats, and Republican Italians in exile.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “Ethnicity and Working Class Internationalization: Italian-American Radicals in the Interwar.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “Italian-American Antifascist Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Switzerland, 1997.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “‘If Fascism Comes to America We Will Push It Back Into the Ocean’: Italian American Antifascism in the 1920s and 1930s.” In Italian Workers of the World: Labor Migration and the Formation of Multiethnic States, edited by Donna R. Gabaccia and Fraser M. Ottanelli. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001.

Robbins, Richard. “Letters to Italy---a Reconsideration: The ‘Stop Communism’ Campaign.” Common Ground [New York] 10, no. 1 (1949).

Schwartz, Stephen. “Carmelo Zito (1899-1981): Remembering an Italian Labor Journalist.” Ralph [Northern California Newspaper Guild], July 1997. Zito was a prominent supporter among Italian immigrants of the Italians fighting for the Spanish Republic.

Topp, Michael. “The Italian-American Left: Transnationalism and the Quest for Unity.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Topp, Michael Miller. Those Without a Country: The Political Culture of Italian American Syndicalists. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2001.

Vecoli, Rudolph J. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Italians.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Venturini, Nadia. “African-American Riots During World War II: Reactions in the Italian-American Communist Press.” Proceedings of the American Italian Historical Association 1999 30 (1999). Praises Communist antiracism; says L’Unita del Popolo blamed working-class racism for the 1944 Detroit riots.

Wall, Wendy L. “America’s ‘Best Propagandists’: Italian Americans and the 1948 ‘Letters to Italy’ Campaign.” In Cold War Constructions: The Political Culture of United States Imperialism, 1945-1966, edited by Christian G. Appy. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and American Jews

 

Abrams, Nathan. “Celebrating Freedom: American Judaism and the Cold War.” In In New Voices in Jewish Thought: Vol. III, edited by Alex Gordon. New Voices Publications, 2000.

Bendersky, Joseph W. The “Jewish Threat:” Anti-Semitic Politics of the U.S. Army. New York: Basic Books, 2000.

Bloom, Solomon F. “Karl Marx and the Jews.” In A Liberal in Two Worlds: The Essays of Solomon F. Bloom., edited by Samuel Justin Hurwitz and Moses Rischin. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1968.

Braham, Randolph L. Jews in the Communist World: A Bibliography, 1945-1962. New York: Pro Arte Pub., 1963.

Buhle, Paul. “Jews and American Communism: The Cultural Question.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). Argues that the culture of those Jews who immigrated to the U.S. provided a basis for the emergence of a significant Communist Jewish minority.

Buhle, Paul. “Themes in American Jewish Radicalism.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Callinicos, Alex. “Plumbing the Depths: Marxism and the Holocaust.” Yale Journal of Criticism 14, no. 2 (2001).

Cohen, Naomi Wiener. Not Free to Desist: The American Jewish Committee, 1906-1966. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1972. History of a major anti-Fascist and anti-Stalinist organization.

Cohn, Werner. “Sources of American Jewish Liberalism: A Study of the Political Alignments of American Jews.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1956. Gives considerable attention to the relationship of Jews with communism.

Diaspora, Ethnicity and Dreams of Nationhood. Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish]. Edited by G. Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Epstein, Melech. The Jew and Communism: The Story of Early Communist Victories and Ultimate Defeats in the Jewish Community, U. S. A., 1919-1941. New York: Trade Union Sponsoring Committee, 1959.

Estraikh, Gennady, and Mikhail Krutikov, eds. Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish]. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “Communism as Jewish Radical Subculture: The Los Angeles Experience.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Goldstein, Jacob, ed. Jewish Socialists in the United States the Cahan Debate, 1925-1926. Brighton [England] Portland, OR: Sussex Academic Press, 1998. Includes, in English translation, the relevant telegrams and articles by Abraham Cahan which appeared in the Forward, as well as those by other participants in the debate.

Horowitz, David. “The Fate of the Jews and the Radical Left.” This World 26 (Summer 1989): 18-33. Discusses the history of the attraction of Communism to a segment of Jews, locates it in the gnostic illusions of deracinated “non-Jewish Jews.”

Horwitz, Morton J. “Jews and McCarthyism: A View from the Bronx.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Howe, Irving, and Kenneth Libo. World of Our Fathers. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976. Description of the world of East European Jewish immigrants.  Notes the attractions of radicalism and communism to a segment.

Jacobson, Marion S. “From Communism to Yiddishism: The Reinvention of the Jewish People’s Philharmonic Chorus of New York City.” In Chorus and Community, edited by Karen Ahlquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006.

Jewish War Veterans of the United States. The Communist: How to Recognize and Fight Him, a Forum. Pamphlet. [New York], 1952.

Kann, Kenneth. Comrades and Chicken Ranchers: The Story of a California Jewish Community. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1993. Discusses the Jewish Radical and Communist community in Petaluma.  Notes conflict between Communists and others in the community.

Katz, Dovid. “Proletpen and American Yiddish Poetry: How the Left Was Excluded from the Yiddish Canon.” Jewish Currents, December 2006.

Lelyveld, Joseph. Omaha Blues: A Memory Loop. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2005. Part memoir and part family history by a New York Times editor and son of a prominent rabbi in which Benjamin Goldstein/Benjamin Lowell, Arthur Zipser, and other Communists play a role along with Scottsboro, McCarthyism, and Hollywood.

Leviatin, David. “The Followers of the Trail.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1988.

Leviatin, David. Followers of the Trail: Jewish Working-Class Radicals in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1989. Based largely on interviews with veterans of left-wing Jewish summer camps such as Camp Followers of the Trail, located in Peekskill, New York,

Liebman, Arthur. “The Ties That Bind: The Jewish Support for the Left in the United States.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 55 (December 1976).

Liebman, Arthur. Jews and the Left. New York: Wiley, 1979. Discusses Jews and the Communist party.

Mendelsohn, Ezra, ed. Essential Papers on Jews and the Left. New York: New York University Press, 1997.

Mendelsohn, Ezra. “Communism and Jewish Culture.” In Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20], edited by Jonathan Frankel and Dan Diner. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Michels, Tony. “Socialism with a Jewish Face: The Origins of the Yiddish Speaking Communist Movement in the United States, 1907-1923.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Michels, Tony E. “Socialist Politics and the Making of Yiddish Culture in New York City, 1890-1923.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1998.

Michels, Tony. A Fire in Their Hearts: Yiddish Socialists in New York. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2005.

Muller, Jerry Z. “Communism, Anti-Semitism & the Jews.” Commentary 82, no. 2 (August 1988). Maintains that America did not follow the Eastern European pattern where “the Trotskys make the revolutions, and the Bronsteins pay the bills.”

Naftaly, Phillip R. “Jewish Chicken Farmers in the Egg Basket of the World: The Creation of Cultural Identity in Petaluma, California, 1904-1954.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1999.

National Council of Jewish Communists. Jewish Voice. New York: National Council of Jewish Communists, 1941. Journal

Reiter, Ester. “Secular Yiddishhait: Left Politics, Culture, and Community.” Labour / Le Travail 49 (Spring 2002): 121-46.

Rothstein, Edward. “Broken Vessel: Tales from the American Jewish Left.” New Republic, 6 March 1989. Report on a 1988 conference sponsored by Tikkun magazine on reconstituting the left tradition of American Jewish intellectuals.

Rubinstein, W. D. The Left, the Right and the Jews. London, U.K.: Croom Helm, 1982.

Schappes, Morris U. The Jewish Question and the Left: Old and New. Jewish Currents, 1970. Jewish Currents Reprints.

Shapiro, Edward S. “Jewish Socialism in the United States.” In Clio from the Right: Essays of a Conservative Historian. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1983. Discusses the decline of Jewish socialism.

Shechner, Mark. After the Revolution: Studies in the Contemporary Jewish American Imagination. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1987. On Jewish writers and the failure of communism.

Sigal, Clancy. “Hollywood During the Great Fear.” Present Tense 9, no. 3 (1982). Sees Hollywood Jews as special victims of anticommunism.

Snyder, Robert. “The Paterson Jewish Folk Chorus: Politics, Ethnicity and Musical Culture.” American Jewish History 74, no. 1 (September 1984). The Chorus began as the C.P.-aligned, Yiddish-language Freiheit Gesang Ferein in 1923.  In the late 20s and 30s the highlight of the year was a performance with similar choruses at Carnegie Hall of “Twelve,” an oratorio celebrating the Bolshevik Revolution.  Other choral arrangements lauded the class struggle or attacked organized religion.  Under the Popular Front the Chorus changed its name and added English songs to its repertory.  In the 1950s the Chorus drifted away from the C.P. and placed greater emphasis on its Jewish identity.  It disbanded in 1975.

Sorin, Gerald. The Prophetic Minority: American Jewish Immigrant Radicals, 1880-1920. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1985.

Strauss, Lauren B. “Painting the Town Red: Jewish Visual Artists, Yiddish Culture, and Progressive Politics in New York, 1917–1939.” Ph.D. diss. Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 2004.

Szajkowski, Zosa. “A Note on the American-Jewish Struggle Against Nazism and Communism in the 1930’s.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 59, no. 3 (1970). Discusses the problems created for spokesman for American Jewry by the Nazi tactic of couching anti-Jewish propaganda in anti-Communist rhetoric.

Szajkowski, Zosa. The Attitude of American Jews to World War I the Russian Revolutions of 1917, and Communism (1914-1945). Vol. 1 of Jews, Wars, and Communism. New York: Ktav Pub. House, 1972. Heavily documented survey.

Szajkowski, Zosa. The Impact of the 1919-20 Red Scare on American Jewish Life. Vol. 2 of Jews, Wars, and Communism. New York: Ktav Pub. House, 1974. Heavily documented survey.

Weingarten, Aviva. Jewish Organizations’ Response to Communism and to Senator McCarthy. London, UK; Portland, OR: Vallentine Mitchell; In association with the European Jewish Publication Society, 2008.

Weyl, Nathaniel. The Jew in American Politics. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1968.

Wistrich, Robert S. Revolutionary Jews from Marx to Trotsky. New York: Barnes & Noble Books, 1976.

Wolfe, Robert. Remember to Dream: A History of Jewish Radicalism. New York: Jewish Radical Education Project, 1994.

Zucker, Bat-Ami. “American Jewish Communists and Jewish Culture in the 1930’s.” Modern Judaism 14, no. 2 (1994). Notes that in the early 1930s  Jewish Communists negated any expression of national character but when the party line changed in 1935 to develop a united anti-Fascist front, however, the use of Yiddish was encouraged.

Zydzi a Lewica. Zbiór Studiów Historycznych [The Jews and the Left. The Collection of Historical Studies]. Warsaw, Poland: Jewish Historical Institute in Warsaw, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

Jewish Writers, Jewish Intellectuals, and Communism

 

Aaron, Daniel. “Some Reflections on Communism and the Jewish Writer.” Salmagundi 1 (1965).

Abrams, Nathan. “A Profoundly Hegemonic Moment: De-Mythologizing the Cold War New York Jewish Intellectuals.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 21, no. 3 (Spring 2003).

Berman, Paul. “East Side Story: Mike Gold, the Communists and the Jews.” Radical America 17, no. 4 (July/August 1983). Treats Gold as a representative figure of a generation of Jewish radicals.

Glazer, Nathan. “Jewish Intellectuals.” Partisan Review 51-52, no. 4-1 (1984). On Jewish intellectuals’ attraction of communism and socialism and their contribution to literary modernism. Notes that although many Jewish intellectuals contributed to the Partisan Review, the journal had little to say about Jewishness or Judaism.

Guttmann, Allen. “Jewish Radicals, Jewish Writers.” American Scholar 32 (1963).

Harris, Harold J. “After the Revolution: A Review Essay.” Modern Judaism 8, no. 2 (1988). On Jewish writers and the failure of communism.

Katz, Dovid. “Proletpen and American Yiddish Poetry: How the Left Was Excluded from the Yiddish Canon.” Jewish Currents, December 2006.

Kessner, Carole S., ed. The “Other” New York Jewish Intellectuals. New York: New York University Press, 1994. Introduction / Carole S. Kessner -- 1. Hayim Greenberg, Jewish Intellectual / Robert M. Seltzer -- 2. Marie Syrkin: An Exemplary Life / Carole S. Kessner -- 3. Ben Halpern: "At Home in Exile" / Arthur A. Goren -- 4. Trude Weiss-Rosmarin and the Jewish Spectator / Deborah Dash Moore -- 5. Morris Raphael Cohen / Milton R. Konvitz -- 6. Horace M. Kallen / Milton R. Konvitz -- 7. Ludwig Lewisohn: A Life in Zionism / Stanley F. Chyet -- 8. Henry Hurwitz: Editor, Gadfly, Dreamer / Ira Eisenstein -- 9. "Not the Recovery of a Grave, but of a Cradle": The Zionist Life of Marvin Lowenthal / Susanne Klingenstein -- 10. The Education of Maurice Samuel / Emanuel S. Goldsmith -- 11. Charles Reznikoff / Milton Hindus -- 12. A. M. Klein: The Intellectual As a True Ohev Israel / Rachel Feldhay Brenner -- 13. Mordecai M. Kaplan / Jack J. Cohen -- 14. Milton Steinberg / Simon Noveck -- 15. Will Herberg / David Dalin.

King, Richard H. “Up From Radicalism.” American Jewish History 75, no. 1 (September 1985). Survey of the intellectual journey of many Jewish intellectuals from Left to Center or Right.  Examines the memoirs and writings of Irving Kristol, William Barrett, Irving Howe, William Phillips, and others.

Pratt, Norma Fain. “Culture and Radical Politics: Yiddish Women Writers, 1890-1940.” American Jewish History 70 (September 1980).

Rosenberg, Bernard, and Ernest Goldstein. Creators and Disturbers: Reminiscences by Jewish Intellectuals of New York. New York: Columbia University Press, 1982. Contains essays on New York intellectuals and their politics such as Henry Pachter’s “The Radical Emigre in the Metropolis” and Hans  Morganthau’s “The Tragedy of the German Jewish Intellectuals.”

Wald, Alan M. “The Menorah Group Moves Left.” Jewish Social Studies 38, no. 3-4 (1976). Discusses the activities of Jewish intellectuals associated with The Menorah Journal in the 1920s.  This group (Elliot Cohen, Lionel Trilling, Herbert Solow, and George Novack) became closely associated with the Communist party through the National Committee for the Defense of Political Prisoners.  By the latter part of the 1930s most had broken with the Communist party and moved toward Trotskyism or other positions.

Wald, Alan M. “From Cultural Pluralism to Revolutionary Internationalism: Jewish Identity and the New York Intellectuals in the Early 1930s.” Jewish Socialist Critique 3 (Spring-Summer 1980).

Wald, Alan. “Between Insularity and Internationalism: The Lost World of Jewish-American Communist Cultural Workers in the Mid-20th Century.” In Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20], edited by Jonathan Frankel and Dan Diner. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Wald, Alan. “Jewish American Writers on the Left.” In The Cambridge Companion to Jewish American Literature, edited by Hana Wirth-Nesher and Michael P. Kramer. Cambridge, U.K. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2003.

Zucker, Bat-Ami. “Radical Jewish Intellectuals and the New Deal.” In Bar-Ilan Studies in History, edited by Pinhas Artzi. Ramat-Gan, Israel: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1978. Advances the view that Jewish radicals in the 1930s were largely second generation Jews facing an alienation crisis because of their transition from poverty to prosperity.  Roosevelt’s New Deal, however, reconciled many radicals to American society.

****************************************************************

 

Jewish Radicals and the American Labor Movement

 

Berman, Hyman. “A Cursory View of the Jewish Labor Movement: An Historiographical Survey.” Proceedings of the American Jewish Historical Society 52 (1962-63).

Berman, Hyman. “Jewish Labor Movement.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 52 (1962).

Epstein, Melech. Jewish Labor in U.S.A.: An Industrial, Political and Cultural History of the Jewish Labor Movement [Vol II, 1914-1952]. New York: Trade Union Sponsoring Committee, 1950. discusses the Communist party role in the needle trades unions.  Written by the former editor of the Jewish Communist journal Freiheit who left the Communist party after the Hitler-Stalin Pact.

Lebowitz, Arieh. “Jews and the Trade Union Movements in the UK and US: Select Bibliographical Sources.” In Jews, Labour and the Left, 1918-48, edited by Christine Collette and Stephen Bird. Aldershot, [England] Burlington, VT: Ashgate, 2000.

Prudson, David. “Communism and the Jewish Labor Movement in the USA, 1919-1929.” Ph.D. diss. Tel Aviv University, 1982.

Ruchames, Louis. “Jewish Radicalism in the U.S.” In The Ghetto and Beyond Essays on Jewish Life in America., edited by Peter Isaac Rose. New York: Random House, 1969.

Shuldiner, David P. “Of Moses and Marx: Folk Ideology Within the Jewish Labor Movement in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1984. Discusses the syncretic class/ethnic world view of immigrant Jewish labor and political activists; based on oral history interviews.

Shuldiner, David Philip. Of Moses and Marx: Folk Ideology and Folk History in the Jewish Labor Movement. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Jewish Labor Committee

 

Berlin, George. “The Anti-Nazi Activities of the Jewish Labor Committee in the 1930s.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1966.

Collomp, Catherine. “American Labor Unions and International Solidarity: The Jewish Labor Committee’s Antifascist Work, 1934-1945.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Malmgreen, Gail. “Labor and the Holocaust: The Jewish Labor Committee and the Anti-Nazi Struggle.” Labor’s Heritage 3, no. 4 (October 1991).

Malmgreen, Gail. “Comrades and Kinsmen: The Jewish-Labor Committee and Anti-Nazi Activity, 1939-41.” In Jews, Labour and the Left, 1918-48, edited by Christine Collette and Stephen Bird. Aldershot, [England] Burlington, VT: Ashgate, 2000.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “American Jewish Labor and Aid to Polish Jews during the Holocaust.” Paper presented at conference of the United States Holocaust Memorial Council, March 1987. Washington, DC.

****************************************************************

 

Jews in the Soviet Union, Left Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism

 

Aptheker, Herbert. The Fraud of “Soviet Anti-Semitism.” Pamphlet. Sydney: Current Book Distributors, 1963. Leading American Communist historian argues that no anti-Semitism exists in the USSR.

Beinin, Joel. Was the Red Flag Flying There? Marxist Politics and the Arab-Israeli Conflict in Egypt and Israel, 1948-1965. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990.

Blatman, Daniel. For Our Freedom and Yours: The Jewish Labour Bund in Poland 1939-1949. Translated by Naftali Greenwood. London Portland, OR: Vallentine Mitchell, 2003. Discusses the Erlich-Alter Affair and exile politics.

Brent, Jonathan, and Vladimir Pavlovich Naumov. Stalin’s Last Crime: The Plot Against the Jewish Doctors, 1948-1953. New York: HarperCollins, 2003. Notes the sinister depiction by Stalin’s agents of the 1943 visit to the U.S. by actor Solomon Michoels and poet Itzhak Feffer, representatives of the USSR’s Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, a visit in part arranged and hosted by pro-Soviet groups.

Cohn, Werner. “From Victim to Shylock and Oppressor: The New Image of the Jew in the Trotskyist Movement.” Journal of Communist Studies 7, no. 1 (March 1991): 45-67. Says that after the 1967 Arab-Israeli war Trotskyists sharply revised their traditional attitude toward Israel.  Discusses the reprinting by American Trotskyists of Abram Leon’s  The Jewish Question: A Marxist Interpretation that sees Jews as a people defined in history by their economic-social role as unproductive parasitic middlemen and usurers and which rejects as a  “‘vulgar error’” the theory that Jews were forced into this role by circumstances.  Discusses the shift from a neutral to a extreme anti-Israeli stance of Tony Cliff [Ygael Gluckstein] who in 1930s wrote for American Trotskyist journals as a member of illegal Trotskyist group in Palestine under the name L. Rock.  Cliff in 1946 emigrated to the U.K. is today the leading figure in the U.K.’s Socialist Workers’ party.  Judges that Jewish membership in the American Trotskyist movement was high from the 1930s to the mid-1960s and dropped precipitously thereafter.

Cohn, Werner. The Hidden Alliances of Noam Chomsky. New York, N.Y. (114 E. 28 St., New York 10016): Americans for a Safe Israel, 1988. Discusses Chomsky’s links with the French left-wing anti-Semitic group La Vielle Taupe, a distance derivative of the “Council Communism” of oppositionist German Communists of the 1920s, has become the publishing outlet for Robert Faurisson, a leading French Holocaust revisionist.

Cohn, Werner. Partners in Hate: Noam Chomsky and the Holocaust Deniers. Cambridge, MA: Avukah Press, 1995.

Dobroszycki, Lucian. “Last Hours of Erlich Emerge in Red Files.” Forward, 11 December 1992. Says the statement of Soviet Ambassador Litvinov to William Green of the AFL and Wendell Willkie in February 1943 that Henryk Erlich and Victor Alter of the Polish Jewish Bund had been executed in December. 1941 was false.  Says files on Erlich and Alter obtained from the Russian government by Dobroszycki and Erlich’s son show that Erlich committed suicide while in prison on May 14, 1942 while Alter was executed on February 17, 1943.  Quotes the NKVD report on Alter’s execution.

Farsoun, Karen, Samih Farsoun, and Alex Ajay. “Mid-East Perspectives from the American Left.” Journal of Palestine Studies [Lebanon] 4, no. 1 (1974). Recounts the shift of the Communist party and other American Leftist groups from a pro-Israeli to a pro-Arab position after the Six-Day War.

Fisher, Marc. “E. Germany Ran Antisemitic Campaign in West in ‘60s.” Washington Post, 28 February 1993. On German historian Michael Wolffsohn’s finding of extensive files in the archives of the GDR Statsi and SED politburo on an elaborate campaign in the 1950s and 1960s to secretly promote anti-Semitic and neo-Nazi activities in the West and then organize Western leftists, Jews and others to protest the resurgence of Nazism and anti-Semitism in the West.

Foster, Arnold. “American Radicals and Israel.” In The Left Against Zion: Communism, Israel, and the Middle East, edited by Robert S. Wistrich. Totowa, NJ:, distr. by Biblio Distribution Center, 1979.

Frankel, Jonathan, and Dan Diner, eds. Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004. Papers contributed to a symposium held at the Simon-Dubnow-Institut für Jüdische Geschichte und Kultur, Nov. 200.  Essays in the volume include: Mordecai Altshuler, “Stalin and the Jews, 1928-1953”; Istvan Deak, “Jews and Communism during the Stalinist and post-Stalinist Years in Hungary”; Gennady Estraikh, “The Yiddish Language Communist Press”; Jan Tomas Gross, “Communism and Antisemitism in Poland 1944-1949”; Karin Hartewig, “Klaus Gysi: “I’m a Hopeless German”: Communists in the GDR”; Jason Heppell, “Jews and Communists in Britain”; Walter Laqueur, “North African Jewish Communists: A Note”; Ezra Mendelsohn, “Communism and Jewish Culture”; Paul Mendes-Flohr, “Ernst Bloch: A Case Study of Communism and the Jewish Intellectual as Ideologist”; Renee Poznanski, “Communists, the Jews and France, 1939-1945”; Jaff Schatz, “Jews and the Communist Movement in Interwar Poland”; Jeffrey Veidlinger, “Yiddish Theater as a Cultural Political Phenomenon in the USSR”; Alan Wald, “Between Insularity and Internationalism: The Lost World of Jewish-American Communist Cultural Workers in the mid-20th Century.”

Isserman, Maurice. “The Erlich-Alter Case and the Solidarity Movement.” Dissent, Spring 1982.

Isserman, Maurice. “Closing the File on Erlich and Alter.” Dissent, Spring 1993.

Johnpoll, Bernard K. The Politics of Futility: The General Jewish Workers Bund of Poland, 1917-1943. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1967. On the Ogólny Zydowski Zwiazek Robotniczy “Bund” w Polsce.  Many Bundists came to the U.S. and has a measure of influence in the anti-Stalinist left.

Knee, Stuart E. “Jewish Socialists in America: The Debate on Zionism.” Wiener Library Bulletin [U.K.] 28, no. 33/34 (1975). Discusses the anti-Zionist views of the American Communists in the 1930’s against the background of international developments and Comintern directives.

Kostyrchenko, Gennadi. Out of the Red Shadow: Anti-Semitism in Stalin’s Russia: From the Secret Archives of the Soviet Union. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 1995. Discusses how the contacts between the Soviet Joint Antifascist Committee and the American Jewish Council for Russian War Relief, the American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, and such individuals as Ben Zion Goldberg were made into the basis for the Soviet anti-Semitic purge of the late 1940s and early 1950s by Stalin’s political police.

Liebman, Arthur. “Anti-Semitism in the Left?” In Anti-Semitism in American History, edited by David A. Gerber. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1986.

Maurer, Marvin. “Quakers and Communists: Vietnam and Israel.” Midstream 25, no. 9 (1979). Compares the campaign of Communists, Quakers, and others to undermine American support of Israel in the 1970s, with a similar effort regarding South Vietnam in the 1960s.

Melman, Yossi, and Dan Raviv. Friends Indeed: Inside the U.S.-Israel Alliance. New York: Hyperion, 1994. Says that the text of Khrushchev’s secret speech on Stalin’s crimes was given to the U.S. by Israel as evidence of Israel’s reliability as an ally.  Israel’s General Security Services (Shin Bet) received the text from Victor Grayevski, a Polish journalist and Communist who had secretly become a Zionist.

Ogólny Zydowski Zwiazek Robotniczy “Bund” w Polsce. The Case of Henryk Erlich and Victor Alter. With a foreword by Camille Huysmans. New York: The American Representation of General Jewish Workers Union of Poland, 1943. Discusses the campaign by various labor, liberal and social democratic figures to free or find out the fate of Alter and Erlich.

Redlich, Shimon. “The Jews Under Soviet Rule During World War II.” Ph.D. Thesis. New York University, 1968.

Schulman, Jason. “The Life and Death of Socialist Zionism.” New Politics 9, no. 3 (2003).

Soyer, Daniel. “Abraham Cahan’s Travels in Jewish Homelands: Palestine in 1925 and the Soviet Union in 1927.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Soyer, Daniel. “Back to the Future: American Jews Visit the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s.” Jewish Social Studies 6, no. 3 (Spring-Summer 2000).

Soyer, Daniel. “Soviet Travel and the Making of an American Jewish Communist: Moissaye Olgin’s Trip to Russia in 1920-1921.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005).

Vaksberg, Arkadii. Stalin Against the Jews. New York: Knopf, 1994.

Wisse, Ruth R. “What My Father Knew.” Commentary 99, no. 4 (Summer 1995). On the reaction in the 1950s of the Montreal United Jewish People’s Order to the news of Stalin’s execution of Solomon Mikhoels and Itsik Feffer, “to keep the face of Communism smiling, the organization now adopted the kind cultural programming that had characterized the Poplar Front of the 1930s....  [M]y Communist friends organized songfests, hootenannies, and festivals of youth, where by joining your voice to tens of hundreds of others you were invited to step into the great Brotherhood of Man.”

****************************************************************

 

Joint Distribution Committee

 

Bauer, Yehuda. My Brother’s Keeper; a History of the American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, 1929-1939. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1974.

Dekel-Chen, Jonathan L. Farming the Red Land: Jewish Agricultural Colonization and Local Soviet Power, 1924-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.

Kagedan, Allan L. “American Jews and the Soviet Experiment: The Agro-Joint Project, 1924-1937.” Jewish Social Studies 43, no. 2 (1981).

Rosenthal, Jerome C. “Dealing with the Devil: Louis Marshall and the Partnership Between the Joint Distribution Committee and Soviet Russia.” American Jewish Archives 39 (April 1987). Discusses Marshall’s role in an American financed resettlement of Russian Jews displaced by the Bolshevik revolution on agricultural projects in the Soviet Union.  By 1929, about 125,000 Jews were resettled at a cost of $16 million.  The settlement program was ended by Stalin’s industrialization program that drew displaced Jews into the new industrial cities and restructured Soviet agriculture along collectivist lines, by Soviet Jewish Communists who had disliked the project from the beginning, and by the drying up of American aid due to the Depression.  The USSR repaid a significant part of the funds.

Szajkowski, Zosa. “Concord and Discord in the American Jewish Overseas Relief, 1914-1924.” YIVO Annual of Jewish Social Science 14 (1969)

****************************************************************

 

Jewish Antifascist Committee

 

Altshuler, Mordecai. “The Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee in the USSR in Light of New Documentation.” In Ostjuden in Central and Western Europe [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 1], edited by Jonathan Frankel. Bloomington, Ind.: Published for the Institute of Contemporary Jewry of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem by Indiana University Press, 1984. The Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee was established in 1942 as a tool to spread propaganda for the Soviet regime, particularly in the West. However, as the only representative Jewish body permitted to function in the USSR, it also served as an address for the problems of Soviet Jewry, including complaints of anti-Semitism. The Committee was disbanded in 1948; most of its members were executed in 1952 by order of Stalin.

Lustiger, Arno. Stalin and the Jews: The Red Book: The Tragedy of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee and the Soviet Jews. New York: Enigma Books, 2003. Translation from German of Rotbuch: Stalin und die Juden: die tragische Geschichte des Jüdischen Antifaschistischen Komitees und der sowjetischen Juden (1998).

Redlich, Shimon. Propaganda and Nationalism in Wartime Russia: The Jewish Antifascist Committee in the USSR, 1941-1948. [Boulder, CO]: East European Quarterly, 1982.

Redlich, Shimon. War, Holocaust and Stalinism: A Documented Study of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee in the USSR. compiled by I. Altman. Australia: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1995.

Rubenstein, Joshua, and Vladimir Pavlovich Naumov. Stalin’s Secret Pogrom: The Postwar Inquisition of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee. New Haven: Yale University Press in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, 2001. The KGB treated links to American Jewish anti-fascists, some close or in the CPUSA, as evidence of betrayal of Soviet power.

****************************************************************

 

ICOR, Birobidzhan, and the American Committee for the Settlement of Jews in Birobidzhan

 

Srebrnik, Henry. “An Idiosyncratic Fellow-Traveller: Vilhjalmur Stefansson and the American Committee for the Settlement of Jews in Birobidzhan.” East European Jewish Affairs 28, no. 1 (1998).

Srebrnik, Henry. “Leadership and Control Within an American Jewish Communist Front: The Case of the ICOR.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 16, no. 3 (1998).

Srebrnik, Henry. “Diaspora, Ethnicity and Dreams of Nationhood: North American Jewish Communists and the Soviet Birobidzhan Project.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Srebrnik, Henry. Jerusalem on the Amur: Birobidzhan and the Canadian Jewish Communist Movement, 1924-1951. Montreal and Kingston, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 2008.

Weinberg, Robert. Stalin’s Forgotten Zion, Birobidzhan and the Making of a Soviet Jewish Homeland: An Illustrated History, 1928-1996. Berkeley: University of California Press & Judah L. Magnas Museum, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

American Jewish and Finnish Communists

 

Mishler, Paul. “Finns, Jews and Reds: Ethnic Variation in Communist Political Culture During the 1920s and 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990. Finnish immigrants were almost entirely working-class and faced employers who were non-Finnish; Finnish ethnicity came to have a class definition, and socialism became an expression of Finnish ethnicity.  Finnish “Hall Socialism” embodied Finnish ethnicity and Red Finns fiercely resisted C.P. attempts to integrate Finnish enclaves into the broader Communist movement.  Due to the major Finnish ethnicity/language component of Finnish radicalism, the American-born and English-speaking successor generations tended to put aside political radicalism along with Finnish language and culture.  In contrast, Jewish radicals lived in an environment were employers and workers with both Jewish.  Jewish workers used radical ideology as a tool in the class conflict between Jewish workers and Jewish employers and as part of an struggle to define Jewish identity.  Due to its heavier ideological component, Jewish immigrant Communists were far more successful than the Finns in passing on their radicalism to their successor generations.

Mishler, Paul C. “Red Finns, Red Jews: Ethnic Variation in Communist Political Culture During the 1920s and 1930s.” YIVO Annual 22 (1995)

****************************************************************

 

Jewish American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War

 

Prago, Albert. “Jews in the International Brigades.” Jewish Currents, February 1979.

Solovy, Jonathan Stuart. “Jewish American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War: A Study of Tripartite Identify.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1981.

Sperber, Raquel Ibáñez. “Judíos en las Brigadas Intrnacionales. Algunas Cuestiones Generales  [Jews In The International Brigades. Some General Considerations].” Historia Actual Online, no. 9 (Winter 2006).

Sugarman, Martin. “Jews in the Spanish Civil War.” Jewish Virtual Library, American-Israeli Cooperative Enterprise, 2004.  Includes lists of American Jews serving with the Lincoln, Washington, and Mackenzie-Papineau Battalions and other International Brigades units. <http://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/History/sugar12.html>

****************************************************************

 

Jewish Conservatism and Anticommunism

 

Ehrman, John. “Commentary, The Public Interest, and the Problem of Jewish Conservatism.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2/3 (1999). Sees their influence as a Cold War artifact.

Friedman, Murray. “Opening the Discussion of American Jewish Political Conservatism.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2/3 (1999). Sees opposition to communism inspired the birth of a neoconservative movement that reached its heyday in the 1970’s and 1980’s. The lack of scholarship on Jewish conservatism reflects the lack of scholarly interest in conservatism in general.

Friedman, Murray. The Neoconservative Revolution: Jewish Intellectuals and the Shaping of Public Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005.

Nash, George H. “Forgotten Godfathers: Premature Jewish Conservatives and the Rise of National Review.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2 & 3 (June/September 1999). Notes the role of anticommunism in the attitudes of Frank Meyer, Morrie Ryskind, Eugene Lyons, Ralph de Toledano, Frank Chodorov, Marvin Liebman, and William Schlamm who assisted in the founding of National Review.

Nash, George H. “The American Jewish League Against Communism.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Schwartz, Stephen. Is It Good for the Jews? The Crisis of America’s Israel Lobby. New York: Doubleday, 2006. Discusses the role of Trotskyism and Anti-Stalinist radicalism in the history of Jewish neoconservatism.

****************************************************************

 

American Jews and Communism: Biographical

 

Melech Epstein

 

Epstein, Melech. “Pages from My Stormy Life: An Autobiographical Sketch.” American Jewish Archives 14, no. 2 (November 1962): 129-7. Born 1889 in Russia, Epstein came to the United States in 1913, became active in the Jewish labor movement and then a Communist. He edited the Freiheit but left the party in 1939.

****************************************************************

 

Ephraim Frisch

 

Preuss, Karl. “Personality, Politics, and the Price of Justice: Ephraim Frisch, San Antonio’s ‘Radical’ Rabbi.” American Jewish History 85, no. 3 (1997). Discusses controversies involving communism, anti-Semitism, and radicalism connected to Frisch’s activities.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Novick

 

Buhle, Paul. “Paul Novick: A Radical Life.” Radical America 17, no. 5 (1983). Admiring biographical essay on Paul Novick, a long-time major figure on the Yiddish Communist newspaper Morgan Freiheit

****************************************************************

 

Jacob Rosenfeld

 

Rain, Leo J. “Dr. Jacob Rosenfeld: A Jewish Commander in a Chinese Army 1903-1952.” Edited by Malgert Cohen. Western States Jewish History, 33, no. 4 (2001). Rosenfeld served as a senior commander in the Communist Chinese forces in the 1940s.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Latvian Americans

 

Maegi, Bernard John. “Dangerous Persons, Delayed Pilgrims: Baltic Displaced Persons and the Making of Cold War America, 1945--1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2008.

Zake, Ieva. “Multiple Fronts of the Cold War: Ethnic Anti-Communism of Latvian Émigrés.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Polish Americans

 

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “The Adam Mickiewicz Chair of Polish Culture: Columbia University and the Cold War (1948-1954).” Polish Review 36, no. 3 (1991). Treats as an example of paranoia and hysteria that Polish-Americans and anti-Communists objected to funding of the chair by the Polish Communist regime.

Cenckiewicz, Slawomir. “Polscy Agenci Moskwy w USA [Moscow’s Polish Agents in the USA].” Biuletyn Instytutu Pamieci Narodowej [Bulletin of the Institute of National Remembrance (Poland)], March/April 2006, 36-58. Discusses Boleslaw ‘Bill’ Gebert, a founding member of the CPUSA, among others.

Cygan, Mary E. “The Polish-American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Radzilowski, Thad. “Interplay of Class and Ethnicity in Polish-American Radicalism.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Radzilowski, Theodore. “Polish American Workers and Interwar Unionism.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

Szymczak, Robert. “Uneasy Observers: The OSS Foreign Nationalities Branch and Perceptions of Polish Nationalism During World War II.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Documentary Testimony of Gen. Izyador Modelski, Former Military Attaché of the Polish Embassy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Modelski, a defector from the Polish Communist regime, states that he was instructed to target Polish-Americans as recruits for Polish intelligence.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Soviet Espionage Through Poland. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. Testimony of Pawel Monat.  June 13, 1960.

****************************************************************

 

Katyn and Stalin’s Treatment of the Poles

 

Abarinov, Vladimir. The Murderers of Katyn. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1993.

Anders, Wldyslw. An Army in Exile: The Story of the Second Polish Corps. London: Macmillan, 1949.

Bethell, Nicholas. “Soviet Agent Reveals Terrible Truth of Polish Massacre.” The Observer [U.K.], 6 October 1991, 1, 23. On the Katyn massacre.

Ciechanowski, Jan. Defeat in Victory. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday & Company, Inc., 1947.

Cienciala, Anna M., Natalia S. Lebedeva, and Wojciech Materski, eds. Katyn: A Crime Without Punishment. Documents translated by Marian Schwartz with Anna M. Cienciala and Maia A. Kipp. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007. Prisoners of an undeclared war, 23 August 1939-5 March 1940 -- Extermination, March-June 1940 -- Katyn and its echoes, 1940 to the present.

Fischer, Benjamin B. “The Katyn Controversy: Stalin’s Killing Field.” Studies in Intelligence, Winter-Spring 1999-2000.

Glazov, Jamie. “The Lies of Katyn.” Frontpage Magazine, 8 August 2000. Notes denial or defense of Katyn massacre by revisionist historians such as Garbriel Kolko.

Gross, Jan Tomasz. Revolution from Abroad: The Soviet Conquest of Poland’s Western Ukraine and Western Belorussia. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2002. Soviet oppression of ethnic Poles in these areas reinforced anti-Soviet sentiment among Polish-Americans.

Kersten, Krystyna. The Establishment of Communist Rule in Poland, 1943-1948. Translated by John Micgiel and Michael H. Bernhard. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991.

Kot, Stanislw, and Wldyslw Sikorski. Conversations with the Kremlin: Dispatches from Russia. Translated by H.C. Stevens. New York: Oxford Press, 1963.

Kozlov, V.P, Daria Nałecz, and N. S. Lebedeva, eds. Katyn,’ mart 1940 g. - sentiabr’ 2000: rasstrel, sud’by zhizni. Ekho Katyni [Katyn, March 1940-September 2000: The shots, The fates. The Echo of Katyn]. Moskva: Ves’ mir, 2001.

Lauck, John H. Katyn Killings, in the Record. Clifton, NJ: Kingston Press, 1988.

Lebedeva, N. S. Katyn Prestuplenie Protiv Chelovechestva. Moskva: Izdatel skaia gruppa “Progress” “Kultura,” 1994.

Lukas, Richard C. The Forgotten Holocaust: The Poles Under German Occupation, 1939-1944. Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1986.

Lukas, Richard C. The Strange Allies, the United States and Poland, 1941-1945. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1978.

Mackiewicz, Józef. The Katyn Wood Murders. London, U.K.: Hollis & Carter, 1951.

Paul, Allen. Katyn: The Untold Story of Stalin’s Polish Massacre. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1991.

Petrov, N., and A. Roginskii. “The ‘Polish’ Operation of the NKVD, 1937-38.” In Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union, edited by Barry McLoughlin and Kevin McDermott. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.

Pikhoia, R. G., and Aleksander Gieysztor, eds. Katyn Plenniki Neob Iavlennoi Voiny. Moskva: Mezhdunarodnyi Fond “Demokratiia,” 1997. Katyn Forest Massacre, 1940.

Rozek, Edward J. Allied Wartime Diplomacy: A Pattern in Poland. New York: Wiley, 1958.

Stahl, Zdzislaw, ed. The Crime of Katyn: Facts & Documents. London, U.K.: Polish Cultural Foundation, 1965.

Syrop, Konrad. Poland in Perspective. London: R. Hale, 1982.

Szymczak, Robert. “A Matter of Honor: Polonia and the Congressional Investigation of the Katyn Forest Massacre.” Polish American Studies 41, no. 1 (Spring 1984).

Szymczak, Robert. “The Unquiet Dead: The Katyn Forest Massacre as an Issue in American Diplomacy and Politics.” Ph.D. diss. Carnegie-Mellon University, 1980. Discusses the Congressional investigation of the Katyn massacre.  “The Katyn Committee uncovered no concrete evidence of a Communist conspiracy within the wartime Roosevelt Administration, but instead illuminated a deeply-entrenched pro-Soviet mind-set among high-level officials of the State and War Departments which resulted in the brushing under the rug of the explosive Katyn case.”

Tuszynski, Marek. “Soviet War Crimes Against Poland During the Second World War and Its Aftermath.” Edited by Dale F. Denda. Polish Review 44, no. 2 (1999).

U.S. House Select Committee on the Katyn Forest Massacre. The Katyn Forest Massacre. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Zawodny, J. K. Death in the Forest: The Story of the Katyn Forest Massacre. [Notre Dame, IN]: University of Notre Dame Press, 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Yalta and Postwar Poland in American Politics

 

Beichman, Arnold. “Roosevelt’s Failure at Yalta.” Humanitas 16, no. 1 (2003). Concludes that FDR was naive about Stalin and the nature of the Communist movement.

Cable, John N. “Arthur Bliss Lane: Cold Warrior in Warsaw, 1945-1947.” Polish American Studies 30, no. 2 (1973). Critical of U.S. Ambassador Lane for failing to accommodate Soviet insistence on a “socialist” (Communist) Polish state.

Cable, John N. “Vandenberg: The Polish Question and Polish Americans, 1944-1948.” Michigan History 57, no. 4 (1973). Notes the strong anti-Communist sentiment of Polish-Americans and their resentment at Poland’s subordination to the Soviet Union.

Cienciala, Anna M. “Great Britain and Poland Before and After Yalta (1943-1945): A Reassessment.” Polish Review 40, no. 3 (1995).

Cienciala, Anna M. “The Polish Government’s Policy on the Polish-Soviet Frontier in World War II as Viewed by American, British and Canadian Historians.” Polish Review 46, no. 1 (2001).

Hammersmith, Jack L. “Franklin Roosevelt, the Polish Question, and the Election of 1944.” Mid-America 59, no. 1 (1977). Finds that the Roosevelt campaign regarded the Polish-American vote as and that the issue of FDR’s decision acquiescence to the subordination of Poland to the Soviet Union in the postwar settlement was deliberately downplayed.

Irons, Peter H. “The Test is Poland: Polish Americans and the Origins of the Cold War.” Polish-American Studies 30, no. 2 (August 1973): 31-39.  Critical of Polish-Americans for their anti-Soviet attitudes, takes ambiguous position on Katyn.

Janczewski, George H. “The Significance of the Polish Vote in the American National Election Campaign of 1948.” Polish Review 13, no. 4 (1968). Discusses Democratic party efforts to accommodate Polish-American anti-Soviet attitudes.

Jaroszyńska-Kirchmann, Anna D. “An Elephant and the Polish Question: Politicization of American Polonia After World War II.” Spectrum 6 (1994).

Jaroszyńska-Kirchmann, Anna D. The Exile Mission: The Polish Political Diaspora and Polish Americans, 1939-1956. Athens: Ohio University Press, 2004.

Korga, Iwona Drag. “Propaganda of the Polish Government-in-Exile Toward the American Public During World War II.” Paper presented at a Polish American Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Lane, Arthur Bliss. I Saw Poland Betrayed: An American Ambassador Reports to the American People. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948.

Larsh, William. “W. Averell Harriman and the Polish Question, December 1943-August 1944.” Eastern European Politics and Societies 7, no. 3 (Fall 1993).

Larsh, William. “Yalta and the American Approach to Free Elections in Poland.” Polish Review 40, no. 3 (1995).

Mikołajczyk, Stanisław. The Rape of Poland; Pattern of Soviet Aggression. New York: Whittlesey House, 1948.

Paczkowski, Andrzej. “Communist Poland 1944 - 1989: Some Controversies and a Single Conclusion.” Polish Review 44, no. 2 (1999).

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Yalta Myths: An Issue in American Politics, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1965.

Theoharis, Athan G. “James F. Byrnes: Unwitting Yalta Myth-Maker.” Political Science Quarterly 81 (December 1966).

Theoharis, Athan G. The Yalta Myths: An Issue in U.S. Politics, 1945-1955. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1970. Denounces the growth of the idea of betrayal of American interests at Yalta in domestic politics.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Republican Party and Yalta: Partisan Exploitation of Polish American Concern Over the Conference, 1945-1960.” Polish American Studies, Spring 1971.  Outraged hat Republicans appealed to Polish-Americans on the basis of American agreement to Soviet domination of Poland.

Ubriaco, Robert D., Jr. “Harry S. Truman, the Politics of Yalta, and the Domestic Origins of the Truman Doctrine.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1992.

U.S. Department of State. Foreign Relations of the United States Diplomatic Papers, The Conferences at Malta and Yalta 1945. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Polish American Congress

 

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “Cold War Ethnic Politics: The Polish National Catholic Church, the Polish American Congress, and People’s Poland: 1944-1952.” Polish American Studies 55, no. 2 (1998). Discusses the association between the Polish National Catholic Church (PNCC), a splinter Catholic group organized in 1904, and the Polish American Congress (PAC), established in Buffalo, New York, in 1944 to represent all Polish-American interests. PNCC leaders and their 190,000 followers worked to reinstate Poland as an independent country after World War II, legalize PNCC churches in Poland, and bring humanitarian relief to war victims. While both the PNCC and PAC in 1944 opposed Communist domination in Poland, the PNCC shifted its policy in 1945 and offered to work with the postwar Soviet-backed regime as a means for establishing the creation of PNCC-aligned churches in Poland. The PAC opposed PNCC’s growing relationship with the Communists and maintained its mission of serving as the voice of American Polonia and refusing to recognize the Communist Polish government. By October 1945, political differences forced PNCC leaders Reverend Frances Hodus and Reverend Joseph Zawistowski to officially break away from the large PAC.

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “The Republic of Poland and the Origins of the Polish American Congress.” Polish American Studies 55, no. 1 (1998). On the role of the Polish government-in-exile in the origins of the anti-Soviet PAC.

Karcz, Valerian. “The Polish American Congress, 1944-1959.” Polish American Studies 16, no. 3-4 (1959). A history of the Polish American Congress and its hostility to Communism in Poland and in the U.S.

Lukas, Richard C. “The Polish American Congress and the Polish Question, 1944-1947.” Polish American Studies 38, no. 2 (Autumn 1981).

Pienkos, Donald E. “The Polish American Congress: An Appraisal.” Polish American Studies 36, no. 2 (1979).

Podbielski, Monica E. “Charles Rozmarek, The Polish‑American Congress And Their Influence On United States Foreign Policy Toward Poland, 1944‑1952.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University, 1997. Discusses the role of Polish-Americans in bringing about a tougher anti-Soviet stance in American policy.

Wojdon, Joanna. “State Divisions of the Polish American Congress in the Rozmarek Era.” Paper presented at a Polish American Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Polish American Radicals: Biographical Accounts

 

Edward Falkowski

 

Falkowski, Edward. “Ed Falkowski: A Disillusioned Polish American.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Boleslaw Gebert

 

Gebert, Boleslw. Z Tykocina Za Ocean  [From Tykocin Beyond the Ocean]. Warszawa: Czytelnik, 1982. Autobiography by Boleslaw Gebert, Polish CPUSA leader in the 1930s and 1940s who returned to Poland after W.W.II.

****************************************************************

 

Leo Krzycki

 

Binkowski, Don. Leo Krzycki and the Detroit Left. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2002.  560 pages, of which 332 are the text; 214 pages of endnotes.

Binkowski, Don. Poles Together: Leo Krzycki and Polish Americans in the American Labor Movement. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2002.  The book consists of 23 chapters and two Appendices in 344 pages.  In addition there are 1,200 endnotes in 215 pages for a total of 554 pages.

Miller, Eugene. “Leo Krzycki -- Polish American Labor Leader.” Polish American Studies 33, no. 2 (Autumn 1976): 52-64. Sketch of pro-Soviet Polish-American.  ACWA organizer Krzycki broke with S.P. in 1936, headed the Communist-dominated American Slav Congress from 1942 to 1950, and was active in the Polish section of IWO, the American Polish Labor Council and the Kosciuszko Polish Patriotic League.

****************************************************************

 

Stanley Nowak

 

Nowak, Margaret Collingwood. Two Who Were There: A Biography of Stanley Nowak. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

Oskar Lange

 

Sadler, Charles. “Pro-Soviet Polish-Americans: Oskar Lange and Russia’s Friends in the Polonia, 1941-1945.” Polish Review 22, no. 4 (1977). Recounts the activities of Oscar Lange in promoting U.S. acceptance of Soviet annexation of eastern Poland and political domination of Poland.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Scandinavian Immigrants

 

Bengston, Henry. On the Left in America: Memoirs of the Scandinavian-American Labor Movement. Translated by Kermet Westerberg, with an introduction by Michael Brook. Carbondale Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1999. One of the leaders of the S.P.’s Scandinavian affiliate, Bergston discusses its split over Bolshevism.

Hoerder, Dirk. Essays on the Scandinavian-North American Radical Press, 1880s-1930s. Bremen, Germany: Labor Newspaper Preservation Project, Universität Bremen, 1984.

Kowalik, Tadausz. “Lange i Lustratorzy.” Gazeta Wyborcza, 26 August 2006. Denies the Oskar Lange was a Soviet spy.  Web edition only: <http://serwisy.gazeta.pl/wyborcza/1,34591,3573391.html>

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Serbian Americans

 

Drenovac, Nikoa. Od Oltara Do Revolucionara [From the Altar to a Revolutionary]. Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1976. Memoirs of a Serbian Orthodox priest who lived in Youngstown, Ohio who became a sympathizer of the Communist Party and worked with Serbian American Communists.

Kuljača, Marko I. Za Hljebom. Sje Canja Iz Iseljenickog Zivota [For Bread: Memoirs from an Emigrant Life]. Sveti Stefan: Pastrovsko drustvo “Bankada,” 1969. The author discusses his association with Slobodna reč, the Serbian American Communist newspaper.

Marković, Mirko. Borba u Americi Za Novu Jugoslaviju [The Battle in America for a New Yugoslavia]. Belgrade: Prosveta, 1946. Marković was sent to the US by the Communist Party of Yugoslavia / Comintern in the mid-1930s from Moscow.  He became the leader of Serbian Communists in the US.  He served as commander of the Washington Battalion during the Spanish Civil War. Marković later returned to Yugoslavia where he was arrested by the Tito regime in the late 1940s as a result of his continued support for Stalin.

Prica, Srdja. Amerika (1937-1945). Sarajevo: Oslobodjenje, 1988. A Bosnian Serb, Prica was sent to the US by the Communist Party of Yugoslavia and the Comintern.  He got into a number of disputes with other Croatian American and Serbian American Communists, including Mirko Marković.

Vuic, Jason C. “An Interview with Stevan Dedijer.” South Slav Journal, no. 22 (Spring-Summer 2001). An 2000 interview with Stevan Dedijer, the brother of Tito advisor and partisan Vladmir Dedijer, who became a C.P. member at Princeton in the 1930s and who went on to edit Slobodna Rec in Pittsburgh. He joined the US army in 1943 and parachuted into Bastogne.

Vuic, Jason C. “Serbian-American Communists and the Great Red Scare.” Serbian Studies 16, no. 1 (2002). Deals with the C.P.’s Serbian-language Pittsburgh paper Slobodna Rec (Free Expression) and the trial of the Serbian Progressive Club of Wilmerding, PA, featuring Matt Cvetic as a witness.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Slovenian Americans

 

Fris, Darko. “Conflicts Between the Political Left and Political Right among the Slovenes in the U.S.A. Before 1920.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Klemencic, Matjaz. “American Slovenes and the Leftist Movement in the United States in the First Half of the Twentieth Century.” Journal of American Ethnic History 15 (Spring 1996)

****************************************************************

 

Communism and South Slav (Yugoslav) Immigrants

 

Djurasković, Djuro. Nikola Kovacevi C. Belgrade, Yugoslavia: Izdavačko poduzeće Rad, 1965. Biography of Montenegrin agent of the Comintern and the Communist Party of Yugoslavia who lived in the US and Canada from the mid-1930s to 1945.

Kohn, Hans. “Pan-Slavism and World War II.” American Political Science Review 46, no. 3 (September 1952).

Prica, Srð. Amerika (1937-1945). Sarajevo: NISRO “Osloboðnje,” OOUR Izdavacka djelatnost, 1989. Srdjan Prica, a Titoist agent who lived in Pennsylvania from 1938-1945, went back to Yugoslavia and eventually became its prime minister.  The book details his life as a C.P. organizer in Pittsburgh. In Serbo-Croatian with a Latin alphabet.

Schwartz, Stephen. “I Ban Subasic Bio Agent KGB [Ban Subasic Was Also a KGB Agent].” Oslobodjenje [Liberation, Sarajevo, Bosnia-Hercegovina], 30 September 1999. Discusses Yugoslav Communists in the CPUSA.

Stipanovich, Josep. “Immigrant Workers and Immigrant Intellectuals in Progressive America: A History of the Yugoslav Socialist Federation.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978.

****************************************************************

 

Louis Adamic

 

Adamic, Louis. My America, 1928-1938. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1938. Adamic, a writer, was associated with many Communist and left-wing causes during his career.

McWilliams, Carey. Louis Adamic & Shadow-America. Los Angeles: A. Whipple, 1935.

Petric, Jerneja. “The Strenuous Business of Creating a New World: The Radicalism of Louis Adamic.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Shiffman, Dan. Rooting Multiculturalism: The Work of Louis Adamic. Madison, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press & Associated University Presses, 2003.

Zitnik, Janja. “Louis Adamic’s Role in an American Resistance Movement.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Swedish Americans

 

Brook, Michael. “Radical Literature in Swedish-America: A Narrative Survey.” Swedish Pioneer Historical Quarterly 20, no. 3 (1969). Surveys Swedish immigrant radical journalism; although largely socialist in orientation, some Swedish radicals turned to Communism after the Bolshevik revolution.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Ukrainian Americans

 

Kuropas, Myron B. “Fighting Moscow from Afar: Ukrainian-Americans and the Evil Empire.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Woroby, Maria. “The Ukrainian Immigrant Left in the United States, 1880-1950.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Divide and Conquer: The KGB Disinformation Campaign Against Ukrainians and Jews.” Ukrainian Quarterly 68, no. 4 (Winter 2002). On the KGB’s planting of false information in the West to discourage cooperation between anti-Soviet Ukrainian refugees and Jews.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 8

Communists and Black Americans

 

 

Allen, Ernest, and John H. Bracey, Jr. “Unite or Perish: The Contours of Black Nationalist and Radical Thought, 1954-1974.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Allen, James S. Negro Liberation. New York: International Publishers, 1938. James Allen (pseudonym for Solomon Auerbach) was a party spokesman on black racial matters.

Amis, B.D. B. D. Amis, African American Radical:  A Short Anthology of Writings and Speeches. Edited by Walter T. Howard. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2007. B.D. Amis was a prominent black Communist in the 1930s.

Anderson, Carol. “‘The Brother in Black is Always Told to Wait’: The Communist Party, African American Anticommunism, and the Prioritization of Black Equality—A Reply to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Arnesen, Eric. “No ‘Graver Danger’: Black Anticommunism, the Communist Party, and the Race Question.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006).

Arnesen, Eric. “The Red and the Black: Reflections on the Responses to ‘No `Graver Danger’ ‘.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006).

Baldwin, Kate A. Beyond the Color Line and the Iron Curtain: Reading Encounters Between Black and Red, 1922-1963. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2002. Introduction: The Demand for a New Kind of Person: Black Americans and the Soviet Union, 1922-1963.  1. “Not at All God’s White People”: McKay and the Negro in Red.  2. Between Harem and Harlem: Hughes and the Ways of the Veil.  3. Du Bois, Russia, and the “Refusal to Be ‘White.’”  4. Black Shadows across the Iron Curtain: Robeson’s Stance between Cold War Cultures.  Epilogue: The Only Television Hostess Who Doesn’t Turn Red.

Berland, Oscar. “The Communist Perspective on the ‘Negro Question’ in America, 1919-1931.” Science & Society 63 & 64, no. 4 & 2 (Winter-Summer 1999-2000). In two parts.

Biondi, Martha. “Response to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Bornet, Vaughn D. “Historical Scholarship, Communism, and the Negro.” The Journal of Negro History 37, no. 3 (July 1952).  .

Bowers, Fashion Suzanne. “Pseudo-Democracy in America, 1945--1960: Anticommunism Versus the Social Issues of African Americans and Women.” Master’s thesis. East Tennessee State University, 2002. Sees anticommunism as such an indefensible and immoral barrier to progress by women and African-Americans that it generated mass outrage and a powerful drive for equal rights.

Chafe, William C. “The Cold War Culture and African American Struggle for Freedom.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture” conference. American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994. Holds that American opposition to communism was a reactionary, irrational stance that dealt a nearly fatal blow to the African American liberation movement.

Cobb, William A. Jelani. “Antidote to Revolution: African American Anticommunism and the Struggle for Civil Rights, 1931--1954.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Bulletin on Negro History Week. New York: New York State Education Dept., Communist Party, 1949 and other years.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Negro Affairs Quarterly. [New York]: The Commission, 1953. Journal

Doody, Colleen. “‘Not Under Some Other Kind of Ism:’ African-American Anti-Communism in Detroit, 1945-1950.” Unpublished essay, 2004.

Drake, St. Clair, and Horace R. Cayton. Black Metropolis: A Study of Negro Life in a Northern City. New York: Harper & Row, 1962. Notes the negative effect of the Nazi-Soviet Pact on Black intellectual attitudes toward the CPUSA.

Edwards, Brent Hayes. “Dossier on Black Radicalism: Introduction: The Autonomy of Black Radicalism.” Social Text 19, no. 2 (2001).

Evans, Medford Stanton. Civil Rights Myths and Communist Realities. Pamphlet. [New Orleans]: Conservative Society of America, 1965.

Foner, Philip Sheldon, and Herbert Shapiro, eds. American Communism and Black Americans: A Documentary History, 1930-1934. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1991.

Foner, Philip Sheldon, and James S. Allen, eds. American Communism and Black Americans: A Documentary History, 1919-1929. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1987.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. American Socialism and Black Americans from the Age of Jackson to World War II. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1977. Asserts that prior to the Bolshevik Revolution, the Socialist party’s right-wing was racist.  After the Revolution, unions led by anti-Communist Socialist were racist.  Praises all Communist-aligned groups such as the National Negro Congress.

Ford, James W. The Negro and the Democratic Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938. Written by a CPUSA leader.

Gelman, Erik. “‘Carthage Must Be Destroyed’: Race, City Politics, and the Campaign to Integrate Chicago Transportation Work, 1929-1943.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 2, no. 2 (Summer 2005). Discusses an NNC chapter in Chicago.

Gerstle, Gary. “Response: Working-Class Racism: Broaden the Focus.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Gore, Dayo Folayan. “To Light a Candle in a Gale Wind: Black Women Radicals and Post World War II United States Politics.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003. Discusses black women radicals who built political alliances with either the Communist Party, the Socialist Party and the Lovestoneists) and postwar period held key leadership positions in a range of left organizations.

Griffler, Keith P. “The Black Radical Intellectual and the Black Worker: The  Emergence of a Program for Black Labor, 1918-1938.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1993. Holds that black Communists grouped around the African Blood Brotherhood of the early 1920s emphasized the special oppression of people of color.  This view was overthrow by younger black radicals, allied to the newly emergent “right-wing” in communism, who viewed class as responsible for the oppression of African-Americans. The class-based approach led to a non-racial basis for the Depression decade movement that foundered in the face of organized labor’s protecting the privileged position of white workers. This failure resulted in a renewed emphasis on the racial content of the freedom struggle in the 1950s and 1960s.

Grigsby, Daryl Russell. For the People: Black Socialists in the United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. San Diego: Asante Publications, 1987.

Haines, Herbert H. Black Radicals and the Civil Rights Mainstream, 1954-1970. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988.

Harris, LaShawn Denise. “Reconstructing Respectability: The Remaking of African-American Women’s Activism, 1896--1960.” Ph.D. diss. Howard University, 2007.

Haynes, John Earl. “Reconsidering Two Questions: On Arnesen’s ‘No ‘Graver Danger’: Black Anticommunism, the Communist Party, and the Race Question’.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Horne, Gerald. “The Communist Party and the African-American Community.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Horne, Gerald. “The Embers of August 1965.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research, Watts Conference Supplement], August 1990. Says of the rise of Black militancy in L.A. in WWII, “the Black Left -- epitomized locally by Charlotta Bass’s California Eagle paper and the Civil Rights Congress -- played leading roles.”

Horne, Gerald. “The Red and the Black: The Communist Party and African-Americans in Historical Perspective.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Argues that the Comintern had only moral influence on the CPUSA, that Comintern representatives in the U.S. were only conciliators, that the Black Belt thesis had domestic American origins and its adoptions was a collective decision of the Comintern and American Communists.  Denounces the influence of Zionism inside the Communist party in the 1950s when a few members supported “Israeli aggression.”

Horne, Gerald. Studies in Black: Progressive Views and Reviews of the African-American Experience. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt, 1992.

Horowitz, David. “Racism and the Radical Paradigm.” First Things 7 (November 1990). Discusses Angela Davis, the Alliance Against Racism, and the Communist Workers party.

Hutchinson, Earl Ofari. Blacks and Reds: Race and Class in Conflict, 1919-1990. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 1995.

Jackson, James E. Revolutionary Tracings. New York: International Publishers, 1974. By a CPUSA leader.

Jackson, Margaret Wilhemina. “Evolution of the Communist Party‘s Position on the American Negro Question.” Master’s thesis. Howard University, 1938.

James, Winston. Holding Aloft the Banner of Ethiopia: Caribbean Radicalism in Early Twentieth-Century America. London, New York: Verso, 1998.

Janken, Kenneth R. “Anticommunism or Anti-Communist Party? A Response to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “Communists and Black Freedom Movements in South Africa and the US: 1919-1950.” Journal of Southern African Studies 30, no. 1 (March 2004).

Kelley, Robin D. G. “‘The Negro Question’: Red Dreams of Black Liberation.” In Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination, Robin D. G. Kelley. Boston: Beacon Press, 2002.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Race Rebels: Culture, Politics, and the Black Working Class. New York and Toronto: Free Press and Maxwell Macmillan, 1994.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “But a Local Phase of World Problem: Black History’s Global Vision, 1883-1950.” Journal of American History 86, no. 3 (December 1999).

Kelley, Robin. “African Americans and the Communist Party, USA.” Africana.com Inc., 2002. <http://africana.com/>

Kirby, Dianne. “African-Americans and the Cold War: The Religious Dimension, Dilemma or Opportunity.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Kosa, John, and Clyde. Z. Nunn. “Race, Deprivation and Attitude Toward Communism.” Phylon 25, no. 4 (1964). Find that Negro college students are more intolerant of Communists than are white students.

Laucella, Pamela C. “An Analysis of Mainstream, Black, and Communist Press Coverage of Jesse Owens in the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2004.

Linsin, Christopher Edward. “Not By Words, But By Deeds: Communists and African Americans during the Depression Era.” Ph.D. diss. Florida Atlantic University, 1993. Maintains that historians have misread the impact of Communism on working-class blacks during the Depression by focusing on membership as a measure of success. Declares that the CPUSA sought wide influence, not wide membership. During the early 1930s the CPUSA influenced the black proletariat by advocating social equality. This advocacy distinguished it from other inferior black ameliorative organizations -- like the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the National Urban League -- that called for only the economic and political emancipation of African Americans. By the last half of the 1930s the CPUSA, readily embracing the Kremlin’s call for a Popular Front against fascism, began to work in coalitions with liberal-bourgeois agencies. This regrettable cooperation with moderate organizations eroded CPUSA influence with African America.

Makalani, Minkah. “Black Radical Beginnings.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Marable, Manning. “Why Black Americans Are not Socialists.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983.

Martin, Tony. Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1976. Discusses the relationship of the Garvey movement with Communists.

McDuffie, Erik S. “Long Journeys: Four Black Women and the Communist Party, U.S.A., 1930--1956.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003. On Audley ‘Queen Mother’ Moore, Louise Thompson Patterson, Claudia Jones, and Esther Cooper Jackson.

McDuffie, Erik. “‘Miss Moore is Well Known to Negro Women Everywhere..’: The Challenges of Excavating and Writing on ‘Queen Mother’ Audley Moore’s Career in the American Communist Party.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

McDuffie, Erik. “Twenty-Five Hours a Day, Eight Days a Week’: Four Black Women Activists in the American Communist Movement During World War II.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

Mouledous, Joseph C. “From Browderism to Peaceful Co-Existence: An Analysis of Developments in the Communist Position on the American Negro.” Phylon 25, no. 1 (1964). Discusses the party’s 1930s assertion that Negroes in the Black Belt constitute a separate nation with the right of self-determination through Browder’s argument for full integration, a later reemphasis on the Black Belt thesis, and an abandonment of the slogan of self-determination in 1956.

Naison, Mark. “Marxism and Black Radicalism in America: Notes on a Long (and Continuing) Journey.” Radical America 5, no. 3 (May-June 1971).

Nash, Michael, and Daniel J. Leab. “Freedomways.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Nolan, William A. “Communist Propaganda and Tactics Among Negroes in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. Fordham University, 1949.

Nolan, William Anthony. Communism Versus the Negro. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1951.  One of the first comprehensive surveys of the communism and black Americans.

Palmer, Bryan. “Race and Revolution.” Labour / Le Travail, no. 54 (Fall 2004). Essay review.

Rapp, Anne Barbara. “A Manginalized Voice for Racial Justice: Charlotta Bass and Oppositional Politics, 1914-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2005.

Record, W. “American Racial Ideologies and Organizations in Transition.” Phylon 26 (Winter 1965).

Record, Wilson. “The Development of the Communist Position on the Negro Question in the United States.” Phylon Quarterly 19, no. 3 (Fall 1958). Summary history focusing on the shifting between a black nationalist approach and a more pragmatic view.

Record, Wilson. The Negro and the Communist Party. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1951.  One of the first thorough scholarly examinations of the matter.

Red Papers. “Black Liberation: A Proletarian Question.” Red Papers 5 (1971). Discusses argument among Marxist and American Communists over whether to see American blacks in the South as proletarian or as semi-feudal peasants.

Rocksborough-Smith, Ian. “Bearing the Seeds of Struggle: ‘Freedomways’ Magazine, Black Leftists, and Continuities in the Freedom Movement.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Simon Fraser University, 2005.

Rosenberg, Jonathan Seth. “‘How Far the Promised Land?’: World Affairs and the American Civil Rights Movement from the First World War to Vietnam.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1997.

Singh, Nikhil. “Black Worldliness and American Universalism: Imagining the ‘People’s Century.’” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Solomon, Mark I. Red and Black: Communism and Afro-Americans, 1929-1935. New York: Garland Pub., 1988. 1972 dissertation with a new preface and new title.

Solomon, Mark I. The Cry Was Unity: Communists and African Americans, 1917-36. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1998. Based in part on Comintern and CPUSA records in Moscow.

Solomon, Mark. “Red and Black: Negroes and Communism, 1929-1932.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1972.

Spark, Clare. “Race, Caste, or Class? The Bunche-Myrdal Dispute Over An American Dilemma.” International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society 14, no. 3 (Spring 2001).

Squier, George C. “The Negro in the United States as Viewed by the Socialist and Communist Parties, 1930-1966.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1978.

Sullivan, William C. “Communism and the American Negro.” Religion in Life 37, no. 4 (1968). Finds that Communists have failed to attract significant Negro membership despite major efforts.

Tallackson, Stephen. “The Chicago Defender and Its Reaction to the Communist Movement in the Depression Era.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1967.

Taylor, Brennen. “UNIA and American Communism in Conflict 1917-1928: An Historical Analysis in Negro Social Welfare.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1984. Argues that the Communist party’s program for blacks significantly advanced black social welfare; attributes passage of the Social Security Act of 1935 in part to Communist agitation.

Taylor, Clarence. “The Reverend Theodore Gibson and the Significance of Cold War Liberalism in the Fight for Citizenship.” In Black Religious Intellectuals: The Fight for Equality from Jim Crow to the Twenty-First Century, Clarence Taylor. Crosscurrents in African American History. New York: Routledge, 2002.

Thomas, Tony. “Black Nationalism and Confused Marxists.” Black Scholar 4, no. 1 (1972).

Van Zanter, John W. “Communist Theory and the American Negro Question.” Review of Politics 29, no. 4 (1967). Judges that after the death of Stalin, the CPUSA’s approach to racial issues shifted from exacerbating existing contradictions in racial relations to a more subtle gradualism.

Wald, Alan. “Black Nationalist Identity and Internationalist Class Unity: The Political and Cultural Legacy of Marxism.” In Radical Relevance: Toward a Scholarship of the Whole Left, edited by Laura Gray-Rosendale and Steven Rosendale. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2005.

Wald, Alan. “New Black Radical Scholarship.” Against the Current, no. 108 (January-February 2004).

Wald, Alan. “The U.S. Left and Anti-Racism.” In Black Liberation and the American Dream: The Struggle for Racial and Economic Justice: Analysis, Strategy, Readings, edited by Paul Le Blanc. Revolutionary Studies. Amherst, N.Y.: Humanity Books, 2003.

Williams, Henry. Black Response to the American Left: 1917-1929. [Princeton, N.J.]: Princeton University, 1973. Survey of the response of black intellectuals and community leaders to socialism and Communism in the 1920s.

****************************************************************

 

New York City and Harlem

 

Biondi, Martha. To Stand and Fight: The Struggle for Civil Rights in Postwar New York City. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003. Exaggerated and romantic portrait of the role of the CPUSA in the civil rights movement.

Graves, John. “Reaction of Some Negroes to Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1955. Survey of Harlem blacks which indicates significant support for communism.

Greenberg, Cheryl. “From Organized to Disorganized Protest: Harlem’s Riots of 1935 and 1943.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Horne, Gerald. “Black Socialists and Communists in Harlem: Theory and Practice.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Hughes, C. Alvin. “Let Us Do Our Part: The New York City Based Negro Labor Victory Committee, 1941-1945.” Afro-Americans in New York Life & History 10 (January 1986). The Negro Labor Victory Committee was closely associated with the Communist Party.

McKay, Claude. Harlem: Negro Metropolis. New York: E. P. Dutton & Company, Inc., 1940. Discusses social relations among blacks and Communists.

Naison, Mark. “Communism and Black Nationalism in the Depression: The Case of Harlem.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 2, no. 2 (Summer 1974). Examines the long history of ideological struggle between black nationalism (race consciousness) and class consciousness.  Examines the conflict between Communists and Garveyists in the African Blood Brotherhood in the 1920s and the greater success of the Communist party in the 1930s when themes of black-white working class solidarity had greater appeal.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party in Harlem: 1928-1936.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1976.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party in Harlem in the Early Depression Years: A Case Study in the Reinterpretation of American Communism.” Radical History Review, no. 3 (Fall 1976).

Naison, Mark. “Harlem Communists and the Politics of Black Protest.” Marxist Perspectives 1, no. 3 (Fall 1978). Finds that Communist party protests against economic conditions and support for black causes attracted significant black support in the 1930s.

Naison, Mark. “Historical Notes on Blacks and American Communism: The Harlem Experience.” Science & Society 42, no. 3 (Fall 1978). Finds that the C.P. was more successful than the Socialist party in attracting black support due to its support for black nationalism, its internal policy against white racism, and its frequent support for black causes.  However, CPUSA subordination to Moscow and ideological rigidity alienated many blacks.

Naison, Mark. Communists in Harlem During the Depression. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983. Well researched and well written history of the Communist party’s role in Harlem and its relationship with non-Communist and anti-Communist black leaders.

Naison, Mark. “Blacks and the Communist Party in Harlem.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Ransby, Barbara. Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision. Gender & American Culture. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. Includes a chapter: “Cops, Schools, and Communism: Local Politics and Global Ideologies-New York City in the I950s”

Taylor, Durahn Andrew Bernardo. “Black Gotham: Voters, Leaders, and the Political Game in Harlem, 1928‑1950.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1999.

Turner, Joyce Moore. Caribbean Crusaders and the Harlem Renaissance. Assisted by W. Burghardt Turner. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2005. Discusses several leading Black Communists.

Walter, John C., and Jill Louise Ansheles. “The Role of the Caribbean Immigrant in the Harlem Renaissance.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 1, no. 1 (1977). Notes that Cyril Briggs and Otto Huiswoud, Caribbean immigrants, introduced the Communist party into Harlem.

****************************************************************

 

Organizations

 

African Blood Brotherhood

 

Allen, Ernie. “Cyril Briggs, the African Blood Brotherhood and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Briggs, Cyril V., ed. The Crusader. New York: Garland Pub., 1987. Magazine reprint. Originally published monthly, 1918-1922 in New York by the Hamitic League of the World and the African Blood Brotherhood.

Hawkins, Clifton C. “Race First Versus Class First: An Intellectual History of Afro-American Radicalism, 1911--1928.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 2000. Discusses the role of Communist Cyril Briggs, the African Blood Brotherhood in the debate on Negro strategy.

Hill, Robert A. “Racial and Radical: Cyril V. Briggs, The Crusader Magazine, and the African Blood Brotherhood, 1918-19222.” In The Crusader. New York: Garland Pub., 1987. Introductory essay.

Kuykendall, Ronald A. “African Blood Brotherhood, Independent Marxist During the Harlem Renaissance.” Western Journal of Black Studies 26, no. 1 (Spring 2002)

Makalani, Minkah. “For the Liberation of Black People Everywhere: The African Blood Brotherhood, Black Radicalism, and Pan-African Liberation in the New Negro Movement, 1917-1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2004.

Parascandola, Louis J. “Cyril Briggs and the African Blood Brotherhood: A Radical Counterpoint to Progressivism.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 30, no. 1 (2006).

****************************************************************

 

The Civil Rights Congress and the Martinsville, Ingram, and McGee Cases

 

Horne, Gerald. “The Case of the Civil Rights Congress: Anti-Communism as an Instrument of Social Repression.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987. Attacks notion that the CRC was a Communist front.  Says of William Paterson’s claim that “‘Every ‘gain’--and American imperialism will in 1952, in my opinion, have a Negro ambassador, perhaps one Negro on the Supreme Court, perhaps a Negro cabinet office--every gain will come from the fight we [the CRC] have made.’ This was not hyperbole: the CRC’s highlighting of the stains on the U.S. escutcheons in the international arena no doubt hastened overdue reform.”

Horne, Gerald. Communist Front?: The Civil Rights Congress, 1946-1956. Rutherford, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press and Associated University Presses, 1988. A glowing, hyper-positive appraisal of the CRC and its principal leader, the William Patterson.  Sees the CRC has having a significant role in the origins of the civil rights movement and the defense of civil liberties in the late 1940s and early 1950s, a role largely unacknowledged by historians.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and the Second Red Scare.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1984.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and Southern Black Defendants.” Paper presented at Southern Historical Association. Louisville, Kentucky, 1984.

Martin, Charles H. “Race, Gender, and Southern Justice: The Rosa Lee Ingram Case.” American Journal of Legal History 29 (July 1985). Discusses a case handled by the Civil Rights Congress.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and Southern Black Defendants.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 71 (Spring 1987). Discusses Civil Rights Congress activities and the cases of Rosa Lee Ingram, the Martinsville Seven, and Willie McGee.

Patterson, William L. The Man Who Cried Genocide: An Autobiography. New York: International Publishers, 1971. Memoir by head of the Civil Rights Congress.

Randall, Terree N. “Democracy’s Passion Play: The Lincoln Memorial, Politics and History as Myth.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2002. Analyses the negative receptions of the 1946 American Crusade to End Lynching demonstration and the 1951 Willie McGee protest within the context of anti-Communism and racism and contrasts them with the positively received NAACP event held at the Memorial in 1947 in which President Truman announced a national civil rights policy.

Rise, Eric W. “Race, Rape, and Radicalism: The Case of the Martinsville Seven, 1949-1951.” Journal of Southern History 58, no. 3 (August 1992). Discusses the role of the Civil Rights Congress in the case.  Notes that Cold War concerns about Communist exploitation of lynching assisted the NAACP and others in this and other cases.

Rise, Eric Walter. “The Martinsville Seven and Southern Justice: Race, Crime, and Capital Punishment in Virginia, 1949-1951.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 1993. Discusses the role of the Civil Rights Congress in the case.

Rise, Eric W. The Martinsville Seven: Race, Rape, and Capital Punishment. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1995.

Sides, Josh. “‘You Understand My Condition’: The Civil Rights Congress in the Los Angeles African-American Community, 1946-1952.” Pacific Historical Review 67, no. 2 (May 1998): 233-57.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Civil Rights Congress as a Communist Front Organization. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Civil Rights Congress, Respondent. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

NAACP

 

Anderson, Carol.  “Bleached Souls and Red Negroes: The NAACP and Black Communists in the Early Cold War, 1948-1952.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Anderson, James D. “Black Liberalism at the Crossroads: The Role of the Crisis, 1934-1953.” Crisis 87, no. 9 (1980). Discusses the role of anticommunism in the NAACP’s journal.

Berg, Manfred. “Schwarze Bürgerrecht und Liberaler Antikommunismus: Die NAACP in der McCarthy-Ära [Black Civil Rights and Liberal Anticommunism: The NAACP During the McCarthy Era].” Vierteljahrshefte Für Zeitgeschichte [Germany] 51, no. 3 (2003).

Berg, Manfred. “Black Civil Rights and Liberal Anticommunism: The NAACP in the Early Cold War.” Journal of American History 94, no. 1 (2007).

Fairclough, Adam. “The Left, the Labor Movement, and the Transformation of the NAACP: Louisiana, 1933-1941.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Janken, Kenneth Robert. White: The Biography of Walter White, Mr. NAACP. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton, 2003. Discusses White’s strong anticommunism.

Jonas, Gilbert. “Comes the Revolution: The Struggle Between the NAACP and the Communist Party USA.” In Freedom’s Sword: The NAACP and the Struggle Against Racism in America, 1909-1969, Gilbert Jonas. New York: Routledge, 2005.

Leonard, Kevin Allen. “‘I Am Sure You Can Read Between the Lines’: Cold War Anti-Communism and the NAACP in Los Angeles.” Journal of the West 44 (Spring 2005).

Puddington, Arch. “The NAACP Turns Left.” Commentary, January 1994. On NAACP leader Benjamin Hooks’ past relationship with the CPUSA.

Record, Wilson. Race and Radicalism: The NAACP and the Communist Party in Conflict. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1964. Discusses rivalry between the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the CPUSA in the 1930s and 1940s.

Schmidt, Christopher. “Anti-Communism, Civil Rights, and the NAACP in Early Postwar America.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL, 2002.

Schwartz, Stephen. “NAACCCP.” American Spectator, August 1993. Discusses the background of new NAACP head Benjamin F. Chavis, Jr., noting his leadership of the National Alliance Against Racist and Political Repression, “the CPUSA’s legal defense arm.” Described Ewart Guinier as “a wheelhorse of American Stalinism decades before his rise to academic respectability in Harvard’s Afro-American Studies department.”  Cites his role with the “Honolulu Labor Canteen -- a C.P. soul-catching operation that was a focus for maritime and military agitation,” his leadership of the C.P.-aligned United Public Workers, and role in the American Labor Party during the period of its leadership by allies of the CPUSA. 

Wynn, Daniel Webster. The NAACP Versus Negro Revolutionary Protest: A Comparative Study of the Effectiveness of Each Movement. New York: Exposition Press, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

National Negro Congress

 

Ensen, Hilmar Ludvig. “The Rise of an African American Left: John P. Davis and the National Negro Congress.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1997. On black Republican activist turned Popular Front militant.

Gellman, Erik S. “A Radical Past for a Progressive Future: Black Culture and the National Negro Congress.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Gelman, Erik. “Carthage Must Be Destroyed: Race, City Politics, and the Campaign to Integrate Chicago Transportation Work, 1929-1943.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 2, no. 2 (2005). Discusses role of of the NNC.

Gellman, Erik S. “‘Death Blow to Jim Crow’: The National Negro Congress, 1936--1947.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 2006.

Hughes, Cicero A. “Toward a Black United Front: National Negro Congress Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio University, 1982. Surveys the history of the Negro Sanhedrin, the Negro Industrial League, Joint Committee on National Recovery, Howard University Conference, and National Negro Congress.

Husband, Lori, comp. 1936 Delegates to the National Negro Congress. Matteson, IL: L. Husband, 1998.

Jensen, Hilmar Ludvig. “The Rise of an African-American Left: John P. Davis and the National Negro Congress.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1997.

Richards, Johnetta Gladys. “The Southern Negro Youth Congress: A History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1987.

Rzeszutek, Sara. “‘We Were Not Fighting This Battle for Freedom Alone’: International Youth Solidarity and the Southern Negro Youth Congress.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Streater, John B., Jr. “The National Negro Congress, 1936-1947.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1981. Sympathetic history of the NNC.

Urquhart, Brian. Ralph Bunche: An American Life. New York: W.W. Norton, 1993. Discusses his involvement with Communists in the National Negro Congress.

Wittner, Lawrence. “The National Negro Congress: A Reassessment.” American Quarterly 22, no. 4 (Winter 1970). Finds that the Congress had some early success in promoting local agitation against discrimination but was crippled by the pressure for left-wing sectarianism.

****************************************************************

 

International Labor Defense

 

Hill, Rebecca N. Men, Mobs, and Law: Anti-Lynching and Labor Defense in U.S. Radical History. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2008. TOC: John Brown: the left’s great man -- Haymarket -- Anti-lynching and labor defense: intersections and contradictions -- No wives or family encumber them: Sacco and Vanzetti -- The Communist party and the defense tradition from Scottsboro to the Rosenbergs -- Born guilty: George Jackson and the return of the lumpen hero.

Martin, Charles H. “Oklahoma’s ‘Scottsboro’ Affair: The Jess Hollins Rape Case, 1931-1936.” South Atlantic Quarterly 79, no. 2 (1980). Discusses the ILD’s role in the case.

Martin, Charles H. “The International Labor Defense and Black Americans.” Labor History 26, no. 2 (Spring 1985).

Miller, Eben Simmons. “‘a New Day is Here’: The Shooting of George Borden and the 1930s Civil Rights Activism in Boston.” New England Quarterly 73, no. 1 (2000). Discusses the involvement of the International Labor Defense and the League of Struggle for Negro Rights in the case.

Uhlmann, Jennifer Ruthanne. “The Communist Civil Rights Movement: Legal Activism in the United States, 1919--1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 2006. Focuses on the ILD.

Uhlmann, Jennifer.  “The Communist Civil Rights Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Uhlmann, Jennifer. “Balancing the Overt and the Covert: The International Labor Defense and the Early History of Civil Rights.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Scottsboro

 

Carter, Dan T. Scottsboro; a Tragedy of the American South. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1969. Discusses the Communist party’s leading role in the Scottsboro case.

Carter, Dan T. Scottsboro: A Tragedy of the American South. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1979. Revised with additional material.

Crenshaw, Files, and Kenneth A. Miller. Scottsboro, the Firebrand of Communism. Montgomery, AL: Press of the Brown Print. Co., 1936. An account of the trials of Haywood Patterson, Clarence Norris and seven others, taken into custody on Mar. 25, 1931, for an alleged attack on Victoria Price and Ruby Bates.

Goodman, James E. Stories of Scottsboro. New York: Pantheon Books, 1994. Discusses Communist role.

Miller, James A., Susan D. Pennybacker, and Eve Rosenhaft. “Mother Ada Wright and the International Campaign to Free the Scottsboro Boys.” American Historical Review 106, no. 2 (April 2001). (1 March 2002). “The Scottsboro case has been called one of the great defining moments of the twentieth century, providing a vocabulary and constellation of images not only for its own time but for subsequent generations as well—each of which has been compelled to reinterpret and reappropriate Scottsboro for its own purposes. The mythic power of the case did not derive from the fact of injustice alone. It depended on the way the case was publicized—and its outcomes shaped—by the campaign on behalf of the defendants organized by the international Communist movement.”

Moon, Henry Lee. Balance of Power: The Negro Vote. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1948. Discusses the ILD’s entrance into the Scottsboro case.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “The NAACP Versus the Communist Party: The Scottsboro Rape Cases, 1931-1932.” Phylon 28, no. 3 (1967). Concludes that ILD tactics were relatively successful, and that the CPUSA did not put the boys at risk for propaganda purposes.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “Aspects of the Scottsboro Campaign.” Science & Society 35, no. 2 (Summer 1971). Discusses Communist agitational and propagandistic use of the case within and outside the U.S.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “Changing America and the Changing Image of Scottsboro.” Phylon, March 1977. Contrasts plays and films dealing with the Scottsboro case in the 1930s and the 1950s.

Van West, Carroll. “Perpetuating the Myth of America: Scottsboro and Its Interpreters.” South Atlantic Quarterly 80 (1981).

Wexley, John. “They Shall Not Die.” In Proletarian Literature in the United States: An Anthology, edited by Granville Hicks and Joseph Freeman. New York: International Publishers, 1935. “They Shall Not Die” was a 1934 Theater Guild play on Scottsboro celebrating the C.P. and ILD and disparaging the NAACP, done in vaudeville dialect.

Williams, Lynn Barstis. “Images of Scottsboro.” Southern Cultures 6, no. 1 (2000). Surveys literary and artistic treatments of the case.

****************************************************************

 

Angelo Herndon Case

 

Edwards, John C., and Joseph H. Kitchens, Jr. “Georgia’s Anti-Insurrection Law: Slave Justice for Twentieth-Century Negro Radicals.” Research Studies 38, no. 2 (1970). On the use of Georgia’s 1833 anti-insurrection statute against radicals in the 1930s and the Supreme Court opinion in Herndon v. Lowry (US, 1937), declared the statute unconstitutional.

Griffiths, Frederick T. “Ralph Ellison, Richard Wright, and the Case of Angelo Herndon.” African American Review 35, no. 4 (2001).

Herndon, Angelo. Let Me Live. New York: Random House, 1937. Agitational autobiography by a Black Communist the state of Georgia charged with the capital crime of incitement to insurrection.

Martin, Charles H. The Angelo Herndon Case and Southern Justice. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1976. Discusses the harassment of Communist organizers throughout the South as well as the Georgia’s prosecution of a black Communist organizer for incitement to insurrection.

Martin, Charles H. “Communists and Blacks: The ILD and the Angelo Herndon Case.” Journal of Negro History 64, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Discusses the role of the Communist-aligned International Labor Defense in defending Herndon against insurrection charges.  Concludes that contradictory ILD actions in other Southern cases during the 1930s prevented the Communist party from gaining continued support from Southern blacks.

Moore, John Hammond. “The Angelo Herndon Case, 1932-1937.” Phylon 32, no. 1 (1971). Summary of the case.

****************************************************************

 

Trade Unions, Communism, and Black Workers

 

Arnesen, Eric. “The African-American Working Class in the Jim Crow Era.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 41 (Spring 1992).

Arnesen, Eric. “Class Matters, Race Matters.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994)

Arnesen, Eric. Brotherhoods of Color: Black Railroad Workers and the Struggle for Equality. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2001

Arnesen, Eric. “Passion and Politics: Race and the Writing of Working-Class History.” Journal of the Historical Society 6, no. 3 (September 2006). Discusses historiography of communism and race.  Discusses NAACP labor secretary Herbert Hill’s anti-Stalinism and hostility to the CPUSA.  Notes Hill’s earlier Trotskyist background.

Bates, Beth Tompkins. Pullman Porters and the Rise of Protest Politics in Black America, 1925-1945. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. Discusses the Black left.

Brueggemann, John Frederick. “Realizing Solidarity: Comparative Historical Analyses of Inter-Racial Labor Organizing in the Coal, Steel and Auto Industries, 1927-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1994.

Cayton, Horace R., and George Sinclair Mitchell. Black Workers and the New Unions. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1939. Looks at iron and steel, meat packing, and railroad car shops.

Chamberlain, Charles. “Labor and Segregation in the South.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Citron, Alice. “An Answer to John Hatchett.” Jewish Currents, September 1968. Discusses the relationship of Communist-led unions and blacks.

Critchlow, Donald. “Communist Unions and Racism: A Comparative Study of the Responses of United Electrical Radio and Machine Workers and National Maritime Union to the Black Question During World War II.” Labor History 17, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Says UE national officers and most local officers gave only lip-service to the problems of integrating black workers into the electrical industry.  In contrast, the NMU had a policy of gradual but firm integration of blacks into the industry.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. Organized Labor and the Black Worker, 1619-1981. New York: International Publishers, 1982. Survey of black-white relations in the labor movement that exalts the Communist party and Communist-aligned labor bodies.

Foner, Philip. “Effects of Union McCarthyism on Black Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Recounts attacks on C.P.-led Local 22, Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers Union, CIO, a local with 11,000 workers, about half black, mostly women, at R.J. Reynolds in Winston-Salem, NC.  In 1947 Local 22 won a key strike, registered 8000 new votes and made Winston-Salem the first Southern city in 20th century to send a black, Rev. Kenneth Williams, to the City Council.  HCUA investigated Local 22, and the CIO financed a raid by the United Transport Service Employees.  With the assistance of the company and local officials, Local 22 defeated by a close vote in NLRB election.  Maintains that the Truman administration’s Coast Guard screening program for maritime security blacklisted many blacks and that Ferdinand Smith, black leader of NMU, was deported to Jamaica in 1951 by the Truman administration.

Goldfield, Michael. “Race and the CIO: The Possibilities for Racial Egalitarianism During the 1930s and 1940s.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Goldfield, Michael. “Was There a Golden Age of the CIO: Race, Solidarity, and Union Growth During the 1930s and 1940s?” In Trade Union Politics: American Unions and Economic Change, 1960s-1990s, edited by Glenn W. Perusek and Kent Worcester. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1995.

Griffler, Keith P. What Price Alliance? Black Radicals Confront White Labor, 1918-1938. New York: Garland, 1995.

Hanson, Rhonda. “Founding a Militant Union.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Notes the relationship of the National Negro Congress and the CIO’s United Public Workers, United Federal Workers, and the State, County, and Municipal Workers in 1940s.

Honey, Michael. “How the Destruction of the Left in the CIO and a Racist Backlash Undermined the Potential for a Labor-Civil Rights Coalition.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Honey, Michael K. Black Workers Remember: An Oral History of Segregation, Unionism, and the Freedom Struggle. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1999.

Hudson, Hosea. “Struggle Against Philip Murray’s Racist Policies in Birmingham.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Memoir of Communist involvement in Steel Workers’ Organizing Committee work.

Jacobson, Julius, ed. The Negro and the American Labor Movement. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1968.

Johnson, Victoria L. “Political Culture and Union [Racial] Integration: A Comparison of the Seattle and San Francisco General Strikes.” Paper presented at  American Sociological Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Korstad, Robert. “‘Daybreak of Freedom’: Southern Workers in the Early Civil Rights Movement, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 1943-1950.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Korstad, Robert. “Response: The Possibilities for Racial Egalitarianism: Context Matters.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Korstad, Robert, and Nelson Lichtenstein. “Opportunities Found and Lost: Labor, Radicals, and the Early Civil Rights Movement.” Journal of American History 75, no. 3 (December 1988): 786-811. Discusses the dominant C.P. role in Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers (FTA) Local 22 at R. J. Reynolds in Winston-Salem, NC.  With Local 22’s over 8,000 black members as a base, the C.P. recruited about 150 blacks by 1947.  In the early 1950s Local 22 and the C.P. presence were destroyed by a campaign emphasizing anti-Communism.  Discusses the C.P.’s leadership among blacks in the 60,000 member UAW local 600 at Ford’s Rouge complex in the 1940s.  Sees the anti-Communist campaigns of the postwar period as contributing to the lost opportunity of a civil rights movement based on militant unions.

Korstad, Robert. “Civil Rights Unionism and the Black Freedom Struggle.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Lewis-Colman, David Morgan. “African Americans and the Politics of Race Among Detroit’s Auto Workers, 1941--1971.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Discusses the role of communism and anticommunism in the UAW approach to racial issues.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Exclusion, Fair Employment, or Interracial Unionism: Race Relations in Florida’s Shipyards During World War II.” In Labor in the Modern South, edited by Glenn T. Eskew. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2001.

McDuffie, Erik S. “Esther V. Cooper’s ‘The Negro Woman Domestic Worker in Relation to Trade Unionism’: Black Left Feminism and the Popular Front.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

McDuffie, Erik S. “A ‘New Freedom Movement of Negro Women’: Sojourning for Truth, Justice, and Human Rights During the Early Cold War.” Radical History Review (2008).

Meier, August, and Elliott Rudwick. “Communist Unions and the Black Community: The Case of the Transport Workers Union, 1934-1944.” Labor History 23, no. 2 (Spring 1982). Finds that the TWU stressed integrationist rhetoric but did little, except when under strong pressure from the Black community.  TWU leadership was fearful of the prejudice of its mostly white membership and of the use of racism by employers and rival unions.

Nelson, Bruce. “Organized Labor and the Struggle for Black Equality in Mobile During World War II.” Journal of American History 80, no. 3 (December 1993): 952-88. Touches briefly on the race policies of Communist-led CIO unions.

Nelson, Bruce. Divided We Stand: American Workers and the Struggle for Black Equality. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. Somewhat critical of the role of Communist-led unions.

Olson, James S. “Organized Black Leadership and Industrial Unionism: The Racial Response, 1936-1945.” Labor History 10, no. 3 (Summer 1969).

Rosen, Sumner. “The CIO Era.” In The Negro and the American Labor Movement, edited by Julius Jacobson. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1968. Argues that during World War II, Communist CIO unionists subordinated black concerns to the war effort to a greater extent than did non-Communist unionists.

Salmond, John A. Southern Struggles: The Southern Labor Movement and the Civil Rights Struggle. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2004.

Spero, Sterling Denhard, and Abram Lincoln Harris. The Black Worker: A Study of the Negro and the Labor Movement. New York: Columbia University Press, 1931. Chapters 2-5, 10, 14-15, 17-19 comprise A. L. Harris’s thesis (Ph. D.)--Columbia University, 1931.

Swift, William S. “The Negro in the Offshore Maritime Industry.” In Negro Employment in the Maritime Industries: A Study of Racial Policies in the Shipbuilding, Longshore, and Offshore Maritime Industries, edited by Lester Rubin, William S. Swift, and Herbert Roof Northrup. Philadelphia: Industrial Research Unit, Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, 1974. Discusses the policy of the Communist-aligned NMU toward blacks.

****************************************************************

 

National Negro Labor Council

 

Fullilove, Mindy Thompson. “National Negro Labor Council.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Survey of the origins of the C.P.-aligned NNLC in 1950, including the roles of William Hood of UAW Local 600, Victoria Garvin (vice-president of the Distributive, Professional & Office Workers), Coleman A. Young, and Ernest Thompson (secretary of Fair Practice Committee of the UE).  Young became the national secretary of the NNLC.  Says the NNLC was destroyed by the AFL-CIO and the government.

Thompson, Mindy. The National Negro Labor Council: A History. New York: AIMS, 1978.

****************************************************************

 

Negro Labor Committee and Frank Crosswaith

 

Seabrook, John Howard. “Black and White Unite: The Career of Frank R. Crosswaith.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1980. Biography of Crosswaith, a Socialist party figure, ILGWU organizer, New York political figure, head of the Negro Labor Committee, and strong anti-Communist.

Walter, John C. “Frank R. Crosswaith and the Negro Labor Committee in Harlem, 1925-1939.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 3 (July 1979).

Walter, John C. “Frank R. Crosswaith and Labor Unionization in Harlem, 1939-1945.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 7 (July 1983)

****************************************************************

 

League of Revolutionary Black Worker

 

Geschwender, James A. “League of Revolutionary Black Workers: Problems Confronting Black Marxist-Leninist Organizations.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 2 (Fall 1974).

Geschwender, James A. “Marxist-Leninist Organization: Prognosis Among Black Workers.” Journal of Black Studies 8, no. 3 (1978). Discusses the rise and fall (1968-71) of the League of Revolutionary Black Workers in the Detroit automobile industry.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Black Tobacco Workers

 

Barthwell, Akosua. Trade Unionism in North Carolina: The Strike Against Reynolds Tobacco, 1947. Pamphlet. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1977. Communist unionist were active in the strike.

Griffin, Larry J., and Robert R. Korstad. “Class as Race and Gender: Making and Breaking a Labor Union in the Jim Crow South.” Social Science History 19, no. 4 (1995). On the some-time left-led Local 22 of the United Cannery, Agricultural, Packing, and Allied Workers of America of the R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company plant in Winston-Salem, North Carolina in the 1940s.

Honey, Michael. “Labor and Civil Rights in the South: The Industrial Labor Movement and Black Workers in Memphis, 1929-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 1988.

Korstad, Karl. “Black and White Together: Organizing in the South with the Food, Tobacco, Agricultural & Allied Workers Union (FTA-CIO), 1946-1952.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Korstad, Robert. “Those Who Were Not Afraid: Winston-Salem, 1943.” In Working Lives: The Southern Exposure History of Labor in the South, edited by Marc S. Miller. New York: Pantheon Books, 1980.

Korstad, Robert. “Daybreak of Freedom: Tobacco Workers and the CIO, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 1943-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1987.

Korstad, Robert, and Larry Griffin. “Theory and History: Interpreting Race, Class, and Gender in the Southern Tobacco Industry.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Korstad, Robert Rodgers. Civil Rights Unionism: Tobacco Workers and the Struggle for Democracy in the Mid-Twentieth-Century South. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Love, Richard. “In Defiance of Custom and Tradition: Black Tobacco Workers and Labor Unions in Richmond, Virginia, 1937-1941.” Labor History 35, no. 1 (Winter 1994). Notes a Communist role in tobacco unionism.

Tilley, Nannie M. The R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1985. This commissioned company history notes a Communist role in Local 22 of the CIO Tobacco Workers in the 1940s.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Black Workers in Memphis

 

Honey, Michael. “Labour Leadership and Civil Rights in the South: A Case Study of the CIO in Memphis, 1935-1955.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada] 5 (1986). Argues that the removal of Communists for the union movement removed the only labor allies of Blacks.

Honey, Michael. “The Popular Front in the American South: The View from Memphis.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 30 (Fall 1986). Argues that one of the few effective opponents of Boss Edward Crump’s political machine of the 1930s and 1940s was a CIO-led coalition of white leftist and black workers.  Describes a strong and highly praiseworthy Communist role in Local 19 of the United Cannery, Agricultural and Packing and Allied Workers of America and a local of the Inland Boatmen’s Division of the NMU-CIO.  Notes the leading role of the Memphis local of the American Newspaper Guild in the anti-Communist wing of the Tennessee CIO.

Honey, Michael. “Focus on Memphis.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “Labor, the Left and Civil Rights in the South: Memphis, Tennessee During the CIO Era, 1937-1955.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “What Happened in Memphis.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses the relationship between the National Negro Congress, Local 19 of the Food, Tobacco and Agricultural Workers Union, and local CIO leaders.

Honey, Michael. “Industrial Unionism and Racial Justice in Memphis.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

Honey, Michael. “Black Workers Remember: Industrial Unionism in the Era of Jim Crow.” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Honey, Michael K. Southern Labor and Black Civil Rights: Organizing Memphis Workers. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Congressional Investigations of Black Radicalism

 

Sanford, Delacy W., Jr. “Congressional Investigation of Black Communism, 1919-1967.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1973. Surveys the testimony and deliberations of Congressional investigations of radical activity among Blacks.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Infiltration of Minority Groups. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The American Negro in the Communist Party. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Subversive Influence in Riots, Looting, and Burning. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

****************************************************************

 

Black Radicalism and Internal Security Agencies

 

Harris, Benjamin. “Psychiatrists in the Red Squad: The Case of Jane Newton.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1995. Discusses the case of Jane Emery, white and middle-class, who became a Communist and married Herbert Newton, a prominent African-American Communist, in 1933.  In 1934 Jane appeared in municipal court for defying an eviction order.  The judge, informed of her background, ordered a psychiatric examination.  The court psychiatrist found her insane and committed her.  Local newspapers took up a campaign using her as a cautionary tale of the evils of Communism, interracial marriage, and the attraction of communism to the mentally unstable.  After a four days in the psychopathic hospital, a panel of three psychiatric doctors testified that she was sane, and a judge ordered her released.  Richard Wright later lived with the Newtons, and Jane may have been the model for the Mary Dalton character in Native Son.

Hartman, Andrew. “The Fluidity of Repression in the United States: HUAC, COINTELPRO, and the Black Panthers During the 1960’s.” Graduate Paper. George Washington University, 2003. The FBI as aggressors oppressing the rights on the innocent Black Panthers.

McKnight, Gerald D. “A Harvest of Hate: The FBI’s War Against Black Youth -- Domestic Intelligence in Memphis, Tennessee.” South Atlantic Quarterly 86 (Winter 1987). Discusses FBI surveillance of radical activist black youth groups.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The Roosevelt Administration and Black America: Federal Surveillance Policy and Civil Rights During the New Deal and World War II Years.” Phylon 48, no. 1 (1987).

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the Civil Rights Movement During the Kennedy Years - from the Freedom Rides to Albany.” Journal of Southern History 54, no. 2 (1988).

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the Politics of the Riots, 1964-1968.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988): 91-114.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. Racial Matters: The FBI’s Secret File on Black America, 1960-1972. New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan, 1989.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the NAACP.” Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Reed, Merl E. “The FBI, MOWM, and CORE, 1941-1946.” Journal of Black Studies 21, no. 4 (1991). On FBI monitoring of  the March on Washington Movement and the Congress of Racial Equality for Communist infiltration during World War II.

Washburn, Patrick S. “J. Edgar Hoover and the Black Press in World War II.” Journalism History 13, no. 1 (Spring 1986).

Washburn, Patrick Scott. A Question of Sedition: The Federal Government’s Investigation of the Black Press During World War II. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses government interest in Communist-influenced Black journalists.

****************************************************************

 

Blacks and Communism: Biographical Material

 

Amis, B.D. B. D. Amis, African American Radical:  A Short Anthology of Writings and Speeches. Edited by Walter T. Howard. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2007. B.D. Amis was a prominent black Communist in the 1930s

 

 

Harry Belafonte

 

Radosh, Ronald. “The Truth About UNICEF’s Goodwill Ambassador.” New York Sun, 31 Janunary 2006. On Harry Belafonte’s Communist ties.

****************************************************************

 

Ben Burns

 

Burns, Ben. Nitty Gritty: A White Editor in Black Journalism. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1996. A CPUSA journalist in the 1930s (Daily Worker, Midwest Record, and People’s World), Burns got the position of editor of the black-oriented Chicago Defender in the mid-1940s with party help.  He met John Johnson and became executive editor of Johnson’s new venture, Ebony, and other Johnson publications.  He was expelled from the CPUSA in the late 1940s on white chauvinism charges based in part on his links to Johnson’s policy of not emphasizing protest in his black publications.

****************************************************************

 

Marvel Cooke

 

Span, Paula. “Marvel Cooke’s Tour of the Century.” Washington Post, 11 August 1993. Feature story about black journalist who joined the C.P. in the 1930s and who says that although changes in the Communist world in recent years had left her “a little disturbed recently, but I’ve never dropped my membership.”

Streitmatter, Rodger, and Barbara Diggs-Brown. “Marvel Cooke: An African-American Woman Journalist Who Agitated for Racial Reform.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 16, no. 2 (1992). Radical black journalist Marvel Cooke joined the CPUSA in 1936.

****************************************************************

 

Angela Davis

 

Aptheker, Bettina. The Morning Breaks: The Trial of Angela Davis. New York: International Publishers, 1975. Description of the trial written by a fellow Communist.

Collier, Peter. “The Red and the Black.” Heterodoxy 3, no. 2 (February 1995). On Communist Angela Davis and her winning to the “Presidential Chair” professorship at the University of California Santa Cruz.

Davis, Angela Yvonne. Angela Davis--an Autobiography. New York: International Publishers, 1988.

Miller, Judy Ann. “The State of California Vs. Angela Y. Davis and Ruchell Magee.” Black Politician 2, no. 4 (1971).

Nadelson, Regina. Who is Angela Davis? The Biography of a Revolutionary. New York: P. H. Wyden, 1972. Admiring biography.

Parker, J. A. Angela Davis: The Making of a Revolutionary. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1973. Hostile biography.

Timothy, Mary. Jury Woman. Palo Alto, CA: Emty Press, 1974. Written by a member of the Angela Davis jury.

Williams, Irene. “Women in the Dark Times: Three Views of the Angela Davis Trial.” San Jose Studies 4, no. 1 (1978). Review article on the Angela Davis trial, 1970; prompted by Angela Davis’s With My Mind On Freedom: An Autobiography, Bettina Aptheker’s The Morning Breaks, and Mary Timothy’s Jury Woman

****************************************************************

 

Benjamin Davis

 

Davis, Benjamin J. Communist Councilman from Harlem: Autobiographical Notes Written in a Federal Penitentiary. New York: International Publishers, 1969.

Eversole, Theodore W. “Benjamin J. Davis, Jr. (1903-1964): From Republican Atlanta Lawyer to Harlem Communist Councilman.” Journal of the Afro-American Historical and Genealogical Society 8, no. 1 (1987). Biographical essay.

Greenberg, Ken. “Benjamin Jefferson Davis, Jr., in the City Council: Harlem’s Reaction to Communism During the 1940’s.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1970.

Horne, Gerald. Black Liberation/Red Scare: Ben Davis and the Communist Party. Newark, DE: University of Delaware Press, 1993. Hagiographic portrait of Davis, elected to the city council of New York, who was one of the few open CPUSA members ever elected to a significant public office.

Horwitz, Gerry. “Benjamin Davis, Jr., and the American Communist Party: A Study in Race and Politics.” UCLA Historical Journal 4 (1983).

Klore, Joe. “Harlem’s Communist Councilman, Ben Davis Jr.” Political Affairs 81, no. 2 (2002).

Lewinson, Edwin R. Black Politics in New York City. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974. Notes the role of Ben Davis and other black Communists in black city politics in the 1940s.

Markowitz, Norman. “Benjamin Davis, Jr.: Centennial, 1903-2003.” Political Affairs 82, no. 2 (February 2003).

****************************************************************

 

W.E.B. Du Bois

 

Aptheker, Herbert, ed. Annotated Bibliography of the Published Writings of W. E. B. Du Bois. Millwood, NY: Kraus-Thomson Organization, 1973.

Aptheker, Herbert. The Literary Legacy of W.E.B. Du Bois. White Plains, NY: Kraus International Publications, 1989.

Cain, William E. “W. E. B. Du Bois’s Autobiography and the Politics of Literature.” Black American Literature Forum 24, no. 2 (1990).

Drake, Willie Avon. “From Reform to Communism: The Intellectual Development of W.E.B. DuBois.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1985. Argues that a socialist vision underlay Du Bois thought throughout his life.

Du Bois, Shirley Graham. His Day is Marching: On a Memoir of W. E. B. Du Bois. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1971.

Du Bois, W. E. B. The Autobiography of W. E. B. DuBois: A Soliloquy on Viewing My Life from the Last Decade of Its First Century. New York]: International Publishers, 1968.

Efrat, Edgar S. “Incipient Panafricansim: W. E. B. DuBois and the Early Days.” Australian Journal of Politics and History 13, no. 3 (1967).

Higbee, Mark D. “A Letter from W. E. B. Dubois to His Daughter Yolande, Dated ‘Moscow, December, 10, 1958.’” Journal of Negro History 78, no. 3 (Summer 1993).

Horne, Gerald. “W. E. B. Du Bois and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Southern Historical Association. Louisville, Kentucky, 1984.

Horne, Gerald. Black and Red: W.E.B. Du Bois and the Afro-American Response to the Cold War, 1944-1963. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1986. Highly sympathetic to Du Bois’s adoption of Communism.

Horne, Gerald. Race Woman: The Lives of Shirley Graham Du Bois. New York: New York University Press, 2000. Biography of the Communist activist, writer, artist, official in Nkrumah’s Ghana devotee of Maoist China and wife of W.E.B. Du Bois.

Horne, Gerald C. “Black and Red: W.E.B. Du Bois and the Cold War, 1944-1963.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1984.

Lewis, David L. “W.E.B. DuBois.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1986.

Lewis, Levering. “DuBois, the NAACP and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Lindberg, Kathryne V. “W.E.B. Du Bois’s Dusk of Dawn and James Yates’s Mississippi to Madrid or ‘what Goes Around Comes Around and Around and Around’ in Autobiography.” Massachusetts Review 35, no. 2 (1994).

Marable, Manning. W.E.B. DuBois, Black Radical Democrat. Boston: Twayne, 1986. Sympathetic biography of DuBois from a radical perspective.

Melamed, Jodi. “‘No Deed but Memory’: W.E.B. Du Bois’s Soliloquy for the Communist Century.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Melamed, Jodi. “W. E. B. Du Bois’s UnAmerican End.” African American Review 40, no. 3 (Fall 2006): 533-50.

Mullen, Bill. “W.E.B. Du Bois, Dark Princess, and the Afro-Asian International.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Mullen, Bill V. “Du Bois, Dark Princess, and the Afro-Asian International.” Positions: East Asia Cultures Critique 11, no. 1 (2003).

Phillips, Lily Wiatrowski. “W. E. B. Du Bois and Soviet Communism: The Black Flame as Socialist Realism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 94, no. 3 (1995).

Phillips, Lily Wiatrowski. “W.E.B. DuBois and Soviet Communism: ‘The Black Flame’ as Socialist Realism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 94, no. 3 (1995).

Rampersad, Arnold. The Art and Imagination of W. E. B. Du Bois. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1976.

Thompson, Robert Dee, Jr. “A Socio-Biography of Shirley Graham-Du Bois: A Life in the Struggle.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1997.

Trotter, Joe W. “W.E.B. Du Bois: Ambiguous Journey to the Black Working Class.” In Reading Southern History: Essays on Interpreters and Interpretations, edited by Glenn Feldman. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2001.

Wright, William D. “The Socialist Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Hubert Harrison

 

Harrison, Hubert H. A Hubert Harrison Reader. Edited by Jeffrey Babcock Perry. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 2001. A prominent Black Socialist, Harrison was close to the C.P. in the 1920s.

Perry, Jeffrey B. “Hubert Harrison (1883-1927): Race Consciousness and the Struggle for Socialism.” Socialism and Democracy 34 (2003).

Perry, Jeffrey B. Hubert Harrison: The Voice of Harlem Radicalism, 1883-1918. New York: Columbia University Press, 2008.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Haywood

 

Goldfield, Michael. “The Decline of the Communist Party and the Black Question in the U.S.: Harry Haywood’s Black Bolshevik.” Review of Radical Political Economics 12, no. 1 (1980).

Haywood, Harry. The Road to Negro Liberation: The Tasks of the Communist Party in Winning Working Class Leadership of the Negro Liberation Struggles, and the Fight Against Reactionary Nationalist-Reformist Movements Among the Negro People. New York: Workers Library, 1934.

Haywood, Harry. Black Bolshevik: Autobiography of an Afro-American Communist. Chicago: Liberator Press, 1978. Autobiography by one of the Communist party chief black leaders of the 1930s and 1940s.  Haywood was expelled in 1959 and became associated with Maoist organizations.

****************************************************************

 

Hosea Hudson

 

Hudson, Hosea. Black Worker in the Deep South: A Personal Record. New York: International Publishers, 1972.

Hudson, Hosea, and Nell Irvin Painter. The Narrative of Hosea Hudson: His Life as a Negro Communist in the South. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1979. Edited autobiographical oral history interview.

Painter, Nell Irvin. “Hosea Hudson: A Negro Communist in the Deep South.” Radical America 11, no. 4 (July-August 1977). Edited autobiographical oral history interview.

****************************************************************

 

Martin Luther King, Jr.

 

Breindel, Eric M. “King’s Communist Associates.” New Republic, 30 January 1984. Discusses the links to the Communist party of some aides to Martin Luther King, Jr.

Fairclough, Adam. “Was Martin Luther King a Marxist?” History Workshop Journal [U.K.] 15 (1983).

Federal Bureau of Investigation. Communist Infiltration of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference and J. Edgar Hoover’s Official and Confidential File on Martin Luther King, Jr. F.B.I. Investigation Files. Wilmington, DE: Scholarly Resources, Inc., 1983. Nine microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Garrow, David J., ed.  “The Martin Luther King, Jr., FBI File.” Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1984. pt. 1. FBI file (16 reels) -- pt. 2. The King-Levison file (9 reels)

Garrow, David J. The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr.: From “Solo” to Memphis. New York: W.W. Norton, 1981. Notes that initial FBI interest in King was due to his relationship with Stanley Levison, a former Communist.  The FBI’s concern about Levison was based on information from informants inside the Communist party.

Garrow, David J. The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr.: From “Solo” to Memphis. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2001. New and enlarged edition with additional details on the FBI’s investigation of Stanley Levison’s links to the CPUSA and King.

Garrow, David J. “The FBI and Martin Luther King.” Atlantic Monthly, July/August 2002, 80-88. Based on newly opened FBI files on the FBI’s investigation of Stanley Levinson’s role in the CPUSA’s covert financial support apparatus and his role as an adviser to King.

****************************************************************

 

Claude Lightfoot

 

Lightfoot, Claude M. An American Looks at Russia: Can We Live Together in Peace? New York: New Century Publishers, 1951. “Text of a speech delivered in Chicago on November 10, 1950, by ... State Secretary of the Communist Party in Illinois, on the occasion of the thirty-third anniversary of the Russian revolution.”

Lightfoot, Claude M. Ghetto Rebellion to Black Liberation. New York: International Publishers, 1968.

Lightfoot, Claude M. Chicago Slums to World Politics: Autobiography of Claude M. Lightfoot. Edited by Timothy V. Johnson. New York: New Outlook, 1985.

****************************************************************

James and Esther Jackson

 

Davis, Angela. “James and Esther Jackson: Connecting the Past to the Present.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Jackson, Maurice. “James and Esther Jackson: A Personal Perspective.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Johnson, Timothy. “‘Death for Negro Lynching!’ The Communist Party, USA’s Position on the African American Question.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Kelley, Robin D. G. “The Jacksons.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Leab, Daniel J., Michael Nash, and David Levering Lewis. “Remembering the Jacksons.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Lewis, David Levering. “James and Esther Jackson: A Historical Assessment.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Richards, Johnetta. “Fundamentally Determined: James E. Jackson and Esther Cooper Jackson and the Southern Negro Youth Congress–1937–1946.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Rzeszutek, Sara E. “‘All Those Rosy Dreams we Cherish’: James Jackson and Esther Cooper’s Marriage on the Front Lines of the Double Victory Campaign.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

****************************************************************

 

Claudia Jones

 

Davies, Carole Boyce. Left of Karl Marx: The Political Life of Black Communist Claudia Jones. Durham: Duke University Press, 2007.

Hill, Rebecca. “Fosterites and Feminists, or 1950s Ultra-Leftists and the Invention of AmeriKKKa.” New Left Review [U.K.], no. 228 (1998). Admiring portrait of Claudia Jones, a Black Trinidadian immigrant active in the CPUSA in the 1930s and 1940s and, after deportation, in the British Communist and radical movement.

Johnson, Buzz. “I Think of My Mother” Notes on the Life and Times of Claudia Jones. London, U.K.: Kaira Press, 1985.

Jones, Claudia. “Dear Comrade Foster...” Ed. Peter Meyer Filardo. American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Claudia Jones autobiographical statement of 6 December 1955.

May, Claudia Rosemary. “Nuances of Un-American Literature(s): In Search of Claudia Jones; A Literary Retrospective on the Life, Times and Works of an Activist-Writer.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1996.

Sherwood, Marika. Claudia Jones: A Life in Exile. London, U.K.: Lawrence & Wishart, 1999. Born in Trinidad, in the mid-1940s Jones was editor for Negro affairs for the CPUSA’s Daily Worker and executive secretary of the National Negro Commission. She also served on the National Committee of the CPUSA, was executive secretary of the National Women’s Commission and editor of the Negro Affairs Quarterly.  After a year in prison she was deported to Britain in December 1955 where she worked within the CPGB.

****************************************************************

 

George Padmore

 

Hooker, James R. Black Revolutionary; George Padmore’s Path from Communism to Pan-Africanism. New York: Praeger, 1967.

Padmore, George. Pan-Africanism or Communism? The Coming Struggle for Africa. New York: Roy Publishers, 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Adam Clayton Powell

 

Gunther, Lenworth, III. “Flamin’ Tongue: The Rise of Adam Clayton Powell, Jr., 1908-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1985.

Hickey, Neil, and Ed Edwin. Adam Clayton Powell and the Politics of Race. New York: Fleet Pub. Corp., 1965. Discusses Powell’s complex and ambiguous relationship with the Communist party.

****************************************************************

 

A. Philip Randolph and the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters

 

Anderson, Jervis. A. Philip Randolph: A Biographical Portrait. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. Discusses Randolph’s experiences in and disillusionment with the Communist-aligned National Negro Congress.

Arnesen, Eric. “A. Philip Randolph: Labor and the New Black Politics.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Arnesen, Eric. “Reconsidering Black Anticommunism: A. Philip Randolph, the Left, and the Race Question.” Paper presented at Newberry Library Labor History Seminar. 14 October, 2005.

Brooks, T.R., and A.H. Raskin. “A. Philip Randolph, 1889-1979.” New Leader 62 (4 June 1979). Biographical essay.

Bynum, Cornelius Lyn. “Fighting for Identity: A. Philip Randolph’s Search for Class-Consciousness in the Age of the Harlem Renaissance.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 2004.

Garfinkel, Herbert. When Negroes March: The March on Washington Movement in the Organizational Politics for FEPC. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1959. Notes the changing Communist attitude to A. Philip Randolph’s March on Washington Movement in World War II.

Harris, William H. “A. Philip Randolph as a Charismatic Leader, 1925-1941.” Journal of Negro History 64, no. 4 (Spring 1979).

Harris, William Hamilton. Keeping the Faith: A. Philip Randolph, Milton P. Webster, and the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, 1925-37. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977.

Henderson, Jeff. “A. Philip Randolph and the Dilemmas of Socialism and Black Nationalism in the United States, 1917-1941.” Race & Class 20 (Autumn 1978).

Henrik, John. “A. Philip Randolph, The Messenger and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Kersten, Andrew Edmund. A. Philip Randolph: A Life in the Vanguard. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2007

Marable, Manning. “A. Philip Randolph and the Foundation of Black American Socialism.” Radical America 14, no. 2 (March-April 1980).

Pfeffer, Paula F. A. Philip Randolph, Pioneer of the Civil Rights Movement. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1990.

Randolph, Asa Philip. “Menace of Communism.” American Federationist 56 (March 1949).

Schultz, Kevin M. “The FEPC and the Legacy of the Labor-Based Civil Rights Movement of the 1940s.” Labor History 49, no. 1 (February 2008). A. Philip Randolph plays a central role.

Taylor, Cynthia. A. Philip Randolph: The Religious Journey of an African American Labor Leader. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

Bayard Rustin

 

Anderson, Jervis. Bayard Rustin: Troubles I’ve Seen: A Biography. New York: HarperCollins, 1997. Rustin, a leading civil rights figure, was an influential anti-Communist social democrat in the post-World War II era.

D’Emilio, John. “Homophobia and the Trajectory of Postwar American Radicalism: The Case of Bayard Rustin.” Radical History Review, no. 62 (Spring 1995).

D’Emilio, John. “When Ghandi Met Foucault: The Prison Years of Bayard Rustin.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

D’Emilio, John. Lost Prophet: the Life and Times of Bayard Rustin. New York: Free Press, 2003.

Levine, Daniel. Bayard Rustin and the Civil Rights Movement. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1999.

Rustin, Bayard. Down the Line: The Collected Writings of Bayard Rustin. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

Rustin, Bayard. Time on Two Crosses: The Collected Writings of Bayard Rustin. Edited by Devon W. Carbado and Donald. Weise. San Francisco: Cleis Press, 2003.

Viorst, Milton. Fire in the Streets: America in the 1960s. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979. Notes that Bayard Rustin broke with the Communist party in 1941 due to its rapid change of line.

****************************************************************

 

George S. Schuyler

 

Judge, Mark Gauvreau. “Justice to George S. Schuyler.” Policy Review, no. 102 (August-September 2000).

Schuyler, George Samuel. Black and Conservative: The Autobiography of George S. Schuyler. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1966.

Schuyler, George Samuel. Rac(e)Ing to the Right: Selected Essays of George S. Schuyler. Edited by Jeffrey B. Leak. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2001.

Williams, Oscar Renal, III. “The Making of a Black Conservative: George S. Schuyler.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1997. On Schuyler’s evolution from radicalism in the 1930s to the far-right in the 1950s and 1960s.

Williams, Oscar R. “Postwar Black Conservatism and McCarthyism: George S. Schuyler and the Anti-Communist Movement, 1945-54.” Paper presented at American History Association annual meeting, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Robert F. Williams

 

Tyson, Timothy B. “Robert F. Williams, ‘Black Power,’ and the Roots of the African American Freedom Struggle.” Journal of American History 85, no. 2 (September 1998)

****************************************************************

 

Henry Winston

 

Mostovets, N. Henry Winston, Profile of a U.S. Communist. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1983. Soviet hagiography of a leading African-American Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Max Yergan

 

Anthony, David Henry. Max Yergan: Race Man, Internationalist, Cold Warrior. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

Black Writers, Black Artists, and Communism

 

Aldridge, Daniel W. “A Militant Liberalism: Anti-Communism and the African-American Intelligentsia, 1939-1945.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 2004.

Bardan, Alice. “Communist Rhetorics and Reception in Black Bohemian Writers: The Case of Hughes, McKay, and Nugent.”  master’s thesis. Emporia State University, 2003.

Batiste, Stephanie L. “Dramas of Property as the Performance of Resistance: The Possibilities of Radicalism in the Negro Federal Theater’s ‘Big White Fog’ and ‘Mississippi Rainbow.’” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Bone, Robert. The Negro Novel in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1958. Sees Communist influence on black writers as having promoted racial nationalism.

Booker, M. Keith. “The Reds and the Blacks.” In Cold War Literature: Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Carreiro, Amy Elizabeth. “African-American Writers and the Legacy of the Harlem Renaissance, 1920-1970.” Ph.D. diss. Oklahoma State University, 1997. Uses African-American literature to reassess past and present historiographical interpretations of black intellectuals, the Harlem Renaissance, and black membership in the American Communist Party.  Concentrates on Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, and Ralph Ellison.

Dawahare, Anthony. “Specter of Radicalism in Alain Locke’s The New Negro.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Dawahare, Anthony. Nationalism, Marxism, and African American Literature Between the  Wars: A New Pandora’s Box. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2002.

Dolinar, Brian. “Where History Turned Another Page: The Black Popular Art of Langston Hughes, Ollie Harrington, and Chester Himes.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate University, 2005.

Foley, Barbara. Spectres of 1919 Class and Nation in the Making of the New Negro. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2003.

Gardullo, Paul R. “Nat Turner on the Back Burner: Visions of Slave Revolt in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Horne, Gerald. “Black Thinkers at Sea: Ferdinand Smith and the Decline of African American Proletarian Intellectuals.” Souls 4 (Spring 2002).

Johnson, Abby Arthur, and Ronald Maberry Johnson. Propaganda and Aesthetics the Literary Politics of Afro-American Magazines in the Twentieth Century. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1979.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination. Boston: Beacon Press, 2002.

Kim, Sam G. “Black Americans’ Commitment to Communism: A Case Study Based on Fiction and Autobiographies by Black Americans.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1986. Compares and contrasts the fictional and autobiographical works of a number of black Communists.  Notes that autobiographical works tended to be supportive of Communism and of the relationship of blacks to the Communist party, whereas fictional works, some by the same author, tended to be more critical.  Attributes the harsher stance of fictional works to the lack of need for self-justification.

Lubin, Alex. Revising the Blueprint: Ann Petry and the Literary Left. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2007.

Margolick, David. Strange Fruit: Billie Holiday, Café Society, and an Early Cry for Civil Rights. Philadelphia: Running Press, 2000.

Maxwell, William J. New Negro, Old Left African-American Writing and Communism Between the Wars. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Maxwell, William Joseph. “Dialectical Engagements: The ‘New Negro’ and the ‘Old Left,’ 1918-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1993. Examines the intellectual engagements of Claude McKay, Mike Gold Richard Right, Nora Neale Hurston, and Nelson Algren.

Mullen, Bill. “Popular Fronts: ‘Negro Story’ Magazine and the African American Literary Response to World War II.” African American Review 30, no. 1 (Spring 1996).

Mullen, Bill. Popular Fronts: Chicago and African-American Cultural Politics, 1935-46. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1999.

Naison, Mark. “Communism and Harlem Intellectuals in the Popular Front: Anti-Fascism and the Politics of Black Culture.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 9, no. 1 (Spring 1981). Examines the Communist party’s approach to black community leaders during the Popular Front.  The greatest success came when class struggle themes were dropped and black issues emphasized through such organizations as the National Negro Congress.

Peterson, Rachel. “African American Writers, Communism and Anticommunism: Trajectories of Commitment.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Robinson, Cedric J. Black Marxism: The Making of the Black Radical Tradition. London, Totowa, NJ: Zed & Biblio Distribution Center, 1983. Discusses the political and intellectual development of W.E.B. Du Bois, C.L.R. James, and Richard Wright.

Simama, Jabari Onaje. “Black Writers Experience Communism: An Interdisciplinary Study of Imaginative Writers, Their Critics, and the CPUSA.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1978. Finds that the Communist party hindered Black Communist writers who attempted to articulate themes which the party did not endorse; concludes that the Communist party’s Black Republic and Black Self-Determination themes were largely propaganda devices without real programmatic intent; notes that the CPUSA used its Black members to attack Black writers who attempted self-expression; remarks that the party was successful in American society at large only when it was successful in the Black community.

Singh, Nikhil Pal. “Retracing the Red-Black Thread.” American Literary History. 4, 15. 2003

Smethurst, James. “The Left and the Rise of Black Arts Movement in New York City; New York City and the Rise of Black Arts Movement.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Smethurst, James. “The Communist Left and the Rise of the Black Arts Movement in the Mid-West.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Smethurst, James Edward. “The New Red Negro: African-American Poetry of the 1930s and 1940s.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1996. Abstract: “locates African American poetry written during the 1930s and 1940s within the cultural matrices of “high” and “low” culture, and of the literary, and political, discourses of modernism, nationalism and Communism. The ideology of the Communist Left, particularly as expressed through ‘cultural’ institutions of the literary Left, such as the journal New Masses, publishing houses, newspapers, etc., significantly influenced the shape of African American poetry in the 1930s and 1940s as well as the content of the poetry.”

Smethurst, James Edward. The New Red Negro: The Literary Left and African American Poetry, 1930-1946. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.

Smethurst, James. “The Influence of the Popular Front in the South on the Black Arts Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Smethurst, James Edward. “Poetry and Sympathy: New York, the Left, and the Rise of Black Arts.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Turner, Washella N. “Unity or Dissension? African American Literary Perspectives on Twentieth-Century Interracial Organizations and Relations.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2005. ABSTRACT: Various literary texts written by African American authors, specifically from the 1920s through the 1960s, portray the purposes and effectiveness of blacks and whites working in the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), the Communist Party of the United States of America (CPUSA), and individuals who promote interracial fellowship and equal rights. I contend that historical oppression,the psychological aftereffects of slavery on both blacks and whites, plays both subconscious and conscious roles within these individuals, thereby limiting their ability to work together effectively. In support of this idea, I engage Frantz Fanon’s Black Skin, White Masks and Albert Memmi’s The Colonizer and the Colonized to discuss inferiority complexes among blacks and superiority complexes among whites. Other factors that affect interracial coalition for equality are capitalism, white liberalism, intellectualism, and assimilationism.; Jessie Fauset’s There is Confusion, Rudolph Fisher’s The Walls of Jericho, George Schuyler’s Black No More: A Novel, and Carl Offord’s The White Face depict the effectiveness of the NAACP as a vessel to assist blacks in securing equal rights in the United States. Chester Himes’ Lonely Crusade and Ralph Ellison’s Invisible Man comment on the methods the CPUSA uses to increase black membership in the organization in order to give the impression of fostering black equality. I also examine interracial social situations and educational opportunities for blacks in Ann Petry’s The Street, Richard Wright’s Native Son, Ralph Ellison’s Invisible Man, and Kristin Hunter’s The Landlord, as well as interracial working conditions in William Attaway’s Blood on the Forge and Chester Himes’ If He Hollers Let Him Go and Lonely Crusade.

Von Eschen, Penny M. “‘That’s What They Call Cultural Exchange’: The Dilemma of the Black Artist in the Cold War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Wald, Alan. “African Americans, Culture and Communism: National Liberation and Socialism [Part 1 & 2].” Against the Current 14 &15, no. 6 & 2 (January-February/May-June 2000). Review essay of Solomon’s The Cry Was Unity, Maxwell’s Old Negro, New Left, Mullen’s Popular Fronts, and Smethurst’s The New Red Negro. “From the early 1920s until the late 1950s, the U.S. Communist movement was a significant pole of attraction in African-American political and cultural life.  Only a few prominent African-American poets, fiction writers, playwrights and critics-such as novelist Richard Wright-publicly boasted of party membership.  Yet it seems likely that Margaret Walker, Lance Jeffers, Claude McKay, John Oliver Killens, Julian Mayfield, Alice Childress, Shirley Graham, Lloyd Brown, John Henrik Clarke, William Attaway, Frank Marshall Davis, Lorraine Hansberry, Douglas Turner Ward, Audre Lorde, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Harold Cruse were among those organizationally affiliated in individualized ways. A list of other African-American cultural workers who were, to varying degrees and at different points, fellow travelers, would probably include Ralph Ellison, Chester Himes, Sterling Brown, Langston Hughes, Paul Robeson, Theodore Ward, Countee Cullen, James Baldwin (as a teenager), Richard Durham, Alain Locke, Willard Motley, Rosa Guy, Sarah Wright, Jessie Fausett, Owen Dodson, Ossie Davis, Dorothy West, Marion Minus, Robert Hayden, Waring Cuney, and Lonne Elder III.”

Wald, Alan. “Louisiana Reds: The Southern Roots of Black Marxism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004. On the southern roots of major Black artists and writers.

Washington, Mary Helen. “Alice Childress, Lorraine Hansberry, and Claudia Jones: Black Women Write the Popular Front.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Welch, Rebeccah E. “Black Art and Activism in Postwar New York, 1950--1965.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2002.

Wixson, Douglas. “‘Black Writers and White!’: Jack Conroy, Arna Bontemps, and Interracial Collaboration in the 1930s.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 23 (1998). Examines interracial collaboration in the arts,  the role of the CPUSA, and the joint authorship of Conroy and Bontemps of several works.

Young, Cynthia. “Havana up in Harlem: Leroi Jones, Harold Cruse and the Making of a Cultural Revolution.” Science & Society 65, no. 1 (2001).

Young, James O. Black Writers of the Thirties. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1973. Judges that the Communist party stifled black writers associated with it.

*****************************************************************

 

Black Writers, Black Artists: Biographical Material

 

Josephine Baker

 

Dudziak, Mary L. “Josephine Baker, Racial Protest and the Cold War.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Josephine Baker, Racial Protest, and the Cold War.” Journal of American History 81, no. 2 (September 1994): 543-70. On government investigations of the black singer Josephine Baker and her criticism of U.S. race relations during international tours.

****************************************************************

 

James Baldwin

 

Murphy, Geraldine. “Subversive Anti-Stalinism: Race and Sexuality in the Early Essays of James Baldwin.” ELH [English Literary History] 63, no. 4 (1996). Says Baldwin was influenced in the 1940’s-60’s by literary anti-Stalinism and “Cold War liberalism.”

****************************************************************

 

Lloyd Brown

 

Wald, Alan. “Lloyd Brown and the African American Literary Left [Foreword].” In Iron City: A Novel, Lloyd L. Brown. Boston: Northeastern University Press, 1994. Regarding Brown, an African-American Communist, and his 1951 novel of racist and anti-Communist oppression. Brown born in St. Paul, MN in 1913, mother German-American daughter of Union Army veteran, father a Black Pullman porter.  YCL 1929, to USSR in 1933-34.  In 1937 he married Lily Kashin a young Communist with Polish-Jewish immigrant parents.  In WWII he was in the Army Air Force.  He officially left party in 1952 to become an aide to Paul Robeson, never officially rejoined C.P. but remained ideologically a Communist.  Iron City is set in the Monongahela county jail, police terror against blacks and radicals.  Loosely based on 1940 when Brown was in jail in Pittsburgh Allegheny county jail in the little Red scare with William Jones, a black in prison for murder and executed later.

****************************************************************

 

Harold Cruse

 

Cruse, Harold. The Crisis of the Negro Intellectual. New York: Morrow, 1967. A former Communist criticizes the Communist party and the role of Jews in it from a black nationalist perspective.

Paris, Arthur. “Cruse and the Crisis in Black Culture: The Case of Theater, 1900-1930.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 5, no. 2 (1977). Examines Harold Cruse’s argument that black intellectuals betrayed their task of providing artistic and cultural leadership for the black masses by subordinating themselves to Communists and Jews.

Resnick, Sid. “Harold Cruse’s Attack on Jewish Communists: A Comment.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002).

Wald, Alan. “Narrating Nationalisms: Black Marxism and Jewish Communists Through the Eyes of Harold Cruse.” Science & Society 64, no. 4 (Winter 2000-01): 400-23. Praises Cruse for taking a problematic rather than uncritical view of the Communist legacy but strongly disputes treatment of African American pro-Communist writers and Jewish Party members.

Wald, Alan. “Narrating Nationalisms: Black Marxism and Jewish Communists Through the Eyes of Harold Cruse.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Watts, Jerry, ed. Harold Cruse’s The Crisis of the Negro Intellectual Reconsidered. New York: Routledge, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Ralph Ellison

 

Foley, Barbara. “The Rhetoric of Anti-Communism in Invisible Man.” College English 59 (Summer 1997).

Foley, Barbara. “Ralph Ellison: Proletarian Novelist.” Science & Society 62, no. 4 (Winter 1998-99).

Foley, Barbara. “From Communism to Brotherhood: The Drafts of Invisible Man.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Foley, Barbara. “Race, Class, and Communism: The Young Ralph Ellison and the ‘Whole Left’.” In Radical Relevance: Toward a Scholarship of the Whole Left, edited by Laura Gray-Rosendale and Steven Rosendale. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2005.

Hobson, Christopher Z. “‘Invisible Man’ and African American Radicalism in World War II.” African American Review 39, no. 3 (September 2005): 355-76.

Jackson, Lawrence P. “The Birth of the Critic: The Literary Friendship of Ralph Ellison and Richard Wright.” American Literature 72, no. 2 (2000).

Johnson, Iris Nicole. “The History Behind Ralph Ellison’s ‘Invisible Man.’” Master’s thesis. Texas A&M, Kingsville, 2001. Discusses the role of communism in Invisible Man.

Mazurek, Raymond A. “Writer on the Left: Class and Race in Ellison’s Early Fiction.” College Literature 29, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Purcell, Richard Errol. “Ralph Ellison and the American Pursuit of Humanism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 2008. Discusses Ellison’s embrace of Cold War anti-Communist culture.

Reavis, Dick Johnson. “Defamatory Man: Ralph Ellison and the Communist Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Texas at Arlington, 1998. Maintains that Ellison’s depiction of the Brotherhood defamed the CPUSA and its noble struggle for racial equality.

Roberts, Brian. “Reading Ralph Ellison Synthesizing the C.P. and the NAACP: Sympathetic Narrative Strategy, Sympathetic Bodies.” Journal of Narrative Theory 34, no. 1 (Winter 2004).

Wolfe, Jesse. “‘Ambivalent Man’: Ralph Ellison’s Rejection of Communism.” African American Review 34, no. 4 (2000)

****************************************************************

 

Chester Himes

 

Himes, Chester B. The Autobiography of Chester Himes. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1972.

Margolies, Edward, and Michel Fabre. The Several Lives of Chester Himes. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1997.

Melnick, Jeffrey Paul. “Some Notes on the Erotics of Black-Jewish Relations.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 23, no. 4 (2005). Focuses on Chester Himes’s novel Lonely Crusade, featuring several communist characters.

Wald, Alan. “Chester Himes (1909-1984).” In African American Writers, edited by Valerie Smith. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 2001. Focuses on Himes’ connections with the Communist movement, his WPA experiences, his pro-Soviet views, and treatment of the Left in his first two novels.

****************************************************************

 

Langston Hughes

 

Hughes, Langston. I Wonder as I Wander: An Autobiographical Journey. New York: Rinehart, 1956. Discusses an ill-fated joint Soviet-American attempt in the early 1930s to make a film on American race relations entitled “Black and White.”

McLaren, Joseph. Langston Hughes, Folk Dramatist in the Protest Tradition, 1921-1943. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1997

Moglen, Seth. “Modernism in the Black Diaspora: Langston Hughes and the Broken Cubes of Picasso.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Moore, David Chioni. “Colored Dispatches From the Uzbek Border: Langston Hughes’ Relevance, 1933-2002.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Moore, David Chioni. “Local Color, Global ‘Color’: Langston Hughes, the Black Atlantic, and Soviet Central Asia, 1932.” Research in African Literatures 27, no. 4 (Winter 1996).

Rampersad, Arnold. “Langston Hughes.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986.

Rampersad, Arnold. The Life of Langston Hughes. v. 1. 1902-1941, I, Too, Sing America -- v. 2. 1941-1967, I Dream a World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses Hughes’ hyperoptimism regarding Soviet Communism in the 1920s and 1930s and the difficulty his publication of “Good Morning Revolution” and “Goodbye, Christ” caused him in later life in the United States.

Scott, Jonathan Paul. “The Blood of Others: Class Struggle and Popular Culture in the Writing of Langston Hughes.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1998. Suggests that Hughes’s distancing of himself from communism in the early Cold War has been exaggerated.

Smethurst, James Edward. “‘Don’t Say Goodbye to the Porkpie Hat’: Langston Hughes, the Left, and the Black Arts Movement.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Sundquist, Eric J. “Who Was Langston Hughes?” Commentary 102, no. 6 (December 1996). Discusses Hughes’ relationship with the CPUSA and the USSR in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Zora Neale Hurston

 

Hemenway, Robert E. Zora Neale Hurston: A Literary Biography. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977.

Holt, Elvin. “Zora Neale Hurston and the Politics of Race: A Study of Selected Nonfictional Works.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kentucky, 1983. Notes anti-Communist themes in Hurston’s writings.

Schmidt, Rita T. “‘With My Sword in My Hand.’ The Politics of Race and Sex in the Fiction of Zora Neale Hurston.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1983.

Taylor, Carole Anne. “Zora Neale Hurston, Agnes Smedley, and Cultural Memory: Against a Postmodern Apartheid.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Bob Kaufman

 

Smethurst, James Edward. “‘Remembering When Indians Were Red’: Bob Kaufman, the Popular Front, and the Black Arts Movement.” Callaloo 25, no. 1 (Winter 2002). Focuses on the life and career of Afro-American poet Bob Kaufman.

****************************************************************

 

Claude McKay

 

Cooper, Wayne. “Claude McKay and the New Negro of the 1920’s.” Phylon 25, no. 3 (1964). Discusses his visit to the Soviet Union and his association with communism.

Cooper, Wayne F. “Claude McKay as a Communist.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Cooper, Wayne F. Claude McKay: Rebel Sojourner in the Harlem Renaissance: A Biography. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1987. Discusses McKay’s relationship to Communism.

Donohue, Charles T. “The Making of a Black Poet: A Critical Biography of Claude McKay for the Year 1889-1922.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1972. Concludes that McKay’s political radicalism was largely emotional.

Holcomb, Gary E. “Diaspora Cruises: Queer Black Proletarianism in Claude McKay’s A Long Way from Home.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 49, no. 4 (Winter 2003).

Lewis, Rupert. “Claude McKay’s Political Views.” Jamaica Journal [Jamaica] 19, no. 2 (1986).

Maxwell, William J. “F.B. Eyes: The Bureau Reads Claude McKay.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

McKay, Claude. A Long Way from Home. New York: L. Furman, Inc., 1937. Discusses his experiences in the Communist party of the 1920s.

McLeod, Marian B. “Claude McKay’s Russian Interpretation.” CLA Journal 23 (Mach 1980).

Tillery, Tyrone. “Claude McKay: Man and Symbol of the Harlem Renaissance, 1880-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Kent State University, 1981.

Tillery, Tyrone. “Claude McKay: From Radical to Racial Chauvinist.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Tillery, Tyrone. Claude McKay: A Black Poet’s Struggle for Identity. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1992. Chronicles McKay’s voyage from Marxism, to racial nationalism, to anticommunism, and finally to Roman Catholicism.

Warren, Stanley. “Claude McKay as an Artist.” Negro History Bulletin 40 (1977)

****************************************************************

 

Paul Robeson

 

Balaji, Murali. Politics and Friendship of W. E. B. Du Bois and Paul Robeson. New York: Nation Books, 2007.

Barg, Lisa. “Paul Robeson’s Ballad for Americans: Race and the Cultural Politics of ‘People’s Music’.” Journal of the Society for American Music 2 (2008).

Boyle, Sheila Tully, and Andrew Buni. Paul Robeson: The Years of Promise and Achievement. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2001.

CounterPunch. “Did the CIA Poison Paul Robeson?” CounterPunch, 1 April 1999. Avidly promotes conspiracy theories of a U.S. government plot against Robeson, says Paul Robeson, Jr., believes his father was given a hallucinogen by the CIA and subjected to electro-shock by doctors who were “CIA contractors.”

Cygan, Mary E. “A Man of His Times: Paul Robeson and the Press, 1924-1976.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999).

Davis, Lenwood G. A Paul Robeson Research Guide: A Selected, Annotated Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1982.

Dorinson, Joseph, and William Pencak, eds. Paul Robeson: Essays on His Life and Legacy. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2002. Essays that were presented at a conference held at Long Island University’s Brooklyn campus, February. 28, 1998.

Duberman, Martin. “Paul Robeson.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1986.

Duberman, Martin B. Paul Robeson. New York: Knopf, 1988. Thorough and scholarly Robeson biography.

Du Bois, Shirley Graham. Paul Robeson, Citizen of the World. New York: J. Messner, Inc., 1946.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Paul Robeson. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. Two microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Fettmann, Eric. “Paul Robeson: A Hero Who Betrayed His Friends.” New York Post, 30 May 1999. Discusses Robeson’s strengths as an artist and his defense of Stalinism.

Fettmann, Eric. “A Stamp for a Stalinist.” New York Post, 29 December 2003. On the Paul Robeson stamp and his ardent support for Stalinism.

Finger, Barry. “Paul Robeson: A Flawed Martyr.” New Politics 7, no. 1 (n.s.) (Summer 1998).

Finger, Barry. “Where Did Paul Robeson Stand?” New Politics 8, no. 3  (n.s.) (Summer 1999). Discusses Robeson’s relationship to communism.

Grove, Lloyd. “Robeson: The Man in the Myth.” Washington Post, 24 February 1999. Review of PBS television documentary “Paul Robeson: Here I Stand.”

Harrison, C. Keith, and Brian Lampman. “The Image of Paul Robeson: Role Model for the Student and Athlete.” Rethinking History [U.K.] 5, no. 1 (2001).

Lamphere, Lawrence. “Paul Robeson, ‘Freedom’ Newspaper, and the Black Press.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 2003.

MacDowell, Laurel Sefton. “Paul Robeson in Canada: A Border Story.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada] 51 (Spring 2003). On the “Peace Arch” concerts in the 1950s sponsored by the Canadian Mine Mill union where Robeson, then denied a U.S. passport, sang from the American side to a Canadian audience on the Canadian side of the border at the memorial Peace Arch.

Parker, Lonnae O’Neal. “The Actor-Activist’s Vast, Constricted World.” Washington Post, 24 February 1999. Review of Paul Robeson exhibit at the National Portrait Gallery.

Payne, Charles E. “Paul Robeson: A Psychobiographical Study of the Emotional Development of a Controversial Protest Leader.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1987.

People’s Weekly World staff writer. “World to Honor Robeson May 3.” People’s Weekly World, 21 March 1998. Gus Hall, chief of the CPUSA, states that Paul Robeson was a secret member of the CPUSA and that the party intends that his centenary will bring a recognition of his Communist loyalties.

Perucci, Anthony Thomas. “Tonal Treason: Paul Robeson and the Politics of Cold War Performance.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2004.

Pinsker, Bet. “Revisiting Paul Robeson -- Troubling History and All.” Forward, 21 May 1999.

Robeson, Paul. Here I Stand. New York: Othello Associates, 1958. Autobiography.

Robeson, Paul. Paul Robeson Speaks: Writings, Speeches, Interviews, 1918-1974. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner. New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1978.

Robeson, Paul. The Undiscovered Paul Robeson Volume 1 (1898-1939). John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Robeson, Paul, Jr. “How My Father Last Met Itzik Fefer.” Jewish Current, November 1981. Paul Robeson’s son asserts that his father met the Soviet Jewish poet Itzik Fefer, an old friend, in 1949 in Moscow, learned of Stalin’s anti-Semitic campaign, but chose to keep the information private.

Robeson, Paul, Jr. The Undiscovered Paul Robeson: An Artist’s Journey, 1898-1939. New York: J. Wiley, 2001.

Shaffer, Robert. “Out of the Shadows: The Political Writings of Eslanda Goode Robeson.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999).

Wright, Charles H. Robeson, Labor’s Forgotten Champion. Detroit, MI: Balamp Pub., 1975. Surveys Robeson’s Communist and left-wing political activity.

Wright, Charles H., and Norman McRae. Paul Robeson, 1898-1976. Southfield, MI: Charro, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Wright

 

Acosta, Lucien. L. “Millennial Embrace: The Artistry of Conclusion in Richard Wright’s Fire and Cloud.” Studies in Short Fiction 18, no. 2 (Spring 1981): 121-29. Argues that Wright’s “File and Cloud” had artistic integrity and does not deserve dismissal as crude propaganda from Wright’s Communist period.

Briones, Matthew M. “Call-And-Response: Tracing the Ideological Shifts of Richard Wright Through His Correspondence with Friends and Fellow Literati.” African American Review 37, no. 1 (2003). Notes Wright’s increasing disaffection with the Communist Party in his journals and correspondence over time.

Campbell, Finley C. “Prophet of the Storm: Richard Wright and the Radical Tradition.” Phylon 38, no. 1 (1977).

Campbell, James. “Black Boys and the FBI.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 20 November and 6 December 1990. Based on FOIA files, concludes that while Richard Wright was living in France in the 1950s the U.S. used the leverage of renewing his passport to force Wright to provide information on C.P. members he had known and that in 1956 Wright initiated a contact with the U.S. embassy to ask assistance in offsetting the leftist tilt of the Conference of Negro-African Writers.  Says the FBI marked James Baldwin as a Communist sympathizer after he joined the Fair Play for Cuba Committee and turned its attention to him after he emerged as a militant civil rights spokesman and had a confrontation with Attorney General Robert Kennedy.  Suggests that harassment by U.S. agencies was responsible for Wright’s and Baldwin’s decisions to expatriate and therefore gets the blame for the subsequent decline of the artistic force of both writers.  Also discusses the theory that the U.S. government assassinated Wright, concludes there is, unfortunately, no evidence to support the theory but judges that at least one can blame U.S. government harassment for helping bring on his fatal heart attack.

Cayton, Horace R. Long Old Road. New York: Trident Press, 1965. Black journalist close to Wright discusses Wright’s bitterness at the CPUSA.

Costello, Brannon. “Richard Wright’s Lawd Today! and the Political Uses of Modernism.” African American Review 37, no. 1 (2003). Notes that Wright’s use of modernist techniques surprised those who expected he would employ Communist socialist realism.

Danner, Keith D. “The Politics of Community in the Work of Richard Wright.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Riverside, 1999. Sees a strong Communist influence on Wright’s ideas about community expressed in his writings.

Davis, Jane Maria. “This Peculiar Kind of Hell: The Role of Power in the Novels of Richard Wright.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1984. Discusses Wright’s perception of Communist party pressure on his writings as the use of power against him.

Dunmore, Tome. “‘The Horror and the Glory’: Richard Wright and Communism, 1932-1935.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 2002.

Fabre, Michel. The Unfinished Quest of Richard Wright. New York: Morrow, 1973.

Gaines, Kevin. “Revisiting Richard Wright in Ghana: Black Radicalism and the Dialectics of Diaspora.” Social Text 19, no. 2 (2001).

Gayle, Addison. Richard Wright: Ordeal of a Native Son. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1980. Notes that Wright cooperated with U.S. security services.

Gibson, Richard. “Richard Wright.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 8 March 1991. In a letter, Gibson denies any involvement in a CIA assassination of Wright disguised as a natural death and attributes the allegation to Communist sympathizers, naming Ollie Harrington theories in the CPUSA’s People’s World and Schofield Coryell’s remarks in the Paris Passion (Jan. 1986).  Scoffs at Harrington’s theory that Wright may have been murdered because he was about to disavow his anti-Communist essay in The God That Failed.

Gibson, Richard. “Richard Wright’s Island of Hallucination and the Gibson Affair.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 51, no. 4 (2005).

Green, G. “Back to Bigger.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Griffiths, Frederick T. “Copy Wright: What is an (Invisible) Author?” New Literary History 33, no. 2 (Spring 2002).

Harrington, Ollie. “Richard Wright: Murdered by the CIA?” People’s World, 17 December 1977.

Hurst, Catherine Daniels. “A Survey of the Criticism of Richard Wright’s Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Alabama, 1979. Discusses Wright’s association with the Communist party and how that association influenced criticism of his writings.

Jeffries, Dexter. “Richard Wright and the ‘Daily Worker’: A Native Son’s Journalistic Apprenticeship.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2000.

Kilson, Marti. “Politics & Identity Among Black Intellectuals.” Dissent 28, no. 3 (1981). Focuses on Richard Wright.

King, James R. “Richard Wright: His Life and Writings.” Negro History Bulletin 40, no. 5 (1977).

Kinnamon, Keneth. “Native Son: The Personal, Social and Political Background.” Phylon 30, no. 1 (1969). On Wright’s Native Son (1940), discussing social problems and Communism in the 1920’s-30’s.

Kinnamon, Keneth. “The Pastoral Impulse in Richard Wright.” Mid-Continent American Studies Journal 10, no. 1 (1969).

Kinnamon, Keneth. The Emergence of Richard Wright: A Study in Literature and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1972. Discusses his involvement with Communism.

Kinnamon, Keneth, ed. Richard Wright an Annotated Bibliography of Criticism and Commentary, 1983-2003. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., 2006. “This volume presents a comprehensive annotated bibliography of those essays, books, and articles from 1983 through 2003. Arranged alphabetically by author within years are some 8,320 entries ranging from unpublished dissertations to book-length studies of African American literature and literary criticism”--Provided by publisher.

Kumasi, Kandi Bab. “The Critical Reputation of Richard Wright’s Native Son (1940-1975).” Ph.D. diss. University of Detroit, 1980. Discusses how Wright’s break with the Communist party affected Left and liberal literary criticism of Native Son.

McMahon, Frank. “Richard Wright’s Paris Period.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Naison, Mark. “Richard Wright & the Communist Party.” Radical America 13, no. 1 (1979). Examines American Hunger Richard Wright’s autobiographical novel which deals with his experiences as a black intellectual within the Communist party.

Perez, Vincent. “Movies, Marxism, and Jim Crow: Richard Wright’s Cultural Criticism.” Texas Studies in Literature and Language 43, no. 2 (2001).

Peterson, Dale E. “Richard Wright’s Long Journey from Gorky to Dostoevsky.” African American Review 28, no. 3 (1994). Notes the influence of Maxim Gorky’s work on Wright during his Communist/Popular Front period but his shift to attention to Dostoevsky as he lost faith in the Communist project.

Rowley, Hazel. Richard Wright: The Life and Times. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 2001.  Thorough scholarly biography.

Webb, Constance. Richard Wright; a Biography. New York: Putnam, 1968.

Wright, Julia. “Richard Wright.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 22 February 1991. In a letter, Julia Wright, daughter of Richard Wright, denies the statement of James Campbell in “Black Boys and the FBI” that she had confronted an unnamed black American in London and asked “Did you kill my father?”  Says that Campbell attributes excessive significance and accuracy to FOIA memos about her father’s cooperation with U.S. authorities.  Richard Gibson, in the March 8th issue, says he was the unnamed black American and that Julia Wright “was ... asking me if I had killed her father.”

Wright, Richard. Native Son. New York: Harper & brothers, 1940. Wright most influential novel.

Wright, Richard. Black Boy: A Record of Childhood and Youth. New York London: Harper & Brothers, 1945. Part of his larger autobiography.

Wright, Richard. American Hunger. New York: Harper & Row, 1977. Sections of his autobiography not included in Black Boy. Discusses Wright’s experiences as a black intellectual in the Communist party of the 1930s.

Wright, Richard. “With Black Radicals in Chicago.” Dissent 24, no. 2 (1977). Excerpt from American Hunger.

Wright, Richard. Black Boy (American Hunger): A Record of Childhood and Youth. New York, NY: HarperPerennial, 1993. The restored text established by the Library of America.  What appeared as separate books, Black Boy and American Hunger, had originally be written as part of a larger autobiography.

****************************************************************

 

Anticommunism and Racial Segregation in the South

 

Brown, Sarah Hart. “Congressional Anti-Communism and the Segregationist South: From New Orleans to Atlanta, 1954-1958.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 80, no. 4 (1996).

Clark, Wayne Addison. “An Analysis of the Relationship Between Anti-Communism and Segregationist Thought in the Deep South, 1948-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1976. Concludes that the Southern elite used anticommunism to maintain the white consensus in favor of segregation.

Durham, Frank D. “Anti-Communism, Race, and Structuration: Newspaper Coverage of the Labor and Desegregation Movements in the South, 1932-40 and 1953-61.” Journalism & Communication Monographs 4, no. 2 (2002).

Fairclough, Adam. “Radicals, Red Baiting and the Civil Rights Movement in Louisiana.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Gentry, Jonathan. “All That’s Not Fit to Print: Anticommunist and White Supremacist Campaign Literature in the 1950 North Carolina Democratic Senate Primary.” North Carolina Historical Review 82 (January 2005).

Johnston, Joyce. “Communism vs. Segregation: Evolution of the Committee to Investigate Communist Activities in South Carolina.” Proceedings of the South Carolina Historical Association (1993). On use of the committee to slow the civil rights movement.

Leavins, J. Mark. “The Anti-Communist Prism: Perceptions of the Civil Rights Years, 1961-1964.” Southern Historian 14 (1993). On Alabama white conservatives use of anticommunism to legitimate their racism.

Levy, Peter. “Painting the Black Freedom Struggle Red: Southern Anti-Communism and the Civil Rights Movement.” In The Cold War, v. 5. Cold War Culture and Society., edited by Lori Lyn Bogle. New York: Routledge, 2001.

Lewis, George. The White South and the Red Menace: Segregationists, Anticommunism, and Massive Resistance, 1945-1965. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2004.

Louisiana (State). Subversion in Racial Unrest: An Outline of a Strategic Weapon to Destroy the Governments of Louisiana and the United States. Baton Rouge, 1957.

Matthews, J. B. Communism and the NAACP. Atlanta: Georgia Commission on Education, 1958. Attack on the NAACP.  Based on Matthews’ testimony at a public hearing of the Florida Legislation Investigation Committee, February. 10, 1958, in Tallahassee.

McDonough, Julia. “Rednecks and Red Baiting: Race and the Radicalization of the Southern Regional Council, 1943-1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Polenberg, Richard. One Nation Divisible: Class, Race, and Ethnicity in the United States Since 1938. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Describes the use of anti-communism by racists to discredit their critics.

Record, Jane Cassels. “Red-Tagging of Negro Protest.” American Scholar 26 (Summer 1957). Replies and rejoinders in vols. 26 (Fall) & 27 (Winter) 1957.

Robbins, Louise S. “Racism and Censorship in Cold War Oklahoma: The Case of Ruth W. Brown and the Bartlesville Public Library.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly 100, no. 1 (1996). On the use of anticommunism by supporters of racial segregation.

Robbins, Louise S. The Dismissal of Miss Ruth Brown: Civil Rights, Censorship, and the American Library. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 2000.

Spruill, Larry Hawthorne. “Southern Exposure: Photography and the Civil Rights Movement, 1955 -1968.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1983. Notes the use of photos of Martin Luther King, Jr. at the Highlander Folk School in a campaign to link King to Communism.

Woods, Jeff Randall. “Maroon Scare: Segregation and Anticommunism in the South, 1954--1968.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio University, 2000. Discusses use of anticommunism to defend segregation and the role of Communists in the civil rights movement.

Woods, Jeff. Black Struggle, Red Scare: Segregation and Anti-Communism in the South, 1948-1968. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University, 2004. TOC: Red and black -- Designed to harass -- Little HUACs and little FBIs -- Conspiracy so immense -- Black, white, and red all over -- The southern red scare and the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -- The southern red scare and the Voting Rights Act of 1965 -- Black power, red scare.

****************************************************************

 

The Cold War and Race

 

Anderson, Carol. “Eyes Off the Prize: African Americans, Human Rights, and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Bernstein, Shana. “Grass Roots Activists in a Global Web: Civil Rights in the International Arena in World War II and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Borstelmann, Thomas. “‘[I] Would Like To Be on the Side of the Natives for Once’: Dwight Eisenhower and the Rise of People of Color at Home and Abroad.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Borstelmann, Thomas. The Cold War and the Color Line: American Race Relations in the Global Arena. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Desegregation as a Cold War Imperative.” Stanford Law Review 41 (November 1988). Argues that the civil rights strategies of the Truman and Eisenhower administrations were influenced by concern over negative foreign opinion of segregation aiding Soviet propaganda.

Dudziak, Mary L. Cold War Civil Rights: Race and the Image of American Democracy. Princeton [N.J.]: Princeton University Press, 2000.

Dudziak, Mary Louise. “Cold War Civil Rights: The Relationship Between Civil Rights and Foreign Affairs in the Truman Administration.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1992.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Brown as a Cold War Case.” Journal of American History 91, no. 1 (June 2004). On Brown vs. Board of Education.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Birmingham, Addis Ababa, and the Image of America: International Influence on U.S. Civil Rights Politics in the Kennedy Administration.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Horne, Gerald. From the Barrel of a Gun: The United States and the War Against Zimbabwe, 1965-1980. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. Discusses support by East German and Cuban Communist regimes for ‘liberation movements’ and the ties -- ideological and otherwise -- between Black Nationalists in the U.S. and Southern Africa to Chinese Communists.

Horne, Gerald. “‘Myth’ and the Making of ‘Malcolm X.’” American Historical Review 98, no. 2 (April 1993). Suggests that U.S. dismantling of Jim Crow was a byproduct of American ideological competition with the Soviet Union and anti-Communists bear responsibility for the rise of black nationalism because they destroyed the Communist-inspired interracial Left.

Huginnie, A. Yyette. “Containment and Emancipation: Race, Class, and Gender in the Cold War West.” In The Cold War American West, 1945-1989, edited by Kevin J. Fernlund. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1998.

Jones, William P. “Interracial Cooperation and Cold War Civil Rights: The Case of the Southern Patriot.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Krenn, Michael L., ed. Race and U.S. Foreign Policy During the Cold War. New York: Garland, 1998.

Krenn, Michael L., ed. The Impact of Race on U.S. Foreign Policy a Reader. New York: Garland Pub., 1999.

Krenn, Michael L. Black Diplomacy: African Americans and the State Department, 1945-1969. Armonk, N.Y.: M.E. Sharpe, 1999.

Lieberman, Robbie. “A Lost Opportunity to ‘Save the Soul of America’: The Red Scare and the Division of Civil Rights from Peace.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Noer, Thomas. “Segregationists and the World: The Foreign Policy of the White Resistance.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Romano, Renee C. “The (Inter)National Stories We Tell: The Consequences of Remembering the Civil Rights Movement in Its International Context.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Skrentny, John David. “The Effect of the Cold War on African-American Civil Rights: America and the World Audience, 1945-1968.” Theory and Society 27 (April 1998).

Solomon, Mark. “Black Critics of Colonialism and the Cold War.” In Cold War Critics: Alternatives to American Foreign Policy in the Truman Years., edited by Thomas G. Paterson. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Ballots for the Bulgar: Cold War Rhetoric and the Afro-American Freedom Struggle.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Throup, David W. “The Cold War and the Third World: The Politics of Race in the Deep South and Africa, 1957-1965.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Von Eschen, Penny M. Race Against Empire: Black Americans and Anticolonialism, 1937-1957. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1997. Discusses and praises the Council of African Affairs, a Popular Front body headed by such figures as Paul Robeson and Max Yergan.  Hostile to the NAACP’s cooperation with the Truman administration.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet and Comintern Policy toward African Americans

 

Ahern, Kathleen Macfie. “Constructing a Literary Heritage: American Black Press and the Soviet Union in the 1930s.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.

Aldridge, Daniel W. “A War for the Colored Races: Anti-Interventionism and the African American Intelligentsia, 1939-1941.” Diplomatic History 28, no. 3 (June 2004).

Berland, Oscar. “Nasanov and the Comintern’s American Negro Program.” Science & Society 65, no. 2 (2001).

Blakely, Allison. Russia and the Negro: Blacks in Russian History and Thought. Washington, DC: Howard University Press, 1986. Discusses Soviet efforts to appeal to American Blacks in the late 1920s and 1930s.

Garder, John L. “African Americans in the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s: The Development of Transcontinental Protest.” Western Journal of Black Studies 23, no. 3 (1999). Discusses Harry Haywood, Oliver Golden, and Langston Hughes.

Gruber, Helmut. “The Negro Policy of the Communist International. A Case of Ethnocentrism, Paternalism, and Implicit Racism.” Paper presented at the 20th “Internationale Tagung der Historiker der Arbeiterbewegung” [International Conference of Historians of the Labour Movement]. Linz, Austria, 1984.

Kanet, Roger. “The Comintern and the ‘Negro Question’: Communist Policy in the United States and Africa, 1921-1941.” Survey [U.K.] 19, no. 4 (Autumn 1973). Sees the subordination of Comintern policy to Soviet needs as damaging development of a successful policy.

McClellan, Woodford. “Africans and Black Americans in the Comintern Schools, 1925-1934.” International Journal of African Historical Studies 26, no. 2 (1993): 371-90.

Mann, Charles P. Stalin’s Thought Illuminates Problems of Negro Freedom Struggle for Discussion in Clubs and Classes. New York: National Education Dept., Communist Party, U. S. A., 1953.

Padmore, George, and Dorothy Pizer. How Russia Transformed Her Colonial Empire: A Challenge to the Imperialist Powers. London, U.K.: Dennis Dobson, 1946. Discusses the Comintern’s influence on the American Communist party’s approach to the black question.

****************************************************************

 

Self-Determination in the Black Belt

 

Campbell, Susan. “‘Black Bolsheviks’ and Recognition of African-America’s Right to Self-Determination by the Communist Party USA.” Science & Society 58, no. 4 (1994/95). Sees strong support for the national self-determination of the Black Belt from Black American Communists, minimizes the Comintern’s influence on the issue.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Communist Party and Black Nationalism: The Black Belt Thesis.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Klehr, Harvey, and William Tompson. “Self-Determination in the Black Belt: Origins of a Communist Policy.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989): 354-66. Narrates the Comintern’s formulation of the doctrine.  Concludes: “However minimal its practical effects, the self-determination line was a potent symbol of the relationship between the Comintern and one of its constituent parties.  American Communists allowed foreigners to define and interpret an essential part of their own national history.  While they were not totally passive bystanders in the process, their own role was limited to modifying and making marginal alternations in the doctrine.  Their private objections and the Comintern’s private assurances to meet those objections were not sufficient to enable them to follow the policies they wished to follow.”

Rywkin, Michael. “Black Americans: A Race or Nationality? Some Communist Viewpoints.” Canadian Review of Studies in Nationalism 3, no. 1 (1975). Sees ambiguity in Soviet and Communist thinking.

****************************************************************

 

The Film “Black and White”

 

El-Hai, Jack. “Black and White and Red.” American Heritage 42 (May-June 1991). “In 1932 the Communist International paid to send a cast of American blacks to Moscow to make a movie [to be called Black and White] about American racial injustice.  The scheme backfired.”

Scammell, Michael. “Langston Hughes in the USSR.” New York Review of Books, 29 June 1989. Notes that Arthur Koestler asserted that the Soviets dropped support for Hughes’ 1932 film about blacks in the U.S. in connection with the rapprochement between the Soviet government and that of the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

African-Americans in the USSR

 

Carew, Joy Gleason. Blacks, Reds, and Russians: Sojourners in Search of the Soviet Promise. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 2008.

Gardner, John L. “African Americans in the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s: The Development of Transcontinental Protest.” Western Journal of Black Studies 23, no. 3 (1999).

****************************************************************

 

Oliver Golden

 

Associated Press. “A Chance to Grow in the U.S.S.R.” Orlando Sentinel, 17 July 1988. A.P. wire story feature on Oliver Golden, a black American Communist who in 1931 recruited black American agricultural specialists to assist Soviet agriculture in Uzbekistan.  Golden became a Soviet citizen and died 1940.

Golden, Lily. My Long Journey Home. Chicago: Third World Press, 2002. Golden is the daughter of a Soviet mother and Oliver Golden, a black American Communist who emigrated to the Soviet Union in the 1930s.  She became a researcher at Moscow’s Africa Institute.

Khanga, Yelena. Soul to Soul: A Black Russian American Family, 1865-1992. Assisted by Susan Jacoby. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. Khanga’s maternal grandparents were American Communists who emigrated to the USSR: Oliver Golden, a black agricultural adviser and Bertha Biacek, a Polish-born Jew.

****************************************************************

 

Gary Lee

 

Lee, Gary. “Black Among the Reds.” Washington Post, 21 April 1991. Lee, a black American and for several years head of the Washington Post Moscow bureau, reflects on racial attitudes in the Soviet Union.  Notes that once when he and friends, in a Leningrad restaurant and fortified by vodka “broke into Russian folk songs. ‘Shut up,’ came a cry from across the room. ‘This is not the 1940s and you are no Paul Robeson.’”   Lee stated that “In Tulsa, where I grew up, race relations were far from harmonious, but I never experienced a confrontation....  By comparison, the Soviet Union was like an army firing line.”  Says that many Soviets did not consider black Americans to be authentic Americans.

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Roane

 

Cohen, Jon. “Black in the U.S.S.R.” Washington City Paper, 23 June 1989. Newspaper profile of Joseph J. Roane, a black agriculturist retired in Kinsale, Virginia.  Roane was one of fifteen children of a prosperous Black Virginia farmer and graduated from Virginia State College with a degree in agricultural sciences.  In 1931, Roane (age twenty-six) and his new bride joined the agriculturists organized by Oliver Golden to assist Soviet agriculture.  Roane says he had no interest in Communism but was attracted by Golden’s offer of $400 a month in wages and payment of expenses, far more than Roane could earn in the U.S.  Roane helped to develop the cotton industry in Uzbekistan.  Roane noted that the Soviets’ kept their promises of high pay and that he received preferential access to food and consumer goods and a maid.  A son born to the Roanes was named Yosif Stalin Roane.  After contracting malaria, Roane left cotton to work in a tomato canning factory in the Northern Caucasuses and later on a tobacco and hemp agricultural collective.  Roane returned to the U.S. when his mother had a stroke in 1937 and became a high school agricultural-vocational teacher.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Robinson

 

British Broadcasting Corporation. Reluctant Comrade. Documentary. Arts and Entertainment Network’s Premiers Series, 1991. TV documentary on the life of Robert Robinson and his autobiography Black on Red: A Black American’s 44 Years Inside the Soviet Union.

Elder, Charles. “A Reading on a Saga in the Soviet Union.” Washington Post, 16 February 1989. Feature story on Robert Robinson.

Robinson, Robert. Black on Red: My 44 Years Inside the Soviet Union: An Autobiography. Assisted by Jonathan Slevin. Washington, DC: Acropolis Books, 1988. A Jamaican-born, naturalized American, in 1930 Robinson left his position as the only black mechanical engineer in Ford’s River Rouge plant to work in Soviet industry and escape American racism, gaining Soviet citizenship and election to the Moscow Soviet.  Describes the contributions of American black technicians to Soviet cotton and poultry production and its postal system and his own work in Soviet engineering.  Discusses the 1936 purge of the black American Communist Lovett Fort-Whiteman.  Robinson moved to Uganda in 1974 and later regained U.S. citizenship.  Describes the Russians as loutish racists and the KGB and its predecessors as orchestrators of officially nonexistent racism.

****************************************************************

 

Wayland Rudd

 

Hiatt, Fred. “The Ambivalent American.” Washington Post, 10 July 1994. Feature story on Wayland Rudd, whose father of the same name was a black American actor who immigrated to the USSR in the 1930s and married the daughter of two Jewish Americans who had also immigrated. 

****************************************************************

 

Homer Smith

 

Smith, Homer. Black Man in Red Russia: A Memoir. Chicago: Johnson Pub. Co., 1964. Smith, a black journalist close to the CPUSA, moved to Moscow in the 1930s.  Initially sympathetic, over time he became critical of Soviet communism.

****************************************************************

 

George Tynes

 

Trescott, Jacqueline. “Notes of a Black Russian.” Washington Post, 9 May 1992. Newspaper feature story on Anastasia Mensah, granddaughter of George Tynes, a black American who emigrated to the USSR in 1933 to assist in developing Soviet agriculture (died 1982).  Mensah came to the US in 1989 to study at the University of the District of Columbia.  Of the August 1991, coup, “‘The communists took off their masks and began to act like they did under Brezhnev.  But thank God for Yeltsin--he restored order,’ says Mensah.”

****************************************************************

 

Black Americans in the Spanish Civil War

 

Brandt, Joseph A. Black Americans in the Spanish People’s War Against Fascism, 1936-1939. Pamphlet. New York: Joe Brandt, 1979.  Communist pamphlet.

Carroll, Peter N. “From War Hero to Blacklist: The Lonely Odyssey of a Lincoln Vet.” The Volunteer [VALB] 23, no. 3 (Summer 1999). On Edward Carter, Jr., an I.B. veteran who served in the U.S. Army in WWII but was denied reenlistment in 1949 due to security concerns about his International Brigades service but who was among seven African-Americans given Medals of Honor by President Clinton.

Carter, Allene G., and Robert L. Allen. Honoring Sergeant Carter: Redeeming a Black World War II Hero’s Legacy. New York: Amistad, 2003.

Collum, Danny Duncan. African Americans in the Spanish Civil War: “This Ain’t Ethiopia, but It’ll Do.” Edited by Victor A. Berch. New York: G.K. Hall, 1992.

Galloway, Joseph L. “A Soldier’s Story.” U.S. News & World Report, 31 May 1999. On Edward A. Carter, Jr., a U.S. Army Sergeant was denied reenlistment in 1949 in part due to his having served with the Abraham Lincoln battalion in Spain.  In 1997 President Clinton awarded him a posthumous Medal of Honor for bravery in World War II.

Katz, William Loren. “Fighting Another Civil War.” American Legacy: Celebrating African-American History and Culture 7, no. 4 (2002). Admiring portrait of eighty American Blacks who fought with the International Brigades.

Yates, James. Mississippi to Madrid: Memoir of a Black American in the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. Seattle, WA: Open Hand Pub., 1989.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 9

International Communism

 

 

Communist International (Comintern) and the Communist Information Bureau (Cominform)

 

Adibekov, Grant Mkrtychevich, Bernhard Bayerlein, and Jürgen Mothes, eds. Das Kominform und Stalins Neuordnung Europas. Frankfurt am Main New York: Lang, 2002.

Adibekov, Grant Mkrtychevich, K. M. Anderson, and Kirill Kirillovich Shirinia, eds. Politbiuro TSK RKP(b)-VKP(b) i Komintern 1919-1943: Dokumenty. Moskva: ROSSPEN, 2004. A collection of 522 documents, largely pre-1930, on the Comintern and its relationship to the Soviet Communist Party. Includes explanatory footnotes and eighty pages of short biographies of individuals. Indexed by names of participants and by geographical locations, including several score of the USA.

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “The Soviet Union, the Comintern and Communist Parties Before and During the Second World War: A Comparative Approach to the Study of Changes in Political Orientation and the Mechanisms of Influencing Public Opinion.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Bayerlein, Bernhard, Casto del Amo, and Siegfried Bahne. Les Partis Communistes et l’Internationale Communiste dans les Années 1928-1932. Dordrecht [Holland] Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1988.

Borkenau, Franz. World Communism: A History of the Communist International. New York: W. W. Norton & company, Inc., 1939.

Brown, Anthony Cave, and Charles Brown MacDonald. On a Field of Red: The Communist International and the Coming of World War II. New York: Putnam, 1981. Journalistic exposé of the Comintern; discusses Comintern involvement with the American Communist Party.

Carr, Edward Hallett. A History of Soviet Russia. New York: Macmillan, 1951. Contains extensive discussion of the Comintern and Profintern.

Carr, Edward Hallett. Twilight of the Comintern, 1930-1935. New York: Pantheon Books, 1983.

Claudin, Fernando. The Communist Movement from Comintern to Cominform. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1975. Translation of “La crisis del movimiento comunista.”  v. 1. The Crisis of the Communist International, translated by B. Pearce. v. 2. The Zenith of Stalinism, translated by F. MacDonagh.

Degras, Jane. “United Front Tactics in the Comintern, 1921-1928.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Drachkovitch, Milorad M. The Revolutionary Internationals, 1864-1943. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution on War, Revolution, and Peace & Stanford University Press, 1966.

Drachkovitch, Milorad M., and Branko M. Lazitch, eds. The Comintern; Historical Highlights, Essays, Recollections, Documents. New York: Published for the Hoover Institution by F. A. Praeger, 1966. Discusses the Comintern relations with the American Communist Party.

Draper, Theodore. “The Strange Case of the Comintern.” Survey 18, no. 3 (Summer 1972).

Eley, Geoff. Forging Democracy: The History of the Left in Europe, 1850-2000. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press, 2002. On the Comintern’s domination of German Communism: “This can’t be said too strongly.”  More broadly, he wrote that national potentials of the various national Communist parties “were only ever fitfully realised. The Stalinist culture of the Third International was crucial to how they were stifled.”

Firsov, F. “Dimitrov, the Comintern and Stalinist Repression.” In Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union, edited by Barry McLoughlin and Kevin McDermott. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.

Firsov, Fridrick. “The Comintern and Stalin’s Terror.” Annali Della Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli [Italy] (2001).

Firsov, Friedrich. “Mechanism of Power Realization in the Comintern.” Paper presented at Centenaire Jules Humbert-Droz: Colloque sur l’Internationale communiste. La Chaux-de-Fonds, Switzerland, 1991. Firsov, a leading Russian historian of the Comintern, cites newly opened Comintern documents.  Discusses the centralization of Comintern authority and the takeover of that authority by the Russian Communist party [RKP(b)].  Says that while there was open discussion and concern for the autonomy of member parties in the Comintern’s earliest years, by the 1920 Comintern congress “all principal questions of the Comintern’s activities were discussed and tentatively resolved in the RKP(b) Central Committee....”  By the 1930s Stalin personally selected the Comintern’s executive and “Neither the Comintern nor its sections [member parties] saw the deformation of the social and political system in the Soviet nation or the formation of ‘barrack socialism,’ and establishment of Stalinist totalitarian dictatorship...  [T]hey in fact performed the function of outer ideological and political cover for the Stalinist regime.”  Discusses use of Comintern authority to summon foreign Communists to Moscow for arrest and execution by the NKVD during the purges and Stalin’s personal order that the Comintern dissolve the Polish Communist party.  States that Stalin kept Dimitrov ignorant of his intentions in the Nazi-Soviet Pact negotiations and consequently the Comintern failed to prepare foreign Communist parties for the radical policy changes of the pact.  Cites a Comintern September 1939 directive to the Communist parties of America, Britain, France, and Belgium “to improve their political guidelines immediately” by bringing their policies in line with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.  “The concept of ‘fascism’ with reference to Hitler’s Germany disappeared from the Comintern’s vocabulary up till June 22, 1941.”

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Some Critical Notes on Recent Publications on Comintern and Soviet Politics.” Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung (2003). Critical of those Russian and Western historians who in the face of the archival documentation deny or minimize Soviet control of the Comintern and Stalin’s personal domination of the Soviet state.

Footman, David, ed. International Communism. London, U.K.: Chatto & Windus, 1960. Essay include: Degras. J. United front tactics in the Comintern, 1921-1928.--Lowenthal, R. The Bolshevisation of the Spartacus League.--Hunt, R. C. N. Willi Muenzenberg.--Browder, E. Socialism in America.--Wint, G. Communism in India.--Leonhard, W. International communism: the present phase.

Foster, William Z. History of the Three Internationals: The World Socialist and Communist Movements from 1848 to the Present. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Gruber, Helmut. Soviet Russia Masters the Comintern: International Communism in the Era of Stalin’s Ascendancy. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press, 1974.

Hallas, Duncan. The Comintern. London, U.K.: Bookmarks, 1985.

Hallas, Duncan. “The Comintern: Mass Parties and the International.” International Socialist Review (2003).

Huber, Peter. “The Cadre Department, the OMS and the ‘Dimitrov’ and ‘Manuil’ski’ Secretariats During the Phase of the Terror.” Paper presented at “The History of Comintern in the Light of New Documents” conference. Moscow, 1994. Contains a detailed listing of the personnel and organizational structure of  the C.I. offices that oversaw Stalin’s purges of the C.I. apparatus.

Huber, Peter. “Structure of the Moscow Apparatus of the Comintern and Decision-Making.” In International Communism and the Communist International, 1919-43, edited by Tim Rees and Andrew Thorpe. Manchester[U.K.] & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1998. Notes the role of Americans in various Comintern headquarters sections.

Huber, Peter. “New Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern: A Survey.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Hulse, James W. The Forming of the Communist International. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1964.

Kahan, Vilém. “The Communist International, 1919-43: The Personnel of Its Highest Bodies.” International Review of Social History 21 (1976).

Kahan, Vilém. “A Contribution to the Identification of the Pseudonyms Used in the Minutes and Reports of the Communist International.” International Review of Social History 23 (1978).

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninist Theory in Search of America.” Polity 9, no. 1 (1976). Notes the variety of images of the U.S. offered by Lenin.

Lasswell, Harold Dwight, and Dorothy Blumenstock. World Revolutionary Propaganda: A Chicago Study. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1939.

Lazitch, Branko M., ed. Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern. Assisted by Milorad M. Drachkovitch. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1986.

Leites, Nathan Constantin. The Third International on Its Changes of Policy: A Study of Political Communication. Washington, 1942.

Leites, Nathan Constantin, and Ithiel de Sola Pool. Communist Propaganda in Reaction to Frustration. Washington, 1942.

Manuilskii, Dmitrii Zakharevich. The Work of the Seventh Congress of the Communist International. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1936. On the Popular Front policy.

Markovits, Andrei S. “The European and American Left Since 1945.” Dissent, Winter 2005.

McDermott, Kevin. “Stalinist Terror in the Comintern: New Perspectives.” Journal of Contemporary History 30 (1995).

McDermott, Kevin, and Jeremy Agnew. The Comintern: A History of International Communism from Lenin to Stalin. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1996.

McKenzie, Kermit E. “The Soviet Union, the Comintern and World Revolution: 1935.” Political Science Quarterly 65, no. 2 (June 1950).

McKnight, David. Espionage and the Roots of the Cold War: The Conspiratorial Heritage. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2002. Examines the Comintern’s policies on underground and covert political work by national parties in the 1920s and 1930s and how the creation of covert political apparatuses contributed to later Soviet foreign espionage operations.  Based largely on Comintern records in Moscow.

Narinsky, Mikhail, and Jurgaen Rojans, eds. Centre and Periphery: The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents. Amsterdam, Netherlands: International Institute of Social History, 1996.  A selection of papers presented at  "The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents," conference held in Moscow in October 1994.

Nation, R. Craig. War on War: Lenin, the Zimmerwald Left, and the Origins of Communist Internationalism. Durham: Duke University Press, 1989.

Nollau, Günther. International Communism and World Revolution: History & Methods. New York: Praeger, 1961.

Piatnitskii, Osip Aronovich. The Organisation of a World Party. London, U.K.: Communist Party of Great Britain, 1928.

Postgate, Raymond William. The Workers’ International. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Howe, 1920.

Procacci, Giuliano, and Grant Mkrtychevich Adibekov, eds. The Cominform: Minutes of the Three Conferences 1947/1948/1949. Milano: Feltrinelli, 1994.

Ra’anan, Gavriel David. “Factions and Their ‘Debates’ Over International Policy During  Ramifications for Ruling and Non-Ruling Communist Parties.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 1980. The Zhdanovshchina purge after WWII signaled Stalin’s adoption of a harsher stance.

Rees, Tim, and Andrew Thorpe, eds. International Communism and the Communist International, 1919-43. Manchester[U.K.] & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1998. Essays on various aspects of the Comintern and its affiliated parties.

Richards, Edward Branson. “Shaping of the Comintern.” American Slavic and East European Review 18 (April 1959).

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Stalin’s Secret Chancellery and the Comintern. Copenhagen: C.A. Reitzels, 1991. Discusses Stalin’s organizational mechanism for control of the Comintern.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Knowledge and Power: The Role of Stalin’s Secret Chancellery in the Soviet System of Government. Copenhagen, Denmark: Rosenkilde and Bagger, 1978.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Stalin’s Special Departments: A Comparative Analysis of Key Sources. Copenhagen, Denmark: University of Copenhagen, Institute of Slavonic and East European Studies, distr. by C.A. Reitzels Forlag, 1989.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik, Bent Jensen, and Erik Kulavig, eds. Mechanisms of Power in the Soviet Union. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. Based on the papers presented at the Conference “Mechanisms of Power,” which took place in Copenhagen from 29 April to 1 May 1998.

Saloff-Astakhoff, Nikita Ignatievich. Real Russia from 1905 to 1932, and Communism in America. New York, NY: The author, 1932.

Santore, John. “Comintern’s United Front Initiative of May 1934: French or Soviet Inspiration?” Canadian Journal of History 16, no. 3 (December 1981): 405-21. Argues that the Comintern was genuinely international and was not controlled by the Soviet Union and that in the transformation of Comintern policy that began in 1934 “it was the French working class which provided the impetus to the change and that the Soviet role was limited largely to one of coordination and approval.”

Sobolev, Aleksandr Ivanovich. Outline History of the Communist International. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1971. A product of the CPSU’s Institute of Marxism-Leninism.

Spaulding, Wallace H. Is the Comintern Coming Back? Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1998. On the continued existence of  international organizations once sponsored by the CPSU and their links to various Communist parties.

Studer, Brigitte, and Berthold Unfried. “At the Beginning of a History: Visions of the Comintern After the Opening of the Archives.” International Review of Social History, December 1997.

Studer, Brigitte. “More Autonomy to the National Sections? The Reorganisation of the ECCI After the Seventh World Congress.” In Centre and Periphery: The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents., edited by Mikhail Narinsky and Jurgaen Rojans. Amsterdam, Netherlands: International Institute of Social History, 1996. The claimed Comintern decentralization and  “reorganisation of 1935, contrary to its characterisation by Comintern press, did not reverse the general trend of undermining the national sections’ decision-making powers … The influence of the Centre was only apparently loosened. In reality the methods of control over the communist parties were refined and more discreet.”

Thornton, Richard C. The Comintern and the Chinese Communists, 1928-1931. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1969.

Tilak, K. Rise and Fall of the Comintern from the First to the Fourth International. Bombay: Spark Syndicate, 1947.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. Titoism and the Cominform. Russian Research Center Studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Outlets for the Distribution of Soviet Propaganda in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. Eighty-seventh Congress, second session.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Strength of the International Communist Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Strength of the International Communist Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Vatlin, (Lomonossov University, Moscow) Alexander. “Einwirkungen Des Grossen Terrors auf die Mentalität der Komintern-Kader: Persönliche Erfahrungen und Verhaltensmuster [The Impact of the Great Terror on the Mentality of the Comintern Cadres: Personal Experiences and Patterns of Behavior].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Workers’ International Relief. Workers Life. [New York, NY: W.I.R. Cultural Dept., 1932. Journal, 1932-.

Worley, Matthew, ed. In Search of Revolution: International Communist Parties in the “Third Period.” London, U.K.: I.B. Tauris & Co. Ltd, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Red International of Labor Unions / Profintern

 

Darlington, Ralph. Syndicalism and the Transition to Communism: An International Comparative Analysis. Aldershot, England; Burington, VT: Ashgate, 2008.

Farrell, Frank. International Socialism & Australian Labour: The Left in Australia, 1919-1939. Sydney: Hale & Iremonger, 1981. Discusses the founding and organization of the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat in which American Communists were prominent.

Fowler, Josephine. “From East to West and West to East: Ties of Solidarity in the Pan-Pacific Revolutionary Trade Union Movement, 1923–1934.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 66 (Fall 2004).

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Underfunded, Understaffed and Underground: The History of the San Francisco Bureau of the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). The San Francisco bureau of the Profintern’s PPTUS, staffed by American Communists, promoted Communist maritime unionism among Asian sailors arriving at West Coast ports.

Resis, Albert. “The Profintern, Origins to 1923.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1964.

Thorpe, Wayne. The Workers Themselves: Revolutionary Syndicalism and International Labour, 1913-1923. Studies in Social History. Dordrecht Boston: Kluwer Academic, 1989. Discusses the reaction of syndicalists to Bolshevism and the formation of RILU.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Between ‘Moscow’ and ‘Amsterdam’: The International Trade Union Movement of the 1920s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “‘Moscow’ or ‘Amsterdam?’  The Red International of Labour Unions, 1920/21 - 1937.” Communist History Network Newsletter [U.K] 8 (July 2000). English-language summary of his ‘habilitation’ thesis accepted at the Johannes Gutenberg University in Mainz, Germany, 1999.  Sees RILU’s most active and dynamic period in the early 1920s and discusses the importance of trade union syndicalists such as William Foster in this era.  Sees a marked reduction of RILU vitality after Stalin’s rise and an increasing subordination to Comintern political cadre leading to RILU’s demobilization in 1936-37 in part as a product of Popular Front policies.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Alexander Lozovsky -- Rise and Fall of an International Leader.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001. Lozovsky, head of the Profintern for many years, was one of the Comintern leaders who followed American affairs closely.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Moscow Versus Amsterdam: Reflection on the History of the Profintern.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 68, no. 1 (April 2003).

Tosstorff, Reiner. Profintern: Die Rote Gewerkschaftsinternationale 1920-1937. Paderborn: Schumloningh, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Communist Youth International (KIM)

 

Cornell, Richard. Revolutionary Vanguard: The Early Years of the Communist Youth International, 1914-1924. Toronto & Buffalo: University of Toronto Press, 1982.

Cornell, Richard. Youth and Communism: An Historical Analysis of International Communist Youth Movements. New York: Walker, 1965.

****************************************************************

 

Comintern: Records and Documents

 

Bayerlein, Bernhard, Mikhail Narinski, Brigitte Studer, and Serge Wolikow. Moscou-Paris-Berlin Télégrammes Chiffrés Du Komintern, 1939-1941. Denis Peschanski, exec. ed. Paris: Tallandier, 2003.  Comintern directives during the Nazi-Soviet Pact period.

Bolshevik League of the U.S. The Communist International in America: Documents, 1925-1933. Bronx, NY: Bolshevik League of the U.S., 1985.

Chamberlin, William Henry, ed. Blueprint for World Conquest. Washington & Chicago: Human Events, 1946. Reproduces theses of the  Third (Communist) International documents: The Theses and Statutes of 1920, Constitution and Rules of 1928, and the Program of 1928.

Communist International. The Second and Third Internationals and the Vienna Union: Official Report of the Conference Between the Executives, Held at the Reichstag, Berlin, on the 2nd April, 1922, and the Following Days. London, U.K.: Labour Publishing Company, 1922.

Communist International. Fifth Congress of the Communist International: Abridged Report of Meeting Held at Moscow June 17th to July 8th, 1924. London, U.K.: Published for the Communist International by the Communist Party of Great Britain, 1924.

Communist International. Theses and Decisions, Thirteenth Plenum of the E. C. C. I. Draft Resolution, Eighth Convention of the C. P., U. S. A. New York city: Workers Library Publishers, 1934.

Communist International. Report of the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International. London, U.K.: Modern Books, 1936.

Communist International. Communist International. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Twenty-two volume reprint of Comintern journal.

Communist International. Guidelines on the Organizational Structure of Communist Parties, on the Methods and Content of Their Work Resolution of the Third Congress of the Communist International, 12 July, 1921: New Translation of the Final German Text Including Reports and Discussion from the Congress, with Introduction and Notes. New York, NY: Prometheus Research Library, 1988. Included is the stenographic record of the debate on the resolution (said to have never before appeared in English) and an introduction by the PRL staff.

Communist International, and Communist Party of Great Britain. The Communist International Between the Fifth & the Sixth World Congresses 1924-8. London, U.K.: Communist Party of Great Britain, 1928.

Daniels, Robert Vincent, ed. and trans. A Documentary History of Communism in Russia from Lenin to Gorbachev. Hanover, NH: University of Vermont, published by University Press of New England, 1993.

Daniels, Robert Vincent, ed. and trans. A Documentary History of Communism and the World from Revolution to Collapse. Hanover, NH: University of Vermont, published by University Press of New England, 1994.

Degras, Jane Tabrisky, ed. The Communist International, 1919-1943: Documents. London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1956. v. 1. 1919-1922.--v. 2. 1923-1928.--v. 3. 1929-1943.  Invaluable collection of official Comintern documents with explanatory notes.

Gruber, Helmut. International Communism in the Era of Lenin: A Documentary History. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1967.

Koenker, Diane, and Ronald D. Bachman, eds. and trans. Revelations from the Russian Archives: Documents in English Translation. Washington, DC: Library of Congress, 1997. Published version of 1992 Library of Congress-Russian State Archives exhibit of more than 300 Soviet-era documents: fifteen deal with deal with American communism, ranging from a 1920 Comintern accounting sheet regarding subsidies to the American movement to a 1956 report on a briefing that John Williamson gave to the CPSU department for relations with foreign parties in 1956 regarding the internal situation of the CPUSA in the aftermath of Khrushchev’s speech on Stalin.  The documents are transcribed and translated.   Web version of the exhibit at <http://www.ibiblio.org/expo/soviet.exhibit/entrance.html>.

Lenin, Vladimir Ilich. Speeches at Congresses of the Communist International. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1972.

Procacci, Giuliano, and Grant Mkrtychevi Adibekov, eds. The Cominform Minutes of the Three Conferences 1947/1948/1949. Milano: Feltrinelli, 1994. Although the CPUSA relied on the policy statements of the Cominform as expressions of Soviet guidance, it was not a member of the Cominform and did not have delegates at its meetings.

Riddell, John, ed. Founding of the Communist International: Proceedings and Documents of the First Congress, March 1919. New York: Anchor Foundation, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1987.

Riddell, John, ed. To See the Dawn: Baku, 1920 -- First Congress of the Peoples of the East. New York: Pathfinder, 1993. John Reed represented the American Communist movement at this meeting.

Young Communist International, and Communist International. The Results of Two Congresses the Fifth Congress of the Communist International and the Fourth Congress of the Y.C.I. Pamphlet. Executive Committee of the Y.C.I., 1924.

****************************************************************

 

Moscow Gold: Soviet Subsidies of the CPUSA

 

Barron, John. Operation Solo: The FBI’s Man in the Kremlin. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 1995. Story of Morris and Jack Childs.  Morris was a CPUSA founder, Lenin School graduate, leader of the C.P. in Wisconsin and Illinois, and Daily Worker editor.  Jack was a mid-level cadre.  In the late 40s Morris was pushed out of the leadership and suffered a heart attack.  While recovering, the FBI approached Jack and then Morris.  Morris, who had been shaken by the nature of Stalinist society when he visited the Soviet Union in 1947, agreed to cooperate.  He reentered party work, taking on the task of being liaison between the CPUSA and Moscow.  At the same time he and Jack supplied the U.S. government with details of their activity. During the 1950s, 60s, and 70s Morris and Jack also acted as couriers for $28 million of Soviet subsidies for the American Communist movement.  The book, written in a journalistic style is based on interviews with Morris and his FBI handlers and refers to documents in Morris’s possession but is without formal citation.

Beichman, Arnold. “Just Doing Whose Job?” Washington Times, 27 March 1992. Quotes Russian journal Ogonyok, #9 (February. 1992), that reproduces material from Soviet archives on secret Soviet funding of the CPUSA.

Beichman, Arnold. “Moscow’s Secret Gold.” Weekly Standard, 4 March 1996. Discusses the contents of “fond 89,”a collection of 3,000 documents of some 10,000 pages released by the Yeltsin government as part of its legal attack on the CPSU after the failed coup of 1991 and available on microfilm published by the Hoover Institution and the State Archival Service of Russia and, distr. by Chadwyck-Healey.  A portion of the documents deal with massive Soviet subsidies of foreign Communist parties.  “With the former Communists now surging in influence in Moscow, Soviet archives not yet opened will probably remain secret for now....  But Fond 89 is enough to embarrass, yet again, those who scoffed at the idea that ‘Moscow gold’ was behind the international Communist movement.”

Bohlen, Celestine. “Gorbachev Enabled Party to Invest, Hearing is Told.” New York Times, 11 February 1992. Russian Deputy Prosecutor Yevgeny Lisov told a parliamentary commission that over the last 10 years CPSU distributed $200 million to 100 Left parties in 80 countries.  CPUSA was the second largest recipient, after the French C.P., with payments averaging $2 million a year until 1989 when Gus Hall’s criticism of Gorbachev prompted a cutoff.  The subsidies were authorized by the CPSU’s Politburo with transfer made by the KGB upon orders of the International Department of the CPSU.  Former KGB agent Mikhail Lyubimov testified about delivery methods.

Breindel, Eric. “Moscow Gold.” Commentary 94, no. 6 (December 1992). Discusses surfacing of Gus Hall letters confirming Soviet subsidies to CPUSA, Alan Thomson’s guilty plea for violation of American currency transaction laws for couriering secret Soviet subsidies to the National Council of American-Soviet Friendship, and charges against I.F. Stone.  The “evidence shows that Sidney Hook was right: the Communist party and a handful of front organizations did represent a conspiracy.”

Bukovsky, Vladimir. “Secrets of the Central Committee.” Commentary, October 1996, 33-41. Regarding CPSU Central Committee documents on dealings with foreign radical movements including accounts for the CPSU fund for “workers’ organizations” showing a subsidy for the CPUSA over a 20 year period ending in 1991 at $35 million and a 1970 KGB report on the efforts of the CPUSA to gain ideological influence over the Black Panthers.

Bukovsky, Vladimir, comp., Julia Zaks, and Leonid Chernikhov, eds. “Soviet Archives at INFORMATION-RUSS.” <http://psi.ece.jhu.edu/~kaplan/IRUSS/BUK/GBARC/buk.html>. Contains images of some CPSU and Soviet state documents from the 1950s-80s concerning contact with the CPUSA and other American radicals and covert subsidies of radical activities.

Campbell, Andrew. “Moscow’s Gold: Soviet Financing of Global Subversion.” National Observer [Australia], Autumn 1999. Based on Russian archival documents, lists annual CPSU subsidies for the CPUSA for the years 1958-1980, 1987-1989, and a total for the 1981-89 period of $21 million.

Dobbs, Michael. “U.S. Party Said Funded by Kremlin.” Washington Post, 8 February 1992. “Couriers for the Soviet KGB ... delivered suitcases packed with dollar bills to U.S. Communist Party leader Gus Hall over a period of more than three decades....  Russian deputy prosecutor-general Yevgeny Lisov said he hoped to travel to New York to question Hall ... about the annual payments of around $2 million....  ‘The Politburo would instruct the KGB to arrange the transfers.  They were usually delivered in cash through the diplomatic pouch.  A KGB agent under diplomatic cover would then hand the money to the local [U.S.] party leader, who would sign a receipt,’ said Lisov. ‘We found receipts signed by Hall in the party archives.’  Documents revealing clandestine Kremlin funding of dozens of left-wing political parties around the world are contained in the mountain of evidence collected by Soviet prosecutors examining the failed summer coup....”

Dobbs, Michael. “Panhandling the Kremlin: How Gus Hall Got Millions.” Washington Post, 1 March 1992. Contains photograph of Hall receipt for $2 million in Soviet funds received in 1987.  Quotes from letters requesting subsidies: “The begging letters from Hall, written in chatty language that alternates with half-baked Marxist jargon, are remarkable mainly for their naive assessments of American politics and the gross exaggeration of the Communist Party’s influence in the United States.  Every year, Hall assured his Soviet comrades that the ‘objective situation’ was turning inexorably in the direction of left-wing forces.  And every year, until 1989, the Soviet Communists appeared ready to satisfy his demands for money.  ‘The working-class movements are in the process of moving from defensive struggles of retreat to struggles that are offensive in character,’ wrote Hall in 1983... ‘Our party has the personnel and cadre to increase our present mass work many times over.  As is usually the case, our one single-most serious obstacle to doing this is the lack of financial means.’”

Dobbs, Michael. “Yeltsin Aides Seek to Link Gorbachev to Terrorism.” Washington Post, 6 June 1992. Rudolf Pikhoya [Pikhoia] of the Committee on Archives of Russia says the CPSU “special archive” records a payment of $1.5 million to John Reed to promote Bolshevism in America.

Draper, Theodore. “Our Man in Moscow.” New York Review of Books, 9 May 1996, 4-7. Essay review of Barron’s Operation Solo.

Farah, Josep. “Is It Time to ‘Forgive and Forget?’.” Human Events, 2 May 1992. Reviews role of actor John Randolph in the National Council of American-Soviet Friendship and the arrest of the NCASF’s director for laundering secret Soviet subsidies.

Hall, Gus. “The Red Menace Revisited.” Harper’s, June 1992. Transcribes text of 1987 Hall to Dobrynin letter asking that the USSR’s annual subsidy of CPUSA be increased from $2 to $4 million.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “‘Moscow Gold,’ Confirmed at Last?” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). On documentation of Soviet subsidies to the CPUSA.  Summarizes evidence of Soviet subsidies of American communism from 1918 onward, reproduces three Gus Hall letters to CPSU asking for subsidies, two signed Hall receipts for cash ($2,000,000 in 1987 and $3,000,000 in 1988), and a KGB memo confirming delivery of cash.  Additional comment, 33, no. 4 (Fall 1992).  “Although there are details to be filled in, on the main issue the documentation is at this point beyond serious dispute.  One can no longer take seriously any scholarship on American communism that does not recognize the role and significance of Soviet funding.”

Navasky, Victor. “My Hunt for Moscow Gold.” New York Times, 21 October 2000, op-ed page. When Navasky asked about records of Soviet subside, Gus Hall suggested he make a formal request for access in Moscow, but the CPUSA then turned down the request. Makes light of the issue.

Niven, Penelope. Carl Sandburg: A Biography. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1991. Discusses Sandburg’s transport of Bolshevik literature and money to the U.S. from Norway in 1918 at the request of Bolshevik official Michael Borodin.

Radosh, Ronald. “Dorothy Healey Remembers.” American Spectator, January 1991. Critical essay-review of Healey’s autobiography.  Reply by Healey in April charging that Radosh’s memory of Healey telling him that she had couriered money from abroad to the C.P. was a fabrication and threatening legal action.  Radosh repeated his assertion.  No legal action followed.

Soroka, Lora. Communist Party of the Soviet Union on Trial Fond 89: Archives of the Communist Party and Soviet State: Guide to the Microfilm Collection in the Hoover Institution Archives. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 2001. Fond 89 includes material of CPSU subsidies to foreign Communist parties.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Sources of Financial Aid for Subversive and un-American Propaganda. Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946. [U.S.] 79th Cong., 2d sess. House. Rept.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994. Volkogonov, a leading Russian historian, says documents in Moscow archives show enormous Soviet funding of foreign Communist parties in the 1920s, including over a million dollars to John Reed.  Says in the 1930s Stalin regarded the Comintern as a spent institution and “foreign parties were now subsidized exclusively through the NKVD, bypassing Comintern.  Thus, while ECCI’s budget for 1937 was submitted to Stalin .... the NKVD’s expenses on Comintern were being processed under special heads, for what was at stake was no longer a Party affair, but espionage and terrorism.  Comintern was now more useful to the NKVD as a human resource for diversionary operations in capitalist countries than it was to the Communist movement.” Volkoganov gives detailed citations and lengthy quotes from documents but in some cases the documents cited are to archives still closed to most researchers.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Subsidies and Armand Hammer

 

Blumay, Carl, and Henry Edwards. The Dark Side of Power: The Real Armand Hammer. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

Epstein, Edward Jay. Dossier: The Secret History of Armand Hammer. New York: Random House, 1996. Critical biography of Hammer. Discusses his role in laundering secret Soviet funds for the CPUSA.

Finder, Joseph. Red Carpet. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1983. Critical account of the involvement of Armand Hammer, W. Averell Harriman, Cyrus Eaton, David Rockefeller, and Donald Kendall with the USSR.

Hammer, Armand. Hammer. Assisted by Neil Lyndon. New York: Putnam, 1987. Autobiography by an international businessman who played a key role in supplying the Soviet Union with Western goods in exchange for furs and art treasures in the 1920s.  Hammer, whose father Julius was an early member of the CPUSA, remained a prominent friend of the Soviet Union.

Schecter, Jerrold L., and Yuri A Baranov. “Documents Tie Hammer to Communists.” We 1, no. 7 (15-28 June 1992).  Quotes a OGPU report on Armand Hammer from 1923-1926 files: “On the return trip,” back to the U.S. from the Soviet Union, “Dr. Hammer, at the request of Comintern, carried over and delivered to the Communist Party of America $34,000 in cash.”  Also quotes a OGPU report praising Julius Hammer’s role in founding and financially aiding the American C.P.  Discusses a memo from Boris Reinstein to Lenin urging granting of an asbestos mine concession to the Hammers in recognition of their financial support for the Bolshevik state and Ludwig Martens’ Soviet embassy in the USA.

Shapiro, Margaret. “‘Top Secrets’ Tell of Soviet Obsessiveness.” Washington Post, 12 June 1992. Writes that the Russian newspaper Izvestia, citing 1923-26 CPSU archives, quoted a document saying after winning approval for an asbestos development from the fledging Soviet government Armand Hammer, on request of the Communist International, took $34,000 cash to the CPUSA.

Ultan, Lloyd. “The Mystery of Trotsky’s Bronx Friend.” Bronx County Historical Society Journal 36, no. 2 (1999). Leon Trotsky befriended a fellow radial socialist when in exile in New York prior to the Bolshevik revolution whom he referred to only as “Dr. M” in his memoirs. Says this friend is Dr. Julius Hammer, wealthy head of the Allied Drug and Chemical Corporation, cofounder of the Communist Party in the United States of America, and father of Armand Hammer.

Weinberg, Steve. Armand Hammer: The Untold Story. Boston: Little, Brown, 1989. Critical biography by an investigative journalist.

****************************************************************

 

Comintern Biographies and Memoirs

 

Morgan, Kevin, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn, eds. Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005. Contents: Claude Pennetier/Bernard Pudal: Communist Prosopography in France: Research in Progress based on French Institutional Communist Autobiographies - Gidon Cohen/Andrew Flinn: In Search of the Typical British Communist - Thomas Sakmyster: A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogány/John Pepper - Jean Vigreux/Serge Wolikow: General Secretariat and General Secretaries: The Case of the French Communist Party - Tânia Ünlüdag-Puschnerat: A German Communist: Clara Zetkin (1857-1933) - James R. Barrett: Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Personal Narrative in the Life of William Z. Foster - Andrew Thorpe: Communist MP: Willie Gallacher and British Communism - Aldo Agosti: A Communist of a Special Mould: Umberto Terracini’s Opposition to the Cominform Turn in 1947 - Kevin Morgan: A Family Party? Some Geneaological Reflections on the CPGB - Wolfgang Weber: Every Family a Red Fortress? Geneaological Aspects of Communist Biographies in Austria - Gerrit Voerman: The Formative Years of the Communist ‘Moral Community’ in the Netherlands 1917-30 - Pirjo Kaihovaara: A Good Comrade, a Good Cadre: Autobiographies and Evaluation Reports as a Part of Cadre Policy in the Finnish Communist Party During the 1940s and 1950s - Kerry Taylor: Kiwi Comrades: The Social Basis of New Zealand Communism, 1921-48 - Joni Krekola: The Finnish Sector at the International Lenin School.

 

 

Alfred Burmeister

 

Burmeister, Alfred [pseudonym]. Dissolution and Aftermath of the Comintern: Experiences and Observations, 1937-1947. New York: Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1955. Memoir of a Comintern official about the organization.

****************************************************************

 

Georgi Dimitrov

 

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “The Dimitrov Diaries.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001. Dimitrov headed the Comintern from the mid-30s until 1943.  His diaries contain references to CPUSA activities.

Dimitrov, Georgi. The Diary of Georgi Dimitrov, 1933-1949. Edited by Ivo Banac. Translated by Timothy D. Sergay, Jane T. Hedges, and Irina Faion. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2003. Diary of the chief of the Comintern from the mid-1930s onward.   Contains material on his dealings with the CPUSA.  Written in Russian, Bulgarian, and German. Published in Bulgarian in 1997 under the title: Dnevnik. Some material has been omitted from the English translation.

****************************************************************

 

Gerhart Eisler and Ruth Fischer

 

Fischer, Ruth. Stalin and German Communism: A Study in the Origins of the State Party. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1948. A leading German Communist in the 1920s, Fischer was forced out of the movement when she opposed its Stalinization. 

Montagnon, Mathilde. “Ruth Fischer 1895-1961: Itinéraire d’une Communiste Oppositionnelle [Ruth Fischer 1895-1961. Route of an Oppositional Communist].” Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Grenoble, France, 1998. Fischer, born Elfriede Eisler, was the sister of the prominent Cominternist Gehart Eisler, Comintern representative to the CPUSA in the mid-1930s, and the Communist composer Hanns Eisler.  In the U.S. in the late 1940s, she testified about Gehart’s Comintern links during his deportation proceedings.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Transcript of Proceedings, February 6, 1947. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Testimony of Gerhart Eisler, Comintern representative to the CPUSA in the 1930s and refugee in the U.S. during World War II who undertook various duties for the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Wolfgang Leonhard

 

Leonhard, Wolfgang. Child of the Revolution. Translated by C.M. Woodhouse. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1958. A translation of Die Revolution entlässt ihre Kinder.  Leonhard, who later broke with communism, in this memoir reports that as a young German Cominternist in the USSR during World War II he worked on sorting the CPUSA’s records held by the C.I.

****************************************************************

 

Otto Katz / Andre Simone

 

Draper, Theodore. “The Man Who Wanted to Hang.” Reporter, 6 January 1953. Sketch of Otto Katz (Andre Simone), a Czech-born Cominternist who used anti-Nazi themes to raise money for international Communist causes from wealthy Americans. During a Stalinist purge of Communist Czechoslovakia he falsely confessed of a variety of crimes and was executed.

McLellan, Diana. The Girls: Sappho Goes to Hollywood. New York: LA Weekly Books, 2000. Discusses evidence that Marlene Dietrick had been married to Cominternist Otto Katz in Germany.

Patka, Marcus G. “‘Columbus Discovered America: And I Discovered Hollywood’: Otto Katz und die Hollywood Anti-Nazi League.” Film-Exil, no. 17 (2003). Illustrated, largely based on German secondary sources.

****************************************************************

 

American Communists Abroad

 

Australia

 

Harry Wicks

 

Curthoys, Barbara. “The Comintern, the CPA, and the Impact of Harry Wicks.” Australian Journal of Politics 39, no. 1 (1993). On the role of American Communist Harry Wicks (under the name Herbert Moore) as a Comintern agent reorganizing the C.P. of Australia in 1930-1931 and expelling those deemed guilty of right-wing deviations.

Wicks, H. M. Eclipse of October. Chicago: Challenge Publishers, 1957. Autobiography Wicks was a leading CPUSA official in the 1920s and undertook Comintern missions in the early 1930s.  He was excelled in the late 1930s on suspicion that he had hidden having been a police informant early in his revolutionary career.

****************************************************************

 

Brazil

 

Victor Barron

 

Hornstein, David P. Arthur Ewert: A Life for the Comintern. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1993. Follows the evolution of the Communist International in the 1920s and 1930s through the life and activities of Arthur Ewert.  Ewert, a German, first surfaces as a Bolshevik in Canada at the end of World War I.  Forced out of Canada, Ewert became a prominent member of the German Communist party in the 1920s.  After losing a KPD factional, Ewert served the Comintern clandestinely on four continents.  In the 1920s Ewert sat on the Comintern’s American Commission and served as Comintern representative under the pseudonym of “Grey” at the CPUSA’s 1927 convention.  His leading role in the failed 1935 Communist coup in Brazil marked his downfall.  Victor Barron, the son of the CPUSA’s Harrison George, was Ewart’s radio operator and died during the Brazilian government’s suppression of coup.

Joffily, José. Harry Berger. Rio de Janeiro [Curitiba], Brazil: Editora Paze Terra Universidade Federal do Paraná, 1987. About the Comintern agent Arthur Ewert (a German Communist) who worked in Brazil under the identify of an American Harry Berger.  He was assisted by American Communist Victor Barron.

Morais, Fernando. Olga. Translated by Ellen Watson. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990. On Olga Benario-Prestes, wife of Brazilian Communist leader Luís Carlos Prestes.  Discusses involvement of Victor Barron, son of CPUSA cadre Harrison George in the failed Prestes coup of the mid-1930s.  Barron, a covert radio operator for a senior Comintern agent assisting Prestes, was arrested and fell, jumped, or was pushed from a high window in a police station and died.

****************************************************************

 

China

 

Harold Isaacs

 

Chen, Jinxing. “Harold R. Isaacs in the China Scene, 1930-1935: A Story of an American Idealist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toledo, 1997. Discusses Isaacs’ shifting relationship with Chinese and American communism and Trotskyism.

Chen, Jinxing. “Harold R. Isaacs’ Trotskyist Turn in the China Forum Years.” Twentieth-Century China 24, no. 1 (1998). Discusses the shift in the 1930s of American Harold Isaacs, editor of the China Forum in Shanghai, from ally of the Communist party to Trotskyism.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. The Tragedy of the Chinese Revolution. London, U.K.: Secker & Warburg, 1938.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. Scratches on Our Minds: American Views of China and India. White Plains, NY: M. E. Sharpe, 1980. Originally published in 1958, with a new preface by Isaacs.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. Re-Encounters in China: Notes of a Journey in a Time Capsule. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1985.

Mais, Margaret Elizaberth. “The Evolution of Bias: An Interpreter of China, Harold R. Isaacs.” Honors thesis. Radcliffe College, 1970.

****************************************************************

 

China

 

 

Agnes Smedley

 

Jaffe, Philip J. “Agnes Smedley: A Reminiscence.” Survey [U.K.] 20, no. 4 (1974). Discusses Smedley’s relationship with Richard Sorge.

MacKinnon, Janice, and MacKinnon Steve. “Agnes Smedley.” Eastern Horizon [Hong Kong] 19, no. 8 (1980). Surveys the association of American writer Agnes Smedley with Chinese Communists and Indian nationalists.

MacKinnon, Janice R., and Stephen R. MacKinnon. Agnes Smedley, the Life and Times of an American Radical. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988. Detailed biography of Smedley an American radical journalist-writer and friend of Chinese Communism.  Makes light of charges of charges of her involvement with covert Comintern and Soviet intelligence activities.

MacKinnon, Stephen R., and Oris Friesen. China Reporting: An Oral History of American Journalism in the 1930s and 1940s. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987.

Price, Ruth. The Lives of Agnes Smedley. New York: Oxford University Press, 2005.  Comprehensive biography of Smedley tracing her passionate devotion to radical change from Indian independence to birth control, women's rights, and revolution in China as well as participation in covert Comintern activities and Soviet espionage.

Price, Ruth. “Agnes Smedley: On Proving What Her Worst Enemies Had Claimed (Much to My Regret).” History News Network, 11 April 2005. <http://hnn.us/articles/10945.html>

Price, Ruth. “Her Own Woman.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 29 July 2005.

Smedley, Agnes. China’s Red Army Marches. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1934. Admiring journalism.

Smedley, Agnes. China Fights Back: An American Woman with the Eighth Route Army. New York: The Vanguard press, 1938. Advocacy journalism depicting Chinese Communists in a favorable light.

Smedley, Agnes. Battle Hymn of China. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1943. Smedley, a pro-Communist journalist, describes her travels and experiences as a in China over several decades.

****************************************************************

 

China

 

Anna Louise Strong

 

Alley, Rew. “Some Memories of Anna Louise Strong.” Eastern Horizon [Hong Kong] 9, no. 2 (1970). Admiring biographical article regarding Strong’s political journalism in China, the Soviet Union, and the United States.

Duke, David C. “Anna Louise Strong and the Search for a Good Cause.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 66, no. 3 (1975). Biographical essay discussing and praising Strong’s involvement with Soviet and Chinese Communism.

Duke, David C. “Spy Scares, Scapegoats, and the Cold War.” South Atlantic Quarterly 79, no. 3 (Summer 1980). Recounts the involvement of Agnes Smedley and Anna Louise Strong with Soviet and Chinese Communism.

Jaffe, Philip. “The Strange Case of Anna Louise Strong.” Survey [U.K.], no. 53 (1964). Strong, radicalized by the Seattle general strike of 1919 went to Russia in 1921 and became a Communist enthusiast, assisted in publishing Moscow News and writing about the USSR in English for foreign consumption. In 1946 she moved to China, becoming a propagandist for Maoism.  Her book about Mao and his accomplishments was not welcomed in the Soviet bloc when she returned there in the late 1940s.  Arrested in 1949 in Moscow, Soviet and European Communists attacked her as a spy.  Expelled from the USSR, she returned to the United States bewildered at her treatment. In 1955 she was rehabilitated in the USSR but never returned there, going instead to China in 1959 to be welcomed warmly by Mao.

Lubkeman, Lynn Marie. “Anna Louise Strong and the Stalinist Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1995. Comprehensive biography.

Ogle, Stephanie F. “Anna Louise Strong: Progressive and Propagandist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1981.

Pringle, Robert William, Jr. “Anna Louise Strong: Propagandist of Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1970. Critical biography.

Strong, Anna Louise. I Change Worlds: The Remaking of an American. Seattle: Seal Press, 1979. Autobiographical, on her leaving the dying American world of capitalism for the growing world of communism.

Strong, Tracy B., and Helene Keyssar. Right in Her Soul: The Life of Anna Louise Strong. New York: Random House, 1983. Admiring biography by a great nephew.

****************************************************************

 

Denmark

 

Leon Josephson and George Mink

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. (Regarding Leon Josephson and Samuel Liptzen)  Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Josephson, active in the CPUSA’s covert operations, was arrested in Denmark in the 1930 in the company of George Mink, an American then working for the Comintern, and a person carrying an American passport under the name of Nicholas Sherman.  Sherman was later identified as a Soviet GRU agent named Ulanovsky.  Josephson was also identified as the fraudulent applicant for an American passport for Samuel Liptzen that was later used by Comintern agent Gerhard Eisler.

****************************************************************

 

Germany

 

Mildred Fish Harnack

 

Brysac, Shareen Blair. Resisting Hitler: Mildred Harnack and the Red Orchestra. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. Mildred Fish, an American Communist from Wisconsin, married Arvid Harnack, a German Communist, and the two became members of a Soviet espionage group in Nazi Germany.  Captured by the Gestapo, she was guillotined in Berlin on February 16, 1943.

Höhne, Heinz. Codeword: Direktor the Story of the Red Orchestra. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1971.

Perrault, Gilles. The Red Orchestra. London: Barker, 1968.

Tarrant, V. E. The Red Orchestra. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1996. Notes that the Soviet espionage apparatus in Nazi Germany known as the Red Orchestra include one American, Mildred Fish, who met and married Arvid Harnack, a German, at the University of Wisconsin in the late 1920s.  Both were Communists although it is unclear if they had joined the party at that time or after their move to Germany in 1929. Both were executed by the Nazis.

Trepper, Léopold. The Great Game: The Story of the Red Orchestra. London: M. Joseph, 1977.

West, Rebecca. Selected Letters of Rebecca West. Edited by Bonnie Kime Scott. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000. One letter relates that in the 1930s West was approached by Mildred Fisher [Fish] who said she represented a group of German Nazis and that they were prepared to publish her books in Germany but only if she would sign a declaration that she had no Jewish blood.  West refused.  Only in the late 1940s did West learn that Fisher, an American Communist living in Germany and married to a German Communist, had been executed by the Nazis during WWII for her role in the Soviet “Red Orchestra” espionage network.  West concluded that Fisher’s 1930s approach had been an attempt to taint West, a vocal anti-Communist writer, with Nazi anti-Jewish sympathies.

Whiting, Charles. The Search for ‘Gestapo’ Müller: The Man Without a Shadow. Barnsley, South Yorkshire: Leo Cooper, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Mexico

 

Anhalt, Diana. “México: Refugio o Último Recurso para el Expatriado Político? [Mexico For the Political Expatriate: Haven or Last Resort?].” El Nacional [Mexico City], 16 February 1992. Part memoir, part history of childhood in Mexico in the 1950s in community of fifty or so expatriate families. “Although I am still unsure, I imagine that our coming to Mexico was related to my parents’ (Belle and Meyer Zykofsky) involvement in the left-wing American Labor Party (ALP), their liberal political stance on just about everything and the fact that they were convinced that it was only a matter of time before the United States became another Nazi Germany.”

Anhalt, Diana. “Mexico for the Political Expatriate: Haven or Last Resort?” Voices of Mexico [University of Mexico’s Center of Research for North America], January-March 1994. Discusses American Communists and pro-Communist radicals who moved to Mexico.

Anhalt, Diana. A Gathering of Fugitives: American Political Expatriates in Mexico, 1948-1965. Santa Maria, CA: Archer Books, 2001. During the 1950s over sixty American families involved in Communist and radical activities moved to Mexico.  Anhalt’s parents were among them.  Based on interviews with expatriates and their families.

Christopulos, Diana K. “American Radicals and the Mexican Revolution, 1900-1925.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1980. Notes that some American Communists attempted to influence Mexican revolutionary groups.

Herman, Donald L. The Comintern in Mexico. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1974. Notes the activities of American Communists in Mexico.

La Botz, Daniel Herbert. “‘Slackers’: American War Resisters and Communists in Mexico, 1917-1927.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1998.

Schreiber, Rebecca Mina. “The Cold War Culture of Political Exile: United States Artists and Writers in Mexico, 1940--1965.” Ph.D. diss. New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2000.

Schreiber, Rebecca M. “Dislocations of Cold War Cultures: Exile, Transnationalism, and the Politics of Form.” In Imagining Our Americas: Toward a Transnational Frame, edited by Sandhya Rajendra Shukla and Heidi Tinsman. Radical Perspectives. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2007.

Schreiber, Rebecca M. Cold War Exiles in Mexico: U.S. Dissidents and the Culture of Critical Resistance. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2008.

Spenser, Daniela. “Encounter of the Mexican and the Bolshevik Revolutions in the United States: Sphere of Interests, 1917-1930.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1994.

Spenser, Daniela. The Impossible Triangle: Mexico, Soviet Russia, and the United States in the 1920s. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1999.

Spenser, Daniela. “Emissaries of the Communist International in Mexico.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Taibo, Paco Ignacio, II. “Red Gringos, Blue Mexicans: The Binational Cadres in the Mexican Labor Movement, 1917-1925.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Weyl, Nathaniel, and Sylvia Caslteton Weyl. The Reconquest of Mexico: The Years of Lázaro Cárdenas. New York: Oxford University Press, 1939. The Weyls, both CPUSA cadre in the 1930s, by 1939 were living in Mexico and were soon to leave the party.  Cárdenas institutionalized and stabilized the Mexican revolutionary movement but while hoping for friendly relations with Communists, insisted on maintaining the independence of the Mexican revolutionary movement from Moscow’s control.

****************************************************************

 

Mexico

 

Anita Brenner

 

Glusker, Susannah Joel. “Anita Brenner, a Mind of Her Own.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1995.

Glusker, Susannah Joel. Anita Brenner: A Mind of Her Own. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press, 1998. The daughter of American Jewish emigrants who settled in Mexico, Brenner was a radical political journalist and art critic who worked among and wrote about the American and Mexican radicals, Communists, Trotskyists, and avant-garde artists who lived in Mexico in the 1930s and 1940s.  Glusker is Brenner’s daughter.

****************************************************************

 

Mexico

 

Charles Phillips

 

Gomez, Manuel. “From Mexico to Moscow.” Survey [U.K.] no. 53 (October 1964). Transcript of an interview with Theodore Draper.  Gomez was the pseudonym for Charles Francis Phillips.

Kheyfetz, Victor. “In Search of an Adequate Strategy: Comintern and Soviet Diplomacy in Mexico in the 1920s.” International Newsletter of Communist Studies [Part of Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung - 2003] 9, no. 16 (2003). Brief note on the Comintern and the role of such Americans as Charles Phillips.

Shipman, Charles. It Had to be Revolution: Memoirs of an American Radical. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1993. Shipman, aka Charles Francis Phillips, Frank Seaman, and Manuel Gomez, was a Communist activist in Mexico and the U.S. in the 1920s and was associated with the All American Anti-Imperialism League and the Collegiate Anti-Military League.

****************************************************************

 

South Africa

 

Davidson, Apollon, Irina Filatova, Valentin Gorodonov, and Sheridan Johns, eds. South Africa and the Communist International: A Documentary History. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2003. V. 1, Socialist Pilgrims to Bolshevik Footsoldiers 1919-1930; v. 2, Bolshevik Footsoldiers to Victims of Bolshevisation 1931-1939.  Notes role of American Communists as Comintern representatives with the South African movement.

****************************************************************

 

American Visitors and Immigrants to Communist Societies

 

Daniels, Anthony. Utopias Elsewhere: Journeys in a Vanishing World. New York: Crown Pub., 1991. Notes admiring and sometimes worshipful attitudes of American and Western Communists and radicals met during visits to Communist ruled Albania, North Korea, Rumania, Vietnam, and Cuba.

Engerman, David C. Modernization from the Other Shore: American Intellectuals and the Romance of Russian Development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003.

Enzensberger, Hans Magnus. “Tourists of the Revolution.” In The Consciousness Industry: On Literature, Politics and the Media, edited by Michael Roloff. New York: Seabury Press, 1974.

Hollander, Paul. “Pilgrims on the Run: Ideological Refugees from Paradise Lost.” Encounter [U.K.] 57, no. 4 (1981).

Hollander, Paul. Political Pilgrims: Travels of Western Intellectuals to the Soviet Union, China, and Cuba, 1928-1978. New York: Oxford University Press, 1981. Discusses Western intellectuals who visit and praise Communist societies.  Concludes that their hostility to their own societies and their need to believe in the possibility of social perfection caused them not to notice the oppressive nature of Communist states.

Hollander, Paul. “Durable Significance of Political Pilgrimage.” Society 34, no. 5 (August 1997). Notes persistence of the phenomenon, including recent visits to North Korea in which left and progressive American visitors praised the monstrously cruel Communist regime in exaggerated, bizarre terms.

Očak, Ivan. Jugoslavenski Emigranti Iz Amerike u Sovjetskom Savezu (Izmedju Dva Rata) [Yugoslav Emigrants From America in the Soviet Union (Between the Two Wars)]. Zagreb: Spektar, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in Russia and the USSR

 

Aaron, Daniel. “The Three Faces of Lenin: American Writers in Russia.” Survey [U.K.] 41 (1962). Discusses visits to the Soviet Union by E. E. Cummings, Waldo Frank and Edmund Wilson.

Baker, Vincent E. “American Workers in The Soviet Union Between the Two World Wars: From Dream to Disillusionment.” Unpublished master’s thesis. West Virginia University, 1998.

Bassow, Whitman. The Moscow Correspondents: Reporting on Russia from the Revolution to Glasnost. New York: W. Morrow, 1988. Includes portraits of journalists whose early stories shaped American images of Soviet Communism, including John Reed, George Seldes, Eugene Lyons, and Walter Duranty.  Discusses the effects of inadequate knowledge of Russian language and culture, ignorant American editors, and Soviet travel restrictions, blackmail, censorship, and harassment.

Briley, Ronald F. “Smith W. Brookhart and Russia.” Annals of Iowa 42, no. 7 (1975). Progressive Republican Brookhart, elected to the U.S. Senate from Iowa in 1922, briefly toured the Soviet Union in 1923 and came back praising the Communist regime and urging American diplomatic recognition.

Bryant, Louise. Six Red Months in Russia: An Observer’s Account of Russia Before and During the Proletarian Dictatorship. New York: George H. Doran Company, 1918.

Bryant, Louise. Mirrors of Moscow. New York: T. Seltzer, 1923. Bryant, John Reed’s companion, provides biographical sketches of early Soviet leaders she knew: Lenin and his subordinates.--Jacob Peters, Fedore S. Dzerzhinsky and the Extraordinary Commission.--Anatol Vassilievitch Lunacharsky and Russian culture.--Michael Ivanovitch Kalinin and the peasants.--Madame Alexandra Kollontaiand the woman’s movement.--Leon Trotsky, Soviet war lord.--Enver Pasha and the Mohammedans.--Tikon and the Russian church.--Tchicherin, commissar for foreign affairs, and his subordinates.--Maxim Litvinov, assistant commissar, Leonid Krassin and subordiantes.

Calonne, David S. “Saroyan Among the Soviets.” Armenian Review 42, no. 3 (1989). Armenian-American writer William Saroyan was fascinated by the Soviet socialist experiment, but his 1935 visit proved disillusioning.

Davis, Donald E., and Eugene P. Trani. “The American YMCA and the Russian Revolution.” Slavic Review 33, no. 3 (1974). Describes the reaction of American YMCA staff and volunteers to the Bolshevik revolution.

Feuer, Lewis S. “American Travelers to the Soviet Union, 1917-1932: The Formation of a Component of New Deal Ideology.” American Quarterly, Summer 1962.

Gammel, Irene. “Re/Visiting Russia with Theodore Dreiser.” Resources for American Literary Study 26, no. 1 (2000).

Garb, Paula. They Came to Stay: North Americans in the U.S.S.R. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1987. Uncritical.

Graziosi, Andrea. “Foreign Workers in Soviet Russia, 1920-1940: Their Experience and Their Legacy.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 33 (1988).

Haynes, John Earl. “The Two Russian Adventures of Leighton Rogers: American Diaries of the Russian Revolution in 1917 and P-39 Airacobras in the USSR in 1943.” Paper presented at ALSIB 60 Conference, Irkutsk State Technical University, November 2002. Irkutsk, Russia. Rogers was a young American bank officer in Petrograd at the time of the Bolshevik revolution and returned in 1943 as an official of Bell Aircraft observing Soviet use of thousands of P-39 Bell Airacobras obtained through Lend-Lease.

Hiatt, Fred. “Stuck in Stalin’s U.S.S.R.” Washington Post, 23 October 1992. In 1932 Willard Edwards, a progressive educator at the Organic School of Education (Fairhope, AL) went to the USSR to build socialism.  His wife and three children followed.  Willard had his teenage son, Kenneth, adopt Soviet citizenship.  In 1935 Willard, disillusioned and concerned that the education commissar who had recruited him had been purged, returned to the U.S.  Mrs. Edwards remained because Kenneth was not allowed to leave.  Pressure on foreigners increased, Mrs. Edwards lost her job, and with her youngest son she left in 1938.  A daughter, Marjorie tried to leave but adopted Soviet citizenship instead when the NKVD threatened to arrest Kenneth.  Marjorie in 1941 got a job at the U.S. embassy was able later to return to the U.S.  Marjorie in 1992 returned to Russia to meet her brother Kenneth.

Keiser, John H., ed. “An American Communist Reports from Russia, November, 1922.” Illinois State Historical Society Journal 60, no. 2 (1967). Text of a letter from Jack W. Johnston to John Fitzpatrick, president of the Chicago Federation of Labor. Johnston was a delegate to the Second Congress of the Red International of Labor Unions (Profintern).

Kennedy, Padraic C. “La Follette and the Russians.” Mid-America 53, no. 3 (1971). A critic of Czarist Russia, Senator La Follette, Sr., praised the Bolshevik Revolution and attacked Wilson’s Russian policy and argued for recognition of the Soviet government. After his trip to Russia in 1923, La Follette became less enthusiastic and gradually ceased taking an interest in the matter.

Lapitsky, Mark. “American Workers in the USSR During the 1930s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference, 1990. Lapitsky, a Soviet scholar, says the Soviet Union welcomed several thousand, perhaps up to 10,000, American workers in the 1920s and 1930s for their technical knowledge, the money some brought, and as a international duty to those who wished to assist in building socialism.  The earliest large American industrial colony was in Kuzbas, Siberia.  One group of technicians brought valuable tools and instruments from an American Ford plant.  The huge Stalingrad tractor plant built in the first 5-year plan followed American rather than European design and was planned with the assistance of American workers.  After 1936 Soviet policy became hostile to foreigners, and American workers returned home or were arrested.

Leder, Mary M. My Life in Stalinist Russia: An American Woman Looks Back. Edited by Laurie Bernstein. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2001. Her Communist parents took her to Birobidzhan in the 1930s.

Lyons, Eugene, and U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Beware! Tourists Reporting on Russia; an Analysis of Tourist Testimony on Soviet Russia. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

Lyons, Eugene. Assignment in Utopia. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1937. Lyons, a prominent left-wing journalist of the 1920s, became a United Press correspondent in Moscow in the 1930s and turned anti-Communist after his experience. Lyons, Eugene. Moscow Carrousel. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1935.

Lyons, Eugene. Stalin, Czar of All the Russias. Philadelphia New York [etc.]: J.B. Lippincott Company, 1940.

Lyons, Eugene. Workers’ Paradise Lost: Fifty Years of Soviet Communism: A Balance Sheet. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1967.

Margulies, Sylvia R. The Pilgrimage to Russia: The Soviet Union and the Treatment of Foreigners, 1924-1937. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1968.

Maurer, James, John Brophy, Frank Palmer, and Albert Coyle. Russia After Ten Years: Report of the American Trade Union Delegation to the Soviet Union. New York: International Publishers, 1927.

Meltz, Eva Stolar, and Rae Gunter Osgood. And the Winds Blew Cold: Stalinist Russia as Experienced by an American Emigrant. Blacksburg, VA: McDonald & Woodward Pub., 2000.

Nerhood, Harry W. To Russia and Return: An Annotated Bibliography of Travelers’ English-Language Accounts of Russia from the Ninth Century to the Present. [Columbus]: Ohio State University Press, 1968.

Remnick, David. “The Bitter Pilgrimage of Abe Stolar.” Washington Post, 10 May 1988. Newspaper feature story.  Stolar, born in the U.S. to radical Russian-Jewish immigrants, accompanied his parents on their return to the USSR in 1930.  In 1937 his father was purged and later died in the Gulag.  Stolar fought with the Red Army during World War II and worked as a writer for Radio Moscow until the 1960s when he made a series of attempts to move his family to Israel.

Rogers, Leigh. Wine of Fury. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1924. Novel by a young American bank officer about his experiences in St. Petersburg at the time of the Bolshevik revolution. Rogers’ original diary on which the novel is based is part of his papers at the Library of Congress.

Rosenberg, M. An American Trapped in a Communist Paradise: An Historical Autobiography. Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.: Moose Enterprise, 2003.

Scott, John. Behind the Urals: An American Worker in Russia’s City of Steel. [Boston]: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1942. Scott, at age twenty and with credentials from the TUUL’s Metal Workers Industrial Union, went to Magnitogorsk in 1932 to work as a welder for five years in the building of Stalin’s premier steelmaking city.  Scott’s memoir records his observations on the astoundingly high human price of the hyper-industrialization program and the injustices of the purges.  Scott judges that the price was worth paying to build socialism and insure the Soviet people a future of economic abundance and social justice.

Seeger, Murray. Discovering Russia 200 Years of American Journalism. Bloomington, Ind.: AuthorHouse, 2005.

Seeger, Murray. “The Coverage of Soviet Dissidents by Western Journalists.” Nieman Reports, Spring 2006. Essay-review of Rubenstein and Gribanov’s The KGB File of Andrei Sakharov discussing the role of American journalists as a factor in Soviet treatment of Sakharov.

Sillito, John R. “A Utahn Abroad: Parley P. Christensen’s World Tour, 1921-23.” Utah Historical Quarterly 54, no. 4 (1986). Discusses Christensen’s visit to the USSR.

Unger, Nancy. “‘New Wars in the Making’: Senator Robert M. LaFollette Reports on His European Tour, 1923.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Wettlin, Margaret. Fifty Russian Winters: An American Woman’s Life in the Soviet Union. New York: Pharos Books, 1992. In 1932 Wettlin, a West Philadelphia English teacher, visited the USSR, met and married Andrei Efremoff, a director at the Moscow Art Theater, became a Soviet citizen, and translated Gorky, Tolstoy, and Pasternak into English.  Wettlin, although a socialist, never joined the CPSU.  Wettlin says she believed wholeheartedly that the USSR faced dire threats from internal spies and saboteurs and describes her recruitment as an NKVD informant at the Moscow Foreign Language Institute, writing she “felt that I had been chosen, been distinguished, that in this terrible period of trial I was trusted.  It was as if I had a medal pinned to my chest.”  After WWII she became disillusioned with her work as an informant and quit.

Witkin, Zara. An American Engineer in Stalin’s Russia the Memoirs of Zara Witkin, 1932-1934. Edited by Michael Gelb. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. Witkin, a consultant to the Soviet First Industrial Building Trust, records in a memoir written in the 1930s how his idealism was destroyed by a blizzard of indifference, red tape, envy, oppression, and mind-numbing incompetence.  Witkin speculates that the faults of the Soviet system were due to flaws in the Russian character rather than in socialism. 

****************************************************************

 

The Kuzbas Project

 

Morray, J. P. Project Kuzbas: American Workers in Siberia (1921-1926). New York: International Publishers, 1983. Admiring portrait of American radical volunteers at an industrial colony in the Soviet Union.

Smith, William Thomas. “The Kuzbas Colony, Soviet Russia, 1921-1926: An American Contribution to the Building of a Communist State.” Ph.D. diss. University of Miami, 1977. Recounts the history of industrial complex in Siberia where American Communists and Wobblies provided the managerial and technical staff for an early Soviet industrial project.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the Terror and the Gulag

 

Beckett, Francis. Stalin’s British Victims. Stroud: Sutton, 2004. Focuses on the four British Communist women, Rosa Rust, Rose Cohen, Freda Utley, and Pearl Rimel and the knowledge by CPGB leaders of what happened in the Great Terror.  Utley, a British Communist, moved to the USSR in the 1930s and married a Russian.  She fled the Soviet Union after he was imprisoned in the Terror.  She later came to the United States and became a citizen and anti-Communist activist.

Cullison, Alan. “The Lost Victims.” Associated Press Wire Service, 9 November 1997.

Cullison, Alan, and Associated Press. “How Stalin Repaid the Support of Americans.” Washington Times, 9 November 1997. AP story on Moscow archival records of American Communists and leftists arrested in Stalin’s purges.  Discusses, Alexander Gelver, Arthur Talent, Oscar Corgan, Julius Hecker, Elias Singer, and Ivan Dubin (all executed) and Ruth Ikal, Marvin Volat, Lovett Fort-Whiteman, Thomas Sgovio, and Joseph Sgovio (all imprisoned).

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Black American ‘Pilgrims’ in the Soviet Union and the Comintern: New Documents (The Fate of Fort-Whiteman Lovett.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies conference. Boca Raton, FL, 1998.

Hochschild, Adam. “Never Coming Home: An Exclusive Look at the KGB’s Secret Files on Americans in Stalin’s Prisons.” Mother Jones, October 1992, 50-56. Discusses the file of Arthur Talent, born in America of Latvian immigrants.  Both of his parents had been early Bolsheviks in Tsarist Russia, had been imprisoned under the Tsar, and had been founding members of the American C.P.  In 1923 his father, terminally ill with cancer, sent his wife, Elena, and son to the USSR.  His wife became a member of the CPSU.  In 1938 Elena was arrested and sent to the GULAG for ten years.  In 1949 she was rearrested and imprisoned until 1954.  She died in 1955.  Arthur, age 21 and working as an elevator operator and part time actor, was also arrested.  Under severe interrogation, he falsely confessed to being a British spy, a Latvian spy, and part of a conspiracy based on actors of the Latvian Theater in Moscow to create a “’mighty Latvia on the territory of the Soviet Union.’”  He and three he named were secretly executed in 1938.  “The triumph of Stalinism -- and the bloodshed that followed--took its toll not only on Russians, but on leftists throughout the world.  And on few groups did the blow fall more heavily than on the tens of thousands of progressives from other countries who came to live in Russia....  How should we look back on those ill-fated people, who traveled to the Soviet Union to build socialism and wound up instead the victims of a revolution gone mad?”

Hochschild, Adam. The Unquiet Ghost: Russians Remember Stalin. New York: Viking, 1994. Among other cases, discusses Americans arrested and executed by the NKVD during Stalin’s purges.

Holmes, John Dewey. “The Life and Times of Noah London: American Jewish Communist; Soviet Engineer; and Victim of Stalinist Terror.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2008.

McLoughlin, Barry. Left to the Wolves: Irish Victims of Stalinist Terror. Irish Academic Press, 2007. Discusses two Irish Communists who died in the terror who had CPUSA ties.

Studer (University of Bern), Brigitte. “Die Arbeit Am Projektierten Selbst: Westliche Ausländerinnen und Ausländer Im Moskau der Dreissiger [Work on the Projected Self: Western Female and Male Foreigners in Moscow During the 1930].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Tzouliadis, Tim. The Forsaken: An American Tragedy in Stalin’s Russia. New York: Penguin Press, 2008. TOC: The Joads of Russia -- Baseball in Gorky Park -- “Life has become more joyful!” -- “Fordizatsia” -- “The Lindbergh of Russia” -- “The captured Americans” -- “The arrival of spring” -- The terror, the terror -- Spetzrabota -- “A dispassionate observer” -- “Send views of New York” -- “Submission to Moscow” -- Kolyma znaczit smert -- The Soviet gold rush -- “Our selfless labor will restore us to the family of workers” -- June 22nd, 1941 -- The American brands of a Soviet genocide -- An American vice-president in the heart of darkness -- “To see cruelty and burn not” -- “Release by the green procurator” -- The second generation -- Awakening -- “Citizen of the United States of America, allied officer Dale” -- Smert Stalina spaset Rossiiu -- Freedom and deceit -- The truth at last -- “The two Russias” -- Thomas Sgovio redux.

Zhuravlev, Serge  (Russian Academy of Sciences). “American Victims of the Stalinist Purges, 1935-1941.” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the Terror and the Gulag: Biographical Accounts

 

Alexander Dolgun

 

Dolgun, Alexander. Alexander Dolgun’s Story: An American in the Gulag. Assisted by Patrick Watson. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House., 1975. Dolgun was born in the United States and was brought to the USSR in the mid-1930s by his parents.  In 1948 at age twenty-two he was working at a minor post in the U.S. Embassy.  He was arrested and after extensive torture sent to the Gulag as an American spy.  He was released in 1956 but was unable to leave the USSR until 1971.

****************************************************************

 

Victor Herman

 

Herman, Victor. Coming Out of the Ice: An Unexpected Life. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. Memoir by an American prisoner of Stalin’s Gulag.

****************************************************************

 

John Noble

 

Noble, John H. I Was a Slave in Russia: An American Tells His Story. New York: Devin-Adair, 1958. Noble was American-born but his parents were German and had returned to Germany prior to World War II.  As an enemy alien he was not allowed to leave Dresden and had to report to the German police every three days.  When the Red Army took the city he, then age 21, and his father were arrested as American spies by the Soviets and sent to the Gulag.  He remained there for more than ten years.

Noble, John H., and Glenn D. Everett. I Found God in Soviet Russia. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Pub. House, 1972. Noble was a young American who was in the Gulag from 1945 to 1955.

****************************************************************

 

David Rosenblum

 

Colp, Judith. “Soviet Nightmare Ends for American.” Washington Times, 24 December 1990. Newspaper feature story on David Rosenblum.  In 1936 Rosenblum, age 21 from Brooklyn, emigrated to the USSR to build socialism.  After he arrived Rosenblum was told   “‘You’re a Jew; you made a big mistake in coming here.’”  At the time of the Nazi-Soviet Pact he was arrested and sent to a Gulag gold mining camp in Siberia for 10 years.  Rosenblum lost parts of several fingers to frostbite.  In 1949 authorities rusticated him in Sokol where he married and worked as a night watchman.  After the death of his Russian wife in 1989 he contacted an American cousin, obtained his birth certificate proving U.S. citizenship, and returned to the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Thomas Sgovio

 

Sgovio, Thomas. Dear America! Why I Turned Against Communism. Kenmore, NY: Partners’ Press, 1979. Recounts Sgovio’s youth in Buffalo, NY, in the 1920s and early 1930s as the son of Joseph Sgovio, a Communist organizer and activist in the Young Communist League.  His father, a non-citizen Italian immigrant, was deported to the Soviet Union in the early 1930s.  Sgovio and his mother followed voluntarily.  Sgovio and his father were arrested in the Yezhov purge of 1937-38 and sent to the Kolyma labor camps.  After release in 1946, he was sentenced to internal exile in Siberia.  In 1960 he received permission to accompany his aged mother to her native Italy and in 1963 he returned to the U.S.  Sgovio mentions a number of American Communists he met in the camps, although sometimes he is unsure of the spelling of the name or gives only the initial of the last name.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in Communist China

 

Adams, Clarence. An American Dream: The Life of an African American Soldier and POW Who Spent Twelve Years in Communist China. Edited by Della Adams and Lewis H. Carlson. Amherst: Amherst University of Massachusetts Press, 2007.

Alley, Rewi. Six Americans in China. Beijing, China: Intercul, 1985. TOC: Ma Haide (George Hatem), the doctor -- Edgar Snow -- Anna Louise Strong -- Agnes Smedley -- Joseph Warren Stilwell -- Evans Fordyce Carlson.

Blankfort, Michael. The Big Yankee: The Life of Carlson of the Raiders. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1947. Carlson was an admirer of the Chinese Communist military forces.

Brady, Anne-Marie. Making the Foreign Serve: China Managing Foreigners in the People’s Republic. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2003.

Brady, Anne-Marie. “The Political Meaning of Friendship: Reviewing the Life and Times of Two of China’s American Friends.” China Review International 9, no. 2 (Fall 2002). Review-essay on Sidney Rittenberg’s The Man Who Stayed Behind and Sidney Shapiro’s I Chose China: The Metamorphosis of a Country and a Man.

Carlson, Evans Fordyce. Twin Stars of China: A Behind-the-Scenes Story of China’s Valiant Struggle for Existence, by a U.S. Marine Who Lived & Moved with the People. New York: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1940. Carlson was an admirer of the Chinese Communist military forces.

Lo, Ruth Earnshaw, and Katharine S. Kinderman. In the Eye of the Typhoon. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1980.  Ruth, a University of Chicago student, married her Chinese language teacher, Dr. Lo Chuanfang in Shanghai in 1935. Attracted by Communist “united front” promises, they remained in China after 1949.  Lo Chuanfang, however, was designated a Rightist in 1958 while teaching at Zhongshan University, Canton.  Due to this their two children were not allowed to enter college. In the Cultural Revolution, Lo was accused of having “secretly sabotaged Chairman Mao’s thoughts in  lecturing on teaching method.” He was repeated interrogated and publicly humiliated, their home vandalized, and their children sent to the provinces.  He died in 1969.  Ruth remained under a sort of house arrest at Zhongshan University until the end of the Cultural Revolution.

Milton, David, and Nancy Milton. The Wind Will Not Subside: Years in Revolutionary China, 1964-1969. New York: Pantheon Books, 1976.  American academics and Communist sympathizers, the Miltons aligned themselves with the Hongqi (Red Flag) faction at the First Foreign Languages Institute in Beijing where they taught English.  They assert, “China’s Cultural Revolution was the final act in a long process which, though generating universal concepts, served as the political cauldron for forging an independent and modern Chinese nation beholden to none and ready to compete with the largest states in the game of nations” (p. 377). Claim, as well, that after the Mao’s Great Leap Forward, “the Chinese did suffer from malnutrition in those [hard] years, but there was no famine.” (p. 18). 

O’Brien, Neil L. An American Editor in Early Revolutionary China: John William Powell and the China Weekly/Monthly Review. New York: Routledge, 2003. Powell edited the China Weekly and Monthly Review in Shanghai in the 1940s, became a loyal purveyor of Communist Chinese propaganda and during the Korean War an ardent advocate of Chinese and North Korean allegations of American use of bacteriological weapons.  He was tried for sedition after he returned to the U.S. but a mistrial was declared over adverse publicity and technical legal obstacles prevented a retrial.

Pasley, Virginia. 21 Stayed; the Story of the American GI’s Who Chose Communist China Who They Were and Why They Stayed. New York: Farrar, Straus & Cudahy, 1955. Collective biography of the twenty-one American prisoners of war of the Korean war who chose to stay with the Chinese Communists.

Rickett, W. Allyn, and Adele Rickett. Prisoners of Liberation. New York: Cameron Associates, 1957. This American couple was in China from 1948 to 1955.  They maintain that their imprisonment by Chinese Communists for espionage was justified even thought they did not work for any American intelligence agency and that they benefited enormously from their detention.

Rittenberg, Sidney. The Man Who Stayed Behind. Assisted by Amanda Bennett. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Autobiography of Rittenberg, an American Communist who made contact with the Chinese Communists while serving with U.S. military forces in China at the end of World War II.  He stayed behind, joined the Chinese Communist Party, became a prominent figure in Mao’s government, but was later purged and imprisoned.  He was then rehabilitated by the party and returned to prominence as an enthusiast for the Cultural Revolution (leading one ultra-revolutionary faction in a brief takeover of Radio Peking) only to be once more purged and imprisoned.  Later rehabilitated a second time, after China’s market reforms he became a liaison between Western capitalists and Chinese partners. 

Rivlin, Gary. “A Long March From Maoism to Microsoft.” New York Times, 5 December 2004. On Sidney Rittenberg’s current status as a highly paid consultant to American businesses wanting assistance in making contacts with high lever Chinese Communist party and government officials.

Shapiro, Sidney. An American in China, Thirty Years in the People’s Republic. [Beijing]: New World Press, 1979. Shapiro, a New York lawyer who had studied Chinese, moved to Shanghai in 1947 and married a Chinese woman linked to the Chinese Communist Party.  He renounced his American citizenship in 1963.

Shapiro, Sidney. I Chose China: The Metamorphosis of a Country and a Man. New York: Hippocrene Books, 2000. His 1979 autobiography brought up to date.  Among other points, he is critical of Sidney Rittenberg’s autobiography.

Shewmaker, Kenneth E. “The American Liberal Dream: Evans F. Carlson and the Chinese Communists, 1937-1947.” Pacific Historical Review 38, no. 2 (1969). Discusses the history of Evans Carlson, a Marine officer (Carlson’s Raiders) who visited China as an intelligence officer and admired the Chinese Communists.  Finds that although Joseph McCarthy tried to link Carlson to a Communist conspiracy, Carlson was only one of a number of persons who naively believed that the Chinese Communists were liberal democrats.

Shewmaker, Kenneth E. Americans and Chinese Communists, 1927-1945: A Persuading Encounter. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1971. A study of the early encounters between Americans and the Chinese Communists and the image of Chinese communism these observers tried to convey to other Americans.

Ullman, Sharon. “‘Twenty-One Who Stayed’: American Response to ‘Brainwashed’ POWs in the Korean War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Wong, Jan. Red China Blues: My Long March from Mao to Now. Toronto New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books, 1996. At age 19, in 1972, Wong, a Canadian of Chinese descent, moved to China because she was, she says, a “stark, raving Maoist.”  She returned to Canada in 1980, disillusioned.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in Communist Cuba

 

Hollander, Paul. Political Hospitality and Tourism: Cuba and Nicaragua. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Cuban American National Foundation, 1986.

Martino, John. I Was Castro’s Prisoner: An American Tells His Story. Assisted by Nathaniel Weyl. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1963.

Radosh, Ronald, ed. The New Cuba: Paradoxes and Potentials. New York: Morrow, 1976.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the German Democratic Republic

Stephen Wechsler / Victor Grossman

 

Fisher, Marc. “The Deserter Comes Home.” Washington Post, 20 June 1994. On return of Stephen Wechsler, CPUSA member at Harvard, who deserted U.S. Army in 1952 to become East German propagandist.

Fisher, Marc. “The Accidental Defector.” Washington Post, 27 May 1990. Newspaper feature on Stephen Wechsler who joined the C.P. at Harvard in 1945.  Of ten Harvard Communists who graduated in 1949, he was one of three who on C.P. advice and took a blue-collar job.  Drafted in 1950, while on Army duty in West Germany he deserted after charged with falsely signing a non-Communist statement.  Living in East Germany under the name Victor Grossman, he has edited the Democratic German Report, organized the Paul Robeson Archive of the DDR Academy of Arts, and wrote articles and books on the U.S.  Grossman calls himself an “incorrigible radical,” regrets the end of Communist rule, and says of unification with West Germany, “Volkswagen, Daimler-Benz, General Motors -- all coming in now.  All the forces I’ve been afraid of all my life.  It’s pretty damn depressing.”

Grossman, Victor. Crossing the River: A Memoir of the American Left, the Cold War, and Life in East Germany. Edited by Mark Solomon. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press, 2003. Autobiography of American Communist and U.S. Army deserter, Victor Grossman, aka Stephen Wechsler.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in Sandinista Nicaragua

 

Jones, Jeffrey, ed. Brigadista: Harvest and War in Nicaragua: Eyewitness Accounts of North American Volunteers Working in Nicaragua. New York: Praeger, 1986. A collection of essays, poems, journal entries, and drawings by American volunteers assisting the Sandinista revolution.

Ridenour, Ron. Yankee Sandinistas: Interviews with North Americans Living & Working in the New Nicaragua. Willimantic, CT: Curbstone Press, 1986. Lengthy interviews with nine pro-Sandinista Americans living in Nicaragua.

Schwartz, Stephen. A Strange Silence: The Emergence of Democracy in Nicaragua. San Francisco, CA Lanham, MD: ICS Press distr.  National Book Network, 1992. Sees the 1979 Nicaraguan revolution as having been betrayed by the antidemocratic program of the Sandinistas and looks at length at the complicity of elements of the American liberal-left; discusses why the American press was surprised by the Sandinista regime’s loss of the 1990 election.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Union and Stalinism in American Communist Eyes

 

Anderson, Paul Herbert. The Attitude of the American Leftist Leaders Toward the Russian Revolution, (1917-1923). Notre Dame, IN, 1942.

Barnes, Joseph. “The Foreign Policy of the American Communist Party.” Foreign Affairs 26 (January 1948).  “Certainly the foreign policy of the American Communists is now more Russian that Molotov’s, if only because it is denied the swift and sudden manœvrability which that resourceful Foreign Minister retains.”

Bittelman, Alexander. “Stalin: On His Seventieth Birthday.” Political Affairs, December 1949, 43. On Stalin as the heart of American communism.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. “He Loved the People.” Political Affairs, April 1953, 43. American Communist praise of Stalin.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Bolshevik Revolution: Its Impact on American Radicals, Liberals, and Labor. New York: International Publishers, 1967.

Furr, Grover. “Using History to Fight Anti-Communism: Anti-Stalinism Hurts Workers, Builds Fascism.” Cultural Logic 1, no. 2 (Spring 1998).  In praise of Stalin.

Garner, John. “John Garner Interview Conducted by Cliff Kuhn.” Unpublished transcript. Archives of American Minority Cultures, University of Alabama, 1984. Garner remembers that his belief that Soviet agents had started the C.P. in Alabama was psychologically comforting.

Genovese, Eugene D. In Red and Black: Marxian Explorations in Southern and Afro-American History. New York: Pantheon Books, 1971. Genovese was a leading Marxist historian in the 1960s and 1970s.  Quotes a Genovese letter to the Journal of American History in 1968, when he was a Stalinist: “In irreconcilable confrontations, as Comrade Stalin, who remains dear to some of us for the genuine accomplishments that accompanied his crimes, clearly understood, it is precisely the most admirable, manly, principled, and, by their own lights, moral opponents who have to be killed; the others can be frightened or bought.”

Haynes, John Earl. “Poison or Cancer?: Stalinism and American Communism.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003). Commentary on Bryan Palmer’s  “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.”  Emphasizes the inability of the Communist movement to adapt to American democratic practices.

Jacobson, Julius. “The Russian Question and American Socialism.” New Politics 6, no. 3 (Summer 1987). “But Stalinism continues to haunt the left. For the ignominious ‘historic mission’ was to negate socialism in its own name, to divorce socialism from political freedom, to repudiate ‘fetishistic’ attachments to democracy. While Stalinism did not fully accomplish this mission, neither did it entirely fail. When we are told by presumed advocates of socialism or radical democracy that their vision does not necessarily mean freedom, that it can tolerate repression, that insistence on democracy is evidence of Marx’s philosophically flawed ‘essentialism’ and when we are further told that a hideously exploited Soviet working class was exercising workers’ control, and that Marxism in fact reigned supreme in the Soviet Union, that means we are contending with an at least incipient neo-Stalinist tendency that justifies our ongoing and deep concern with the Russian Question and its lessons. What is involved is nothing less than the question of self-definition, of fundamental concepts of right and wrong, of what kind of movement for emancipation must be built and, last but by no means least, what vision we have of an emancipated society.”

Jacobson, Julius. “The Soviet Union Is Dead: The ‘Russian Question’ Remains: Part I: The Communist Party -- Myth  & Reality.” New Politics 5, no. 2 (n.s.) (Winter 1995). Critical of the interpretations of Ottanelli, Kelley, Brown, Kovel, and Foley of the nature of Stalinism.  “I am not questioning the value of examining the history and character of the Communist movement through the prism of social history; merely pointing out its inherent limitations where the C.P. is concerned.  Moreover, the effort of revisionist historians to mimic E.P. Thompson in order to mythicize the C.P. is not only asocial and ahistorical, it completely misses or obscures the truly tragic human dimension of the C.P.’s history.”

Lester, Donald MacKenzie. “Stalin--Genius of Socialist Construction.” The Communist 20 (March 1941).

Markowitz, Norman. “What About ‘Stalinism?.’” People’s Daily World, 11 April 1990. Markowitz was both a prominent American historians and for many years a secret member of the Communist Party.  “Stalin was associated with diverse, often contradictory tactics, but, as I see it, a consistent strategy -- that is, to construct socialism across the huge territory of the Soviet Union, and to outmaneuver the British Empire, France, Imperial Japan, Nazi Germany, the United States and lesser capitalist states that, whatever their differences and rivalries, pursued anti-socialist and anti-Soviet encirclement policies....  Today, those in the Soviet Union and other socialist countries who have adopted a version of the traditional anti-Communist view of the Stalin era should ask themselves what effect this one-sided negation of the past put forward in the name of socialism is having on the defense of and the struggle for socialism.”

Shils, Edward. “The Burden of 1917.” Survey, Summer-Autumn 1976. Discusses the influence of the Bolshevik model on thinking about contemporary socialism and revolution.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Party, U.S.A. -- Soviet Pawn, A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

Williams, Frankwood Earl. Russia, Youth, and the Present-Day World: Further Studies in Mental Hygiene. New York: Farrar & Reinehart, 1934. Williams was the medical director of the National Committee for Mental Hygiene from 1923 until 1931 and was a psychoanalyst as well, a member of the New York Psychoanalytic Society and Institute, one of the organizers of the First International Congress on Mental Hygiene (1930) and active in the InterProfessional Association. On the basis of two visits to the USSR, Williams wrote that while mental disease, divorce, and delinquency were increasing in the U.S., in the USSR one could see “the building of a new civilization” and in the USSR was “a place were all problems of human relationships have been solved, where there exists no nervous or mental disease, no delinquency, no marital difficulties, no child-parent difficulties, no adolescent problems, no maladjusted school-children.”  Williams, an ardent fellow-traveler, was an adviser to The Champion, journal of the YCL.

****************************************************************

 

Stalinism, Leninism, and Soviet Communism

 

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “Der Globale Fluss von Ideen und Gütern Als Kernproblem Des Stalinistischen Systems [The Global Flow of Ideas and Products as a Central Problem of the Stalinist System].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Brovkin, Vladimir N. Russia After Lenin: Politics, Culture and Society, 1921-1929. London, U.K.: Routledge, 1998.

Conquest, Robert. Lenin. London, U.K.: Fontana, 1972.

Conquest, Robert. Tyrants and Typewriters: Communiqués from the Struggle for Truth. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1989.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror: A Reassessment. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, N.Y., U.S.A.: Viking, 1991.

Courtois, Stéphane, and Rémi Kauffer, eds. Le Livre Noir Du Communisme Crimes, Terreurs et Répression. Paris: R. Laffont, 1997.

Courtois, Stéphane, Nicolas Werth, Jean-Louis Panné, Andrezej Paczkowski, Rartošek, and Jean-Louis Margolis. The Black Book of Communism: Crimes, Terror, Repression. Edited and translated by Mark Kramer, edited by Jonathan Murphy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999.

Deutscher, Isaac. Marxism, Wars, and Revolutions: Essays from Four Decades. Edited by Tamara Deutscher. London: Verso, 1984.

Glasov, Jamie. “Revisionists and the Cold War.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 10 (January 1998). Compares what Cold War revisionists said prior to the collapse of the USSR with what is now known.

Glotzer, Albert. “The Brutal March Backward.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 9, no. 3 (Fall 1996). Essay-review of Volkogonov’s Lenin: discusses what it shows of the relationship of Communist parties with the Comintern.

Harvey, Robert. Comrades: The Rise and Fall of World Communism. London: John Murray, 2003.

IAkovlev, A. N. [Alexander N. Yakovlev]. A Century of Violence in Soviet Russia. Translated by Anthony Austin. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2002.

Jacobson, Julius. “The ‘Russian Question’ and World War II.” New Politics 5 (n.s.), no. 3 (Spring 1995). Reflects on the role of Stalinism in the rise of Hitler, the Spanish Civil War, and the Nazi-Soviet Pact.  “These are not idle questions but are intended in the spirit of provoking discussion including responses from those whose understanding of Marxism and history are such that they still believe that a society that could have made a Pact with Hitler and served the Third Reich so well could have been a society that had any redeeming social value.”

Judt, Tony. “The Longest Road to Hell.” New York Times, 22 December 1997. Discusses Stephen Courtois’s (ed.) Le Livre Noir du Commisme, published in France. “[I]n the sorry story of our century, Communism and Nazism are, and always were, morally, indistinguishable.  That lesson alone took too long to learn, and it justifies a complete recasting and rewriting of the history of our times.”  Letters commenting and responding from John Patrick Diggins, Maurice Isserman, and other, 28 December 1997.

Karpov, Vladimir Vasilievich. “Notes from the Archive.” Nezavisimaya Gazetta [Independent Military Review], no. 2 (21-27 January 2000).

Levine, Isaac Don. Stalin. New York: Cosmopolitan Book Corporation, 1931.

Malia, Martin E. The Soviet Tragedy: A History of Socialism in Russia, 1917-1991. New York: Free Press, 1994.

Mecklenburg, Jens, and Wolfgang Wippermann. Roter Holocaust? Kritik Des Schwarzbuchs Des Kommunismus. Hamburg: Konkret Literatur, 1998. Attack on Courtois’s Black Book of Communism.

Medvedev, Roy Aleksandrovich, and Zhores A. Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin: His Life, Death and Legacy. New York: Overlook Press, 2004.  Uses many newly available documents from Stalin’s papers.

Niemeyer, Gerhart. An Inquiry Into Soviet Mentality. New York: F.A. Praeger, 1956.

Niemeyer, Gerhart. Deceitful Peace: A New Look at the Soviet Threat. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1971.

Nove, Alec. Stalinism and After. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

Pavlova, I. V. “Contemporary Western Historians on Stalin’s Russia in the 1930s.” Russian Social Science Review 42, no. 6 (2001).

Pavlova, I. V. “Contemporary Western Historians on Stalin’s Russia in the 1930s: A Critique of the Revisionist Approach.” Russian Studies in History 40, no. 2 (Fall 2001).

Pipes, Richard. The Formation of the Soviet Union: Communism and Nationalism, 1917-1923. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1954.

Pipes, Richard. The Russian Revolution. New York: Knopf, 1990.

Pipes, Richard. Russia Under the Bolshevik Regime. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1993.

Pipes, Richard. A Concise History of the Russian Revolution. New York: Knopf, 1995.

Pipes, Richard. The Unknown Lenin: From the Secret Archive. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1996.

Rittersporn, Gábor Tamás. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications: Social Tensions and Political Conflicts in the USSR, 1933-1953.  Chur, NY: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1991. Translation of Simplifications staliniennes et complications soviétiques

Rubenstein, Joshua, and Alexander Gribanov, eds. The KGB File of Andrei Sakharov. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.

Shub, David. Lenin: A Biography. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1948.

Slutsker, N. “Lenin, Stalin and the Communist Youth Movement.” Clarity 1 (April-May 1940).

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The New Face of Soviet Totalitarianism. Russian Research Center Studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The Bolsheviks: The Intellectual and Political History of the Triumph of Communism in Russia. New York: Macmillan, 1965.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. Stalin; the Man and His Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973.

Urban, G. R., ed. Stalinism, Its Impact on Russia and the World. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1982.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Controls on Religious Activity. Testimony of Petr S. Deriabian. May 5, 1959. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Autopsy for an Empire: The Seven Leaders Who Built the Soviet Regime. Edited and translated by Harold Shukman. New York: Free Press, 1998.

Von Laue, Theodore. “A Perspective on History: The Soviet System Reconsidered.” The Historian 61, no. 2 (Winter 1999): 383-91. Defends and justifies Stalinism.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Three Who Made a Revolution: A Biographical History. New York: Dial Press, 1948.  On Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin.

****************************************************************

 

The Gulag

 

Applebaum, Anne. Gulag: A History. New York: Doubleday, 2003. Comprehensive history of the Gulag system, the first written since Solzhenitsyn’s volumes.

Conquest, Robert. Kolyma: The Arctic Death Camps. London, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

Dallin, David J., and Boris I. Nicolaevsky. Forced Labor in Soviet Russia. New Haven: Yale University  Press, 1947.  First comprehensive scholarly look at the issue.

Ericson, Edward E. Solzhenitsyn and the Modern World. Washington, DC: Regnery Gateway, 1993. Biography.

Khlevniuk, Oleg V. The History of the Gulag: From Collectivization to the Great Terror. Assisted by David J. Nordlander, translated by Vadim A. Staklo. Annals of Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2004.

Lipper, Elinor. Eleven Years in Soviet Prison Camps. Translated by Richard Winston and Clara Winston. Chicago: Regnery, 1951. One of the Gulag survivor books that had a significant impact on public opinion.

Nordlander, David. “Capital of the Gulag: Magadan in the Early Stalin Era, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, 1997.

Remnick, David. “Seasons in Hell.” New Yorker, 4 April 2003.

Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr Isaevich. The Gulag Archipelago, 1918-1956: An Experiment in Literary Investigation. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.  Based on material gathered from Gulag veterans.  The manuscript was smuggled out of the USSR for publication in the West.

****************************************************************

 

The Ukrainian Famine

 

Conquest, Robert. The Harvest of Sorrow: Soviet Collectivization and the Terror-Famine. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986.

Conquest, Robert, and others. The Man-Made Famine in Ukraine. AEI Studies. Washington: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1984.

Conquest, Robert, and International Commission of Inquiry into the 1932-33 Famine in Ukraine. Documents in Dr. Robert Conquest’s ‘Harvest of Sorrow’ Index. Toronto?: The Commission, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

The Great Terror

 

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror: Stalin’s Purge of the Thirties. New York: Macmillan, 1968.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin and the Kirov Murder. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Soviet History During the Great Terror: Critical Notes on Recent Historical Publications.” Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung (2006).

Getty, J. Arch. Origins of the Great Purges: The Soviet Communist Party Reconsidered, 1933-1938. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985.  Sees Stalin as not directly responsible, places responsibility on local and regional CPSU leaders, and minimizes the human cost.

Getty, J. Arch. “The Future Did Not Work.” Atlantic Monthly, March 2000.  Conceding that the terror was worse than he had earlier described but continues to minimize the human costs, contended that Stalin’s regime was not a “coldly efficient machine of Orwell’s 1984” but characterized by frequent “clumsy implementation of vague plans.”

Getty, J. Arch, and Oleg V. Naumov. The Road to Terror: Stalin and the Self-Destruction of the Bolsheviks, 1932-1939. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999.  Uppes the number executed in the late 1930s terror and dying in the Gulag from “thousands” to more than a million and re-cast Stalin from moderator of a bureaucratic turf war that got out of control to one of the instigators of slaughter, admitting, “We can now see his fingerprints all over the archives.”

Hough, Jerry F., and Merle Fainsod. How the Soviet Union is Governed. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1979.  Of the Great Terror, wrote of those killed, “a figure in the low hundreds of thousands seems much more probable than one in the high hundreds” and that a lower figure of  only “tens of thousands” was “even probable.”

Fitzpatrick, Sheila. The Russian Revolution. New York: Oxford University Press, 1982. placed the maximum number executed in the “low hundreds of thousands.” 157.

Manning, Roberta Thompson, and J. Arch Getty, eds. Stalinist Terror: New Perspectives. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993. Revisionist essays minimizing and normalizing the Great Terror.

McLoughlin, Barry, and Kevin McDermott, eds. Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002. Rethinking Stalinist Terror, B.McLoughlin & K.McDermott; Party and NKVD: Power Relationships in the Years of the Great Terror, O.Khlevniuk; Ezhov’s Scenario for the Great Terror and the Falsified Record of the Third Moscow Show Trial, W.Hedeler; Dimitrov, the Comintern and Stalinist Repression, F.Firsov; Social Disorder, Mass Repression and the NKVD During the 1930s, D.Shearer; Mass Operations of the NKVD, 1937-38: A Survey, B.McLoughlin; The ‘Polish’ Operation of the NKVD, 1937-38, N.Petrov & A.Roginskii; Foreign Communists and the Mechanisms of Soviet Cadre Formation in the USSR, B.Unfried; Stalinist Terror in the Moscow District of Kuntsevo, 1937-38,  A.Vatlin & N.Musienko; The Fictitious ‘Hitler-Jugend’ Conspiracy of the Moscow NKVD, H.Schafranek & N.Musienko; Terror Against Foreign Workers in the Moscow Elektrozavod Plant, 1937-38, S.Zhuravlev.

Rieber, Alfred J., and Robert Colby Nelson. A Study of the USSR and Communism. New York: Putnam, 1964.  Dismissive of the claims about millions of victims, saying that “estimates place the total arrests in the hundreds of thousands and the total executions in the tens of thousands.

Rauch, Jonathan. “The Forgotten Millions.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. On the indifference by American cultural leaders to the millions murdered by communism and the efforts of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation to build a monument in Washington.

Thurston, Robert. “On Desk-Bound Parochialism, Commonsense Perspectives, and Lousy Evidence: A Reply to Robert Conquest.” Slavic Studies 45 (Summer 1986): 238-44.

Thurston, Robert W. Life and Terror in Stalin’s Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1996.  Sustained normalization, minimization, and apology for Stalinism.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The Kirov Affair. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

The American Response to the Great Terror

 

Browder, Earl. Traitors in American History: Lessons of the Moscow Trials. Pamphlet. New York, NY: Workers Library, 1938. Compares those executed by Stalin to infamous traitors in American history.

Chase, William J. Enemies Within the Gates?: The Comintern and the Stalinist Repression, 1934-1939. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. Contains translations of Comintern orders to the CPUSA regarding defense of the Terror and the Moscow Trials in the U.S.

Gilder, Peggy Allen. “American Intellectuals and the Moscow Trials.” Thesis. Smith College, 1960.

Heilbrunn, Jacob. “The New York Times and the Moscow Show Trials.” World Affairs, no. 153 (Winter 1991).

Hook, Sidney. “Bert Brecht, Sidney Hook and Stalin.” Encounter [U.K.], March 1978. In a letter to the editor, discusses Western reaction to the Moscow purges and trials.

Hook, Sidney. “Memories of the Moscow Trials.” Commentary 73, no. 3 (1984). Recounts his experiences as a Left intellectual when news of the trials reached the U.S.

Libby, James K. “Liberal Journals and the Moscow Trials of 1936-38.” Journalism Quarterly 52, no. 1 (1975). Judges that liberals journals were “disturbed” by the conduct of the trials and some but not all were increasingly alienated from communism.

Shachtman, Max. Behind the Moscow Trial [the Greatest Frame-up in History]. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1936. G. Zinoviev, L. Kamenev, I.N. Smirnov, G. Yevdokimov and twelve others were arraigned on August 15, 1936, by the Russian state prosecutor, A.Y. Vishinsky, on charges of conspiring to assassinate the Soviet leaders, comrades Stalin [and others] and of having murdered S.M. Kirov. On August 19 the trial opened before the Military Collegium of the Supreme Court of the U.S.S.R., Moscow and on August 24 the defendants were found guilty. The death penalty verdicts were quickly executed.

Watson, George. “Were the Intellectuals Duped?” Encounter [U.K.], December 1973. Discusses Western reaction to the Stalin’s purge trials of the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Spanish Civil War

 

Alba, Víctor, and Stephen Schwartz. Spanish Marxism Versus Soviet Communism: A History of the P.O.U.M. New Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction Books, 1988. Includes information on the activities of American radicals Russell Blackwell (Rosalio Negrete) and Lois Orr.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Grand Camouflage: The Communist Conspiracy in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Praeger, 1961.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Spanish Revolution: The Left and the Struggle for Power During the Civil War. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1979.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Spanish Civil War: Revolution and Counterrevolution. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1991.

Carr, Edward Hallett. The Comintern and the Spanish Civil War. New York: Pantheon Books, 1984.

Carroll, Peter. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Durgan, Andrew. “Foreign Volunteers in the POUM Militias.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Lasanne, Switzerland, 1997.

Howson, Gerald. Arms for Spain: The Untold Story of the Spanish Civil War. London, U.K.: J. Murray, 1998.

Judt, Tony. “Rehearsal for Evil.” The New Republic, 10 September 2001, 29-35. Essay-Review of Radosh, Habeck, and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed.  Sees Soviet actions in Spain in 1937-39 as rehearsals for the East European regimes of post-WWII.

Radosh, Ronald, Mary R. Habeck, and Grigory Nikolaevich Sevostianov. Spain Betrayed: The Soviet Union in the Spanish Civil War. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. Several of the Soviet archival documents that are transcribed and commented upon discuss the American units of the International Brigades.

Richardson, R. Dan. “Foreign Fighters in Spanish Militias: The Spanish Civil War 1936-1939.” Military Affairs 40, no. 1 (February 1976).

Romeiser, John Beals, ed. Red Flags, Black Flags: Critical Essays on the Literature of the Spanish Civil War. Madrid, Spain & Potomac, MD: J. Porrúa Turanzas & Studia Humanitatis, 1982.

Schwartz, Stephen. “George Orwell’s Secret.” Heterodoxy, March/April 1995. On material in Spanish archives showing Orwell to have been identified by Communist-aligned Spanish Republican police as a liaison between the POUM and the British Independent Labour Party and targeted for removal during the suppression of the POUM.

Schwartz, Stephen. “The Red and the Black: The End of the Myth of the Spanish Civil War.” Weekly Standard, 16 July 2001. Essay-review of Radosh, Habeck and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed.

Sovetskii komitet veteranov voiny and Akademiia nauk SSSR [Soviet War Veterans’ Committee and the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R.]. International Solidarity with the Spanish Republic, 1936-1939. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1974.

Tosstorff, Reiner. Die POUM Im Spanischen Bürgerkrieg. Frankfurt am Main: ISP-Verlag, 1987.

Valleau, Marjorie A. The Spanish Civil War in American and European Films. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

 

Americans and the Spanish Civil War

 

Carroll, Peter N., and James D. Fernández, eds. Facing Fascism: New York and the Spanish Civil War. New York: New York University Press, Museum of the City of New York, 2007. TOC:  New York and the world / Mike Wallace -- The New York press and the Spanish Civil War / Robert W. Snyder -- New Yorkers aid the Spanish Republic / Eric R. Smith -- Someone had to help? / Edward K. Barsky -- The New York City left and the Spanish Civil War / Fraser M. Ottanelli -- From Brooklyn to Belchite : New Yorkers in the Abraham Lincoln Brigade / Justin Byrne -- Nueva York : the Spanish-speaking community responds / James Fernandez -- Pro-Franco sentiment and activity in New York City / Patrick J. McNamara -- New York visual artists and the Spanish Civil War / Helen Langa -- Images at war : photographs of the Spanish Civil War in New York City / Juan Salas -- New York novelists and poets respond to the Spanish Civil War / Alan Wald -- The graphic fight : New York political cartoonists and the Spanish Civil War / Joshua Brown -- The lifted fist? : performing the Spanish Civil War, New York City, 1936-1939 / Peter Glazer -- Legacies of the Spanish Civil War in New York / Steven H. Jaffe.

Domingo, Marcelino. “‘Tampa, Altar of Spain’: A Spanish Republican View of Tampa in the 1930s.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Guttmann, Allen. The Wound in the Heart: America and the Spanish Civil War. [New York]: Free Press of Glencoe, 1962.

Kraljic, John Peter. “The Croatian Community in North America and the Spanish Civil War.” Master’s thesis. Hunter College, CUNY, 2002.

Oehler, Hugo. Barricades in Barcelona: The First Revolt of the Proletariat Against the Capitalist People’s Front: Eyewitness Account, Barcelona May 15, 1937, 1937. Hugo Oehler and Russell Blackwell (aka Rosalio Negrete), then leaders of the Revolutionary Workers League (an American Trotskyist splinter) went to Spain and were in Barcelona during the May Days.  Blackwell was wounded slightly. After the collapse Anarachist resistance Blackwell went into hiding. Oehler was arrested by Republican police (then under Communist influence). After protests he was allowed to return to the United States.  Blackwell was arrested ten months after going into hiding. Following protests he was released but then rearrested by Republican political police.  He was tried for treason, found not guilty and returned to the United States.

Smith, Eric R. “Anti-Fascism, the United Front, and Spanish Republican Aid in the United States, 1936--1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Chicago, 2007.

Smith, Greg M. “Blocking Blockade: Partisan Protest, Popular Debate, and Encapsulated Texts.” Cinema Journal 36, no. 1 (Fall 1996). In 1938 United Artists released Blockade (prod. Walter Wanger, dir. William Dieterle), considered by the press of that day to be "the first fiction film to deal at all seriously with the Spanish Civil War." Hollywood generally avoided directly dealing with this struggle while it was ongoing (1936-1939), principally because of the potential to offend either the Loyalist or Franco supporters.  But offend Blockade did. Blockade managed to outrage simultaneously both pro-Loyalist and pro-Franco camps, providing ammunition for those who favored American interventionism and those who opposed it. Twelve countries banned the film, and groups in many U.S. cities denounced, picketed, and censored it.”

Taylor, Foster Jay. The United States and the Spanish Civil War. New York: Bookman Associates, 1956. Discusses pressures brought by domestic pro- and anti-loyalist groups on official U.S. policy toward the civil war.

Tierney, Dominic. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and Covert Aid to the Loyalists in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Journal of Contemporary History 39, no. 3 (July 2004).

Tierney, Dominic. Franklin Delano Roosevelt and the Spanish Civil War. Durham: Duke University Press, 2007. TOC: The American sphinx and the Spanish war -- International intervention and nonintervention -- Roosevelt?s perceptions of the Spanish Civil War, 1936/1937 -- The arms embargo -- American men, American oil, American arms -- Roosevelt?s perceptions of the Spanish Civil War, 1938/1939 -- Covert aid -- Mediation, humanitarian relief, and repealing the arms embargo -- The aftermath -- From a vicarious sacrifice to a grave mistake.

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “‘¡No Pasarán!’ The Spanish Civil War’s Impact on Tampa’s Latin Community, 1936-1939.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “Tampa and the Spanish Civil War: A Photographic Essay.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “‘We Had To Help’: Remembering Tampa’s Response to the Spanish Civil War.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Waugh, Thomas. “‘Men Cannot Act in Front of the Camera in the Presence of Death’: Joris Ivens’ The Spanish Earth.” Cinéaste 12, no. 2-3 (1982-83).

Waugh, Thomas. “Water, Blood and War: Documentary Imagery of Spain from the North American Popular Front.” In The Spanish Civil War and the Visual Arts, edited by Kathleen M. Vernon. Ithaca, N.Y.: Center for International Studies, Cornell University, 1990.

****************************************************************

 

American Writers and Intellectuals and the Spanish Civil War

 

Benson, Frederick R. Writers in Arms: The Literary Impact of the Spanish Civil War. New York: New York University Press, 1967.

Haapamaki, Michele. “Writers in Arms and the Just War: The Spanish Civil War, Literary Activism, and Leftist Masculinity.” Left History 10, no. 2 (2005

Monteath, Peter, comp. The Spanish Civil War in Literature, Film, and Art: An International Bibliography of Secondary Literature. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994.

Monteath, Peter. Writing the Good Fight: Political Commitment in the International Literature of the Spanish Civil War. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994.

Radosh, Ronald. “‘But Today the Struggle’: Spain and the Intellectuals.” New Criterion, October 1986. Argues that in retrospect the cause of the Spanish Republic appears badly flawed.

Sampsell, Kate. “‘Democracy is Radical’: Internationalism, Spain, and the Intellectual Evolution of the American Left.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Sayre, Robert. “Anglo-American Writers, the Communist Movement and the Spanish Civil War; The Case of Dos Passos.” Revue Francaise d’Etudes Americaines [France], no. 29 (1986). Finds that Dos Passos arrived in Spain already critical of the Communist Party from the perspective of the Partisan Review circle and was further revolted by Communist oppression of its opponents within Republican Spain.  Sees Dos Passos’ Adventures of a Young Man as the novelistic equivalent of Orwell’s Homage to Catalonia; compares Adventures to Hemingway’s For Whom the Bell Tolls which offered a fellow traveling apology for Communist actions in Spain.  Sees in the ambiguous death of the chief character in Adventures a foreshadowing of Dos Passos’ abandonment of radicalism.  Suggests that Dos Passos’ perception of Communism as the chief evil threatening humanity led him to cease probing the complexity of life and to a marked fall off in the literary quality of his writing.

Sayre, Robert. “American Writers, the Left, and the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Wald, Alan M. Trinity of Passion: The Literary Left and the Antifascist Crusade. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2007.  TOC: Introduction: the strange career of Len Zinberg -- Tough Jews in the Spanish Civil War -- The agony of the African American left -- The peculiarities of the Germans -- A rage in Harlem -- Disappearing acts -- The conversion of the Jews -- Arthur Miller’s missing chapter -- Conclusion: the fates of antifascism.

****************************************************************

 

Ernest Hemingway and the Spanish Civil War

 

Capshaw, Ron. “Hunting Winston Smith.” Frontpagemag.Com, 11 June 2007. Http://www.frontpagemag.com. Contrasts George Orwell and Ernest Hemingway. http://www.frontpagemag.com

Coleman, Arthur. “Hemingway’s The Spanish Earth.” Hemingway Review 2, no. 1 (1992). Hemingway wrote the screenplay for the film The Spanish Earth directed by Joris Ivens in 1937.  The documentary film was propaganda for the Spanish Republic in the Spanish Civil War.

Cooper, Stephen, Jr. “The Politics of Ernest Hemingway.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1985. Attributes Hemingway‘s attraction of Spanish Communists to their discipline.

Doctorow, E.L. “Malraux, Hemingway, and the Spanish Civil War.” Volunteer [Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade] 25, no. 4 (December 2003).

Donaldson, Scott. “Dos and Hem: A Literary Friendship.” Centennial Review 29, no. 2 (1985). On the breakup of the friendship of John Dos Passos and Ernest Hemingway as Hemingway moved left and Dos Passos to the right in response to the Spanish Civil War.  Notes that Hemingway initiated the breakup.

Hart, Jeffrey. “For Whom the Bell Tolled.” Commentary 82, no. 3 (December 1986). Discusses the impact of the Spanish Civil War on Western intellectuals; analyses the themes anti-Fascism, cynicism, and death in Hemingway’s For Whom the Bell Tolls.

Johnson, Paul. “Hemingway: Portrait of the Artist as an Intellectual.” Commentary 87, no. 2 (February 1989). Discusses Hemingway’s support for Communists in the Spanish Civil War.

Koch, Stephen. The Breaking Point: Hemingway, Dos Passos, and the Murder of José Robles. New York: Counterpoint, 2005.

Sanders, David. “Ernest Hemingway’s Spanish Civil War Experience.” American Quarterly 12, no. 2 (Summer 1960).

Stoltzfus, Ben. “Hemingway, Malraux and Spain: For Whom the Bell Tolls and L’Espoir.” Comparative Literature Studies 36, no. 3 (1999).

Schwartz, Stephen. “To Die In Madrid: Two American Masters and the Spanish Civil War.” Weekly Standard, 4 July 2005. Essay-review of Koch’s The Breaking Point: Hemingway, Dos Passos, and the Murder of José Robles.

Watson, William Braasch. “Hemingway’s Attacks on the Soviets and the Communists in For Whom the Bell Tolls.” North Dakota Quarterly 60, no. 2 (1992)

****************************************************************

 

American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

 

Mularska-Andziak, Lidia. “American Catholics and Protestants and the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” American Studies [Poland] 13 (1994).

Valaik, J. David. “Catholics, Neutrality, and the Spanish Embargo, 1937-1939.” Journal of American History 54, no. 1 (1967). Notes anticommunism as contributing to Catholic support for the embargo.

Valaik, J. David. “American Catholic Dissenters and the Spanish Civil War.” Catholic Historical Review 53 (1968).

Valaik, J. David. “American Catholics and the Second Spanish Republic, 1911-193.” Journal of Church and State 10, no. 1 (1968). Finds that American Catholics accepted the conspiratorial explanations of Spanish anticlericalism offered by the church leadership due to their ignorance of Spanish history.

Valaik, J. David. “In the Days Before Ecumenism: American Catholics, Anti-Semitism, and the Spanish Civil War.” Journal of Church and State 13, no. 3 (1971). Discusses the feud between American Catholic leaders and Jewish spokesmen over the Spanish Civil War, with Catholics seeing the conflict as a fight against Communism whereas Jews saw it as a fight against anti-Jewish Fascism.

****************************************************************

 

The CPUSA and the Spanish Civil War

 

Lovin, Hugh T. “The American Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1963. Finds that Communist Party propaganda themes on the Spanish war paralleled those of the USSR; notes only limited Communist success in penetrating and controlling other pro-loyalist bodies and the Communist Party had almost no success influencing the labor movement or Roosevelt.

Ryan, James G. “The American Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at World War II Conference. Siena College, Loudonville, NY, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

The International Brigades

 

Brome, Vincent. The International Brigades: Spain, 1936-1939. New York: Heinemann, 1965.

Glazer, Peter. Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration in America. Rochester, NY: University of Rochester Press, 2005. TOC: Introduction: fields of action, fields of thought -- Nostalgia and commemoration -- A time to remember : 1937-1962 -- The legend business, 1962-1996 -- Songs of the Lincoln Brigade : music, commemoration, and appropriation -- Breathing memory -- Epilogue: patriot acts.

Glazer, Peter Reed. “Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration and the Politics of Desire.” Ph.D. diss. in Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration and the Politics of Desire. Northwestern University, 2001.

Jackson, M. W. Fallen Sparrows: The International Brigades in the Spanish Civil War. Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society, 1994.

Johnston, Verle B. Legions of Babel: The International Brigades in the Spanish Civil War. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1968.

Kraljic, John. “New Material on Vladimir Copic, Commander of the XVth Brigade.” Volunteer, Fall 1999. Most Americans were part of the XVth International Brigade in Spain.

Kraljic, John Peter. “The War Diary of Vladimir Copic.” Volunteer 24, no. 3 (September 2002). Copic commanded the XVth International Brigade.  Notes Copic’s comments about Americans serving in the brigade.

Lee, Laurie. A Moment of War. London, New York: Viking, 1991. English poet with the International Brigades recounts service in the war including his arrest as a Fascist spy.   Writes that an American XVth IB security officer who worked under two Russian officers arrested him and decided execute Lee because his passport showed he had been in Morocco when Franco had commanded Spanish troops there.  However, while awaiting execution a Frenchman bringing volunteers across the Pyrenees vouched for Lee having come over the border through I.B. channels rather than through Franco’s lines.

Perlmutter, Amos. “Not All of the Spanish Civil War Is Fit to Print.” Wall Street Journal, 19 November 1996. Criticizes Marlise Simons’ New York Times story of the International Brigades for hiding its  Stalinist loyalties.

Richardson, R. Dan. “The International Brigades as a Comintern Propaganda Instrument.” Canadian History 9 (1974).

Richardson, R. Dan. Comintern Army: The International Brigades and the Spanish Civil War. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1982.

Ryan, Frank, ed. The Book of the XV Brigade: Records of British, American, Canadian, and Irish Volunteers in the XV International Brigade in Spain, 1936-1938. Newcastle upon Tyne: Graham, 1975.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the International Brigades

 

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Men in Battle: A Story of Americans in Spain. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1939. Bessie was a veteran of the International Brigades.

Beeching, William. Canadian Volunteers: Spain 1936-1939. [Regina]: Canadian Plains Research Center, University of Regina, 1989.  American and Canadian volunteers served in the same battalions.

Bolotenko, George. “The National Archives and Left-Wing Sources from Russia: Records of the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion, the Communist Party of Canada and Left-Wing Internationals.” Labour/Le Travail [Canada] 37 (Spring 1996). A large portion of the soldiers of the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion were American.

Carroll, Peter N. “The Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Lasanne, Switzerland, 1997.

Carroll, Peter N. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Volunteer [VALB] 23, no. 4 (December 2001). Ad hominen attack on Sam Tanenhaus (“Squirt”) and Ronald Radosh and Mary Habeck (“Spinners”) for their writings on the Spanish Civil War and the Lincoln Brigade.

Carroll, Peter. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Carroll, Peter. “Premature Anti-Fascists, Again.” Assisted by Daniel Bertwell. Volunteer [Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade] 25, no. 4 (December 2003).

Carroll, Peter N. The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade: Americans in the Spanish Civil War. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1994. Highly favorable portrait of the American contingent of the International Brigades with high morale and few desertions.  Sees the Communist role in the Brigades as benign and constructive.  Asserts on the basis of a single oral history interview that during the Nazi-Soviet Pact CPUSA leaders gave secret permission to Lincoln veterans to secretly dissent from the party line and assist British intelligence services.

Carroll, Peter N., Michael Nash, and Melvin Small, eds. World War 2 Letters from the Abraham Lincoln Brigade World War Two Letters from the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

Celada, Antonio R., Manuel Gonzalez de la Aleja, and Daniel Pastor Garcia. Los Brigadistas de Habla Inglesa y la Guerra Civil Española. Salamanca, Spain: Ambos Mundos, 2006.

Eby, Cecil D. Between the Bullet and the Lie: American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969. Critical of the role of Communists in manipulating the history of the American volunteers.

Eby, Cecil D. Comrades and Commissars: The Lincoln Battalion in the Spanish Civil War. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2007.

Geiser, Carl. Prisoners of the Good Fight: The Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939. Westport, CT: L. Hill, 1986. Recounts the POW story of Americans of the Lincoln Battalion who were captured by Franco troops.  Geiser, who had been a member of the National Committee of the YCL of CPUSA and political commissar of the Lincoln and Mackenzie-Papineau battalions, was one of these.  Of the 287 who were taken prisoner, 176 where shot immediately.  The remaining 106 were held prisoner for varying periods, some until 1940.

Geiser, Carl. “The Task My Generation Faced.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Shattering the Myth About American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). Discusses how archival information at the Russian State Archive of Socio-Political History has exploded earlier claims that most of the volunteers were not Communists, there was no enforcement of ideological controls, and that desertion was rare.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Myth of ‘Premature Antifascism.’” New Criterion 21, no. 1 (September 2002). Argues that there is inadequate documentary support for the widespread belief that American government agencies labeled veterans of the Spanish Civil War as “premature antifascists.”  Critical of assertions made in Carroll’s Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade that the veterans, with the support of the CPUSA, assisted British covert operations against Nazi Germany prior to the Nazi attack on the USSR.  See: “The Myth of ‘Premature Antifascism.’”

Hoar, Victor. “In Our Time: The Abraham Lincoln Brigade and the Historians.” American Quarterly 22, no. 1 (Spring 1970). Review-Essay.

Hoar, Victor. The Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion: Canadian Participation in the Spanish Civil War. Assisted by Mac Reynolds. [Toronto]: Copp Clark Pub. Co., 1969. Many Americans served in the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion.

Katz, William Loren, and Marc Crawford. The Lincoln Brigade: A Picture History. New York: Atheneum, 1989.

Knox, Bernard. “‘Premature Anti-Fascist.’” Paper presented at Bill Susman Lecture Series. King Juan Carlos I of Spain Center - New York University, 1998.

Landis, Arthur H. Death in the Olive Groves: American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939. New York: Paragon House, 1989. Revised edition of The Abraham Lincoln Brigade.

Landis, Arthur H. The Abraham Lincoln Brigade. New York: Citadel Press, 1967.

Lawson, Don. The Abraham Lincoln Brigade: Americans Fighting Fascism in the Spanish Civil War. New York: T.Y. Crowell, 1989. Discusses the causes and events of the Spanish Civil War, focusing on the American volunteers of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion, the key battles in which they were involved, and their reasons for joining in this early fight against fascism.

Levenson, Leonard. “U.S. Communists in Spain, A Profile.” Political Affairs, August 1986. Discusses a document in the hands of the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, a photocopy of 69 page handwritten record of Americans who jointed the International Brigades.  Lists 1,249 names all with political affiliation of CPUSA or YCL, appears to be copied from a longer list of 2,249 U.S. International Brigades volunteers.  Internal evidence suggests the list was prepared no earlier than January 1938 and it omits those killed before January 1938.  Suggests that 62-63% of U.S. volunteers had formal Communist affiliation, 88% were listed as workers, 8% as professionals, 5% as students, and 83 were black.

McIntyre, Edison. “The Abraham Lincoln Battalion: American Volunteers Defend the Spanish Republic.” American History Illustrated 18, no. 1 (1983).

Meisler, Stanley. “The Lincoln Battalion.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 8, no. 1 (1995). Assesses the International Brigades and the Lincoln Battalion as militarily incompetent units.

Navarro, Vicente. “The Lincoln Brigade: Some Comments on U.S. History.” Monthly Review 38, no. 4 (September 1986). Asserts that the praiseworthy history of the Lincoln Brigade has been suppressed by the fascistic U.S. establishment.

Nelson, Cary, and Peter Carroll. Shouts from the Wall: Posters and Photographs Brought Home from the Spanish Civil War by American Volunteers: A Catalogue to Accompany the Exhibit. Waltham, MA: Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives, distr. by the University of Illinois Press, 1996. Exhibit curated by Peter Carroll and Cary Nelson for the Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives.

Nelson, Cary. “Letters the Presidents Did Not Release: Radical Scholarship and the Legacy of the American Volunteers in Spain.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Neugass, James. War is Beautiful: An American Ambulance Driver in the Spanish Civil War. Edited with an introduction by Peter N. Carroll and Peter Glazer. New York: New Press, 2008.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Review of Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” New York Times Book Review, 7 August 1994. Critical essay review.  Comments by Saul Wellman, Israel Kugler, and Ring Lardner, Jr. (4 September 1994), and Carroll (2 October 1994).

Radosh, Ronald. “Spanish Illusion.” New Republic, 30 January 1995. Essay review discussing Carroll’s The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and Romerstein’s Heroic Victims.  On Carroll, “his book ends in a paean to the politics of the unreconstructed left of the ‘30s.... Carroll purports to have used and examined documents found in newly available Moscow archives, but the little that Romerstein has presented is more valuable and interesting than Carroll’s entire book.”

Radosh, Ronald. “The Lincoln Battalion - Once Again.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 23 February 2001. On the decision of a New Hampshire legislative committee to rescind an earlier decision to put a plaque honoring the Lincoln Brigade in the State House.

Reichstein, Ken. “A View of Some Contemporary Issues Surrounding the Spanish Civil War and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” Paper presented at  the Conference on the Spanish Civil War and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and sponsored by the International Conference Group on Portugal. Concord, NH, 2002. “A Paper on the Abraham Lincoln Brigade,” 18 February 2002, archived at ALBA <http://forums.nyu.edu>. Condemns Radosh, Habeck and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed at length although “I have not be able to obtain a copy of the book” and based his criticism on a review he read.

Rolfe, Edwin. The Lincoln Battalion: The Story of the Americans Who Fought in Spain in the International Brigades. New York: Random house, 1939. Written by the battalion’s historian.

Romerstein, Herbert. Heroic Victims: Stalin’s Foreign Legion in the Spanish Civil War. Washington, DC: Council for the Defense of Freedom, 1994. Examination of documents from the Comintern archives on the American volunteers in the International Brigades.  Describes Communist control of the I.B. as tight, that a majority of American volunteers and all but a few officers were Communists, that the political allegiances of Americans was closely supervised, and that the American units had serious leadership, morale and desertion problems.  Discusses documents on the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade opposition to American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents during the Nazi-Soviet Pact and Comintern instructions to the CPUSA on how it should change its policies in response to the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “American Commissars in Spain.” South Atlantic Quarterly 67, no. 4 (1968). Depreciates the importance of the commissars’ Communist loyalties.

Rosenstone, Robert A. Crusade of the Left: The Lincoln Battalion in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Pegasus, 1969.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “The Men of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion.” Journal of American History 54, no. 2 (1967). Finds that men serving with the Lincoln Battalion were acquainted with labor activism, politically radical, sympathetic to Communism (but mostly not Communists), and apathetic toward religion.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “The Men of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion: Soldiers and Veterans, 1937-1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1965.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Fraud in Spain.” Heterodoxy, September 1994. Essay review of Carroll’s The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.  “Carroll’s entire network of prevarications rests on two fundamental lies that have yet to be discussed by most leftist American historians.  The first is the supposition that the involvement of U.S. volunteers was particularly relevant to the war effort mounted by the Spanish Republic.  In reality, they played no significant role....  The second, more fundamental lie, is the claim ... that the issue in Spain was ‘fascism vs. antifascism’....”

Starobin, Joseph R. The Life and Death of an American Hero: The Story of Dave Doran. New York: New Age, 1938. Party hagiography of a senior American I.B. officer who died in Spain.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Innocents Abroad.” Vanity Fair, September 2001, 286-302. “The war they spoke of was not an uplifting moral fable but a blood-soaked Grand Guignol in which the good guys, no less than the bad, practiced murder and betrayal....  That some Americans were killed by their superiors is beyond dispute....  Today, some vets casually impute multiple murders to [Tony] DeMaio, a union organizer in has post-Spain days.”

****************************************************************

 

Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade

 

Hoover, J. Edgar. “J. Edgar Hoover, Memorandum to Attorney General Homer Cummings, January 26, 1938, President’s Secretary’s File, Box 56, FDR Library, Hyde Park. (Communication on Returning Spanish Civil War Veterans Teaching Revolutionary Military Tactics at Communist Schools in the U.S.).” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Nash, Michael. “The Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives at New York University’s Tamiment
Library.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Shlyakhter, Andrey. “The Good Fight on Trial: The Subversive Activities Control Board on the Abraham Lincoln Brigade in 1955.” Undergraduate paper. Brandeis University, 2003. Won the George Watt award of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives.

Simons, Marlise. “Franco’s Enemies Come Back, With Canes and Memories.” New York Times, 11 November 1996. On celebrations in Spain for visiting veterans of the International Brigades.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. U. S. Communist Party Assistance to Foreign Communist Governments (Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, Respondent. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the I.B.: Collective Biographical Accounts

 

Bessie, Alvah Cecil, and Albert Prago, eds. Our Fight: Writings by Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, Spain, 1936-1939. New York, NY: Monthly Review Press with the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, 1987. Anthology (43 authors) by or about Lincoln and Mackenzie-Papineau veterans.

Cane, Lawrence. Fighting Fascism in Europe: The World War II Letters of an American Veteran of the Spanish Civil War. Edited by David E. Cane, Judy Barrett Litoff, and David C. Smith. New York: Fordham University Press, 2003.

Geiser, Carl. “What Tasks Our Generation Faced.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Gerassi, John. The Premature Antifascists: North American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-39: An Oral History. New York: Praeger, 1986.

Kapor, Öedo, ed. Spanija 1936-1939. Zbornik Se Canja Jugoslovenskih Dobrovoljaca u Spanskom Ratu [Spain 1936-1939: A Collection of Memoirs of Yugoslav Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War]. Belgrade: Inicijativni odbor--Udruzenje spanskih boraca Vojnoizdavacki zavod, 1971. Contains memoirs of a number of Yugoslav volunteers in Spain who lived in the U.S.

Nelson, Cary, and Jefferson Hendricks, eds. Madrid, 1937 Letters of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade from the Spanish Civil War. New York: Routledge, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Americans in the I.B.: Individual Biographical Accounts

 

Alvah Bessie

 

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Alvah Bessie’s Spanish Civil War Notebooks. Edited by Dan. Bessie. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001. Edited transcription of the handwritten journal on which Bessie’s 1939 Men in Battle was based.

****************************************************************

 

John W. Cookson

 

Kailin, Clarence S., ed., John W. Cookson. Remembering John W. Cookson: A Wisconsin Anti-Fascist in the Spanish Civil War, 1937-1938. [Wisconsin?]: C. Kailin, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Fisher

 

Fisher, Harry. Comrades: Tales of a Brigadista in the Spanish Civil War. Lincoln: University of Nebraska, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Moe Fishman

 

Fishman, Moe. “A Boy From Queens, a Mission in Spain.” As told to Dan Kaufman. New York Times, 16 May 2004. Short biographical reminiscence by a Communist in the International Brigades.

****************************************************************

 

William Herrick

 

Herrick, William. Hermanos! A Novel. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1969. Novel about Americans in the I.B. by a veteran.

Herrick, William. Jumping the Line: The Adventures and Misadventures of an American Radical. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1998. Memoir by Young Communist League militant and Abraham Lincoln Battalion soldier who became a critic of the CPUSA.  Describes morale problems, party sectarianism, and poor leadership inside the American units in Spain.  Contains an introduction by Paul Berman describing a campaign to discredit Herrick by CPUSA supporters and the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and his investigation of that criticism.

****************************************************************

 

Mirko Marković

 

Marković, Mirko. Dani Nezaboravni: Uspomene Jednog Interbrigadiste Iz Španije [Unforgettable Days: Memoirs of an Interbrigadista From Spain]. Cetinje: Obod, 1973. Marković, a leader of Serbian Communists in the U.S., served as commander of the Washington Battalion during the Spanish Civil War.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Merriman

 

Merriman, Marion, and Warren Lerude. American Commander in Spain: Robert Hale Merriman and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. Reno: University of Nevada Press, 1986. Written by widow of the Lincoln battalion commander who died in 1938.

****************************************************************

 

Steve Nelson

 

Mishler, Paul. “Woody Guthrie’s Lost Song in Honor of Steve Nelson.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Nelson, Steve. “Fighting in Spain: A Conversation with Steve Nelson.” With Donald L. Miller. Salmagundi, no. 76/77 (1987/88). Nelson served as a Communist political commissar in the International Brigades.

Nelson, Steve. The Volunteers: A Personal Narrative of the Fight Against Fascism in Spain. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1953. Nelson, who later became a senior Communist, recounts his time as political commissar with the International Brigades.

****************************************************************

 

Murray Sperber

 

Sperber, Murray A. And I Remember Spain: A Spanish Civil War Anthology. New York: Macmillan, 1974. Personal narratives.

****************************************************************

 

D.P. Stephens

 

Stephens, D. P. A Memoir of the Spanish Civil War: An Armenian-Canadian in the Lincoln Battalion. Edited by Rick Rennie. St. John’s [Canada]: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

John Tisa

 

Tisa, John. Recalling the Good Fight: An Autobiography of the Spanish Civil War. South Hadley, MA: Bergin & Garvey, 1985. Recounts two years service as an American volunteer in the war.

****************************************************************

 

George Watt

 

Watt, George. The Comet Connection: Escape from Hitler’s Europe. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1990. In the 1930s Watt served as the New York secretary of the National Student League and American Student Union and the last political commissar of the Lincoln Battalion.  In WWII he served on a B-17 and was shot down in October. 1943.  Describes his escape and crossing of the Pyrenees into Spain.

****************************************************************

 

Milton Wolff

 

Flanders, Jefferson. “Journalists and History: Milton Wolff’s ‘Good Fight’?” Neither Red Nor Blue, 14 February 2008. Http://jeffersonflanders.wordpress.com/2008/02/14/journalists-and-history-milton-wolffs-good-fight/.

Wolff, Milton. Another Hill. Introduction & afterword by Cary Nelson. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001. Autobiographical novel by last commander of Lincoln Battalion.

****************************************************************

 

American Medical and Relief Assistance to the Republican Government

 

Johnson, Ashley. “Healing the Wounds of Fascism: The American Medical Brigade and the Spanish Civil War.” Undergraduate honors paper. Mount Holyoke College, 2007.

Mendlesohn, Farah. Quaker Relief Work in the Spanish Civil War. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

Patai, Frances. “Heroines of the Good Fight: Testimonies of U.S. Volunteer Nurses in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Nursing History Review 3 (1995). Highlights the role of communism among the nurses who volunteers.

Rubin, Hank. Spain’s Cause Was Mine: A Memoir of an American Medic in the Spanish Civil War. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1997.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 10

Friends of Communism and the Soviet Union

 

 

Bates, Stephen. “The Book Bukovsky Can’t Publish.” UPI, 18 September 2001. On Vladimir Bukovsky’s difficulty finding an English-language publisher for his book on Western public figures identified in Soviet archival documents as having covert links to the USSR during the Cold War

Berman, Paul. “The Cult of Che.” Slate, 24 September 2004. Archives at <http://www.slate.com/>. Critique of the cult of Ernesto Che Guevara in the movie “The Motocycle Diaries.”

Breindel, Eric. “Not All Quiet on This Front.” Washington Times, 30 November 1988. Critical report on the “Anticommunism and the United States: History and Consequences” conference at Harvard.  

Breindel, Eric M. “The Stalinist Follies.” Commentary (1982). Critical commentary on the writings of former Communists, especially Paul Robeson, Susan Sontag, Paul Robeson, Jr., Jessica Mitford, Pete Seeger, and Steve Nelson, who, despite a personal break with the Communist party, continue to minimize Stalin’s crimes, defend the Hitler-Stalin Pact, the Hungarian invasion, or the Czech invasion.

Campbell, Kenneth J. Moscow’s Words, Western Voices. Washington, DC: Accuracy in Media, 1994. On Alexander Cockburn, Walter Duranty, Wilfred Burchett, and I.F. Stone as Soviet agents of influence.

Caute, David. The Fellow-Travellers: A Postscript to the Enlightenment. New York: Macmillan, 1973. Extensive discussion of the attraction to communism of a segment of Western liberals and radicals.

Caute, David. The Fellow-Travellers: Intellectual Friends of Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988. Revised and updated edition of Caute’s 1973 book.

Charen, Mona. Useful Idiots: How Liberals Got It Wrong in the Cold War and Still Blame America First. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 2003. Well written journalistic commentary.  Chapters include: The brief interlude of unanimity on communism -- The consensus unravels -- The bloodbath -- The mother of all communists -- Fear and trembling -- Each new communist is different -- Post-communist blues.

Evanier, David, and Harvey Klehr. “Anticommunism and Mental Health.” American Spectator 22, no. 2 (February 1989): 28-30. Critical review of the 1988 “Anticommunism and the United States.: History and Consequences” conference of the Institute for Media Analysis.  “The conference (thirty-eight panels and plenaries) thoroughly covered the dire consequences of anticommunism; it deflowers us, poisons our bodily fluids, kills the poor, makes us fight wars against innocent people, demolishes time, spreads heterosexuality, destroys paid maternity leaves, fosters antilesbianism, eradicates abortion rights -- well, it just  poisons and ruins everything.”

Feuer, Lewis S. “The Fellow-Travellers.” Survey [U.K.] 20, no. 2-3 (1974). Argues that fellow travelers often felt that the Soviet ruling class was “their kind” of intellectual elite.

Goldbloom, Maurice Jackson. “Stalin Builds a Trojan Horse Against America.” Commentary, November 1952.

Haynes, John Earl. “The People’s Republic of Grenada and the American Revolution.” Continuity 7 (Fall 1983). On the distortions of American history by American supporters of the Marxist dictatorship of Grenada.

Hibben, Stuart G. Aristocrat and Proletarian: The Extraordinary Life of Paxton Pattison Hibben. Tamarac, FL: Llumina Press, 2006. Biography of journalist, popular writer, and radical Paxton Hibben.  Hibben supported the Bolshevik revolution and the new Soviet regime with vigor and assisted in organizing famine relief.  He was buried in Moscow after his death.

Hollander, Paul. “Reflection on Anti-Americanism in Our Times.” Worldview, June 1978.

Hollander, Paul. “Selective Affinities.” New Republic, 18 October 1982. Discusses the ability some longtime friends of Communism to resist all revision of their views.

Hollander, Paul. Anti-Americanism: Critiques at Home and Abroad, 1965-1990. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Hook, Sidney, Vladimir Konstantinovich Bukovskii, and Paul Hollander. Soviet Hypocrisy and Western Gullibility. [Washington, DC] & Lanham, MD: Ethics and Public Policy Center, distr. by University Press of America, 1987. Discussion of Westerners who echo Soviet propaganda.

Ivie, Robert L. “Metaphor and the Rhetorical Invention of Cold War ‘Idealists.’” Communication Monographs 54, no. 2 (June 1987). Analysis of the rhetoric of Henry Wallace, J. William Fulbright, and Helen Caldicott.  Argues that “the source of their collective failure to dispel threatening images of Soviet savagery is located in a recurrent system of metaphorical concepts . . . that promotes a reversal of the enemy-image rather than its transcendence.  By decivilizing America’s image, ‘idealists’ turn the victimage ritual inward upon a self-righteous nation and provoke ‘realists’ to regress further into decivilizing images of the Soviet Union.”

Klehr, Harvey, and Ronald Radosh. “Redfest ‘85: Who’s Sending Our Kids to Moscow.” New Republic, 12-19 August 1985.

Kramer, Hilton, and Roger Kimball, eds. The Betrayal of Liberalism: How the Disciples of Freedom and Equality Helped Foster the Illiberal Politics of Coercion and Control. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1999.

Lowenfish, Lee. “American Radicals and Soviet Russia, 1917-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1968. Discusses the attitude of radicals toward the Soviet Union.  Sees the initial admirers as lyrical radicals such as John Reed, Max Eastman, and Raymond Robins.  These were followed by realistic relativists who admired Soviet planning and economic dynamism and who did not mind the human cost.  The latter included Rexford Tugwell, Stuart Chase, Louis Fischer, Walter Duranty, George Soule, Walter Frank, Samuel Harper, and Edmund Wilson.

Puddington, Arch. “The New Soviet Apologists.” Commentary, November 1983, 25-31.

Sinclair, Upton, and Eugene Lyons. Terror in Russia? Two Views. New York: R. R. Smith, 1938.

Sinclair, Upton, and Eugene Lyons. Upton Sinclair on the Soviet Union. New York: Weekly Masses Co., 1938. “Letter by Upton Sinclair ... written in reply to an open letter addressed to him by Eugene Lyons.”

Tolczyk, Dariusz. “See No Evil: Literary Cover-Ups and Discoveries of the Soviet Camp Experience.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1994.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Funds for Communist Causes. Testimony of Mr. and Mrs. Marcus I. Goldman and James E. Jackson, Jr. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Wilson, John. “Communist Chic: Hoisting a Few to the Ghost of Stalin.” Weekly Standard, 15 February 1999. Discusses the “KGB Bar,” a New York literary hang-out, and Ann Douglas’s "The Failure of the New York Intellectuals", published in Raritan in 1998.  “What Douglas -- dancing on the high-brow edge of retro Commie chic -- can’t seem to see is that Stalinism leads inevitably to such absurdities.  It is a system of thought based on fundamental untruths, and it can only be pursued by adding untruth to untruth until the results is truly crazy -- as crazy, in its own hip way, as New York’s young literary lights gathering for the frisson of flirting with the murderous darkness at the KGB bar.  The hip French philosophers of the 1950s and 1960s charmed their Cambodian students with their playful intellectual games -- and those students returned home as the Khmer Rouge.  God save us when one of Douglas’s young readers decides to do more than hoist a few down at the KGB.”

****************************************************************

 

Moral Equivalence

 

Brown, Kate. “Gridded Lives: Why Kazakhstan and Montana Are Nearly the Same Place.” American Historical Review 106, no. 1 (February 2001). Argues in fuzzy post-moderist tones for the moral equivalence of NKVD-controlled prison labor settlements in the Eastern USSR and American mining towns in the West.

Falk, Barbara Jay. “To Purge is to Prosper: A Comparison of the Rosenberg and Slansky Trials.” Paper presented at the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.  Argues for the essential equivalence of the two.

Krauthammer, Charles. “CNN’s Cold War: Twenty-Four Hours of Moral Equivalence.” Washington Post, 30 October 1998. Condemns episode six, “Reds 1948-1953” as equating McCarthyism with Stalin’s purges, excusing Soviet espionage, and implying that Hiss was innocent.

Richardson, Kelvin Jay. “Vyshinsky and McCarthy: Prosecutors as Terrorists.” Master’s thesis. University of Kansas, 1989. On the moral equivalence of Vyshinsky and Stalin’s terror and McCarthy and McCarthyism.

****************************************************************

 

Journals of Opinion and the Press

 

Walter Duranty and the New York Times

 

Beichman, Walter. “Durantyism: Journalism’s Bubonic Plague.” St. Croix Review 36, no. 6 (December 2003).

Berlau, John. “Duranty’s Deception.” Insight Magazine, 8 July 2003. Reviews Walter Duranty’s distorted reporting on the USSR.

Carynnyk, Marco. “The Famine the Times Couldn’t Find.” Commentary, November 1983. New York Times reporters Walter Duranty and Harold Denny concealed news of millions of Ukrainian deaths due to starvation.

Duranty, Walter. Babies Without Tails Stories. New York: Modern Age Books, Inc., 1937.

Duranty, Walter. Duranty Reports Russia. Edited and compiled by Gustavus Tuckerman, jr. New York: The Viking Press, 1934.

Duranty, Walter. I Write as I Please. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1935.

Duranty, Walter. Russia Reported. Edited and compiled by Gustavus Tuckerman. London: V. Gollancz, 1934.

Duranty, Walter. Stalin & Co.: The Politburo, the Men Who Run Russia. New York: W. Sloane Associates, 1949.

Duranty, Walter. The Kremlin and the People. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, inc., 1941.

Duranty, Walter. USSR: The Story of Soviet Russia. Philadelphia New York: J.B. Lippincott Company, 1944.

Engerman, David. “Revoking History.” New York Sun, 21 November 2003. On Duranty.

Grenier, Richard. “The New Treason of the Clerks.” National Review, 23 July 1990. Discussion of the practice of New York Times obituary writes of writing hostile obituaries of critics of communism.  Says of the recent obituary of Jay Lovestone,  “What must readers of the country’s most influential newspapers make of the obituaries of Jay Lovestone, who, dying recently at age 91, lived to be vindicated as are few men in history....  But for the cultured obituary writers of our leading newspapers, Jay Lovestone had come to be seen as an ‘enemy’ of the world’s democratic and progressive  forces” because he, a one-time CPUSA leader, became an anti-Communist.

Hagen, Mark. “The Pulitzer Prize the NYT Should Not Have Won.” History News Network [on-Line], 10 October 2003.

Haynes, John E. “‘Keeping Cool About Kabul,’ the Washington Post and  the New York Times Cover the Communist Seizure of Afghanistan.” World Affairs 45, no. 4 (1983). Finds that both the news and editorial coverage of the Soviet role in Afghanistan downplayed or minimized the extent of Soviet intervention in Afghanistan to support its Communist regime up until the final days before the actual Soviet invasion.

Pauluch, Peter. “Spiking the Ukrainian Famine, Again.” National Review, 11 April 1986. Discusses the suppression of news of the Ukrainian famine under Stalin by Walter Duranty, the New York Times’ Moscow correspondent.

Pelech, Markian. “Is the Pulitzer Prize Board Clueless?” History News Network, 28 July 2008. http://hnn.us/.

Pulitzer Prize Board. Statement on Walter Duranty’s 1932 Prize. Public statement. 21 November, 2003. <http://pulitzer.org/Resources/Whats_new/Duranty/duranty.html>. Pulitzer Prize Board statement on its decision that the prize will not be rescinded. “The Board determined that Mr. Duranty’s 1931 work, measured by today’s standards for foreign reporting, falls seriously short. In that regard, the Board’s view is similar to that of The New York Times itself and of some scholars who have examined his 1931 reports. However, the Board concluded that there was not clear and convincing evidence of deliberate deception, the relevant standard in this case.”

Radosh, Ronald. “‘The New York Times’ Continuing Love Affair With Communism (A Never-Ending Series, Unfortunately.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 22 August 2001.

Radosh, Ronald. “The New York Times’ Love Affair with Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.com, 26 October 2000.

Steinberg, Jacques. “From Our Man in Moscow, in Praise of the Stalinist Future.” New York Times, 26 October 2003.  Contains excerpts from Duranty’s dispatches.

Stuttaford, Andrew. “Prize Specimen: The Campaign to Revoke Walter Duranty’s Pulitzer.” National Review Online, 7 May 2003. <http://nationalreview.com/stuttaford/stuttaford050703.asp>. “After 70 years the New York Times has yet to do the right thing. There is, naturally, always room for disagreement over how events are interpreted, particularly in an era of revolutionary change, but Duranty’s writings clearly tipped over into propaganda, and, often, outright deception, a cynical sugarcoating of the squalor of a system in which he almost certainly didn’t believe. His motivation seems to have been purely opportunistic, access to the Moscow “story” for the Times and the well-paid lifestyle and the fame (“the Great Duranty” was, some said, the best-known journalist in the world) that this brought. Too much criticism of Stalin’s rule and this privileged existence would end. Duranty’s “Stalin” was a lie, not much more genuine than Janet Cooke’s “Jimmy” and, as he well knew at the time, so too were the descriptions of the Soviet experiment that brought him that Pulitzer.”

Taylor, S. J. Stalin’s Apologist: Walter Duranty, the New York Times’s Man in Moscow. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Sees Duranty, the Pulitzer Prize winning New York Times Moscow correspondent, not as a pro-Stalinist ideologue but as an amoral hedonist.  In the 1920s he gained a reputation as a sound analyst by reasoning that Stalin would emerge as the Soviet leader.  Thereafter he rested his career on a depiction of Stalin as the wise but stern leader, while refusing to recognize the significance of such events as the Ukrainian famine or the show trials.  The New York Times when it reviewed this book published an editorial comment that Duranty’s Soviet dispatches were “some of the worst reporting to appear in the newspaper.”

Taylor, Sally. “The Life, Work, and Times of Walter Duranty, Moscow Correspondent for the New York Times, 1921-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University, 1980.

Wolff, Eric. “Historian: Pulitzer to Times’s Duranty Should Be Rescinded.” New York Sun, 22 October 2003. On a report commissioned by the New York Times by historian Mark von Hagen.

****************************************************************

 

The Nation

 

Alpern, Sara. Freda Kirchwey, a Woman of The Nation. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987. Discusses Kirchwey’s attitude and sympathy for Communism.  Kirchwey, owner, editor and publisher of the Nation from 1937 to 1955, was a major figure in American liberalism.

Garlinghouse, Thomas S. “Stalin’s Apologists at The Nation.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 21 June 2001. On coverage of Stalinism in the 1930s.

Mead, Rebecca. “The Woman on the Left.” New York 28 (14 August 1995). Profile of Katrina vanden Heuvel of the Nation, “the final redoubt for a particular brand of left-liberal politics in America: a leftism forged not during Vietnam but in the McCarthyite fifties, with deeper origins stretching back to the Communist left.”

Redlich, Norman. “McCarthy’s Global Hoax.” Nation, 2 December 1978. A defense of the history of The Nation’s editorial policy regarding McCarthyism and Communism.

Rozakis, Laurie E. “How the Division Within the Liberal Community Was Reflected in The Nation, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1984. Regards the split between anti-Communist liberals and those who cooperated with the Communist party as decisive in shaping the direction of American artistic life; sees the political needs of the Communist party as a significant influence on a large segment of the literary community.

****************************************************************

 

National Guardian

 

Aronson, James. The Press and the Cold War. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1970. Critical of the American press for deference to capitalism, accommodation of anticommunism, and hostility to the Soviet Union.  Aronson was an editor of the hard left National Guardian.

Belfrage, Cedric, and James Aronson. Something to Guard: The Stormy Life of the National Guardian, 1948-1967. New York: Columbia University Press, 1978. Story of a radical journal sympathetic to the Soviet Union and communism by two of its editors.

Munk, Michael. “The Guardian from Old to New Left.” Radical America 2 (March-April 1968)

****************************************************************

 

New Republic

 

Bliven, Bruce. Five Million Words Later an Autobiography. New York: J. Day Co., 1970. Memoir by one of The New Republic’s editors of the 1930s.

Conklin, Groff, and Bruce Bliven, eds. The New Republic Anthology, 1915:1935. New York: Dodge Publishing Company, 1936.

Diggins, John P. “The New Republic & Its Times.” New Republic, 10 December 1984. Discusses the attitude of The New Republic toward American Communism in the course of reviewing the magazine’s history.

Haynes, John Earl. “Speak No Evil: Michael Straight and After Long Silence.” Chronicles of Culture 7, no. 11 (1983). Discusses the contradictions between Straight’s version of his editorial policy in his autobiography and his actual editorial policy as publisher of The New Republic in the 1940s and early 1950s.

Ragan, Fred Donald. “The New Republic: Red Hysteria and Civil Liberties.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1965. Discusses The New Republic’s reaction and opposition to the excesses of the post-World War I Red Scare.

****************************************************************

 

PM

 

Hoopes, Roy. Ralph Ingersoll: A Biography. New York: Atheneum, 1985. Ingersoll, a major figure in journalism, published the left-liberal PM (1940-1946).  Discusses the turmoil between Communists and anti-Communists on PM’s staff and Ingersoll’s long lasting Popular Front stance.

Milkman, Paul Alan. “PM: A New Deal in Journalism, 1940-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1994. Examination of the New York daily of the Popular Front left.

Fothergill, Garland Wayne. “Stalinist Communism and Fascism: A Study in the Ambivalences of ‘New Republic’ Liberalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1966. Argues that in the 1920’s The New Republic became an apologist for Soviet totalitarianism.

Seideman, David. The New Republic a Voice of Modern Liberalism. New York: Praeger, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

Organizations Associated with the Communist Movement

 

Goldsmith, William. “The Theory and Practice of the Communist Front.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1971. Examines in detail the International Labor Defense, the World Committee Against War and Fascism, and the International Workers Order.

National Council for American Education. Communist and Communist-Front Organizations in America Compiled from Official Government Publications. New York, 1949.

Phelps-Fetherston, Iain. Soviet International Front Organizations: A Concise Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1965. Annotated guide to front organizations.

Tyson, James L. Target America: The Influence of Communist Propaganda on U.S. Media. Chicago: Regnery Gateway, 1981. Journalistic exposé of pro-Soviet advocacy groups in the U.S.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Citations by Official Government Agencies of Organizations and Publications Found to be Communist or Communist Fronts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Tactics Among Veterans’ Groups (Testimony of John T. Pace). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Guide to Subversive Organizations and Publications (and Appendixes) Revised and Published December. 1, 1961 to Supersede Guide Published on Jan. 2, 1957 (Including Index). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951. Alphabetical, annotated listing.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Front Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1944. Lists 1160 organizations,

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Communist Party and Alleged Fronts. Washington: SACB Information Office, 1953. Proceedings before Subversive Activities Control Board, October. 1, 1953.

****************************************************************

 

Fair Play for Cuba Committee

 

DeBenedictis, Frank Steven. “The Cold War Comes to Ybor City: Tampa Bay’s Chapter of the Fair Play for Cuba Committee.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Florida Atlantic University, 2002.

Riefe, Robert H. “Cuban Political Action in the United States.” Journal of Social, Political and Economic Studies 14, no. 2 (Summer 1989). Discuses the role of the CPUSA and the SWP in the Fair Play for Cuba Committee.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist and Trotskyist Activity Within Greater Los Angeles Chapter of Fair Play for Cuba Committee, Report and Testimony of Albert J. Lewis and Steve Roberts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Garland Fund

 

Samson, Gloria Garrett. The American Fund for Public Service: Charles Garland and Radical Philanthropy, 1922-1941. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1996. The Garland Fund assisted a number of Communist causes.

Samsun, Gloria G. “Toward a New Social Order -- The American Fund for Public Service: Clearing House for Radicalism in the 1920s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1987. About the Garland Fund.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. The Garland Fund (American Fund for Public Service). Washington, DC: U.S. Gov. Print. Off., 1944. Discusses the Garland Fund’s grants to C.P.-linked projects.

****************************************************************

 

Institute for Policy Studies

 

Muravchik, Joshua. “The Think Tank of the Left.” New York Times Magazine, 26 April 1981. Discusses the pro-Soviet orientation of the Institute for Policy Studies.

Muravchik, Joshua. “‘Communophilism’ and the Institute for Policy Studies.” World Affairs 147, no. 3 (1984-85). On the IPS’s pro-Communist tilt.

Powell, S. Steven. Covert Cadre: Inside the Institute for Policy Studies. Ottawa, IL New York: Green Hill Publishers, distr. by Kampmann, 1987. Hostile journalistic exposé suggesting a significant KGB and Communist role in the Institute for Policy Studies, noting, among other things, a financial link to Samuel Rubin, a C.P. member and founder of Faberge cosmetics.

Walker, Vanessa. “‘Human Rights and Vital Needs:’ The Institute for Policy Studies and the International Human Rights Agenda.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004. Lauds the efforts of the IPS to shift the emphasis in the Carter administration’s human rights policy away from democratic freedoms to economic guarantees.

****************************************************************

 

International League for Human Rights

 

Cohen, Roberta. “Conspiracy or Cockup?” Index on Censorship 21, no. 10 (November 1992). On FBI determination that the International League for Human Rights was Communist-aligned.

****************************************************************

 

Medical Aid to Cuba Committee and Friends of British Guiana

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. U. S. Communist Party Assistance to Foreign Communist Governments (Medical Aid to Cuba Committee and Friends of British Guiana). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963. Hearings, November 14 [-15] 1962.

****************************************************************

 

National Assembly for Democratic Rights and.

Citizens’ Committee for Constitutional Liberties

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Manipulation of Public Opinion by Organizations Under Concealed Control of the Communist Party Under Concealed Control of Communist Party (National Assembly for Democratic Rights & Citizens’ Committee for Constitutional Liberties). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Report No. 1282, parts 1 & 2.

****************************************************************

 

National Committee to Defeat the Mundt Bill

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the National Committee to Defeat the Mundt Bill, a Communist Lobby. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

 

National Council of American-Soviet Friendship

 

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. National Council of American-Soviet Friendship, Inc., Respondent. Recommended Decision. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

United May Day Committee

 

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. United May Day Committee, Respondent. Washington, DC, 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Save Our Sons Committee

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Propaganda Among Prisoners of War in Korea, Save Our Sons Committee. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Carleton Beals

 

Britton, John A. Carleton Beals: A Radical Journalist in Latin America. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1987. Beals had an ambiguous relationship with the Communist movement, sometimes acting as its agent.

****************************************************************

 

Wilfred Burchett

 

Burchett, Wilfred G. Cold War in Germany. [Melbourne?]: World Unity Publications, 1950. Denunciation of American policy in Germany.

Burchett, Wilfred G. People’s Democracies. [n.p.]: World Unity Publications, 1951. Praise for the Communist regimes of Eastern Europe.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Burchett Reporting the Other Side of the World, 1939-1983. Edited by Ben Kiernan. New York: Quartet Books, 1986.

Burchett, Wilfred G. China’s Feet Unbound. London, U.K.: Lawrence and Wishart, 1952. Praise for Mao’s China.

Burchett, Wilfred G. This Monstrous War. Melbourne: J. Waters, 1953. Denunciation of American policy in South Korea.

Burchett, Wilfred. Memoirs of a Rebel Journalist: The Autobiography of Wilfred Burchett. Edited by George Burchett and Nick Shimmin. Sydney NSW, Australia: UNSW Press, 2005.

Burchett, Wilfred G. My Visit to the Liberated Zones of South Vietnam. Hanoi: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1964. Praise for Communist controlled areas of South Vietnam.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Vietnam North. New York: International Publishers, 1966. Denunciation of American policy in South Vietnam.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Vietnam Will Win! Why the People of South Vietnam Have Already Defeated U.S. Imperialism--and How They Have Done It--by the Internationally Famous Western Correspondent Whose First-Hand Dispatches from Vietnam Have Become a Part of the History of Our Times, Wilfred G. Burchett. New York:, distr. by Monthly Review Press, 1969.

Burchett, Wilfred G. The Second Indochina War Cambodia and Laos. New York: International Publishers, 1970. Denunciation of American policy in South Vietnam.

Kelley, Peter. “Comrade Burchett Was a Party Hack.” The Australian, 7 January 2005

Manne, Robert. Agent of Influence: The Life and Times of Wilfred Burchett. Toronto, Canada: Mackenzie Institute for the Study of Terrorism, Revolution and Propaganda, 1989. A well-known journalist, Burchett was a unending source of anti-American and pro-Communist stories.

Winnington, Alan, and Wilfred G. Burchett. Plain Perfidy. The Plot to Wreck Korean Peace. Peking: [S.n.], 1954. Denunciation of American policy in Korea.

****************************************************************

 

Noam Chomsky

 

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz, eds. The Anti-Chomsky Reader. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2004.

Chomsky, Noam. American Power and the New Mandarins. New York: Pantheon Books, 1969.

Chomsky, Noam. At War with Asia. New York]: Pantheon Books, 1970.

Chomsky, Noam. Towards a New Cold War: Essays on the Current Crisis and How we Got There. New York: Pantheon Books, 1982.

Chomsky, Noam. The Cold War & the University: Toward an Intellectual History of the Postwar Years. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton & Co., 1997.

Lewis, Anders G. “Noam Chomsky: Unrepentant Stalinist.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 April 2004. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com.

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Davies

 

Bennett, Todd. “Culture, Power, and Mission to Moscow: Film and Soviet-American Relations During World War II.” Journal of American History 88, no. 2 (2001).

Culbert, David Holbrook, ed. Mission to Moscow. Madison: Wisconsin Center for Film and Theater Research by University of Wisconsin Press, 1980.

Culbert, David. “Our Awkward Ally: Mission to Moscow (1943).” In American History/American Film Interpreting the Hollywood Image, edited by John E. O’Connor and Martin A. Jackson. New York: Ungar, 1979.

Davies, Joseph Edward. Mission to Moscow. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1941. Davies, a conservative Democrat, became an ardent admirer of Stalin when he became ambassador to the USSR.

Giffin, Frederick C. “Improving the Image of Stalin’s Russia: Joseph Davies’s Mission to Moscow.” Social Science, Winter 1977.

MacLean, Elizabeth K. “Joseph E. Davies.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1986. Argues that Davies’ attitude toward the Soviet Union and Stalin was in part a consequence of his lifelong role as a mediator.

MacLean, Elizabeth Kimball. “Joseph E. Davies and Soviet-American Relations, 1941-1943.” Diplomatic History 4 (Winter 1980). Discusses Davies’s pro-Stalin attitudes and influence on American domestic opinion toward the Soviet Union.

MacLean, Elizabeth Kimball. Joseph E. Davies: Envoy to the Soviets. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992. Davies became a leading apologist for Stalin in the United States.

Radosh, Ronald, and Allis Radosh. “A Great Historic Mistake: The Making of Mission to Moscow.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

****************************************************************

 

Albert Einstein

 

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Albert Einstein. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Jerome, Fred. The Einstein File: J. Edgar Hoover’s Secret War Against the World’s Most Famous Scientist. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2002.

Renton, David. “Albert Einstein’s Socialism.” Rethinking Marxism 13, no. 2 (2001).

****************************************************************

 

Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty

 

Crowl, James William. “They Wrote as They Pleased: A Study of the Journalistic Careers of Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty, 1922-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1978.

Crowl, James William. Angels in Stalin’s Paradise: Western Reporters in Soviet Russia, 1917 to 1937, a Case Study of Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1982.

Fischer, Louis. Why Recognize Russia? The Arguments for and Against the Recognition of the Soviet Government by the United States. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931.

Fischer, Louis. Russia Revisited: A New Look at Russia and Her Satellites. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1957.

Fischer, Louis. Stalin and Hitler: The Reasons for the Results of the Nazi-Bolshevik Pact. [New York]: The Nation, 1940.

Fischer, Louis. Soviet Journey. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1973.

Laqueur, Walter. “Coffee With ‘Karla..’” Washington Post, 29 September 1991. States that in an interview Markus Wolf, former head of foreign intelligence for East German State Security, stated that as a youth in Moscow in the 1930s (his father was a German Communist exile) his best friends were two Americans, the sons of the journalist Louis Fischer.  Notes that Wolf used the framework of this relationship in his novel The Troika

****************************************************************

 

Waldo Frank

 

Frank, Waldo David. Memoirs of Waldo Frank. Edited by Alan Trachtenberg. [Amherst]: University of Massachusetts Press, 1973. Frank was a long-time friend of Communism and the Soviet Union.

****************************************************************

 

Stefan Heym

 

Cohn, Werner. “Stefan Heym’s Political History.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 27 October 1995. Letter to the editor regarding the Heym’s Communist-related activities in the U.S. and the GDR.

Hutchinson, Peter, and Reinhard K. Zachau. Stefan Heym, Socialist, Dissenter, Jew. Oxford New York: P. Lang, 2003.

Hutchinson, Peter. Stefan Heym: The Perpetual Dissident. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Willi Munzenberg and his Fronts

 

Carew Hunt, R.N. “Willi Munzenberg.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Gross, Babette. Willi Münzenberg: A Political Biography. Translated by Marian Jackson. [East Lansing]: Michigan State University Press, 1974. Munzenberg created an array of international front organizations for the Comintern.

Koch, Stephen. Double Lives: Spies and Writers in the Secret Soviet War of Ideas Against the West. New York: Free Press, 1994. Concentrates on the creation of Communist front groups and pro-Communist propaganda in the West by Willi Munzenberg and the Communist International.  Discusses the work of Otto Katz, a Munzenberg associate, in the U.S.

Koch, Stephen. “Lying for the Truth: Münzenberg & the Comintern.” New Criterion 12, no. 3 (November 1993). “Gardner Jackson,” an exchange between Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. & Stephen Koch, 12,6, February 1994

McMeekin, Sean. The Red Millionaire: A Political Biography of Willi Münzenberg, Moscow’s Secret Propaganda Tsar in the West. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Albert Kahn and Michael Sayers

 

Kahn, Albert Eugene. High Treason: The Plot Against the People. New York: Lear Publishers, 1950. Kahn, a prominent pro-Communist writer, maintains that secret fascists financed by big business are on the verge of seizing control of the American government.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. Sabotage! The Secret War Against America. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1942. Warns that powerful American domestic forces are allied with the a menacing American Nazi/Fascist underground.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. The Plot Against the Peace: A Warning to the Nation! New York: Dial Press, 1945. Two Communist party-aligned commentators warn in apocalyptic tones that although fascism has been defeated in Europe, it is very close to seizing power in the United States.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. The Great Conspiracy: The Secret War Against Soviet Russia. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1946. Warns that a powerful network of American Fascists are using anticommunism to gain power and launch war against the USSR.

****************************************************************

 

Corliss Lamont

 

Blank, David. “Corliss Lamont and Civil Liberties.” Unpublished paper., 1999. A detailed historical study sent to the trustees of Columbia University regarding the creation of the “Corliss Lamont Chair of Civil Liberties” in the Columbia Law School, discussing Lamont’s history of support for Stalinism and the Soviet Union.

Lamont, Corliss. Voice in the Wilderness: Collected Essays of Fifty Years. Buffalo: Prometheus Books, 1974. Lamont was a dedicated and totally loyal fellow traveler who never failed to excuse any aspect of Stalinism and Soviet communism.

Lamont, Corliss. “A Statement by Corliss Lamont on the ACLU and the FBI.” In These Times, 16-22 November 1977.

Lamont, Corliss. Yes to Life: Memoirs of Corliss Lamont. New York: Horizon Press, 1981.

Lamont, Corliss. A Lifetime of Dissent. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988.

Shapiro, Edward S. “Corliss Lamont and Civil Liberties.” Modern Age 42, no. 2 (April 2000): 158-75. Reviews Lamont’s long defense of Communist tyranny.  Shapiro assisted in preparing David Blank’s statement on Lamont. 

Wittenberg, Philip. The Lamont Case: History of Congressional Investigation. New York: Horizon Press, 1957. Defense of Corliss Lamont.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Morss Lovett

 

Lovett, Robert Morss. All Our Years: The Autobiography of Robert Morss Lovett. New York: Viking Press, 1948. Autobiography of a non-Communist who worked closely with Communists.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Matthews

 

Fettmann, Eric. “Castro’s Publicist.” New York Post, 28 March 2001. On journalist Herbert Matthews’s coverage of Castro and the Spanish Civil war.

Welch, Richard E., Jr. “Herbert L. Matthews and the Cuban Revolution.” Historian 47, no. 1 (November 1984). Describes the controversy around the New York Times journalist whose stories in the period before Castro took power indicated that Castro was not a Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Carey McWilliams

 

Gantner, Donald Christopher. “‘Regional Imagination and Radical Conscience: Carey McWilliams in the West.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 2001.

Geary, Daniel. “Carey McWilliams and Antifascism, 1934-1943.” Journal of American History 90, no. 3 (December 2003). Defends and rationalizes McWilliams habit of denouncing as “Fascist” anyone who disagreed with his ardent Popular Front liberalism and minimizes his alliance with the CPUSA.

McWilliams, Carey. The Education of Carey McWilliams. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979.

****************************************************************

 

Alexander Meiklejohn

 

Nelson, Adam R. Education and Democracy: The Meaning of Alexander Meiklejohn, 1872-1964. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 2001.

Nelson, Adam Rolf. “Education And Democracy: The Meaning Of Alexander Meiklejohn, 1872-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Linus Pauling

 

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Dr. Linus Pauling. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960-61. In two parts.

****************************************************************

 

Raymond Robins

 

Salzman, Neil V. Reform and Revolution: The Life and Times of Raymond Robins. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 1991. Robins, a prominent member of the American Red Cross commission in Russia at the time of the Bolshevik coup, became an ardent defender of Soviet policy thereafter.

****************************************************************

 

Susan Sontag

 

Shaw, Peter, and Seymour Martin Lipset. “Two Afterthoughts on Susan Sontag.” Encounter [U.K.], June-July 1982.

Sontag, Susan. “Communism and the Left.” Nation, 27 February 1982.

****************************************************************

 

Johannes Steel

 

Schütte, Georg. “Johannes Steel: The Radio Career of a Leftist German Emigré Journalist.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Lincoln Steffens

 

Horton, Russell M. Lincoln Steffens. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974.

Kaplan, Justin. Lincoln Steffens: A Biography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1974.

Palermo, Patrick F. Lincoln Steffens. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1978.

Shapiro, Herbert. “Lincoln Steffens: The Evolution of an American Radical.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1964. Steffens, an highly influential progressive-era “muckraker” journalist became increasingly leftist and an early supporter of revolution and Bolshevism.

Steffens, Lincoln. The Autobiography of Lincoln Steffens. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1931. Records his observations on Communists and communism.  This book contains his much quoted observation, after a 1919 visit to the new Bolshevik state, “I have been over into the future, and it works.”

Steffens, Lincoln. Lincoln Steffens Speaking. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1936.

Steffens, Lincoln. The Letters of Lincoln Steffens. Edited by Ella Winter and Granville Hicks. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1938.

Steffens, Lincoln. “Introduction.” In I Change Worlds: The Remaking of an American, Anna Louise Strong, v. Seattle: Seal Press, 1979. In 1935 Lincoln Steffens assured Communists that they had the task “to make and cross a bridge from one age to another,... from our old Christian-Greek culture to the communist culture which will probably prevail for the next two thousand years.”

Stinson, Robert. Lincoln Steffens. New York: F. Ungar Pub. Co., 1979.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Muckraking Lincoln Steffens.” Virginia Quarterly Review 54, no. 1 (1978). Analyzes Steffens’ writings, including his attitude toward Communism..  Says Steffens’s “reputation for complexity should be seen as a mask for confusion.”

****************************************************************

 

Edmund Stevens

 

Stevens, Edmund. Russia is no Riddle. New York: Greenberg, 1945. Lavishes praise on Stalin, described the USSR governing structure as “a form of democracy, elementary if you will, but more genuine and pure within its limited scope than any American institution except the town meeting, to which in many ways it closely corresponds,” and insisted that the Soviet Communist Party had “a large degree of inner-Party democracy.”

Stevens, Edmund. This is Russia, Uncensored. New York: Didier, 1950. Highly critical portrait of the last years of Stalin’s rule as a harshly oppressive dictatorship in which government-sponsored suspicion and anti-Semitism permeated and degraded society.  Sevens added, however, that the Soviet Union had achieved permanence and the U.S. needed to reach an understanding with its government.

Stevens, Edmund, Jr. “Soviet Archives Mislead on U.S. Journalist.” New York Times, 1 May 1995. Argues that his father‘s membership in the CPUSA in the 1930s, disclosed in Klehr, Haynes, & Firsov‘s The Secret World, was a ruse to get his family out of the Soviet Union and that his father was always critical of the Soviet Union during his journalistic career.

****************************************************************

 

I.F. Stone

 

Alterman, Eric. “All Governments (and Some Journalists) Lie.” Nation, 18 September 2006. Dismisses view that I.F. Stone ever assisted Soviet espionage.

Alterman, Eric. “Redbaiting Stone.” Nation, July 1998.

Alterman, Eric. “Sleaze, Smears and Spleen: A Novak Way of Knowing.” Salon, 6 January 1998. Http://www.salon.com/media/1998/01/08media.html.

Alterman, Eric. “Stone Cold Untruths.” American Prospect, 3 October 2006. Http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?articleId=12074.

Berman, Paul. “The Watchdog.” New York Times, 1 October 2006. Essay review of MacPherson’s “All Governments Lie.”

Berman, Paul. “Confound It.” American Prospect, 4 October 2006. Http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?articleId=12081.

Brown, Andrew. “The Attack on I.F. Stone.” New York Review of Books 39, no. 16 (8 October 1992). Brown whose story in the Independent quoted retired KGB General Kalugin that “We had an agent--a well-known American journalist” who after 1968 “would never again take any money from us” explains that he followed up with Kalugin and that while the reference was about Stone, Kalugin did not mean he was an agent, only a journalistic contact, and only that Stone would no longer allow Kalugin to pay for his lunch.  Exchange between Herb Romerstein, Martin Garbus and Brown, December 3, 1992.

Cottrell, Robert. “I. F. Stone: Radical Journalist.” Mid-America 66, no. 1 (January 1984). Biographical sketch of Stone as an ardent Popular Front ally of the CPUSA and Stalin’s Soviet Union.

Cottrell, Robert C. Izzy: A Biography of I.F. Stone. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Cottrell, Robert Charles. “Wielding the Pen as a Sword: The Radical Journalist, I. F. Stone.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1983.

Guttenplan, D.D. “Izzy an Agent?” Nation, 2003 October August 1992. Attacks Herbert Romerstein’s claim that I.F. Stone was subsidized by the KGB as without adequate evidence; cites Stone’s criticism of the USSR.  Warns that material from Soviet archives and Soviet sources cannot be trusted and likely are part of a conspiratorial attack on the left, judges that American anticommunism, ostensibly concerned with Soviet communism, actually used a never existent Soviet challenge as cover for an assault on its real target, domestic American radicalism.

Kaner, Norman. “I.F. Stone and the Korean War.” In Cold War Critics: Alternatives to American Foreign Policy in the Truman Years., edited by Thomas G. Paterson. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

MacPherson, Myra. “The Secret War Against I.F. Stone.” Washington Post, 21 August 1994. Shocked and appalled that the FBI investigated I.F. Stone.

MacPherson, Myra. All Governments Lie: The Life and Times of Rebel Journalist I.F. Stone. New York: Scribner, 2006.  Stone was a saint and all who disagreed with him were demons.

Navasky, Victor. “I.F. Stone.” Nation, 21 July 2003.

New York Times editors. “Strange New Pals in the K.G.B.” New York Times, 13 August 1992. Editorial saying those who believe “defamatory charges made by shadowy former K.G.B. officers” about I.F. Stone are “dupes of Moscow apparatchiks.”  Replies by Herb Romerstein and Reed Irvine, August. 31, 1992.

Nobile, Philip. “‘I Lied’: Testing the Intellectual Honesty of Eric Alterman.” New York Press, 19 January 1999. Argues that Alterman minimizes I.F. Stone’s support for Stalin.

Patner, Andrew. I.F. Stone: A Portrait. New York: Pantheon Books, 1988.

Radosh, Ronald. “A ‘Jewish Dissident?’.” Forward, 23 October 1992. Discusses Cottrell’s Izzy and how Stone’s position changes on Israel, the Korean War, and Vietnam tracked with changes in the Soviet Union’s stance.  “All in all, we do not have to wait for KGB files to arrive to make a judgment of Stone’s legacy; on the key issues of the day, Izzy Stone rendered great service to the Soviet Union for a few critical decades.”

Romerstein, Herb. “Post Still Defends KGB Agent I.F. Stone.” Human Events, 2 September 1994. Reply to MacPherson article on Stone.

Romerstein, Herbert. “The Evidence is not to be Denied: I.F. Stone Worked for the KGB.” New York Post, 30 July 1992. Reply to Guttenplan.  Notes that in 1971 Jack Anderson obtained an FBI report noting a 1966 meeting between Stone and Oleg Kalugin, then identified as a Soviet embassy official but now know to have been a KGB officer.

Romerstein, Herbert. “The KGB Penetration of the Media.” Human Events, 6 June 1992. Quotes speech of former KGB General Oleg Kalugin in London on March 11, 1992, “’We had an agent--a well-known American journalist--with a good reputation, who severed his ties with us after 1956.  I myself convinced him to resume them.  But in 1968, after the invasion of Czechoslovakia ... he said he would never again take any money from us.’” Romerstein cites an unnamed retired KGB source in Moscow as identifying the agent cited in Kalugin’s speech as I.F. Stone and further asserting that Kalugin provided Soviet funding to James Aronson for National Guardian and to Carl Marzani for the Marzani & Munsell publishing house.  Romerstein’s source also said that during the 1960’s KGB agent Vladimir Alexandrovich Chuchukin, operating out of the Soviet U.N. Mission in New York, provided CPUSA with its regular Soviet subsidy.

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “Stone Miscast.” Nation, 9 November 1996. Argues that Venona does not show that I.F. Stone cooperated with Soviet intelligence.

Washington Post Editorial. “Redbaiting Still.” Washington Post, 15 August 1992. Editorial denouncing charge against I.F. Stone as a “completely undocumented and poisonous allegation.”  Denounces use of KGB sources, “this agency’s raw files and unexamined assertions, however titillating, are self-serving, mischievous and deeply suspect.” Reply by Romerstein, September. 6, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Berhard J. Stern and Leslie A. White

 

Peace, William J. “Bernhard Stern, Leslie A. White, and an Anthropological Appraisal of the Russian Revolution.” American Anthropologist 100, no. 1 (1998). Takes the view that opposition to communism has deeply poisoned American life, including the academic world, producing widespread fear of speaking freely.  Discussed the feud between Bernhard J. Stern and Leslie A. White. White had praised the Russian Revolution in his 1930 address to the American Association for the Advancement of Science, “An Anthropological Appraisal of the Russian Revolution,” which was published at Stern’s suggestion in The New Masses without White’s knowledge.

****************************************************************

 

Duncan Smith

 

Smith, Duncan. Walls and Mirrors: Western Representations of Really Existing German Socialism in the German Democratic Republic. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1988. Uses semiotics to look at American patterns of signifying aspects of the GDR, sees those patterns as misleading, concluding that the correct pattern of signifying is that East Germany “has made enormous progress in social justice, in material prosperity.  As I have tried to suggest throughout these pages, the GDR is a place where things work.  The schools educate the pupils, the home and the state train their people to right and wrong, to responsibility to and for one another, to goals outside of themselves....  The progress of this state and culture may one day be a model for many other places to emulate.”  Blames irrational opposition to communism for America’s incorrect signifying of the GDR’s success.

****************************************************************

 

Claude Williams

 

Belfrage, Cedric. South of God. New York: Modern age books, 1941. Sympathetic biography of the Rev. Claude Williams, a southerner closely associated with the Communist party.

Naison, Mark. “Claude and Joyce Williams: Pilgrims of Justice.” Southern Exposure 1 (Winter 1973/74)

****************************************************************

 

Communists and the Peace Movement

 

Abrams, Irwin. “The Moscow World Youth Forum of 1961: An American Friend’s Experience of Quaker and Soviet Peacemaking.” Quaker History 84, no. 2 (1995).

Alonso, Harriet Hyman. “McCarthyism and the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

Alonso, Harriet Hyman. Peace as a Women’s Issue: A History of the U.S. Movement for World Peace and Women’s Rights. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1993.

Budenz, Louis F. The Cry is Peace. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1952.

Chatfield, Charles. For Peace and Justice: Pacificism in America, 1914-1941. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1971. Notes Communist attempts to enter the Keep America Out of War Congress after the Hitler-Stalin Pact.

Chatfield, Charles, ed. Peace Movements in America. New York: Schocken Books, 1973. Includes  DeBenedetti, C. Alternative strategies in the American peace movement in the 1920’s; Chatfield, C., Alternative antiwar strategies of the thirties; Robinson, J. A.,  A. J. Muste and the ways to peace;  Peterson, P. M.,  Student organizations and the antiwar movement in America, 1900-1960.

Doenecke, Justus D. “Non-Interventionism on the Left: The Keep America Out of the War Congress, 1938-1941.” Journal of Contemporary History 12 (April 1977). Discusses the relationship of the Communist party to the antiwar movement.

Foster, Catherine. Women for All Seasons: The Story of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1989.

Lieberman, Robbie. “‘Does That Make Peace a Bad Word?’: American Responses to the to the Communist Peace Offensive, 1949-1950.” Peace & Change 17 (April 1992).

Lieberman, Robbie. “Communism, Peace Activism, and Civil Liberties: From the Waldorf Conference to the Peekskill Riot.” Journal of American Culture 18, no. 3 (Fall 1995).

Lieberman, Robbie. The Strangest Dream: Communism, Anticommunism and the U.S. Peace Movement 1945-1963. New York: Syracuse University Press, 2000.

Lofland, John, Victoria L. Johnson, and Pamela Kato. Peace Movement Organizations and Activists in the U.S.: An Analytic Bibliography. New York: Haworth Press, 1991.

Metzenberg, Howard. “Student Peace Union, Five Years Before the New Left.” Senior Honors thesis. Oberlin College, 1978.

Mollin, Marian. “‘We Speak Now With Our Whole Lives’: Parental Protest and Direct Action Against the Bomb.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Smith, Allen. “Converting America: Three Community Efforts To End The Cold War, 1956-1973.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1995. A study of the Syracuse Peace Council, New York, New Jersey Committee For A Sane Nuclear Policy, and St. Louis Committee For Nuclear Information, Missouri.  Notes that many activists were former Communists.

Swerdlow, Amy. “Ladies’ Day at the Capitol: Women Strike for Peace Versus HUAC.” Feminist Studies 8 (Fall 1982).

Swerdlow, Amy. Women Strike for Peace: Traditional Motherhood and Radical Politics in the 1960s. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Communist ‘Peace’ Offensive: A Campaign to Disarm and Defeat the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Peace Movement (Women Strike for Peace and Certain Other Groups). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Infiltration in the Nuclear Test Ban Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Infiltration in the Nuclear Test Ban Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960-61. Parts 7, 8, 8A, and 9 of U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Internal Security report.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Anti-Vietnam Agitation and the Teach-In-Movement; the Problem of Communist Infiltration and Exploitation: A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

****************************************************************

 

The Waldorf Peace Conference

 

Hook, Sidney. “The Communist Peace Offensive.” Partisan Review 51 & 52, no. 4 & 1 (1984). Memoir of the 1949 C.P.-linked “Waldorf Conference” peace campaign by a leading anti-Communist leftist.

Rossi, John. “Farewell to Fellow Traveling: The Waldorf Peace Conference of March 1949.” Continuity, no. 10 (Spring 1985).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Review of the Scientific and Cultural Conference for World Peace. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. On the Waldorf conference.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 11

Communism, Anticommunism, and American Culture

 

 

Aberman, Matthew. “Rationalizing Speculative Science: Cold War Culture and the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI).” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Abrams, Nathan. “‘Undoing the Cold War’: Mad Magazine.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Baesler, John Philipp. “Total Freedom: The Rise of Scientology in the Context of Cold War Culture.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Bakan, Jonathon E. “Café Society: A Locus for the Interesection of Jazz and Politics During the Popular Front Era.” Ph.D. diss. York University, 2004.

Baxandall, Rosalyn Fraad, and Elizabeth Ewen. Picture Windows: How the Suburbs Happened. New York, NY: Basic Books, 2000. Discusses the role of Senator Joseph McCarthy and anti-communism in defeating the Taft-Wagner Public Housing Act and the affect of promoting the growth of Levitt’s suburbs.

Bergin, Cathy. “Race/class Politics: The Liberator, 1929-1934.” Race & Class 47, no. 4 (2006).

Bianco, Christine. “Postwar Home Decorating: Freedom and Authority.” Paper presented at George Washington University Cold War Group Third Annual Graduate Student Conference, 2002.  Sees emphasis on individual choice and variety in 1950s home decorating as a Cold War theme that disguised capitalist oppression.

Browder, Laura. Rousing the Nation: Radical Culture in Depression America. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1998.

Campbell, Neil. “Cold War ‘Containment Culture’ and Photography: Robert Frank’s The Americans and the 1950s.” In American Visual Cultures, edited by David Holloway and John Beck. London New York: Continuum Logo, 2005.

Dussere, Erik. “Subversion in the Swamp: Pogo and the Folk in the McCarthy Era.” Journal of American Culture [Great Britain] 26, no. 1 (2003).

Engelhardt, Tom. The End of Victory Culture: Cold War America and the Disillusioning of a Generation. New York, NY: Basic Books, 1995.

Etheridge, Brian. “Inverting Americanization or Rediscovering Americanism: Some Thoughts on the Cold War and Cold War Culture in America.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Field, Douglas, ed. American Cold War Culture. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 2005. Includes: “A battle of silence”: women’s magazines and the polio crisis in post-war UK and USA / Jacqueline Foertsch -- All about the subversive femme: Cold War homophobia in All about eve / Robert J. Corber -- Mapping containment: the cultural construction of the Cold War / David Ryan -- Movable containers: Cold War trailers and trailer parks / Dina Smith -- Passing as a Cold War novel: anxiety and assimilation in James Baldwin’s Giovanni’s room / Douglas Field -- Disney’s Song of the South and the birth of the white Negro / Catherine Gunther Kodat -- Policing dissent: “Orwell” and Cold War culture, 1945-2004 / Scott Lucas -- Cold War television and the technology of brainwashing / Alan Nadel -- Confession, autobiography and resistance: Robert Lowell and the politics of privacy / Hugh Stevens.

Filene, Peter. “‘Cold War Culture’ Doesn’t Say It All.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.  Argues that the depiction in many history books of the late 1940s and 1950s as a time when the average American was consumed by paranoia and fear about communism and the Cold War has little basis in reality.

Fox, Steve. “From the Beat Generation to the Sanctuary Movement: Cold War Resistance Cultures in the American West.” In The Cold War American West, 1945-1989, edited by Kevin J. Fernlund. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1998.

Freeman, Joshua B. “Red New York.” Monthly Review 54, no. 3 (July/August 2002). On New York’s left culture in the 1940s and early 1950s.

Fried, Richard M. The Russians Are Coming! The Russians Are Coming! Pageantry and Patriotism in Cold-War America. New York: Oxford University Press, 1998. Describes “campaigns to sell America to the Americans” by the Ad Council, the American Heritage Foundation, and other organizations.  Topics include the sanctification of the American flag “Know Your America” Weeks, Freedom Weeks, and traveling exhibitions such as the Freedom Train, which in the late 1940s brought original copies of seminal American documents directly to cities and towns across the country.  Notes the spectacle of clashing New York City parades involving thousands of participants, as celebrants of the newly-created Loyalty Day marched in opposition to Communist May Day demonstrations just blocks away.

Gabler, Neal. Winchell: Gossip, Power, and the Culture of Celebrity. New York: Knopf, 1994. Discusses the treatment of radicalism and subversion by a popular journalist.

Galotola, Antoniette. “From Bohemianism to Radicalism: The Art and Political Context of  ‘Liberator,’ 1918--1924.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2000. Discusses the impact of communism on the bohemian radicalism of The Liberator.

Galotola, Antoniette. “From Bohemianism to Radicalism: The Art and Political Context of  Liberator.” American Studies International 40, no. 1 (2002).

George, Ann, and Jack Selzer. Kenneth Burke in the 1930s. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 2007.

Gorman, Paul R. Left Intellectuals & Popular Culture in Twentieth-Century America. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996.

Haverty-Stacke, Donna Truglio. “Constructing Radical America: A Cultural and Social History of May Day in New York City and Chicago, 1867--1945.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 2003.

Hendershot, Cynthia. Anti-Communism and Popular Culture in Mid-Century America. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2003. Contents: The seduction of communism -- Paranoiac discourse and anti-communism -- Internal and external communism in popular film -- The individual Russian and the communist system -- Anti-communism and ambivalence in science fiction -- Criminals and communists in fifties popular culture -- Anti-communism and movie serials -- Cold war parody -- Nuclear apocalypse and anti-communism -- Cold war confessions and the FBI plant -- Anti-communism and the business world -- The bean and the dragon: representatives of communism in early sixties American culture.

Henriksen, Margot A. Dr. Strangelove’s America: Society and Culture in the Atomic Age. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1997.

Hoberman, J. The Red Atlantis: Communist Culture in the Absence of Communism. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 1998.  Sometimes bitter commentary by a pro-Communist intellectual on an America culture he hates and a Communist world that has collapsed and whose vacuousness and viciousness has shaken him.

Hollander, Paul. The Survival of the Adversary Culture: Social Criticism and Political Escapism in American Society. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1988.

Holmes, Eric A. “Horror, Crime, and Red Dupes: The Agitative Rhetoric of Entertaining Comics.” International Journal of Comic Art 7, no. 1 (2005).

Irr, Caren. The Suburb of Dissent: Cultural Politics in the U.S. and Canada During the 1930s. Durham: Duke University Press, 1998.

Kuznick, Peter J., and James Burkhart Gilbert, eds. Rethinking Cold War Culture. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

Lykins, Daniel L. From Total War to Total Diplomacy: The Advertising Council and the Construction of the Cold War Consensus. Westport, Conn.: Praeger, 2003.

McNiece, Matthew A. “‘Un-Americans’ and ‘Anti-Communists’: The Rhetorical Battle to Define Twentieth-Century America.” Ph.D. diss. Texas Christian University, 2008.

Mader, Shannon. “Cold Wars and Cold Hearts: The Culture of the Cold War and the Mode of Ironic Detachment.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Major, Patrick, and Rana Mitter, eds. Across the Blocs: Cold War Cultural and Social History. London Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2004. Contents: Patrick Major and Rana Mitter, “East is East and West is West?: Towards a Comparative Sociocultural History of the Cold War”; Nicholas Cull, “‘The Man Who Invented Truth’: The tenure of Edward R. Murrow as director of the United States Information Agency during the Kennedy Years”; Sarah Davies, “Soviet Cinema in the Early Cold War”; Patrick Major, “Future Perfect?: Communist Science Fiction in the Cold War”; Mark Pittaway, “The Education of Dissent: Radio Free Europe and Hungarian Society, 1951-56”; David Seed, “The Debate over Nuclear Refuge”; Tony Shaw, “‘Some writers are more equal than others’: George Orwell, the state and Cold War propaganda.”

Major, Patrick, and Rana Mitter. “East is East and West is West? Towards a Comparative Socio-Cultural History of the Cold War.” Cold War History 4, no. 1 (October 2003).

Marx, Leo. “On Recovering the ‘Ur’ Theory of American Studies.” American Literary History 17, no. 1 (2005).

May, Lary, ed. Recasting America: Culture and Politics in the Age of Cold War. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Papers evolving from a national conference and speakers series, held 1987-1988 at the University of Minnesota and sponsored by its American Studies Program.

McClarnand MacKinnon, Elaine, and Steve Goodson, eds. Impact of the Cold War on American Popular Culture. [Carrollton, Ga.]: The State University of West Georgia, 1999. TOC: Living with the bomb: the retreat to the suburban bomb shelter / Janna Jones -- Popular fiction as propaganda: Cold war ideology in Ian Fleming’s From Russia with love / Gary Hoppenstand -- AMERIKA, the miniseries: television’s last Cold War gasp / Jerry Rodnitzky -- Dangerous superpowers: comic book heroes and American masculinity in the Atomic Age / John Ott -- From Vietnam to the New World Order: the GI Joe action figure as Cold War artifact / Roger Chapman -- American dream meets Russian nightmare: professional wrestling and the end of the Cold War / Terence Whalen --Advertising freedom: Commentary Magazine and the cultural Cold War / Nathan Abrams -- Southern fundamentalism and anticommunism at the beginning of the Cold War: the controversy between J. Frank Norris and Louis D. Newton / William R. Glass.

Mennel, Timothy. “Victor Gruen, Southdale, and the Construction of Cold War Utopias.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Nelson, Scott Reynolds. “Communist Strongman.” In Steel Drivin’ Man John Henry, the Untold Story of an American Legend, Scott Reynolds Nelson. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press, 2006.

Peeler, David P. “America’s Depression Culture: Social Art and Literature of the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1980. Argues that artists and writers were largely ambivalent or opposed to Communism despite their bitter indictment of American capitalism.

Robertson, Thomas. “The Population Bomb: Paul Ehrlich, Environmentalism, and the Cold War.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Rose, Lisle Abbott. The Cold War Comes to Main Street America in 1950. Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1999.

Shaw, Tony. “The Politics of Cold War Culture.” Journal of Cold War Studies 3, no. 3 (Fall 2001). Reviews seven books on British and American topics.

Stansell, Christine. American Moderns Bohemian: New York and the Creation of a New Century. New York: Metropolitan Books, 2000.

Sheriff, Stacey. “Resituating Kenneth Burkes My Approach to Communism.” Rhetorica 23, no. 3 (2005).

Stowe, David W. “The Politics of Café Society.” Journal of American History 84, no. 4 (March 1998). On the Popular Frontish cultural milieu and CPUSA links of the New York nightclub Café Society.

Sussman, Warren. “The Thirties.” In The Development of an American Culture., edited by Stanley Coben and Lorman Ratner. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1970. Discusses the relationship of the Popular Front to intellectual-cultural currents.

Uppendahl-Potter, Lee Ann. “Reflections of Cold War Policies in Popular Culture, 1945-1965.” Master’s thesis. University of Houston, 1994.

Warshow, Robert. The Immediate Experience: Movies, Comics, Theatre & Other Aspects of Popular Culture. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1962. Analysis of popular culture.  Includes discussions of Trilling’s The Middle of the Journey, Miller’s play “The Crucible,” the letters of Julius and Ethel Rosenberg, and five movies on the Russian Revolution: Pudovkin’s “The End of St. Petersburg,” Dovzhenko’s “Earth,” Eisenstein’s “Potemkin,” “Ten Days That Shook the World” and “The General Line.”  Includes an essay  “Farther and Son--and the FBI” on the film “My Son John.”

Whitfield, Stephen J. The Culture of the Cold War. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1991. Thorough and detailed survey with much original research.

Woods, Jeanne M. “Domestic Costs of the Cold War in the U.S.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Yeh, Chiou-Ling. “Red Scare and Beauty Queens: The Creation of Ethnic and Cultural Space in Cold War America, 1953-1970.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Zieger, Robert H. “The Evolving Cold War: The Changing Character of the Enemy Within, 1949-63.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004). In the early Cold War the CPUSA and its Popular Front allies were identified as an internal subversive force, but by the end of the 1950s those had faded away as perceived threats and been replaced by, in the aftermath of Sputnik, concern about internal American weaknesses: an inadequate educational system, a lack of social and personal discipline, and excessive materialism.

Zieger, Robert H. “The Paradox of Plenty: The Advertising Council and the Post-Sputnik Crisis.” Advertising and Society Review 4, no. 1 (2003). Abstract: “The men of the Advertising Council could not find a viable answer to the Paradox of Plenty that suffused public discourse in the aftermath of the spectacular launch of Sputnik in October 1957. Public reaction to Soviet space achievements revealed an apparent contradiction at the heart of mid-Cold War America: mass consumption of consumer goods was at once American capitalism’s achievement and its Achilles Heel....  Thus, they celebrated advertising’s role in promoting consumption even as they questioned the ability of a goods-saturated people to meet the test that the Communist challenge posed. In the end, the Council’s most extensive public campaign on the theme of the Soviet challenge—a much-vaunted Challenge to America campaign, launched publicly in the winter of 1962-63—backed off from its initial invocation of themes of discipline and sacrifice in favor of anodyne appeals to civic awareness”

****************************************************************

 

CPUSA and Communist Cultural and Aesthetic Policy

 

Brown, M. W. “The Marxist Approach to Art.” Dialectics, no. 2. (1937).

Eastman, Max, and Viacheslav Pavlovich Polonskii. Artists in Uniform. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1934. Critique of the artistic conformity required by Communist ideology.  Includes Vyacheslav Polonskii’s “Lenin’s views of art and culture” translated by Eastman  with slight abbreviation, from Polonskii’s “Outline of the literary movement of the revolutionary epoch.”

Jerome, Victor Jeremy. Culture in a Changing World: A Marxist Approach. New York: New Century Publishers, 1947. Based on the text of the major address delivered at a Marxist cultural conference held in New York in June, 1947, under the sponsorship of the magazines, Mainstream and New Masses.  Authoritative statement of Communist cultural views by the CPUSA’s cultural commissar.

Rubinstein, Annette. “The Cultural World of the Communist Party: An Historical Overview.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Rubinstein, Annette T. “The Cultural World of the Communist Party: An Historical Overview.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Proud of major role of C.P. in the Federal Theater Project and other cultural movements.  Says orders from C.P. headquarters were routinely ignored by rank and file Communists.

Schwartz, Lawrence H. “The C.P.U.S.A.’s Approach to Literature in the 1930’s: Socialist Realism and the American Party’s ‘Line’ on Literature.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1977. Concludes the Communist Party never developed a coherent literary program; nor did it attempt to impose a Soviet model on American culture, with the possible exception of some effort in the 1933-35 period.

Schwartz, Lawrence H. Marxism and Culture: The CPUSA and Aesthetics in the 1930s. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1980.

Wald, Alan M. “Leon Trotsky’s Contributions to Marxist Cultural Theory and Literary Criticism.” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Michael Denning’s Cultural Front

 

Denning, Michael. The Cultural Front: The Laboring of American Culture in the Twentieth Century. London, New York: Verso, 1997. Treats communism in the 1930s as of great importance but largely as a tremendously successful pro-worker and pro-union Popular Frontish cultural movement influencing literature and the arts rather than as a political movement.

Denning, Michael, and others. “Symposium on Denning’s The Cultural Front: The Laboring of American Culture in the Twentieth Century.” Labor History 39, no. 3 (August 1998). Includes “Class and Cultural Citizenship” by Elizabeth Faue; “The Culture of Politics and the Politics of Culture” by Kathleen A. Brown; “The Laboring of History and Culture” by Lawrence B. Glickman; “In Search of Labor’s Culture” by Nancy Quam-Wickham; “Understanding Legacies, Understanding Possibilities” by Peter Rachleff; and “The Future of the Cultural Front” by Michael Denning.

Denning, Michael. “From Sinatra to Motown: Labor and Culture in the Cold War.” New Labor Forum 3 (Fall/Winter 1998).

Hemingway, Andrew. “Middlebrow: For and Against.” Oxford Art Journal 22, no. 1 (1999). Essay/review of Michael Denning’s The Cultural Front

****************************************************************

 

Homosexuality, Masculinity, and Anticommunism

 

Baxter, Randolph W. “‘Homo-Hunting’ in the Early Cold War: Senator Kenneth Wherry and the Homophobic Side of McCarthyism.” Nebraska History 84 (Fall 2003).

Braukman, Stacy. “Pornography, Sexual Deviance, and Un-Americanism: Anti-Smut Campaigns in Florida, 1961-62.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Links opposition to communism, treated as an irrational and disgusting movement, to irrational and vicious hostility to pornography and homosexuality.

Baxter, Randolph. “Homophobia and Anticommunism in Congress, 1948-53: Images of Cold War Sexual Deviance.” Paper presented at Committee on Lesbian and Gay History panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

Baxter, Randolph William. “‘Eradicating This Menace’: Homophobia and Anti-Communism in Congress, 1947-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1999.

Cuordileone, K. A. “Politics in an Age of Anxiety: Cold War Political Culture and the Crisis American Masculinity, 1949–1960.” Journal of American History 87, no. 2 (2000). “To say that the specter of sexual chaos underlay certain fears of and fantasies about Communism is not to say that sexual modernism caused anticommunism; rather it was a source of an anxiety that gave the emergent opposition to Communism an ideological unity and a moral intensity and purpose that could be immediately and viscerally felt. It helped to lay the basis for what Bell called ‘the equation of Communism with sin,‘ thereby elevating the Communist issue from the level of a serious national security matter to the level of a moral issue worthy of extraordinary fervor.”

Cuordileone, Kyle Anne. “‘Politics in an Age of Anxiety’: Masculinity, the Vital Center, and American Political Culture in the Cold War, 1949-1963.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1995. “Argues that gender and psychopathology became mutually reinforcing categories of identity and exclusion in an extended political struggle to define the nature and limits of the emergent anti-communist ideological consensus.”

Cuordileone, K. A. Manhood and American Political Culture in the Cold War. New York: Routledge, 2004.

Dean, Robert D. Imperial Brotherhood: Gender and the Making of Cold War Foreign Policy. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2001.

De Hart, Jane Sherron. “Containment at Home: Gender, Sexuality, and National Identity in Cold War America.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

D’Emilio, John. “Not a Simple Matter: Gay History and Gay Historians.” Journal of American History 76, no. 2 (September 1989). “The enforcement of political conformity through the McCarthy-era red scare found its parallel in personal life through the specter of the homosexual menace.  In fact, the number of lives affected by arrests, indictments, and firings of suspected homosexuals far exceeds those touched by anticommunism.  Recognizing the congruence between political structures and sexual systems makes possible a much more nuanced and ultimately plausible interpretation of the depth of the Cold War Consensus.”

Dennis, Jeffery P. “The Light in the Forest Is Love: Cold War Masculinity and the Disney Adventure Boys.” Americana, no. 3 (Spring 2004).

Epstein, Barbara. “Anti-Communism, Homophobia, and the Construction of Masculinity in the Postwar U.S.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Epstein, Barbara. “Anti-Communism, Homophobia, and the Construction of Masculinity in the Postwar U.S.” Critical Sociology. 20, no. 3 (1994).

Garman, Bryan K. “‘Heroic Spiritual Grandfather’: Whitman, Sexuality, and the American Left, 1890-1940.” American Quarterly 52, no. 1 (2000).

GLQ. “Cold War Femme.” GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian & Gay Studies 11, no. 1 (2005).

Hauser, Katherine. “George Tooker, Surveillance, and Cold War Sexual Politics.” GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian & Gay Studies 11, no. 3 (2005).

Heatley, Holly S. “‘Commies and Queers’: Narratives That Supported the Lavender Scare.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Texas at Arlington, 2007.

Howard, John. “Fifties Feds, Fags, and Femmes.” GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies 11, no. 1 (2004).

Hurewitz, Daniel Loftman. “Made in Edendale: Bohemian Los Angeles and the Politics of Sexual Identity, 1918-1953.” Ph.D. diss. Notes role of Communists.

Johnson, David K. “‘Homosexual Citizens’: Washington’s Gay Community Confronts the Civil Service.” Washington History 6, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1994-95). On the use of personnel security rules against homosexual government employees.

Johnson, David Kenneth. “The Lavender Scare: Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Civil Service, 1945-1975.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 2000.

Johnson, David K. The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2004.

Kinsman, Gary. “Gay Liberation.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Lewis, Carolyn Frances. “Coitus Perfectus: The Medicalization of Heterosexuality in the Cold War United States.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2007.

Loftin, and Craig Michael. “Passionate Anxieties: McCarthyism and Homosexual Identities in the United States, 1945--1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 2006

May, Elaine Tyler. Homeward Bound: American Families in the Cold War Era. New York: Basic Books, 1988. From a radical Feminist perspective, argues that Cold War “containment” of foreign and domestic Communist was linked with a “domestic version of containment ....  More than merely a metaphor ... [of the] cold war on the homefront, containment aptly describes the way in which public policy, personal behavior, and even political values were focused on the home.”  Judges that anticommunism in the 1950s had a chilling effect on woman’s emancipation, exaggerated gender roles, fostered the deplorable domesticity of the 1950s, and had other negative effects such as discouraging divorce, promoting nonmarital sexual restrain, and condemning homosexuality.    “These sources of popular and official ideology insisted that male power was as necessary in the home as in the political realm, for the two were connected.  Men in sexually fulfilling marriages would not be tempted by the degenerative seductions of the outside world that came from pornography, prostitution, ‘loose women,’ or homosexuals.  They would be able to stand up to the communists.  They would be able to prevent the destruction of the nation’s moral fiber and its inevitable result: communist takeover from inside as well as outside the country....”

May, Elaine Tyler. “Cold War--Warm Hearth: Politics and the Family in Postwar America.” In The Rise and Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980, edited by Steve Fraser and Gary Gerstle. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989.

Meyerowitz, Joanne. “Sex, Gender, and the Cold War Language of Reform.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

Meyerowitz, Joanne. “Gender, Sex and the Cold War Language of Reform.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture.” American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994. Discussed the use of Cold War rhetoric by business and professional women’s groups and by 1950s homophile groups to advance their causes; says there was no inherent link between Cold War attitudes and reactionary stands on women’s issues and gay rights.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “Lavender Blindness and Seeing Red.” Gay Community News, 12 May 1984.

Penner, James Lon. “Pinks, Pansies and Punks: The Rhetoric of Masculinity and American Literary Culture from the Depression to the Sexual Revolution.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 2005.

Smith, Geoffrey. “The Cold War Family and the Problem of Masculinity.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture.” American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994. Holds that opposition to communism was and is directly linked to homophobia, reactionary domesticity, and the suppression of women.

Smith, Geoffrey S. “National Security and Personal Isolation: Sex, Gender, and Disease in the Cold-War United States.” International History Review [Canada] 14, no. 2 (1992). After WWII, the U.S. pursued linked restrictive attitudes toward sex, gender roles, and political ideology  perceiving political radicals, Communists, homosexuals, and heterosexual women who challenged gender roles as diseased enemies of the state.

Smith, John Joseph. “Men of the Cold War: Warrior Ethos and Domesticity in 1950s America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2002.

Valocchi, Steve. “Individual Identities, Collective Identities, and Organizational Structure: The Relationship of the Political Left and Gay Liberation in the United States.” Sociological Perspectives 44, no. 4 (2001).

Williams, Deborah Maureen. “Building the Perfect Citizen: Gender and Patriotism in Early Cold War America.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

Individuals

 

Harry Hay

 

Charles, Douglas. “The FBI and Gay Subversion: The Case of the Mattachine Society.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Katz, Jonathan. “The Founding of the Mattachine Society: An Interview with Henry Hay.” Radical America 11, no. 4 (1977). Henry Hay the major figure in the founding of the Mattachine Society in 1950, an organization that became the chief homosexual rights group until the late 1960’s.  He was a Communist and feared that homosexuals would become a major target of McCarthyist attacks.  Other homosexuals objected to Hay’s association of their cause with that of left extremism.

Timmons, Stuart. The Trouble with Harry Hay: Founder of the Modern Gay Movement. Boston: Alyson, 1990. Maintains that actor Will Geer introduced Hay to the Hollywood Communist Party to which Hay maintained some association.

****************************************************************

 

Klaus and Erika Mann

 

Weiss, Andrea. “Communism, Perversion, and Other Crimes Against the State: The FBI Files of Klaus and Erika Mann.” GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies 7, no. 3 (2001)

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 12

Communism, Film, Radio, and Television

 

 

Bernhard, Nancy E. U.S. Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947-1960. Cambridge, UK & New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Biskind, Peter. Seeing is Believing: How Hollywood Taught Us to Stop Worrying and Love the Fifties. New York: Pantheon Books, 1983. Asserts that all movies in the 1950s “no matter how trivial or apparently escapist, was made in the shadow of the anti-Communist witch-hunt, subject to the strictures” of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Black, Gregory D. “Movies, Politics and Censorship: The Production Code Administration and Political Censorship of Film Content in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Booker, M. Keith. Film and the American Left: A Research Guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Bodnar, John E. Blue-Collar Hollywood: Liberalism, Democracy, and Working People in American Film. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003.

Bushard, Anthony J. “Fear and Loathing in Hollywood: Representations of Fear, Paranoia, and Individuality Vs. Conformity in Selected Film Music of the 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 2006.

Brownlow, Kevin. Behind the Mask of Innocence. New York: Knopf, 1990. On films of social conscience in the silent era, includes a section on the 1918-20 Red Scare.

Buhle, Paul, and Dave Wagner. “The Left and Popular Culture: Film and Television.” Monthly Review 54, no. 3 (July/August 2002).

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Left: Aesthetics and Politics.” New Left Review, no. 212 (1995).

Christensen, Terry. Reel Politics: American Political Movies from Birth of a Nation to Platoon. Oxford, UK New York, NY, USA: Blackwell, 1987. Films examined include Reds, Advise and Consent, and Dr. Strangelove.

Clark, Randal. “Who Put the U.N. in U.N.C.L.E.?” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Cohen, Joan. “Political Movies.” Mankind 5, no. 10 (1976).

Culbert, David Holbrook, Richard E. Wood, and Lawrence H. Suid, eds. Film and Propaganda in America: A Documentary History. New York: Greenwood Press, 1990. v. 1. World War I / edited by Richard Wood -- v. 2. World War II, part 1 / edited by David Culbert -- v. 3. World War II, part 2 / edited by David Culbert -- v. 4. 1945 and after / edited by Lawrence H. Suid.

Curtin, Michael. “Defining the Free World: Prime-Time Documentary and the Politics of the Cold War, 1960-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1990. Finds that the boom of TV documentaries of the early 1960s derived from a marriage of American corporations’ desire to expand overseas with Kennedy’s anti-Communist New Frontier internationalism.

Doherty, Thomas Patrick. Projections of War: Hollywood, American Culture, and World War II. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Doherty, Thomas Patrick. Cold War, Cool Medium: Television, McCarthyism, and American Culture. Film and Culture. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003. Among the matters discussed are the Army McCarthy hearings and the Lucy Show response to Lucy appearing in Red Channels.

Doherty, Thomas. “Frank Costello’s Hands: Film, Television, and the Kefauver Crime Hearings.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998). “From the vantage of later decades, the alarum over crime in the 1950s looks like another random outbreak of Cold War hysteria.”

Douglas, Andrew J. “Television and Cold War Culture: A Face in the Crowd.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Dowdy, Andrew. The Films of the Fifties: The American State of Mind. New York: Morrow, 1975. Discusses reflections of the Cold War in movies.

Dunn, David. “Devining a Cold War Film.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Eder, Bruce. “Seeing Red, Hollywood-Style.” Video 14 (December 1990). On Red Scare movies.

Eldridge, David N. “‘Dear Owen’: The CIA, Luigi Luraschi and Hollywood, 1953.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 20, no. 2 (2000). Discusses reports written in 1953 by a Paramount Studios executive to a Central Intelligence Agency contact that provides evidence of ties between the CIA and movie studios as both strove to represent America in a positive light to postwar foreign audiences to prevent the spread of communism. Luraschi’s reports addressed alcoholism, racism, criminal activity, and cultural insensitivity by Americans abroad.

Edgerton, Gary R., and Peter C. Rollins, eds. Television Histories: Shaping Collective Memory in the Media Age. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001.

Everitt, David. A Shadow of Red: Communism and the Blacklist in Radio and Television. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2007.

Felsenthal, Daniel Sonnel. “Keepers of the Flame: Individualism in the Films of the 1950s.” Master’s thesis. Stephen F. Austin State University, 1996. “Examines the individualist theme in three 1950s movie genres (westerns, science fiction, and youth ‘rebel’ films) and its use as an attack against cold war anticommunist conformity. Alarmed by public allegiance toward the House Committee on Un-American Activities and the subsequent industry blacklists, leftist screenwriters sought to remind fifties audiences that democracy and individual rights were increasingly at risk.”

Fuller, Linda K. “The Ideology of the ‘Red Scare’ Movement: McCarthyism in the Movies.” In Beyond the Stars: Themes and Ideologies in American Popular Film (v. 5), edited by Paul Loukides and Linda K. Fuller. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green University Popular Press, 1990.

Georgakas, Dan. “Films of the New Deal.” Cinéaste 21, no. 4 (1995). Discusses the artistic and political problems of the film Native Land that stemmed from adherence to a shifting C.P. line.  Also comments on film footage relating to Upton Sinclair’s EPIC campaign for governor of California.

Giovacchini, Saverio. “Democratic Modernism and the Hollywood Community, 1933-53: The Art and Politics of the Movies in the Era of the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1998.

Giovacchini, Saverio. Hollywood Modernism: Film and Politics in the Age of the New Deal. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2001.

Godfried, Nathan. “Fellow Traveler of the Air’: Rod Holmgren and Leftist Radio News Commentary in America’s Cold War.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 24 (June 2004).

Gorney, Daniel. “Commie, Kiddie-Porn Days Gone By.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Haynes, John Earl. “A Bibliography of Communism, Film, Radio and Television.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Hendershot, Cynthia. Paranoia, the Bomb, and 1950s Science Fiction Films. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press, 1999.

Hendershot, Cynthia. I Was a Cold War Monster: Horror Films, Eroticism, and the Cold War Imagination. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press, 2001.

Inglis, Fred. “Public Trust and the Growth of Popular Incredulity: The Cold War Movies.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Kackman, Michael. Citizen Spy: Television, Espionage, and Cold War Culture. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2005.

Kashner, Sam, and Jennifer MacNair. The Bad & the Beautiful: Hollywood in the Fifties. New York: W.W. Norton, 2002.

LeCompte, Tom. “Cinerama: Secret Weapon of the Cold War.” American Heritage of Invention & Technology 21 (Fall 2005).

Landon, Phil. “The Cold War.” In The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past, edited by Peter C. Rollins. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004.

Leab, Daniel J. “Hollywood and the Cold War, 1945-1961.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Leab, Daniel. “This Can’t Happen Here (1950): Some Notes on Ingmar Bergman’s Cold War Movie.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and TV 23, no. 1 (2003).

Leab, Daniel J. “Introduction: The Cold War and the Movies.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Leab, Daniel J. “The Hollywood Feature Film as Cold Warrior.” OAH Newsletter 13, no. 2 (May 1985).

Lenihan, John H. “Hollywood Laughs at the Cold War, 1947-1961.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Lorence, James J. “The ‘Foreign Policy of Hollywood’: Interventionist Sentiment in the American Film, 1938-1941.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

MacDonald, J. Fred. Television and the Red Menace: The Video Road to Vietnam. New York: Praeger, 1985. Argues that television both in its news coverage and its entertainment programs heavily promoted rigid Cold War anticommunism, blacklisted “progressives,” presented a negative image of the Soviet Union and communism and thereby exalted American militarism and helped bring about America’s participation in the evil and imperialistic Vietnam war.

MacDonald, J. Fred. “The Cold War as Entertainment in ‘Fifties Television.” Journal of Popular Film and Television 7, no. 1 (1978).

Maland, Charles J. “Film Gris: Crime, Critique, and Cold War Culture in 1951.” Film Criticism 26, no. 3 (Spring 2002).

Maltby, Richard. “Film Noir: The Politics of the Maladjusted Text.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 18, no. 1 (1984). Judges that the film noir movies of the 1946-49 era contained so much disgusting anti-Communist paranoia that they encouraged political repression.

Mankiewicz, Frank. “When the Menace Was Clearly Red.” New York Times, 23 November 1990. Review of the film exhibition “Red Scare: Soviet Communism in American Film and Television, 1909-1988” at the American Museum of the Moving Image.  Critical of the films for “leading the cheers against the ‘Evil Empire,’” judges that “these films were not so much anti-Communist as pro-establishment” and that movie producers were not motivated by ideology but “merely going along with what they saw as good box office.”

Margolis, Barbara. “The Cold War, the Mass Media and American Culture, 1945-60.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1983.

Markle, M.L. “Rockwell Meets Orwell: Early Cold War Rhetoric in Feature Films and Political Speech.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

May, Lary. The Big Tomorrow: Hollywood and the Politics of the American Way. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000.

Maynard, Richard A., ed. Propaganda on Film: a Nation at War. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden Book Co., 1975. An anthology exploring the relationship of commercial films and political propaganda, particularly concerning hot and cold wars.

Moran, Kathleen, and Michael Rogin. “‘What’s the Matter with Capra?’ Sullivan’s Travels and the Popular Front.” Representations, no. 71 (Summer 2000). 106-134. Discusses Preston Sturges’s 1942 movie “Sullivan’s Travels” and its relationship to other popular directors, such as Frank Capra, and the Popular Front.

Morrow Robert W. “Sesame Street and the Spirit of Detente.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Moser, John E. “Gigantic Engines of Propaganda: The 1941 Senate Investigation of Hollywood.” Historian 63, no. 4 (2001). On congressional anti-interventionist investigations of Hollywood for films judged to be pro-war.

Neve, Brian. Film and Politics in America: A Social Tradition. London, New York: Routledge, 1992.

Papke, David Ray. “Law, Cinema, and Ideology: Hollywood Legal Films of the 1950s.” UCLA Law Review 48, no. 6 (2001).

Pearson, Glenda, comp. “Red Scare Filmography,” 1998. On-line at <http://www.lib.washington.edu/exhibits/allpowers/film.html>  Listing and short description of films categorized as “The anti-communist films,” “Films that can be interpreted as reaction against to HUAC activities,” “Science fiction films,” “Communists, the Cold War and the 1960’s,” “HUAC and the Hollywood Ten Through the 1970’s and into the 90’s,” “Films that may have ‘Implicated’ Hollywood and/or the Hollywood Ten,” and “Early Anti-Communist Films.”

Philip, Davies, and Brian Neve, eds. Cinema, Politics, and Society in America. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981. Includes: Introduction / Philip Davies and Brian Neve -- The mind of the mob / P.H. Melling -- The political economy of Hollywood / Richard Maltby -- The nation in crisis / Ralph Willett -- Made for each other / Richard Maltby -- The 1950s, the case of Elia Kazan and On the waterfront / Brian Neve -- A growing independence / Philip Davies -- The American western and American society / Christopher Frayling -- The working class goes to Hollywood / Leonard Quart and Albert Auster -- Blacks in American film / Mary Ellison -- Keystone to Kojak / Robert Reiner -- Blood on the Nash Ambassador / Eric Mottram.

Platt, David. Celluloid Power: Social Film Criticism from the Birth of a Nation to Judgment at Nuremberg. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

Rampell, Ed. Progressive Hollywood: A People’s Film History of the United States. New York St. Paul, MN: Disinformation Publications, 2005.

Reisz, Karl. “Hollywood’s Anti-Red Boomerang.” Sight and Sound, January 1953. Comment on anti-Communist films by a film critic.

Roffman, Peter, and Jim Purdy. The Hollywood Social Problem Film: Madness, Despair, and Politics from the Depression to the Fifties. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1981.

Rogin, Michael. “Kiss Me Deadly: Communism, Motherhood, and Cold War Movies.” Representations, no. 6 (Spring 1984).

Rollins, Peter C., ed. The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004. Contains: Phil Landon, “The Cold War”; Phil Landon, “The Korean War”; Peter C. Rollins, “The Vietnam War”; Michael Shull and David Wilt, “Radicals and Radicalism”; Michael Shull and David Wilt, “The Labor Movement and the Working Class.”

Rollins, Peter C., ed. Hollywood as Historian: American Film in a Cultural Context. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1998.

Sayre, Nora. Running Time: Films of the Cold War. New York: Dial Press, 1982. Argues that numerous films in the 1950s contained objectionable anti-Communist propaganda.

Sayre, Nora. “Unglaring Exceptions: Dissent in the Films of the 1950s.” Monthly Review 53, no. 5 (2001).

Shain, Russell. “Hollywood’s Cold War.” Journal of Popular Film 3, no. 4 (1974). Reviews treatment of Communists in films of the 1940s and 1950s.

Shaw, Tony. “Martyrs, Miracles, and Martians: Religion and Cold War Cinematic Propaganda in the 1950s.” Journal of Cold War Studies 4, no. 2 (Spring 2002): 3-22.

Shaw, Tony. “Negotiating the Cold War in Film --The Other Side of Hollywood’s Cold War: Images of Dissent in the 1950s.” In American Visual Cultures, edited by David Holloway and John Beck. London New York: Continuum Logo, 2005.

Shindler, Colin. Hollywood Goes to War: Films and American Society, 1939-1952. London, Boston: Routledge & K. Paul, 1979.

Shindler, Colin. Hollywood in Crisis: Cinema and American Society, 1929-1939. London, New York: Routledge, 1996. Includes discussion of Hollywood’s response to Sinclair’s EPIC campaign and a chapter entitled “The Swimming Pool Reds.”

Shull, Michael S., and David E. Wilt. Hollywood War Films, 1937-1945: An Exhaustive Filmography of American Feature-Length Motion Pictures Relating to World War II. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., 1996. Identified and annotates nearly 1,300 Hollywood feature motion pictures which reflect the crisis of the period, contains a content-analysis database with hundreds of coding terms in multiple fields, and a historical-critical text which analyses the cumulative impact of the form and content of the pictures upon film audiences.  Includes films treating the Spanish Civil War, anti-Communist films of the 1939-1941 period, and films treating the role of the Soviet Union and Stalin as an ally in the 1942-1945 period.

Skinner, James M. “Cliche and Convention in Hollywood’s Cold War Anti-Communist Films.” North Dakota Quarterly 46, no. 3 (1978). Discusses anti-Communist themes in films of the late 1940s and early 1950s.

Sklar, Robert. Movie-Made America: a Social History of American Movies. New York: Random House, 1975. Discusses politics, communism, and congressional investigations in Hollywood.

Smith, Glenn Delton. “It’s Your America: Gertrude Berg and American Broadcasting, 1929-1956.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern Mississippi, 2004.

Sorlin Pierre. “The Cinema: American Weapon.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Wagner, Dave, and Paul Buhle. “Communists in Outer Space: Cold War Politics in Hollywood Science Fiction of the 1950s.” Filmhäftet [Sweden], no. 119 (30:1) (2002).

Wasserman, Harry. “Ideological Gunfight at the RKO Corral.” Velvet Light Trap 11 (Winter 1974).

Weinstein, David. “Capital Communism: Washington, DC, the Cold War, and Early Television.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

White, David Manning, and Richard Averson. The Celluloid Weapon: Social Comment in the American Film. Boston: Beacon Press, 1972.

****************************************************************

 

Depiction of the Soviet Union and Communism in American Film

 

Billingsley, Kenneth Lloyd. “Hollywood’s Missing Movies: Why American Films Have Ignored Life Under Communism.” Reason, June 2000.

Bogle, Lori. “Anticommunist Propaganda: Operation Abolition, Communism on the Map, and Other Radical Right Films Featured at Military-Sponsored Cold War Seminars of the Early 1960s.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Campbell, Russell. “Nihilists and Bolsheviks: Revolutionary Russia in American Silent Film.” Silent Picture 19 (1974).

Fyne, Robert. “From Hollywood to Moscow.” Literature Film Quarterly 13, no. 3 (1985). Discusses Hollywood films about the USSR from the 1930s to the 1940s.

Koppes, Clayton R., and Black Gregory. D. “What to Show the World: The Office of War Information and Hollywood, 1942-1945.” Journal of American History 64, no. 1 (June 1977). Briefly discusses OWI encouragement of a favorable image of the Soviet Union in films.

Kracauer, Siegfried. “National Types as Hollywood Presents Them.” Public Opinion Quarterly 13 (1949). Discusses treatment of Russians.

Laville, Helen. “Scratchy Underwear and False Equality: U.S. Representations of Soviet Women in Film.” Paper presented at  Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting, 2002.

Leab, Daniel. “How American Films Fought the Cold War.” Civilisations, no. 3 (1985).

Leab, Daniel. “The Commies: Hollywood in Kalten Krieg.” In Kalter Krief: 60 Film Aus Ost und West, edited by Helga Belach and Wolfgang Jacobsen. Berlin (Germany): Stiftung Duetsche Kinemathek, 1991.

Orlet, Christopher. “The Great Cover-Up.” American Spectator, 10 April 2008. On the Andrzej Wajda’s Polish film “Katyn” and Hollywood lack of interest in the subject.

Rollins, Peter C., and John E. O’Connor, eds. Why we Fought: America’s Wars in Film and History. Lexington, Ky.: University Press of Kentucky, 2008. Contains a number of chapters on Cold War era films.

Shaw, Tony. Hollywood’s Cold War. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2007.

Shull, Michael S. “Premature Anti-Communism, or, Hollywood’s Cinematic Backlash to the Nazi-Soviet Pact, 1939-1941.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Shull, Michael S. “Tinted Shades of Red: The Popular American Cinematic Treatment of Militant Labor, Domestic Radicalism and Russian Revolutionaries, 1909-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1994. Uses a variety of sources to recreate and analyze the content of over 400 silent-era films.  In many cases, the films themselves no longer exist.  Finds that the plots of nearly a hundred of the pre-1918 films centered around capital-labor conflicts with a majority sympathetic to the problems of the working class.  However, almost all of the ninety feature films of 1918-1920 related to the Red Scare were extremely hostile to Bolshevism and helped to shape attitudes demonizing Bolshevism.

Small, Melvin. “Buffoons and Brave Hearts: Hollywood Portrays the Russians, 1939-1944.” California Historical Quarterly 52, no. 4 (Winter 1973).

Small, Melvin. “Hollywood and Teaching About Russian American Relations.” Film and History 10, no. 1 (1980). Discusses the attitude toward Communism and the Soviet Union suggested by a selection of films from the late 1930s to the 1960s.

Stevens, Walter W. “Effect of the Film Communism on the Map.” Public Opinion Quarterly 25 (Fall 1961).

Underwood, Aubrey N. “Religious Cinema and the Cold War: The Ten Commandments as Containment Spectacle.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Warren, Spencer. “Celluloid Soviets: A History of Hollywood’s Take on Communism.” Weekly Standard, 9 October 2000.

Winkler, Allan M. The Politics of Propaganda: The Office of War Information, 1942-1945. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1978

Wilt, David. “Uncle Joe Joins the Family: Hollywood’s Image of the Soviet Union, 1941-1945.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Radicals and Proletarians in American Film and Radio

 

Fones-Wolf, Elizabeth. “Labor Radio: A Catalyst for Social Change in Depression Era America.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Haralovich, Mary Beth. “The Proletarian Woman’s Film of the 1930s: Contending with Censorship and Entertainment.” Screen 31, no. 2 (1990).

Mithani, Sam. “The Hollywood Left: Cinematic Art and Activism in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 2007.

Noakes, John A. “Racializing Subversion: The FBI and the Depiction of Race in Early Cold War Movies.” Ethnic and Racial Studies 26, no. 4 (2003).

Ross, Steven J. “Struggles for the Screen: Workers, Radicals, and the Political Uses of Silent Film.” American Historical Review 96, no. 2 (April 1991). Describes the attempt of unions and radicals to use the early film industry for their cause and argues that the triumph of commercial, bourgeois film hegemony was not foreordained.  Discusses the 1919 “Americanism Committee of the Motion Picture Industry,” directed by Secretary of Interior Franklin Lane, that “pledged to ‘use the Power of the Motion-Picture screen to spread anti-Red teachings all over the country’” and radical films produced by the C.P.’s International Workers’ Aid and Alfred Wagenknecht.

Ross, Steven Joseph. Working-Class Hollywood: Silent Film and the Shaping of Class in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1998. Includes discussion of films touching on the 1918-20 Red Scare.

Shull, Michael S. Radicalism in American Silent Films, 1909-1929: A Filmography and History. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2000. Identifies hundreds of films released between 1909 and 1929 that engaged the issues of militant labor and revolutionary radicalism. An extended introduction and three analytical chapters investigate how the American film industry portrayed the interrelationships between labor radicals, exploitive capitalists, socialist idealists and Bolsheviks during these critical years in US history.  There follows a comprehensive filmography of over 400 silent motion pictures organized into the three eras covered in the textual chapters, 1909-17, 1918-20 and 1921-29.  Each entry contains a detailed plot synopsis, citations to primary sources and subject coding keyed to 64 related terms and concepts -- such as female radicals, liquor linkage, bombs, agitators, Russians, Jews, Bolsheviks, etc.  This statistical data is presented in a series of charts and is fully integrated into the historical-critical text.

Shull, Michael S. “Silent Agitators: Militant Labor in the Movies, 1909-1919.” Labor’s Heritage 9, no. 3 (Winter 1998): 58-77.

Shull, Michael, and David Wilt. “Radicals and Radicalism.” In The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past, edited by Peter C. Rollins. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004.

Stead, Peter. Film and the Working Class: The Feature Film in British and American Society. London, New York: Routledge, 1989.

Walsh, Francis R. “The Films We Never Saw: American Movies View Organized Labor, 1934-1954.” Labor History 27 (Fall 1986).  Among other points, notes the anti-Communist views of King Vidor and the controversy over the sympathetic treatment of a Communist-influenced union in the film “Salt of the Earth.”

Zaniello, Tom. Working Stiffs, Union Maids, Reds, and Riffraff: An Organized Guide to Films About Labor. Ithaca: ILR Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Individual Films

 

Advise and Consent

 

Poe, G. Tom. “Secrets, Lies and Cold War Politics: ‘Making Sense’ of Otto Preminger’s Advise and Consent.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

****************************************************************

 

The Alamo

 

Hutton, Paul Andrew. “The Celluloid Alamo.” Arizona and the West 28, no. 1 (1986). On film depictions of the Alamo battle as a metaphor for the struggle against communism.

****************************************************************

 

Amerika

 

Lenart, Silvo, and Kathleen M. McGraw. “America Watches ‘Amerika:’ Television Docudrama and Political Attitudes.” Journal of Politics 51, no. 3 (August 1989). Results of a panel study examining the impact of the 1987 television miniseries “Amerika” which depicted life in the Midwest ten years after a Soviet takeover of the United States.

Wallach, Glenn. “‘Ich Bin ein Amerikaner’: Soviet Invasion and the Uses of Camelot.” Radical History Review, no. 39 (September 1987). Hostile examination suggesting that in part the ABC TV miniseries “Amerika” was “a jeremiad” based on the stupid “Ask not” themes of John F. Kennedy’s disgraceful Cold War liberalism.

****************************************************************

 

Animal Farm

 

pshaw, Ron. “Orwell Vs. Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 February 2007. < http://www.frontpagemag.com/Articles/ReadArticle.asp?ID=26827 >

Leab, Dan. “The American Government and the Filming of George Orwell’s Animal Farm.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

Leab, Daniel. “The American Government and the Filming of George Orwell’s Animal Farm in the 1950s.” Media History 12, no. 2 (2006).

Leab, Daniel J. Orwell Subverted: The CIA and the Filming of Animal Farm. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2007. http://www.psupress.org/books/titles/978-0-271-02978-8.html

****************************************************************

 

Big Jim McLain

 

Briley, Ron. “The Duke’s Cold War Education: John Wayne’s Big Jim McLain.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Briley, Ron. “John Wayne and Big Jim McLain (1952): The Duke’s Cold War Legacy.” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001)

****************************************************************

 

Crossfire

 

Fox, Darryl. “Crossfire and HUAC: Surviving the Slings and Arrows of the Committee.” Film History 3, no. 1 (1989). Sees no evidence that the popularity or marketing of  RKO’s Crossfire (1947) was affected by Adrian Scott and Edward Dmytryk, producer and director of the film, having been uncooperative witnesses before the committee and part of the “Hollywood Ten.”

Holt, Jennifer. “Hollywood and Politics Caught in the Cold War Crossfire (1947).” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001).

Langdon-Teclaw, Jennifer Elizabeth. “Caught in the Crossfire: Anti-Fascism, Anti-Communism and the Politics of Americanism in the Hollywood Career of Adrian Scott.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 2000. Focuses on the 1947 film Crossfire where radial film maker and Hollywood Ten member Scott exposes America’s hatred of Jews and potential for fascism.

****************************************************************

 

The Devil and Miss Jones

 

Rogin, Michael. “How the Working Class Saved Capitalism: The New Labor History and The Devil and Miss Jones.” Journal of American History 89, no. 1 (June 2002)

****************************************************************

 

Dr. Strangelove

 

Maland, Charles. “DR. STRANGELOVE (1964): Nightmare Comedy and the Ideology of Liberal Consensus.” American Quarterly 31, no. 5 (1979). Regards the American cultural consensus that American society was basically sound and Communism threatened the United States as a major cause of the Cold War and the nuclear arms race.  Kubrick’s film, “Dr. Strangelove.” used black comedy to attack such thinking.

Wolfe, Gary K. “Dr. Strangelove, Red Alert, and Patterns of Paranoia in the 1950’s.” Journal of Popular Film 5, no. 1 (1956). Sees the film “Dr. Strangelove” and the novel Red Alert as demonstrating the paranoid fear of Communism that obsessed a deeply fearful America in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

Easy Rider

 

Kreiner, Leslie. “Captain America is a Commie; or, Cold War Anxiety in Easy Rider.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Fellow Traveler

 

Harris, Ben. “Hollywood Blacklist’s Psycho-History.” In These Times, 1913, 28 March 1990. Discusses “Fellow Traveler,” a British-made TV movie about congressional investigations of Communists in Hollywood.   “For U.S. audiences with an interest in McCarthyism and the  Hollywood left, Eaton’s screenplay is notable for its wealth of biographical detail.  The character Cliff Byrne, for example, is loosely based on the actor John Garfield, who testified before HUAC, refused to be an informant and died of a heart attack at age 39.  The film’s Jerry Leavy is based on Garfield’s therapist, E. Philip Cohen, who was a very real presence in Southern California after World War II and whose patient list read like a Who’s Who of the Hollywood left.  Cohen, who parlayed his psychology master’s degree and shortlived Communist Party membership into a position as party-approved therapist, was eventually denounced as an FBI collaborator, as one after another of his patients cooperated with HUAC’s mid-’50s hearings.  In drafting the character of Asa Kaufman, screenwriter Eaton has again borrowed from real life, combining details from the careers of Ring Lardner Jr. and Alvah Bessie, both members of the Hollywood Ten.”

****************************************************************

 

Friendly Persuasion

 

Dmohowski, Joseph. “The Friendly Persuasion 1956 Screenplay Controversy: Michael Wilson, Jessamyn West and the Hollywood Blacklist.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 22 (2003).

****************************************************************

 

The Front and Guilty by Suspicion

 

Hall, Jeanne. “The Benefits of Hindsight: Re-Visions of HUAC and the Film and Television Industries in The Front and Guilty by Suspicion.” Film Quarterly 54 (Winter 2001).

Navasky, Victor. “Has ‘Guilty By Suspicion’ Missed the Point?” New York Times, 31 March 1991. Discusses the disagreement between Irwin Winkler and Abram Polonsky over Winkler’s change of the chief character in the film “Guilty By Suspicion” from a Communist to a non-Communist wrongly accused.

Radosh, Ronald. “Scoundrel Times.” American Spectator, June 1991. Discusses the New York Times’s commissioning of him to review the film “Guilty by Suspicion” and then without informing him replacing his finished essay with a Victor Navasky essay on the film that linked Radosh with Pat Buchanan.  The reproduced essay says “missing from the film are the actual Hollywood Communists” and “Is it not time that Hollywood, which once gave us a comic opera portrayal of villainous Reds in long-forgotten anti-Communist films, not flip over to offering us films in which there are simply no Reds at all, or some who committed no moral wrongs?”

Stiles, Victoria M. “The Front: American Dream/McCarthyan Nightmare.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Szamuely, George. “The Way They Are.” National Review, 15 April 1991. Discusses past and present radical politics in Hollywood, particularly the divisions in the 1940s between Communists, anti-Communists, and liberals, in light of the film Guilty by Suspicion

****************************************************************

 

High Noon

 

Ceplair, Larry. “Shedding Light on Darkness at Noon.” Cenéaste 27, no. 4 (Fall 2002). About the film High Noon.

Kael, Pauline. Kiss Kiss Bang Bang. Boston: Little, Brown, 1968. Kael, an influential movie reviewer, depicts the film “High Noon” as an anticapitalist epic.

Lerner, Neil. “Look at That Big Hand Move Along: Clocks, Containment, and Music in High Noon.” South Atlantic Quarterly 104, no. 1 (2005).

****************************************************************

 

The Hoaxters

 

Graham, Cooper C. “‘The Hoaxters’ (1952): MGM’s Definitive Statement on Communism.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

I Led 3 Lives

 

Kackman, Michael. “Citizen, Communist, Counterspy: I Led 3 Lives and Television’s Masculine Agent of History.” Cinema Journal 38 (Fall 1998).

****************************************************************

 

I Married a Communist

 

Leab, Daniel J. “How Red is My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Movies, and I MARRIED A COMMUNIST.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1983.

Leab, Daniel J. “How Red is My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Movies, and I MARRIED A COMMUNIST.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 19, no. 1 (January 1984)

****************************************************************

 

Invasion of the Body Snatchers

 

Brown, David A. “Communist Vegetables from Hell: Invasion of the Body Snatchers and the Ideology of Containment.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

The Iron Curtain

 

Leab, Daniel J. “‘The Iron Curtain’ (1948): Hollywood’s First Cold War Movie.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 8, no. 2 (1988). The movie was based on the defection of Igor Gouzenko.  Concludes that “those involved in the production thought not in ideological terms but about what would woo an audience....  That HUAC did inspire fear there is no gainsaying.  And the blacklist evidences all to well the weak response of Hollywood and the American film industry.  But if fear served as a goad in the making of films like the The Iron Curtain that fear was of a much different kind, a fear of losing out at the box office.”

Rossi, John. “The Iron Curtain: A Premature Anti-Communist Film.” Film & History 24, no. 3/4 (1994). The Iron Curtain (1948) was assailed by left-wing and fellow-traveler organizations for its negative portrayal of the Soviet Union and alleged warmongering.

Swann, Paul. “International Conspiracy in and Around The Iron Curtain.” Velvet Light Trap, no. 35 (1995)

****************************************************************

 

It's a Wonderful Life

 

Noakes, John A. “Bankers and Common Men in Bedford Falls: How the FBI Determined That It’s a Wonderful Life Was a Subversive Movie.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

****************************************************************

 

I was a Communist for the FBI

 

Leab, Daniel. “‘I Was a Communist for the FBI’ and Other Horrors: Hollywood Fights the Cold War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990. Discusses the film based on the life of Matt Cvetic, an FBI informant in Pittsburgh in the 1940s, as well as other Cold War films.  Finds that Cvetic’s testimony, speeches, and writings were unreliable and the Hollywood version of his life injected even more fiction and melodrama.  Indicates the decisions of the major Hollywood studios to produce these films driven chiefly by box office hopes rather than by fear or pressure.

Leab, Dan. “Film in Context: I Was a Communist for the FBI.” History Today [U.K.] 46, no. 12 (1996). On Cvetic.

Leab, Daniel. “‘I Was a Communist for the FBI.’” In The Movies as History: Visions of the Twentieth Century, edited by David W. Ellwood. Stroud: Sutton, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Lawrence of Arabia

 

Hudson, Joel. “Who Wrote Lawrence of Arabia?” Cinéaste 20, no. 4 (1994). Offers the data upon which the Writer’s Guild of America allocated the script credits of “Lawrence of Arabia” to Michael Wilson, previously denied due to his blacklisted state at the time of the film’s release.

****************************************************************

 

The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War Brainwashing of POWs

 

Carruthers, Susan L. “The Manchurian Candidate and the Cold War Brainwashing Scare.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Carruthers, Susan L. “The Manchurian Candidate (1962) and the Cold War Brainwashing Scare.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 18, no. 1 (1998).

Carruthers, Susan L. “Redeeming the Captives: Hollywood and the Brainwashing of American Prisoners of War in Korea.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Coates, Ivan. “Enforcing the Cold War Consensus: McCarthyism, Liberalism, and The Manchurian Candidate.” Australasian Journal of American Studies [Australia] 12 (July 1993).

Dunne, Matthew W. “A Cold War State of Mind: Cultural Constructions of Brainwashing in the 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 2008.

Higham, Charles, and Joel Greenberg. The Celluloid Muse: Hollywood Directors Speak. Chicago: Regnery, 1971. John Frankenheimer discusses themes of communism and anticommunism in The Manchurian Candidate.

Jacobson, Matthew Frye, and Gaspar González. What Have They Built You to Do?: The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War America. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2006.

Young, Charles S. “Missing Action: POW Films, Brainwashing and the Korean War, 1954-1968.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 18, no. 1 (March 1998)

****************************************************************

 

My Darling Clementine

 

Sickels, Robert. “All East on the Western Frontier: John Ford’s My Darling Clementine (1946).” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001). Sees it as a Cold War film because it shows law and order being imposed on the unruly frontier.

****************************************************************

 

My Son John

 

Doherty, Thomas. “Hollywood Agit-Prop: The Anti-Communist Cycle, 1948-1954.” Journal of Film and Video 40 (Fall 1988): 15-27. On films “Big Jim McLain” and “My Son John.”

Junco, Victory. “‘What’s Happened to My Boy?’ Patterns of Anti-Communist Otherness in The Red Menace and My Son John.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Warshow, Robert. “Father and Son -- and the FBI.” In Propaganda on Film: A Nation at War, edited by Richard A. Maynard. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden Book Co., 1975. Critical commentary on the anti-Communist film My Son John (Paramount, 1952)

****************************************************************

 

Ninotchka

 

Mindich, Jeremy. “Re-Reading Ninotchka: A Misread Commentary on Social and Economic Systems.” Film & History 20, no. 1 (1990). Widely perceived as a satire of Stalinism, the film Ninotchka (1939) criticizes both communism and capitalism.

****************************************************************

 

Nixon

 

Hamburg, Eric. JFK, Nixon, Oliver Stone, and Me: An Idealist’s Journey from Capitol Hill to Hollywood Hell. New York: PublicAffairs, 2002.

Stone, Oliver. Nixon: An Oliver Stone Film. Edited by Eric Hamburg. New York: Hyperion, 1995. Includes the original screenplay by Stephen J. Rivele, Christopher Wilkinson, and Oliver Stone.

****************************************************************

 

North Star / Armored Attack

 

Georgakas, Dan. “The Revisionist Releases of North Star.” Cinéaste 22, no. 1 (1996). Probes how Soviet propaganda needs were served by Lillian Hellman’s script for the 1943 released North Star and how the film was recut in the 1950s to become the anti-Communist Armored Attack

****************************************************************

 

One Lonely Night and Jet Pilot

 

Hendershot, Cyndy. “The Seduction of Communism: One Lonely Night and Jet Pilot.” Popular Culture Review 12, no. 1 (2001). Notes anti-Communist themes in Jet Pilot

****************************************************************

 

Pickup on South Street

 

McConnell, Frank D. “Pickup on South Street and the Metamorphosis of the Thriller.” Film Heritage 8, no. 3 (1973). Discusses the effects of McCarthyism on Samuel Fuller’s films.

****************************************************************

 

Point of Order

 

Kepley, Vance, Jr. “The Order of Point of Order.” Film History [Australia] 13, no. 2 (2001)

****************************************************************

 

The Quiet American

 

Whitfield, Stephen. “Limited Engagements: The Quiet American as History.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture.” American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Red Planet Mars, Invasion USA, and The Beast of Yucca Flats

 

Hendershot, Cyndy. “Anti-Communism and Ambivalence in Red Planet Mars, Invasion USA, and The Beast of Yucca Flats.” Science Fiction Studies 28, no. 2 (2001).

Ahonen, Kimmo. “Hollywoodin Ristiretki Kommunismia Vastaan: Tieteiselokuva Punainen Planeetta Antikommunismin Manifestina  [Hollywood’s Crusade Against Communism: The Anti-Communist Manifesto in the Science Fiction Film Punainen Planeetta].” Historiallinen Aikakauskirja [Finland] 100, no. 2 (2002)

****************************************************************

 

Salt of the Earth

 

Biberman, Herbert. Salt of the Earth: The Story of a Film. Boston: Beacon Press, 1965. “Salt of the Earth” was a film about a Communist-led metal miners strike in which many blacklisted Hollywood figures participated.  Biberman headed the production company.  Includes the screenplay of “Salt of the Earth” by Michael Wilson.

Boisson, Steve. “The Movie Hollywood Could not Stop.” American History 36, no. 6 (2002). About Salt of the Earth.

Hodges, Robert C. “The Making And Unmaking Of ‘Salt Of The Earth’: A Cautionary Tale.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kentucky, 1997. Judges that the film is evidence of an authentic grass-roots Communist movement that was different from the not-that-important leadership of the CPUSA with its ties to the USSR.

Kael, Pauline. “Morality Plays Right and Left.” In I Lost It at the Movies, Pauline Kael. Boston: Little, Brown, 1965. Include Kael’s review of “Salt of the Earth,” originally published in Sight and Sound in 1954, describing the film as a formulaic piece of C.P. agit-prop.

Lorence, James J. “Salt of the Earth and Free Expression: The Mine-Mill Union and the Movies in the Rocky Mountain West.” New Mexico Historical Review 76, no. 4 (2001).

Lorence, James J. “The Suppression Of Salt of the Earth (1954): The Underside of Cold War Culture in Hollywood.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Lorence, James J. “The Suppression of Salt of the Earth: The Underside of Cold War Culture in Detroit and Chicago.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Lorence, James J. The Suppression of Salt of the Earth: How Hollywood, Big Labor, and Politicians Blacklisted a Movie in Cold War America. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1999.

Lorence, James J. “Mining Salt of the Earth.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 85 (Winter 2001-02): 28-43.

Marin, Christine. “The Union, Community Organizing, and Civil Liberties: Clinton Jencks, Salt of the Earth, and Arizona Copper in the 1950.” Mining History Journal, no. 7 (2000).

McCarthy, Patrick. “Salt of the Earth: Convention and Invention of the Domestic Melodrama.” Rendezvous 19, no. 1 (1983).

Miller, Tom. “Class Reunion: Salt of the Earth Revisited.” Cinéaste 13, no. 3 (1984).

Wilson, Michael. Salt of the Earth Screenplay. Old Westbury, NY: Feminist Press, 1978. Includes commentary by Deborah Silverton Rosenfelt.

****************************************************************

 

The Shoes of the Fisherman

 

McInerney, John. “The Shoes of the Fisherman: A Politically Prophetic Papal Potboiler.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Song of Russia

 

Mayhew, Robert. “MGM’s Potemkin Church: Religion in Song of Russia.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Mayhew, Robert. “Russian Smiles: The Leftist Response to Ayn Rand’s HUAC Testimony.” Intellectual Activist 16, no. 2 (February 2002). On Rand’s testimony about the film Song of Russia.

Mayhew, Robert. “The Making of Song of Russia.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Mayhew, Robert. Ayn Rand and Song of Russia: Communism and Anti-Communism in 1940s Hollywood. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Spartacus

 

Arnold, Gary. “Restored ‘Spartacus’ Recalls Glories and Intrigues of Old-Style Filmmaking.” Washington Times, 25 April 1991. Newspaper feature noting that the 1960 film “Spartacus” was based on a Howard Fast novel and adapted by Dalton Trumbo, a leading figure on the disintegrating blacklist and that “Spartacus” was competing with “The Gladiators,” based an Arthur Koestler story, directed by the formerly blacklisted Martin Ritt, and whose screenwriter was the blacklisted Abraham Polonsky with Ira Wolfert as his front.

Smith, Jeffrey P. “‘A Good Business Proposition’: Dalton Trumbo, Spartacus, and the End of the Blacklist.” The Velvet Light Trap, no. 23 (Spring 1989)

****************************************************************

 

Star Trek

 

Worland, Ric. “Captain Kirk: Cold Warrior.” Journal of Popular Film and Television 16, no. 3 (1988). Sees the television series Star Trek (1966-69) as symbolizing America’s anti-Communist mission.

****************************************************************

 

The Thing from Another World and Jet Pilot

 

Smoodin, Eric. “Watching the Skies: Hollywood, the 1950s, and the Soviet Threat.” Journal of American Culture 11, no. 2 (1988). On two 1950’s films, The Thing from Another World (1951) and Jet Pilot (1957)

****************************************************************

 

Trial

 

Leab, Daniel J. “From Even-Handedness to Red-Baiting: The Transformation of the Novel Trial.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

****************************************************************

 

Viva, Zapata!

 

Biskind, Peter. “Ripping Off Zapata -- Revolution Hollywood Style.” Cinéaste 7, no. 2 (1976).

Butler, Jeremy G. “Viva Zapata!; HUAC and the Mexican Revolution.” In The Steinbeck Question: New Essays in Criticism, edited by Donald R. Noble. Troy, N.Y.: Whitston Pub. Co., 1993.

Vanderwood, Paul J. “An American Cold-Warrior: Viva, Zapata! (1952).” In American History/American Film: Interpreting the Hollywood Image, edited by John E. O’Connor and Martin A. Jackson. New York: Ungar, 1979.

****************************************************************

 

Hollywood Unions

 

Abrams, Brett L. “The First Hollywood Blacklist: The Major Studios Deal with the Conference of Studio Unions, 1941-1947.” Southern California Quarterly 77 (Fall 1995).

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Dangerous Liaisons. Hollywood, Communist Party USA, and House Committee on Un-American Activities.” Dzieje Najnowsze [Poland] 23, no. 1 (2001). Maintains that the 1947 hearings were an element of a struggle waged between CSU and IATSE, and HUAC came there do weaken the CSU and its leader Sorrell personally. The 1952 hearings on Communist activity in the film industry were an element of a wider battle against the CPUSA. In both cases the hearings met with the approval of industry leaders.

Ceplair, Larry. “A Communist Labor Organizer in Hollywood: Jeff Kibre Challenges the IATSE, 1937-1939.” Velvet Light Trap, no. 23 (1989).

Cooper, Sarah. “On the Archival Trail of the CIO and Hollywood’s Labor Wars.” California History 75 (Spring 1996).

Davis, Dave, and Neal Goldberg. “Organizing the Screen Writers Guild -- An Interview with John Howard Lawson.” Cinéaste 8, no. 2 (1978). Lawson was a leading (secret) Communist screen writer in Hollywood and a member of the Hollywood Ten.

Hartsough, Denise. “Studio Labor Relations in 1939: Historical and Sociological Analysis.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1988.

Harvey, Raphael. “Popeye the Union Man: A Historical Study of the Fleischer Strike.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1985. Discusses the activities of the Animated Motion Picture Workers Union, part of the C.P.-aligned Artists Union, at Fleischer Studios in 1934-35 and the later activities of the Commercial Artists and Designers Union (AFL) and the United American Artists (CIO).

Horne, Gerald. Class Struggle in Hollywood, 1930-1950: Moguls, Mobsters, Stars, Reds, & Trade Unionists. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2001. An account of class conflict in the film industry with an emphasis on the strike of 1945 and lockout of 1946.

Lasky, Marjorie Penn. “Off Camera: A History of the Screen Actors Guild During the Era of the Studio System.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 1992. “This study refutes previous interpretations of the Guild as a militant trade union which reacted to the Communist threat after World War II by becoming increasingly conservative. Instead, what has been viewed as SAG’s early militancy was, in reality, merely rhetoric. Almost from its inception, the Guild was dominated by highly paid actors and a staff who accommodated themselves to the producers’ control of the motion picture industry. As such, the Guild’s eventual acceptance of an anti-communist ideology and acquiescence in the Hollywood blacklist were very much in keeping with SAG’s history.”

May, Lary. “Movie Star Politics: The Screen Actor’ Guild, Cultural Conversion, and the Hollywood Red Scare.” In Recasting America: Culture and Politics in the Age of Cold War, edited by Lary May. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989.

Meroney, John. “Hollywood’s Brewer and America’s.” National Review, 19 September 2006. Obituary and essay on Obituary on Roy Brewer, anti-Communist labor organizer of the International Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees in Hollywood.

Nielsen, Michael C. “Motion Picture Craft Workers and Craft Unions in Hollywood: The Studio Era, 1912-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1985.

Nielsen, Michael Charles, and Gene Mailes. Hollywood’s Other Blacklist: Union Struggles in the Studio System. London, U.K.: British Film Institute, 1995.

Olsen, Richard. Hollywood Noir: Featuring Ronald Reagan. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2001. On gangsters and Hollywood unions.

Pinter, Laurie Caroline. “Herbert K. Sorrell as the Grade-B Hero: Militancy and Masculinity in the Studios.” Labor History 37, no. 3 (Summer 1996). Sees no significant Communist influence on Sorrell or significant C.P. role in the Conference of Studio Unions.

Prindle, David F. The Politics of Glamour Ideology and Democracy in the Screen Actors Guild. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

Schwartz, Nancy Lynn, and Sheila Schwartz. The Hollywood Writers’ Wars. New York: Knopf, 1982. Covers the strife within the movie industry in the late 1930s and 1940s around the efforts of the Screen Writers Guild to establish itself.  Sympathetic to the Communist role in the SWG, hostile to those who oppose communism.

Sito, Tom. Drawing the Line: The Untold Story of the Animation Unions from Bosko to Bart Simpson. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2006. Chapter: “The War of Hollywood and the Blacklist: 1945-1953”

Spiro, Elaine. “Hollywood Strike -- October 1945: A Reminiscence.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

Wheaton, Christopher Dudley. “A History of the Screen Writers Guild (1920-1942): The Writers’ Quest for a Freely Negotiated Basic Agreement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Hollywood, and Entertainment Industry Blacklisting

 

Adler, Les K. “The Politics of Culture: Hollywood and the Cold War.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

American Business Consultants. Red Channels: The Report of Communist Influence in Radio and Television. New York: Counterattack, 1950. A listing of entertainers claimed to be linked to Communist or Communist Front activity; source for much of the informal blacklist of suspect entertainers.

Andersen, Thom. “Red Hollywood.” In Literature and the Visual Arts in Contemporary Society, edited by Suzanne Ferguson and Barbara S. Groseclose. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1985.

Andersen, Thom, and Noël Burch. Les Communistes de Hollywood Autre Chose Que Des Martyrs. [Paris]: Presses de la Sorbonne nouvelle, 1995.

Associated Press. “Hollywood Writers Finally Get Full Credit.” Washington Times, 4 April 1997. On Writers Guild of America list of corrected credits from the 1950s when blacklisted writers used pseudonyms.

Baron, Cynthia. “As Red as a Burlesque Queen’s Garters: Cold War Politics and the Actors’ Lab in Hollywood.” In Headline Hollywood a Century of Film Scandal, edited by Adrienne L. McLean and David A. Cook. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2001.

Bentley, Eric. Are You Now or Have You Ever Been: The Investigation of Show Business by the Un-American Activities Committee, 1947-1958. New York: Harper & Row, 1972.

Bethel, Charles. “From ‘Mere Entertainment’ to Protected Speech: Cold War Ideology, Motion Pictures, and the First Amendment, 1945-1952.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Bilic, Danijela. “Hollywood’s Communists (1943-1953).” Unpublished master’s thesis. Ohio University., 2002.

Billingsley, K.L. “Hollywood Edits Out Its Communist Past.” Investors Business Daily, 4 November 1997.

Billingsley, Lloyd. Hollywood Party: How Communism Seduced the American Film Industry in the 1930s and 1940s. Rocklin, CA: Forum, 1998. On C.P. influence in Hollywood and the struggle between Communist and anti-Communists factions in film industry unions.

Biskind, Peter. “The Past is Prologue: The Blacklist in Hollywood.” Radical America 15, no. 3 (1981). Sympathetic commentary on Navasky’s Naming Names; concludes that liberal anti-Communists cynically adopted anticommunism in order to avoid political attacks upon themselves.

Blair, Betsy. The Memory of All That: Love and Politics in New York, Hollywood, and Paris. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2003.

Blue, Howard. Words at War: World War II Era Radio Drama and the Postwar Broadcasting Industry Blacklist. Lanham: Scarecrow Press, 2002.

Bosworth, Patricia. “Hollywood On Trial.” Vanity Faire, April 1997. By daughter of Bartley Crum, attorney for the Hollywood Ten.  Sees the era as one of severe political repression and the criminalization of dissent.

Bosworth, Patricia. Anything Your Little Heart Desires an American Family Story. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1997. Discussed Bartley Crum, lawyer for the Hollywood Ten.

Breindel, Eric. “History Still Has Questions for Hollywood’s Stalinists.” New York Post, 6 November 1997.

Brownstein, Ronald. The Power and the Glitter the Hollywood-Washington Connection. New York: Pantheon Books, 1990. Notes the leftward shift of Communists and their allies within Hollywood political groups in 1946.

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Reds and Their Influence.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Blacklist and the Jew: An Exploration of Popular Culture.” Tikkun 10, no. 5 (September-October 1995). Argues that a number of persons blacklisted in Hollywood found work and brought their admirable progressive sensibilities to TV in the 1950s.

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Radical Hollywood: The Untold Story Behind America’s Favorite Movies. New York: New Press, 2002. Sees Hollywood and Hollywood films as strongly influenced by communism and political radicalism.  On errors in the text, see Wendy Smith review, Variety (3-9 June 2002) and Tom Weiner review, Washington Post (24 July 2002).

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Blacklisted: The Film-Lover’s Guide to the Hollywood Blacklist. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. The editors of the film journal Cineaste (Summer, 2004, p. 69) remarked that “we feel it our duty to warn our readers” that the book is “awash in significant factual errors and numerous misinterpretations.”

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Hide in Plain Sight: The Hollywood Blacklistees in Film and Television, 1950-2002. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003.  For a sample of the astounding multiple mistakes in this book see Martin Brady, “A Litany of Errors” in Cineaste (Summer, 2004, pp. 68-69).

Butler, Michael. “Shock Waves.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (Summer 2005). Discusses Hugo Butler.

Ceplair, Larry, and Steven Englund. The Inquisition in Hollywood: Politics in the Film Community, 1930-1960. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1979. Looks at Communist and other radical political activity in Hollywood in the late 1930s; sees the controversy over the Hollywood Ten as an attack by largely malignant anti-Communists upon benign left-wingers.  Steven Englund is son of screenwriter Ken Englund, president of Screen Writers Guild and Writers Guild of America and a participant in the Hollywood Red controversy.

Ceplair, Larry. “The Base and Superstructure Debate in the Hollywood Communist Party.” Science & Society 72, no. 3 (July 2008).

Ceplair, Larry. “Reporting the Blacklist: Anti-Communist Challenges to Elizabeth Poe Kerby.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 28, no. 2 (June 2008).

Chaikin, Judy. Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist. Documentary film. One Step Production, 1987.

Cogley, John. Report on Blacklisting. [New York]: Fund for the Republic, 1956. Vol. I, movies, Vol. II, radio and television.  Includes Jones, Dorothy B.  “Communism and the Movies” and Jahoda, Marie.  “Anti-Communism and Employment Policies in Radio and Television.”

Cohen, Karl. “Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry.” Film History [U.K.] 5, no. 2 (1993). Discusses the testimony of Eugene and Bernyce Polifka Fleury regarding Philip Eastman, John Hubley, William Pomerance, and Zachary Schwartz.

Deutsch, James. “No Left Turns on Hollywood Boulevard.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Deutsch, James I. “Hunting Communists and Shooting Films in Hollywood.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Dunn, J.R. “Hollywood’s Red Decade.” American Thinker, 16 November 2007. < http://www.americanthinker.com/2007/11/hollywoods_red_decade.html >

Eckstein, Arthur. “Not Just Another Political Party.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Review essay on the Radoshes Red Star

Ehret, Richard C. “A Descriptive Analysis of the Hearings Held by the House Committee on Un-American Activities in 1947 and 1951 on the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry, and Their Relationship to the Hollywood Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Los Angeles, 1969.

Eliscu, David. “What Was It Like to Have a Blacklisted Father?” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Everitt, David. A Shadow of Red: Communism and the Blacklist in Radio and Television. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2007.  Based on thorough archival research, comprehensive and balanced.

Ezquerra, Victor Junco. “Guerra Fría en Hollywood: Construcciones de Identidad y Alteridad en el Ciclo de Cine Anticomunista, 1949–1952 [The Cold War in Hollywood: Constructions of Identity and Other in a Cycle of Anti-Communist Cinema, 1948–1952].” Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses [Spain], no. 49 (2004).

Fagan, Myron C. Moscow Over Hollywood. Los Angeles, CA: R.C. Cary, 1948.  Contemporary polemic.

Farah, Josep. “The Real Blacklist.” National Review, 7 October 1989. Maintains that prior to the Hollywood 10 hearings Hollywood Communists attempted to censor films, citing Ring Lardner’s petition at MGM to halt production of a film objectionable to the C.P. and Datlon Trumbo’s claim in a C.P. journal that, although enjoying little success in promoting progressive films, the C.P. in Hollywood was successful in stopping many anti-Soviet films.  Claims that the Hollywood Left maintained an informal blacklist of anti-C.P. artists, citing Adolphe Menjou, Richard Macaulay, and Morrie Ryskind whose careers went downhill after testifying against the C.P.  Notes that at a film industry symposium on the blacklist era, Edward Dmytryk, the only one of the Ten in attendance but one who had later broken with the C.P., was not allowed discussing the affair after Left activists threatened a boycott.  Quotes director Jules Dassin as commenting “They made a mistake by inviting Dmytryk.  There are no two sides to the question, only one side.”

Friedrich, Otto. City of Nets: A Portrait of Hollywood in the 1940’s. New York: Harper & Row, 1986. Discusses the Hollywood blacklist.

Gabler, Neal. An Empire of Their Own: How the Jews Invented Hollywood. New York: Crown Publishers, 1988. Asserts that the Jewish studio heads cravenly initiated the anti-Communist blacklist to “save themselves from the wrath of the anti-Semites” of U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Georgakas, Dan. “The Way They Really Were.” Cinéaste 23, no. 2 (1997). Review essay and commentary on recent memoirs and books regarding the Hollywood reds.  “The Hollywood reds were genuine American Communists who did their best to get as much of their political ideology into their work as circumstance allowed.  Like their comrades in labor, they failed more often than the succeeded, but they didn’t always fail, particularly in advancing generic egalitarian values.”

Georgakas, Dan. “The Hollywood Reds: 50 Years Later.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Essay review of the literature.

Giovacchini, Saverio. “The Joys of Paradise: Reconsidering Hollywood’s Exiles.” In The Dispossessed: An Anatomy of Exile, edited by Peter Isaac Rose. Amherst, MA, Northampton, MA: University of Massachusetts Press in association with the Kahn Liberal Arts Institute, Smith College, 2005.

Gladchuk, John Joseph. “Reticent Reds: HUAC, Hollywood, and the Evolution of the Red Menace, 1935–1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Riverside, 2006. Evil anti-Communists seek to destroy democracy unjustly persecute brave defenders of freedom and liberty.

Goodman, Walter. “Communism at the Movies.” New Leader, 11-27 January 1988.

Goodman, Walter. “How to Learn from the Blacklist.” New York Times, 25 February 1996. On showing of “Blacklist: Hollywood on Trial” (American Movie Classics) and “Hollywood on Trial” (Turner Classic Movies).  “In ignoring the special nature of the Communist Party, both documentaries do a disservice to history.”

Goodson, Mark. “’If I’d Stood Up Earlier...’” New York Times Magazine, 13 January 1991. TV producer of the 1950s discusses “the Dark Terror of the Television blacklisting days.”  Cites as examples of “terror” that the poet Louis Untermeyer lost his job with “What’s My Line” after Red Channels noted his affiliation with the Joint Anti-Fascist Committee and sponsorship of a 1948 May Day celebration.  CBS’s internal clearance procedures also kept Leonard Bernstein, Judy Holliday, Harry Belafonte, Abe Burrows, Gypsy Rose Lee, Jack Gilford, Uta Hagen, and Hazel Scott off of high-profile shows for several years.

Hausknecht, Murray. “Informers and Other Villains: A Discussion of Victor Navasky’s Book Naming Names.” Dissent 28, no. 2 (1981). Advances various theories of social pathology to explain why anyone would  disgrace themselves by testifying truthfully under oath to a congressional committee investigating communism.

Hirsen, James L. Tales from the Left Coast: True Stories of Hollywood Stars and Their Outrageous Politics. New York: Crown Forum, 2003.

Kanfer, Stefan. A Journal of the Plague Years. New York: Atheneum, 1973. Sensationalistic account of discrimination against Communists in the movie and broadcasting industries.

Kanfer, Stefan. “The Hollywood Blacklist: Fifty Years Later.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Kramer, Hilton. “The Blacklist and the Cold War.” New York Times, 3 October 1976. Arts and Leisure Section.

Leab, Daniel J., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. FBI Surveillance Files on Hollywood, 1942-1958 [Microfilm]. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1991.

Leab, Daniel J. “Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry?” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Lewis, Jon. “‘We Do Not Ask You to Condone This’: How the Blacklist Saved Hollywood.” Cinema Journal 39, no. 2 (2000).

McGilligan, Patrick, and Paul Buhle, eds. Tender Comrades: A Backstory of the Hollywood Blacklist. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1997. Interviews with 40 blacklistees.

McGilligan, Patrick, ed. Backstory 2: Interviews with Screenwriters of the 1940s and 1950s. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991.

Miller, Merle. The Judges and the Judged. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1952. Attack on the anti-Communist blacklisting activities of the American Business Consultants and Counterattack.   A report for the American Civil Liberties Union.

Navasky, Victor. Naming Names. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Discusses congressional investigations of Communist party influence in Hollywood and the subsequent blacklisting of those who refused to cooperate.  Treats left-wing Hollywood figures as heroic victims of anti-Communist hysteria.  Judges that any cooperation with the House Un-American Activities Committee, including candidly telling the truth, was immoral and that those who cooperated had self-interested motivations in most cases.

Neve, Brian. “Red Hollywood.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 19, no. 1 (March 1999). Essay-review of 1995 compilation film, “Red Hollywood,” by Thom Andersen and Noel Burch regarding the film work of Hollywood Communists, ex-Communists, and Left sympathizers.

Noakes, John A. “Subversive Frames: FBI Surveillance of Hollywood Movies, 1945-1947.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Noakes, John A. “Official Frames in Social Movement Theory: The FBI, HUAC, and the Communist Threat in Hollywood.” Sociological Quarterly 41, no. 4 (2000): 657-80.

Noakes, John A. “Official Frames in Social Movement Theory: The FBI, HUAC, and the Communist Threat in Hollywood.” In Frames of Protest Social Movements and the Framing Perspective, edited by Hank Johnston and John A. Noakes. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc., 2005.

Phillips, Gary. “The Big List.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research], Fall 1990. Discusses the Hollywood blacklist. Denies there was ever any real Communist presence in Hollywood: “John Bright, one of the founders of the [Screen Writers] Guild, spoke of the political character of several writers at the first meeting [of the SWG]. ‘There was no real Communist party in Hollywood at that time, but several of us had working-class backgrounds or left-wing origins that we hadn’t forgotten.  Hell, we’d all come out of the Depression.  We were all New Deal progressives.’”

Porton, Richard. “The Politics of American Cinephilia: From the Popular Front to the Age of Video.” Cinéaste 27, no. 4 (Fall 2002). Essay-review critical of Buhle and Wagner’s Radical Hollywood.

Radosh, Ronald, and Allis Radosh. Red Star Over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left. San Francisco, CA: Encounter Books, 2005. Comprehensive history of the Communist movement in Hollywood.  Makes use of archival sources little used by others.  Shows extensive party attempts to influence the content of films both by interjecting content wanted by the movement, particularly successful in the film “Mission to Moscow” that defended the Moscow Trials, as well as blocking material objectionable to Communists.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Blacklist as History.” New Criterion, December 1997. Essay-review discussing Walter Bernstein’s Inside Out, Edward Dmytryk’s Odd Man Out, Patrick McGilligan and Paul Buhle’s Tender Comrades, Larry Ceplair and Steven Englund’s The Inquisition in Hollywood, and Stephen Schwartz’s From West to East.

Radosh, Ronald. “A Rewrite for Hollywood’s Blacklist Saga.” Los Angeles Times, 25 April 2005.

Radosh, Ron. “Roll Out the Red Carpet.” New York Sun, 24 October 2007.

Rapf, Joanna, ed. “In Focus: Children of the Blacklist, an Extended Family.” Cinema Journal 44 (Summer 2005).

Robb, David. “Naming the Right Names: Amending the Hollywood Blacklist.” Cinéaste 22, no. 2 (1996). On the slow project to correct film credits listed to pseudonyms or fronts of blacklisted Hollywood writers.  Discusses specific cases.

Rosenbaum, Jonathan. “Guilty by Omission.” Film Comment 27 (September/October 1991). Effects of Hollywood blacklist upon Nicholas Ray, Cy Endfield, and John Berry.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “Review of ‘Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist.’” Journal of American History 75, no. 3 (December 1988). Review of “Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist,” a film documentary produced by Judy Chaikin, One Step Production, 1987.  “Whether out of fear or duplicity, the victims’ widows never even mention the ‘C-Word,’ and the filmmakers are either too naive or too disingenuous to clarify the issue.”

Sbardellati, John. “The Origins of the FBI’s Cold War in Hollywood.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Sbardellati, John. “Brassbound G-Men and Celluloid Reds: The FBI’s Search for Communist Propaganda in Hollywood, 1942-1945.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Sbardellati, John. “Producing Hollywood’s Cold War: The Anticommunist Campaign Against an Un-American Screen.” Paper presented at Society For Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting. College Park, MD, 2005.

Sbardellati, John. “Cold War, Culture War: The FBI and the Battle Over Film Propaganda.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2006.

Schwartz, Richard. “How the Hollywood Blacklist Worked.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

Slide, Anthony, ed. Actors on Red Alert: Career Interviews with Five Actors and Actresses Affected by the Blacklist.  Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1999.

Stanley, Alexandra. “Hidden Hollywood.” New York Times, 31 May 1992. Feature article on whether Hollywood’s pervasive left/liberalism has created a “reverse McCarthyism.”

Suber, Howard. “The  Anti-Communist Blacklist in the Hollywood Motion Picture Industry.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1968. Finds that 214 people were blacklisted, mostly writers, and that the blacklist was effective until 1959 after which it eased and disappeared when studios decided that there was no loss of audience if blacklisted writers were used.  Discusses the criteria used in blacklisting a person and the tactics used by blacklisted persons to continue work in the movie industry.

Suber, Howard. “Politics and Popular Culture: Hollywood at Bay, 1933-1953.” American Jewish History 68, no. 4 (June 1979). Sees hysteria and repression dominating the United States during the early Cold War.  That hysteria was used by anti-Semites, adventurers and those opposed to trade unions to settle longstanding labor and political conflicts in the film industry.

Ungerböck, Andreas, Petra Metelko Übersetzungen, and others, eds. Blacklisted Movies by the Hollywood Blacklist Victims: Eine Retrospektive der Viennale in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Österreichischen Filmmuseum, 1. Bis 31. Oktober 2000. Wien: Viennale, 2000. In German; English film plot summaries.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration of Hollywood Motion-Picture Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951-52. Ten parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration (Entertainment). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print, Off., 1954. Two parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of So-Called “Blacklisting” in Entertainment Industry Report of the Fund for the Republic, Inc.  Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communism in the New York Area (Entertainment). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Subversive Infiltration of Radio, Television and Entertainment Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Van Dusen, Geraldine. “Behind the Curtains: The Blacklist Years.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Vaughn, Robert. Only Victims a Study of Show Business Blacklisting. New York: Putnam, 1972.

Verdries, Ellen. “Schooled in Fear by the Blacklist.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Warren, Spencer. “Biased Hollywood Ten Tales.” Conservative Battleline Online, 24 October 2007. Http://acuf.org/issues/issue94/071022med.asp.

Wattenberg, Daniel. “Tinseltown Tyranny: Blacklist Blues?” Washington Times, 5 July 1991. Critical feature story on claims that the McCarthy-era entertainment blacklist has been revived and the victims are opponents of American participation in the Persian Gulf war.

Waxman, Sharon. “Blacklist: Hollywood’s Raw Wound.” Washington Post, 23 November 1997. Describes the blacklist as an massive and evil act of oppression and discusses an moral imperative of a formal congressional apology for its having dared to investigate communism in Hollywood.

Wertheim, Larry M. “Nedrick Young, et al. v. MPAA, et al.: The Fight Against the Hollywood Blacklist.” Southern California Quarterly 57, no. 4 (1975). Discusses the confused legal effort to collect legal damages for the blacklist.

Whitlatch, Michael David. “The House Committee on Un-American Activities’ Entertainment Hearings and Their Effects on Performing Arts Careers.” Ph.D. diss. Bowling Green State University, 1977.

****************************************************************

 

The Hollywood Ten

 

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Dangerous Liaisons: The Hollywood Ten from a Conservative Perspective.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Billingsley, K.L. “Commie Dearest: The Hollywood Ten’s 50th Birthday.” Heterodoxy, November 1997.

Buhle, Paul. “The Last of the Hollywood Ten.” Progressive 65, no. 1 (2001). On Ring Lardner, Jr.

Dick, Bernard F. Radical Innocence: A Critical Study of the Hollywood Ten. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1989.

Eckstein, Arthur. “The Hollywood Ten in History and Memory.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Eckstein, Art. “The Truth About the ‘Hollywood Ten.’” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 18 April 2005.

Gladchuk, John Joseph. “Reticent Reds: HUAC, Hollywood, and the Evolution of the Red Menace, 1935–1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Riverside, 2006. Evil anti-Communists versus brave defenders of freedom and liberty.

Kahn, Gordon. Hollywood on Trial: The Story of the 10 Who Were Indicted. New York: Boni & Gaer, 1948. Defense of the Hollywood 10.

Murphy, Dwight D. “The ‘Hollywood Blacklist’ in Historical Context.” Journal of Social, Political and Economic Studies 18 (Fall 1993). Notes that although many defenders of the Hollywood Ten earlier had denied the latter’s Communist loyalties, there is no longer much dispute that each of the ten were or recently had been CPUSA members at the time they were called to testify to Congress.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Hollywood Ten Revisited.” Heterodoxy 2, no. 11 (October 1994). Reviews the Hollywood 10 and their treatment in recent films.  “Many members of HUAC had little regard for liberty and failed to see any differences between loyalty and security, dissent and treason.  Their investigations often violated America’s democratic standards and were carried on more for the effect of publicity and grandstanding than for any serious purpose.  But that did not mean that American had no good reason to worry about Communism in the age of Stalin’s reign, and today, few are those who understand that it was possible to oppose both HUAC and the Communists.  Rather than deal evenly with what really happened, Hollywood had made Communists a non-existent symbol of HUAC’s unpardonable behavior -- and, when mentioning them at all, treats them as defenders of American democracy, not as the vicious Stalinists they really were.”

Rosefelt, Reid. “Celluloid Sedition?: The Strange Case of the Hollywood Ten.” Velvet Light Trap 11 (Winter 1974).

Ryskind, Allan H. “The Truth About the Hollywood Ten.” Human Events, 2 January 1998. Detailed discussion of the political stance and activities of the Hollywood Ten in the late 1930s and early 1940s prior to the hearings.

Twiford, Patrick William. “The American Anticommunist Tradition and the Hollywood Ten.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Fresno, 1996. See the Hollywood Ten episode as part of a continuum of antisubversive sentiments dating back at least to the conflict between the Federalists and the Antifederalists.

Ybarra, Michael. “Blacklist Whitewash.” New Republic, 5-12 January 1998. On the Hollywood Ten.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Hollywood: Biographical accounts

 

Larry Adler

 

Adler, Larry. “My Life on the Blacklist.” New York Times, 15 June 1975.

****************************************************************

 

Norma and Ben Barzman

 

Barzman, Norma. The Red and the Black List: Intimate Memoir of a Hollywood Expatriate. New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press / Nation Books, 2003. Norma and Ben Barzman were Communist screenwriters in the 1940s.  An unapologetic defender of Stalinism, she writes proudly of the efforts she and other Communists made to insert material wanted by the CPUSA into films and to exclude material they didn’t like.

****************************************************************

 

Walter Bernstein

 

Bernstein, Walter. Inside Out: A Memoir of the Blacklist. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1996.

Georgakas, Dan. “Bad Art Makes Bad Politics, an Interview with Walter Bernstein.” New Labor Forum, 4 (Spring/Summer 1999). Bernstein discusses writing for film and television during the blacklist (using fronts) and afterwards.  Discusses working with Kazan as positive but explains why he opposed granting of a special Oscar.

Georgakas, Dan. “Reflections on a Half-Century of Script-Writing.” Left Curve 26 (2002). On Walter Bernstein.

****************************************************************

 

Alvah Bessie

 

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Inquisition in Eden. New York: Macmillan, 1965. One of the Hollywood Ten discusses controversies over Communists and their allies in the Hollywood film industry.

Miller, Gariel. “Two Alvah Bessies: The Innocent and the Embittered.” Los Angeles Times, 27 November 1977.

****************************************************************

 

Jean Rouverol and Hugo Butler

 

Butler, Michael. “Shock Waves.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (Summer 2005). Discusses Hugo Butler.

Rouverol, Jean. Refugees from Hollywood: A Journal of the Blacklist Years. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 2000. In 1951 Rouverol and her husband, screenwriter Hugo Butler, fled to Mexico under threat of subpoena and in light of the blacklist.  Rouverol treats their Communist sympathies as a minor matter of little importance.

****************************************************************

 

Charlie Chaplin

 

Brown, Wallace. “Charles Chaplin’s A King in New York Revisited.” Film & History 22, no. 3 (September 1992). On Chaplin’s 1957 film as a satire and attack on the evils of McCarthyism.

Cole, Robert. “Anglo-American Anti-Fascist Film Propaganda in a Time of Neutrality: The Great Dictator, 1940.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 21 (June 2001).

Lynn, Kenneth Schuyler. Charlie Chaplin and His Times. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1997. Discusses Chaplin’s admiration for Stalin and communism in the late 1930’s and during World War II.

Maland, Charles J. “A Documentary Note on Charlie Chaplin’s Politics.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 5, no. 2 (1985). Discusses Chaplin’s political views and reproduces portions of government interviews with him.

Milton, Joyce. “Comrade Chaplin.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 4 (April 1996). On Charlie Chaplin’s relationship with the CPUSA.  Says the signing of the Nazi-Soviet Pact during the preparation of The Great Dictator caused revisions to make the film less explicitly anti-Nazi and more compatible with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Sbardellati, John, and Tony Shaw. “Booting a Tramp: Charlie Chaplin, the FBI, and the Construction of the Subversive Image in Red Scare America.” Pacific Historical Review 72, no. 4 (November 2003)

****************************************************************

 

Lester Cole

 

Cole, Lester. Hollywood Red: The Autobiography of Lester Cole. Palo Alto, CA: Ramparts Press, 1981. Cole was one of the Hollywood ten and an influential Hollywood Communist.  Notes that he publicly denied his party membership on orders from CPUSA officials who felt public admission of Communist loyalties might weaken his position as an official of the Screen Writers Guild.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Collins

 

Collins, Richard. “Confessions of a Red Screenwriter.” New Leader, 6 October 1952.  Among other film, Collins worked on Song of Russia

****************************************************************

 

Constantin Costa-Gavras

 

Grenier, Richard. “The Curious Career of Costa-Gavras.” Commentary 73, no. 4 (1982). Reviews the anti-American and pro-Communist content of the films of Costa-Gavras.

****************************************************************

 

Emile De Antonio

 

Lewis, Randolph Robert. “‘America Is Hard To See’: Emile De Antonio and the Art of Political Filmmaking.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1994. De Antonio’s films included “Point of Order” (1963), “Rush To Judgment” (1966), “In the Year of the Pig” (1969), “America Is Hard To See” (1970), “Millhouse: A White Comedy” (1971), “Painters Painting” (1973), “Underground” (1976), “In the King of Prussia” (1983), and “Mr. Hoover and I” (1989).

Ripmaster, Terence. “A Note on Emile de Antonio: Historical Documentarist.” Film & History 20, no. 2 (1990). On the radical views of de Antonio.

****************************************************************

 

Walt Disney

 

Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney: Hollywood’s Dark Prince: A Biography. Secaucus, NJ: Carol Pub. Group, 1993. Depicts Disney as an evil anti-Communist, despicable FBI informer, heavy drinker, bigot, and mentally unstable.

****************************************************************

 

Edward Dmytryk

 

Dmytryk, Edward. It’s a Hell of a Life, but Not a Bad Living. New York: New York Times Books, 1978. Dmytryk, one of the Hollywood Ten, later broke with communism.

Dmytryk, Edward. Odd Man Out: A Memoir of the Hollywood Ten. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1995. Memoir of imprisoned member of the Hollywood Ten who later broke with the C.P. and testified to HCUA.  Says he entered C.P. circles in the early 1940s through the People’s Education Center and Writers Mobilization and joined in 1944.  He was suspended in 1945 for failing to carry out party orders regarding attempts to modify the scripts for “Till the End of Time” and “All the King’s Men.”  Scorns as dishonest the memoirs of Hollywood Reds who maintain that Hollywood Communist meetings were chiefly concerns with socializing and promotion of innocuous liberal causes.  Sees the CPUSA as centered around the promotion of Soviet interests and regards it as a moral duty of intellectuals to expose its infiltration of American institutions.

Friedman, Lester D. “A Very Narrow Path: The Politics of Edward Dmytryk.” Literature/Film Quarterly 12, no. 4 (1984).

Schwartz, Stephen. “Dmytryk’s Honorable Mutiny.” Weekly Standard, 19 July 1999. Survey’s Dmytryk’s film art and his attitude toward Stalinism.

****************************************************************

 

Ludwig Donath

 

Haynes, John Earl. “The Ludwig Donath File in the Joseph Rauh Papers: How One Actor Got Off the Anti-Communist Blacklist.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Discusses the successful efforts of one actor to get off the blacklist without naming names.

****************************************************************

 

Kirk Douglas

 

Douglas, Kirk. The Ragman’s Son: An Autobiography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988. Major Hollywood star discusses the blacklist of the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

Melvyn Douglas

 

Arthur, Thomas H. “The Political Career of an Actor: Melvyn Douglas and the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1973.

Arthur, Thomas H. “An Actor in Politics: Melvyn Douglas and the New Deal.” Journal of Political Culture 14, no. 2 (1980). Notes Douglas participation in anti-Nazi and Popular Front organizations in Hollywood in the late 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Dunne

 

Dunne, Philip. Take Two: A Life in Movies and Politics. New York: McGraw-Hill & San Francisco Book Co., 1980. Argues that the Screen Writers Guild was never under Communist control.

Dunne, Philip. “Hollywood and the First Amendment.” Constitution 4 (Fall 1992). Dunne, a screenwriter, described his Committee for the First Amendment’s opposition of HCUA investigations of communism in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

John Henry Faulk

 

Faulk, John Henry. Fear on Trial. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1964. Includes an account of the author’s libel suit against Aware, Inc., and its associates, who attacked him for pro-Communist activities.

****************************************************************

 

Will Geer

 

Norton, Sally Osborne. “A Historical Study of Actor Will Geer, His Life and Work in the Context of Twentieth-Century American Social, Political, and Theatrical History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1981. Discusses Geer’s association with Communism and his experience with the anti-Communist blacklist.

****************************************************************

 

Bernard Gordon

 

Gordon, Bernard. Hollywood Exile, or, How I Learned to Love the Blacklist: A Memoir. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Charlton Heston

 

Raymond, Emilie Elizabeth. “‘From My Cold, Dead Hands’: A Political and Cultural Biography of Charlton Heston.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri - Columbia, 2003. Notes Heston’s strong opposition to communism as a basic stance.

****************************************************************

 

William Holden

 

Landon, Philip J. “William Holden: Hollywood’s Reluctant Cold Warrior.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Hedda Hopper

 

Frost, Jennifer. “‘If You Stand Too Close to a Red Lamp, You’re Bound to Get Burned’: Hedda Hopper, Hollywood Gossip, and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Sterling Hayden

 

Hayden, Sterling. Wanderer. New York: Knopf, 1963. Hayden, an established movie star, discusses his decision to truthfully answer questions from Congressional committees about the role of Communists in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Jarrico

 

Ceplair, Larry. The Marxist and the Movies: A Biography of Paul Jarrico. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2007. TOC: The early years, 1915-36 -- Screenwriting and communism, 1936-39 -- World War II, 1939-45 -- The Cold War in Hollywood, 1945-47 -- The interregnum, 1948-50 -- The blacklist expands, 1951-52 -- Salt of the earth, 1952-54 -- The black market and Khrushchev?s speech, 1954-58 -- Europe, 1958-75 -- Political battles, 1958-75 -- Back in the USA, 1975-97.

McGilligan, Patrick. “A True-Blue Red in Hollywood: An Interview with Paul Jarrico.” Cinéaste 23, no. 2 (1997).

Meroney, John. “Howard Hughes’s Last Hurrah.” National Review Online, 25 February 2005. On Hughes’ winning of a law suit that was appealed to U.S. Supreme Court against film writer Paul Jarrico, a Comunist, who Hughes had fired from RKO.

****************************************************************

 

Elia Kazan and On the Waterfront

 

Biskind, Peter. “The Politics of Power in On The Waterfront.” Radical America 10, no. 1 (1976). Sees the film as anti-Communist because of its emphasis on personal motivation rather than class solidarity to defeat corruption and oppressive working conditions.

Hey, Kenneth. “Ambivalence as a Theme in On the Waterfront (1954): An Inter Disciplinary Approach to Film Study.” American Quarterly 31, no. 5 (Winter 1979). Discusses the influence of past Communist adherence and House Un-American Activities Committee testimony on Elia Kazan’s film On the Waterfront; highly critical of Kazan for testifying truthfully to the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Johnson, Malcolm M. Crime on the Labor Front. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1950. Book version of the New York Sun newspaper series about mob control of ILA locals that provided the basis of the film On the Waterfront.

Johnson, Malcolm M. On the Waterfront: The Pulitzer Prize-Winning Articles That Inspired the Classic Movie and Transformed the New York Harbor. Intod. by Budd Schulberg. New York: Chamberlain Bros., 2005.

Kazan, Elia. Elia Kazan: A Life. New York: Knopf, 1988. Kazan discusses his participation in a C.P. caucus in the Group Theater in New York in 1935 and his decision to truthfully answer questions about his Communist experiences when testifying to U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.  In New York Times, May 3, 1988, Richard Bernstein reviews Kazan’s discussion and contrasts it with the views of Arthur Miller and Lillian Hellman.

Kazan, Elia. Kazan on Kazan. Edited by Michel Ciment. New York: Viking Press, 1974.

Kazan, Elia. Kazan: The Master Director Discusses His Films: Interviews with Elia Kazan. With Jeff Young. New York: Newmarket Press, 1999. Discusses his decision to testify to HCUA: “The only other option was to remain silent and pretend I didn’t know better when people said there’s no Communist conspiracy.  Nonsense.  There was a conspiracy.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “On the Waterfront Without a Clue: A Review Essay.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004). Critique of the treatment of On the Waterfront in Buhle and Wagner’s Blacklisted: The Film Lover’s Guide to the Hollywood Blacklist.

Maland, Charles. “ON THE WATERFRONT (1954): Film and the Dilemmas of American Liberalism in the McCarthy Era.” American Studies in Scandinavia 14, no. 2 (1982).

Neve, Brian. “The 1950s, the Case of Elia Kazan and On the Waterfront.” In Cinema, Politics, and Society in America, edited by Philip Davies and Brian Neve. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981.

Neve, Brian. “On the Waterfront.” History Today [U.K.] 45, no. 6 (1995).

Pennington, Renee. “The Agony of Kazan’s Informer.” The Thousand Eyes Magazine 8 (January 1976). Sees “On the Waterfront” as an expression of Kazan’s agony over answering questions of the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Schickel, Richard. Elia Kazan: A Biography. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 2005.  Thorough and comprehensive biography by a skilled and insightful film critic.

Schulberg, Budd. On the Waterfront: A Screenplay. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1980. Includes an “afterword” by Schulberg discussing the issue of the screenplay and his role in the CPUSA.

Tailleur, Roger. “Elia Kazan and the House Un-American Activities Committee.” Film Comment 2 (Fall 1966).

Weinraub, Bernard. “Book Says Kazan Had Scant Regret Over Testimony.” New York Times, 4 March 1999. Says that in interviews conducted in 1973 and 1974 Kazan stated he decided to testify “out of a deep personal conviction that a genuine communist conspiracy was threatening the nation.”

****************************************************************

 

Elia Kazan’s Oscar Controversy

 

Billingsley, K.L. “Best Witness.” Heterodoxy, February 1999. On Elia Kazan.

Breindel, Eric. “Waiting in the Wings for Cinema Esteem.” Washington Times, 2 February 1997. On the Los Angeles Film Critics Association rejecting awarding Elia Kazan a life-time achievement award because he testified truthfully to HCUA in 1952.

Cohen, Richard. “A Salute to Elia Kazan.” Washington Post, 26 January 1999. “Kazan is finally being honored not because his anticommunism no longer matters but because it does -- and it is triumphant.  No longer does anyone of note believe either that the Soviet Union or communism represented an essentially -- if flawed -- progressive cause, or, for that matter, that Moscow and Washington were equally at fault for the Cold war.  That debate has ended.”

Dowd, Maureen. “Streetcar Named Betrayal.” New York Times, 24 February 1999. “History has a way of getting at the truth, and it has brought out the terrible stench of Stalinism.  These days, it’s hard to find serious people who will argue the innocence of Alger Hiss or the Rosenbergs.  Many find Mr. Kazan offensive now not for his dim view of Communists, but for the scuzzy way he expressed it.”

Erickson, Steve. “Why Elia Kazan Should Not Receive an Oscar.” Salon Magazine, 17 March 1999.

Fettmann, Eric. “Elia Kazan, Hero.” New York Post, 31 January 1999. “Hollywood has long seen this as a black-and-white story with only angels on one side and only devils on the other.  The reality, however is far more gray -- as Kazan himself understood all too well.”

Fettmann, Eric. “One of the ‘Martyrs’ Will Applaud.” New York Post, 21 March 1999. On Edward Dmytryk and his support for Elia Kazan.

Goldstein, Patrick. “Many Refuse to Clap as Kazan Receives Oscar.” Los Angeles Times, 22 March 1999.

Jacoby, Jeff. “Kazan’s Lifetime Achievement.” Boston Glove, 8 March 1999. “However distasteful cooperating with the committee may have been, cooperating with the Communist party and the Soviet Union  -- which is what refusing to testify or taking the Fifth amounted to -- would have been infinitely worse.”

Klady, Leonard, and Nick Madigan. “Kazan Takes Oscar with No Apologies.” Variety, 22 March 1999.

Meroney, John. “Kazan’s Honor.” Washington Post, 20 March 1999.

New Criterion editors. “The One Unforgivable Sin.” New Criterion 17, no. 8 (April 1999). On Kazan’s award.

Neve, Brian. “Elia Kazan’s First Testimony to the House Committee on Un-American Activities, Executive Session, 14 January 1952.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 25 (June 2005).

New York Times editors. “An Oscar Protest.” New York Times, 24 February 1999. Editorial: “The Academy has done what it has not always been able to do -- distinguish clearly between the merit of an artist’s work and the merit of his behavior or convictions.  Meanwhile, the protesters will make the necessary if implicit point that Mr. Kazan remains accountable for a decision he took not as a film maker but as a human being.”

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “Hollywood Hypocrisy.” New York Times, 28 February 1999. “Mr. Kazan, the protesters say, is an informer, and his offense is unforgivable.  But is that what the protesters really mean?… Had Mr. Kazan been a member of the German-American Bund naming underground Nazis, would they have condemned him just as much?  Or a former Klansman who informed on his hooded brethren?  Or a former Mafia thug who informed on the mob?  Or a member of the Nixon White House who informed during Watergate?  Or a whistleblower who disclosed government malfeasance?  No, informing per se is not Mr. Kazan’s offense.  His true offense in the minds of the Hollywood protesters is that he informed on the Communist party.”

Schwartz, Stephen. “The Rehabilitation of Elia Kazan: Hollywood Great and Patriot is Finally Honored.” Weekly Standard, 8 February 1999.

Steyn, Mark. “The Crucible of Hollywood’s Guilt.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. On the moral squalor of those in Hollywood who take a benign view of Stalinism and condemn Elia Kazan’s speaking the truth.

Thomson, David. “What Elia Kazan Won’t Hear at the Oscars.” Washington Post, 21 March 1999. “The blacklist worked and held terroristic sway because the pillars of the Academy … agreed to abide by it.”

Waxman, Sharon. “Reelpolitik at the Oscars, Honor for Elia Kazan Stirs Up Those Blacklisted in McCarthy Era.” Washington Post, 25 February 1999. On plans to protest Kazan’s Oscar.

Waxman, Sharon. “For Elia Kazan, A Contentious Moment of Glory.” Washington Post, 22 March 1999.

Weinraub, Bernard. “Time Frees the Hollywood One.” New York Times, 24 January 1999. On decision of Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences to give Elia Kazan an honorary Oscar over the opposition of those who said his testimony to the House Committee on Un-American Activities disqualified him.

West, Diana. “Elia Kazan’s Last Oscar.” Washington Times, 29 January 1999. “The man remains typecast as the bad guy who made good movies....  Mr. Kazan is being honored because he was great; because he is old; and because Hollywood as some inkling that he may have been right, although there is no one yet articulating that fact.”

West, Diana. “One Fell Out of the Cuckoo’s Nest.” Washington Times, 26 March 1999. On Elia Kazan.

Will, George F. “Honor Elia Kazan.” Washington Post, 21 March 1999.

 

Howard Koch

 

Koch, Howard. As Time Goes by: Memoirs of a Writer. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979.

 

 

Ring Lardner, Jr.

 

Lardner, Ring, Jr. “My Life on the Blacklist.” Saturday Evening Post, 14 October 1961.

Lardner, Ring, Jr. The Lardners: My Family Remembered. New York: Harper & Row, 1976. Lardner, a screen writer, was one of the Hollywood Ten.

Lardner, Ring, Jr. “The Gilding of the Blacklisted: A Son of the Hollywood Ten Revisits a Heroic Legacy.” Washington Post, 2 November 1997. Commentary on his memories of the Hollywood Ten.

Lardner, Ring. I’d Hate Myself in the Morning: A Memoir. New York [Emeryville, CA]: Thunder’s Mouth Press/Nation Books Distributed by Publishers Group West, 2000.

Sorkin, Adam J. “Politics, Privatism and the Fifties: Ring Lardner Jr.’s ‘the Ecstasy of Owen Muir.’” Journal of American Culture 8, no. 3 (1985). On Lardner’s satirization of America’s hypocrisy, opposition to communism, Christianity, and capitalism.

****************************************************************

 

John Howard Lawson

 

Carr, Gary L. The Left Side of Paradise: The Screenwriting of John Howard Lawson. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1984.

Chambers, Jonathan L. Messiah of the New Technique: John Howard Lawson, Communism, and American Theatre, 1923-1937. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 2006.

Chambers, Jonathan. “How Hollywood Led John Howard Lawson to Embrace Communism and How He Turned Hollywood Red.” Theatre History Studies 17 (June 1997).

Horne, Gerald. The Final Victim of the Blacklist: John Howard Lawson, Dean of the Hollywood Ten. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2006.

Lawson, John Howard. “Biographical Notes.” Zeitschrift Für Anglistik und Amerikanistik [German Democratic Republic] 4 (1956).

Lawson, John Howard. Film in the Battle of Ideas. New York: Garland, 1984.

****************************************************************

 

Canada Lee

 

Gill, Glenda E. “Careerist and Casualty: The Rise and Fall of Canada Lee.” Freedomways 21, no. 1 (1981). Biography of black actor Canada Lee (Leonard Lionel Cornelius Canegata) whose career in American theater and films was damaged by House Committee on Un-American Activities and the Federal Bureau of Investigation probes.

Smith, Mona Z. Becoming Something: The Story of Canada Lee. New York: Faber and Faber, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Losey

 

Caute, David. Joseph Losey: A Revenge on Life. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994. Says that Losey told his wife and one other person that he had been a courier for the Communist underground in the 1930s.   Losey was also a good friend of CPUSA underground head J. Peters and kept in contact into the 1970s.

Losey, Joseph. Losey on Losey. Edited by Tom Milne. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1968. Losey, a film director, was a secret Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Albert Maltz

 

Sbardellati, John. “The Maltz Affair Revisited: How the American Communist Party Relinquished Its Cultural Authority at the Dawn of the Cold War.” Paper presented at the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Chantilly, Virginia, 2007.

Salzman, Jack. Albert Maltz. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1978.

Zheutlin, Barbara, and David Talbot. “Albert Maltz: Portrait of a Hollywood Dissident.” Cinéaste 8, no. 3 (1978). Maltz was a leading Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

Abraham Polonsky

 

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. A Very Dangerous Citizen: Abraham Lincoln Polonsky and the Hollywood Left. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2001.  Exchanges about this book in Cinéaste, 27,2 (Spring 2002).

Eckstein, Arthur M., Paul Buhle, and Dave Wagner. “Polonsky, Politics and the Hollywood Blacklist.” Filmhäftet [Sweden] 30, no. 2 (March 2002). Critical essay review with responses of Buhle and Wagner’s A Very Dangerous Citizen.

Polonsky, Abraham. “How the Blacklist Worked in Hollywood.” Film Culture, Fall 1970.

****************************************************************

 

Maurice Rapf

 

Rapf, Maurice. Back Lot: Growing up with the Movies. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1999. Discusses how his CPUSA allegiance affected his role in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

Ronald Reagan

 

Meroney, John. “The Real Truth About Reagan is That He Was a Bit of a Leftie.” Daily Telegraph [London], 13 June 2004. On Reagan political background and adoption of anticommunism based on his expeirences when heading the SAG union.

Radosh, Ronald. “Reagan and the Reds: New Details on a Noble Fight.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 February 2001. On newly public 1960 letter by Reagan on Communists in Hollywood.

Reagan, Ronald, and Richard Gibson Hubler. Where’s the Rest of Me? New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1965. Reagan discusses his shift as leader of the Screen Actors Guild after World War II from Popular Front liberal to anti-Communist.

Rogin, Michael Paul. Ronald Reagan, the Movie and Other Episodes in Political Demonology. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987. Discusses the relationship of motion pictures and political attitudes and the effects of Hollywood anti-Communism and Cold War films on Ronald Reagan’s political views.

Vaughn, Stephen. “Spies, National Security, and the ‘Inertia Projector’: The Secret Service Films of Ronald Reagan.” American Quarterly 39 (Fall 1987). Discusses the depiction of the House Committee on Un-American Activities in 1938-39 Warner Brothers’ films.

Vaughn, Stephen. “Ronald Reagan and the Struggle for Black Dignity in Cinema, 1937-1953.” Journal of Negro History 77, no. 1 (Winter 1992)..

Vaughn, Stephen. Ronald Reagan in Hollywood: Movies and Politics. Cambridge [England] New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Discusses Reagan’s role in the Screen Actors Guild.

****************************************************************

 

Edward G. Robinson

 

Ross, Steven. “Little Caesar and the HUAC Mob: Edward G. Robinson and the Tragedy of American Liberalism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Dore Schary

 

Schary, Dore. Heyday: An Autobiography. Boston: Little, Brown, 1979. Discusses blacklisting in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

Budd Schulberg

 

Rhodes, Chip. “Ambivalence on the Left: Budd Schulberg’s What Makes Sammy Run?Studies in American Fiction 30, no. 1 (Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

 

Oliver Stone

 

Kagan, Norman. The Cinema of Oliver Stone. New York: Continuum, 1995.

Prasch, Thomas. “Looking for Nixon’s Rosebud: The Cuban Connection and Oliver Stone’s Historical Revisionism in Nixon.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Whaley, Donald M. “Oliver Stone: Natural Born Anarchist.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Taylor

 

Breindel, Eric. “Hollywood Trying to Erase Its Past.” Washington Times, 16 January 1990. Commentary critical of the 1990 decision of Lorimar Studios to remove movie star Robert Taylor’s name from a building after a petition campaign by Hollywood liberals retrospectively condemning Taylor for testifying truthfully in 1947 before U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities regarding communism in Hollywood.

Elvir, John. “Beyond the Beltway.” Washington Times, 4 January 1990. Reports that in response to a petition led by screenwriter Stan Zimmerman and signed by fifty Hollywood figures Lorimar Studies has removed the dedication to the late film star Robert Taylor of a building on its lot.  Zimmerman, who says that Taylor’s testifying to HCUA in 1947 destroyed the careers, stated that “in this age of Jesse Helms and other right-wing noisemakers, we decided to take action.”

West, Diana. “Robert Taylor, Unperson.” Washington Times, 27 February 1990. Newspaper feature story on the removal of movie star Robert Taylor’s name from a studio building in response to a petition from 50 movie writers and producers.  In 1947 Taylor, then an official of the Screen Actors Guild and an anti-Communist, testified to U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

 

Dalton Trumbo

 

Capshaw, Ron. “Americanism with a Vengeance: Civil Liberties and Dalton Trumbo.” 49th Parallel, Winter 2000.

Cook, Bruce. “The Black Years of Dalton Trumbo.” American Film, October 1975.

Cook, Bruce. Dalton Trumbo. New York: Scribner, 1977.

Eckstein, Art. “Fountain of Lies.” Frontpagemagazine.com, 14 March 2005. On the Dalton Trumbo Free Speech Fountain at Colorado Univesity.  “The Dalton Trumbo Fountain, we learn from the official description by the University of Colorado School of Journalism, “is named in honor of Dalton Trumbo, one of the Hollywood Ten...screenwriters and directors who were blacklisted and driven from their livelihoods for refusing to testify before the House of Un-American Activities Committee” (HUAC).  This is the OFFICIAL University of Colorado description of Dalton Trumbo--and no doubt the only things that most undergraduates, or even graduate students, at Colorado know about Dalton Trumbo. As such, this description is a lie--especially in terms of Dalton Trumbo’s real attitude towards freedom of speech during the most famous period of his life.”

Hanson, Peter. Dalton Trumbo, Hollywood Rebel: A Critical Survey and Filmography. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2001.

Kriegel, L. “Dalton Trumbo’s Johnny Got His Gun.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Palmer, Tim. “Side of the Angels: Dalton Trumbo, the Hollywood Trade Press, and the Blacklist.” Cinema Journal 44 (Summer 2005).

Teachout, Terry. “The Odor of Sanctimony.” Wall Street Journal, 5 September 2003. Critical review of the play “Trumbo,” written by Dalton Trumbo’s son Christopher in which Trumbo’s letters are read along with a didactic slide show.

Trumbo, Dalton. The Time of the Toad: A Study of Inquisition in America by One of the Hollywood Ten. [Hollywood, CA: Hollywood Ten, 1950. Pamphlet.  Trumbo was a leading Hollywood Communist and screen writer and one of the Hollywood Ten.

Trumbo, Dalton. Additional Dialogue; Letters of Dalton Trumbo, 1942-1962. Edited by Helen Manfull. New York: M. Evans; in association with Lippincott, 1970.

Trumbo, Dalton. The Time of the Toad: A Study of Inquisition in America, and Two Related Pamphlets. New York: Harper & Row, 1972.

Trumbo, Nikola. “A Different Childhood.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

****************************************************************

 

Radical Photography and Documentary Film

 

Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films

 

Alexander, William. Film on the Left: American Documentary Film from 1931 to 1942. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1981. Survey and analysis of social protest and left-wing documentary film making in the 1930s.  Includes coverage of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films.

Alexander, William. “Film on the Left: American Documentary Films from 1931-1942.” Canadian Review of American Studies 16 (Summer 1985).

Bethune, Beverly M. “A Case of Overkill: The FBI and the New York City Photo League.” Journalism History 7, no. 3-4 (1980).

Bethune, Beverly Moore. “The New York City Photo League: A Political History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1979. Recounts the political and politically linked photographic activities of the Communist-aligned Film and Photo League (1930-36) and the New York City Photo League (1936-51).

Bezner, Belinda Corbus. “American Documentary Photography During the Cold War: The Decline of a Tradition.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1993. Argues that left artists successfully retreated from overt political content under pressure from anticommunism and that this retreat was often praised by critics who said, essentially, that politics was no business for true, visionary artists. While documentarians during the Depression and pre-World War II years were urged toward a philosophy of committed social responsibility, criticism in the Cold War era effectively silenced the political artist in American society.  Discusses the creation and disbandment in 1951 of the Photo League after it was named a subversive organization, the career of Sid Grossman (the only member of the Photo League publicly singled out as a Communist), Edward Steichen’s “Family of Man” exhibition of 1955 and Robert Frank’s “The Americans” in 1959.

Campbell, Russell. “Radical Cinema in the United States, 1930-1942: The Work of the Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1978.

Campbell, Russell. Cinema Strikes Back: Radical Filmmaking in the United States, 1930-1942. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982. Study of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films.  Judges that the adoption of a Popular Front stance caused Frontier Films to move away from the class struggle, adopt Hollywood devices, and reinforce the status quo.

Campbell, Russell, Tony Stafford, Samuel Brody, and William Alexander. “Film and Photo League: Radical Cinema in the 30’s.” Jump Cut, no. 14 (March 1977). Special section with essays and features.

Dejardin, Fiona M. “The Photo League: Aesthetics, Politics, and the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of Delaware, 1993.

Dejardin, Fiona. “The Photo League and the Attorney General’s List.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Fishbein, Leslie. “A Lost Legacy of Labor Films.” Film and History 9, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the work of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League in filming Communist organized marches and strikes during the Depression.

Kepley, Vance. “The Workers’ International Relief and the Cinema of the Left 1921-1929.” Cinema Journal 23 (Fall 1983). Notes films produced in the early 1920s by the C.P.’s International Workers’ Aid in Chicago.

Leshne, Carla. “The Film & Photo League of San Francisco.” Film History 18, no. 4 (2006).

Miller, Rick. “Remembering the Photo League.” Photographer’s Forum, Fall 1997.

Miller, Sara, Sam Brody, and Peter Bates. “The Workers Film and Photo League.” Jump Cut, no. 33 (February 1988). Special section with essays and features.

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Working Class Struggles in the Great Depression: The Film Record.” Film Library Quarterly 13 (1980).

Rosenzweig, Roy. “United Action Means Victory: Militant Americanism on Film.” Labor History 24, no. 2 (1983). Discusses the militant Americanism of a UAW documentary film and the patriotic themes of the Popular Front cultural line.  Argues that Popular Front Americanism had radical potential.

Slide, Anthony, ed. Filmfront: A Reprint Edition. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986. Journal of the Film and Photo League.

Tucker, Anne Wilkes, Claire Cass, and Stephen Daiter. This Was the Photo League: Compassion and the Camera from the Depression to the Cold War. Chicago: Stephen Daiter Gallery, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Documentary and Radical Photography: Biographical Accounts

 

Flieschman, Stephen. A Red in the House: The Unauthorized Memoir of S.E. Fleischman: My Thirty Years in Network News. Lincoln, NE: IUniverse, 2004. A documentary film and television maker (CBS, ABC), Fleishman was a secret member of the CPUSA.

Grossman, Ron. “The Leftist Lensman.” Chicago Tribune, 2 July 2006. About Milton Rogovin, a Communist photographer.

****************************************************************

 

James Abbe

 

Rappaport, Helen. “Stalin & the Photographer.” History Today 51, no. 5 (2001). On the work of American photographer James Abbe.

****************************************************************

 

Margaret Bourke-White

 

Goldberg, Vicki. Margaret Bourke-White: A Biography. New York: Harper & Row, 1986. This biography of the famous photographer notes Bourke-White’s association with the Film and Photo League, The League of Women Shoppers, the American League for Peace and Democracy, the preparation of several pro-Soviet movies, books, and film exhibits, and her speech at the 1936 American Artists’ Congress lauding Soviet artistic policies.  Even so, Goldberg asserts Bourke-White’s “was not so involved in political matters as the records suggest.”  Discusses Westbroke Pegler’s attacks on Bourke-White as a fellow-traveler in 1951 and how a Bourke-White photo essay on the defection of a Communist guerrilla during the Korean war blunted Pegler’s attack.

Snyder, Robert E. “Margaret Bourke-White and the Communist Witch-Hunt.” Journal of American Studies 19, no. 1 (April 1985). Discusses the controversy in the early 1950s when the photographer-journalist Burke-White was allowed access to secret Air Force installations in order to prepare a photo article on the Strategic Air Command.  Right-wing journalists pointed to her association with the American Youth Congress, the Film and Photo League, the League of Women Shoppers, and her photographic contributions to Art Front and the Sunday Worker as evidence of Communist sympathies.  Bourke-White denied sympathy for Communism and claimed that she was nonpolitical, that her association with various Communist front groups during the 1930s was nonpolitical, and she was unaware of any Communist orientation of these groups.

****************************************************************

 

Leo Hurwitz

 

Hurwitz, Leo. “One Man’s Voyage: Ideas and Films in the 1930’s.” Cinema Journal 5 (Fall 1975). Memoir by a radical documentary film maker close to the Communist party.

Klein, Michare, and Jill Klein. “Native Land: An Interview with Leo Hurwitz.” Cinéaste 6, no. 3 (1974). Hurwitz was with the Film and Photo League and Frontier Films.  He also directed “Native Land,” a full-length feature about labor organizing with musics by Marc Blitzstein and songs and narration by Paul Robeson.

Seshadri, Vijay. “Which Side Are You on, Boys?” American Scholar 70, no. 2 (2001). Remembers radical filmmaker Leo Hurwitz.

****************************************************************

 

Joris Ivens

 

Schoots, Hans, and David Colmer. Living Dangerously: A Biography of Joris Ivens. Amsterdam London: Amsterdam University Press Eurospan, 2000.

Waugh, Thomas H. R. “Joris Ivens and the Evolution of the Radical Documentary, 1926-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1981. Dutch documentary filmmaker came to the U.S. and became a leading figure in the “milieu of the Popular Front in North America, for which he becomes a major artistic spokesperson during its initial growth around the Spanish cause, its slump following the Hitler-Nazi pact, its renewal after Pearl Harbor, and, finally, its postwar rout.”

****************************************************************

 

Tina Modotti

 

Albers, Patricia. Shadows, Fire, Snow: The Life of Tina Modotti. New York: Clarkson Potter, 1999.

Hooks, Margaret. Tina Modotti, Photographer and Revolutionary. San Francisco: Pandora, 1993. Modotti, a Communist photographer active in radical circles in San Francisco and Mexico (1896-1942), was closely associated with the Mexican Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Strand

 

MacDonald, Fraser. “Paul Strand and the Atlanticist Cold War.” History of Photography 28, no. 4 (Winter 2004).

Peeler, David P. “Apocalyptic Artist: Paul Strand in Mexico.” Paper presented at Washington Seminar on American History. Washington, DC, 1994. Regarding photographer Strand‘s adoption in 1932-1933 of the view that capitalism and individualism were dying and communism and the collective were about the sweep the world.  Influences included New York‘s Group Theatre and Sidney Hook who validated Strand‘s visual fascination with machinery.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 13

Communism and Art

 

Anreus, Alejandro, Diana L. Linden, and Jonathan Weinberg, eds. The Social and the Real Political Art of the 1930s in the Western Hemisphere. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2006.

Antliff, Allan. Anarchist Modernism Art, Politics, and the First American Avant-Garde. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2001.

Boris, Yve-Alain. “El Lissitzky: Radical Reversibility.” Art in America 76 (April 1988). Discusses influence of communism on art exhibitions.

Buhle, Paul, and Edmund B. Sullivan. Images of American Radicalism. Hanover, MA: The Christopher Pub. House, 1998.

Dervaux, Isabelle. “Avant-Garde in New York, 1935-1939: The Ten.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1993. Discusses the drift away from Popular Front influenced art in the late 1930s toward the avant-garde by leading painters.

Edwards, Katie Robinson. “Jackson Pollock in the Cultural Context of America, 1943--1956: Class, ‘Mess,’ and UnAmerican Activities.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 2006.

Egbert, Donald Drew. “Socialism and American Art.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952.

Finkelstein, Sidney Walter. Art and Society. New York: International Publishers, 1947. Statement of CPUSA aesthetics by a party authority.

Finkelstein, Sidney Walter. Realism in Art. New York: International Publishers, 1954.

Frascina, Francis, ed. Pollock and After: The Critical Debate. Cambridge [England] Philadelphia: Harper & Row, 1985. Includes T.J. Clark -- American painting during the Cold War / Max Kozloff -- Abstract expressionism, weapon of the Cold War / Eva Cockcroft -- Abstract expressionism: the politics of apolitical painting / Serge Guilbaut -- Avant-gardes and partisans reviewed. 

Frascina, Francis. “Revision, Revisionism and Rehabilitation, 1959/1999.” Journal of Contemporary History 39, no. 1 (January 2004). Meditates visits to two museum exhibitions in New York, the status of modern art, and an article about Senator Joseph McCarthy and the Venona documents in The New York Times Magazine on the same Sunday in November 1999.

Frascina, Francis. “Institutions, Culture and America’s Cold War Years: The Making of Greenberg’s Modernist Painting.” Oxford Art Journal 26, no. 1 (2003).

Harap, Louis. Social Roots of the Arts. New York: International Publishers, 1949. A statement of Communist party esthetics.

Helfgott, Isadora Anderson. “Art and the Struggle for the American Soul: The Pursuit of a Popular Audience for Art in America from the Depression to World War II.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 2006.

Hemingway, Andrew. Artists on the Left: American Artists and the Communist Movement, 1926-1956. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2002. Examination of left art that includes review of art published or discussed  in New Masses, Art Front, and The Daily Worker, as well as looking at John Reed Club exhibitions, New Deal art project, the Anton Refregier mural in San Francisco, and many other art works and artists linked to the left and the Communist movement.

Hemingway, Andrew. “Between Zhdanovism and 57th Street: Artists and the CPUSA, 1945-1956.” In The Social and the Real: Political Art of the 1930s in the Western Hemisphere, edited by Alejandro Anreus, Diana L. Linden, and Jonathan Weinberg. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2006.

Krenn, Michael L. “‘Fall-Out Shelters for the Human Spirit’: American Art and the Cold War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Krenn, Michael L. Fall-Out Shelters for the Human Spirit: American Art and the Cold War. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2005.

Langa, Helen. Radical Art: Printmaking and the Left in 1930s New York. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2004. Includes: Introduction: social viewpoint prints, cultural democracy, and leftist politics -- “Art for the millions”: printmaking in New York in the 1930s -- Modern styles, radical themes -- Imag(in)ing labor: fine prints and their historical contexts -- Protesting societal injustice: antiracism in 1930s prints -- Horror and outrage: printmakers against war and fascism -- Transient opportunities: cultural politics and social viewpoint prints.

Nel, Philip. “A Left Turn.” The Courant [Syracuse University Library Associates] 1 (Fall 2004). Notes that Crockett Johnson was art editor of the journal Fight Against War and Fascism of the ALAWF and later art editor for New Masses.  Others on the masthead of Fight included Kyle Crichton [aka Robert Forsythe when writing for New Masses] and David Zablodowsky.

Orton, Fred. “Action, Revolution and Painting.” Oxford Art Journal [U.K.] 17, no. 2 (1994). On Harold Rosenberg.

Orton, Fred, and Griselda Pollock. Avant-Gardes and Partisans Reviewed. Manchester, New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1996.

Pach, Walter. “The Stake of the Arts in the Democratic Way of Life.” Paper presented at Tenth Conference on Science, Philosophy, and Religion in their Relation to the Democratic Way of Life. Columbia University, 1949. <http://www.english.upenn.edu/~afilreis/50s/pach.html>. On thought control and the arts in Nazi and Communist totalitarianisms.

Park, Marlene. “Lynching and Antilynching: Art and Politics in the 1930s.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 18 (1993). Highlights the Communist artists role in opposition to lynching.

Peeler, David P. Hope Among Us Yet: Social Criticism and Social Solace in Depression America. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1987. Discusses the attempt of some artists to fulfill the hopes of Communist aesthetics.

Philo, Simon. “Standing Outside the Toyshop: Pop Art’s Challenge to Cold War Conformity.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

Rosenzweig, Roy. Government and the Arts in Thirties America: A Guide to Oral Histories and Other Research Materials. Edited by Roy. Rosenzweig. Fairfax, VA & Lanham, MD: George Mason University Press, distr. by University Pub. Associates, 1986. Guide to more than 1,000 interviews.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Artists, Socialites Rally Round New Park at Coit Tower.” San Francisco Chronicle, 19 August 1997. The Coit Tower mural was a well-known expression of 30s radicalism.

Sloan, Donald E. “‘Why not Revolution?’: The John Reed Club and Visual Culture.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 2004.

Starr, Jerold M., ed. “Revolutionary Art Versus Art for the Revolution: Dadaists and Leninists, 1916-1923.” In Cultural Politics: Radical Movements in Modern History. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Whiting, Cecile Marie. “The Response to Fascism in American Painting, 1933-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1986.

Whiting, Cécile. Antifascism in American Art. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

Organized Artists

 

Baigell, Matthew, and Julia Williams, eds. Artists Against War and Fascism: Papers of the First American Artists’ Congress. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1986. Reprints papers from the 1936 meeting of this Popular Front organization; sympathetic commentary by the editors.

Kelley, Kevin J. “When Artists Were Organized.” Guardian, 26 February 1986. Discusses retrospective art show on Depression and politicized art of the American Artists Congress of 1936.

Kramer, Hilton. “The Big Red Paintpot.” New York Times Book Review, 27 April 1986. On Communist-influenced art activists.

Monroe, Gerald M. “The American Artists Congress and the Invasion of Finland.” Archives of American Art Journal 15 (1975).

Tyler, Francine. “Artists Respond to the Great Depression and the Threat of Fascism: The New York Artists’ Union and Its Magazine ‘Art Front.’” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1991.

Vitz, Robert C. “Clubs, Congresses, and Unions: American Artists Confront the Thirties.” New York History 54, no. 4 (1973). Discusses the John Reed Clubs, American Contemporary Art Gallery, Artists Committee for Action, Unemployed Artists Group, and the American Artists Union. All were radical and several were adjuncts of the CPUSA.  All supported social relevancy, and were short-lived, accomplishing little.

****************************************************************

 

New Deal Federal Art Programs and Communism

 

Barnfield, Graham. “Addressing Estrangement: Federal Arts Patronage and National Identity Under the New Deal.” In Communications, Media and Communities Research Centre Occasional Paper. Sheffield Hallam University, 1993.

Barnfield, Graham. “‘Federal Arts Policy and Political Legitimation.” In Franklin D. Roosevelt and the Shaping of American Political Culture, edited by Nancy Beck Young, William D. Pederson, and Byron W. Daynes. M.E. Sharpe Library of Franklin D. Roosevelt Studies. Armonk, N.Y.: M.E. Sharpe, 2001.

Billington, Ray Allen. “Government And The Arts: The W. P. A. Experience.” American Quarterly 13, no. 4 (Winter 1961).

Fogel, Jared A., and Robert L. Stevens. “The Canvas Mirror: Painting as Politics in the New Deal.” Magazine of History 16, no. 1 (Fall 2001).

Foner, Philip Sheldon, and Reinhard Schultz. The Other America: Art and the Labour Movement in the United States. London, West Nyack, NY: Journeyman Press, 1985. Discusses 1930s art, WPA art.

Harrison, Helen A. “American Art and the New Deal.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 6, no. 3 (1972). Notes that congressional and public suspicions of Communist and radical manipulation of the New Deal art programs aided in bringing about their abolition.

Hemingway, Andrew. “Cultural Democracy by Default: The Politics of the New Deal Arts Programmes.” Oxford Art Journal (2007).

McCoy, Garnett. “Poverty, Politics and Artists, 1930-1945.” Art in America 53 (August-September 1965).

McDonald, William Francis. Federal Relief Administration and the Arts: The Origins and Administrative History of the Arts Projects of the Works Progress Administration. [Columbus]: Ohio State University Press, 1969. Notes controversy about Communist involvement in some FRA art projects.

McKinzie, Richard D. The New Deal for Artists. [Princeton]: Princeton University Press, 1973. Notes controversy regarding charges of Communist involvement in some New Deal art projects.

Monroe, Gerald M. “The 1930’s: Art, Ideology and the WPA.” Art in America 63, no. 6 (1975). Notes controversy over links of some WPA artists to the Communist Party.

Musher, Sharon Ann. “A New Deal for Art.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 2007.

Rosenstone, Robert A., and Barbara Melosh. “Oral History: Government and the Arts: Voices from the New Deal Era.” Journal of American History 77, no. 2 (September 1990).

Seaton, Elizabeth Gaede. “Federal Prints and Democratic Culture: The Graphic Arts Division of the Works Progress Administration Federal Art Project, 1935--1943.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 2000. “Searches for the roots of the democratic ideals associated with Project prints. Two philosophies emerge: one liberal, the other radical. FAP director Holger Cahill’s view that American printmaking should be diversified technically, and that printmaking instruction could cultivate Americans’ interest in art, are traced to the progressive liberal idea of a “democratic culture” of diversity and community forwarded by philosopher John Dewey. Radicals’ interest in using the medium to carry opinion are connected to the pro-democratic Popular Front ideologies of two Communist-guided cultural organizations, the American Artists Congress and the Artists Union.”

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Art: Biographical Accounts

 

Mike Alewitz

 

Alewitz, Mike, and Paul Buhle. Insurgent Images: The Agitprop Murals of Mike Alewitz. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Ralph Fasanella

 

D’Ambrosio, Paul S. “Ralph Fasanella (1914--1997): The Making of a Working-Class Artist.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 2001. Fasanella fought with the Lincoln battalion in Spain and worked as a UE organizer.

****************************************************************

 

Duncan Ferguson

 

Wald, Alan M. “Sculptor on the Left: Duncan Ferguson’s Search for Wholeness.” Pembroke Magazine 19 (Spring 1987). Detailed biographical, artistic, and political study of the former chairman of the Art Department at Louisiana State University in the 1930s who left his tenured position to become a lifelong Trotskyist militant; it is possibly the only extant study of a Marxist sculptor.

****************************************************************

 

Frida Kahlo

 

Hirschfeld, Linda Barrie. “Painting the Spanish Civil War: Frida Kahlo’s Personal Palette of Political Allegory.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2007.

Mencimer, Stephanie. “The Trouble With Frida Kahlo: Uncomfortable Truths About This Season’s Hottest Female Artist.” Washington Monthly, June 2002. . On Kahlo’s Stalinism.

****************************************************************

 

Hugo Gellert

 

Wechsler, James. “The Art and Activism of Hugo Gellert: Embracing the Specter of Communism.” Ph.D. diss. CUNY, 2003.  Gellert, a graphic artist, muralist, and painter, said “being an artist and being a Communist are but two cheeks of the same face, and I fail to see how I can be one without also being the other one.” and this study analyzes Gellert's artistic production in relationship to Communist Party policies.

****************************************************************

 

Jacob Kainen

 

Protzman, Fredinand. “A Red-Hot Flash: McCarthyism Drove Painter Jacob Kainen to a Haven in the Abstract.” Washington Post, 11 February 1999. Finds that Kainen’s paintings in 1951 and 1952 “have an unsettled, frenetic quality that cannot be found anywhere else in his body of work.  It’s as if he is reacting to McCarthyism by going into a kind of inner exile, retreating to a safe place inside himself where he can vent his fears and frustrations without jeopardizing his career or livelihood.”  Kainen, who had written for the Daily Worker, states that “‘I had done things as a noble gesture.  I thought I was on the side of the angels, contributing to a fair and sane society.  Instead, I found myself as an enemy of the people, a traitor.  It would make any idealist silent, mute.’”

****************************************************************

 

Oliver Larkin

 

Wallach, Alan. “Oliver Larkin’s Art and Life in America: Between the Popular Front and the Cold War.” American Art 15, no. 3 (Fall 2001): 80-89.

****************************************************************

 

Pablo Picasso

 

Mitgang, Herbert. “When Picasso Spooked the FBI.” New York Times, 11 November 1990. Discusses FOIA-procured FBI files on Picasso, begun after he joined the French Communist Party in 1944, calling creation of the file an unreasonable and irrational act of “cold war hysteria.”

****************************************************************

 

Meyer Schapiro

 

Hemingway, Andrew. “Meyer Schapiro and Marxism in the 1930s.” Oxford Art Journal [U.K.] 17, no. 1 (1994).

Schapiro, Meyer. “Nature of Abstract Art.” Marxist Quarterly 1 (January-March 1937)

****************************************************************

 

Ben Shahn

 

Katzman, Laura. “Art in the Atomic Age: Ben Shahn’s Stop H-Bomb Tests.” Yale Journal of Criticism 11, no. 1 (Spring 1998).

Pohl, Frances K. Ben Shahn: New Deal Artist in a Cold War Climate, 1947-1954. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1989. Sympathetic look at Shahn’s attempt to combine art and left-liberal politics.  Discusses his artistic work for the CIO and the Progressive Party.

Pohl, Frances Kathryn. “The Artist and the Politicians: Ben Shahn, 1947-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.

Sampsell, Kate. “The Testifying Eye: Ben Shahn in New York.” American Quarterly 53, no. 1 (2001).

Shahn, Ben. A Quarter Century of Un-Americana, 1938-1963: A Tragico-Comical Memorabilia of HUAC, House Un-American Activities Committee. Edited by Charlotte Pomerantz. Chicago: Chicago Center, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Cartoonists and Communism

 

Burck, Jacob, Fred Ellis, Sender Garlin, and Walt Carmon. Red Cartoons from the Daily Worker. Chicago, IL: Daily Worker Pub. Co., 1926.

Fitzgerald, Richard. Art and Politics: Cartoonists of the Masses and Liberator. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1973.

Red Cartoons. 1929 Red Cartoons Reprinted from The Daily Worker. Pamphlet. New York: Comprodaily Publishing Co., 1929.

****************************************************************

 

Cartoonists and Communism: Biographical Accounts

 

George Grosz

 

Flavell, M. Kay. George Grosz, a Biography. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988. Notes that Grosz, famous as a left-wing cartoon satirist of Weimar Germany, was initially welcomed by the American intellectual and artistic left when he immigrated to the U.S. after Hitler came to power.  However, most turned hostile when he failed to attack American society in the same fashion and when it became clear that he was anti-Stalinist.

McCloskey, Barbara. “George Grosz and the Communist Party, 1918 To 1936.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1992. Analyzes the relationship between the German artist, George Grosz, and the Communist Party between the years 1918, when Grosz joined the German Communist Party (KPD), and 1936, when he came forward for the first time with a public denunciation of Communism in a series of images published in his last graphic portfolio, Interregnum. While by 1923, Grosz was recognized as the leading artist of the KPD, by 1924, his independent view of the role of art in the revolutionary class struggle openly conflicted with emergent Party policy on the arts after Stalin’s assumption of power in the Soviet Union. Discusses the contradiction between Grosz’s aspirations for his own career and the demands placed on him by the Party, a contradiction mediated by the expectations of the left-wing art worlds in both the Weimar Republic, and in New York, after Grosz emigrated there just days before Hitler was appointed Chancellor of Germany in 1933.  Discusses Grosz’s career in New York between 1933 and 1936, where his interaction with members of the anti-Stalinist left, including Diego Rivera, Max Eastman, and John Dos Passos, helped redefine Grosz’s work on terms of a personal historical reflection calling an end to the tradition of political art making for which his own life and art had stood between 1918 and 1936.

Smith, Heidi. “George Grosz: His Life, Politics, and Art.” Unpublished master’s thesis. California State University, Dominguez Hills, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

William Gropper

 

Gahn, J. Anthony. “William Gropper -- a Radical Cartoonist: His Early Career, 1897-1928.” New York Historical Society Quarterly 54, no. 2 (1970). During the 1920’s he worked as a cartoonist for The Liberator, The World, and The Daily Worker.

Gahn, Joseph A. “The America of William Gropper, Radical Cartoonist.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1966. Biography of a leading New Masses cartoonist and social protest artist.

Steinberg, Norma S. “William Gropper: Art and Censorship from the 1930s Through the Cold War Era.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1994.

Steinberg, Norma S. “William Gropper’s Capriccios.” Print Quarterly [U.K.] 11, no. 1 (1994). After denunciation by a congressional committee as a Communist propagandist Gropper’s prepared a series of lithographs, inspired by Goya, entitled Capriccios, which submerged political commentary in allegory and symbolism.

****************************************************************

 

Radical Mexican Muralists in America

 

Apel, Dora. “Diego Rivera and the Left: The Destruction and Recreation of the Rockefeller Center Mural.” Left History [Canada] 6, no. 1 (Spring 1999).

Bongartz, Roy. “Who Was This Man: And Why Did He Paint Such Terrible Things About Us.” American Heritage. 29, no. 1 (1978). Discusses the art of the Mexican Communist Diego Rivera and the controversy regarding his propagandistic mural in Rockefeller Center.

deLappe, Pele. “Writer’s Account of Olvera Mural 180 Degrees Wrong.” People’s Daily World, 22 January 1988. Argues that John Bright’s account in his forthcoming autobiography regarding David Alfaro Siqueiros’ 1932 mural Tropical America (on Olvera Street in Los Angeles) is incorrect in regard to the circumstances of the painting of the mural and in the description of the mural itself.

Goodall, Alex. “The Battle of Detroit and Anti-Communism in the Depression Era.” Historical Journal 51, no. 2 (June 2008). Abstract: “This article is an exploration of Diego Rivera’s visit to Detroit in 1932–3. It seeks to use his experiences, and in particular the spectacular popular reaction to the Detroit Industry murals he painted, as a prism for analysing varieties of anti-communism in Detroit in the depression era. The article argues that close relationships between private capitalists, most notably Henry Ford and a Mexican communist, expose contradictions in big business’s use of anti-communism in the interwar period, and suggest that anti-communism was a more complicated phenomenon than simply a tool for the promotion of ‘free enterprise’. Moreover, by comparing the public reaction to the artists’ work with their original intent, it is possible to see how members of Detroit’s society unconsciously used anti-communism to sublimate broader concerns over race and ethnicity, gender, politics, and religiosity in a region in the throes of profound social change. The article seeks to highlight elements of these latent anxieties and fears in order to show how anti-communism acted as a vessel for social debate.”

Hemingway, Andrew. “American Communists View Mexican Muralism: Critical and Artistic Responses.” Crónicas: El Muralism, Producto de la Revolución en América 8-9 (March 2001-02): 13-43.

Hurlburt, Laurance P. The Mexican Muralists in the United States. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1989. Discuses Orozco, Rivera, and Siqueiros.

Lee, Anthony W. Painting on the Left: Diego Rivera, Radical Politics, and San Francisco’s Public Murals. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999.

Lee, Anthony Wallace. “Public Painting in San Francisco: Diego Rivera and His Contemporaries.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1995.

Linsley, Robert. “Utopia Will Not be Televised: Rivera at Rockefeller Center.” Oxford Art Journal [U.K.] 17, no. 2 (1994).

Markle, Walter Greer. “Diego Rivera’s Portrait of America: Marxism and Montage.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1999. “This study explores the social, political, and artistic context in which Diego Rivera produced the mural cycle Portrait of America for the New Workers School in New York City during the fall of 1933. The New Workers School was the educational arm of the Communist Party Opposition (CPO), an anti-Stalinist communist splinter group. Rivera’s mural was composed of 21 fresco panels that depicted the history of class struggle in the United States according to the specific Marxist position of the CPO.”

Paquette, Cathleen M. “Public Duties, Private Interests: Mexican Art at New York’s Museum of Modern Art, 1929--1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2002.

Rivera, Diego. Portrait of America. Explanatory text by Bertram David Wolfe. New York: Covici, Friede, 1934. Reproductions of murals painted for the Stock Exchange Luncheon Club and the School of Fine Arts in San Francisco, the Institute of Fine Arts in Detroit, and the Museum of Modern Art, Rockefeller Center and the New Workers’ School in New York.

Rubyan-Ling, Saronne. “The Detroit Murals of Diego Rivera.” History Today [U.K.] 46, no. 4 (1996).

Scott, Robert L. “Diego Rivera at Rockefeller Center: Fresco Painting and Rhetoric.” Western Journal of Speech Communication 41, no. 2 (1977).

Stein, Philip. Siqueiros: His Life and Works. New York: International Publishers, 1994.

Wecshler, James. “Beyond the Border: The Mexican Mural Movement’s Reception in Soviet Russia and the United States.” In Mexican Modern Art, 1900-1950, edited by Luis-Martin Lozano and Mayo Graham. Ottawa: National Gallery of Canada, 1999.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Diego Rivera. Pamphlet. Washington: Pan American Union, 1947.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 14

Communism and Music, Song, Opera, and Dance

 

 

Music and Song

 

Bushard, Anthony J. “Fear and Loathing in Hollywood: Representations of Fear, Paranoia, and Individuality Vs. Conformity in Selected Film Music of the 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 2006.

Davis, R. G. “Music on the Left.” Rethinking Marxism 1, no. 4 (Winter 1988). Discusses the left music, with special attention to their American activities, of Hanns Eisler, Charles Seeger and Bertolt Brecht.

Denisoff, Ronald Serge, and Richard Reuss. “The Protest Songs and Skits of American Trotskyists.” Journal of Popular Culture 6 (1972).

Denisoff, R. Serge. “The Religious Roots of the American Song of Persuasion.” Western Folklore 29, no. 3 (1970).

Denisoff, R. Serge. “Protest Songs: Those on the Top Forty and Those of the Streets.” American Quarterly 22, no. 4 (Winter 1970).

Finkelstein Sidney Walter. How Music Expresses Ideas. Sydney: Current Book Distributors, 1950. Statement of CPUSA music theory by a party authority.

Finkelstein, Sidney Walter. Jazz, a People’s Music. New York: Citadel Press, 1948.

Garabedian, Steven Patrick. “Reds, Whites, and the Blues: Blues Music, White Scholarship, and American Cultural Politics.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2004.

Hess, Carol A. “Competing Utopias? Musical Ideologies in the 1930s and Two Spanish Civil War Films.” Journal of the Society for American Music 2 (2008). Abstract: “Although literature inspired by the Spanish Civil War has been widely studied, music so inspired has received far less scholarly attention, and film music even less so. Musical ideologies of the 1930s, including the utopian thinking of many artists and intellectuals, emerge in some surprising ways when we consider two films of the era. Both The Spanish Earth (1937), an independent documentary, and Blockade (1938), produced in Hollywood, were intended to awaken Loyalist sympathies. The music for the former, consisting of recorded excerpts chosen by Marc Blitzstein and Virgil Thomson and widely understood as folkloric, embodies leftist composers’ idealization of folk music. Werner Janssen’s score for Blockade relies on many stock Hollywood gestures, granting it the status of a commodity. This article explores both films in light of Michael Denning’s reflections of the relationship between the “cultural front” and the “culture industry,” along with Fredric Jameson’s advocacy of the Utopian principle as a hermeneutic tool. It argues that the music for The Spanish Earth unwittingly subverts the Loyalist cause, whereas the score of Blockade, with its manipulation of Hollywood codes, is far more persuasive than the political whitewashing of its plot would seem to suggest.”

Korczynski, Marek. “Music for Labour(Ed) Movements: Why the Chattanooga Choo-Choo Rather Than The International Became the Song to Unite the Human Race.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 68, no. 1 (April 2003). Review essay.

Koval, Howard. “Unmaking of Subcultures: Maintenance of Hegemony in Capitalism.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1989. Sees influence of corporations and capitalist hegemony on rock music by comparing Top 100 rock, the radical rock of subversive artists (Phil Ochs, the Clash), and Communist/Wobblie songs.  Based on the presence of solidarity, activism, plural pronouns, and lack of alienation, finds that Top 100 songs were less likely to contain disruptive elements than the other two samples.

McCall, Sarah B. “The Musical Fallout of Political Activism: Government Investigations of Musicians in the United States, 1930- 1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Texas, 1993.

Most, Andrea. “You’ve Got to be Carefully Taught: The Politics of Race in Rodgers and Hammerstein’s South Pacific.” Theatre Journal 52 (2000). Communism and concern about communism as an influence on the musical.

Noebel, David A. The Marxist Minstrels: A Handbook on Communist Subversion of Music. Tulsa, OK: American Christian College Press, 1974.

Schiff, David. “Against the Currents of the Day. A Red But No Communist: Varèse in the 1930s and 40s.” In Edgard Varèse: Composer, Sound Sculptor, Visionary, edited by Felix Meyer. Woodbridge, UK: Boydell Press, 2006.

Stowe, David Ware. “Swing Changes: The Transformation of Jazz and American Culture, 1935-195.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1993. Relates changes in Jazz in the late 1930s to Popular Front political attitudes.

Stratyner, Barbara. “‘Significant Historical Events... Thrilling Dance Sequences’: Communist Party Pageants in New York, 1937.” Studies in Dance History 5, no. 1 (1994). Discusses three events put on by the Communist Party in New York City in 1937: the Lenin-Liebknecht-Luxemburg memorial (15 January), the Lenin memorial (20 January), and One Sixth of the Earth (13 November), which celebrated the 20th anniversary of the Bolshevik Revolution.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communism in the Metropolitan Music School, Inc., and Related Fields. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1957. 2 Vol. Hearings Eighty-fifth Congress, first session.

Wilkinson, Frank. “Force and Violins vs. HUAC.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Says HUAC sought to destroy the movement to end Jim Crow practices in the Los Angeles musicians union by subpoenaing leaders of campaign.  Those subpoenaed ridiculed HUAC through a concert.  Sees LA’s Citizens Committee to Preserve American Freedoms as the initiator of the national anti-HUAC campaign.

Workers Music League. The Worker Musician. New York: Workers Music League, 1932. Journal

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Leonard Bernstein

 

Blumenthal, Ralph. “Files Detail Years of Spying on Bernstein.” New York Times, 29 July 1994. Regards as both scandalous and ominous the existence of an FBI file on Leonard Bernstein.

Boxall, Bettina. “The FBI’s Sour Notes on Leonard Bernstein.” Washington Post, 29 July 1994. Shocked and appalled that the FBI dared to investigate Bernstein.

Kramer, Hilton. “Stripped of Historical Memory.” New York Post, 2 August 1994. Criticizes New York Times story on Leonard Bernstein’s FBI file as devoid of historical context or understanding of routine security investigative procedures.

****************************************************************

 

Aaron Copland

 

Crist, Elizabeth Bergman. Music for the Common Man: Aaron Copland During the Depression and War. New York Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005.

Crist, Elizabeth B. “Aaron Copland and the Popular Front.” Journal of the American Musicological Society. 56, no. 2 (Summer 2003).

Delapp, Jennifer Lois. “Copland in the Fifties: Music and Ideology in the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1997. In 1950 Aaron Copland turned to serialism, an abstract technique of composition only by specialized audiences, in his Quartet for Piano and Strings and away from his commitment to reaching a wide audience, shown in such populist ballets as Billy the Kid (1938) and Appalachian Spring (1945), The sequence of events leading up to that work’s composition suggests that anti-Communist political considerations were a factor in Copland’s musical choice.

DeLapp-Birke, Jennifer. “Aaron Copland and the Politics of Twelve-Tone Composition in the Early Cold War United States.” Journal of Musicological Research 27, no. 1 (2008).

Stinson, Robert. “Copland, Culture, and Catastrophe: Teaching the Depression Through Classical Music.” Magazine of History 19, no. 4 (2005).

****************************************************************

 

Aaron Copland and Hanns Eisler

 

Bick, Sally M.A. “Composers on the Cultural Front: Aaron Copland and Hanns Eisler in Hollywood.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Hanns Eisler

 

Betz, Albrecht. Hanns Eisler, Political Musician. Translated by Bill Hopkins. Cambridge, [England] New York: Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Clurman, Harold. All People Are Famous (Instead of an Autobiography). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1974. Contains a biographical essay on Hanns Eisler, a well-known composer and close friend of the Communist Party.

Culbert, David. “Introduction: Hanns Eisler (1898-1962): The Politically Engaged Composer.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 18, no. 4 (1998). Admiring biographical essay praising his music and his communism.

Eisler, Hanns. A Rebel in Music: Selected Writings. Edited by Manfred Grabs. Translated by Marjorie Meyer. New York: International Publishers, 1978.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Hanns Eisler. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Nocolas Nabokov

 

Wellens, Ian. Music on the Frontline: Nicolas Nabokov’s Struggle Against Communism and Middlebrow Culture. Aldershot, Hants, England Burlington, VT: Ashgate, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Frank Sinatra

 

Kuntz, Tom, and Phil Kuntz. The Sinatra Files: The Secret FBI Dossier. New York: Three Rivers Press, 2000. Discusses FBI interest in Sinatra’s ties to the Communist left as well as to organized crime figures.

Meyer, Gerald. “Frank Sinatra: The Popular Front and an American Icon.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002). Argues that Sinatra played an active role in a score of Popular Front organizations and actively fought against racism and intolerance by speaking widely, including at high schools where racial incidents had occurred. Red-baiting contributed to a downward spiral in his career, and caused him to distance himself from the left. Sinatra maintained close ties to the liberal wing of the Democratic Party until 1972, when he abruptly moved to the right. Concludes that Sinatra’s association with the Popular Front suggests that its influence was far wider and that its repression was more comprehensive that is generally recognized.

****************************************************************

 

Leon Theremin

 

Glinsky, Albert. Theremin Ether Music and Espionage. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2000. Biography of Leon Theremin, a prolific Russian electronic inventor whose devices were one of the earliest instruments of electronic music.  Finds that while in the United States in the 1930s Theremin cooperated with Soviet technical and scientific espionage.  He disappeared from New York in 1938, abducted by the KGB according to his American wife.  Glinsky finds that Theremin was not abducted but secretly fled the U.S. due to mounting debts and business failures.  However, upon return to the USSR he was caught up in the purges, sent to the Gulag, and assigned to a prison for technicians and continued his electronic design work.  After his release in 1947 he became a secret designer of listening devices and other electronic gear for Soviet security services.

****************************************************************

 

Josh White

 

Wald, Elijah. Josh White: Society Blues. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts, 2000. Discussion of White’s political problems during the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

 

Operas and Musicals

 

The Cradle Will Rock and Marc Blitzstein

 

Gordon, Eric A. Mark the Music: The Life and Work of Marc Blitzstein. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1989. Discusses Blitzstein’s Communist membership (early 1930s to 1949) and its influence on his music.

Podhoretz, John. “Rock-A-Bye Stalin: Communism Stages a Comeback in Hollywood.” Weekly Standard, 24 January 2000. On the film The Cradle Will Rock.

Vacha, J.E. “The Case of the Runaway Opera: The Federal Theatre and Marc Blitzstein’s ‘The Cradle Will Rock.’” New York History 62 (1981). Discusses the controversy regarding the Federal Theatre Project administration’s cancellation of the opening of a proletarian musical play and the defiance of the order by producer John Houseman and director Orson Wells.

****************************************************************

 

Porgy and Bess

 

Monod, David. “Disguise, Containment and the Porgy and Bess Revival of 1952-1956.” Journal of American Studies 35, no. 2 (2001).  Detects subtle conformity to conservative and anti-Communist themes in “Porgy and Bess.”

****************************************************************

 

Seattle 1919

 

Bartine, David, and Constance Coiner. “Seattle 1919: A Critique.” Labor’s Heritage 4, no. 3 (Fall 1992). Discusses the rock-opera “Seattle 1919” on  the Seattle General Strike.

Monaghan, Peter. “Sociologist Whose Research Sparks His Rock’n’Roll Hopes Albums Catch on with the Academic Crowd.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 13 December 1989. Feature article on Rob Rosenthal (Wesleyan University professor) who wrote the rock opera “Seattle 1919” (Fuse Music) about the Seattle General Strike.

****************************************************************

 

Folk Music

 

Cantwell, Robert. When We Were Good: The Folk Revival. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1996.

Cohen, Ronald D. Rainbow Quest: The Folk Music Revival and American Society, 1940-1970. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2002. TOC: Prologue: Summer 1953 -- Roots of the revival -- People’s Songs, popular folk, and the later 1940s -- The Weavers and the red scare, 1950-1954 -- Stirrings of the revival, 1955-1957 -- The Kingston Trio and the emerging revival, 1958-1959 -- Into the heart of the revival, 1960-1962 -- The revival’s peak, 1963-1964 -- Folk’s transformation, 1965-1966 -- The 1960s end (but not folk music).

Denisoff, Ronald Serge. “The Proletarian Renaissance: The Folkness of the Ideological Folk.” Journal of American Folklore 82, no. 323 (1969). Stresses the predominance of Left and Communist political themes and goals over authentic folk elements in the folk music movement of the late 1930s and 1940s.

Denisoff, Ronald Serge. “Urban Folk ‘Movement’ Research: Value Free?” Western Folklore 28 (1969).

Denisoff, R. Serge. Great Day Coming; Folk Music and the American Left. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1971.

Dunaway, David King. “Folk-Topical Recordings and American Left-Wing Politics.” Journal of American Folklore, no. 110 (1997). Reviews Songs for Political Action: Folkmusic, Topical Songs, and the American Left 1926-1953 (1996), a ten-disc collection of nearly three hundred songs promoting left-wing politics. Disks include The Leftist Roots of the Folk Revival (1926-1937), the People’s Song Era 1945-1949 (largely Communist-labor) and Campaign Songs 1944-1949, with many Wallace’s Progressive Party songs.

Finkelstein, Sidney Walter. Composer and Nation: the Folk Heritage of Music. New York: International Publishers, 1960. Statement by a CPUSA aesthetics authority.

Garabedian, Steven. “Reds, Whites, & the Blues: Lawrence Gellert, ‘Negro Songs of Protest,’ & the Leftwing Folksong Revival of the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Garabedian, Steven. “Reds, Whites, & the Blues: Lawrence Gellert, ‘Negro Songs of Protest,’ & the Leftwing Folksong Revival of the 1930s and 1940s.” American Quarterly 57 (March 2005).

Greenway, John. American Folksongs of Protest. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1953.

Hays, Lee. Sing Out, Warning! Sing Out, Love!: The Writings of Lee Hays. Edited by Robert S. Koppelman. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2003. Includes: “Introduction: Lee Hays, American culture, and the American Left”

Longhi, Ji. Woody, Cisco & Me: Seamen Three in the Merchant Marine. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Memoir of Communist folksingers in the merchant marine.

Reuss, Richard A. “American Folklore and Left-Wing Politics, 1927-1957.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1971.

Reuss, Richard A. “The Roots of American Left-Wing Interest in Folksong.” Labor History 12, no. 2 (Spring 1971). Notes that prior to Communist interest in the 1930s, no political group stressed folk materials.  Discusses the unsuccessful effort in the late 1920s and early 1930s of the Composers Collective and other groups associated with the Communist Party to develop a viable proletarian music and the turn to folk materials in the mid-1930s as the substitute.

Reuss, Richard A. “American Folksongs and Left-Wing Politics: 1935-56.” Journal of the Folklore Institute 12, no. 2-3 (1975). Discusses Communist and Leftist influences on American folk songs.

Reuss, Richard A., and JoAnne C. Reuss. American Folk Music and Left-Wing Politics, 1927-1957. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2000. A detailed overview and analysis of the connection between folk music and the Communist Party.

Rotolo, Suze. A Freewheeling Time: A Memoir of Greenwich Village in the Sixties. New York: Broadway Books, 2008. Bob Dylan’s former girlfriend discusses her and Dylan’s relationship with the Communist left early in his career.

Roy, William G. “Aesthetic Identity, Race, and American Folk Music.” Paper presented at  American Sociological Association Annual Meeting, 2001. Notes use of folk music by Communists as an instrument of racial solidarity.

Warren-Findley, Jannelle. “Musicians and Mountaineers: The Resettlement Administration’s Music Program in Appalachia, 1935-37.” Appalachian Journal 7, no. 1-2 (1979-80). Discusses the attempt of Charles Seeger of the Leftist Composers’ Collective of New York City to use the music program of the New Deal’s Resettlement Administration to mobilize impoverished Appalachian families by integrating music, art, and political propaganda.

****************************************************************

 

Folk Groups

 

Almanac Singers, People’s Songs, and the Composers Collective

 

Denisoff, Ronald Serge. “‘Take It Easy, But Take It’: The Almanac Singers.” Journal of American Folklore 83, no. 327 (1970). Discusses the 1930s and 1940s labor and social protest songs of the Almanac Singers, a group associated with the Communist Party.

Denisoff, Ronald Serge. “Folk Consciousness: People’s Music and American Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Simon Fraser University (Canada), 1970. Sympathetic discussion of Seeger, the Composers Collective, the Almanac Singers, and People’s Songs.  Treats song as a democratic art form and mode of expression of the poor in America’s repressive and heavily censored society.

Dunaway, David King. “Unsung Songs of Protest: The Composers Collective of New York.” New York Folklore 5, no. 1-2 (1979). Discusses the formation the radical Composers Collective in New York City (1931-1936) and its evolution from a firm antifolk song position to later support of folk song materials.

Lieberman, Robbie. “American Communism and the Politics of Culture: The Case of People’s Songs, 1946-1949.” Paper presented at American Studies Association convention, 1983.

Lieberman, Robbie. “‘My Song Is My Weapon:’ People’s Songs and the Politics of Culture, 1946-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1984. Treats People’s Songs as a link between the Popular Front of the 1930s and the civil rights movement and New Left of the 1950s and 1960s.  Finds that People’s Songs sought a people’s culture based on folk and folk-style songs, group singing, and a vision of a peaceful and just world.  The group was sustained despite attacks on it by the ‘wholeness’ and ‘quality’ of the Communist movement culture.

Lieberman, Robbie. “People’s Songs: American Communism and the Politics of Culture.” Radical History Review, no. 36 (1986). Discusses how Communism affected the folk group People’s Songs.

Lieberman, Robbie. “The Culture of Politics: Communism, Americanism, and the People’s Songs Hootenanny.” South Atlantic Quarterly 85, no. 1 (Winter 1986). Discusses the origins and nature of the folksong Hootenanny, the links of People’s Songs to the Communist Party, and the theoretical and practical uses of folksong to the C.P..  Judges that the Hootenanny rarely succeeded as an arena for political recruiting but functioned more as a source of emotional support.  “These gatherings thus reaffirmed the commitment of the Left while deepening its isolation, at least in the short term.”

Lieberman, Robbie. My Song is My Weapon: People’s Songs, American Communism, and the Politics of Culture, 1930-1950. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989.

Peterson, Frank Ross. “Protest Songs for Peace and Freedom: People’s Songs and the 1948 Progressives.” Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal 9 (January 1972)

****************************************************************

 

The Weavers

 

Spector, Bert A. “The Weavers: A Case History in Show Business Blacklisting.” Journal of American Culture 5 (Fall 1982). The Weavers, formed in 1948, were overtly non-political and avoided labor songs and political songs, but included Peter Seeger, who had joined the C.P. in 1948, and Lee Hays, who in 1933 in New Masses identified himself with “rank-and-file workers for a Soviet America.”  Deca records signed The Weavers and they released several popular songs, including “Goodnight Irene.”  Initial attacks on The Weavers by Counterattack and Red Channels appeared to have little affect, and songs by The Weavers remained highly popular for several years.  Later the American Jewish League Against Communism and the American Legion joined the attacks, and in 1952 Deca did not renew the group’s contract, and it broke up.  Concludes that it was not mass pressure, but the entertainment industry susceptibility to pressure by organized anti-Communists that effected the Weavers.

****************************************************************

 

Folkway Records

 

Goldsmith, Peter David. Making People’s Music: Moe Asch and Folkways Records. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Individuals

 

Sis Cunningham and Gordon Friesen

 

Cohen, Ronald D. “Agnes ‘Sis’ Cunningham and Labor Songs in the Depression South.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Cunningham, Sis, and Gordon Friesen. Red Dust and Broadsides: A Joint Autobiography. Edited by Ronald D. Cohen. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press, 1999. Folk singers and Communists.

Teichroew, Allan. “Gordon Friesen: Writer, Radical and Ex-Mennonite.” Mennonite Life 38, no. 2 (1983). Gordon Friesen and his wife Agnes “Sis” Cunningham were life-long radicals. Cunningham was a member of the Almanac Singers and a Communist Party organizer. Friesen wrote the “first Mennonite novel” Flamethrowers, a very negative picture of life among Mennonites.

****************************************************************

 

Sis Cunningham, Lee Hays, and Zilphia Johnson Horton

 

Smith, Stephen. “Singing Socialism: The Social Protest Lyrics of Three Arkansas Radicals.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association annual meeting, 2003. On Lee Hays, Sis Cunningham, and Zilphia Johnson Horton.

****************************************************************

 

Joe Glazer

 

Glazer, Joe. Labor’s Troubadour. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001. Discusses songs of the labor anti-Communist left.

****************************************************************

 

Woody Guthrie

 

Blake, Matthew Dower. “Woody Sez: Woody Guthrie in the People’s World Newspaper.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2006.

Briley, Ronald. “‘Woody Sez’: Woody Guthrie, the People’s Daily World, and Indigenous Radicalism.” California History 84, no. 1 (Fall 2006): 30.

Klein, Joe. Woody Guthrie: A Life. New York: A.A. Knopf:, distr. by Random House, 1980. Discusses Guthrie’s relationship with Popular Front culture.

Mishler, Paul. “Woody Guthrie’s Lost Song for Lincoln Vet Steve Nelson.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

****************************************************************

 

Molly Jackson

 

Romalis, Shelly. Pistol Packin’ Mama: Aunt Molly Jackson and the Politics of Folksong. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1999. Discusses relationship of Jackson and the Communist National Miners Union and the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Earl Robinson

 

Robinson, Earl. Ballad of an American: The Autobiography of Earl Robinson. Assisted by Eric A. Gordon. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Charles Seeger

 

Brown, Jim, director. Pete Seeger: The Power of Song, 2007. [documentary film]

Pescatello, Ann M. Charles Seeger: A Life in American Music. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1992.

Seeger, Charles. “On Proletarian Music.” Modern Music 11, no. 3 (1934).

Seeger, Charles Louis. “Charles Seeger and Carl Sands: The Composers’ Collective Years.” With D. K. Dunaway. Ethnomusicology 24 (May 1980). For three years, under the name Carl Sands, Seeger was music critic for the Daily Worker.

****************************************************************

 

Pete Seeger

 

Bromberg, Minna. “Resurrecting the Red: Pete Seeger and the Purification of Difficult Reputations.” Social Forces 80, no. 4 (June 2002).

Dunaway, David King. How Can I Keep from Singing: Pete Seeger. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1981. Biography.

Dunaway, David King. How Can I Keep from Singing?: The Ballad of Pete Seeger. New York, NY: Villard, 2008. New edition

Fisher, Marc. “America’s Best-Loved Commie.” Washington Post, 4 December 1994. Newspaper feature story on Peter Seeger and his impending award of a Kennedy Center Honor medal by President Clinton.  Reports “the man proudly says ‘I am still a communist.’”

Grenier, Richard. “America’s Best-Loved Commie.” Washington Times, 12 December 1994. Critical of the Kennedy Center’s Honors award to Pete Seeger.

Husock, Howard. “America’s Most Successful Communist.” City Journal [Manhattan Institute], Summer 2005. On Pete Seeger.

Radosh, Ronald. “Pete Seeger’s Communist Hootenanny.” Heterodoxy, January 1995. Discusses Seeger’s musical and political career.  Says “Seeger probably did more than any other person to create an awareness of authentic American fold music in a nation that in the ‘40s and ‘50s had fallen into the lazy commercialism of Tin Pan Alley” but that “Pete had noble visions and, therefore, the results of his struggle -- the struggle on behalf of the Soviet version of socialism -- is not to be held against him.  Thus he still wears the Communist label as a badge of honor, even though he sought to implement that vision through the ranks and culture of the American Communist Party, which, if it had not lost the struggle, would have imposed on our country a reign of terror that would have made Joe McCarthy’s crusade appear as a version of heaven.”

Radosh, Ronald. “The Boss, Rooted.” American Interest 2, no. 1 (September/October 2006). Review of Bruce Springsteen’s compact disk, “We Shall Overcome: The Seeger Sessions,” (Columbia Records, 2006.

Radosh, Ron. “Time for Pete Seeger to Repent.” New York Sun, 12 June 2007. Review of film documenary “Pete Seeger: the Power of Song.” Notes that Seeger’s Communist ties and strict conformance to the Communist political line is ignored in brushed over in the film.

Spector, Bert A. “‘Wasn’t That a Time?’ Pete Seeger and the Anti-Communist Crusade, 1940-1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1977. Sees Seeger as the victim of opportunistic professional anti-Communists and self-proclaimed patriots seeking to impose their own political standards on American popular culture.

****************************************************************

 

Dance

 

Foulkes, Julia Lawrence. “Dancing America: Modern Dance And Cultural Nationalism, 1925-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1997. Notes influence of 1930s Communist and socialist ideology on modern American dance.

Franko, Mark. Dancing Modernism/performing Politics. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995.

Franko, Mark. The Work of Dance: Labor, Movement, and Identity in the 1930s. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 2002.

Geduld, Victoria P. Dance is a Weapon: NDG 1932-1955. Pantin, France: Centre National de al dance, 2008. Focuses on the Communist-aligned New Dance Group.

Geduld, Victoria Phillips. “Performing Communism in the American Dance: Culture, Politics and the New Dance Group.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008).

Graff, Ellen Margaret. “Stepping Left: Dance and Politics in New York City, 1928-1942.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1993. Examines the New Dance Group and choreographers Edith Segal (1928 Lenin Pageant in Madison Square Garden), Jane Dudley, Anna Sokolow, Helen Tamiris, Martha Graham, and Sophie Maslow.  Early in the 1930s Left dance groups developed a revolutionary dance aesthetics that critiqued American capitalism; during the Popular Front the radical dancers worked for the Federal Dance Project of the New Deal and merged with the bourgeois dancers of the modern dance movement, producing an aestheticized folk tradition with little political content.  Sees the marriage of politics and dance in the 1930s as highly fruitful.

Prickett, Stacey Lee. “Marxism, Modernism and Realism: Politics and Aesthetics in the Rise of the American Modern Dance.” Ph.D. diss. Council For National Academic Awards (United Kingdom), 1993. Discusses the attempt by  left-wing dancers strove to make dance a weapon in the class struggle, informed by Marxist political doctrines and theories of art.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 15

Communism, Radicalism, and the Theater

 

 

Baar, K. Kevyne. “Investigating Broadway: The House Committee on Un-American Activities Meets Members of the New York Theatre Community at the Foley Square Courthouse, August 15--18, 1955.” Ph.D. diss. Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center, CA, 2006.

Bentley, Eric. “Broadway’s Missing Communists: Theatre Without Candor.” Commentary, September 1956. Notes that a number of Communist Broadway personalities prefer to keep their loyalties secret.

Cherne, Beth. “Taking the Stage: Theater by and for the Working Class During the Depression Era.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 2002.

Cherne, Beth. “Taking the Stage: Theatre by and for the Working Class During the Depression Era.” Xcp: Cross Cultural Poetics, no. 13 (December 2003).

Clurman, Harold. The Fervent Years: The Story of the Group Theatre and the Thirties. London, U.K.: D. Dobson Limited, 1946.

Cobb, Gerry. “Redefining Redefinitions: Some More Specific Cultural Perspectives.” Journal of American Studies 23, no. 3 (1989). Celebrates and praises the ability and success of Communist-influences artists in the New Deal Federal Theatre Project to subvert the liberal program of administrators and substitute a radical agenda.

Dozier, Richard J. “Odets and Little Lefty.” American Literature 48 (January 1977).

Duffy, Susan. American Labor on Stage: Dramatic Interpretations of the Steel and Textile Industries in the 1930s. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1996.

Duffy, Susan. The Political Left in the American Theatre of the 1930’s: A Bibliographic Sourcebook. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

Filewod, Alan. “People’s Theatre, People’s Army: Masculinism, Agitprop, Reenactment.” Xcp: Cross Cultural Poetics, no. 13 (December 2003).

Finkelstein, Sidney Walter. Who Needs Shakespeare? New York: International Publishers, 1973.  Statement by a CPUSA aesthetics authority.

Frank, Felicia. “The Magazines Workers Theatre, New Theatre, and New Theatre and Films as Documents of the American Left-Wing Theatre Movement of the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1976.

Gagey, Edmond McAdoo. Revolution in American Drama. New York: Columbia University Press, 1947.

Goldman, Harry, and Mel Gordon. “Workers’ Theatre in America: A Survey 1913-1978.” Journal of American Culture 1 (Spring 1978).

Goldstein, Malcolm. The Political Stage: American Drama and Theater of the Great Depression. New York: Oxford University Press, 1974.

Hilliard, Robert L. “When Theatre Courage Counted.” Theatre History Studies, no. 21 (2001). Regarding right-wing protests against a 1949 play about the Scottsboro trial and the theater community response.

Himelstein, Morgan Yale. Drama Was a Weapon: The Left-Wing Theatre in New York, 1929-1941. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1963.

Himelstein, Morgan Yale. “Social Drama and the Communist Party in America, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1958. Concludes that the Communist party played only a small role in the social drama of the 1930s.  The organizations under close Communist control [the Prolebuehne, the Workers’ Laboratory Theatre, Theatre Collective, Theatre of Action, League of Workers’ Theatres (1932-1934), and the New Theatre League (1934-1941)] were short lived or popular failures  .  Most social drama was produced outside of Communist circles except for Clifford Odets’ “Waiting For Lefty” and Irwin Shaw’s “Bury the Dead.”  Judges that Communist insistence on conformity to rigid political themes stifled good drama.

Himelstein, Morgan Y. “Theory and Performance in the Depression Theater.” Modern Drama 14 (February 1972).

Hyman, Colette A. “Culture as Strategy: Popular Front Politics and the Minneapolis Theatre Union, 1935-39.” Minnesota History 52, no. 8 (Winter 1991). The Worker’s theater movement in Minneapolis, which had a strong C.P. presence, “[D]emonstrates how Popular Front politics successfully pushed beyond conventions and polling booths into cultural activities and at the same time exacerbated tensions within the Farmer-Labor coalition.  It also demonstrates some of the strengths and weaknesses of the strategy of using cultural activities to organize political movements.”

Hyman, Colette A. “Culture as Strategy: Workers’ Theatre and the American Labor Movement in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1990.

Hyman, Colette A. “Labor at Play: Theatrical Productions of the Labor Movement of the 1930s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Hyman, Colette A. Staging Strikes: Workers’ Theatre and the American Labor Movement. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1997. Traces the history of workers’ theatre from its grassroots origins to the Federal Theatre Project and into unions’ recreation programs.

Hyman, Colette A. “Workers on Stage: An Annotated Bibliography of Labor Plays of the 1930s.” Performing Arts Resources 12 (1987).

Hyman, Colette. “Workers’ Theater and Historical Consciousness in the United States: The 1930s and the Present.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Kozlenko, William. The Best Short Plays of the Social Theatre. New York: Random House, 1939.  Includes: Waiting for Lefty, by Clifford Odets.--Bury the dead, by Irwin Shaw.--Hymn to the rising sun, by Paul Green.--The cradle will rock, by Marc Blitzstein.--Private Hicks, by Albert Maltz.--Plant in the sun, by Ben Bengal.--This earth is ours, by William Kozlenko.--Give all thy terrors to the wind, by Claire and Paul Sifton.--Running dogs, by John Wexley.--The dog beneath the skin, by W.H. Auden and Christopher Isherwood.

Levine, Ira A. Left-Wing Dramatic Theory in the American Theatre. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1985.

Levine, Ira Alan. “Theatre in Revolt: Left-Wing Dramatic Theory in the United States (1911-1939).” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 1980. Examines attempts to formulate a revolutionary aesthetic for dramatic art.  Discusses the attitudes of Van Wyck Brooks, Emma Goldman, John Howard Lawson, Michael Gold, John Dos Passos, John Gassner, and Mordecai Gorelik.  Finds that one tendency was the revolutionary dramatic form such as the experiments of the New Playwrights Theatre, agit-prop theatre, and left-wing musical revues, and living newspapers; another tendency was to invest dramatic realism with Marxist precepts.

Mally, Lynn. “Inside a Communist Front: A Post-Cold War Analysis of the New Theatre League.” American Communist History 6, no. 1 (June 2007).

McConachie, Bruce A. American Theater in the Culture of the Cold War: Producing and Contesting Containment, 1947-1962. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 2003.

Melosh, Barbara. “‘Peace in Demand’: Anti-War Drama in the 1930s.” History Workshop Journal 22 (Autumn 1986).

Murphy, Brenda. Congressional Theatre: Dramatizing McCarthyism on Stage, Film, and Television. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Nahshon, Edna. “The Arbeter Teater Farband (ARTEF): An Artistic and Political History, 1925-1940.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1988. History of the Jewish Communist Workers’ Theatrical Alliance (Artef), headed by Benno Schneider.

Nahshon, Edna. Yiddish Proletarian Theatre: The Art and Politics of the Artef, 1925-1940. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.

Rabkin, Gerald. Drama and Commitment: Politics in the American Theatre of the Thirties. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1964.

Rubinstein, Annette T. “The Radical American Theatre of the Thirties.” Science & Society 50 (Fall 1986).

Samuel, Raphael, Ewan MacColl, and Stuart Cosgrove. Theatres of the Left, 1880-1935: Workers’ Theatre Movements in Britain and America. London, Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1985.

Sarvis, David. “The School’s Labor Theatre.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses the revival of left-oriented plays such as Peters & Sklar’s “Stevedore” and Herb Tank’s “Longitude 49” when he headed the California Labor School’s theatre.

Smith, Wendy. Real Life Drama: The Group Theatre and America, 1931-1940. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1990.

Taylor, Harry. “Toward a People’s Theatre.” Mainstream 1 (Spring 1947).

Wertheim, Albert. “McCarthy Era and the American Theatre.” Theatre Journal 34, no. 2 (May 1982). Says “the era of political witchhunts produced a number of important plays and revivals that brought before the public onstage, directly and indirectly the issues that troubled those times.”  Sees Sidney Kingley’s stage version of Koestler’s Darkness at Noon as “protecting himself thereby from the scrutiny of HUAC” by depicting Rubashov as a Trotskyist and his oppressors as Russian Communism rather than retaining Koestler’s “general allegory” and depicts Henry Denker and Ralph Berkey’s “Time Limit!” as “Cold War paranoia.”  Gives credence to the view that Maxwell Anderson’s “Barefoot in Athens” in part “stemmed from his possible fear of running afoul of Senator McCarthy’s witchhunters.”  Discusses plays by William Saroyan and Albert Maltz that attacked McCarthyism but were not staged  .  Sees the revival of Hellman’s “The Children’s Hour” and Thurber’s “The Male Animal” as attacks on McCarthyism.  Sees Arthur Miller’s “The Crucible,” Robert Anderson’s “Tea and Sympathy,” Jerome Lawrence and Robert E. Lee’s “Inherit the Wind,” John Van Druten’s “Bell, Book and Candle” and Robert Ardrey’s “Sing Me No Lullaby” as anti-McCarthy plays.

West, Ronald Oakley. “Left Out: The Seattle Repertory Playhouse, Audience Inscription and the Problem of Leftist Theatre During the Depression Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Federal Theater Project and Communism

 

Bentley, Joanne. Hallie Flanagan: A Life in the American Theatre. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1988. Flanagan, who directed the project for a time, greatly admired Soviet theater.

Brussell, Judith. “Government Investigations of Federal Theatre Project Personnel in the Works Progress Administration, 1935-1939 (The Show Must Not Go On.).” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1993. Sees investigation of Communist influence in the FTP as part of a long-standing national policy of the persecution of artists in America.

De Hart, Jane Sherron. The Federal Theatre, 1935-1939: Plays, Relief, and Politics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1967.

Flanagan, Hallie. Arena: The History of the Federal Theatre. [New York]: B. Blom, 1965.

Frost, Leslie Elaine. “Dreaming America: Politics and Childhood on the Federal Theatre Project Stage.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 2000. Describes use of FTP children’s plays to promote leftist concerns with issues of labor, race, and antifascism.

Howard, Beth. “When the Government Said: ‘Let’s Put on a Play.’” Southern Exposure 14, no. 3-4 (1986). Notes Thomas Hall-Rogers’ “Altars of Steel” as one of the more successful efforts of the WPA’s Federal Theatre Project to contribute to a Southern regional theatre.  The play depicted conflict surrounding the industrialization of the South.  “In the play, the forces of communism, capitalism, and liberalism are pitted against one another, but none of the political philosophies clearly triumphs....  Although the workers riot, a communist union organizer, generally depicted as irrational and frenetic, fails to gain their support and eventually is shot by a National Guardsman.”

Kazacoff, George. “Dangerous Theatre: The Federal Theatre Project As a Forum for New Plays.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1987. Notes and discusses the radical content of a small portion of Federal Theatre Project plays.  Most of the radical plays were performed only in New York City.

Miller, M. Lawrence. “Original Federal Theatre Protest Plays -- 1936-1939: New Deal Contributions to the American Drama of Social Concern.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1968. Notes that a sample of Federal Theatre plays shows strong Left-radical orientation.

Mudarri, Christine D. Mealey. “The Viability of a Democratic Space: Hallie Flanagan and the Federal Theatre Project’s Living Newspapers.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Theater and Communism: Biographical Accounts

 

Bertolt Brecht

 

Lyon, James K. Bertolt Brecht in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1980.

Rippley, La Vern J. “Brecht the Communist and America’s Drift from Capitalism.” Twentieth Century Literature 14 (October 1978).

****************************************************************

 

Lorraine Hansberry

 

Anderson, Michael. “Lorraine Hansberry’s Freedom Family.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Wilkerson, Margaret B. “Radicalism and Artistic Innovation in the Works of Lorraine Hansberry.” In African American Performance and Theater History a Critical Reader, edited by Harry Justin Elam and David Krasner. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

John Howard Lawson

 

Brown, Richard P. “John Howard Lawson as an Activist Playwright: 1923-34.” Ph.D. diss. Tulane University, 1964. Finds that Lawson, a Marxist social protest playwright connected to the New Playwright’s Theatre, made his dramatic point indirectly through a portrayal of social structures rather that through hortatory dialogue.

Jackson, Stanley Rubio. “American Playwright John Howard Lawson and the Politics of the Avant-Garde: Modernist Revolt, Left-Wing Drama, and Popular Culture in the 1920s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2003.

McCreath, Harrison W. “A Rhetorical Analysis of the Plays of John Howard Lawson.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1965. A close analysis of Lawson’s proletarian plays.

Snyder, David. “‘I Don’t Want to Sail Over the Battle on a Pink Cloud:’ The Conflicted Lives of John Howard Lawson.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Wyoming, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Arthur Miller

 

Balakian, Janet Nafena. “The Evolution of Arthur Miller’s Dramaturgy 1944 to the Present.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1991.

Garvin, Glenn. “Documentary on Hollywood Blacklist Glosses Over Details.” Miami Herald, 3 September 2003. Critical essay-review of “Arthur Miller, Elia Kazan and the Blacklist: None Without Sin” TV documentary aired on PBS on 3 September 2003.

Hendrickson, Gary P. “The Last Analogy: Arthur Miller’s Witches and America’s Domestic Communists.” Midwest Quarterly 33, no. 4 (Summer 1992).

Johnson, Claudia D., and Vernon E. Johnson. Understanding The Crucible a Student Casebook to Issues, Sources, and Historical Documents. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.

McCarthy, Mary. “Naming Names: The Arthur Miller Case.” In On the Contrary, Mary McCarthy. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Cudahy, 1961.

Miller, Arthur. Timebends: A Life. New York: Grove Press, 1987.

Miller, Arthur. The Crucible in History and Other Essays. London, U.K.: Methuen, 2000. “There were communists, but what was the content of their menace? That to me became the issue. Having been deeply influenced as a student by a Marxist approach to society, and having known Marxists and sympathisers, I could simply not accept that these people were spies or even prepared to do the will of the Soviets in some future crisis.”

New Criterion editors [Roger Kimball]. “We Now Know.” New Criterion, September 2000. Critique of Miller’s attitudes toward communism and his voicing of radical-chic clichés.

Radosh, Ronald. “Arthur Miller’s McCarthy Fantasy: The Crucible and the 1950’s.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 26 July 2000.

Rovere, Richard. “The Conscience of Arthur Miller.” In The American Establishment and Other Reports, Opinions, and Speculations, Richard Halworth Rovere. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1962.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Arthur Miller’s Proletariat: The True Stories of On the Waterfront, Pietro Panto, and Vincenzo Longhi.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Schwartz, Stephen. “The Moral of Arthur Miller:  The Real Lessons of America’s Most Famous Playwright.” Weekly Standard, 28 February 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford Odets

 

Bray, Bonita. “Against All Odds; The Progressive Arts Club’s Production of Waiting for Lefty.” Journal of Canadian Studies 25 (Fall 1990).

Brenman-Gibson, Margaret. Clifford Odets, American Playwright:The Years from 1906 to 1940. New York: Atheneum, 1981.

Mendelsohn, Michael J. Clifford Odets, Humane Dramatist. DeLand, FL: Everett/Edwards, 1969.

Murray, Edward. Clifford Odets: The Thirties and After. New York: F. Ungar Pub. Co., 1968.

Odets, Clifford. The Time is Ripe: The 1940 Journal of Clifford Odets. New York, NY: Grove Press, 1988. Records Odets’ view that Marxism was his inspiration and the Soviet Union the only hope for change.  Odets responded to the Hitler-Stalin Pact by beginning work on an antiwar play but developed doubts on the C.P.’s antiwar line and dropped the project.  Chronicles increasing friction in the Group Theater.

Weales, Gerald Clifford. Clifford Odets, Playwright. New York: Pegasus, 1971.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford Odets, Elia Kazan, and Arthur Miller

 

Todras, Arthur. “The Liberal Paradox: Clifford Odets, Elia Kazan, and Arthur Miller.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1980. Examines how Communism and anti-Communism shaped artistic vision.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford Odets, John Howard Lawson, and Robert Sherwood

 

Mishra, Kshamanidhi. American Leftist Playwrights of the 1930’s:A Study of Ideology and Technique in the Plays of Odets, Lawson, and Sherwood. New Delhi: Classical Pub. Co., 1991.

****************************************************************

 

Clifford Odets, Lilian Hellman and Arthur Miller

 

Sabinson, Eric Mitchell. “Script and Transcript: The Writings of Clifford Odets, Lilian Hellman and Arthur Miller in Relation to Their Testimony Before the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Sherwood

 

Brown, John Mason. The Worlds of Robert E. Sherwood Mirror to His Times, 1896-1939. New York: Harper & Row, 1965.

****************************************************************

 

Donald Ogden Stewart

 

Stewart, Donald Ogden. By a Stroke of Luck! An Autobiography. New York: Paddington Press, 1975. Stewart was a prominent playwright and secret Communist party member in the 1930s.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 16

Communism and Sports

 

 

Baker, William J. “Muscular Marxism and the Chicago Counter-Olympics of 1932.” International Journal of the History of Sport [U.K.] 9, no. 3 (1992). On the Counter-Olympics of 1932, organized by the CPUSA to protest the Los Angeles Olympic Games. The games denounced “bourgeois sport,” advocated equality for black athletes, and demanded an end to the “sport blockade of the Soviet Union.”

Crawford, Russell E. “Consensus All-American: Sport and the Promotion of the American Way of Life During the Cold War, 1946-1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of Nebraska, Lincoln, 2004.

Gerson, Si. “Six Years of Workers Sports in America.” International Press Correspondence 13, no. 3 (19 January 1933). Gerson was CPUSA cadre and International Press Correspondence was a Comintern journal.

Gounot, A. “Sport or Political Organizations? Structures and Characteristics of the Red Sport International, 1921-1937.” Journal of Sports History [U.K.] 28, no. 1 (Spring 2001).

Guttman, Allen. “Sport, Politics and the Engaged Historian.” Journal of Contemporary History 38, no. 3 (2003).

Leggett, Susan C. “Communication and Contradiction: Living History and the Sport Pages of the Daily Worker.” In Marxism and Communication Studies the Point is to Change It, edited by Lee Artz. New York: P. Lang, 2006.

Naison, Mark. “Lefties and Righties: The Communist Party and Sports During the Great Depression.” Radical America 13, no. 4 (July-August 1979). Recounts the active effort of the Communist Party to promote independent sports organizations in the 1920s, ‘30s, and ‘40s, the quality of reporting on sports in Party publications, and the role of Communists in promoting racial integration of major league sports.

Riordan, James. Sport, Politics, and Communism. Manchester, England & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1991.

Rodney, Lester. “Sports for the Daily Worker; An Interview with Lester Rodney.” In These Times, 12-18 October 1977.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The World Labor Athletic Carnival of 1936.” American Jewish History 74, no. 3 (March 1985). Notes Communist involvement in the sports festival organized by the Jewish Labor Committee in opposition to the Berlin Olympics.

Steinber, David A. “The Workers Sport Internationals, 1920-1928.” Journal of Contemporary History 13, no. 2 (April 1978).

Wheeler, Robert F. “Organized Sports and Organized Labour.” Journal of Contemporary History 13, no. 2 (April 1978)

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Baseball and Jackie Robinson

 

Dorinson, Joseph. “Paul Robeson and Jackie Robinson: Athletes and Activists at Armageddon.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999). On Robinson’s testimony to HCUA.

Epstein, Jack. “Baseball’s Conscience Finally Gets His Due: Communist Ties Obscured Walnut Creek Retiree’s Success Fighting Racism in the Sport.” San Francisco Chronicle, 10 July 2005.

Fetter, Henry D. “The Party Line and the Color Line: The American Communist Party, the Daily Worker and Jackie Robinson.” Journal of Sport History 28, no. 3 (Fall 2001). [Did not appear until 2003]  Shows that many claims about the role of Daily Worker in integrating baseball are false and that commentators sympathetic to the Communist party have misrepresented the actual events of Robinson’s entry into major league baseball as well as the party’s role in promoting integration and that these misrepresentations have been accepted by naively credulous journalists and historians.

Fetter, Henry D. “From ‘Stooge’ to ‘Czar’: Judge Landis, the Daily Worker and the Integration of Baseball.” American Communist History 6, no. 1 (June 2007).

Rusinack, Kelly, and Chris Lamband. “‘A Sickening Red Tinge’: The Daily Worker’s Fight Against White Baseball.” Cultural Logic 3, no. 1 (Fall 1999).

Shoemaker, Martha Mcardell. “Propaganda or Persuasion: The Communist Party and Its Campaign to Integrate Baseball.” Master’s thesis. University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1999. Examines Daily Worker coverage of the issue.

Silber, Irwin. Press Box Red: The Story of Lester Rodney, the Communist Who Helped Break the Color Line in American Sports. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2003. Foreword by Jules Tygiel.  Sees Rodney and the CPUSA as having a major and heroic role in ending segregation in major league baseball.

Smith, Ronald A. “The Paul Robeson-Jackie Robinson Saga and a Political Collision.” Journal of Sport History 6, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the decision of Jackie Robinson (the first black major league baseball player) to criticize Paul Robeson’s statement that blacks should not fight for the U.S. in a war with the Soviet Union.  Treats Robinson’s criticism, made at the request of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, as an example of Cold War hysteria.

Tygiel, Jules. Baseball’s Great Experiment:Jackie Robinson and His Legacy. New York: Oxford University Press, 1983. Notes the Robeson-Robinson clash.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 17

Communism and the Intelligentsia

 

 

Aaron, Daniel. “A Decade of Convictions: The Appeal of Communism in the 1930’s.” Massachusetts Review 2 (Summer 1961): 736-47.

Aaron, Daniel. “The Thirties - Now & Then.” American Scholar 35, no. 3 (Summer 1966).

Aaron, Daniel, and Robert Bendiner. The Strenuous Decade: A Social and Intellectual Record of the 1930’s. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1970.

Abel, Lionel. “Breakup: A Memoir.” American Scholar 51 (Summer 1982). Discusses a 1955 meeting of New York intellectuals (Dwight Macdonald, Mary McCarthy, Harold Rosenberg, William Phillips, Paul Goodman, Hannah Arendt, and Eric Bentley) called to protest Soviet treatment of Boris Pasternak.  The meeting failed to act because Goodman, supported by Phillips, argued against criticism of the Soviet Union.  Says of Goodman, “I believe he was aware at that time that either a consistently anti-Communist or -- what was almost the same -- a pro-American-government attitude would prevent any writer from being taken up by the young.”

Amis, Martin. Koba the Dread: Laughter and the Twenty Million. New York: Talk Miramax Books, 2002. Reflects on the failure of most Western intellectual to confront Stalinism.

Bell, Daniel. The End of Ideology: On the Exhaustion of Political Ideas in the Fifties. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1960. See chapters entitled “The Mood of Three Generations” and “The Failure of American Socialism: The Tension of Ethics and Politics.”  Judges that the main appeal of the Communist party in the 1930s and 1940s was to the dispossessed intelligentsia of the depression generation and to “engineers of the future” who were attracted by its elitist character.  Discusses the political mood of three generations of American radical intellectuals: the once-born, the generation of the progressive era who retained an optimistic faith in human perfectibility; the twice-born generation of ‘30s radicals who adopted a revolutionary faith only to have their utopianism dashed by the Moscow Trials and the Soviet-Nazi Pact; and the after-born of the post-WWII era who seek a heroic life but are skeptical of ideological enthusiasms.  The chapter “Status Politics and New Anxieties: On the ‘Radical Right’ and Ideologies of the Fifties” associates McCarthyism with the status anxieties of middle-class groups.

Bender, Thomas. New York Intellect: A History of Intellectual Life in New York City, from 1750 to the Beginnings of Our Own Time. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1987.

Besançon, Alain. “Forgotten Communism.” Commentary, January 1998. On why many Western scholars have been unable to write accurately about the crimes of Communism.  The essay is a revision of his December 1996 inaugural lecture to the French Academy.

Blake, Casey N. “Progressives Without Progress: Radical Intellectuals at the End of History.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Bloom, Alexander. Prodigal Sons: The New York Intellectuals & Their World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses the role of communism, Marxism, and Trotskyism in the formation of the “New York intellectuals.”

Bloom, Alexander M. “The New York Intellectuals: The Formation of the Community.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1979.

Bodnar, John, and others. “‘Culture and Commitment Reconsidered,’ a Symposium on the Intellectual and Cultural Legacy of the Popular Front Era.” Intellectual History Newsletter 19 (1997). Contributions from John Bodnar, Terry Cooney, Michael Denning, Andrew Hemingway, Jerrold Hirsch, Alfred Kazin, Paula Rabinowitz, Harvey Teres, Penny Von Eschen, Alan Wald, and Cary Wolfe.

Callanan, Thomas Patrick. “Political Dissent of the New York Literary Intellectuals from The Masses to the New York Review of Books, 1910 to 1969.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, 1970.

Cooney, Terry A. The Rise of the New York Intellectuals:Partisan Review and Its Circle. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1986. Discusses Lionel Trilling, Philip Rahv, William Phillips, Dwight Macdonald, F.W. Dupee, Mary McCarthy, Sidney Hook, Harold Rosenberg, Delmore Schwartz, and others associated with anti-Stalinist radicalism.

Dickstein, Morris. “Cold War Blues: Notes on the Culture of the Fifties.” Partisan Review 41, no. 1 (1974). Discusses the cultural stance of intellectuals in the 1950s.

Dickstein, Morris. “Up From Alienation: The Case of the New York Intellectuals.” Revue Francaise d’Etudes Americaines [France], no. 16 (February 1983). Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Stalinism among New York intellectuals in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s.

Dorman, Joseph, ed. Arguing the World: The New York Intellectuals in Their Own Words. New York: Free Press, 2000. Companion to Borman’s 1997 television documentary “Arguing the World” (First Run/Icarus Films)  Traces the lives of Daniel Bell, Nathan Glazer, Irving Howe and Irving Kristol as young anti-Stalinist socialists at City College in the 1940s, their controversial role in the McCarthy era, their battle with the New Left in the sixties, and their vastly differing political views today.

Douglas, Ann. “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.” Raritan 17, no. 4 (Spring 1998). Harshly critical of the post-World War II “New York Intellectuals” for supporting the America’s disgusting “Cold War state.”

Fiedler, Leslie A. An End to Innocence: Essays on Culture and Politics. Boston: Beacon Press, 1955. Discusses the shift of view of intellectuals from the 1930s to the 1950s; vindicates the conviction of the Rosenbergs and examines why liberals tended to regard them as innocent victims.  Suggests that McCarthyism is a product of populism gone sour.

Furet, François. The Passing of an Illusion: The Idea of Communism in the Twentieth Century. Translated by Deborah Furet. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1999. TOC: 1. The Revolutionary Passion -- 2. World War I -- 3. The Universal Spell of October -- 4. Believers and Unbelievers -- 5. Socialism in One Country -- 6. Communism and Fascism -- 7. Communism and Anti-Fascism -- 8. Anti-Fascist Culture -- 9. World War II -- 10. Communism at the End of World War II -- 11. Cold War Communism -- 12. The Beginning of the End.

Genovese, Eugene D. “The Question.” Dissent 41, no. 3 (Summer 1994): 371-76. Says that when he was a pro-Soviet leftist during the Cold War he knew about the crimes of Stalin and other Communist leaders and but denied them publicly while excusing them privately.  Says those who did this must acknowledge their accessory guilt in those crimes.  Replies by Mitchel Cohen, Eric Foner, Alice Kessler-Harris, Robin D. G. Kelley, Christine Stansell, and Sean Wilentz.  Reproduced in: Genovese, Eugene D. The Southern Front: History and Politics in the Cultural War. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1995.

Genter, Robert Byron. “Late Modernism and the Cultural Politics of Cold War America, 1946--1964.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 2002. “Modernism appeared throughout expressionism, New Criticism, the critical theory of the Frankfurt School, and the vogue of neo-Freudianism, and included diverse figures such as Philip Rahv, Theodor Adorno, John Crowe Ransom, Clement Greenberg, Herbert Marcuse, and Dwight Macdonald. Modernism served a variety of purposes for these thinkers: as a source of salvation for an Enlightenment project gone astray; as a critique of mass culture; and as a substitute for the failures of socialism and liberalism.”

Goffman, Ethan. “The New York Intellectuals and Beyond: Editor’s Introduction.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 21, no. 3 (2003).

Harries, Owen. “The Cold War & the Intellectuals.” Commentary, October 1991. “What is striking is how rich in irony the whole cold-war experience was....  The Oxford English Dictionary defines irony as: ‘A condition of affairs or events of a character opposite to what was, or might naturally be, expected; a contradictory outcome of events as if in mockery of the promise and fitness of things.’ In terms of the sense of the promise and fitness of things that prevailed among Western intellectuals, the experience of the last 45 years rings with such mockery.  The cold war ended with a smashing victory for what we have come to think of naturally as the democratic-capitalist ideology and system....  Nothing would have seemed less likely to most intellectuals when the cold war began, or for a long time after that.”

Hein, Virginia H., and Joseph O. Baylen. “American Intellectuals and the ‘Red Decade.” Studies in History and Society 2, no. 1-2 (1977). Examines the appeal of Communism and the Soviet Union to American intellectuals, particularly literary figures.  Notes that sympathy for Communism and the Soviet Union peaked in the Popular Front period and declined drastically after the Hitler-Stalin Pact in 1939.  Surveys the literary production of those associated with the Communist Party and discusses the American Writers’ Congress and the League of American Writers.

Hollander, Paul. “Which God Has Failed.” New Criterion 20, no. 6 (February 2002). On intellectual attitudes toward communism.

Hollander, Paul. The End of Commitment: Intellectuals, Revolutionaries, and Political Morality in the Twentieth Century. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2006.

Hook, Sidney. “Communism and the Intellectuals.” American Mercury, February 1949.

Hook, Sidney. “Memories of Yaddo: An Autobiographical Postscript.” American Spectator 21, no. 7 (July 1988). Notes the fashionability of Communism in 1931-32 at the Yaddo writers and artists colony in New York.  Discusses Mrs. Elizabeth Ames (Yaddo’s director), Josephine Herbst, Marion Greenwood, Lionel Trilling, Anton Refrigier, Evelyn Scott, and Marc Blitzstein.

Horowitz, David. “The Destructive Romance of the Intellectuals.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 29 July 2002. On the attractions of communism.

Horowitz, David A. America’s Class War: Twentieth Century Social Guardians as Strangers. New York: Routledge, 2003.

Horowitz, David A. America’s Political Class Under Fire: The Twentieth Century’s Great Culture War. New York: Routledge, 2003.

Howe, Irving. “The New York Intellectuals: A Chronicle and a Critique.” Commentary, October 1968. Discusses and defends the role of anti-Communist intellectuals in the 1930s and 1940s.

Jacoby, Russell. The Last Intellectuals: American Culture in the Age of Academe. New York: Basic Books, 1987.

Jacoby, Russell. The End of Utopia: Politics and Culture in an Age of Apathy. New York: Basic Books, 1999.

Jumonville, Neil. Critical Crossings: The New York Intellectuals in Postwar America. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. Discusses the intellectual battles between Communists and their sympathizers with the intellectuals connected with Partisan Review, Politics, Commentary, and Dissent.  Sees the latter as having taken a critical turn that rejected large belief systems and absolutist thought for rationality, tentativeness, and pragmatism.

Kelly, Michael. “The Truth About Evil.” Washington Post, 6 January 1999. On the continuing failure of the intellectual elite to honestly deal with the history of communism.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reflections on Anti-Anticommunism.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003).  On the use of hostility to anticommunism as camouflage for a pro-Communist stance.

Kors, Alan Charles. “Can There be an ‘After Socialism?’.” Social Philosophy & Policy 20, no. 1 (Winter 2003). On the inability of a large section of Western intellectuals to deal honestly with the history of communism.

Kramer, Hilton. “Anti-Communism and the Sontag Circle.” New Criterion, September 1986.

Kramer, Hilton. The Twilight of the Intellectuals: Culture and Politics in the Era of the Cold War. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1999. Regards the Cold War “as much a war of ideas as it was a contest for military superiority:” and concludes that “many talented people in the West ... fought on the side of the political enemy.”

Kutulas, Judy. “‘Toward the Beautiful Tomorrow’: American Intellectuals on the Left and Stalin’s Russia, 1930-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1986. Discusses disputes among left intellectuals concerning the Soviet state.  Sees anti-Stalinism as a Marxist doctrine laced with intense personal resentments.  Defeated in the left in the 1930s, regrettably it emerged triumphant (and often freed of its Marxist framework) in the last 1940s and 1950s during the national “anti-Communist hysteria.”

Lasch, Christopher. The New Radicalism in America, 1889-1963: The Intellectual as a Social Type. New York: Knopf, 1965.

Laskin, David. Partisans: Marriage, Politics, and Betrayal Among the New York Intellectuals. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2000.

Lilla, Mark. The Reckless Mind: Intellectuals in Politics. New York: New York Review Books, 2001.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Out of the Alcoves.” Wilson Quarterly 23, no. 1 (Winter 1999). Essay-review of documentary film Arguing the World regarding Daniel Bell, Nathan Glazier, Irving Kristol and Irving Howe.  “But Arguing the World is not only about these four men.  It is a contribution to the larger story of anti-Stalinism, the highly energized brand of anticommunism that played a major and not fully appreciated role in undermining the Soviet Union.”

Muresianu, John M. “War of Ideas: American Intellectuals and the World Crisis, 1938-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1982.

Nakayama, Toshihiro. “U.S. Communism and the Ethos of Public Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo, Japan, 2000/2001. “The communist movement in the U.S. was one of the few political movements that were excluded as ‘un-American’ by the majority of the American people with nearly full consensus.  This fact haunted many of the public intellectuals and each generation of intellectuals had to face this fact in their own way.  Using CPUSA studies as a reflecting mirror of the ethos of public intellectuals, the paper will analyze the shift in the paradigm of the CPUSA studies and what those changes reflect.  It will also analyze the peculiar American character of the studies of communism where the concept of ‘revolution’ itself was inherent in the founding concept of the nation.”

Neuhaus, Richard John. “The New York Intellectuals, Again.” First Things, October 2004.  Comments on Silliman’s “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.”

North, Joseph. New Masses: An Anthology of the Rebel Thirties. New York: International Publishers, 1969. Selected writings from the 1930s by a former editor of the weekly New Masses, the CPUSA’s chief cultural journal.

O’Neill, William L. A Better World: The Great Schism: Stalinism and the American Intellectuals. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982. Well researched study of the ideological conflict between Left anti-Communist intellectuals and those who cooperated with the Communist Party or supported the Soviet Union.

Pells, Richard H. The Liberal Mind in a Conservative Age: American Intellectuals in the 1940s and 1950s. New York: Harper & Row, 1985. Sees intellectuals after the war as weary of Marxism and mistrustful of mass political movements; unsympathetic to anti-Communist liberalism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Science & Society and The Marxist Quarterly.” Science & Society 57, no. 3 (Fall 1993). Discusses the founding of the two Marxist intellectual-theoretical journals, says the short-lived Marxist Quarterly of 1936 was an inclusive Marxist journal rather than Trotskyist as some have said.

Pratt, William. “Critics, Scholars, Scribes, and Partisans: Reflections Upon Intellectuals in Our Era.” Midwest Quarterly 26 (Winter 1985).

Purdy, Elizabeth Rholetter. “American Intellectuals and Communism in the Thirties: The Committee for Cultural Freedom and the Peace Appeal to All Americans.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Emory University, 1986.

Rorty, Richard, and Chronis Polychoniou. “An Exchange: On Philosophy and Politics, The Cold War And The Left.” New Politics 8, no. 3 (n.s.) (Summer 2001).

Rozendal, Michael Arend. “On the Line: A Reconsideration of 1930s Modernist and Proletarian Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. State University of New York, Buffalo, 2006.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Intellectuals in the Communist Party.” Paper presented at Socialist Scholars Conference. New York City, 1987.

Shils, Edward. “Totalitarians and Antinomians: Remembering the 30s & 60s.” New Criterion 6, no. 9 (May 1988). Shils remembers the political atmosphere of the University of Chicago in the 1930s and various Communists, Trotskyists, and fellow-travelers he knew and discusses the temptation of totalitarianism and antinomianism to modern man.

Silliman, Daniel. “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.” Comment, Winter 2004. “It is here, too, that we find their final failure, their lack of heirs. It is on this point of a political movement informed by and informing the aesthetic that the end of the New York Intellectuals is felt most dearly, perhaps in the subtlety of echoes half heard, but felt as an absence. This breadth has not been replaced and, looking, one finds political movements designed for political men with political souls. And, for some of us observers, the landscape feels bereft of something that was great, or, at least, something that could have been great. The New York Intellectuals never saw themselves predicated on this point, and those movements hoping to be heirs to the New York Intellectuals didn’t see it either.”

Spann, Edward K. Ideals & Politics; New York Intellectuals and Liberal Democracy, 1820-1880. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1972.

Wald, Alan. “The Politics of Culture: The New York Intellectuals in Fiction.” Centennial Review 29, no. 3 (Summer 1985).

Wald, Alan. “The New York Intellectuals in Retreat.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983.

Wald, Alan M. “Marxism and Intellectuals in the United States: Some Lessons from the Past and Perspectives for the Future.” Changes 6, no. 11 (November-December 1984).

Wald, Alan M. “The Marxist Intellectual Tradition in the U.S.: A Critical Reassessment.” Paper presented at Socialist Scholars Conference. New York City, 1987.

Wald, Alan M. The New York Intellectuals: The Rise and Decline of the Anti-Stalinist Left from the 1930s to the 1980s. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1987. Discusses the political and intellectual development of such figures as Hannah Arendt, Elliot Cohen, Midge Decter, F.W. Dupee, Max Eastman, James T. Farrell, Sidney Hook, Irving Howe, Irving Kristol, Dwight Macdonald, Mary McCarthy, Norman Podhoretz, Philip Rahv, Meyer Schapiro, Max Shachtman, Tess Slesinger, Harvey Swados, Lionel Trilling, and Edmund Wilson.

Wald, Alan M. The Responsibility of Intellectuals: Selected Essays on Marxist Traditions in Cultural Commitment. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1992. Reprints Wald essays on Trotskyism, communism, and the New York literary Left.

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” In Cold War Literature: Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Waxman, Chaim Isaac. The End of Ideology Debate. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

Weiner, Lauren. “American Communism: Monument of the Intellectuals.” Society, November/December 2006. Review-essay on Murray Kempton’s Part of Our Time: Some Ruins and Monuments of the Thirties (reissue) Ruth Price’s The Lives of Agnes Smedley, Ronald Radosh and Allis Radosh’s Red Star Over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left and Philip Roth’s I Married a Communist.

Wilford, Hugh. “An Oasis: The New York Intellectuals in the Late 1940s.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 28, no. 2 (1994). After WWII, New York intellectuals formed the Europe-America Groups (EAG) and attempted to launch a non-Marxist radical movement. Mary McCarthy’s 1949 novel The Oasis details the political perspectives of the EAG. The founders fell into disagreement and the organization collapsed within a year.

Wilford, Hugh. The New York Intellectuals: From Vanguard to Institution. Manchester & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1995.

Wisse, Ruth R. “New York (Jewish) Intellectuals.” Commentary 84, no. 5 (November 1987). Essay-review critical of Thomas Bender’s New York Intellect, Alexander Bloom’s Prodigal Sons, Alan Wald’s The New York Intellectuals, Mark Shechner’s After the Revolution: Studies in the Contemporary Jewish-American Imagination, and Russell Jacoby’s The Last Intellectuals: American Culture in the Age of Academe.  Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Communism in New York intellectual circles in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s and the relationship of Marxism to Jewish identity.

Wreszin, Michael, and Hilton Kramer. “[Exchange].” Journal of American History 87, no. 3 (December 2000). Exchange over Benjamin Huebsch’s links to the CPUSA and Kramer’s Twilight of the Intellectuals.

Wrong, Dennis H. “Reflections on the End of Ideology.” In The End of Ideology Debate, edited by Chaim Isaac Waxman. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Writers, and Literature

 

Aaron, Daniel. “Communism and the American Writer.” Newberry Library Bulletin 5 (August 1959).

Aaron, Daniel. “Literary Scenes and Literary Movements, 1910-1945.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Aaron, Daniel. Writers on the Left: Episodes in American Literary Communism. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1961. Discusses the influence of Communism on writers in the 1930s and 1940s.  A pioneering and still useful volume of the “Communism in American Life” series.

Appel, Benjamin. “Miss America and the Look-Back Boys.” The Literary Review [N.J.] 17 (Fall 1973).

Barnard, Rita. “The Great Depression and the Culture of Abundance: Literature and Mass Culture in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1990. Sees the 1930s as a transition from a culture of production to consumption.  Sees left writers who stressed the plight of workers and the simple regional folk as engaged in a residual, nostalgic cultural endeavor whereas others such as Kenneth Fearing and Nathanael West were illuminating the emergent mass consumption culture.

Barnfield, Graham. “A Reversal of Fortune: Culture and the Crisis, Yesterday and Today.” Working Papers on the Web: The Thirties Now  (ISSN 1478-3703) (2004).

Barnfield, Graham. “The Novel as Propaganda: Revisiting the Debate.” In Propaganda Political Rhetoric and Identity, 1300-2000, edited by Bertrand Taithe and Tim Thornton. Themes in History. Thrupp, Stroud, Gloucestershire, U.K.: Sutton Pub., 1999.

Belletto, Steven. “Chance and Design in Cold War American Narrative.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2006.

Block, Alan. “A Re-Evaluation of the American Radical Novel in the Twentieth Century.” Ph.D. diss. St. John’s University, 1990.

Bokina, John. “From Communist Ideologue to Postmodern Rebel: Spartacus in Novels.” European Legacy [U.K.] 6, no. 6 (2001).

Booker, M. Keith. The Modern American Novel of the Left: A Research Guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Booker, M. Keith. “The Reds and the Blacks.” In Cold War Literature Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Brendon, Piers. The Dark Valley: A Panorama of the 1930s. New York: Knopf Distributed by Random House, 2000.

Casey, Janet Galligani. The Novel and the American Left: Critical Essays on Depression-Era Fiction. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 2004. TOC: Introduction / Janet Galligani Casey -- Taking tips and losing class / Donna M. Campbell -- My little illegality / Joy Castro -- Shriveled breasts and dollar signs / Angela Marie Smith -- Monstrous modernism / Joseph Entin -- The objectivity of nature in Josephine Herbst's Rope of gold / Caren Irr -- Agrarian landscapes, the Depression, and women's progressive fiction / Janet Galligani Casey -- The avengers of Christie Street / Lee Bernstein -- "Smashing cantatas" and "Looking glass pitchers" / Lawrence Hanley -- Marching! marching! and the idea of the proletarian novel / Jon-Christian Suggs -- Time, transmission, autonomy / David Jenemann and Andrew Knighton.

Falk, Andrew J. “Feeding Europe: America’s Dissident Writers Go Abroad in the 1950s.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Fiedler, Leslie A. Waiting for the End. New York: Stein and Day, Publishers, 1964. Contains discussions of Saul Bellow, William S. Burroughs, William Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Robert Frost, Allen Ginsberg, Herbert Gold, Arthur Miller, Henry Miller, J. D. Salinger, Robert Penn Warren, and others.   Judges that the influence of the 30s on writers was negative for good American writing, forced writers “to distort their values and betray the myths which informed their authentic work in pursuit of shifting critical acclaim and an audience that had radically changed its allegiances.”

Foley, Barbara. “Roads Taken and Not Taken: Post-Marxism, Antiracism, and Anticommunism.” Cultural Logic 1, no. 2 (Spring 1998).

Forsythe, Robert. Reading from Left to Right. Pseudonym for Kyle Samuel Crichton. New York: Covici, Friede, 1938. Articles reprinted from the New Masses.  Lyons in The Red Decade, wrote that Crichton writing in _Life_ magazine under his real name reviewed this, his own, book.

Gilbert, James Burkhart. Writers and Partisans: A History of Literary Radicalism in America. New York: Wiley, 1968.

Glicksberg, C. I. “The Decline of Literary Marxism.” Antioch Review 1 (Winter 1941).

Glassbrook, Daryn P. “Beyond the Popular Front: Ethnic Representation and the Literary Institutions of American Radicalism, 1930--1953.” Ph.D. diss. Purdue University, 2006.

Godine, Amy. “Notes Toward a Reappraisal of Depression Literature.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 5 (1980). Discusses the Communist-radical political fiction of Michael Gold, John Steinbeck, Robert Cantwell, Grace Lumpkin, and Tillie Olsen as well as other approaches.

Goldstein, Philip. “Telling the Ugly Truth: Communism, Theory, Spies, Art.” In Styles of Cultural Activism: From Theory and Pedagogy to Women, Indians, and Communism, Philip Goldstein, ed. Cranbury, NJ: University of Delaware Press & Associated University Presses, 1994.  Postmodernist analysis of popular and high literature about communism.

Guenzel, Steffen. “Democracy and the Canon: Renegotiating the Radical Text in Twentieth Century American Literature.” Ph.D. diss. University of Alabama, 2006.

Hanley, Lawrence Francis. “Culture and Crisis: Radical Writers and Writing in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1994.

Hapke, Laura. Labor’s Text: The Worker in American Fiction. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2001.

Hicks, Granville. “How Red Was the ‘Red Decade?’.” Harper’s (July, 1953). Argues that Eugene Lyon greatly exaggerated Communist influence in the 1930s.  Argues that the big magazines were notoriously hostile not only to communism and the Soviet Union but to virtually all the ideas advocated by the Popular Front and that it was not fellow-traveler editors that promoted pro-Communist books but profitable market.

Hicks, Granville. “Writers in the Thirties.” In As we Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Higashida, Cheryl Ann. “On the Multicultural Front: Radical Writers in the United States from the Depression to the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 2003. Emphasizes how gender, ethnicity, race, and region intersected with class in determining the aesthetics of social change as well as the radicalism of aesthetic forms. Concludes that radical writing redeploys literary styles and conventions to represent heterogeneity and difference while disclosing the interconnections among racism, patriarchy, and economic exploitation.

Hilbish, Melissa. “Cold War/Hot Battle: Battling the Communists in the Korean War Literature.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

Homberger, Eric. American Writers and Radical Politics, 1900-39: Equivocal Commitments. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1986.

Hong, Rebecca. “Contesting Cold War Narratives: Argentine, Cuban, and United States Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 2005.

Howe, Irving. Politics and the Novel. New York: Horizon Press, 1957.  An impressive analysis.

Hyman, S.E. “The Marxist Criticism of Literature.” Antioch Review 7 (Winter 1947-48).

Irr, Caren. “Between the Avant-Garde and Kitsch: Experimental Prose in American and Canadian Literary Periodicals of the 1930s.” Journal of Canadian Studies [Canada] 30, no. 2 (1995). Sees the strong Communist role in the literary left  in the USA promoting vanguardism and literary objectivism while the more social democratic orientation of the Canadian left emphasized coalition-building and literary realism.

Knight, Rolf. Traces of Magma: An Annotated Bibliography of Left Literature. Vancouver, B.C., Canada: Draegerman, 1983.

Kraus, Elisabet. “Leftist Dimensions in American Science Fiction.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Lawhon, Richard Benjamin. “The American Antiwar Novel: 1919-1979.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 1992.

Le Roy, Gaylord C. Marxism and Modern Literature. Pamphlet. [New York]: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1967.

Libretti, Tim. “The Other Proletarians: Native American Literature and Class Struggle.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies, 47, no. 1 (2001).

Meyn, Rolf. “The Threat of Dogmatism and Totalitarianism: The Dangling Man as a Symbolic Figure in American Novels from the 1940s to the 1970s.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Mickenberg, Julia Lynn. “Educating Dissent: Children’s Literature and the Left, 1935--1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2000. Sees the “left’s far-reaching influence, through children, on post-war America” through the powerful role of the “popular-front left” in writing and guiding the distribution of children’s books.  Maintains that these heroic left “cultural workers” shaped children’s literature to promote Marxist and left goals and created in the midst of reactionary America a “left-of-center consensus around children.”

Mickenberg, Julia, and Philip Nel, eds. Tales for Little Rebels: A Collection of Radical Children’s Literature. New York: New York University Press, 2008.

Mullen, Bill, and James Edward Smethurst, eds. Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. Sees the Left as the most important and center of American literature in the 20th century.  Includes: Introduction by Bill V. Mullen and James Smethurst; Modernism and the aesthetics of management, or T.S. Eliot’s labor literature by Eric Schocket; F.B. Eyes: the bureau reads Claude McKay by William J. Maxwell; Specter of radicalism in Alain Locke’s The New Negro by Anthony Dawahare; W.E.B. Du Bois, Dark princess, and the Afro-Asian International by Bill V. Mullen; Barrios of the world unite!: regionalism, transnationalism, and internationalism in Tejano war poetry from the Mexican Revolution to World War II by B.V. Olguín; Narrating nationalisms: black Marxism and Jewish communists through the eyes of Harold Cruse by Alan Wald; From communism to brotherhood: the drafts of Invisible Man by Barbara Foley; Alice Childress, Lorraine Hansberry, and Claudia Jones: black women write the Popular Front by Mary Helen Washington; Voice of the Cracker: Don West reinvents the Appalachian by Rachel Rubin; First Negro Matinee Idol: Harry Belafonte and American culture in the 1950s by Michelle Stephens; Bamboo that snaps back!: resistance and revolution in Asian Pacific American working-class and left-wing expressive culture by Fred Ho; Poetry and sympathy: New York, the Left, and the rise of black arts by James Smethurst; Marxist critique of borderlands postmodernism: Adorno’s Negative dialectics and Chicano cultural criticism by Marcial González; Letters the presidents did not release: radical scholarship and the legacy of the American volunteers in Spain by Cary Nelson.

Mullen, Bill, and Sherry Linkon, eds. Radical Revisions: Rereading 1930s Culture. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996.

Ninkovich, Frank A. “The New Criticism and Cold War America.” Southern Quarterly 20 (Fall 1981).

Peddie, Ian. “Poles Apart? Ethnicity, Race, Class, and Nelson Algren.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (Spring 2001). Discusses ethnic, racial and class divisions in Richard Wright’s writings,  ‘Jews Without Money by Michael Gold’ and Nelson Algren’s ‘Somebody in Boots.’

Podhoretz, Norman. The Bloody Crossroads: Where Literature and Politics Meet. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986. Includes and insightful discussion of communism and literature.

Ramsey, Joseph G. “Red Pulp: Repression and Radicalism in Mid-Twentieth Century United States ‘Genre’ Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 2007.

Reed, Thomas V. “Reading the Left, Writing Politics: Literature, History and the Rhetoric of American Political Culture.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1986. Examines the evolution of the American left’s use of rhetorical forms and political aesthetics to engage and replace the dominate liberal democratic political culture; uses James Agee and Walker Evans’ Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, E. L. Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel, Norman Mailer’s Armies of the Night, and the Women’s Pentagon Action of 1981 as case studies.

Rideout, Walter B. The Radical Novel in the United States, 1900-1954: Some Interrelations of Literature and Society. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1956. Among other points, counts the number of radical novels published between 1900-10 as 24, between 1911-19 as 21, between 1920-29 as 10, between 1930-39 as 70, and between 1940-49 as 27.

Rose, Alan. Surrealism and Communism: The Early Years. New York: P. Lang, 1991. Chiefly on French literature.

Rosendale, Steven, ed. American Radical and Reform Writers. Farmington Hills, MI: Thomson/Gale, 2005.

Rozendal, Michael Arend. “On the Line: A Reconsideration of 1930s Modernist and Proletarian Radicalism” diss., State University of New York, Buffalo, 2006.

Ross, Stephen A. “Introduction: Working-Class Fictions.” Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (2001).

Rubinstein, Annette T. “Fundamental Problems in Marxist Literary Criticism: Form, History and Ideology.” Socialism and Democracy 11, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1997).

Rudich, Norman, ed. Weapons of Criticism: Marxism in America and the Literary Tradition. Palo Alto, Calif.: Ramparts Press, 1976.

Rühle, Jürgen. Literature and Revolution: A Critical Study of the Writer and Communism in the Twentieth Century. New York: Praeger, 1969.

Sanders, David Scott. “Pattern of Rejection: Three American Novelists and the Communist Literary Line, 1919-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1956.

Schaub, Thomas H. American Fiction in the Cold War. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1991.

Shulman, Robert. The Power of Political Art: The 1930s Literary Left Reconsidered. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000.

Sühnel, Rudolf. “The Marxist Trend in Literary Criticism in the USA in the Thirties.” Jahrbuch Für Amerikastudien [Germany] 7 (1962).

Thorp, Willard. “American Writers on the Left.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952.  Includes discussions on Max Eastman, Joseph Freeman, Philip Rahv, Isidor Schneider and the three writers’ congresses.

Vegso, Roland. “The Naked Communist: Anti-Communist Popular Fiction, 1945--1963.” Ph.D. diss. State University of New York at Buffalo, 2007.

Wald, Alan M. Exiles from a Future Time: The Forging of the Mid-Twentieth-Century Literary Left. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

Wald, Alan M. Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics. London, New York: Verso, 1994.  Essays include: The Legacy of Daniel Aaron; Alfred Kazin in Retrospect; James T. Farrell in the 1930s: The Athanasius of Union Square; Premature Socialist-Feminists; An Earlier “Time of the Toad”; The “Radical Impresario” Revisited; Edwin Rolfe, Presente!; Culture and Commitment: US Communist Writers Reconsidered; Communist Writers Fight Back in Cold War Amerika; The 1930s Left in US Literature Reconsidered; From Old Left to New in US Literary Radicalism; Leon Trotsky’s Contributions to Marxist Cultural Theory and Literary Criticism; Literary “Leftism” Reconsidered; Cultural Cross-Dressing: Radical Writers Represent African-Americans and Latinos in the McCarthy Era; The Utopian Imagination; The Roots of African-American Communism; The Subaltern Speaks; The Anti-Racist Imagination; Belief and Ideology in the Work of Robert Hayden; John Sanford and “American Smith”; Lloyd Brown and the African-American Literary Left.

Wald, Alan. “American Writers on the Left.” In The Gay and Lesbian Literary Heritage: A Reader’s Companion to the Writers and Their Works, from Antiquity to the Present, edited by Claude J. Summers. New York: H. Holt, 1995. Contains new and unusual information about the sexual orientation of numerous writers associated with communism and Trotskyism as well as consideration of methodological issues.  Among those discussed are Josephine Herbst, William Rollins, Jr., Lorraine Hansberry, Muriel Rukeyser, Willard Motley, Lynn Riggs, Jane Bowles, Audre Lorde, Ella Winter, Harold Norse, and Chester Kallman.

Wald, Alan. “Communist Writers Fight Back in Cold War America.” In Styles of Cultural Activism: From Theory and Pedagogy to Women, Indians, and Communism, Philip Goldstein, ed. Cranbury, NJ: University of Delaware Press & Associated University Presses, 1994. Denies that the Stalinist cultural policies of the CPUSA significantly influenced Communist-aligned writers: “these official ‘Stalinist‘ positions were far removed from the heart and soul of much of the cultural practice of writers around the Party....  In this sense the work of the ‘new historians‘ of American communism -- Paul Buhle, Maurice Isserman, Mark Naison, Robin Kelley et al -- who emphasize rank-and-file agency and autonomy, has been vindicated for me in cultural activities.”   Calls for a “sympathetic understanding, flaws and all” and for “critical acceptance” of the Communist-led cultural movement of the 1930s-1950s.

Wald, Alan. “Culture and Commitment: U.S. Communist Writers Reconsidered.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Says anti-communism had “had little to do with genuine opposition to the brutal and authoritarian policies of the Stalin and post-Stalin regimes.”

Wald, Alan. “Culture and Commitment: U.S. Literary Communism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Wald, Alan. “Introduction.” In Writers on the Left: Episodes in American Literary Communism, by Daniel Aaron. New York: Columbia University Press, 1992. In this introduction to a reprint of Aaron’s 1961 book, Wald discusses the reception of the book and subsequent scholarship.

Wald, Alan. “Literary ‘leftism’ Reconsidered.” Science & Society 57, no. 2 (1993).

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1996): 479-92.

Wald, Alan. “Strange Communists from the Literary Left.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 26 April 2002.

Wald, Alan. “The 1930s Left in U.S. Literature Reconsidered.” In Radical Revisions: Rereading 1930s Culture, edited by Bill Mullen and Sherry Linkon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996.

Wald, Alan. “The Left in U.S. Literature Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Wald, Alan. “The New York Literary Left.” Michigan Quarterly Review 28, no. 1 (Winter 1989). Review essay on Cooney’s The Rise of the New York Intellectuals, Shechnter’s After the Revolution, and Homberger’s American Writers and Radical Politics.

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” In Cold War Literature Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Williams, Raymond. Marxism and Literature. Oxford [Eng.]: Oxford University Press, 1977.

Winegarten, Renee. Writers and Revolution: The Fatal Lure of Action. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Zeiss, Laura McKenzie. “Cold War Fictions of Behaviorism: Theories of Psychological Influence in American Cold War Literature.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 2008.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Women Writers

 

Donovan, Elise Dievler. “Mothers, Artists, and Activists in Fiction by Women of the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1999. Discusses Agnes Smedley, Tess Slesinger, Meridel Le Sueur, Fielding Burke and others.

Foley, Barbara. “Women and the Left in the 1930s.” American Literary History 2, no. 1 (Spring 1990). Essay review of Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, Nekola and Rabinowitz, eds.  Argues “it was not ‘Stalinism,’ but the Depression-era Communist Party’s essentially reformist (if militant) political program, and its inheritance of the Second International’s economistic formulation of the ‘woman question,’ that produced the barriers to a more conscious and committed articulation of gender issues....  Moreover, the radical women writers’ insistence upon the continuity of the personal with the political frequently enabled them to criticize rightist tendencies within the left....  Antisexism provides a means of spotting other departures from revolutionary practice.”

Hall, Jacquelyn Dowd. “Women Writers, the ‘Southern Front,’ and the Dialectical Imagination.” Journal of Southern History 69, no. 1 (February 2003). Discusses Grace Lumpkin and others.

Hapke, Laura. Daughters of the Great Depression: Women, Work, and Fiction in the American 1930s. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1995.

Lauret, Maria. “This Story Must Be Told: Women Writers of the Old and New Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

McDonald, Kathlene Ann. “Audacity Within Confinement: Radical Women Writers in the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland College Park, 2002. Discusses the “cultural work” of “women writers connected to the CPUSA.”  Among those discussed are: Lorraine Hansberry, Alice Childress, Claudia Jones, Thelma Dale, and Martha Dodd.

Nekola, Charlotte. “Worlds Unseen: Political Women Journalists and the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. “New Masses published reportage by women writers on the same subject matter as male writers.... But New Masses seldom featured articles whose main focus was the status of women, unless the analysis of the article eventually led to the party’s position on the primacy of class struggle....  The era’s most radical analysis of women’s domestic labor was Mary Inman’s ‘The Pivot of the System,’ which names women’s domestic work as productive labor, the ‘pivot’ of capitalism.  The national leadership of CPUSA resisted Inman’s theory so vehemently that she eventually left the Party.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Women’s Revolutionary Fiction and Female Subjectivity.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1986.

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Women and U.S. Literary Radicalism.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Discusses neglect of a large body of writing by radical women in the ‘30s.  Notes that in the ‘30s Left, particularly those associated with the C.P., the proletarian image was largely masculine.  “With the abandonment of proletarianism after the Party shifted line, a critique of male supremacy within and without the Party, minimal as it was during the Third Period, gave way to a celebration of motherhood during the Popular Front era....  This meant that the open discussions of working-class sexuality, limited as they were by the gender prescriptions of Rahv and Gold, became politically suspect.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Writing Red: Women’s Short Fiction of the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Surveys field.  Argues that radical women writers drew upon “the legacies of feminism, Freud, and modernist experimentation circulating within the culture of Greenwich Village during the 1920s” as well as expressing the “concerns about class divisions, the alienating effect of capitalism, and the hypocrisy and corruption of the bourgeoisie were themes common among all literary radicals.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. Labor & Desire: Women’s Revolutionary Fiction in Depression America. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1991.

Schowalter, Elaine. “Women Writers Between the Wars.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Proletarian Literature

 

Adams, Frederick B. Radical Literature in America: An Address. Pamphlet. Stamford, CT: Overbrook Press, 1939.

Bowman, John Scott. “The Proletarian Novel in America.” Ph.D. diss. State College of Pennsylvania, 1939.

Croft, Andy. “‘Proletarian’ Writers in Britain and America.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 59, no. 3 (1994). Essay-review.

Davis, Cheryl. “A Rhetorical Study of Selected Proletarian Novels on the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1976.

Day, William Robin. “The Politics of Art: A Reading of Selected Proletarian Novels.” Ph.D. diss. Drew University, 1983.

Eisinger, C.E. “Character and Self in Fiction on the Left.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Ferrari, Arthur C. “Proletarian Literature: A Case of Convergence of Political and Literary Radicalism.” In Cultural Politics: Radical Movements in Modern History, edited by Jerold M. Starr and Jerold M. Starr. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Ferruggia, Gabriella. “Radical Intellectuals and the Workers (Communist) Party in the United States: New Masses and The Daily Worker, 1926-1928.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 2, no. 1 (1985). Compares and contrasts treatments of proletarian literature.

Fiedler, Leslie. “The Two Memories: Reflections on Writers and Writing in the Thirties.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Fischer, Adam Jacob. “Formula for Utopia: The American Proletarian Novel, 1930-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1974.

Foley, Barbara. Radical Representations: Politics and Form in U.S. Proletarian Fiction, 1929-1941. Durham: Duke University Press, 1993.  Enthusiastically praised Stalinism’s  “tremendous achievements … the involvement of millions of workers in socialist construction, the emancipation of women from feudalistic practices, the struggle against racism and anti-Semitism, the fostering of previously suppressed minority cultures ... the creation of a revolutionary proletarian culture, in both the USSR and other countries.”

Garon, Paul. “American Labor Fiction in the 20th Century.” AB Bookman’s Weekly, 19 February 1990. Informative survey of labor and proletarian literature.

Garon, Paul. “The Radical Novel, 1900-1954.” Firsts: Collecting First Editions 4, no. 3 (March 1994). Discusses Rideout’s seminal bibliography and many of the novels themselves.

Harris, Calvin. “Twentieth Century American Political Fiction: An Analysis of Proletarian Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1979.

Hicks, Granville, and Joseph Freeman, eds. Proletarian Literature in the United States: An Anthology. New York: International Publishers, 1935. Survey and anthology prepared by Communist-aligned editors.

Hoffman, F.J. “Aesthetics of the Proletarian Novel.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Hülß, Tina. “The American Strike Novel.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Klein, M. “The Roots of Radical: Experience in the Thirties.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Ledbetter, K.L. “The Idea of a Proletarian Novel in America, 1927-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, 1963.

Madden, David, ed. Proletarian Writers of the Thirties. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968. Introduction, by D. Madden.--The two memories: reflections on writers and writing in the thirties, by L. Fiedler.--Back to Bigger, by G. Green.--John Dos Passos’ U.S.A.: a 1930’s spectacular, by L. Gurko.--Edward Dahlberg, early and late, by J. Chametzky.--Robert Cantwell’s Land of plenty, by J. Conroy.--Jack Conroy’s the Disinherited; or, The Way it Was, by E. Larsen.--Daniel Fuchs’ Williamsburg trilogy: a cigarette and window, by I. Howe.--Dalton Trumbo’s Johnny got his Gun, by L. Kriegel.--B. Traven, pure proletarian writer, by C. H. Miller.--The roots of radical: experience in the thirties, by M. Klein.--character and self in fiction on the left, by C. E. Eisinger.--Aesthetics of the proletarian novel, by F. J. Hoffman.--The Marxist aesthetic theory of Louis C. Fraina, by L. Baxandall.--The Education of Michael Gold, By M. B. Folsom.--The brief embattled course of proletarian poetry, by A. Guttmann.

Murphy, James F. The Proletarian Moment: The Controversy Over Leftism in Literature. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1991. Focuses on the struggle within the Communist and left literary world in the 1930s over the correct approach to literature.

Pound, Ezra. “Address to the John Reed Club of Philadelphia.” Left Review 1, no. 3 (1934).

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Domestic Labor: Film Noir, Proletarian Literature, and Black Women’s Fiction.” MFS: Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (Spring 2001).

Rahv, Philip. “Proletarian Literature; a Political Autopsy.” Southern Review 4 (Winter 1939).

Riese, Utz. “The End of an Era: A Metahistorical Perspective on the End of the Proletarian Aesthetic.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Proletarian Novels.” Re/Search, Summer 1997. Survey of the genre.  Calls Michael Gold’s Jews Without Money (1930) among the best, but says it was not republished for decades because its use of the work “Nigger” offended the CPUSA.  Terms Henry Roth’s Call It Sleep  (1935) one of the great American novels of the 20th century “Yet its author’s fate further illustrated the traps facing writers of outstanding talent in the Communist movement.  Roth was prevailed upon to abandon his literary work by party functionaries...”

Squire, Walter Edwin. “The Aesthetic Diversity of American Proletarian Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Tennessee, 2001. Discusses Vernon Louis Parrington, Michael Gold, and John Dos Passos among others. “Too much emphasis is placed upon the Communist Party, shared political and literary projects, and temporal parameters, all of which would suggest that proletarianism was an isolated phenomenon within the history of American literature. This study reveals that the major proponents of American proletarian literature portrayed the movement as the successor to progressive and radical tendencies throughout the history of American literature.”

Stanovnik, Majda. “The American Proletarian Novel in Slovenia (1920-1960).” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Suggs, Jon Christian, ed. American Proletarian Culture: The Twenties and the Thirties. Dictionary of Literary Biography, v. 11. Detroit: Gale Research, 1993.

Vials, Chris. “How the Proletarian Novel Became Mass Culture: God’s Little Acre and the Realist Aesthetics of the 1930s Left.” Working Papers on the Web: The Thirties Now (ISSN 1478-3703) (2004).

Weatherwax, Clara. Marching! Marching! New York: AMS Press, 1976. Reprint of the 1935 novel (published by John Day Co., New York) that won a New Masses proletarian writing contest.

Wingard, Joel. “Toward a Workers‘ America: The Theory and Practice of the American Proletarian Novel.” Ph.D. diss. Louisiana State University, 1979.

Yerkes, Andrew C. Twentieth-Century Americanism: Identity and Ideology in Depression-Era Leftist Fiction. New York: Routledge, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Anthologies of Left Literature of the 1930s

 

Filler, Louis, ed. The Anxious Years: America in the Nineteen Thirties a Collection of Contemporary Writings. New York: Putnam, 1963.

Gurko, Leo. The Angry Decade. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1947.

Nekola, Charlotte, and Paula Rabinowitz, eds. Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Includes stories, essays, and poems by Meridel Le Sueur, Mary Heaton Vorse, Edith Manuel Durham, Tillie Olsen, Ella Winter, Ruth Gruber, Agnes Smedley, Anna Louise Strong, Mary Inman, Grace Hutchins, Molly Jackson, Margaret Walker, Kathleen Tankersley Young, Genevieve Taggard, Muriel Rukeyser, and Josephine Johnson.

Salzman, Jack, and Barry Wallenstein, eds. Years of Protest: A Collection of American Writings of the 1930’s. New York: Pegasus, 1967. No one has starved -- In a coffee pot / Alfred Hayes -- The hard winter / Jack Conroy -- From Union Square / Albert Halper -- The happiest man on Earth / Albert Maltz -- School for bums / Mary H. Vorse -- From Waiting for nothing / Tom Kromer -- Masses of men / Erskine Caldwell -- Cows and horses are hungry / Meridel Le Sueur -- Dubious battle in California / John Steinbeck -- Talking dust bowl / Woody Guthrie -- I ain’t got no home / Woody Guthrie -- From Let us now praise famous men / James Agee -- A lack of confidence -- Harlan: working under the gun / John Dos Passos -- Which side are you on? / Florence Reece -- A union meeting / Sherwood Anderson -- From Pins and needles / Harold Rome -- From The land of plenty / Robert Cantwell -- From To make my bread / Grace Lumpkin -- The earth does move / Josephine Herbst -- The strike / Tillie Lerner -- Cops are funny people-if at all / Robert Forsythe -- Communists and cops / Edmund Wilson -- Waiting for lefty / Clifford Odets -- Let us have madness -- Denoucement / Kenneth Fearing -- The unknown soldier / William March -- Dispatch from Spain / Ernest Hemingway -- Dispatch from Spain / Herbert L. Matthews -- Say that we saw Spain die / Edna St. Vincent Millay -- Litany for dictatorships / Stephen V. Benet -- From You can’t go home again / Thomas Wolfe -- From Those who perish / Edward Dahlberg -- From Jefferson and/or Mussolini / Ezra Pound -- September 1, 1938 / W.H. Auden -- The social muse -- Wilder: prophet of the genteel Christ / Michael Gold -- Invocation to the social muse / Archibald MacLeish -- The social muse replies: letters to The New Republic / Allen Tate . . . [et al.] -- Turmoil in the middle ground / Stanley Burnshaw -- Mr. Burnshaw and the statue / Wallace Stevens -- The bankruptcy of southern culture / V.F. Calverton -- The South is a bulwark / John C. Ransom -- From A note on literary criticism / James T. Farrell -- Sectarianism on the right / Isidor Schneider -- In defense of James Farrell / Granville Hicks -- Rebuttal / James T. Farrell -- The temptation of Dr. Williams / Editors of Partisan Review -- Partisan Review / Malcolm Cowley -- A letter to The New Republic / Editors of Partisan Review -- Red ivory tower / Malcolm Cowley -- A world to win -- Cow / Ben Field -- Did God make bedbugs? / Michael Gold -- Can you hear their voices? / Whittaker Chambers -- A place to lie down / Nelson Algren -- I have seen black hands / Richard Wright -- Four poems / Joseph Freeman -- What the thunder said: a fire sermon / Sol Funaroff -- New York, Cassandra / Horace Gregory -- Joe Hill listens to the praying / Kenneth Patchen -- Stone face / Lola Ridge -- August 22, 1927 / David Wolff -- The trial / Muriel Rukeyser -- A blazing sun -- Peace! It’s wonderful! / Henry Miller -- Two speeches / E.E. Cummings -- Night without sleep / Robinson Jeffers -- The dawn of another day / William C. Williams -- Aspirin is a member of the N.R.A. / William Saroyan -- Miss Lonelyhearts and the dead plan / Nathanael West -- Pioneers! O pioneers! / Daniel Fuchs -- From call it sleep / Henry Roth.

****************************************************************

 

Left Literary and Cultural Journals

 

The Anvil

 

Morris, Daniel Neil. “The ‘Anvil’ Writers: Oral History and Quantification Conjoined.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, Columbia, 1988. Uses Q methodology to measure oral history interviews of surviving editors and contributors to Jack Conroy’s C.P.-aligned proletarian literature journal, The Anvil.

****************************************************************

 

The Masses

 

Filippone, Lawrence F. “No Gods, no Masters: The Life and Death of The Masses.” Master’s thesis. Dartmouth College, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Modern Monthly / Modern Quarterly

 

Genizi, Haim. “V.F. Calverton, A Radical Magazinist for Black Intellectuals, 1920-1940.” Journal of Negro History 57 (1972).

Genizi, Haim. “The Modern Quarterly, 1923-1940: An Independent Radical Magazine.” Labor History 15, no. 2 (Spring 1974). Discusses the evolution of the journal from Communist-aligned to independent Marxist, and to anti-Stalinist Marxist.

Hook, Sidney. “Modern Quarterly, a Chapter in American Radical History: V. F. Calverton and His Periodicals.” Labor History 10, no. 2 (Spring 1969).

****************************************************************

 

New Masses

 

Hicks, Granville. Granville Hicks in the New Masses. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1974. Hicks was a leading Communist intellectual in the 1930s.

None. New Masses. New York: New Masses, 1926. Journal

Peck, David R. “The Development on an American Marxist Literary Criticism: The Monthly New Masses.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1968. Defends the Marxist criticism developed by those associated with the New Masses; maintains that anti-Marxist historians have distorted and ignored the significant contributions of Marxists to American literary life.

Peck, David. “Tradition of American Revolutionary Literature: The Monthly New Masses, 1926-1933.” Science & Society 42 (Winter 1978).

Watts, Ted. Index to New Masses. Silver Spring, MD: Phoenix Rising, 1996. Index to the publication New Masses, 1926-1948, in 66 vol. Each issue of the index covers one calendar year.

****************************************************************

 

Partisan Review

 

Cooney, Terry A. “Cosmopolitan Values and the Identification of Reaction: Partisan Review in the 1930s.” Journal of American History 68, no. 3 (December 1981). Argues that the shift of Partisan Review under the editorship of William Phillips and Philip Rahv from communism to Left anti-Stalinism flowed from their views on the need for cultural cosmopolitanism, literary sophistication, and artistic advance.

Cooney, Terry Arnold. “High Ideals and Political Realities: Literary Radicalism at Partisan Review, 1934-1937.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1976.

Gilbert, James. “Literature and Revolution in the United States: The Partisan Review.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 2, no. 2 (1967).

Gilbert, James. “Literature and Revolution in the United States: The Partisan Review.” In Literature and Politics in the Twentieth Century., edited by Walter Laqueur and George L. Mosse. New York: Harper & Row, 1967.

Kirby, Linda Kay. “Communism, the Discovery of Totalitarianism, and the Cold War: Partisan Review, 1934 to 1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Colorado, 1974. Examines the shift of Partisan Review from a pro-Communist to an anti-Communist position; finds its support for avant-garde literature, distaste for bourgeois culture, and support for artistic and intellectual freedom remained unchanged in the process.  The chief change was a shift from optimism to realism about the nature of man and rejection of the ‘artist as revolutionary’ for the ‘artist as critic of society.’

Lazere, Donald. “OPINION: Partisan Review, Our Country, and Our Culture.” College English 67, no. 3 (January 2005)

Longstaff, S.A. “The New York Family.” Queen’s Quarterly [Canada] 83 (Winter 1976). Discusses Left anti-Communist intellectuals grouped abound Partisan Review.

Longstaff, S.A. “Partisan Review and the Second World War.” Salmagundi 43 (Winter 1979). Examines the reaction of Left anti-Communist intellectuals to the war.

Longstaff, S.A. “Ivy League Gentiles and Inner City Jews: Class and Ethnicity Around Partisan Review in the Thirties and Forties.” American Jewish History 80 (Spring 1991).

Phillips, William. “How Partisan Review Began.” Commentary 62 (December 1976).

Phillips, William. A Partisan View: Five Decades of the Literary Life. New York: Stein and Day, 1983. Memoir by a leading figure of Partisan Review.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The Partisan Reader: Ten Years of Partisan Review, 1934-1944: An Anthology. New York: The Dial press, 1946.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The New Partisan Reader, 1945-1953. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1953.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The Partisan Review Anthology. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1962.

Teres, Harvey. “Remaking Marxist Criticism: Partisan Review’s Eliotic Leftism, 1934-1936.” American Literature 64 (March 1992).

Teres, Harvey M. Renewing the Left: Politics, Imagination, and the New York Intellectuals. New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. Considers the role of the Partisan Review group in the tradition of the American left.

Wald, Alan. “Revolutionary Intellectuals: Partisan Review in the 1930s.” In Literature at the Barricades the American Writer in the 1930s, edited by Ralph F. Bogardus and Fred C. Hobson. University, AL: University of Alabama Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

 

Organized Writers:

John Reed Clubs, American Writers’ Congress, League of American Writers

 

Aaron, Daniel, ed. “Thirty Years Later: Memories of the First American Writers’ Congress.” American Scholar 35, no. 3 (1966). Comments by Kenneth Burke, Malcolm Cowley, Granville Hicks, and William Phillips.

Alexandre, Laurie Ann. “John Reed Clubs: An Historical Reclamation.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Northridge, 1976.

Casciato, Arthur Domenic. “Citizen Writers: A History of the League of American Writers, 1935-1942.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1986. Admiring history of the LAW.

Cowley, Malcolm. “1935: The Year of Congresses.” Southern Review 15, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the movement to destroy capitalism, the American Writers’ Congress, and the League of American Writers.

Folsom, Franklin. Days of Anger, Days of Hope: A Memoir of the League of American Writers, 1937-1942. Niwot: University Press of Colorado, 1994.

Harrison, Helen A. “John Reed Club Artists and the New Deal: Radical Responses to Roosevelt’s ‘Peaceful Revolution.’” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 5 (1980). Summary history.

Hart, Henry, ed. American Writers’ Congress. New York: International publishers, 1935. Edited proceedings of  the Congress of American Revolutionary Writers held in New York city on April 26, 27, and 28, 1935.  Contents include: In the name of some heroes / by Friedrich Wolf -- The writers’ part in the struggle against war / by Harry F. Ward -- Fascism and writers / by Edward Dahlberg -- From Dada to Red Front / by Louis Aragon -- The role of the writer in the Soviet Union / by Matthew Josephson -- First All-Union Congress of Soviet Writers / by Moissaye J. Olgin -- The tradition of American revolutionary literature / by Joseph Freeman -- What the revolutionary movement can do for a writer / by Malcolm Cowley -- Communism and literature / by Earl Browder -- Values of the revolutionary writer / by Waldo Frank --The writer as technician / by John Dos Passos -- The worker as writer / by Jack Conroy -- Revolutionary symbolism in America / by Kenneth Burke -- The dialectics of the development of Marxist criticism / by Granville Hicks -- The proletarian novel / by Edwin Seaver -- The short story / by James T. Farrell -- Proletarian poetry / by Isidor Schneider -- Reportage / by Joseph North -- Technique and the drama / by John Howard Lawson -- Social trends in the modern drama / by Michael Blankfort and Nathaniel Buchwald -- Proletarian literature and the middle west / by Meridel Le Sueur -- To Negro writers / by Langston Hughes -- Social and political problems of the Negro writer / by Eugene Gordon -- The Negro in recent American literature / by Eugene Clay -- The writer in a minority language / by Moishe Nadir -- The revolutionary press and the writer / by Clarence Hathaway -- Contemporary publishing and the revolutionary writer / by Henry Hart -- Publishing revolutionary literature / by Alexander Trachtenberg.

Hollywood Writers Mobilization. Writer’s Congress: The Proceedings of the Conference Held in October 1943 Under the Sponsorship of the Hollywood Writers’ Mobilization and the University of California. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California press, 1944.

Homberger, Eric. “Proletarian Literature and the John Reed Clubs 1929-1935.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 13, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the shifting Communist attitude toward Prolecult, the theory that artistic and intellectual ideals were latent in the masses.  Michael Gold and the John Reed Clubs were the principal advocates of Prolecult.  Notes that the Communist Party required the Clubs to follow the ultrarevolutionary “third period” literary line from 1930 to 1935 and then forced a swift shift to a Popular Front stance.

Kutulas, Judy. “Becoming ‘More Liberal’: The League of American Writers, the Communist Party, and the Literary People’s Front.” Journal of American Culture 13, no. 1 (Spring 1990).   Organized by the CPUSA in 1935, the League of American Writers downplayed its party connections to attract liberal writers but the league broke into hostile factions over such matters as the Moscow trials and the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Phillips, William. “Histories of the Left.” Partisan Review 60, no. 3 (Summer 1963, 19). Discusses the John Reed Clubs.

Stewart, Donald Ogden, ed. Fighting Words. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co, 1940. Selected material on aspects of creative writing and screen and radio productions from the third congress of the League of American Writers,  New York, June 2-5, 1939. Edited by the president of the LAW.

Smiley, Sam. “Friends of the Party: The American Writers’ Congresses.” Southwest Review 54, no. 3 (1969). Survey of four American Writers’ Congresses held in April of 1935 and June of 1937, 1939, and 1941.

Wolfe, Thomas Kennerly, Jr. “The League of American Writers: Communist Organizational Activity Among American Writers, 1929-1942.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1956. Finds that the League of American Writers was successful in guiding and manipulating the literary community in New York City in the 1937-1940 period, but the rapid shifts of the Hitler-Stalin Pact in late 1939 and the Nazi invasion of Russia in 1941 crippled the organization’s effectiveness.

****************************************************************

 

Federal Writers’ Project

 

Hirsch, Jerrold. Portrait of America: A Cultural History of the Federal Writers’ Project. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Mangione, Jerre Gerlando. The Dream and the Deal: The Federal Writers’ Project, 1935-1943. Boston: Little, Brown, 1972. Although not discussed in the book, Mangione was a secret member of the CPUSA earlier active in the John Reed Club and who wrote for party publications under pseudonyms.

Penkower, Monty Noam. The Federal Writers’ Project: A Study in Government Patronage of the Arts. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977. Notes the activities of the Communist-aligned Writers Union among those employed by the New York FWP and the reaction of conservative politicians to that activity.

****************************************************************

 

The FBI, Writers and Communism

 

Culleton, Claire A., and Karen Leick, eds. Modernism on File: Modern Writers, Artists, and the FBI, 1920-1950. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.

Garrow, David J. “American Authors in the FBI’s Library.” Boston Globe, 3 April 1988.

Mitgang, Herbert. Dangerous Dossiers: Exposing the Secret War Against America’s Greatest Authors. New York: D.I. Fine, 1988. Hostile journalistic exposé of FBI internal security files kept on authors William Faulkner, Ernest Hemingway, Thomas Mann, Carl Sandburg, and Dashiell Hammett, poet Robert Frost, playwright Tennessee Williams, painter Georgia O’Keeffe, sculptor Henry Moore, cartoonist Bill Mauldin, publisher Alfred A. Knopf, and others.  Regards it as an outrage that the FBI investigated any writer or artist.  Treats the investigations as part of the American government’s long-term program of oppression and destruction of civil liberties.

Robins, Natalie S. Alien Ink: The FBI’s War on Freedom of Expression. New York: W. Morrow, 1992. Sees the FBI as oppressing writers and artists as in integral part of its irrational assault on radicalism.  Hysterical and paranoid.

Theoharis, Athan. “Authors, Publishers, and the McCarthy Era: A Hidden History.” USA Today, September 1993. Speculates that immense damage was done to American literature by McCarthyism: “We are just learning how many manuscripts were rejected for fear that they were too controversial and might provoke Congressional or FBI scrutiny.”

****************************************************************

 

Intellectuals and Writers: Biographical Accounts

 

Lionel Abel

 

Abel, Lionel. The Intellectual Follies: A Memoir of the Literary Venture in New York and Paris. New York: Norton, 1984. Memoir by a leading Trotskyist literary intellectual.

****************************************************************

 

Sherwood Anderson

 

Carlson, G. Bert, Jr. “Sherwood Anderson’s Political Mind: The Activist Years.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1966. Finds that Anderson’s commitment to Communism in the early 1930s was timid and that he welcomed the New Deal as an alternative to radicalism.

Howe, Irving. Sherwood Anderson. [New York]: Sloane, 1951.

****************************************************************

 

Hannah Arendt

 

Hill, Melvyn A., ed. Hannah Arendt, the Recovery of the Public World. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1979. Hill, M. A. Introduction.--Young-Bruehl, E. From the pariah’s point of view: reflections on Hannah Arendt’s life and work.--Crick, B. On rereading The origins of totalitarianism.--Bakan, M. Hannah Arendt’s concepts of labor and work.--Parekh, B. Hannah Arendt’s critique of Marx.--Frampton, K. The status of man and the status of his objects: a reading of The human condition.--Major, R. W. A reading of Hannah Arendt’s “unusual” distinction between labor and work.--Fuss, P. Hannah Arendt’s conception of political community.--Miller, J. The pathos of novelty: Hannah Arendt’s image of freedom in the modern world.--Draenos, S. S. Thinking without a ground: Hannah Arendt and the contemporary situation of understanding.--Gray, J. G. The abyss of freedom--and Hannah Arendt.--Denneny, M. The privilege of ourselves: Hannah Arendt on judgment.--Hill, M. A. The fictions of mankind and the stories of men.--Arendt, H. On Hannah Arendt.--Young-Bruehl, E. A chronological bibliography of the works of Hannah Arendt, 1906-1975 (p. 341-354)

Isaac, Jeffrey C. “Hannah Arendt as Dissenting Intellectual.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

Sanora Babb

 

Wald, Alan. “Soft Focus: The Short Fiction of Sanora Babb.” In Cry of the Tinamou: Stories, Sanora Babb. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1997. Surveys the life and politico-literary career of Babb, who was in the CPUSA from the 1930s to the 1950s and married to the cinematographer James Wong Howe.

****************************************************************

 

William Barrett

 

Barrett, William. The Truants: Adventures Among the Intellectuals. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1982. Memoir by an influential editor of Partisan Review.

****************************************************************

 

Carl Becker

 

Cairns, John C. “Carl Becker: An American Liberal.” Journal of Politics 16, no. 4 (1964). Discusses the attitude of Becker, a leading historian of the 1940s and 1950s, toward communism.

****************************************************************

 

Daniel Bell

 

Brick, Howard. Daniel Bell and the Decline of Intellectual Radicalism: Social Theory and Political Reconciliation in the 1940s. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1986.

Liebowitz, Nathan. Daniel Bell and the Agony of Modern Liberalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985. Intellectual biography of a prominent anti-Communist intellectual.

****************************************************************

 

Saul Bellow

 

Bellow, Saul. “Writers, Intellectuals, Politics: Mainly Reminiscence.” National Interest, no. 31 (Spring 1993). Reflects on the attitudes of writers and intellectuals toward communism, the romantic attraction of the Leninist style to intellectuals, and his own youthful Trotskyism.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Saul Bellow, Trotsky, and Mexico.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 19 April 2005. Originally appeared in Reforma [Mexico] “In his youth, Bellow was a partisan of Leon Trotsky, the exiled Soviet revolutionary, and the spectre of Trotsky, as well as the Mexican environment in which Trotsky spent his final years, are prominently featured in Bellow’s third novel, which made his reputation: The Adventures of Augie March, issued in 1953.”

****************************************************************

 

Daniel Boorstin

 

Treuhaft, Robert E. “A Reunion to Remember.” Nation, 7-14 July 1984. On historian Daniel Boorstin’s testimony to HCUA.

Wiener, Jon. “The Odyssey of Daniel Boorstin.” Nation, 26 September 1987. Polemical denunciation of historian Daniel Boorstin for testifying truthfully to Congress about his experiences in the Communist party as a Harvard student.

****************************************************************

 

James Burnham

 

Abbott, Philip. “‘Big’ Theories and Policy Counsel: James Burnham, Francis Fukuyama, and the Cold War.” Journal of Policy History 14, no. 4 (2002).

Burnham, James. The Struggle for the World. New York: John Day, 1947. Burnham, a prominent Marxist-Leninist theoretician in the 1930s, became an influential  right-wing intellectual.

Burnham, James. The Coming Defeat of Communism. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Burnham, James. Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1964.

Diggins, John F. “Four Theories in Search of a Reality: James Burnham, Soviet Communism, and the Cold War.” American Political Science Review 70 (June 1976).

Judis, John B. “Apocalypse Now and Then.” New Republic, 31 August 1987. Essay review of the intellectual work of James Burnham.  Burnham, a leading young Trotskyist intellectual in the 1930s, moved to the right in the 1940s and in the 1950s laid the basis for postwar conservative foreign policy.  Discusses The Managerial Revolution (1941), The Machiavellians (1943), The Struggle For the World (1947), Containment or Liberation! (1953) and The Web of Subversion (1953).

Kelly, Daniel. James Burnham and the Struggle for the World: A Life. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2002. Full scale biography that explores Burnham role as a Communist and anti-Communist.

Kimball, Roger. “The Power of James Burnham.” New Criterion 21, no. 1 (September 2002). An appreciation of Burnham’s contributions to anticommunism.  Notes that: “Burnham’s stand on McCarthy precipitated his deportation to political Siberia. Overnight, this influential public commentator became persona non grata. Philip Rahv, his colleague at Partisan Review, put it well: “The Liberals now dominate all the cultural channels in this country. If you break completely with this dominant atmosphere, you’re a dead duck. James Burnham had committed suicide.” The irony is that Burnham, so astute about the workings of power, should have become a casualty of this skirmish: one might have expected him to negotiate the battlefield more cannily. Burnham emerged as an important conservative voice in the late 1950s. But, as William Barrett noted in The Truants (1982), Burnham never again occupied “the place that his own impressive gifts might have brought him if the intellectual climate in America, and particularly in its politics, had been different.”

Le Blanc, Paul. “From Revolutionary Intellectual to Conservative Master-Thinker: The Anti-Democratic Odyssey of James Burnham.” Left History 3, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1995). Viciously Hostile.

Levine, Alan. “Second Thoughts on Suicide of the West: James Burnham After the Cold War.” Continuity, no. 17 (1993). Reviews the analyses and predictions of conservative commentator James Burnham in Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism (1964).

Phelps, Christopher. “James Burnham and Cold War Intelligence.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. 2003.

Sempa, Francis P. “The First Cold Warrior.” American Diplomacy, Fall 2000. Discusses James Burnham and his attitudes toward communism, Soviet power, and American foreign policy.

Smant, Kevin J. “How Great the Triumph: James Burnham, Anticommunism, and the Conservative Movement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Notre Dame, 1991. Finds that within the conservative movement Burnham urged acceptance of a minimum welfare state, work within the two-party system, and a realistic anti-Communist foreign policy.

Smant, Kevin J. “Whither Conservatism? James Burnham and National Review 1955-1964.” Continuity, no. 15 (Fall/Winter 1991). Discusses Burnham’s role in urging National Review and William Buckley to adopt a pragmatic version of conservative anticommunism.

Smant, Kevin J. How Great the Triumph: James Burnham, Anticommunism, and the Conservative Movement. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Erskine Caldwell

 

Snyder, Robert E. “Spying on Southerners: The FBI and Erskine Caldwell.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 72, no. 2 (1988). Hoover suspected Caldwell of Communist sympathies but the FBI investigation turned up little.

****************************************************************

 

V.F. Calverton

 

Abbott, Philip. Leftward Ho!: V.F. Calverton and American Radicalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Abbott, Philip. “Utopia by Hypnosis: V.F. Calverton’s The Man Inside and American Radicalism in the 1930s.” Utopian Studies 10, no. 2 (Spring 1999).

Calverton, V. F. For Revolution. New York: The John Day Company, 1932.

Calverton, V. F. American Literature at the Crossroads. Seattle: University of Washington book store, 1931.

Calverton, V. F. The Passing of the Gods. N.Y.: Scribner, 1934.

Calverton, V. F. The Awakening of America. New York: The John Day Company, 1939.

Calverton, V. F., and Samuel Daniel Schmalhausen. Sex in Civilization. Garden City, N. Y.: Garden City Publishing Co., Inc., 1931.

Genizi, Haim. “V.F. Calverton: Independent Radical.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1968. Intellectual biography discussing Calverton’s evolution from Communist sympathizer to independent radical.

Genizi, Haim. “Disillusionment of a Communist: The Case of V.F. Calverton.” Canadian Journal of History 9, no. 1 (1974). On Calverton’s increasing disgust with Stalinism as the 1930s progressed.

Nash, Michael. “Schism on the Left: The Anti-Communism of V.F. Calverton and His Modern Quarterly.” Science & Society 45, no. 4 (1981-82). Discusses the movement of Calverton, a literary critic, from Communist to anti-Communist and his influence on other Left intellectuals.  Factors affected the split between Calverton and the Communist Party included the Communist Party’s reaction to his admiration for Trotsky, his dislike of party discipline, and Communist Party criticism of his detachment from the day-to-day political struggle.

Solon, S.L. “V. F. Calverton’s Quest for Utopia.” American Mercury 52 (May 1941).

Wilcox, Leonard. “Sex Boys in a Balloon: V. F. Calverton and the Abortive Sexual Revolution.” Journal of American Studies 23, no. 1 (1989). The linking of political with social and sexual radicalism of Calverton and others developed in the 1920s was displaced by the more rigid “Third Period” communism in the early 1930s.

Wilcox, Leonard. V.F. Calverton: Radical in the American Grain. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1992. Biography of founder and editor, 1923-1940, of Modern Quarterly/Modern Monthly.

Wilcox, Leonard I. “Marxism, Death, and Social Hypnosis: V.F. Calverton and the Old Left’s ‘Crisis of Reason.’” History of Political Thought 5 (Spring 1984)

****************************************************************

 

Robert Cantwell

 

Conroy, Jack. “Robert Cantwell’s Land of Plenty.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

Henry Steele Commager

 

Commager, Henry Steele. “Cold War Troubles.” American Scholar 24 (Fall 1955).

Jumonville, Neil. “Henry Steele Commager and the Question of Appropriate Anticommunism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

****************************************************************

 

Jack Conroy

 

Larsen, E. “Jack Conroy’s The Disinherited; or, The Way It Was.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Morris, Daniel Neil. “The ‘Anvil’ Writers: Oral History and Quantification Conjoined.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, Columbia, 1988. Uses Q methodology to measure oral history interviews of surviving editors and contributors to Jack Conroy’s C.P.-aligned proletarian literature journal, The Anvil.

****************************************************************

 

Lewis Coser

 

Rossenberg, Bernard. “An Interview with Lewis Coser.” In Conflict and Consensus a Festschrift in Honor of Lewis A. Coser, edited by Walter W. Powell, Richard Robbins. New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan, 1984. Discusses Coser’s political preferences and left anticommunism.

Rule, James B. “In Memoriam: Lewis Coser, 1913-2003.” Dissent, Fall 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Malcolm Cowley

 

Cowley, Malcolm. Exile’s Return: A Narrative of Ideas. New York: Norton, 1934. Discusses radical political currents among intellectuals in the 1920s and early 1930s.  Cowley was a leading liberal intellectual ally of the Communist Party at the time.

Cowley, Malcolm. “A Remembrance of the Red Romance.” Esquire, March 1964.

Cowley, Malcolm. “Sense of Guilt.” Kenyon Review 27 (Spring 1965).

Cowley, Malcolm. And I Worked at the Writer’s Trade: Chapters of Literary History, 1918-1978. New York: Viking Press, 1978.

Cowley, Malcolm. “Echoes from Moscow: 1937-1938.” Southern Review 20, no. 1 (January 1984). Cowley, an editor of The New Republic in the 1930s, says he “grossly deceived” himself about the Moscow Trials.

Cowley, Malcolm. The Dream of the Golden Mountains: Remembering the 1930s. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Discusses radical and Popular Front cultural affairs; events in which Cowley, often close to the Communist Party, participated.

Cowley, Malcolm. Think Back on Us: A Contemporary Chronicle of the 1930’s. Edited by Henry Dan Piper. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1967.

Hazlett, John D. “Conversion, Revisionism, and Revision in Malcolm Cowley’s Exile’s Return.” South Atlantic Quarterly 82, no. 2 (1983). Discusses the shift in attitude toward Communism and Marxism between Cowley’s 1934 and his 1951 autobiographical narratives.

Lynn, Kenneth S. “Malcolm Cowley Forgets.” American Spectator, October 1980. Critical commentary on Cowley’s The Dream of the Golden Mountains for distorting the record of Cowley’s support for Communist causes in the 1930s.

Travis, Trysh. “The Man of Letters and the Literary Business: Re-Viewing Malcolm Cowley.” Journal of Modern Literature 25, no. 2 (Winter 2001-02).

****************************************************************

 

Edward Dahlberg

 

Chametzky, J. “Edward Dahlberg, Early and Late.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

Olive Dargan, Grace Lumpkin, and Myra Page

 

Chesnut, Saralyn. “The Difference Within: Southern Proletarian Writers Olive Dargan, Grace Lumpkin, and Myra Page.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1994. A “materialist-feminist” study of three women who in the 1930s were associated with the CPUSA and with proletarian literature.

****************************************************************

 

John Dewey

 

Beineke, John A. “The Investigation of John Dewey by the FBI.” Educational Theory 37 (Winter 1987).

Dewey, John. John Dewey, the Collected Works, 1882-1953. Edited by Anne S. Sharpe, Harriet Furst Simon, Barbara Levine, and Journal Ann Boydston. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1991.

Engerman, David C. “John Dewey and the Soviet Union: Pragmatism Meets Revolution.” Modern Intellectual History 3, no. 1 (2006).

Levine, Barbara, comp. and ed. Works About John Dewey, 1886-1995. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1996.

Spitzer, Alan B. “John Dewey, The ‘Trial’ of Leon Trotsky and the Search for Historical Truth.” History and Theory 29, no. 1 (1990). “For John Dewey the obligation to tell the truth as a necessary constituent of a democratic polity took priority over the immediate, or distant, political consequences of any particular inquiry....  For the world wide agglomeration of dedicated anti-fascists, fellow-travelers, left-leaning liberals, and independent socialists ... things were not so simple.....  In th[ere] version the highest court of appeal was an hypostatized History whose judgment was validated, not by an understanding of the past but by a reading of the future.”  Discusses attacks on the Dewey Commission by Malcolm Cowley, Joshua Kunitz, Alfred Kazin, Corliss Lamont, Michael Sayers, Albert E. Kahn, Frederick L. Schuman, Marion Hammett, and William Smith.

Westbrook, Robert B. John Dewey and American Democracy. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1991. Hostile to Dewey‘s opposition to communism.

****************************************************************

 

John Dewey and Albert Barnes

 

Zimring, Fred R. “Cold War Compromises: Albert Barnes, John Dewey, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” Pennsylvania Magazine 108, no. 1 (1984). Notes that John Dewey discouraged use of his endorsement of a philosophy book when he learned that its author was sympathetic to Henry Wallace. Denounces Dewey and Barnes for assisting the FBI against Communists.

****************************************************************

 

E. L. Doctorow

 

Cottrell, Robert. “The Portrayal of American Communists in Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel.” McNeese Review 31 (1984-86). Concludes that “E. L. Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel, in its rich and often eloquent fashion, illustrates both some of the noblest beliefs and some of the most inane and self-defeating policies and practices of American Communist Party members.  But no anti-radical tract this, . . . it condemns the American Communists not for their leftwing thrust but because of their obeisance, their blindness, their tragic failure to mold an American variant of radicalism.”

****************************************************************

 

John Dos Passos

 

Carr, Virginia Spencer. Dos Passos: A Life. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1984. Detailed biography of a radical literary figure who turned firmly anti-Communist.

Corkin, Stanely. “John Dos Passos and the American Left: Recovering the Dialectic of History.” Criticism 34 (Fall 1992).

Dos Passos, John. The Theme is Freedom. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1956. Dos Passos expression of his hostility to communism.

Dos Passos, John. The Fourteenth Chronicle: Letters and Diaries of John Dos Passos. Boston: Gambit, 1973.

Gurko, L. “John Dos Passos’ U.S.A.: A 1930’s Spectacular.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Heinimann, David. “Dos Passos and the ‘Middle-Class Liberal.’” Canadian Review of American Studies 23, no. 3 (1993). On Dos Passos’s political views expressed in The Big Money (1937).

Landsberg, Melvin. Dos Passos’ Path to U.S.A.: A Political Biography, 1912-1936. Boulder, Colorado: Associated University Press, 1972.

Ludington, Townsend. John Dos Passos: A Twentieth Century Odyssey. New York: Dutton, 1980. Relates Dos Passos shift from close ally of the Communist Party to firm anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

 

John Dos Passos, James Farrell, and Josephine Herbst

 

Browder, Laura. “Rethinking America: Modernism and the Documentary Impulse in the Works of Dos Passos, Farrell, Herbst, and the Federal Theatre Project.” Ph.D. diss. Brandeis University, 1994. Sees Dos Passos’ U.S.A. as an advertisement for his modernist techniques and a debate on the strengths of different rhetorical strategies, Farrell in Studs Lonigan addressing the problem of finding working class readership for the radical novel and questioning the prevailing trope of the masculinized worker, and Herbst focused on the ways in which women can use their private, domestic experience to gain political awareness and become effective in the public sphere.

****************************************************************

 

Theodore Dreiser

 

Lingeman, Richard. “The Titan.” American Heritage 44, no. 1 (1993). Sees Theodore Dreiser’s joining of the CPUSA as only symbolic.

Shehi, Monika. “Theodore Dreiser: The Communist Individualist.” Master’s thesis. University of South Carolina, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Theodore Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson, John Dos Passos, James Farrell

 

Rothweiler, Robert Liedel. “Ideology and Four Radical Novelists: The Response to Communism of Dreiser, Anderson, Dos Passos, and Farrell.” Ph.D. diss. Washington University, 1960.

****************************************************************

 

Max Eastman

 

Diggins, John P. “Getting Hegel Out of History: Max Eastman’s Quarrel with History.” American Historical Review 79 (1974).

Eastman, Max. Reflections on the Failure of Socialism. New York: Devin-Adair, 1955. Collection of critical essays on Communism and socialism.

Eastman, Max. Love and Revolution: My Journey Through an Epoch. New York: Random House, 1964. Eastman, a literary bohemian and early supporter of Bolshevism  who knew many of its leading figures  broke first over Trotskyism and later with the entire Marxist-Leninist enterprise.

O’Neill, William L. The Last Romantic: A Life of Max Eastman. New York: Oxford University Press, 1978. Eastman moved from Bohemian and literary radicalism to Communism and, in the end, to anti-Communism.

****************************************************************

 

Guy Endore

 

Wald, Alan. “The Subaltern Speaks: The Colonial Subject in U.S. Radical Literature.” Monthly Review 43, no. 11 (April 1992). Biographical study of Guy Endore, novelist, member of C.P. and blacklisted in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

 

David Evanier

 

Powers, Richard Gid. “Elegy for Dead Dreams.” The World and I, July 1991. Essay review of Evanier’s novel Red Love.  Red Love is perhaps the final installment in that sequence of fabled Marxist ‘road’ books, Orwell’s Road to Wigan Pier and Edmund Wilson’s To the Finland Station, but redone in the spirit of the road epics starring Hope, Crosby, and Lamour....  Of the romance of American communism, all that remains after Evanier’s liberating laughter is sadness and wonder at such a waste of humanity in such a worthless cause.”

****************************************************************

 

James T. Farrell

 

Branch, Edgar Marquess. James T. Farrell. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1971.

Farrell, James T. The League of Frightened Philistines and Other Papers. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1945.

Farrell, James T. A Note on Literary Criticism. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1936.

Farrell, James T. The Fate of Writing in America. [New York]: New Directions, 1946.

Farrell, James T. Literature and Morality. [New York]: Vanguard Press, 1947.

Farrell, James T. Literary Essays, 1954-1974. Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1976.

Farrell, Kathleen. Literary Integrity and Political Action: The Public Argument of James T. Farrell. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 2000.

Howe, Irving. “James T. Farrell -- the Critic Calcified.” Partisan Review 14 (October 1947).

Landers, Robert K. An Honest Writer: The Life and Times of James T. Farrell. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2004.

Wald, Alan M. James T. Farrell: The Revolutionary Socialist Years. New York: New York University Press, 1978. Discusses Farrell’s break with the Communist Party in the 1930s and his close relationship with Trotskyism.

Wald, Alan M. “James T. Farrell in the 1930s: The Athanasius of Union Square.” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Howard Fast

 

Fast, Howard. The Naked God: The Writer and the Communist Party. New York: Praeger, 1957. Fast, a popular author, won the Stalin Peace Prize in 1953.  He broke with the CPUSA in 1957.

Fast, Howard. Being Red. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. Memoir by a radical/popular writer aligned with the CPUSA from time to time.  In this memoir he takes a favorable attitude toward Communism in contrast to the disillusionment of The Naked God.

Fast, Howard, Alan Wald, and Alan Filreis. “A Conversation with Howard Fast.” Edited by Thomas J. Sugrue. Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1995).

Isserman, Maurice. “[Review of Fast’s Being Red].” New York Times, 4 November 1990. Regards Fast’s memory that a prominent American Jewish Communist leader in 1949 told Fast that the C.P. was preparing to criticize Soviet anti-Semitism as “preposterous” and not supported by independent evidence.  Fast in a later letter to the editor reiterated his claim.

Meyer, Gerald. “Howard Fast: An American Leftist Reinterprets His Life.” Science & Society 57, no. 1 (Spring 1993). Critical of the reliability of portions of Fast’s memoir.

Radosh, Ronald. “About-Face.” Commentary, March 1991. Critical essay-review of Howard Fast’s Being Red: A Memoir.  Compares the major differences between’s Fast’s new memoir of life in the C.P. with what he wrote in his 1957 The Naked God.

Schappes, Morris U. “Howard Fast Accuses Me.” Jewish Currents, March 1991. Denies Fast’s assertion in Being Red that in 1948 Schappes accused Fast of the Jewish nationalism deviation based on Fast’s Glorious Brothers.

Schappes, Morris U. “Fast, Isserman, Fadeyev, Novick.” Jewish Currents, April 1991. Finds “implausible” Fast’s assertion in Being Red that leaders of CPUSA asked Fast to tell Soviet representatives at an international meeting that CPUSA was considered accusing the Soviet Union of anti-Semitism.  Speculates that a few Jewish Communist leaders might have privately asked Fast to inquire about the fate of some prominent Soviet Jews.

Seed, David. “Howard Fast and the Shape of the Political Memoir.” European Contributions to American Studies [Netherlands], no. 39 (1998).

Seed, David. “The Ex-Communist Memoirs of Howard Fast and His Contemporaries.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 24 (1999).

Traister, Daniel. “Noticing Howard Fast.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1995).

Wald, Alan M. “The Legacy of Howard Fast.” Radical America 17, no. 1 (1983)

****************************************************************

 

William Faulkner

 

Schwartz, Lawrence H. Creating Faulkner’s Reputation: The Politics of Modern Literary Criticism. Knoxville: The University of Tennessee Press, 1988. Argues that Faulkner’s reputation soared after WWII because three groups (the New Critics, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the New York Intellectuals) wanted to destroy the influence of leftist writers such as Kazin and Hicks and promote those of Faulkner whose values were compatible with a Cold War celebration of American capitalism, nationalism, and democracy.

****************************************************************

 

Kenneth Fearing

 

Anderson, Andrew Richard. “‘Fear Ruled Them All’: Kenneth Fearing’s Literature of Corporate Conspiracy.” Ph.D. diss. Purdue University, 1989.

Mills, Nathaniel. “The Dialectic of Electricity: Kenneth Fearing, Walter Benjamin, and a Marxist Aesthetic.” Journal of Modern Literature 30, no. 2 (Winter 2007).

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Freeman

 

Beck, Kent M. “The Odyssey of Joseph Freeman.” Historian 37, no. 1 (1974). Political/literary biographical essay.

Freeman, Joseph, Joshua Kunitz, and Louis Lozowick. Voices of October: Art and Literature in Soviet Russia. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1930.

Freeman, Joseph. An American Testament. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1936.  This impressive work did not fully accord with party guidelines and led to his becoming isolated from the movement.

Freeman, Joseph. Never Call Retreat. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1943.

Freeman, Joseph. The Long Pursuit. New York Toronto: Rinehart & Company, Inc., 1947.

McConnell, Gary Robert. “Joseph Freeman: A Personal Odyssey from Romance to Revolution.” Ph.D. diss., 195. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1985.

Scheiding, Oliver. “Trials of the Mind: Joseph Freeman as Representative of the American ‘Homeless Left.’” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Scheiding, Oliver. Joseph Freeman Literatur und Politik in Den USA Zwischen 1920 und 1960. Münster: Lit, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

E. M. Forster

 

Watt, Donald. “Uncornered Humanist: E. M. Forster in the Pink Decade.” South Atlantic Quarterly 81, no. 3 (Summer 1982). Discusses Forster’s attitude toward Communism in the 1930s as shifting from sympathy to later skepticism.

****************************************************************

 

Daniel Fuchs

 

Howe, Irving. “Daniel Fuchs’ Williamsburg Trilogy: A Cigarette and Window.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

Elsa Gidlow

 

Brown, Kathleen. “Lovers Never Think of Creeds: The Sexual Practice and Radical Politics of Elsa Gidlow, 1917-1955.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Michael Gold

 

Bloom, James D. Left Letters: The Culture Wars of Mike Gold and Joseph Freeman. New York: Columbia University Press, 1992.

Brogna, John J. “Michael Gold: Critic and Playwright.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1982.

Folsom, Michael. “The Education of Michael Gold.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Folsom, Michael. “The Pariah of American Letters.” In Mike Gold: A Literary Anthology, edited by Michael Folsom. New York: International, 1972.

Gold, Michael. Jews Without Money. New York: H. Liveright, 1930. Gold’s most influential book.

Gold, Michael. The Hollow Men. New York: International Publishers, 1941. “Appeared originally as a series of articles in the Daily worker under the title ‘The great tradition: can the literary renegades destroy it?’”

Gold, Michael. Change the World! New York: International publishers, 1937. Essays expressing Gold’s view of literature.

Gold, Michael. Mike Gold: A Literary Anthology. Edited by Michael Folsom. New York: International, 1972.

Hertz, Howard Lee. “Writer and Revolutionary: The Life and Works of Michael Gold, Father of Proletarian Literature in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas, 1974. Literary biography of Gold and analysis of proletarian literature.  Sees the literary promise of Jews Without Money and the proletarian literary movement as having been killed by the Communist Party’s capitulation to liberal capitalism when it adopted Popular Front policies.

Homberger, Eric. “Michael Gold, the American Left in the 1930s and the Problem of Ethnic Difference.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Naficy, Azar. “The Literary Wars of Mike Gold, A Study in the  Background and Development of Mike Gold’s Literary Ideas, 1920-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1979. Sympathetic literary biography; notes the dangers of sectarianism in Gold’s proletarian literature.

Pyros, John. Mike Gold: Dean of American Proletarian Writers. New York: Dramatika Press, 1979.

Sanders, J.P. “‘Can We Learn from the Bourgeois Writers?’ The Mike Gold -- Thornton Wilder Controversy of 1930.” American Communist History (). draft 2003.

Schoening, Mark. “T.S. Eliot Meets Michael Gold: Modernism and Radicalism in Depression-Era American Literature.” Modernism/modernity 3, no. 3 (September 1996).

Shields, Art. “Mike Gold, Our Pride and Joy.” Political Affairs, July 1972. Attack on Michael Folsom’s “The Pariah of American Letters” by a veteran C.P. journalist.  Folsom’s response, December 1972 issue.

Wald, Alan M. “Mike Gold and the Radical Literary Movement of the 1930’s.” International Socialist Review 34, no. 3 (1973)

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Heller

 

Robertson, Joan. “They’re After Everyone: Heller’s Catch-22 and the Cold War.” Clio 19, no. 1 (1989). On Joseph Heller’s Catch-22 (1962) is the satirization of Cold War opposition to communism and America’s national dementia.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Still the Best Catch There is: Joseph Heller’s Catch-22.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Lillian Hellman and Dashiell Hammett

 

Bernstein, Richard. “An Unfinished Reputation: Reassessing Lillian Hellman.” New York Times, 12 November 1998. “The tide has shifted.  Stalinist apologetics are out of fashion.  That fact, and the slow accumulation of anti-myth information about Hellman, have combined to tarnish her once radiant reputation.”

Bills, Steven H. Lillian Hellman, an Annotated Bibliography. New York: Garland Pub., 1979.

Capshaw, Ron. “Remembering a Stalinist.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 4 January 2007. On Dashiell Hammet

Dick, Bernard F. Hellman in Hollywood. Rutherford, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press and Associated University Presses, 1982.

Flowers, Theresa Jane. “The Effects of McCarthyism on the Autobiographical Writings of Lillian Hellman.” Master’s thesis. Texas Woman’s University, 1992.

Glazer, Nathan. “An Answer to Lillian Hellman.” Commentary 61, no. 6 (1976). Disagrees with Lillian Hellman’s criticism of intellectuals who did not defend her and others who refused to testify to the House Un-American Activities Committee.  Judges that had responsible intellectuals written openly about the Communist party in the 1940s and 1950s, congressional investigations would have been unnecessary.

Griffin, Alice, and Geraldine Thorsten. Understanding Lillian Hellman. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1999.

Hammett, Dashiell. Selected Letters of Dashiell Hammett. Edited by Richard Layman and Julie M. Rivett. Washington, D.C.: Counterpoint, 2000.

Haynes, John Earl. “Hellman and the Hollywood Inquisition: The Triumph of Spin-Control Over Candour.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998). Discusses how documents regarding Hellman’s private exchanges with her attorney show that she was not truthful in her statements after her appearance before the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Hellman, Lillian. An Unfinished Woman: A Memoir. Boston: Little, Brown, 1969.

Hellman, Lillian. Scoundrel Time. Boston: Little, Brown, 1976. Hellman, a longtime friend of the Communist party, discusses her experiences with the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities; expresses contempt for ex-Communists who publicly repudiate their experiences in the Communist party; hostile to anti-Communist liberals.

Hook, Sidney. “Lillian Hellman’s Scoundrel Time.” Encounter [U.K.] 48, no. 2 (February 1977). Critical review-essay.

Howe, Irving. “Lillian Hellman and the McCarthy Years.” Dissent 23, no. 4 (1976). Critique of Lillian Hellman and Scoundrel Time as well as Garry Wills’ introduction to the book.

Jacobson, Phyllis. “Two Invented Lives.” New Politics 6, no. 3 (Summer 1997). On Dashiell Hammett and Lillian Hellman.

Johnson, Diane. Dashiell Hammett, a Life. New York: Random House, 1983. Hammett, a popular writer of fiction, was active in Communist causes and groups.

Kakutani, Michiko. “Hellman-McCarthy Libel Suit Stirs Old Antagonisms.” New York Times, 19 March 1980. Discusses Lillian Hellman’s libel suit against Mary McCarthy for her remarks regarding Scoundrel Time.  McCarthy remarked on the Dick Cavett television show that “every word” Hellman wrote “was a lie, including the ‘ands’ and the ‘thes.’”  Hellman died before the suit came to court.

Kazin, Alfred. “The Legend of Lillian Hellman.” Esquire, August 1977.

Kornstein, Daniel J. “The Case Against Lillian Hellman: A Literary-Legal Defense.” Fordham Law Review 57 (April 1989).

Kramer, Hilton. “The Life and Death of Lillian Hellman.” New Criterion 3, no. 2 (1984). Critical review of Hellman’s political history.

Layman, Richard. Shadow Man: The Life of Dashiell Hammett. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1981.

Mailer, Norman. “An Appeal to Lillian Hellman and Mary McCarthy.” New York Review of Books, 11 May 1980. Exchange of letters regarding the Hellman libel suit against McCarthy.  Other letters in the issue of June 15, 1980.

Martinson, Deborah. Lillian Hellman: A Life with Foxes and Scoundrels. New York: Counterpoint, 2005.

McCracken, Samuel. “‘Julia’ & Other Fictions by Lillian Hellman.” Commentary 77, no. 6 (1984). About fabrications and distortions in Hellman’s writings.  Notes evidence that “Julia,” portrayed in the  Hellman memoir “Pentimento” as a close friend engaged with Hellman in dramatic anti-Nazi activities was a fiction based on the activities of Murial Gardner, a women who never met Hellman.

McPherson, Michael L. “Lillian Hellman and Her Critics.” Ph.D. diss. University of Denver, 1976.

Mellen, Joan. Hellman and Hammett: The Legendary Passion of Lillian Hellman and Dashiell Hammett. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1996.

Melnick, Ralph. The Stolen Legacy of Anne Frank: Meyer Levin, Lillian Hellman, and the Staging of the Diary. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1997. Argues that the Jewish content of Frank’s diary was minimized to fit Hellman’s Communist-influenced agenda.

Meroney, John. “Red Harvest.” American Enterprise, September 2002. Essay-review of the Selected letters of Dashiell Hammett.

Newman, Robert P. The Cold War Romance of Lillian Hellman and John Melby. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989.

Opler, Daniel. “From Cannibal to Communist: The Origins of Dashiell Hammet’s Radicalism.” Columbia Journal of American Studies 3, no. 1 (1998).

Phillips, William. “What Happened in the Fifties.” Partisan Review 43, no. 3 (1976). Critical of Lillian Hellman’s Scoundrel Time and defending Left anti-Communism.

Recknagel, Marsha L. “Lillian Hellman’s Memoirs: ‘Writing Is Oneself.’” Ph.D. diss. Rice University, 1988.

Riordan, Mary Marguerite. Lillian Hellman, a Bibliography, 1926-1978. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1980.

Rollyson, Carl E. Lillian Hellman: Her Legend and Her Legacy. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. Discusses her activity as a Popular Front supporter and notes her hitherto concealed 1938-1940 membership in the CPUSA.

Symons, Julian. Dashiell Hammett. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1985.

Weiner, Lauren. “Lady in Red.” TCS Daily, 8 May 2006. Review-essay on Deborah’s Lillian Hellman: A Life with Foxes and Scoundrels. “Lillian Hellman’s presenting her life aslant to the world can be understood (not excused) as a chapter, and a distinctive and telling one, in the annals of human self-exculpation and self-aggrandizement. Prettying up the picture for her, at this distance in time, by whitewashing “antifascism” for a mainstream audience of American biography readers simply falsifies history.”

Wright, William. Lillian Hellman: The Image, the Woman. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986. Critical biography; discusses Hellman’s relationship with Communism; judges that Hellman distorted facts in her autobiographies and exaggerated her suffering in the McCarthy era.

****************************************************************

 

Ernest Hemingway

 

Brown, Deming. “Hemingway in Russia.” American Quarterly 5, no. 2 (Summer 1953).

Harrison, S. L. “Hemingway as Negligent Reporter: New Masses and the 1935 Florida Hurricane.” American Journalism 11, no. 1 (1994). Examines Hemingway’s well-crafted but poorly researched story on the hurricane that ripped through the Florida Keys in 1935, written for the pro-Communist journal, New Masses.

Kvam, Wayne. “Hemingway’s German Radio Address.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Martin, Lawrence H. “The Revolutionist: Historical Context and Political Ideology.” In Hemingway’s Italy New Perspectives, edited by Rena. Sanderson. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 2005. Discusses Hemingway’s attitude toward communism.

Moreira, Peter. Hemingway on the China Front: His WWII Spy Mission with Martha Gellhorn. Washington, DC: Potomac Books, 2006. Maintains that Hemingway was commissioned by Harry Dexter White to undertage “spy” operations in China in 1941 on behalf of the U.S. Treasury.

****************************************************************

 

Will Herberg

 

Ausmus, Harry J. Will Herberg, a Bio-Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Herberg, a Lovestoneist leader, latter became a leading Jewish theologian.

Ausmus, Harry J. Will Herberg, from Right to Right. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1987. Argues for the continuity of Herberg’s thought in what is often seen as an intellectual pilgrimage from left to right.

Gnall, Janet Marita. “Will Herberg, Jewish Theologian: A Biblical-Existential Approach to Religion.” Ph.D. diss. Drew University, 1983. Discusses Herberg’s early Communism and its influence on his later thinking.

Herberg, Will. From Marxism to Judaism: The Collected Essays of Will Herberg. Edited by David G. Dalin. New York: M. Wiener Pub., 1989.

Siegel, Seymour. “Will Herberg, 1955.” Modern Age 26, no. 3-4 (1982). Admiring Biographical essay.

****************************************************************

 

Josephine Herbst

 

Herbst, Josephine. The Starched Blue Sky of Spain, and Other Memoirs. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1991.

Langer, Elinor. Josephine Herbst. Boston: Little, Brown, 1984. Biography of a literary friend of the Communist Party who was married to a underground Communist working in Washington in the 1930s.

Langer, Elinor. “The Secret Drawer.” Nation, 30 May 1994.  Langer comments on Herbst‘s attitude toward Stalinism, “‘there was no conception of how evil it all was.’ That statement is unfortunately, true.  As distant as she was both from    Russia and the Comintern, there was an inner link between her sense of justice and the Communist movement that she was never able to sever....  Josie was independent of the Communist Party but she was not independent of the Zeitgeist....  But at a time when one of the principal arguments about Stalin is whether he left 20 million or 60 million dead, it is not enough to reply to charges that Josie was a agent by saying that she wasn‘t or that if she acted as one she did so freely.  At some point a number of difficult and unpleasant questions have to be asked and they have to do not only with ‘independence‘ but with morality....  If she was not wrong in being close to the Communists in the 1930s and she was not wrong, by my lights, in refusing to join the panicked repudiation of Communism in the 1950s, she was still wrong to die silent.  Where does the wrong begin?”

Rubinstein, Annette. “Fiction of the Thirties: Josephine Herbst.” Science & Society 49 (Spring 1985)

****************************************************************

 

Granville Hicks

 

Hicks, Granville. Where We Came Out. New York: Viking Press, 1954. Hicks, a leading Communist-aligned intellectual in the 1930s, left the CPUSA in 1939.  Discusses the appeal of Communism to intellectuals.

Hicks, Granville. “Liberalism in the Fifties.” American Scholar, Summer 1956.

Hicks, Granville. Part of the Truth. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1965.

Levenson, Leah, and Jerry H. Natterstad. Granville Hicks: The Intellectual in Mass Society. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1993.

Majid, Anouar. “Granville Hicks and the Dilemma of American Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1991. Says that although Hicks’ resignation from the CPUSA was a justifiable indictment of dogmatism, his repudiation of Marxism was an unjustifiable bending to the pressure of patriotism during the Cold War.

****************************************************************

 

Sidney Hook

 

Abel, Lionel. “Sidney Hook’s Career (the Philosopher in Politics).” Partisan Review 52, no. 2 (1985).

Bunzel, John H. “The Intellect as a Weapon for Freedom.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to  “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Cotter, Matthew J., ed. Sidney Hook Reconsidered. Amherst, N.Y.: Prometheus Books, 2004. TOC: Charting the intellectual career of Sidney Hook: five major steps / David Sidorsky -- A defense of naturalism as a defense of secularism / Barbara Forrest -- Politics without dogmas: Sidney Hook’s basic ideals / Robert B. Talisse -- Dewey’s bulldog and the eclipse of pragmatism / Michael Eldridge -- Sidney Hook’s secular humanism appraised retrospectively / Paul Kurtz -- Right to life : Sidney Hook and the uses of violence / Marvin Kohl -- Sidney Hook and education / Steven M. Cahn -- Flexibility and revolution / Christopher Phelps -- Sidney Hook, higher education, and the new failure of nerve / Edward Shapiro -- From Dewey to Hook : World War II and the crisis of democracy / Gary Bullert -- Strident polemics, open discussion, and tolerance / Neil Jumonville -- Considering Sidney Hook / Nathan Glazer -- Sidney Hook’s prescience / Tibor R. Machan -- Sidney Hook: teacher and public philosopher / Bruce Wilshire.  Includes a bibliography of Sidney Hook’s published work compiled by Jo-Ann Boydston and Kathleen Poulos updated by Matthew J. Cotter.

Crimmins, Carolyn Codamo. “In Search of Sidney Hook: An Interpretative Analysis of Hook’s Social, Political and Educational Philosophy from 1930 to 1970.” Ph.D. diss. Georgia State University, 1984. Hook was a leading Left anti-Communist intellectual.

Hessen, Robert, Ernest B. Hoo, John H. Bunzel, Ralph G. Ross, Milorad M. Drachkovitch, and Yin Luyun. “Reflections on Sidney Hook.” Academic Questions 3, no. 1 (Winter 1989-90).

Hook, Sidney. “Breaking with the Communists: A Memoir.” Commentary 77, no. 2 (February 1984).

Hook, Sidney. “Why I Am a Communist.” Modern Monthly, April 1934.

Hook, Sidney. Letters of Sidney Hook: Democracy, Communism, and the Cold War. Edited by Edward S. Shapiro. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1995.

Hook, Sidney. Out of Step: An Unquiet Life in the 20th Century. New York: Harper & Row, 1987. Highly detailed memoir of Hook’s political activities and thinking.  Hook, a leading anti-Communist left intellectual since the mid-1930s, discusses at length the Dewey Commission, the Waldorf-Astoria peace conference, the American Committee for Cultural Freedom, and the Congress for Cultural Freedom.

Hook, Sidney. Sidney Hook on Pragmatism, Democracy, and Freedom the Essential Essays. Edited by Robert B. Talisse and Robert Tempio. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 2002.

Hook, Sidney. Towards the Understanding of Karl Marxa Revolutionary Interpretation. Edited by Ernest B. Hook. Amherst, N.Y.: Prometheus Books, 2002. Revised edition of the original 1933 book with contributions by Paul Berman and Lewis S. Feuer and historical introduction by Christopher Phelps.

Horn, Richard Downing. “The Perils of Pragmatism: Sidney Hook’s Journey Through Philosophy and Politics, 1902-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1997. See Hook’s naturalism and socialism as “tragically” subordinate to opposition to communism.

Klehr, Harvey. “A Vigil Against Totalitarianism.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to  “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Kramer, Hilton. “The Importance of Sidney Hook.” Commentary 84, no. 2 (August 1987). Discusses Hook’s role as a leading anti-Communist left intellectual and the varied political paths taken by anti-Communist left and liberal intellectuals of the 1940s and 1950s.

Levine, Barbara, comp. Sidney Hook: A Checklist of Writings. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1989.

Madigan, Timothy J. “Sidney Hook: Defender of Democracy.” Human Affairs [Slovakia] 11, no. 2 (2001). On the relevance of Hook’s analysis of democracy to post-Communist societies.

Phelps, Christopher. Young Sidney Hook: Marxist and Pragmatist. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1997. On Hook’s attempt to fuse revolutionary Marxism with the scientific pragmatism and democratic outlook of John Dewey to produce a “communism without dogmas” in which “the values of democracy and scientific inquiry were perfectly compatible with revolutionary socialism.”  Sees Hook after the 1930s abandoning this position for an uncritical anticommunism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Why Wouldn’t Sidney Hook Permit the Republication of His Best Book?” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Radosh, Ronald. “Defending a ‘Secular Humanist’ Against Arthur Schlesinger’s Revisionism.” New York Sun, 11 December 2002. Discusses two symposiums on Sidney Hook, one at CUNY on 25-26 October at which Schlesinger described Hook’s anticommunism as “excessive” and one at NYU on 2 December at which Radosh spoke.  “Sidney Hook has been proven to have been right, and Arthur M. Schlesinger Jr. has been proven to be wrong. One suspects, as Hilton Kramer has argued, that had Mr. Schlesinger kept up such a stance, he ‘ran the risk of sounding like Richard Nixon and, after 1980, even more like Ronald Reagan.’ Mr. Schlesinger changed his views to now attack the old anti-communism as wrong and “obsessive,” and to chastise those who stuck to principle.  No longer could a member of the liberal intelligentsia be viewed as a tough anti-Communist. It is to Hook’s credit that he never sought admission to that club, and put principle ahead of opportunism.”

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Sidney Hook -- Corliss Lamont Letters.” Continuity 12 (Fall 1988). Discusses the context of and reproduces 16 letters exchanged between Hook and Lamont from 1941 to 1966 arguing about the nature of Communism.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Jewishness of the New York Intellectuals: Sidney Hook a Case Study.” In American Pluralism and the Jewish Community, edited by Seymour Martin. Lipset. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1989. “Hook’s attitude toward Israel was a by-product of his staunch attempt, beginning in the 1930s, to shore up western defenses against the dangers of communism and Soviet power.  In contrast to most of the other New York intellectuals during the 1930s and 1940s, he was more concerned with the danger of communism than fascism, and his anticommunism was deeper and more consuming.  While fascism was the greater military threat to the West, Hook perceived communism to be the greater threat to the ‘democratic way of life’ within the world of the universities and intellectuals.”

Talisse, Robert B. “Sidney Hook, Pragmatism, and the Communist Party: A Comment on Capps.” Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society: A Quarterly Journal in American Philosophy 39, no. 4 (2003).

Todorovich, Miro M. “Organized Resistance to the Campus Revolution.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to  “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Whitfield, Stephen J. “The Crusade of a Constructive Critic.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

****************************************************************

 

David Horowitz

 

Horowitz, David. “Still Taking the Fifth.” Commentary, July 1989, 53-55. Discusses the Communist mother of a childhood friend whose life revolved around “raising funds for volunteers during the Spanish Civil War, marching for civil rights, [and] playing the part of a loyal cadre in the New York City Teachers Union” but who in 1940 also carried a sealed message to Mexico, a message she later learned was part of the Trotsky murder operation.  Criticizes Bernstein’s Loyalties for accepting the premise that adherence to Communism by Bernstein’s father and others is irrelevant to a historical evaluation of McCarthyism.

Horowitz, David. Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey. New York: Free Press, 1997. Autobiography by a leading New Leftist who in the late 1980s became a leading conservative activist/polemicist/intellectual.  He discusses the central role of the Communist party in the lives of his parents and his childhood (attending camp Wo-Chi-Ca).  His father, Philip, a party official, was fired from his New York City teaching position when he refused to answer questions about party membership.  Discusses as well the relationship between the New Left and communism and his own brush with Soviet intelligence.  Of his parents: “they became permanent conspirators in a revolutionary drama.  Secrecy enveloped everything they did that was important to them.  Like the agents of a secret service, they operated on a “need to know” basis, making it a rule never to discuss their real politics, to identify their associates, or to reveal their Party activities to any outsider....  Although Communism was the center of my father’s passionate life, he never mentioned the party by name, but would refer to it as ‘the Organization’ or, on rare occasions, ‘the party,’ without specifying which party it was.  In fact, I never heard by father use the work ‘Communist’ to describe himself or his political agendas.  Nor was he alone in this.  All my parents’ friends were party members, but in identifying themselves to the political goyim they invariably used the term ‘progressive.’”

Horowitz, David. Left Illusions: An Intellectual Odyssey. Dallas, TX: Spence Pub., 2003.  Collected essays, a number of which deal with his experiences with the old and new lefts, including: “Hand-Me-Down Marxism,” “Solzhenitsyn and the Radical Cause,” “The Passion of the Jews,” “Telling It Like It Wasn’t,” “The Era of Progressive Witch-Hunts,” “Carl Bernstein’s Communist Problem and Mine,” “Marx’s Manifesto: 150 Years of Evil,” “From Red to Green,” “The Meaning of Left and Right,” and “Neo-Communism.”

****************************************************************

 

Irving Howe

 

Alexander, Edward. Irving Howe: Socialist, Critic, Jew. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1998.

Howe, Irving. A Margin of Hope: An Intellectual Autobiography. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1982. Howe was an influential left (Trotskyist) anti-Communist intellectual in the 1950s.

Rodden, John. “Wanted: Irving Howe FBI No. 727437B.” Dissent 49, no. 4 (Spring 2002). Focuses on FBI’s surveillance of former Independent Socialist League (ISL) member Irving Howe’s activities in the 1950s.

Rodden, John. “The Reputation of Irving Howe.” Society 40, no. 2 (2003).

Rodden, John, ed. Irving Howe and the Critics: Celebrations and Attacks. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2005.

Rodden, John, ed. The Worlds of Irving Howe: The Critical Legacy. Boulder, Colo.: Paradigm Publishers, 2005.

Sorin, Gerald. Irving Howe a Life of Passionate Dissent. New York: New York University Press,

****************************************************************

 

Irving Howe and Alfred Kazin

 

Glaberson, Eric Abraham. “Historical Humanism in the Work of Two New York Intellectuals: Irving Howe and Alfred Kazin.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1982. Discusses the political evolution of Howe, Kazin, and Partisan Review

****************************************************************

 

Howard Hunt

 

Davis, Earle. “Howard Hunt and the Peter Ward-CIA Spy Novels.” Kansas Quarterly 10, no. 4 (1978). Discusses the treatment of communism in the novels of Watergate figure Howard Hunt.

****************************************************************

 

Fredric Jameson

 

Ellis, John M. “Fredric Jameson’s Marxist Criticism.” Academic Questions 7, no. 2 (Spring 1994): 30-43. Discusses the defense of Stalinism and Maoism by influential literary theorist..

Jameson, Fredric. Late Marxism: Adorno, or, the Persistence of the Dialectic. London, New York: Verso, 1990. In praise of Marxism.

****************************************************************

 

Matthew Josephson

 

Josephson, Matthew. Infidel in the Temple: A Memoir of the Nineteen-Thirties. New York: Knopf, 1967. Discusses the attitude of intellectuals to Communism.

Shi, David E. Matthew Josephson, Bourgeois Bohemian. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1981.

****************************************************************

 

Alfred Kazin

 

Kazin, Alfred. On Native Grounds: An Interpretation of Modern American Prose Literature. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, 1942.

Kazin, Alfred. A Walker in the City. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1951. Autobiographical.  Kazin, an influential radical intellectual and writer of the 1930s and 1940s, discusses the radical tone of intellectual-literary life in the 1930s.

Kazin, Alfred. Starting Out in the Thirties. Boston: Little, Brown, 1965. Autobiographical.

Kazin, Alfred. New York Jew. New York: Knopf:, distr. by Random House, 1978.

Wald, Alan M. “In Retrospect: On Native Grounds.” Reviews in American History 20, no. 2 (June 1992). Essay-review: argues that Kazin was wrong about the literary Left of the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Arthur Koestler

 

Avishai, Bernard. “Arthur Koestler: The Consolations of Communism.” Partisan Review 70, no. 2 (2003).

Koestler, Arthur. Arrow in the Blue: An Autobiography. New York: Macmillan, 1952. The first volume of an autobiography: 1905-31.

Koestler, Arthur. The Invisible Writing. New York: Macmillan, 1954. The second volume of an autobiography, 1932-40.  Notes his contact with a number of American literary and cultural figures in or close to the Communist movement.

Koestler, Arthur, and Cynthia Koestler. Stranger on the Square. Edited by Harold Harris. New York: Random House, 1984. Third volume of Koestler’s autobiography with and introduction and epilogue by Harold Harris.

Koestler, Arthur. Darkness at Noon. Translated by Daphne Hardy. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1941. Koestler’s influential novel of the Moscow Trials of the old Bolsheviks.

Poulain, Martine. “A Cold War Best-Seller: The Reaction to Arthur Koestler’s Darkness at Noon in France from 1945 to 1950.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (Winter 2001).

Tyndall, Andrea Gay. “The Personal Becomes Political: Arthur Koestler, 1940-1950.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1992. Finds that Koestler’s depiction of communism as evil derived from its failure to live up to his quasi-religious hopes.  Koestler developed a negative image of the Soviet Union that played to the territorial aspirations of the West for geographic spheres of influence.  He also promoted establishing the state of Israel, a goal derived from Jewish self-hatred that lay at the heart of his Zionism, and used anticommunism to promote Israel’s existence by presenting it as a obstacle of Communist influence in the Middle East.

****************************************************************

 

Arthur Koestler and George Orwell

 

Calder, Jenni. Chronicles of Conscience: A Study of George Orwell and Arthur Koestler. Critical Essays in Modern Literature. [Pittsburgh, PA]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1968.

Carruthers, Susan L. “‘More Dramatic Than Fact’: Cold War Fictions of the Total State.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001. Hostile and at time contemptuous examination of anti-Communist and anti-totalitarian themes and iconic status in the 1950s of Koestler’s Darkness at Noon and Orwell’s 1984.

****************************************************************

 

Irving Kristol

 

Kristol, Irving. “Memoirs of a Trotskyist.” New York Times Magazine, 23 January 1977. Kristol discusses his time as a Trotskyist.

Kristol, Irving. Reflections of a Neoconservative: Looking Back, Looking Ahead. New York: Basic Books, 1983.

Kristol, Irving. Neoconservatism: The Autobiography of an Idea. New York: Free Press, 1995. Collected essays.

****************************************************************

 

Meridel Le Sueur

 

Dawahare, Anthony. “Modernity and ‘Village Communism’ in Depression-Era America: The Utopian Literature of Meridel Le Sueur.” Criticism 39, no. 3 (Summer 1997). “Le Sueur’s current reception in academia tends to contain rather than explain her complexity. I suggest that we can understand Le Sueur’s, as well as other proletarian writers’, work more fully by resituating it in the broader culture of the 1930s. Le Sueur’s work participates in a complex web of literary, political, and cultural relationships that complicate any reading of her as opposed to dominant political values of the 1930s, whether those manifested in the C.P. or in the mass culture at large....  In fact, she can best be understood as a modern anti-modernist writer who seeks to overcome the alienation of American capitalism through an irrationalist philosophy that privileges intuition, ‘mass feeling,’ and agrarianism as the basis of a working-class community somehow outside of, and opposed to, bourgeois culture.”

Killeen, Rea Cassidy. “Meridel Le Sueur’s Vision of Women: Begetters and Birthers of Change.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rhode Island, 1991. Finds that Le Sueur, a Communist, in her writing depicts the working class as humane and the bourgeoisie as abusive.  She exposed the imbalance of power in traditional heterosexual relationships; her men represent the bourgeoisie and her women symbolize the working class.  She exposes the oppression of both women and the working class in a “patriarchal/capitalistic” society.  Says of Le Sueur’s literature “her work endures.”

Kennedy, Kathleen. “Meridel Le Sueur: A Voice for Working-Class Women.” In The Human Tradition in America Between the Wars, 1920-1945, edited by Donald W. Whisenhunt. Human Tradition in America. Wilmington, DE: SR Books, 2002.

Le Sueur, Meridel. “The Don Juans of the FBI.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Maintains that the FBI launched a reign of terror against progressives and other people of good will, that actions against her included blacklisting her father (a lawyer) and his clients and that for two years agents were constantly outside her house, interviewed her mother when she was dying, and bugged her son-in-law’s car.  Says the FBI seduced radical women to make them into stool pigeons and sexually framed a restaurant union organizer.  Says a woman, imprisoned for signing a false oath at a veterans hospital, when later followed by FBI agents, turned, shouted ‘drop dead’ at one agent, and he did.

Le Sueur, Meridel. Ripening: Selected Work. Edited by Elaine Hedges. New York: Feminist Press, distr. by Talman Co., 1990.

Markels, Julian. “The Gramscian Ordeal of Meridel Le Sueur.” Paper presented at Center for Working Class Studies Conference. Youngstown, Ohio, 1999. Concludes that her later writings “mark the defeat of her Gramscian project and prompt the question whether Gramsci’s theory can accommodate the disappearance, once it has appeared, of an emergent class’s political party as the seedbed for organic intellectuals.”

Mickenberg, Julia. “Communist in a Coonskin Cap? Meridel Le Sueur’s Books for Children and Reformulation of America’s Cold War Frontier Epic.” The Lion and the Unicorn 21, no. 1 (1997).

Obermueller, Erin V. “Reading the Body in Meridel Le Sueur’s The Girl.” Legacy 22, no. 1 (2005).

Pratt, Linda Ray. “Woman Writer in the C.P.: The Case of Meridel Le Sueur.” Women’s Studies 14, no. 3 (February 1988). Biographical essay on Le Sueur, a midwestern writer who joined the C.P. perhaps as early as 1924 and remained loyal throughout her life; surveys her writing career and concludes “If the party discouraged some of the best aspects of Le Sueur’s early style, it was nevertheless the center of her support as a writer and as a comrade.”

Scheuning, Neala. “‘America: Song We Sang Without Knowing’ -- Meridel Le Sueur’s America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978.

Schleuning, Neala. America, Song We Sang Without Knowing: The Life and Ideas of Meridel Le Sueur. Mankato, MN: Little Red Hen Press, 1983.

Shulman, Robert. “‘I Was Marching,’ the Radical Reportage of Meridel Le Sueur.” Nature, Society and Thought 1 (1988).

Smith, Mary K. “Meridel Le Sueur: A Bio-Bibliography.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1973.

Wald, Alan. “The Many Lives of Meridel Le Sueur.” Monthly Review 49, no. 4 (September 1997). Discussed Le Sueur’s relationship to the CPUSA and surveys the treatment of her work by feminist scholars.

****************************************************************

 

Meridel Le Sueur, Tillie Olsen, and Langston Hughes

 

Dawahare, Anthony David. “American Proletarian Modernism and the Problem of Modernity in the Thirties: Meridel Le Sueur, Tillie Olsen, and Langston Hughes.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Ludwig Lewisohn

 

Singer, David. “Ludwig Lewisohn: The Making of an Anti-Communist.” American Quarterly 23, no. 5 (1971). Argues that Lewisohn’s stay in Europe in the late 1920s gave him a new respect for individualism and prompted his intellectual evolution from a prominent intellectual critic of American society to a critic of Communism and collectivism.

****************************************************************

 

Dwight Macdonald

 

Cummings, Robert. “Dwight Macdonald in the 1940s.” New Politics 1, no. 1 (Summer 1986).

Cummings, Robert J. “The Education of Dwight Macdonald, 1906-1928: A Biographical Study.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1988.

Longstaff, S.A. “On Dwight Macdonald.” New Politics 5, no. 2 (Winter 1995).

Macdonald, Dwight. Memoirs of a Revolutionist: Essays in Political Criticism. New York: Farrar, Straus and Cudahy, 1957. Essays and memoirs of an influential independent Leftist journalist and editor of Politics.

Macdonald, Dwight, and Michael Wreszin. A Moral Temper: The Letters of Dwight Macdonald. Edited by Michael Wreszin. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2001.

Macdonald, Dwight, and Michael Wreszin. Interviews with Dwight Macdonald. Edited by Michael. Wreszin. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2003.

Sumner, Gregory D. “Dwight Macdonald’s Politics Magazine: Window to the ‘First New Left,’ 1944-1949.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Sumner, Gregory D. Dwight Macdonald and the Politics Circle: The Challenge of Cosmopolitan Democracy. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1996. Macdonald was a major figure of the anti-Stalinist left.

Sumner, Gregory Dean. “Window on the First New Left: Dwight Macdonald’s Politics Magazine, 1944-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1992.

Wheatcroft, Geoffrey. “From Trotsky To Midcult: In Search of Dwight Macdonald.” New York Observer, 27 March 2006.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Dwight Macdonald’s ‘Politics’ Magazine, 1944-1949.” Journalism History 3 (Autumn 1976).

Whitfield, Stephen J. A Critical American: The Politics of Dwight Macdonald. Hamden, CT: Archon Books, 1984.

Wreszin, Michael. “Dwight Macdonald.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986. Notes that Macdonald expressed anti-Semitic views in his youth and young manhood.

Wreszin, Michael. A Rebel in Defense of Tradition: The Life and Politics of Dwight Macdonald. [New York]: Basic Books, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

F.O. Matthiessen

 

Bradbury, Richard. “F.O. Matthiessen’s Conception of Socialism and His Relationship to the American Left from 1939-1950.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Levin, Harry. “‘The Private Life of F.O. Matthiessen.” New York Review of Books, 20 July 1978.

Lynn, Kenneth S. “Teaching: F.O. Matthiessen.” American Scholar, Winter 1976-77.

Matthiessen, F. O. American Renaissance; Art and Expression in the Age of Emerson and Whitman. London, New York: Oxford university press, 1941. The most influential work of literary criticism written by this intellectual ally of the CPUSA.

Stern, Frederick C. F.O. Matthiessen, Christian Socialist as Critic. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1981.

Sweezy, Paul Marlor, and Leo Huberman, eds. F.O. Matthiessen, 1902-1950: A Collective Portrait. New York: Schuman, 1950. Sympathetic essays on a leading literary intellectual and close friend of the Communist party..  Includes: The education of a socialist, by F.O. Matthiessen.--Of crime and punishment, by F.O. Matthiessen.--The teacher, by L. Marx.--The making of an American scholar, by B. Bowron.--American Renaissance, by H.N. Smith.--Labor and political activities, by P.M. Sweezy.--Notes for a character study, by J. Rackliffe.--Statements, by H. Baker [and others]--A preliminary bibliography of F.O. Matthiessen.

White, George Abbott. “Ideology and Literature: American Renaissance and F.O. Matthiessen.” In Literature in Revolution., edited by George Abbott White and Charles Hamilton Newman. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1972.

****************************************************************

 

Mary McCarthy

 

Abrams, Sabrina Fuchs. “The Worlds of Mary McCarthy: Gender, Politics, and the Postwar Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1998.

Arendt, Hannah, and Mary McCarthy. Between Friends: The Correspondence of Hannah Arendt and Mary McCarthy, 1949-1975. Edited by Carol Brightman. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1995.

Epstein, Joseph. “Mary McCarthy in Retrospect.” Commentary, May 1993.

Gelderman, Carol W. Mary McCarthy: A Life. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. Discusses McCarthy’s role as an anti-Stalinist intellectual and her dispute with Lillian Hellman.

Holzman, Michael. “Cafe CIA Roma: Mary McCarthy’s Cold War.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 25 (2000). Regards McCarthy as a CIA frontwoman forever compromised by association with the Congress of Cultural Freedom which had received secret CIA subsidies.

McCarthy, Mary. The Company She Keeps. [New York]: Simon and Schuster, 1942.

McCarthy, Mary. On the Contrary. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Cudahy, 1961.

McCarthy, Mary. Conversations with Mary McCarthy. Edited by Carol W. Gelderman. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1991.

McCarthy, Mary. Intellectual Memoirs: New York, 1936-1938. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Herman Melville

 

Spark, Clare. Hunting Captain Ahab: Psychological Warfare and the Melville Revival. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 2001. Communist cultural policy, Joseph Freedman, Jay Leyda, and Sergei Eisenstein weave in and out of this massive, highly researched and detailed analysis of Melville literary studies.

****************************************************************

 

Norman Mailer

 

Pratt, William C. “Mailer’s ‘Barbary Shore’ and His Quest for a Radical Politics.” Illinois Quarterly 44 (Winter 1982)

****************************************************************

 

Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, and John Barth

 

Olster, Stacey Michele. “‘Subjective Historicism’ in the Post-Modern American Novel: A Study of Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, and John Barth.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1981. Discusses the role of disillusion with Communism and the Soviet Union in shaping the world view of several major writers.

****************************************************************

 

Reinhold Niebuhr, David Riesman, and Lionel Trilling

 

Wright, Palmer W. “The ‘New Liberalism’ of the Fifties: Reinhold Niebuhr, David Riesman, Lionel Trilling, and the American Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1966.

****************************************************************

 

Flannery O’Connor

 

Bacon, Jon Lance. Flannery O’Connor and Cold War Culture. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

 

Martin Olasky

 

Olasky, Marvin. “Marxism and Me.” American Enterprise 6, no. 4 (July 1995). Former CPUSA member discusses how attitudes toward him changed in the academic world when he left the CPUSA and abandoned Marxism.

****************************************************************

 

Tillie Olsen

 

Coiner, Constance. “‘No One’s Private Ground’: A Bakhtian Reading of Tillie Olsen’s Tell Me a Riddle.” Feminist Studies 18 (1992). Finds that the four stories collected in Tell Me a Riddle resist narrative and social order by incorporating dialects of immigrants, African-Americans, and the working class; by deconstructing the opposition between personal and political; and, in the title story, by honoring the communal “babel” of a dying revolutionary. (Models for the dying revolutionary including Olsen’s own mother, a Russian-Jewish immigrant, and Genya Gorelick, Al Richmond’s mother.)  Finds the stories also oppose the notion of textual ownership, subverting authorial domination and turn writer and reader into collaborators.  Judges that Olsen’s narrative/political strategies indicate her commitment to genuine democracy.

Orr, Miriam Elaine Neil. “Tillie Olsen’s Vision: A Different Way of Keeping Faith.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1985.

Pratt, Linda Ray. “Tillie Olsen: Author, Organizer, Feminist.” In Women in Nebraska History. [Lincoln]: Nebraska Department of Education & Nebraska State Council for the Social Studies, 1984.

Rosenfelt, Deborah. “From the Thirties: Tillie Olsen and the Radical Tradition.” Feminist Studies 7 (Fall 1981)

****************************************************************

 

Tillie Olsen and Meridel Le Sueur

 

Coiner, Constance. “Literature of Resistance: The Intersection of Feminism and the Communist Left in Meridel Le Sueur and Tillie Olsen.” In Left Politics and the Literary Profession, edited by Lennard J. Davis and M. Bella Mirabella. New York: Columbia University Press, 1990.

Coiner, Constance. Better Red: The Writing and Resistance of Tillie Olsen and Meridel Le Sueur. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. “Better Red addresses the intersection of American feminism and the political Left as refracted in Tillie Olsen‘s and Meridel Le Sueur‘s lives and literary texts.  The first book-length study to explore these feminist writers‘ ties to the American C.P., it contributes to a revisioning of 1930s U.S. Communism as well as to efforts to promote working-class writing as a legitimate category of literary analysis.  Coiner argues that Olsen and Le Sueur move both toward and away from party tenets and attitudes, subverting through their writing both formalist as well as orthodox Marxist literary categories.  Olsen and Le Sueur challenge the bourgeois assumptions -- often masked as classless and universal -- of much canonical literature; and by creating working-class women’s writing, they probelmatize the masculinist assumptions of much proletarian literature, anticipating the concerns of ‘second wave‘ feminists a generation later.”

****************************************************************

 

George Orwell

 

Agathocleous, Tanya. George Orwell: Battling Big Brother. Oxford Portraits. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. Examines the life of George Orwell, the English author of Animal Farm and 1984, and discusses the political and social criticism disclosed in his work.

Alldritt, Keith. The Making of George Orwell: An Essay in Literary History. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1969.

Bowker, Gordon. Inside George Orwell. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003.

Capshaw, Ron. “Orwell Vs. Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com 9 Feb 2007

Cushman, Thomas, and John Rodden, eds. George Orwell: Into the Twenty-First Century. Boulder, Colo.: Paradigm, 2004.

Daniels, Anthony. “Orwell’s ‘Catalonia’ Revisited.” New Criterion 25 (February 2007). Http://www.newcriterion.com/archives/25/02/orwells-catalonia-revisited/.

Flewers, Paul, comp. George Orwell: Enigmatic Socialist. London, U.K.: Socialist Platform Ltd, 2005. TOC: * Paul Flewers, Introduction; Peter Sedgwick, George Orwell: International Socialist?; John Molyneux, Animal Farm Revisited; Ian Birchall, Orwell, Ideology and the Working Class; Paul O’Flinn, Rereading Nineteen Eighty-Four in 1984; Paul Flewers, ‘I Know How But I Don’t Know Why’: George Orwell’s Conception of Totalitarianism; John Newsinger, ‘Pox Britannica’: Orwell and the Empire; John Newsinger, George Orwell and the Revolutionary Left; John Newsinger, Destroying the Myth: George Orwell and Soviet Communism;  John Newsinger, Orwell and the Spanish Revolution; John Newsinger, George Orwell and Searchlight: A Radical Initiative on the Home Front

Frodsham, John David. “The New Barbarians: Totalitarianism, Terror and the Left Intelligentsia in Orwell’s 1984.” World Affairs 147, no. 3 (Winter 1984-85).

Hitchens, Christopher. Orwell’s Victory. London: Allen Lane, 2002.

Leab, Daniel J. George Orwell: An Exhibition at the Grolier Club. Pamphlet. Washington, CT: Cogswell Tavern Press, 1996.

Lucas, Scott. Orwell. Life & Times (London, England). London, U.K.]: Haus Publishing, 2003. Hostile biography banishing Orwell from the socialist camp and condemning for his contemporary popularity among American neo-conservatives.

Lucas, Scott. The Betrayal of Dissent: Beyond Orwell, Hitchens and the New American Century. London, Sterling VA: Pluto Press, 2004. Denunciation, at times vicious and at times catty, of Orwell as a betrayer of the Left set in a context infused with anti-Americanism.

McKale, Donald M. “‘1984’ - What is It? Popular and Scholarly Views of Totalitarian Rule.” Proceedings and Papers of the Georgia Association of Historians 5 (1984). Harshly critical of George Orwell’s 1984 for promoting the idea that Fascist Germany and Stalin’s Soviet Union were similar.

Newsinger, John. “The American Connection: George Orwell, ‘Literary Trotskyism’ and the New York Intellectuals.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 64, no. 1 (Spring 1999).

Orwell, George. 1984 Revisited: Totalitarianism in Our Century. Edited by Irving. Howe. New York: Harper & Row, 1983. Orwell, George. All Propaganda is Lies, 1941-1942. Edited by P. H. Davison. Assisted by Sheila Davison and Ian Angus. London: Secker & Warburg, 2001.

Orwell, George. Animal Farm. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1946.

Orwell, George. Homage to Catalonia. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1952.

Orwell, George. Nineteen Eighty-Four a Novel. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1949.

Orwell, George. Orwell and Politics: Animal Farm in the Context of Essays, Reviews and Letters Selected from the Complete Works of George Orwell. Edited by Peter Hobley Davison. London: Penguin, 2001.

Orwell, George. Orwell in Spain the Full Text of Homage to Catalonia, with Associated Articles, Reviews and Letters from The Complete Works of George Orwell. Edited by P. H. Davison. London New York: Penguin, 2001.

Orwell, George. Politics and the English Language: An Essay. [New York]: Typophiles, 1947.

Orwell, George. The Collected Essays, Journalism, and Letters of George Orwell. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1968. v. 1. An age like this, 1920-1940.--v. 2. My country right or left, 1940-1943.--v. 3. As I please, 1943-1945.--v. 4. In front of your nose, 1945-1950.

Podhoretz, Norman. “Revenge of the Smelly Little Orthodoxies.” National Review, 27 January 1997. On the controversy about documents surfacing that George Orwell in the late 1940s furnished a list of intellectuals and writers he judged to be pro-Soviet fellow travelers to a British government security agency.

Rai, Alok. Orwell and the Politics of Despair: A Critical Study of the Writings of George Orwell. Cambridge [Cambridgeshire] New York: Cambridge University Press, 1988.

Rees, Richard. George Orwell: Fugitive from the Camp of Victory. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University press, 1965.

Rodden, John., ed. Understanding Animal Farm: A Student Casebook to Issues, Sources, and Historical Documents. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Rodden, John. The Politics of Literary Reputation: The Making and Claiming of “St. George” Orwell. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. On the political uses made of Orwell’s writings.

Rodden, John. George Orwell: Scenes from an Afterlife. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2003.

Rossi, John P. “America’s View of George Orwell.” Review of Politics 43, no. 4 (1981). Recounts the shifting attitude toward Orwell among American literary figures.  During the 1930s he was ignored because he attacked communism as well as fascism, after World War II he became popular among anti-Communist liberals and Leftists, and in the 1950s he was a favorite of conservatives.

Shaw, Tony. “‘Some Writers Are More Equal Than Others’: George Orwell, the State and Cold War Propaganda.” Cold War History 4, no. 1 (October 2003), edited by Patrick Major and Rana Mitter. London Portland, OR: Frank Cass. Orwell’s Animal Farm and Nineteen Eighty-Four sold almost 40 million copies and are two of the most influential novels of the Cold War. By 1989, the novels had sold almost 40 million copies in more than 60 languages, more than any other pair of books by a serious or popular post-war author.  Discusses the role of government propagandists played in promoting Orwell’s profile and financial assistance given to foreign publishers to make the books more accessible.

Shaw, Tony. “‘Some Writers Are More Equal Than Others’: George Orwell, the State and Cold War Propaganda.” In Across the Blocs: Cold War Cultural and Social History, edited by Patrick Major and Rana Mitter. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2004.

Shelden, Michael. Orwell: The Authorized Biography. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1991.

Sleeper, Jim. “Orwell’s ‘Smelly Little Orthodoxies’--And Ours.” Journal of the Historical Society 4, no. 2 (Spring 2004).

Smith, Thomas. “Orwell’s Problem: From Popular Front to Postmodernism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Taylor, D. J. Orwell: The Life. New York: H. Holt, 2003.

University of Kerala, ed. George Orwell and Nineteen Eighty-Four. Trivandrum: Institute of English, University of Kerala, 1985. Papers presented at a 1984 seminar, organized by the Institute of English, University of Kerala, on Orwell’s 1984.

****************************************************************

 

Dorothy Parker

 

Keats, John. You Might as Well Live: The Life and Times of Dorothy Parker. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1970. Parker, a well-known literary figure of the 1930s and early 1940s, supported left and Communist causes.

****************************************************************

 

Norman Podhoretz

 

Podhoretz, Norman. My Love Affair with America: The Cautionary Tale of a Cheerful Conservative. New York: Free Press, 2000.

Podhoretz, Norman. Making It. New York: Random House, 1967. Autobiographical.

Podhoretz, Norman. Breaking Ranks: A Political Memoir. New York: Harper & Row, 1979. Discusses politics in New York intellectual circles and Podhoretz’s shift from the Left to a ‘neoconservative’ stance.

Podhoretz, Norman. Ex-Friends: Falling Out with Allen Ginsberg, Lionel & Diana Trilling, Lillian Hellman, Hannah Arendt, and Norman Mailer. New York, NY: Free Press, 1999. Attitudes toward communism played a role in some of these incidents.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Norman Podhoretz and the Cold War.” In Commentary in American Life, edited by Murray Friedman. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Karl Popper

 

Hacohen, Malachi Haim. “The Making of the Open Society: Karl Popper, Philosophy and Politics in Interwar Vienna.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1993. Popper was a significant influence on anti-Communist liberal and neoconservative intellectuals.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Rahv

 

Edelstein, Arthur, ed. Images and Ideas in American Culture: The Functions of Criticism: Essays in Memory of Philip Rahv. Hanover, N.H.: Brandeis University Press:, distr. by the University Press of New England, 1979.

Lasch, Christopher. “Modernism, Politics, and Philip Rahv.” Partisan Review 47, no. 2 (1980).

Rahv, Philip. Essays on Literature and Politics, 1932-1972. Edited by Arabel J. Porter and Andrew J. Dvosin. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1978. Rahv was the leading editor of Partisan Review.  With a memoir by Mary McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Henry Roth

 

Groves, Bob. “The Long Sleep.” Washington Post, 25 October 1987. Newspaper feature story on Henry Roth, author of the critically acclaimed 1934 autobiographical novel Call It Sleep.  In the article, Roth says that he joined the Communist Party in the mid-1930s, attempted to write a proletarian novel, but eventually gave up the project.  Roth also states that he has left the Communist Party but still believes socialism is inevitable.

Roth, Henry, and John S. Friedman. “On Being Blocked and Other Literary Matters.” Commentary 64, no. 2 (1977). Notes that Roth was a member of the Communist Party for a period.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Roth

 

Berman, Marshall. “Dancing with America: Philip Roth, Writer on the Left.” New Labor Forum 9 (Fall/Winter 2001).

Hutchison, and Anthony. “‘Purity is Petrefaction’: Liberalism and Betrayal in Philip Roth’s I Married A Communist.” Rethinking History 9, no. 2-3 (June-September 2005).

Roth, Philip. I Married a Communist. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1998. Novel.

****************************************************************

 

John Sanford

 

Wald, Alan M. “John Sanford and ‘American Smith.’” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Selby

 

Heller, Arno. “The Far End of Social Realism: Herbert Selby’s Last Exit to Brooklyn (1964).” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Victor Serge

 

Greeman, Richard. “Victor Serge: Portrait of a Revolutionary.” New Politics 9, no. 2 (2003).

Hitchens, Christopher. “Pictures from an Inquisition.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. Essay-review.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Telling Socialism’s Story: Resurrecting the Novels of Victor Serge.” Weekly Standard, 1 July 2002. Essay review of Susan Weissman’s The Course is set on Hope.

Serge, Victor. Memoirs of a Revolutionary, 1901-1941. London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1963.

Wald, Alan. “Victor Serge et la Gauche Anti-Stalinienne de New York, 1937-1947.” Cahiers Leon Trotsky [France], no. 35 (September 1988).

Weissman, Susan. Victor Serge: The Course is Set on Hope. New York: Verso, 2001. Discusses Serge’s relationship with American anti-Stalinist leftists such as Dwight Macdonald and the efforts to disrupt the anti-Stalinist left in the U.S. by KGB agent provocateur Mark Zborowski.

Weissman, Susan. “Victor Serge & U.S. Intellectuals.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Tess Slesinger

 

Tiryak, Mary Korman. “Tess Slesinger and American Cultural Politics, 1930-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1991. “Tess Slesinger, in both her literature and her life, reflected the political and cultural dilemmas of the 1930s. The fiction she wrote between 1930 and 1935 demonstrates the conflicting forces of modernism, feminism, and Marxism; her biography charts the unsteady course of the radical left of the thirties decade from socialism to Marxism to the Popular Front.”

****************************************************************

 

Bernard Smith

 

Smith, Bernard. A World Remembered, 1925-1950. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1994. Memoir by a Knopf editor close to the C.P.

****************************************************************

 

Christina Stead

 

Pender, Anne. “Christina Stead’s Satirical Vision: ‘I’m Dying Laughing’ and Twentieth-Century History.” Overland, no. 158 (Autumn 2000).

****************************************************************

 

John Steinbeck

 

Dickstein, Morris. “Steinbeck and the Great Depression.” South Atlantic Quarterly 103, no. 1 (Winter 2004).

Loftis, Anne. “The Man Who Preached Strike.” Pacific Historian 30, no. 2 (1986). Suggests that one of Steinbeck’s characters In Dubious Battle was a figure named London who could have been based on Bill Hamett, a lay preacher and labor organizer.

Loftis, Anne. “Remembering Pat Chambers.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research], Spring 1992. Obituary for CAWIU organizer sometimes said to be model for “Mac” in Steinbeck’s In Dubious Battle.

Strout, Cushing. “Radical Religion and the American Political Novel.” Clio 6, no. 1 (1976). Discusses communism and religion in John Steinbeck’s In Dubious Battle (1936).

Zirakzadeh, Cyrus Ernesto. “John Steinbeck on the Political Capacities of Everyday Folk: Moms, Reds, and Ma Joad’s Revolt.” Polity 36, no. 4 (2004).

****************************************************************

 

Philip Stevenson

 

Thorson, Connie Capers, and James. L. Thorson. “Gomorrah on the Puerco: A Critical Study of Philip Stevenson’s Proletarian Epic The Seed.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. University of New Mexico Press, 1983. Discusses Morning, Noon, and Night (1954), Out of the Dust (1956), Old Father Antic (1961) and The Hoax (1961), four novels which constituted two of the projected three volumes of an epic proletarian trilogy entitled The Seed.  The trilogy was based closely on the Communist-led NMU strikes in Gallup, New Mexico in 1933-35 and the trial of the “Gallup Fourteen” for the murder of a local sheriff.  Stevenson, a playwright and novelist, was very closely associated with the Communist Party and lived in New Mexico at the time of the Gallup strikes.

****************************************************************

 

Harvey Swados

 

Geddes, Gregory. “Literature and Labor: Harvey Swados and the 20th Century American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Binghamton University, 2006.

Swados, Harvey. On the Line. Boston: Little, Brown, 1957.

Swados, Harvey. A Radical’s America. Boston: Little, Brown, 1962. Swados was a leading writer and commentator on the independent, non-Communist left.

Swados, Harvey. A Radical at Large: American Essays. London, U.K.: Hart-Davis, 1968.

Swados, Harvey. Standing Fast. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1970.

****************************************************************

 

B. Traven

 

Miller, C.H. “B. Traven, Pure Proletarian Writer.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

Lionel Trilling

 

Adamowski, T.H. “Demoralizing Liberalism: Lionel Trilling, Leslie Fiedler, and Norman Mailer.” University of Toronto Quarterly 75, no. 3 (Summer 2006).

Anderson, Quentin, Stephen Donadio, and Steven Marcus, eds. Art, Politics, and Will: Essays in Honor of Lionel Trilling. New York: Basic Books, 1977.

Capshaw, Ron “Portrait of an American Traitor,” FrontPageMagazine.com (24 September 2007).  Essay review of Trilling’s “The Middle of the Journey.

Clarke, Brock. “What Literature Can and Cannot Do: Lionel Trilling, Richard Rorty, and the American Left.” Massachusetts Review 41 (2001).

Himmelfarb, Gertrude. “The Trilling Imagination.” Weekly Standard, 14-21 February 2005.

Howe, Irving. “On ‘The Middle of the Journey.’” New York Times Book Review, 22 August 1976.

Kimmage, Michael. “Lionel Trilling’s The Middle of the Journey and the Complicated Origins of the Neo-Conservative Movement.” Shofar 21, no. 3 (2003).

Phelps, Christopher. “The Liberal Imagination in ‘The Middle of the Journey.’” Left History 3, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1995).

Rodden, John, ed. Lionel Trilling and the Critics: Opposing Selves. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1999.

Trilling, Lionel. The Middle of the Journey. New York: Viking Press, 1947. An influential novel depicting the literary-cultural life of the 1930s and 1940s. Contains a character that appeared to resemble Whittaker Chambers although the book was written prior to the Hiss-Chambers Case.

Trilling, Lionel. The Liberal Imagination: Essays on Literature and Society. New York: Viking Press, 1950.

Trilling, Lionel. The Last Decade: Essays and Reviews, 1965-1975. Edited by Diana Trilling. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. In “A Novel of the Thirties,” Trilling writes: “In my view the importance of the radical movement of the Thirties cannot be overestimated.  It may be said to have created the American intellectual class as we now know it in its great size and influence.  It fixed the character of this class as being, through all mutations of opinion, predominantly of the left.”

 

Lionel Trilling and Whittaker Chambers

 

Kimmage, Michael Chapman. “The Conservative Turn: Lionel Trilling, Whittaker Chambers, and the Lessons of Anti-Stalinism.” Ph.D. diss.: Harvard, 2004.

******************************************************************************

 

John Updike

 

Miller, D. Quentin. John Updike and the Cold War: Drawing the Iron Curtain. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Mary Heaton Vorse

 

Garrison, Dee. Mary Heaton Vorse: The Life of an American Insurgent. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1989.

Tamplin, John C. “Mary Heaton Vorse, Journalist: Victim of Strike Violence?” Labor History 28, no. 1 (Winter 1987). Finds that biographical accounts of Vorse having been shot during a 1937 strike were based on inaccurate conclusions stemming from Vorse’s perhaps deliberately ambiguous recounting of the incident.  Contemporary evidence indicates that Vorse lacerated her head when she fell during a picket line incident that involved shooting.

Vorse, Mary Heaton. A Footnote to Folly: Reminiscences of Mary Heaton Vorse. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1935.

Vorse, Mary Heaton. Rebel Pen: The Writings of Mary Heaton Vorse. Edited by Dee Garrison. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Rebecca West

 

Rollyson, Carl. “Rebecca West and the God That Failed - How One of Britain’s Best Writers Resisted the Siren of Communism.” The Wilson Quarterly 20, no. 3 (1996).

Stec, Loretta. “Writing Treason: Rebecca West’s Contradictory Career.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Edmund Wilson

 

Genizi, Haim. “Edmund Wilson and The Modern Monthly, 1934-5: A Phase in Wilson’s Radicalism.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 7, no. 3 (1973). Discusses Wilson’s unhappy association with the anti-Stalinist Marxism of The Modern Monthly.

Wilson, Edmund. The Shores of Light: A Literary Chronicle of the Twenties and Thirties. New York: Farrar, Straus and Young, 1952. Wilson was an influential leftist intellectual of the 1930s and 1940s.

Wilson, Edmund. Letters on Literature and Politics, 1912-1972. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1977.

Wilson, Edmund. The Thirties: From Notebooks and Diaries of the Period. Edited by Leon Edel. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, 1980.

****************************************************************

 

Ella Winter

 

Winter, Ella. And Not to Yield. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1963. Memoir by a close literary friend of the Communist Party.  Winter was also the wife of Lincoln Steffens and, after Steffens death, of the playwright and secret Communist Party member Donald Ogden Stewart.

****************************************************************

 

Bertram Wolfe

 

Feuer, Lewis S. “Bertram David Wolfe 1896-1977.” Survey [U.K.] 23, no. 1 (1977-78). Obituary essay noting Wolfe’s career as a founder of the CPUSA, Comintern advisor to the Mexican Communist Party, and leading supporter of Jay Lovestone.  Later disenchanted with Communism, Wolfe turned to scholarship and research.

Shattan, Joseph. “Remembering Ella.” American Spectator, March 2002. On Ella Wolfe, wife of Bertram Wolfe.

Treadgold, Donald W. “Bertram D. Wolfe: A Life in Two Centuries.” Studies in Soviet Thought [Netherlands] 20, no. 4 (1979). Tribute to the scholar whose early career included important posts in the American Communist Party and the Comintern.

Wolfe, Bertram David. A Life in Two Centuries: An Autobiography. New York: Stein and Day, 1981.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Lenin and the Twentieth Century: A Bertram D. Wolfe Retrospective. Edited by Lennard D. Gerson. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, Stanford University, 1984.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Breaking with Communism: The Intellectual Odyssey of Bertram D. Wolfe. Edited by Robert Hessen. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, Stanford University, 1990. Reprints Wolfe letters and essays, 1938-1976.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Wylie

 

Worcester, Kent. “Superman, Philip Wylie & The New Deal.” Comics Forum 1, no. 6 (Spring-Summer 1994). Discusses how New Deal cultural themes and themes from Philip Wylie‘s writings were reflected in the Superman comic strip.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Poets

 

Bird, Kimberly E. “Revolutionary Ambience and Historical Memory: Popular Front Poetic Radicalism at the California-World Border.” Ph.D. diss. UCLA Santa Cruz, 2005.

Fabre, Michel. “Walt Whitman and the Rebel Poets: A Note on Whitman’s Reputation Among Radical Writers During the Depression.” Walt Whitman Review 12 (1966).

Filreis, Alan. Counterrevolution of the Word: The Conservative Attack on Modern Poetry, 1945-1960. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2008.

Guttmann, A. “The Brief Embattled Course of Proletarian Poetry.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Nekola, Charlotte. “World Moving: Women, Poetry, and the Literary Politics of the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. “Poetry was a weapon of class struggle: this was the main message of literary  radicalism....  It would have been difficult for women in that era to miss the image that the poetry-as-a-weapon metaphor provoked: weapon as gun or knife, knife or gun as phallus.  Stanley Burnshaw reminded the radical poet that the weapon must not be a ‘thin, shadowy, over-delicate instrument but a clear, keen-edge, deep-cutting tool’  Did the woman revolutionary, then, have the right tools?...  All revolutionary poetry was to avoid the merely private, but it seems that the female interior, in particular, was a suspect subject for the radical poet....”

Nelson, Cary. “The Diversity of American Poetry.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Nelson, Cary. Revolutionary Memory: Recovering the Poetry of the American Left. New York: Routledge, 2001. Discusses Tillie Olsen, Edwin Rolfe, and other poets in or close to the CPUSA.

Novak, Estelle G. “Proletarian Poetry in the United States: Theory and Practice from 1926 to 1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1968. Sympathetic survey of Marxist-Leninist poetics in the 1930s; finds significant contributions to American poetry by Marxism and Marxist poets.

Reed, Brian. “Carl Sandburg’s The People, Yes, Thirties Modernism, and the Problem of Bad Political Poetry.” Texas Studies in Literature and Language 46, no. 2 (Summer 2004).

Rodman, Selden. “Pablo Neruda.” Modern Poetry Studies 5 (Spring 1974).

Spector, Herman, Joseph A. Kalar, Edwin Rolfe, and S. Funaroff. We Gather Strength. Introduction by Michael Gold. [New York]: Liberal Press, Inc., 1933.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Bad Poet, Bad Man.” Weekly Standard, 19 July 2004. On Pablo Neruda and his promotion by the Communist left in America and elsewhere.

Thurston, Michael. Making Something Happen: American Political Poetry Between the World Wars. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001.

Wald, Alan M. “Erasing the Thirties: Boston’s Forgotten Marxist Poets.” New Boston Review 6, no. 1 (1981)

****************************************************************

 

Women Poets on the Left

 

Berke, Nancy. Women Poets on the Left: Lola Ridge, Genevieve Taggard, Margaret Walker. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2001.

Lisella, Julia. “‘Rebellion Pioneered Among Our Lives’: Four Radical Women Poets of the 1930s and the American Lyric.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 2001. On Rosa Zagnoni Marinoni, Genevieve Taggard, Muriel Rukeyser, and Margaret Walker.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Poets: Individual and Biographical Accounts

 

Kenneth Flexner Fearing

 

Santora, Patricia Bridget. “The Poetry and Prose of Kenneth Flexner Fearing.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1982. Notes that Fearing’s poetry was praised by Communists in the 1920s, but he responded passively.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Hayden

 

Wald, Alan M. “Belief and Ideology in the Work of Robert Hayden.” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

Williams, Pontheolla Taylor. “A Critical Analysis of the Poetry of Robert Hayden Through His Middle Years.” Ph.D. diss. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1978. Notes the early radicalism and later rejection of Communism by Hayden, an Afro-American poet.

****************************************************************

 

H.H. Lewis

 

Lewis, H.H. Thinking of Russia. B.Z. Hagglund, Holt, MN, 1932.  Know as the “Plowboy Poet of the Gumbo” (Gumbo River in Missouri) and the “Mayakovsky of Missouri” (Bolshevik poet Vladimir Mayakovsky), Lewis’s work won approval from CPUSA aesthetic commissar Mike Gold.  Among his verses: "I’m always thinking of Russia / I can’t get her out of my head. / I don’t give a damn for Uncle Sham / I’m a left-wing radical red!"

****************************************************************

 

Walter Lowenfels

 

Daldorph, Brian. “The Politics of His Poetry: Walter Lowenfels’ Poetic Response to United States v. Kuzma (1953-54), His Smith Act Trial.” Left History [Canada] 2 (1994).

Guttmann, Allen. “Walter Lowenfels’ Poetic Politics.” Massachusetts Review 6 (1965)

****************************************************************

 

Thomas McGrath

 

McGrath, Thomas. The Revolutionary Poet in the United States: The Poetry of Thomas McGrath. Edited by Frederick C. Stern. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

George Oppen

 

Hoffman, Eric. “A Poetry of Action: George Oppen and Communism.” American Communist History 6, no. 1 (June 2007).

Nicholls, Peter. “George Oppen in Exile: Mexico and Maritain.” Journal of American Studies 39, no. 1 (2005).

Nicholls, Peter. George Oppen and the Fate of Modernism. Oxford ; New York: Oxford University Press, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

John Reed

 

Reed, John. The Complete Poetry of John Reed. Edited by Jack Alan Robbins. Freeman, SD: Pine Hill Press, 1973. Preface by Jack Alan Robbins. Introduction by Granville Hicks. Memoir and sonnet by Max Eastman.

****************************************************************

 

Edwin Rolfe

 

Finnegan, Jim. “Edwin Rolfe’s Historical Witness to the Spectacle of McCarthyism.” College Literature 33, no. 3, p135-147, 13p; (Summer 2006).

Nelson, Cary, Jefferson Hendericks, and Edwin Rolfe. Edwin Rolfe: A Biographical Essay and Guide to the Rolfe Archive at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois Library, distr. by the University of Illinois Press, 1990.

Rolfe, Edwin. To My Contemporaries: Poems. New York: Dynamo, 1936.

Rolfe, Edwin. First Love, and Other Poems. Los Angeles: L. Edmunds Book Shop, 1951.

Rolfe, Edwin. Permit Me Refuge. Los Angeles: California Quarterly, 1955.

Rolfe, Edwin. Collected Poems. Edited by Cary Nelson and Jefferson Hendricks. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993.

Rolfe, Edwin. Trees Became Torches: Selected Poems. Edited by Cary Nelson and Jefferson Hendricks. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1995.

Wald, Alan M. “Edwin Rolfe, Presente!” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Carl Sandburg

 

Yannella, Philip. The Other Carl Sandburg. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1996. On Sandburg’s participation in radicalism.

****************************************************************

 

W.S. Stacy

 

Hall, Tim. “W.S. Stacy, Poet of the Working-Class Struggle.” Struggle 1, no. 2 (1985). Discusses the work of a little-known Communist poet of the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Wallace Stevens

 

Bauer, Paul David. “The Strong Music of Hard Times: Wallace Stevens and Modern Politics.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1990. Regarding the politics of his poetry, sees the most important expression “in the Cold War years when Stevens, in sympathy with ‘New York intellectuals’ like Delmore Schwartz, will offer consistent criticisms of both left and right extremes of the political spectrum, merging anti-communism with an idiosyncratic antipathy for the conservative politics and poetics of the New Criticism Ransom and Tate would champion. Stevens’ politics can thus be seen most clearly as a version of what contemporary social critics in the Cold War era called the ‘vital center,’ the middleground that would reject both communism and McCarthyism.”

****************************************************************

 

Henry George Weiss

 

Hall, Tim. “Henry George Weiss, Rebel Poet.” Struggle 1, no. 1 (1985). Discusses some of the poems of Weiss, who published in Communist Party journals until 1935 when he was criticized for left-wing sectarianism.   Struggle is the journal of the Marxist-Leninist Party, Detroit, MI.

****************************************************************

 

Don West

 

Byerly, Victoria Morris. “What Shall a Poet Sing? The Living Struggle of the Southern Poet and Revolutionary Don West.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1994. Places West’s poetry within the context of the literary ballad tradition and within the context of the resistance culture literary movement of 1930s and 1940s. 

Green, Christ. “The Tight Rope of Democracy: Don West’s Clods of Southern Earth.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Jackson, Patrick D. “Communist, Preacher, Teacher, Poet: Will the Real Don West Please Stand Up?” Unpublished master’s thesis. Vanderbilt University, 2006.

Lorence, James J. “Don West, The Southerner, and the Great Dalton Red Hunt: Radical Religion and Union Activism in Northwest Georgia, 1955-1956.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Lorence, James J. “Teacher and Learner: Don West and the Democratic Classroom, 1942-1945.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 90, no. 3 (Fall 2006).

Lorence, James J.  A Hard Journey: The Life of Don West (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2007).  Comprehensive scholarly biography.

Rubin, Rachel. “Voice of the Cracker: Don West Reinvents the Appalachian.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

John Wheelwright and Sherry Mangan

 

Wald, Alan M. “The Pilgrimages of Sherry Mangan: From Aesthete to Revolutionary Socialist.” Pembroke Magazine 8 (1977).

Wald, Alan M. “From Antinomianism to Revolutionary Marxism: John Wheelwright and the New England Rebel Tradition.” Marxist Perspectives 3 (1980).

Wald, Alan M. The Revolutionary Imagination: The Poetry and Politics of John Wheelwright and Sherry Mangan. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1983.

****************************************************************

 

William Carlos Williams

 

Johnson, Bob. “‘A Whole Synthesis of His Time’: Political Ideology and Cultural Politics in the Writings  of William Carlos Williams, 1929-1939.” American Quarterly 54, no. 2 (2002). Discusses Williams’s attitudes toward communism and democracy, 1929-1939.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 18

Radicalism, Communism and the Professions

 

 

Anthropologists

 

Price, David H. “Standing up for Academic Freedom: The Case of Irving Goldman.” Anthropology Today 20, no. 4 (August 2004). Discusses anthropologists Irving Goldman, Melville Jacobs and others identified as Communists.

Price, David H. Threatening Anthropology: McCarthyism and the FBI’s Surveillance of Activist Anthropologists. Durham: Duke University Press, 2004.

******************************************************************************

 

Economists

 

Bernstein, Michael. “Academic Research Protocols and the Pax Americana: American Economics During the Cold War Era.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Bronfenbrenner, Martin. “Notes on Marxian Economics in the United States.” American Economic Review 54 (December 1964). Reply with rejoinder, vol. 55, September 1965.

Kelly, Diana. “Marxist Manager Amidst the Progressives: Walter N Polakov and Taylor Society.” Journal of Industrial History [U.K.] 8, no. 2 (2003). Polakov, a well known figure in the Taylor Society and among the advocates of “scientific management,” an admirer of communism who put “scientific management” in a Marxist context.

Phillips-Fein, Kim. “Capitalism and Freedom: Anticommunism and the Rise of Neoclassical Economic Theory.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Geneticists

 

Carlson, Elof Axel. Genes, Radiation, and Society the Life and Work of H.J. Muller. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1981.

Muller, Hermann J. “Hermann J. Muller’s 1936 Letter to Stalin.” Mankind 43, no. 3 (2003). Muller, an American Communist and geneticist (later won a Nobel prize) urged Stalin to create a eugenics program for the USSR.  Stalin responded by ordering an attack on Muller’s book on genetics (Out of the Night) and supporting Lysenko’s theories.

Muller, H. J. Out of the Night: A Biologist’s View of the Future. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1935.

****************************************************************

 

The Interprofessional Association

 

Finison, Lorenz. “Radical Professionals in the Great Depression, An Historical Note: The Interprofessional Association.” Radical History Review, no. 4 (1977). Discusses the Communist-influenced IPA.

****************************************************************

 

Lawyers and the National Lawyers Guild

 

Bailey, Percival R. “Progressive Lawyers: A History of National Lawyers Guild, 1936-1958.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1979. Examines the NLG and the Communist role in it; concludes that the NLG’s policies were humane and progressive and the Communist role was benign.

Bailey, Percival R. “The Case of the National Lawyers Guild, 1939-1958.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and Eugene M. Tobin, eds. The National Lawyers Guild: From Roosevelt Through Reagan. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988.

Kempton Murray. “Another Dirty Secret.” New York Review of Books, 7 December 1989. Discusses FBI infiltration of the National Lawyers Guild.

Rigsby, Jesse. “NLG: The Legal Fifth Column.” ProntPageMagazine.Com, 25 April 2003. Archived at <http:www.frontpagemag.com>. On the National Lawyers Guild.

Tremoglie, Michael P. “The NLG: Shilling for Stalinists.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 13 May 2004. Archived at http://www.frontpagemag.com. On the praise showed on Kim Jung Il’s regime by an NLG delegation.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Legal Subversion: The Role of the Communist Lawyer. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Libraries, and Librarians

 

Anghelescu, Hermina G.B., and Martine Poulain, eds. “Books, Libraries, Reading, and Publishing in the Cold War.” Libraries & Culture 36 (Winter 2001). Special issue.

Davis, Donald G., Jr., and Nathaniel Feis. “‘With Malice Toward None’: IFLA and the Cold War.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (2002). Discusses The International Federation of Library Associations.

Federal Bureau of Investigations. The KGB and the Library Target, 1962-Present (Effective Date of Study, January 1, 1988). [Washington, DC: Intelligence Division, FBI, 1988.

Jenkins, Christine. “International Harmony: Threat or Menace? U.S. Youth Services Librarians and Cold War Censorship, 1946-1955.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (Winter 2001).

Karetzky, Stephen. Not Seeing Red: American Librarianship and the Soviet Union, 1917-1960. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2001. Highly detailed study of the reaction of leading professional librarians in the United States to the Soviet state and its library system as well as their attitudes toward domestic anticommunism.  Leading professional librarians visiting the USSR ignored “the destructions of books by the Bolsheviks, the widespread censorship, and the oppressive political and social goals of the Communists....  They were impressed by the size of the Soviet library system and the active involvement of library workers in so-called ‘educational’ projects. The essential difference between the nature of education in a democratic society and that of propaganda in a totalitarian county were clearly not understood.”  During the Cold War some professional librarian became sensitive to the totalitarian nature of Soviet librarianship, but “the leaders of the library profession remained unmoved.  The primary threat they warned of was not that posed by the Soviet Union, but by the grass-roots American anti-Communists, whom they portrayed as ignorant neofascists.  The crusade by these prominent librarians against anti-Communism that began in the late 1940s’s increased in the next decade, and their ethos gained general acceptance within the profession.”

Preer, Jean. “The American Heritage Project: Librarians and the Democratic Tradition in the Early Cold War.” Libraries & Culture 28 (Spring 1993): 165-88.

Richards, Pamela Spence. “Cold War Librarianship: Soviet and American Library Activities in Support of National Foreign Policy, 1946-1991.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (Winter 2001).

Robbins, Louise. “The Overseas Libraries Controversy and the Freedom to Read: U.S. Librarians and Publishers Confront Joseph McCarthy.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (Winter 2001)

****************************************************************

 

Philosophers (Academic)

 

Capps, John. “Pragmatism and the McCarthy Era.” Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society 39, no. 1 (2003). Argues that the view that pragmatism started to decline with the onset of McCarthyism is only partially accurate.

Hudelson, Richard, and Robert Evans. “McCarthyism and Philosophy in the USA,” 2002. Argues that McCarthyism did not cause American philosophers to protect themselves by adopting analytic philosophy.

McCumber, John. “Time in the Ditch: American Philosophy and the McCarthy Era.” Diacritics 26, no. 1 (Spring 1996).

McCumber, John. Time in the Ditch: American Philosophy and the McCarthy Era. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press, 2000. Argues that fear of McCarthyism drove American academic philosophers into analytic philosophy as a politically non-controversial safe harbor.

****************************************************************

 

Physicians

 

Brickman, Jane Pacht. “‘Medical McCarthyism’: The Physicians Forum and the Cold War.” “Medical McCarthyism”: The Physicians Forum and the Cold War 49, no. 3 (1994). Traces the history of the Physicians Forum, established in 1938 as the Progressive Group, a group of doctors from the New York County Medical Society. The Physicians Forum incorporated in 1943 with chapters in 38 medical societies.  Under the leadership of Ernst Boas, the organization supported a national health care system and government-sponsored insurance, in opposition to the American Medical Association.  The Forum and its members were accused of being associated with the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

 

Psychologists and Psychoanalysis

 

Dolph, George. “Red Rover Revisited: A Fifties Analysis of the Encounter Between Psychoanalysis and Marxism.” Paper presented at Marxist Scholars Conference. Philadelphia, Penn., 1991. Psychoanalysis.

Finison, Lorenz. “Unemployment, Politics, and the History of Organized Psychology.” American Psychologist, November 1976. Notes the role of the Communist party in forming the Psychologists’ League in the 1930s.

Finison, Lorenz. “The Psychological Insurgency, 1936-1940.” Journal of Social Issues 42, no. 1 (1986).

Goggin, James E., Eileen Brockman Goggin, and Mary Hill. “Emigrant Psychoanalysts in the USA and the FBI Archives.” Psychoanalysis and History 6, no. 1 (2004).

Harris, Benjamin. “From Comrade Scientist to Comrade Therapist: McCarthy-Era Career Changes Among Leftist Psychologists.” Paper presented at History of Science Society, 1990. Examines the small cohort of leftist nonclinical psychologists who were forced to become therapists during the 1940s and 1950s.

Harris, Benjamin. “Psychoanalysis as Political Heterodoxy: The Anti-Freud Campaign of the Communist Party USA (1949-1955).” Paper presented at American Association for the History of Medicine, 1990. Describes how the C.P., after tolerating psychoanalysis for many years, from 1949 to 1955 put it under anathema.

Harris, Benjamin. “‘Sex and the Social Order’: Psychology, Politics, and Communist Education.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991. Examines the role of psychologists, psychiatrists, and psychological popularizers (e.g., hypnotists, sex lecturers) in the educational work of Communists in the U.S., 1930-55.

Harris, Benjamin. “‘Don’t be Unconscious, Join Our Ranks’: Psychology, Politics and Communist Education.” Rethinking Marxism 6, no. 1 (Spring 1993): 44-76. Discusses the role of psychology, psychoanalysis, and psychiatry in American radicalism and of its use in CPUSA schools.

Harris, Benjamin. “Guide to the (Politically) Perplexed: Leftist Domestic Advice and Cold War Psychopolitics.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Atlanta, GA, 1994.

Harris, Benjamin. “Communist Child Rearing Advice: The Worker as Agony Aunt.” Paper presented at European Society for the History of the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Paris, 1994.

Harris, Benjamin. “The Politics of Psychiatric Expansionism in Cold War America.” Paper presented at The Politics of Psychiatric Expansionism in Cold War America, Society for the Social History of Medicine. Sheffield, England, 1994.

Harris, Benjamin. “Psychology and Marxist Politics in America.” In Psychology and Society Radical Theory and Practice, edited by Ian Parker and Russell Spears. Chicago: Pluto Press, 1996.

Harris, Benjamin. “Repoliticizing the History of Psychology.” In Critical Psychology an Introduction, edited by Dennis Fox and Isaac Prilleltensky. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, 1997.

Harris, Benjamin, and Ian A. M. Nicholson. “Toward a History of Psychological Expertise.” Journal of Social Issues 54, no. 1 (Spring 1998). Notes that in 1953 one clinical psychologist, upset with his profession, wrote the FBI to assert that the American Psychological Association had been infiltrated and taken over by Communists.

Science & Society Editors. “Editorial Perspectives.” Science & Society 61 (Spring 1997). Replies to a letter-to-the-editor by Jascha Kessler in the Wall Street Journal of 20 May 1996 that described Science & Society as having promoted a Stalinist psychiatry during the Cold War.

****************************************************************

 

Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues

 

Harris, Benjamin. “The FBI’s Files on APA and SPSSI: Description and Implications.” American Psychologist 35 (1980).

Harris, Benjamin. “Reviewing Fifty Years of the Psychology of Social Issues.” Journal of Social Issues 42, no. 1 (1986). Discusses the Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues.

Sargent, S. Stansfeld, and Benjamin Harris. “Academic Freedom, Civil Liberties, and SPSSI.” Journal of Social Issues 42, no. 1 (1986). Discusses the defense of psychologists for subversive views by the Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues.

****************************************************************

 

The Benjamin Rush Society

 

Harris, Benjamin. “Radical Currents in the Mental Health Professions: The Benjamin Rush Society (1944-1952.” Paper presented at Cheiron Society. Wellesley, MA, 1978.

Harris, Benjamin. “The Benjamin Rush Society and Marxist Psychiatry in the United States, 1944-1951.” History of Psychiatry 6 (1995). Discusses the ideas of Francis Bartlett, Joseph Wortis, and Joseph Furst regarding the relationship of Freudian ideas, Marxism, and psychoanalysis and the internal debates within the Rush society, which consisted largely of psychiatrists sympathetic to the CPUSA.  Discusses as well the party’s anti-Freudian campaign of 1949-1951.

****************************************************************

 

The Freudian Left: Otto Fenichel and Wilhelm Reich

 

Gifford, Sanford. “‘Repression’ or Sea-Change: Fenichel’s Rundbriefe and the ‘Political Analysts’ of the 1930s.” International Journal of Psychoanalysis 66 (1985).

Harris, Benjamin, and Adrian Brock. “Otto Fenichel and the Left Opposition in Psychoanalysis.” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 27 (April 1991). Based on a recently-discovered cache of Fenichel’s Rundbriefe (1934-1945), the authors disagree with Russell Jacoby’s history of European-American Marxist Freudianism, The Repression of Psychoanalysis.  Contrary to Jacoby’s view of the enterprise as chiefly intellectual, Harris and Brock argue that the Rundbriefe originated as an aid to the organizing effort of Reich-Fenichel’s “unofficial Leftist caucus” within the International Psychoanalytic Association and that Jacoby failed to recognize the non-emigre Marxist psychoanalysts with whom Fenichel had contact.

Harris, Benjamin, and A. Brock. “Freudian Psychopolitics: The Rivalry of Wilhelm Reich and Otto Fenichel, 1930-1935.” Bulletin of the History of Medicine 66 (1992).

Martin, Jim. Wilhelm Reich and the Cold War. Ft. Bragg, CA: Flatland Books, 2000. Discusses the intersection of Reich’s therapeutic technique of “character analysis” based on the “orgasm theory” with communism, espionage, and such figures as Willy Brandt, Karl Frank, Emmy Rado, Arnold Deutsch, Albert Einstein, and others.  Argues as well that figures close to the CPUSA promoted a campaign to discredit Reich.

Robinson, Paul A. The Freudian Left: Wilhelm Reich, Geza Roheim, Herbert Marcuse. New York: Harper & Row, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

Psychologists and Psychoanalysis: Biographical Accounts

 

Dyson Carter

 

Harris, Benjamin. “Science in the Sunday Worker: The Therapeutic Optimism of Dyson Carter.” Paper presented at History of Science Society. New Orleans, LA, 1994. Carter, a Canadian chemical engineer, science popularizer, and Communist, whose column in the Sunday Worker saw psychological neuroses as of organic origin and requiring organic therapies and was harshly critical of psychoanalysis.

****************************************************************

 

George W. Hartmann

 

Harris, Benjamin. “Caught Between the Dies Committee and the Popular Front: The Political Psychology of George W. Hartmann (1904-1955).” Paper presented at International Society of Political Psychology, 1988.

Harris, Benjamin. “George W. Hartmann: Pacifist, Socialist, and Anti-Communist.” Paper presented at American Psychological Association, 1989.

Harris, Benjamin. “The Perils of a Public Intellectual.” Journal of Social Issues 54, no. 1 (Spring 1998). Notes the harsh attacks in 1944 on the Peace Now Movement led by George W. Hartmann, a prominent activist-scholar and chairman of the Society for the Psychological Study of Social Issues.  Discusses the critical psychological portrait of Communists that Hartmann developed after World War II.

Hartmann, George W. “The Psychology of American Socialism.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 19

Communism, Education, and Students

 

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Public Education (K-12)

 

Bowers, C.A. “Social Reconstructionism: Views from the Left and the Right, 1932-1942.” History of Education Quarterly 10, no. 1 (1970). On educators who saw schools as a revolutionary mechanism to transform society despite the opposition of capitalism.

Brickman, William W. “Communism and American Education.” School and Society, 25 March 1950. Bibliographic essay.

Feffer, Andrew. “The Presence of Democracy: Deweyan Exceptionalism and Communist Teachers in the 1930s.” Journal of the History of Ideas 61, no. 1 (2005).

Foster, Stuart J. Red Alert! Educators Confront the Red Scare in American Public Schools, 1947-1954. New York: P. Lang, 2000.

Foster, Stuart John. “Red Alert!: The National Education Association’s National Commission for the Defense of Democracy Through Education Confronts the ‘Red Scare’ in American Schools, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1996. Finds that although the Defense Commission worked against individuals and organizations that employed “red scare” tactics to undermine public education it fell a casualty to the “infectious tide of anticommunism” that swept the country during the post-war years because it accepted the prevailing zeitgeist that a serious internal Communist threat existed and opposed the employment of members of the Communist Party as teachers in American schools.

Foster, Stuart J., O. L. Davis, and Jr. “Conservative Battles for Public Education Within America’s Culture Wars: Poignant Lessons for Today from the Red Scare of the 1950s.” London Review of Education 2, no. 2 (July 2004).

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Project on the Comparative International History of Left Education.” Communist History Network Newsletter  [United Kingdom], October 1997.

Hartman, Andrew. “Education as Cold War Experience: The Battle for the American School.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2006.

Hartman, Andrew. Education and the Cold War: The Battle for the American School. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. TOC: John Dewey and the invention of childhood: progressive education in the beginning -- Education and the Great Depression: the unraveling of the popular front and the roots of educational vigilantism -- From hot war to cold war for schools and teenagers: the life adjustment movement as therapy for the immature -- The communist teacher problematic: liberal anticommunism and the education of Bella Dodd -- Progressive education is reducation: conservative thought and cold war educational vigilantism -- Crisis of the mind: the liberal intellectuals and the schools -- From world-mindedness to cold war-mindedness: the lost educational utopia of Theodore Brameld -- Desegregation as cold war experience: the perplexities of race in the blackboard jungle -- Growing up absurd in the cold war: Sputnik and the polarized Sixties -- Conclusion: the educational reproduction of the cold war.

Iversen, Robert W. The Communists & the Schools. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1959.

Long, Hamilton Abert. Permit Communist-Conspirators to be Teachers? Pamphlet. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

Morgan, W. John. Communists on Education and Culture, 1848-1948. Houndmills, Basingstoke, England New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. Account of the attitudes of leading communists, including Marx, Engels, Lenin, Trotsky, Gorky, Gramsci, Lukacs, Mao Zedong and John Maclean, towards education and culture.

Morris, Robert Christian. “Era of Anxiety: An Historical Account of the Effects of and Reactions to Right Wing Forces Affecting Education During the Years 1949 to 1954.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana State University, 1976.

National Council for American Education. Red-Ucators... Pamphlet. New York, 1949.

New York Senate Committee on Affairs of the City of New York. Preliminary Data Report on Mobilization for Youth, Inc. Report. Albany, 1964. Investigation of links to the CPUSA.

Reutter, E. Edmund. The School Administrator and Subversive Activities: A Study of the Administration of Restraints on Alleged Subversive Activities of Public School Personnel. New York: Teachers College, Columbia University, 1951.

Schoenberger, Mildred. “Teachers on Trial.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration (Education). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953-54. Nine parts.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Educational Process. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Lengthy investigation of Communist teachers in the New York City school system.

Widener, Alice. Teachers of Destruction: Their Plans for a Socialist Revolution: An Eyewitness Account. [Washington]: Citizens Evaluation Institute, 1971.

****************************************************************

 

Teaching about Communism in Public Schools

 

Hartman, Andrew. “Education as Cold War Experience: The Battle for the American School.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2006.

Barron, James S. “Teaching About Communism in California Public Secondary Schools.” California Social Science Review 4, no. 2 (1965). Surveys the extent of teaching about Communism.

Burkhardt, Richard. “The Teaching of The Soviet Union in American School Social Studies.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1952.

Campbell, Daniel R. “Right-Wing Extremists and the Sarasota Schools, 1960-1966.” Tampa Bay History 6, no. 1 (1984).

Crabtree, Charlotte A., and Gary B. Nash. National Standards for United States History: Exploring the American Experience. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, 1994. Emphases the evil of McCarthyism.

Crabtree, Charlotte A., and Gary B. Nash. National Standards for World History: Exploring Paths to the Present. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, 1994. Suggests either moral equivalence or American responsibility for the Cold War.

Dessants, Betty Abrahamsen. “The Pedagogy of Patriotism: Anti-Communism and Secondary School History Curricula, 1957-1964.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Directorate for Armed Forces Information and Education (U.S.). Ideas in Conflict: Liberty and Communism. [Washington, DC], 1962.

Downey, Lloyd A. “Cancer is Political as Well as Physical.” Social Studies 54, no. 7 (1963). Says communism is best understood as a political disease.  Argues that courses on the dangers of communism should be required for secondary school graduation.

Eversull, Le Roi Eldridge. “The Americanism Versus Communism Unit in the Public Secondary Schools of Louisiana.” Ph.D. diss. Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1963.

Fisher, John M., and Clarence Perry Oakes. State-by-State Survey of Education About Communism in Secondary Schools. Chicago: Institute for American Strategy, 1965.

Fleming, Dan B. “Social Studies Goals: U.S. Department of Education Style!” Social Studies 77, no. 4 (1986). In 1986, Undersecretary of Education Gary Bauer asserted that history textbooks skipped over the darker moments of Communist history.  Finds this charge partially refuted by textbooks’ coverage of some of Stalin’s excesses, Soviet repression of the Hungarian revolt, and Khmer Rouge activities in Asia.  Allows that the texts have little negative about China under Mao.

Gabrick, Robert, and Harvey Klehr. Communism, Espionage, and the Cold War. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, University of California, Los Angeles, 2004. Teacher’s study guide for grades 9-12 with documents and exercises.

Gray, Roland F. “Teaching About Communism: A Survey of Objectives.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Finds that state public education programs on Communism are biased toward anticommunism.

Hainsworth, Jerome Child. “Teaching About Communism in the American Secondary Schools.” Ph.D. diss. Brigham Young University, 1967.

Haynes, John Earl. How School Materials Teach and Misteach World Affairs: War and Conflict. Washington, DC: The Education for Democracy Project of the American Federation of Teachers and Freedom House, 1994. Finds that leading curriculum guides obfuscate communism’s antidemocratic character, disapprove of American opposition to communism, and treat the USSR as having been a thriving success.

Hepburn, Mary A. “Educating for Democracy: The Years Following World War II.” Social Studies 81, no. 4 (1990). On educators’ approaches to teaching democracy.

Herz, Martin F. “How the Cold War is Taught.” Social Education 43, no. 2 (1979). Finds that secondary school textbooks are critical of America’s role in the Cold War and tend to justify Soviet actions.

Hicks, Lewis Edward. “A Case Study of Conservative Political Education: Dr. George S. Benson and the National Education Program.” Ph.D. diss. Memphis State University, 1990. History of Benson and his conservative, anti-Communist NEP.

Jacobs, Edna Jan. “Zeal for American Democracy: Civic Education and the Cold War, 1947-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1999.

Joint Committee of the National Education Association and the American Legion. Teaching About Communism Guidelines for Junior and Senior High School Teachers. Pamphlet. Indianapolis, IN:, distr. by the American Legion, 1962.

Lomis, Dean Constantine. “The Relationships Among Instructional Programs About Communism in Selected Texas High Schools.” Ph.D. diss. East Texas State University, 1967.

Marden, David L. “The Cold War and American Education.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1975. Finds that education responded to the Cold War by ideological emphasis on democracy, the American way, citizenship and anti-Communism.  Educators also sought to find ways to cooperate with defense needs. Regards Korea as a decisive event in prompting educators to adjust their plans to Cold War needs.

O’Leary, Richard James. “A Comparison of the Opinions of Lay and Professional Groups Concerning Generalizations and Understandings About Communism That Should be Examined in High School Classes.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1968.

Oklahoma (State). A Guide to the Teaching of American Ideals in the Oklahoma Schools, Grades K-12 Recommendations. Pamphlet. [Oklahoma City]: Oklahoma State Department of Education, 1962.

Perdew, Richard M. “Source Materials for Teaching About Communism.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Lists books, documents, articles, films and filmstrips available to help secondary teachers deal with Communism.

Peters, Norma Jean. “A Study of Pressures and Influences on Social Studies Curriculum: The Virginia Unit for Teaching About Communism, 1959-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1967.

Radosh, Ronald. “History & Politics.” Heterodoxy 3, no. 4 (June 1995). Critical discussion of the treatment of the Cold War and anticommunism in the National Standards for United States History, saying the standards are “all stacked to force an answer from the left side of the ideological spectrum.”.

Riley, Karen L. “Schooling and the Politics of Fear: Florida’s Americanism Versus Communism Social Studies Curriculum, 1961-1991.” Journal of the Midwest History of Education Society 25, no. 1 (1998). Looks at the implementation of the state mandate in Orange County. Praises teachers who converted the mandate into a comparative studies course and praises as well students who did not have negative views of the Soviet Union.

Sistrunk, Walter Everett. “The Teaching of Americanism Versus Communism in Florida Secondary Schools.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 1966.

Sullivan, William C. The Need to Teach About Communism in Our Schools. Pamphlet. Somerville: New Jersey Council of Education, 1963.

Swearingen, Rodger. “Teaching About Communism in the American Schools.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Discusses and evaluates approaches used to teach about Communism in public schools.

Teagle, Raphiel. Americanism Versus Communism: A Unit of Work in American History. Baton Rouge, Louisiana, 1961.

Tudda, Chris. “Creating ‘World-Minded Americans’: Eisenhower and the Educational Policies Commission.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. Austin, TX, 2004. Discusses Eisenhower’s establishment of a “globalist foreign policy” during his work on a National Educational Association (NEA) committee that sought to create “world-minded Americans.”  Tudda argued that Eisenhower believed in the value of education for preventing future wars through the creation of an American citizenry that was knowledgeable about the world. Eisenhower believed that educators needed to reduce US parochialism and that educators needed to teach that “tolerance is better than a bullet.”

Weil, Robert. “‘A Communist Named Salvador Allende... ‘: The Teaching and Unteaching of Socialism in U.S. High School and Middle School Texts.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 8 (1989). Evaluation of school textbooks.

Wirsing, Marie Emilia. “What An American Secondary School Student Should Know About Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Denver, 1966.

Zelman, Annette. Teaching “About Communism” in American Public Schools. New York: Published for A.I.M.S. by Humanities Press, 1965.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism, and Higher Education

 

Allen, Raymond B. “Communists Should Not Teach in American Colleges.” Educational Forum 13, no. 4 (May 1949). Allen was the president of the University of Washington, Seattle.

Allen, R.B., and others. “Communism and Academic Freedom.” American Scholar (1949).

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Why Did I Join the Party? American Communist College and University Professors Before Congressional Committees, 1950 - 1953.” Paper presented at Polish Association for American Studies Conference. Pulawy, Poland, 2001.

Beichman, Arnold. “A Note About an Episode Which Has Never Been Recorded.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008). On the brief life of the Progressive Intercollegiate Alumni Association

Bellah, Robert N. “McCarthyism at Harvard.” New York Review of Books 52, no. 2 (10 February 2005). Also see letter by Leon J. Kamin, May 26, 2005.

Brooks, Ronald Clark, Jr. “Red Scare Rhetoric and Composition: Early Cold War Effects on University Writing Instruction, 1934--1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 2004.

Coker, Francis W. “Academic Freedom and the Congressional Investigations: Free Speech and the Silent Professor.” Journal of Politics 16 (August 1954).

Dessants, Betty. “The Silent Partner: The Academic Community, Intelligence, and the Development of Cold War Ideology, 1944-1946.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Diamond, Sigmund. Compromised Campus: The Collaboration of Universities with the Intelligence Community, 1945-1955. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992. Likens the experience of Communist professors in America to victims of Nazism.  Describes informal arrangements between Yale, Harvard, and other universities to exchange information with the FBI about professors linked to the C.P.  Diamond, a former Communist, says that when a professor a Harvard he failed to received a promotion to a administrative job when he told Dean McGeorge Bundy that he would not answer questions about his associates in the C.P.  Claims “dissenters were purged; centers of potential dissent were destroyed; dissent itself became illegitimate because unpatriotic; and, very quickly, the very conception that there might be alternatives to current policy literally became unthinkable.”

Downing, Lyle A., and Jerome J. Salomone. “Professors of the Silent Generation.” Trans-Action 6, no. 8 (1969). Based on a survey of faculty, the authors relate the degree of opposition to the war in Vietnam to the period when attitudes toward Communism were formed.

Draper, Theodore. “The Class Struggle: The Myth of the Communist Professors.” New Republic, 26 January 1987. Essay review of Ellen W. Schrecker’s No Ivory Tower.  Argues that Schrecker has presented an inaccurate, mythical picture of Communist faculty as high-minded political innocents who were exemplars of objective scholarship, academic freedom, and civil liberties.

Drucker, Peter F. “Political Correctness and American Academe.” Society 32, no. 1 (December 1994). Discusses the influence of “Stalinism” in higher education in the late 1930s and 1940s; says he was fired from Sarah Lawrence College when he defied the Stalinists and was the only faculty member who refused to sign a manifesto attacking Harry Gideonse.

Epstein, Joseph. “A Case of Academic Freedom.” Commentary 82, no. 3 (September 1986). Discusses the denial of tenure to a activist of InCAR (an offshoot of the Marxist-Leninist Progressive Labor Party) who had played a prominent role physically preventing an anti-Communist speech at a university forum.

Ferruggia, Gabriella. “Organizing the ‘Ivory Tower’: The Communist Party and the United Front of Intellectuals During the Late Thirties.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989). Not only did the CPUSA not attempt to regiment its intellectual supporters, the latter wanted more ideological and cultural guidance from CPUSA leaders.

Henderson, Charles. “Quorum Pars Parva Eui.” Transactions of the American Philological Association, no. 131 (2001). Anticommunism and the classics.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists in the Colleges.” New Leader, 6 May 1950.

Hughes, H. Stuart. “Why We Had No Dreyfus Case.” American Scholar, Fall 1961. Argues that academics were seriously intimidated by McCarthyism.

Lazarsfeld, Paul Felix, and Wagner Thielens. The Academic Mind. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1958. Surveys academic faculty and finds them apprehensive about McCarthyism.

Lewis, Lionel S. Cold War on Campus: A Study of the Politics of Organizational Control. New Brunswick, N.J., U.S.A.: Transaction Books, 1988. Examines Cold War controversies at fifth-eight colleges in the period 1947-1956.  Concludes that the harassment of alleged academic Communists “made the campus turbulence of the 1960s inevitable” and encouraged a “preoccupation with conspiracy theories.... Conspiratorial theories have become central to more and more historical, social scientific, and literary interpretations.  In fact, a general sense of paranoia has permeated academic life....  Physical scientists work on doomsday weapons, while social scientists busy themselves with the dispossessed.”

Marinucci, Kimberly A. “Probing the Nation: Americanism, Public Universities, and the Politics of Academic Freedom, 1918--1946.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 2001.

McDougall, Daniel J. “McCarthyism and Academia: Senator Joe McCarthy’s Political Investigations of Educators, 1950-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Loyola University, 1977.

Miller, Stephen. “Stalinist in America.” Encounter [U.K.] 46 (March 1976)

Morgan, Alda Clarke Marsh. “Academic Freedom in Higher Education: An Historical and Theological Examination of Its Place and Function in the Light of Five Cases.” Ph.D. diss. Graduate Theological Union, 1984. Discusses several academic freedom cases involving Communists or those close to the Communist Party.

Nass, Deanna R. “The Image of Academic Freedom Conveyed by Select Scholarly Journals of the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1979. A survey and analysis of journal articles.

O’Neill, William. “The Cold War on Campus.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Pyle, Gordon Bruce. “The Communist Issue and Due Process on the Campus.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1958. Examines and discusses issues involved in the position of faculty Communists.

Roche, John P. “Was Everyone Terrified? The Mythology of ‘McCarthyism.” Academic Questions 2, no. 2 (Spring 1989). Reminiscences on his experiences as a graduate student and young professor in the late 1940s and 1950s.  Says “in my judgment the impact of ‘McCarthyism’ on American life as been exaggerated to the point of absurdity....  When we get to the postwar reaction of the academic authorities to attacks on teachers as Communists or pro-Communists, [Ellen] Schrecker is on firmer ground.  Unfortunately ... she has spent so much time interviewing or corresponding with academics under attack that she believes everybody was terrified.  Nonsense; I was there!...  Most faculty were not cowardly; they simply considered political activists of whatever stripe slightly mad, and often nuisances.”

Root, Edward Merrill. Collectivism on the Campus: The Battle for the Mind in American Colleges. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1955.

Schaehrer, Peter Charles. “McCarthyism and Academic Freedom--Three Case Studies.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1974.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Academic Freedom and the Cold War.” Antioch Review 38, no. 3 (1980). Maintains that many colleges and universities unjustly denied jobs to Communists or those who would not deny Communist Party links from 1940 into the 1950s.

Schrecker, Ellen. “An Obligation of Candor: The Academy’s Response to Congressional Investigating Committees.” American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1982.

Schrecker, Ellen. “‘In the Camp of the People’: Academics and the Communist Party in the 1930s and 1940s.” North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1983.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Missing Generation: Academics and the Communist Party from the Depression to the Cold War.” Humanities in Society 6 (1983). Finds that academic Communists kept their politics out of their classrooms, prized objectivity, and generally acted in accordance with the best traditions of the academy.  Suggests that academics adversely affected by their Communist sympathies were heroic victims of a witch-hunt.

Schrecker, Ellen. “An Obligation of Candor.” New York University Education Quarterly, Summer 1983.

Schrecker, Ellen. No Ivory Tower: McCarthyism and the Universities. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Detailed and thorough.  Sees no justification for actions against Communist faculty.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Who Invented Political Correctness? From the New Masses to the New University.” Heterodoxy 2, no. 9 (May/June 1994). Argues that the Political Correctness had Stalinist origins; discusses examples from CPUSA history, including attacks on boxing, “The Merchant of Venice,” the satirical song “My Son, the Folksinger,” and “Dominique” by the Singing Nun.

Stanford, H. K. “University and Anti-Communist Pressure.” School & Society 94 (5 March 1966).

Taylor, Harold. “The Dismissal of Fifth Amendment Professors.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Sciences, no. 300 (July 1955).

Tompkins, Daniel P. “The World of Moses Finkelstein: The Year 1939 in M.I. Finley’s Development as a Historian.” In Classical Antiquity and the Politics of America: From George Washington to George W. Bush, edited by Michael Meckler. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2006.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Educational Process. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Lengthy investigation of Communist teachers in higher education.

Van Den Haag, Ernest. “McCarthyism and the Professors.” Commentary, February 1959. Maintains that much of the academic apprehension about McCarthyism was baseless and contained a significant element of self-glorification.

Williams, Walter. “Red Sea of Academe?” Washington Times, 28 August 2006. On Richard Pipes and lack of criticism of communism among academics: “The reason for their reluctance to condemn the barbarism of communism is simple.  Mr. Pipes says, ‘Intellectuals, by the very nature of their professions, grant enormous attention to words and ideas. And they are attracted by socialist ideas. They find that the ideas of communism are praiseworthy and attractive; that, to them, is more important than the practice of communism. Now Nazi ideals, on the other hand, were pure barbarism; nothing could be said in favor of them.’”

****************************************************************

 

Sidney Hook and Academic Freedom

 

Brau, Maria M. “The Concept of Academic Freedom in Sidney Hook.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1967.

Capps, John. “Sidney Hook and Anti-Communism.” Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society 40, no. 4 (2004).

Hook, Sidney. “Academic Freedom -- Academic Confusions.” Journal of Higher Education 20 (November 1949).

Hook, Sidney. In Defense of Academic Freedom. New York: Pegasus, 1971.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists in the Classroom.” American Spectator, August 1986. Reviews the controversy in the 1940s and 1950s regarding the conflict between the professional responsibility of college faculty and Communist Party membership.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists, McCarthy and American Universities.” Minerva [U.K.] 25, no. 3 (Autumn 1987). Hook, a leading anti-Communist intellectual whose views and actions are sharply criticized in No Ivory Tower, asserts that Schrecker engaged in “distorting the relevant evidence” and judges that “She seems to write as a defense attorney, resolved in advance, regardless of the evidence, to portray her clients as innocent martyrs of a cowardly and sometimes vicious liberal inquisition.”

Levine, Jess Edward. “Sidney Hook’s Changing Conception of Academic Freedom in the Context of Debates Over Anti-Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Loyola University of Chicago, 2000. Highly critical of Hook’s opposition to communism.

Taylor, Harold. “Mr. Hook and Academic Freedom.” Commentary, March 1950.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education by State

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Arkansas

 

Cobb, William H. “From Utopian Isolation to Radical Activism: Commonwealth College, 1925-1935.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 32 (1973).

Cobb, William H. “The State Legislature and the ‘Reds’: Arkansas’s General Assembly v. Commonwealth College, 1935-1937.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 45, no. 1 (Spring 1986). Discusses Commonwealth College (1924-40), the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union, and investigations of Communist influence.

Cobb, William H., and Donald H. Grubbs. “Arkansas’ Commonwealth College and the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 25, no. 4 (Winter 1966). Commonwealth College was associated with the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union and had a Communist element.

Cobb, William H. Radical Education in the Rural South: Commonwealth College, 1922-1940. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: California

 

DelVecchio, Rick. “Red Scare Symposium on Loyalty Oath at UC.” San Francisco Chronicle, 8 October 1999. Discusses Clark Kerr’s opposition to the 1949-1950 loyalty oaths at the University of California.

Eisloeffel, Paul J. “The Cold War and Harry Steinmetz: A Case of Loyalty Legislation.” Journal of San Diego History 35, no. 4 (1989). On legal attacks on Harry S. Steinmetz, professor of psychology at San Diego State College for his Communist links.

Gardner, David P. “By Oath and Association: The California Folly.” Journal of Higher Education 40, no. 2 (1969). Critical recounting of the dismissal of thirty-six University of California faculty for failure to sign loyalty oaths.

Gardner, David Pierpont. The California Oath Controversy. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1967.

Garrigues, George L. “The Great Conspiracy Against The UCLA Bruin.” Southern California Quarterly 59, no. 2 (1977). Describes how the Daily Bruin, the student newspaper at the University of California, Los Angeles, was charged with communism, undercut by the university administration, and deprived of its independent editorial position.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “One Los Angeles Teacher’s Story: Frances Eisenberg.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Eisenberg was fired in 1952 for refusing to testify before the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities of the California State Senate.  In the 1970s she and six others received a $200,000 settlement and reinstatement.

Huntley, Richard Thomas. “Events and Issues of the Angela Davis Dismissal.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1976. Discusses the dismissal of Davis, a Communist, from a university faculty post.

Innis, Nancy K. “Lessons from the Controversy Over the Loyalty Oath at the University of California.” Minerva [U.K.] 30, no. 3 (1992).

Paddison, Joshua. “Summers of Worry, Summers of Defiance: San Franciscans for Academic Freedom and Education and the Bay Area Opposition to HUAC, 1959-1960.” California History 78, no. 3 (1999). On the campaign of  San Franciscans for Academic Freedom and Education (SAFE), led by San Francisco State College professor Arthur K. Bierman against HCUA hearings in San Francisco to investigate teachers suspected of subversive activities.

Ryan, Leo J. “The Implications of Paradise.” California Social Science Review 4, no. 1 (1964). Charges that self-appointed censors with little education and shallow patriotism unjustly accused teachers of Communism in the city of Paradise.

Verdries, Ellen Chase. “Teaching with the Enemy: An Archival and Narrative Analysis of McCarthyism in the Public Schools.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1996. History of the Los Angeles City school teachers who were attacked during the McCarthy era. The fourteen case studies conducted for this investigation explored the teachers’ backgrounds, influences, teaching practices, political interests and life after their dismissal.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Colorado

 

Basinger, Julianne. “After Nearly 50 Years, a Former Instructor Gets to See Career-Ending Report.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 14 June 2002. about Philosophy instructor Morris A. Judd who was dismissed from the University of Colorado for refusing to cooperate with an anti-Communist investigation.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Connecticut

 

Davis, Jerome. Character Assassination. New York: Philosophical Library, 1950. Discusses his dismissal from Yale due to his pro-Soviet views.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Heeling for Hoover: God and the F.B.I. at Yale.” Nation, 12 April 1980.

Diamond, Sigmund. “The American Studies Program at Yale: Lux, Veritas, et Pecunia.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 16 (1991). Judges the program tainted by reason of having accepted funding from conservative donors.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Compromising American Studies Programs and Survey Research.” International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society 6, no. 3 (1992). The Yale University’s American Studies Program was compromised by conservative donors while the University of Michigan Research Center was compromised by cooperating with the FBI.

Elkin, Deborah Sue. “Labor and the Left: The Limits of Acceptable Dissent at Yale University, 1920s to 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1995.

Holzman, Michael. “The Ideological Origins of American Studies at Yale.” American Studies 40, no. 2 (1999). On links between the Yale program and American intelligence agencies.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: District of Columbia

 

Alterman, Eric. “The Troves of Academe.” Nation, 24 June 1996. Cheers refusal of George Washington University history department to allow Ronald Radosh to teach there.

Collier, Peter. “The Suppression of Ronald Radosh.” Weekly Standard, 10 June 1996. Reviews the successful campaign by radical academics to block Radosh’s teaching in the history department at George Washington University: “And historian Eugene Genovese... says ‘What you have here are the same arguments that used to be used to keep blacks, and women, and for that matter Marxists, out of the university.  This profession is sick.’”  Reply by left academic Cynthia Harrison, a leading opponent of allowing Radosh to teach, 24 June. Editorial, “Hey, Free Professor!” GW Hatchet, June 1996. George Washington University student newspaper on turning down of Ronald Radosh for a history post, “GW students of history have been done a great disservice by those who would require an ideological litmus test for hiring at an institution of higher education.”

Judis, John B. “The Heretic.” New Republic, 17 June 1996. On the successful campaign by Eric Foner, Roger Wilkins, David Nasaw and other left historians to bloc the appointment of Ronald Radosh to the history department of GWU.  “Radosh, as the historian Martin Sklar told me, is a victim of ‘left-wing McCarthyism.’...  It’s an apt analogy but not one that would occur to the academic zealots of today’s left, who, like their distant predecessors, are blinded by the light of their own self-righteousness.”  Reply by left-wing academic Eric Foner, 24 June 1996.

Leatherman, Courtney. “New Fight About the Old Left.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 7 June 1996. On the controversy over the George Washington University history department turning down an Olin Foundation faculty position for Ronald Radosh.  Those against it say it was procedural with Radosh’s politics never being considered while those for it say the rejection was ideologically based.

New York Post editors. “Left-Wing Intolerance in Academia.” New York Post, 8 June 1996. “The Radosh affair is symptomatic of the deep roots that left-wing intolerance has sunk in history departments throughout America.”

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Georgia

 

Bailes, Sue. “Eugene Talmadge and the Board of Regents Controversy.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 53, no. 4 (1969). In 1941 Governor Eugene Talmadge restructured the Board of Regents to ‘purge the University of Georgia of Communists, “foreigners” (non-Georgians), and subscribers to racial equality.  The Southern Association of Schools and Colleges revoked the accreditation of 10 Georgia colleges and universities. Talmadge’s successor, Ellis Arnall, won the election on a campaign of removing the university from political machinations, and accreditation was restored in 1943.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Illinois

 

Hewitt, Nelson Elmer. How “Red” is the University of Chicago? Chicago, IL: Advisory Associates, 1935.

Mayer, Milton. “The Red Room.” Massachusetts Review 16, no. 3 (1975). On the unsuccessful attempt in the 1930s by Charles R. Walgreen, founder of the drugstore chain, to force the removal of faculty he believed were Communists from the University of Chicago.

Solberg, Winton U., and Robert W. Tomlinson. “Academic McCarthyism and Keynesian Economics: The Bowen Controversy at the University of Illinois.” History of Political Economy 29, no. 1 (1997).

Wisseman, Nicholas. “Falsely Accused: Cold War Liberalism Reassessed.” Historian 66, no. 2 (Summer 2004). On George Stoddard, president of the University of Illinois.  “Stoddard’s administration does indicate that even at the height of the Red Scare, some liberals were able to be anticommunist and anti-McCarthyite at the same time without sacrificing one cause for the other.”

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Kansas

 

Kansas State House Special Committee. Transmittal Report to the Dies Committee Accompanying Evidence and Board of Regents’ Documents in the Don Henry Case to the Special Committee on Un-American Activities. [Topeka], 1939. Discusses an investigation of subversive activities at the University of Kansas.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Louisiana

 

Johnson, Oakley C. “New Orleans Story.” Centennial Review 12, no. 2 (1968). Johnson, a veteran Communist activist, recounts his experiences at Dillard University, a Black college.  The administration of the college was nervous about his work for the Progressive Party in 1948 and his being called to a Federal Grand Jury as well as his activity in civil rights, and did not renew his teaching contract in 1951.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Massachusetts

 

Diamond, Sigmund. “The Arrangement: The FBI and Harvard University in the McCarthy Period.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

Ginger, Ann Fagan. “Academic Fallout.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Ann Ginger recounts her experience as the wife of the late Ray Ginger, a contract professor at the Harvard Business School and author of The Bending Cross.  Suggests that Ray Ginger resigned his post in 1954 when Harvard pressed him to sign an anti-Communist oath in anticipation of some sort of event that never came to pass.  Suggests that Harvard was concerned when Ann Ginger, a lawyer, was seen with a Professor Struika, a client and mathematician at MIT charged with forceful overthrow of government.  Ray Ginger later got an academic post at a less prestigious college.  Ann and Ray Ginger divorced in 1957.

Holmes, Judith Larrabee. “Passage of the 1935 Teachers Loyalty Oath in Massachusetts: Brahman Prerogatives, Catholic Sensibilities and the Communist Threat.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Lydenberg, John, ed. A Symposium on Political Activism and the Academic Conscience: The Harvard Experience, 1936-1941, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, December 5 & 6, 1975. [Geneva, N.Y.]: The Colleges, 1977.

Mainer, Robert. The Red Scare in Wayland, 2003. On dismissal of teacher Anne Hale.

Steinberg, Philip Arthur. “Communism, Education, and Academic Freedom: Philadelphia: A Case Study.” D.Ed. diss. Temple University, 1978. Discusses the firing (later reversed) of thirty-two teachers in connection with Communist activity; notes that the firings helped to destroy the radical teachers union and aided the growth of the liberal AFT local.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Michigan

 

Engberg, Mark E. “McCarthyism and the Academic Profession: Power, Politics, and Faculty Purges at the University of Michigan.” American Educational History Journal 29 (2002).

Murley, Edmund David. “Un-American Activities at Michigan State College: John Hannah and the Red Scare, 1946-1954.” M.A. Thesis. Michigan State University, 1993.

Robbins, Mark Walter. “American Anxiety and the Reaction of Michigan Agricultural College (M.A.C.) to the First Red Scare, 1919-20.” American Educational History Journal 31, no. 1 (2004).

Wald, Alan. “Faculty Purges Are Blight in U. of Michigan History.” Ann Arbor News, 9 October 1988. Also “Exchange on U. of Michigan in the McCarthy Years: Dean Allen Britten and Prof. Alan Wald,” 18 October.

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Nevada

 

Kille, J. Dee. Academic Freedom Imperiled: The McCarthy Era at the University of Nevada. Reno: University of Nevada Press, 2004.

*****************************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New Jersey

 

Richards, Thomas Franklin. “The Cold War at Rutgers University: A Case Study of the Dismissals of Professors Heimlich, Finley, and Glasser.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1986.

Richards, Thomas F. The Cold War Within American Higher Education: Rutgers University as a Case Study. Raleigh, NC: Pentland Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New York

 

Bloom, Samuel W. “The Intellectual in a Time of Crisis: The Case of Bernhard J. Stern, 1894-1956.” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 26, no. 1 (1990). Discusses Bernhard J. Stern, a Columbia University sociologist and a political radical who was a hostile witness before congressional investigating committees.

Broidy, Ellen Jan. “Enforcing the ABCs of Loyalty: Gender, Subversion and the Politics of Education in the New York City Public Schools, 1948-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1997. Sees a witchhunt directed at women with progressive views.

Cohen, Robby. “Professor William Parry, HUAC and the University of Buffalo.” Unpublished paper, n.d.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Educational Vanguard. [New York]: Published by the Teachers College units of the Communist Party, 1936. Journal.

Coulton, Thomas Evans. A City College in Action: Struggle and Achievement at Brooklyn College, 1930-1955. New York: Harper, 1955. Contains a chapter on Communism at Brooklyn College.

Fischel, Jacob Robert. “Harry Gideonse: The Public Life.” Ph.D. diss. University of Delaware, 1973. Biography of the anti-Communist liberal president of Brooklyn College (1939-1966) who eliminated much of the Communist Party influence in the college and who as a leader of Freedom House also opposed Joseph McCarthy.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Communists in Higher Education: CCNY and Brooklyn College on the Eve of the Rapp-Coudert Investigation, 1935-1939.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1977.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Rehearsal for McCarthyism: The New York State Rapp-Coudert Committee and Academic Freedom, 1940-41.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1982.

Ingram, Eric Taylor. “The Company They Kept: The Anti-Communist Attacks on Public School Teachers in New York City, 1949--1953.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University Teachers College, 2006.

Leberstein, Stephen. “Purging the Profs: The Rapp Coudert Committee in New York, 1940-1942.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Attributes the investigation to “anti-intellectual hysteria.”  Allows that Morris Schappes perjured himself before the Rapp Coudert committee, , indicted 1941, convicted 1942, 13 months in prison.  Says the decision to lie to committee was a conscious one made by “activists.”

None. New Group Comments. Oneonta, NY, 1949. Journal published by Marxist students in Oneonta, NY.

Rosenberg, Daniel. “Loyalty and Dissent: Free Speech at Adelphi University, 1964-1968.” Long Island Historical Journal 12, no. 1 (1999). Discusses a loyalty oath case and others alleged discrimination against leftists.

Schappes, Morris U. “Philip S. Foner at City College: Victim of the Rapp-Coudert Committee.” In Culture, Gender, Race, and U.S. Labor History, edited by Ronald Charles Kent. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Shaffer, Robert. “Jews, Reds, and Violets: Anti-Semitism and Anti-Radicalism at New York University, 1916-1929.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 15, no. 2 (1987)

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: North Carolina

 

Billingsley, William J. “Reds in Dixie: Student Radicalism and the North Carolina Speaker Control Law of 1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Billingsley, William J. Communists on Campus: Race, Politics, and the Public University in Sixties North Carolina. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1999.

Billingsley, William James. “Speaker Ban: The Anti-Communist Crusade in North Carolina, 1963-1970.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1994. History of a speaker control law adopted by North Carolina in 1963.  The “speaker ban” law prohibited any CPUSA member or anyone who had cited the fifth amendment in refusing to answer questions from any governmental panel from speaking on any  state-supported campus.

Link, William A. “William Friday and the North Carolina Speaker Ban Crisis, 1963-1968.” North Carolina Historical Review 72, no. 2 (1995)

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Oregon

 

Huxford, Gary. “An Incident at Monmouth.” Journal of Higher Education 40, no. 5 (1969). Unstinted praise for the decision of the Oregon College of Education to have Gus Hall of the CPUSA speak to students.

McKay, Floyd J. “After Cool Deliberation: Reed College, Oregon Editors, and the Red Scare of 1954.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). Critical of Reed College firing a professor who refused to answer questions when testifying to the HCUA.

Munk, Michael. “Reversing the Verdicts: The Case of Reed College.” Monthly Review 43, no. 10 (1992). On the Stanley Moore case.

Munk, Michael. “Oregon Tests Academic Freedom in (Cold) Wartime: The Reed College Trustees Versus Stanley Moore.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 97, no. 3 (1996). Moore was fired for refusing to answer question when testifying to HCUA, but a liberal backlash against the firing forced the resignation of the college president and most of the trustees who has supported the firing.  Later the trustees apologized to Moore.  Moore also later stated that he had been a CPUSA member.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Pennsylvania

 

Mulcahy, Richard P. “Robert Colodny and the Pittsburgh Renaissance: A Study in Local McCarthyism.” Mid-America 74, no. 2 (1992). Sees McCarthyism behind the criticism of University of Pittsburgh historian Robert Colodny, a veteran of  the Abraham Lincoln Brigade who admired Castro and called him an “agrarian reformer.”   No action was taken against Colodny.

Zimring, Fred R. “Academic Freedom and the Cold War: The Dismissal of Barrows Dunham from Temple University, A Case Study.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University Teachers College, 1981. Regards the 1954 dismissal of Dunham, a Marxist-Leninist and one time Communist Party member, from Temple University as an act of political repression; finds that the university administration and faculty redefined academic freedom to exclude political dissenters.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: South Dakota

 

Lee, R. Alton. “McCarthyism at the University of South Dakota.” South Dakota History 19, no. 3 (Fall 1989). In 1951 Senator Mundt (R, SD) told USD President I.D. Weeks that a FBI report listed a medical school instructor as a Communist.  Weeks asked Dean Walter Hard to act, but he would not without evidence, which Mundt would not provide.  The instructor’s contract, however, was not renewed.  South Dakota enacted a loyalty oath for USD employees in 1955 and repealed it in 1974.  Several newspapers opposed the oath and a prestigious USD lecturer in 1954 denounced the Red Scare.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Tennessee

 

Gilpin, Patrick J. “Charles S. Johnson and the Second Red Scare: An Episode.” Tennessee Historical Quarterly 37, no. 1 (1978). On the decision of Fisk University not to renew the contract of Lee Lorch, who had been called to testify before the HCUA regarding CPUSA membership.

Klein, Milton M. “Academic Freedom at the University of Tennessee: The McCarthy Era.” Journal of East Tennessee History, no. 69 (1997)

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Texas

 

Carleton, Don E. “No Ivory Towers in the Lone Star State: Anticommunism, the University of Texas and the Homer P. Rainey Affair.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Vermont

 

Holmes, David R. Stalking the Academic Communist: Intellectual Freedom and the Firing of Alex Novikoff. Hanover: Published for University of Vermont by University Press of New England, 1989.

Oshinsky, David M. “Pride and Perjury.” New Leader 72 (4 September 1989). On the firing of teacher A. Novikoff for Communist activities by the University of Vermont during the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Washington State

 

Allen, Raymond B. Communism and Academic Freedom: The Record of the Tenure Cases at the University of Washington Including the Findings of the Committee on Tenure and Academic Freedom and the President’s Recommendations. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1949. Report on the decision of the President of the University on Washington on several tenure cases and the decision to remove to C.P.-linked faculty.

American Psychologist. “Report of the Committee to Review the Evidence Presented in the Tenure Investigation of Ralph Gundlach at the University of Washington.” American Psychologist 6 (November 1951).

Baldasty, Gerald J., and Betty Houchin Winfield. “Institutional Paralysis in the Press: The Cold War in Washington State.” Journalism Quarterly 58, no. 2 (1981). Indignant that press coverage was sometimes negative toward those faculty accused of Communist sympathies at the University of Washington by a state legislative committee.

Magden, Ronald E. “The Schuddakopf Case, 1954-1958: Tacoma Public Schools and Anticommunism.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). Regarding the firing of a teacher who refused to answer questions when testifying to the HCUA.

McConaghy, Lorraine. “The Seattle Times’s Cold War Pulitzer Prize.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). On the exposure by a newspaper columnist that a state legislative committee had falsely accused a professor of CPUSA membership.

Sanders, Jane. Cold War on the Campus: Academic Freedom at the University of Washington, 1946-64. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1979. Recounts the turmoil at the University of Washington regarding the denial of tenure to faculty with Communist Party links and several state and federal investigations of subversive activities; treats opposition to Communism as hysterical and irrational.

Sanders, Jane A. “The University of Washington and the Controversy Over J. Robert Oppenheimer.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 70, no. 1 (1979). When the Physics Department at the University of Washington offered Oppenheimer its Walker-Ames Professorship in 1955, University President Henry Schmitz responded to public pressure and vetoed the appointment.

Sanders, Jane A. “Clio Confronts Conformity: The University of Washington History Department During the Cold War Era.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 88 (1997)

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: West Virginia

 

Hennen, John. “A Struggle for Recognition: Marshall University Students for a Democratic Society and the Red Scare in Huntington, 1965-1969.” West Virginia History 52 (1993).

McCormick, Charles Howard. This Nest of Vipers: McCarthyism and Higher Education in the Mundel Affair, 1951-52. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Recounts the firing of Luella Raab Mundel by Fairmont State College and Mundel’s unsuccessful effort to regain her job.

****************************************************************

 

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Wyoming

 

Hewitt, William. “The University of Wyoming Textbook Investigation Controversy, 1947 to 1948 and Its Aftermath.” Annals of Wyoming 56, no. 1 (1984)

****************************************************************

 

Communists and College Students

 

Altbach, Philip G. Student Politics in America: A Historical Analysis. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1973.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Student Notes. Council of Student Clubs, Communist Party, 194u. Journal, 1940s.

Falk, Julius [Julius Jacobson]. “American Student Movement: A Survey.” New International 15 (March 1949). Written by a Trotskyist activist.

Kranz, Robert George. “International Education and Cocurricular Activities: The Origins of the United States National Student Association International Program.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1992. Concludes that an anti-Communist centrist coalition controlled NSA’s international programs.

Mitzman, Arthur. “The Campus Radical in 1950.” Dissent 7 (Spring 1960).

Peterson, Patti McGill. “Student Organizations and the Antiwar Movement in America, 1900-1960.” American Studies 13 (Spring 1972).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Origin and Manipulation of Vietnam Week, April 8-15, 1967. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967. Ninetieth Congress, first session.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and College Students: The 1930s

 

Brax, Ralph S. “When Students First Organized Against War.” New York Historical Society Quarterly 63, no. 3 (1979). Discusses the role of Communists in the student antimilitary movement of the 1930s.

Brax, Ralph S. The First Student Movement: Student Activism in the United States During the 1930s. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1981. Notes the influence of the Communist Party on some student movement leaders.

Cohen, Robert. When the Old Left Was Young: Student Radicals and America’s First Mass Student Movement, 1929-1941. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Draper, Hal. “The Student Movement of the Thirties.” In As we Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967. Notes the Communist role in various student organizations.

Eagan, Eileen. “The Student Peace Movement in the U.S., 1930-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1979. Sees the peace movement growing out of the Marxist, radical and reformist atmosphere of campuses in the 1930s.  The movement was strongly pacifist and reached it peak in 1936.  It was fractured by divisions over the Spanish Civil War, the Hitler-Stalin Pact, and American entry into the war, but it left a pacifist legacy to inspire future generations.  Notes a Communist role.

Eagan, Eileen. Class, Culture, and the Classroom: The Student Peace Movement of the 1930s. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981.

Engstrom, Kristina D. “Radical or Respectable?: Class and Ethnicity in the Early Student Peace Movement at Hunter College, 1932-1935.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 1995.

Gordon, Max. “Seeds of Student Conflicts, A Memoir of 50 Years Ago.” The City College Alumnus, October 1981. Gordon was later a Communist official.

Ilma, Viola, and L. Edgar Prina. The Political Virgin. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1958. Autobiography of the non-Communist founder of the American Youth Congress who was soon pushed aside by C.P. operatives.

Johnson, Oakley C. “Campus Battles for Freedom in the Thirties.” Centennial Review 14, no. 3 (1970). Johnson, a secret Communist at the time, remembers protests regarding his firing by City College of New York in the early 1930s and his role as adviser to the Liberal Club and the Social Problems Club.

Miller, Michael H. “The American Student Movement of the Depression, 1931-1941: A Historical Analysis.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1981. Studies the Student League for Industrial Democracy, the National Student League, American Student Union, National Student Federation of America, American Youth Congress, and the United Student Peace Committee.  Notes that disagreements about collective security, the Hitler-Stalin Pact, and World War II disrupted the student movement.

Phelps, Marianne Ruth. “The Response of Higher Education to Student Activism, 1933-1938.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 1980. Studies in detail the reaction of administrations at George Washington University, Swarthmore, and the University of Wisconsin to student radicalism.

Rawick, George P. “The New Deal and Youth: The Civil Conservation Corps, the National Youth Administration and the American Youth Congress.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Discusses the Communist Party’s role in the AYC and the NYA.

Rise, Eric W. “Red Menaces and Drinking Buddies: Student Activism at the University of Florida, 1936-1939.” Historian 48 (August 1986).

Rudikoff, Lisa Breskin. “Women in the Popular Front Student Peace Movement: Vassar College 1935-1941.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 1994.

Schlatter, Richard. “The World Fight: On Being a Communist at Oxford and Harvard.” Partisan Review 44, no. 4 (December 1977). Joined C.P. at Oxford along with Daniel Boorstin and Richard Goodwin, portrays himself as an idealistic Communist who paid no attention to Stalin and Soviet Union but nonetheless supported Nazi-Soviet Pact (and still thinks the Pact was morally justified), and condemns anyone who thinks Communists ought not to teach in colleges. 

Schnell, Rodolph L. “National Activist Student Organizations in American Higher Education, 1905-1944.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1975. Notes the Communist role in the student organizations of the 1930s.

Wandersee, Winifred D. “Why Not Youth: The New Deal and the American Youth Movement, 1936-1943.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Wechsler, James Arthur. Revolt on the Campus. New York: Covici, Friede, 1935. Wechsler was then a radical student leader secretly aligned with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Marxism in the Late 20th Century Academy

 

DiPippo, Rocco. “A Scholar For Stalin.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 16 March 2005. On the pro-Stalin writings of  Grover Furr, an English professor at Montclair State University.

fernández-Morera, Darío. American Academia and the Survival of Marxist Ideas. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1996.

Johnson, Dave. “Who’s Behind the Attack on Liberal Professors?” Commonwealth Institute, 2003.  Reprinted on History News Network,  <http://hnn.us/articles/1244.html>.  Sees a wide-ranging right-wing conspiracy against the academy and liberals in it.

London, Herbert. “Marxism Thriving on American Campuses.” The World & I, January 1987. Surveys the rapid growth of Marxism among faculty.

Olasky, Marvin. “Marxism and Me.” American Enterprise 6, no. 4 (July 1995). Former CPUSA member discusses how attitudes toward him became increasingly hostile in the academic world when he left the CPUSA and abandoned Marxism.

Ollman, Bertell, and Edward Vernoff, eds. The Left Academy: Marxist Scholarship on American Campuses. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1982. Discusses the growing role of Marxists in American colleges and how that growth can be assisted and used to promote Marxist goals.  Looks forward to radical domination of the American academy.  Three volumes.

Radosh, Ronald. “Jon Wiener’s Pop Marxism.” The New Criterion 10, no. 7 (March 1992): 43-46. Discusses Wiener‘s praise for the 1988 conference on “Anticommunism and the U.S.: History and Consequences“ and Wiener‘s view that on campuses the “‘intellectual strength of the left‘ has been proven triumphant.“  Concludes “after the 1960s, New Left scholars--having failed to stimulate the kind of history they wanted to see made in the streets--decided in effect to rewrite history.”

Schrecker, Ellen. “The House Marxist.” Nation, 27 January 1979. Discusses and celebrates the growing influence of Marxists in the academic world of the 1970s.

Shaw, Peter. “Academic Marxism and Communism’s Fall.” Academic Questions 4, no. 3 (Summer 1991). Sees academic radicalism triumphant in sections of the academy but increasingly mocked outside due to an unwillingness to intellectually confront the collapse of communism.

Westcoast Association of Marxist Historians. Westcoast Association of Marxist Historians. Los Angeles, CA: WAMH, 197u. Journal, 1970s

Wiener, Jon. Professors, Politics, and Pop. New York: Verso, 1991. Sees the Left as the dominant intellectual force in the academic world.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 20

Communism and Women

 

 

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Women in the Communist Party.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “The Question Seldom Asked: Women and the CPUS.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Find the party ignored feminism through most of its history and internally adhered to traditional male/female relationships.

Brown, Kathleen A. “‘House to House, Farm to Farm, Work Can be Done, in an Organized Way, by Every Woman:’ Communist Party Work Among Women in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Western Association of Women Historians conference. San Marino, CA, 1995.

Brown, Kathleen A. “The Politics of Nurturance: Gender and Generational Influences on the Organizational Strategies of American Communists.” Paper presented at Southwestern Labor Studies Association Conference. Los Angeles, 1995.

Brown, Kathleen A., and Elizabeth Faue. “Social Bonds, Sexual Politics, and Political Community on the U.S. Left, 1920s-1940s.” Left History 7, no. 1 (Spring 2000).

Buhle, Mari Jo. Women and the American Left: A Guide to Sources. Boston, MA: G.K. Hall, 1983.

Communist Party of the United States of America. The Working Woman. New York: The Dept., 1929. Official journal of the National Woman’s Department, CPUSA.

De Grazia, Victoria. “Women and Communism in Advanced Capitalist Societies: Readings and Resources.” Radical America, no. 23 (Spring 1980). Bibliography of primary and secondary material.

Dennis, Peggy. “A Response to Ellen Kay Trimberger’s Essay, ‘Women in the Old and New Left.’” Feminist Studies 5, no. 3 (1979). Dennis asserts that Trimberger did not understand the nature of a total commitment to Communism.

Dixler, Elsa Jane. “The Woman Question: Women and the American Communist Party, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1974. Finds that the Communist Party was not a feminist organization, tended to follow traditional patterns of male-female relations, and in the Popular Front period the Communist Party glorified traditional women’s roles of mother, housewife, and consumer.

Dubois, Ellen. “Eleanor Flexner and the History of American Feminism.” Gender and History, Spring 1991.

Feeley, Dianne. “Feminism, 1960s & 70s.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Feld, Marjorie N. “‘An Actual Working Out of Internationalism’: Russian Politics, Zionism, and Lillian Wald’s Ethnic Progressivism.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 2 (2003). Discusses support for Stalinism by a leading woman progressive in the 1930s.

Flexner, Eleanor, and Ellen F. Fitzpatrick. Century of Struggle: The Woman’s Rights Movement in the United States. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1996. In her Foreword, Fitzpatrick describes how Flexner’s “affiliation” with the CPUSA inspired her to write a history of the women’s movement.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. Women and the American Labor Movement. New York: Free Press, 1979. Maintains that Communists nearly always acted correctly toward women and the labor movement whereas anti-Communist unionists nearly always did the wrong thing.

Gordon, Linda, and Allen Hunter. “Feminism, Leninism & the U.S.: A Comment.” Radical America 13, no. 5 (1979).

Gosse, Van. “The Gender Politics of American Communists, 1919-1941.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Examines images in the C.P. press.  Finds that Communist images up through 1930 were largely masculine, workers were almost always male, and stress placed on the plight of the worker in the shop or on the street.  Questions of women’s liberation were displaced to the Soviet Union were its post-revolutionary society was considered to have solved the problem.  In 1931 the C.P. shifted to a more gender sensitive language with emphasis on the plight of the family.  The shift to the Popular Front brought in further gender themes with emphasis on the conventional themes of motherhood and the supportive role of women.

Gosse, Van. “‘To Organize in Every Neighborhood, in Every Home:’ The Gender Politics of American Communists Between the Wars.” Radical History Review, no. 50 (Spring 1991). Surveys male and female images in the Communist press.

Hanscom, Sharon Dawn. “The Invisible Communists: Women’s Conception of  Emancipatory Politics.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2005.

Hoddersen, Guerry. Radical Women in the House of Labor: An Historic Re-Entry. [Seattle, WA]: Radical Women Publications, 1974. Report to Radical Women annual Conference, July 1974.

Inman, Mary. Facts for Women. Los Angeles, CA: Committee to Organize the Advancement of Women, 1943. Journal

Inman, Mary. 13 Years of C.P.U.S.A.: Misleadership on the Woman Question (Documented). Pamphlet. Los Angeles, CA: M. Inman, 1949.

Juncker, Clara. “The Masses and the New Masses: Feminine Representations.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Klehr, Harvey. “Female Leadership in the Communist Party of the United States of America.” Studies in Comparative Communism 10, no. 4 (1977). Women representation on major party committees was slight in the early 1920s but rose slowly over time, and individual women took much longer to rise to high rank that men.

Laville, Helen. Cold War Women: The International Activities of American Women’s Organisations. Manchester, UK, New York: Distributed in the USA by Palgrave: Manchester University Press, 2002.

Loader, Jayne. “Women in the Left, 1906-1941: A Bibliography of Primary Sources.” Papers in Women’s Studies 2 (September 1975): 9-82. Contains a large section on Communist women.

Lynn, Denise. “Women on the March: Gender and Anti-Fascism in American Communism, 1935-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Binghamton University, 2006.

Maierhofer, Roberta. “Women and the American Left: A Critical Reappraisal.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

McCafferty, Neil. “More on Feminism and Leninism.” Radical America 13, no. 6 (December 1979).

Moskowitz, Eva. “Rethinking Feminist Accounts of Recent Feminism: Cold War Women’s Magazines, Feminism, and Therapeutic Discourse.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “The Feminine Touch: Female Communists and the 1932 Hunger March.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference, 1990. Examines mainstream press treatment of the women who took part in the C.P.’s 1932 Second National Hunger March on Washington, DC.  Notes that newspapers gave disproportionate attention to the 400 women (out of 3,000) in the march.  Journalists had difficulty categorizing them, with one columnist calling the women Slavic featured aliens at one point then describing them a few sentences later as frivolous, sophomoric coeds.  The latter depiction was popular in the press, but some stories treated the women as traditional helpmates following their men.  A number of stories attacked the association of white women marchers with black males, and women marchers, particular prominent ones, were often the subject of sexual innuendoes by the press.

Roach, Joe H. “Women in the American Communist Party and How their Party Activities Affected Their Home Lives as Wives and Mothers.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2000. Examines the family life of three women from the 1930s through the present, focusing on how their political ambitions and Communist Party activities affected their home lives as wives and mothers.

Rowbotham, Sheila. “The Women‘s Movement and Organizing for Socialism.” Radical America 13, no. 5 (October 1979).

Schmidleschner, Karin. “The New American Women’s Movement and the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Shaffer, Robert. “Women and the Communist Party, 1930-1940.” Socialist Review, May-June 1979.

Shapiro, Linn. “Red Feminism: American Communism and the Women’s Rights Tradition, 1919-1956.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1996. “The CP functioned as an inheritor of the nineteenth-century women’s rights tradition and as a creative force shaping a program for the twentieth century. The women profiled--Ella Bloor, Anita Whitney, Grace Hutchins, Mary Inman, Claudia Jones, and Moranda Smith--pioneered the development of Red feminism, a distinct yet identifiably American form of women’s rights activism.”

Sklar, Kathryn Kish, and Helen Baker, eds. “How Did Women Peace Activists Respond to ‘Red Scare’ Attacks During the 1920s?” In Women and Social Movements in the United States, 1600-2000, edited by Kathryn Kish Sklar and Thomas Dublin. [Alexandria, VA]: Alexander Street Press, 2003. Web publication < http://www.alexanderstreet6 > containing documents, bibliography, and teaching tools.

Slutsky, Beth Suzanne. “Three Generations of American Communist Women: Charlotte Anita Whitney, Dorothy Ray Healey, and Kendra Alexander, 1919--1992.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 2008.

Strom, Sharon Hartmen. “Challenging Woman’s Place: Feminism, the Left, and Industrial Unionism in the 1930s.” Feminist Studies 9 (1983).

Tax, Meridith. “Women’s Councils in the Thirties.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference on the History of Women, 1984. Discusses the role of Communist Party women’s councils in Communist Party cultural and political activities in New York.

Trimberger, Ellen Kay. “Women in the Old and New Left: The Evolution of a Politics of Personal Life.” Feminist Studies 5, no. 3 (1979).

Van Gosse. “‘To Organize in Every Neighborhood, in Every Home’: The Gender Politics of American Communists Between the Wars.” Radical History Review, no. 50 (Spring 1991).

Wald, Alan. “Women’s Lives on the Left.” Against the Current, no. 109 (March-April 2004).

Winslow, Barbara. “Old Left, New Left: The Origins of the Women’s Liberation Movement in Seattle, Washington, 1966-1969.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Kate Weigand and Red Feminism

 

Aptheker, Bettina. “Red Feminism: A Personal and Historical Reflection.” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03).  

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Precursors and Bridges: Was the CPUSA Unique?” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03). 

Gosse, Van, and Dorothy Healey. “Red Feminism: A Conversation with Dorothy Healy.” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03).

Horne, Gerald. “The Reddening of the Women.” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03).  Stresses the positive aspects of Soviet guidance on the CPUSA.

Hill, Rebecca. “Re-Evaluating the CPUSA’s Answer to the Woman Question.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004).

Laibman, David. “Feminist and the Communist Experience: Continuing Debate.” Science & Society 67, no. 4 (Winter 2003-04).

Mishler, Paul. “Red Feminism and Left History.” Science & Society 67, no. 4 (Winter 2003-04).

Vogel, Lise. “Red Feminism: A Symposium: Introduction.” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03).

Weigand, Kate. Red Feminism: American Communism and the Making of Women’s Liberation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2001.

Weigand, Kate. “Reply to Critics.” Science & Society 66, no. 4 (Winter 2002-03).

Weigand, Kate. “The Old Left, McCarthyism and the History of the United States Women’s Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Weigand, Kate. “Vanguards of Women’s Liberation: The Old Left and the Continuity of the Women’s Movement in the United States, 1945-1970s.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1995.

****************************************************************

 

Congress of American Women, the International Congress of Working Women, and the Women’s International Democratic Federation

 

Kaplan, Temma. “On the Socialist Origins of International Women’s Day.” Feminist Studies 11, no. 1 (1985). Argues that it is a myth that International Women’s Day on March 8th originated with a garment workers demonstration in New York City in 1857. Says the March 8th date was established in 1922 by German feminist Clara Zetkin as the Communist International Women’s Day.

Swerdlow, Amy. “The Congress of American Women: Left Feminist Peace Politics in the Cold War.” In U.S. History as Women’s History New Feminist Essays, edited by Linda K. Kerber, Alice Kessler-Harris, and Kathryn Kish Sklar. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Congress of American Women. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Discusses the American affiliate of the Communist-aligned Women’s International Democratic Federation.

Vapnek, Lara. “The First International Congress of Working Women: Possibilities and Limitations of Women’s Internationalism Between the Wars.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Waters, Elizabeth. “In the Shadow of the Comintern: The Communist Women’s Movement, 1920-43.” In Promissory Notes: Women in the Transition to Socialism, edited by Sonia Kruks, Rayna Rapp, and Marilyn Blatt Young. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

Women and Anticommunism

 

American Women Against Communism. The Pamphleteer. [New York]: American Women Against Communism], 193u. Journal, 1930s.

Blackwelder, Julia Kirk. “Motherhood and Women’s Work in Cold War America.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, NE, 1991.

Brennan, Mary C. “‘Joe’s Girls’: Gender and Joe McCarthy.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Toronto, Canada, 1999.

Brennan, Mary C. “‘Silly, Stupid Woman’: Gender, Anticommunism, and Doloris Bridges.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Brennan, Mary C. Wives, Mothers, and the Red Menace: Conservative Women and the Crusade Against Communism. Boulder, Colo.: University Press of Colorado, 2008.

Delegard, Kirsten. “Women Activists and the Origins of Modern Anti-Communism, 1919-1935.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Memphis, Tennessee, 2001.

Delegard, Kirsten Marie. “Women Patriots: Female Activism and the Politics of American Anti-Radicalism, 1919--1935.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1999. “Conservative activists sowed divisions within the women’s peace movement, stalled the expansion of the United States welfare state before the New Deal, and generated support for an enlarged internal security state. This anti-radical campaign sapped enthusiasm for reform within women’s clubs, which had played a vital role in promoting progressive change since the turn of the century. Moreover, the history of female anti-radicalism in the interwar period highlights the origins of the anti-communist discourse that legitimized widespread red purges after World War II.”

Erickson, Christine Kimberly. “Conservative Women and Patriotic Materialism: The Beginnings of a Gendered Conservative Tradition in the 1920s and 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 1999.

Jensen, Joan. “All Pink Sisters: The War Department and the Feminist Movement in the 1920s.” In Decades of Discontent: The Women’s Movement, 1920-1940, edited by Lois Scharf and Joan M. Jensen. Contributions in Women’s Studies. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1983.

Johnson-Roehr, Susan. “HUAC’s Happy Housewives: The Female Witness and the House Committee on Un-American Activities, Los Angeles, March 1953.” Master’s thesis. University of Oregon, 1997.

Morgan, Francesca. C. “‘The Necessity of a Deranged World’: War, Conversion, and the Early History of Female Rightism, 1914-1939.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Nickerson, Michelle. “For Christ and Country: Women and McCarthyism in Cold War Los Angeles.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Memphis, Tennessee, 2001.

Nielsen, Kim E. “The Security Of The Nation: Anti-Radicalism and Gender in the Red Scare of 1918-1928.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1996. Argues that anti-radicalism and anti-feminism combined during the Red Scare to position the patriarchal family as the primary bulwark against radicalism and that when the politics of gender and feminism are taken into consideration, the Red Scare continued well through 1928.  Further, that politics is inadequate to explain the Red Scare and a gendered history and an appreciation of the deep linkage of antifeminism with antiradicalism is fundamental to understanding it.

Nielsen, Kim E. Un-American Womanhood: Antiradicalism, Antifeminism, and the First Red Scare. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2001. Argues that conservative women successfully countered the progressive women’s movement during the antiradical campaigns of the early 1920s.

Oliva, A. T. “The D.A.R. as Pressure Group in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1952. Discusses anti-Communist campaigns of the Daughters of the American Revolution.

Pierce, Laura. “Civil Watchdogs in High Heels: Women’s Patriotic Organizations and Anti-Communism in the United States, 1945-1965.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Memphis, Tennessee, 2001.

Pierce, Laura. “‘A Splendid Group of Patriotic Women’: Anti-Communist Women’s Organizations and the Shape of American Foreign Policy in the Postwar Years.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting, 2002.

Rymph, Catherine. “‘Women Love to Be Alarmed’: Republican Women and the Boundaries of Responsible Partisanship, 1940-1952.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

Scher, Abby. “The Political Incorporation of Women During the Second Red Scare.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Bride of Stalin: Gender and Anticommunism During the McCarthy Era.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference on Women’s History, 1993.

Storrs, Landon. “Antifeminism in the Campaign Against Communists in Government, 1938-1956.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Argues that charges against left women in government were probably motivated by hatred of feminism.

Walls, Patricia Carol. “Defending Their Liberties: Women’s Organizations During the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College park, 1994. Looks at how anticommunism affected the League of Women Voters, Daughters of the American Revolution, National Woman’s Party, and American Association  of University Women; says that certain women and their organizations contributed to McCarthyism and used red-baiting techniques to their own political advantage.

Weigand, Kate. “The Red Menace, the Feminine Mystique, and the Ohio Un-American Activities Commission: Gender and Anti-Communism in Ohio, 1951-1954.” Journal of Women’s History 3, no. 3 (Winter 1992). Says the questions of the Ohio Un-American Activities Commission reflected assumptions based on the feminine mystique and prevented them from understand the strong women leaders of the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Ida M. Darden

 

Green, Elna. “Gender and the Origins of Anticommunism: The Conservative Career of Ida M. Darden.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Green, Elna C. “From Antisuffragism to Anti-Communism: The Conservative Career of Ida M Darden.” Journal of Southern History 65, no. 2 (1999).

Green, George N. “Ida Darden and the Southern Conservative.” Gulf South Historical Review 16, no. 2 (2001)

****************************************************************

 

Elizabeth Dilling and Women of the Far Right

 

Benowitz, June Melby. Days of Discontent: American Women and Right-Wing Politics, 1933-1945. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 2002.

Dilling, Elizabeth Kirkpatrick. The Red Network: A “Who’s Who” and Handbook of Radicalism for Patriots. Kenilworth, IL. and Chicago: Privately published, 1934. Extremist right-wing listing of Communists, radicals, liberals, and others as part of a Communist network.

Dilling, Elizabeth Kirkpatrick. The Roosevelt Red Record and Its Background. Kenilworth, IL and Chicago: Privately published, 1936. Extremist right-wing brief for the New Deal as a Communist plot.

Erickson, Christine. “‘I Have not Had One Fact Disproven’: Elizabeth Dilling’s Crusade Against Communism in the 1930s.” Journal of American Studies [Cambridge] 36 (December 2002): 473-89.

Gleason, Mildred Diane. “In Defense of God and Country: Elizabeth Dilling, a Link Between the Red Scares.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1997. The pro-Fascist and anti-Semitic Dilling as the exemplary link to periods of popular opposition to communism.

Jeansonne, Glen. “Gender, Class, and Racism on the Far Right: The Case of Elizabeth Dilling.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Jeansonne, Glen. “Women Anti-Communists in the Age of FDR.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990. Profiles Elizabeth Dilling, Lyrl Van Hyning, and Agnes Waters, three extreme-right women leaders who combined anti-Semitism, anglophobia, opposition to involvement in World War II, and hysterical anticommunism.

Jeansonne, Glen. Women of the Far Right: The Mothers’ Movement and World War II. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1996.

Von Zwisler, Stasia. “Elizabeth Dilling and the Rose-Colored Spyglass 1931-1942.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Clare Boothe Luce

 

Mckee, Mary Julianus. “Congresswoman Clare Boothe Luce: Her Rhetoric Against Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1962. Finds that Luce emphasized the clash of Soviet and American philosophies rather than the domestic activities of the American Communist party.

Morris, Sylvia Jukes. Rage for Fame: The Ascent of Clare Boothe Luce. New York: Random House, 1997.

Shadegg, Stephen C. Clare Boothe Luce: A Biography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1970.

****************************************************************

 

Ayn Rand

 

Branden, Barbara. The Passion of Ayn Rand. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1986.

Branden, Nathaniel, and Barbara Branden. Who is Ayn Rand? An Analysis of the Novels of Ayn Rand. With a Biographical Essay by Barbara Branden. New York: Random House, 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Phyllis Schlafly

 

Critchlow, Donald T. “Reconsidering the History of Postwar Conservatism: Phyllis Schlafly and the Grassroots Crusade Against Liberal Culture.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001. Schlafly was a major figure among conservative women anti-Communists of the post-1960s era.

Schlafly, Phyllis. A Choice not an Echo. Alton, IL: Pere Marquette Press, 1964. This book helped to mobilize the conservative movement behind the Goldwater candidacy in the Republican Party.

Schlafly, Phyllis, and Chester Charles Ward. The Betrayers. Alton, IL: Pere Marquette Press, 1968. Popular polemical conservative attack on liberals and Democrats as soft on domestic communism and the Soviet threat.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

Chapter 21

Communism and Christianity

 

 

Austin, Randall Dean. “Caution Christian Soldiers: The Mainline Protestant Churches and the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1997. Finds that the mainline Protestant churches gave only limited support to American Cold War policies and anticommunism.

Bates, Stephen. “‘Godless Communism’ and Its Legacies.” Society 41, no. 3 (March-April 2004). Discusses how hostility toward communism in the 1950s hardened American attitudes toward atheism.

Canipe, Lee. “Under God and Anti-Communist: How the Pledge of Allegiance Got Religion in Cold War America.” Journal of Church and State 45 (Spring 2003).

Cloud, Matthew W. “‘One Nation, Under God’: Tolerable Acknowledgement of  Religion or Unconstitutional Cold War Propaganda Cloaked in American Civil Religion?” Journal of Church and State 46, no. 2 (2004).

Combs, Daniel. “Official LDS (Mormon) Anticommunism, 1901-1970: The Articulation of an LDS Conservative Ideology.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Brigham Young University, 2005

Crouse, Eric. “Drawing the Sword Humbly? Christianity Today, Communism, and US Foreign Policy, 1956-1965.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Crouse, Eric R. “Popular Cold Warriors: Conservative Protestants, Communism, and Culture in Early Cold War America.” Journal of Religion and Popular Culture 2 (Fall 2002).

Elliott, Mark R., exec. ed., Robert F. Goeckel, ed. Christianity and Marxism Worldwide: An Annotated Bibliography. Wheaton, IL: Institute for the Study of Christianity and Marxism, Wheaton College, 1988.

Gifford, Laura. “Nixon and the Clergymen: Religion, Politics, and the Anti-Communist Threat, 1953-1960.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Gustafson, Merlin. “Church, State, and the Cold War, 1945-1952.” Church and State, Winter 1965.

Gustafson, Merlin. “The Church, the State and the Military in the Truman Administration.” Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal 2 (October 1966).

Herzog, Jonathan. “The Hammer and the Cross: America’s Holy War Against Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 2008.

Karmarkovic, Alex. “American Evangelical Responses to the Russian Revolution and the Rise of Communism in the Twentieth Century.” Fides et History 4, no. 2 (1972). After initial indifference, most evangelical Christians perceived communism and the Soviet Union as violent, antireligious spiritual threats to Christianity and the U.S.

King, William McGuire. “The Political Reorientation of the Protestant Social Gospel After 1918.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Kirby, Dianne. “Harry S. Truman’s International Religious Anti-Communist Front, the Archbishop of Canterbury and the 1948 Inaugural Assembly of the World Council of Churches.” Contemporary British History [U.K.] 15, no. 4 (2001).

Kirby, Dianne. “Harry Truman’s Religious Legacy: The Holy Alliance, Containment and the Cold War.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Kirby, Dianne, ed. Religion and the Cold War. New York: Palgrave, 2003. Includes: Religion and the Cold War: An Introduction--D. Kirby; Domestic and Foreign Policy Considerations and the Origins of Postwar Soviet Church-State Relations, 1941-46--A. Dickinson; German Protestants Debate Politics and Theology after the Second World War--M.D. Hockenos; Pope Pius XII and the Cold War: Confrontation between Catholicism and Communism--F.J. Coppa; The Lonely Cold War of Pope Pius XII--P.C. Kent Harry Truman’s Religious Legacy: The Holy Alliance, Containment and the Cold War--D. Kirby; The Vatican, Italy and the Cold War--J. Pollard; Pro Patria, Pro Deo : The United States and the Vatican in Cold War Yugoslavia, 1945-1950--C.R. Gallagher; Cold War on High and Unity from Below: The French Communist Party and the Catholic Church in the Early Years of the Gaullist Fifth Republic--P. Hainsworth; Entering the Age of Human Rights: Religion, Politics and Jurisprudence in Early Cold War Canada, 1945-1950--G. Egerton; The Clergy, the Cold War and the Mission of the Local Church: England c.1945-60--I. Jones; The Rehabilitation of Martin Luther in the GDR: or, Why Thomas Muntzer Failed to Stabilize the Moorings of Socialist Ideology--H. Lehmann; Martyrs, Miracles and Martians: Religion and Cold War Cinema in the 1950s--T. Shaw.

Lahr, Angela Marie. “Millennial Dreams and Apocalyptic Nightmares: Evangelical and Secular Identity in the Early Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 2005.

Marshall, Paul, and Mike Welton. “A Guide to Christian-Marxist Dialogue.” Canadian Dimension 13, no. 5 (1979). Bibliography of sources on the attraction of theologians to Communism.

Mojzes, Paul. “Christian-Marxist Dialogue: Soviet and American Style.” Cross Currents 28 (Summer 1978).

Robert, Dana L. “The Methodist Episcopal Church, South, Mission to the Russians in Manchuria, 1920-1927.” Methodist History 26, no. 2 (1988). On missions to immigrant Korean and refugee Russians in Harbin and Vladivostok.

Roy, Ralph Lord. Communism and the Churches. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1960. Using legalistic standards of evidence, sees only limited Communist influence among clergymen; finds much criticism of Communist sympathies in the churches to be irresponsible or unproven.  Defensive apologetics.

Schafer, Axel. “Resurgent Evangelicalism and US Foreign Policy, 1942-1960.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Settje, David E. “‘Sinister’ Communists and Vietnam Quarrels: The Christian Century and Christianity Today Respond to the Cold and Vietnam Wars.” Fídes et Hístoría 32 (Winter/Spring 2000).

Settje, David Earl. “Has the Tiger Changed Its Stripes? Lutheran Responses to the Cold War, Fears of Internal Communist Threats, and the Vietnam War, 1964--1975.” Ph.D. diss. Kent State University, 2001. Concludes that most Lutherans supported the Cold War against the USSR and PRC while simultaneously debating about the Vietnam War and internal Communist threats.

Settje, David. “Dueling Catholic Periodicals: America’s and Commonweal’s Perceptions of the Cold and Vietnam Wars, 1964-1975.” Catholic Social Science Review 9 (2004).

Silk, Mark. Spiritual Politics: Religion and America Since World War II. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988. Discusses anticommunism as a religious theme in the post-WWII period.

Smith, Kevin D. “Religion, the Cold War, and Civil Rights: The Greenfield Trailer Camp Incident and the Contested Meaning of Cold War Americanism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Smith, Kevin David. “‘In God We Trust’: Religion, the Cold War, and Civil Rights in Milwaukee, 1947--1963.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin - Madison, 1999.

Smyle, Robert F. “The U.S. and the USSR: Religious Liberty as a Human Right.” Worldview 20, no. 9 (1977). Discusses changes over time in American attitudes toward Soviet religious policy.

Tucker, Nancy Bernkopf. “An Unlikely Peace: American Missionaries and the Chinese Communists, 1948-1950.” Pacific Historical Review 45, no. 1 (1976). For two years, 1948-1950, Chinese Communists tolerated some Christian activity in the urban areas, chiefly by mainline Protestants but were far more hostile to Catholics and fundamentalists.  Some of the Protestants responded by urging American accommodation of Chinese communism.  With the Korean War, however, even limited Communist toleration of Protestant Christianity ended.

Wald, Kenneth D. “The Religious Dimension of American Anti-Communism.” Journal of Church and State 36, no. 3 (1994).

West, Charles C. “Recent Theological Encounters with Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1955.

Yuen, Austin Ching-Chi. “Mandatory Piety: The Rise of Civil Religion in Cold War America from 1945--1965.” Ph.D. diss. California State University, Fullerton, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Communism and Protestantism: Biographical Accounts

 

Billy Graham

 

Trotta, Christopher Michael. “The Communist Threat and a Preacher’s Ambition: Billy Graham and the Use of Political Anti-Communist Rhetoric During the Truman and Eisenhower Administrations.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Miami, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Reinhold Niebuhr

 

Berke, Matthew. “The Disputed Legacy of Reinhold Niebuhr.” First Things, no. 27 (November 1992). Discusses the rival claims of being the true heirs of Niebuhr by left-liberals such as Arthur Schlesinger and John Bennett and Cold War liberals-neoconservatives such as George Wiegel and Paul Ramsey.

Bingham, June. Courage to Change: An Introduction to the Life and Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr. New York: Scribner, 1961. Discusses the intellectual background of a leading postwar anti-Communist liberal intellectual associated with the Americans for Democratic Action.

Black, Claude L. “The Agony of Christian Realism: The Historical Relevance of the Pre-World War II Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1981.

Brown, Charles C. “Niebuhr Still Shapes the Conscience of a Nation.” Books & Religion 14 (October 1986).

Fox, Richard W. “Reinhold Niebuhr and the Emergence of the Liberal Realist Faith, 1930-1945.” Review of Politics 38, no. 2 (1976).

Fox, Richard Wightman. “Reinhold Niebuhr: Self-Made Intellectual.” Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 40, no. 1 (1983).

Fox, Richard Wightman. “Reinhold Niebuhr’s ‘Revolution.’” Wilson Quarterly 8, no. 4 (1984).

Fox, Richard Wightman. Reinhold Niebuhr: A Biography. New York: Pantheon Books, 1985. Places Niebuhr’s theology and politics within the context of a realistic Protestant liberalism purged of sentimentalism and naive idealism.

Harland, Gordon. The Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr. New York: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Link, Michael. The Social Philosophy of Reinhold Niebuhr: An Historical Introduction. Chicago: Adams Press, 1975. Survey of the Niebuhr writings on Communism, Fascism, and liberalism from 1920 to 1971.

Merkley, Paul. “Reinhold Niebuhr: The Decisive Years, 1916-1941: A Study of the Interaction of Religious Faith and Political Commitment in an American Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 1966. Finds that Niebuhr came to regard Marxist socialism as a religious distortion derived from the Christian heresy of the immanent kingdom of God.

Merkley, Paul. Reinhold Niebuhr: A Political Account. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 1975. Analysis of the theological basis of Niebuhr’s political stance.

Naveh, Eyal J. Reinhold Niebuhr and Non-Utopian Liberalism: Beyond Illusion and Despair. Brighton, England & Portland, OR: Sussex Academic Press, 2002.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr: Selected Essays and Addresses. Edited by Robert McAfee Brown. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1986.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. Reinhold Niebuhr: His Religious, Social, and Political Thought. Edited by Charles W. Kegley and Robert Walter Bretall. New York: Macmillan, 1956. Intellectual autobiography of Reinhold Niebuhr.--Essays of interpretation and criticism of the work of Reinhold Niebuhr.--Reply to interpretation and criticism, by R. Niebuhr.--Bibliography of the writings of Reinhold Niebuhr to 1956.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. Reinhold Niebuhr, His Religious, Social, and Political Thought. Edited by Charles W. Kegley. New York: Pilgrim Press, 1984.  Expanded 2nd edition.

Odegard, Holtan P. Sin and Science: Reinhold Niebuhr as Political Theologian. Yellow Springs, OH: Antioch Press, 1956.

Poole, Thomas George. “Contemporary Christian Realism: The Ongoing Relevance of Reinhold Niebuhr.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania State University, 1984. Argues for a fruitful dialogue between Liberation Theology and Christian Realism.

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “Forgetting Reinhold Niebuhr.” New York Times, 18 September 2005.

Sizemore, Russell Foster. “Reinhold Niebuhr and the Rhetoric of Liberal Anti-Communism: Christian Realism and the Rise of the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1987.

Tietje, Louis H. “Was Reinhold Niebuhr Ever a Marxist? An Investigation in the Assumptions of His Early Interpretation and Critique of Marxism.” Ph.D. diss. Union Theological Seminary, 1984. Argues that the anthropology of Niebuhr’s Christian Realism was fundamentally at variance with Marxism and that Niebuhr had developed this anthropology before the period when he was a self-avowed socialist.

****************************************************************

 

A.J. Muste

 

Armstrong, James S. “The Labor Temple, 1910-1957 a Social Gospel in Action in the Presbyterian Church.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1974.

Danielson, Leilah C. “‘The Day of the Lord is Here and It is a Day of Judgment’: A.J. Muste and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, D.C., 2001.

Danielson, Leilah. “Christianity, Dissent, and the Cold War: Reinhold Niebuhr and A.J. Muste.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. Austin, TX, 2004.

Danielson, Leilah. “A. J. Muste, Workers’ Education, and the Making of a Cultural Front.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Hentoff, Nat. Peace Agitator: The Story of A. J. Muste. New York: Macmillan, 1963.

Muste, Abraham John. The Essays of A. J. Muste. Edited by Nat Hentoff. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1967.

Muste, Abraham John. The Reminiscences of A. J. Muste. Harlan B Phillips. New York Times Oral History Program. [Glen Rock, N. J.: Microfilming Corp. of America, 1972. Microfiche.  Transcript of interviews conducted by Harlan B Phillips in the early 1950’s.

Muste, Abraham John, and Christian social justice fund. The Automobile Industry and Organized Labor. Baltimore, MD: Issued by the Christian social justice fund, 1936.

Robinson, Jo Ann. Abraham Went Out: A Biography of A.J. Muste. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981.

****************************************************************

 

Anticommunism and Roman Catholicism

 

Allitt, Patrick. Catholic Intellectuals and Conservative Politics in America, 1950-1985. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1993.

Allitt, Patrick Nicholas. “Catholic Lay Intellectuals in the American Conservative Movement: 1950-1980.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1986.

Avella, Steven, and Thomas A. Kselman. “Marian Piety and the Cold War in the United States.” Catholic Historical Review, July 1986.

Brett, Edward T. “The U.S. Catholic Press on Guatemala.” Journal of Church and State 44, no. 1 (2002). Notes most of the Catholic press supported American policy in the 1950s but shifted toward a critical stance in the 1960s.

Carty, Thomas J. “The Catholic Anticommunist: Catholics and Protestants Debate Communism in the 1960 Presidential Election.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Carty, Thomas. “The Catholic Anticommunist: John F. Kennedy and the Religious Debate Over Communism in the 1960 Presidential Campaign.” Paper presented at “New Frontiers in Cold War History,” 4th Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Santa Barbara, CA 1999.

Centola, Kathleen Gefell. “The American Catholic Church and Anti-Communism, 1945-1960: An Interpretive Framework and Case Studies.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Albany, 1984. Attributes Catholic anticommunism to reflection of general American social frustration that broke out in irrational anticommunism and to Catholic use of anticommunism to as a tactic to assert an American identity.

Coppa, F.J. “Pope Pius XII and the Cold War: The Post-War Confrontation Between Catholicism and Communism.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Corrin, Jay P. “H. A. Reinhold, America, and the Catholic Crusade Against Communism.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 105, no. 1/2 (1994).

Cronin, John F. “Communism...” Unpublished essay. Washington: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1947.

Cronin, John F. The Problem of American Communism in 1945: Facts and Recommendations. Baltimore. St. Mary’s Seminary, 1945.

Cronin, John Francis. Communism: Threat to Freedom. Pamphlet. Washington: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1962.

Crosby, Donald F. “The Politics of Religion: American Catholics and the Anti-Communist Impulse.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Donovan, John F. The Pagoda and the Cross: The Life of Bishop Ford of Maryknoll. New York: Scribner, 1967. American-born founder of the Maryknoll Missionaries, Ford was the first bishop of Kwantung, China. He was martyred in the 1950s after the Chinese Communists came to power.

Donovan, John F. A Priest Named Horse. Huntington, IN: Our Sunday Visitor, 1977. On Bishop Ford.

Donovan, John T. “The American Catholic Press and the Cold War in Asia: The Case of Father Patrick O’Connor, S.S.C. (1899-1987).” American Catholic Studies 115, no. 3 (2004).

Endres, David. “A Cold War But a Fiery Faith: American Catholic Youth and International Anti-Communism.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Endres, David J. “Souls Under Siege: The Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade and International Anticommunism, 1943-55.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association Conference. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Endres, David J. “An International Dimension to American Anticommunism: Mission Awareness and Global Consciousness in the Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade, 1935–1955.” U.S. Catholic Historian 24 (Spring 2006).

Endres, David J. “Under the Cross and the Flag: The Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade and the American Quest to Christianize the World, 1918--1971.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 2007.

Feldblum, Esther. “On the Eve of a Jewish State: American-Catholic Responses.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 64, no. 2 (1974). Notes fear of communism spreading to the Middle East and the fear of the alignment of the Arab states with the USSR as one factor in Catholic resistance to Zionism in the immediate post-WWII period prior to the founding of Israel.

Ferree, William. Act of Social Justice. Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America Press, 1943. Discusses encyclicals “Quadragesimo anno” and “Divini Redemptoris.”

Fisher, James Terence. The Catholic Counterculture in America, 1933-1962. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989.

Fitzsimons, M. A. “Profiles of Crisis: The Review of Politics, 1939-1963.” Review of Politics 50, no. 4 (1988). Notes the journal, edited for many years by anti-Nazi German Catholic refugees, viewed Nazism and communism as twin totalitarian menaces.

Flynn, George Q. Roosevelt and Romanism: Catholics and American Diplomacy, 1937-1945. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1976. Notes strong anti-Communist lobbying by the American Church.

Frank, Robert L. “Prelude to Cold War: American Catholics and Communism.” Journal of Church & State 34, no. 1 (Winter 1992). Sees 1930s Catholic anti-Communist rhetoric derived from a fusion of ideology and religion that enabled Catholics to transcend the limitations of being both Catholic and American.

Graham, Robert A. The Vatican and Communism in World War II: What Really Happened? San Francisco [CA]: Ignatius Press, 1996.

Gribble, Richard. “Anti-Communism, Patrick Peyton, CSC and the C.I.A.” Journal of Church & State 45, no. 3 (Summer 2003). With the assistance of shipping magnet J. Peter Grace and the CIA Father Peyton took his Family Rosary Crusade to Latin America as a vehicle to defeat communism through Catholicism.

Husslein, Joseph Casper. The Christian Social Manifesto. New York: The Bruce Publishing Company, 1939. Discusses the encyclicals “Quadragesimo anno,”  “Divini Redemptoris” and  “Rerum novarum.”

Jarvis, Eric. “Joining the Cold War Consensus: American Catholics and the Budapest Trial of Cardinal Mindszenty.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL., 2002.

Johnson, Kathryn A. “‘In the Main Line of the Enemy’s Fire’: Catholic Devotion, Social Action, and Family Politics in the Cold War Era.” Mid-America 79, no. 2 (1997). Reviews the history of the Christian Family Movement.

Kauffman, Christopher J. Faith and Fraternalism: The History of the Knights of Columbus, 1882-1982. Cambridge: Harper & Row, 1982.

Kauffman, Christopher J. Patriotism and Fraternalism in the Knights of Columbus: A History of the Fourth Degree. New York: Crossroad, 2001. Discusses the anti-Communist activities of the Knights in the 1930-1960 period.

Kent, P.C. “The Lonely Cold War of Pope Pius XII.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Kselman, Thomas. A. “Marian Piety and the Cold War in the United States.” Catholic History Review 72, no. 3 (July 1986): 406-24. Discusses the cult of Our Lady of Necedah. In 1950, farm wife Mary Ann Van Hoof of Necedah, Wisconsin, reported encounters with the Virgin Mary in which Mary instructed her on prayers and activities to achieve world peace and overthrow Communism. The cult attracted hundreds of thousands of followers but the Catholic hierarchy attempted to suppress the cult.

Lerhinan, John Patrick. A Sociological Commentary on “Divini Redemptoris.” Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America Press, 1946. CUA dissertation (1945) published as a book.

Lerhinan, John Patrick. “Communism and Internationalism.” In Background to Morality, edited by John Patrick Lerhinan. New York: Desclee, 1964.

McGreevey, John T. “Thinking on One’s Own: Catholicism in the American Political Imagination, 1928-1960.” Journal of American History, June 1997. Discusses Catholic anticommunism.

Miscamble, Wilson. “Catholics and American Foreign Policy from the Spanish-American War to McCarthy: A Historiographical Survey.” Diplomatic History 4 (Summer 1980).

Moreno, Lisa Carlucci. “The National Catholic Welfare Conference and Catholic Americanism,1919-1966.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1999.

Moriarty, Thomas M. “Catholic Anticommunism in the 1936 Election: The Periphery Dominated Center.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Moriarty, Thomas Michael. “The Catholic Lobby: The Periphery Dominated Center, Public Opinion and American Foreign Policy, 1932-1962.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1996. Finds that concern about the Catholic vote influenced American policy toward Soviet domination Eastern Europe.

Murphy, Richard J. “The Canonico-Juridical Status of a Communist.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1959.

National Catholic Welfare Conference. Communism in the United States. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1937.

Nell-Breuning, Oswald von, Bernard W. Dempsey, and Catholic Church. Reorganization of Social Economy; the Social Encyclical Development and Explained. New York: The Bruce Publishing Company, 1937. Discusses the Papal encyclicals that set forth Catholic social-economic principles and condemned communism: Pius XI’s “Quadragesimo anno” (15 May 1931) and “Divini Redemptoris” (19 Mar. 1937) as well as Leo XIII’s “Rerum novarum.”

O’Connor, David Laurence. “Defenders of the Faith: American Catholic Lay Organizations and Anticommunism, 1917--1975.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 2000. From Abstract: “This dissertation considers the role of anticommunism in shaping twentieth-century American Catholic identity from the perspective of four lay organizations: the Catholic War Veterans (CWV),  the Catholic Daughters of America (CDA), the Blue Army of Our Lady of Fatima, and the Cardinal  Mindszenty Foundation (CMF). These groups enlisted over a million American Catholics in their anticommunist crusades....”

O’Connor, David L. “The Cardinal Mindszenty Foundation: American Catholic Anti-Communism and Its Limits.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006).

O’Hearn, Michael James. “Political Transformation of a Religious Order.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 1983. Discusses the transformation of the Catholic Scarboro Foreign Mission Society from anticommunism to anticapitalism.

O’Neill, James M. Catholicism and American Freedom. New York: Harper, 1952.

Pius XI. Atheistic Communism. Washington, D.C.: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1937. Presents the encyclical “Divini Redemptoris.”

Powers, Richard Gid. “American Catholics and Catholic Americans: The Rise and Fall of Catholic Anticommunism.” U.S. Catholic History, Fall 2004.

Reilly, Kellie. “Leading the Anticommunist Crusade: New Orleans’s Catholic Action of the South as a Microcosm of Catholic Anticommunism, 1944-1949.” Master’s thesis. University of New Orleans, 2000. The themes in the New Orleans archdiocesan journal were based on theological and ethical objects to communism and did not reflect assimilationist impulses or U.S. government policy.

Rhodes, Anthony Richard Ewart. The Vatican in the Age of the Cold War, 1945-1980. Norwich [England]: M.  Russell, 1992.

Rigney, Harold William. Four Years in a Red Hell: The Story of Father Rigney. Chicago: H. Regnery, 1956. The former rector of Fu Jen University, jailed by the Chinese Communists, recounts his prison experiences, 1951-1955.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Manhood, Communism, and Americanism: The Federal Bureau of Investigation and American Jesuits, 1935-1960.” Working Paper Series, Charles and Margaret Hall Cushwa Center for the Study of American Catholicism, University of Notre Dame ser. 28, no. 2 (Spring 1996).

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Chicago Catholic Archdiocese’s Response to the Cold War, 1946-1958.” Illinois History Teacher 9, no. 2 (2002): 23-26.

Schwartz, Adam. “Confronting the ‘Totalitarian Antichrist’: Christopher Dawson and Totalitarianism.” Catholic Historical Review 89, no. 3 (July 2003).  Dawson, a British Catholic, influenced many American Catholic intellectuals.

Zagacki, Kenneth S. “Pope John Paul II and the Crusade Against Communism: A Case Study in Secular and Sacred Time.” Rhetoric & Public Affairs 4, no. 4 (Winter 2001)

****************************************************************

 

American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

 

Crosby, Donald F. “Boston’s Catholics and the Spanish Civil War: 1936-1939.” New England Quarterly 44, no. 1 (1971). Finds that the near unanimous backing of Franco in the Spanish Civil War derived from fear of communism.  The association of communism with the violent repression of the church in Mexico in the 1920s played a large role in the vehemence of the Catholic fear of communism.

Kilcoyne, Francis Patrick. “American Catholics and Franco’s Spain, 1935‑1975: A Study Of Evolving Perceptions.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

Catholicism and Anticommunism: Biographical Accounts

 

Waldemar Gurian

 

Gurian, Waldemar. Bolshevism: Theory and Practice. Translated by E. I. Watkin. New York: Macmillan Company, 1932.  Gurian, a anti-Nazi German Catholic intellectual, left Germany and in the U.S. became an influential Catholic commentator on Soviet communism and long-time editor of The Review of Politics published by the University of Notre Dame. 

Gurian, Waldemar. Hitler and the Christians. Translated by Edward Francis Peeler. New York: Sheed & Ward, 1936. Translation of “Der kampf um die kirche im dritten reich.”

Gurian, Waldemar. The Rise and Decline of Marxism. Translated by Edward Francis Peeler. London: Burns, Oates & Washbourne, ltd., 1938.

Gurian, Waldemar. Soviet Imperialism Its Origins and Tactics; a Symposium. Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press, 1953. Introduction, by W. Gurian.--Russian imperialism or Communist aggression, by N.S. Timasheff.--The Ukrainian problem, by M. Pap.--Russian Moslems before and after the revolution, by R.E. Pipes.--Soviet cultural imperialism in Poland, by W. Weintraub.--Tsarist and Soviet diplomacy in China: aims, techniques, and achievements, by N. Ling.--The image of Russia in Soviet propaganda, by F.C. Barghoorn.

Gurian, Waldemar. Bolshevism: An Introduction to Soviet Communism. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1963.

Gurian, Waldemar, and M. A. Fitzsimons, eds. The Catholic Church in World Affairs. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1954.

****************************************************************

 

Patrick Peyton

 

Gribble, Richard. “Anti-Communism, Patrick Peyton, CSC and the C.I.A.” Journal of Church and State 45, no. 3 (2003)

****************************************************************

 

Fulton Sheen

 

Epple, Michael Jacob. “American Crusader: Bishop Fulton J. Sheen’s Campaign Against Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Akron, 2001. Examines Bishop Sheen’s contribution the Cold War consensus.  Sheen’s extreme antipathy to communism led him to forsake a more scholarly existence to become a popularizer that would appeal to the masses.  Sheen sought a broad audience beyond the confines of the Catholic Church and helped set the stage for the coming together of Protestants, Jews and Catholics during the early days of the Cold War as the consensus began to form. His broadcasts and writings during the 1930s and early 1940s also served to made the Catholic Church seem more within the American mainstream and less as a movement controlled by a foreign ruler, the Pope. The arrival of the Cold War in the late 1940s allowed Sheen to appeal to Jews and Protestants to join him in a “Holy War” against atheistic communism and he worked to remove the barriers between the faiths that would hinder them coming together to face a common enemy.

Fields, Kathleen Riley. “Anti-Communism and Social Justice, the Double-Edged Sword of Fulton Sheen.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 96, no. 1-4 (1986). On Sheen’s dual message of opposition to communism and support for social justice.

Nicasio, Lino Evora. “The Rhetoric of Fulton J. Sheen: A Fantasy Theme Analysis of the Television Speeches on Russia and Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1991. Finds that Sheen’s rhetorical fantasy was that the Russian people were heroes but communism was intrinsically wrong because of atheism and disregard for individual rights and freedoms.  Other fantasies were that the U.S. was heroic and that Christian democracy could be used as a weapon against communism.  Also finds that a fantasy theme analysis discloses that Sheen’s motive for his rhetorical vision was God in whose name and in whose behalf he waged a Cold War against the fantasy of Godless communism.

Noonan, D. P. The Passion of Fulton Sheen. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1972.

Reeves, Thomas C. America’s Bishop: The Life and Times of Fulton J. Sheen. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2001.  Comprehensive and thorough scholarly biography.

Reeves, Thomas C. “Fulton J. Sheen, Anticommunist.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Riley, Kathleen L. Fulton J. Sheen: An American Catholic Response to the Twentieth Century. Staten Island, N.Y.: ST Pauls/Alba House, 2004. Contains: Thomistic philosopher and Catholic educator : the formative years, 1919-1935 -- Intellectual popularizer and advocate of social justice, 1930-1945 -- Electronic evangelist and convert-maker, 1930-1952 -- American Catholic spokesman in crisis times : international conflict and the Second World War, 1930-1950 -- Ideological adversary : the American Catholic crusade against communism, 1930-1960 -- The post-war religious revival : a Catholic version of the “American way of life”, 1945-1966 -- Missionary to the world and the Second Vatican Council : years of transition, 1950-1966 -- Bishop in a diocese : the “sound and fury” of the Rochester years, 1966-1969 -- Conclusion: A “life worth living”.

Sheen, Fulton J. Communism and the Conscience of the West. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948.

Sherwood, Timothy H. “The Homiletics of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen: A Leadership Perspective on Persuasion.” Ph.D. diss. Gonzaga University, 2008.

Yablonsky, Mary Jud. “A Rhetorical Analysis of Selected  Television Speeches of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen on Communism - 1952-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University , 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Edmund A. Walsh

 

Hull, Henry Lane. “The Holy See and Soviet Russia, 1918-1930; a Study in Full-Circle Diplomacy.” Ph.D. diss. Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 1970. Discuses Fr. Edmund A. Walsh who directed the Papal Relief Mission to famine-stricken Russia in 1922 and later became a leading American Catholic commentator on the nature of Soviet communism.  Walsh later spearheaded the founding of the foreign service school at Georgetown University.

McNamara, Patrick Jude. “Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., and Catholic Anticommunism in the United States, 1917--1952.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University, 2003.  Walsh, an early observer of the Bolshevik revolution, became an influential Catholic commentator on the nature of Bolshevism and through his leadership of the Georgetown University school of foreign affairs influenced many American diplomats.

McNamara, Patrick J. “‘The Most Reactionary and Savage School of Thought Known to History’: Edmund A. Walsh, Soviet Russia, and Catholic Anticommunism in the 1920s.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association Conference. Seattle, WA, 2005.

McNamara, Patrick H. A Catholic Cold: War Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., and the Politics of American Catholic Anticommunism. New York: Fordham University Press, 2005. Contains: Edmund A. Walsh : Bostonian, Jesuit, activist, and educator -- “What think ye of Russia?”: Walsh and Catholic anticommunism in the 1920s -- “The two standards” : Walsh and American Catholic anticommunisms, 1929-41 -- “An American geopolitics” : Walsh and wartime Catholic anticommunism, 1941-45 -- “The spiritual and material menace threatening the present generation” : Walsh and Catholic anticommunism in the Cold War, 1946-56.

Walsh, Edmund A. The Fall of the Russian Empire: The Story of the Last Romanovs and the Coming of the Bolsheviki. Boston: Little, Brown, 1928.

Walsh, Edmund A. The Last Stand: An Interpretation of the Soviet Five-Year Plan. Boston: Little, Brown, and company, 1931.

Walsh, Edmund A. Total Power: A Footnote to History. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1948. Walsh’s examination of totalitarianism with Nazi Germany as the chief example.

Walsh, Edmund A. Total Empire: Roots and Progress of World Communism. Science and Culture Series. Milwaukee: Bruce, 1951.

Walsh, Edmund A. Footnotes to History: Selected Speeches and Writing of Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., Founder of the School of Foreign Service. Edited by Anna. Watkins. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 1990.

Walsh, Edmund Aloysius. Why Pope Pius XI Asked Prayers for Russia on March 19, 1930: A Review of the Facts in the Case, Together with Proofs of the International Program of the Soviet Government. New York: The Catholic Near East Welfare Association, 1930.

****************************************************************

 

The Churches and McCarthyism

 

Blair, John G. “The Cultural Work of Religion in Cold War America.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Ericksen, Robert P. “The Role of American Churches in the McCarthy Era.” Kirchliche Zeitgeschichte [Germany] 3, no. 1 (1990). Survey.

Lovelady, Milton Charles. “The American Protestant Press and McCarthyism, 1950-1954.” Master’s thesis. University of Louisville, 1975.

Nutt, Rick. “For Truth and Liberty: Presbyterians and McCarthyism.” Journal of Presbyterian History 78, no. 1 (2000). Regarding the statement of opposition to McCarthyism issued by the General Council of the Presbyterian Church, USA (PCUSA) in 1953.

Vinz, Warren Lang. “A Comparison Between Elements of Protestant Fundamentalism and McCarthyism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1986.

****************************************************************

 

Catholics and McCarthy

 

Crosby, Donald F. “The Angry Catholics: Catholic Opinion of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy, 1950-57.” Ph.D. diss. Brandeis University, 1973.

Crosby, Donald F. “The Jesuits and Joe McCarthy.” Church History 46, no. 3 (1977). Recounts attempts to link the Jesuit order either with McCarthy or with his opponents; discusses the attitude of Jesuit journal America toward McCarthy.

Crosby, Donald F. God, Church, and Flag: Senator Joseph R. McCarthy and the Catholic Church, 1950-1957. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1978.

De Santis, Vincent P. “American Catholics and McCarthyism.” Catholic Historical Review 51, no. 1 (1965). Survey.

Grant, Philip A., Jr. “Bishop Bernard J. Sheil’s Condemnation of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 97, no. 1/4 (1986)

****************************************************************

 

The Christian Right

 

Baskerville, Barnet. “The Cross and the Flag: Evangelists of the Far Right.” Western Speech 27, no. 4 (1963). Discusses Dr. Frederick Schwartz, Dr. Billy James Hargis, and Dr. Carl McIntire, all of whom combine Christianity and anticommunism.

Bogle, Lori Lyn. “Creating an American Will: Evangelical Democracy and National Security, 1913-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1997. Discusses religious nationalism and anticommunism in U.S. military education programs.

Bundy, Edgar C. Apostles of Deceit. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1966. Polemical attack on the Christian left and liberal Christians.

Bundy, Edgar C. How the Communists Use Religion. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1966.

Bundy, Edgar C. How Liberals and Radicals Are Manipulating Evangelicals: The Drift of the Neo-Evangelicals to the Left and Away from New Testament Theology. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1982.

Carr, William Guy. The Red Fog Over America. Willowdale, Ont.: National Federation of Christian Laymen, Publications Committee, 1957.

Church League of America. A Manual for Survival: A Counter-Subversive Study Course. Wheaton, IL, 1961.

Circuit Riders. A Compilation of Public Records, 42% of the Unitarian Clergymen and 450 Rabbis. Cincinnati: Circuit Riders, 1961. Right-wing polemic claiming Communist sympathies by many clergymen.

Diamond, Sara. Spiritual Warfare: The Politics of the Christian Right. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1989.

Diamond, Sara. Not by Politics Alone: The Enduring Influence of the Christian Right. New York: Guilford Press, 1998.

Drakeford, John W. “The Implications of Communism for Religious Education.” Ph.D. diss. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1956.

Fein, Gene. “For Christ and Country the Christian Front in New York City, 1938-1951.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2006.

Glass, William R. “Southern Fundamentalism and Anticommunism at the Beginning of the Cold War: The Controversy Between J. Frank Norris and Louie D. Newton.” Studies in the Social Sciences [State University of West Georgia], no. 36 (1999). In 1946, fundamentalist J. Frank Norris used anti-Communist rhetoric to attack Southern Baptist Convention president Louie D. Newton.

Hart, D.G. “Conservatism, the Protestant Right, and the Failure of Religious History.” Journal of The Historical Society 4, no. 4 (2004).

Stoneman, Timothy. “American Anti-Modern: Postwar Evangelical Missionary Broadcasting.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Vinz, Warren L. “The Politics of Protestant Fundamentalism in the 1950’s and 1960’s.” Journal of Church and State 14, no. 2 (1972). On the view of fundamentalists that Communists and their sympathizers had infiltrated leading positions in American society.

Walker, Brooks R. The Christian Fright Peddlers. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1964. Left wing polemic against the Christian right.

Wilcox, Clyde. “America’s Radical Right Revisited. a Comparison of the Activists in Christian Right Organizations from the 1960s and the 1980s.” Sociological Analysis 48, no. 1 (1987).

Wilcox, Clyde. “The Christian Right in Twentieth Century America: Continuity and Change.” Review of Politics 50, no. 4 (1988). Notes that fundamentalists tended to support anti-Communist campaigns in the 1950s but pentacostals did not.

Williams, Daniel Kenneth. “From the Pews to the Polls the Formation of a Southern Christian Right.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 2005.

Zeitz, Joshua. “First Saturdays and Final Days: The Catholic-Fundamentalist Alliance Against Communism, 1945-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

The Christian Anti-Communist Crusade

 

Christian Anti-Communist Crusade. The Schwarz Report. Long Beach, CA: Christian Anti-Communism Crusade. Journal.

Koeppen, Sheilah Rosenhac. “Dissensus and Discontent: The Clientele of the Christian Anti-Communism Crusade.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1967. Based on questionnaires filled out by 475 people attending Christian Anti-Communism Crusade schools in California; finds that most were white, well educated, native born Protestants of northern European heritage, held high status jobs, and had above average incomes; finds that most did not show a generalized authoritarianism but held that Communism was a special case needing special restrictions.

Wilcox, Clyde. “Popular Backing for the Old Christian Right: Explaining Support for the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade.” Journal of Social History 21, no. 1 (Fall 1987). On the basis of survey data from 1964, the peak year of support, states, “The picture which emerges from the multivariate analysis is one of rationality.  Support for the Crusade did not come from personality disorders, status anxiety, or alienation.  It came instead from conservative Republicans who attended fundamentalist churches where politics was discussed, who believed in the inerrancy of the Scriptures, and strongly disliked Communists.”

****************************************************************

 

The Christian Right: Biographical Accounts

 

Ezra Taft Benson, David O. McKay and LDS Anticommunism

 

Benson, Ezra Taft. Cross Fire: The Eight Years with Eisenhower. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, 1962.

Benson, Ezra Taft. The Red Carpet. Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1962.

Benson, Ezra Taft. Title of Liberty. Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1964.

Benson, Ezra Taft. An Enemy Hath Done This. Salt Lake City: Parliament Publishers, 1969.

Combs, Daniel. “Official LDS (Mormon) Anticommunism, 1901-1970: The Articulation of an LDS Conservative Ideology.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Brigham Young University, 2005.

Prince, Gregory A. “The Red Peril, the Candy Maker, and the Apostle: David O. McKay’s Confrontation with Communism.” Dialogue: a Journal of Mormon Thought 7 (Summer 2004). On the attitude of LDS church leader David McKay toward communism: “Throughout his long tenure as a General Authority, David O. McKay was consistently opposed to Communism, as were his fellow General Authorities. Ironically, once he had become president of the Church, opposition to Communism became a seriously divisive issue among the Mormons. On the one hand, McKay gave his special blessing to Ezra Taft Benson as an opponent of Communism, enabling this strong-willed apostle to propagate his ultra-right-wing views among Church members-views that included an endorsement of the John Birch Society, founded by candy maker Robert Welch. On the other hand, McKay also responded to General Authorities who, despite their own opposition to Communism, took exception to the extremism of Benson and the John Birch Society. These included Apostles Joseph Fielding Smith and Harold B. Lee, as well as Hugh B. Brown and N. Eldon Tanner, McKay’s counselors in the First Presidency. Neither the strong-willed Benson nor his protesting colleagues among the apostles ever achieved a clear upper hand with the aging prophet. As a result, Latter-day Saints who endorsed the extreme views of the John Birch Society and those who opposed them found reason to believe that the prophet was on their side, and the divisive issue remained un-resolved until the death of McKay in 1970.”

****************************************************************

 

Billy James Hargis

 

Hargis, Billy James. Communist America--Must It Be? Tulsa, OK:, distr. by Christian Crusade, 1960.

Hargis, Billy James. The Far Left. Tulsa, OK: Christian Crusade, 1964.

Seaman, John. “Dilemma: The Mythology of Right and Left.” Journal of Human Relations 17 (1969): 43-57. On Billy James Hargis.

****************************************************************

 

J. Frank Norris

 

Hankins, Barry G. “Saving America: Fundamentalism and Politics in the Life of J. Frank Norris.” Ph.D. diss. Kansas State University, 1990. Norris, influential fundamentalist pastor of the First Baptist Church of Fort Worth, TX, 1935-1950, initially defended the New Deal, then turned critical when he saw it as having Communist underpinnings, but became an FDR supporter when FDR attacked isolationism and opposed the Nazi threat.  After WWII, Norris became a rabid anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Frederick Schwarz

 

Schwarz, Frederick Charles. Beating the Unbeatable Foe: One Man’s Victory Over Communism, Leviathan, and the Last Enemy. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 1996.  An immigrant from Australia, Schwarz founded the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade in 1953.

Schwarz, Frederick Charles. You Can Trust the Communists. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1960. A popular conservative and Christian anti-Communist book of the period.

****************************************************************

 

The Christian Left

 

Bendyna, Mary. “Support for the Christian Left in the 1960s.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Buhle, Paul. “Radical Religious History: Fragments of a Legacy.” Witness, no. 117 (July 1984).

Gorrell, Donald K. “When Social Gospel Leaders Turned Radical.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Hulsether, Mark. Building a Protestant Left: Christianity and Crisis Magazine, 1941-1993. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1999.

Hulsether, Mark David. “Liberals, Radicals, and the Contested Social Thought of Postwar Protestantism: ‘Christianity and Crisis’ Magazine, 1941-1976.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1992. Explores how and why an influential group of mainline Protestant social thinkers, working within a continuous tradition of “prophetic” Christianity, shifted from participation in a near-hegemonic cold war liberal coalition in the 1940’s and 1950’s to a counterhegemonic stance committed to anti-imperialism, feminism, and radical activism for racial justice by the 1970’s.

Miner, Steven Merritt. “Clerics, Moles, and Fellow Travelers: Soviet International Religious Propaganda During World War II.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.

Robb, Edmund W., and Julia Robb. The Betrayal of the Church: Apostasy and Renewal in the Mainline Denominations. Westchester, IL: Crossway Books, 1986.

Smith, Rembert Gilman. Moscow Over Methodism. Chicago: John S. Swift, 1936. Polemical attack by a Methodist minister on the Methodist Federation for Social Action Federation as Communist-aligned.

Tabb, William K., ed. Churches in Struggle: Liberation Theologies and Social Change in North America. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1986. On the movement of Christian liberation theologians to embrace the principles of the secular left.

Tyson, James L. Prophets or Useful Idiots? Church Organizations Attacking U.S. Central American Policy. Washington, DC: Center for Public Diplomacy Studies, Council for the Defense of Freedom, 1986.

West, Cornel. Prophesy Deliverance! an Afro-American Revolutionary Christianity. Philadelphia: Westminster Press, 1982.

Xing, Ju. “Baptized in the Fire of Revolution: The American Social Gospel and the YMCA in China: 1919-1937.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1993. Finds that a segment of American YMCA officers in China developed a social reform ideology that removed most religious elements and sought to synthesize communism with the social gospel message.

****************************************************************

 

National Council of Churches and World Council of Churches

 

Billingsley, Lloyd. From Mainline to Sideline: The Social Witness of the National Council of Churches. Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1990. On the merging of social Christianity with the agenda of the political left.

Bundy, Edgar C. Collectivism in the Churches: A Documented Account of the Political Activities of the Federal, National, and World Councils of Churches. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1958. Polemical exposé of religious groups the author, a right-wing Protestant lay theologian, believes to be corrupted by communism.

De Boe, Stan, and R. Kent. “What’s the Truth About the WCC and the KGB?” Religion & Democracy, December 1992. Discusses documents in Soviet archives about KGB agents posing as Russian Orthodox clergy and Orthodox clergy who agreed to work for the KGB who infiltrated the World Council of Churches.

First Things Editors. “Moral Credibility After the Evil Empire: The Witness of IRD.” First Things, January 1992. Retrospective on the role of the Institute for Religion and Democracy in criticizing the anti-anti-Communist stance of the National Council of Churches, World Council of Churches and several mainline Protestant churches.

First Things Editors. “The Churches and the Cold War.” First Things, April 1990. Discusses K. L. Billingsley’s From Mainline to Sideline: The Social Witness of the National Council of Churches.  “From beneath the rubble come a remarkable article by M. Zlobina in Novi Mir, the official organ of the Soviet Writers Union.  Reflecting on Arthur Koestler’s Darkness at Noon, the author notes that some Russian intellectual believe that, during what she calls the Dark Years, there was a conspiracy by the leftist intelligentsia of the West to hide the horror of Communist oppression.  She does not accept that conspiracy, but she understands why many do, for the roll of western dishonor is depressingly long.  Since 1917, some of the most celebrated writers, artists, and journalists of the West have served as apologists for oppression.  ‘What darkness at noon blinded them?’ Zlobina asks.”

Harriss, Joseph A. “The Gospel According to Marx.” Reader’s Digest, February 1993. Discusses KGB infiltration of the World Council of Churches.

Lefever, Ernest W. Amsterdam to Nairobi: The World Council of Churches and the Third World. Washington: Ethics and Public Policy Center, Georgetown University, 1979. Discusses the benign view of communism taken by the leadership and staff of the WCC in the 1970s.

Lefever, Ernest W. Nairobi to Vancouver: The World Council of Churches and the World, 1975-87. Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1987.

McIntire, Carl. Metropolitan Nicolai--Agent in Soviet Secret Police How the Communists Are Using the National Council of the Churches of Christ in the United States of America. Collingswood, NJ: 20th Century Reformation Hour, 1959.

Muravchik, Joshua. “The National Council of Churches and the U.S.S.R.” This World 9 (Fall 1984). Discusses the habit of NCC officials of finding justification for Soviet regulation and suppression of Christian churches.

Tooley, Tooley. “Soviet Ghosts Haunt the World Council of Churches.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 25 August 2006.

****************************************************************

 

Christian Left: Biographical accounts

 

William Brown

 

Brown, William Montgomery. Communism and Christianism, Analyzed and Contrasted from the View-Point of Darwinism. Galion, OH: Bradford Brown Educational Company, Inc., 1920. Episcopal Bishop William Brown’s declaration of his support for Bolshevism and renunciation of supernatural Christianity.

Brown, William Montgomery. My Heresy: The Autobiography of an Idea. New York: John Day Co., 1926.

Brown, William Montgomery. The Pope’s Crusade Against the Soviet Union. Bishop Brown’s Lectures. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1930.

Brown, William Montgomery. Communism and Christianism Analyzed and Contrasted from the Marxian and Darwinian Points of View. Galion, OH.: The Bradford-Brown Educational Company, 1932. 14th edition of his 1920 work greatly expanded: pt. I. Communism.--pt. II. Christianism.--pt. III. Problems: the doctrines of the foregoing open letters in parts I and II applied to the solution of the world’s great political and religious problems.--Appendix: criticisms answered.

Brown, William Montgomery. The Fascist and Communist Dictatorships. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1937.

Brown, William Montgomery, and Joseph William Sharts. Bishop Brown’s Fight a Fight for the Right to Interpret the Bible in Accordance with Science: A Fight to Break the Shackles of Outgrown Religious Creeds: A Fight Against Pulpit Hypocrisy. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1925.

Brown, William Montgomery, and Joseph William Sharts. In the Matter of the Presentment of Bishop William Montgomery Brown with Defendant’s Brief Upon Application. [Galion, OH]: S.n., 1925. Reprints part of his defense of his church heresy trial.

Carden, Ron. “Bolshevik Bishop: William Montgomery Brown’s Path to Heresy, 1906 - 1920.” Anglican and Episcopal History 72, no. 2 (June 2003).  Episcopal Bishop Brown renounced supernaturalism, proclaimed himself  a "symbolical Christian" and embraced Bolshevism.  His mansion in Galion, Ohio, is a museum and his estate is dedicated to advancing communism aiding  "indigent communists."

Carden, Ron. “The Trial and Deposal of Bishop William Montgomery Brown, 1921-1925.” Ohio History 114 (2005).

Carden, Ronald M. William Montgomery Brown (1855-1937): The Southern Episcopal Bishop Who Became a Communist. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2007. The early years, 1855-1883 -- Clerical career in Ohio, 1878-1897 -- Arkansas: election and confirmation as Bishop Coadjutor, 1879-1898 -- Bishop of Arkansas, 1899-1911 -- The level plan of church union and materialism, 1910-1916 -- Marxism and communism and Christianism, 1917-1920 -- Prelude to the trial, 1920-1924 -- The court for the trial of a bishop, 1924 -- Court of review, publicity, and deposal, 1924-1925 -- The last years, 1925-1937.

Finch, David E. “Little Rock’s Red Bishop Brown and His Separate Black Church.” Pulaski County Historical Review 20 (September 1972).

Kyser, John L. “The Deposition of Bishop William Montgomery Brown in New Orleans, 1925.” Louisiana History 8, no. 1 (1967). Recounts the career of Bishop Brown, who was expelled from office by the Episcopal Church in 1925 after he moved from extreme religious Modernism into open heresy and membership in the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

 

Hewlett Johnson

 

Hughes, Robert. The Red Dean. Churchman, 1987. Biography of Hewlett Johnson, Anglican Dean of Cantebury whose uncritical admiration for Soviet communism was admired and who writings were promoted in the United States by the CPUSA.  

Johnson, Hewlett. Report of a Recent Religious Delegation to Spain, April 1937. London: V. Gollancz, 1937.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Soviet Power. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940. American edition of The socialist sixth of the world.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Socialist Sixth of the World. London, U.K.: V. Gollancz, Ltd., 1939.  Expresses vast admiration for Stalinist society:  “The vast moral achievements of the Soviet Union are in no small measure due to the removal of fear. Fear haunts workers in a capitalist land ....  Nothing strikes the visitor to the Soviet Union more forcibly than the absence of fear.”   “Stalin is no oriental despot. His new Constitution shows it. His readiness to relinquish power shows it. His refusal to add to the power he already possesses shows it.”  “Here is a document [the Basic Law of the U.S.S.R.] which ranks amongst the greatest in all human documents in its love of humanity and reverence for human dignity.”   “The Soviet Plan discourages lies.”   Of the rumors of a famine in the Ukraine: “The Ukraine grows rich and strong .... There was plausibility for hopes of conquest during the years of famine, when the richer Ukrainian peasants had burnt their grain and slaughtered their cattle rather than yield them to the central Government, or exchange their individualistic agriculture for life on collective farms. It was a tragic time. The peasants were stubborn and failed to understand.”

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Strength Its Source and Challenge. London: F. Muller ltd., 1942.

Johnson, Hewlett. Hitler’s Death Warrant! The British-Soviet Treaty... Watford, Herts London: The Farleigh Press; The Russia Today Society, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. Marxism and the Individual. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Secret of Soviet Strength. New York: International Publishers, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. Christianity in the U. S. S. R. London, U.K.: De Vere Press Ltd., 1945.

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Russia Since the War. New York: Boni & Gaer, 1947.

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Success. London New York: Hutchinson, 1947.

Johnson, Hewlett. China’s New Creative Age. New York: International Pub., 1953.

Johnson, Hewlett. Eastern Europe in the Socialist World. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1955.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Upsurge of China. Peking: New World Press, 1961.

Johnson, Hewlett. Searching for Light an Autobiography. London, U.K.: Joseph, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

John and William Melish

 

Touchet, Francis H. “The Social Gospel and the Cold War: The Melish Case.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1981. Sees the Rev. Dr. John Melish and Rev. William Melish, who were forced from a Brooklyn Heights, NY Episcopal church in the 1950s, as victims of Cold War hysteria and Right Wing opportunism because of their ‘progressive’ attitudes and ‘friendship’ for the Soviet people.

****************************************************************

 

G. Bromley Oxnam

 

Hawkins, Merrill, Jr. “The Ecumenical and Social Leadership of G. Bromley Oxnam.” Methodist History 33, no. 2 (1995).

Miller, Robert Moats. Bishop G. Bromley Oxnam: Paladin of Liberal Protestantism. Nashville: Abingdon Press, 1990.

Oxnam, Garfield Bromley. Russian Impressions. Los Angeles, CA, 1927. Oxnam visited the USSR and returned with a benign view of the reconciliation of Christianity with Soviet practices.

Oxnam, Garfield Bromley. I Protest. New York: Harper, 1954. Methodist Bishop Bromley, called to testify before Congress regarding his association with organizations sympathetic to the Soviet Union, protests his innocence of any wrong doing.

Smith, Rembert Gilman. Garfield Bromley Oxnam, Revolutionist? Houston, Texas: Privately printed, 1954. Polemical attack on Methodist bishop as pro-Soviet.

****************************************************************

 

Harry F. Ward

 

Duke, David Nelson. “Christianity and Marxism in the Life and Thought of Harry F. Ward.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1980. Sympathetic analysis of Ward’s reconciliation of Christianity to Soviet communism.

Fennero, Matthew John. “Social Gospelers and Soviets, 1921-1926.” Journal of Church and State 19, no. 1 (1977). Discusses the support of Soviet religious policy by Harry F. Ward and other prominent American social gospel proponents.

Link, Eugene P. “Latter Day Christian Rebel: Harry F. Ward.” Mid-America 56 (1974).

Link, Eugene P. Labor-Religion Prophet: The Times and Life of Harry F. Ward. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1984. Biography of a prominent advocate of social Christianity and a political friend of the Soviet Union and communism.

Rossinow, Doug. “The Model of a Model Fellow Traveler: Harry F. Ward, the American League for Peace and Democracy, and the ‘Russian Question’ in American Politics, 1933-1956.” Peace & Change 29, no. 2 (2004).

Rossinow, Doug. “The Radicalization of the Social Gospel: Harry F. Ward and the Search for a New Social Order, 1898-1936.” Religion & American Culture 15, no. 1 (Winter 2005).

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 22

Biographies and Memoirs of the American Radical Left

 

 

Radical Left Collective Biographies and Memoirs

 

Barrett, James. “Was the Personal Political? Reading the Autobiography of American Communism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Buhle, Mari Jo, Paul Buhle, and Harvey J. Kaye, eds. The American Radical. New York: Routledge, 1994. Biographical essays: James Barrett on William Z. Foster; Rosalyn Baxandall on Elizabeth Gurley Flynn; Dan Georgakas on William D. Haywood; Elliott J. Gorn on Mother Jones; Thomas C. Holt on W. E. B. Du Bois; Norma Jenckes on Clifford Odets; E. San Juan, Jr., on Carlos Bulosan; A. Craig Lockard on Woody Guthrie; Gerald Meyer on Vito Marcantonipo; Robert Rosenstone on John Reed; Alice Wexler on Emma Goldman;  Lamont H. Yeakey on Paul Robeson.

Cross, Richard, and Andrew Flinn. “Biography Meets History: Communist Party Lives in International Perspective.” Science and Society 70, no. 1 (2006).

Devinatz, Victor G. “Reading Communist Biographies: The Birth of American Communism, International Communism Through the Cold War’s Early Years and the New Communist Movement.” Left History 12, no. 2 (2007).

Eastman, Max. Heroes I Have Known: Twelve Who Lived Great Lives. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1942. Includes biographical sketches of Carlo Tresca, John Reed, and John Dewey.

Gannon, Francis X., ed. Biographical Dictionary of the Left. Belmont, MA: American Opinion, 1968.

Goldberg, Harvey, ed. American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957. Includes biographical portraits of Theodore Dreiser, Heywood Broun, Vito Marcantonio, William Haywood, Daniel De Leon, and Eugene Debs, essays on “renegades” from the left and state “repression.”

Gornick, Vivian. The Romance of American Communism. New York: Basic Books, 1977. Based upon interviews with forty-seven former Communist party members.  Gornick sees Communists as idealistic, finds party life to have been largely fulfilling, and generally presents an appealing “human face” to American Communism.

Hunter, Jason. Communist Leaders. Farmington Hills, MI: Greenhaven Press, 2005.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., and Harvey Klehr, eds. Biographical Dictionary of the American Left. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Contains short biographical sketches of many Communist and radical figures.

Kelley, Michael. “Oh, Those Heartwarming Communists.” Washington Post, 8 April 1998. Assails New York Times feature story (6 April) on Communists in a retirement home as the glorification of “the greatest experiment in government through mass murder in history.”

Kempton, Murray. Part of Our Time: Some Ruins and Monuments of the Thirties. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1955. Literary portraits of key personalities involved in Communist and anti-Communist activity.

Klehr, Harvey. “Seeing Red ‘Seeing Red..’” Labor History 26, no. 1 (Winter 1985). Critical review-essay on Reichert’s and Klein’s film Seeing Red, Stories of American Communists (Heartland Productions, 1984)  The film, described by its makers as a “supportive portrait of American Communists,” won  the Bronze Hugo for documentary at the Chicago film festival.

Lii, Jane H. “The Way They Were: Old Comrades (Re)Unite.” New York Times, 13 November 1994. On a reunion of residents of the Allerton Coops in the East Bronx, many of them Communists or former Communists.  The lintel above the entrance to the 700 unit complex bears a hammer and sickle in relief.  “In the Coops, people addressed one another as ‘Comrades,’ and children took the day off from school and marched in the May Day parade in red kerchief in Union Square.  Instead of Boy Scouts, they joined the Young Communist Group and Young Pioneers League and counted Karl Marx, Joe Hill and Elizabeth Gurley Flynn among their heroes.  But the fairy tale ended after World War II, when the Coops ran out of money and ‘succumbed’ to private ownership.”

Lynd, Alice, and Staughton Lynd, eds. Rank and File: Personal Histories by Working-Class Organizers. Boston: Beacon Press, 1973. Edited interviews with radical labor organizers, including Communists and Trotskyists.

Lynd, Staughton. “Personal Histories of the Early CIO.” Radical America 5 (May-June 1971). Oral history interviews which include discussion of the Communist party.

Lyons, Paul. Philadelphia Communists, 1936-1956. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Sympathetic examination of Communist party activists based on interviews with thirty-six current or former members.  Finds them highly moral idealists seeking to build a just society.

Lyons, Paul. “The Communist as Organizer: The Philadelphia Experience, 1936-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Bryn Mawr College, 1980. Based on interviews with thirty-six veterans of the local Party organization, almost all of whom joined in the period of the Great Depression and New Deal.

McCrackin, Bobbie. “The Etiology of Radicalization Among American and British Communist Autobiographers.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1980. Examines the autobiographies of seventy-eight U.S. and British Communists to discover the sources of their radicalism.  The factors which appear important are an upbringing in a radical family or subculture, the impact of a crisis such as the Depression, or frustrated ambitions finding an outlet.  Examines the relevance of several psychological theories.

Muravchik, Joshua. “Gorbachev’s Intellectual Odyssey.” New Republic, 5 March 1990. Discusses the ideological evolution of Jay Lovestone, Imre Nagy, Alexander Dubcek, and Milovan Djilas and suggesting that Gorbachev may follow a similar path.

Rimer, Sara. “Leftist Causes Keep an Old-Age Home Active.” New York Times, 6 April 1998. Feature story on Sunset Hall, a retirement home that catered to elderly radicals.  Features vignettes of elderly Communists still loyal to the cause.

Roraback, Eileen Mary. “The Defense of the Self: Autobiographical Responses Of American Intellectuals to the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1999. Discusses Paul Robeson, W. E. B. Du Bois, Lillian Hellman, Jessica Mitford and others.

Shafransky, Renee. “Seeing Red: An Interview with James Klein and Julia Reichert.” Cinéaste 13, no. 2 (1984). Regarding Reichert’s and Klein’s documentary film Seeing Red, Stories of American Communists.

Shuldiner, David Philip. Aging Political Activists: Personal Narratives from the Old Left. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1995.

Soderstrom, Mark. “Red Americanism Struggling to Control the Narrative: Conflict, Disjuncture and Patriotism in the Oral Life Story and Trial Documents of a Minnesota Communist.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Soderstrom, Mark. “Red Americanism Struggling to Control the Narrative: Conflict, Disjuncture and Patriotism in the Oral Life Story and Trial Documents of a Minnesota Communist.” Xcp: Cross Cultural Poetics, no. 12 (April 2003).

Witty, Marjorie C. “Life History Studies of Committed Lives.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1990. Studies four radicals, including John Rossen who joined the C.P. in 1929.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Strange Communists I Have Known. New York: Stein and Day, 1965. Contains essays on, among others, American Communists John Reed and Samuel Putnam, a gifted translator.

****************************************************************

 

"Red Diaper" Babies: Memoirs and Reminiscences

 

Aptheker, Bettina. Intimate Politics: How I Grew up Red, Fought for Free Speech, and Became a Feminist Rebel. Emeryville, CA: Seal Press, 2006. Writes that her father, the prominent CPUSA intellectual Herbert Aptheker, sexually abused and committed incest with her from the time she was a small child until she was thirteen.

Bernstein, Carl. Loyalties: A Son’s Memoir. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1989. Discusses his parents, Alfred and Sylvia, both called to testify before congressional committees in the 1950s regarding Communist activities.  Notes that his father joined the C.P. in 1942 while an organizer for the United Public Workers in California.  Recounts his father’s view that his loyalty was to the union and that his C.P. membership was not of significance; quotes his father’s judgment of the 1940s and 1950s that “’The right premise, the premise of a lot of recent books about the period, is that people were persecuted because of what they did, not because of their affiliation.  Because once you admit affiliation, you get into all that Stalinist crap,’” and his father’s view that if Carl pursued the question of who was or was not a C.P. member he would “‘prove McCarthy right, because all he was saying was that the system was loaded with Communists.  And he was right.  You’ve got to take a big, hard look at what you are doing.  Because the whole fight against him was that people weren’t Communists.’”  Carl remarks that “the true romance of American Communism may be the widely held belief that the party was fundamentally an organization to which thousands of people were falsely accused of belonging.”

Bush, Lawrence. Bessie. New York: Seaview/Putnam, 1983. A novel based on the life of his Communist grandmother.

Caplan, Marvin. “Trenton Terrace Remembered: Life in a ‘Leftist Nest.’” Washington History 6, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1994). About life in a Washington, DC, apartment complex managed by Communist Herbert Benjamin and his wife in the 1940s and early 1950s in which many political colleagues of Benjamin lived.

Chernin, Kim. In My Mother’s House. New Haven: Ticknor & Fields, 1983. Her mother, Rose Chernin, was a Communist activist.

Colow, Naomi Hamburger. “Growing up Red: A View Over Time.” Ph.D. diss. Union for Experimenting Colleges and Universities, 1987. Memoir.

Gallagher, Dorothy. How I Came Into My Inheritance: And Other True Stories. New York: Random House, 2001. Memoir of growing up in a Communist household.

Goodheart, Eugene. Confessions of a Secular Jew: A Memoir. New York: Overlook Press, 2001. Discusses with fondness his experiences at Camp Kinderland and his later activities in the American Youth for Democracy and the 1948 Wallace movement.

Horowitz, David. “The Political Is Personal.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 10 November 2006. <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. Essay-Review of Bettina Aptherker’s Intimate Politics: How I Grew Up Red, Fought for Free Speech, and Became a Feminist Rebel.

Jeffries, Dexter. Triple Exposure: Black, Jewish and Red in the 1950s. New York: Kensington Pub., 2003.

Jones, Thai. A Radical Line from the Labor Movement to the Weather Underground, One Family’s Century of Conscience. New York: Free Press, 2004.

Kaplan, Judy, and Linn Shapiro, eds. Red Diapers: Growing up in the Communist Left. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1998. Essays by Peggy Dennis, Lillian Carlson, Ruth Hunter, Sirkka Tuomi Holm, Doris C. Kaplan, Marge Frantz, Jeff Lawson, Mindy Rinkewich, Marianne Ware, Albert Vetere Lannon, Dorothy M. Zellner, Maxine DeFelice, Rosalyn Fraad Baxandall, Harriet Fraad, Sonia Jeffe Robbins, Mary Louise Patterson Stephanie Allan, Rachel Fast Ben-Avi, Mark Lapin, Norma Allen, Nina Olff, Gilda Zwerman, Kim Chernin, David Wellman, Diana Zykofsky Anhalt, Ann Kimmage, Ilana Girard Singer, Carl Bernstein, Mirian Zahler, Robert Meeropol, Sharon Temple Lieberman, Anna L. Kaplan, Ruth Pinkson, Don Amter, Ethel Panken, Amy Swerdlow, Dick Levins, Susan Ann Protter, Norah C. Chase, Bettina Aptheker, Tom Berry, Steven J. Diner, Roberta Wood, Judith Clark, Susan Moscou, and Renee Bell.

Kaplan, Judy, and Linn Shapiro. Red Diaper Babies: Children of the Left: Edited Transcripts of Conferences Held at World Fellowship Center, Conway, New Hampshire, July 31-August 1, 1982, July 9-10, 1983. Somerville, MA: Red Diaper Productions, 1985.

Kimmelman, Michael. “Seeing Red: First Person.” New York Times, 10 September 2006. On growing up with his father, David, an eye surgeon and loyal Communist until his death in the 1990s.

Laxer, James. Red Diaper Baby: A Boyhood in the Age of McCarthyism. Vancouver, Canada: Douglas & McIntyre, 2004. Canadian memoir.

Mathews, Jack. “Children of the Blacklist.” Los Angeles Times Magazine, 15 October 1989. Profiles of children, today, whose parents were Hollywood figures blacklisted in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Melosh, Barbara. “Growing up Red: Children of the Left Meet and Remember.” Radical History Review, no. 31 (1984). On 1982 and 1983 conference of “red diaper babies.”

Menaker, Daniel. The Old Left: Stories. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1987. Reminiscences about his father and uncle who were in the C.P. in the 1930s and 1940s.

Mishler, Paul. “Family Life and Communist Culture.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Perkel, Charles. “I Was a Teenage Communist.” American Spectator 34, no. 1 (2001).

Radosh, Ronald. “Growing Up Red: Children of the God That Failed.” Forward, 3 January 1999. Review-essay on Kaplan and Shapiro’s Red Diapers: Growing Up in the Communist Left.

Rimer, Sara. “One Man’s Communist Revolution, Live, Onstage.” New York Times, 29 April 1992. Feature story on Josh Kornbluth’s (son of Communists Paul Kornbluth and Bernice Selden) one-man play “Confessions of a Red Diaper Baby.”

Schwartz, Stephen. “Scenes from a Red-Diaper Childhood.” San Francisco Chronicle, 22 April 1991. A former 60s radical discusses growing up first in the Midwest and then on the West Coast as the son of 30s radicals.

Williams, Vera B. “Childhood, Stories, and Politics.” The Horn Boo 77, no. 6 (2001). Popular children’s book author discusses her shift away from the socialism and communism of her upbringing.

****************************************************************

 

Individual Biographical Accounts

 

John Abt

 

Abt, John J. Advocate and Activist: Memoirs of an American Communist Lawyer. Assisted by Michael Myerson. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Posthumous  autobiography.  Abt, who denied thorough his life that he had been a Communist or part of the “Ware group,” admits both.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Aptheker

 

Aptheker, Herbert. “The Truth About the Korean War.” Masses and Mainstream, August 1950. Leading Communist historian argues that South Korea in an act of unjustified aggression attacked North Korea and started the Korean War.

Aptheker, Herbert. History and Reality. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955.

Aptheker, Herbert. The Truth About Hungary. New York: Mainstream Publishers, 1957. Argues that the Soviet intervention in Hungary is justified because those who revolted against Communist rule were fascists and agents of American imperialism.

Aptheker, Herbert. Czechoslovakia and Counter-Revolution: Why the Socialist Countries Intervened. Pamphlet. New York: New Outlook Publishers, 1969. Defends Soviet intervention in Czechoslovakia as needed to put down fascists and reactionaries allied with American imperialism.

Aptheker, Herbert. “An Autobiographical Note.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 147-50.

Aptheker, Herbert, and Robin D.G. Kelley. “An Interview with Herbert Aptheker.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 151-67. Exchange with Susan Armeny and Michael Merrill Journal of American History 87,3 (December 2000).

Aptheker, Herbert. Herbert Aptheker on Race and Democracy: A Reader. Edited by Eric Foner and Manning Marable, 270. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006. Includes bibliographical references (p. [259-260]) and index.; Introduction: a biographical sketch / Herbert Shapiro -- An appreciation / Clayborne Carson -- Negro history: its lessons for our time -- Maroons within the present limits of the United States -- The Negro in the abolitionist movement -- Militant abolitionism -- Class conflicts in the South--1850-60 -- Notes from Negro history: the struggle inside the ranks -- The Negro woman -- The American Civil War: a centenary article -- Black-White unity: a basic theme and need in United States history -- Mississippi Reconstruction and the Negro leader, Charles Caldwell -- Literacy: the Negro and World War II -- The Negro people in America: a critique of Gunnar Myrdal’s “An American dilemma” -- Introduction to “The suppression of the African slave trade” -- Personal reflections on W.E.B. DuBois: the person, scholar, and activist / Herbert and Fay Aptheker -- Epilogue: The historical scholarship of Herbert Aptheker / Eric Foner, Jesse Lemisch, and Manning Marable.

Genovese, Eugene D. “Dr. Herbert Aptheker’s Retreat from Marxism.” Science & Society 27, no. 2 (1963). Critique of the Aptheker’s writings from a left perspective.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “Afterword.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 168-71. Praises Herbert Aptheker as a model for historians.

Morray, J. P. “Dr. Herbert Aptheker’s Critique of American Foreign Policy.” Science & Society 27, no. 2 (1963). Gushing praise for Aptheker’s writings: “No wonder this pen must be outlawed!. . .It is more dangerous to the security of American capitalism than Soviet nuclear missiles.”

Murrell, Gary. “The Most Dangerous Communist in the United States: CPUSA Theoretician, Historian and Polemicist, Dr. Herbert Aptheker.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Murrell, Gary, and Eric Foner. “On Herbert Aptheker and His Side of History: An Interview with Eric Foner.” Radical History, no. 78 (Fall 2000).

Murrell, Gary. “Herbert Aptheker’s Unity of Theory and Practice in the Communist Party USA: On the Last Night, and During the First Two Decades.” Science & Society, January 2006.

Phelps, Christopher. “Herbert Aptheker: The Contradictions of History.” The Chronicle Review, 6 October 2006. Essay-review of Bettina Aptheker’s Intimate Politics and what it says of Herbert Aptheker.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Strange Case of Comrade Aptheker: Laureate of Stalinism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 4 October 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Max Bedacht

 

Bedacht, Max. “[Autobiographical Typescript].” Tamiment Library, New York University, 1967. The autobiography deals with Bedacht’s reflections on American and international communist leaders and the workings of the Comintern.  He describes the factional feuds within the CPUSA, attacks Whittaker Chambers’ charges against him in Witness and recounts the circumstances around his expulsion from the party in 1948, and his reinstatement in 1960.  His work establishing and leading the International Workers Order is also traced.

****************************************************************

 

Cedric Belfrage

 

Belfrage, Cedric. The Frightened Giant: My Unfinished Affair with America. London, New York: Secker & Warburg, 1957. Discusses his deportation from the United States due to his Communist links.

Belfrage, Sally. Un-American Activities: A Memoir of the Fifties. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. Memoir by daughter of Cedric Belfrage.

Palmer, Jennifer Susan. “Cedric Belfrage: Anglo-American Nonconformist.” Ph.D. diss. University Of Delaware, 1993. Admiring biography.

****************************************************************

 

Alexander Bittelman

 

Bittelman, Alexander. A Communist Views America’s Future. Privately printed, 1960. Bittelman, a veteran party leader,offers a sometimes positive evaluation of former CPUSA leader Earl Browder.  The Party expelled Bittelman in 1959 for these views.

Bittelman, Alexander. “Things I Have Learned.” Unpublished autobiographical typescript. Tamiment Library, New York University, 1963. The material contains an unpublished autobiography describing childhood and radical activities in Russia, arrival in the United States in 1912, early Socialist connections, formation of the American Communist Party, factional feuds within the movement, comments on Earl Browder, William Z. Foster, Jay Lovestone, Charles Ruthenberg, and many others.

****************************************************************

 

Ella Reeve Bloor

 

Bloor, Ella Reeve. We Are Many: An Autobiography by Ella Reeve Bloor. New York: International publishers, 1940. Traces her evolution from a middle-class childhood to women‘s suffrage, the WCTU, the Knights of Labor, the SLP, the S.P., and finally to CPUSA.

Brown, Kathleen A. “Ella Reeve Bloor: The Politics of the Personal in the American Communist Party.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1996. Examines Bloor’s first twenty years in the C.P. (1919-1939) in the light of her previous work with labor, socialist, and suffrage movements.  Argues that her rhetoric and style demonstrates that despite working in a party dominated by males and masculinized definitions of politics, she remained dedicated to a gender-inclusive philosophy and to integrating women fully into labor and C.P. activities.  

Brown, Kathleen A. “Re-Conceiving ‘Mother Bloor’: Maternalism and Communist Political Discourse.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Brown, Kathleen A. “The ‘Savagely Fathered and Un-Mothered World’ of the Communist Party, U.S.A.: Feminism, Maternalism, and ‘Mother’ Bloor.” Feminist Studies 25, no. 3 (Fall 1999). Examines Ella Reeve ‘Mother’ Bloor as a case study of the intersections between cultural practices, ideology, and political choices of the interwar Communist movement and for the larger issues of the place of maternalism in the Left and the problematic construction as maternalist of all women’s politics which take into account familial issues.  Argues that Bloor’s deployment of motherhood was not sentimentalist or naturalist, but construction of a serious ideology about the need to reproduce life and culture humanely.

****************************************************************

 

Grace Burnham

 

Allen, Arthur. “Love Secrets.” Washington Post Magazine, 6 June 1999. On the 1928 tabloid scandal that Grace Burnham, a rich widow, was having a “eugenic baby,” having picked a father in accordance with scientific genetic principles.  Shows that the story was false.  Burnham was a secret member of the CPUSA and co-director with Harriet Silverman of the Worker’s Health Bureau.  The father was William Weinstone, CPUSA official and Silverman’s husband.

****************************************************************

 

Kenneth Neill Cameron

 

Cameron, Kenneth Neill. “Town and Gown: Excerpts from the Bloomington, Indiana Memoir of Kenneth Neill Cameron, Communist Academic in the Working Class Movement.” Edited by Peter Meyer Filardo. Labor History 36, no. 4 (1995). Excerpt from the autobiographical manuscript of  Cameron (1908-94), Cameron, a Shelley scholar, leading member of the Indiana C.P. and of the AFT chapter at the Indiana University in the 1940s.   Expresses enthusiasm for the ouster of Earl Browder in 1945 and the replacement of Browder’s policies of integrating the party into mainstream politics with a more confrontational stance.

****************************************************************

 

George Charney

 

Charney, George. A Long Journey. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1968. Memoir of a former Communist leader who left the Communist Party in 1958.

Charney, George. “Out of the Communist Past.” Dissent 15, no. 5 (1968)

****************************************************************

 

Samuel Darcy

 

Darcy, Samuel. Oral History Interviews with Samuel Adams Darcy. With Ronald L. Filippelli, 1970. Sam Darcy’s (originally Samuel Dardeck) parents brought him to this country in 1908 from the Ukraine. The first interview contains vivid accounts of the life of a Russian immigrant family from 1917 through the 1920s. He discusses his view of the roots of American radicalism. Darcy became involved with the Young Workers League in 1920. After attending NYU, he worked as Lovestone’s assistant at the Daily Worker newspaper. In 1926 he became National Secretary of the YWL and in 1927 went to Moscow as representative to the executive committee of the KIM.   Darcy discusses his role as director of the Workers School in New York in 1929 and editorship of the Daily Worker. He discusses his leadership of the California party in early 1930s, his role in the Comintern in 1935-37 in Moscow his relationships with Earl Browder, Jay Lovestone, William Foster and others.

****************************************************************

 

Eugene V. Dennett

 

Dennett, Eugene V. Agitprop: The Life of an American Working-Class Radical: The Autobiography of Eugene V. Dennett. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1988. Memoir of Washington state maritime and steel worker militant active in the labor movement and the C.P.

****************************************************************

 

Eugene and Peggy Dennis

 

Berman, Paul. “Lives of the Party.” Village Voice, 14 January 1992. Essay-review on Eric Stange and David Dugan’s documentary Love in the Cold War an American Experience series television documentary (WETA-TV, 1992) about Eugene and Peggy Dennis.  “There’s something odd about making a movie in a democratic revolutionary time like this that shows Communist leaders from the past in a relatively positive or at least a sympathetic light.  Its like choosing to make a movie at the height of the civil rights movement about the sad defeat undergone by Robert E. Lee and his dashing Confederate offices, who thought they were fighting for liberty and states’ rights but turned out--as who could have imagined?--to be fighting for slavery.  A film less worried about trampling on the toes of the defeated ex-Communists might show how destructive was the American Communist Party during its decades of prosperity, how badly it damaged the political culture in the United States, how successful it was in convincing the American public that socialism means something like the Soviet Union, how dreadful would have been the result if the Communists had achieved any greater success, how heartless and lacking in elementary sympathy was their attitude toward the nameless victims of Communist oppression around the world.”

Dennis, Eugene. Ideas They Cannot Jail. New York: International Publishers, 1950.

Dennis, Eugene. Letters from Prison. New York: International Publishers, 1956.

Dennis, Peggy. The Autobiography of an American Communist: A Personal View of a Political Life, 1925-1975. Westport, [Conn.]: L. Hill, 1977. Memoir by the wife of CPUSA leader Eugene Dennis, Peggy was a party militant in her own right.

Dennis, Peggy. “Memories from the ‘Twenties.” Cultural Correspondence 6, no. 7 (Spring 1978): 84-86. Discusses her childhood in the Yiddish left.

Dennis, Peggy. “Memories of the Witchhunts.” Progressive, October 1981. Written by a Communist militant and wife of the CPUSA’s chief in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Dennis, Peggy. “The McCarthy Years Revisited.” Socialist Review 16, no. 5 (September-October 1986).

Radosh, Ronald. “Love in the Cold War.” Heterodoxy 1, no. 1 (April 1992). Essay-review of PBS documentary.  “The centerpiece of “Love in the Cold War” is the story of Denises’ first son, Tim, who was left behind in a Moscow day care facility reserved for the party elite while his parents did their dirty business for the Soviet state.  But when Moscow decided it was time . . . for Gene Dennis to take his place in the national leadership of the American party, Soviet leaders informed the boy’s parents that little Tim, now five years old, was to remain a hostage in Moscow. . . .  The explanation provided to the parents--and fatuously repeated in this film--was that it was too risky for the American party’s image to have Dennis seen with a five year old who spoke only Russian.  The real reason the child was held in Moscow was to provide Stalin with a hammer over Gene Dennis, who in his new position in the leadership of the American C.P. would have the crucial duty of securing support for Moscow as the world moved closer to war.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States (Regarding Eugene Dennis). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

Wigren, James Charles. “Eugene Dennis and the ‘Americanization’ of the Communist Party, USA, 1956-1960.” Master’s thesis. Washington, DC: George Washington University, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

James Dolson

 

Dolson, James. Bucking the Ruling Class: Jim Dolson’s Story. Privately printed, 1984. Memoir of an American Communist militant.  Dolson carried out mission in Asia for the PPTUS and the Comintern.

****************************************************************

 

Bill Dunne

Wetzel, Kurt Winston. “The Making of an American Radical: Bill Dunne in Butte.” Master’s thesis. University of Montana, 1970.

****************************************************************

 

Frederick V. Field

 

Field, Frederick Vanderbilt. From Right to Left: An Autobiography. Westport, CT: L. Hill, 1983. Scion of a wealthy family, Field promoted Communist-linked causes through out his life, all the while denying party membership.  Says that Earl Browder requested Field to organize the American Peace Mobilization, an organization Field directed.  In his autobiography he proudly discusses his life as a secret Communist.

Kaplan, Steven. “The Blueblood Red: Fred Field Threw Away a $72 Million Inheritance to Follow His Convictions.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Biographical sketch of Frederick V. Field.

****************************************************************

 

Betty Friedan

 

Boucher, Joanne. “Betty Friedan and the Radical Past of Liberal Feminism.” New Politics 9, no. 3 (2003).

Horowitz, Daniel. “Rethinking Betty Friedan and The Feminine Mystique: Labor Union Radicalism and Feminism in Cold War America.” American Quarterly 48, no. 1 (March 1996). Notes that Friedan published articles in New Masses in 1945 under the pseudonym Lillian Stone.

Horowitz, Daniel. Betty Friedan and the Making of The Feminine Mystique: The American Left, the Cold War, and Modern Feminism. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1998. Discusses Friedan’s long obscured relationship to the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Elizabeth Gurley Flynn

 

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Elizabeth G. Flynn.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference on the History of Women, 1984.

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Pioneer and Aunt Tom: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn’s Feminism.” Rethinking Marxism 1, no. 1 (Spring 1988). Notes that Flynn’s indifference to women’s issues has been a disappointment to feminists, but her unrestricted life and political radicalism have inspired many.

Baxandall, Rosalynn Fraad. “Elizabeth Gurley Flynn: The Early Years.” Radical America 9, no. 1 (1975).

Camp, Helen C. “‘Gurley’: A Biography of Elizabeth Gurley Flynn, 1890-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1983.

Camp, Helen C. Iron in Her Soul: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn and the American Left. Pullman, WA: WSU Press, 1995.

Cole, Stephen Charles. “Elizabeth Gurley Flynn: A Portrait.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1991. Finds that Flynn never wavered in her belief that the Communist party represented the best opportunity for the emancipation of American workers.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. I Speak My Own Piece: Autobiography of “The Rebel Girl.” New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1955.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. The Rebel Girl: An Autobiography, My First Life (1906-1926). New York: International Publishers, 1973.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. Memories of the Industrial Workers of the World (IWW). [New York]: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1977. Flynn was a IWW militant before joining the Communist movement.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. Words on Fire: The Life and Writing of Elizabeth Gurley Flynn. Edited by Rosalyn Fraad Baxandall. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

William Z. Foster

 

Barrett, James. “Bringing the Personal Into the Political: The Case of William Z. Foster and the Communist Personal Narrative.” Paper presented at “Eugene V. Debs and Politics of Dissent in Modern America” conference. Indiana State University, Terre Haute, 2000.

Barrett, James. “The Personal and the Political in the History of the American Communist Party: William Z. Foster and the Communist Personal Narrative.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Barrett, James R. “An American Bolshevik: William Z. Foster and the Roots of American Communism.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Changing Identity in the Life of William Z. Foster.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Barrett, James R. William Z. Foster and the Tragedy of American Radicalism. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1999. Full scale scholarly biography of Foster’s life encompassing both his career as a trade union syndicalist and as a Communist leader.

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: William Z. Foster, Personal Narrative, and the Subjective in the History of American Communism.” Labor History 43 (November 2002).

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Personal Narrative in the Life of William Z. Foster.” In Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin, edited by Kevin Morgan, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005.

Bekken, Jon. “The Tragedy of Fosterism.” Anarcho-Syndicalist Review, no. 31 (Spring 2001).

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Labor Philosophy of William Z. Foster.” Master’s thesis. University of Massachusetts, 1996.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Labor Philosophy of William Z. Foster: From the IWW to the TUEL.” International Social Science Review 71, no. 1/2 (1996).

Foster, William Z. From Bryan to Stalin. [New York]: International Publishers, 1937.

Foster, William Z. Pages from a Worker’s Life. New York: International publishers, 1939.

Foster, William Z. More Pages from a Worker’s Life. Edited by Arthur Zipser. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1979.

Foster, William Z. The Twilight of World Capitalism. New York: International Publishers, 1949.

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “William Z. Foster and Eugene Debs: Conflicting Definitions of Socialist Citizenship, 1910-1924.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1993.

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “Philadelphia ‘Skittereen’ and William Z. Foster: The Childhood of an American Communist.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography 117, no. 4 (October 1993).

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “William Z. Foster: Labor Organizer and Communist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1988. Traces Foster’s life and career to 1926; includes analyses of Foster’s role in the IWW and American syndicalism, the meatpacking organizing campaign of 1917-18 in Chicago, the steel strike of 1919, the early Communist Party, the Labor Party movement of 1919-24, and the early years of the Trade Union Education League.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “William Z. Foster and the Syndicalist League of North America.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Surveys Foster’s activity and attitudes prior to his adherence to Communism.  “Foster’s admiration of the Russian revolution could be anticipated in his earlier syndicalism.  The concept of the militant minority, which structured much of Foster’s activities in the 1910s, bears a striking resemblance to classical Leninist doctrine.  Foster’s moral skepticism, disdain for ideological expressions of ‘democracy’ and nationalism, his opportunism, and even his vision of the future workers’ society are consistent with what came to be labeled ‘Bolshevism.’  Most significant, however, was Foster’s attitude toward the role of labor unions in the post-revolutionary society.  In Syndicalism and elsewhere, he had proposed that the ‘fighting’ functions of unions would disappear, and that government would be carried on efficiently by a technical intelligentsia.  Here, he departed from traditional syndicalist theory.  Unions simply could not, he believed, be depended upon to effectively manage economic relations in a new social order.”

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “A Reexamination of the Later Career of William Z. Foster: 1945-1961.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism session at the Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Judges that Foster remained true throughout his life to a version of anarcho-syndicalism acquired during his years in the IWW and during an early trip to France where he encountered dedicated, elitist Marxists.  Notes that in some ways Foster’s views became a mirror image of the corporations he battled: distrust of unions, support of rule by experts, and view that the most important goal was building an efficient organization rather than a moral stance.  Also sees Foster’s support for a third party in the 1948 election in its initial stages paralleling CIO views.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. Forging American Communism: The Life of William Z. Foster. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1994. Admiring full-scale biography based in part on research in Russian archives.  Highly detailed study of Foster‘s activities and ideas as a union organizer and syndicalist thinker prior to his entering the Communist movement but somewhat less so of his career as a CPUSA leader; finds that Foster’s experiences in his early life were “profoundly American,” produced a radicalism was fully formed and theoretically sophisticated by the time he joined the C.P., that “in certain very significant instances, his ideas departed from Communist orthodoxy after 1921,” but that after a 1929 clash “with Lozovsky over the new trade union orientation, Foster would never again openly challenge an initiative from Moscow as he had in the 1920s.”

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. Forging American Communism: The Life of William Z. Foster. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1998. Paperback edition with a new preface by the author.

Zipser, Arthur. Workingclass Giant: The Life of William Z. Foster. New York: International Publishers, 1981. Party hagiography.

****************************************************************

 

Vivian Gornick

 

Gornick, Vivian. Fierce Attachments: A Memoir. New York: Farrar Straus Giroux, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Gilbert Green

 

Green, Gil. Cold War Fugitive: A Personal Story of the McCarthy Years. New York: International Publishers, 1984. Autobiography by a member of the party’s top leadership in the 1940s and 1950s.

Stephanson, Anders. “Interview with Gil Green.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Hubert Harrison and Crystal Eastman

 

Scharfman, Rachel. “Beyond Class, Beyond the Party: The Race- and Gender- Conscious Socialism of Hubert Harrison and Crystal Eastman, 1901-1920.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Dorothy Healey

 

Cooper, Marc. “Dorothy Ray Healey, Activist.” Z Magazine, September 2006.

Healey, Dorothy. Tradition’s Chains Have Bound Us. University of California, Los Angeles, 1982. Transcript of oral history interviews by Joel Gardner in the early 1970s.

Healey, Dorothy. “[Letter to the Editor].” Nation, 4 February 1991. Letter commenting on Vivian Gornick’s review of Dorothy Healey Remembers, saying of Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism that Gornick’s treatment of her was “an image from romance, not from my life.”

Healey, Dorothy, and Maurice Isserman. Dorothy Healey Remembers: A Life in the American Communist Party. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Healey was a long-time leader of the CPUSA on the West Coast.

Healey, Dorothy, and Maurice Isserman. California Red: A Life in the American Communist Party. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Reprint of Dorothy Healey Remembers: A Life in the American Communist Party, 1990.

****************************************************************

 

Eric Hobsbawm

 

Cronin, James E. “Memoir, Social History and Commitment: Eric Hobsbawm’s Interesting Times.” Journal of Social History 37, no. 1 (Fall 2003).

Hobsbawm, E. J. Interesting Times: A Twentieth-Century Life. London, New York: Allen Lane, 2002.  Autobiography by a leading historian.  Defends and justifies his steadfast support for communism.

Hobsbawm, Eric J. “Problems of Communist History.” New Left Review [U.K.] 54 (March-April 1969).

Hobsbawm, Eric. J. “Communists: Problems of Communist History.” In Revolutionaries; Contemporary Essays, edited by Eric. J. Hobsbawm. New York: Pantheon Books, 1973.

McInnes, Neil. “The Long Goodbye - and Eric’s Consoling Lies.” National Interest 64 (2001). On historian and Communist Eric Hobsbawm’s continued defense and apologies for communism.

Pryce-Jones, David. “Eric Hobsbawm: Lying to the Credulous.” New Criterion 21, no. 5 (January 2003). Critical essay on Hobsbawm’s Interesting Times: A Twentieth-Century Life.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Persistence of the Communist World View.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 19 June 2001. Discusses attitudes toward the history of communism by Eric Hobsbawm and Mary Francis Berry.

****************************************************************

 

Bertha Howe

 

Howe, Bertha Washburn, and Oakley C. Johnson. An American Century: The Recollections of Bertha W. Howe, 1866-1966. Edited by Oakley C. Johnson. New York: Published for the American Institute for Marxist Studies by Humanities Press, 1966. Howe, a court stenographer, was an active rank-and-file members of the S.P. and the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Grace Hutchins and Anna Rochester

 

Lee, Janet. Comrades and Partners: The Shared Lives of Grace Hutchins and Anna Rochester. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2000.

Lee, Janet. “‘Bigger Than Our Friendship’: Personal and Political Passions in the Life of Anna Rochester, 1880-1966.” Women’s History Review [U.K.] 10, no. 4 (Winter 2001).

Lee, Janet. “‘From Missionary to Bolshevik’: Grace Hutchins and the Politics of Devotion.” Women’s Studies International Forum 26, no. 2 (2003).

****************************************************************

 

Paul Jacobs

 

Jacobs, Paul. Is Curly Jewish? A Political Self-Portrait Illuminating Three Turbulent Decades of Social Revolt, 1935-1965. New York: Atheneum, 1965. Autobiography of a radical activist and writer.

****************************************************************

 

Edith Jenkins

 

Jenkins, Edith A. Against a Field Sinister: Memoirs and Stories. San Francisco: City Lights Books, 1991. Essays by San Francisco political activist who was part of the Communist subculture from the 1930s onward.  Discusses the 1934 waterfront strike, J. Robert Oppenheimer’s participation in the San Francisco area radical community, and her traumatic reaction to Khrushchev’s 1956 speech on Stalin.

****************************************************************

 

Clyde L. Johnson

 

Kelley, Robin D. G. “A Lifelong Radical: Clyde L. Johnson, 1908-1994.” Radical History Review, no. 62 (Spring 1995). Admiring biographical essay of a Communist organizer active in the National Student League at CCNY and the Share Croppers Union in Alabama.

Smith, Fletcher Charles. “Clyde Johnson, American Communist: His Life in the Labor Movement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Mother Jones

 

Gorn, Elliott J. Mother Jones: The Most Dangerous Woman in America. New York: Hill and Wang, 2001.

Jones, Mother. Mother Jones Speaks: Collected Writings and Speeches. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1983.

****************************************************************

 

Ann Kimmage

 

Kimmage, Ann. An Un-American Childhood. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press, 1996. Memoir by daughter of Abraham and Belle Chapman.  Abraham, an official of the New York C.P., wrote for the Institute of Pacific Relations under his own name and also to other publications under the names of John Arnold and John Gordon.  In 1950, Ann was awakened in the night and the family abandoned their household property, fled to Mexico, and went into hiding.  Ann speculates that the move was part of the party’s plan to place cadre out of the country for safekeeping but also notes that the move was at the time of the arrest of the Rosenbergs, done in panic, and her father may have been involved in Soviet intelligence.  From Mexico, the family moved secretly to Czechoslovakia and were given new identities by the Soviet and Czech intelligence services, that of Czech citizens named Capkov.  In 1958 the family moved to China, but returned to Prague after the antiforeign phase of the Great Leap Forward began.  The family returned to the U.S. in 1963.  To facilitate their return, Czech intelligence furnished them with forged documents showing that they had lived in Czechoslovakia as American citizens under the name Chapman so that their having lived as Czech citizens would not raise questions of their having abandoned American citizenship.  Evidence of their having lived in China was erased.

****************************************************************

 

Carol Weiss King

 

Ginger, Ann Fagan. Carol Weiss King, Human Rights Lawyer, 1895-1952. Niwot, CO: University Press of Colorado, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Arthur Kinoy

 

Kinoy, Arthur. “The Making of a People’s Lawyer.” Science & Society 45 (Fall 1981).

Kinoy, Arthur. Rights on Trial: The Odyssey of a People’s Lawyer. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1983. Kinoy was close to the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Jack Kling

 

Kling, Jack. Where the Action is: Memoirs of a U.S. Communist. New York, NY: New Outlook, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Sherman Labovitz

 

Labovitz, Sherman. Being Red in Philadelphia: A Memoir of the McCarthy Era. Philadelphia: Camino Books, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Al Lannon

 

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Second String Red: The Life of Al Lannon, an American Communist.” Master’s thesis. San Francisco State University, 1997. Biography of long-time CPUSA official and maritime union activist written by his son.  Lannon was an organizer for the Marine Workers Industrial Union, attended the Lenin School in Moscow, became a CIO National Maritime Union organizer, headed the Maryland-DC party organization, led the New York waterfront party section, went to prison in the second-string Smith Act trials, and was leader of the left faction in 1956-57 that opposed the reforms of John Gates.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. Second String Red: The Life of Al Lannon, American Communist. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Helen Lawrenson

 

Lawrenson, Helen. Stranger at the Party: A Memoir. New York: Random House, 1975. Her husband was a Communist vice-president of the NMU.

Lawrenson, Helen. Whistling Girl. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1978. Memoir by the managing editor of Vanity Fair in the 1930s recounts anecdotes about Communists, Communist involvement with Café Society, she joining the C.P. in 1945, (member of the Ben Franklin Club, a cultural club headed by Howard Fast).

****************************************************************

 

Gerda Lerner

 

Lerner, Gerda. Fireweed: A Political Autobiography. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2002. Leading historian discusses her role in the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Sidney Lens

 

Coker, Jeff. “The Lives of Sidney Lens: American Radicals and the American Worker from the Depression to Vietnam.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Lens, Sidney. Unrepentant Radical: An American Activist’s Account of Five Turbulent Decades. Boston: Beacon Press, 1980.  In the 1930s Lens was a Trotskyist then split to assist Hugo Oehler in the Revolutionary Workers League, and thereafter held a variety of radical positions.

****************************************************************

 

Bernard Livingston

 

Livingston, Bernard. Closet Red: A Marxist’s Adventures Inside the Ruling Class. New York: Waverly Publishers, 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Florence Luscomb

 

Strom, Sharon Hartman. Political Woman: Florence Luscomb and the Legacy of Radical Reform. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2001. Boston radical close to the CPUSA and active in the Wallace Progressive party.

****************************************************************

 

Mary Marcy

 

Marcy, Mary. The Tongue of Angels: The Mary Marcy Reader. Edited by Frederick C. Giffin. Selinsgrove [PA] Cranbury, NJ: Susquehanna University Press & Associated University Presses, 1988.

****************************************************************

 

Felix Martin / Isaac Woods

 

Woods, Isaac. The Revolutionary Journalism of Felix Martin (Isaac Woods): Worker-Philosopher. Chicago: News & Letters, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Ruth McKenney

 

McKenney, Ruth. Love Story. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1950. Fictionalized autobiography of first dozen years of marriage to New Masses editor Richard Branstein.  McKenney also wrote a weekly column for New Masses.  Both expelled from the CPUSA in 1946.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Minor

 

North, Joseph. Robert Minor, Artist and Crusader: An Informal Biography. New York: International Publishers, 1956. Hagiographic.

****************************************************************

 

Jessica Mitford

 

Mitford, Jessica. A Fine Old Conflict. New York: Knopf, 1977.

Mitford, Jessica. Decca: The Letters of Jessica Mitford. Edited by Peter Y. Sussman. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

David Montgomery

 

Montgomery, David. “Once Upon a Shop Floor: An Interview with David Montgomery.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). Interview with David Montgomery, a union organizer and Communist who later became a leading labor historian.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Year of the Marxist Historians, Part II.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 20 April 2001. Critique of David Montgomery’s attitudes toward communism and American democracy.

****************************************************************

 

Scott Nearing

 

Saltmarsh, John A. Scott Nearing: An Intellectual Biography. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1991. Nearing, an influential radical writer in the 1920s and 1930s was briefly in the CPUSA in the late 1920s until he was expelled for not accepting party directives on his writings.

Whitfield, Stephen J. Scott Nearing: Apostle of American Radicalism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1974.

 

Steve Nelson

 

Laes, H.B. “Stephan Mesarosh, Aka ‘Steve Nelson’.” Blogspot, 26 March 2008. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/.

Nelson, Steve, James R. Barrett, and Rob Ruck. Steve Nelson, American Radical. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1981. Autobiography of a veteran and senior Communist Party leader  (International Brigades political commissar, party organizer in California, chief of the C.P. in Pennsylvania) who left the Party after the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Steve Nelson. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

 

Norman Nevins

 

Nevins, Norman. “A Brooklyn Red Youth: A Memoir.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Nevins joined the IWO and the YCL in the early 1930s and was expelled in the late 1930s for associating with Trotskyists.

******************************************************************************

 

Joseph North

 

North, Joseph. No Men Are Strangers. New York: International Publishers, 1958. Memoir by an editor and correspondent for New Masses.

****************************************************************

 

Harvey and Jessie O’Connor

 

Bowler, Susan M. “Harvey and Jessie O’Connor: A Couple of Radicals.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1988.

Nutter, Kathleen. “Wealth for the Commonwealth: The Activism of Jessie Lloyd O’Connor During the Popular Front.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Nutter, Kathleen Banks. “The Truth About Polly or A Flapper in Russia: The Making of Labor Journalist Jessie Lloyd O’Connor.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Nutter, Kathleen Banks. “Jessie Lloyd O’Connor and Mary Metlay Kaufman: Professional Women Fighting for Social Justice.” Journal of Women’s History 14, no. 2 (Summer 2002).

O’Connor, Jessie Lloyd, Harvey O’Connor, and Susan M. Bowler. Harvey and Jessie: A Couple of Radicals. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988. Dual biography/autobiography of two radical journalists.

 

Kate Richards O’Hare

 

Alam, Lubna A. “How Did Kate Richards O’Hare’s Conviction and Incarceration for Sedition During World War I Change Her Activism?” Women and Social Movements in United States History, 1600-2000 8, no. 3 (September 2004).

O’Hare, Kate Richards. Kate Richards O’Hare, Selected Writings and Speeches. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner and Sally M. Miller. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

 

Andy Overgaard

 

Overgaard, Andy [Anders Overgàrd]. Oral History Memoir. Aalorg, Denmark: Danes Worldwide Archives, n.d. Overgaard described his childhood in Denmark and immigration to the U.S. at age 19.  He joined the C.P. in 1920 and served as a TUEL/TUUL organizer in Chicago, Detroit, Pittsburgh, Waterbury CT, Youngstown, Buffalo and New York City and as an American delegate to the Profintern.  He also taught at Commonwealth College in Arkansas and worked as an organizer for the Die Casters Union, the UE and the Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers Union.  Overgaard, who had never taken American citizenship, was arrested in 1949 and agreed to voluntary deportation to Denmark in 1950.   He described himself as a staunch Communist and the Soviet Union as the fulfillment of destiny of the working class, and takes the view that the policies of CPUSA were essentially correct in every period except when it was misled by Lovestone and Browder.

****************************************************************

 

Myra Page

 

Baker, Christina Looper. “In a Generous Spirit: The Life of Myra Page.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1991. Biography based on interviews, letters and writings of Dorothy Markey, Communist journalist who wrote under the name of Myra Page.  Page had a Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota in sociology.  In 1925 she married John Markey and joined the CPUSA.  Although she left the party in 1953, she never abandoned her belief in socialism.

****************************************************************

 

J. Peters / Josef Peters

 

Péter, József [J. Peters]. “Péter József Visszaemlékezései [József Péter’s Memoirs].” Politikatudományi Intézet (Budapest, Hungary). 867, f. 1, 1983.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “Sandor Goldberger / J. Peters and the American Communist Movement.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies, 2005.

Stevens, Alexander [J. Peters]. America Sings for Victory. NY, NY: Workers Book Shop, circa 1943.

*************************************************************************

 

Richard F. Pettigrew

 

Hendrickson, Kenneth E. “The Public Career of Richard F. Pettigrew of South Dakota, 1848-1926.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1962. Pettigrew began a career in politics as a conservative Republican, shifted to the Democrats, returned to the Republicans as a TR supporter, shifted further left and became a early Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Sara Plotkin

 

Plotkin, Sara. Full-Time Active: Sara Plotkin, An Oral History. Edited by Arthur Tobier. New York: New York: Community Documentation Workshop, 1980. Plotkin was born in White Russia of Jewish parents, became Bolshevik, immigrated to the U.S. in 1922, and worked as a Communist organizer among New York cafeteria workers and steel and coal miners in Pittsburgh and Wheeling.

****************************************************************

 

Victor Rabinowitz

 

Rabinowitz, Victor. Unrepentant Leftist: A Lawyer’s Memoir. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996. Memoir by a firm ally of the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Joe Rapoport

 

Kann, Kenneth. Joe Rapoport, the Life of a Jewish Radical. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981. An edited oral history biography.

****************************************************************

 

John Reed

 

Balabanoff, Angelica. “John Reed’s Last Days.” Modern Monthly, January 1937. Memoir by a close associate of Lenin and first secretary of the Comintern who later broke with Communism.

Baskin, Alex. John Reed: The Early Years in Greenwich Village. New York: Archives of Social History, 1990.

Culbert, David. “REDS: Propaganda, Docudrama, and Hollywood.” Labor History 24 (1983). Reviews “REDS.” a commercial film portrayal of the life of John Reed.

Duke, David C. John Reed. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1987. Literary biography.

Gardner, Virginia. “Friend and Lover”: The Life of Louise Bryant. New York: Horizon Press, 1982. Biography of John Reed’s companion. Includes an appendix, "A Note on Historical Questions,” regarding the controversy about Reed’s political stance in his last days.

Hicks, Granville, and John Stuart. John Reed: The Making of a Revolutionary. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1936. Hicks in 1936 was a leading Communist intellectual.

Homberger, Eric. John Reed. Manchester [U.K.]: Manchester University Press, 1990.

Krasnov, Iva. “John Reed and the Great October Revolution.” Social Sciences [USSR] 18, no. 3 (1987). On Reed service to the cause.

Lasky, Melvin J. “John Reed & Alger Hiss: Two Cases in Ideology.” Encounter [U.K.] 59, no. 2 (1982). Compares the careers of and films about Reed and Hiss.

Lehman, Daniel W. John Reed & the Writing of Revolution. Athens, OH: Ohio University Press, 2002.

Munk, Michael. “The Romance of John Reed and Louise Bryant: New Documents Clarify How They Met.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 109, no. 3 (Fall 2008).

O’Connor, Richard, and Dale L. Walker. The Lost Revolutionary: A Biography of John Reed. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1967.

Reed, John. Ten Days That Shook the World. New York: Boni and Liveright, 1919. Reed was in Russia at the time of the Bolshevik coup, and Ten Days was one of the earliest published portrayals of the revolution . Reed’s enthusiasm and colorful prose inspired American radicals and did much to shape Bolshevism’s initial image.

Reed, John. John Reed and the Russian Revolution: Uncollected Articles, Letters, and Speeches on Russia, 1917-1920. Edited by Eric Homberger and John Biggart. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1992.

Reed, John. The Collected Works of John Reed. New York: Modern Library, 1995.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “Reds as History.” Reviews in American History 10, no. 3 (September 1982). Essay review of the film “Reds” on the life of John Reed.

Rosenstone, Robert A. Romantic Revolutionary: A Biography of John Reed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1990.

Tuck, Jim. Pancho Villa and John Reed: Two Faces of Romantic Revolution. Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona Press, 1984.

Wilson, Christopher P. “Plotting the Border: John Reed, Pancho Villa, and Insurgent Mexico.” In Cultures of United States Imperialism, edited by Amy Kaplan and Donald E. Pease. New Americanists. Durham: Duke University Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Al Richmond

 

Richmond, Al. A Long View from the Left: Memoirs of an American Revolutionary. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1973. Memoir by a veteran Communist cadre.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Rovere

 

Rovere, Richard Halworth. Final Reports: Personal Reflections on Politics and History in Our Time. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1984. Rovere, later a prominent journalist, discusses his early experiences in the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

 

John R. Salter

 

Salter, John R., Jr. “Red Encounters.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 78, no. 1-2 (January-April 1987). Reminiscences about a 1955 confrontation between Salter, then a young Wobbly, with Communists in a Seattle bar.

****************************************************************

 

Alexander Saxton

 

Rydell, Robert W. “Grand Crossings: The Life and Work of Alexander Saxton.” Pacific Historical Review 73, no. 2 (2004).

 Saxton, Alexander. The Great Midland. Commentary by Constance Coiner. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Reprint of Saxton’s 1948 novel about labor radicals and Communists in Chicago.  Contains a introduction of Saxton discussing his life in the CPUSA and a commentary essay by Constance Coiner.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Schrank

 

Schrank, Robert. Wasn’t That a Time? Growing up Radical and Red in America. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998. Memoir by CPUSA labor cadre active in machinists union organizing in the 1930s and 1940s who left the party in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

George Seldes

 

Seldes, George. Witness to a Century: Encounters with the Noted, the Notorious, and the Three SOBs. New York: Ballantine Books, 1987. Memoir of a radical journalist often allied with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Art Shields

 

Shields, Art. My Shaping-up Years the Early Years of Labor’s Great Reporter. New York: International Publishers, 1983. Autobiography of a Communist journalist.

Shields, Art. On the Battle-Lines, 1919-1939. New York: International Publishers, 1986. Shields started his career in radical journalism with the IWW’s journal Industrial Solidarity, took part in the Seattle General Strike of 1918-19 and was one of the original eight staff members of the Daily Worker when it was founded in 1924.

****************************************************************

 

William Schneiderman

 

Schneiderman, William. Dissent on Trial: The Story of a Political Life. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1983. Schneiderman led the party in California for a number of years.

****************************************************************

 

William Sennett

 

Sennett, William. Communist Functionary and Corporate Executive. Bancroft Library, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Edited oral history interview.

****************************************************************

 

John L. Spivak

 

Spivak, John Louis. A Man in His Time. New York: Horizon Press, 1967. Spivak, who wrote investigative, exposé journalism, was secretly a Communist and active in the CPUSA’s covert operations. His journalistic activities usually served CPUSA propaganda goals.

Spivak, John Louis. Plotting America’s Pogroms: A Documented Exposé of Organized Anti-Semitism in the United States. [New York]: The New Masses, 1934.

Spivak, John Louis. Europe Under the Terror. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1936.

Spivak, John Louis. Honorable Spy. New York: Modern Age Books, 1939. Warns of covert Japanese military intrigue in the United States.

Spivak, John Louis. Secret Armies: The New Technique of Nazi Warfare. New York: Modern Age Books, 1939.  Warns of massive secret Nazi and Fascist underground networks.

Spivak, John Louis. Pattern for American Fascism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1947. Warns of the increasingly Fascist nature of America.

****************************************************************

 

John W. Stanford, Jr.

 

Reavis, Dick J. “Gentle Giant.” San Antonio Current, 11 June 2003. Gushing biographical profile of John W. Stanford, Jr., a CPUSA activist in Texas in the 1950s and later in California.

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Starobin

 

Beichman, Arnold. “A Memory of the Past.” Encounter [U.K.] 64, no. 1 (1985). Focuses on the career of Joseph Starobin in the CPUSA.

Starobin, Joseph R. Paris to Peking. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955. A memoir published with C.P. disapproval which hinted of doubts about the C.P. history and direction.  Starobin later broke with the party.

****************************************************************

 

Rose Pastor Stokes

 

Renshaw, Patrick. “Rose of the World: The Pastor-Stokes Marriage and the American Left, 1905-1925.” New York History 62 (1981).

Sharp, Kathleen A. “Rose Pastor Stokes: Radical Champion of the American Working Class, 1878-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1979.

Sigerman, Harriet Marla. “Daughters of the Book: A Study of Gender and Ethnicity in the Lives of Three American Jewish Women.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1992. Discusses Rose Pastor Stokes.

Stokes, Rose Pastor. I Belong to the Working Class: The Unfinished Autobiography of Rose Pastor Stokes. Edited by Herbert Shapiro and David L. Sterling. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1992.

Tamarkin, Stanley R. “Rose Pastor Stokes: The Portrait of a Radical Woman, 1905-1919.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1983. Biography of an immigrant who married into a wealthy family, became a Socialist Party and labor movement militant, was convicted under the wartime Espionage Act in 1918 and helped to launch the Communist Party.

Zipser, Arthur, and Pearl Zipser. Fire and Grace: The Life of Rose Pastor Stokes. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1989. Worshipful biography.

****************************************************************

 

Arne Swabeck

 

Phelps, Christopher. “American Socialism and Arne Swabeck (1890-1986): A Participant and Partisan.” Against the Current, no. 96 (2002).  Swabeck was an ally of Cannon in the C.P. in the 1920s and went to a long career as a Trotskyist. 

****************************************************************

 

Willard Uphaus

 

Uphaus, Willard E. Commitment. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1963.

****************************************************************

 

Vera Buch Weisbord

 

Weisbord, Vera Buch. A Radical Life. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1977. This autobiography discusses her role in the Passaic textile workers strike of 1926, the National Textile Workers Union organizing drive in Gastonia, as well as her role in the early Communist Party and the Communist League of Struggle, a Communist Party splinter led by her husband Albert.

****************************************************************

 

Anita Whitney

 

Richmond, Al. Native Daughter: The Story of Anita Whitney. [San Francisco, CA]: Anita Whitney 75th Anniversary Committee, 1942.

Rubens, Lisa. “The Patrician Radical: Charlotte Anita Whitney.” California History 65, no. 3 (September 1986). Sympathetic biographical essay about a longtime California radical.  Whitney, from a middle-class background, associated first with the IWW and then with the CPUSA.  She was convicted under a California criminal syndicalism statute, a conviction affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court, but pardoned in 1927.

Whitten, Woodrow C. “The Trial of Charlotte Anita Whitney.” Pacific Historical Review 15 (September 1946).

****************************************************************

 

John Williamson

 

Williamson, John. Dangerous Scot: The Life and Work of an American “Undesirable.”. New York: International Publishers, 1969. A senior CPUSA official, Williamson was not a citizen and was deported to Great Britain in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

 

Leon Wofsy

 

Wofsy, Leon. Looking for the Future: A Personal Connection to Yesterday’s Great Expectations, Today’s Reality, and Tomorrow’s Hope. Oakland, CA: I. W. Rose Press, 1995. Wofsy headed the Labor Youth League for a time.  He left the party after 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Elaine Black Yoneda

 

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. The Red Angel the Life: And Times of Elaine Black Yoneda. New York, NY: International Publishers, 1991. Admiring biography of West Coast Communist.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 23

American-Soviet Relations, the Cold War, and Domestic Communism

 

Appy, Christian G., ed. Cold War Constructions: The Political Culture of United States Imperialism, 1945-1966. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2000.

Bogle, Lori Lyn, ed. The Cold War. New York: Routledge, 2001. Reprints historical essays.  v. 1. Origins of the Cold War, the great historical debate -- v. 2. National security policy planning from Truman to Reagan and from Stalin to Gorbachev -- v. 3. Hot wars of the Cold War -- v. 4. Cold War espionage and spying -- v. 5. Cold War culture and society.

Bouscaren, Anthony Trawick. America Faces World Communism. New York: Vantage Press, 1953.

Brands, H. W. The Devil We Knew: Americans and the Cold War. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Brinkley, Alan. “The Illusion of Unity in Cold War Culture.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

Brinkley, Alan. “The Illusion of Unity in Cold War America.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture” conference. American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994.

Decter, Moshe. “America and Russia, Part XI: The Great Deception.” American Heritage 13, no. 1 (1961).

Fukuyama, Francis. “The End of History?” National Interest, no. 16 (Summer 1989): 3-35. In an explicitly Hegelian mode, states that “the passing of Marxism-Leninism first from China and then from the Soviet Union will mean its death as a living ideology of world historical significance.  For while there may be some isolated true believers left in places like Managua, Pyongyang, or Cambridge, Massachusetts, the fact that there is not a single large state in which it is a going concern undermines completely its pretensions of being in the vanguard of human history.”  Responses by Allan Bloom, Pierre Hassner, Gertrude Himmelfarb, Irving Kristol, Daniel Moynihan, and Stephen Sestanovich.

Gaddis, John Lewis. The United States and the Origins of the Cold War, 1941-1947. New York: Columbia University Press, 1972.

Gaddis, John Lewis. “The Tragedy of Cold War History: Reflections on Revisionism.” Foreign Affairs, February 1994. “Weren’t Stalin‘s sins fully apparent decades ago, and didn’t they figure prominently in the earliest orthodox accounts of Cold War origins?  Isn’t raising this issue now a matter of beating a horse that has not only long been dead, but is mummified....  There are several reasons why I think this is not the case, why the nature of Stalinism is an issue to which Cold War historians will need to return.  First archives are important, even if all they do is confirm old arguments.  The new Soviet sources, however, may well do more than that; the evidence now becoming available suggests strongly that conditions inside the U.S.S.R., not just under Stalin but also under Lenin and several of Stalin‘s successors were worse than most outside experts had ever suspected....  Part of the problem also had to do, I suspect, with the lingering effects of McCarthyism: the ideological excesses of the late 1940s and the early 1950s so traumatized American academics that for decades afterwards many of them avoided looking seriously at the possibility that communism might indeed have influenced the behavior of Communist states.  Because some charges of Soviet espionage were exaggerated, there was a tendency to assume that all of them had been, that the spies were simply figments of right-wing imaginations.  Because gestures like Congressional ‘captive nations‘ resolutions appeared to be a form of pandering to ethnic constituencies, it was easily to lose sight of the fact that there really were captive nations.  And perhaps some of use also worried that if we talked too explicitly about these kinds of things, we might wind up sounding like John Foster Dulles, or, for a more recent generation, Ronald Reagan.”

Gaddis, John Lewis. The United States and the End of the Cold War: Implications, Reconsiderations, Provocations. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Gaddis, John Lewis. The Cold War: A New History. New York: Penguin Press, 2005

Gaddis, John Lewis. We Now Know: Rethinking Cold War History. New York: Clarendon Press, Oxford University Press, 1997.

Henderson, Loy W. A Question of Trust: The Origins of U.S.-Soviet Diplomatic Relations: The Memoirs of Loy W. Henderson. Edited by George W. Baer. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, Stanford University, 1986. Henderson was the leading American diplomatic specialist on Soviet matters in the late 1920s and 1930s.  Upset by his and his associates critical attitude toward Stalin and the Great Terror, in 1937 Department of State superiors led by Undersecretary of State Welles dismantled the Division of East European Affairs, dispersed and destroyed the specialized library of Soviet literature it had created, and a few years later removed Henderson from Soviet matters by assigning him to middle-eastern responsibilities.

Hirshberg, Matthew S. “Cold War Cognition and Culture in America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1990. Says the misleading Cold War stereotype of the U.S. representing freedom and democracy and the Soviet Union as representing oppression has motivated and justified aggressive U.S. interventionism abroad while it maintained citizen acquiescence to the U.S. government at home.

Leffler, Melvyn P., and Eric Foner. The Specter of Communism: The United States and the Origins of the Cold War, 1917-1953. New York: Hill and Wang, 1994.

Litvinov, M. M. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955. A key Stalin diplomatic aide.

McEnaney, Laura. “‘Self-Help Defense’: Militarization Meets Everyday Life in the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Medhurst, Martin J., and others. Cold War Rhetoric: Strategy, Metaphor, and Ideology. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 1997.

Medhurst, Martin J., and H. W. Brands, eds. Critical Reflections on the Cold War: Linking Rhetoric and History. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 2000.

Meyer, David S. “How the Cold War Was Really Won: A View from Below.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Mitchell, George J. Not for America Alone: The Triumph of Democracy and the Fall of Communism. New York: Kodansha International, 1997.

Paterson, Thomas G., ed. Cold War Critics: Alternatives to American Foreign Policy in the Truman Years. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

Pessen, Edward. “What Did It Profit Us to ‘Win’ the Cold War in View of the Disastrous Consequences of Waging It?” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991. Opposing the Soviets was a catastrophe for the U.S. and the world.

Pessen, Edward. Losing Our Souls: The American Experience in the Cold War. Chicago: I.R. Dee, 1995. Pessen, a prominent historian of Jacksonian America, asserts that American aggression in the Cold War destroyed everything decent in American culture.

Ribuffo, Leo P. “Moral Judgments and the Cold War: Reflections on Reinhold Niebuhr, William Appleman Williams, and John Lewis Gaddis.” In Cold War Triumphalism: The Misuse of History After the Fall of Communism, edited by Ellen Schrecker. New York: New Press distributed by W.W. Norton & Co., 2004.

Richter, James G. “Perpetuating the Cold War: Domestic Sources of International Patterns of Behavior.” Political Science Quarterly, no. 107 (Summer 1992).

Sibley, Katherine A. S. The Cold War. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998. Overview of the Cold War including domestic communism and anticommunism.

Starobin, Joseph R. “The American Left and the Dilemmas of the Cold War, 1945-1952.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1969.

Storrs, Landon. “The Cold War and Historical Sources: A Policymaker Recasts Her Past.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Tucker, Robert W. The Radical Left and American Foreign Policy. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1971.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Soviet Total War, “Historic Mission” of Violence and Deceit. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Two volumes.

White, John Kenneth. Still Seeing Red: How the Cold War Shapes the New American Politics. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1997.

Zubok, V. M., and Konstantin Pleshakov. Inside the Kremlin’s Cold War: From Stalin to Khrushchev. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

 

The Wilson Administration and Early U.S. Policy toward the Bolshevik Revolution

 

Ackerman, Carl W. Trailing the Bolsheviki: Twelve Thousand Miles with the Allies in Siberia. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1919.

Coombs, Leonard A. “The Polar Bear Expedition: American Intervention in Northern Russia, 1918-1919, A Guide to the Resources in the Michigan Historical Collections.” Bentley Historical Library, University of Michigan, 1988.

Davis, Donald E., and Eugene P. Trani. The First Cold War: The Legacy of Woodrow Wilson in U.S.-Soviet Relations. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2002. Highly critical of the Wilson administration.

Fic, Victor M. The Collapse of American Policy in Russia and Siberia, 1918: Wilson’s Decision not to Intervene (March-October, 1918). Boulder, CO & New York: East European Monographs, distr. by Columbia University Press, 1995.

Fisher, Harold H. The Famine in Soviet Russia, 1919-1923: The Operations of the American Relief Administration. New York: Macmillan, 1927.

Foglesong, David S. “A Missouri Democrat in Revolutionary Russia: Ambassador David R. Francis and the American Confrontation with Russian Radicalism, 1917.” Gateway Heritage 12, no. 3 (1992). Judges that former St. Louis mayor and governor of Missouri, Richard Francis, competently performed his ambassadorial duties and worked unsuccessfully to keep in power moderates who organized a provisional government headed by Aleksandr Kerensky but later lost their struggles with the Bolsheviks.

Foglesong, David S. America’s Secret War Against Bolshevism: U.S. Intervention in the Russian Civil War, 1917-1920. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995. Explores the evolution of Wilson’s ambivalent attitudes toward socialism and revolution before 1917 and analyzes the social and cultural origins of American anti-Bolshevism.  Discusses the Wilson administration’s covert financial and military aid to anti-Bolshevik forces, establishment of spy networks, concealing the purposes of limited military expeditions to northern Russia and Siberia, and use of humanitarian aid to assist the White forces.

Foglesong, David Scott. “America’s Secret War Against Bolshevism: United States Intervention in the Russian Civil War, 1917-1920.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1991.

Gardner, Lloyd C. Safe for Democracy: The Anglo-American Response to Revolution, 1913-1923. New York: Oxford University Press, 1984.

Gardner, Lloyd C. Wilson and Revolutions, 1913-1919. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1976.

Golder, Frank Alfred, and Lincoln Hutchinson. On the Trail of the Russian Famine. Stanford University, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1927. Memoir of the work of the American Relief Administration.

Graves, William Sidney. America’s Siberian Adventure, 1918-1920. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931.

Kennan, George Frost. Soviet-American Relations, 1917-1920. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1956. v. 1. Russia leaves the war.--v. 2. The decision to intervene.--v. 3. Intervention and the peace conference.

Maddox, Robert James. The Unknown War with Russia: Wilson’s Siberian Intervention. San Rafael, CA: Presidio Press, 1977.

McFadden, David W. Alternative Paths: Soviets and Americans, 1917-1920. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Patenaude, Bertrand M. The Big Show in Bololand: The American Relief Expedition to Soviet Russia in the Famine of 1921. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.

Pearson, Michael. The Sealed Train. New York: Putnam, 1975. Imperial German assistance to get Lenin into Russia in order to foment revolution and end Russian participation in the war against Germany is discussed.

Pfannestiel, Todd. “The Soviet Bureau: A Bolshevik Strategy to Secure U.S. Diplomatic Recognition Through Economic Trade.” Diplomatic History 27, no. 2 (2003). On Ludwig Martens’ Soviet Russian Information Bureau in the U.S.

Pidhainy, Oleh S., Loventrice A. Scales, and Alexander S. Pidhainy. “Silver and Billions: American Finances and the Bolshevik Revolution.” New Review of East-European History [Canada] 14, no. 1-4 (1974). Maintains that the U.S. government, contrary to accepted views, provided massive financial aid to the Kerensky government and the anti-Bolshevik forces.

Rhodes, Benjamin D. “American Relief Operations at Nikolaiev, USSR, 1922-1923.” Historian 51, no. 4 (1989). In response to an appeal by Maxim Gorky, the American Relief Administration (ARA), a private organization supported by U.S. government, fed an estimated two million Soviet citizens affected by widespread famine. From May 1922 through February 1923, the ARA’s campaign headquartered at Nikolayev, Ukraine, was administered by Mayer Raskin, a 24-year-old Russian-born American who insisted on the ARA following a humanitarian, nonpolitical approach. During the Cold War Soviet writers and their supporters in the West often described this relief program as a plot to aid anti-Communist elements and subvert the Soviet experiment.

Rhodes, Benjamin D. The Anglo-American Winter War with Russia, 1918-1919 a Diplomatic and Military Tragicomedy. New York: Greenwood Press, 1988.

Schild, George. Between Ideology and Realpolitik: Woodrow Wilson and the Russian Revolution, 1917-1921. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1995.

Sibley, Katherine. “The Women’s Committee for the Recognition of Russia: Progressive in the Age of ‘Normalcy.’” Peace & Change 21 (July 1996).

Siegel, Katherine A. S. [Katherine Sibley]. Loans and Legitimacy: The Evolution of Soviet-American Relations, 1919-1933. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1996. Discusses the Soviet Information Bureau of Ludwig Martins.

Somin, Ilya. Stillborn Crusade: The Tragic Failure of Western Intervention in the Russian Civil War, 1918-1920. New Brunswick, N.J., U.S.A.: Transaction Publishers, 1996. Argues that Woodrow Wilson, Lloyd George and other Western statesmen held to liberal and “realist” theories of international politics and consequently misunderstood the ideological nature of Bolshevik policy and even thought that the Whites might constitute a greater threat to Western interests.  Consequently, they rejected the advice of Winston Churchill who urged decisive action when the Bolshevik regime was militarily vulnerable.

Strakhovsky, Leonid Ivan. Intervention at Archangel: The Story of Allied Intervention and Russian Counter-Revolution in North Russia, 1918-1920. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1944.

Strakhovsky, Leonid Ivan. The Origins of American Intervention in North Russia (1918). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1937.

Unterberger, Betty Miller. America’s Siberian Expedition, 1918-1920: A Study of National Policy. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1956.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Recognition of Russia. Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1924.

Weissman, Benjamin M. Herbert Hoover and Famine Relief to Soviet Russia, 1921-1923. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1974.

White, John Albert. The Siberian Intervention. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1950.

Wilbur, Harry Curran. De Jure Recognition of the Soviets. [Chicago, IL]: Printed by American Vigilant Intelligence Federation, 1929.

****************************************************************

 

The Sisson Documents

 

Kennan, George. “The Sisson Documents.” Journal of Modern History 28, no. 2 (June 1956). Establishes that the “Sisson Documents,” a set of documents showing Imperial Germany’s secret management of the new Bolshevik government foisted on Edgar Sisson, a Wilson administration emissary, were forgeries.

Sisson, Edgar Grant. .. One Hundred Red Days: A Personal Chronicle of the Bolshevik Revolution. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1931.

Sisson, Edgar Grant, and National Board for Historical Service. The German-Bolshevik Conspiracy. [Washington?: Committee on Public Information, George Creel, chairman., 1918. The Sisson Documents “A series of communications between the German Imperial government and the Russian Bolshevik government, and between the Bolsheviks themselves, also the report thereon made to George Creel by Edgar Sisson, the committee’s special representative in Russia during the winter of 1917-18. There is also included, in Part II, a report by a committee appointed by the National Board for Historical Service to examine into the genuineness of these documents.”

****************************************************************

 

The Roosevelt Administration and American Soviet Relations

 

Gellman, Irwin F. Secret Affairs: Franklin Roosevelt, Cordell Hull, and Sumner Welles. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1995.

Herring, George C. Aid to Russia, 1941-1946 Strategy, Diplomacy, the Origins of the Cold War. New York: Columbia University Press, 1973.

Leahy, William D. I Was There: The Personal Story of the Chief of Staff to Presidents Roosevelt and Truman, Based on His Notes and Diaries Made at the Time. New York: Whittlesey House, 1950

Mark, Eduard. “Venona’s Source 19 and the Trident Conference of May 1943: Diplomacy or Espionage?” Intelligence and National Security 13, no. 2 (April 1998). Based on an analysis of a variety of records argues that the unidentified “source 19” in a partially decrypted cable of the KGB who met with Roosevelt and Churchill during the Trident conference probably was Harry Hopkins. Further, that likely, but not certainly, the report  was a report of “back-channel” diplomacy rather than espionage. The cable was released as part of the Venona project decryptions.

McJimsey, George T. Harry Hopkins: Ally of the Poor and Defender of Democracy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987. Discusses Hopkins role in American policy toward the USSR in WWII.

Morris, M. Wayne. Stalin’s Famine and Roosevelt’s Recognition of Russia. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1994.

Sherwood, Robert E. Roosevelt and Hopkins: An Intimate History. New York: Harper, 1948.

U.S. Department of State. Foreign Relations of the United States: Diplomatic Papers: The Soviet Union, 1933-1939. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1952.

Van Tuyll, Hubert P. Feeding the Bear: American Aid to the Soviet Union, 1941-1945. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

The Truman Administration and Later: American Soviet Relations

 

Beinart, Peter. The Good Fight: Why Liberals--and Only Liberals--Can Win the War on Terror and Make America Great Again. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 2006. Discusses the Cold War liberalism of the Truman administration.

Bright, Christopher John. “The Neoconservatives and the Reagan Administration.” World Affairs 153, no. 2 (Fall 1990).

Bright, Christopher John. “Neither Dictatorships Nor Double Standards; Neoconservatives, Democracy and the Reagan Administration’s Approach to Human Rights.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Virginia, 1991.

Alvah, Donna. “‘Unofficial Ambassadors’: Cold War Military Families Overseas, 1945-60.” Paper presented at Committee on Lesbian and Gay History panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

Blanchard, Margaret A. “Americans First, Newspapermen Second? The Conflict Between Patriotism and Freedom of the Press During the Cold War, 1946-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, 1981.

Buhle, Paul. “Truman’s Heir.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994): 154. “Like all post-World War II president, Richard M. Nixon stepped into the shoes of America’s Stalin, the initiator of the peacetime military-industrial economy and security state, Harry S. Truman.”

Emery, Noemie. “The Inconvenient Truth About Truman.” Weekly Standard, 17 July 2006. Critique of Peter Beinart’s description of Truman Cold War liberalism. <http://weeklystandard.com/Content/Public/Articles/000/000/012/407mnukf.asp?pg=1>

Forrestal, James. The Forrestal Diaries. Edited by Walter Millis. Assisted by E.S. Duffield. New York: Viking Press, 1951. Chronicles increasing concern inside the Truman administration with domestic communism.

Fousek, John. “The Meaning of Global Responsibility: American Nationalism and the Ideological Origins of the Cold War, 1945-1947.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Fousek, John. To Lead the Free World: American Nationalism and the Cultural Roots of the Cold War. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000.

Fousek, John Howard. “To Lead the Free World: American Nationalism and the Ideological Origins of the Cold War, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1994.

Freeland, Richard M. “The Cold War and Domestic Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1969.

Freeland, Richard M. The Truman Doctrine and the Origins of McCarthyism: Foreign Policy, Domestic Politics, and Internal Security, 1946-1948. New York: Knopf, 1972. Argues that Truman was responsible for McCarthyism because his Cold War policies and his loyalty-security program legitimated opposition to communism.

Frei, Philippe Oskar. “Forging the Cold War Consensus in the Public Sphere: The Truman Administration and Public Opinion, 1946--1948.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Fullerton, 2002.

Grose, Peter. Operation Rollback: America’s Secret War Behind the Iron Curtain. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 2000. Notes American covert operations against the USSR began under the Truman administration and were supervised by George Kennan.

Hamby, Alonzo. “American Liberalism, the Cold War, and the Lessons of History.” History News Network, 10 July 2006.

Irons, Peter H. “America’s Cold War Crusade: Domestic Politics and Foreign Policy, 1942-1948.” Ph.D. thesis. Boston University, 1972.

Johnson, Robert David. Congress and the Cold War. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2006. Constructing a bipartisan foreign policy -- Legislative power and the Congressional right -- Redefining Congressional power -- The consequences of Vietnam -- The transformation of Stuart Symington -- The new internationalists’ Congress -- The triumph of the Armed Services Committee.

Kofsky, Frank. “The War Scare of 1948.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Kofsky, Frank. Harry S. Truman and the War Scare of 1948: A Successful Campaign to Deceive the Nation. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1993.  Claims the Truman administration lied and deceived the public about the Soviet threat.

Larson, Debra Welch. “Belief and Inference: The Origins of American Leaders’ Cold War Ideology.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1983.

Maddox, Robert James. From War to Cold War: The Education of Harry S. Truman. Boulder: Westview Press, 1988.

Mark, Eduard. “The War Scare of 1946 and Its Consequences.” Diplomatic History 12, no. 3 (Summer 1997).  Sees American policy as a rational response to a significant threat.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism and the Korean War.” In War and Democracy: A Comparative Study of the Korean War and the Peloponnesian War, edited by David R. McCann and Barry S. Strauss. Armonk, N.Y.: M.E. Sharpe, 2001.

Simpson, Christopher. Blowback: America’s Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects on the Cold War. New York: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1988.

Sorenson, Dale. “The Language of a Cold Warrior: A Content Analysis of Harry Truman’s Public Statements.” Social Science History 3, no. 2 (1979). Finds Truman’s rhetoric regarding Communism and the USSR was consistent whereas public opinion changed independently of Truman’s statements.  Rejects the theory that Truman’ rhetoric laid the groundwork for McCarthyism.

Spalding, Elizabeth Edwards. The First Cold Warrior: Harry Truman, Containment, and the Remaking of Liberal Internationalism. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2006. TOC: I’m tired babying the Soviets: the beginnings of Truman’s internationalism -- The two giant marauders, war and tyranny: framing containment -- A growing feeling of certainty in the rightness of our step: the Truman Doctrine -- A noble page in world annals: the politics of the Marshall Plan -- Bonds far greater than those of mere ideology: Kennan’s sources of Soviet conduct -- The great principles of human freedom and justice: the beginning of the Atlantic alliance -- Peace with freedom and justice cannot be bought cheaply: the purpose and structure of national security -- To assure the integrity and vitality of our free society : the culmination of Truman’s containment -- We must put on the armor of God: history, faith, and peace in Truman’s thought.

Theoharis, Athan. “The Rhetoric of Politics: Foreign Policy, Internal Security, and Domestic Politics in the Truman Era, 1945-1950.” In Politics and Policies of the Truman Administration., edited by Barton J. Bernstein. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1970.

Theoharis, Athan G. Seeds of Repression: Harry S. Truman and the Origins of McCarthyism. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971. Accuses Truman and his aides of betraying FDR’s wise and statesman-like policy of accommodation with the USSR, igniting the Cold War, and cynically creating a climate of fear and suspicion regarding communism.

Theoharis, Athan G. “Ignoring History: HST, Revisionism, and the Press.” Chicago Journalism Review, March 1973.

Wittner, Lawrence. “In Defense of the Bomb: The U.S. Government’s Rejection of the Nuclear Disarmament Movement, 1945-1954.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

X [George Kennan]. “The Sources of Soviet Conduct.” Foreign Affairs, July 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Civil Defense and Domestic Cold War Policy

 

Bennett, Scott H. “‘Neither Run Nor Hide’: The War Resisters League and the New York City Civil Defense Protest Movement, 1955-1961.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Brown, JoAnne. “‘A Is for Atom, B Is for Bomb’: Civil Defense in American Public Education, 1948-1963.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988): 68-90.

Garrison, Dee. “‘This Law is Dead’: The Civil Defense Protest Movement, 1955-1962.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

Grossman, Andrew D. Neither Dead Nor Red: Civil Defense and American Political Development During the Early Cold War. New York: Routledge, 2001.

McEnaney, Laura Mary. “‘Civil Defense Begins At Home’: Domestic Political Culture in the Making of the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1996. Argues that American civil defense programs in the Cold war represented the militarization of domestic political culture--the gradual infiltration of military ideas, values, and structures into the civilian domain. It was the domestic partner of the aggressive American militarization of foreign policy. Further, civil defense programs obscured the persistence of racial and class inequalities and discriminated against those who could not afford protection.  American families were expected to reconstitute themselves as paramilitary units that could squelch subversion from within and absorb attack from without.

Melcher, Mary. “Planning for Survival: Civil Defense and Anti-Communism in Arizona, 1950-1975.” Journal of Arizona History 45, no. 2 (2004).

Oakes, Guy. “Civil Defense and the Construction of Nuclear Reality.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Oakes, Guy. The Imaginary War: Civil Defense and American Cold War Culture. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Osgood, Kenneth Alan. Total Cold War: Eisenhower’s Secret Propaganda Battle at Home and Abroad. Lawrence: University of Kansas, 2006.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

William C. Bullitt

 

Brownell, Will, and Richard N. Billings. So Close to Greatness: A Biography of William C. Bullitt. New York: Macmillan, 1987. Bullitt married Louise Bryant, former companion of John Reed, and was the first U.S. ambassador to the USSR and expected to establish friendly relations but the reality of Soviet Russia soured him and he became a strong advocate of an anti-Stalin policy within the Roosevelt administration.

Cassella-Blackburn, Michael. “William C. Bullitt: Fear and Loathing of the Soviet Union, 1917-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1997. Sees Bullitt’s unsuccessful attempt to incorporate the Soviet Union into the international liberal order and his subsequent hostility as a presaging the reaction of a generation of liberal policy makers.

****************************************************************

 

George Kennan

 

Hixson, Walter L. George F. Kennan: Cold War Iconoclast. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989. Notes Kennan’s role in identifying and countering Communist and fellow-traveler activity during a speaking tour in the U.S. after his return from Moscow in 1946.

Kaenel, André. “George Kennan, Joseph McCarthy and the Cultural Politics of Containment.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Kennan, George F., and John Lukacs. “From World War to Cold War.” American Heritage 46, no. 8 (December 1995). Letters  between Lukacs and Kennan (1994 and 1995).  Kennan: “I entered upon my work as Averell Harriman’s deputy in Moscow in 1944... painfully aware that a massive misunderstanding was already establishing itself in the minds of American governmental leaders on the subject of the character of the regimes with which they were dealing in Moscow, and that this, if not corrected, portended serious disillusionment and unpleasantness at some time in the near future....  Nothing... served more to create confusion on this point than the credence given in both Britain and the United States to the thesis put out so insistently, as the war approached its end, by Soviet agents and Western fellow travelers, that all Moscow really wanted from the postwar Eastern Europe were ‘friendly governments’.”

Kennan, George Frost. Memoirs: 1925-1950. Boston: Little, Brown, 1967. Kennan observed in Vol. 2, Chapter 9 that there was a genuine subversion and espionage problem in the U.S. in the 30s and during the WWII alliance with the USSR, and that FDR’s administration addressed the problem ineffectively.

****************************************************************

 

Perceptions of Communism and the Soviet Union

 

Adler, Leslie. “The Red Image: American Attitudes Toward Communism in the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1970.

Adler, Les K. The Red Image: American Attitudes Toward Communism in the Cold War Era. New York: Garland Pub., 1991. Published 1970 University of California, Berkeley, dissertation.  Finds that America’s hostile image of Communism was based largely on fantasies and irrational fears.

Al-Naqeeb, Khaldoun H. “Socio-Cultural Factors in the Perception of Internal Communist Threat: A Sociological Approach to the Problem of Perceptual Distortion.” Master’s thesis. University of Louisville, 1969.

Barson, Michael. “Better Dead Than Red!” a Nostalgic Look at the Golden Years of Russiaphobia, Red-Baiting, and Other Commie Madness. New York: Hyperion, 1992. Pop culture history of the Cold War and domestic anticommunism, treating both as silly, paranoid fantasies because the USSR was a failure and always had been and American Communists were insignificant, without influence, and always had been.

Barson, Michael, and Steven Heller. Red Scared! the Commie Menace in Propaganda and Pop Culture. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 2000.

Beichman, Arnold, ed. CNN’s Cold War Documentary: Issues and Controversy.  Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 2000. Essays and comments on CNN’s television documentary by Arnold Beichman, Gabriel Schoenfeld, Jeremy Isaacs, John Lewis Gaddis, Vladislav Zubok, Irving Louis Horowitz, Thomas Mayer, Thomas M. Nichols, Erich Rauchway, Russell Roberts, Jackson Toby, Richard Pipes, Robert Conquest, Mark Falcoff, Charles Krauthammer, Jacob Heilbrunn, Kenneth Auchincloss, Joseph Shattan, Ronald Radosh, Raymond A. Schroth, Mark Steyn, John L. Harper, Thomas Doherty, Lawrence Freedman, and David Wilson.

Berman, Marvin Herschel. “The Treatment of the Soviet Union and Communism in Selected World History Textbooks, 1920-1970.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1975.

Berman, Marvin Herschel. The Treatment of the Soviet Union and Communism in Selected World History Textbooks, 1920-1970. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, School of Education, 1976. Dissertation published as a book.

Bronfenbrenner, Urie. “The Mirror Image in Soviet-American Relations: A Social Psychologist’s Report.” Journal of Social Issues 17 (1961).

Brown, Pamela Adele. “Constructing the Cultural Curtain: The Meaning of the Cold War, New York, Pennsylvania Daily Newspapers, 1947-1972.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1983.

Cantril, Hadley. Gauging Public Opinion. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1944. Includes information on public attitudes toward communism.

Cantril, Hadley. Public Opinion, 1935-1946. Edited by Mildred Strunk. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1951. Includes material on public attitudes toward communism.

Carroll, Eber Malcolm. Soviet Communism and Western Opinion, 1919-1921. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1965.

Casey, Michael J. “Ronald Reagan’s Epideictic Rhetoric Within the Context of the State of the Union Addresses During the Cold War, 1945-1985.” Ph.D. diss. Washington State University, 1986. Critical discussion of anti-Communist and anti-Soviet themes in the rhetoric of Reagan and other Cold War presidents.  Sees these themes as reflecting the need for an object of blame in a rhetoric that reinforces adherence to society’s cultural values.  Sees this rhetoric as contributing to the Cold War, calling, for example, Reagan’s speech denouncing Soviet shooting down of Korean civilian airliner as a “small act of war” by Reagan against the Soviet Union.

Davis, James A. “Communism, Conformity, Cohorts, and Categories: American Tolerance in 1954 and 1972-73.” American Journal of Sociology 81, no. 3 (November 1975). Compares a 1972-73 survey of attitudes toward Communists and atheists with Samuel Stouffer’s 1954 study.  Finds an increase in tolerance.

Dawson, Nelson L. “A Brave New World? Reactions of The Nation and The New Republic to the Bolshevik Revolution, 1917-1922.” Paper presented at Kentucky-Tennessee American Studies Association, 1990. Argues that these journals’ perceptions of Soviet totalitarianism which became characteristic of the 1930s can be traced to their coverage of the Bolshevik revolution in its formative period.

Dimushev, Georgi. “Otrazhenieto Na Oktomvriiskata Revoliutsiia Sred Trudeshtite Se v Sasht [The Repercussions of the October Revolution Among the Workers in the USA].” Istoricheski Pregled [Bulgaria] 33, no. 4 (1977). The capitalist world faced a crisis and the U.S. government was seized by alarm at the effect of the Bolshevik revolution on American workers.

Engerman, David. “American Technocrats and the Soviet Union in the 1920s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Engerman, David C. “Modernization from the Other Shore: American Observers and the Costs of Soviet Economic Development.” American Historical Review 105, no. 2 (April 2000). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Discusses coverage of the 1932-33 Soviet famine by Western journalists Walter Duranty, Louis Fischer, William Henry Chamberlin, and Eugene Lyons.  Argues that the romantic attraction of planned rapid industrialization combined with seeing its costs through stereotypes about national character better explains the distorted coverage of the famine than does Stalinist ideologically sympathies.

Popular and Government Anticommunism: 1930 and after

Erskine, Hazel G. “The Cold War: Report From the Polls.” Public Opinion Quarterly 25, no. 2 (Summer 1961).

Filene, Peter G. Americans and the Soviet Experiment, 1917-1933. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1967.

Flores, Marcello. “The American Attitude Toward the First Soviet Five-Year Plan.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 1, no. 1 (1984).

Foglesong, David. “‘Puritanism’ and Anti-Bolshevism: Cultural Revolution and Anti-Communism in the First Years of the Cold War, 1917-1920.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Gallup, George Horace. The Gallup Poll; Public Opinion, 1935-1971. New York: Random House, 1972. Includes polling data on communism and civil liberties.

Gerstle, Gary. “The Protean Character of American Liberalism.” American Historical Review 99, no. 4 (October 1994). Discusses the effect of the Bolshevik revolution, Stalin, and the Cold War on American liberalism.

Griswold, Robert. “Iron Curtains, Shower Curtains: Americans View the Soviet Woman in the 1950s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Harbutt, Fraser J. The Iron Curtain: Churchill, America, and the Origins of the Cold War. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Sees Churchill’s Iron Curtain speech as vital to preparing the American public for the Cold War.

Hendershot, Cyndy. “The Bear and the Dragon: Representations of Communism in Early Sixties American Culture.” Journal of American & Comparative Cultures 23 (Winter 2000).

Hinds, Lynn Boyd, and Theodore Windt. The Cold War as Rhetoric: The Beginnings, 1945-1950. New York: Praeger, 1991. “Our thesis is that political rhetoric creates political reality, and in the case of the American cold war, the universal rhetoric created in the aftermath of World War II created a universal reality.”  Discusses speeches and writings by Truman, George Marshall, Kennan, and Churchill. 

Holl, Jack M. “Dwight D. Eisenhower: Religion, Politics, and the Evils of Communism.” In The Problem of Evil Slavery, Freedom, and the Ambiguities of American Reform, edited by Steven Mintz and John Stauffer. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2007.

Huberman, Leo. 50 Years of Soviet Power. New York: MR Press, 1967. Includes: Lessons of Soviet experience, by L. Huberman and P. M. Sweezy.--The successes, the failures, and the prospects, by H. Braverman.--What went wrong? By S. Lynd.--Hurrah for the Russian Revolution! By S. Nearing.--The October Revolution and half a century, by M. Dobb.--The economic reforms, by J. Robinson.--The new economic course, by L. Foa.--From October to the cultural revolution, by I. B. Tabata.--Incentives to work and the transition to communism, by H. Blumenfeld.--Socialism self-defined: 1917 and 1967, by R. Schlesinger.

Jefferson, Bonnie Sharp. “The Rhetorical Restrictions of a Devil Theory: The Anti-Communist Press’s View of Communism, 1945-1947.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1984. Finds that the major media had a devil theory of Communism and the Soviet Union.

Kacewicz, Laura Ann. “Anti-Communism and the Foreign Policy Consensus: A Study of Public Opinion.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Long Beach, 1973.

Levering, Ralph B. American Opinion and the Russian Alliance, 1939-1945. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1976. Analysis of the attitude of opinion makers and the public toward the Soviet Union.  Holds Roosevelt at fault for not preparing public opinion for the necessity to accommodate Soviet foreign policy goals after World War II.

Levine, Isaac Don. The Russian Revolution. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1917.  One of the first treatments of the February revolution that overthrew the Tsar. 

Liebovich, Louis. “H. V. Kaltenborn and the Origins of the Cold War: A Study of Personal Expression in Radio.” Journalism History 14, no. 2-1 (Summer/Autumn 1987).

Liebovich, Louis W. “The Press and the Origins of the Cold War, 1944-1947.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1986. Examines the attitudes toward the Soviet Union of the New York Herald Tribune, Time magazine, the Chicago Tribune, and the San Francisco Chronicle.  Judges that Whittaker Chambers’ activity as an editor for Time was a “disastrous mistake” that decisively shifted Time to a view critical of Communist actions.  Says that Truman did not lead the American press or shape American opinion in 1945-47, but that the American press failed in its responsibility to educate the American public regarding the circumstances that justified Soviet activities.  Attributes major importance to anti-Soviet public relations campaigns undertaken by the British, and says of the of Churchill’s Fulton “Iron Curtain” speech in shaping American opinion in a negative direction that “The impact . . . can hardly be overstated.”

Lovenstein, Meno. American Opinion of Soviet Russia. Washington, DC: American Council on Public Affairs, 1941.

MacFarlane, Neil. “U.S. Perception and Reality of the Soviet Threat in the Third World in the Cold War and Beyond.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Maddux, Thomas R. “American News Media and Soviet Diplomacy, 1934-41.” Journalism Quarterly 58, no. 1 (1981). Prior to World War II, conservative U.S. newspapers presented the Soviet Union as ideologically expansionist.  Moderate papers saw Soviet policy as chiefly one of national self-interest.  After the invasion of Finland, moderates linked Soviet policy to Czarist imperialism.  Notes that press coverage influenced Roosevelt’s foreign policy.

Mark, Eduard. “October or Thermidor? Interpretations of Stalinism and the Perception of Soviet Foreign Policy in the United States, 1927-1947.” American Historical Review 94, no. 4 (October 1989). Holds that the American public, the press, and opinion leaders were interested in the Bolshevik experiment and followed Stalin’s transformation of the USSR closely.  Sees four principal schools of thought: the Thermidorian, National Bolshevik, Evolutionary, and Totalitarian Paradigms.  Discusses the domestic and foreign agendas of those who advanced these views, the interpretation of evidence used to support each theory, and the guidelines for American policy derived from these different interpretations.  Post-WWII events left the National Bolshevik and Totalitarian paradigms in possession of the field and “In concert, they facilitated the formation of a national consensus in support of containment.”

Mazza, R. P. (Sister Mary Assumpta). “A Survey of Changing Attitudes Toward the Soviet Union as Reflected in American Periodicals, 1942-1947.” Ph.D. diss. St. Johns’s University, 1957.

Morris, Wayne. “Stalin’s Famine and the American Journalists.” Continuity, no. 18 (1994). While Walter Duranty of the New York Times was the worse, other American reporters also failed to report on the Ukrainian famine and most were content to report the official Soviet position.

Quester, George H. “Origins of the Cold War: Some Clues From Public Opinion.” Political Science Quarterly 93 (Winter 1978-79).

Reinig, Ronald S. “America Looking Outward: American Cold War Attitudes During the Crucial Years, 1945-1947, as Reflected in the American Magazine Medium.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1974.

Simmons, George E. “The ‘Cold War’ in Large City Dailies of the U.S.” Journalism Quarterly 25 (December 1948).

Small, Melvin. “How We Learned to Love the Russians: American Media and the Soviet Union During World War II.” Historian 36, no. 3 (May 1974). Polling data shows that public opinion increasingly favorable toward the Soviet Union during WWII, but it dropped rapidly after the end of the war.

Smith, Tom W. “The Polls: American Attitudes Toward the Soviet Union and Communism.” Public Opinion Quarterly 47, no. 2 (1983). Surveys national polls on attitudes toward the Soviet Union and Communism.  Finds that attitudes moved from hostility in the 1950s to near neutrality in the early 1970s and back toward hostility in the middle and late 1970s.

Sobel, Robert. The Origins of Interventionism: The United States and the Russo-Finnish War. New York: Bookman Associates, 1961. Discusses the effect of the Russo-Finnish war on American attitudes toward the Soviet Union and isolationism.

Strakhovsky, Leonid Ivan. American Opinion About Russia, 1917-1920. [Toronto, Canada]: University of Toronto Press, 1961. Describes the shift of American opinion from initial optimism to indifference and isolationism.

Sylvester, Harold James. “American Public Reaction to Communist Expansion: From Yalta to Nato.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1970.

Tobin, James Edward. “Why We Fight: Versions of the American Purpose in World War II.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1986. Discusses how debates over the purposes of the war influenced Cold War attitudes.

Tyler, Gerry Ruth Sack. “A Contextual Analysis of Public Opinion Polls: The Question of the Admission of Communist China to the United Nations.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1972.

Willen, Paul. “Who ‘Collaborated’ with Russia.” Antioch Review, September 1954. Surveys enthusiasm for Russia in the popular press during the World War II alliance.

Willkie, Wendell L. One World. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1943.

Wright, Patrick. Iron Curtain: From Stage to Cold War. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press, 2007.

Yannas, Prodromos M. “Containment Discourse and the Constitution of the ‘Other’ in the 1946-1952 Period: A Foucauldian Perspective.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1989. Sovietology, created by a partnership of the U.S. government, university, and foundations, constructed communism into the “other” through containment discourse.  The U.S. government national security discourse invoked a doctor-patient analogy that led the U.S. to treat Greece as requiring psychiatric treatment while seeing Western Europe as amenable to a biomedical treatment.

****************************************************************

 

Perceptions of Communist Totalitarianism

 

Adler, Leslie K., and Thomas G. Paterson. “Red Fascism: The Merger of Nazi Germany and Soviet Russia in the American Image of Totalitarianism, 1930’s-1950’s.” Journal of American History 75, no. 4 (April 1970). Finds that the notion of structural similarity between Nazism and Communism developed after the Hitler-Stalin Pact to be without merit; judges the idea to be intellectually flawed due to the inherently democratic, humanitarian, and idealistic nature of communism.

Alpers, Benjamin Leontief. “Understanding Dictatorship and Defining Democracy in American Public Culture, 1930-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1994. Finds that concepts of dictatorship initially were formed around the nature of the dictator’s personality, then shifted to the concept of totalitarianism of both the fascist right and Communist left based on mass movements, and then shifted again when the wartime alliance required that the USSR be presented as fighting for liberty.

Alpers, Benjamin Leontief. Dictators, Democracy, and American Public Culture: Envisioning the Totalitarian Enemy, 1920s-1950s. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. Includes: The romance of a dictator: dictatorship in American public culture, 1920s-1935 -- The totalitarian state: modern dictatorship as a new form of government, 1920s-1935 -- The disappearing dictator: declining regard for dictators amid growing fears of dictatorship, 1936-1941 -- The audience itself is the drama: dictatorship and the regimented crowd, 1936-1941 -- Dictator isms and our democracy: the rise of totalitarianism, 1936-1941 -- This is the army: the problem of the military in a democracy, 1941-1945 -- Here is Germany: understanding the Nazi enemy, 1941-1945 -- The battle of Russia: the Russian people, communism, and totalitarianism, 1941-1945 -- A boot stamping on a human face--forever: totalitarianism as nightmare in postwar America.

American Philosophical Society. “Symposium on the Totalitarian State from the Standpoints of History, Political Science, Economics and Sociology.” Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 82, no. 1 (1940).

Arendt, Hannah. The Origins of Totalitarianism. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1951.

Buber-Neumann, Margarete. Under Two Dictators. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1949. A German Communist in exile in the USSR, Buber-Neumann was arrested in the Great Terror in 1938, sent to the Gulag, then handed over by the USSR to the Nazis after the Nazi-Soviet Pact and sent to a Nazi concentration camp.  An example of the ex-Communist memoirs that helped to solidify the blending of communism with Nazism as overlapping variants of totalitarianism in early Cold War.

Furet, François, and Ernst Nolte. Fascism and Communism. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2001.

Isaacs, Harold. “The Blind Alley of Totalitarianism.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, no. 276 (1951). Isaacs was in the early 30s an American Stalinist working in China but then broke with the party and became a Trotskyist.  Later he abandoned Marxism-Leninism altogether for the democratic left.

Kershaw, Ian, and Moshe Lewin, eds. Stalinism and Nazism Dictatorships in Comparison. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

Kutulas, Judy. “‘Totalitarianism’ Transformed: The Mainstreaming of Anti-Communism, 1938-1941.” Mid-America 77, no. 1 (Winter 1995).

Maddux, Thomas R. “Red Fascism, Brown Bolshevism: The American Image of Totalitarianism in the 1930s.” Historian 40, no. 1 (November 1977). Maintains that the public identification of Fascism and Communism as similar totalitarianisms developed before 1939 and the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Neumann, Franz L. The Democratic and the Authoritarian State: Essays in Political and Legal Theory. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1957.

Neumann, Franz Leopold. Behemoth: The Structure and Practice of National Socialism. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1942.

Niemeyer, Gerhart. Between Nothingness and Paradise. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1971.

Puddington, Arch. Failed Utopias: Methods of Coercion in Communist Regimes. San Francisco, CA. New York: ICS Press Distribution by Kampmann & Co., 1988.

Rousso, Henry, ed., Richard Joseph Golsan, trans. Stalinism and Nazism: History and Memory Compared. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2004.

Whitfield, Stephen. “Totalitarianism in American Historical Writing.” Continuity, no. 12 (Fall 1988). Discusses the applicability of “totalitarianism” to Stalin’s USSR in the writings Leonard Schapiro, Franz Neumann, George Kennan, Daniel Boorstin, Hannah Arendt, H. Stuart Hughes, Christopher Lasch, Howard Zinn, Richard Barnet, Warren Susman, Eugene Genovese, Peter Clecak, Herbert Marcuse, Norman Fruchter, and others.

****************************************************************

 

The Cold War in Asia and Domestic Political Controversy

 

Bachrack, Stanley D. The Committee of One Million: “China Lobby” Politics, 1953-1971. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976. Describes a major anti-Communist, pro-Nationalist China lobby organization.

Bajanov, Evgenii P. “Assessing the Politics of the Korean War, 1949-195.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 6-7 (Winter 1995-96): 54, 87-91.

Briggs, Philip J. “Congress and the Cold War: U.S.-China Policy, 1955.” China Quarterly [U.K.] 85 (1981). Discusses the role of domestic anti-Communism in passage of the Formosa Resolution.

Burns, John F. “Methods of the Great Leader.” New York Times Book Review, 6 February 2000. Says of his experience as a correspondent for Canadian and American newspapers in the PRC, “An eminent Ivy League professor put it simply. ‘Don’t judge China by Western standards,’ he said. ‘China can only be judged on its own terms.’ Tell China’s story as the Chinese themselves see it, he said, and the Cultural Revolution, far from the chaotic and destructive thing it appeared from afar, would become ‘a noble human experiment,’ liable to change human history....  Arriving in China, I abandoned the most useful tool I had, my judgment. I became, for a season, like many other Westerners then writing about the Cultural Revolution, a follower of Lincoln Steffens, one of those who ventured into Communist societies and allowed themselves, out of ideological zeal, a desire to ingratiate, the confusion of unfamiliar surroundings or just plain gullibility, to be duped.”

Candlin, A. H. Stanton. Psycho-Chemical Warfare: The Chinese Communist Drug Offensive Against the West. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1974.

Chao, Ena. “The China Bloc: Congress and the Making of Foreign Policy, 1947-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1990. Sees supporters of Nationalist China as vocal but of limited real influence on American policy.

Cumings, Bruce. The Origins of the Korean War. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1981.  Defense of Korean Communists and condemnation of the United States and all who opposed communism.

Cumings, Bruce. Korea’s Place in the Sun: A Modern History. New York: Norton, 1997.

Denning, Margaret B. The Sino-American Alliance in World War II: Cooperation and Dispute Among Nationalists, Communists, and Americans. Berne New York: P. Lang, 1986.

Feis, Herbert. The China Tangle: The American Effort in China from Pearl Harbor to the Marshall Mission. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1953.

Flynn, Matthew. “California’s Cold Warrior: Senator William F. Knowland and US-China Policy, 1945-52.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Gallicchio, Marc. “The New China Hands: American Military Officers and the Chinese Communist Revolution.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Gallicchio, Marc S. The Cold War Begins in Asia: American East Asian Policy and the Fall of the Japanese Empire. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Graham, Thomas Eugene. “Getting Right with China: Membership, Scandal, and Weaknesses of the China Lobby.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 1994. “This study revises earlier contentions that the Lobby was highly organized. Examination of the papers of twenty-two Lobbyists suggests that they were not a close-knit group of fanatics who took their marching orders from Taipei. Also, this study argues that the China Lobby was not closely tied to the KMT corruption.”

Grunfeld, Adalbert Tomasz. “Friends of the Revolution: American Supporters of China’s Communists, 1926-1939.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1985. On ten American and their lives in China during the years 1926-1939: Rayna and William Prohme, Harold and Viola Isaacs, Agnes Smedley, George Hatem, Max and Grace Granich, Edgar and Helen Snow.

Hedley, John H. “The Truman Administration and the ‘Loss’ of China: A Study of Public Attitudes and the President’s Policies from the Marshall Mission to the Attack on Korea.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1964.

Herzstein, Robert Edwin. Henry R. Luce: A Political Portrait of the Man Who Created the American Century. New York,: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1994.

Herzstein, Robert. “Henry R. Luce’s War Against Asian Communism: The Grandeur and Misery of a Journalistic Activist.” Paper presented at The Historical Society national conference. Boothbay Harbor, ME, 2004.

Herzstein, Robert Edwin. Henry R. Luce, Time, and the American Crusade in Asia. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2005.

Horne, Gerald. “[To the Editor].” Journal of American History 79, no. 2 (September 1992).   Prominent revisionist American historian supports Communist charges of bacteriological warfare by the U.S. in Korea.

Jespersen, T. Christopher. American Images of China, 1931-1949. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1996.

Kahn, E. J. The China Hands: America’s Foreign Service Officers and What Befell Them. New York: Viking, 1975. Discusses attacks on some foreign service officers for partiality to Communist forces in the Chinese civil war.

Kent, Charles R. “American Articulate Opinion of the Chinese Communist Movement, 1918-1937.” Lock Haven Review, no. 9 (1967). Survey of newspaper opinion.

Koen, Ross Y. The China Lobby in American Politics. New York: Macmillan, 1960. Studies pro-Kuomintang and anti-Maoist activity.

Kubek, Anthony. How the Far East Was Lost: American Policy and the Creation of Communist China, 1941-1949. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1963. Sees Communist agents of influence as a key element in directing American policy in China in a mistaken direction.

Kumano, Ruriko. “Academic Freedom and Autonomy: Walter C. Eells and the Red Purge in Universities During the Allied Occupation of Japan.” Ph.D. diss. University of Hawai’i at Manoa, 2007.

Lauren, Paul Gordon, ed. The China Hands’ Legacy: Ethics and Diplomacy. Boulder: Westview Press, 1987.

Leitenberg, Milton. “New Russian Evidence on the Korean War Biological Warfare Allegations: Background and Analysis.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 11 (Winter 1998).

Lindsay, Michael. “Journalists, Professors, and Communist China.” Continuity, no. 8 (Spring 1984). Judges that several leading American specialists in the history of modern China significantly, even drastically, understated the human cost of Mao’s major campaigns.

May, Ernest R. “The China Hands in Perspective: Ethics, Diplomacy, and Statecraft.” In The China Hands’ Legacy: Ethics and Diplomacy, edited by Paul Gordon Lauren. Boulder: Westview Press, 1987.

Morris, Robert. No Wonder We Are Losing. New York: The Bookmailer, 1958. Emphasis on Communist subversion directed at America’s China policy by the chief counsel of the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee under Senator McCarran.

Morris, Stephen J. “Ho Chi Minh, Pol Pot, and Cornell.” National Interest 16 (Summer 1989). Critical discussion of the sympathetic interpretations of Asian Communism by Cornell scholars Ruth McVey, Benedict Andersen, George Kahin, John Lewis, Gareth Porter, and George Hildebrand.

Mosher, Steven W. China Misperceived: American Illusions and Chinese Reality. New York: BasicBooks, 1990. Reviews the illusions many American China experts had about Chinese communism.

Neils, Patricia. China Images in the Life and Times of Henry Luce. Savage, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 1990.

Newman, Robert P. “The Self-Inflicted Wound: The China White Paper of 1949.” Prologue, no. Fall (1982).

Newman, Robert P. “Clandestine Chinese Nationalist Efforts to Punish Their American Detractors.” Diplomatic History, June 1983. Maintains that in order to promote American aid the Nationalist regime on Taiwan engaged in “the manufacture and leaking of largely fraudulent documents purporting to be intelligence reports on the activities of Owen Lattimore, John Steward Service, John Carter Vincent, John Paton Davies, and a dozen other ‘enemies’ of the nationalist regime, which showed that they had maliciously attempted to turn America against Chiang and to aid Mao Tse-tung.” Examines three of the documents in detail.  Notes that although the FBI and Army intelligence judged the items unreliable, they formed part of the basis for allegations used by McCarthy, McCarran and others.

Pierpaoli, Paul G., Jr. “Mobilizing for the Cold War: The Korean Conflict and the Birth of the National Security State, June-December 1950.” Essays in Economic and Business History 12 (1994): 106-17.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Culture Against History: Criminalizing America’s Role in the Cold War.” In American Popular Culture at Home and Abroad, edited by Lewis H. Carlson and Kevin B. Vichcales. [Kalamazoo]: New Issues Press, Western Michigan University, 1996.

Purifoy, Lewis McCarroll. Harry Truman’s China Policy: McCarthyism and the Diplomacy of Hysteria, 1947-1951. New York: New Viewpoints, 1976.

Rand, Peter. China Hands: The Adventures and Ordeals of the American Journalists Who Joined Forces with the Great Chinese Revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1995.

Reed, J. Todd. “The China Lobby and Its Effects on Truman’s China Policy.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Schonberger, Howard. “T.A. Bisson and the Limits of Reform in Occupied Japan.” Bulletin of Concerned Asian Scholars, no. 12 (1980).

Slater, Joseph E. “Voices in the Wind: American Opposition to the Korean War.” Senior thesis. Oberlin College, 1983.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Oliver Edmund Clubb. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. “Intellectual Freedom” - Red China Style (Testimony of Chi-Chou Huang). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

Utley, Freda. Last Chance in China. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1947. Attacks U.S. China policy as a failure and attributes it in large part to pro-Communist influence in the U.S. government.

Utley, Freda. The China Story. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1951. Attributes the victory of communism in China to, in large part, the success of American Communists and fellow travelers in slowing U.S. aid to Chiang Kai-shek.

Walker, Richard L. “China Studies in McCarthy’s Shadow: A Personal Memoir.” National Interest, no. 53 (1998). Walker, a historian of China who was both an anti-Communist and a critic of Joseph McCarthy, discusses defending himself against charges of supporting McCarthyism from left-wing academics.

Walsh, James P. “The Death of John Birch - Documented.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 58, no. 3 (1975). Reconstructs the murder of American Captain John M. Birch by Chinese Communists in August 1945.

Weathersby, Kathryn. “New Findings on the Korean War.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 3 (Fall 1993): 1, 14-18. Based largely on documents from the Center for the Preservation of Contemporary Documentation (Tsentr  khraneniia sovremennoi dokumentatsii), formerly the archive of the Central Committee of the CPSU.  Finds that the Korea war was initiated by Communist North Korea after Kim Il Sung persuaded an initially reluctant Stalin to support his planned attack on South Korea and that both Kim and Stalin calculated that the United States would not intervene.

Weathersby, Kathryn. “Should We Fear This?” Stalin and the Danger of War with America. Working Paper No. 39. Washington, DC: Cold War International History Project, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, 2002. Quotes report on Kim Il Sung’s visit to the USSR, March30-April 25, 1950, prepared by the International Department of the Central Committee of the All-Union Communist Party (Bolshevik), APRF.  The report cites Stalin giving reasons for shifting his stance from opposing Kim’s plans for invading the South to supporting them.  One of the reasons is that the risk of American intervention: “The prevailing mood [in the U.S.] is not to interfere.  Such a mood is reinforced by the fact that the USSR now has the atomic bomb and that our positions are solidified in Pyongyang.”

Weathersby, Kathryn. “Deceiving the Deceivers: Moscow, Beijing, Pyongyang, and the Allegations of Bacteriological Weapons.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 11 (Winter 1998).

Wu, Judy Tzu-Chun. “Revolutionary Tourism: American Anti-Imperialists in Communist Asia.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Xie, Xiaochuan. “Congressional Voting and Foreign Policy: Domestic Factors in Sino-U.S. Relations, 1949-1990.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

The Institute for Pacific Relations and Amerasia

 

Anderson, Michael. “Cold War Casualty: Politics and Scholarship at the Institute of Pacific Relations.” Paper presented at the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Chantilly, Virginia, 2007.

Bird, Kai, and Max Holland. “The Taping of ‘Tommy the Cork.’” Nation, 8 February 1986.

De Toledano, Ralph. Spies, Dupes, and Diplomats. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1952. Journalistic exposé emphasizing the Amerasia case and Communist influence on U.S. policy to Asia.

Grew, Joseph C. Turbulent Era: A Diplomatic Record of Forty Years, 1904-1945 [Vol. 2]. Edited by Walter Johnson. Assisted by Nancy Havison Hooker. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1952. Discusses the Amerasia case in volume 2.

Jaffe, Philip J. The Amerasia Case from 1945 to the Present. Pamphlet. New York: Jaffe, 1979. An ambiguous account by a central figure in the case.

Klehr, Harvey, and Ronald Radosh. “Anatomy of a Fix.” New Republic, 21 April 1986. Discusses how the cross purposes of John Stewart Service, the FBI, and Tommy Corcoran (a powerful lobbyist associated with the Nationalist Chinese) combined to frustrate a thorough investigation of the Amerasia case.

Klehr, Harvey, and Ronald Radosh. “The ‘Amerasia Case’ and the Origins of McCarthyism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1988.

Klehr, Harvey, and Ronald Radosh. The Amerasia Spy Case: Prelude to McCarthyism. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996. Comprehensive history of one of the cases that set the tone of the postwar era.  “Several conspiracies occurred in the Amerasia case.  Philip Jaffe and Joseph Bernstein were conspiring to commit espionage on behalf of Joseph Stalin and the Soviet Union with the tacit approval of Andrew Roth and Earl Browder.  Philip Jaffe, Andrew Roth, Kate Mitchell, Mark Gayn, Emmanuel Larsen, John Service, and Lauchlin Currie, among others, were conspiring to leak information, both classified and nonclassified, to undermine Patrick Hurley and Chiang Kai-shek.  Lauchlin Currie, Ben Cohen, Tommy Corcoran, Tom Clark, James McGranery, James McInerney, Robert Hitchcock, and perhaps T.V. Soong were conspiring to prevent a full public airing of the facts of the case.”

Kubek, Anthony. The Amerasia Papers: A Clue to the Catastrophe of China. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1970.  Digest of documents and testimony about Amerasia commissioned by the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. 

Kwiecien, Zbigniew. “An Attempt of the American Left to Influence the U.S. Far Eastern Policy - the Case of Amerasia 1937-1947.” American Studies [Poland] 10 (1991).

Larsen, Emmanuel S. “The State Department Espionage Case.” In Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s, edited by Isaac Don Levine. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976. In this 1946 essay State Department official Emmanuel Larsen, who pleaded no-contest to charges brought against him in the Amerasia case, claims that he did not realize the links between the others in the case and the CPUSA or the extent of the theft of classified documents.

McKean, David. Tommy the Cork: Washington’s Ultimate Insider from Roosevelt to Reagan. South Royalton, VT: Steerforth Press, 2004. Discusses Tom Corcoran’s role in the Amerasia case on behalf of John Service.

Service, John S. The Amerasia Papers: Some Problems in the History of US-China Relations. Berkeley: Center for Chinese Studies, University of California, 1971.

Thomas, John N. The Institute of Pacific Relations: Asian Scholars and American Politics. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1974. Describes the controversy regarding the IPR’s attitude toward communism.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Institute of Pacific Relations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951-52. Fifteen parts in sixteen volumes. U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee hearings and records.

Woltman, Frederick Enos. The Shocking Story of the Amerasia Case. Pamphlet. [New York?: [Scripps-Howard Newspapers], 1950. Short recital of the publicly know facts of the case at the time.

****************************************************************

 

The Cold War in Asia and Domestic Political Controversy: Biographical Accounts

 

Hanseng Chen

 

Chen, Hansheng. Si Ge Shi Dai di Wo [My Life During Four Ages]. Assisted by Xuefang Ren. Beijing, PRC: Zhongguo wen shi chu ban she Xin hua shu dian Beijing fa xing suo fa xing [Chinese Culture and History Press], 1988. [in Chinese] Chen says he was a member of the Sorge network in Shanghai and Japan in the early and mid-1930s and that Agnes Smedley was working for the Comintern at the time and hid Chen in 1935 when the KMT‘s arrest of another Sorge ring member compromised Chen’s cover.  Chen then escaped to Moscow and in 1936 was recommended to Owen Lattimore as a co-editor of Pacific Affairs.  Chen says he reported to Comintern official Kang Sheng (later a leading CCP official and chief of Mao Zedong‘s intelligence operations) and used the IPR as cover for his work in New York in cooperation with another CCP agent, Rao Shushi.  Chen says Lattimore was not a spy in the sense of being an agent himself but cooperated in providing Chen, who was, with cover.  Chen says that in 1946 he became Zhou Enlai‘s liaison with the CPUSA.  After the CCP took power in China, Chen returned to become a government official.  Solomon Adler shows up in the book in a photograph as a Chen associate.

Chiang, Yung-che. “Liberal Funding of Radical Thought: Chen Hanseng, The Institute of Pacific Relations, and the Rockefeller Foundation.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

Yu, Maochun. “Chen Hansheng’s Memoirs and Chinese Communist Espionage.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 6-7 (Winter 1995/1996): 274-76.

****************************************************************

 

John Paton Davies, Jr.

 

Fetzer, James. “The Case of John Paton Davies, Jr.” Foreign Service Journal 54, no. 11 (1977)

****************************************************************

 

Alfred Kohlberg

 

Herzstein, Robert. “Alfred Kohlberg and the Two-Front War Against Communism.” Paper presented at Society For Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting. College Park, MD, 2005.

Keeley, Joseph Charles. The China Lobby Man: The Story of Alfred Kohlberg. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1969.

****************************************************************************

 

Owen Lattimore

 

Cotton, James. Asian Frontier Nationalism: Owen Lattimore and the American Policy Debate. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press International, 1989.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Owen Lattimore. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. Four microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Flynn, John Thomas. The Lattimore Story. New York: Devin-Adair, 1953. Journalistic summary of the Lattimore controversy.

Lattimore, Owen. Ordeal by Slander. Boston: Little, Brown, 1950. Lattimore’s account of the attacks on him as a spy and Communist sympathizer by McCarthy and others.

Lewis, Lionel S. The Cold War and Academic Governance: The Lattimore Case at Johns Hopkins. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1993.

Newman, Robert P. “Red Scare in Seattle, 1952: The FBI, the CIA, and Owen Lattimore’s ‘Escape.” Historian 48, no. 1 (November 1985). Discusses a controversy regarding an erroneous report by the CIA that Lattimore was planning to flee the United States.

Newman, Robert P. “The Owen Lattimore Case.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Newman, Robert P. Owen Lattimore and the “Loss” of China. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1992.

Schell, Orvill. “The Strange Ordeal of Owen Lattimore.” Washington Post Magazine, 16 April 1995. Presents Lattimore as an insightful scholar who had no Communist links, was not deceived by false Communist claims of moderation and, consequently, was a totally innocent victim of McCarthyite paranoia.

Ulmen, G. L. The Science of Society: Toward an Understanding of the Life and Work of Karl August Wittfogel. The Hague  & New York: Mouton, 1978. Wittfogel, an influential intellectual and former Communist, testified regarding Owen Lattimore’s association with communism.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. State Department Employee Loyalty Investigations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Includes testimony about Senator McCarthy’s charge that Owen Lattimore was the chief Soviet agent in the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Maud Russell

 

Garner, Karen. “The ‘Chinese Connection’ to American Radicalism.” Journal of American-East Asian Relations 3, no. 2 (1994). Notes that during 1925-27, Maud Russell, a secretary for the Young Women’s Christian Association in China, became a supporter of the Chinese Communist Party.

Garner, Karen Kay. “Challenging the Consensus: Maud Muriel Russell’s Life And Political Activism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1995. Russell worked in China with the Young Women’s Christian Association (1917-1943) and in New York with the Committee for a Democratic Far Eastern Policy (1945-1952). Russell attacked America’s China policy as imperialist and the Chinese Nationalist Party of Chiang Kai-shek as reactionary and supported the Chinese Communist Party led by Mao Zedong.  Russell was executive director of the pro-Maoist Committee for a Democratic Far Eastern Policy and a close associate of the CPUSA.

Garner, Karen. Precious Fire: Maud Russell and the Chinese Revolution. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

John S. and Grace Service

 

Service, John S. Lost Chance in China: The World War II Despatches of John S. Service. Edited by Joseph Esherick. New York: Random House, 1974. Reprints diplomatic dispatches which led to attacks on Service by some anti-Communists.

Service, John S. State Department Duty in China: The McCarthy Era, and After, 1933-1977. With Rosemary Levenson. Berkeley: Regional Oral History Office, Bancroft Library, University of California, 1981. Oral history transcript of tape-recorded interviews conducted in 1977-1978. Comments on parents, Roy and Grace Service and their YMCA work in China; work in U.S. Foreign Service, 1933-42, with various posts in China; political events; growing strength of communists and civil war in China; assignment as political advisor to General Stilwell in World War II; political reporting and intelligence work; resumption of foreign service career, 1945-50; charges brought by McCarthy and dismissal from State Department.; reinstatement, 1957, and work until retirement, 1962; association with Center for Chinese Studies, University of California, Berkeley; continued interest in China and visits there from 1971.

Service, Grace. Golden Inches: The China Memoir of Grace Service. Edited by John S. Service. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1989.

Wang, Yufeng. “John S. Service and United States-China Relations, 1933--1945.” Ph.D. diss. West Virginia University, 1997.

****************************************************************

 

Edgar and Helen Foster Snow

 

Bischoff, Sheril Foster, Chien-hua Niu, and Wei An. Bridging: A Photo Essay on the Life of Helen Foster Snow. Translated by Chien-hua Niu. Yorba Linda, CA: Shumway Family History Services, 1997. Helen Foster Snow was the wife of Edgar Snow.

Hamilton, John Maxwell. “Edgar Snow: China Hand from Missouri.” Missouri Historical Review 81, no. 3 (1987). Maintains that Snow never downplayed the Marxist nature of Chinese Communists.

Hamilton, John Maxwell. Edgar Snow, a Biography. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1988.

Hayford, Charles W. “Red Star Over Edgar Snow.” Froginawell.Net, 17 July 2008. Also posted on History News Network, 18 July 2008

Israel, Jerry. “‘Mao’s Mr. America’: Edgar Snow’s Images of China.” Pacific Historical Review 47, no. 1 (1978).

Long, Kelly Ann. “To the Yen-An Station: The Life and Writing of Helen Foster Snow.” Ph.D. diss. University of Colorado at Boulder, 1998.

Mao, Xuzhi. “From Wanderer to Witness to History: What Triggered Helen Foster Snow’s Affection for China.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Utah State University.

Snow, Edgar. Red Star Over China. London: V. Gollancz, 1937. Original British edition, containing text removed in the 1938 revised edition that had offended the CPUSA.

Snow, Edgar. Red Star Over China. New York: Random House, 1938. Original American edition, containing text removed in the 1938 revised edition that had offended the CPUSA.

Snow, Edgar. Red Star Over China. New York: Random House, 1938. Revised to removed text in the original edition that had offended the CPUSA.

Snow, Edgar. Random Notes on Red China (1936-1946). Cambridge: Chinese Economic and Political Studies, Harvard University; distributed by Harvard University Press, 1957.

Snow, Edgar. The Other Side of the River, Red China Today. New York: Random House, 1962.

Snow, Edgar. Journey to the Beginning. New York: Vintage Books, 1972.

Snow, Edgar, and Martin. Sommers. Stalin Must Have Peace. New York: Random House, 1945.

Snow, Edgar, and Lois Wheeler. Snow. Edgar Snow’s China: A Personal Account of the Chinese Revolution. New York: Random House, 1981.

Snow, Helen Foster. Inside Red China. New York: Doubleday, Doran & company, Inc., 1939.

Snow, Helen Foster. Red Dust; Autobiographies of Chinese Communists, as Told to Nym Wales. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1952.

Wales, Nym [Helen Foster Snow]. China Builds for Democracy a Story of Cooperative Industry. New York: Modern Age Books, 1941.

Wales, Nym [Helen Foster Snow]. The Chinese Labor Movement. New York: The John Day company, 1945.

Wales, Nym [Helen Foster Snow]. The Chinese Communists: Sketches and Autobiographies of the Old Guard. Book 1: Red Dust. Book 2: Autobiographical Profiles and Biographical Sketches. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Pub. Co., 1972.

Wang, Xing, ed. China Remembers Edgar Snow. Beijing, China: Beijing Review, distr. by China Publications Centre (Guoji Shudian), 1982.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Sorge

 

Deakin, F. W., and Richard Storry. The Case of Richard Sorge. London, U.K.: Chatto & Windus, 1966.

Johnson, Chalmers A. An Instance of Treason: Ozaki Hotsumi and the Sorge Spy Ring. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1990.

Prange, Gordon William, Donald M. Goldstein, and Katherine V. Dillon. Target Tokyo: the Story of the Sorge Spy Ring. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1984.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. A Partial Documentation of the Sorge Espionage Case. Tokyo, Japan: Printed by Toppan Print. Co., 1950. Reprints U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities and various U.S. Military documents on the Sorge case.

Whymant, Robert. Stalin’s Spy: Richard Sorge and the Tokyo Espionage Ring. New York: Thomas Dunne Books, 1998.

Willoughby, Charles Andrew. Shanghai Conspiracy: The Sorge Spy Ring, Moscow, Shanghai, Tokyo, San Francisco, New York. New York: Dutton, 1952. Written by former intelligence chief to General MacArthur regarding Soviet espionage in Asia in the 1930s and WWII; links Agnes Smedley to Soviet intelligence activities.

****************************************************************

 

John Carter Vincent

 

May, Gary. China Scapegoat, the Diplomatic Ordeal of John Carter Vincent. Washington: New Republic Books, 1979.

****************************************************************

 

Theodore White

 

White, Theodore Harold. In Search of History: A Personal Expedition. New York: Harper & Row, 1978. White asserts that his attitude toward Mao and the Communist Chinese resulted in his being shunned by editors and publishers.

White, Theodore Harold, and Annalee Jacoby. Thunder Out of China. New York: William Sloane Associates, 1946.

****************************************************************

 

Cold War in Central and South America and Domestic Political Controversy

 

Gayle, Brenda. “Castro in Harlem: A Cold War Watershed.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Lamperti, John. What Are We Afraid of? an Assessment of the “Communist Threat” in Central America: A NARMIC-American Friends Service Committee Study. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1988. Ridicules notion that there was a Communist threat.

Massey, Brian. “How American News Magazines Have Used ‘Cold War’ Labels to Describe Sandinista Nicaragua, 1979-1987.” Master’s thesis. University of West Florida, 1988. Finds that Time, Newsweek, and U.S. News & World Report used inappropriate “Cold War” descriptors in using terms such as Marxist-Leninist, Leftist, Communist, Soviet and totalitarian in discussions of the Sandinistas.

Ortiz, Albert A. “Daniel James: A Cold War Correspondent in Latin America.” Ph.D. diss. Washington State University, 1988. James, a prolific and anti-Communist journalist, developed his opposition to communism during his service in the army and as a New York reporter for The New Leader.

Urcuyo Maliaño, Francisco. Carter-Mondale’s Administration and the Sandinista Communists. [Miami, FL]: F. U. Maliano, 1984.

****************************************************************

 

Narcotics and the Cold War in Central and South America

 

Bullington, Bruce, and Alan A. Block. “A Trojan Horse: Anti-Communism and the War on Drugs.” Contemporary Crises 14 (March 1990). Exposé asserting that U.S. efforts to interdict drug smuggling are little more than camouflage for a sinister anti-Communist “counter-intelligence and paramilitary presence abroad.”

Ehrenfeld, Rachel. “Narco-Terrorism: The Soviet Connection.” Defense & Diplomacy 8 (September 1990). “Available evidence leads us to believe that these activities [involvement of Marxist-Leninist regimes in supplying the U.S. with illegal drugs] began in the early 1960s.”

Kinder, Douglas Clark. “Bureaucratic Cold Warrior: Harry J. Anslinger and Illicit Narcotics Traffic.” Pacific Historical Review 50, no. 2 (May 1982). Ridicules assertions of the long-time head of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics that Castro’s Cuba and Communist China engaged in smuggling narcotics into the U.S. to gain hard currency and damage American society.  Locates the source for these claims in Anslinger’s long-time commitment to anticommunism.

McWilliams, John C. “Commissioner Harry J. Anslinger, Anti-Communist Crusader.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

McWilliams, John C. “Anti-Communism and the Politics of Drugs, 1949-1971.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

McWilliams, John Caldwell. “The Protectors: Harry J. Anslinger and the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, 1930-1962.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania state University, 1986. Critical of Anslinger’s view that Communist states were facilitating drug smuggling to the U.S.

Preston, Julia. “The Trial That Shook Cuba.” New York Review of Books, 7 December 1989. Reviews the history of the Castro government’s role in smuggling drugs to the U.S. in light of trials and executions in Cuba of high military and security officials for participation in drug smuggling to the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Cold War in Europe and Domestic Political Controversy

 

Alberts, Florence G. “Domestic Aspects of the Marshall Plan.” Master’s thesis. University of Missouri-Kansas City, 1968.

Samatas, Minas. “Greek McCarthyism: A Comparative Assessment of Greek Post-Civil War Repressive Anticommunism and the U.S. Truman-McCarthy Era.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 13, no. 3/4 (1986). Judges opposition to communism in Greece was just as evil there as it was in America.

Schnoor, Rainer. “Loss of Hinterland: The American Left Discusses the Changes in Eastern Europe (East Germany).” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Wala, Michael. “Selling War and Selling Peace: The Non-Partisan Committee for Peace, the Committee to Defend America by Aiding the Allies, and the Committee for the Marshall Plan.” Amerikastudien / American Studies [Federal Republic of Germany] 30, no. 1 (1985). Finds that these organizations were spokesmen for the foreign policy establishment and closely allied to the U.S. State Department.

****************************************************************

 

George Polk’s Murder

 

Keeley, Edmund. The Salonika Bay Murder: Cold War Politics and the Polk Affair. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989. Examines the 1948 murder of George Polk, a CBS correspondent, killed while seeking an interview with a Greek Communist guerrilla leader.  Spurred by pressure from the U.S. State Department and a committee of journalists (chaired by Walter Lippmann) the Greek government convicted Gregory Staktopoulos, a journalist and former Communist, of complicity.  Staktopoulos confessed that he had witnessed Polk’s murder by Greek Communists.  Staktopoulos later claimed torture and repudiated his confession.  Keeley holds that Greek police convicted Staktopoulos in haste to relieve American pressure and that it was more likely that the Greek Right arranged Polk’s murder in order to intimidate independent reporters rather than the Communists.

Marton, Kati. The Polk Conspiracy: Murder and Cover-up in the Case of CBS News Correspondent George Polk. New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1990. Examines the 1948 murder of George Polk, a CBS correspondent, killed in Greece under mysterious circumstances.  Holds that Polk was most likely murdered by Greek Royalists angered by Polk’s coverage of Greek government corruption but that Greek authorities blamed the Communists and tortured a scapegoat into a confession.  Argues that William Donovan (former head of the OSS) with the assistance of Walter Lippmann and other establishment journalists supported the Greek government and blocked attempts to look for the real killers.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 24

The Cultural Cold War

 

 

Belmonte, Laura Ann. “Defending A Way of Life: American Propaganda and the Cold War, 1945-1959.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1996. Faced with Communist propaganda which derided the United States as culturally barbaric, racist, imperialistic, and materialistic, U.S. information strategists created a compelling vision of the United States. as a nation in which families, workers, and freedom flourished. While acknowledging the imperfections of democratic capitalism, they articulated a way of life worth defending.

Caute, David. The Dancer Defects: The Struggle for Cultural Supremacy During the Cold War. New York: Oxford University Press, 2003.

Cull, Nicholas J. “Auteurs of Ideology: USIA Documentary Film Propaganda in the Kennedy Era as Seen in Bruce Hershensohn’s The Five Cities of June (1963) and James Blue’s The March (1964).” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Hixson, Walter L. Parting the Curtain: Propaganda, Culture, and the Cold War. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1996.

Hunt, Richard M. “The CIA Exposures: End of an Affair.” Virginia Quarterly Review 45, no. 2 (1969). On covert subsidies by the Central Intelligence Agency to various private American institutions to counter Communist propaganda activities.

Kraemer, Peter. “The Rockefeller Foundation, Public Diplomacy, and American Studies in Germany, 1948-1958.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Krugler, David F. “If Peace is to Prevail: Karl E. Mundt and America’s International Information and Education Programs, 1943-1953.” South Dakota History 31, no. 1 (2001).

Leab, Daniel J. “Cold War Comics.” Columbia Journalism Review 3 (Winter 1965).

Lucas, Scott. “The U.S. Government and the Sponsorship of American Studies in Britain During the Cold War and Beyond.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2001.

Monod, David. “That’s Entertainment! How America Accepted Cultural Relations with the Soviets.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

O’Connell, Charles. “Cold War Social Science: Soviet Studies and Propaganda in U.S. Foreign Relations.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Osgood, Kenneth A. “‘You Too Speak for America!’ State-Private Cooperation in Cold War Propaganda Campaigns, 1948.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Culture Against History: Criminalizing America’s Role in the Cold War.” In American Popular Culture at Home and Abroad, edited by Lewis H. Carlson and Kevin B. Vichcales. [Kalamazoo]: New Issues Press, Western Michigan University, 1996.

Richmond, Yale. Soviet-American Cultural Exchanges Ripoff or Payoff? Washington, D.C.: Kennan Institute for Advanced Russian Studies, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, 1984.

Richmond, Yale. U.S.-Soviet Cultural Exchanges, 1958-1986 Who Wins? Boulder: Westview Press, 1987.

Richmond, Yale. Cultural Exchange & the Cold War Raising the Iron Curtain. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2003.

Scott-Smith, Giles, ed. The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe, 1945-1960. London Portland, OR: F. Cass, 2003.

Stern, Sol. “A Short Account of International Student Politics and the Cold War with Particular Reference to the NSA, CIA, Etc.” Ramparts, March 1967. Journalistic exposé of secret U.S. government subsidies to assist anti-Communist activities.

****************************************************************

 

International Broadcasting

 

Ament, Suzanne. “Cultural Commitments to Broadcasting Culture: The Case of Radio Liberty.” Paper presented at Society for the History of American Foreign Policy Annual Conference, 23-25 June, 2006.

Cook, Blanche Wiessen. “First Comes the Lie: C. D. Jackson and Political Warfare.” Radical History Review, no. 31 (1984). Angry critical picture of Charles Douglas Jackson, publisher of Fortune, vice-president of Time, Inc., founder of Crusade for Freedom, and Radio Free Europe.  Depicts him as a protector of the sinister and increasingly aggressive American empire whose promotion of Radio Free Europe and similar anti-Communist activities was “no longer a substitute for war; it has become the precursor for war.”

Cull, Nicholas J. “The Struggle for Truth: Journalistic Ethics and the Voice of America.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

Krugler, David F. “God, Monogamy, and the Newsroom? The 1953 McCarthy Investigation of the Voice of America.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

Krugler, David F. The Voice of America and the Domestic Propaganda Battles, 1945-1953. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2000. Concentrates on the domestic political and bureaucratic battles over the policies and organization of the U.S.’s chief radio propaganda agency.

Krugler, David Frederick. “The Voice of America and the Republican Cold War, 1945-1953.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1997.

Nelson Michael. “War on the Black Heavens: The Battles of Western Broadcasting in the Cold War.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Puddington, Arch. Broadcasting Freedom: The Cold War Triumph of Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2000. History and appraisal of the success of American use of radio to undermine Communist regimes in Central and Eastern Europe.

****************************************************************

 

Congress for Cultural Freedom and the American Committee for Cultural Freedom

 

Beichman, Arnold. “Academic Ears in CIA Archives.” Washington Times, 28 March 1994. Discusses references in a 1952 memo of CIA official Frank Wisner to a letter from Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., reporting on controversies inside the American Committee for Cultural Freedom.  The Wisner memo was reprinted in Michael Warner, ed. The CIA Under Harry Truman. CIA Cold War Records. Washington, DC: History Staff, Center for the Study of Intelligence, Central Intelligence Agency, available from National Technical Information Service, 1994.  Beichman at one time headed the American Committee for Cultural Freedom.

Beichman, Arnold. “Central Intellectual Agency.” Weekly Standard, 3 September 2001. Essay review discussing Berghahn’s America and the Intellectual Cold Wars in Europe, Coleman’s The Liberal Conspiracy, and Saunder’s The Cultural Cold War.

Berghahn, Volker Rolf. America and the Intellectual Cold Wars in Europe: Shepard Stone Between Philanthropy, Academy, and Diplomacy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. Discusses liberal and left anticommunism in Europe and America, the Congress for Cultural Freedom, and the CIA.

Buhle, Paul. “Secret Subventions: Troubling Legacies.” OAH Newsletter 28, no. 2 (May 2000): 27. On the role of American intelligence agencies in the cultural Cold War.  Charges that the pioneering “Communism in American Life” series of books on the history of American communism was secretly directed by a CIA front, the American Committee for Cultural Freedom.  Letter to the editor maintaining that Buhle’s charge is false and not supported by evidence: Harvey Klehr and John Earl Haynes, OAH Newsletter, May 2003.

Coleman, Peter. The Liberal Conspiracy: The Congress for Cultural Freedom and the Struggle for the Mind of Postwar Europe. New York: Free Press, 1989. Laudatory history of the Congress and its program to rally Western intellectuals against Communism.  Surveys the rise of left anti-Communism in the 1930s and 1940s.  “It was the widespread adoption in the more intellectual U.S. Government circles of the belief that the non-Communist Left could be the most effective response to the totalitarian Left that created a receptive atmosphere for the formation and support of what would become the Congress for Cultural Freedom.”

Harrington, Michael. “The American Committee for Cultural Freedom.” Dissent 2 (Spring 1953).

Johnson, Alan. “The Cultural Cold War: Faust Not the Pied Piper.” New Politics 8, no. 3 (n.s.) (Summer 2001). Essay-review discussing Saunders’ Who Paid The Piper? The CIA and the Cultural Cold War.  “In the cold war progressive politics were destroyed because much of the left entered one or other Faustian pact of the mind. Two “lefts” took the view that “the times” or “the situation” dictated their temporary, knowing, intellectual and practical subordination to state power in Russia or the United States. The result was that both ended up no sort of left at all. Both, like Goethe’s Faust, lost their souls.”

Kristol, Irving. “The Way We Were.” National Interest, no. 17 (1989). Recalls involvement in the Congress for Cultural Freedom.

Laqueur, Walter. “Anti-Communism Abroad: A Memoir of the Congress for Cultural Freedom.” Partisan Review. 63, no. 2 (1996).

Lasch, Christopher. “The Cultural Cold War: A Short History of the Congress for Cultural Freedom.” In Towards a New Past: Dissenting Essays in American History, edited by Barton J. Bernstein. New York: Pantheon Books, 1968. Hostile history of the Congress; argues that anti-Communism is inherently evil and that intellectuals cannot honestly support the West in the Cold War.

Rogin, Michael P. “When the CIA Was the NEA.” Nation, 12 June 2000.  Review of Frances Stoner Saunders The Cultural Cold War.

Romano, Carlin. “Cold-War Cultural Tactics Should be a Hot Topic.” Chronicle of Higher Education 52, no. 26 (3 March 2006). Reviews tactics of the Congress For Cultural Freedom as model for War on Terror.

Saunders, Frances Stonor. The Cultural Cold War: The CIA and the World of Arts and Letters. New York: New Press, 2000. Detailed and hostile examination of CIA funding of the Congress for Cultural Freedom and the CIA’s decision to concentrate on detaching left and centrist intellectuals from Stalinism by promoting anti-totalitarian cultural policies via secret subsidies and secretly sponsored publications.  Published in England as Who Paid the Piper? the CIA and the Cultural Cold War. London, U.K.: Granta Books, 1999.

Scott-Smith, Giles. The Politics of Apolitical Culture: The Congress for Cultural Freedom, the CIA, and Post-War American Hegemony. London, New York: Routledge, 2001. See the relationship of Western intellectuals to the CCF and the CIA as more of a partnership to promote already held values than one of CIA manipulation.

Sharlet, Jeff. “Tinker, Writer, Artist, Spy: Intellectuals During the Cold War.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 31 March 2000. Essay-review of Frances Saunders The Cultural Cold War.  Describes those subsidized by the CIA’s Cold War cultural programs during the “dark years of American anti-Communist paranoia” as either “dupes” or “passengers on the C.I.A. gravy train” doing “the dirty work of propaganda.”  Critical letter to the editor by Steve Karetzky, 12 May 2000.

Szamuely, George. “The Intellectuals & the Cold War.” Commentary 84, no. 6 (December 1989). Discussion of the CIA’s support for left anticommunism.

Warner, Michael. “Sophisticated Spies: CIA’s Links to Liberal Anti-Communists, 1949-1969.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 9 (1997).

Warner, Michael. “Origins of the Congress for Cultural Freedom, 1949-50.” Studies in Intelligence 38, no. 5 (1995).

Wreszin, Michael. “Cultural Freedom Versus Cultural Spin.” Reviews in American History 28, no. 4 (2000). Essay-review of Saunders’ The Cultural Cold War

****************************************************************

 

Journals of Opinion and the Cultural Cold War

 

Commentary

 

Abrams, Nathan. “Advertising Freedom: Commentary Magazine and the Cultural Cold War.” Studies in the Social Sciences 36 (May 1999): 65-80.

Abrams, Nathan. Commentary Magazine 1945-59: A Journal of Significant Thought and Opinion. Portland, OR: Vallentine Mitchell, 2006.

Fedorov, A. V. “Rol’ Zhurnalov The Public Interest i Commentary v Formirovanii Neokonservatizma v SShA v Kontse 1960-Kh–1970-e Gody’ (The Role of the Magazines The Public Interest and Commentary in Forming Neoconservatism in the USA [Late 1960s–1970s]).” Vestnik Moskovskogo Universiteta. Seriia 8. Istoriia [Russia], no. 5 (2002).

****************************************************************

 

Encounter

 

Berry, Neil. “Encounter.” Antioch Review 51, no. 2 (1993). Summary history of the journal.

DeVries, Tity. “Encounter: An Intellectual Concept of Atlanticism in the 1950s.” European Contributions to American Studies [Netherlands] 34 (1996).

Kermode, Frank. “Life at Encounter.” Partisan Review 62, no. 4 (1995). Kermode was coeditor from 1965 to 1967.

Kristol, Irving. “My Cold War.” National Interest 31 (Spring 1993). Discusses the founding of Encounter in 1953.  “In France, it was practically impossible to work in the film industry unless you were a member of the Communist Party or a reliable fellow-traveler.  In Italy, it was not very different.  In Germany, the dominant posture of intellectual was ‘neutralist’--i.e., asserting a ‘moral equivalence’ between the United States and the USSR.  Says: “I was indeed a ‘Cold Warrior’... but I was not engaged in any kind of crusade against communism.  It was the fundamental assumptions of contemporary liberalism that were my enemy.  For without the moral legitimation of communism provided by Western intellectuals--all the Soviet intellectuals had perished or were in prison camps--the ‘Cold War’ was reduced to a raw, power conflict between totalitarian tyranny and constitutional democracy.  The Cold War was a very serious business, as war always is.  And there was certainly a crucial ideological dimension to the conflict.  The Soviet rulers were authentic Marxist-Leninists, though the people they ruled were nothing of the sort.  But there really was no good reason why the bizarre beliefs of communist leaders should have provoked ideological turmoil in the West, should have given rise to the notion that there were agonizing choices to be made.  It was only the prevailing liberal ethos among intellectuals, academia, and the media that imported this complication into our lives.  In the decades that followed, this ethos moved consistently leftward as I moved consistently rightward.”

Lasky, Melvin J. On the Barricades, and Off. New Brunswick (U.S.A.): Transaction Publishers, 1989. Lasky was an editor of Encounter for many years. 

Spender, Stephen, Irving Kristol, and Melvin J. Lasky, eds. Encounters: An Anthology from the First Ten Years of Encounter Magazine. New York: Basic Books, 1963.

Whelan, Diarmuid. “Conor Cruise O’Brien Vs. Encounter.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

Wilford, Hugh. “The CIA, Bloomsbury and the Angry Young Men: Encounter Magazine and Cold War British Literary Culture.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

****************************************************************

 

New Leader

 

McGrath, Charles. “A Liberal Beacon Burns Out.” New York Times, 23 January 2006. On the closing of the anti-Communist liberal journal The New Leader.

Wilford, Hugh. “‘The New Leader’ and the Cultural Cold War.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Wilford, Hugh. “Playing the CIA’s Tune? the New Leader and the Cultural Cold War.” Diplomatic History 27, no. 1 (Winter 2003): 15-34. On CIA subsidies in the early Cold War of the New Leader; notes that the New Leader had been stridently anti-Communist since its founding in the 1920s -- long before the creation of the CIA.  Judges that the relationship was “more reminiscent of that between a cultural patron and a somewhat temperamental artist.”  Notes conflict between New Leaderviews and that preferred by the CIA.

****************************************************************

 

Quadrant

 

Coleman, Peter. “James McAuley’s 20 Quadrants.” Paper presented at James McAuley Conference at Sydney University. Australia, 2002. On Poet McAuley’s tenure as the founding editor of Quadrant, journal of the Australian Committee for Cultural Freedom.

****************************************************************

 

Cold War Sport Diplomacy

 

Hunt, Thomas M. “American Sport Policy and the Cultural Cold War: The Lyndon B. Johnson Presidential Years.” Paper presented at the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Chantilly, Virginia, 2007.

Keys, Barbara J. “The Origins of Cold War Sport Diplomacy: The U.S. Government and the Olympic Games, 1932-1956.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Thomas, Damio. “‘The Good Negroes’: African-American Athletes and the Cultural Cold War, 1945-68.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Cold War Art Diplomacy

 

Howard, David Brian. “Between Avant-Garde and Kitsch: Pragmatic Liberalism, Public Arts Funding, and the Cold War in the United States.” Canadian Review of American Studies 34, no. 3 (2004).

Lindey, Christine. Art in the Cold War: From Vladivostok to Kalamazoo, 1945-1962. New York: New Amsterdam Books, 1990.

Krenn, Michael. “‘I Don’t Believe There’s no Sich Person’: American Art Exhibits in Britain During the Cold War.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

Krenn, Michael L. “Subversive Art: The ‘Sport in Art’ Controversy and American Cultural Diplomacy in the 1950s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Mathews, Jane DeHart. “Art and Politics in Cold War America.” American Historical Review 81, no. 4 (1976). Discusses the controversy around federal cultural exchange programs of the late 1940s and 1950s involving charges of Marxist influence.  Suggests that the hostility toward modern art by right-wing anti-Communists reflected the preservationist character of the latter.

Schoenwald, Jonathan M. “Holding Back the Tide: Conservatives, Modern Art, and the 1959 American National Exhibition.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004. Ridicules the objections of some anti-Communist conservatives to the modernist art and artists represented in an American exhibition in Moscow.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The American National Exhibition, Moscow, July 1959; the Record of Certain Artists and an Appraisal of Their Works Selected for Display.  Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

****************************************************************

 

Cold Music Diplomacy

.

Alter, Stephen G. “Diplomatic Improvisation: U.S. Government Ambivalence About the Use of Jazz in the Cold War Cultural Offensive.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Poiger, Uta G. Jazz, Rock, and Rebels: Cold War Politics and American Culture in a Divided Germany. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2000.

Von Eschen, Penny M. Satchmo Blows up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2004.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 25

Popular and Official Domestic Anticommunism

 

 

Buckingham, Peter H. America Sees Red: Anti-Communism in America, 1870s to 1980s: A Guide to Issues and References. Claremont, CA: Regina Books, 1988. Argues that “America’s invisible ideology of anti-communism smacks more of dogma than doctrine.  It is emotional, logically inconsistent, negative rather than positive, and prompted more by fear than a commitment to American values.”  Sees the Communist movement’s role in American history as too insignificant and unimportant to justify the negative response.  Narrative survey plus an annotated bibliography with 632 entries.

Cook, Blanche Wiesen. “The Impact of Anti-Communism in American Life.” Science & Society 53, no. 4 (Winter 1989-90). Equates opposition to communism to opposition to progress.

Davis, David Brion, editor and commentator. The Fear of Conspiracy: Images of Un-American Subversion from the Revolution to the Present. Ithaca [N.Y.]: Cornell University Press, 1971.

Geraghty, Joe, producer, Don Sanders, director. Ordinary Americans: The Red Scare. 35 minute video. The Close Up Foundation, 1999.

Ghosh, Partha S. “From Red Scare to [McCarthyism]: Building of National Images: The American Experience.” China Report [India] 14, no. 5-6 (1978).

Goldberg, Robert Alan. Enemies Within: The Culture of Conspiracy in Modern America. New Haven: Yale University, 2001.

Heale, M. J. American Anticommunism: Combating the Enemy Within, 1830-1970. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1990. Sees anticommunism as a manifestation of endemic deeply entrenched American hostility from its early history onward to any progressive movement.

Keehn, Robin S.. “Dialectics of Containment: Mothers, Moms, Soldiers, Veterans and the Cold War Mystique.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, San Diego, 1998. Links containment of communism with containment of women and blacks.

Kovel, Joel. “The Victims of Anticommunism.” Zeta Magazine, January 1988. Calls American anticommunism an ideology which the U.S. uses to justify  “crunching internal opposition and justifying external ruthlessness” which “works, hand-in-glove with racism, and, as a philosophy of killing, has generated corpses beyond imagination.”

Kovel, Joel. Red Hunting in the Promised Land: Anticommunism and the Making of America. New York: Basic Books, 1994. Antiradicalism and anticommunism has corrupted America since its origins and produced a ruthless cruel nightmare nation that threatens the entire world.

Lens, Sidney. The Futile Crusade: Anti-Communism as American Credo. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1964. Argues that opposition to communism is inherently wrong.

Levin, Murray Burton. Political Hysteria in America: The Democratic Capacity for Repression. New York: Basic Books, 1971. See opposition of communism as a type of mental illness.

Lukacs, John. “The Poverty of Anti-Communism.” National Interest, Spring 1999. Depicts communism as always having been inherently a weak movement inevitably doomed by its illogic and impracticality, treats anti-communism far more dangerous than communism due to its superior power, and judges Arendt’s Origins of Totalitarianism as a “fraudulent book from beginning to end.”  Critical responses by William Buckley, Robert Conquest, and Nathan Glazer.

Mandelbaum, Seymour J. The Social Setting of Intolerance: The Know-Nothings, the Red Scare, and McCarthyism. Chicago: Scott, Foresman, 1964.

Marvin, Fred Richard. Fools Gold: An Exposé of Un-American Activities and Political Action in the United States Since 1860. New York: Madison & Marshall, Inc., 1936. Polemic.

Morgan, Ted. Reds: McCarthyism in Twentieth-Century America. New York: Random House, 2003. Journalistic but thorough narrative history of domestic anticommunism from its origins.  Discusses the origins of American anticommunism in Bolshevik removal of Russia from the allied war effort in World War I and the domestic radical terrorism of 1919-1921 and the seriousness of Soviet espionage in the 1940s as well as the exploitation of popular anti-Communist sentiment for demagogic purposes by Joseph McCarthy.

Narish, Frances Anna. Crusade Against Communism. New York: Vantage Press, 1992.

Newberry, Mike. The Yahoos. New York: Marzani and Munsell, 1964. Denunciation of opposition to communism as ignorant.

Parenti, Michael. The Anti-Communist Impulse. New York: Random House, 1970. Hard left radical finds opposition to communism to be without any redeeming value.

Parenti, Michael. Blackshirts & Reds: Rational Fascism & the Overthrow of Communism. San Francisco, CA: City Lights Books, 1997.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Anticommunist Lives.” American Quarterly 41, no. 4 (1989). Essay-review.

Powers, Richard Gid. Not Without Honor: The History of American Anticommunism. New York: Free Press, 1995. Comprehensive scholarly history of domestic anticommunism from the Bolshevik revolution to the collapse of the USSR.  Powers says “writing this book radically altered my view of American anticommunism.  I began with the idea that anticommunism displayed America at its worst, but I came to see in anticommunism America at its best.”  Discusses the variety of anticommunisms: liberal internationalist, countersubversive, Jewish, Roman Catholic, labor-based, and socialist.  Discusses also the role of anti-Semitism, anti-Catholic bigotry, and the antifascist “brown smear” in the politics of communism and anticommunism.  Finds that the chief victories were won by anti-Communist liberals, and that the efforts of countersubversive anti-Communists often served to discredit the anti-Communist cause.

Roggenbrod, Roland. The Invaders: A Story of Fantastic Adventures in Anti-Communism. Dallas: Story Book Press, 1954. Polemic.

Ruotsila, Markku. “The Origins of Anglo-American Anti-Bolshevism, 1917-21.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cambridge, 1999.

Ruotsila, Markku. British and American Anticommunism Before the Cold War. London,  Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2001. Close examination of the intellectual history of multiple types on anticommunism (liberal, socialist, conservative libertarian, conservative paternalist) that developed in 1917-1921.  Argues that the basic intellectual conflict of the 20th century was collectivist versus anti-collectivist, and that the basic types of anticommunism remained more-or-less unchanged since their origin. “The fundamental thesis of the book is that the Cold War was not primarily about opposition to the foreign expansion of the Soviet Union or, even, to the communism practiced in the Soviet Union. It was just as much about the competition between conservatism and modern liberalism and socialism for the right to shape and order the direction of the twentieth century.”

Sheldon, Charles P. The Bolshevization of the USA. New York: Carlton Press, 1978.

Sibley, Milford Q. “Ethics and the Professional Patriots.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Sciences, no. 363 (1966). Hostile.

Stein, R. Conrad. The Great Red Scare. Parsippany, NJ: New Discovery Books, 1998.  Critical survey of opposition to communism.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Twin Piques: Reckoning with Anti-Communism and with Communism.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Zeinert, Karen. McCarthy and the Fear of Communism in American History. Springfield, NJ: Enslow Publishers, 1998. Summary history of anticommunism.

****************************************************************

 

The "Red Scare" of 1919-1920 and Anticommunism in the 1920s

 

Abramowitz, Howard. “The Press and the Red Scare, 1919--1921.” In Popular Culture and Political Change in Modern America, edited by Ronald Edsforth and Larry Bennett. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1991.

Avrich, Paul. Sacco and Vanzetti: The Anarchist Background. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Discusses the anarchist terrorism of 1919-20.

Belknap, Michal R. “Uncooperative Federalism: The Failure of the Bureau of Investigation’s Intergovernmental Attack on Radicalism.” Publius 12, no. 2 (Spring 1982). On the increasing unwillingness of states to fund legal attacks on Communists in the early 1920s.

Blum, John M. “Nativism, Anti-Radicalism and the Foreign Scare, 1917-1920.” Mid-West Journal 3 (Winter 1950-51): 46-50.

Capozzola, Christopher. “The Only Badge Needed is Your Patriotic Fervor: Vigilance, Coercion, and the Law in World War I America.” Journal of American History 88, no. 4 (March 2002). On the excesses and abuses of the volunteer anti-subversive campaigns of World War I.

Coben, Stanley. “A Study in Nativism: The American Red Scare of 1919-20.” Political Science Quarterly 79, no. 1 (March 1964). The Red Scare as a nativist movement.

Craig, John M. “Redbaiting, Pacifism, and Free Speech: Lucia Ames Mead and Her 1926 Lecture Tour in Atlanta and the Southeast.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 71, no. 4 (1987). Notes unfounded accusations of Communist sympathies against pacifist Mead.

Damon, Allan L. “The Great Red Scare.” American Heritage 19, no. 2 (1968). Survey.

Dunn, Robert W., ed. The Palmer Raids. Pamphlet. New York: International Publishers, 1948. Polemic.

Feuerlicht, Roberta Strauss. America’s Reign of Terror: World War I, the Red Scare, and the Palmer Raids. New York: Random House, 1971. Discusses the causes, events, and effects of the campaign to suppress radical revolutionaries in the United States between 1917-1920.  Overblown.

Fischer, Nick. “The Savage Within: Anti-Communism, Anti-Democracy and Authoritarianism in the United States and Australia, 1917 - 1935.” Ph.D. diss. Monash University, Australia, 2002. Argues that anti-communism was a manufactured sentiment that drove the development of internal security and intelligence bureaucracies in both nations, provided the rationale for mass surveillance of civilian populations and other forms of authoritarianism and conservative social conformity that has alienated citizens from democracy.

Fischer, Nick. “An Inspiration Misunderstood: Australian Anti-Communists and the Lure of the U.S., 1917 - 1935.” ERAS [Australia], no. 5 (November 2003). Opposition to communism seen as derivative of oppressive and reactionary anti-labor, anti-radical, anti-Roman Catholic attitudes.

Fischer, Nick. “The Founders of American Anti-Communism.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006).  Opposition to communism is rooted in racism, hatred of the working class, and other reactionary and despicable motives deeply embedded in American culture.   

Gage, Beverly. “From Anarchist to Bolshevist: The 1920 Wall Street Explosion and the Origins of American Anticommunism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Gage, Beverly. “The Wall Street Explosion: Capitalism, Terrorism, and the 1920 Bombing of New York.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 2004.

Gengarelly, W. Anthony. Distinguished Dissenters and Opposition to the 1919-1920 Red Scare. Lewiston: E. Mellen Press, 1996.  Lavishes praise on those who opposed the Red Scare.

Gengarelly, William Anthony. “Resistance Spokesmen: Opponents of the Red Scare, 1919-1921.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1972. Discusses criticism and opposition to federal legal attacks on radicals by the American Civil Liberties Union, National Popular Government League, and others.  Finds that the opposition was in part successful in blunting and ending the attacks.

Hapgood, Norman, Sidney Coe Howard, and John Hearley, eds. Professional Patriots. New York: Boni, 1927. Unsympathetic description of a number of the anti-Bolshevist organizations active in WWI and the early 1920s.

Hilton, O.A. “Public Opinion and Civil Liberties in Wartime, 1917-1919.” Southwestern Social Science Quarterly 28 (December 1947): 201-24.

Honig, Bonnie. “Liberty Vs. Security? Lessons from the First Red Scare.” New Politics 10 (Summer 2004).

Hoyt, Edwin Palmer. The Palmer Raids, 1919-1920: An Attempt to Suppress Dissent. New York: Seabury Press, 1969. Recounts the events and results of the 1919-1920 raids, led by Attorney General Palmer, to unjustly rid the country of radical aliens, Communists, and anarchists.

Kohn, Stephen M. American Political Prisoners: Prosecutions Under the Espionage and Sedition Acts. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1994. Details World War I era prosecutions.

McCormick, Charles H. Hopeless Cases: The Hunt for the Red Scare Terrorist Bombers. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2005.

Murphy, Paul L. “Normalcy, Intolerance, and American Character.” Virginia Quarterly Review 40 (1964).

Murphy, Paul L. “Sources and Nature of Intolerance in the 1920s.” Journal of American History 51 (June 1964).

Murphy, Paul L. World War I and the Origin of Civil Liberties in the United States. New York: Norton, 1979.

Murray, Robert K. Red Scare: A Study in National Hysteria, 1919-1920. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1955.

Neather, Andrew Edward. “Popular Republicanism, Americanism, and the Roots of Anti-Communism, 1890-1925.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1994. Sees an evolution from a republican nationalism, patriotic yet offering a critique of industrial capitalism, to the ‘Americanism’ in which patriotism was linked to support for the economic and political status quo.

Panunzio, Constantine M. The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920. New York: Commission on the Church and Social Service, Federal Council of the Churches of Christ in America, 1921.

Preston, William. Aliens and Dissenters: Federal Suppression of Radicals, 1903-1933. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963.

Preston, William. Aliens and Dissenters: Federal Suppression of Radicals, 1903-1933. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1994. Reissue with new foreword by Paul Buhle.  In a new epilogue Preston says political repression is “at the center of the national experience” and that the American people were and continue to be the subject to an “Orwellian system” of government surveillance and oppression.

Scheiber, Harry N. The Wilson Administration and Civil Liberties, 1917-1921. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Immigration and Naturalization. Communist and Anarchist Deportation Cases. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1920. Hearings, April 21 to 24, 1920.

Warth, Robert D. “The Palmer Raids.” South Atlantic Quarterly 48 (1949).

Watson, Bruce. “Crackdown!” Smithsonian 32, no. 11 (February 2002). Discusses the impact of a series of anarchist bombings that terrorized the United States during the Red Scare of 1919 and 1920, and the launch of the ‘Palmer Raids’ by U.S. Attorney General A. Mitchell Palmer.

Williams, David. “The Bureau of Investigation and Its Critics, 1919-1921: The Origins of Federal Political Surveillance.” Journal of American History 68, no. 3 (December 1981). Discusses the B.I.’s involvement in arresting several thousand people suspected of Communist party and Communist Labor party membership in 1919.  Finds that the B.I. reacted to criticism of the arrests and subsequent deportations by collecting political intelligence regarding the critics.

Williams, David. “‘They Never Stopped Watching Us’: FBI Political Surveillance, 1924-1936.” UCLA Historical Journal 2 (1981). Asserts that the FBI often violated Justice Department policy in its investigations of radical activities.

Zieger, Robert H. America’s Great War: World War I and the American Experience. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2000. Discusses the post-war Red Scare.

****************************************************************

 

Black Radicals in the Red Scare

 

Ellis, Mark. “J. Edgar Hoover and the ‘Red Summer’ of 1919.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 28 (1994). Sees Hoover as a major promoter of the myth of “black bolshevism,” the notion that radicals were behind racial unrest in 1919.

Kornweibel, Theodore. “Black Vs. Black: The FBI’s First Negro Agents and Informants and the Investigation of Black Radicalism During the Red Scare.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1986. Finds that the Bureau of Investigation employed its first sworn black agent in 1919 in order to infiltrate UNIA and the African Blood Brotherhood.  One black agent, James Amos, was sworn in 1922 to work on black radicalism and stayed to work on a wide variety of FBI activities.  He retired in 1952.  Finds that the Bureau employed four or perhaps five sworn black agents before the 1950s.

Kornweibel, Theodore. Seeing Red: Federal Campaigns Against Black Militancy, 1919-1925. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1998.

Kornweibel, Theodore, Jr. “Black on Black: The FBI’s First Negro Informants and Agents and the Investigation of Black Radicalism During the Red Scare.” Criminal Justice History 8 (1987): 121-36.

Kornweibel, Theodore, Jr. “Federal Suppression of Black Activism, 1917-1921.” Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Kornweibel, Theodore. Investigate Everything: Federal Efforts to Compel Black Loyalty During World War I. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2002.

Pawa, J. M. “The Search for Black Radicals: American and British Documents Relative to the 1919 Red Scare.” Labor History 16, no. 2 (Spring 1975). Discusses Lusk Committee (New York) reports on radical activity among Blacks.

****************************************************************

 

Anti-Radical Organizations

 

American Protective Association

 

Jensen, Joan M. The Price of Vigilance. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1969. On the American Protective Association, a anti-immigrant, anti-radical body.

****************************************************************

 

American Protective League

 

Hough, Emerson. The Web. Chicago: Reilly & Lee Co., 1919. Authorized history of the American Protective League, a hyper-patriotic, anti-German, and anti-Bolshevik organization active during World War I and the “Red Scare.”

****************************************************************

 

Better America Federation

 

Layton, Edwin. “The Better America Federation: A Case Study of Super Patriotism.” Pacific Historical Review 30, no. 2 (1961). Founded in 1920 in Los Angeles, California, the organization’s primary purpose was to continue traditional business opposition to organized labor and progressivism.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Zechariah Chafee

 

Irons, Peter H. “‘Fighting Fair’: Zechariah Chafee, Jr., the Department of Justice, and the ‘Trial at the Harvard Club.’” Harvard Law Review 94 (April 1981). Discusses the attempt to dismiss Chafee from his Harvard post because of his criticism of Justice Department deportation of Communist and radical aliens.

****************************************************************

 

A. Mitchell Palmer

 

Coben, Stanley. A. Mitchell Palmer, Politician. New York: Columbia University Press, 1963. Scholarly biography of the U.S. Attorney General who ordered numerous legal assaults on the early Communist Party and other radical groups in 1919-1920.

Murray, Robert K. “The Outer World and the Inner Light: A Case Study.” Pennsylvania History 36 (1969). Biographical essay on A. Mitchell Palmer, the liberal reformer of a Quaker background who led the post-WWI attack on revolutionaries.

****************************************************************

 

Louis F. Post

 

Candeloro, Dominic. “Louis Freeland Post: Carpetbagger, Singletaxer, Progressive.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1970.

Candeloro, Dominic. “Louis F. Post and the Red Scare of 1920.” Prologue 11, no. 1 (Spring 1979). Discusses Assistant Secretary of Labor Post’s blocking of several hundred deportations of suspected radicals after what Post judged to be irregular procedures.

U.S. House Committee on Rules. Investigation of Administration of Louis F. Post, Assistant Secretary of Labor, in the Matter of Deportation of Aliens. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1920.

****************************************************************

 

William B. Wilson

 

Gengarelly, William Anthony. “Secretary of Labor William B. Wilson and the Red Scare, 1919-1920.” Pennsylvania History 47, no. 4 (1980). Describes Wilson’s initial acquiescence to Attorney General Palmer’s deportation of suspected immigrant radicals under arbitrary procedures and his later decision, initiated by Under Secretary Louis Post, to end irregular deportations.

****************************************************************

 

Illustrative Literature: Anticommunism in the 1920s

 

Brewer, Daniel Chauncey. The Peril of the Republic: Are We Facing Revolution in the United States? New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1922.

Busch, Bonnie, and Mrs. Lucia Ramsey Maxwell. The Red Fog. Washington, DC: The National Patriotic League, 1929. Polemic.

Coán, Blair. The Red Web: An Underground Political History of the United States from 1918 to the Present Time, Showing How Close the Government is to Collapse, and Told in an Understandable Way. Chicago: The Northwest Publishing Company, 1925. Far-right polemic.

Ghent, William James. The Reds Bring Reaction. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1923.

Irwin, Will. How Red is America? New York: J. H. Sears & Co., Inc., 1927.

Kellor, Frances. The Inside of Bolshevism: Addressed to Credit Men. Pamphlet. [New York]: S.n., 1920.

Mead, George Whitefield. The Great Menace: Americanism or Bolshevism? New York: Dodd, Mead, 1920. Example of the fervid anti-Bolshevism of the Red Scare.

Olin, John Myers. Review of the Mooney Case Its Relations to the Conduct in This Country of Anarchists, I.W.W. and Bolsheviki. Facts That Every True American Should Know. Pamphlet. [Madison? WI], 1920.

Whitney, Richard Merrill. Back to Barbarism. Pamphlet. New York City: The American Defense Society, Inc., 1923.

Whitney, Richard Merrill. The Reds in America. Pamphlet. New York, NY: The American Defense Society, Inc., 1923. Rewritten from the Boston Evening Transcript series published under the same title.

****************************************************************

 

Popular and Government Anticommunism: 1930 and after

 

Aftalion, Florin. Alerte Rouge sur L’Amérique: Retour sur le Maccarthysme.  Paris, France: JC Lattès, 2006.

Barrella, Jessica. “The Truman Administration’s Utilization of Fear Among the American People, 1948-53.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Bell, Jonathan. The Liberal State on Trial: The Cold War and American Politics in the Truman Years. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004.

Bogle, Lori Lyn. The Pentagon’s Battle for the American Mind: The Early Cold War. Bryan, TX: Texas A&M Press, 2004. Critical account of the U.S. military’s civil and patriotic educational efforts in the early Cold War with particular emphasis on episodes of cooperation with evangelical Christians and hard-right anti-Communists.

Breindel, Eric, and John Podhoretz. A Passion for Truth: The Selected Writings of Eric Breindel. Edited by John. Podhoretz. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 1999.  Breindel wrote frequently on the history of American communism and anticommunism.

Brennan, Phil, Susan Estrich, Harvey Klehr, and John Earl Haynes. “Symposium: Treason?” Edited by Jamie Glazov. FrontPageMagazine.Com, 25 July 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. Discussion of Ann Coulter’s Treason and issues relating to it.

Bristol, James E., Holland Hunter, James H. Laird, Sidney Lens, Milton Mayer, Robert E. Reuman, Athan Theoharis, and Bryant Wedge. Anatomy of Anti-Communism: Report Prepared for the Peace Education Division of the American Friends Service Committee. New York: Hill and Wang, 1969. Treats opposition to communism as inherently wrong.

Broadwater, Jeff. “Communism and the Great Crusade: Internal Security and the Presidential Election of 1952.” Maryland Historian 20 (Fall/Winter 1989).

Carpenter, Arthur E. “Social Origins of Anticommunism: The Information Council of the Americas.” Louisiana History 30, no. 2 (Spring 1989). Says the background of supporters of the anti-Communist Information Council of the Americas backs the view that post-World War II anticommunism was not a popular movement driven by fears of conspiracy but a form of rightist politics supported by respected elites and pursuing its agenda rationally.

Caute, David. The Great Fear: The Anti-Communist Purge Under Truman and Eisenhower. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1977. Highly influential revisionist work.   Asserts that the U.S. was “sweat drenched in fear” and treats opposition to communism as intellectually and morally indefensible.  Dismisses the American Communist movement, declaring it “clearly the case” that “American capitalism, business, free enterprise, prosperity and liberty had little to fear from domestic Communism.” Contemptuous of concern about Soviet espionage, putting in emphasized type the statement, “There is no documentation in the public record of a direct connection between the American Communist Party and espionage during the entire postwar period.  Instead of a real concern about the CPUSA or the Soviet Union, attributed “ ‘anti-Communist’ hysteria” and “collective delusion” to fear of “the unassimilated alien, the hyphenated American still carrying the contagion of Old-World Socialism, that creeping, gradualist, Fabian New Dealism, which posed so insidious a threat to unbridled Business, big or small.”

Coulter, Ann H. Treason: Liberal Treachery from the Cold War to the War on Terrorism. New York: Crown Forum, 2003. Hard right polemic, but a well-written one that makes use of a wide variety of historical accounts to conflate liberalism with communism.

De Toledano, Ralph. Lament for a Generation. New York: Farrar, Straus and Cudahy, 1960.  Journalist and commentator De Toledano wrote frequently on communism and anticommunism.

Devine, Thomas. “‘Is Not This Something More Than Fantasy?’ The Anti-Comic Book Crusade, 1948-1954.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Donohue, Kathleen G. “The Politics of Information in Cold War America.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Erickson, Gerald M., and Judith Joël, eds. Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987. Various essays which share the themes that anticommunism is always hostile to working people and “progressives” and that anticommunism results from deliberate campaigns promoting narrow capitalist class interests.

Fleming, D.F. “Are We Moving Toward Fascism?” Journal of Politics 16, no. 1 (February 1954).  Asserts that the U.S. is sliding rapidly toward fascism due to excessive opposition to communism.

Fried, Richard M. “Day of the Commmisars: Mock Communist Takeovers and Cold-War Political Culture.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Nebraska, 1991.

Glickman, Lawrence B. “What Happened to the Consumer Movement in the 1940s?” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Griffith, Robert, and Athan G. Theoharis, eds. The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Contains a number of consciously revisionist essays on McCarthyism and anti-Communism; many of the essays are fiercely critical of anti-Communist liberalism.

Harper, Alan D. The Politics of Loyalty: The White House and the Communist Issue, 1946-1952. Westport, CT: Greenwood Pub. Corp., 1969.

Haynes, John Earl. Red Scare or Red Menace?: American Communism and Anticommunism in the Cold War Era. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1996. Survey history providing a summary history of the CPUSA and emphasizing the variety of anti-Communist constituencies mobilized after WWII, the extent to which pre-WWII antifascism provided models and precedents for post-WWII anticommunism, and holding that for all of its excesses, domestic anticommunism was a rational response to a real threat to American democracy.  See: Red Scare or Red Menace?

Hook, Sidney. “David Caute’s Fable of ‘Fear & Terror’: On ‘Reverse McCarthyism.” Encounter [U.K.] 52, no. 1 (1979). Critical review-essay of Caute’s  The Great Fear.

Horowitz, David. “The Trouble with ‘Treason.’” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 8 July 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. Critical essay-review of Ann Coulter’s Treason.

Horowitz, David A. Beyond Left & Right: Insurgency and the Establishment. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Chapters include: Farmers, the money power, and depression radicals, 1929-36 -- “Natural man vs. corporate man”: battling for small business in the 1930s -- The last progressives: breaking with New Deal liberalism, 1936-40 -- The noninterventionist crusade, 1935-41 -- Democratic nationalism and the assault on collectivism, 1941-46 -- Crisis of the old order: the revolt against liberal elites, 1945-50 -- The nationalist critique of bipartisan foreign policy, 1949-55 -- The edge: confronting communist conspiracy, corporate consolidation, and civil rights.

Kaenel, André. “Framing Anti-Communism and McCarthyism, 1946-1995.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Keefe, Robert. “Of Cowboys and Collectives: The Kennedy-Nixon Generation.” Massachusetts Review 21, no. 3 (1980). Psychological analysis of Kennedy’s Profiles in Courage and Nixon’s Six Crises.  Finds that both reflected a fantasy world; Nixon saw Communists as a threat to the group whereas Kennedy’s book shows fear of regional hatred.

Kempton, Murray. America Comes of Middle Age: Columns, 1950-1962. Boston: Little, Brown, 1963. Various columns discuss communism, blacklisting, and anticommunism.

Kempton, Murray. Rebellions, Perversities, and Main Events. New York: Times Books, 1994. Collected columns, some discuss communism and anticommunism.

Kramer, Hilton. “The ‘Red-Baiters’ Were Right.” New York Post, 12 March 1996, 21.


Langbaum, Robert. “Cold War Troubles at Home.” American Scholar 24 (Summer 1955).

Latham, Earl. The Communist Controversy in Washington: From the New Deal to McCarthy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1966. Thorough survey of the evidence up to the mid-1960s on the Communist party’s involvement with mainstream institutions, the loyalty-security program, various espionage cases, McCarthyism, and the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Ledes, Richard Chapman. “The Pure Products of America Go Crazy: The Language of Schizophrenia in the United States During the Early Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1998. “Demonstrates the importance of the language of schizophrenia as a locus in early Cold War America for recasting and reinterpreting the culture’s search for paranoid unity and an accompanying sick fear of splitting and fragmentation.”

Lieberman, Robbie. The Red Scare After 1945 [History in Dispute, Vol 19]. Detroit, MI: St. James Press, 2000.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Lyndon Johnson Administration and the Federal War on Subversion in the 1960s.” Presidential Studies Quarterly 17, no. 3 (Summer 1987). Finds that the Johnson administration saw little threat from CPUSA and allowed the internal security apparatus established in the 1950s to decay through inaction.  Argues that Johnson wanted to prevent a recurrence of the excesses of the McCarthy period and consciously avoided depicting Vietnam war dissenters as subversives.

Martin, Jessica E. “Corporate Cold Warriors: American Business Leaders and Foreign Relations in the Eisenhower Era.” Ph.D. diss. Niversity of Colorado at Boulder, 2006.

Maus, Derek C., ed. Living Through the Red Scare. San Diego: Greenhaven Press, 2006.

O’Neill, William L. American High: the Years of Confidence, 1945-1960. New York: Free Press, 1986.  Depicts the era as basically healthy and progressive and rejects the revisionist view of the time as a fear-ridden nightmare. 

Overstreet, Harry Allen, and Bonaro Overstreet. The Strange Tactics of Extremism. New York: Norton, 1964. Sees right wing beliefs as a form of mental illness.

Patterson, James T. Grand Expectations: The United States, 1945-1974. New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. Critical of American opposition to communism.

Peffley, Mark, and Lee Sigelman. “Intolerance of Communists During the McCarthy Era: A General Mode.” Western Political Quarterly 43 (March 1990). Based on public opinion survey data.  Concludes “that psychological inflexibility, not fear of communist subversion, was primarily responsible for intolerance of communists” and “that Americans’ perceptions of the subversive threat posed by communists were important, but not pivotal, in promoting intolerance.”

Sayre, Nora. Previous Convictions: A Journey Through the 1950s. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1995. Hostile depiction of criticism of communism.

Schrecker, Ellen. Many Are the Crimes: McCarthyism in America. Boston: Little, Brown, 1998. Influential revisionist book of the late 1990s.  A highly researched and broad academic denunciation of any form of opposition to communism.  Conflates all varieties of opposition to communism with McCarthyism.  Sees opposition to communism as responsible for slowing the development of feminism, driving talented musicians from major orchestras, producing bad movies and dull television programming, severing the connection between art and social responsibility, retarding the natural sciences, crippling American higher education and leading to Richard Nixon.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “The Communist Menace: Spies, Subversives, and Saboteurs.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Schrecker, Ellen. “‘A Very Dangerous Course’: Harry S. Truman and the Red Scare.” In Harry’s Farewell: Interpreting and Teaching the Truman Presidency, edited by Richard Stewart Kirkendall. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2004.

Sirgiovanni, George. An Undercurrent of Suspicion: Anti-Communism in America During World War II. New Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction Publishers, 1990. Surveys the spectrum of anti-Communist and anti-Soviet agitation in WWII, including conservative Catholics and Protestants, Southern Democrats, partisan Republicans, the right-wing press, anti-Communist AFL and CIO leaders, and anti-Communist Socialists.

Slotten, Hugh Richard. “Commercial Radio, Public Affairs Discourse and the Manipulation of Sound Scholarship: Isolationism, Wartime Civil Rights and the Collapse of the Attractiveness of Communism in America, 1933-1945.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 25, no. 3 (2005).

Smith, James H. “Surviving the Second Red Scare: Senator Harley Kilgore and the Issue of Communism in Postwar American Politics.” Ph.D. diss. West Virginia University, 2007.

Storrs, Landon. “Left-Feminism, the Consumer Movement, and Red Scare Politics, 1935-1950.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Storrs, Landon. “Left-Feminism, the Consumer Movement, and Red Scare Politics in the United States, 1935–1960.” Journal of Women’s History 18 (Fall 2006).

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. The Truman Presidency: The Origins of the Imperial Presidency and the National Security State. Stanfordville, NY: E.M. Coleman Enterprises, 1979. Document collection; some deal with internal security operations directed at the Communist party.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Collection of essays by revisionist historians and others with a Left perspective critical of J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI, anti-Communist liberalism, and Weinstein’s Perjury.

Wall, Wendy Lynn. “The Idea of America: Democracy and the Dilemmas of Difference, 1935-1965.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1998. Discusses the development of a unifying American ideology in the late 1930s and suggest that many of the arguments and institutions eventually deployed in the name of anticommunism were initially developed by liberals or those on the left to fight Nazism.

Westin, Alan F. “Anti-Communism and the Corporations.” Commentary 36, no. 6 (1963). Surveys corporate education programs and finds that a significant number use material prepared by irresponsible anti-Communists.  Larger corporations tend to use more balanced, responsible anti-Communist material.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “The 1950’s: The Era of No Hard Feelings.” South Atlantic Quarterly 74, no. 3 (1975). Argues that the prevailing social and political mood of the 1950s was one of repose, satisfaction, and a disinclination to get excited about politics, and that even anti-Communism was without deep emotion behind it.

Williams, David C. “Cold War in America.” Political Quarterly 21 (July 1950).

Williams, Selma R. Red-Listed: Haunted by the Washington Witch Hunt. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Regional Studies: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

 

Banta, Brady M. “Preventive Medicine, Shreveport Style: Organized Medicine and the Anticommunist Crusade in the Ark-La-Tex in the Early 1960s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Chambless, Timothy M. “Pro-Defense, Pro-Growth, and Anti-Communism: Cold War Politics in the American West.” In The Cold War American West, 1945-1989, edited by Kevin J. Fernlund. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1998.

Donner, Frank J. Protectors of Privilege: Red Squads and Police Repression in Urban America. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990. Police investigations of radical and revolutionary groups is motivated by the desire to protect the capitalist classes and elites.

Donner, Frank. “Protectors of Privilege: Red Squads and Police Repression.” Radical History Review, no. 48 (Fall 1990).

Fones-Wolf, Elizabeth, and Ken Fones-Wolf. “Cold War Americanism: Business Pageantry, and Antiunionism in Weirton, West Virginia.” Business History Review. 1, 1977. 2003

Gellhorn, Walter. The States and Subversion. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1952.

Gibson, James L. “Pluralism, Federalism and the Protection of Civil Liberties.” Western Political Quarterly 43 (1990). Compares states that in the 1950s passed anti-Communist legislation.  Finds a tendency to pass legislation associated with states having traditionalistic political cultures and no association with presence or absence of socio-political pluralism.

Gibson, James L. “Political Intolerance and Political Repression During the McCarthy Red Scare.” American Political Science Review 82, no. 2 (1988). Focuses on elite support for state legislative action.

Heale, M. J. McCarthy’s Americans: Red Scare Politics in State and Nation, 1935-1965. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1998. Sees opposition to communism as inherently undesirable.  Examines anticommunism in Michigan as a partisan phenomenon created by Republicans to attack unions and the Democratic party, in Massachusetts as a populistic Roman Catholic movement, and in Georgia as an elite campaign to maintain a racist power structure.

Heale, Michael J. “Metropolitan Malaise: Red Scare Politics in the Cities in the 1940s and 1950s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Argues that there was a significant popular and voluntaristic element to McCarthyism: connects most of it to racism and protection of decaying, reactionary social institutions.

Prendergast, William B. “State Legislatures and Communism: The Current Scene.” American Political Science Review 44, no. 2 (September 1950).

Segal, Sarelle. “The Anti-Communist Crusade: Hollywood to McCarthy.” Master’s thesis. Queens College, New York, 2003.

Selcraig, James T. “The Red Scare in the Midwest, 1945 to 1950: A State and Local Study.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, 1981.

Selcraig, James Truett. The Red Scare in the Midwest, 1945-1955: A State and Local Study. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982. A study of Wisconsin, Illinois, Ohio, Indiana and Michigan which argues that public concern over Communism had local sources and did not originate in Washington, that there was minimal public controversy in Detroit, Chicago, and Cincinnati, that there were few instances of library censorship, that few teachers were fired, and images of university campuses having been under a intellectual reign of terror are overdrawn.

Shulman, Peter. “Labor, Race and the Chilling of Police Brutality Protest in the Cold War Era.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Stoll, Mark. “Crusaders Against Communism, Witnesses for Peace: Religion in the American West and the Cold War.” In The Cold War American West, 1945-1989, edited by Kevin J. Fernlund. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Precedents: the Campaign against Domestic Fascism

 

Basch, Ernst. The Fascist: His State and His Mind. New York: W. Morrow & Co., 1937. Suggested that the National Chambers of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers were financing an American Fascist uprising.

Britt, George. The Fifth Column is Here. New York: W. Funk, Inc., 1940. Warns of serious American domestic Fascist menace.

Carlson, John Roy. The Plotters. New York: E.P. Dutton & Company, Inc., 1946.

Carlson, John Roy. Under Cover: My Four Years in the Nazi Underworld of America; The Amazing Revelation of How Axis Agents and Our Enemies Within Are Now Plotting to Destroy the United States. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1943.  Carlson told of his infiltration of various domestic quasi-Fascist organizations.  The book sold in the hundreds of thousands of copies, major newspapers serialized it, and a film version also appeared.  Carlson’s reports of what he had done and seen was largely accurate, and the organizations he described were fascistic, but his melodramatic rhetoric painted an exaggerated picture of a vast and highly menacing Nazi fifth column preparing to disrupt the United States.  Carlson’s writings also reflected his political view that opposition to President Roosevelt’s foreign policy was tantamount to sympathy for Nazism.  He claimed that the America First Committee, the nation’s leading isolationist organization that opposed America’s entry into World War II, consisted of an “overwhelming majority of fascist party-liners” and that the Socialist party leader Norman Thomas, a pacifist, was cooperating with Fascists in order to “sabotage national defense.”  He also linked twenty-four members of Congress to the vast Nazi underground that he said had tentacles all across the nation.  His documentation linking these congressmen to pro-Nazi organizations was in many cases routine boilerplate congressional letters responding to a letter from a right-wing extremist constituent as evidence of a member’s connection to the Nazi underground.

Donovan, William J., and Edgar Ansel Mowrer. Fifth Column Lessons for America. Washington, D.C.: American Council on Public Affairs, 1941. Donovan, a WWI hero and FDR advisor, and journalist Mowrer, argue that the success of pro-Fascist Fifth Columnists in assisting the Nazi conquest of Europe justifies a stern action to suppress domestic Fascists.

Kahn, Albert Eugene. The Hour. no. 1-153. Edited by Albert Parry. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. The Hour was the organ of the American Council Against Nazi Propaganda, a body nominally headed by William E. Dodd, U.S. ambassador to Germany in the mid-1930s and a firm anti-Nazi.  The Council, however, was secretly controlled by allies of the CPUSA and  The Hour was largely written by Albert Kahn, a secret Communist.   The Hour (1939-1943) painted a picture of an America under imminent threat of Nazi takeover aided by a domestic Fascist movement backed by big business.

Lavine, Harold. Fifth Column in America. New York: Doubleday, Doran and Company, Inc., 1940.

Lewis, Sinclair. It Can’t Happen Here: A Novel. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran & Company, Inc., 1935. Popular novel of the mid-1930s warning of the coming Fascist takeover of America.

MacDonnell, Francis. Insidious Foes: The Axis Fifth Column and the American Home Front. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. On the wide-spread concern and public campaign against Nazi and fascist fifth columns and spies in the 1938-1942 period.

MacDonnell, Francis Michael. “Insidious Foes: The Axis Fifth Column and the American Home Front, 1938-1942.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1991.

Rollins, Richard. I Find Treason: The Story of an American Anti-Nazi Agent. New York: W. Morrow, 1941. Warns of a vast and powerful pro-Nazi and domestic Fascist network in America.

Salvemini, Gaetano. Italian Fascist Activities in the U.S. Washington, D.C.: American Council on Public Affairs, 1940. Includes “Why tolerate Mussolini’s agents?” by William Y. Elliott.  Warns of the influence and success of Italian Fascist propaganda among Italian Americans.

Strausz-Hupé, Robert. Axis America: Hitler Plans Our Future. New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1941. Includes “Offensive by Radio” by Charles J. Rolo.  Warns of the influence of domestic Fascism and pro-Nazi propaganda in America.

Turrou, Leon G. Nazi Spies in America. Assisted by David G. Wittels. New York: Random House, 1939.

****************************************************************

 

Peekskill Riot

 

Fast, Howard. Peekskill USA: A Personal Experience. [New York]: Civil Rights Congress, 1951.

McKeon, Michael K. “The Robeson Riots: Two Incidents Which Foreshadowed the Rise of McCarthyism.” Master’s thesis. Adelphi University, 1985.

Walwik, Joseph. The Peekskill, New York, Anti-Communist Riots of 1949. Studies in Twentieth Century American History. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

Walwik, Joseph. “Paul Robeson, Peekskill, and the Red Menace.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999).

Walwik, Joseph Allan. “Good Americans: The Peekskill Riots of 1949.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1994. Discusses the shared value and contrasting views of concert goers and protesters.

Williams, Roger M. “A Rough Sunday at Peekskill.” American Heritage 27, no. 3 (1976)

****************************************************************

 

American Legion and Veterans

 

American Legion. Ism’s: A Review of Revolutionary Communism and Its Active Symphathizers in the United States. Indianapolis, IN, 1936.

American Legion. Isms: A Review of Alien Isms, Revolutionary Communism and Their Active Sympathizers in the United States. Indianapolis, IN, 1937.

American Legion. The “Red” Exposure: A Study of Subversive Influences. Indianapolis: American Legion, 1948.

American Legion of New York, and Communist party of the United States of America. The American Legion and the Communists Discuss Democracy: A Debate. New York: Workers library, 1938.

Bach, Morten. “None So Consistently Right: The American Legion’s Cold War, 1945--1950.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio University, 2007.

Lax, John, and William Pencak. “Creating the American Legion.” South Atlantic Quarterly 81 (1982). Discusses fear of radicalism as a contributor to the founding of the Legion.

McKinley, Wayne. “A Study of the American Right: Senator Joe McCarthy and the American Legion.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1962.

Minott, Rodney. “The Organized Veteran and the Spirit of Americanism, 1898-1959.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1960.

Pencak, William, and John Lax. For God and Country: The American Legion, 1919-1941. Boston: Northeastern University Press, 1989. Discusses the major role of the Legion in the “Red Scare” of 1919-21 and later antiradical and anti-Communist campaigns.

Radtke, Terry George. “Americanism and the Politics of Commitment: The Policies and Ideology of the American Legion in the Interwar Period.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Reader’s Digest

 

Anderson, Shawny. “Condensed Hegemony: A Cultural/Ideological Critique of ‘Reader’s Digest,’ 1980-1992.” Ph.D. diss. Purdue University, 1994. Discusses “the magazine’s attempt to assert itself as a hegemonic force” and its attitudes toward communism and other matters.

Sharp, Joanne P. Condensing the Cold War: Reader’s Digest and American Identity. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2000.

Sharp, Joanne Patricia. “Condensing Communism: Popular Geopolitics and the ‘Reader’s Digest..’” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1995. Contends that The Readers Digest demonized communism, that this was characteristic of hegemonic American politics and had more to do with influencing domestic society than with the real nature of Communist systems.

****************************************************************

 

Oral Histories: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

 

Fariello, Griffin. Red Scare: Memories of the American Inquisition: An Oral History. New York: Norton, 1995.  Edited transcripts.

Schultz, Bud, and Ruth Schultz. It Did Happen Here: Recollections of Political Repression in America. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1989. Collection of oral history recollections around the theme that brutal political repression of the left, progressivism, labor, and liberalism is pervasive and endemic in 20th century America.

Schultz, Bud, and Ruth Schultz. The Price of Dissent: Testimonies to Political Repression in America. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2001. America as a nightmare fascistic state where civil liberties are nearly nonexistent due to an irrational opposition to communism.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Dwight Eisenhower

 

Brownell, Herbert, and John P. Burke. Advising Ike: the Memoirs of Attorney General Herbert Brownell. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1993.

Bulsys, Joseph Algirda. “An Analysis of Dwight D. Eisenhower’s Public Imagery of the Soviet Union and Communist China as Presented in Selected Speeches and News Conferences: 1953-1961.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania State University, 1984.

Lambert, Emma. “‘Time Life,’ Eisenhower and the 1952 Presidential Election.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Walter Judd

 

Edwards, Lee. Missionary for Freedom: The Life and Times of Walter Judd. New York, NY: Paragon House, 1990. Biography of an leading Republican anti-Communist congressman from Minnesota.

Yung, Kai Chung Kenneth. “Personal Sympathy and National Interests: The Formation and Evolution of Congressman Walter H. Judd’s Anti-Communism, 1925--1963.” Ph.D. diss. University of Hong Kong, 2007.

****************************************************************

 

Isaac Don Levine

 

Levine, Isaac Don. Eyewitness to History: Memoirs and Reflections of a Foreign Correspondent for Half a Century. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1973. Levine was a leading anti-Communist journalist in the 1930s and 1940s.

Levine, Isaac Don. Red Smoke. New York: R. M. McBride, 1932.

Levine, Isaac Don, ed. Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Isaac Don Levine, Waldorf, MD, Scope of Soviet Activity Hearings, 6 June 1956. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Nixon

 

Ambrose, Stephen E. Nixon. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987. v. 1. The education of a politician, 1913-1962 -- v. 2. The triumph of a politician, 1962-1972 -- v. 3. Ruin and recovery, 1973-1990.

Frick, Daniel Eugene. “Richard Nixon, in Fact and in Fictions: Myth and Ideology in Contemporary American Literature and Popular Culture.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1991.

Gellman, Irwin F. The Contender, Richard Nixon the Congress Years, 1946-1952. New York: Free Press, 1999.

Greenberg, David. “The Origins of Nixon–Hating: Liberals, Democracy, and Authenticity in the 1950s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Greenberg, David. “Richard Nixon and the Origins of Conservative Populism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL, 2002.

Greenberg, David. Nixon’s Shadow: The History of an Image. New York: W.W. Norton, 2003. TOC: The California conservatives: Nixon as populist -- The fifties liberals: Nixon as Tricky Dick -- The new left radicals: Nixon as conspirator -- The Washington press corps: Nixon as news manager -- The loyalists: Nixon as victim -- The psychobiographers: Nixon as madman -- The foreign policy crowd: Nixon as statesman -- The historians: Nixon as liberal -- Epilogue: Nixon as comeback artist.

Marvillas, Anthony Rama. “Nixon in Nixonland.” Southern California Quarterly 84, no. 2 (2002). On the relationship of conservative Republicans in California with a more moderate and pragmatic Nixon.

Murphy, Timothy Francis. “The Politics of Anticommunism: Its Utilization in the Careers of Richard Nixon and Joseph McCarthy.” Master’s thesis. Florida Atlantic University, 1972.

Summers, Anthony. Arrogance of Power: The Secret World of Richard Nixon. New York: Viking, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Otto Otepka

 

Gill, William J. The Ordeal of Otto Otepka. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1969. On the firing of State Department security officer Otto Otepka that became a cause célèbre to conservative anti-Communists.

****************************************************************

 

Illustrative Literatures: Anticommunism in the 1930s and After

 

Bealle, Morris Allison. Red Rat Race: The Unexpurgated, Bare-Knuckled, no-Punches-Pulled, Story of World Communism’s Infiltration Into American Public Life, Our Schools, Our Press, Our Books, Our Movies, and Other Mediums of Public Information. Washington: Columbia Pub. Co., 1953. Polemical.

Beaty, John Owen. The Iron Curtain Over America. Dallas: Wilkinson Pub. Co., 1951. Polemical.

Bern, Gregory G. Behind the Red Mask. Los Angeles: Bern Publications, 1947. Polemical.

Burcham, Brantley. Red Challenge to America: A Guide for Intelligent Action. New York: Exposition Press, 1955.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. Communist Infiltration in the United States: Its Nature and How to Combat It. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 1946.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. Communists Within the Government: The Facts and a Program, Report of Committee on Socialism and Communism. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 1947.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. A Program for Community Anti-Communist Action. Pamphlet. Washington: Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, 1948.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. A Citizen’s Course in Freedom Vs. Communism the Economics of Survival. Pamphlet. Washington: Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, 1961.

Crosby, Percy L. Three Cheers for the Red, Red, and Red. McLean, VA: Freedom Press, 1936.

Crosby, Percy L. Would Communism Work Out in America? McLean, VA: Freedom Press, 1938.

Fontaine, Arthur Benjamin. Subterfuge: 1. A Critique of Foreign Isms, 2. A Developed Parallel Between the New Deal and the Communist Manifesto, 3. An Exposé of Brain Trust Socialist-Communist and Associations, 4. A Linking Disclosure Between La Folletteism and Socialist Communist Organizations and Associations. 5. An Introduction to Atheism. Green Bay, WI: The author, 1934.

Kamp, Joseph P. The Fifth Column vs. the Dies Committee. Pamphlet. New Haven, CT: Constitutional Educational League, Inc., 1941. Hard right Polemic.

Overstreet, Harry Allen, and Bonaro W. Overstreet. What We Must Know About Communism. New York: Norton, 1958.

Palmer, Edward E., ed. The Communist Problem in America. [Syracuse, N.Y.]: Citizenship Program, Syracuse University, 1950.

Palmer, Edward E., ed. The Communist Problem in America: A Book of Readings. New York: Crowell, 1951.

Republican Party. Red Herring and Whitewash: The Record of Communism in the Government. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Republican Party, 1950.

Rowe, Frank. The Enemy Among Us: A Story of Witch-Hunting in the McCarthy Era. Sacramento, CA: Cougar Books, 1980.

Seldes, George. Witch Hunt: The Technique and Profits of Redbaiting. New York: Modern age books, 1940. Attack on anticommunism by an ardent fellow-traveler.

Skousen, W. Cleon. The Naked Communist. Salt Lake City: Ensign Pub. Co., 1958. A popular conservative anti-Communist book of the era that sent through many editions.

Snow, John Howland. America-- Which Way? New York: Domestic and Foreign Affairs, 1945.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. 100 Things You Should Know About Communism and Education: The Third of a Series on the Communist Conspiracy and Its Influence in This Country as a Whole on Religion, on Education, on Labor and on Our Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. 100 Things You Should Know About Communism and Labor the Fourth of a Series on the Communist Conspiracy and Its Influence in This Country as a Whole on Religion, on Education, on Labor and on Our Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Education for Survival in the Struggle Against World Communism. A Symposium. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

Wherry, Joseph H. Red Blueprint for the Conquest of America. San Antonio, TX: Naylor Co., 1964.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 26

The Democratic Left, Anti-Communist Liberals, and Anti-Stalinist Radicals

 

 

Bell, Jonathan. “Closing the Door on the Left: The Cold War and the Decline of American Liberalism, 1946-1952.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Bernstein, Barton J. “America in War and Peace: The Test of Liberalism.” In Towards a New Past: Dissenting Essays in American History, edited by Barton J. Bernstein. New York: Pantheon Books, 1968. Highly critical of liberal opposition to communism.

Beuttler, Fred W. “Organizing An American Conscience: The Conference On Science, Philosophy and Religion, 1940-1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1995. Founded in 1940 by the Jewish Theological Seminary to mobilize intellectuals to defend democracy against Nazism and Communism, its larger aim was to develop a solution to moral  pluralism and a fragmented moral order.

Bloodworth, Jeff. “Senator Henry Jackson, the Solzhenitsyn Affair, and American Liberalism.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 97 (Spring 2006).

Bowling, Lawson H., III. “The New Party of Memory: Intellectual Origins of Neoconservatism, 1945-1960.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1990. Sees origins of neoconservatism in the post-WWII anti-Communist realistic liberalism of the New York intellectuals of Commentary, The New Leader, Partisan Review, and Encounter.

Buckley, William F. “What’s Happening to Left Anti-Communism?” In The Jeweler’s Eye, William F. Buckley. New York: Putnam, 1968.

Childs, John L., and George S. Counts. America, Russia, and the Communist Party in the Postwar World. New York: The John Day Company, 1943. Early statement of anti-Communist liberalism.  Two educators warn against allowing enthusiasm for the WWII American-Soviet military alliance to lead to liberal cooperation with the American C.P., commenting that liberal cooperation with the C.P. “adds not one ounce of strength to any liberal, democratic or humane cause; on the contrary, it weakens, degrades or destroys every cause that it touches.”

Ciepley, David. Liberalism in the Shadow of Totalitarianism. Cambridge, MA: Harvard, 2006.

Coleman, Peter. “The Brief Life of Liberal Anti-Communism.” National Review, 15 September 1989. Surveys the rise of left anti-Communism in the 1930s and 1940s.

Commentary. “Liberal Anti-Communism Revisited: A Symposium.” Commentary 44, no. 3 (1967). Survey of twenty-one anti-Communist liberals and Leftist intellectual and writers of the 1940s and 1950s regarding their current attitude toward anti-Communism, the Vietnam war, and the consequences of postwar anti-Communism.  Those surveyed were Lionel Abel, Daniel Bazelon, Daniel Bell, Lewis Coser, Paul Goodman, Michael Harrington, Sidney Hook, Irving Howe, Murray Kempton, Robert Lowell, Dwight Macdonald, William Phillips, Robert Pickus, Philip Rahv, Harold Rosenberg, Richard Rovere, Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., Stephen Spender, Diana Trilling, Lionel Trilling, and Dennis H. Wrong.

Conquest, Robert. “Liberals & Totalitarianism.” New Criterion 17, no. 6 (February 1999). “Much of the heat battle was borne by those within the liberal intelligentsia who not only were not deceived but also fought for the truth over years of slander and discouragement.  We might in fact say that there are two sorts of liberal, as there are two sorts of cholesterol, one good and one bad.”

Delton, Jennifer Alice. “Forging a Northern Strategy: Civil Rights in Liberal Democratic Politics, 1940-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1997. Discusses the role of anticommunism in liberal politics in the late 1940s.

Doudna, Martin K. Concerned About the Planet: The Reporter Magazine and American Liberalism, 1949-1968. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1977. History of an influential anti-Communist liberal journal.

Ekbladh, David. “Finding Liberalism’s Spine: Modernization to Meet the Challenges of Totalitarianism, 1934-1960.” Paper presented at Society for the History of American Foreign Policy Annual Conference, 23-25 June, 2006.

Epstein, Jason. “The CIA and the Intellectuals.” New York Review of Books, 20 April 1967. Suggests that anti-Communist liberal intellectuals prepared the way for American intervention in Vietnam.

Fowler, Robert Booth. Believing Skeptics: American Political Intellectuals, 1945-1964. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1978. Highly critical examination of the anti-Communist liberalism of postwar intellectuals.  Discusses Richard Hofstadter, Daniel Bell, Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., Seymour Martin Lipset, and others.

Glazer, Nathan. “Did We Go Too Far?” National Interest, no. 31 (Spring 1993). Reflects on the role of anti-Communist intellectuals.  “Fighting the Cold War also meant fighting a campaign over American public opinion, not only the opinion of intellectuals... but the opinions of larger circles who in various ways are influenced by those who make their living manipulating words and symbols and ideas.  The struggle over such issues as Alger Hiss’s guilt or innocence, the guilt and punishment of the Rosenbergs, the rights of faculty members who took the Fifth Amendment, was not divorced from the larger issues of the Cold War....  Our job was to demolish the bad reasoning and lies that defended Alger Hiss and the Rosenbergs and the American communist professors.  Communist Russia was certainly evil ... and its supporters were supporting evil, and those who argued their civil rights had been breached in effect mitigated their culpability in supporting evil.”  Concludes that while the actions of anti-Communist intellectuals were necessary, they, along with American leaders and American society in general, sometimes failed the test of proportionality.  “We drew the lines too sharply, and possibilities for partial agreements and arrangements were neglected. ”

Hamby, Alonzo L. Liberalism and Its Challengers: From F.D.R. to Bush. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.  Comprehensive scholarly survey. 

Hamby, Alonzo L. “Is There No Democratic Left in America? Reflections on the Transformation of an Ideology.” Journal of Policy History 15, no. 1 (2003).

Keller, William W. The Liberals and J. Edgar Hoover: Rise and Fall of a Domestic Intelligence State. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989. “Two central arguments serve to orient this book; (1) in the two decades following 1950, the FBI transformed itself from a bureau of internal security with delimited functions into an agency resembling more a political police and an independent security state within the state; and (2) the consistent support of a liberal constituency was a necessary condition to this transformation.”

Kinney, Honora Margaret. “The Independents: A Study of the Non-Communist Left in the United States, 1919-1929.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1973.

Koger, Daniel Allan. “The Liberal Opinion Press and the Kennedy Years in Vietnam: A Study of Four Journals.” Ph.D. diss. Michigan State University, 1983. Discusses the breakdown of the liberal anti-Communist consensus in the course of looking at the New Leader, Reporter, The New Republic, and The Nation.

Kutulas, Judy. “The ‘Scientific Morality?’: Independent Marxists and Stalin’s Russia,  1935-1940.” UCLA Historical Journal 4 (1983).  On the views of Sidney Hook, Max Eastman, Edmund Wilson and other independent Marxists who became disillusioned and embittered by Stalin's purge trials and by 1940 regarded Soviet communism as a failed experiment.

Krason, Stephen M. “The Changing Thinking of Liberalism About Communism.” Social Justice Review 83, no. 11-12 (November 1992).

Laffoley, Steven. “The Techniques of Freedom: The FBI’s ‘Responsibilities Program’ and the Rise of Liberal Anti-Communism in the United States, 1951-1955.” Master’s thesis. Saint Mary’s University [Canada], 1991. The cooperation of Vital Center liberals with FBI anticommunism “was antithetical to the well-being of the Constitution’s first amendment and to the continued existence of true democracy in America.”

Lazarowitz, Arlene. “Years in Exile: The Liberal Democrats, 1950-1959.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1982. Sees opposition to communism as a force that distorted liberal Democrats in the 1950s.

Lowry, Wilson McNeil. “Wanderer’s Return: The Non-Communist Left and American Liberalism.” Antioch Review 8 (December 1948).

Markowitz, Norman D. “A View from the Left: From the Popular Front to Cold War Liberalism.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Highly critical evaluation of anti-Communist liberalism by a radical historian.

Mattson, Kevin. When America Was Great: The Fighting Faith of Liberalism in Post War America. New York: Routledge, 2004. Discusses the anti-Communism liberalism of the ADA and focuses on John Kenneth Galbraith, Reinhold Niebuhr, Arthur Schlesinger Jr., and James Wechsler.

Matusow, Allen. “John F. Kennedy and the Intellectuals.” Wilson Quarterly 7, no. 4 (1983). Discusses the influence of anti-Communist liberal intellectuals on Kennedy.

McAuliffe, Mary Sperling. “The Red Scare and the Crisis in American Liberalism, 1947-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1972.

McAuliffe, Mary Sperling. Crisis on the Left: Cold War Politics and American Liberals, 1947-1954. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1978. This harshly critical history of anticommunism liberalism at the national level examines in detail the anti-Communist legislation backed by anti-Communist liberals.  Treats the concerns of anti-Communist liberals with the role of the CPUSA in American politics as largely without a basis in fact.

O’Donnell, M.H. “Ideology and Action: American Liberalism and Radicalism, 1945-1972.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kent [U.K.], 1974.

Radosh, Ronald. “McCarthy and the Legacy of the Anti-Communist Liberals.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.  Positive evaluation on anti-Communist liberalism and anti-Stalinist leftism.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Legacy of the Anti-Communist Liberal Intellectuals.” Partisan Review 67, no. 4 (October 2000). “So many decades later, it is time to set the record straight, and to rescue the thought and the effort these intellectuals made in a dark and troubled time. Not everything they wrote was correct; some of their observations and bromides were way off base. But as a group, they avoided the trap Joe McCarthy had tried to set for them–that of getting them to defend the innocence of actual Communists because he had targeted liberals among his enemies. Now that the legitimacy of their opposition to Communism has been affirmed by historical events, it is time to stop confusing their anti-Communism with support of McCarthyism.”

Rosenof, Theodore. “The American Democratic Left Looks at the British Labour Government, 1945-1951.” Historian 38 (1975).

Schrecker, Ellen. “Post-Cold War Triumphalism and Historical Revisionism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Boston, 2001. Warns, “The rehabilitation of Cold War liberalism is a central tenet of the triumphalist discourse about communism and anticommunism.”

Schrecker, Ellen, and Maurice Isserman. “The Right’s Cold War Revision: Current Espionage Fears Have Given New Life to Liberal Anticommunism.” Nation, 24-31 July 2000, 22-24. Interpretive essay regarding recent works that have “brought the issue of Communist involvement in espionage back from the margins to the center of a longstanding historical debate over the nature of US Communism.” “American Communism was a far more complicated entity than cold war liberals believed it to be in the fifties, and than Radosh, Klehr and Haynes portray it today.  A rigid, secretive and undemocratic sect whose leaders followed the Soviet line and recruited for the KGB, the Communist Party was also -- and at the same time -- the most dynamic organization on the American left.”  Exchange with Walter Schneir, Harvey Klehr and John Earl Haynes (Nation 9 October 2000) with additional comment at: <http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page47.html>.

Shannon, Christopher. A World Made Safe for Differences: Cold War Intellectuals and the Politics of Identity. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2001.

Steinke, John, and James Weinstein. “McCarthy and the Liberals.” In For a New America Essays in History and Politics from Studies on the Left, 1959-1967, edited by James Weinstein and David W. Eakins. New York: Random House, 1970. Discusses Wisconsin politics in the late 1940s, holds anti-Communist liberals responsible in part for the moral degeneration of the Cold War because of their own unjustified opposition to communism and their attempt to respond to McCarthy’s by holding him to be indirectly aiding the Communist cause by his irresponsible tactics.

Tempo, Carl Bon. “Be Careful What You Wish For: Post-War Liberals and the Emergence of the American Refugee Policy Regime.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Theoharis, Athan. “The Politics of Scholarship: Liberals, Anti-Communism, and McCarthyism,” 1996. Harsh attack on anti-Communist liberalism and on scholars who portray it positively.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Politics of Scholarship: Liberals, Anti-Communism, and McCarthyism.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Condemnation of liberal opposition to communism.

Tuck, Jim. The Liberal Civil War: Fraternity and Fratricide on the Left. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1998. On the internal liberal struggle over opposition or collaboration with American Communists during the early decades of the Cold War.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “‘Totalitarianism’ in Eclipse.” In Images and Ideas in American Culture the Functions of Criticism: Essays in Memory of Philip Rahv, edited by Arthur Edelstein. Hanover, N.H.: Brandeis University Press:, distr. by the University Press of New England, 1979.

Wilford, Hugh. The CIA, the British Left, and the Cold War: Calling the Tune? Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2003.

****************************************************************

 

Institutions and Groups

 

Americans for Democratic Action

 

Ayer, Douglas R. “American Liberalism and British Socialism in a Cold War World, 1945-1951.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1983. Discusses the relationship between the ADA’s liberalism and Bevanite socialism.

Brock, Clifton. Americans for Democratic Action: Its Role in National Politics. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1962. Sympathetic survey of the leading anti-Communist liberal organization of the late 1940s and early 1950s.

Cousens, Frances. “Americans for Democratic Action: A Study in Middle Class Political Behavior.” Master’s thesis. Wayne State University, 1951.

Epstein, Marc Joel. “The Third Force: Liberal Ideology in a Revolutionary Age, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, 1971. Finds that the Americans for Democratic Action and the Progressive Party supported a finding a third way of a mixed economy welfare state between unregulated capitalism and collectivism.  The ADA’s anticommunism, however, was not compatible with the Progressive Party’s rejection of confrontation with the Soviet Union.

Gallagher, Douglas Steven. “‘Walking the Tightrope’: Americans for Democratic Action in the South, 1947--1963.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2008.

Gillon, Steven M. “Liberal Dilemmas: The ADA and American Liberalism, 1947-1968.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 1985.

Gillon, Steven M. Politics and Vision: The ADA and American Liberalism, 1947-1985. New York: Oxford University Press, 1987. Comprehensive history of the Americans for Democratic Action.  Sees the ADA as originating among liberals and former Socialists, many of whom were former FDR administration officials, who shared a devotion to the New Deal and a distaste for liberal cooperation with Soviet Communism.  Discusses at length the 1947-48 struggle among liberals between the anti-Communism liberalism of the ADA and the Popular Front liberalism of Henry Wallace and the Progressive party.

Grupp, Frederick W. “Social Correlates of Political Activists: The John Birch Society and the ADA.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1968.

Pierce, Robert C. “Liberals and the Cold War: Union for Democratic Action and Americans for Democratic Action 1940-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1979. Highly critical history of the ADA; treats opposition to Stalinism as a betrayal of liberalism and holds postwar anti-Communists liberals responsible in part for the Vietnam war.

Wilderson, Frank. “The Roots of the ADA: An Interview with Jim Loeb.” ADA World 37, no. 2 (Spring 1982). Discusses the ADA’s origins with its key founder.

****************************************************************

 

American Veterans Committee

 

Tyler, Robert L. “The American Veterans Committee: Out of a Hot War and Into the Cold.” American Quarterly 18, no. 3 (1966). Recounts the history of the AVC as a liberal, internationalist veterans organization and its split between Popular Front and anti-Communist liberal factions.

****************************************************************

 

Anarchists

 

Avrich, Paul. Anarchist Voices: An Oral History of Anarchism in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1995.

Falk, Candace. “Emma Goldman: Passion, Politics, and the Theatrics of Free Expression.” Women’s History Review [U.K.] 11, no. 1 (2002).

Falk, Candace. “Emma Goldman: Deported but not Defeated: Contrasts and Similarities in the United Sates Government Policy and Treatment of Immigrant and Exile Radicals, 1910-1919.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 2003.

Frankel, Oz. “Whatever Happened to ‘Red Emma?’ Emma Goldman, from Alien Rebel to American Icon.” Journal of American History 83, no. 3 (December 1996).

Gallagher, Dorothy. All the Right Enemies: The Life and Murder of Carlo Tresca. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1988. Discusses in detail Tresca’s relationship with Elizabeth Gurley Flynn, his disputes with CPUSA, his hostility toward Soviet policy in the Spanish Civil War, and the theory that Soviet agents instigated his murder.  Judges that it was more likely that Tresca was murdered by Italian gangsters linked to influential Italian-American political figures who resented Tresca’s continuing attacks on them for their support for Mussolini in the 1920s and 1930s.  Notes link to dispute over Communist influence in the Foreign Language Division of the Office of War Information.  Discusses Tresca’s involvement with the mystery of Juliet Stuart Poyntz, the activities of George Mink, and the Robinson-Rubens case.

Goldman, Emma. My Disillusionment in Russia. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, Page & Company, 1923.

Goldman, Emma. My Further Disillusionment in Russia. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, Page & Company, 1924.

Goldman, Emma. Living My Life. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1931. A leading American anarchist, Goldman was deported to Soviet Russia in the early 1920s but quickly decided that the new Bolshevik state was becoming a tyranny.

Goldman, Emma. Red Emma Speaks: Selected Writings and Speeches. Edited by Alix Kates Shulman. New York: Random House, 1972.

Goldman, Emma, and Alexander Berkman. Nowhere at Home: Letters from Exile of Emma Goldman and Alexander Berkman. Edited by Richard Drinnon and Anna Maria Drinnon. New York: Schocken Books, 1975.

Goodwin Burwood, Linnea G. “Alexander Berkman: Russian-American Anarchist.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 2001. Discusses his disillusionment with Bolshevik dictatorial methods.

Moritz, Theresa, and A. F. Moritz. The World’s Most Dangerous Woman: A New Biography of Emma Goldman. Vancouver: Subway Books, 2001.

Pernicone, Nunzio. Carlo Tresca: Portrait of a Rebel. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005.

Tresca, Carlo. The Autobiography of Carlo Tresca. Edited by Nunzio Pernicone. New York: John D. Calandra Italian American Institute, Queens College, City University of New York, 2003.

Wexler, Alice. Emma Goldman: An Intimate Life. New York: Pantheon Books, 1984. Concludes that Goldman’s criticism of the new Soviet state and her seeing the seeds of Stalin’s totalitarianism in Lenin’s Russia “contributed to the emergence of an anti-Communist consensus of which the anarchists--and she herself--would become tragic victims.”

Wexler, Alice. Emma Goldman in Exile: From the Russian Revolution to the Spanish Civil War. Boston: Beacon Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

 

Continental Congress of Workers and Farmers

 

Whisenhunt, Donald W. “The Continental Congress of Workers and Farmers, 1933.” Studies in History and Society 6, no. 1 (1974-75). The 1933 congress, modelled after the 1776 Second Continental Congress, was organized by Clarence Senior, with support from Socialist Party leaders including Norman Thomas.  Communists were excluded.

 

International Rescue Committee and Leo Cherne

 

Chester, Eric Thomas. Covert Network: Progressives, the International Rescue Committee, and the CIA. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1995.

Ehrman, John. “Leo Cherne, Neoconservative (But Don’t Tell Anyone).” Diplomatic History 28, no. 4 (2004).

Smith, Andrew F. Rescuing the World: The Life and Times of Leo Cherne. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2002.

******************************************************************************

 

League for Industrial Democracy

 

Johnpoll, Bernard K., and Mark R. Yerburgh, comps. The League for Industrial Democracy, a Documentary History. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1980. The LID was closely associated with the American social democratic movement.

****************************************************************

 

Socialist Party, Social Democrats, and Democratic Socialists

 

Braunthal, Julius. History of the International [Vols 1 & 2]. Translated by Henry Collins and Mitchell Kenneth. New York: Praeger, 1967. A history of the Socialist International.  v. 1. 1864-1914 -- v. 2. 1914-1943.

Braunthal, Julius. History of the International [Vol. 3]. Translated by Mitchell Kenneth and Peter Ford. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1967. A history of the Socialist International.  v. 3, 1943-1968.

Fitrakis, Robert John. “The Idea of Democratic Socialism in America and the Decline of the Socialist Party: Eugene Debs, Norman Thomas and Michael Harrington.” Ph.D. diss. Wayne State University, 1990.

Callesen, Gerd, comp. Socialist Internationals: A Bibliography: Publications of the Social-Democratic and Socialist Internationals 1914-2000. Bonn: Bibliothek der Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung for the International Association of Labour History Institutions, 2001.

Gens, Stephen Mark. “Paranoia Bordering on Resignation: Norman Thomas and the American Socialist Party, 1939-48.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1982. Notes that the Socialist Party became steadily more anti-Communist over the period.

Gershman, Carl. “Totalitarian Menace.” Society 18, no. 1 (1980). Recounts from a Social Democratic perspective the clashing attitude toward communism which led to the 1972 split between the Social Democrats-USA (successor to the Socialist Party) and Michael Harrington of the Democratic Socialist Organizing Committee.

Jones, Clifton. “The Socialist Party of the United States, a Bibliography of Secondary Sources, 1945-1974.” Labor History 19, no. 2 (Spring 1978).

Laidler, Harry Wellington. Socializing Our Democracy: A New Appraisal of Socialism. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1935.

Leon, D. H. “Whatever Happened to the American Socialist Party? a Critical Survey of the Spectrum of Interpretations.” American Quarterly 23, no. 2 (May 1971).

McReynolds, David. “Socialist Party & Vietnam War.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Ruotsila, Markku. John Spargo and American Socialism. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. Spargo, prominent in the SP in the 1910s, became an ardent anti-Communist.

Seidler, Murray. “The Socialist Party and American Unionism.” Midwest Journal of Political Science 5, no. 3 (August 1961).

Schneirov, Richard. “New Perspectives on Socialism I: The Socialist Party Revisited.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 3 (2003).

Warren, Frank A. An Alternative Vision: The Socialist Party in the 1930’s. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Neoconservatism and Trotskyism

 

King, William F. “Neoconservatives and Trotskyism.” Enter Stage Right, 22 March 2004. Web magazine: <http://www.enterstageright.com>.  Detailed examination of the distortion, exaggeration, and misunderstanding leading to the charge by those of both the left and right hostile to the George W. Bush administration’s foreign policies that neoconservatives are the heirs of Trotskyism.

King, William F. “Neoconservatives and ‘Trotskyism.’” American Communist History 3, no. 2 (December 2004).

King, William F. “The Origins of Neoconservative Support for Democracy Promotion, 1960--1991.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Calgary, 2007.

Muravchik, Joshua. “The Neoconservative Cabal.” Commentary, September 2003. On the speciousness of linking neoconservatism to Trotskyism and the Shachtmanites.  Exchanges with Daniel Bell, Jacob Heilbrunn, Jeet Heer and others in the December issue.

Wald, Alan. “Are Trotskyites Running the Pentagon?” History News Network, 2003. On the exaggerated claims that ex-Trotskyists in the form of neo-conservatives dominate Bush administration foreign and military policy making.

Wald, Alan. “Trotskyism, Anti-Stalinism, and U.S. Intellectuals: An Ambiguous Legacy.” International Marxist Review [France] 3, no. 2 (Autumn 1988).

Yardley, Greg. “The Trotsky Two-Step.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 15 June 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. On conspiracy theory of left and extreme right that a cabal of Jewish-American Trotskyists controls the foreign policy of the George W. Bush administration.

****************************************************************

 

Individuals and Biographical accounts

 

Joseph Alsop

 

Streitfeld, David. “The Hawk and the Vultures: Conservative Columnist Joe Alsop Had a Secret.  Somehow, It Stayed One.” Washington Post, 13 April 1995. Says key figures in the Washington establishment, both Democratic and Republican, were well aware of journalist Joseph Alsop having been photographed by Soviet intelligence in a homosexual encounter in Moscow in 1957 in an unsuccessful attempt to turn him into an intelligence asset.  Alsop reported the blackmail attempt to the U.S. Ambassador and the FBI.  The Soviets mailed photographs of the encounter to various Washington figures, including enemies of Alsop‘s.  Despite this, the incident did not become public until after Alsop‘s death.

Yoder, Edwin. Joe Alsop’s Cold War: A Study of Journalistic Influence and Intrigue. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995. Discusses Alsop’s role as an anti-Communist liberal journalist in the early Cold War.  Discusses Alsop’s rebuff of KGB blackmail.

****************************************************************

 

Adolf Berle

 

Berle, Adolf Augustus. Navigating the Rapids, 1918-1971: From the Papers of Adolf A. Berle. Edited by Beatrice Bishop Berle and Travis Beal Jacobs. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. A leading New York anti-Communist liberal, Berle a senior State Department official under FDR and later prominent in the New York Liberal Party.

Schwarz, Jordan A. Liberal: Adolf A. Berle and the Vision of an American Era. New York: Free Press, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Chester Bowles

 

Bowles, Chester. Promises to Keep: My Years in Public Life, 1941-1969. New York: Harper & Row, 1971. Autobiography by a major anti-Communist liberal of the postwar period.

****************************************************************

 

Paul H. Douglas

 

Douglas, Paul Howard. In the Fullness of Time: The Memoirs of Paul H. Douglas. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1972. Douglas, a Democratic senator from  Illinois was a political ally of the AFL-CIO and a key anti-Communist liberal.

****************************************************************

 

Morris Ernst

 

Gary, Brett J. “Comstocks and Communists: Morris L. Ernst Wages War on Two Fronts.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Salisbury, Harrison E. “The Strange Correspondence of Morris Ernst and John Edgar Hoover, 1934-1964.” Nation, 1 December 1984. Notes Ernst’s attempts to cooperate with the FBI.

Simmons, Jerold. “Morris Ernst and Disclosure: One Liberal’s Quest for a Solution to the Problem of Domestic Communism, 1939-1949.” Mid-America 71, no. 1 (January 1989). Sees Ernst’s animosity to the presence of Communists in the ACLU and NLG deriving from his reaction to Stalin’s Great Terror.

****************************************************************

 

Michael Harrington

 

Detscher, Susan. “Michael Harrington.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Gorman, Robert A. Michael Harrington--Speaking American. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Green, Max. “The Other Harrington.” Second Thoughts 1, no. 2 (Fall 1989). Critical discussion of Michael Harrington’s shift of views from anti-Communist chairman of the S.P. in 1968 to critic of American anticommunism in the last fifteen years.

Isserman, Maurice. “The Perils of Anti-Stalinism: Michael Harrington and the Cold War.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Isserman, Maurice. “Michael Harrington and the Vietnam War: The Failure of Anti-Stalinism in the 1960s.” Peace & Change 21, no. 4 (October 1996). Harrington criticized the antiwar movement of the 1960s for failing to adopt an “anti-Stalinist” perspective regarding the Vietnam War., i.e., a view that would be equally critical of both sides in the conflict.  Argues that the fact that Harrington’s perspective won few adherents was a product in significant measure of the failure of the anti-Stalinists themselves.  The dogmatic sectarianism of the dominant faction within the Socialist Party left it isolated and irrelevant.  In the aftermath of the 1960s, Harrington came to be a critic of the very politics he had espoused during the Vietnam War.

Isserman, Maurice. The Other American: The Life of Michael Harrington. New York: PublicAffairs, 2000.  Thorough scholarly biography.

Isserman, Maurice. “Mike Harrington & Irving Howe.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

O’Connell, Jeffrey, and Thomas E. O’Connell. “Karl Marx and Michael Harrington: Two Law School Dropouts.. and What Happened Next, East and West.” Journal of Law & Politics 19 (Winter 2003)

****************************************************************

 

Powers Hapgood, Harvey Swados, Bayard Rustin

 

Bussel, Michael Robert. “Hard Traveling: Powers Hapgood, Harvey Swados, Bayard Rustin and the Fate of Independent Radicalism in Twentieth Century America.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1993. Examines the independent (non-Communist) radicalism of socialist and CIO leader Powers Hapgood, writer and intellectual Harvey Swados, and civil rights activist Bayard Rustin.

****************************************************************

 

Hubert H. Humphrey

 

Curtin, Mary Therese. “Hubert H. Humphrey and the Politics of the Cold War, 1943-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1986.

Eisele, Albert. Almost to the Presidency: A Biography of Two American Politicians. Blue Earth, MN: Piper Co., 1972. Discusses the careers of Hubert Humphrey and Eugene McCarthy.  Both came into national office as anti-Communist liberals and both became U.S. Senators.

Garrettson, Charles. “The Happy Warrior as Cold War Warrior: Hubert Humphrey, Christian Realist.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991.

Griffith, Winthrop. Humphrey: A Candid Biography. New York: Morrow, 1965.

Humphrey, Hubert H. The Education of a Public Man: My Life and Politics. Edited by Norman Sherman. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1976 Discusses the fight within the Minnesota Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party in the mid-1940s  with a pro-Communist faction.

Marsh, Robert. Agnew: The Unexamined Man, a Political Profile. New York: M. Evans, distr. by Lippincott, 1971. Notes Agnew’s attack on Hubert Humphrey as soft of Communism.

Sherrill, Robert, and Harry W. Ernst. The Drugstore Liberal. New York: Grossman Publishers, 1968. Contemptuous of Humphrey for his opposition to communism and support for the Vietnam war.

Solberg, Carl. Hubert Humphrey: A Biography. New York: Norton, 1984.

Zehnpfennig, Gladys. Hubert H. Humphrey, Champion of Human Rights. Minneapolis: T. S. Denison, 1966.

****************************************************************

 

Estes Kefauver

 

Gorman, Joseph Bruce. Kefauver: A Political Biography. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971. Kefauver was a anti-Communist liberal U.S. Senator.

****************************************************************

 

Robert F. Kennedy

 

Kennedy, Robert F. Robert Kennedy, in His Own Words: The Unpublished Recollections of the Kennedy Years. Edited by Edwin O. Guthman and Jeffrey Shulman. Toronto New York: Bantam, 1988. Robert Kennedy was for a time a legislative aid to Senator McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Joseph Lash

 

Draper, Theodore. “Joseph Lash and the CP.” New York Review of Books, 24 March 1994. Discusses the details of whether Joseph Lash, later an anti-Communist liberal, was an official member of the CPUSA or a highly-cooperative fellow traveler in the late 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Eugene McCarthy

 

Sandbrook, Dominic. Eugene McCarthy: The Rise and Fall of Postwar American Liberalism. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2004. Notes the influence of Catholic social philosophy on McCarthy’s opposition to domestic communism as a young anti-Communist liberal leader in Minnesota’s Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party.

****************************************************************

 

Cord Meyer

 

Meyer, Cord. Facing Reality: From World Federalism to the CIA. New York: Harper & Row, 1980. Discusses his role in the founding and early factionalism of the American Veterans Committee, his leadership of the CIA’s International Organizations Division, a key covert action arm for funding foreign non-Communist left political organizations and unions and subsidizing some domestic American organizations and foundations with international programs, and his 1953 suspension from his CIA post and later exoneration in response to a FBI security report linking him to domestic Communists in the late 1940s.

****************************************************************

 

John P. Roche

 

Roche, John P. “The ‘Chilling’ of John P. Roche.” New Leader, 6-20 May 1985.

****************************************************************

 

Eleanor Roosevelt

 

Anderson, Carol. “With Friends Like These..: Eleanor Roosevelt, the Struggle for African-Americans’ Human Rights, and the Limits of Liberalism, 1947–52.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Beasley, Maurine Hoffman, Holly Cowan Shulman, and Henry R. Beasley, eds. The Eleanor Roosevelt Encyclopedia. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 2001.

Black, Allida M. Casting Her Own Shadow: Eleanor Roosevelt and the Shaping of Postwar Liberalism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1996.

Black, Allida Mae. “Casting Her Own Shadow: Eleanor Roosevelt’s Influence on the Democratic Party and American Liberalism, 1945-1962.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 1993.

Cook, Blanche Wiesen. Eleanor Roosevelt. New York, N.Y., U.S.A.: Viking, 1992.

Hoff, Joan, and Marjorie Lightman, eds. Without Precedent: The Life and Career of Eleanor Roosevelt. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1984.

Lash, Joseph P. A World of Love: Eleanor Roosevelt and Her Friends, 1943-1962. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1984.Lash, Joseph P. Eleanor and Franklin: The Story of Their Relationship, Based on Eleanor Roosevelt’s Private Papers. New York: Norton, 1971.

McNeil, Jackie. “‘World’s Greatest Tramp’: Revelations of Gender, Age and Class in Public Response to Eleanor Roosevelt’s Anti-McCarthyism.” Paper presented at “New Frontiers in Cold War History,” 4th Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Santa Barbara, CA 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Morris H. Rubin

 

Maney, Patrick J. “Morris H. Rubin, The Progressive, and Cold War Liberalism.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 67, no. 3 (1984). Examines Morris H. Rubin, editor of The Progressive, who opposed Soviet imperialism and domestic Communists while defending civil liberties and attacking the goals and tactics of Joseph McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Harvey Schechter

 

Buckley, William F. “Harvey Schechter on Liberal Anti-Communism.” In The Jeweler’s Eye, William F. Buckley. New York: Putnam, 1968.

****************************************************************

 

Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr.

 

Engelhardt, Carroll. “Man in the Middle: Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., and Postwar American Liberalism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 80, no. 2 (1981). Analyses the political thought of Schlesinger as a representative of the centrist, anti-Communist liberal intellectuals of the postwar period.

Kramer, Hilton. “Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr.’s ‘Innocent Beginnings.’” New Criterion, March 2001. Essay-review of Schlesinger’s memoir that examines Schlesinger’s shifting attitudes toward Communists and anti-Communists.

Nuechterlein, James A. “Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., and the Discontents of Postwar American Liberalism.” Review of Politics 39 (January 1977).

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “The U.S. Communist Party.” Life, 29 July 1946. Sees the party as a threat to democracy.

Schlesinger, Arthur Meier. The Vital Center: The Politics of Freedom. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1949. Influential statement of anti-Communist liberalism.

Schlesinger, Arthur Meier. A Life in the Twentieth Century: Innocent Beginnings, 1917-1950. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 2000. Autobiography.  Discusses his role as a leading anti-Communist liberal intellectual in the early Cold War.

Schneider, Robert W. “A Relative Certainty: A Modern Liberal’s View of Man.” Journal of American Culture 5, no. 4 (Winter 1982). Discusses Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr.’s belief in human fallibility and imperfectibility and its links to Schlesinger’s historical writing and political stance.  Defends Schlesinger’s views from New Left criticism but finds “truly obsessive anti-Communism” in Schlesinger and calls his hostility toward 1948 Progressives “irrational.”

Wreszin, Michael. “Arthur Schlesinger Jr., Scholar-Activist in Cold War America: 1946-1956.” Salmagundi, no. 63-64 (Spring-Summer 1984)

****************************************************************

 

Adlai Stevenson

 

Broadwater, Jeff. Adlai Stevenson and American Politics: The Odyssey of a Cold War Liberal. New York: Twayne, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Norman Thomas

 

Johnpoll, Bernard K. Pacifist’s Progress: Norman Thomas and the Decline of American Socialism. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1970.

McGreen, John D. “Norman Thomas and the Search for the All-Inclusive Socialist Party.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1976. Discusses Thomas’ attempt to open the Socialist Party to all types of radicals in the 1930s and the subsequent revolt of the Old Guard, loss of union support, entry and exit of the Trotskyists, and the breakdown of Socialist Party internal democracy.

Swanberg, W. A. Norman Thomas, the Last Idealist. New York: Scribner, 1976.

Thomas, Norman. The Choice Before Us: Mankind at the Crossroads. New York: Macmillan, 1934.

Thomas, Norman. “The Thirties in America as a Socialist Recalls Them.” In As we Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Thomas, Norman. The Test of Freedom. New York: Norton, 1954. Detailed discussion of democratic socialist principles and history emphasizing the importance of political democracy and political liberties to the socialist enterprise.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Truman and Cold War Liberalism

 

Cochran, Bert. Harry Truman and the Crisis Presidency. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1973.

Donovan, Robert J. Tumultuous Years: The Presidency of Harry S. Truman, 1949-1953. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1996.

Ferrell, Robert H. Choosing Truman: The Democratic Convention of 1944. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1994.

Ferrell, Robert H. Harry S. Truman: A Life. Missouri Biography Series. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1994.

Ferrell, Robert H. Harry S. Truman. Washington, D.C.: CQ Press, 2003.

Gullan, Harold I. The Upset That Wasn’t: Harry S Truman and the Crucial Election of 1948. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1998.

Hamby, Alonzo L. Beyond the New Deal: Harry S. Truman and American Liberalism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1973. Well researched, scholarly history of postwar liberal politics which discusses the development of anti-Communist liberalism and its conflict with Popular Front liberalism within the context of mainstream postwar politics.

Hamby, Alonzo L. Harry S. Truman and the Fair Deal. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1974.

Hamby, Alonzo L. Man of the People: A Life of Harry S. Truman. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995.  The most comprehensive and scholarly biography of Truman.Hamby, Alonzo L. “The Vital Center, the Fair Deal, and the Quest for a Liberal Political Economy.” American Historical Review 77, no. 3 (June 1972): 653-78.

Hamby, Alonzo. “The Liberals, Truman, and FDR as Symbol and Myth.” Journal of American History 56, no. 4 (March 1970).

Hogan, Michael J. A Cross of Iron: Harry S. Truman and the Origins of the National Security State, 1945-1954. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1998.

McCoy, Donald R. The Presidency of Harry S. Truman. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1984.

Merrill, Dennis, ed. Documentary History of the Truman Presidency. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1995. v. 1. The decision to drop the atomic bomb on Japan -- v. 2. Planning for the postwar world -- v. 3. United States policy in occupied Germany after World War II: denazification, decartelization, demilitarization, and democratization -- v. 4. Demobilization and reconversion: rebuilding a peacetime economy following World War II -- v. 5. Creating a pluralistic democracy in Japan: the occupation government, 1945-1952 -- v. 6. The Chinese civil war: General George C. Marshall’s mission to China, 1945-1947 -- v. 7. The ideological foundation of the Cold War-the “Long Telegram,” the Clifford Report, and NSC 68 -- v. 8. The Truman doctrine and the beginning of the cold war, 1947-1949 -- v. 9. The debate over labor policy: President Truman’s battle with congress over passage of the Taft-Hartley Act, January-June 1947.  v. 10. President Truman’s fight to unify the armed services, 1945-1949 -- v. 11. The Truman administration’s civil rights program: the report of the Committee on Civil Rights and President Truman’s message to congress of February 1, 1948 -- v. 13. Establishing the Marshall Plan, 1947-1948 -- v. 14. Running from behind: Truman’s strategy for the 1948 presidential campaign -- v. 15. The Fair Deal-President Truman’s vision of the American future -- v. 16. Cold War confrontation: Truman, Stalin, and the Berlin airlift -- v. 17. The origins and establishment of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, 1948-1952 -- v. 18. The Korean War: the United States’ response to North Korea’s invasion of South Korea, June 25, 1950-November 1950.  v. 19. The Korean War: response to communist China’s intervention, October 1950-April 1951 -- v. 20. The Korean War: President Truman’s dismissal of General Douglas MacArthur -- v. 21. The development of an atomic weapons program following World War II -- v. 22. The emergence of an Asian Pacific rim in American foreign policy: Korea, Japan, and Formosa -- v. 23. The Central Intelligence Agency: its founding and the dispute over its mission, 1945-1954 -- v. 24. The United States’ recognition of Israel -- v. 25. President Truman’s confrontation with McCarthyism -- v. 26. Preparing to survive atomic attack: the Truman administration’s civil defense program -- v. 27. The Point Four program: reaching out to help the less developed countries -- v. 28. The Truman scandals: the president confronts a political crisis, 1951-1952 -- v. 29. Oil Crisis in Iran -- v. 30. The Constitutional crisis over president Truman’s seizure of the steel industry in 1952.

Messer, Robert L. “Acheson, the Bomb, and the Cold War.” In Dean Acheson and the Making of U.S. Foreign Policy, edited by Douglas Brinkley. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1993. Notes White House indifference to FBI reports of possible espionage at the Department of State in 1946 particularly because some of the warning included incredible rumors about Acheson, Senator Brien McMahon, John McCloy, and others.

Savage, Sean J. Truman and the Democratic Party. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1997.

Truman, Harry S. Memoirs [v. 1.] Year of Decisions -- [v. 2.] Years of Trial and Hope. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1955.

Truman, Harry. The Autobiography of Harry S. Truman. Edited by Robert H. Ferrell. Boulder, Colo.: Colorado Associated University Press, 1980.

****************************************************************

 

James Wechsler

 

Wechsler, James Arthur. Reflections of an Angry Middle-Aged Editor. New York: Random House, 1960. Wechsler, a Communist student activist in the 1930s was by this time a prominent anti-Communist liberal.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 27

Ex-Communists, Ex-Radicals, Defectors, and Witnesses

 

 

Bellow, Adam. “My Escape From The Zabar’s Left: How a Pedigreed Upper West Side Liberal Came Out as a Conservative Warrior.” New York Magazine, 6 September 2004.  A major neoconservative editor writes of his shift from left to right.  “My education in liberal parochialism continued during the Reagan years. Reagan’s election in 1980 was a seismic shock to liberals, and for a long time I shared the prevailing view that the president was a dolt and a simpleton. But I found the vituperation directed at him excessive and off-putting. Besides, I shared his anti-communism and approved of his opposition to Soviet moves in Central America.”

Brook-Shepherd, Gordon. The Storm Birds: Soviet Postwar Defectors. New York: Weidenfeld Nicolson, 1989.

Bunzel, John H., ed. Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988. New York: Free Press, 1988. A virtucrat remembers / Joseph Epstein -- Notes of a journey / Julius Lester -- How I spent my summer vacation / Martha Bayles -- The New Left / Jeffrey Herf -- Liberal in the middle / John H. Bunzel -- Looking backward / Peter Collier -- Letter to a political friend / David Horowitz -- On hanging up the old red flag / Ronald Radosh -- Errand into the wilderness (Radosh notes that he was an officer of the CPUSA’s Labor Youth League when at the University of Wisconsin.) / Michael Novak -- Why did you sign that ad? / James Finn -- The wide and crooked path / Carol Iannone -- Irish Catholic / Richard Rodriguez.

Churcher, Sharon. “Radical Transformations.” New York Times Magazine, 16 July 1989. Journalistic survey of the “Second Thoughts” movement of former-radicals.

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz, eds. Second Thoughts: Former Radicals Look Back at the Sixties. Lanham, MD: Madison Books, 1989. Proceedings of the Second Thoughts Conference, held October. 17-18, 1987, in Washington, DC.

Critchlow, Donald T., and Agnieszka Critchlow, eds. Enemies of the State: Personal Stories from the Gulag. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2002. Excerpts from Gulag survivor literature that shaped the views on American anti-Communists.

Crossman, R. H. S., ed. The God That Failed. New York: Harper, 1950. Essays regarding disillusionment with communism.  Introduction by Richard Crossman. -- The initiates: Arthur Koestler, Ignazio Silone, Richard Wright. -- Worshippers from afar: André Gide, presented by E. Starkie; Louis Fischer; Stephen Spender.

Diggins, John P. “Buckley’s Comrades: The Ex-Communist as Conservative.” Dissent 22, no. 4 (1975). On former radicals and Communists who turned conservative and joined William F. Buckley, Jr.’s National Review.

Diggins, John P. Up from Communism: Conservative Odysseys in American Intellectual History. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. Discusses the evolution of Max Eastman, John Dos Passos, Will Herberg, and James Burnham from association with Communism to firm anti-Communism.

Horner, Charles. “Why Whittaker Chambers Was Wrong.” Commentary, April 1990. “For the men who organized and maintained our resistance to the Communists -- Acheson, Eisenhower, Jackson, Marshall, Nitze, Truman -- were neither monks nor knights of the sort Chambers imagined were needed to win the struggle.  They were, if not ‘ordinary citizens,’ then ordinary products of our society.  In the end, their successes resulted from the stubborn application of American’s pedestrian civic virtues, not Europe’s capacity for compulsiveness.”

Josephson, Harold. “Ex-Communists in Crossfire: A Cold War Debate.” Historian 44, no. 1 (1981). Discusses how the testimony of ex-Communists influenced the public perception of Communism as a conspiracy and how such testimony was manipulated by various political factions; highly critical of ex-Communists and hostile to anti-Communists.

Josephson, Harold. “Ex-Communist Witnesses and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1984.

Naftali, Timothy. “George Orwell’s List.” New York Times, 29 July 1998. “Like Paul Robeson, Elizabeth Bentley and Elia Kazan obeyed their consciences. What is more, they were right about Communism. Yet they remain beyond rehabilitation even if they testified truthfully and sincerely, and even if their anxieties are being validated by history.” Letters in response, 31 July and 8 August 1998.

Packer, Herbert L. Ex-Communist Witnesses: Four Studies in Fact Finding. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1962. Examines the testimony of Chambers, Bentley, Budenz, and Lautner.

Podhoretz, Norman. “Why The God That Failed Failed.” Encounter [U.K.] 60, no. 1 (1983). Argues that intellectually the position of the ex-Communist writers of The God That Failed failed because they continued to believe in utopian reform although they rejected Communism due to its oppressive nature.

Sarbin, Theodore R., Ralph M. Carney, and Carson Eoyang, eds. Citizen Espionage: Studies in Trust and Betrayal. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Individuals and Biographical accounts

 

Fred Beal

 

Beal, Fred. Proletarian Journey: New England, Gastonia, Moscow. New York: Hillman-Curl, 1937. Autobiography by a disillusioned Communist trade union figure.

Beal, Fred Erwin. The Red Fraud: an Expose of Stalinism. New York: Tempo Publishers, 1949.

****************************************************************

 

Dan and Thella Brock

 

Brock, Thella W. Operation Housewife: Communist FBI Informant. [Sandy City, Utah]: Agreka Books, 1998. Autobiographical: at the request of the FBI, Thella and Dan Brock became informants inside the CPUSA in Los Angeles in 1958 and continued until 1979.

****************************************************************

 

Louis Budenz

 

Alsop, Joseph. “The Strange Case of Louis Budenz.” Atlantic Monthly, April 1952. Discusses contradictions and ambiguities in Budenz’s testimony and public statements regarding the association of various people with the Communist party and Soviet espionage.

Budenz, Louis F. The Bolshevik Invasion of the West: Account of the Great Political War for a Soviet America. [Linden, N.J.]: Bookmailer, 1966.

Budenz, Louis F. This is My Story. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1947. Budenz, once editor of the Daily Worker, converted to Roman Catholicism and became a fervid anti-Communist.

Budenz, Margaret R. Streets. Huntington, IN: Our Sunday Visitor, 1979. Reminiscences by wife of Louis Budenz.

Chapman, Roger. “Louis Frances Budenz’s Journey from the Electric Auto-Lite Strike to the Communist Party and Beyond.” Northwest Ohio Quarterly 73, no. 3&4 (Summer/Fall 2001): 118-41.

Grant, Jimmy Randall. “Louis Francis Budenz: The Origins of a Professional Ex-Communist.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 2006.

Lichtman, Robert M. “Louis Budenz, the FBI, and the ‘List of 400 Concealed Communists’: An Extended Tale of McCarthy-Era Informing.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004).

Lichtman, Robert M. “Addendum to ‘Louis Budenz, the FBI, and the ‘List of 400 Concealed Communists’?’.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Louis F. Budenz.  Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Louis F. Budenz.  Revised Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Angela Calomiris

 

Calomiris, Angela. Red Masquerade: Undercover for the F. B. I. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1950. Memoir by a longtime FBI informant in the Communist party.

Wilson, Veronica. “‘I Chose the Standards I Regarded as American’: Ethnicity, Gender, and FBI Undercover Agent Angela Calomiris.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Crouch

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Paul Crouch. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.  Crouch had been a C.P. organizer and activist in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Matthew Cvetic

 

Cvetic, Matthew. The Big Decision. [Hollywood? CA]: Privately Published, 1959. Cvetic was an FBI informant in the C.P. in the 1940s.  Sensationalistic treatment of the C.P. as a Fifth Column.

Leab, Daniel. “I Was a Communist for the FBI: History and Reality in Pittsburgh, Washington, DC, Los Angeles, and Point In-Between.” In Libertas: Festschrift Fuer Erich Angermann, edited by Norbert Finszch and others. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1992.

Leab, Daniel J. “Anti-Communism, the FBI, and Matt Cvetic: The Ups and Downs of a Professional Informer.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History & Biography 115, no. 4 (October 1991). Highly documented story of Cvetic’s career as a FBI informant in the C.P. in Pittsburgh in the mid-1940s, his career as an professional anti-Communist afterwards, and the creation of the sensationalized and largely fictional film and radio series I Was a Communist for the F.B.I.  “That Cvetic, unlike so many other professional anti-Communists, is still remembered has nothing to do with his place in history.  He is not unique.  There were many other active anti-Communists, a significant number of whom played a more important role in the domestic Cold War.  They, like Cvetic, also had a symbiotic relationship with the media.  Yet in the main only individuals with a special interest in the period remember Elizabeth Bentley, Louis Budenz, or John Lautner.  Their flame may have in its time shone more brightly than Cvetic’s but it has been a long time since they were on the nation’s television screens fighting Red subversion.  But Cvetic continues his battles as a Communist for the FBI wherever and whenever a station broadcasts the film.  No matter how bad the movie, no matter how far removed from reality, I Was a Communist for the F.B.I. continues to form the viewer’s image of Mat Cvetic.  For us, the Cold War has ended, the “evil empire” is breaking up, but on television I Was a Communist for the F.B.I. remains history and reality.”

Leab, Daniel J. I Was a Communist for the F.B.I.: The Unhappy Life and Times of Matt Cvetic. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2000. Biography of Cvetic who became an FBI informant in the CPUSA in Pittsburgh in 1943 but was fired by the Bureau in 1950 for erratic behavior, a fact unknown outside the FBI.  His melodramatic testimony to HCUA and a series in the Saturday Evening Post led to a screen deal with Warner Brothers and a mercurial career as a professional anti-Communist witness.  Eventually discredited by his excesses, he drifted to the extremist right.  Discusses the creation, merchandising, and manipulation of Cvetic and his image for commercial and polemical purposes.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Exposé of the Communist Party of Western Pennsylvania Based Upon Testimony of Matthew Cvetic, Undercover Agent. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

 

Hope Hale Davis

 

Davis, Hope. “Revisiting the Red Decade.” New Leader, 6 February 1984. Recounts her attendance at a memorial for Jessica Smith (with whom Davis had worked in the 1930s while in the C.P.) and observes that most of those at the memorial remained as totally committed to the Soviet Union today as they were in the 1930s.

Davis, Hope Hale. “Looking Back at My Years in the Party.” New Leader, 11 February 1980. Davis, who joined the C.P. in 1934 and left in 1939, discusses her and her then-husband Karl’s activity in the secret Ware group within New Deal Washington.

Davis, Hope Hale. Great Day Coming: A Memoir of the 1930s. South Royalton, VT: Steerforth Press, 1994. In the 1930s Davis and her husband were members of the CPUSA underground in Washington.  She later broke with the party.

****************************************************************

 

Louis Fraina / Lewis Corey

 

Apter, David E. “Lewis Corey: A Portrait of an American Radical.” Columbia Library Columns 8, no. 2 (February 1953). Biographical essay on the early Communist Party leader Louis Fraina who left the party and later became a noted scholar under the name of Lewis Corey.

Apter, David E. “Lewis Corey.” Antioch Alumni Bulletin, November 1953.

Baxandall, L. “The Marxist Aesthetic Theory of Louis C. Fraina.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Bixler, Paul. “A Memorial Tribute.” Antioch Review, Winter 1953/54. Biographical essay on Lewis Corey.

Buhle, Paul. “Louis C. Fraina/Lewis Corey and The Crisis of the Middle Class.” New Politics, Summer 1994. On Fraina as a original social thinker.  In regard to his role as a founder of American communism, “Fraina gave himself to this moment in history, heart and soul.  Decades later, after the most severe disillusionment, he still had not shaken the incubus which directed him away from his own unique analytical approach to economics, politics and culture.  Even as Communism’s fierce opponent, he remained locked into the narrowed logic of the intellectual debate between liberalism and Stalinism.

Buhle, Paul. A Dreamer’s Paradise Lost: Louis C. Fraina/Lewis Corey (1892-1953) and the Decline of Radicalism in the United States. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1995. Part biographical history of a leading founder of the American Communist movement and part historical essay on the decline of radicalism.   Fraina left the Communist movement in the 1920s and later under the name Lewis Corey wrote two highly regarded Marxist studies on the U.S. economy, The Crisis of the Middle Class and The Decline of American Capitalism.

Buhle, Paul Merlyn. “Louis C. Fraina, 1894-1953.” Master’s thesis. University of Connecticut, 1968.

Corey, Esther. “Passage to Russia” Survey [U.K.] no. 53 & 55  (1964/65). Memoir by the wife of Lewis Corey, in two parts.

Corey, Esther. “Footnote on Lenin and Some American Writers.” Antioch Review, Winter 1958. Discusses Lenin’s views on John Reed and Louis C.  Fraina.

Corey, Esther. “Lewis Corey (Louis C.  Fraina)  1892-1953: A Bibliography with Autobiographical Notes.” Labor History 4, no. 2 (Spring 1963).

Corey, Lewis. The Decline of American Capitalism. New York: Covici, Friede, 1934. Corey’s most influential book, a Marxist analysis on the American economy.

Gruliow, Leo. “Lenin and Lewis Corey (Louis Fraina).” Columbia Library Columns, February 1959.

****************************************************************

 

John Gates

 

Gates, John. The Story of an American Communist. New York: Nelson, 1958. Gates, a political commissar in the International Brigades in Spain and later a prominent Party leader and editor of the Daily Worker, led the failed drive to democratize and Americanize the Party after the Khrushchev’s speech regarding Stalin’s crimes and the Hungarian Revolution.  He subsequently left the Party.

****************************************************************

 

Benjamin Gitlow

 

Gitlow, Benjamin. I Confess: The Truth About American Communism. New York: E.P. Dutton & Co., Inc., 1940. Gitlow, one of the leading founders of the American Communist movement, was expelled by Stalin in 1929 and later became a prominent anti-Communist activist.

Gitlow, Benjamin. The Whole of Their Lives: Communism in America--a Personal History and Intimate Portrayal of Its Leaders. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1948.

Gitlow, Benjamin. How to Think About Communism. Pamphlet. Whitestone, NY: Graphics Group, 1949.

****************************************************************

 

Kenneth Goff

 

Goff, Kenneth. Why I Left the Communist Party. Pamphlet. Wichita, KS, 1947.

****************************************************************

 

Oksana Kasenkina

 

Kasenkina, Oksana Stepanovna. Leap to Freedom. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott Co., 1949. Autobiography of a Russian teacher whose escape from the Soviet Consulate in New York in 1949 was a popular sensation in the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Victor Kravchenko

 

Jaudel, Etienne. L’Aveuglement: L’Affaire Kravchenko. Paris: Houdiard, 2003.

Kravchenko, Victor, Claude Morgan, and André Wurmser. Kravchenko Versus Moscow: The Report of the Famous Paris Case. London, New York: Wingate, 1950. Edited transcripts from the Action for libel by Victor Kravchenko against Claude Morgan and André Wurmser because of articles published in Lettres françaises. Tried in the Tribunal correctionnel de la Seine, Jan.-Mar. 1949.

Kravchenko, Victor. I Chose Freedom: The Personal and Political Life of a Soviet Official. New York: C. Scribner’s sons, 1946. Kravchenko came the U.S. in 1944 as part of a Soviet purchasing commission and defected.  His narrative of the nature of Stalinist society was a popular sensation at the time.

Kravchenko, Viktor Andreevich. I Chose Justice. New York: Scribner, 1950. Account of his successful lawsuit in France against a French Communist journal that claimed that Kravchenko’s I Chose Freedom was forged by a cabal of Mensheviks and U.S. intelligence agents.

Kravchenko, Viktor Andreevich. Victor A. Kravchenko, Dépose. Paris: Vent du Large, 1948.

Landsberg, Mitchell. “Searching for Tato.” Los Angeles Times Magazine, 11 May 2003. On Andrew Kravchenko and his reflection about his father Victor Kravchenko along with summaries of Andrew’s research into the aftermath of his father’s defection.

Malaurie, Guillaume, and Emmanuel Terrée. L’Affaire Kravchenko. Notre Époque. Paris: Editions R. Laffont, 1982.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Victor A. Kravchenko. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Hearings before the Committee on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives, Eightieth Congress, first session, on H.R. 1884 and H.R. 2122, bills to curb or outlaw the Communist Party of the United States. Public law 601 (section 121, subsection Q (2)) July 22, 1947.

Wall, Irwin M. The United States and the Making of Postwar France, 1945-1954. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1991. Asserts without evidence that Kravchenko’s I Chose Freedom was a fraud and part of a U.S. government conspiracy.

****************************************************************

 

Maurice Malkin

 

Malkin, Maurice L. Return to My Father’s House: A Charter Member of the American Communist Party Tells Why He Joined, and Why He Later Left to Fight Communism. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1972.

****************************************************************

 

Mary Markward

 

Nelson, Heming. “Pointing the Way in the Hunt for Communists.” Washington Post, 5 July 1999. Feature story on Mary Stalcup Markward who in 1951 testified about seven years she had spent in the Communist Party in Washington. Also discusses Abre Bloom, Vic and Rita Fleisher, and Marvin Caplan.

****************************************************************

 

J. B. Matthews

 

Dawson, Nelson L. “From Fellow Traveler to Anticommunist: The Odyssey of J. B. Matthews.” Register of the Kentucky Historical Society 84, no. 3 (Summer 1986).

Lichtman, Robert M. “J. B. Matthews and the ‘Counter-Subversives’: Names as a Political and Financial Resource in the McCarthy Era.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006).

Matthews, J. B. Odyssey of a Fellow Traveler. New York, NY: Mount Vernon Publishers, Inc., 1938. Matthews directed the American League Against War and Fascism in the mid-1930s and was a close friend of the Communist party.  He later became a hard anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

 

Harvey Matusow

 

Kahn, Albert Eugene. The Matusow Affair: Memoir of a National Scandal. Master's thesis. Kisco, NY: Moyer Bell, 1987.

Lichtman, Robert, and Ronald D. Cohen. “Harvey Matusow, the FBI, and the Justice Department: Becoming a Government Informer-Witness in the McCarthy Era.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Lichtman, Robert M., and Ronald D. Cohen. Deadly Farce: Harvey Matusow and the Informer System in the McCarthy Era. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2004.  On the at times bizarre story of Matusow, a young FBI informer in the CPUSA who then wrote a book, promoted by the pro-Communist left, that he had testified falsely, and was then convicted of perjury and imprisoned. 

Matusow, Harvey. False Witness. New York: Cameron & Kahn, 1955. Matusow, an ex-Communist who testified in a number of investigations of Communist activity, here states that often he testified falsely.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities Among Youth Groups, Based on Testimony of Harvey M. Matusow. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952-54. Two parts.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Strategy and Tactics of World Communism: Significance of the Matusow Case. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

Walls, Jeannette. “Times Scared by Red Scare.” New York 26, no. 13 (29 March 1993). Says the New York Times had information to discredit Harvey Matusow but suppressed it.

****************************************************************

 

Marion Miller

 

Miller, Marion Freed. I Was a Spy. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1960. Miller joined a Los Angeles society for the advancement of the foreign-born in America, discovered it was a Communist-front organization, contacted the FBI and became an informant at the FBI’s request.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Philbrick

 

Philbrick, Herbert Arthur. I Led 3 Lives: Citizen, “Communist,” Counterspy. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1952. Philbrick, active in left-wing politics in Massachusetts in the early 1940s, became a FBI informant inside the CPUSA.  He testified against the party in the Dennis Smith act trial.  The book became the basis for a television series.

****************************************************************

 

Ron Rosenbaum

 

Rosenbaum, Ron. “Goodbye, All That: How Left Idiocies Drove Me to Flee.” New York Observer, 14 October 2002.

****************************************************************

 

John Santo

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. A Communist in a “Workers’ Paradise,” John Santo’s Own Story. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963. Santo was an American Communist deported to Hungary in 1949.  Disillusioned, Santo escaped to the West in 1956.

****************************************************************

 

Arkady Shevchenko

 

Shevchenko, Arkady N. Breaking with Moscow. New York: Knopf, 1985. Shevchenko, a Soviet diplomat, defected to the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Freda Utley

 

Klotz, Daniel J. “Freda Utley: From Communist to Anti-Communist.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1987.

Utley, Freda. The Dream We Lost: Soviet Russia, Then and Now. New York: The John Day Company, 1940. Description of gradual disillusionment by a Communist who lived in the Soviet Union from 1927 to 1936, worked for the Comintern, and married a Russian later killed in the Great Terror.

Utley, Freda. Lost Illusion. Philadelphia: Fireside Press, 1948. A revision of the author’s The Dream We Lost.

Utley, Freda. Odyssey of a Liberal; Memoirs. Washington: Washington National Press, 1970.

****************************************************************

 

Jan Valtin / Richard Krebs

 

Valtin, Jan. “Communist Agent.” American Mercury, November 1939.

Valtin, Jan. Out of the Night. New York: Alliance Book Corporation, 1941. Pseudonym for Richard Krebs who was once active in Communist maritime unionism, left the Communist movement and was known in the U.S. under the name Jan Valtin.  Out of the Night sold well and Krebs/Valtin was harshly attacked as a Gestapo agent by Communists and their allies who feared his book’s  influence on public opinion.

Waldenfels, Ernst von. Der Spion, der Aus Deutschland Kam: Des Geheime Leben Des Seemans Richard Krebs. Berlin: Aufbau-Verlag, 2002. Biography by a German journalist. Notes that Kreb’s refusal to assist the FBI nearly resulted in his deportation.

****************************************************************

 

Sander Voros

 

Voros, Sandor. American Commissar. Philadelphia: Chilton Co., Book Division, 1961. Memoir of a mid-level CPUSA official who became a political commissar with the International Brigades in Spain.  He left the CPUSA after the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

****************************************************************

 

Nathaniel Weyl

 

Weyl, Nathaniel. Encounters With Communism. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2004.  Discusses his and his wife’s activities in the party in the U.S. and Mexico in the 1930s.  Weyl describes his participation in the Ware group in Washington in the early 1930s when Alger Hiss was a member.  His wife served as organizational secretary of the party in Texas and Oklahoma in the late 1930s.  Writes that the Nazi-Soviet Pact drove him and his wife out of the party.

Weyl, Nathaniel. “Encounters with Communism, 1932-1940.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003).

Weyl, Nathaniel. Red Star Over Cuba: The Russian Assault on the Western Hemisphere. New York: Devin-Adair, 1960. Weyl, a former American Communist, wrote one of the earliest books depicting Castro as intent on establishing a Communist regime in Cuba.

Weyl, Nathaniel. Karl Marx, Racist. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1979.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 28

Conservatism and Anticommunism

 

 

Andrews, Bert. Washington Witch Hunt. New York: Random House, 1948. A journalist’s criticism of conservative use of anticommunism.

Bjerre-Poulsen, Niels. “Organizing the American Right, 1945-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 1993.

Bjerre-Poulsen, Niels. Right Face: Organizing the American Conservative Movement 1945-65. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum, 2002. Discusses the role of anticommunism in the conservative movement.

Caridi, Ronald J. The Korean War and American Politics: The Republican Party as a Case Study. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1969. Discusses the influence of the Korean War on the political context of the Communist issue.

Caridi, Ronald James. “The Republican Party and the Korean War.” Thesis (Ph.D). New York University, 1966.

Chapman, Philip. “The New Conservatism: Cultural Criticism vs Political Philosophy.” Political Science Quarterly 75 (March 1960).

Courtney, Kent, and Phoebe Courtney. The Silencers. New Orleans: Conservative Society of America, 1965.

Critchlow, Donald T. “What Grassroots Conservatism Tells Us: Reconsidering the New Revisionist History of Conservatism.” Paper presented at The Historical Society national conference. Boothbay Harbor, ME, 2004. Discusses the key role of grassroots anticommunism in the development of post-WWII conservatism.

Diamond, Sara. “Right-Wing Movements in the United States, 1945-1992.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1993. Sees sinister “anti-communist militarism” as one of the major themes of the American right.

Diamond, Sara. Roads to Dominion: Right-Wing Movements and Political Power in the United States. New York: Guilford Press, 1995.

Diamond, Sara. Facing the Wrath: Confronting the Right in Dangerous Times. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press, 1996. Polemic.

Griffith, Robert W. “American Politics and the Origins of ‘McCarthyism.’” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Places the major responsibility for McCarthyism on conservative and Republican interest groups.

Himmelstein, Jerome L. To the Right: The Transformation of American Conservatism. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990. Notes that by the mid-1950s conservative internationalist anticommunism largely displaced the once prevalent right-wing isolationist anticommunism.

Hixson, William B. Search for the American Right Wing: An Analysis of the Social Science Record, 1955-1987. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1992. Critical synthesis of published scholarly research on the nature of the American Right.

Kirk, Russell. The American Cause. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1957.

Lewis, Hyrum S. “Sacralizing the Right: William F. Buckley Jr., Whittaker Chambers, Will Herberg and the Transformation of Intellectual Conservatism, 1945--1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 2007.

McGirr, Lisa. “A History of the Conservative Movement from the Bottom Up.” Journal of Policy History 14, no. 3 (2002).

McGirr, Lisa. Suburban Warriors: The Origins of the New American Right. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001.

McGirr, Lisa Maria. “Suburban Warriors: Grass-Roots Conservatism in the 1960s.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1995. Sees local conservatism in Orange County, California shifting from a marginalized anticommunism of the early 1960s to a broader more mainstream style under Ronald Reagan.

Miles, Michael W. The Odyssey of the American Right. New York: Oxford University Press, 1980. Discusses the role of anticommunism on the right.

Moser, John E. Right Turn: John T. Flynn and the Transformation of American Liberalism. New York: New York University Press, 2005. Includes a chapter on Flynn’s relationship with Joseph McCarthy

Nash, George H. “The Historical Roots of Contemporary American Conservatism.” Modern Age 26, no. 3-4 (1982). Anti-Communists as one component of the conservative movement.

Partington, Lee James. “‘Diabolical Menaces’: American Conservatives View the New and Fair Deals, 1935-1952.” Master’s thesis. Queen’s University at Kingston, 1999.

Patterson, James T. “A Conservative Coalition Forms in Congress, 1933-1939.” Journal of American History 52, no. 4 (March 1966): 757-72. Discusses the role of antiradicalism and anticommunism.

Radosh, Ronald. Prophets on the Right: Profiles of Conservative Critics of American Globalism. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1975.

Reinhard, David W. The Republican Right Since 1945. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1983. Discusses the role of anticommunism in the Republican party.

Ribuffo, Leo P. “Conservatism and American Politics.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL, 2002.

Rusher, William A. The Rise of the Right. New York: W. Morrow, 1984. Discusses the influence of anticommunism on the conservatism that rose to prominence under Reagan.

Rusher, William A. “Toward a History of the Conservative Movement.” Journal of Policy History 14, no. 3 (2002).

Schneider, Gregory L., ed. Conservatism in America Since 1930: A Reader. New York: New York University Press, 2003.

Schneider, Gregory L. “The Protean Character of Modern American Conservatism.” Paper presented at The Historical Society national conference. Boothbay Harbor, ME, 2004. Discusses anticommunism and antitotalitarianism as one of the elements of modern conservatism.

Sexton, Patricia Cayo. The War on Labor and the Left: Understanding America’s Unique Conservatism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1991.  Polemic.

Shapiro, Edward S. Clio from the Right: Essays of a Conservative Historian. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1983.

Spanier, John W. The Truman-MacArthur Controversy and the Korean War. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press, 1959. Discusses the impact of the Korean War on domestic anti-Communist sentiment.

Wallerstein, Immanual. “McCarthyism and the Conservatives.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1954.

Wolfskill, George. The Revolt of the Conservative; a History of the American Liberty League, 1934-1940. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Young Conservatives

 

Andrew, John A. The Other Side of the Sixties: Young Americans for Freedom and the Rise of Conservative Politics. Perspectives on the Sixties. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1997.

Koerner, Steven Richard. “The Conservative Youth Movement: A Study in Right-Wing Political Culture and Activism, 1950–1980.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 2001.

Schneider, Gregory L. Cadres for Conservatism: Young Americans for Freedom and the Rise of the Contemporary Right. New York: New York University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

George S. Benson

 

Garner, Donald P. “George S. Benson: Conservative, Anti-Communist, Pro-Americanism Speaker.” Ph.D. diss. Wayne State University, 1963.

****************************************************************

 

William F. Buckley

 

Burner, David, and Thomas R. West. Column Right: Conservative Journalists in the Service of Nationalism. New York: New York University Press, 1988.

Judis, John B. William F. Buckley, Jr., Patron Saint of the Conservatives. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988.

Kimmage, Michael. “William F. Buckley and the Intellectual Origins of ‘Populist Conservatism.’” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL, 2002.

Meehan, William F., ed. William F. Buckley Jr.: A Bibliography. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2002.

****************************************************************

 

Hugh Butler

 

Paul, Justis. “The Political Career of Senator Hugh Butler.” Ph.D. diss. University of Nebraska, 1966. Discusses the use of anticommunism by a prominent post-World War II Republican politician.

****************************************************************

 

Barry Goldwater

 

Perlstein, Rick. Before the Storm: Barry Goldwater and the Unmaking of the American Consensus. New York: Hill and Wang, 2001.

****************************************************************

 

Bourke Hickenlooper

 

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. “A Strong Voice for Keeping America Strong: A Profile of Senator Bourke Hickenlooper.” Annals of Iowa 47, no. 4 (1985). Biographical essay of a leading anti-Communist Senate figure.

****************************************************************

 

Willmoore Kendall

 

Nash, George H. “Willmoore Kendall: Conservative Iconoclast.” Modern Age 19, no. 2 (1975). Notes that Kendall, an influential conservative political philosopher of the post-WWII period, was in the 1930s an anti-Communist but decidedly on the left.

Wilson, Francis G. “The Political Science of Willmoore Kendall.” Modern Age 16, no. 1 (1972). Notes the contribution of Kendall to conservative anti-Communist thought.

****************************************************************

 

John Lukacs

 

Levine, Alan J. “The Cold War of John Lukacs.” Modern Age 29, no. 1 (1985). The Hungarian-American scholar John Lukacs is popular among conservatives due to his writings on the Cold War. However, his history is often unreliable and does not represent a conservative viewpoint, is often hostile to both conservatives and anti-Communists, and his view of the Cold War is narrowed by his biases as an East European refugee.

****************************************************************

 

Robert A. Taft

 

Patterson, James T. Mr. Republican: A Biography of Robert A. Taft. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1972.

****************************************************************

 

Ludwig Von Mises

 

East, John P. “American Conservative Thought: The Impact of Ludwig Von Mises.” Modern Age 23, no. 4 (1979). Discusses the influence of Mises’s free market liberalism, anticommunism, and hostility to political intervention on American conservatives.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 29

Joseph McCarthy and McCarthyism

 

 

Adams, John Gibbons. Without Precedent: The Story of the Death of McCarthyism. New York: W.W. Norton, 1983.

Adler, Les K. “McCarthyism: The Advent and the Decline.” Continuum, Autumn 1968.

Anderson, Jack, and Ronald W. May. McCarthy: The Man, the Senator, the “Ism.” Boston: Beacon Press, 1952. Journalistic attack.

Berman, Paul. “McCarthy in Brooklyn.” Village Voice, 28 April 1978. Discusses a recent Brooklyn College conference on McCarthyism.  Speakers included Arthur Schlesinger, Nathan Glazer, Dennis Wrong, Richard Flacks, Stanley Aronowitz, and Michael Wreszin.  Exchange with Flacks in 2 June 1987 issue.

Bernstein, Barton J. “Hindsight on McCarthyism.” Progressive 35 (June 1971).

Bessie, Alvah. “The Fatal Score.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Lists as victims of McCarthyism: sixteen people who died of heart attacks, suicide or other natural causes after blacklisting, testimony before a congressional committee, FBI harassment, or other association with targets of anticommunism.

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. The Un-Americans. New York: Cameron Associates, 1957. Polemical attack on critics of communism and McCarthyism.

Brinkley, Douglas. “The Wheeling Speech of February 9, 1950: Fifty Years Later.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Buckley, William F., and L. Brent Bozell. McCarthy and His Enemies: The Record and Its Meaning. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1954. Defense of Joseph McCarthy.

Buckley, William F., Jr, and L. Brent Bozell. “The Question of Conformity.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Campbell, Kenneth. “A Reconsideration of Senator Joseph McCarthy.” Paper presented at Accuracy in Academia “Rethinking McCarthy” conference. Washington, DC, 2000.

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz. “McCarthyism: The Last Refuge of the Left.” Commentary 85, no. 1 (January 1988). Argues that the term “McCarthyism” is used by left scholars and others in a fashion intended to suppress intellectual discussion.

Cook, Fred J. The Nightmare Decade: The Life and Times of Senator Joe McCarthy. New York: Random House, 1971. America possessed by a fascistic monster.

Daynes, Gary. Making Villains, Making Heroes: Joseph R. McCarthy, Martin Luther King, Jr. and the Politics of American Memory. New York: Garland Pub., 1997.

Daynes, John Gary. “Making History: Joseph R. McCarthy, Martin Luther King, Jr. and the Place of the Past in American Public Life.” Ph.D. diss. University of Delaware, 1995.

Debats, Don. “Reflecting on Newly Available Insights Into Senator Joseph McCarthy’s Times and Methods: Remembering Institutions as Well as Individuals.” Australasian Journal of American Studies [New Zealand] 22, no. 2 (2003).

Diggins, John Patrick. “McCarthy and the Intellectuals.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Elving, Ronald D. “McCarthy and the Climate of Fear.” Congressional Quarterly Weekly Report 51 (4 March 1995).

Fitzgerald, Brian. McCarthyism: The Red Scare. Minneapolis, MN: Compass Point Books, 2007.

Feuerlicht, Roberta Strauss. Joe McCarthy and McCarthyism: The Hate That Haunts America. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1972.

Foner, Philip. “The Fightback: Resistance to Cold War and McCarthyism, 1946-1956.” Paper presented at Marxist Scholars Conference. University of Louisville, 1989.

Fried, Richard M. “Electoral Politics and McCarthyism.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Fried, Richard M. Men Against McCarthy. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976. Well researched narrative history of the reaction of Republican and Democrat politicians to Senator Joseph McCarthy’s anti-Communist campaign.  Concludes the “McCarthyism” was not a crucial election issue, rejects the theme that Truman legitimated irresponsible redbaiting, and describes the internal divisions which prevented either party from taking a clear position on McCarthy’s activities.

Fried, Richard M. “The New Deal, the Arsenal of Democracy and the Origins of McCarthyism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1985.

Fried, Richard M. Nightmare in Red: The McCarthy Era in Perspective. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. “This book adheres to the thesis that the origins of McCarthyism lay largely among the grievances and ambitions of conservative politicians (mostly but not solely of the Republican party).  It also shares a recently emergent viewpoint that McCarthyism was a political phenomenon that extended well beyond the antics of Senator McCarthy -- indeed, well beyond the boundaries of conventional politics.  What gave the “ism” its bite was the political dynamic that obtained at mid-century, accentuated by the anxieties germinated by the Cold War.  However, anti-communism derived its persistence from a deeply rooted cluster of values shared by much of American society, a set of views antithetical to Communist doctrines and friendly to private property and political democracy (albeit sometimes oblivious to imperfections in the latter).”  Suggests that McCarthyism flourished while American troops were fighting Communists in Korea: “The Korean War put both a floor under McCarthy’s influence and a ceiling above it.”

Fried, Richard M. “The Rise and Fall of Electoral Redbaiting.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Toronto, Canada, 1999.

Fried, Richard M. “The Idea of ‘conspiracy’ in McCarthy-Era Politics.” Prologue 34, no. 1 (2002).

Friedman, Andrea. “The Smearing of Joe McCarthy: The Lavender Scare, Gossip, and Cold War Politics.” American Quarterly 57 (December 2005).

Gillmor, Daniel S. Fear the Accuser. New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1954.

Griffith, Robert W. “The Political Context of McCarthyism.” Review of Politics 33, no. 1 (January 1971).

Hirschfeld, Burt. Freedom in Jeopardy: The Story of the McCarthy Years. New York: J. Messner, 1969. Traces the rise and fall of Senator Joseph McCarthy from his role as a “Communist witch-hunter,” particularly in the Department of the Army, to his censure by the United States Senate.

Johnson, Haynes Bonner. The Age of Anxiety: McCarthyism to Terrorism. Orlando: Harcourt, Inc., 2005. Advocacy journalism.  Takes the view that McCarthism was an irrational paranoid force that destroyed freedom in America and that the threat of domestic communism and espionage was insignificant.  Likens concern for contemporary Jihadist terrorism to McCarthyism.

Kaenel, André, ed. Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Keach, William. “Rehabilitating McCarthyism.” International Socialist Review, no. 12 (June-July 2000).

Klehr, Harvey. “Was Joe McCarthy Right?” Paper presented at 2005 Raleigh International Spy Conference  [http://www.raleighspyconference.com/news/news_11-11-05.aspx]. Raleigh, NC, 2005.

Klingaman, William K., ed. Encyclopedia of the McCarthy Era. New York: Facts on File, 1996.

Kornfeder, Joseph Zack. Brainwashing and Senator McCarthy. Pamphlet. [New York]: Alliance, Inc., 1954. Kornfeder was a former Communist activist.

Lokos, Lionel. Who Promoted Peress! New York: Bookmailer, 1961.

Luthin, Reinhard H. “The Making of McCarthy.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

O’Brien, Michael. McCarthy and McCarthyism in Wisconsin. Columbia, MO: University of Missouri Press, 1980.

Oshinsky, David. “McCarthyism: What We Now Know.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Oshinsky, David M. A Conspiracy So Immense: The World of Joe McCarthy. New York: Free Press, 1983. Comprehensive and well-researched narrative of the rise and fall of McCarthy.

Peterson, Arthur Laverne. “McCarthyism: Its Ideology and Foundations.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1962.

Polsby, Nelson W. “Down Memory Lane with Joe McCarthy.” Commentary 75, no. 2 (1983). Historiographic, on McCarthyism as an elite driven or a mass popular movement.

Potter, Charles E. Days of Shame. New York: Coward-McCann, 1965.

Reeves, Thomas C., ed. McCarthyism. Hinsdale, IL: Dryden Press, 1973. Includes: Griffith, R. The making of a demagogue.--Glazer, N. The methods of Senator McCarthy.--Wechsler, J. A. To be called before the McCarthy committee.--Buckley, W. F. and Bozell, L. B. McCarthy and his evidence.--Cohn, R. History will vindicate him.--Theoharis, A. Truman and the Red scare.--Latham, E. Republicans and the defeat of 1948.--Rovere, R. McCarthyism as a bipartisan doctrine.--Viereck, P. Populism gone sour.--Bell, D. The status theory.--Rogin, M. P. Pluralists and agrarian radicalism.--Lipset, S. M. and Raab, E. An instrument rather than creator.--Suggestions for further reading.

Reeves, Thomas C., ed. McCarthyism. Malabar, FL: R.E. Krieger Pub. Co., 1989. Includes the following not in the 1973 edition.  Thomas C. Reeves, Joe: the Years before Wheeling; Richard M. Fried, the Discovery of Anti-Communism; George F. Kennan, Persecution Left and Right; Ellen Schrecker, the Two States of McCarthyism.

Reeves, Thomas C. “Seven Truths About Joe McCarthy.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Reeves, Reeves. “The Myth of McCarthyism.” History News Network, 21 March 2005. < http://hnn.us/ >.Discusses the relevance of new evidence from Soviet archives and the Venona project to understanding McCarthyism. 

Roberts, Sam. “The Dentist McCarthy Saw as a Threat to Security.” New York Times, 4 April 2005. Interview with McCarthy target Irving Peress.  “Has he changed his views about Communism? ‘I am more and more confused,’ he replied. ‘I was a true believer until the not-too-distant past. I have no doubts about the crimes of capitalism, even though it’s such an efficient system on paper.’  After all these years, does he have any regrets? ‘Regrets? That I acted appropriately?’ he said. ‘No. None at all. True believers don’t have regrets.’”

Robin, E. Corey. “Fear: Biography of an Idea.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1999. Joseph McCarthy plays a central role.

Romerstein, Herb. “McCarthy in the Light of New Revelations.” Paper presented at Accuracy in Academia “Rethinking McCarthy” conference. Washington, DC, 2000.

Rorty, James, and Moshe Decter. McCarthy and the Communists. Boston: Beacon Press, 1954.  Argues that McCarthy’s tactics aided the Communist movement.

Scates, Shelby. Maurice Rosenblatt and the Fall of Joseph McCarthy. Seattle: History Ink in association with University of Washington Press, 2005. Rosenblatt headed the Committee for an Effective Congress that coordinated the campaign to censure McCarthy.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism: The Myth and the Reality.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Schrecker, Ellen Wolf. “McCarthyism Revisited.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism: Political Repression and the Fear of Communism.” Social Research 71, no. 4 (2004).

Sherrow, Victoria. Joseph McCarthy and the Cold War. Woodbridge, CT: Blackbirch Press, 1998. A biography.

Smith, Richard Albion. “Perceptions of McCarthyism.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1973.

Steinke, John. “The Rise of McCarthyism.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1960.

Strom, Sharon Hartman. “Making McCarthy Possible.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and Its Implications” conference. Los Alamos, N.M., 1998.

Theoharis, Athan G. “McCarthyism: A Broader Perspective.” Maryland Historian 12, no. 2 (Fall 1981). Argues that McCarthyism was rooted throughout the U.S. Government.

Thomas, Lately. When Even Angels Wept: The Senator Joseph McCarthy Affair--a Story Without a Hero. New York: Morrow, 1973.  Hostile tirade.

Trilling, Diana. “How McCarthy Gave Anti-Communism a Bad Name.” Newsweek, 11 January 1983. Calls communism one of the great moral catastrophes of this century but because of McCarthy, among America’s educated classes opposition to communism is not respectable.  “It is as if anti-anti-communism has given them a permanent certification of moral rectitude.  This is a measurable self-deception and like all refusals of truth, it is bound to impair our perception of political and social actuality.”  Notes that when the Hiss case broke her feelings were one of ‘there but for the grace...’ because in the spring of 1933 Whittaker Chambers had asked her to join his espionage ring as a mail drop but, while flattered and tempted, she turned him down.

Von Hoffman, Nicholas. “Was McCarthy Right About the Left?” Washington Post, 14 April 1996. “The American left has an unexamined past.  Like the French conservatives, who went into deep denial about their collaboration with the Nazis a half century ago, American leftists and some of their liberal allies have refused to sort out their own intimate connections with Marxist-Leninism in the 1930s, 1940s and 1950s.... In the last year as though from a buried, toxic waste dump, poisons, moving with the slow capillary action of history long hidden, are hiccuping up a different truth.”

Wald, Alan. “The Costs of McCarthyism.” Against the Current 84 (January-February 2000): 23-29. Essay review of Schrecker’s Many Are the Crimes and Horowitz’s Betty Friedan

Wechsler, James Arthur. The Age of Suspicion. New York: Random House, 1953. Commentary of McCarthyism by a leading anti-Communist liberal editorialist.  Discusses his earlier experiences with the leadership of the Young Communist League.

Wildavsky, Aron. “Exploring the Content of McCarthyism.” Australian Outlook, June 1955.

****************************************************************

 

McCarthy and McCarthyism: Biographical and Psychological Accounts

 

Buckley, William F. The Redhunter: A Novel Based on the Life of Senator Joe McCarthy. Boston: Little, Brown, 1999.  Written by a strong McCarthy defender and prominent conservative in the 1950s whose support became more tempered over time.

Cohen, Daniel. Joseph McCarthy: The Misuse of Political Power. Brookfield, CT: Millbrook Press, 1996. Biography.

Cohn, Roy M. McCarthy. [New York]: New American Library, 1968. Defense written by McCarthy’s most influential aide.

Darsey, James. “Joe McCarthy’s Fantastic Moment.” Communication Monographs 62, no. 1 (March 1995). McCarthy’s rhetoric as that of a “sublime fantasist in an age particularly susceptible to the fantastic.”

Darsey, James Francis. “Vessels of the Word: Studies of the Prophetic Voice in American Public Address.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1985. Discusses the rhetoric of Joseph McCarthy, Wendell Phillips, Robert Welch, Eugene V. Debs, and gay liberation.

Evans, M. Stanton. The Assassination of Joe McCarthy. Boston: Western Islands, 1970. Well argued defense of McCarthy and his record.

Evans, M. Stanton. Blacklisted by History: The Untold Story of Senator Joe McCarthy and His Fight Against America’s Enemies. New York: Crown Forum, 2007. Thoroughly researched.  Critiques many of the inaccuracies in contemporary and historical attacks on McCarthy as well as offering a full defense of McCarthy and his activities.

Fiedler, Leslie A. “McCarthy.” Encounter, August 1954.

Glazer, Nathan. “The Method of Senator McCarthy.” Commentary, November 1953.

Goldston, Robert C. The American Nightmare: Senator Joseph R. McCarthy and the Politics of Hate. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1973.

Gore, Leroy. Joe Must Go. New York: J. Messner, 1954.

Haynes, John Earl. “Exchange with Arthur Herman and Venona Book Talk.” Paper presented at Herman and Haynes joint book talk, Borders Book Store. Washington, DC, 2000. Critique of McCarthy.   See: Exchange with…

Haynes, John Earl. “McCarthy, According to Evans (and Novak).” Washington Decoded, 11 December 2007. Http://www.washingtondecoded.com/. Review of Evans’ Blacklisted by History and Robert Novak’s review of it.

Herman, Arthur. “Fifty Years After Wheeling: A  Reexamination of the Life and Legacy of America’s Most Hated Senator.” Paper presented at Accuracy in Academia “Rethinking McCarthy” conference. Washington, DC, 2000.

Herman, Arthur. Joseph McCarthy: Reexamining the Life and Legacy of America’s Most Hated Senator. New York: Free Press, 2000. First ever positive (albeit qualified) scholarly reappraisal of McCarthy.  Discusses errors, mistakes, and distortions made by McCarthy’s critics and historians of McCarthyism.

Ingalls, Robert P. Point of Order: A Profile of Senator Joe McCarthy. New York: Putnam, 1981.

Kercher, Stephen E. “Joseph McCarthy: A Modern Tragedy.” Journal of American History 89, no. 3 (December 2002). Review of exhibit at Outagamie Museum in Appleton, Wisconsin.

Landis, Mark. Joseph McCarthy: The Politics of Chaos. Cranbury, NJ: Susquehanna University Press & Associated University Presses, 1987.

Lind, Michael. “McCarthy and the Political Culture of Greater New England.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Louagie, Kim. “The Rise and Fall of Senator Joe McCarthy: Modern Tragedy.” Voyageur: Northeast Wisconsin’s Historical Review 22, no. 1 (2005).

McCarthy, Joseph Raymond. McCarthyism, the Fight for America. New York: Devin-Adair, 1952.

Nodine, Thad R. “Detecting Community: Joseph McCarthy, the Detective Form, and Recent American Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1990. Sees McCarthy as unconsciously using metaphors of popular detective fiction to generate animosity toward the criminal Other (Communists), support for the out-numbered detective (himself), and suspense over his upcoming actions.  Compares McCarthy’s use of these forms with theories of the postmodern.

Novak, Robert D. “McCarthy=Bad: But the Truth is More Complicated.” Weekly Standard, 26 November 2007.

Palmer, Deborah Kay. “McCarthyism: An Analysis of the Leadership and Rhetorical Strategies of Agitation and Control.” Master’s thesis. University of North Texas, 1978.

Radosh, Ron. “The Enemy Within.” National Review Online, 30 November 2007. Http://search.nationalreview.com/.

Ranville, Michael. To Strike at a King: The Turning Point in the McCarthy Witch Hunts. Troy, MI: Momentum Books, 1997.

Reeves, Thomas C. “The Search for Joe McCarthy.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 60 (Spring 1977).

Reeves, Thomas C. The Life and Times of Joe McCarthy: A Biography. New York: Stein and Day, 1982. Well-researched, comprehensive history of McCarthy and McCarthyism.  An essential work for any student of McCarthy and McCarthyism.

Rovere, Richard. “McCarthy: As National Demagogue.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Rovere, Richard Halworth. Senator Joe McCarthy. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1959. Journalistic hostile biography of McCarthy.

Strada, Michael J. “McCarthy’s Wheeling Speech: Catalyst to Mayhem.” Upper Ohio Valley Historical Review 15, no. 2 (Spring-Summer 1985).

Varney, Harold Lord. “McCarthy: As the Voice of the People.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Weintraub, Rebecca. “Joseph McCarthy as Leader: An Image Analysis.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1983. Discusses the successes and failures of McCarthy’s rhetoric.  Attributes his success largely to America’s need to find an internal enemy to blame for its foreign policy defeats in China, Korea, and Europe.

Wicker, Tom. Shooting Star: The Brief Arc of Joe McCarthy. Orlando: Harcourt, 2006. McCarthyism as a horror.

****************************************************************

 

McCarthy and the Senate

 

Fried, Richard M. “Men Against McCarthy: Democratic Opposition to Senator Joseph R. McCarthy, 1950-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1972.

Gallant, Gregory Peter. “Margaret Chase Smith, McCarthyism and the Drive for Political Purification.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maine, 1992.

Griffith, Robert. The Politics of Fear: Joseph R. McCarthy and the Senate. Lexington: Published for the Organization of American Historians by University Press of Kentucky, 1970.

Griffith, Robert W. “Joseph R. McCarthy and the United States Senate.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1967-68.

Griffith, Robert W. “Ralph Flanders and the Censure of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy.” Vermont History 39, no. 1 (1971). Recounts the leading role of Vermont Republican Senator Ralph Flanders in the Senate censure of McCarthy.  Notes that Flanders regarded McCarthy as a liability for the international image of the United States.

Kemper, Donald J. Decade of Fear: Senator Hennings and Civil Liberties. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1965. Discusses a prominent Senate critic of Joseph McCarthy.

Morrison, Dennis. “Margaret Chase Smith’s Declaration of Conscience Speech.” Maine Historical Society Quarterly 32, no. 1 (1992). Praises Smith for attacking McCarthy.

Morrison, Dennis Lewis. “Leadership in the Senate: A Study of Senator Margaret Chase Smith’s 1950 Declaration of Conscience Speech.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1993. On Smith opposition of Joseph McCarthy.

Plog, Stanley. “Flanders Vs. McCarthy: A Study in Technique and Theory of Analyzing Constituent Mail.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1961. Examines the reaction to Senator Flanders’ attack on McCarthy.

Ritchie, Donald A. “McCarthyism in Congress: Investigating Communism.” In The American Congress: The Building of Democracy, edited by Julian E. Zelizer. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 2004.

Ritchie, Donald A. “Are You Now or Have You Ever Been? Opening the Records of the McCarthy Investigations.” Journal of Government Information 30, no. 4 (2004).

Ricks, John. “‘Mr. Integrity’ and McCarthyism: Robert A. Taft, Sr. and Joseph R. McCarthy.” Cincinnati Historical Society Bulletin 37, no. 3 (1979). Discusses Taft’s support for McCarthy.

Ricks, John Addison, III. “‘Mr. Integrity’ and McCarthyism: Senator Robert A. Taft and Senator Joseph R. McCarthy.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1974.

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. “Everett M Dirksen of Pekin: Politician Par Excellence.” Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society 76, no. 1 (1983). Finds that Dirksen’s anticommunism took on a partisan tone in the 1950s when he cooperated for a time with Senator Joseph McCarthy.

Smith, Margaret Chase. “Margaret Chase Smith’s ‘declaration of Conscience’: United States Senate June 1, 1950.” Maine Historical Society Quarterly 32, no. 1 (1992). Speech text.

U.S. Senate Committee on Rules and Administration. Investigation of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Committee on Rules and Administration. Investigations of Senators Joseph R. McCarthy and William Benton.  Report of the Subcommittee on Privileges and Elections. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Committee on Rules and Administration. Investigations of Senators Joseph R. McCarthy and William Benton Pursuant to S. Res. 187 and S. Res. 304; Report of the Subcommittee on Privileges and Elections, 1952. Boston: Beacon Press, 1953. Commercially published edition.

U.S. Senate Select Committee to Study Censure Charges. Hearings on S. Res. 301. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Select Committee to Study Censure Charges. Report of the Select Committee to Study Censure Charges, United States Senate, Eighty-Third Congress, Second Session, Pursuant to the Order on S. Res. 301 and Amendments, a Resolution to Censure the Senator from Wisconsin, Mr. McCarthy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Watkins, Arthur Vivia. Enough Rope: The Inside Story of the Censure of Senator Joe McCarthy by His Colleagues, the Controversial Hearings That Signaled the End of a Turbulent Career and a Fearsome Era in American Public Life. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1969.

****************************************************************

 

Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations (McCarthy Committee)

 

Raines, Rebecca R. “The Cold War Comes to Fort Monmouth: Senator Joseph R. McCarthy and the Search for Spies in the Signal Corps.” Army History, no. 44 (Spring 1968): 8-16.

U.S. Senate Committee on Government Operations. Army Signal Corps--Subversion and Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Army Signal Corps, Subversion and Espionage Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Security--Government Printing Office. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. State Department Information Program --  Information Centers. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. DOS Information libraries.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Executive Sessions of the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations of the Committee on Government Operations. Washington, DC: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 2003. Transcripts of the executive session hearings that preceded public hearings.  Transcripts of the public hearings were published in the 1950s and are listed under the appropriate subject.   In 6 volumes.  v. 1-4. Eighty-third Congress, first session, 1953 -- v.5. Eighty-third Congress, second session, 1954. Includes separately published index called: Index to hearings, volumes 1-5, Eighty-third Congress, first and second session, 1953-1954.

****************************************************************

 

Television, Radio, the Press, and McCarthy

 

Alwood, Edward. Dark Days in the Newsroom: McCarthyism Aimed at the Press. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2007.

Bayley, Edwin R. Joe McCarthy and the Press. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1981. Scholarly study discussing the role of the press in making Senator Joseph McCarthy and his brand of anticommunism into a national phenomenon, McCarthy’s use of the media, and the role of the television in McCarthy’s fall from public favor.

Cater, Douglass. The Fourth Branch of Government. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1959. Discusses Joseph McCarthy‘s technique for getting maximum coverage of his charges.

Deaver, Jean. “A Study of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy and ‘McCarthyism’ as Influences Upon the News Media.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas, 1970.

Doherty, Thomas. “Pixies: Homosexuality, Anti-Communism, and the Army-McCarthy Hearing.” In Television Histories Shaping Collective Memory in the Media Age, edited by Gary R. Edgerton and Peter C. Rollins. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001.

Doherty, Thomas. “Point of Order!” History Today [U.K.] 48, no. 8 (1998). On television and McCarthy.

Ferguson, Mary Jane. “McCarthy Vs. Pearson.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1969. Discusses the McCarthy-Drew Pearson feud.

Gauger, Michael. “Flickering Images: Live Television Coverage and Viewership of the Army-McCarthy Hearings.” Historian 67, no. 4 (2005).

Kendrick, Alexander. Prime Time: The Life of Edward R. Murrow. Boston: Little, Brown, 1969. Discusses Murrow’s TV attacks on Joseph McCarthy.

Miller, Karen S. “‘Typical Slime by Joe McCarthy’: Ralph McGill and Anti-McCarthyism in the South.” American Journalism 13, no. 3 (1996). Notes that the opposition of Ralph McGill, editor of the Atlanta Constitution, to the activities of Senator Joseph McCarthy in the 1950’s reflected the generally weak support for the McCarthy in the South.

Murray, Michael Dennis. “See It Now Vs McCarthyism: Dimensions of Documentary Persuasion.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, Columbia, 1974.

Persico, Joseph E. Edward R. Murrow: An American Original. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1988. Discusses Murrow’s attacks on McCarthy.

Pilat, Oliver Ramsay. Drew Pearson: An Unauthorized Biography. NY: Harper’s Magazine Press, 1973.

Rosteck, Henry Thomas, Jr. “Rhetorical Analysis and Television Documentary: The Case of ‘See It Now’ and McCarthyism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1987.

Rosteck, Thomas. See It Now Confronts McCarthyism: Television Documentary and the Politics of Representation. Tucaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Sperber, A.M. Murrow, His Life and Times. New York: Freundlich Books, 1986.

Straight, Michael Whitney. Trial by Television. Boston: Beacon Press, 1954. Army-McCarthy Controversy.

Strout, Lawrence N. Covering McCarthyism: How the Christian Science Monitor Handled Joseph R. McCarthy, 1950-1954. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Strout, Lawrence N. “McCarthyism Revisited: TRB’s Story.” Journal of American Culture 22, no. 2 (1999). On Richard L. Strout of the Christian Science Monitor criticism of Senator Joseph McCarthy and McCarthyism in the New Republic.

Strout, Lawrence Neil. “The ‘Christian Science Monitor’ Vs. Joseph R. McCarthy: One Elite Newspaper’s Handling of McCarthyism, 1950 1954.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1997. The Monitor did not attack McCarthy personally as other paper’s did, rather, the Monitor’s criticism centered on his actions the negative effects they were having at home and abroad. The Monitor served as a voice of moderation, yet at the same time, remained a persistent critic of McCarthy’s tactics.

Swann, Benjamin. “How the Army-McCarthy Hearings Discredited Joseph McCarthy and Ended the Communist Witch-Hunts in America.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Dominguez Hills, 1994.

Thornton, Brian. “Published Reaction When Murrow Battled McCarthy.” Journalism History 29, no. 3 (2003).

Tuck, Jim. McCarthyism and New York’s Hearst Press: A Study of Roles in the Witch Hunt. Lanham: University Press of America, 1995.

Wiebe, G.D. “The Army-McCarthy Hearings and the Public Conscience.” Public Opinion Quarterly 22 (Winter 1958-59)

****************************************************************

 

McCarthy and the Labor Movement

 

Oshinsky, David M. “Senator Joseph McCarthy and the American Labor Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Brandeis University, 1971.

Oshinsky, David M. Senator Joseph McCarthy and the American Labor Movement. [Columbia]: University of Missouri Press, 1976. Examines the relationship of McCarthy to the labor movement, and the labor movement’s reaction to internal security legislation.

****************************************************************

 

Europe and McCarthyism

 

Hanhimaki, Jussi M. “‘The Best Friend of Communism’: West European Reactions to McCarthyism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Toronto, Canada, 1999.

Rossi, John P. “The British Reaction to McCarthyism, 1950-54.” Mid-America 70, no. 1 (January 1988): 5-18. McCarthy “caused the greatest strain in Anglo-American relations of any incident between the end of World War II and the Suez crisis of 1956.  For British observers of all ideological persuasions McCarthy’s career raised serious questions about the political maturity, judgment and reliability of the United States both as an ally and a great power.”  Finds that British in their “consistent misinterpretation and overestimation of McCarthy’s significance ... came to see him as a Frankenstein monster leading the American people down the road to fascism.”

****************************************************************

 

The Nature of McCarthyism and Hard Right Anticommunism

 

Breslow, Paul E. “The Relationship Between Ideology and Socio-Economic Background in a Group of McCarthyite Leaders.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1955.

Fiedler, Leslie. “McCarthy as Populist.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Hofstadter, Richard. “The Pseudo-Conservative Revolt.” American Scholar, Winter 1954-55. Speculates that McCarthyism is the product of nonclass authoritarianism.

Irons, Peter H. “American Business and the Origins of McCarthyism: The Cold War Crusade of the United States Chamber of Commerce.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Places the major responsibility for McCarthyism on conservative and Republican interest groups.

Kendall, Willmoore. “McCarthyism: The Pons Asinorum of American Conservatism.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Latham, Earl. The Meaning of McCarthyism. Boston: Heath, 1965.

Lora, Ronald. “A View From the Right: Conservative Intellectuals, the Cold War, and McCarthy.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Places the major responsibility for McCarthyism on conservative and Republican interest groups.

Parsons, Talcott. “McCarthyism as Social Strain.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Polsby, Nelson W. “Towards an Explanation of McCarthyism.” Political Studies 8 (October 1960).

Powers, Richard Gid. “McCarthy Among the Conspiracy Theorists.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Reeves, Thomas C. “McCarthyism: Interpretations Since Hofstadter.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 60, no. 1 (Autumn 1976). Historiographic.  Discusses the interpretations of Daniel Bell, David Riesman, Nathan Glazer, Talcott Parsons, Seymour Martin Lipset, Nelson Polsby, Earl Latham, Michael Paul Rogin, Athan Theoharis, Richard Freeland, Norman Markowitz and Alonzo Hamby.

Rogin, Michael Paul. The Intellectuals and McCarthy: The Radical Specter. Cambridge: M.I.T. Press, 1967. Thorough scholarly critique of theories attributing McCarthyism to “populist” roots.

Rogin, Michael Paul. “McCarthyism and Agrarian Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. [N.p.: University of Chicago, 1962.

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “Theories of McCarthyism.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Sokol, Robert. “Status Inconsistency.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1961. Supports the “status anxiety” explanation of McCarthyism.

Sokol, Robert. “Power Orientation and McCarthyism.” American Journal of Sociology 73 (1968).

Trow, Martin. “Right-Wing Radicalism and Political Intolerance: A Study of Support for McCarthy in a New England Town.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1957.

Trow, Martin. “Small Business, Political Tolerance, and Support for McCarthy.” American Journal of Sociology 44 (November 1958). Finds strong support for McCarthy among small businessmen.

Woodward, C. Vann. “The Populist Heritage and the Intellectuals.” American Scholar 29 (Winter 1959-60). Attacks theories linking McCarthyism to Populism.

Wrong, Dennis. “Theories of McCarthyism: A Survey.” Dissent 1 (Autumn 1954). Attacks status anxiety theories of McCarthyism.

Wrong, Dennis H. “McCarthyism as Totalitarianism.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

****************************************************************

 

Individuals and McCarthy

 

Dean Acheson

 

Chace, James. “McCarthy and Acheson.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Roy Cohn

 

Bottoms, Stephen J. “Re-Staging Roy: Citizen Cohn and the Search for Xanadu.” Theatre Journal 48, no. 2 (May 1996).

Breindel, Eric. “Silence of the PC Fans.” Washington Times, 7 September 1992. Discusses HBO movie “Citizen Cohn,” judging that the movie’s ridicule of Cohn’s homosexuality and death from AIDS went without criticism because Cohn was a right-wing anti-Communist.  Says that the movie falsely depicts Cohn as a self-hating Jew, that Cohn’s father disapproved of his son’s actions, and that McCarthy was a tool of Cohn.

Cadden, Michael. “Strange Angel: The Pinklisting of Roy Cohn.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Kramer, Yale. “Angels on Broadway.” American Spectator, July 1993. Essay on Tony Kushner‘s drama “Angels in America” in which Roy Cohn is presented as a satanic figure embodying demonic evil.

Ogden, David. “Cold War Science and the Body Politic: An Immuno/Virological Approach to Angels in America.” Literature and Medicine 19, no. 2 (Fall 2000).

Powers, Richard Gid. “The Roy Cohn Testimonial Dinner: July 28, 1954.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Von Hoffman, Nicholas. Citizen Cohn. New York: Doubleday, 1988. Pictures Roy M. Cohn as an irresponsible, amoral, autocratic deal maker and political fixer.

Zion, Sidney, and Roy M. Cohn. The Autobiography of Roy Cohn. Secaucus, NJ: Lyle Stuart, 1988. Written with the cooperation of Cohn.  Maintains that while an aide to U.S. Attorney Irving Saypol, the Rosenbergs’ prosecutor, Cohn was in improper communication with the presiding judge.

****************************************************************

 

John Foster Dulles

 

Dulles, Eleanor Lansing. “Footnote to History: A Day in the Life of Senator Joe McCarthy.” World Affairs 143, no. 2 (1980). Describes a meeting between McCarthy and Secretary of State Dulles efforts to curtail trade with Communist China.

****************************************************************

 

Dwight Eisenhower

 

Alsop, Joseph. I’ve Seen the Best of It: Memoirs. Assisted by Adam Platt. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. Recounts Alsop’s view of McCarthy and Alsop’s goading of Eisenhower to move against McCarthy by presenting to Sherman Adams Alsop’s research into American Communists serving with the U.S. occupation government under Eisenhower who turned German newspapers and radio stations over to German Communists.

Birkner, Michael J. “Eisenhower and the Red Menace.” Paper presented at “The Culture of Conspiracy” symposium, Herbert Hoover Library, 2000.

Birkner, Michael J. “Eisenhower and the Red Menace.” Prologue 33, no. 3 (Fall 2001): 152, 197–207.

Bischof, Günter. “The Relationship Between Eisenhower and McCarthy, 1952-1953.” Master’s thesis. University of New Orleans, 1980.

Bischof, Günter. “Combating Hysteria: Dwight D. Eisenhower, Charles E. Wilson, the Department of Defense, and McCarthyism 1953-1954.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Broadwater, Jeff. Eisenhower & the Anti-Communist Crusade. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1992.

Corti, Thomas G., and T. Michael Ruddy. “The Bohlen-Thayer Dilemma: A Case Study in the Eisenhower Administration’s Response to McCarthyism.” Mid-America 72 (April/July 1990).

Crandell, William F. “A Party Divided Against Itself: Anticommunism and the Transformation of the Republican Right, 1945-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1983. Finds that the Republican party was deeply divided between a moderate and a conservative faction after World War II and that initially anticommunism appeared to be an issue which could unite the party.  However, the idea that anticommunism was politically popular was misleading, and Eisenhower’s victory had little to do with anticommunism.  Eisenhower realized the dangers of anticommunism, isolated McCarthy, and, while talking a strong anti-Communist line, wisely backed away from confrontation with the Soviet Union when he refused to aid the Hungarian revolt against Soviet rule.

Crandell, William F. “Eisenhower the Strategist: The Battle of the Bulge and the Censure of Joe McCarthy.” Presidential Studies Quarterly 17, no. 3 (Summer 1987). Argues that Eisenhower as a military leader often used the “strategy of the indirect approach” and, when President, followed a similar political strategy now labeled “the hidden hand presidency.”  Points to parallels between Eisenhower’s response to the Nazi Ardennes offensive of December 1944 and his campaign to bring down McCarthy in 1954-55.  Maintains that Eisenhower’s strategy in both cases brought victory at minimum cost and risk.

Ewald, William Bragg. Who Killed Joe McCarthy? New York: Simon and Schuster, 1984. On the Army-McCarthy hearings and President Eisenhower’s behind the scenes efforts as leading to McCarthy’s demise.

Ewald, William Bragg. McCarthyism and Consensus. Lanham [MD]: University Press of America, 1986. Proceedings of a conference at which Ewald defends the thesis of his Who Killed Joe McCarthy?

Greenstein, Fred I. The Hidden-Hand Presidency: Eisenhower as Leader. New York: Basic Books, 1982.

Griffith, Robert W. “The General and the Senator: Republican Politics and the 1952 Campaign in Wisconsin.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 54, no. 1 (Autumn 1970). Discusses Eisenhower’s handling of Joseph McCarthy’s reelection in 1952.  Notes that Eisenhower decided to drop a paragraph defending George Marshall from a draft speech to be delivered in Wisconsin.

Hart, Hornell Norris. McCarthy Versus the State Department. Pamphlet. [Durham, N.C.], 1951.

McAuliffe, Mary Sperling. “Dwight D. Eisenhower and Wolf Ladejinsky: The Politics of the Declining Red Scare, 1954-55.” Prologue 14 (Fall 1982). On the controversy around the Agriculture Department dismissal of Ladejinsky, a leading expert on Asian land reform, as a security risk.

Rausch, Scott Alan. “McCarthyism and Eisenhower’s State Department, 1953--1961.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 2000. Sees the Eisenhower administration as severely damaging American diplomacy by importing McCarthyism and anticommunism into the State Department.

Reeves, Thomas C. “Eisenhower’s ‘Hidden Hand’ and the Downfall of Senator Joe McCarthy.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1985.

Reeves, Thomas C. “The Myth of Eisenhower’s ‘Hidden Hand’ and the Downfall of Senator Joe McCarthy.” Valley Forge Journal 3 (1986).

Rorty, James. “The Dossier of Wolf Ladejinsky.” Commentary, April 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Fierst

 

Conroy, Sarah Both. “A Career in Step With History.” Washington Post, 20 October 1997. Feature story on Herbert Fierst, the State Department refugee specialist who was the “Mr. X” of the McCarthy era; “McCarthy claimed that one of Fierst’s references when he applied for a job at State was an American diplomat who defected to Chinese communists.  Fierst, who had just reviewed his own papers, denied even knowing the man. ‘McCarthy casually went on to something else.  He had just been making it up,’ Fierst said. ‘Nothing ever came of it -- I never lost my top-secret clearance, and it didn’t hurt my career.’”

****************************************************************

 

Paul H. Hughes

 

Haynes, John Earl. “The ‘Spy’ on Joe McCarthy’s Staff: The Forgotten Case of Paul H.  Hughes.” Continuity, no. 14 (Spring-Fall 1990). In 1954 Hughes swindled several leading liberal Democrats and the Washington  Post out of $10,800 by convincing them that he worked for McCarthy and would provide inside information on his misdeeds.  Later he implicated his victims in the Harvey Matusow perjury case but the Matusow grand jury saw through his lies and indicted him for perjury.  He, however, avoided conviction in the subsequent perjury trial.

****************************************************************

 

Robert F. Kennedy

 

Bryan, Ferald J. “Joseph McCarthy, Robert Kennedy, and the Greek Shipping Crisis: A Study of Foreign Policy Rhetoric.” Presidential Studies Quarterly 24, no. 1 (1994). On Kennedy’s role in the only “legitimate” success of Joe McCarthy’s permanent subcommittee: the clandestine effort to halt Greek trade with Communist China during the Korean War.

Schlesinger, Arthur Meier, Jr. Robert Kennedy and His Times. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1978. Discusses Kennedy’s relationship to Joseph McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Willie Mays

 

Powell, Cecil. “Of Willie Mays & Joe McCarthy & Bobby Thompson.” Massachusetts Review 32 (Spring 1991)

****************************************************************

 

Walter Pforzheimer

 

Nolte, William. “Interviewing an Intelligence Icon: Walter Pforzheimer Reminisces.” Studies in Intelligence, no. 10 (Winter-Spring 2001): 39-47. Discusses the CIA’s relationship with Joseph McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Historiography of McCarthyism

 

Belknap, Michal R. “Joe Must Go.” Reviews in American History 7, no. 2 (1979). Review article discussing Oshinsky’s Senator Joseph McCarthy and Crosby’s God, Church, and Flag.

Beth, Loren P. “McCarthyism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 55, no. 2 (1956). Historical interpretive essay.

Bonham, R. Bruce. “McCarthy Reconsidered: A Look at How the Historiography of Joseph McCarthy and McCarthyism Has Changed in Light of New Information.” Master’s thesis. University of Ottawa, 2001.

Evans, M. Stanton. “Joe McCarthy and the Historians: How Standard References Distort the Record and Misrepresent the Evidence on Subversion.” Human Events, 1 January 2000.

Evans, M. Stanton. “Senate Historian Clams up When Queried on McCarthy.” Human Events Online, 9 May 2003. Critical of Donald Ritchie’s editorial comment on the published transcripts of McCarthy’s subcommittee’s executive session hearings.

Evans, M. Stanton. “How Senate Historian Botched Data on McCarthy.” Human Events Online, 23 May 2003. Critical of Donald Ritchie’s editorial comment on the published transcripts of McCarthy’s subcommittee’s executive session hearings.

Griffith, Robert W. “The Politics of Anti-Communism: A Review Article.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 54, no. 4 (1971). Review-essay on the historical treatment of McCarthyism and anti-Communism.

Lorenz, William T. “Discovering Reality Within the Extreme Historical Interpretations of Senator Joe McCarthy and His Anti-Communist Crusade: A Historiography.” Unpublished master’s thesis. California State University, Dominguez Hills, 2006.

Markowitz, Norman. “Rethinking McCarthyism is Really Rewriting History.” People’s Weekly World, 7 November 1998. Attacks any reconsideration of the academic world’s condemnation of opposition to communism.

Markowitz, Norman D. “The McCarthy Phenomenon.” Reviews in American History 5, no. 1 (1977). Review-essay prompted by Fried’s Men Against McCarthy by pro-Communist historian.

New York Times editors. “Revisionist McCarthyism.” New York Times, 23 October 1999. Editorial. Attacks “a number of American scholars” who, “armed with audacity and new archival information... would like to rewrite the historical verdict on Senator McCarthy and McCarthyism.”

Oshinsky, David. “McCarthy, Still Unredeemable.” New York Times, 7 November 1998, op-ed page column. Denunciation of traditionalist historians as  “too zealous in setting the record straight” about American communism.

Polsby, Nelson W. “McCarthyism at the Grass Roots.” In The Meaning of McCarthyism., edited by Earl Latham. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath, 1973.

Radosh, Ronald, John Earl Haynes, and Harvey Klehr. “Spy Stories: The Times Vs. History.” New Republic, 16 November 1998, 15-16. Comments that the New York Times “Revisionist McCarthyism,” editorial of 23 October: “what remains a mystery is why The New York Times would try to label the effort to tell an accurate, documented story of American communism and Soviet espionage an effort to rehabilitate Joe McCarthy.”

Smant, Kevin. “Joseph McCarthy and the Historians.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003).

Sniegoski, Stephen. “Joseph R. McCarthy and the Historians.” Modern Age 29, no. 2 (1985). Historiographic review.

****************************************************************

 

Records and Documents on Joseph McCarthy

 

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Joseph McCarthy. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources, 1996. Four microfilm reels of selected FBI files.  “Guide to the Microfilm Edition of the FBI File on Joseph McCarthy” also available.

Fried, Albert, ed. McCarthyism: The Great American Red Scare: A Documentary History. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

Matusow, Allen J. Joseph R. McCarthy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1970. Collection of documents and essays.

McCarthy, Joseph. Major Speeches and Debates of Senator Joe McCarthy Delivered in the United States Senate, 1950-1951. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

McCarthy, Joseph Raymond. America’s Retreat from Victory: The Story of George Catlett Marshall. New York: Devin-Adair, 1951.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Archival Sources for the Study of McCarthyism.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988): 197-208. Argues that “McCarthyism” should be used broadly to cover not just the actions of Joseph McCarthy and those like him but should be the academic term of choice for “the movement to eliminate communism from American life during the late 1940s and 1950s.”

Schrecker, Ellen. The Age of McCarthyism: A Brief History with Documents. Boston: Bedford Books of St. Martin’s Press, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Far Right-Wing Anticommunism

 

Bellant, Russ. Old Nazis, the New Right, and the Republican Party. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1991. Paranoid polemic that sees a network of East European emigre Nazi collaborators as having since WWII a role in shaping American policy and seeking to roll-back communism; sees the Reagan administration and its opposition to communism as intimately linked to East European emigre Fascists.

Bell, Daniel, ed. The New American Right. New York: Criterion Books, 1955. Critical essays examining the hard Right of the early 1950s.  Interpretations of American politics, by D. Bell.--The pseudo-conservative revolt, by R. Hofstadter.--The intellectuals and the discontented classes, by D. Riesman and N. Glazer.--The revolt against the elite, by P. Viereck.--Social strains in America, by T. Parsons.--The polls on communism and conformity, by N. Glazer and S.M. Lipset.--The sources of the “radical right,” by S.M. Lipset.

Bell, Daniel, ed. The Radical Right: The New American Right Expanded and Updated. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1963.

Bennett, David Harry. The Party of Fear: From Nativist Movements to the New Right in American History. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1988.

Chesler, Mark, and Richard Schmuck. “Participant Observation in a Super-Patriot Discussion Group.” Journal of Social Issues 19 (April 1963). Finds participants largely of low socio-economic status, fundamentalist in religious orientation, and seeking preservation of old-fashioned moral values.

Charry, Stephen W. “Phillip Abbot Luce and the Pink Sheet on the Left: New Right Anti-Communism in the 1970s.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Washington State University, 1990.

Chmaj, Betty C. “Paranoid Patriotism: The Radical Right and the South.” Atlantic, November 1962, 91-97.

Dudman, Richard. Men of the Far Right. New York: Pyramid Books, 1962. Polemical.

Forster, Arnold, and Benjamin R. Epstein. Danger on the Right. New York: Random House, 1964.

Hofstadter, Richard. The Paranoid Style in American Politics and Other Essays. New York: Knopf, 1965. Discusses episodic popularity of paranoid and conspiratorial interpretations of American history and links such views to extreme anticommunism in the 1950s and early 1960s.

Janson, Donald, and Bernard Eismann. The Far Right. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1963. Polemical.

Jenkins, Philip. “‘It Can’t Happen Here’: Fascism and Right-Wing Extremism in Pennsylvania, 1933-1942.” Pennsylvania History 62, no. 1 (1995). Discusses the  Ku Klux Klan, the Christian Front, the Silver Shirt Legion, the German American Bund, and the Italian Black Shirts.

Koeppen, Sheilah R. “The Republican Radical Right.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, no. 382 (1969). Analysis of radical right republicans and their anti-Communism.

Ernie Lazar, “Dan Smoot: A Case Study of a ‘Conspiracy Expert’” (2008), ##, Http://ernie1241.googlepages.com/smoot.

Lipset, Seymour Martin, and Earl Raab. The Politics of Unreason: Right-Wing Extremism in America, 1790-1970. New York: Harper & Row, 1970.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Social Stratification and ‘Right-Wing’ Extremism.” British Journal of Sociology 10 (December 1959).

Ó Maoláin, Ciarán. The Radical Right: A World Directory. Santa Barbara, CA, USA: Longman, distr. by ABC-Clio, 1987.

Pritchard, Robert L. “California Un-American Activities Investigations: Subversion on the Right?” California Historical Society Quarterly 49, no. 4 (1970). Surveys the California legislative investigations of extreme right-wing groups.

Ribuffo, Leo. The Old Christian Right: The Protestant Far Right from the Great Depression to the Cold War. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1983. Discusses William Dudley Pelley, Gerald B. Winrod, Gerald L. K. Smith; and others.

Schoenwald, Jonathan Mark. “Vice and Virtue, Extremism and Moderation: The Rise of Modern Conservatism, 1957-1972.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1998.

Schoenwald, Jonathan M. A Time for Choosing: Extremism and the Rise of Modern American Conservatism, 1957-1972. New York: Oxford University Press, 2001.

Sellen, Robert W. “Patriotism or Paranoia? Right-Wing Extremism in America.” Dalhousie Review 43, no. 3 (1963). Discusses the John Birch Society, the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade, the Minutemen, and others.

Sherwin, Mark. The Extremists. New York: St Martin’s Press, 1963. Polemical.

Stormer, John A. None Dare Call It Treason. Florissant, MO: Liberty Bell Press, 1964. Influential hard right polemic.

Suall, Irwin. The American Ultras: The Extreme Right and the Military-Industrial Complex. Pamphlet. New York: New America, 1962.

Thayer, George. The Farther Shores of Politics: The American Political Fringe Today. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1967. Discusses extremist anticommunism.

Toy, Ekard V., Jr. “Ideology and Conflict in American Ultra-Conservatism, 1945-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1965.

Wander, Philip C. “The John Birch and Martin Luther King Symbols in the Radical Right.” Western Speech 35, no. 1 (1971). Birch represents a martyr symbol while King represents the agitator of violence in far-right rhetorical habits.

Weber, Timothy P. “Finding Someone to Blame: Fundamentalism and Anti-Semitic Conspiracy Theories in the 1930s.” Fides et Historia 24, no. 2 (Summer 1992). Describes the variety of positions regarding Jews, communism, and anti-Semitism among fundamentalist Christians.

****************************************************************

 

Far Right Organizations

 

The Black Legion

 

Dvorak, Kenneth Robert. “Terror in Detroit: The Rise and Fall of Michigan’s Black Legion.” Ph.D. diss. Bowling Green State University, 2000.

Stein, Alan. “Killing the Union: The Black Legion and Organized Labor, 1933-1939.” Paper presented at  Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Harding College

 

Bogle, Lori. “The U.S. Military, the Southern Radical Right, and Harding College’s National Education Program: Propaganda Partners of the Cold War, 1958-1962.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Lynch, Dudley. “An Update on Harding College.” New South 25, no. 2 (1970). Critical discussion of anti-Communist courses at Harding College in Searcy, Arkansas.

****************************************************************

 

John Birch Society

 

Bennett, Stephen Earl. “Modes of Resolution of a ‘Belief Dilemma’ in the Ideology of the John Birch Society.” Journal of Politics 33, no. 3 (1971). Robert Welch, the Society’s director, demanded that the United States get out of Vietnam on the grounds that the Johnson administration’s apparent fight against communism in Vietnam was actually part of a Communist plot aimed at taking over the United States.

Hart, Randle Joseph. “The Truth in Time: Robert Welch, the John Birch Society and the American Conservative Movement, 1900--1972.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 2007.

John Birch Society. The Blue Book of the John Birch Society. [Belmont? MA], 1959.

Lazar, Ernie. “FBI on the John Birch Society,” 2008. < http://ernie1241.googlepages.com/jbs-1>. Web essay: Detailed overview of FBI documents and files pertaining to the John Birch Society.

Oliver, Pamala, and Mark Furman. “Contradictions Between National and Local Organizational Strength: The Case of the John Birch Society.” International Social Movement Research 2 (1989). “Looking from the top, the organization has a strong administrative structure, a large financial base derived principally from member contributions, an active publishing operation, and roughly 80,000 members organized into perhaps 4,000 local chapters which are supported by professional field staff.  But looking from the bottom, one sees struggling chapters desperate for active members, an absence of a national program for action, and little or no local activity.”

Schomp, Gerald. Birchism Was My Business. [New York]: Macmillan, 1970.

Toy, Eckard V. Jr. “The Right Side of the 1960s: The Origins of the John Birch Society in the Pacific Northwest.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 105, no. 2 (2004).

Waldor, Milton A. Peddlers of Fear: The John Birch Society. Newark, NJ: Lynnross Pub. Co., 1966.

Welch, Robert Henry Winborne. The Life of John Birch: In the Story of One American Boy, the Ordeal of His Age. Chicago: Regnery, 1954. Welch, the founder of the far-right “John Birch Society,” tells the life story of the man for whom he named his society.  John Birch, son of American missionaries in China, was an American military intelligence officer.  On a reconnaissance mission in China in August 1945, his patrol was captured by Chinese Communists, who murdered Birch.

Welch, Robert Henry Winborne. The Politician. Privately published, 1958. Written by the founder of the John Birch Society.  In this original version, Welch says  the President Eisenhower was “a dedicated, conscious agent of the Communist conspiracy,” that “the chances are very strong that Milton Eisenhower is actually Dwight Eisenhower’s superior and boss within the Communist party,” and  “I personally believe [John Foster] Dulles to be a Communist agent.”  Later published book versions toned down these charges.

Welch, Robert Henry Winborne. The Politician. [Belmont, MA]: Belmont Pub. Co., 1963. Written by the founder of the John Birch Society.

Welch, Robert Henry Winborne. Again, May God Forgive Us! [Belmont, MA]: Belmont Pub. Co., 1971.

Westin, Alan F. “The John Birch Society: Fundamentalism on the Right.” Commentary 32, no. 2 (1961). Summary history.

****************************************************************

 

John Birch Society and the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade

 

Wilcox, Clyde. “Sources of Support for the Old Right: A Comparison of the John Birch Society and the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade.” Social Science History 12, no. 4 (Winter 1988): 429-50.

****************************************************************

 

The Minutemen

 

Jones, J. Harry. The Minutemen. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1968.

Ladd, Anthony E. “The Minutemen: The Status Politics of the Paramilitary Right.” Journal of American Culture 1, no. 4 (Winter 1978)

****************************************************************

 

World Anti-Communist League

 

Anderson, Scott., and Jon Lee Anderson. Inside the League: The Shocking Exposé of How Terrorists, Nazis, and Latin American Death Squads Have Infiltrated the World Anti-Communist League. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1986. Journalistic expose of a far right international organization.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts

 

Robert Edmonson

 

Fisch, Dov. “The Libel Trial of Robert Edward Edmonson: 1936-1938.” American Jewish History 71, no. 1 (1981). Recounts the libel trial of an anti-Semetic publisher who saw the New Deal as a Jewish-Communist conspiracy.

****************************************************************

 

George Van Horn Moseley

 

Rogers, N. W. Major-General George Van Horn Moseley: American Patriot. Pamphlet. [New York]: Nationalist Press Association], 1940.

****************************************************************

 

Gerald L.K. Smith

 

Jeansonne, Glen. Gerald L. K. Smith, Minister of Hate. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988.

Jeansonne, Glen. “Religious Bigotry and the Press: The Treatment of Gerald L. K. Smith.” In Reporting Religion Facts & Faith, edited by Benjamin Jerome Hubbard. Sonoma, CA: Polebridge Press, 1990.

****************************************************************

 

Edwin Walker

 

Courtney, Kent, and Phoebe Courtney. The Case of General Edwin A. Walker. New Orleans: Conservative Society of America, 1961. General Walker was forced from the Army for distribution of extremist anti-Communist literature to his troops.

Peters, Shawn Francis. “‘Did You Say That Mr. Dean Acheson is a Pink?’ the Walker Case and the Cold War.” Vietnam Generation 6, no. 3/4 (1995). On the activities of extreme right-wing U.S. Army General Edwin Walker and the congressional investigation to led to his resignation.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 30

Espionage

 

 

Albion, Alexis. “Ordinary Spies and Extraordinary Human Beings: Politics and Culture in the Spy Stories of the 1960s.” Paper presented at  Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting, 2002.

Barone, Michael. “Recalling Reds Under the Bed.” U.S. News & World Report, 31 May 1999. On the real not mythical existence of extensive Soviet and Communist espionage in the 1940s.

Beck, Melvin. Secret Contenders: The Myth of Cold War Counterintelligence. New York, NY: Sheridan Square Publications, 1984.

Center for the Study of Intelligence. Of Moles and Molehunters: A Review of Counterintelligence Literature, 1977-92. [Washington, DC]: Center for the Study of Intelligence [CIA], 1993.

de Gramont, Sanche [Ted Morgan]. The Secret War: The Story of International Espionage Since World War II. New York: Putnam, 1962. Thorough journalistic survey.

Flanders, Jefferson. “Belonging and Betrayal.” Neither Red Nor Blue, 10 December 2007. http://jeffersonflanders.wordpress.com/2007/12/10/belonging-and-betrayal/.

Flesch, William. “Playing Patience: John Hollander’s Reflections on Espionage.” Southwest Review 86, no. 2/3 (2001).

Foote, Alexander. Handbook for Spies. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1949.

Gaddis, John Lewis. “Intelligence, Espionage and Cold War Origins.” Diplomatic History 13 (Spring 1989).

Garthoff, Raymond L. “Foreign Intelligence and the Historiography of the Cold War.” Journal of Cold War Studies 6, no. 2 (Spring 2004).

Godson, Roy, ed. Intelligence Requirements for the 1980’s: Elements of Intelligence. Washington, DC New Brunswick, USA: National Strategy Information Center, distr. by Transaction Books, 1983.

Isserman, Maurice, and Ellen Schrecker. “‘Papers of a Dangerous Tendency’: From Major Andre’s Boot to the Venona Files.” Paper presented at Cold War Triumphalism conference. New York University International Center for Advanced Studies, 2002.

Jeffreys-Jones, Rhodri, and Andrew Lownie, eds. North American Spies: New Revisionist Essays. Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1991.

Ledeen, Michael. “Hiss, Oswald, the KGB and Us.” Comentary 65, no. 5 (1978). Discusses the reluctance to accept evidence of KGB activities.

Mahoney, Harry Thayer, and Marjorie Locke Mahoney. Biographic Dictionary of Espionage. San Francisco: Austin & Winfield Publishers, 1998.

Mahoney, M. H. Women in Espionage: A Biographical Dictionary. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1993. Contains 150 biographies of female spies through the ages, of which a good number of 20th century Communist and anti-Communist female agents.

Murphy, David E., Sergei A. Kondrashev, and George Bailey. Battleground Berlin: CIA Vs. KGB in the Cold War. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1997.

Noel-Baker, Francis Edward. The Spy Web. New York: Vanguard Press, 1955. With an introduction by Herbert Philbrick.

Peake, Hayden B. The Reader’s Guide to Intelligence Periodicals. Washington, DC: NIBC Press, 1992.

Powers, Thomas. “Spook of Spooks.” New York Review of Books, 17 August 1989, 40-43. review of Edward Jay Epstein’s Deception.

Powers, Thomas. Intelligence Wars: American Secret History from Hitler to al-Qaeda. New York: New York Review Books, 2002. Collection of Powers’ reviews of books on espionage.

Roeker, Robert. “The Story of a Communist Agent in America.” Master’s thesis. Connecticut State University, 1985.

Smith, Bradley F. Sharing Secrets with Stalin: How the Allies Traded Intelligence, 1941-1945. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1996.

West, Nigel. The SIGINT Secrets: The Signals Intelligence War, 1900 to Today: Including the Persecution of Gordon Welchman. New York: W. Morrow, 1988.

West, Nigel. Games of Intelligence: The Classified Conflict of International Espionage. New York: Crown Publishers, 1989.

Wilson, Veronica Anne. “Red Masquerades: Gender and Political Subversion During the Cold War, 1945--1963.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers New Brunswick, 2002. Sees the stories of women Cold War spies as sites of ideological struggle over gender, symbols whom interested parties interpreted for their own ends.

Wilson, Veronica. “American Communist Espionage and Gender Anxiety: Political and Sexual Subversion During the Cold War, 1945-63.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.  Discusses Elizabeth Bentley, Hede Massing, and Ethel Rosenberg.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Espionage Agencies

 

Agabekov, Grigorii Sergeevich. Ch. K. Za Rabotoi [The Cheka at Work], 1931.

Agabekov, G. S. OGPU, the Russian Secret Terror. New York: Brentano’s, 1931. An early senior defector from Soviet intelligence who dDescribed the close relationship between Comintern OMS and OGPU in early 20s and identified Amtorg as the U.S. intelligence base for Soviets.

Albats, Evgeniia. The State Within a State: The KGB and Its Hold on Russia--Past, Present, and Future. Translated by Catherine A. Fitzpatrick. New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1994.

Andrew, Christopher M., and Oleg Gordievsky, eds. More ‘Instructions from the Centre’: Top Secret Files on KGB Global Operations, 1975-1985. London, U.K., Portland, OR: F. Cass, 1992.

Andrew, Christopher M., and Oleg Gordievsky, eds. Comrade Kryuchkov’s Instructions: Top Secret Files on KGB Foreign Operations, 1975-1985. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1993.

Andrew, Christopher M., and Oleg Gordievsky. KGB: The Inside Story of Its Foreign Operations from Lenin to Gorbachev. New York, NY: HarperCollinsPublishers, 1990. Comprehensive history of the KGB.  Gordievsky was a former leading official of KGB London station who defected to Great Britain in 1985.  Based both on Gordievsky’s personal knowledge and Andrew’s espionage scholarship.  Gives a history of Soviet intelligence activity in the U.S. in the 1930s and 1940s said to be based in part on Gordievsky’s preparation of an internal KGB history prior to his defection.  Maintains that the Rosenbergs were Soviet agents as were Alger Hiss and Harry Dexter White as well.

Andrew, Christopher M., and Vasili Mitrokhin. The World Was Going Our Way: The KGB and the Battle for the Third World. New York: Basic Books, 2005.

Barron, John. KGB: The Secret Work of Soviet Secret Agents. New York: Reader’s Digest Press, distr. by E. P. Dutton, 1974. Journalistic survey.

Conquest, Robert. Inside Stalin’s Secret Police: NKVD Politics, 1936-1939. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1985. Notes the purge of the service in the late 1930s.

Corson, William R., and Robert T. Crowley. The New KGB, Engine of Soviet Power. New York: Morrow, 1985. Notes that Zenophon Kalamatiano, a covert agent employed by the  U.S. Department of State, was arrested by the Bolsheviks in 1918 for taking part in the “Lockhart” plot to overthrow the new Bolshevik regime.  Sentenced to death, he was exchanged for food aid in 1921.

Dallin, David J. Soviet Espionage. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1955. Thorough survey of what was then known of Soviet espionage.  Discusses the American Communist party’s links to Soviet espionage.

Deriabin, Peter, and Frank Gibney. The Secret World. Garden City, New York: Doubleday, 1959. Deriabin was a KGB defector.

Dzhirkvelov, Ilya. Secret Servant: My Life with the KGB and the Soviet Elite, New York: Harper & Row, 1987. Memoir by KGB defector. 

Dziak, John J. Chekisty: A History of the KGB. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1988.

Feifer, George. Red Files: Secrets from the Russian Archives. New York: TV Books, 2000. Companion book to PBS documentary.  Discusses several CPUSA members who worked for Soviet intelligence.

Glees, Anthony. The Secrets of the Service: A Story of Soviet Subversion of Western Intelligence. New York: Carroll & Graf, 1987.

Gordievsky, Oleg, and Christopher M. Andrew, eds. Instructions from the Centre: Top Secret Files on KGB Foreign Operations, 1975-1985. London, U.K.: Hodder & Stoughton, 1991.

Hanson, Philip. Soviet Industrial Espionage: Some New Information. Royal Institute of International Affairs Discussion Papers, 1987.

Jeffery, Inez Cope. Inside Russia: The Life and Times of Zoya Zarubina. Austin, TX: Eakin Press, 1999. Discuses Zoya’s father, Vasili Zarubin, a leading KGB spy in America.

Knight, Amy W. Spies Without Cloaks: The KGB’s Successors. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1996.

Knight, Amy W. The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union. Boston: Unwin Hyman, 1988.

Knight, Amy W. Beria, Stalin’s First Lieutenant. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1993.

Knight, Amy W. Who Killed Kirov? the Kremlin’s Greatest Mystery. New York: Hill and Wang, 1999.

Leggett, George. The Cheka Lenin’s Political Police: The All-Russian Extraordinary Commission for Combating Counter-Revolution and Sabotage, December 1917 to February 1922. Oxford New York: Clarendon Press Oxford University Press, 1981.

Leonard, Raymond W. “Studying the Kremlin’s Secret Soldiers: A Historiographical Essay on the GRU, 1918-1945.” Journal of Military History 56, no. 3 (July 1992).

Leonard, Raymond W. Secret Soldiers of the Revolution: Soviet Military Intelligence, 1918-1933. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 2000.

Lurie, V. M., and V. IA. Kochik. GRU: Dela i Liudi [GRU: Cases and People]. Sankt-Peterburg Moskva: Neva Olma-Press, 2002.

Mitrokhin, V. I. KGB Lexicon: A Handbook of Chekist Terminology. London, Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2001.

Mitrokhin, V. I. The Mitrokhin Archive. Cold War International History Project Virtual Archive, including: “CWIHP Note on the Mitrokhin Archive -- A Note On Sources” (2000) and “The Mitrokhin Archive -- A Note on Sources” (2004)

Parrish, Michael. Soviet Security and Intelligence Organizations, 1917-1990: A Biographical Dictionary and Review of Literature in English. New York: Greenwood Press, 1992.

Parrish, Michael. The Lesser Terror: Soviet State Security, 1939-1953. Westport, Conn.: Praeger, 1996.

Primakov, E. M. Ocherki Istorii Rossiiskoi Vneshnei Razvedki v Shesti Tomakh  T.3: 1933-1944  [Outline of the History of Russian External Intelligence Vol. 3, 1933-1941]. Moskva: Mezhdunarodnye otnosheniia, 1995.

Rocca, Raymond G., and John J. Dziak. Bibliography on Soviet Intelligence and Security Services. Boulder: Westview Press, 1985.

Seth, Ronald. K.G.B.: The Story of Soviet Espionage. New Delhi: Young Asia Publications, 1960.

Suvorov, Viktor. Inside Soviet Military Intelligence. New York: Macmillan, 1984. Pseudonym of Vladimir Rezun, a GRU officer who defected to Britain in 1978.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Terrorism in the West

 

Centre d’études et de recherches sur les mouvements trotskyste et révolutionnaires internationaux. Les Crimes Du Guépéou: Documents sur les Assassinats d’Ignace Reiss et de Rudolf Klement. Paris, France: Centre d’études et de recherches sur les mouvements trotskyste et révolutionnaires internationaux, 1985.

Dewar, Hugo. Assassins at Large. Boston: Beacon Press, 1952. Documents and discusses Soviet intelligence services murder of opponents of the regime, including American aspects.

Fourth International. How the GPU Murdered Trotsky. London: The Committee, 1976. Consists largely of excerpts of testimony and exhibits compiled by American and British Trotskyists from the espionage trials of Soviet agents Jack Soble, Robert Soblen, and Mark Zborowski as well as excerpts from FBI and Justice Department documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act and by court action regarding Soviet intelligence infiltration of the American Trotskyist movement.

Kronenbitter, Rita T. “Leon Trotsky, Dupe of the NKVD.” Studies in Intelligence Special Edition (1972). Discusses Soviet intelligence infiltration of the Trotsykist movement in the 1930s with special attention to Jack Soble, Robert Soblen, and Mark Zborowski.  Treats Lilia Dallin as a Soviet agent based on her close relationship to Zborowski.  Rita T. Kronenbitter was a CIA counterintelligence officer who remains anonymous.

Levine, Isaac Don. The Mind of an Assassin. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Cudahy, 1959. Study of Trotsky’s murderer and his accomplices.  Discusses the involvement of American Communists in the murder.

Poretsky, Elisabeth K. Our Own People a Memoir of ‘Ignace Reiss’ and His Friends. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1970. Memoir about Ignace Reiss [Poretsky], a senior Soviet intelligence officer who broke with Stalin in the late 1930s and was murdered by KGB agents in Switzerland, written by his widow.

Reinhardt, Guenther. Crime Without Punishment: The Secret Soviet Terror Against America. New York: Hermitage House, 1952. Former FBI agent argues that Soviet intelligence carried out political murders in the U.S.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Intellectuals and Assassins -- Annals of Stalin’s Killerati.” New York Times Book Review, 24 January 1988. Argues that in the late 1930s a single NKVD unit arranged the assassination of several opponents of the Soviet Union.  Ignace Reiss, a ranking NKVD defector; the murder of Lev Sedov, Leon Trotsky’s son; the murder of Andreu Nin, head of the dissident Marxist POUM in Spain; the kidnaping of Yevgeni Miller, a White Russian general; the murder of Erwin Wolf, one of Trotsky’s secretaries, the murder of Rudol Klement, a German Trotskyist, and the assassination of Trotsky in Mexico.  Those associated with the NKVD unit included Leonid Eitingon, Dr. Max Eitingon (an associate of Sigmund Freud), the painter David Siqueiros, the Chilean poet Pablo Neruda, Mark Zborowski (later a well known medical anthropologist) Sergei Efron, Nikolai Skoblin, and Nadyezhda Plevitskaya.  Zborowski later came to the United States and in the 1950s was imprisoned for perjury in connection with KGB activities.  Exchanges regarding the essay on March 6th by Vadim Kondratiev, Sidney Hook, Peter Gay, Simon Karlinsky, Vitaly Rapoport, and Stephen Schwartz.

Schwartz, Stephen. “New Perspectives on Stalin’s ‘Western Assault’ on Dissident Leftists, 1936-19??” Paper presented at the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. American Aspects of Assassination of Leon Trotsky (Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951,

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Kremlin’s Espionage and Terror Organizations Testimony of Petr S. Deriabin, Former Officer of the USSR’s Committee of State Security (KGB). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Hearing released March 17, 1959. Including index.

****************************************************************

 

Max Eitingon Controversy

 

Broué, Pierre. “More Eitingon Mystery.” New York Review of Books, 18 August 1988. Exchange: Broué objects to Theodore Draper’s criticism of his research on Max Eitingon; reply by Draper.

Conquest, Robert. “Max Eitingon: Another View.” New York Times Book Review, 3 July 1988. Regarding Eitingon: “While we can certainly say that full proof is lacking, it seems hard to avoid a case for some sort of N.K.V.D. connection.  Our minimum verdict would then be the unsatisfactory Scottish one of ‘not proven,’ which falls a good deal short of a straight ‘not guilty.’”  Exchange with Theodore Draper, who attacks Conquest’s views, September  11, 1988.

Draper, Theodore. “The Mystery of Max Eitingon.” New York Review of Books 35, no. 6 (14 April 1988). Detailed, denunciatory criticism of those parts of Schwartz’s “Intellectuals and Assassins,” Dziak’s Chekisty, and Rapoport and Alekseev’s High Treason which link Max Eitingon to NKVD activity.  Argues that there is no evidence of such a link.  “‘The Mystery of Max Eitingon’: An Exchange” (16 June 1988).  Comments on Draper’s attack by Schwartz, Rapoport, Draper, and Walter Laqueur.  Schwartz raises questions about the relationship of the New York-based Eitingon family fur company with the Soviet Union, the furriers’ union, and the CPUSA.

Rapoport, Vitalii, and IUrii Alekseev. High Treason: Essays on the History of the Red Army, 1918-1938. Edited by Vladimir G. Treml, edited and translated by Bruce Adams. Durham: Duke University Press, 1985. Suggests that Max Eitingon had a relationship with the Soviet espionage.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Disinformation and Influence Operations

 

Dunham, Donald Carl. Kremlin Target: U.S.A. Conquest by Propaganda. New York: I. Washburn, 1961. Discussion of methods and objects of Soviet psychological warfare directed at the U.S.

Greene, James Barrow. A Study of Communist Propaganda and Agitation Directed Against the Armed Forces of the United States. Washington, 1951.

Holland, Max. “The Demon in Jim Garrison.” Wilson Quarterly, Spring 2001, 10-17. Argues that in 1967 the KGB used the National Guardian as a conduit for disinformation about the Kennedy Assassination.

Holland, Max. “The Lie That Linked CIA to the Kennedy Assassination.” Studies in Intelligence, no. 11 (Fall-Winter 2001). Discusses Soviet use of far left publications in Europe to spread false stories of CIA involvement in President Kennedy’s murder, stories then picked up by the American media, New Orleans prosecutor Jim Garrison, and Oliver Stone.

Holland, Max. “A Cold War Odyssey: The Oswald Files.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 14/15 (Winter-Spring 2003-04). On Soviet records of Oswald’s stay in the USSR.

Nagy, Alex. “Foreign Embassies in the United States as Communist Propaganda Sources: 1945-1960.” American Journalism 14, no. 1 (Winter 1997).

Romerstein, Herbert. Soviet Active Measures and Propaganda: “New Thinking” & Influence Activities in the Gorbachev Era. Toronto, Canada Washington, DC, U.S.A.: Mackenzie Institute for the Study of Terrorism, Revolution, and Propaganda , distr. by National Intelligence Book Center, 1989.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Soviet Agents of Influence.” In Intelligence Issues Series #3. Alexandria, VA: Center for Intelligence Studies, 1992. Reviews major Soviet influence operations that used or manipulated Americans.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Disinformation as a KGB Weapon in the Cold War.” Journal of Intelligence History 1, no. 1 (Summer 2001). Alexandria, VA: Center for Intelligence Studies.

Shultz, Richard H., and Roy Godson. Dezinformatsia: Active Measures in Soviet Strategy. Washington: Pergamon-Brassey’s, 1984.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Forgeries.  Testimony of Richard Helms, Assistant Director, Central Intelligence Agency. June 2, 1961. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

****************************************************************

 

Soviet Espionage in the United States

 

Andrew, Christopher M., and Vasili Mitrokhin. The Sword and the Shield: The Mitrokhin Archive and the Secret History of the KGB. New York: Basic Books, 1999. Based on notes and documents of KGB officer and archivist who defected to the British SIS in 1992.  Mitrokhin’s material covers sixty years of  KGB operations, with most in the Cold War period but going back to the 1930s as well.  Identifies hundreds of British, Italian, French, German, and other Europeans who assisted Soviet intelligence before and during the Cold War.  Although most of Mitrokhin’s notes deal with Europe, he also identifies numerous CPUSA members and officials who assisted Soviet intelligence.  Says a 1939 KGB documents listed a number of Soviet U.S. sources as having high potential: Laurence Duggan, Michael Straight, Martha Dodd Stern, Harry Dexter White, John Abt; Boris Morros, and Mary Wolf Price.  Says of Vasili Zarubin, chief of KGB operations in the U.S. from December 1941 until mid-1944,  “Zarubin’s recruitment strategy was simple and straightforward. He demanded that the leaders of the Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA) identify supporters and sympathizers in government establishments suitable for work as agents.” Says Soviet espionage in the U.S. seriously weakened after World War Two by  “the post-war decline and persecution of the CPUSA.”

Antonov, V. S., and Vladimir Karpov. Veterany Vneshnei Razvedki Rossii Kratkii Biograficheskii Spravochnik. Moskva: Sluzhba vneshnei razvedki Rossiiskoi Federatsii, 1995. Veterans of Russian Foreign Intelligence Service, sponsored by the Russian foreign espionage agency, contains biographical sketches celebrating the 75th anniversary of the All-Russian Extraordinary Commission for Combating Counter-revolution and Sabotage (Cheka).  Iskhak Akhmerov: engaged in “illegal” (not under diplomatic cover) work in the U.S. in the 1930s and 1940s.  “He recruited a number of agents in the State Department, the Treasury Department and the intelligence services, from which important information was obtained.”  Vasili Zarubin: “rezident” under diplomatic cover for NKVD operations in the U.S. from 1941 to 1945 and the information his sources provided from “governmental, political, and scientific circles was highly rated.”  Yelizaveta Zarubina: in the U.S. 1941-44 “maintained secret communication with approximately 20 foreign intelligence agents.”  Leonid Kvasnikov: supervised setting up Soviet atomic espionage in late 1940, in 1943 went to the U.S. as head of scientific-technical intelligence, and in part due to him prior to the first U.S. atomic test “the basic data pertaining to the construction of the atomic bomb and the materials that had been used in its design were already at the disposal of Soviet scientists.”  Morris and Leontina Cohen: two American Communists who became Soviet intelligence officers both received the Orders of the Red Banner and the Friendship of Nations.  Morris also received the title of Hero of the Russian Federation.  Gayk Ovakimyan: worked in the U.S. from 1933 to 1941 under Amtorg cover and played a major role in atomic espionage against the U.S.  Semen Semenov: worked in the U.S. under Amtorg cover from 1938 to 1944 with conspicuous success in scientific and atomic espionage.  Antoliy Yatskov: worked in the U.S. during World War II with a major role in obtaining “computations, diagrams, and blueprints dealing with the ‘Manhattan project.’”

Carpozi, George. Red Spies in Washington. New York: Trident Press, 1968.

David, James. “Illegal Soviet Transmitters: The View from Federal Communications Commission Records.” Paper presented at Society for History in the Federal Government Conference. College Park, Maryland, 1999. On archival records on FCC locating of clandestine Soviet short-wave radio transmitters in the U.S. in WWII.

Epstein, Edward Jay. Deception: The Invisible War Between the KGB and the CIA. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1989.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. “Espionage in the Defense Industry.” In Famous Cases. Sergey V. Petrov’s espionage, 1970s. <http://www.fbi.gov/libref/historic/famcases/famcases.htm>

Haynes, John Earl, Harvey Klehr, and Alexander Vassiliev. Spies: The Rise and Fall of the KGB in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2009.  TOC: Alger Hiss: Case Closed; Enormous: The KGB Attack on the Anglo-American Atomic Project; The Journalist Spies; Infiltration of the U.S. Government; Infiltration of the Office of Strategic Services; The XY Line: Technical, Scientific, and Industrial Espionage; American Couriers and Support Personnel; Celebrities and Obsessions; The KGB in America: Strengths, Weaknesses, and Structural Problems.

Hirsch, Richard. The Soviet Spies: The Story of Russian Espionage in North America. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1947.

Johnson, J. Mitchell, producer. “Red Files: Secret Victories of the KGB.” InVision Production with Abamedia in Association with PBS and Devillier Donegan Enterprises, 1999. <http://www.pbs.org/redfiles/kg> Web site of PBS television documentary by Abamedia.  Includes transcripts of interviews with CPUSA and International Brigade veterans Morris Cohen and Jack Bjoze as well as Soviet and American intelligence officers.

Oleg Kalugin, The First Directorate: My 32 Years in Intelligence and Espionage Against the West, assisted by Fen Montaigne (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994. Memoir of senior retired KGB officer who began his career as a spy in the U.S. in the 1960s: says that Carl Marzani was a KGB contact and that the KGB covertly financed Marzani’s publishing firm, that the KGB also provided financial assistance to the Afro-American Liberator and to the Minority of One (a relationship that was cut off by publisher M.S. Arnoni after the Soviets backed the Arabs in the 1967 war), the Russian emigre newspaper The Russian Voice was a “complete KGB operation” that the KGB provided documents to assist Charles Allen’s writings exposing Nazis in the U.S., that the KGB forged anti-Semitic literature for distribution in the U.S. and paid local agents to desecrate Jewish synagogues in order to offset stories of Soviet anti-Semitism, and that “one of our KGB case officers was assigned full time to the American Communists, delivering money and instructions from Moscow.”

Oleg Kalugin, The First Directorate: My 32 Years in Intelligence and Espionage Against the West (New York: Basic Books, 2009).  Revised edition.  Among the revisions, explicit identification of I.F. Stone as a Soviet agent.

Kern, Gary. “How ‘Uncle Joe’ Bugged FDR.” Studies in Intelligence 47, no. 1 (2003). On extensive Soviet bugging of FDR and his aides at Teheran and Yalta.

Kern, Gary. “The PERSEUS Disinformation Operation.” H-HOAC, 17 February 2006. Http://h-net.msu.edu/cgi-bin/logbrowse.pl?trx=lm&list=h-hoac.

Krammer, Arnold. “When Stalin Counterfeited American Dollars.” American History Illustrated 19, no. 3 (1984). In 1928 the Soviet Union began a massive counterfeiting program chiefly using German and American Communists.  The effort was largely broken up in 1930 by American banks in cooperation with U.S. government agents, although American Communists were laundering counterfeit dollars through Chicago mobsters as late as 1932.

Levchenko, Stan. On the Wrong Side: My Life in the KGB. Washington: Pergamon-Brassey’s International Defense Publishers, 1988.

Lota, Vladimir. “Moris Makes Contact.” Krasnaya Zvezda [Red Star], 5 May 2006.  Presents GRU espionage in the U.S. in WWII as a massive success.

Rosalee McReynolds and Louise S. Robbins, The Librarian Spies: Philp and Mary Jane Keeney and Cold War Espionage (Westport, CT: Praeger Security International, 2009), 

Olmsted, Kathryn S. “Blond Queens, Red Spiders, and Neurotic Old Maids: Gender and Espionage in the Early Cold War.” Intelligence and National Security 19, no. 1 (Spring 2004). On Elizabeth Bentley, Priscilla Hiss, Ethel Rosenberg, and Judith Coplon.

Pozniakov, Vladimir. “A NKVD/NKGB Report to Stalin: A Glimpse Into Soviet Intelligence in the United States in the 1940’s.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 10 (March 1998). Discusses several NKVD documents.  One is described as a 1944 list of American sources to be awarded Soviet decorations for their work.  Included are Elizabeth Bentley, Harry Gold, and Gregory Silvermaster.

Rafalko, Frank J., ed. American Revolution to World War II. Vol. 1 of A Counterintelligence Reader. Washington, DC: National Counterintelligence Center, 1998. Includes section on The Espionage Act of May 16, 1918 / The Red Scare Period / Attorney General Harlan Stone’s Reforms / Special Committee to Investigate Un-American Activities / FBI Intelligence Program, 1936-1938 / Special House Committee for the Investigation of Un-American Activities / Defectors / FBI Intelligence Authority and Subversion / Presidential Directive of September 6, 1939 / The Scope of FBI Domestic Intelligence.

Rafalko, Frank J., ed. Counterintelligence in World War II. Vol. 2 of A Counterintelligence Reader. Washington, DC: National Counterintelligence Center, 1998. Includes sections on: The Custodial Detention Program  /  President Roosevelt's Directive of December 1941  / FBI Wartime Operations  / Igor Sergeyevich Guzenko  /  The Postwar Expansion of  FBI Domestic Intelligence  /  The Federal  Loyalty-Security Program  /  FBI-Military Intelligence Jurisdictional Agreement  /  Security and the Manhattan Project / Venona.

Rafalko, Frank J., ed. Post-World War II to Closing the 20th Century. Vol. 3 of A Counterintelligence Reader. Washington, DC: National Counterintelligence Center, 1998.

Redmont, Bernard S. Risks Worth Taking: The Odyssey of a Foreign Correspondent. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1992.

Romerstein, Herbert, and Stanislav Levchenko. The KGB Against the “Main Enemy”: How the Soviet Intelligence Service Operates Against the United States. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1989. Reviews the Bentley case and other espionage episodes.  Notes that FBI traced a leak in U.S. embassy in Germany to Martha Dodd, daughter of U.S. Ambassador, 1933-37, and lover of a NKVD agent at Soviet Embassy.  Says State Department in 1939 blocked visa for Trotsky to testify to U.S. Congress committee on Hitler-Stalin Pact, reasons for visa denial still closed.

Schecter, Jerrold L., and Leona Schecter. Sacred Secrets: How Soviet Intelligence Operations Changed American History. Washington, DC: Brassey’s, 2002. Extensive discussion of unique KGB documents they obtained dealing with Harry Dexter White, J. Robert Oppenheimer, and others.  Gives the background of the smuggling of Khrushchev’s memoir to the West, a task that Jerrold Schecter was directly involved.

Schlesinger, Stephen C. Act of Creation: The Founding of the United Nations: A Story of Superpowers, Secret Agents, Wartime Allies and Enemies, and Their Quest for a Peaceful World. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 2003.  

Sibley, Katherine A. “Soviet Espionage on American Military Technology: Implications for U.S.-Soviet Relations in World War II.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Sibley, Katherine A.S. “Soviet Industrial Espionage Against American Military Technology and the US Response, 1930-1945.” Intelligence and National Security 14, no. 2 (Summer 1999). Notes the role of the CPUSA in Soviet industrial espionage.

Sibley, Katherine A. S. “Soviet Military-Industrial Espionage in the United States and the Emergence of an Espionage Paradigm in US-Soviet Relations.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003).

Sibley, Katherine A.S. Red Spies in America: Stolen Secrets and the Dawn of the Cold War. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2004. Thorough scholarly survey and examination of key episodes.  Makes extensive use of primary sources, particularly FBI files.

Simes, Dimitri K. “Confirmation Time: A Review of Messengers from Moscow.” National Interest 40 (Summer 1995). Essay-review of documents and interviews used in the TV documentary Messengers from Moscow.

Swickard, Lawrence D. “Soviet Espionage in the United States, 1945 to 1953 and the Response of the Truman Administration.” Ph.D. diss. University of Central Missouri, 2006.

U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation. Exposé of Soviet Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. FBI summary.

U.S. House Committee on Military Affairs. To Punish for Exerting Mutinous Influence Upon Army and Navy.. Report. Washington, DC: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1935.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Interim Report on Hearings Regarding Communist Espionage in the United States Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. Hearings of August. 28, 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Soviet Espionage Within the United States Government. Second Report of December 31, 1948. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Soviet Espionage Activities in Connection with Jet Propulsion and Aircraft. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Hearings. June 6, 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Relating to Communist Activities in the Defense Area of Baltimore. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Shameful Years: 30 Years of Soviet Espionage in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951. Testimony of Courtney E. Owens, Max Bedacht, Nicholas Dozenberg, William Gregory Burtan, William M. Disch, John Loomis Sherman, and Maxim Lieber.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Soviet Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958. Hearings, October. 7-November. 20, 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Patterns of Communist Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Espionage in the United States, Testimony of Frantisek Tisler, Former Military and Air Attaché, Czechoslovak Embassy in Washington, DC Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Espionage Activities of Personnel Attached to Embassies and Consulates Under Soviet Domination in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Communist Infiltration Among Army Civilian Workers. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Communist Infiltration in the Army [Four Parts]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Subversion and Espionage in Defense Establishments and Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954-55.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Communist Infiltration in Defense Plant [Part 1 May 10, 1955]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Subversion and Espionage in Defense Establishments and Industry. Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

Weinstein, Allen. “Uncloaking the Soviet Spy Effort.” Wall Street Journal, 22 September 1999. Comments on recent books on Soviet espionage and the CPUSA.

Weinstein, Allen, and Alexander Vassiliev. The Haunted Wood: Soviet Espionage in America--the Stalin Era. New York: Random House, 1999. Based on hitherto secret documents provided by the Russian Foreign Intelligence Service from the KGB’s archives. Discusses the espionage activities of Alger Hiss, Whittaker Chambers, Laurence Duggan, Martha Dodd, Elizabeth Bentley, Ted Hall, Julius Rosenberg, David Greenglass, Boris Morros, the members of the Silvermaster group, the members of the Perlo group, and many others.  Discusses documents showing that one member of Congress, Rep. Samuel Dickstein, was bribed by Soviet intelligence to provide various services.  Quotes a NKVD document noting that Robert Oppenheimer was a target for recruitment because he had been a secret member of the CPUSA but that security was so tight around him that a successful contact had not been made.  Discusses the assistance provided Soviet intelligence by Earl Browder and the CPUSA.

Wise, David. The Spy Who Got Away: The Inside Story of Edward Lee Howard, the CIA Agent Who Betrayed His Country’s Secrets and Escaped to Moscow. New York: Random House, 1988.

Wise, David. Nightmover: How Aldrich Ames Sold the CIA to the KGB for $4.6 Million. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 1995.

Wise, David. Spy: The Inside Story of How the FBI’s Robert Hanssen Betrayed America. New York: Random House, 2002.

Wise, David. Cassidy’s Run: The Secret Spy War Over Nerve Gas. New York: Random House, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Espionage and the CPUSA

 

Beichman, Arnold. “Communism’s Last Stronghold.” Washington Times, 3 June 1996. Comments on use of new evidence on communism and espionage, discussing the writings of Klehr, Haynes, Rieber, Johanningsmeier, Carley, Radosh, Foner, and Draper.

Burnham, James. The Web of Subversion: Underground Networks in the U.S. Government. New York: J. Day Co., 1954.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Messages from Moscow: What the Secret Cables Say.” Weekly Standard, 13 November 1995. Discusses newly released deciphered cables from World War II showing CPUSA cooperation with Soviet espionage.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Outed from the Cold.” Weekly Standard, 15 April 1996. On Americans who spied for the Soviets and who were still alive in 1996: Theodore Hall, Victor Perlo, Harry Magdoff, Donald Wheeler, Joel Barr, Morton Sobell, Alger Hiss, and Judith Coplon.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Soviet Espionage and Communist Subversion in the United States in the Early Cold War: What Do We Know?” Paper presented at  Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Haynes, John Earl. “The American Communist Party as an Auxiliary to Espionage: From Asset to Liability.” Paper presented at 2005 Raleigh International Spy Conference  [http://www.raleighspyconference.com/news/news_11-11-05.aspx]. Raleigh, NC, 2005.

Haynes, John Earl, James G. Ryan, and Harvey Klehr. “Helen Lowry and Earl Browder: The Genealogy of a KGB Agent and Her Relationship to the Chief of the CPUSA.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Hook, Sidney. “Encounter with Espionage.” Midstream 31, no. 5 (1985). Memoir of two friends “Magda” and “Silas,” two American Communists who traveled to Germany and posed as a “respectable” American couple, while working as agents of the Soviet Union.

Isserman, Maurice. “Guess What - They Really Were Spies.” Forward, 29 January 1999, 11. Discusses evidence in Weinstein and Vassiliev’s The Haunted Wood and the Venona decryptions.  “They make it abundantly clear that the Soviet Union recruited most of its spies in the United States in the years leading up to and during World War II from the ranks of the Communist Party or among its close sympathizers -- an effort in which top party leaders were intimately involved.”

Karl [Whittaker Chambers]. “The Faking of Americans.” Unpublished essay. Herbert Solow Papers, Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Stanford, CA., 1938.  On the CPUSA’s role in providing fraudulent passports for the Soviets.

Kirk, Donald. “Checking up on Peter’s Smile.” The Nation, 6 May 1978, 525-26. Based on an interview with J. Peters in Budapest.  Mocks the notion that the CPUSA had an underground or that Peters had any connection with it as Whittaker Chambers’ asserted.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reevaluating McCarthyism: The Communist Party of the Untied States and Soviet Espionage.” Paper presented at “Renseignement et Propagande pendant la Guerre froide, (1947-1953)” Colloque International D’Histoire, Mémorial. Caen, France, 1998.

Klehr, Harvey. “Rèèvaluation Du Maccarthysime: Le Parti Communiste Des États-Unis (CPUSA) et l’Espionage Soviétique.” In Renseignement et Propagande Pendant la Guerre Froide (1947-1953), edited by Demas Jean and Jean Kessler, 33-53. Bruxelles, Belgique: Éditions Complexe, 1999.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reflections on Espionage.” In Morality and Politics, edited by Ellen Frankel Paul, Fred Dycus Miller, and Jeffrey Paul. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2004.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reflections on Espionage.” Social Philosophy and Policy 21, no. 1 (Winter 2004). On American Communist cooperation with Soviet espionage against the United States.

Mahoney, Harry Thayer, and Marjorie Locke Mahoney. Espionage in Mexico the 20th Century. San Francisco: Austin & Winfield, 1997. Some discussion of American Communist involvement.

Ryan, James. “A Socialist Triumph as a Family Value: Earl Browder and Soviet Espionage.” Paper presented at Fourth European Social Science History Conference. The Hague, Netherlands, 2002.

Ryan, James G. “Socialist Triumph as a Family Value: Earl Browder and Soviet Espionage.” American Communist History 1, no. 2 (December 2002).

Solow, Herbert. “Stalin’s American Passport Mill.” American Mercury, July 1939. Discusses the Communist Party’s cooperation with Soviet authorities to obtain American passports.   Most of the material in the essay was furnished to Solow by Whittaker Chambers.

Vodonos, Irina. “Juliet Stuart Poyntz: Suffragist, Feminist, Spy.” In Intriguing Persons from the History of Barnard College, 2004. Biographical essay at <http://www.barnard.columbia.edu/archives/persons.html> a leading woman in the American Communist party in the 1920s who became Soviet spy in the 1930s and disappeared from New York under mysterious circumstances.

****************************************************************

 

American Communist Ideological Motivation for Espionage

 

Beichman, Arnold. “The Pertinacious Hissolators.” Washington Times, 29 December 1996. Sees defenders of Hiss and the Rosenbergs shifting from denying their guilt to defending spying for Stalin as morally justified.  Quotes Victor Navasky, Joseph Rothblat and Martin Walker.

Breindel, Eric M. “Do Spies Matter?” Commentary 85, no. 3 (March 1988). Essay-review of Peter Wright’s Spycather, Berrie Penrose’s and Simon Freman’s Conspiracy of Silence: The Secret Life of Anthony Blunt, Norman Moss’ Klaus Fuchs: The Man Who Stole the Atom Bomb, Robert Williams’ Klaus Fuchs: Atom Spy, Anthony Glees’ The Secrets of the Service, and Chapman Pincher’s Traitors: The Anatomy of Treason.  Concludes that the one element the spies discussed had in common was not some form of psychological pathology but rather “an unbending faith in Communism and the Soviet Union.”

Harrigan, Anthony. “Inside America: The Culture of Sedition.” St. Croix Review, June 2003. One the origins and traditions of sedition and disloyalty that developed among radicals from the late 19th century onward.

Isserman, Maurice. “Disloyalty as a Principle: Why Communists Spied.” Foreign Service Journal 77, no. 10 (October 2000): 29-38. Says for some Communists “the Soviet Union was [the] real homeland” while others the Popular Front period adopted a “new kind of patriotism” whose “romantic anti-fascism” led to cooperation with Soviet intelligence.

Navasky, Victor. “Cold War Ghosts.” Nation, 16 July 2001. Essay-review highly critical of recent books depicting the CPUSA as complicit in Soviet espionage.  “’Espionage’ is one of those words that is often out of context when applied to what went on in US left circles in the years leading up to and including World War II. There were a lot of exchanges of information among people of good will, many of whom were Marxists, some of whom were Communists, some of whom were critical of US government policy and most of whom were patriots. Most of these exchanges were innocent and were within the law. Some were innocent but nevertheless were in technical violation of the law. And there undoubtedly were bona fide espionage agents--on both sides.”

Romerstein, Herbert. “‘Spy’s London’ and VENONA Decodes Shed New Light on Communist Infiltration and Espionage.” Human Events, 11 August 1995. Discusses use of ideological recruits in espionage.

Romerstein, Herbert. “KGB/GRU Recruiting Practices.” Paper presented at Seventh Symposium on Cryptologic History. Ft. Meade, MD, 1997.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Tangled Treason.” New Republic, 5 July 1999. Essay-review of Hiss’s The View from Alger’s Window, Weinstein and Vassiliev’s The Haunted Wood, and Haynes and Klehr’s Venona. “The new archival evidence importantly summarized by Haynes and Klehr and Weinstein points us, yet again, to the fundamental question that for more than half a century has informed the Communist dilemma, but has never been adequately answered.  Why did Americans go on spying for the Soviet Union long after the truth of Stalinism was clear for all to see?”

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Strategy and Tactics of World Communism, Recruiting for Espionage -- Part 14. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

West, Rebecca. The New Meaning of Treason. New York: Viking Press, 1964. Examines the nature of ideologically-motivated Communist treason.

Whitaker, Reg. “Cold War Alchemy: How American, Britain and Canada Transformed Espionage Into Subversion.” Intelligence and National Security 15, no. 1 (2000). 177-210. Argues that early Cold War espionage cases involving ideologically motivated spies caused officials in the United States, Britain, and Canada to focus on the wrong issues and overlook spies motivated by greed.

Weyl, Nathaniel. Treason: The Story of Disloyalty and Betrayal in American History. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1950. Survey of American traitors from the county’s origins to Communists in the post-WWII period.  Weyl had been a Communist Party member and member of the Ware group in the Department of Agriculture but speaks little of his personal role.

****************************************************************

 

Communists and the Office of Strategic Services

 

Alcorn, Robert Hayden. No Bugles for Spies; Tales of the OSS. New York, NY: D. McKay Co., 1962.

Alsop, Stewart Johonnot Oliver, and Thomas Braden. Sub Rosa: The O.S.S. and American Espionage. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, 1946. Notes the recruitment of American Communists by the OSS.

Beer, Siegfried. “Intelligence and Ideology: The OSS-NKVD Connection in World War II.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Brown, Anthony Cave. The Last Hero Wild Bill Donovan; the Biography and Political Experience of Major General William J. Donovan, Founder of the OSS and “Father” of the CIA, from His Personal and Secret Papers and Diaries of Ruth Donovan. New York, NY: Times Books, 1982.

Bungert, Heike. “The OSS and Its Cooperation with the Free Germany Committees, 1944-45.” Intelligence and National Security 12, no. 3 (1997). Discusses OSS assistance to the Communist-dominated Free Germany Committee.

Dunlop, Richard. Donovan, America’s Master Spy. [Chicago]: Rand McNally, 1982.

Felsen, Milt. The Anti-Warrior: A Memoir. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1989. Memoir by a Lincoln Battalion member who later served in the OSS.

Ford, Corey. Donovan of OSS. Boston: Little, Brown, 1970.

Ford, Kirk. OSS and the Yugoslav Resistance, 1943-1945. College Station: Texas A&M University Press, 1992.

Gould, Jonathan S. “The OSS and the London ‘Free Germans.’” Studies in Intelligence 46, no. 1 (2002). Discusses contacts the OSS had with Juergen Kuczynski, a Communist, and his sister Ursula, a Soviet spy.

Katz, Barry M. Foreign Intelligence Research and Analysis in the Office of Strategic Services, 1942-1945. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1989. Judges that the OSS’s Research and Analysis section on Soviet affairs under Geroid T. Robinson showed keen insight in its view that the Soviet Union under Stalin had given up the desire and lacked the power to spread communism beyond the USSR’s borders and approvingly quotes the OSS’s view that the Soviet C.P. had “succeeded in arousing the enthusiasm of the Russian masses ‘to an astonishing degree.’”  Regards it as highly regrettable that after WWII this genial view of the USSR was replaced by a conception of the Soviet Union as a totalitarian party-state.-

Klehr, Harvey, and John Haynes. “The Comintern’s Open Secrets.” American Spectator, December 1992. Discusses items from Soviet archives documenting a covert Communist role in the OSS.   One document was a Dennis report on meetings with Donovan of the OSS and Donovan’s recruitment of Milton Wolff of the Lincoln battalion as a recruiter of International Brigade veterans for OSS operations.  After Wolff had recruited several score veterans for OSS work, the NKVD and the Comintern ordered Wolff’s recruitment operation halted because of fear that it would allow OSS penetration of C.P. operations.  Dennis also discusses how contacts with Donovan allowed him to place a number of C.P. agents in the OSS and the OWI. 

Petri, Ishbel. Not a Bowl of Cherries. County Durham, U.K.: Petland Press [privately printed], 1997. Autobiography of first wife of Duncan Lee.

Peake, Hayden B. “Soviet Espionage and the Office of Strategic Services.” In America Unbound World War II and the Making of a Superpower, edited by Warren F. Kimball. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1992.

Peake, Hayden B. “OSS and the Venona Decrypts.” Intelligence and National Security 12, no. 3 (July 1997).

Smith, Bradley F. The Shadow Warriors O.S.S. and the Origins of the C.I.A. New York: Basic Books, 1983.

Smith, Bradley F. Sharing Secrets with Stalin: How the Allies Traded Intelligence, 1941-1945. Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1996.

Smith, R. Harris. OSS: The Secret History of America’s First Central Intelligence Agency. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972. Notes the recruitment of American Communists by the OSS.

Troy, Thomas F. Donovan and the CIA: A History of the Establishment of the Central Intelligence Agency. Frederick, MD: Aletheia Books, 1981.

Winks, Robin W. Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939-1961. New York: Morrow, 1987. Notes use of Lincoln Battalion veterans by the OSS and describes an internal OSS controversy over suspicions that American OSS operatives with Communist sympathies provided undue assistance to Italian Communist partisans.

Yu, Maochun. OSS in China: Prelude to Cold War. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1997. Discusses OSS attitudes toward Chinese communism.

****************************************************************

 

The Decrypted Venona Messages and Soviet Espionage

 

Andrew, Christopher. “The VENONA Secret.” In War, Resistance, and Intelligence: Essays in Honour of M.R.D. Foot, edited by K. G. Robertson. Barnsley, South Yorkshire: Cooper, 1999. On the organizational background of the Venona project.

Benson, Robert. “VENONA Update.” Paper presented at Seventh Symposium on Cryptologic History. Ft. Meade, MD, 1997.

Benson, Robert L. The Venona Story. Pamphlet. Ft. Meade, MD: Center for Cryptologic History, National Security Agency, 2001. Summary history of the project and the contents of the six releases of the decrypted messages by NSA.

Benson, Robert Louis. The KGB and GRU in Europe, South America, and Australia: Venona Historical Monograph #5. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, 1998.

Benson, Robert Louis. “VENONA and More: Declassifying Historical Counterintelligence.” National Counterintelligence Center Digest, Spring 1998, 23-27. Notes that, in addition to the 1934-1937 “Mask” Comintern radio traffic with foreign Communist parties deciphered by the British General Communications Headquarters (GCHQ),

Benson, Robert Louis. The 1942-43 New York-Moscow KGB Messages: Venona Historical Monograph #2:. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, n.d.

Benson, Robert Louis. The 1944-45 New York and Washington-Moscow KGB Messages: Venona Historical Monograph #3. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, n.d.

Benson, Robert Louis. Introductory History of Venona and Guide to Translations. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, n.d.

Benson, Robert Louis. The KGB in San Francisco and Mexico City: The GRU in New York and Washington: Venona Historical Monograph #4. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, n.d.

Benson, Robert Louis. Venona: New Releases, Special Reports, and Project Shutdown: Venona Historical Monograph #6. Pamphlet. Venona Historical Monograph. Fort Meade, Maryland: Center for Cryptologic History, n.d.

Benson, Robert Louis, and Cecil Phillips. History of Venona. Unpublished classified manuscript. Fort George Meade, MD: National Security Agency, 1995.

Benson, Robert Louis, and Michael Warner. Venona: Soviet Espionage and the American Response 1939-1957. Washington, DC: National Security Agency; Central Intelligence Agency, 1996. History and commentary on the Venona project to decrypt World War II Soviet foreign intelligence cable traffic along with the texts of 99 selected deciphered and translated Venona messages and 35 other associated primary documents, a number of which are newly declassified and released.

Benson, Robert L. “How VENONA Was Declassified.” Paper presented at 2005 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Laural, Maryland, 2005.

Fox, John. “VENONA and the Maturation of FBI Counterintelligence Policy.” Paper presented at 2005 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Laural, Maryland, 2005.

Gannon, James. Stealing Secrets, Telling Lies: How Spies and Codebreakers Helped Shape the Twentieth Century. Washington, D.C.: Brassey’s, 2001.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Venona and the Russian Archives: What Has Already Been Found.” Paper presented at Seventh Symposium on Cryptologic History. Ft. Meade, MD, 1997. Reviews the mutual corroboration of Venona and material in Soviet era archives in Moscow.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. Venona: Decoding Soviet Espionage in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999.   The 2000 edition has minor changes and corrections.  Discusses what the Venona decryptions indicate about the extent of Soviet espionage.  Integrates the Venona evidence with other documentation.  Identifies several hundred Americans, chiefly Communists, who assisted Soviet espionage against the United States.  Discusses at length the evidence regarding the espionage activities of Elizabeth Bentley, Harry Dexter White, Lauchlin Currie, Julius Rosenberg, Laurence Duggan, Maurice Halperin, Duncan Lee, Cedric Belfrage, Gregory Silvermaster, Alger Hiss, Victor Perlo, and others.  Sees the CPUSA’s role as key to Soviet espionage during World War II but as a source of ultimate weakness because the CPUSA could function as an auxiliary to Soviet espionage only as long as American security agencies were preoccupied with other targets and during a period of when communism was perceived as non-threatening.  When those conditions changed, Soviet espionage suffered major reverses and the CPUSA became tainted with disloyalty.  Lists list of 349 names includes U.S. citizens, non-citizen immigrants, and permanent residents of the United States who had a covert relationship with Soviet intelligence confirmed in the Venona traffic. Of these, 171 are identified by true names and 178 are known only by a cover name found in the Venona cable traffic.  Lists 139 other persons where evidence other than Venona indicates their cooperation with Soviet espionage.  See: Venona

Haynes, John Earl. “Russian Archival Identification of Real Names Behind Cover Names in VENONA.” Paper presented at 2005 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Laural, Maryland, 2005. Summarizes Russian archival corroboration for cryptonym identifications in Venona. <http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page59.html >

Heibel, Robert. “A Modern Analytical Approach to VENONA.” Paper presented at Seventh Symposium on Cryptologic History. Ft. Meade, MD, 1997.

Irvine, Reed, and Joseph Goulden. “Faith Outlives Reality for Diehard Lefties.” Washington Times, 17 October 1996. Mocks objections to the Venona documents by Morton Sobell, Marshall Perlin, William Reuben and others.

Isserman, Maurice. “They Led Two Lives.” New York Times Book Review, 9 May 1999.  Review of Haynes and Klehr’s Venona.

Johnson, Thomas R. American Cryptologic History During the Cold War, 1945-1989. Ft. Meade, MD: Center for Cryptologic History, National Security Agency, 1995 (declassified 2008).

Klehr, Harvey. “VENONA and Cold War Historiography in the Academic World.” Paper presented at 2005 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Laural, Maryland, 2005.

Le Voguer, Gildas. “Transparence et Secret Aux États-Unis, la ‘publication’ Du Projet ‘VENONA’.” Sources, Spring 2001.

Lucas, Scott. “Review of Venona: Decoding Soviet Espionage in America.” Journal of American History 87, no. 3 (December 2000). Dismissive.

Milton, Joyce. “Fort McNair Postcard: The Old Left.” New Republic, 4 November 1996. On the NSA-CIA historical Venona conference and the refusal of the Old Left to come to grips with decryptions.

National Security Agency. “Venona,” 2002. Images of Venona documents and associated NSA documents on the project. <http://www.nsa.gov/documents/venona/index.html>

Navasky, Victor. “Tales from Decrypts.” Nation, 28 October 1996, 5-6. Attacks the Venona documents as unreliable and a covert project “to enlarge post-cold war intelligence gathering capability at the expense of civil liberty.”

Romerstein, Herbert. “VENONA Intercepts Confirm Rosenbergs’ Guilt.” Human Events, 4 August 1995. Discusses what the Venona documents say about the Rosenbergs, Oppenheimer, Harry Dexter White, Victor Perlo, and others.

Romerstein, Herbert, and Eric Breindel. The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 2000. History of Soviet espionage in the U.S. in the 1930s and 1940s that treats the CPUSA as an integral part of Soviet espionage operations.  “A central goal of this book is to correct the conventional wisdom regarding American Communism--to challenge the falsehood inherent in the claim that Party members were left-wing heretics rather than disloyal conspirators. For Communists, true patriotism meant helping to make the world a better place by advancing the interests of the Soviet Union in any way possible....  The taboo on discussing who was a Communist placed violators at risk of being denounced as ‘Redbaiters’--an unpleasant but less-than-chilling prospect. Indeed, its effectiveness in inhibiting debate had already begun to dissipate prior to the Soviet Empire’s demise.  Still, even though open discourse about the moral legitimacy of the USSR and its American apologists managed finally to fight its way into the public square, a bodyguard of lies continued to protect the Communist Party USA from most academic inquiries into its espionage role.”

Rusher, William. “Meaning of the Venona Papers.” Washington Times, 4 April 1996. “It is already clear the Americans who warned against domestic communist subversion have won the long argument, hands down.”

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “Cables Coming in from the Cold.” The Nation, 5 July 1999, 25-30. Review-essay angrily critical of Haynes and Klehr’s Venona.  Exchange with Haynes and Klehr, September 20, 1999.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Soviet Espionage on American TV: The VENONA Story.” Diplomatic History 27, no. 2 (April 2003). Suggests that Soviet espionage against the U.S. did not harm America and probably aided the U.S. by keeping Stalin  informed of America’s secret intentions.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Soviet Spies Cast a Wide Net in S.F.” San Francisco Chronicle, 26 July 1996. On Venona message regarding Soviet espionage in the bay area, including assistance provided by Isaac Folkoff, a founder of the California Communist party as well as the recruitment of James Miller, a wartime mail censor as a Soviet spy, and the landing of a Soviet covert agent who used the name Edna Patterson and remained in the U.S. until 1956.

Schwartz, Stephen. “The VENONA Project.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 7 (September 1996). Concludes that Venona shows “first, the KGB established its own government on U.S. soil, hunting down and kidnapping with impunity those they considered their subjects, even in the middle of World War II when they were our allies.  Secondly, Soviet agents were placed at the highest level of U.S. politics and military affairs, a fact scornfully disputed by bien pensant anti-anti-communists throughout the Cold War.  Third, the American Communist Party, far from existing independently of the Soviet services, was no more than an auxiliary body for use in espionage and terror.  Finally, the vast apparatus the Soviet assembled in the Americas had a difficulty keeping its eye on what should have been the prize, U.S. intelligence, and instead concentrated its force in a monumental act of overkill, on Stalin’s personal enemies.”

Usdin, Steve. “Venona Ten Years Later: Lessons for Today.” History News Network, 18 July 2005. <http://hnn.us/articles/12812.html>

Villa, Brian. “The Chronology of VENONA.” Paper presented at Seventh Symposium on Cryptologic History. Ft. Meade, MD, 1997. Suggests that NSA is withholding information about Venona for suspicious  reasons.

Warner, Michael, and Robert Louis Benson. “Venona and Beyond: Thoughts on Work Undone.” Intelligence and National Security 12, no. 3 (July 1997).

West, Nigel. GCHQ, the Secret Wireless War, 1900-86. London, U.K.: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1986.

West, Nigel. Venona: The Greatest Secret of the Cold War. London, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1999. Comprehensive surrey of Soviet espionage in the United Kingdom, Australia, and the United States based on the deciphered Venona cables.  Sees the CPUSA as an integral part of Soviet espionage and discusses CPUSA leaders and members whose activities are described in the cables.

West, Nigel. “Venona: Eight Years After Declassification.” Paper presented at Symposium on Cryptologic History. Maritime Institute, Maryland, 2003. Discusses candidates for unidentified code names.

Wright, Peter, and Paul Greengrass. Spy Catcher: The Candid Autobiography of a Senior Intelligence Officer. New York.: Viking, 1987.  Retired MI5 officer in a memoir published over the objections of his service discusses some aspects of the joint U.S.-U.K. partial decoding of 1940s KGB radio traffic.  [This book was written before the 1995 release of Venona.]  Wright said the decryptions indicated about 800 Soviet agents operating in the U.S., mostly low level but with 14 operating in or close to the OSS and 5 with some access to the White House.  Asserts that the partial decoding was made possible by U.S. acquisition of a partially burned Soviet code book found by Finnish troops on a Finnish-Soviet battlefield..  Also discusses his role in the conviction for espionage in the UK of Morris and Lona Cohen, also wanted by the FBI in connection to the Rosenberg case.

****************************************************************

 

Truman and Venona

 

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “Spy Games.” Weekly Standard, 21 July 2003. Critique of Novak’s “The Origins of McCarthyism.”

Novak, Robert D. “The Origins of McCarthyism: What Did Harry Truman Know and When Did He Know It?” Weekly Standard, 30 June 2003.  Argues that President Truman was briefed about American success in breaking into Soviet cable traffic and the extent of Soviet espionage in mid-1945 and disregarded the information.

Warner, Michael. “Did Truman Know About Venona?” Center for the Study of Intelligence Bulletin, no. 11 (Summer 2000): 2-4. Finds that the evidence suggests that while Truman was informed of the content of decrypted Soviet cable traffic, he was not told of the source.

****************************************************************

 

Venona and the Finnish Connection

 

Aid, Matthew M. “‘Stella Polaris’ and the Secret Code Battle in Postwar Europe.” Intelligence and National Security 17, no. 3 (Autumn 2002). Regarding the operation to make available to Western intelligence the personnel and product of Finnish cryptanalytic work against the Soviet Union at the time of Finland’s surrender to the Allies.

Pryser, Tore. “From Petsamo to Venona: Intelligence Services in the Nordic Countries from Hot War to Cold War.” Scandinavian Journal of History 24, no. 1 (March 1999). Emphasizes the importance of the Russian codebook seized from the Soviet consulate in Petsamo by German Adwehr agents operating with the Finns , and eventually when Germany fell, to the Americans.

Riste, Olav. “Tore Pryser’s Article ‘From Petsamo to Venona’ Some Comments.” Scandinavian Journal of History 24, no. 3 (September 1999). Argues that Pryser overstates the importance of the Petsamo codebook to Venona.

****************************************************************

 

Atomic Espionage

 

Associated Press. “Anotoly Yatskov.” Associated Press, 31 March 1993. Itar-Tass news agency reported the death of Anatoly Yatskov, age 79, retired KGB colonel. “‘Thanks to Yatskov and his colleagues from the intelligence service, the secrets of the U.S. ‘Manhattan Project’ for the development of an atomic bomb became known to the Soviet leadership and to scientists engaged in similar research in the Soviet union,’” said Itar-Tass.

Beriia, Sergo Lavrentevich. Beria, My Father: Inside Stalin’s Kremlin. Edited by Françoise Thom. Translated by Brian Pearce. London, U.K.: Duckworth, 2001. Includes comments on Lavrenti Beria’s role in Soviet atomic espionage against the U.S.

Botti, Timothy J. Ace in the Hole: Why the United States Did Not Use Nuclear Weapons in the Cold War, 1945 to 1965. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1996.

Breindel, Eric, and Ronald Radosh. “Bombshell.” New Republic, 10 June 1991. Discusses story in Soviet weekly New Times by KGB Colonel Vladimir Chikov regarding KGB contributions to Soviet technology growth.  Chikov quotes Igor Kurchatov, early director of the USSR’s nuclear program, that espionage “’accounted for 50 percent of the project’s success.’”  Chikov credits part of the success to Morris and Lona Cohen.  Morris, a U.S. Communist, was recruited by the NKVD while with the Lincoln battalion.  Both disappeared from New York at the time of the Rosenbergs’ arrest only to be imprisoned for espionage in the UK in 1961 as Peter and Helen Kroger.  In 1967 the British exchanged the Cohens/Krogers for British agents held by the Soviets.  Radosh and Breindel suggest that a Kurchatov memo cited by Chikov strengthens the case against Clarence Hiskey, a U.S. scientist who was never tried but who a congressional committee said cooperated with a Soviet agent.  Edwin Yoder, Jr. in a letter to the editor (5 August 1991) comments that there are clear mistakes of chronology in the claims of KGB Colonel Chikov regarding Soviet nuclear espionage in WWII.

Broad, William J. “A Spy’s Path: Iowa to A-Bomb to Kremlin Honor.” New York Times, 12 November 2007.

Cabrera, Christopher G. “Atomic Spies: The Soviet Penetration of the Manhattan Project’s Los Alamos Laboratory.” Master’s thesis. Florida Atlantic University, 1998. “The intelligence services of the Soviet Union capitalized on several factors that facilitated their successful penetration of Los Alamos Laboratory, allowing them access to the secrets of the atomic bomb. The freedoms enjoyed in a democratic society, the appeal of communism, and the special considerations of wartime presented an environment in the United States conducive for the development and operation of Soviet spy networks.”

Chikov, Vladimir. “How the Soviet Secret Service Split the American Atom.” New Times [Russia] 16 & 17 (23-30 April 1991). Chikov, a retired KGB officer, praises the success of the NKVD in penetrating the American atomic bomb project during World War II.  Cites in particular the work of Morris Cohen, an Abraham Lincoln battalion soldier recruited for Soviet intelligence during the Spanish Civil War, and his wife Lona.  Credits Cohen with recruiting as a Soviet source an ideologically sympathetic scientist working on the project that Cohen had met earlier in connection with his Lincoln battalion service.  Quotes from Cohen’s KGB file.

Chikov, Vladimir. Comment Staline a Volé la Bombe Atomique Aux Américains: Dossier KGB no 13676. Assisted by Gary Kern. Paris: R. Laffont, 1996. Veteran KGB officer commentary on Soviet atomic espionage, written with SVR cooperation.  An English language edition was canceled when the translator, Gary Kern, pressed Chikov to explain contradictions and ambiguities in the text and Chikov did no respond adequately.  Kern concluded that Chikov was deliberately obscuring certain matters to prevent accurate identification of Americans who spied for the Soviets.

Dobbs, Michael. “How Soviets Stole U.S. Atom Secrets.” Washington Post, 4 October 1992. Based on interviews with Anatoly Yatskov (aka Yakovlev in the Rosenberg case), retired Soviet intelligence officer, Dobbs says an unnamed ideologically motivated American physicist began supplying the Soviets with detailed information on the Manhattan Project in 1942.  Morris Cohen, a Lincoln Brigade veteran, was the initial contact between the physicist and Soviet intelligence.  Quotes a document signed by Vasily Zarubin, NKVD head in the U.S., that “We are taking further measures to plant our reliable sources in Los Alamos.”  Leona Cohen acted as courier for the Los Alamos contacts.  Says that Walter Schneir interviewed Leona and she confirmed meeting with a physicist in Albuquerque.  Yatskov says he acted as controller for Harry Gold, denied knowing of the Rosenbergs, and that their Los Alamos sources dried up after 1949.

Evans, Medford. The Secret War for the A-Bomb. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1953. Former Atomic Energy Commission official discusses Soviet efforts to gain information on U.S. nuclear programs.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. “The Atomic Spy Case.” In Famous Cases. http://www.fbi.gov/libref/historic/famcases/famcases.htm

Federation of American Scientists. “[On the Morality of Soviet Espionage and Bomb Making].” F.A.S. Public Interest Report 47, no. 4 (July/August 1994). Journal of the leftist Federation of American Scientists issue devoted to discussions of the extent of Soviet atomic espionage and to the moral stances of American, British, Soviet, and German scientists involved in bomb research.

Goncharov, G. A., N. I. Komov, and A. S. Stepanov. “The Russian Nuclear Declassification Project: Setting up the A-Bomb Effort, 1946.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 8/9 (Winter 1996).

Goodman, Michael S. “British Intelligence and the Soviet Atomic Bomb, 1945-1949.” Journal of Strategic Studies 26, no. 2 (June 2003).

Groves, Leslie R. Now It Can be Told: The Story of the Manhattan Project. New York: Harper, 1962.  Groves, the military director of the project, discusses security policies and his relationship with J. Robert Oppenheimer.

Herken, Gregg. “‘A Most Deadly Illusion’: The Atomic Secret and American Nuclear Weapons Policy, 1945-1950.” Pacific Historical Review 49 (February 1980).

Herken, Gregg. “Babylon by the Bay: Soviet Atomic Espionage in California.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations. 24 June, 1999.

Herken, Gregg. The Winning Weapon: The Atomic Bomb in the Cold War, 1945-1950. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1980.

Holloway, David. “Sources for Stalin and the Bomb.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 4 (Fall 1994).

Holloway, David. Stalin and the Bomb: The Soviet Union and Atomic Energy, 1939-1956. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1994. Judges that Soviet espionage (Fuchs, Greenglass of the Rosenberg ring) saved the Soviets at least two years and considerable resources.

Hyde, H. Montgomery. The Atom Bomb Spies. New York: Atheneum, 1980.  Survey.

Jordan, George Racey. From Major Jordan’s Diaries. New York: The Bookmailer, 1962. Jordan claims to have witnessed conscious use of American Lend-Lease aid to assist the Soviet atomic bomb program.  Many of the assertions are undocumented beyond Jordan’s own witness and have an exaggerated air about them.

Jungk, Robert. Brighter Than a Thousand Suns: A Personal History of the Atomic Scientists. Translated by James Cleugh. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1958.

Kaiser, David. “The Atomic Secret in Red Hands? American Suspicions of Theoretical Physicists During the Early Cold War.” Representations, no. 90 (Spring 2005).

Kovaleva, S. K. Nauka i Obshchestvo Istoriia Sovetskogo Atomnogo Proekta (40-e-50-e Gg.): Mezhdunarodnyi Simpozium: ISAP-96, Dubna, 14-18 Maia 1996: Trudy [Science and Society: History of the Soviet Atomic Project (40’s-50’s): International Symposium: HISAP’ 96, Dubna 14-18 May, 1996: Proceedings]. Moskva: IzdAT, 1997.

Kramer, Mark. “Documenting the Early Soviet Nuclear Weapons Program.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 6/7 (Winter 1995/96).

Kurchatov, Igor. Voprosy Istorii Estestvoznaniia i Tekhniki [Questions About the History of Natural Science and Technology], no. 3 (1992). Kurchatov memoranda summarizing (source sanitized) for his scientific staff what Soviet intelligence was learning of the Manhattan Project.  Some of the material is translated and reproduced in appendixes 1-4  Pavel A. Sudoplatov, Antoli Sudoplatov, Jerrold Schecter, and Leona Schecter, Special Tasks: The Memoirs of an Unwanted Witness (New York: Little, Brown, and Co., 1994).

Laes, H.B. “Theory of Fielding.” Blogspot, 14 January 2001. http://web.archive.org/web/20050204173143/http://www.tof.blogspot.com/#SZ. Lengthy and detailed review of the literature attempting to build a case that Robert Oppenheimer assisted Soviet espionage.

Lee, Sabine. “The Spy That Never Was.” Intelligence and National Security 17, no. 4 (Winter 2002). Argues that Nigel West’s identification of British physicist Rudolf Peierls and his wife as candidates for atomic espionage related spies Tina and Fogel/Pers in Venona is mistaken.

Lota, Vladimir. GRU i Atomnaya Bomba. Moscow, Russia: OLMA-Press, 2002.

Malkov, Victor L. “Research in Soviet Intelligence Archives.” Paper presented at Cold War International History Project seminar. Woodrow Wilson Center, Washington, DC, 1992. Observed that access to Soviet intelligence archives is severely limited and that he found research in the central party archive more rewarding.  Says these files indicate that Soviet intelligence informed Soviet leaders of the personnel used and the allocation of resources in the Manhattan Project, the power of the initial bombs produced, the radiation produced, the psychological effects of the blast on observers, and the vulnerability of different structures to blast.  Says Soviet intelligence on the Manhattan Project made Stalin’s early Cold War policy more confident and precise than it otherwise would have been.  Says Stalin drew form intelligence reports on nuclear blast damage in Japan the lesson that masonry and steel construction could survive a nuclear attack and that therefore the atomic bomb was not a war-winning weapons and had not rendered the Red Army’s conventional weapons obsolete.

Melzer, Richard. Breakdown: How the Secret of the Atomic Bomb Was Stolen During World War II. Santa Fe, NM: Sunstone Press, 2000.

Moorehead, Alan. The Traitors. New York: Scribner, 1952. Discusses the espionage of Klaus Fuchs, Bruno Pontecorvo, and Allan Nunn May.

Mullet, Shawn Khristian. “Little Man: Four Junior Physicists and the Red Scare Experience

 Mystified and outraged that anyone could question the loyalty of a secret Communist physicist working on the Manhattan project or related subjects.

Norris, Robert S. Racing for the Bomb: General Leslie R. Groves, the Manhattan Project’s Indispensable Man. South Royalton, VT: Steerforth Press, 2002.

Pilat, Oliver Ramsay. The Atom Spies. New York: Putnam, 1952. Journalistic account the atomic spy cases.

Reed, Thomas C., and Danny B. Stillman. The Nuclear Express: A Political History of the Bomb and Its Proliferation. Minneapolis, MN: MBI Pub., 2009. Without providing evidence, claim that the alleged Soviet atomic spy “Perseus” was real, they they know his name but will not disclose it, and that he was a senior scientist at Los Alamos.

Reuben, William A. The Atom Spy Hoax. New York: Action Books, 1955. Argues that there was no atomic secret and no espionage took place.  Treats the various charges of Soviet spying as manufactured by a malign American government.

Rhodes, Richard. Dark Sun: The Making of the Hydrogen Bomb. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1995.  Comprehensive history of the development of the Hydrogen bomb.

Rhodes, Richard. The Making of the Atomic Bomb. New York, NY: Simon & Schuster, 1986.  Comprehensive history of the Manhattan Project.

Sklar, Zachary. “Saratoga Bill.” American Scholar 75, no. 4 (Autumn 2006). Gushing portrait of Hiss and Rosenberg defender William Reuben

Smyth, Henry De Wolf. A General Account of the Development of Methods of Using Atomic Energy for Military Purposes Under the Auspices of the United States Government, 1940-1945. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1945. “Written at the request of Major General L. R. Groves, United States Army. Publication authorized as of August 1945.”

Smyth, Henry De Wolf. Atomic Energy for Military Purposes. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1948.

Smyth, Henry De Wolf. Atomic Energy for Military Purposes: The Official Report on the Development of the Atomic Bomb Under the Auspices of the United States Government, 1940-1945. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1945. “This book is a republication, with the modifications detailed in the author’s preface, of the official report issued by the Manhattan district,’ U.S. Corps of engineers (the name given by the War department to the Atomic bomb project)”

Turchetti, Simone. “Atomic Secrets and Governmental Lies: Nuclear Science, Politics and Security in the Pontecorvo Case.” British Journal for the History of Science 36, no. 4 (December 2003).

U.S. Congress Joint Committee on Atomic Energy. Soviet Atomic Espionage. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Excepts from Hearings Regarding Investigation of Communist Activities in Connection with the Atom Bomb. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Excerpts from Hearings Regarding Investigation of Communist Activities in Connection with the Atom Bomb. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Infiltration of Radiation Laboratory and Atomic Bomb Project at the University of California, Berkeley. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Atomic Espionage: (Nelson-Weinberg and Hiskey-Adams Cases). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Soviet Espionage Activities in Connection with the Atom Bomb; Investigation of un-American Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Shipment of Atomic Material to the Soviet Union During World War II. Hearings, 901-1194. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Hearings held Dec. 5, 1949-Mar. 7, 1950.  Includes testimony of George Racey Jordan.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Dr. Edward U. Condon. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of James Sterling Murray and Edward Tiers Manning Regarding Clarence Hiskey and Arthur Adams. Hearings, Eighty-First Congress, First Session. August 14 and October 5, 1949, 877-99. Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

Visgin, V.P., ed. “‘U Istokov Sovetskogo Atomnogo Proekta: Rol’ Rasvedki, 1941-1946 Gg. (po Materialam Arkhiva Vneshnei Razvedki Rossi’ [At the Sources of the Soviet Atomic Project: The Role of Intelligence Operations, 1941-1946 (Based on Material from the Archive of the Foreign Intelligence Service of Russia].” Voprosy Istorii Estestvoznaniia i Tekhniki [Questions About the History of Natural Science and Technology], no. 3 (1992).

West, Nigel. Mortal Crimes: The Greatest Theft in History: Soviet Penetration of the Manhattan Project. New York: Enigma Books, 2004.

Yatskov, A.A. “‘Atom i Razvedka’ [The Atom and Intelligence Gathering].” Voprosy Istorii Estestvoznaniia i Tekhniki [Questions About the History of Natural Science and Technology], no. 3 (1992).

Yourgrau, Tug, producer. “Secrets, Lies, and Atomic Spies,” 2002. <http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/venona/> Companion web site to PBS Nova documentary, “Secrets, Lies, and Atomic Spies,” first broadcast on 5 February 2002.   Includes interviews with Joan and Ruth Hall, William Weisband, Jr., Robert and Michael Meeropol, Boaria Sax, John Earl Haynes, Harvey Klehr, and others.

****************************************************************

 

Atomic Espionage and the Sudoplatov Controversy

 

Associated Press. “Russians Deny U.S. Scientists Gave Atom Data.” New York Times, 6 May 1994. The Russian Foreign Intelligence Service disavows Sudoplatov’s memoir, stating that while “Pavel Sudoplatov had access to atomic problems ... from September 1945 to October 1946, when he was in charge of special department ‘S’ of the NKVD” ... “department ‘S’ had no direct contact with the agents network.”

Bethe, Hans. “Atomic Slurs.” Washington Post, 27 May 1994. Bethe, a physicists at Los Alamos, angrily denounces Sudoplatov memoir: “Fuchs’s espionage was enough to account for all the information that came from Los Alamos to the Soviets, both oral and in the form of copied secret documents.  No additional moles were needed.” Denies there could have been any other major source except Klaus Fuchs.  Allows that since the Soviets received information prior to Fuchs‘ arrival in 1944 there was some other source but asserts that it could not have been Oppenheimer, Fermi, Bohr, or Szilard as Sudoplatov suggested   Has no suggestions (or interest) about who the other source or sources  might be.

Bethe, Hans, Kurt Gottfried, and Roald Sagdeev. “Did Bohr Share Nuclear Secrets?” Scientific American, May 1995. Says an examination of Soviet documents on the meeting between Soviet intelligence agents and Niels Bohr show that Bohr gave only unimportant information and held back important data.

Breindel, Eric. “The Oppenheimer File.” National Review, 30 May 1994. Finds Sudoplatov‘s accounts of Trotsky‘s murder, the Wallenberg affair, the Nazi-Soviet pact, and Stalin‘s anti-Semitic purges credible; suggests his reliability might be checked by a comparison of FBI files with Sudoplatov‘s detailed account of Rudolf Abel‘s activities; says Sudoplatov‘s claims about atomic spying are not proven but should be taken seriously.

Breindel, Eric. “A Case of Book Burning.” National Review, 29 August 1994. On the evidence found by the London Sunday Times supporting the Sudoplatov memoir regarding Niels Bohr’s meeting with NKVD agents in 1945.

Broad, William J. “Book Charges Creators of A-Bomb Aided Soviets.” New York Times, 19 April 1994. Summarizes criticisms of Sudoplatov‘s Special Tasks by Oppenheimer and Szilard biographers.

Broad, William J. “Physicists Try to Discredit Book Asserting Atom Architects Spied.” New York Times, 1 May 1994. American Physical Society condemns Sudoplatov memoir: wants the U.S. government to investigation and discredit the book.

Broad, William J. “New Books Revive Old Talk of Spies.” New York Times, 11 May 1999. Discusses information on atomic espionage in recent books by Sudoplatov and Schecter, Haynes and Klehr, Albright and Kunstel, Weinstein and Vassiliev, and Stone.  Notes that the “Dr. X” of Stone’s book is Philip Morrison, who denies involvement in espionage..

Conquest, Robert. “Old Spies‘ Tales Contain Some Truth.” Wall Street Journal, 20 May 1994. On Sudoplatov: “It is natural in controversy that anyone wanting to reject a particular piece of evidence should seek to discount the whole testimony of the witness.  But this is an attorney‘s approach, not an historian’s....  The Khrushchev memoirs were denounced as fakes, but later proved authentic (having, incidentally, more errors of date or fact than Mr. Sudoplatov‘s while remaining an important source).  The Penkovsky Papers were said to be full of lengthily specified errors, and therefore faked by the CIA; the errors were nonexistent or minimal, and the papers are now accepted everywhere as genuine.”

Conquest, Robert. “The Sudoplatov Controversy.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 5 (Spring 1995). Comments on KGB meeting with Bohr.

Derbenev, Vladimir. “Soviets Didn’t Depend on Espionage to Build Their A-Bomb.” Washington Times, 20 May 1994. Russian embassy statement from Russia Foreign Intelligence Service: “Allegations that Soviet Intelligence received information on the atomic bomb directly from such noted scientists as Enrico Fermi, Leo Szilard, Robert Oppenheimer and others do not correspond to reality.  The book of Pavel Sudoplatov is a mosaic of truthful events, semi-truth and open inventions.  The very events and role of many participants are interpreted in a free and very wrong way, and the author exaggerates his role in the creation of the Soviet A-bomb.”

Donald, Roger. “Dissenting Thoughts on ‘A KGB Memoir.’” Washington Post, 19 May 1994. Publisher of Sudoplatov memoir rebuts criticism, citing review of book by Norman Macrae, a biographer of Jon von Neumann, that he had suspicions of Oppenheimer and Szilard (but not Fermi) but had never voiced them for concern of being associated with McCarthyism.  Says the attacks on the memoir are an example of a “campaign of zealous denial.”

Federation of American Scientists. “[On Sudoplatov Memoir].” F.A.S. Public Interest Report 47, no. 3 (May/June 1994). Devoted to commentaries critical of the Sudoplatov memoir.

Knight, Amy. “The Man Who Wasn‘t There.” New York Times, 3 May 1994.   Angry denunciation asserting that her research shows no evidence that Sudoplatov had any connection to atomic espionage; dismisses him as a “Stalinist hangman.”

Laqueur, Walter. “Red Herrings.” New Republic, 6 June 1994.  Says Sudoplatov‘s memoir is a mixture of fact and fiction that it will “take a committee of experts to disentangle.”

McMillan, Priscilla. “Flimsy Memories.” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 50 (July-August 1994). Highly critical of Sudoplatov memoir.

McMillan, Priscilla Johnson. “They Weren‘t Spies.” Washington Post, 26 April 1994. Condemns Special Tasks.

Pincus, Walter. “Book Saying U.S. Scientists Aided Soviet Atom Bomb Effort Is Faulted.” Washington Post, 26 April 1994. Criticism by David Holloway and Thomas Powers of Sudoplatov‘s memoir Special Tasks.

Powers, Thomas. “Were the Atomic Scientists Spies?” New York Review of Books, 9 June 1994. Highly detailed critique of the atomic espionage chapter of Sudoplatov‘s memoirs, finds the chapter to lack credibility.  “But the greatest danger of a book like Special Tasks is that it can poison the stream and cast into disrepute the entire effort to coax forth the true history of the cold war.  Many other books drawing on secret files and the memories of old men have already emerged from Moscow, and others are planned.  The Soviets had a gift amounting to genius for intelligence work and espionage; indeed, one principal source of the failure of the regime was its tendency to rely excessively on secret information and hidden manipulation. Questions of loyalty and allegiance were often raised during the cold war, and many have not been settled yet.  One must keep an open mind, because sometimes the incredible news is true.  But not this time.”

Rhodes, Richard. “Atomic Spies or Atomic Lies?” New York Times, 3 May 1994. Attacks Sudoplatov memoir as fiction.

Schecter, Jerrold, and Schecter Leona P. “In Defense of Gen. Sudoplatov‘s Story.” Washington Post, 2 May 1994.

Schecter, Jerrold L., and Leona P. Schecter. “The Sudoplatov Controversy.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 5 (Spring 1995). Reply to critics.

Schneir, Walter. “Sudo-History.” The Nation, 6 June 1994, 804, 806-08. Calls Sudoplatov a “perpetrator” of the “crimes of Stalinism,” suggests Oppenheimer was named a spy to enhance the market for the book, that Sudoplatov had nothing to do with atomic espionage, and that Sudoplatov‘s and Khrushchev‘s remarks about the Rosenbergs were false.

Sherwin, Martin J. “Atomic Pile.” Nation, 23 May 1994. Contemptuously compares Sudoplatov‘s memoir to the forged Protocols of the Elders of Zion.

Smirnov, Yuri. “The KGB Mission to Niels Bohr: Its Real ‘Success.’” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 4 (Fall 1994). Says the surfacing of a 1945 NKVD report confirming the visit of two Soviet intelligence agents with Niels Bohr does not confirm Sudoplatov because a careful reading of the technical information in the report shows that twenty-two technical questions Bohr answered chiefly provided information already public in the Smyth report and the NKVD report does not confirm Sudoplatov’s claim that Bohr provided information that assisted in solving a Soviet reactor problem.  The NKVD report is transcribed in translation in the CWIHPB.

Streitfeld, David. “The Book at Ground Zero.” Washington Post, 27 May 1994. On Sudoplatov controversy.

Streitfeld, David. “FBI Says Evidence Lacking Against A-Bomb Scientists.” Washington Post, 2 May 1995. Chairman Les Aspin (an influential liberal politician) of the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board released an FBI letter stating that its records did not have “any credible evidence“ against Bohr, Fermi, Oppenheimer, and Szilard, named as sources by Sudoplatov, and that its classified information, which it did not release “argues against’ these individuals as witting sources.”

Sudoplatov, Pavel. “The Sudoplatov Controversy.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 5 (Spring 1995). Reply to critics.

Sudoplatov, Pavel, Anatolii Pavlovich Sudoplatov, Jerrold L. Schecter, and Leona Schecter. Special Tasks: The Memoirs of an Unwanted Witness, a Soviet Spymaster. Boston: Little, Brown, 1994. Memoir of a high-level NKVD officer, discussing NKVD operations against emigres, his supervision of Trotsky‘s assassination, the NKVD‘s activities in the Spanish Civil War, the late 1930s purge of the Soviet foreign intelligence services, WWII NKVD operations, and the post-WWII anti-Jewish purge of the NKVD.  Says that in late 1941 Oppenheimer told Gregory Kheifets, NKVD resident in San Francisco, that the US was developing the atomic bomb and the Oppenheimer, although not controlled by Soviet intelligence, consciously provided Soviet agents with technical information about the Manhattan project, as did Fermi, Bohr, Szilard, and Pontecorvo.  Says the Rosenbergs were Soviet agents, but minor ones.  Says during World War II Vassili Zarubin, the NKVD resident in Washington, DC, told Soviet agents to end the previous intermixing of Soviet intelligence with the CPUSA because increasing FBI surveillance of the CPUSA might uncover intelligence operations, a decision Sudoplatov says was resisted by Steve Nelson.   Says that the information provided by Soviet agents after WWII assured Stalin that the US did not have a sufficient number of atomic bombs to destroy the Soviet Union until the mid-1950s.  A 1995 edition has some additional material.

Sudoplatov, Pavel. Raznye Dni Tainoi Voiny i Diplomatii. 1941 God. Moskva: OLMA-Press, 2001.

Sudoplatov, Andrei. Tainaya Zhizn’ Generala Sudoplatova:  Pravdai i vymysly o moem otse [The Secret Life of General Sudoplatov:  Truth and Fantasies About My Father. Moskva: “Sovremennik” “Olma-Press,” 1998.

Teller, Edward. “Scientists, Not Spies.” Wall Street Journal, 11 May 1994. Teller says he knew Fermi well and thinks it very unlikely that he was a spy.

Ulam, Adam B. “Murder Was Part of the Job Description.” New York Times Book Review, 22 May 1994. Judges some sections of the Sudoplatov memoir highly credible (Trotsky assassination, Kirov murder, the general picture of atomic espionage) and others not (Benes relationship, specific role of Oppenheimer, Fermi et al in atomic espionage): “for all of its distortions, ‘Special Tasks‘ is a valuable document and very readable.”

Zubok, Vladislav. “Atomic Espionage and Its Soviet ‘Witnesses.’” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 4 (Fall 1994). Harsh denunciation of testimony of retired senior Soviet intelligence officers, Sudoplatov in Special Tasks, Alexander Feklisov in Za okeanom i na ostrove. Zipiski razvedchika [Overseas and on the Island: Notes of an Intelligence Officer] (Moscow: DEM, 1994), and of Sergo Beria in Moiotets-Lavrentii Beria [My Father-Lavrenty Beria] (Moscow: Sovremennik, 1994) as a “mishmash of absurdities” designed to show that Soviet intelligence agents deserve more credit than Russian scientists for the building of the Soviet bomb.

****************************************************************

 

Biographical Accounts and Individual Espionage Cases and Investigations

 

Survey of Individual Cases

 

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. Early Cold War Spies: The Espionage Trials That Shaped American Politics. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2006.  Survey.  Discusses Amerasia, Owen Lattimore, Igor Gouzenko, Elizabeth Bentley, the Silvermaster group, the Perlo group, William Remington, Alger Hiss, Whittaker Chambers, Klaus Fuchs, Theodore Hall, Julius Rosenberg, David Greenglass, J. Robert Oppenheimer, Harry Gold, Abraham Brothman, Miriam Moskowitz, Benjamin Smilg, Alfred Slack, Morton Sobell, Joel Barr, Alfred Sarant, William Perl, Saville Sax, Rudolf Abel, Morris and Lona Cohen, Judith Coplon, Jack Soble, Robert Soblen, Mark Zborowski; Victor Kravchenko, Boris Morros and others. TOC: 1. Introduction: early Cold War spy cases; 2. The precursors; 3. Elizabeth Bentley: the case of the blond spy queen; 4. The Alger Hiss - Whittaker Chambers case; 5. The atomic espionage cases; 6. Judith Coplon: the spy who got away with it; 7. The Soble-Soblen case: last of the early Cold War spy trials; 8. Conclusion: the decline of the ideological spy.

Haynes, John Earl. “Rosenberg, Hiss, Oppenheimer Cases.” In Americans at War: Society, Culture, and the Homefront, edited by John Phillips Resch. Detroit: Macmillan Reference USA, 2005.

Herbig, Katherine L., and Martin F. Wiskoff. Espionage Against the United States by American Citizens 1947-2001. PERSEREC Technical Report 02-5. Monterey, CA: Defense Personnel Security Research Center, 2002. Analyses of 150 cases of espionage, provides detailed data on the demographic and employment characteristics of the spies, means and methods used to commit espionage, motivations, and consequences the suffered.  Compares Cold War era and post-Cold War spies.

****************************************************************

 

Rudolf Abel / Willi Fischer

 

Arthey, Vin. Like Father Like Son: A Dynasty of Spies. London, U.K.: St. Ermin’s Press, 2004. Biography of Willi Fisher aka Rudolph Abel.

Bernikow, Louise. Abel. New York: Trident Press, 1970.

Dolgopolov, Nikolay. “The Truth About Colonel Abel.” Komsolomskaya Pravda [Moscow], 10 July 1993. English translation Foreign Broadcast Information Service-USR-93-113 (30 August 1993) pp. 11-14.  Interview with Colonel Dmitry Tarasov, retired KGB officer, about Soviet agent Rudolf Abel (pseudonym for Willi Fischer) under his code name of Mark: “Mark was in contact with the leaders of the ‘volunteers‘ group with U.S. citizens Luis and Leslie.  These were our foreign intelligence staffers Morris and Leontine Cohen.  They were known as Peter and Helen Kroger and they managed to arrange for the transmission of all of the secret information about the American atomic bomb projects in the laboratories of the atomic center in Los Alamos.”

Donovan, James B. Strangers on a Bridge: The Case of Colonel Abel. New York: Atheneum, 1964. The trial of Soviet espionage agent, Rudolf Abel, that ended in his exchange for U-2 pilot, Francis Gary Powers.  Written by Abel’s defense lawyer.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. “Rudolf Ivanovich Abel (Hollow Nickel Case).” In Famous Cases. http://www.fbi.gov/libref/historic/famcases/famcases.htm

Khenkin, Kyrill. Okhhoynik Verkh Nogami [The Hunter on His Head]. Paris, France: Povey, 1980. On Willi Fisher written by a friend.

****************************************************************

 

Josephine Truslow Adams

 

Klehr, Harvey. “The Strange Case of Roosevelt’s ‘Secret Agent’: Frauds, Fools, & Fantasies.” Encounter [U.K.] 9, no. 6 (1982): 84-91. Discusses Josephine Truslow Adams, a secret Communist and unstable woman known casually by Eleanor Roosevelt.  She convinced Earl Browder that she had close ties with Franklin D. Roosevelt; Browder subsequently attempted to use her as a liaison with the White House.

****************************************************************

 

Elizabeth Bentley

 

Bentley, Elizabeth. Out of Bondage: The Story of Elizabeth Bentley. New York: Devin-Adair, 1951. Autobiography of an ex-Communist who had taken part in Soviet espionage.  While in the main sticking to her original debriefing by the FBI in 1945, this version is melodramatic and embellished.  Bentley was assisted by a ghost writer in preparing the book.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. “‘Existing Corroboration of Bentley’s Overall Testimony,’ 6 May 1955.” In Silvermaster File (FBI File 65-56402), Serial 4201.

Kessler, Lauren. Clever Girl: Elizabeth Bentley’s Life in and Out of Espionage. New York: HarperCollins, 2003. Full length biography of Bentley, finding her story largely accurate and reliable.

Liebling, A.J. “The Wayward Press.” New Yorker, 28 August 1948. Denunciation of Elizabeth Bentley as a contemptible fraud.

Nation editors. “The Shape of Things.” The Nation, 7 August 1948, 141. Denounced Elizabeth Bentley testimony as “smears” and as “such wanton charges as hardly seem worth the dignity of denial.”

Olmsted, Kathryn S. Red Spy Queen: A Biography of Elizabeth Bentley. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002. First scholarly biography of Bentley to appear. Judges that her statement to the FBI and early testimony was accurate but that later she tended to embellish and exaggerate.  Views her personally in a critical light.

Peake, Hayden B. “Afterword.” In Out of Bondage: The Story of Elizabeth Bentley, Elizabeth Bentley. New York: Ivy Books, 1988. Detailed examination (113 pages) of Bentley’s credibility on the basis of FOIA documents and published histories.  Judges that corroboration of her story is high, that her errors were minor or inconsequential, and that her veracity was good.

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “The Story the ‘Red Spy Queen’ Didn’t Tell.” Nation, 25 June 1983. Sneering attack on the credibility of Elizabeth Bentley.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Elizabeth Bentley, Whittaker Chambers and Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter; Institute of Pacific Relations Hearings, Part 13. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Ward, John T. “The Spies of Loveladies: By Crafting a Second Career as a Home Builder on Long Beach Island, Lud Ullmann Pulled Off What Few Other Accused Cold War Spies Did: He Outlived His Past.” New Jersey Monthly, June 2005.

Wilson, Veronica A. “Elizabeth Bentley and Cold War Representations: Masks Not Dropped.” Intelligence and National Security 14, no. 2 (Summer 1999). Finds that Bentley’s failure to fulfill traditional gender prescriptions offended some commentators who used this failure to cast doubt on her story, discusses Bentley’s attempt to counter these doubts with a public performance of traditional femininity.

****************************************************************

 

David Bohm

 

Freire, Olival, Jr. “Science and Exile: David Bohm, the Cold War, and a New Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics.” Historical Studies in the Physical and Biological Sciences 36, no. 1 (2005).

Mullet, Shawn. “Political Science: The Red Scare as the Hidden Variable in the Bohmian Interpretation of Quantum Theory.” B.A. thesis. University of Texas, Austin, 1999.

Olwell, Russell. “Physical Isolation and Marginalization in Physics: David Bohm’s Cold War Exile.” Isis 90, no. 4 (1999).

Peat, F. David. Infinite Potential: The Life and Times of David Bohm. Reading, MA: Addison Wesley, 1997. Discusses the attachment to the CPUSA and suspicions, which Peat rejects, that the theoretical quantum physicist David Bohm, an Oppenheimer protege, participated in espionage while associated with the Radiation Laboratory at Berkeley during atomic bomb project.  Bohm refused to testify to a congressional committee inquiring about the matter.

****************************************************************

 

Frank Coe

 

Alden, Robert. “Frank Coe Lauds Red China’s Work.” New York Times, 21 February 1959, 4. On Coe’s endorsement of a Maoist purge. Elizabeth Bentley had identified Coe, then a U.S. government economist, as a Soviet source during World War II. In the 1950s Coe moved to Communist China and remained there for the rest of his life.

U.S. Senate Committee on Government Operations. Austrian Incident. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. On Frank Coe and the occupation currency question.

****************************************************************

 

Judith Coplon

 

Mitchell, Marcia, and Thomas Mitchell. The Spy Who Seduced America: Lies and Betrayal in the Heat of the Cold War: The Judith Coplon Story. Montpelier, VT: Invisible Cities Press, 2002. Reluctantly concludes that Coplon was, indeed, a Soviet spy but is outraged that the FBI used unfair tactics to prosecute her.

****************************************************************

 

Martha Dodd and Alfred Stern

 

Dodd, Martha. Through Embassy Eyes. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1939.  Recounts her life in Berlin as U.S. embassy hostess for her farther, Ambassador William Dodd.

Dodd, Martha. Sowing the Wind. New York: Harcourt, Brace and company, 1945. Novel about the degeneration of a German under Nazism.

Dodd, Martha. The Searching Light. New York: Citadel Press, 1955.  Fictionalized the California loyalty oath controversy, portrays America as a land of growing oppression and impending fascism.

Dodd, William Edward. Ambassador Dodd’s Diary, 1933-1938. Edited by William Edward Dodd, jr. and Martha Dodd. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1941.

Fox, John Francis, Jr. “‘In Passion and in Hope:’ The Pilgrimage of an American Radical, Martha Dodd Stern and Family, 1933--1990.” Ph.D. diss. University of New Hampshire, 2001. Most thorough and complete study of Martha Dodd Stern’s extensive involvement in communism and Soviet espionage.

Smith, Gene. “Martha Dodd’s Shining Season.” American Heritage 48, no. 4 (July-August 1997).

vanden Heuvel, Katrina. “Martha Dodd Stern.” Nation, 24 September 1990. Calls for the government to open its files on the indictment of Martha Dodd Stern and her husband for espionage in the 1950s.  Suggests there is no credible evidence of their wrong doing.   Exchange with Reed Irvine in December. 17, 1990 issue.

vanden Heuvel, Katrina. “Grand Illusions.” Vanity Fair 54, no. 9 (September 1991).  Sees Dodd and her husband as innocent pro-Soviet idealists who were wrongly suspected of espionage.

****************************************************************

 

Noel Field

 

Barth, Bernd-Rainer. “[Who Was Noel Field? The Unknown Key Figure].” In Vielstimmiges Schweigen Neue Studien Zum DDR-Antifaschismus, edited by Annette Leo. Berlin: Metropol, 2001.

Barth, Bernd-Rainer, and Werner Schweizer. Der Fall Noel Field: Schlüsselfigur der Schauprozesse in Osteuropa  [The Case of Noel Field: Key Figure in the Show Trials in Eastern Europe]. Assisted by Thomas Grimm. Berlin, Germany: BasisDruck, 2005.

Barth, Bernd-Rainer, and Werner Schweizer. Der Fall Noel Field: Asyl in Ungarn 1954 - 1957 [The Case of Noel Field: Asylum in Hungary 1954-1957]. Berlin, Germany: BasisDruck, 2006.

Breindel, Eric, and Herbert Romerstein. “Hiss: Still Guilty.” New Republic, 30 December 1996. Reports finding in Czech archives a summary made by agents of the Czech Ministry of National Security of a 1949 interrogation in Budapest of Noel Field, a former U.S. State Department official, caught up then in a Stalinist purge and accused of being an Anglo-Zionist spy.  Field in the interrogation reported that he had worked for Soviet intelligence when in the U.S. State Department in the mid-1930s for a ring headed by Hedda Massing.  He also reported that Hiss had attempted to recruit him for the Soviet spy ring for which Hiss worked.

Field, Hermann H., and Kate Field. Trapped in the Cold War: The Ordeal of an American Family. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1999. Memoir by the brother and sister-in-law of Noel Field.  Hermann traveled to Communist Poland in search of Noel who had disappeared.  While in Poland Hermann was secretly arrested and imprisoned by Polish Communist authorities as an American spy during Stalin’s purge of the East European regimes.  He was released when Josef Swiatlo, a Polish security officer, defected to the West and revealed his secret imprisonment.

Field, Hugh. “Trolling Along on the Bottom.” In Born Into a World at War, edited by Maria Tymoczko and Nancy Blackmun. Manchester, U.K.: St. Jerome, 2000. Memoir by the son of Hermann Field.

Field, Noel. “Hitching Our Wagon to a Star.” Mainstream, January 1961. His public declaration of devotion to communism.

Gluchowski, L.W. “The Defection of Jozef Swiatlo and the Search for Jewish Scapegoats in the Polish United Worker’ Party, 1953-1954.” Intermarium 3, no. 2 (1999). When Swiatlo, a senior Polish Communist security officer, defected he revealed that the Polish regime had secretly imprisoned Hermann Field. Available at <http://www.columbia.edu/cu/sipa/REGIONAL/ECE/newintermar.html>.

Hodos, George H. Show Trials: Stalinist Purges in Eastern Europe, 1948-1954. New York: Praeger, 1987. Notes that American Communist Noel Field, imprisoned by Hungarian security police, was cited by Communist prosecutors in Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland, and the German Democratic Republic as a master American spy whose secret testimony implicated hundreds of veteran Communists as being U.S. agents.  Hodos regards the charge as fraudulent.  Hodos, a Hungarian Communist, was himself a purge victim.

Kaplan, Karel. Dans les Archives Du Comité Central: Trente Ans de Secrets Du Bloc Soviétique. Paris: A. Michel, 1978.

Kaplan, Karel. Report on the Murder of the General Secretary. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1990. Kaplan, then a historical consultant to the Czechoslovak C.P., in 1968 was a member and secretary of an official commission investigating the Slansky purge by the reform Dubcek Communist regime.  After the 1968 Soviet invasion crushed the reformers, Kaplan smuggled commission documents to the West and went west himself later.  Contains an account based on the commission’s investigations and documents of Noel Field’s role in Soviet espionage and his portrayal as a master American spy in the Rajk purge in Hungary and the Slansky purge in Czechoslovakia.  Contains the text of a letter written by André Simone (Otto Katz) to Klement Gottwald on the day of Simone’s execution as a Slansky collaborator.  Simone/Katz denied Trotskyism and improper American links during his work in the U.S. for Communist causes in the 1930s.

Kiessling, Wolfgang. Partner Im “Narrenparadies”: Der Freundeskreis Um Noel Field und Paul Merker. Berlin: Dietz, 1994.

Kiessling, Wolfgang. Leistner ist Mielke: Schatten einer Gefälschten Biographie. Berlin: Aufbau Taschenbuch Verlag, 1998.

Klingsberg, Ethan. “Case Closed Alger Hiss?” Nation, 8 November 1993, 528-32. Klingsberg, who examined the documents found by Maria Schmidt, dismisses them.  Allows that it is possible that “Field was a Communist sympathizer and perhaps a minor Soviet agent,” but says the Field statements implicating Hiss “were made under coercive circumstances” and that “legitimate grounds exist for concluding that the references to Alger Hiss are among those statements coerced by the Hungarians.”  Claims that Field was a cat’s-paw used by Allen Dulles and U.S. intelligence, that “Dulles fed information to double agent Jozef Swiatlo, a leader of Polish intelligence, that was used to unleash a wave of paranoia throughout the Soviet intelligence apparatus that the United States had infiltrated Communist organizations throughout East-Central Europe via ‘super-spy’ Noel Field” in order to “drive the Communist toward harsher tactics that would result in stunting the liberal-leaning and nationalist elements in the East-Central European Soviet satellites, thereby preventing Communism from attaining grass-roots credibility there.”  Thus, he concludes, the U.S. was morally responsible for the oppressive nature of communism in Eastern Europe.

Lewis, Flora. Red Pawn: The Story of Noel Field. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965. Field, a American Communist sympathizer and American diplomat who cooperated with Soviet intelligence, during Stalin’s late 40s and early 50s purges was forced by the KGB and the Communist intelligence services of Hungary and Czechoslovakia to confess to being an American spy and to implicate many high-ranking Soviet bloc Communists in espionage for the U.S.   Field initially was secretly arrested in Czechoslovakia but was later imprisoned by the Hungarian.  Field’s wife was also secretly arrested in Czechoslovakia and handed over to Hungarian Communist security police.  Field’s brother was secretly arrested and imprisoned in Poland.  Field’s step-daughter was secretly arrested in the German Democratic Republic and imprisoned in the Soviet Union. Lewis is unsure of the extent of Field’s work for Soviet intelligence or the exact nature of his organizational link to the Communist movement.

Loebl, Eugen. Stalinism in Prague: The Loebl Story. New York: Grove Press, 1969. On the Slánský trial.

London, Artur Gerard. The Confession. Translated by Alastair Hamilton. New York: Morrow, 1970. On the Slansky purge in Czechoslovakia; discusses the use of Noel Field to implicate leading Czechoslovak Communists in treason.  Original: L’Aveu, dans l’engrenage du Proce`s de Prague

Lukes, Igor. “The Rudolf Slansky Affair: New Evidence.” Slavic Review 58, no. 1 (Spring 1999).

Lukes, Igor. “Rudolf Slansky: His Trials and Trial.” Cold War International History Project Working Papers, no. #50. Http://www.wilsoncenter.org/index.cfm?topic_id=1409&fuseaction=topics.home.

Massing, Hede. This Deception. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1951.  Amateurishly written memoir by a former German Communist, Comintern operative and KGB agent who with her husband dropped out of Soviet espionage work in the late 1930s and emerged as an anti-Communist in the late 1940s.  Hede Massing was also know as Hedda Gompertz or Gumperz.  She recruited Noel Field and had contact with Alger Hiss and testified at Hiss’s perjury trial. 

Pelikán, Jiří, ed. The Czechoslovak Political Trials, 1950-1954: The Suppressed Report of the Dubcek Government’s Commission of Inquiry, 1968. London, U.K.: Macdonald, 1971.

Rajk, László. László Rajk and His Accomplices Before the People’s Court. Budapest, Hungary: Szikra, 1949. Transcript of the trial published by the Hungarian regime.  Rajk and others confess to having been recruited into espionage against communism by American spy Noel Field.

Schmidt, Maria. “A Few New Aspects to the Story of the American Alger Hiss and the Hungarian Laszlo Rajk’s Affair.” Unpublished essay [translated from Hungarian]. Budapest, Hungary, 2001.

Schmidt, Maria. “Behind the Scenes of the Show Trials of Central-Eastern Europe.” Unpublished paper quoted in Weinstein’s Perjury. Budapest, Hungary, 1993.

Schmidt, Maria. “The Hiss Dossier: A Historian’s Report.” New Republic, 8 November 1993, 17-18, 20. Schmidt discusses documents found in the archives of the Hungarian Communist Secret Police. Included were interviews with Noel Field in 1954, shortly before his rehabilitation and release from prison.  Field said that he was providing State Department information to J. Peters and in the fall of 1935 Hiss, a friend, “’wanted to recruit me for espionage for the Soviet Union. I did not find the right answer and carelessly told him that I was already working for the Soviet Intelligence....  I knew, from what Hiss told me, that he was working for the Soviet secret service.’...  Field’s Soviet contact in Washington, Hedda Massing, was furious when Field told him he had blown his cover to Hiss: ‘I received a stern rebuke from her,’ he recalls.”  “Field knew that his testimony to the Hungarians was being reviewed by the State Security Authority.  He couldn’t claim he or anyone else had worked for the Soviet Union if they had not, since the Russians and the Hungarians easily could have checked up on it.”

Schmidt, Mária. “A Rajk-Per És Az Amerikai Kapscolat [The Rajk Affair and the American Connection].” Magyar Szemle [Hungary] 3, no. 3&4 (March-April 1994). Hungarian article that formed the basis of the English-language  “Behind the Scenes of the Show Trials of Central-Eastern Europe.” <http:/www.hhrf.org/korunk/9805/5k15.htm>

Schmidt, Mária. “Noel Field -- The American Communist at the Center of Stalin’s East European Purge: From the Hungarian Archives.” American Communist History 3, no. 2 (December 2004).  Discusses Field’s fraudulent portrayal as an American masterspy by those conducting Stalin’s purge of the East Bloc and what Field had to say of his actual role as a Soviet spy and his relationship with Alger Hiss when he was rehabilitated after Stalin’s death.

Schmidt, Mária. A Titkoszolgálatok Kulisszái Mögött – Hitek, Ideológiák És Hírszerzok a XX. Században [Battle of Wits - Beliefs, Ideologies and Secret Agents in the 20th Century]. Budapest, Hungary: XX. Század Intézet, 2005. Discusses the role of Noel Field in the Rajk purge and the association of the Rajk purge with the Hiss case in the U.S.

Schmidt, Mária. Battle of Wits - Beliefs, Ideologies and Secret Agents in the 20th Century. Budapest, Hungary: XX. Század Intézet, 2007. Discusses the role of Noel Field in the Rajk purge, Field’s relationship with Alger Hiss,  and the association of the Rajk purge with the Hiss case in the U.S. along with considerable attention to J. Peters.

Soltész, István. Rajk-Dosszié. Budapest, Hungary: Láng, 1989.

Steven, Stewart. Operation Splinter Factor. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1974. Asserts without documentation that the CIA used an unwitting Noel Field as a pawn to provoke Stalin into purging from the regimes of Eastern Europe the good and idealistic Communists who would have developed a humane socialism had it not been for this dastardly American provocation; consequently, America is to blame for the oppressive nature of communism in Eastern Europe.  Claims, without documentation, that Polish security officer Josef Swiatlo was a CIA agent who was used to bring on the purge.

Swiatlo, Josef. “The Swiatlo Story.” News from Behind the Iron Curtain 4, no. 3 (March 1955). Swiatlo, a senior security officer of the Polish Communist regime, defected to the West and stated that the Polish regime had secretly arrested and imprisoned Hermann Field, Noel’s brother.  The revelation embarrassed the Polish government and led to Hermann’s eventual release.

Todorov, Tzvetan. “Letter from Paris: The Communist Archives.” Salmagundi, no. 114/115 (Spring 1997). Notes that Karel Bartosek’s Les aveux des archives (1996), on relations between the Czech and French Communist parties, drawing mainly from the newly-available Prague archives, reports that Arthur London, a Czech Cominternist, worked for the Czech Communist security police after WWII and wrote one of the first report incriminating Noel Field.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Erica Wallach Story. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958. Wallach, Noel Field’s step-daughter, tells part of her story after her release from Soviet prison.

Wallach, Erica Glaser. Light at Midnight. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1967. By the adopted daughter of Noel Field regarding her imprisonment by the Soviets.

****************************************************************

 

Jane Foster

 

Foster, Jane. An UnAmerican Lady. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1980. Indicted in the U.S. as part of the Soble espionage apparatus she and her husband, George Zlatowski, refused to return to the U.S. from France.  In this autobiography she admits she was a secret Communist but denies participation in espionage.

************************************************************************

 

Klaus Fuchs

 

Goodman, Michael S. “The Grandfather of the Hydrogen Bomb?: Anglo-American Intelligence and Klaus Fuchs.” Historical Studies in the Physical and Biological Sciences 34, no. 1 (2004).

Moss, Norman. Klaus Fuchs: The Man Who Stole the Atom Bomb. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1987. Discusses how Fuchs’ confession to British authorities led to the Rosenberg ring.

Werner, Ruth [Ursula Kuczynski]. Sonya’s Report. London, U.K.: Chatto & Windus (Random Century Group), 1991. Werner/Kuczynski, a refugee German Communist, was a Soviet GRU agent and espionage liaison with Klaus Fuchs in Great Britain until he went to the U.S. in 1943.

Williams, Robert Chadwell. Klaus Fuchs, Atom Spy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987. Thorough biography.

****************************************************************

 

Igor Gouzenko

 

Anonymous. “Allied Scientific Cooperation and Soviet Espionage in Canada, 1941-5.” Intelligence and National Security 8, no. 3 (July 1993).

Anonymous. “Igor Gouzenko and Canada’s Cold War.” Beaver 25, no. 5 (October-November 1995).

Black, J. L., and Martin Rudner, eds. The Gouzenko Affair: Canada and the Beginnings of Cold War Counter-Espionage. Manotick, Ont., Canada: Penumbra Press, 2006. A collection of papers presented at the Conference on the Gouzenko Affair, held at the Library and Archives Canada on April 14-15, 2004.

Beichman, Arnold. “Overdue Recognition for a Cold War Hero.” Washington Times, 4 August 2002. On the announcement by the Minister of Canadian Heritage that Gouzenko’s defection will be designated an event of “National Historic Significance” and a plaque commemorating the Gouzenko affair will be unveiled at a location not yet determined.

Bothwell, Robert, and J. L. Granatstein, eds. The Gouzenko Transcripts: The Evidence Presented to the Kellock-Taschereau Royal Commission of 1946. Ottawa, Ont.: Deneau, 1982. Some sections of the transcripts appear to have been withheld on security grounds.

Buck, Tim. Yours in the Struggle: Reminiscences of Tim Buck. Edited by William Beeching and Phyllis Clarke. Toronto: NC Press, 1977. Gouzenko’s information on Soviet espionage resulted in the imprisonment of Buck, a leading figure in the Communist Party of Canada.

Clément, Dominique. “The Royal Commission on Espionage and the Spy Trials of 1946-9: A Case Study in Parliamentary Supremacy.” Journal of the Canadian Historical Association (2000).

Clément, Dominique. “The Royal Commission on Espionage, 1946-9: A Case Study in the Mobilization of the Canadian Civil Liberties Movement.” Master’s thesis. University of British Columbia, 2000.

Clément, Dominique. “The Royal Commission on Espionage, 1946-8: A Case Study in the Mobilization of the Canadian Civil Liberties Movement.” Left History 7, no. 2 (2000).

Craig, Bruce. “A Matter of Espionage: Alger Hiss, Harry Dexter White and Igor Gouzenko -- The Canadian Connection Reassessed.” Paper presented at Canadian Association for Security and Intelligence Studies. University of Toronto, 1999. Argues that material now open in Canadian and American archives shows that, contrary to some earlier accounts, GRU defector Igor Gouzenko’s extensive information on Soviet intelligence practices did not include evidence regarding any espionage activities by White.

Craig, Bruce. “A Matter of Espionage: Alger Hiss, Harry Dexter White, and Igor Gouzenko -- The Canadian Connection Reassessed.” Intelligence and National Security 15, no. 2 (2000).

Dufour, Paul. “Eggheads and Espionage: The Gouzenko Affair in Canada.” Journal of Canadian Studies/Revue d’Études Canadiennes 16, no. 3&4 (Fall-Winter 1981).

Gouzenko, Igor. “I Was Inside Stalin’s Spy Ring.” Cosmopolitan, May 1947. Gouzenko’s initial autobiography.  Emphasizes his activities in Canada more than his later book.

Gouzenko, Igor. The Iron Curtain. Edited and translated by Andy O’Brien. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1948. Autobiography of a GRU cipher officer at the Soviet Embassy in Canada who defected in 1945.  His revelations about Soviet espionage in Canada and the United States initiated the postwar concern about Soviet spying.

Granatstein, J.L. “Spies.” Queen’s Quarterly 89, no. 3 (Autumn 1982).

Granatstein, J. L., and David Stafford. Spy Wars: Espionage and Canada: From Gouzenko to Glasnost. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1990.

Hannant, Laurence. “The Man with a Bag on His Head: Igor Gouzenko and Canada’s Cold War.” Beaver [Canada] 75, no. 5 (1995). Minimizes the importance of Gouzenko’s information.

Jonas, George. “The Secret Garden.” National Review, 9 October 1995. On a reunion of the Gouzenko family in Canada.

Knight, Amy. “The Gouzenko Affair Revisited: The Soviet Perspective.” Paper presented at Canadian Centre of Intelligence and Security Studies. Carleton University, Canada, 2002.

Knight, Amy. How the Cold War Began: The Gouzenko Affair and the Hunt for Soviet Spies. Toronto, Canada: McClelland & Stewart, 2005.

Lunan, Gordon. The Making of a Spy. Montreal Nashville, TN: R. Davies Pub., distr. by Associated Publishers Group, 1995. Lucan, a Canadian military officer, worked for the Wartime Information Board and was editor of the military journal, Canadian Affairs.  He was found guilty of conspiracy to violate the Official Secrets Act as part of the Gouzenko prosecutions.  Lunan minimizes the importance of his espionage activities and portrays himself as an idealistic antifascist.   Says he was not a member of the Communist Party but, oddly, says he did pay party dues from time to time.  

Pickersgill, J.W., and D.F. Forster. The Mackenzie King Record. [Toronto]: University of Toronto Press, 1960. Diary and other papers of Canadian Prime Minister Mackenzie King.  Volume 3, 1945-1946, covers the Gouzenko case.

Reuben, William. “The Documents That Weren’t There.” The Nation, 1920, 27 July 1985, 44-47. Asserts that Gouzenko documents are frauds.

Sawatsky, John. Gouzenko the Untold Story. Toronto, Canada: MacMillan, 1984.

Taschereau, Robert, and Roy Lindsay Kellock, Royal Commissioners. The Report of the Royal Commission Appointed Under Order in Council P.C. 411 of February 5, 1946 to Investigate the Facts Relating to and the Circumstances Surrounding the Communication, by Public Officials and Other Persons in Positions of Trust, of Secret and Confidential Information to Agents of a Foreign Power. June 27, 1946. Ottawa: E. Cloutier, printer to the King, 1946. Official Canadian government report on the Gouzenko affair.  Igor Gouzenko, a lieutenant in Soviet military intelligence (GRU) was a cipher clerk at the Soviet embassy in Canada from June 1943 until his defection in September 1945 with his pregnant wife, a young son, and a considerable batch of secret Soviet documents.  His information on Soviet espionage resulted in imprisonment of eight persons, including Fred Rose, a Communist member of the Canadian parliament and Dr. Allan Nunn May, a nuclear scientist.  Gouzenko’s information indicated extensive Soviet spying in the United States and the United Kingdom as well and in Canada, and the publicity surrounding the Gouzenko affair ignited widespread public concern about Soviet espionage in the United States.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Former Russian Code Clerk (Igor Gouzenko) Relating to the Internal Security of the United States. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1954.

Wagner, J. Richard, and Daniel J. O’Neil. “The Gouzenko Affair and Civility Syndrome.” American Review of Canadian Studies 8, no. 1 (Spring 1978). Finds that American congressmen tried to pressure Canada in regard to access to Igor Gouzenko was were less civil than Canadians.

Whitaker, Reginald, and Gary Marcuse. Cold War Canada: The Making of a National Insecurity State, 1945-1957. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Robert W. Grow

 

Hofmann, George F. “Major General Robert W. Grow, the News Media and the American Military Justice System: An Episode in Cold War Politics.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1983. Discusses the history of a confusing incident involving the use of General Grow’s private diary for propaganda purposes by Communists and the Army’s reaction to that use.

Hofmann, George F. Cold War Casualty: The Court-Martial of Major General Robert W. Grow. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

 

Theodore Hall and Morris and Lona Cohen

 

Albright, Joseph, and Marcia Kunstel. Bombshell: The Secret Story of America’s Unknown Atomic Spy Conspiracy. New York: Times Books, 1997.  Hall, a young Communist physicist prodigy at Harvard became a Soviet spy at Los Alamos.  Discusses as well the career in Soviet espionage of Morris and Lona Cohen, also American Communists.  The Cohens, along with Saville Sax, were couriers between Hall and the KGB.  Argues that Hall was probably a more important source of atomic espionage for the Soviets than was Klaus Fuchs.  Hall was an open member of the CPUSA in the late 1940s.  Hall was identified by the FBI from Venona but did not break when confronted.  Lacking sufficient evidence to convict independent of Venona, he was never tried.  Hall’s espionage was unknown until the release of the Venona documents in 1995.  Based in part on Venona, on FBI documents, and on interviews with Hall, the Cohens, and retired KGB officers.

Albright, Joseph, and Marcia Kunstel. “The Youngest Spy.” Bulletin of Atomic Scientists 54, no. 1 (February 1998). On Ted Hall, Saville Sax, and other atomic spies.

Bennett, Ralph Kinney, and Herbert Romerstein. “Secrets of Venona.” Reader’s Digest, September 1996. On Venona and Soviet atomic spy Theodore Hall, recruited via the CPUSA.  The authors met with Hall who initially promised to make a statement but later declined.

Dobbs, Michael. “Unlocking the Crypts: Most Spies Code Revealed Escaped Prosecution.” Washington Post, 25 December 1995. Discusses the policy and legal reasons most Americans shown by the Venona messages to have spied for the Soviet Union were not prosecuted.  Discusses the CPUSA background of Theodore Alvin Hall, the very young physicist who worked at Los Alamos who provided the Soviets with atomic bomb secrets as well as that of his Harvard roommate, Saville Sax, who put Hall in touch with Soviet intelligence.

Dobbs, Michael. “Code Name ‘Mlad,’ Atomic Bomb Spy.” Washington Post, 25 February 1996, 1, 20-21. Based on evidence in Venona intercepts identifies as a Soviet spy the American physicist Theodore Alvin Hall.  Hall, a brilliant young physics student at Harvard, was recruited to work at Los Alamos in 1944 at age 19.  Hall was a member of the Young Communist League at Harvard. The messages also stated that Hall’s Harvard roommate Saville Sax, a fellow YCL member, assisted in recruiting Hall as a Soviet agent.  Among the Soviet intelligence agents handling Hall were Sergei Kurnakov who wrote for the Daily Worker as a military analyst and Anatoly Yatskov, an NKVD officer operating under diplomatic cover.  Dobbs writes that the timing of Hall’s activities suggests that the courier between Hall at Los Alamos and Yatskov was Lona Cohen, an American Communist previously identified as a Soviet intelligence agent. 

Hall, Joan. “Family of Spies: Interview with Joan Hall.” In Secrets, Lies, and Atomic Spies. NOVA, 2002. Wife of Theodore Hall defends his espionage. <http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/venona/fami_joanhall.html>

Hall, Ruth. “Family of Spies: Interview with Ruth Hall.” In Secrets, Lies, and Atomic Spies. NOVA, 2002. Daughter of Theodore Hall defends his espionage.<http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/venona/fami_ruthhall.html>

Marcisz, Christopher. “The Spies Who Loved.” Russian Life, July/August 2006. Laudatory feature story on Morris and Lona Cohen’s work for Soviet espionage.

****************************************************************

 

Maurice Halperin

 

Kirschner, Don S. Cold War Exile: The Unclosed Case of Maurice Halperin. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1995. Examines Halperin’s career in detail and reluctantly concludes that Elizabeth Bentley was probably telling the truth about his participation in covert Communist activities.

****************************************************************

 

Kitty Harris

 

Damaskin, Igor. Kitty Harris: the Spy with 17 Names. Assisted by Geoffrey Elliott. London, U.K.: St Ermin’s, 2001. Biography translated from Russian (Semnadtsat´ Imën Kitti Kharris, Moskva, 1999).  Born in England in 1899 or 1900, her family moved to Canada and Harris became a member of the One Big Union in Winnipeg and joined the Communist Party of Canada after its formation.  She moved to Chicago in 1923 and became an activist in the American party in the 1920s.  She followed Earl Browder to Shanghai in the late 1920s as his companion while they worked for the Profintern’s Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat.  Harris became a covert Comintern operative and later a KGB espionage agent in France (liaison with British diplomat Donald Maclean) and Mexico (liaison with labor leader Vicente Lombardo Toledano).  Recalled to the USSR after WWII, she was accused of holding anti-Soviet attitudes and imprisoned in a mental hospital from 1951 to 1954.  Rehabilitated in 1954, she was released and retired with a pension.  She died in Gorky in 1966 and was given a KGB ceremonial funeral.

****************************************************************

 

Clarence Hiskey

 

Rushmore, Howard. “Who Are the A-Bomb Spies?” In Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s, edited by Isaac Don Levine. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976. This 1948 essay refers to physicist Clarence Hiskey by the initials “C.H.” and discusses his relationship with Arthur Adams, a covert Soviet GRU officer operating in the U.S.  Rushmore is a former Communist and writer for the Daily Worker

****************************************************************

 

Hiss-Chambers Case

 

 

 

****************************************************************

Alonso, Karen. The Alger Hiss Communist Spy Trial: A Headline Court Case. Berkeley Heights, NJ: Enslow Publishers, 2001.

Altman, George T. “The Added Witness.” Nation, 1 October 1960. A defense of Hiss.

Aptheker, Herbert. “Behind the Hiss Frameup.” Masses & Mainstream, October 1953. Communist view of the Hiss case.

Barros, James. “Alger Hiss and Harry Dexter White: The Canadian Connection.” Orbis 21, no. 3 (1977): 593-606.

Berle, Adolf. “Underground Espionage Agent [Transcription of Berle’s Notes of 2 September 1939 Interview with Whittaker Chambers].” In Interlocking Subversion in Government Departments [Hearings], U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, part 6, pp. 329–30. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

Berresford, John W. “Questions and Answers About the Case of Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss.” International Society of Barristers 28, no. 3 (July 1993). Analyses major controversies about the case.

Berresford, John W. “The Grand Jury in the Hiss-Chambers Case.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008).

Berresford, John W. “Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss: The Courts Decide, A Look at the Courts’ Decisions Within the Context of the Larger Story.” Federal Bar News & Journal 40, no. 2 (February 1993).

Breindel, Eric. “Agents Provocative.” New Republic, 17 December 1990. “In the eyes of many Americans, either HUAC and McCarthy were right -- in which case the New Deal was little short of a Communist plot -- or everyone charged with subversion during the whole period was entirely innocent.  This all-or-nothing view makes very little sense four full decades after Alger Hiss was convicted of perjury.  In the end, it is perplexing that mainstream historians have left virtually unexamined the question of how officials who served Moscow actually damaged U.S. policy interests.  And it is bizarre that for so long, this question should have been regarded as a concern present only in the precincts of the far right.”

Breindel, Eric. “New Evidence in the Hiss Case.” Wall Street Journal, 14 March 1996. On an NKVD message in Venona decryptions as “the smoking gun in the Hiss case.”

Capshaw, Ron. “Alger Hiss: The Left’s Religious Icon.” Frontpagemag.Com, 4 May 2007.

Capshaw, Ron. “Alger Hiss’ Lies.” Frontpagemag.Com, 9 July 2007.

Capshaw, Ron. “Deconstructing Alger Hiss.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 8 February 2007.

Capshaw, Ron. “Framing Alger: A Communist Plot.” Frontpagemag.Com, 12 June 2007..

Chollet, Laurence B. “The Hiss-Chambers Affair: An Evaluation of the Case and Its Effect on American Intellectuals.” Senior thesis. Princeton University, 1973.

Cook, Fred J. “Alger Hiss and the Smoking Typewriter.” New Times, 14 October 1977. Attacks evidence against Hiss.

Cook, Fred J. “New Perspectives on the Strangest Case of Our Time.” Nation, 21 September 1957. Defends Hiss.

Cook, Fred J. “The Ghost of a Typewriter.” Nation, 12 May 1962. Attacks evidence against Hiss.

Cook, Fred J. The Unfinished Story of Alger Hiss. New York: Morrow, 1958. Book-length polemic arguing that Hiss was innocent of all charges.  Advances the forgery by typewriter theory.

Cooke, Alistair. A Generation on Trial: U.S.A. v. Alger Hiss. New York: Knopf, 1950. Excellent journalistic examination of the Hiss-Chambers case.

Corry, John. “Hiss America.” American Spectator, January 1997. On press reaction to the death of Hiss and the reasoning of those continuing to see him as innocent.

Corry, John. “Hissteria.” American Spectator, May 1996. On the New York Times downplaying Venona and documents from Moscow archives that reflect poorly on Alger Hiss or the CPUSA.

De Toledano, Ralph, and Victor Lasky. Seeds of Treason: The True Story of the Hiss-Chambers Tragedy. New York: Published for Newsweek by Funk & Wagnalls, 1950. Journalistic exposé which treats the Communist party as a conspiracy linked to Soviet espionage.

Draper, Theodore. “The Case of Cases.” New York Review of Books, 20 November 1997. Part one of two-part essay review of Tanenhaus’s Whittaker Chambers and Weinstein’s Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case” (1997 edition).

Draper, Theodore. “The Drama of Whittaker Chambers.” New York Review of Books, 4 December 1997. Part two of two-part essay review of Tanenhaus’s Whittaker Chambers and Weinstein’s Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case” (1997 edition).

Ehrman, John. “The Alger Hiss Case: A Half-Century of Controversy.” Studies in Intelligence, no. 10 (Winter-Spring 2001): 1-13. Summary of the case and the literature on it.

Elniff, Terrill I. “Re-Writing History: Thomas A. Bailey Takes on a Co-Author.” Conservative Historians’ Forum, no. 4 (December 1980). Notes the changing treatment of the Hiss case in different editions of a long-used textbook, with Hiss becoming increasingly innocent over time.

Ervin, Ryan. “The Hiss-Chambers Case: Three Acts of Espionage Theater.” Historia Online [Http://www.Eiu.Edu/%7Ehistoria/2005/historia2005.Htm] 14 (2005). Historia Online is an annual online publication of Eastern Illinois University’s History Department and a journal of the Epislon Mu Chapter of Phi Alpha Theta.

Flynn, Daniel J. Intellectual Morons: How Ideology Makes Smart People Fall for Stupid Ideas. New York: Crown Forum, 2004. Includes “Forgery by Typewriter”: A Half Century of Leftist Delusions

Fox, John D. “The Hiss Hassle Revisited.” Princeton Alumni Weekly, 3 May 1976. Discusses the controversy regarding Hiss’s appearance at the Whig-Clio lecture, his first public appearance after leaving prison in 1956.

Gay, James Thomas. “1948: The Alger Hiss Spy Case.” American History 33, no. 2 (1998). Review of the case.

Goulden, Joseph C. “The Hiss Case: An Ideal Tarnished.” In The Best Years, 1945-1950, Joseph C. Goulden. New York: Atheneum, 1976.

Green, Gil. “Forgery by Typewriter.” Nation, 10 November 1984. Veteran CPUSA leader maintains that there is proof that the FBI has used forgery by typewriter to frame innocent people, a claim made in regards to the Hiss case.

Gwynn, Beatrice. Whittaker Chambers: The Discrepancy in the Evidence of the Typewriter. London, U.K.: Mazzard, 1993. Defense of Hiss.

Harrington, Michael. “Alger Hiss: A Postscript.” The Spectator [U.K.], 30 November 1996. Judges Hoover’s role in the Hiss case as “scrupulous” and “professional.”

Hiss, Alger. In the Court of Public Opinion. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1957. A brief for the defense; takes a legalistic approach more concerned about the admissibility of evidence than the validity of the evidence.  Refrains from offering a counter-narrative to that of Chambers.

Hook, Sidney. “Arguments (New & Old) About the Hiss Case.” Encounter [U.K.], March 1979. Reviews recent writings about the Hiss case.

Hook, Sidney. “The Case of Alger Hiss.” Encounter [U.K.], August 1978. Analysis of the Hiss case.

Irons, Peter H. “[Letter to the Editor].” Commentary, December 1975. Argues that the journalist Isaac Don Levine was part of a conspiracy to frame Hiss.

Irons, Peter H. “Government Litigation Files as a Source of Legal History.” Law Library Journal 69, no. 4 (November 1976). On reviewing the Hiss case files, argues that they show that the villainous “China Lobby” engineered the nefarious conspiracy to prosecute Hiss.

Jacoby, Susan. Alger Hiss and the Battle for History. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2009. Regards the politics of who said what as of more importance than the actual facts of the case.

Jowitt, William Allen. The Strange Case of Alger Hiss. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1953. Argues that the evidence against Hiss was perjured or faked.

Kaiser, Robert Blair. “Film About Hiss Trials Revives Controversy.” New York Times, 26 February 1980.

Kinsley, Michael, and Arthur Lubow. “Alger Hiss and the Smoking Gun Fallacy.” Washington Monthly, October 1975.

Kisseloff, Jeff. “A Response to Sam Tanenhaus.” The Alger Hiss Story, September 2007. Http://homepages.nyu.edu/~th15/tanenhausresponse.html.

Laes, H.B. “Milshtein and A. Hiss.” Blogspot, 31 August 2007. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/. Coments on a 1937 photograph of Mikhail Milstein, Soviet diplomat and GRU officer in New York, with two visiting Soviet pilots and a fourth man that Laes suggests was Alger Hiss. http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/

Laes, H.B. “Who Was ‘Bill’.” Blogspot, 29 March 2008. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/. On the identify of the Soviet officer Chambers knew as “Bill.”

Lee, Ju Cheon. “Alger Hiss Gancheopsageon ei Daehan Yeongusajeok Geomto: Jeontongjueuijaeeui Ipjangaeseo (Historiographical Review of the Alger Hiss Espionage Case: A Traditionalist Point of View).” Miguksa Yongu/Korean Journal of American History (Seoul, 22 (November 2005).

Levin, David. “Gaps in the Narrative of the Hiss Case.” Prospect 20 (1994).

Levin, David. “In the Court of Historical Criticism.” In Forms of Uncertainty Essays in Historical Criticism, David Levin. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1992. Says a reading of Hiss’s In the Court of Public Opinion shows it to be structured around the principle of assumption of innocence which Levin says should also be the attitude historians should take toward Hiss.  “Although I have come to believe in Hiss’s innocence, I cannot presume to refute all the documentary evidence.  I wish only to show that Hiss’s book consistently throws enough doubt on the strongest evidence to overturn the case against him by returning the burden of proof to his accusers.”

Levin, David. “In the Court of Historical Criticism: Alger Hiss’s Narrative.” Virginia Quarterly Review, Winter 1976.

Levine, Isaac Don. “The Hiss-Chambers Case.” In Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s, edited by Isaac Don Levine. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976. Six essays by Levine from 1947 to 1950 covering aspects of the Hiss-Chambers case, including his role in the 1939 visit of Chambers to meet Assistant Secretary of State Adolf Berle, but also discusses his dealings with Walter Krivitsky.

Linder, Douglas. “Famous Trials: The Alger Hiss Trials, 1949-50,” 2003. <http://www.law.umkc.edu/faculty/projects/ftrials/hiss/hiss.html> Contains a variety and extensive collection of excerpts and images of material from the HCUA hearings, the Grand Jury inquiry, the trials and other sources.

Lowenthal, John. “Woodstock N230099: What the FBI Knew But Hid from Hiss and the Court.” Nation, 26 June 1976. A Hiss defense lawyer argues that the FBI framed Hiss.

Morris, John D. “12 ‘Spy’ Papers Disclosed, One Held Written by Hiss, Inquiry Here to Get Films.” New York Times, 12 December 1948. Reproduces some of Chambers’ documents from 1938.

Navasky, Victor S. A Matter of Opinion. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2004. Memoir by long-time defender of Hiss.

Navasky, Victor. “Alger, Ales, Tony, and Time.” Tikkun 14, no. 5 (October 1999). Criticizes recent books judging Hiss guilty, suggests that Hiss was innocent.

Nobile, Philip. “The State of the Art of Alger Hiss.” Harper’s, April 1976.  Reviews the state of the historical argument over the case at the time.

O’Neill, John V. “Birding.” The Warbler  [The Pumpkin Papers Irregulars] 6, no. 1 (October 1988). Reproduction of a 24 December  1987, Washington Times story regarding the prevalence of prothonotary warblers along the C&O Canal in Washington, DC, and their link to the Hiss/Chambers case.

Olasky, Marvin N. “Liberal Boosterism and Conservative Distancing: Newspaper Coverage of the Chambers-Hiss Affair, 1948-1950.” Continuity, no. 15 (Fall/Winter 1991). Reviews coverage of the trial by the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Chicago Tribune, and the Los Angeles Times.  Finds that coverage began with the liberal papers backing Hiss and the conservative press backing Chambers, but that as evidence against Hiss mounted, the New York Times shifted toward believing Chambers.  Suggests that the Washington Post shifted the least because of its perception that the attack on Hiss was an attack on liberal big government and as the home town paper of big government it had a duty to defend Hiss no matter what.  Finds that the conservative papers treated the affair as partisan battle in which their side won and paid little attention to Chambers view of the case as moral and theological and, once the case was won, tended to ignore Chambers altogether.

Oshinsky, David. “Alger Hiss and the Intellectuals: The Meaning of an Enduring Controversy.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 20 December 1996.

Packer, Herbert L. “A Tale of Two Typewriters.” Stanford Law Review 10, no. 3 (May 1958). Examines arguments regarding typewriter evidence in the Hiss-Chambers case.

Pruessen, Ronald W. John Foster Dulles: The Road to Power. New York: Free Press, 1982. Notes that in 1948 DOS security chief John Peurifoy assured Dulles that while the FBI had some suspicions, Hiss was a conservative and his loyalty was unquestioned.

Reuben, William A., and Richard Owen. Footnote on an Historic Case: In Re Alger Hiss. New York: Nation Institute, 1983. Defense of Hiss.

Reuben, William. “New Development.” Nation, 10 November 1984. Claims new evidence shows that Hiss was innocent.

Richer, Matthew. “The Ongoing Campaign of Alger Hiss: The Sins of the Father.” Modern Age 46, no. 4 (2004).

Roberts, Jason. “New Evidence in the Hiss Case: From the HUAC Files and the Hiss Grand Jury.” American Communist History 1, no. 2 (December 2002). Discusses how newly released Hiss Grand Jury and House Committee on Un-American Activity records expand knowledge of the events leading up to Hiss’s indictment.  Argues that House committee records suggest that the committee staff and all of its members, not just Nixon, had some knowledge prior to Chambers’ testimony that security officials had marked Hiss as compromised and that the notion of Nixon manipulating the Grand Jury cannot be supported.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Soviet Archives Confirm Hiss’ Guilt.” Human Events, 21 January 1994. Reviews evidence of Hiss’ guilt in essays by Maria Schmidt, Klehr, Haynes, and Tanenhaus.  Quotes and reproduces documents from Soviet archives, including an Earl Browder letter to Dimitrov of the Comintern naming his sister, Margaret Browder, as an NKVD agent operating in Western Europe.

Rosenbaum, Ron. “The Hiss Case: For Those Who Still Care, I’m Point Number 8.” New York Observer, 31 May 2007. “I believe Hiss spent his life after he was released from jail deceiving his own supporters in the Hiss-is-innocent movement into wasting their lives on a lie, because he was in fact guilty as sin. his very guilt was justification for his bad faith to his deluded followers.”

Ruddy, T. Michael, ed. The Alger Hiss Espionage Case. Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth, 2005. Excerpts and readings.

Rusher, William. “The End of Hiss, with Omissions.” Washington Times, 21 November 1996.

Sacco, Anthony J. “The Case of a Most Reluctant Witness,” by Anthony J. Sacco, < http://www.saccoservices.com/witness.php >  Discusses Max Lieber and the Hiss case.

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “Espionage or Frame-Up?” Saturday Review of Literature, 15 April 1950. Reviews the just ended trial of Hiss: “The defense admitted the fatal facts.”

Schrecker, Ellen. “Before the Rosenbergs: Espionage Scenarios in the Early Cold War.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995. Says Hiss case “remains unsolved.”

Seth, Ronald. The Sleeping Truth: The Hiss-Chambers Affair Reappraised. New York: Hart Pub. Co., 1968. Argues that Hiss was framed by the KGB and that Chambers was a KGB agent.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Perjury of Alger Hiss: Icon of the Cold War.” Intercollegiate Review, Fall-Winter 1980. Also reprinted in Shapiro’s Clio from the Right.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Trials of Alger Hiss.” Conservative Historians’ Forum, no. 4 (December 1980).

Smith, John Chabot. “The Debate of the Century (Cont’d).” Harper’s, June 1978. A defense of Hiss speculating about a number of conspiracies that could explain the evidence.

Smith, John Chabot. Alger Hiss: The True Story. New York: Penguin Books, 1977. Maintains that Hiss was innocent; advances a number of possible conspiracies to account for the evidence against Hiss.

Swan, Patrick, ed. Alger Hiss, Whittaker Chambers, and the Schism in the American Soul. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2003. A collection of 23 essays with publication dates ranging from 1950 to 2001: essays by Leslie Fiedler, Diana and Lionel Trilling, William F. Buckley Jr., Rebecca West, Hugh Kenner, Sam Tanenhaus, Murray Kempton, Arthur Koestler, Sidney Hook, Irving Howe, Elmer Davis, Kingsley Martin, Mark DeWolfe Hose, David Cort, Philip Nobile, Alfred Kazin, John Judis, Eric Breindel, Ron Rosenbaum, and Hilton Kramer.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Alger Hiss: Guilty Then, Guilty Now.” Reader’s Digest, January 1994.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Hiss Case ‘Smoking Gun?.’” New York Times, 15 October 1993.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Hiss: Guilty as Charged.” Commentary 95, no. 4 (April 1993). Summarizes the evidence (judged to be conclusive) against Hiss, including the discovery by Maria Schmidt of Hungarian secret police interviews with Noel Field in 1954 where Field speaks of Hiss as a fellow Soviet agent and that in the mid-1930s Hiss and Hede Massing had competed to recruit Field for Soviet espionage work.  Exchanges with John Lowenthal, William Reuben, Wilbur Duberstein, Mike Sylwester, James Hamilton, and Gloria Steward in 96,1 (July 1993).

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Open Secrets.” New Republic, 8 November 1999. “The occasion was the release of grand jury testimony taken during the Alger Hiss perjury trials in 1949-1950 but kept under lock and key for 50 years....  From my reading it was clear the material was of considerable interest... It was also clear, however, that the testimony shed no new light on the guilt or innocence of Hiss, a question settled long ago-he was guilty-on the basis of evidence produced at his two trials and confirmed by recent disclosures from Soviet archives....  The Hiss press conference I attended is a striking example of the newest permutation of the pseudo-event. Call it the pseudo-revelation. No mere concoction of enterprising journalists, it originates instead with “experts” practiced at manipulating the press. They are able to do so because, in most cases, they possess legitimate artifacts, usually documents or tapes that are presented, and often solemnly received, as altering or even reversing our understanding of major events and figures.”

Theoharis, Athan G. “Unanswered Question: Chambers, Nixon, the FBI, and the Hiss Case.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Casts doubt on Hiss’s guilt.

Tierney, Kaven, and Philip Nobile. “Reopening the Pumpkin.” More, June 1976. Discusses choice of John Chabot Smith as authorized Hiss biographer.

Tourin, Richard H. Memoirs and Adventures. New York, NY: Privately published, 2003. Family memoir.  Until he was seven, Tourin’s family shared a residence with his uncle, Philip Rosenbliet, whom Whittaker Chambers identified as having a leading role in Soviet espionage in the early 1930s.  Rosenbliet was married to Tourin’s mother’s sister Alla. His Aunt Rose, meanwhile was married to the Trotskyist leader Jim Cannon.  It was a Communist household and Tourin attended Camp Kinderland in the 1930s, but he himself never became a Communist and became hostile to the Soviet regime after World War II.  Tourin’s father, a photographer, photographed material for Rosenbliet’s espionage network.  Tourin remembers a Soviet contact who came to the residence to meet with Rosenbliet and his father as a man called Alfred.   Notes that Alfred helped his father get a car in 1937, supplied by William Rosen, the same man who supplied a car to Hiss.  In 1941 Aunt Alla wrote that she had seen Alfred in Moscow in uniform of major general of KGB. Says that after the Rosenbliets went to Moscow in 1936 his Uncle Phil established a dental clinic for high Soviet officials. The Rosenbliets were evacuated to Siberia in 1941 and remained there in much less favorable circumstances.  Says there was some indication in a letter from his Aunt Alla that Philip Rosenbliet may have been under arrest for a time.  The last family contact with the Rosenbliet’s in Russia was in 1951 when Uncle Phil wrote that Aunt Vera had died.  The FBI interviewed his father after WWII many times, including once by Associate Director Ladd.  It was in this period that his father told him of his espionage work with his Uncle Phil. 

Van Dusen, George. “The Continuing Hiss: Whittaker Chambers, Alger Hiss, and National Review Conservatism.” Cithara, November 1971.

Wadleigh, Julian. “Why I Spied for the Communists.” New York Post, 12 July 1949. By Whittaker Chambers’ other source at the Department of State.  Wadleigh confessed and testified at the Hiss trial.

Weinberg, Robert L. “Not Guilty As Charged: A Revised Verdict for Alger Hiss.” The Champion [National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers], May/June 2008. Argues on technical grounds that the indictment was improper.

Werchen, Raymond A., and Fred J. Cook. “New Light on the Hiss Case.” Nation, 28 May 1973.

Will, George F. “Emblem of the Governing Class.” Washington Post, 21 November 1996. On Hiss’s death and the “insufferable agnosticism expressed in many obituaries concerning his guilt.”

Winchell, Walter. Winchell Exclusive: “Things That Happened to Me--and Me to Them. Englewood, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1975.  Notes (149-53) going to FDR with story of Berle-Whittaker Chambers 1939 meeting and FDR brushing off Chambers’ story as untrue.

Younger, Irving. “Was Alger Hiss Guilty?” Commentary 60, no. 2 (1975). Reviews the Hiss case.  Discusses in particular how the evidence of the rug given to Hiss, the car he gave the CPUSA, and the loan to Whittaker Chambers combine to support his guilt.

Zeitz, Joshua. “Alger Hiss Convicted -- But Was He Really Guilty?” American Heritage.Com, 21 January 2006. Brief for the Defense.

 

Allen Weinstein’s Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case

 

Cockburn, Alexander. “Krieger Victorious Over Hiss Author.” Village Voice, 28 May 1979. On Allen Weinstein’s admission he had partially misidentified Samuel Krieger in Perjury.  Holds that this discredits the entire book.

Haynes, John Earl. “The Long Goodbye of Alger Hiss.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 10 (September 1996). On press treatment of Hiss’s death and the inability of the academic critics of Weinstein’s Perjury to produce a comprehensive scholarly study that offers an alternative narrative.

Hiss, Alger, and Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones. “Weinstein on Hiss.” Journal of American Studies 13 (April 1979).

Nation. “The Haunted Archives.” Nation, 3 May 2004. Criticizing his scholarship on the Hiss-Chambers Case, attacks nomination of Allen Weinstein as Archivist of the United States.

Navasky, Victor. “Allen Weinstein’s Docudrama.” The Nation, 3 November 1997, 11-16.  Polemical attack on Weinstein.

Navasky, Victor. “New Republic, New Mistakes.” Nation, 6 May 1978. Attacks Weinstein’s defense of Perjury.

Navasky, Victor. “The Case Not Proved Against Alger Hiss.” The Nation, 8 April 1978, 395-96, 400. Denounces Weinstein’s book on the Hiss case.

Navasky, Victor. “The Hiss-Weinstein File.” Nation, 17 June 1978. Attacks Weinstein.

Navasky, Victor. “Weinstein, Hiss, and the Transformation of Historical Ambiguity Into Cold War Verity.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Denounces Weinstein.

Nobile, Philip. “Allen Weinstein: Who is He and What Has He Got on Alger Hiss?” Politicks, 28 February 1978.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “Liberal Values, the Cold War, and American Intellectuals.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Polemical denunciation of Allen Weinstein’s book on the Hiss case.

Weinstein, Allen. “F.B.I.’s Hiss Files Show Bumbling, Not Malice.” New York Times, 1 February 1976.

Weinstein, Allen. “On the Search for Smoking Guns: The Hiss and Rosenberg Files.” New Republic, 14 February 1976.

Weinstein, Allen. Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case. New York: Knopf, 1978. This scholarly and highly detailed history of the Hiss-Chambers case is essential reading for those interested in the affair.  Based on FBI files, Hiss legal defense files, and a variety of other primary sources.  Finds that the preponderance of the evidence suggests that Chambers’ story was largely true and Hiss’s was largely false.

Weinstein, Allen. Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case. New York: Random House, 1997. New edition with new material from Russian archives on the activities of Hiss, Hede Massing, Laurence Duggan, Michael Straight, and Noel Field as Soviet intelligence contacts in the mid-1930s.  The agnostic position toward whether Hiss’s espionage of the 1930s continued, found in the original edition, has shifted to one of concluding that it continued well into the 1940s.  Easily the most comprehensive and thorough account of the case.

Weinstein, Allen. “‘Perjury,’ Take Three.” New Republic, 29 April 1978. Discusses the Communist Party’s underground work.  Critical letter by Victor Navasky and response, May 13, 1978.

Weinstein, Allen. “The Alger Hiss Case Revisited.” American Scholar 41 (1971).

Weinstein, Allen. “The Hiss and Rosenberg Files.” New Republic, 14 February 1976.

Weinstein, Allen. “Was Hiss Framed? The New Evidence.” New York Review of Books, 1 April 1976. Argues that Hiss was not framed; exchanges with critics in the May 27th and September 16th issues.

Wiener, Jon. “The Alger Hiss Case, the Archives, and Allen Weinstein.” Perspectives [AHA] 30, no. 2 (February 1992). Weiner, historian and an editor of The Nation, harshly charges Weinstein with violating professional standards by not releasing interview tapes used in Perjury.  Perspectives refused to print letters to the editor criticizing Wiener’s essay.

Wiener, Jon. “The Archives and Allen Weinstein.” Nation, 17 May 2004. Vicious and deceptive attack on the nomination of Allen Weinstein as Archivist of the United States.

****************************************************************

 

The Volkogonov Controversy

 

Breindel, Eric. “Dimitri’s Dubious Research.” Washington Times, 15 November 1992. Says Volkogonov’s unqualified vindication of Hiss while refusing to produce any documentation and his incredible claim that Chambers had no contact with Soviet intelligence “has done serious damage to his reputation as an honest, non-ideological historian.”

Cohen, Jacob. “Innocent After All?” National Review, 18 January 1992. Reviews the evidence of Chambers’ role in Soviet espionage and finds Volkogonov’s assertion that Chambers had no such role incredible; calls Volkogonov’s actions on the Hiss case an “unscholarly performance.”

Frank, Jeffrey A. “Stalin Biographer Offers Latest Twist in Hiss Case.” Washington Post, 31 October 1992. Reports assertion of General Dimitri Volkogonov that his study of Soviet records showed no evidence that either Hiss or Chambers had any connection with Soviet intelligence.  Reports that John Lowenthal and Victor Navasky judged that Volkogonov has vindicated Hiss (Navasky stating that Volkogonov had done an “exhaustive search”).

Guardian Weekend. “Framed: The Rehabilitation of Alger Hiss.” Guardian Weekend, 9 January 1993. Declares Hiss totally vindicated and Chambers discredited by Volkogonov and that Volkogonov’s later qualification of his statement was likely made under pressure and can be disregarded.  Declares that the “Pumpkin Papers’ produced by Chambers were trivial.  Names Hoover and the FBI as central figures in a conspiracy that framed Hiss.  Says Chambers was a “fabricator of spy rings, probably schizophrenic and closet homosexual compromised by the FBI.”  Hiss says his exoneration by Volkogonov has been “‘made all the more sweet’” by Clinton’s election and that “‘People are now speaking as they did in the Thirties about a New Deal for America.’”

Hiss, Alger, and Dimitri Volkogonov. “In Re: Alger Hiss.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, no. 2 (Fall 1992): 33. Reprints letters between Hiss and Volkogonov.

Jardine, Alice. “Flash Back, Flash Forward: The Fifties, the Nineties, and the Transformed Politics of Remote Control.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995. Says Hiss “finally cleared of conspiracy charges in 1992,” an apparent reference to the Volkogonov matter.

Lowenthal, John. “A Cold War Case Closed.” Washington Post, 21 November 1992. Letter to the editor; asserts that all relevant Soviet files have been opened and “there are no Hiss files, however, because Hiss was not a spy.  (Neither, it appears, was Whittaker Chambers).”

Margolick, David. “After 40 Years, a Postscript on Hiss: Russian Official Calls Him Innocent.” New York Times, 29 October 1992. General Dimitri Volkogonov, a Yeltsin aide and a Soviet military historian and biographer of Stalin, said in an interview with John Lowenthal, “Not a single document, and a great amount of materials have been studied, substantiates the allegation that Mr. A. Hiss collaborated with the intelligence services of the Soviet Union.”  Volkogonov is also reported to say that the records show that while Chambers was a Communist he had no connection with Soviet intelligence.  Volkogonov instituted his research at the request of Hiss and Lowenthal.  Quotes Hiss as saying he is vindicated.

Navasky, Victor. “Nixon and Hiss.” Nation, 1904 November January 1993. Asserts without evidence that Nixon’s support for American aid to the Yeltsin regime produced the quid pro quo of Yeltsin pressuring Volkogonov into retreating from his vindication of Hiss.

Schmemann, Serge. “Russian General Retreats on Hiss.” New York Times, 17 December 1992. Interview with Volkogonov: “I was not properly understood,” he said in a recent interview. “The Ministry of Defense also has an intelligence service [GRU], which is totally different, and many documents have been destroyed.  I only looked through what the K.G.B. had.  All I said was that I saw no evidence.” ... General Volkogonov said he was “a bit taken aback” by the commotion his letter caused.  He acknowledged that his motive in writing the letter [exonerating Hiss] was “primarily humanitarian,” to relieve the anguish of a man approaching death.  “Hiss wrote that he was 88 and would like to die peacefully, and he wanted to prove that he was never a paid, contracted spy,” General Volkogonov said.  “What I saw gives no basis to claim a full clarification.  There’s no guarantee that it was not destroyed, that it was not in other channels.  “This was only my personal opinion as a historian,” he said.  “I never met him, and honestly I was a bit taken aback.  His attorney, Lowenthal, pushed me hard to say things of which I was not fully convinced.”

Tanenhaus, Sam. “The Hiss Case Isn’t Over Yet.” New York Times, 31 October 1992. Questions reliability of General Volkogonov’s exoneration of Hiss, pointing skeptically to Volkogonov’s claim to have checked all relevant archives in six weeks, notes Volkogonov’s failure to produce any documentation or to allow others to look at the files he examined, and treats Volkogonov’s claim that the records show that Chambers had no links to Soviet intelligence as lacking credibility.  Letters (November. 13) by John Chabot Smith saying Chambers made up his story of being a Soviet spy, by John Lowenthal saying Hiss have been totally vindicated and Chambers revealed not to have had any contact with Soviet intelligence, and by David Roberts, Jr., dismissing Volkogonov as a “orthodox party hack” and pointing to Gordievsky’s identification of Hiss’s controller.

Weinstein, Allen. “Reopening a Cold War Mystery.” Washington Post, 4 November 1992. Skeptical critique of General Volkogonov’s exoneration of Hiss and his claim that Chambers had no Soviet intelligence links.

****************************************************************

“Ales”

 

Bird, Kai, and Svetlana Chervonnaya. “The Mystery of Ales.” American Scholar, Summer 2007.  Maintains that the Soviet spy with the cover name “Ales” could not be Alger Hiss and that the evidence points to Wilder Foote as the real spy.  Http://www.theamericanscholar.org/su07/ales-birdlong.html#31.

Breindel, Eric. “Hiss’s Guilt.” New Republic, 15 April 1996. On Venona and Hiss’s guilt.  Notes that Oleg Gordievsky, a defecting KGB officer, stated that Hiss’s code name was “Ales” in 1990, six years prior to the release of the Venona message regarding “Ales,” a Soviet intelligence source identified as likely Hiss.

Ehrman, John. “Once Again, the Alger Hiss Case.” Studies in Intelligence 51, no. 4 (December 2007). Https://www.cia.gov/library/center-for-the-study-of-intelligence/csi-publications/csi-studies/studies/vol51no4/index.html

Flanders, Jefferson. “Alger Hiss, Wilder Foote, and the Verdict of History.” Neither Red Nor Blue, 8 April 2007. Http://jeffersonflanders.wordpress.com/2007/04/08/alger-hiss-wilder-foote-and-the-verdict-of-history/.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “‘Ales’ is Still Hiss: The Wilder Foote Red Herring.” Paper presented at the 2007 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Center for Cryptologic History, National Security Agency, Ft. Meade, MD, 2007. Http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page70.html.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The New McCarthyism.” Washingtondecoded.Com, 11 April 2007. Http://www.washingtondecoded.com/site/2007/04/the_new_mccarth.html.

Haynes, John Earl. “Ales: Hiss, Foote, Stettinius?” Johnearlhaynes.Org, 10 April 2007. Http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page63.html.

Lowenthal, David, and Roger Sandilands. “Eduard Mark on Venona’s ‘Ales’: A Note.” Intelligence and National Security 20, no. 3 (September 2005).

Lowenthal, John. “Venona and Alger Hiss.” Intelligence and National Security 15, no. 3 (Autumn 2000): 98-130. Argues that Hiss was innocent, presents speculative and sometimes bizarre benign explanations for some damning evidence and ignores the rest.

Mark, Eduard. “Letter from Eduard Mark.” Intelligence and National Security 21, no. 1 (February 2006).

Mark, Eduard. “Who Was ‘Venona’s’ ‘Ales?’ Cryptanalysis and the Hiss Case.” Intelligence and National Security 18, no. 3 (Autumn 2003). Critical analysis of John Lowenthal’s “Venona and Alger Hiss.”  Detailed analysis of the Ales Venona message and information about American diplomats who are potential candidates and concludes that the evidence indicates that Hiss was Ales. 

Rosenbaum, Ron. “Alger Hiss Rides Again.” State Magazine, 16 July 2007. Http://www.slate.com/. Critical of Bird/Chervonnaya thesis.

Schindler, John R. “Hiss in VENONA: The Continuing Controversy.” Paper presented at 2005 Symposium on Cryptologic History. Laural, Maryland, 2005. Contains the newly released Russian text of the Ales message, Venona 1822, Washington KGB to Moscow, 30 March 1945.  Argues that the Russian text shows that the speculation by Hiss defenders that the Russian text contained grammatical ambiguities to be without any basis. <http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page61.html >

****************************************************************

 

Hiss-Chambers Case: Biographical Approaches

 

Dean Acheson and George Kennan

 

Beisner, Robert L. “Dean Acheson’s Alger Hiss.” Weekly Standard, 2 December 1997, 12-14.

Beisner, Robert L. “The Secretary, the Spy, and the Sage: Dean Acheson, Alger Hiss, and George Kennan.” Diplomatic History 27, no. 1 (Winter 2003): 1-14. Regards Acheson as a non-ideological Cold Warrior.  On his refusal to disassociate from Alger Hiss, suggest that the loyalty-to-friends factor and the special relationship with Donald Hiss, which “pushed blinders firmly around Acheson’s eyes” (p. 7) played their part, as did Acheson’s pride as well as his “disdain for those on the anticommunist right” (p. 7).  Says Acheson suspected Hiss’s loyalty and takes the view that despite this Acheson “allowed personal and professional attachments to shape his reaction to a serious public question,” and “that the man sustained by his upright gesture [Hiss] did not deserve it (p. 7).”   Kennan, in contrast, took a far more serious view of Communist infiltration of the government and the DOS, assisted in removing it, and regarded the problem as largely eliminated by 1947-49.  Consequently, Kennan regarded the right-wing attacks on Communist infiltration of DOS after that period as misdirected and malign.  Kennan suspected Hiss and refused to defend him, instead remaining silent and reserving judgment.

Beisner, Robert L. Dean Acheson: A Life in the Cold War. New York: Oxford University Press, 2006. Discusses in detail Acheson’s relationship with Hiss.

****************************************************************

 

Bert Andrews

 

Andrews, Bert, and Peter Andrews. A Tragedy of History: A Journalist’s Confidential Role in the Hiss-Chambers Case. Washington: R. B. Luce, 1962. Bert Andrews was the Washington bureau chief of the New York Herald Tribune

****************************************************************

 

Whittaker Chambers

 

Bratcher, James T. “Whittaker Chambers: A Note on Cold Friday and His Testament.” Papers of the Bibliographical Society of America 95, no. 2 (2001).

Buckholder, Roger Glen. “Whittaker Chambers: The Need to Believe.” Thesis. Harvard University, 1965.

Buckley, William F. “The Assault on Whittaker Chambers.” In The Jeweler’s Eye, William F. Buckley. New York: Putnam, 1968. Replies to criticism of Chambers by Connor Cruise O’Brien, G. Bromley Oxnam, and Irving Howe.

Buckley, William F., Jr. “The End of Whittaker Chambers.” Esquire, September 1962. A personal reminiscence.

Chambers, Whittaker, and Ralph de Toledano. Notes from the Underground: The Whittaker Chambers--Ralph de Toledano Letters, 1949-1960. Edited by Ralph de Toledano. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 1997.

Chambers, Whittaker, and William F. Buckley. Odyssey of a Friend: Whittaker Chambers’ Letters to William F. Buckley, Jr., 1954-1961. Edited by William F. Buckley. New York: Putnam, 1970.

Chambers, Whittaker. Ghosts on the Roof: Selected Journalism of Whittaker Chambers, 1931-1959. Edited by Terry Teachout. Washington, D.C. New York, NY: Regnery Gateway, Distributed to the trade by Kampmann, 1989.

Chambers, Whittaker. Witness. New York: Random House, 1952. Powerfully written autobiography by an ex-Communist who took part in Soviet espionage and was the chief witness against Alger Hiss.  Witness sold well at the time and continues to be highly influential in shaping perceptions of the nature of the Communist underground in the 1930s. 

Collier, Peter. “Whittaker Chambers Commemorative.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 10 (December 1996). Calls for a commemorative stamp for Chambers.  He, Bentley, and others “should be accorded heroes’ status in the history books.  They should be rehabilitated by the government which has acceded too long to their obloquy.”

Hamilton, James W. “Towards a Psychological Understanding of the Relationship Between Whittaker Chambers and Malcolm Cowley.” Journal of Psychohistory 9, no. 1 (1981). Maintains that Chambers’ hostility to Cowley was based on Chambers’ mother almost dying giving birth to Whittaker; his brother committing suicide, Cowley’s successful at publishing poetry contrasting with Chambers failure, and Cowley’s poems reminding him of his dead brother and evoking images of his mother in Chambers’ mind.

Hook, Sidney. “The Faiths of Whittaker Chambers.” New York Times Book Review, 25 May 1952.

Hook, Sidney. “An Autobiographical Fragment: The Strange Case of Whittaker Chambers.” Encounter [U.K.] 46, no. 1 (1976). Comments on Chambers’ life and his role in the Hiss case.

Josephson, Matthew. “Scenes of the Nineteen Thirties: A Soiree with Whittaker Chambers.” Southern Review 3 (1967).

Judis, John B. “The Two Faces of Whittaker Chambers.” New Republic, 16 April 1984, 25-31.

Kramer, Hilton. “Thinking About Witness.” New Criterion, March 1988. Calls Witness “one of the classic American autobiographies.”  Reviews the book’s reception in 1952, notes Lionel Trilling’s use of Chambers as a model for Gifford Maxim in The Middle of the Journey (prior to the Hiss case), and judges that Witness is now ignored in literary circles for ideological reasons and that liberal historians have belittled the role of Communists and Soviet espionage in the New Deal in order to protect the reputation of the New Deal.

Mahoney, Daniel J.. “Whittaker Chambers: Witness to the Crisis of the Modern Soul.” Intercollegiate Review 37, no. 2 (Spring 2002). An appraisal of Chambers’ intellectual and spiritual stance.

Matthews, T. S. Name and Address: An Autobiography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1960. A leading Time editor remembers his association with Whittaker Chambers.

McGurn, William. “The Witness of Whittaker Chambers: A Bitter Hope.” Modern Age 28, no. 2-3 (1984). On the religious foundations of Chambers’ views.

Richer, Matthew. “The Cry Against Nineveh: A Centennial Tribute to Whittaker Chambers.” Modern Age 43, no. 3 (2001).

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “Whittaker Chambers and His ‘Witness.’” Saturday Review, 24 May 1952.

Sundquist, Eric J. “’Witness’ Recalled.” Commentary 86, no. 6 (December 1988). Analysis of literary themes used by Whittaker Chambers; judges that Witness “remains one of the most important works of political literature to be written in America.”

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Witness for the Truth.” National Review, 15 February 1993. Discusses Chambers depiction by Hiss’s defenders as, variously, an alcoholic, fantasist, spurned homosexual, and psychopath.

Tanenhaus, Sam. Whittaker Chambers: A Biography. New York: Random House, 1997. Massively detailed scholarly biography of Chambers, including his career in the CPUSA, in Soviet espionage, and as an anti-Communist journalist and writer.  Chambers “had offered himself to the nation as both sinner and savior.  Some saw him as an exemplar of humble martyrdom, others as a monstrous egotist.  His moral attitude at times recalled the stoic resignation of the ancient tragedians, at times the anti-heroism of Sartre or Beckett, at times the torment of the twice-born soul.  ‘You never changed, Whit,’ Henry Zolan told him near the end, ‘you just changed sides.’  It was true.  Each side, in the instant he joined it, seemed outnumbered, but he chose it anyway.  This was his secret pride.”

Tanenhaus, Sam. “The War That Will Not Thaw.” Correspondence, no. 4 (Spring/Summer 1999): 5.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Whittaker Chambers and McCarthy.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Trilling, Diana. The Beginning of the Journey: The Marriage of Diana and Lionel Trilling. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1993. Discusses the Trillings’ relationship with Whittaker Chambers in the 1930s, his attempt to recruit Diana for underground work and the rumors in her left social circle that Chambers was involved in assassinations.  Reports that due to Lionel’s description of Chambers as “a man of honor” Communist sympathizers at his publisher obstructed republication of The Middle of the Journey and blocked promotion of the book.

Trilling, Diana, and Sidney Hook. “Remembering Whittaker Chambers.” Encounter [U.K.], June 1975. An exchange of letters between Hook and Trilling regarding contacts with Chambers in the 1930s.

Trilling, Diana, and Hilton Kramer. “Whittaker Chambers & Witness: An Exchange.” New Criterion 6, no. 9 (May 1988). Trilling argues that her view of the Hiss-Chambers affair and that of her husband Lionel did not differ as Kramer suggested and holds that Chambers’ record as a Communist spy disqualifies him, despite his renunciation, for designation as a man of honor.   Kramer defends Lionel’s description of Chambers as a man of honor and argues that Diana’s scorn for the religious themes of Witness confirms the intellectual decline of liberalism even in its anti-Communist form.

Trilling, Lionel. “Whittaker Chambers and ‘The Middle of the Journey.’” New York Review of Books, 17 April 1975.

Ulanovskaia, Nadezhda, and Maiia. Ulanovskaia. Istoriia Odnoi Semi [The Story of One Family]. New York: Chalidze Publications, 1982. Nadezhda (Naya) Ulanovsky, a GRU agent and wife of GRU officer Alexander Ulanovsky who worked with Chambers.  Chapter 6: “To a great extent my narrative will resemble Whittaker Chambers’s ... in his book Witness.  We met the same people he did.  They are no longer alive.  Thus I can confirm his testimony,” quoted in Tanenhaus, Whittaker Chambers, p. 542.

Ulanovskaia, Nadezhda, and Maiia. Ulanovskaia. Istoriia Odnoi Semi Memuary. Sankt-Peterburg, Russia: INAPRESS, 2003. New edition with supplemental documents.

Yancey, Philip. “The Death of a Red and the Birth of a Soul.” Christianity Today 34 (11 March 1991). On Whittaker Chambers.

Worth, E. J. Whittaker Chambers: The Secret Confession. London: Mazzard, 1993. Depicts Chambers as a fraud who lied about everything.

****************************************************************

 

Chambers’ Historic Landmark

 

Clark, Charlie. “The Pumpkin Papers Caper: How Donald Hodel Gave America a Commemorative Mud Patch.” Washington Post, 9 April 1989. Sneers at the designation of Whittaker Chamber’s farm as a historical landmark.

Craig, Bruce. “Politics in the Pumpkin Patch.” Public Historian 12, no. 1 (Winter 1990): 8-24. Sarcastically critical of Interior Secretary Donald Hodel’s designation of Whittaker Chamber’s farm as a historic landmark.  Finds that the initiative began with Anthony Dolan, speech writer to President Reagan, who shared with Reagan a view that Witness was a seminal work in the shaping of modern conservative thought.

Goldstein, Amy. “‘Pumpkin Papers’ Farm Designated U.S. Landmark Despite Opposition.” The Warbler [Journal of the Pumpkin Papers Irregulars] 6, no. 1 (October 1988). On the designation of Whittaker Chambers’ farm as a National Historical Landmark by the Secretary of the Interior.   Reproduction of a May 18, 1988 Washington Post story.

Mackintosh, Barry. “‘Politics in the Pumpkin Patch’: A Response.” Public Historian 12, no. 2 (Spring 1990). Mackintosh, a National Park Service historian, defends designating Whittaker Chambers’ farm as a national historic landmark, with response by Bruce Craig who had attacked the action with sarcasm and contempt.

****************************************************************

 

O. Edmund Clubb

 

Clubb, O. Edmund. The Witness and I. New York: Columbia University Press, 1974. Discusses his role in Chambers’ story.

****************************************************************

 

Albert Glotzer, George Reedy, and James T. Farrell

 

Glotzer, Albert. “The Glotzer-Reedy-Farrell File.” The Warbler [Journal of The Pumpkin Papers Irregulars] 2, no. 1 (July 1980). Correspondence regarding the Hiss-Chambers case between Glotzer, active in the Communist Party, the Trotskyist movement, and the Socialist Party at various times, with George Reedy, a reporter who covered the case, and left-wing writer James T. Farrell.

****************************************************************

 

Alger Hiss

 

Breindel, Eric. “Alger Hiss: A Glimpse Behind the Mask.” Commentary 86, no. 5 (November 1988). Essay-review of Hiss’ Recollections of a Life.

Haynes, John Earl.  "Hiss, Alger” in American National Biography Online April 2001 Update See: Hiss, Alger

Hiss, Alger. Recollections of a Life. New York: Seaver Books/H. Holt, 1988. In this autobiography Hiss concentrates on his role as a New Deal official.  In a brief discussion of the Hiss-Chambers case, Hiss describes Chambers as psychopath and closet homosexual who sought revenge for Hiss having cut off their relationship.

Hiss, Tony. Laughing Last: Alger Hiss. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1977. Son’s memoir of his father.

Ippolito, Joseph P., Herbert Travers, and Charles P. Kindregan. “An Interview with Alger Hiss, November 2, 1978.” The Advocate: The Suffolk University Law School Journal 10, no. 1 (Fall 1978).

Kempton, Murray. “Alger Hiss -- an Argument for a Good Con.” New York Post, 22 April 1978, 11.

Lasky, Melvin J. “John Reed & Alger Hiss: Two Cases in Ideology.” Encounter [U.K.] 59, no. 2 (1982). Compares the careers of and films about Reed and Hiss.

Marbury, William L. “The Hiss-Chambers Libel Suit.” Maryland Historical Magazine 76, no. 1 (March 1981). Memoir by Hiss’ counsel for the early part of the Hiss-Chambers case regarding his long friendship with Hiss and his involvement in the case.  Says of the second trial, “the jury voted unanimously for conviction.  There followed an appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, which affirmed the conviction (185 F.2d 822), and a petition for certiorari was denied.  Judges Augustus Hand, Swan and Chase sat on the panel of the Second Circuit which affirmed the Hiss conviction.  A more respected group could not have been found in the federal judicial system, and it was, accordingly, with some astonishment that I read the remarkable statement which appeared in the first volume of Justice Douglas’ autobiography that: ‘In my view no court at any time could possibly have sustained this conviction.’”  See also Maryland Law Review 41 (1981)

Marbury, William L. In the Catbird Seat. Baltimore: Maryland Historical Society, 1988. Memoir by Hiss’ counsel for the early part of the Hiss-Chambers case.

Remnick, David. “Alger Hiss: Unforgiven and Unforgiving.” Washington Post Magazine, 12 October 1986.

Rosenbaum, Ron. “My Lunch With Alger: Oh No, Not Hiss Again!” New York Observer, 16 April 2001, 23. Argues that Hiss spied for idealistic reasons to promote and protect “a salvic future” and that Hiss’s defenders should cease “denying him a truly principled defense” by pretending he was innocent rather than someone who spied for idealistic reasons.

Rozhon, Tracie. “At Home With Tony Hiss: A Son’s Debt of Honor.” New York Times, 20 May 1999.

Schwartz, Delmore. Portrait of Delmore: Journals and Notes of Delmore Schwartz, 1939-1959. Edited by Elizabeth Pollet. New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1986. Entry in 1949 journal: “Alger Hiss charmed everyone because he was so corrupt that he could tell anyone a lie and he could brazen out any lie.”

Scott, Janny. “Alger Hiss, Divisive Icon of Cold War, Dies at 92.” New York Times, 16 November 1996. Front page feature story/obituary on Hiss’s death.

Stettinius, Edward Reilly. The Diaries of Edward R. Stettinius, Jr., 1943-1946. Edited by George C. Herring and Thomas M. Campbell. New York: New Viewpoints, 1975. Records his relationship with Hiss.

Weiner, Lauren. “Hiss, Chambers and ‘Polite Liberalism.’” Investor’s Business Daily, 26 August 1998. “The Cold  War is over, and Hiss and Chambers are dead.  But the questions remains: Why did so many people believe Hiss’s denials of communist activity so tenaciously?  And why, after all these years, have the educated classes rejected as paranoiac that notion that Hiss -- or anyone else -- took part in underground communist activity on U.S. soil?”

White, G. Edward. “The Alger Hiss Case: Justices Frankfurter & Reed as Character Witnesses.” Green Bag, Autumn 2000.

White, G. Edward. “Hiss and Holmes.” Ohio Northern University Law Review 28 (2002).

White, G. Edward. “Alger Hiss’s Campaign for Vindication.” Boston University Law Review 83 (2003).

White, G. Edward. Alger Hiss’ Looking-Glass Wars. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004. Subtle biographical/psychological study of how Hiss had a pattern of camouflaging and distorting key episodes in his life such as his participation in espionage.  Examines Hiss’s changing tactics over his lifetime to project an aura of innocence in the face of the evidence against him.

Weyl, Nathaniel. “I Was in a Communist Unit with Hiss.” U.S. News and World Report, 9 January 1953. Weyl, a secret Communist while in government service, became a party agricultural organizer in the late 1930s but broke with the party after the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

****************************************************************

 

Alger Hiss Web Site

 

Barron, James. “The Defense Never Rests at the Alger Hiss Web Site.” New York Times, 16 August 2001. On the Hiss defense website.

Bockhorn, Lee. “Don’t Know Much About Hiss.” Weekly Standard, 2 April 2001, 17-19. Critical of  “the Alger His Story: Search for Truth” web site.

Chervonnaya, Svetlana, ed. and trans. “‘Gorsky’s List’.” The Alger Hiss Story, October 2005. http://homepages.nyu.edu/~th15/home.html.

Chervonnaya, Svetlana. “‘Anatoly Gorsky’s Lessons or In Search of a Path Through ‘The Haunted Wood’.” The Alger Hiss Story (2005). Http://homepages.nyu.edu/~th15/home.html.

Chervonnaya, Svetlana. “The ‘Gorsky List’: Anatoly Gorsky’s Report to S.R. Savchenko, 23 December 1949.” Manuscript, 2005.

Chervonnaya, Svetlana. “The Story Behind ‘Gorsky’s List’.” The Alger Hiss Story (2005). Http://homepages.nyu.edu/~th15/home.html.

“The Alger Hiss Story: A Search for the Truth.” Web site, <http://homepages.nyu.edu/~th15/>, devoted to the defense of Alger Hiss.

****************************************************************

 

Hiss and Chambers Dual Biographical Treatments

 

Moore, William Howard. Two Foolish Men: The True Story of the Friendship Between Alger Hiss and Whittaker Chambers. Portland, OR: Moorop Press, 1987. Based on speculative analysis on the psychology of the two, Moore argues that Weinstein’s Perjury “not only fails to prove Hiss guilty, . . . it offers the final, definitive and incontrovertible proof that he was innocent.”

Zeligs, Meyer A. Friendship and Fratricide; an Analysis of Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss. New York: Viking Press, 1967. Speculative psychobiography of the Hiss-Chambers case which argues that Chambers framed Hiss out of a pathological desire for revenge for having been rejected by Hiss.

****************************************************************

 

Donald Hiss

 

Breitman, Richard, and Alan M. Kraut. American Refugee Policy and European Jewry, 1933-1945. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1987. Notes Donald Hiss’s role as a leaker of confidential information about the fate of Jews in areas of Nazi occupation.

Wyman, David S. The Abandonment of the Jews America and the Holocaust, 1941-1945. New York: Pantheon Books, 1984. Notes Donald Hiss’s role as a leaker of confidential information about the fate of Jews in areas of Nazi occupation.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Nixon and the Hiss Case

 

Capshaw, Ron. “Nixon and Hiss.” Frontpagemag.Com, 8 June 2007.

Cook, Fred J. “Nixon Kicks a Hole in the Hiss Case.” Nation, 7 April 1962. Advances the theory that Nixon had some role in carrying out forgery by typewriter in order to frame Hiss.

Levitt, Morton, and Michael Levitt. A Tissue of Lies: Nixon vs. Hiss. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1979. Lightweight  defense of Hiss.

McGovern, George. “Nixon and Historical Memory: Two Reviews.” Perspectives 34 (1996). Says “I’ve always believed that Hiss was a victim of the ‘red scare’ and of Nixon’s political rapacity.  It is a national outrage that this essentially decent and patriotic American went to prison as a consequence of the demagoguery of Nixon and the ignominious House Committee on Un-American Activities.

McWilliams, Carey. “Will Nixon Exonerate Hiss?” Nation, 20 September 1975. Argues that some words on the Watergate tapes exonerate Hiss.

Miliora, Maria T. “The Personal Myth in History: Richard Nixon and Alger Hiss.” Psychohistory Review 26 (Fall 1997). Sees Nixon’s pursuit of the Hiss case as a matter of an ambitious and narcissistic need to avenge his committee’s embarrassment resulting from Hiss’s apparent insolence and superior demeanor.

Morrow, Lance. The Best Year of Their Lives: Kennedy, Johnson, and Nixon in 1948; Learning the Secrets of Power. New York, NY: Basic Books, 2005. Extensive discussion of Nixon and the Hiss case.

Nixon, Richard M. Six Crises. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1962. The Hiss-Chambers case is one of the six.

Popkin, Richard H. “Hiss Story Repeats Itself.” University Review, April 1974. Argues that the Watergate scandal disgracing Nixon is evidence that Hiss was the American Dreyfus and innocent.

Reuben, William A. The Honorable Mr. Nixon and the Alger Hiss Case. [New York]: Action Books, 1956. Asserts that Nixon manufactured a case against Hiss.

Rodman, Howard A. “Lunching with Alger Hiss.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994). On Nixon as an opportunist.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “Surfing with Nixon.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994). Nixon’s use of the Hiss case, “legitimized the anticommunist crusade by supposedly showing that Communists in the government had spied for the USSR.”

Weinstein, Allen. “Nixon vs. Hiss.” Esquire, November 1975.

Wills, Garry. “The Hiss Connection Through Nixon’s Life.” New York Times Magazine, 25 August 1974.

****************************************************************

 

Meyer Schapiro

 

Wills, Garry. “Give Up on Hiss.” New York Post, 19 March 1996. Reflects on the obituary for Meyer Schapiro appearing on the same day as a story of the Ales/Hiss Venona message. Chambers testified that Schapiro had helped him pick out a Bokhara rug he gave to Hiss.  Says Hiss’s refusal to call on Schapiro to rebut this claim a major factor that “convinced me that Hiss was lying....  The myth of Hiss’s innocence has been a dogma for many of the Left.  It is time for the Left to give up on Hiss.”

****************************************************************

 

Matthew Silverman

 

Walsh, John J. “Matthew Silverman: The Other Silverman.” Unpublished essay, 2004. An agent working on the Alger Hiss case, in 1950 he was assigned to deal with a loose end: Whittaker Chambers’ statement remembering someone named Silverman (whose first name Chambers did not remember but that this Silverman was not the George Silverman he had discussed at length) who had lived near Hiss and had been associated with John Herrman. Walsh identified the other Silverman as Matthew Silverman but was transferred to other assignments before completing the investigation. In the 1990s Walsh decided to find out what had happened to the matter after he left it. The study summarized what he found in records of the FBI, Home Owners Loan Corporation, Department of Agriculture--AAA, Emergency Relief Bureau of New York City (WPA), Office of Price Administration, and HUAC regarding Matthew Silverman and his relationship with J. Peters, Nat Witt, and the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Hiss-Chambers Case Records and Documents

 

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File: Alger Hiss/Whittaker Chambers. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. Thirty-seven microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Glazier, Michael, ed. The Alger Hiss Case: Basic Documents. Microfilm, 7 reels. Wilmington, Delaware: Michael Glazier, Inc, 1977.

Hiss, Alger. United States of America, Appellee, Against Alger Hiss, Appellant. Transcript of Record [and Briefs] On Appeal from the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York. [Sayre, PA]: Murrelle Printing Co., Law Printers, 1949-50.

Hiss, Alger, and Rabinowitz Boudin Standard Krinsky & Lieberman. In the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, in Re Alger Hiss, Petitioner-Appellant, on Appeal from the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. [New York]: National Emergency Civil Liberties Foundation, 1982.

Hiss, Alger and others. 7 microfilm reels. in United States of America vs. Alger Hiss. [London]: Recordak Microfilming Service, 1954. Record of trials in the Southern District of New York, 1949-1950; briefs and papers in the Court of Appeals and the Supreme Court, paper concerning motion for the denial of new trial, New York, 1949-1950.

Hiss, Alger, and others. 1 microfilm reel. in United States of America vs. Alger Hiss [Stenographer’s Minutes, May 31-July 7, 1949]. [London]: Recordak Microfilming Service, 1956.

Rabinowitz, Victor. In the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, 82-6196 in Re Alger Hiss, Petitioner-Appellant: On Appeal from the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York: Brief for Petitioner-Appellant. [New York, NY: [National Emergency Civil Liberties Foundation], 1982.

Rabinowitz, Victor. In the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, 82-6196 in Re Alger Hiss, Petitioner-Appellant: On Appeal from the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York: Petition for Reargument and Rehearing en Banc. [New York, N.Y.]: [National Emergency Civil Liberties Foundation], 1983.

Tiger, Edith, and Victor Rabinowitz, eds. In Re Alger Hiss: Petition for a Writ of Error Coram Nobis. New York: Hill and Wang, 1979. Contains Hiss’ petition to have his case reviewed.  Vol. 2 includes the memorandum and exhibits in support of Alger Hiss’s petition, prepared by Victor Rabinowitz for the National Emergency Civil Liberties Foundation, Inc.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Espionage in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. Contains the Hiss-Chambers hearings.

****************************************************************

 

Hiss-Chambers Case: Television Documentaries

 

Lowenthal, John, director, The Trials of Alger Hiss, Corinth Films and History on Film Company, 1979. John Lowenthal, a Hiss defense lawyer, depicts Hiss as innocent.

Kaiser, Robert Blair. “Film About Hiss Trials Revives Controversy.” New York Times, 26 February 1980. About Lowenthal The Trials of Alger Hiss.

Elstein, David, and Lindsay Law, producers, Concealed Enemies (1983), a public television miniseries on the Hiss case. Sympathetic to Hiss.

Slaght, Margaret, producer, Hiss: The Improbable Spy, “The Turning Points of History” series of “History Television” in Canada, aired 2001.  Views the new evidence from former Soviet and East Bloc archives a supporting Hiss’s guilt. 

****************************************************************

 

Martin David Kamen

 

Kamen, Martin David. Radiant Science, Dark Politics: A Memoir of the Nuclear Age. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1985. Kamen, a nuclear chemist, was fired from the Berkeley Radiation Lab after FBI agents overheard him discussing the atomic bomb project with two Soviet diplomats, Kheifetz and Kasparov, who were KGB officers.  He maintained his conversation was innocent and largely dealt with cultural matters.

****************************************************************

 

Tyler Kent

 

Bearse, Ray, and Anthony Read. Conspirator: The Untold Story of Tyler Kent. New York: Doubleday, 1991.

Kimball, Warren F., and Bruce Bartlett. “Roosevelt and Prewar Commitments to Churchill: The Tyler Kent Affair.” Diplomatic History, November 1965.

Peake, Hayden. “[On Tyler Kent Case Hitoriography].” FILS [Foreign Intelligence Literary Scene] 5, no. 2&3 (May-June 1986).

Snow, John Howland. The Case of Tyler Kent. New York: Pub. jointly by Domestic and Foreign Affairs and Citizens Press, Chicago, Ill., 1946.

Weber, Mark. “The Roosevelt Legacy and the Kent Case.” Institute for Historical Review 4, no. 2 (Summer 1983). Includes statement by Tyler Kent about his activities.

Whalen, Richard J. “The Strange Case of Tyler Kent.” Diplomat 17 (November 1965).

****************************************************************

 

Walter Krivitsky

 

Giffin, Frederick C. “The Death of Walter Krivitsky.” Social Science 54, no. 3 (1979). Discusses the 1941 death by suicide or assassination of Walter Krivitsky, a official of Soviet military intelligence who defected in 1937.

Hyde, Earl M., Jr. “Still Perplexed About Krivitsky.” International Journal of Intelligence & Counter Intelligence 16, no. 3 (Fall 2003).

Kern, Gary. A Death in Washington: Walter G. Krivitsky and the Stalin Terror. New York: Enigma Books, 2003.  Thorough and comprehensive biography of Krivitsky and his career in Soviet intelligence and his activities after breaking with Stalin and the USSR.  Treats the evidence on Krivitsky death as too ambiguous to reach a conclusion on whether it was murder or suicide.

Krivitsky, Walter G. In Stalin’s Secret Service; an Exposé of Russia’s Secret Policies by the Former Chief of the Soviet Intelligence in Western Europe. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1939. Krivitsky, a senior Soviet intelligence officer, defected in the late 1930s.  He wrote that the sister of CPUSA chief Earl Browder worked for his Western European espionage apparatus.

Krivitsky, W. G. MI5 Debriefing & Other Documents on Soviet Intelligence. Edited and translated by Gary Kern. Grand Terrace, CA: Xenos Books, 2004.

Lewis, Flora. “Who Killed Krivitsky?” Washington Post, 13 February 1966. Long, 15,000 word, feature article.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Introduction.” In In Stalin’s Secret Service: Memoirs of the First Soviet Master Spy to Defect, Walter G. Krivitsky, New York: Enigma Books, 2000. Tanenhaus places Krivitsky’s story in the context of what is know of Soviet espionage in 2000.  Finds that the skepticism directed at Krivitsky for many decades was unjustified.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Walter G. Krivitsky, Former Member, Soviet Military Intelligence, Through an Interpreter, Boris Shub; Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1939.

****************************************************************

 

Maksim Martynov

 

Federal Bureau of Investigation. “Maksim Martynov.” In Famous Cases. espionage 1950s. <http://www.fbi.gov/libref/historic/famcases/famcases.htm>

****************************************************************

 

Carl Marzani

 

Marzani, Carl. The Education of a Reluctant Radical. New York: Topical Books, 1992. Autobiography. Vol 1. Roman childhood;  Vol. 2. Growing up American; Vol 3. Spain, Munich, and dying empires; Vol 4. From Pentagon to penitentiary; Vol. 5. Reconstruction.

Panuch, J. Anthony. “The Marzani Case.” In Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s, edited by Isaac Don Levine. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976. Marzani had worked in the OSS during World War II.  He was fired from the State Department and imprisoned for perjury for lying about being a Communist. Panuch, a former deputy assistant secretary of state, oversaw security matters.  A 1947 essay.

Rosengarten, Frank. “Carl Marzani: A Radical American Life.” Science & Society 61, no. 3 (Fall 1997). Review-essay on volumes 2, 3 and 4 of the autobiographies of Carl Marzani.

United States. The United States of America v. Carl Aldo Marzani, Alias Tony Whales. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1978. Two Microfilm reels.  “The record of the trial of Carl Aldo Marzani convicted on two counts of violating 18 U.S.C. Sect. 80 (1946) ... by denying in connection with an inquiry into his loyalty by the Department of State, where he was employed, that he had ever been a member of the Communist Party or had ever used the name ‘Tony Whales’.”

****************************************************************

 

Boris Morros

 

Cook, Fred. “Boris Morros: Hero of a Myth.” Nation, 25 January 1958. Ridicules Morros.

Morros, Boris. “My Ten Years as a Counterspy.” Assisted by Bill Davidson. Look Magazine 21, no. 24 & 25 (26 November and 10 December 1957).

Morros, Boris. My Ten Years as a Counterspy: As Told to Charles Samuels. Assisted by Charles Samuels. New York: Viking Press, 1959. Morros, a Hollywood director and producer, worked for Soviet intelligence and became an FBI informant.  Told in a melodramatic fashion.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. International Communism (Espionage) Excerpts of Consultation with Counterspy Boris Morros. [Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Morrison

 

Goodwin, Irwin. “New Book Unmasks Scientist X as Spy, But Facts of Case Tell a Different Story.” Physics Today, July 1999. Reports that Philip Morrison denies the suggestion by Jeremy Stone that he is the Soviet spy Pers and that Stone has accepted Morrison’s denial.

Morrison, Philip. “Ex-Los Alamos Scientist Reveals True Wartime Role as ‘Scientist X.’” Physics Today, November 1999. Denies any role in Soviet espionage.

Stone, Jeremy J. Every Man Should Try: Adventures of a Public Interest Activist. New York: Public Affairs, 1999. Discusses Soviet atomic espionage and describes his confrontation with a professor “X,” a CPUSA member whom he believes may have been a Soviet source; urges that Congress hold hearings and offer immunity to those who testify fully regarding their activity and motivation.

****************************************************************

 

Herbert Norman

 

Barros, James. No Sense of Evil: Espionage, the Case of Herbert Norman. Toronto: Deneau, 1986. Norman, a highly placed Canadian diplomat, killed himself shortly after a U.S. Congressional committee identified him as once having Communist loyalties and as a possible security risk during his service with U.S. agencies.  Barros: “It can be said with reasonable certainty that, prior to entering the Department of External Affairs in July 1939, ... Norman was a member in good standing of the Canadian Communist Party....  What has remained unclear, however, is whether Norman’s association with the Communist Party continued after he entered External Affairs and, if it did, did he furnish secret and privy information to Russian intelligence?”  Barros establishes Norman’s Communist loyalties in the 1930s with strong direct evidence; his evidence for Norman’s continuing support for Communism and acting as a Soviet “agent of influence” later is based largely on indirect evidence.

Bowen, Roger. “Death of an Ambassador.” Canadian Dimension [Canada] 15, no. 6 (1981). Blames the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee for Norman’s suicide, terming it “murder by slander.”

Bowen, Roger W., ed. E.H. Norman, His Life and Scholarship. Toronto Buffalo: University of Toronto Press, 1984. Essays praising Norman.

Bowen, Roger W. “Cold War, McCarthyism, and Murder by Slander: E.H. Norman’s Death in Perspective.” In E.H. Norman, His Life and Scholarship, edited by Roger W. Bowen. Toronto Buffalo: University of Toronto Press, 1984.

Bowen, Roger W. Innocence is not Enough: The Life and Death of Herbert Norman. Vancouver: Douglas & McIntyre, 1986. Sympathetic biography of Norman finding him innocent of espionage and the victim of American anti-Communist paranoia.

Dower, John W. “The Historian in His Times: E.H. Norman and Japan.” In Japan’s Emergence as a Modern State: Political and Economic Problems of the Meiji Period, E. Herbert Norman. Vancouver: UBC Press, 2000.

Ferns, H.S. “Return to the Record: The Contribution of Herbert Norman.” Canadian Forum, November 1986. Ferns, an emeritus political scientist at the University of Birmingham, England, praises Norman as a major influence on America’s postwar policy toward Japan and as a supporter of those Americans who thought “the American government ought to support the further revolutionary initiatives of the Communists much as they are support Deng Xiaoping today.”  He writes: “Both of us were Canadians.  Both of us studied in Trinity College, Cambridge; Norman from 1933 to 1935 and I from 1936 to 1939.  Both of us were Marxists and Communists.  Both of us did the same party work as students.  Norman was in charge of ‘colonial work’ at Cambridge; that is, the recruitment to the Communist Party and political education of students mainly from the British Empire in India and Ceylon.  He was succeeded by an Englishmen, Victor Kiernan, subsequently a Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and for most of his career a professor of history at the University of Edinburgh.  I succeeded Kiernan from 1937 to 1939, and I was succeeded by Jack Gallagher, subsequently professor of imperial history, first at Oxford University, then at Cambridge, where he was also vice master of Trinity College.”

Ferns, H. S. Reading from Left to Right: One Man’s Political History. Toronto Buffalo: University of Toronto Press, 1983. Discusses Herbert Norman

Fry, Michael G. “On the Track of Treachery -- The Assault on Norman.” International Perspectives 18, no. 1 (January-February 1989). Defends Canadian diplomat Herbert Norman from charges that he was involved in Soviet espionage in the 1940s and early 1950s.

Lyon, Peyton V. “The Loyalties of E. Herbert Norman.” Labour [Canada], no. 28 (1991). Excerpts from a 1990 report of the Canadian Department of External Affairs on Norman, allowing that he had ties to Communists in his early life but finding him later loyal to his country.

Norman, E. Herbert. Origins of the Modern Japanese State: Selected Writings of E. H. Norman. Edited by John W. Dower. New York: Pantheon Books, 1975.

Pincher, Chapman. Their Trade is Treachery. London, U.K.: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1981. A history of Communist spies recruited at Cambridge that reports that Anthony Blunt, a key Cambridge Communist spy who later confessed, made remarks implicating Canadian diplomat Herbert Norman in the Cambridge ring.

Pincher, Chapman. Too Secret Too Long. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1984. Discusses the Cambridge spy ring and the long cover-up of Anthony Blunt’s role.  Notes Blunt’s remarks implicating the Canadian Herbert Norman of some connection to the ring.

Robertson, Colin. “An Interview with James Barros.” Bout de Papier [Canada] (1988). Discusses the Norman case.

Rusher, William. “Snowed Under in Canada?” Washington Times, 21 May 1990. Rusher, a lawyer for the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee in 1957, attacks a recent Canadian government-sponsored report by Peyton Lyon that exonerated Herbert Norman and accused U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee and CIA of forging evidence against Norman.

Straight, Michael. “A Red Mole or Martyr.” Toronto Globe and Mail, 9 October 1986. Straight remembers his contacts with Herbert Norman when both were members of a Cambridge University Trinity College Communist cell in 1935 and discusses the factors that led them to Communism.  “So, Norman became a Communist.  But that was only the first stage of his commitment.  Soon after I joined the Trinity cell, he stopped coming to our meetings.  James Klugmann explained that Norman would be working with Indian students and, since they were watched over by the Colonial Office, he would have to be discreet.”

Taylor, Charles. Six Journeys: a Canadian Pattern. Toronto: Anansi, 1977. Discusses the Norman case.

Wagner, J. Richard. “Congress and Canadian-American Relations: The Norman Case.” Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal 10, no. 3 (1973). Recounts the Congressional role in the Norman case.

Walsh, Patrick. Canada’s Watergate: The Story of Treason in Ottawa. Flesherton, Canada: Canadian League of Rights, 1983. Walsh, a Royal Canadian Mounted Police informant inside the Canadian C.P. in the 1930s, discusses the Norman controversy.

West, Nigel. A Matter of Trust: MI5 1945-72. London, U.K.: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1982. Notes that Anotoly Golitsyn, a KGB defector of disputed reliability, stated that Norman was a KGB agent.

Whitaker, Reg. “Return to the Crucible: The Persecution of Herbert Norman.” Canadian Forum 66 (November 1986). Treats Norman as the victim of an American witch hunt, attacks Barros’s No Sense of Evil as “a disgrace to the best traditions of scholarly inquiry.  The ‘case’ that the witch-hunters pursued against Herbert Norman was always ridiculous” and calls it “academic McCarthyism.”  Says of Norman’s statement in 1952 that he had been a Communist sympathizer but not a Communist at Cambridge that although Norman’s statement was false, one should “place it in the context of the time and of someone who had long since moved away from his student associations ....  The whole truth about the past might have lead to a greater untruth; he might have been branded disloyal in the present.  So he lied to a degree....  If Norman and [Lester] Pearson on his behalf, settled for something that was less than the literal truth to fend off an unfair and slanderous attack, who are we (or Barros) to judge?”

Whitaker, Reg. “Spies Who Might Have Been: Canada and the Myth of Cold War Counterintelligence.” Intelligence and National Security 12, no. 4 (1997)

****************************************************************

 

Isaiah Oggins

 

Meier, Andrew. The Lost Spy: An American in Stalin’s Secret Service. New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 2008. Regarding Isaiah Oggins, an American Communist who became a Soviet spy and died in the Gulag.

****************************************************************

J. Robert Oppenheimer

 

Alsop, Joseph Wright, and Stewart Johonnot Oliver Alsop. We Accuse! The Story of the Miscarriage of American Justice in the Case of J. Robert Oppenheimer. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1954. Takes the view that there is no evidence justifying the denial of a security clearance to Oppenheimer.

Alsop, Joseph, and Stewart Alsop. “We Accuse!” Harper’s, October 1954.

Bernstein, Barton J. “In the Matter of J. Robert Oppenheimer.” Historical Studies in the Physical Sciences 35, no. 1 (1983).

Bernstein, Barton J. “The Oppenheimer Loyalty-Security Case Reconsidered.” Stanford Law Review 42, no. 6 (July 1990).

Bernstein, Jeremy. Oppenheimer: Portrait of an Enigma. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2004.

Bird, Kai, and Martin J. Sherwin. American Prometheus: The Triumph and Tragedy of J. Robert Oppenheimer. New York: A.A. Knopf, 2005.  Highly sympathetic and detailed biography that rejects any association of Oppenheimer with espionage and dismisses evidence of his secret participation in the CPUSA.

Bowes, Stanley A. The Teflon Scientist: An Unorthodox View of the Oppenheimer Case. [Philadelphia]: Xlibris, 2003.

Cassidy, David C. J. Robert Oppenheimer and the American Century. New York, N.Y.: Pi Press, 2005.

Chapman, Michael. “KGB Museum Hails Oppenheimer as Cold War Hero.” Human Events, 27 June 1997. States that when visiting the KGB museum in Moscow he asked the museum’s director why Oppenheimer’s photograph was included in a display about World War II atomic espionage by KGB [NKVD] agents.  “Oppenheimer was not a Soviet agent like [Klaus] Fuchs,’ said the museum director. ‘But, yes, he did cooperate with Soviet intelligence.  That’s why his picture is here.’”

Chevalier, Haakon. Oppenheimer: The Story of a Friendship. New York: Braziller, 1965. Chevalier, a scholar of French literature, was a friend of Oppenheimer in the 1930s and early 1940s.  A bitter and ambiguously written book that denies all participation in Soviet espionage or Communist activities, and denying Oppenheimer’s statement that Chevalier has approached him about sharing Manhattan project information with the Soviets, while also painting a picture of a thriving University of California, Berkeley, Communist faculty group thinly disguised as a Marxist discussion group, in which both Chevalier and Oppenheimer participated.  Treats Oppenheimer as a betrayer of the progressive cause.

Chevalier, Haakon. The Man Who Would be God. New York: Putnam, 1959. Novel depicting an Oppenheimer-like character.

Chaveliar, Barbara. Robert Oppenheimer and Haakon Chavalier: From the Memoirs of Barbara Chavalier. Unpublished memoir.  Discusses her husband’s relationship with Oppenheimer and the Communist Party.

Conant, Jennet. 109 East Palace: Robert Oppenheimer and the Secret City of Los Alamos. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2005.

Curtis, Charles P. The Oppenheimer Case: The Trial of a Security System. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1955. Contains key documents and testimony.

Erwin, Robert. “Oppenheimer Investigated.” Wilson Quarterly 18 (August 1994). Says suspicions about Oppenheimer’s involvement in espionage are “groundless.”

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI Security File of J. Robert Oppenheimer. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. Four microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Griffiths, Gordon. Venturing Outside the Ivory Tower: The Political Autobiography of a College Professor. Unpublished memoir, Gordon Griffiths Papers, Manuscript Division, Library of Congress, Washington, DC.  Discusses his and Oppenheimer’s roles in the UC Berkeley Communist faculty club.

Hecht, David. “Scientific Security: Robert Oppenheimer, Anti-Communism, and the Public Debate Over Individual Liberties.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Hecht, David K. “Tumult in the Clouds: Robert Oppenheimer and American Science.” Soviet Disinformation and Influence Operations. Yale University, 2005.

Herken, Gregg. Brotherhood of the Bomb: The Tangled Lives and Loyalties of Robert Oppenheimer, Ernest Lawrence, and Edward Teller. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 2002.   Thorough and scholarly joint study of the role of Oppenheimer, Lawrence and Teller in the Manhattan Project that focuses on Oppenheimer.  Judges that the evidence shows that Oppenheimer was a secret member of the CPUSA for several years but did not participate in Soviet espionage.   A website, “The Brotherhood of the Bomb” <http://www.brotherhoodofthebomb.com/> contains a more detailed set of footnotes than in the printed book version.  It also contains a “new evidence” section about documentation available subsequent to publication of the book about Oppenheimer’s membership in the CPUSA, particularly the unpublished journal of Barbara Chevalier, Haakon Chevalier's widow and the unpublished memoir of Gordon Griffiths, a member of the Communist faculty club at UC Berkeley.

Holloway, Rachel L. In the Matter of J. Robert Oppenheimer: Politics, Rhetoric, and Self-Defense. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1993.

Independent. “Oppenheimer Named in Cold War Claim.” Independent [U.K.], 5 July 1994. Sergo Beria, son of Lavrenti Beria, stated that Oppenheimer secretly visited the Soviet Union in 1939 and stayed at Beria’s residence; says Oppenheimer urged the Soviets to start a nuclear program.

Kennan, George. “In Defense of Oppenheimer.” New York Review of Books, 23 June 1994.

Laes, H.B. “Julius Robert Oppenheimer.” Essays on Espionage, 19 August 2008. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/. http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/

Lilienthal, David Eli. Venturesome Years, 1950-1955 (v. 3) in The journals of David E. Lilienthal. New York: Harper & Row, 1964. Discusses the Atomic Energy Commission decision to not issue a security clearance to J. Robert Oppenheimer.

Major, John. The Oppenheimer Hearing. New York: Stein and Day, 1971.

McMillan, Priscilla Johnson. The Ruin of J. Robert Oppenheimer. New York: Viking, 2005.

Nathanson, Iric. “The Oppenheimer Affair: Red Scare in Minnesota.” Minnesota History 60 (Spring 2007).

Newman, Steven L. “The Oppenheimer Case: A Reconsideration of the Role of the Defense Department and National Security.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1977. Sees the removal of Oppenheimer’s security clearance as having been fraudulently manufactured by factions in the Air Force and the defense scientific community who thought that Oppenheimer’s views on nuclear strategy would damage their budgets.

Pais, Abraham. J. Robert Oppenheimer a Life. With Robert P. Crease. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press, 2005.

Polenberg, Richard, ed. In the Matter of J. Robert Oppenheimer: The Security Clearance Hearing. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2002. Excerpts from the relevant transcripts and documents.

Polenberg, Richard. “The Ethical Responsibilities of the Scientist: The Case of J. Robert Oppenheimer.” In The Achievement of American Liberalism: The New Deal and Its Legacies, edited by William Henry Chafe. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003.

Profaca, Mario. “Chevalier Told Me How His Best Friend Oppenheimer Framed Him.” Intelforum, 8 July 2003.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Soviet Spy Oppenheimer Exposed at Last.” Human Events, 13 May 1994. Defends Sudoplatov account of atomic espionage, concentrating of Oppenheimer‘s Communist links in the late 1930s and early 1940s.

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “The Oppenheimer Case.” Atlantic Monthly, October 1954.

Schweber, S. S. In the Shadow of the Bomb: Bethe, Oppenheimer, and the Moral Responsibility of the Scientist. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2000.

Sherwin, Martin Jay. “J. Robert Oppenheimer: Enemies in High Places, 1945-1954.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

Sherwin, Martin. “McCarthyism and the Oppenheimer Hearing.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.  All charges against and suspicions about Oppenheimer are wrong.

Stern, Philip M., Harold P. Green, and Lloyd Kirkham Garrison. The Oppenheimer Case: Security on Trial. New York: Harper & Row, 1969.

Strout, Cushing. “The Oppenheimer Case: Melodrama, Tragedy, and Irony.” Virginia Quarterly Review 40 (1964).

Szasz, Ferenc M. “Great Britain and the Saga of J. Robert Oppenheimer.” War in History [U.K.] 2, no. 3 (1995). Finds that the British press depicted Oppenheimer as a martyr and tragic hero.

U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. In the Matter of J. Robert Oppenheimer. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954. Hearings regarding Oppenheimer’s security clearance.

U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. In the Matter of J. Robert Oppenheimer: Transcript of Hearing Before Personnel Security Board and Texts of Principal Documents and Letters. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1971.

Washington Times. “Oppenheimer No Spy, Says KGB Officer.” Washington Times, 24 April 1994. In a Moscow TV interview Col. Vladimir Barkovsky, retired KGB office, said of Soviet penetration of the Manhattan project, of which he was a part, “by 1943, we created a tiny but productive network of sources in Los Alamos, but he [Oppenheimer] was never part of it.”

West, Nigel. “Treason Still Shadows J.R. Oppenheimer.” Insight on the News, 9 October 2002.

Wharton, Michael, ed. A Nation’s Security: The Case of Dr. J. Robert Oppenheimer. London, U.K.: Secker & Warburg, 1955.

Wolfenstein, Lincoln. “The Tragedy of J. Robert Oppenheimer.” Dissent 15, no. 1 (1968). Biographical sketch.

****************************************************************

 

Alexander Orlov

 

Costello, John, and Oleg Tsarev. Deadly Illusions. New York: Crown Publishers Inc., 1993. Tsarev, a Russian Intelligence Service officer, had access to Orlov files selected by the Russian Intelligence Service.  Alexander Orlov, a high placed NKVD officer, headed its London operations in 1935-36 and was an influential figure in the Spanish Civil war.  He quietly dropped out of Soviet service and moved to the U.S. in 1938 fearing to return to the USSR at a time when Stalin was purging NKVD ranks.  In 1953 he authored The Secret History of Stalin’s Crimes and in 1962 A Handbook of Counter-Intelligence and Guerrilla Warfare.  Costello and Tsarev state that KGB files show that Orlov helped to recruit Philby, Burgess and Maclean, that Orlov stayed alive by promising silence to Moscow while also warning that he would reveal all he knew of Soviet intelligence operations if any attempt was made on him, and that he kept this promise by providing U.S. officials with information only about long-dead or already blown operations, never revealed an unknown agent (this book follows that precedent by deleting from quotes from KGB files the names of Americans and Englishmen who assisted Orlov), met secretly with KGB agents to assure them he was keeping his bargain, and that in return the KGB classified him as a “non-return” agent rather than a true defector.

Engel, Jeffrey A. “Cleveland Seems a Good Place to Hide: An Essay Review of Edward P. Gazur’s Secret Assignment: The FBI’s KGB General.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Gazur, Edward. Secret Assignment: The FBI’s KGB General. London, U.K.: St Ermin’s Press in association with Little, Brown and Co., 2001. FBI agent memoir of his relationship with KGB defector know in the U.S. as Alexander Orlov.

Orlov, Aleksandr. The Secret History of Stalin’s Crimes. New York: Random House, 1953. Orlov was a senior KGB officer who secretly fled to the West in the late 1930s to escape the purge of the Soviet security services, eventually settling in the U.S.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Alexander Orlov, 14-15 February, 1957, Scope of Soviet Activity. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Alexander Orlov. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. Hearings of 28 September 1955.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Legacy of Alexander Orlov. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1973.

****************************************************************

 

Robert Osman and Robert Switz

 

De Toledano, Ralph. “Stalin’s Hand in the Panama Canal.” In Plain Talk: An Anthology from the Leading Anti-Communist Magazine of the 40s, edited by Isaac Don Levine. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1976. Discusses the 1933 conviction (later reversed on appeal on technical grounds) of Robert Osman, a U.S. Army corporal stationed in the Panama Canal Zone, for passing military documents to Soviet intelligence.  His recruiter, known to him as Harry Duryea, was Robert Switz, an American.  Switz was later arrested by French security police and confessed to working for the GRU.

Waldman, Louis. Labor Lawyer. New York: E.P. Dutton and Company, Inc., 1944. Memoir by an anti-Communist figure in New York’s American Labor Party. Waldman also took on appeal the 1933 case of Robert Osman, court martialed by assisting Soviet intelligence, and got the conviction overturned.  He believed the young and naive Osman had been manipulated by his recruiters.

****************************************************************

 

Nikolai Redin

 

Leab, Daniel J. “The Red Menace and Justice in the Pacific Northwest.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 87, no. 2 (Spring 1996). On the 1946 arrest and trial for espionage of Nikolai Redin, a Soviet naval officer attached to the Seattle office of the Soviet Purchasing Commission.  Herbert Kennedy, a Seattle shipyard engineer testified that Redin had befriended him and asked for and paid for classified technical information on a newly constructed U.S. Navy ship.  The jury was not convinced and returned a not guilty verdict.  Judges the prosecution inept in its presentation and premature in attempting to use fear of the Soviet threat to frame its case with a public that was not as yet attuned to such appeals.

****************************************************************

 

William Remington

 

Jones, Lee W. “The Remington Murder: After 33 Years, the Real Story.” Nation, 9 January 1988. Argues that recently released Bureau of Prisons documents indicate that inmates who murdered William Remington, convicted of perjury in relation to Elizabeth Bentley’s testimony, were primarily motivated by anti-Communism; judges that prison authorities failed to protect Remington and covered up the anti-Communist motivations of the attackers.

Jones, Lee W. “The William W. Remington Case.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1989. Sees Remington as the victim of government wrong doing.

May, Gary. Un-American Activities: The Trials of William Remington. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994. Remington, named by Elizabeth Bentley as a minor source of her Soviet espionage ring, was convicted of perjury and died in prison in a fight with other inmates. May suggests that Remington did lie about his Communist background and that considerable evidence backs up Bentley’s story but that the government prosecution of Remington was deeply flawed and legally improper.

U.S. Senate Investigations Subcommittee of the Committee on Expenditures in the Executive Departments. Hearings Before the Investigations Subcommittee of the Committee on Expenditures in the Executive Departments, United States Senate. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. Discusses William Remington, whom Elizabeth Bentley had identified as a minor source for her network, and Ilse Koch among other subjects.

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case

 

Anders, Roger M. “The Rosenberg Case Revisited: The Greenglass Testimony and the Protection of Atomic Secrets.” American Historical Review 83, no. 2 (April 1978): 388-400. Examines Atomic Energy Commission records regarding the Rosenberg case.  Concludes that David Greenglass’ testimony on atomic bomb technology was generally accurate and that the AEC was sincerely worried that his testimony might further compromise secret technology.

Associated Press. “Rosenberg Innocent, Says Ex-KGB Agent.” Washington Times, 13 May 1992. Leonid Kvasnikov, retired head of KGB scientific intelligence, claims he went to the U.S. in 1942 and set up a network that procured nuclear secrets and that Julius Rosenberg, while involved in Soviet espionage, was not a major source.  Retired KGB Col. Anatoly Yatskov, who worked for Kvasnikov, said one of the Soviets’ leading U.S. sources was a woman.

Billingsley, Kenneth Lloyd. “Crime of ‘Crimes,’ History Channel Bloopers.” National Review Online Weekend, 8-9 September 2001. Critiques of a History Channel feature called “History’s Crimes and Trials” that presented the Rosenberg case as one in which there was considerable doubt about guilt.

Breindel, Eric. “An Atom Spy Still Uncaught.” New York Post, 8 October 1992. Says Yatskov’s statement that he was Harry Gold’s Soviet controller disposes of the Schneirs’ theory that Gold was a “fantasist,” notes that the unnamed American physicist Yatskov says was his chief agent “can easily be narrowed to five or so men.”  Discusses Joel Barr’s reappearance as “Berg” a senior Soviet military scientist.

Buitrago, Ann Marie. “The Fraud of the Century.” In Our Right to Know, Special Issue -- The Rosenberg Controversy Thirty Years Later. Fund for Open Information and Accountability, Inc., 1983. Treats the Rosenberg case as an act of government misconduct and knowing prosecution of innocents.

Busch, Francis X. Enemies of the State: An Account of the Trials of the Mary Eugenia Surratt Case, the Teapot Dome Cases, the Alphonse Capone Case, the Rosenberg Case. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1954.

Carmichael, Virginia. “The Rosenberg Story(Ies): A Literary History.” Ph.D. diss. Rice University, 1991.

Carmichael, Virginia. Framing History: The Rosenberg Story and the Cold War. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1993. Sees the Rosenberg prosecution and American Cold War mentality as derivative from American masculine misogyny, gynophobic homosocial bonding, and narcissistic anal aggression.

Cohen, Jacob. “The Rosenberg File.” National Review, 19 July 1993. Summarizes the evidence, argues that the Rosenbergs were guilty, states that Radosh and Milton’s The Rosenberg File remains “the supreme treatment of the entire case,” and agrees with the latter’s view that the death penalty was an unsuccessful attempt to force the Rosenbergs to name their fellow conspirators.

Edelman, Irwin. “The Rosenberg Case: Some Observations.” Contemporary Issues [U.K.], October-November 1954.  Suggests some kind of informal conspiracy between the FBI, the Communist Party, and the Rosenberg’s lawyers to execute the Rosenbergs.

Evanier, David. “Letter From New York: Death Threats.” Forward, 26 April 1991. Discusses harassment he has received since publication of his 1991 novel Red Love about the Rosenberg case, remembers the Rosenberg rallies he attended as a boy.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Julius and Ethel Rosenberg. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources, 2003. Eighteen microfilm reels of selected FBI files.  2003?

Fineberg, Solomon Andhil. The Rosenberg Case: Fact and Fiction. New York: Oceana, 1953.

Foner, Eric. “History, Politics and ‘The Rosenberg File.’” Guardian, 26 October 1983, 1, 19. Foner, a leading historian of the Reconstruction period, condemns Radosh and Milton’s The Rosenberg File.  In a letter to the editor in The New Republic (11 September 1995) writes that none of the new evidence has caused him to rethink his earlier opinion.

Foner, Eric. “Foreword.” In We Are Your Sons: The Legacy of Ethel and Julius Rosenberg, Robert Meeropol and Michael Meeropol. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1986. Leading American historian supports Julius Rosenberg’s innocence and endorses the revisionist view of American Communist history.

Frost, Bob. “The Debate That Won’t Die.” Biography, February 1998. On the Rosenberg case.

Garber, Marjorie B., and Rebecca L. Walkowitz, eds. Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America. New York: Routledge, 1995. Essays built around the innocence of the Rosenbergs, the monstrous nature of opposition to communism and the malevolence of American culture.  Essays include: Majorie Garber, “Jell-O”; Joyce Nelson “TV, the Bomb, and the Body: Other Cold War Secrets”; Blanche Wiesen Cook, “The Rosenbergs and the Crimes of a Century”; Stanley Goldberg, “The Secret about Secrets”; Robert N. Proctor, “Censorship of American Uranium Mine Epidemiology in the 1950s”; Thomas L. Dumm, “The Trial of J. Edgar Hoover”; Michael Cadden, “Strange Angel: The Pinklisting of Roy Cohn”; Alice Jardine, “Flash Back, Flash Forward: the Fifties, the Nineties, and the Transformed Politics of Remote Control”;  Ellen Schrecker, “Before the Rosenbergs: Espionage Scenarios in the Early Cold War”; Bruce Robbins, “Helplessness and Heartlessness: Irving Howe, James Bond, and the Rosenbergs”; David Suchoff, “The Rosenberg Case and the New York Intellectuals”; David Thorburjn, “The Rosenberg Letters”; Carol Hurd Green, “The Suffering Body: Ethel Rosenberg in the Hands of the Writers”; Joyce Antler, “A Bond of Sisterhood: Ethel Rosenberg, Molly Goldberg, and Radical Jewish Women of the 1950s”; Marie Ashe, “The Bell Jar and the Ghost of Ethel Rosenberg”; Robert Meeropol, “Rosenberg Realities”; David Kennedy, “Some Remarks about Trials”; Morton J. Horwitz, “Jews and McCarthyism: A View from the Bronx”; Randall Kennedy, “Contrasting Fates of Repression: A Comment on Gibson vs. Florida Legislative Investigation Committee”; Karl E. Klare, “Arbitrary Convictions?: The Rosenberg Case, The Death Penalty and Democratic Culture”; Andrew Ross, “The Work of the State.”

Gardner, Virginia. The Rosenberg Story. [New York]: Masses & Mainstream, 1954.

Gardner, Virginia. “The Rosenbergs and the CP.” In These Times 8, no. 2 (1983).

Gordon, Max. “The Rosenbergs and the Communist Party.” In These Times 8, no. 2 (November 1983). Critical comment on Radosh and Milton’s The Rosenberg File by a former senior CPUSA official.

Haynes, John Earl. “New Evidence on the Rosenberg Case and Soviet Atomic Espionage in the U.S., 1942-1946.” Paper presented at “Renseignement et Propagande pendant la Guerre froide, (1947-1953)” Colloque International D’Histoire, Mémorial. Caen, France, 1998.  Notes the overwhelming confirmation of Julius Rosenberg’s guilt in the decrypted Venona messages.  Judges those who continue to maintain his innocence to be ideologically blind or dishonest.

Haynes, John Earl. “Novelle Pièces à Conviction Concernant L’Affaire Rosenberg et l’Espionage Atomique Soviétique Aux États-Unis de 1942 à 1946.” In Renseignement et Propagande Pendant la Guerre Froide (1947-1953), edited by Demas Jean and Jean Kessler, 33-53. Bruxelles, Belgique: Éditions Complexe, 1999.

Hook, Sidney. “Echoes of the Rosenberg Case: An Autobiographical Postscript.” American Spectator, January 1989. Recounts Judge Kaufman’s complaints about calumnies directed at him by partisans of the Rosenbergs; judges that in later years Kaufman became “so intent on proving that he was not a reactionary, McCarthyite, fascist underling of the capitalist class ... that he ruled almost invariably against the government” in national security and other ideological-charged cases.  Discusses the case of Michael Selzer who was denied tenure at Brooklyn College for having cooperated with the CIA.

Hulser, Kathleen, curator, and Sam Roberts, consultant. The Rosenbergs Reconsidered: The Death Penalty in the Cold War Era. Exhibit captions. New York City: New York Historical Society, 2001.  <http://www.nyhistory.org/index.html>

Jeong, Sangjun. Representing the Rosenberg Case: Coover, Doctorow, and the Consequences of Postmodernism. Seoul, Korea: American Studies Institute, Seoul National University, 1994. Discusses the portrayal of the Rosenberg case in fiction by Robert Coover, E.L. Doctorow, and others.

Kaplan, Karel. “And I Saw a Name: Rosenberg [In Italian].” Panorama [Italy], 3 May 1977.

Klehr, Harvey, and John E. Haynes. “Fellow Traveling is Alive and Well: The Rosenbergs Find an Apologist in a Reference Work.” Weekly Standard, 10 April 2000, 18-19. Critique of the Rosenberg entry by Norman Markowitz in American National Biography.

Kramer, Hilton. “Protecting the Rosenberg Myth.” New York Post, 25 March 1997. On the New York Times’ coverage of the Discovery Channel’s “The Rosenberg File: Case Closed.”

Laes. “Rosenberg Case: Not Closed.” Essays on Espionage, 6 January 2009. http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/2009/01/rosenberg-case-not-closed.html

Markowitz, Gerald E. “Secrecy, Duplicity, and Dirty Tricks: The Incomplete Record of the Rosenberg Case.” In Our Right to Know. Fund for Open Information and Accountability, Inc., 1983. Attacks the prosecution of the Rosenbergs as a government frameup.

Markowitz, Gerald E. “How not to Write History: A Critique of Radosh & Milton’s The Rosenberg File.” Science & Society 48, no. 1 (Spring 1984). Polemical denunciation.

Markowitz, Norman. “Rosenberg, Ethel, and Julius Rosenberg.” In American National Biography, Vol. 18, 879-81. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999. Writes that the evidence against the Rosenbergs was weak and that anti-Semitism, not concern about espionage, was a leading motive in their prosecution.  The author is a long-time Communist party member and an editor of its theoretical journal.

McKnight, David. “Reassessing the Rosenberg and the Petrov Affairs.” Labour History [Australia] 70 (May 1996). Discusses parallels between aspects of early Cold War history in Australia and the U.S. in regard to new evidence of links between Soviet espionage and Communist party activity.

Neville, John F. The Press, the Rosenbergs, and the Cold War. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1995.

Nizer, Louis. The Implosion Conspiracy. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1973. Finds the evidence against the Rosenbergs to be ample and the trial and review fair; deplores use of the death penalty.

Pessen, Edward. “The Rosenberg Case Revisited: A Critical Essay on a Recent Scholarly Examination.” New York History 65 (January 1984). Pessen, a senior historian of the early 19th century, presents a critical, confusing and disjointed attack on Radosh and Milton’s The Rosenberg File.

Petress, Kenneth C. “A Judicial Decision Under Pressure: A Dramaturgical Analysis of the Rosenberg Case.” Ph.D. diss. Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1988. “The analysis pictures the American government using the Rosenbergs as scapegoats to symbolically cleanse away betrayal images. Thus, the government sought to purify itself and to regain some of the power and control it was perceived to have lost.”

Radosh, Ronald. “Ending the Myth.” New York Post, 18 June 1993. Reviews recent evidence of Rosenberg’s guilt: Khrushchev memoirs, surfacing of Joel Barr and Alfred Sarant in Russia, and KGB officer Anatoly Yatskov’s confirmation of the roles of Harry Gold and Morris and Lona Cohen.  Exchange with Michael Meeropol, June 24, 1993.

Radosh, Ronald. “ABA Acquits Rosenbergs with Poor History and PC.” Wall Street Journal, 18 August 1993. Says the restaging of the trial by the ABA, a restaging in which the Rosenbergs were acquitted, amounted to “tampering brazenly with historical record... pure theater.”  “In the mock trial, counsel subjected the actor playing Gold to a cross examination that never happened.  Gold, in reality a credible witness, came off as a phony in the mock trial, someone very different from the Soviet agent he was in real life.  One mock juror explained that he knew that Gold was lying because of his ‘body language.’  But of course the juror was watching an actor.”

Radosh, Ronald. “The VENONA Files.” New Republic, 7 August 1995. Discusses what the Venona decryptions have to say about the espionage activities of the Rosenbergs, Barr, Perl, Sarant, and other American Communists.

Radosh, Ronald. “Final Verdict.” New Republic, 7 April 1997. On the Discovery Channel’s “The Rosenberg File: Case Closed.”

Radosh, Ronald. “Another Look at the Rosenberg Case.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 31 October 2001.  Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com/> Critique of the New York Historical Society exhibit “The Rosenbergs Reconsidered: The Death Penalty In The Cold War Era.”  States: “And now, in 2001, those same lunatics are still gaining an audience, and many evidently think they still have something left to say. Their consistent propaganda effort will only come to an end when supposedly mainstream institutions like The New York Historical Society –whose staff is either naïve, stupid or fellow travelers – decide to stop giving them a sounding board.”

Radosh, Ronald, and Joyce Milton. The Rosenberg File: A Search for the Truth. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1983. Detailed and extremely well researched scholarly examination of the Rosenberg case and easily the most through and complete historical examination.   Finds that Julius Rosenberg was guilty of spying and that Ethel may participated in her husband’s activities but was not a principal; however, the government included Ethel in the indictment in an unsuccessful attempt to pressure Julius into a confession and information on other members of his espionage apparatus.  Suggests significant non-atomic espionage by those associated with Julius, including Alfred Sarant, Joel Barr, William Perl, and Morton Sobell.

Radosh, Ronald, and Joyce Milton. The Rosenberg File. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1997. Includes a new introduction bringing in evidence that as appeared since the original publication in 1983.

Rago, Joseph. “Rosenberg Reruns.” Wall Street Journal, 27 January 2006. On a forum at the Fordham Law School were novelists E.L. Doctorow and playwright Tony Kusher took the view that the Rosenbergs had been “murdered” by a a depraved U.S. government

Remnick, David. “Wellspring of the Russian Writer.” Washington Post, 28 September 1989. Profile of Sasha Sokolov, Russian author of School for Fools, who has just returned to the Soviet Union after 14 years of exile in the West.   Sokolov states that his father, Vsevold, was a GRU officer at the Soviet Embassy in Ottawa when Sasha was born in 1943.  “’As far as I know he was sent to Canada by Stalin himself.  He took part in stealing blueprints of the A-bomb through the Rosenbergs.  But it’s still all very vague,’ he says.  “I do know my father regularly went to New York to see the Rosenbergs and other Communists there.  But he would only make slight mentions of all this.  He never told any stories.  But there were relatives who knew them well and talked to me about it later on.’”  The Sokolov family returned to the Soviet Union after the Gouzenko defection.

Richard, Paul. “The Rosenbergs, in Whitewash.” Washington Post, 27 February 1991. Feature story on “Unknown Secrets: Art and the Rosenberg Era,” an art show with 60 pieces honoring Julius and Ethel Rosenberg currently touring the country.  Says it is “a noisy noisome show.  It stinks of propaganda....  It’s content to scream its message: Good Rosenbergs, bad us....  Sue Coe, ... an artist known in Washington for her virulent attacks on the factory farming of pigs, is represented by a 1987 canvas that blames J. Edgar Hoover, Richard Nixon, Harry S. Truman, Ike and other politicians not just for executing the Rosenbergs but for electrocuting ‘Truth.’  Luis Camnitzer’s 1986 assemblage connects the electric chair at Sing Sing to a Nazi crematorium.  Washington’s Adrian Piper, an artist represented by a 1987 broken-mirror piece, also wants us to accept that the Rosenbergs were killed because of their religion.  So does artist Robert Arneson, whose 1987 double portrait of the Rosenbergs is titled ‘2 Fried Commie Jew Spies.’”

Root, Jonathan. The Betrayers: the Rosenberg Case--a Reappraisal of an American Crisis. New York: Coward-McCann, 1963.

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. Invitation to an Inquest. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965. Argues that the Rosenbergs were innocent, the evidence faked, the witnesses perjured, and their trial unfair.  Editions in 1968  (Dell Pub. Co.) and 1983 (Pantheon Books) have some new material.

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “Cryptic Answers.” The Nation, 14-21 August 1995, 152-53. On the first release of  the VENONA intercepts: “What these message show, briefly, is that Julius Rosenberg was the head of a spy ring gathering and passing on nonatomic defense information.  But the messages do not confirm key elements of the atomic spying charges against him.  They indicate that Ethel Rosenberg was not a Soviet agent.  And they implicate the American Communist Party in recruitment of party members for espionage.”

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “Rosenbergs Redux.” Nation, 16 October 1995, 445. State that they have “No Regrets. No Apologies” over their assaults on historians who judged Julius Rosenberg guilty and denounce in harsh language those scholars who see the new evidence from Russian archives as vindicating anticommunism.

Schrank, Bernice. “Reading the Rosenbergs After Venona.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada] 49 (Spring 2002): 189-210. Maintains that the Venona decryptions may be frauds and cannot be trusted, Hiss is innocent, and so are the Rosenbergs.  Says that the Schneirs and others who have conceded that Julius Rosenberg and others did participate in espionage have engaged in “premature capitulation.”

Schuldenfrei, Richard. “Julius Rosenberg and the Ethics of the Old Left.” In Towards a Classless Society: Studies in Literature, History, and Politics in Honor of Thompson Bradley, edited by Thompson Bradley, Sibelan E. S. Forrester, and Thomas Newlin. Bloomington: Indiana University, 2004.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Rosenbergs and the Claims of History.” Intercollegiate Review 20, no. 2 (Winter 1984).

Sharp, Malcolm. Was Justice Done? the Rosenberg-Sobell Case. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1956. Defense of the Rosenbergs by one of their defense attorneys.

Sneider, Daniel. “Ames Likely Exposed US Mole at Spy School, Says Retired KGB Man.” Christian Science Monitor, 7 March 1994. Report on an interview with Alexander Morozov, retired KGB officer who served as deputy head of the intelligence department of the Andropov Red Banner Institute, the KGB's foreign intelligence training school.  Says that among the instructors in the scientific-technical intelligence department were two KGB agents who had been case officers for the Rosenbergs and on “jubilee days” the two would “reminisce about the triumph of gaining access to the secret of the atom bomb, Morozov says.”

Strand, John. “Unquiet Ghosts.” Museum & Arts Washington 5, no. 7 (January-February 1991). Discusses exhibition entitled “Unknown Secrets: Arts and the Rosenberg Era.”

Strout, Cushing. “Reconsidering the Rosenbergs: History, Novel, Film.” Reviews in American History 12, no. 3 (September 1984). Review-essay on recent coverage of the Rosenberg case.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities (the Committee to Secure Justice in the Rosenberg Case and Affiliates). Washington: U.S.  Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Trial By Treason.  National Committee to Secure Justice for Rosenbergs and Sobell. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Hearings of 25 August 1956.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Internal Security Annual Report for 1957. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958. Includes Harry Gold testimony in Report No. 1477, April 28, 1958, Appendix D.

Wexley, John. The Judgment of Julius and Ethel Rosenberg. New York: Cameron & Kahn, distr. by Cameron Associates, 1955. A defense of the Rosenbergs by Hollywood script writer.

Yalkowsky, Stanley. The Murder of the Rosenbergs. New York, NY: Stanley Yalkowsky, 1990.

Yergin, Daniel. “Were the Rosenbergs Framed?” New Times, 16 May 1975.

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Family Centered Accounts

 

Horowitz, David. “Guilt of the Son.” ProntPageMagazine.Com, 23 June 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. On the distortions of the Rosenberg case by Robert Meeropol.

Meeropol, Robert, and Michael Meeropol. We Are Your Sons: The Legacy of Ethel and Julius Rosenberg. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1975. Emotional and melodramatic defense of their parents.

Meeropol, Robert. An Execution in the Family: One Son’s Journey. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2003.

Meeropol, Robert, and Michael Meeropol. “Family of Spies: Interview with Robert and Michael Meeropol.” In Secrets, Lies, and Atomic Spies. NOVA, 2002.  Comments by the Rosenbergs' sons, <http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/venona/fami_meeropol.html>

Philipson, Ilene J. Ethel Rosenberg Beyond the Myths. New York: F. Watts, 1988. A radical socialist feminist biography taking the view that the Rosenbergs were innocent and framed by a malevolent government.

Roberts, Sam. The Brother: The Untold Story of Atomic Spy David Greenglass and How He Sent His Sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the Electric Chair. New York: Random House, 2001. Based on extensive interviews with Greenglass regarding his role in the Rosenberg espionage apparatus and his decision to confess and testify against his sister and brother-in-law.  Melodrama.

Sobell, Helen L. “The Rosenberg-Sobell Case: Ultimate Weapon of the Cold War.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. By wife of Morton Sobell.

Sobell, Morton. On Doing Time. New York: Scribner, 1974.

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Alexander Feklisov

 

Albright, Joseph, and Marcia Kunstel. “Retired KGB Spymaster Lifts Veil on Rosenberg Espionage.” Washington Times, 16 March 1997. Discussion of the testimony of Aleksander Feklisov regarding the Rosenberg espionage apparatus.

Breindel, Eric. “A Spy’s Confession.” New York Post, 19 March 1997. On the Discovery Channel’s documentary “The Rosenberg File: Case Closed” with its Feklisov testimony.

Dobbs, Michael. “Julius Rosenberg Spied, Russian Says.” Washington Post, 16 March 1997. Detailed discussion of the testimony of retired Soviet intelligence officer Aleksander Feklisov regarding the Rosenberg espionage apparatus.

Feklisov, Alexander, and Sergei Kostin. The Man Behind the Rosenbergs. Translated by Catherine Dop. New York: Enigma Books, 2001. Memoir by a career KGB officer who served as the case officer for Klaus Fuchs (in the U.S. and in the U.K.) and Julius Rosenberg.  Treats the Rosenbergs as heroic patriots of the Soviet Union and international communism and asserts his own continued support for that ideology.  Says that Julius Rosenberg was handed over to the KGB in 1942 by Bernard Schuster of the CPUSA and that Julius continued to pay CPUSA dues despite KGB advice to cut contact with the party.  Also discusses in detail the espionage activities of others he worked with either directly or though Julius Rosenberg: David Greenglass, Harry Gold, Morton Sobell, William Perle, Alfred Sarant, Joel Barr, and other American Communists.  “Towards the end of 1945 two events put an end to the golden age of Soviet espionage in the United States.  In September, Igor Gouzenko, a GRU code clerk at the Soviet embassy in Ottawa, defected, and in November Elizabeth Bentley, one of our liaison agents, was ‘turned’ by the FBI and named about one hundred ‘Red Spies.’” With an introduction by Ronald Radosh.

Katz, Aaron. “On Feklisov and the Rosenbergs.” Jewish Currents, June 1997, 36.

Stanley, Alessandra. “K.G.B. Agent Plays Down Atomic Role of Rosenbergs.” New York Times, 16 March 1997. On Feklisov testimony about the Rosenbergs.

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Joel Barr and Alfred Sarant

 

Firdman, Henry Eric. Decision-Making in the Soviet Microelectronics Industry: The Leningrad Design Bureau, a Case Study. Falls Church, VA: Delphic Associates, 1985. Discusses the secret Soviet electronic laboratory run by Joseph Barr and Alfred Sarant, members of the Rosenberg apparatus who secretly fled to the Soviet Union.

Granin, Daniil Aleksandrovich. Begstvo v Rossiiu [Escape to Russia]. Moskva, Russia: Novosti, 1995. Russian novel based on Barr and Sarant story.

Kuchment, Mark. “The American Connection to Soviet Microelectronics.” Physics Today, September 1985.  The first public identification of Joel Barr and Alfred Sarant as leading electronic engineers in the Soviet Union under the names Joseph Berg and Philip Staros

Kuchment, Mark. “Beyond the Rosenbergs: A New View from Russia.” Boston Review, September 1985.

Kuchment, Mark. “Active Technology Transfer and the Development of Soviet Microelectronics.” In Selling the Rope to Hang Capitalism? the Debate on West-East Trade & Technology Transfer, edited by Charles M. Perry and Robert L. Pfaltzgraff. Washington: Pergamon-Brassey’s, 1987. Discusses the technological contributions of Alfred Sarant and Joel Barr to the Soviet Union.

Kuznetsov, Alexei, and Carla Rivera. “Joel Barr: US Defector, Electronics Whiz Helped Propel Soviets Into Computer Age.” Los Angeles Times, 17 August 1998. Obituary. Quotes his secretary/companion that contrary to interviews he gave in 1992 renouncing his belief in communism, he remained “the last of the Mohicans, who still believed in Communism and the Communist idea.”

Molotsky, Irvin. “Joel Barr, Defector Linked to Rosenbergs, Dies.” New York Times, 16 August 1998. Barr was part of the Rosenberg network.  “In an interview with the Los Angeles Times, Mr. Barr said that he helped the Soviets build their first radar-guided anti-aircraft artillery. He said that his actions were never meant to ‘put the United States in peril.’ but rather to help Communism thrive so that it might spread to the Untied States. Mr. Barr remained a staunch Communist even when Stalin’s crimes were revealed. But toward the end of his life especially after Mikhail S. Gorbachev disclosed the shortcomings of previous Communist rulers, Mr. Barr said he gave up on Communism. ‘I believe that now history will show that the Russian Revolution was a tremendous mistake,’ Mr. Barr told Elizabeth Shogren of the Los Angeles Times. ‘It was a step backward. The real revolution for mankind that will go down for many, many years was the American Revolution.’ ‘Knowing what I do now, it was a tremendous mistake to have done what I did,’ he said.”

Radosh, Ronald. “Socialist Heroes: Proof the Rosenbergs Spied.” New Republic, 22 October 1990. Discusses Khrushchev’s remarks on the Rosenbergs.  Radosh states that he recently spoke by telephone with Joel Barr, a colleague of Julius Rosenberg who disappeared on the day that Greenglass’ arrest became public.  Barr has been living in Leningrad working on military microelectronics under the name Joseph Berg.  Barr said he is no longer sympathetic with Communism and would like to return to the U.S. but is concerned about espionage charges.

Usdin, Steven. Engineering Communism. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2005.  Rexamination of the Rosenberg espionage apparatus in light of new archival evidence.  Detailed and thorough study of the role of Joel Barr and Alfred Sarant, American Communist electrical engineers, as major sources in Julius Rosenberg’s espionage apparatus and their important contributions to Soviet computer and high technology weaponry development after they secretly fled to the USSR after Rosenberg’s arrest.  The KGB established the two initially in Czechoslovakia but then moved them to the USSR where they headed a secret electronic laboratory in Leningrad under new names and identities: Barr became Josef Berg of South Africa and Sarant becomes Philip Staros of Canada.

Usdin, Steven T. “Tracking Julius Rosenberg’s Lesser Known Associates.” Studies in Intelligence 49, no. 3 (2005).

Usdin, Steve. “Engineering Communism: How Two Americans Spied for Stalin and Founded the Soviet Silicon Valley.” Paper presented at 2005 Raleigh International Spy Conference  < http://www.raleighspyconference.com/news/talks.aspx >. Raleigh, NC, 2005

Usdin, Steven T. “How Two American Spies Helped Build the Soviet Silicon Valley.” Core [Computer History Museum] 5, no. 1 (Spring 2006).

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Nikita Khrushchev

 

Khrushchev, Nikita Sergeevich. Khrushchev Remembers: The Glasnost Tapes. Translated and edited by Vyacheslav V. Luchkov and Jerrold L. Schecter. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. Transcript of Khrushchev’s taped memoirs. “I’ll share a secret with you: we got assistance from some good people who helped us master the production of nuclear energy faster than we would have otherwise, and who helped us produce our first atom bomb.  These people suffered for what they believed in.  They were committed to ideas.  They were neither agents nor spies for the Soviet Union.  Rather, they were people sympathetic to our ideals.  They acted on their progressive views, without seeking any payment.  I say ‘progressive’ because I don’t think they were communists.  They did what they could to help the Soviet Union acquire the atom bomb so that it could stand up to the United States of America....  I don’t mean to diminish the ... accomplishments of our own scientists, but one must not discount the help that was provided to us by our friends.  Those friends suffered; they were punished.  But their names are known, and thanks to their help we were able to build the atom bomb....  I was part of Stalin’s circle when he mentioned the Rosenbergs with warmth.  I cannot specifically say what kind of help they gave us, but I heard from both Stalin and Molotov, then Minister of Foreign Affairs, that the Rosenbergs provided very significant help in accelerating the production of our atom bomb.  Let this be a worthy tribute to the memory of those people.  Let my words serve as an expression of gratitude to those who sacrificed their lives to a great cause of the Soviet state at a time when the U.S. was using its advantage over us to blackmail our state and undermine our proletarian cause.”

Schneir, Walter. “Time Bomb.” The Nation, 3 December 1990, 682-84, 687-88. Suggests regarding remarks about the Rosenbergs in Khrushchev Remembers: The Glasnost Tapes that Khrushchev had an unreliable memory or that the tapes were fabricated.  Highly critical of the evidence for the bona fides of the tapes.  “What can be said with certainty about the Rosenberg tape is that its provenance is shadowy, its authenticity dubious and its content fabricated in the book by patching two diverse passages in the recording -- and perhaps by far worse....  [I]t would be decent conduct to withdraw the book.”

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Vyacheslav Molotov

 

Chuev, Feliks Ivanovich, and Vyacheslav Mikhaylovich Molotov. Molotov Remembers: Inside Kremlin Politics: Conversations with Felix Chuev. Edited by Albert Resis. Chicago: I.R. Dee, 1993. Translated and edited edition of Sto sorok besed s Molotovym: Izdnevnika F. Chuyeva [One Hundred Forty Conversations with Molotov: From the Diary of F. Chuev] (Moscow: Terra, 1991).  Molotov supervised the Soviet atomic program at an early stage and says much was gained from Soviet espionage, notes the Soviet debt to the Rosenbergs.

McClellan, Woodford. “Molotov Remembers.” Cold War International History Project Bulletin 1 (Spring 1992). Review and excerpts from Sto sorok besed s Molotovym: Izdnevnika F. Chuyeva [One Hundred Forty Conversations with Molotov: From the Diary of F. Chuev] (Moscow: Terra, 1991).  Chuev, a young admirer of Molotov, recounts conversations during Molotov’s last 17 years.  Molotov said that in 1943 he had reviewed the Soviet nuclear program and had physicist Igor Kurchatov examine “the material from our intelligence service--the agents had done something very important....  He [Kurchatov] said, ‘It’s excellent--it adds exactly what we were missing.’  This was a fine operation on the part of our Chekists.  They did well in getting what we needed--at precisely the right time, when we had just begun this project.  There was something in my memory, but now I’m afraid I’ve forgotten the details.  The Rosenberg couple ... I tried not to ask any questions about that, but I think they were connected with [our] intelligence....  Somebody helped us a great deal with the atomic bomb.  The secret service played a very big role.  In America, the Rosenbergs paid for this.  It’s not excluded that they were involved in helping us.  But we mustn’t talk about that.  It might be quite useful in the future.”

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case: Legal Issues

 

Columbia Law Review writers. “The Rosenberg Case: Some Reflection on Federal Criminal Law.” Columbia Law Review 54 (1954).

Northwestern University Law Review writers. “The Rosenberg Case: A Problem of Statutory Construction.” Northwestern University Law Review 48 (1954). Reviews legal issues in the Rosenberg case.

Parrish, Michael E. “Cold War Justice: The Supreme Court and the Rosenbergs.” American Historical Review 82, no. 4 (1977). Discusses Supreme Court consideration of the Rosenberg case.  Concludes that a majority of the court was guilty of “capitulation to the Red Scare.”

Rosenberg, Julius, Ethel Rosenberg, and Morton Sobell. Supreme Court of the United States, October Term, 1951, no. 111: Julius Rosenberg and Ethel Rosenberg, Petitioners, Vs. the United States of America. No. 112: Morton Sobell, Petitioner, Vs. the United States of America; Petitions for Writs of Certiorari and Exhibit Thereto, Filed June 7, 1952. New York: Committee to Secure Justice for Morton Sobell, 1960.

Sharlitt, Joseph H. Fatal Error: The Miscarriage of Justice That Sealed the Rosenberg’s Fate. New York: Scribner, 1989. Lawyerly hairsplitting.  Argues that the execution was improper because the Rosenbergs should have been tried under the Atomic Energy Act of 1946 (required jury to recommend death penalty) rather than the Espionage Act of 1917 (left it to the judge).  Argues that the Supreme Court rejected this argument because of a majority of justices were peeved at Justice Douglas who upheld that position and due to a conspiracy by Attorney General Brownell and Chief Justice Vinson to bring the case to an end.

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case and Jews

 

Dawidowicz, Lucy S. “Anti-Semitism: The Rosenberg Case.” Commentary, July 1952.

Gutfeld, Aaron. The Rosenberg Case and the Jewish Issue. The prosecution of the Rosenbergs was anti-Semetic.  http://www.tau.ac.il/Anti-Semitism/asw2002-3/gutfeld.htm. Stephen Roth Institute for the Study of Antisemitism and Racism, Tel Aviv University, 2003. Http://www.tau.ac.il/Anti-Semitism/asw2002-3/gutfeld.htm.

Marker, Jeffrey. “The Jewish Community and the Case of Julius and Ethel Rosenberg.” Maryland History 3, no. 2 (1972). Survey.

Markowitz, Norman. “The Witch-Hunter’s Truth.” In Our Right to Know, Special Issue -- The Rosenberg Controversy Thirty Years Later. Fund for Open Information and Accountability, Inc, 1983. Denunciation of historians who judge Julius Rosenberg as guilty of espionage as  “apologizing for anti-Semitism” and defending “the capitalist class.”

Mendes, Philip. “The Melbourne Jewish Left, Communism and the Cold War. Responses to Stalinist Anti-Semitism and the Rosenberg Spy Trial.” Australian Journal of Politics & History 49, no. 4 (December 2003). Abstract: “explores the political marginalisation of the Melbourne Jewish Council to Combat Fascism and Anti-Semitism during the Cold War. Attention is drawn to contending views about the nature of the Council’s links with communism. By comparing the Council’s response to two coinciding international events during 1952 and 1953 — the anti-Jewish show trials in Stalinist Eastern Europe, and the Rosenberg spy trial in the USA — evidence is derived confirming the dominance of communist influence within the Jewish Council at that time. In order, I examine the Australian Jewish political context in which the Council operated and its relations with the wider Jewish community prior to the Cold War; explore rival arguments concerning the Council’s links with communism and the Australian Communist Party; examine the major features of Stalinist anti-Semitism and the Council’s response to them; recount the Council’s reaction to the Rosenberg Spy Trial and Doctors Plot; and conclude that the Council lost influence because it fell under the control of a pro-Soviet group unwilling to recognise and attack anti-Semitism on the political left.”

Moore, Deborah Dash. “Reconsidering the Rosenbergs: Symbol and Substance in Second Generation American Jewish Consciousness.” Journal of American Ethnic History 8, no. 1 (1988)

****************************************************************

 

The Rosenberg Case in France

 

Aftalion, Florin. La Trahison Des Rosenberg. Paris, France: JC Lattès, 2003. Finds the evidence of Julius Rosenberg’s guilt convincing.  Reviews the campaign in France to depict the Rosenbergs as innocent victims.

Glynn, Robert B. “L’Affaire Rosenberg in France.” Political Science Quarterly 70, no. 4 (December 1955)

****************************************************************

 

Bernard Schuster and Joseph Katz

 

Hyde, Earl M., Jr. “Bernard Schuster and Joseph Katz: KGB Master Spies in the United States.” International Journal of Intelligence & Counter Intelligence 12, no. 1 (January 1999).  Examination of the work of two American Communists who worked closely with Soviet intelligence.  Katz, indeed, became a full-time KGB agent.  Based on Venona and other sources.

****************************************************************

 

Yuri B. Shvets

 

Romerstein, Herbert. “New Book Exposes Journalist and Carterite as KGB Tools.” Human Events, 13 January 1995. Essay-review of Yuri B. Shvets’ Washington Station: My Life as a KGB Spy in America.  Says Shvets, a retired KGB officer, discusses agents he ran in the U.S. using pseudonyms but describes their careers in such detail that their identities can be established.  Says one agent Shvets calls “Martin Snow” was John Helmer, a middle-level Carter administration appointee.  Helmer now lives in Moscow.  Romerstein says Shvets’ description of another agent called “Phyllis Barber” could only apply to Claudia Wright, Helmer’s wife and a well know left journalist in the 1970s and 1980s.  Wright in 1982 surfaced a letter conveying personal greetings from the head of South Africa’s military intelligence to U.S. Ambassador to the U.N., Jeane Kirkpatrick.  The U.S. State Department exposed Wright’s letter as a disinformation forgery prepared by the KGB.  Discusses other journalistic attacks on anti-Soviet American officials launched by Wright.

Shvets, Yuri B. Washington Station: My Life as a KGB Spy in America. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1994.

****************************************************************

 

Jack Soble

 

Soble, Jack. “How I Spied on the U.S. for the Reds.” Assisted by Jack Lotto. New York Journal American, 10-21 November 1957. In 11 parts.  Soble, a long-time KGB agent, pled guilty and confessed after his arrest.

****************************************************************

 

Hsue Shen Tsien

 

Chang, Iris. Thread of the Silkworm. New York, NY: BasicBooks, 1995. Discusses Hsue Shen Tsien, a Chinese American aeronautical engineer who lost his security clearance due to suspicions about his loyalty.  He moved to China and became one of the chief designers of the Silkworm ballistic missile.

****************************************************************

 

William Weisband

 

Benson, Robert Louis. “Weisband.” Paper presented at Symposium on Cryptologic History. Maritime Institute, Maryland, 2003. Sketch of Weisband’s background and career.

Benson, Robert Louis, and Michael Warner. “Who Was William Weisband?” In Venona: Soviet Espionage and the American Response 1939-1957, Robert Louis Benson and Michael Warner. Washington, DC: National Security Agency; Central Intelligence Agency, 1996.   Weisband, a Russian translator working for the NSA was also a long-time KGB spy and was likely the first source of information to the Soviets about the NSA’s breaking of Soviet cable traffic in the Venona project.  After he was identified as a Soviet agent, he was fired from his NSA position and imprisoned for refusing to answer a grand jury subpoena.

Schindler, John. “Weisband.” Paper presented at Symposium on Cryptologic History. Maritime Institute, Maryland, 2003. Emphasizes the extensive damage William Weisband did to U.S. cryptologic activities in the late 1940s with particular attention to the evidence that his information allowed the Soviets to stop American breaks into major military cipher systems in the late 1940s and block the NSA from learning of the Soviet buildup of North Korean military forces prior to the South Korean invasion in 1950.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Dexter White

 

Adams, Meredith. “The Morgenthau Plan: A Study in Bureaucratic Depravity.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas, 1971.  Discusses White’s role in designing the Morgenthau plan to pastoralize Germany after WWII.

Beichman, Arnold. “Guilty as Charged.” Weekly Standard, 14 December 1998. On the evidence that Assistant Secretary of Treasury Harry White was a Soviet espionage source.

Blum, John Morton.  From the Morgenthau Diaries. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1959-67. Henry Morgenthau was President Roosevelt’s secretary of the Treasury.  Edited with commentary.  Three volumes: [1] Years of crisis, 1928-1938.--[2] Years of urgency, 1938-1941.--[3] Years of war, 1941-1945.  The activities of Harry Dexter White and other Treasury officials who were later identified as having cooperated with Soviet intelligence are noted from time to time.

Boughton, James M. The Case Against Harry Dexter White: Still Not Proven. Publication no. WP/00/149. IMF Working Paper. Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 2000.

Boughton, James M. “The Case Against Harry Dexter White: Still not Proven.” History of Political Economy 33, no. 2 (Summer 2001): 219-39. Argues that all of the evidence against White can be explained as benign and innocent.

Casey, Steven. “The Campaign to Sell a Harsh Peace for Germany to the American Public, 1944–1948.” History [U.K.] 90 (January 2005).

Craig, Bruce. “Unsealing Federal Grand Jury Records: The Case of the Harry Dexter White Transcript.” The Public Historian 20, no. 2 (Spring 1998): 45-62.

Craig, Bruce. “‘Treasonable Doubt’: The Harry Dexter White Case.” Ph.D. diss. Washington, DC: American University, 1999. “Advances the thesis that there remains little doubt that White was involved in what Canada’s Under-Secretary for External Affairs, Norman Robertson, characterized as ‘a species of espionage.’”  Argues that White probably felt no remorse as a result of his espionage activities since he believed his motives were pure -- that through his actions he did not seek to harm U.S. interests but sought only to advance Soviet/American cooperation in the World War II and postwar eras and thereby bolster the cause of world peace and Soviet-American friendship.

Craig, R. Bruce. Treasonable Doubt: The Harry Dexter White Spy Case. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2004.  Find that the evidence is sufficient to establish that White did cooperate with Soviet espionage but judges that those actions were consistent with White’s “Rooseveltian internationalism” and that White “saw no dichotomy in being a full-time member of the Rooseveltian progressive establishment ... while at the same time assisting the Soviet regime.” 

Gareau, Frederick H. “Morgenthau’s Plan for Industrial Disarmament in Germany.” Western Political Quarterly 14 (1961): 517-34.

Guth, David W. “Ike’s Red Scare: The Harry Dexter White Crisis.” American Journalism 13, no. 2 (1996). On how Eisenhower used television and the press to deal with the controversy over Herbert Brownell’s charges that President Truman had ignored warnings about White’s cooperation with Soviet espionage.

Kimball, Warren F. Swords or Ploughshares? The Morgenthau Plan for Defeated Nazi Germany, 1943-1946. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1976.

McCann, Maurice Joseph. “A Prelude to McCarthyism: The Harry Dexter White Case.” Master’s Thesis. Southern Illinois University, 1973.

Morgenthau, Henry. Morgenthau Diary (China). Edited by U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

Morgenthau, Henry. Morgenthau Diary (Germany). Edited by U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967. Harry Dexter White was an influential aide to Morgenthau.

Morgenthau, Henry. Mostly Morgenthaus: A Family History. New York: Ticknor & Fields, 1991.

Pavlov, V. “The Time Has Come to Talk About Operation ‘Snow.’” Novosti Razvedki i Kontrrazvedki [News of Intelligence and Counterintelligence], no. 9-10 & 11-12 (1995). Pavlov, a retired KGB officer, says that when he operated in Canada and the U.S. in the early 1940s he and I. A. Akhmerov used Harry Dexter White as a Soviet intelligence contact.  Describes White was not a recruited agent under formal control but as a sympathizer and volunteer who cooperated with Soviet intelligence; Pavlov says his instructions to White were phrased as suggestions and requests rather than orders.

Pavlov, Vitaly. Operatsiia “Sneg”: Polveka vo Vneshnei Razvedke KGB. Moskva: Geia, 1996. Longer version of the Operation Snow story.

Petrov, Vladimir. Money and Conquest: Allied Occupation Currencies in World War II. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1967.

Rees, David. Harry Dexter White: A Study in Paradox. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1973.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Transfer of Occupation Currency Plates Espionage Phase, Report, December 15, 1953. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, Committee on Government Operations. Hearings, Transfer of Occupation Currency Plates -- Espionage Phase, Part 2. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Hearings, 19 October 1953.

White, Nathan I. Harry Dexter White, Loyal American. Waban, MA: B. W. Bloom, 1956. Written by his brother.

****************************************************************

 

Harry Dexter White, Lauchlin Currie, and Lawrence Duggan

 

Boughton, James M., and Roger J. Sandilands. “Politics and the Attack on FDR’s Economists: From the Grand Alliance to the Cold War.” Intelligence and National Security 18, no. 3 (Autumn 2003). Defends White and Currie, argue that all of the evidence can be explained away.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Two Gentlemen of Venona.” Weekly Standard, 13 May 1996, 16-17. Harry Dexter White (Treasury) and Lawrence Duggan (State Department) were in many accounts innocent public servants hounded to their deaths (heart attack and suicide) by anti-Communist witch hunters.  The Venona cables show that the two “were not martyrs.  they were among the most important American officials ever to betray their country.”

Sandilands, Roger J. The Life and Political Economy of Lauchlin Currie: New Dealer, Presidential Adviser, and Development Economist. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1990. Laudatory biography that ridicules charges of Currie’s assistance to Soviet espionage as without any basis.

Sandilands, Roger J. “Guilt by Association? Lauchlin Currie’s Alleged Involvement with Washington Economists in Soviet Espionage.” History of Political Economy 32, no. 3 (2000): 474-515. Argues that Currie never cooperated with Soviet intelligence and that all of the evidence indicating his guilt can be explained.

****************************************************************

 

Marc Zborowski

 

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Mark Zborowski, Accompanied by Herman A. Greenberg, Scope of Soviet Activities Hearings, February 29 1956, Part 4, March 2, 1956, Part 5. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Zborowski, a long-time covert KGB agent who operated both in Europe and the United States, was later convicted of perjury and imprisoned.

Weissman, Susan. “Marc Zborowski: Stalin’s Spy  in the International Left.” Paper presented at the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001. Zborowski, a KGB agent, infiltrated the emigre anti-Stalinist left in the U.S.

****************************************************************

 

Stalin’s British Spies and America:

Kim Philby, Anthony Blunt, Guy Burgess, Donald Maclean,

Michael Greenberg, James MacGibbon, Michael Straight, Charles Ellis, John Cairncross

 

Albion, Alexis. “Two Countries Separated by a Common Traitor: A Social and Cultural Analysis of the Philby Case in Britain and the United States.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Bethell, Nicholas William. The Great Betrayal the Untold Story of Kim Philby’s Biggest Coup. London, U.K.: Hodder and Stoughton, 1984.

Borovik, Genrikh Aviezerovich. The Philby Files: The Secret Life of Master Spy Kim Philby. Edited by Phillip Knightley. Boston: Little, Brown, 1994.

Cairncross, John. The Enigma Spy: The Story of the Man Who Changed the Course of World War Two. London, U.K.: Century, 1997.

Carter, Miranda. Anthony Blunt: His Lives. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, 2001. Discusses his recruiting of Michael Straight, later publisher of The New Republic, for Soviet espionage.

Cecil, Robert. A Divided Life: A Personal Portrait of the Spy Donald Maclean. New York: Morrow, 1989.

Cecil, Robert. “The Cambridge Comintern.” In The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth Century, edited by Christopher M. Andrew and David Dilks. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1984.

Connolly, Cyril. The Missing Diplomats. London, U.K.: Queen Anne Press, 1952. On Guy Burgess and donald Maclean.

Cookridge, E. H. The Third Man. New York: Putnam, 1968. On Kim Philby.

Costello, John. Mask of Treachery. New York: W. Morrow, 1988. During an examination of the career of Anthony Blunt as a Soviet agent, discusses the involvement of Michael Straight and Herbert Norman with communism while students at Cambridge in the 1930s.  Based in part on 1985-1988 interviews with Straight and Straight’s 1963 and 1975 FBI interviews.  Discusses as well Michael Greenberg, another Cambridge Communist of the 1930s who later was active in the Institute of Pacific Relation, the Board of Economic Warfare, and an assistant to Lauchlin Currie, Louis Dolivet (Ludwig Brecher), a major figure in the Free World Association and its publication World, Andrew Roth, a U.S. Naval officer discharged after his arrest in the Amerasia case, Julius and Armand Hammer, and Philip Jaffe.

Driberg, Tom. Guy Burgess: A Portrait with Background. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1956.

Duff, William E. A Time for Spies: Theodore Stephanovich Mally and the Era of the Great Illegals. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1999.  Mally, a KGB officer, worked illegally in Britain in the 1930s.

Filbi, Rufina, Mikhail Lyubimov, and Hayden B. Peake. The Private Life of Kim Philby: The Moscow Years. New York: Fromm International, 2000.

Fisher, John. Burgess and Maclean: A New Look at the Foreign Office Spies. London: Hale, 1977.

Gross, John. “The Elusive Truth.” New Criterion 21, no. 10 (June 2003). On historical distortions and lies in the BBC’s docudrama “The Cambridge Spies” about Philby, Blunt, Burgess, and Maclean.

Hamrick, S. J. [W. T. Tyler]. Deceiving the Deceivers: Kim Philby, Donald Maclean & Guy Burgess. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2004.

Hoare, Geoffrey. The Missing Macleans. New York: Viking Press, 1955.

Hook, Sidney. “The Incredible Story of Michael Straight.” Encounter [U.K.], December 1983. Examines the contradictions in Straight’s autobiography After Long Silence regarding Straight’s association with Soviet espionage.

Hyde, H. Montgomery. Room 3603: The Story of the British Intelligence Center in New York During World War II. New York: Farrar, Straus, 1963.

Kerr, Sheila. “An Assessment of a Soviet Agent: Donald Maclean, 1940-1951.” Ph.D. diss. London School of Economics, 1996.

King, Robert. “Treason and Traitors.” Society 26, no. 5 (July-August 1989). Discusses Michael Straight and others involved in Soviet espionage.

Madeira, Victor. “Moscow’s Interwar Infiltration of British Intelligence, 1919-1929.” Historical Journal 46, no. 4 (2003): 915-33.

Mann, W. B. Was There a Fifth Man? Quintessential Recollections. Oxford [Oxfordshire] New York: Pergamon Press, 1982.

Modin, Yuri. My Five Cambridge Friends: Burgess, Maclean, Philby, Blunt, and Caircross. Assisted by Jean-Charles Deniau and Aguieszka Ziarek, translated by Anthony Roberts. New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1994. Memoir by a KGB officer.

Newton, Verne W. The Cambridge Spies: The Untold Story of Maclean, Philby, and Burgess in America. Lanham, MD: Madison Books, distr. by National Book Network, 1991. Argues that the three, but Maclean in particular, did serious damage to American security interests and foreign policy.  Discusses use of a Drew Pearson aide, former American Communist David Karr, as a conduit for Soviet disinformation.

Page, Bruce, David Leitch, and Phillip Knightley. Philby: The Spy Who Betrayed a Generation. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1969.

Penrose, Barry, and Simon Freeman. “MI5 Reveals Spy Suspects.” Sunday Times [London, U.K.], 22 July 1984. Identified publisher James MacGibbon as the suspected Communist publisher in the British Security Coordination office in New York.  MacGibbon admitted to being a Communist but denied cooperation with Soviet intelligence.

Penrose, Barrie, and Simon Freeman. Conspiracy of Silence: The Secret Life of Anthony Blunt. London, U.K.: Grafton Books, 1986. Notes that Straight provided British security services with the first direct evidence of Blunt role as a Soviet agent.

Perry, Roland. The Fifth Man. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1994. Argues for Victor Rothschild as the fifth man.

Perry, Roland. Last of the Cold War Spies: The Life of Michael Straight--the Only American in Britain’s Cambridge Spy Ring. Cambridge, MA: Da Capo Press, 2005.  Sensationalistic.

Philby, Eleanor. Kim Philby: The Spy I Loved. London: H. Hamliton, 1968.

Philby, Kim. My Silent War. New York: Grove Press, 1968.  Written in Moscow after his defection.

Pincher, Chapman. The Spycatcher Affair. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. Regarding the controversy over the unauthorized memoir by British counter-intelligence officer Peter Wright.

Pincher, Chapman. Traitors: The Anatomy of Treason. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1987.

Purdy, Anthony, and Douglas Sutherland. Burgess and Maclean. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1963.

Seale, Patrick, and Maureen McConville. Philby: The Long Road to Moscow. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1973.

Sinclair, Andrew. The Red and the Blue: Intelligence, Treason and the Universities. London, U.K.: Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1986. On Blunt, Philby, Burgess, and Maclean.

Stevenson, William. A Man Called Intrepid: The Secret War. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976. Sensationalistic journalistic account.

Stevenson, William. Intrepid’s Last Case. New York: Villard Books, 1983.

Straight, Michael Whitney. After Long Silence. New York: W.W. Norton, 1983. Memoir by Popular Front liberal and publisher of the New Republic.  Discusses his cooperation with Soviet espionage for a period.

Sutherland, Douglas. The Great Betrayal: The Definitive Story of Blunt, Philby, Burgess, and Maclean. New York: Time Books, 1980.

West, Nigel. The Friends: Britain’s Post-War Secret Intelligence Operations. London, U.K.: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1988. Discusses the case of Charles Ellis, a British Security Coordination officials identified as a Soviet source.  In 1966 Ellis confessed to spying for the Germans in the 1930s but denied working for the Soviets.  However, his brother-in-law worked for the Soviets and it was judged that the Soviets, with knowledge of his spying for the Nazis, had blackmailed him into becoming a Soviet agent.

West, Nigel. MI5: British Security Service Operations, 1909-1945. New York: Stein and Day, 1982. Notes that a telephone tap on the Soviet embassy overheard two Soviet intelligence officers discussing a Communist source in the BSC in New York whose publishing firm had received indirect Soviet funding.

West, Nigel, and Oleg Tsarev. The Crown Jewels: The British Secrets at the Heart of the KGB Archives. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999.Based on documents released by the KGB from its archive.  Discusses Soviet intelligence operations in Great Britain and recruitment of agents from young Communists at Oxford and Cambridge universities in the 1930s.

West, Nigel, ed. British Security Coordination: The Secret History of British Intelligence in the Americas, 1940-45. London, U.K.: St Ermin’s, 1998.

West, Nigel. Molehunt: The Full Story of the Soviet Spy in MI5. London, U.K.: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

American Intelligence Agencies

 

Andrew, Christopher M. For the President’s Eyes Only: Secret Intelligence and the American Presidency from Washington to Bush. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers, 1995.

Benson, Robert Louis. A History of U.S. Communications Intelligence During World War II: Policy and Administration. [Fort George G. Meade, MD]: Center for Cryptologic History, National Security Agency, 1997.

Bidwell, Bruce W. History of the Military Intelligence Division, Department of the Army General Staff, 1775-1941. Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1986.

Cram, Cleveland. Of Moles and Molehunters: A Review of Counterintelligence Literature, 1977-92. Washington: Center for the Study of Intelligence, 1993.

Godson, Roy. Dirty Tricks or Trump Cards: U.S. Covert Action and Counterintelligence. Washington: Brassey’s, 1995.

Golitsyn, Anatoliy. New Lies for Old: The Communist Strategy of Deception and Disinformation. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1984.

Golitsyn, Anatoliy. The Perestroika Deception: Memoranda to the Central Intelligence Agency. London New York: Edward Harle, 1995.

Hood, William. Mole. New York: Norton, 1982. A former CIA officers Discusses an early CIA success in turning a Soviet agent.

Jeffreys-Jones, Rhodri. The CIA and American Democracy. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1989.

Jeffreys-Jones, Rhodri. Cloak and Dollar: A History of American Secret Intelligence. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2002. Contemptuous of American intelligence and counter-intelligence activities.

Johnson, Loch K. A Season of Inquiry: The Senate Intelligence Investigation. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1985. Account of Senate investigations of abuses by American intelligence agencies.

Johnson, Loch K. America’s Secret Power: The CIA in a Democratic Society. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Kessler, Ronald. Escape from the CIA: How the CIA Won and Lost the Most Important KGB Spy Ever to Defect to the U.S. New York: Pocket Books, 1991. On Vitaly Sergeyevich Yurchenko.

Lowenthal, Mark M. The U.S. Intelligence Community: An Annotated Bibliography. New York: Garland Pub., 1994.

Mahoney, Harry Thayer, and Marjorie Locke Mahoney. American Prisoners of the Bolsheviks: The Genesis of Modern American Intelligence. Bethesda, MD: Academica Press, 2001. A case by case accounting of American citizens (native born and naturalized) imprisoned by the new Bolshevik regime, their relationship to the United States government, and the response of American newspapers, politicians, and military planners.  Also puts American intelligence gathering, military intervention and withdrawal from Russia within the context of the allied effort to keep Russia in WWI and to support non-Communist political and military groupings. The Red Scare is also discussed as part of the American reaction to Soviet actions against Americans in Russia.

Milano, James V., and Patrick Brogan. Soldiers, Spies, and the Rat Line: America’s Undeclared War Against the Soviets. Washington: Brassey’s, 1995.

Miller, Nathan. Spying for America: The Hidden History of U.S. Intelligence. New York: Paragon House, 1989.

Moses, Hans. “The Case of Major X [Studies in Intelligence 18,1 (1974].” In Inside CIA’s Private World: Declassified Articles from the Agency’s Internal Journal, 1955-1992, edited by H. Bradford Westerfield. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1995.

Schecter, Jerrold L., and Peter Deriabin. The Spy Who Saved the World: How a Soviet Colonel Changed the Course of the Cold War. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons Maxwell Macmillan Canada Maxwell Macmillan International, 1992. Discusses Oleg Penkovskii, a senior Soviet officer who spied for the West.  He was arrested and executed in 1963.

Smith, Bradley F. The Ultra-Magic Deals and the Most Secret Special Relationship, 1940-1946. Novato, CA: Presidio Press, 1993.

Stafford, David, and Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones, eds. American-British-Canadian Intelligence Relations, 1939-2000. London, Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2000. From a colloquium held at the Institute for Advanced Studies in the Humanities at the University of Edinburgh, 1999.

Stout, Mark. “The Pond: Running Agents for State, War, and the CIA.” Studies in Intelligence 48, no. 3 (2004). On the little know semi-private intelligence service, known as the “Pond” that existed from 1942 to 1955 carrying out ad hoc, contracted clandestine intelligence tasks for various U.S. government agencies including the State Department and the CIA.  It was initially sponsored by the U.S. Army as a small secret rival to the OSS.  The Pond was highly critical of the role of Communists in the OSS.  The Pond was headed by John Grombach.

Thorne, C. Thomas, and David S. Patterson, eds. Foreign Relations of the United States, 1945-1950: Emergence of the Intelligence Establishment. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1996. Key documents.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Gen. Walter Bedell Smith. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Watson, Bruce W., Susan M. Watson, and Gerald W. Hopple, eds. United States Intelligence: An Encyclopedia. New York: Garland Pub., 1990.

Webb, G. Gregg. “The FBI and Foreign Intelligence: New Insights Into J. Edgar Hoover’s Role.” Studies in Intelligence 48, no. 1 (2004). Analysis, largely positive, of Hoover’s management of the Special Intelligence Service, an FBI arm that conducted foreign intelligence in the Western Hemisphere in WWII.  It was disbanded at the end of the war.

Wise, David, and Thomas B. Ross. The Invisible Government. New York: Random House, 1964.

Wise, David, and Thomas B. Ross. The Espionage Establishment. New York: Random House, 1967.

Wise, David. Molehunt: The Secret Search for Traitors That Shattered the CIA. New York: Random House, 1992.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 31

Anti-Communist Laws, Civil Liberties, and Internal Security

 

Aptheker, Herbert. Dare We Be Free? The Meaning of the Attempt to Outlaw the Communist Party. New York: New Century Publishers, 1961. Communist historian argues that legal attacks on the CPUSA demonstrates the undemocratic character of the U.S.A.

Bernstein, David. “The Red Menace Revisited.” Northwestern University Law Review (2006). Review essay of Martin Redish’s The Logic of Persecution: Free Expression and the McCarthy Era.  Available as George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 06-04 as a downloadable pdf at the Social Science Research Network: http://ssrn.com/abstract=887773

Browder, Earl. Earl Browder Talks to the Senators on the Real Meaning of the Voorhis “Blacklist” Bill. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940.

Capozzola, Christopher. “Legislating Loyalty: Patriotism, Consent, and the Law in America, 1917-1925.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Carrig, Gloria Lerner. “The Legal Status of the Communist Party of the United States.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1966.

Chase, Harold William. Security and Liberty: The Problem of Native Communists, 1947-1955. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1955. Discusses the tradeoff and difficulties of balancing effective counter-subversion polices with civil liberties.

Churchill, Ward. “From the Pinkertons to the PATRIOT Act: The Trajectory of Political Policing in the United States, 1870 to the Present.” New Centennial Review 4, no. 1 (Spring 2004). Sees America as a fake democracy from the 19th century onward and opposition to communism as but one symptom of the lack of freedom in American: “Given that the existence of an official/quasiofficial political police apparatus can be seen as defining the opposite of democratic order —a proposition with which all but a handful of commentators would agree —and insofar as such an apparatus has been demonstrably present in the United States for all but the most formative years of its existence, basic logic requires that the very term “American Democracy” be understood as, at best, an oxymoron.”

Clardy, J. V. “Communist Publications in the U.S. Mail.” Western Humanities Review 20, no. 1 (1966). Surveys laws and postal policies restricting the distribution of Communist publications through the mail. A Supreme Court decision in 1965 struck down the Cunningham Amendment to the Postal Revision Act of 1962, and ended  restrictions on the flow of Communist publications.

Cobrinik, Leonard H. “Loyalty Oaths and Anti-Intellectualism.” American Psychologist 8 (November 1953).

Cook, Thomas Ira. Democratic Rights Versus Communist Activity. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1954.

Cotter, Cornelius P., Jr. “An American Paradox: The Emergency Detention Act of 1950.” Journal of Politics, 19, no. 1 (February 1957).

Council for Democracy. Shall Nazis, Communists and Other Anti-Democratic Groups in the United States be Allowed to Meet? Pamphlet. New York: Council for Democracy, 1940.

Davies, A. Powell. The Urge to Persecute. Boston: Beacon Press, 1953.

Davis, Elmer Holmes. But We Were Born Free. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1954.

Dowell, Eldridge Foster. A History of Criminal Syndicalism Legislation in the United States. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1939.

Drinnon, Richard. “Keeping U.S. Reds at Bay.” Twentieth Century [U.K.] 172 (1963). Survey of U.S. internal security tactics.

Fisher, Louis. Nazi Saboteurs on Trial: A Military Tribunal and American Law. Lawrence, Kan.: University Press of Kansas, 2003.

Garlin, Sender. Red Tape and Barbed Wire: Close-up of the McCarran Law in Action. New York: Civil Rights Congress, 1952.

Gary, Brett. The Nervous Liberals: Propaganda Anxieties from World War I to the Cold War. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Gary, Brett Joseph. “American Liberalism and the Problem of Propaganda: Scholars, Lawyers, and the War on Words, 1919-1945.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1992.

Goldbloom, Maurice. American Security and Freedom. New York: American Jewish Committee, 1954.

Goldstein, Robert Justin. Political Repression in Modern America from 1870 to the Present. Boston: G. K. Hall, 1978.

Goldstein, Robert Justin. “Political Repression in Modern American History (1870-Present): A Selective Bibliography.” Labor History 32, no. 4 (Fall 1991).

Greenberg, Milton. “Loyalty Oaths: An Appraisal of the Legal Issues.” Journal of Politics 20, no. 3 (August 1958).

Grodzins, Morton. The Loyal and the Disloyal: Social Boundaries of Patriotism and Treason. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1956.

Group, David J. “The Legal Repression of the American Communist Party, 1946-1961: A Study in the Legitimation of Coercion.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1979.

Harris, Robert J. “The Impact of the Cold War Upon Civil Liberties.” Journal of Politics 18, no. 1 (February 1956).

Heller, Steven. “The Ministry of Fear.” Social Research 71, no. 4 (2004).

Hook, Sidney. Heresy, Yes--Conspiracy, No! Pamphlet. New York: American Committee for Cultural Freedom, 1952.

Hook, Sidney. Heresy, Yes--Conspiracy, No! New York: J. Day Co., 1953. Hook, a leading Marxist theoretician in the 1930s who became a prominent anti-Communist intellectual, argues that the Communist party is more of a conspiracy than a dissenting political movement.

Hook, Sidney. Political Power and Personal Freedom: Critical Studies in Democracy, Communism, and Civil Rights. New York: Criterion Books, 1959.

Hyman, Harold Melvin. To Try Men’s Souls: Loyalty Tests in American History. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1959.

Jackson, Kathryn Alice. “Trauma Survivors: Adult Children of McCarthyism and the Smith Act.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1992. Treats indictment under the  Smith Act as an act of government political terror.

Johnsen, Julia E. Should the Communist Party be Outlawed? New York: H.W. Wilson Co., 1949.

Kurz, Kenneth F. “Franklin Roosevelt and the Gospel of Fear: The Responses of the Roosevelt Administration to Charges of Subversion.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1995. Argues that Roosevelt by investigating charges of subversion made by Martin Dies and by establishing loyalty rules for federal employees set a regrettable precedent for Truman and McCarthy.

Kutler, Stanley I. The American Inquisition: Justice and Injustice in the Cold War. New York: Hill and Wang, 1982.

Lee, R. Alton. “‘New Dealers, Fair Dealers, Misdealers, and Hiss Dealers’: Karl Mundt and the Internal Security Act of 1950.” South Dakota History 10, no. 4 (1980). Discusses the role of South Dakota Senator Karl Mundt in the drafting and enactment of the Internal Security Act of 1950.

Lewis, Melvin. “Judicial Forging of a Political Weapon: The Impact of the Cold War on the Law of Contempt.” Paper presented at American Society for Legal History, 1992.

Lewy, Guenter. “Does America Need a Verfassungsschutzbericht?” Orbis 31, no. 3 (1987). The United States needs an agency such as in the West German government that publicizes the activities of radical groups and front organizations.

Lovin, Hugh T. “Lyndon B. Johnson, the Subversive Activities Control Board, and the Politics of Anti-Communism.” North Dakota Quarterly 54, no. 1 (1986). On Johnson’s curtailing of its power.

Marlowe, Lon D., III. “The Roots of McCarthyism: The House of Representatives and Internal Security Legislation, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1981. Maintains that “McCarthyite” proposals were winning support in the House before Senator McCarthy took up the issue; examines voting patterns.

McAuliffe, Mary Sperling. “Liberals and the Communist Control Act of 1954.” Journal of American History 63, no. 2 (September 1976). Asserts that Senate liberals, motivated by concern for their political careers, compromised their principles and endangered civil liberties by supporting the Communist Control Act.

McWilliams, Carey. Witch Hunt: The Revival of Heresy. Boston: Little, Brown, 1950. Popular Front polemic.

Mishler, Paul C. “Marxism and the U.S. Constitution: Changing Views of the Communist Party, U.S.A., 1926-1956.” In A Less Than Perfect Union: Alternative Perspectives on the U.S. Constitution, edited by Jules Lobel. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

Morris, Robert. Self Destruct: Dismantling America’s Internal Security. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1979.  Morris was chief counsel of the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee under Senator McCarran.

Moynihan, Daniel P., chair. Report of the Commission on Protecting and Reducing Government Secrecy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1997. Discusses the role of communism, anticommunism, and Soviet espionage in the development of the internal security practices of the Cold War.

Moynihan, Daniel P. Secrecy: The American Experience. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1998.  Insightful analysis and historical survey of the development of American security policies in the Cold War era.

Nagy, Alex. “Federal Censorship of Communist Political Propaganda and the First Amendment: 1941-1961.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1973.

Newman, Robert P. “The Lingering Poison of McCarranism.” The Carolinas Speech Communication Annual 1 (1985). Discusses the McCarran Act provision excluding politically suspect foreigners from entering the U.S.  Says “Only the United States, of Western democracies, is thus afraid of ideas.”  Says INS has used the act to exclude about 8,000 foreigners from the U.S.; of these, 3,000 were Canadians.  Attributes many of the attacks on Owen Lattimore to pro-Japanese partisans who resented his pro-Chinese stance in the late 1930s.  Accuses Elizabeth Boody Schumpeter and Eugene Dooman, a State Department official, of persecuting Lattimore for his Sinophile stance.

Preston, William, Jr. “The 1940’s: The Way We Really Were.” Civil Liberties Review 2, no. 1 (1975). Discusses public attitudes toward civil liberties and examines the anti-Communist campaign of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Proctor, Robert N. “Censorship of American Uranium Mine Epidemiology in the 1950s.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Redish, Martin H. The Logic of Persecution: Free Expression and the McCarthy Era. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2005.

Rehnquist, William H. All the Laws but One: Civil Liberties in Wartime. New York: Knopf, 1998.

Ross, Irwin. The Communists, Friends or Foes of Civil Liberties? [New York]: American Jewish Committee, 1950.

Rovere, Richard H. “Communists in a Free Society.” Partisan Review 19, no. 3 (Summer 1946).

Ruggiero, Josephine A. “Socio-Economic Status Factors and Attitudes Toward Nonconformists: A Secondary Analysis of Samuel A. Stouffer Communism, Conformity, and Civil Liberties.” Ph.D. diss. Fordham University, 1973.

Sabin, Arthur J. “Inter Arma Silent Legis -- A McCarthy Era Example.” Paper presented at American Society for Legal History, 1992.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Spies Who Loved Us?” Nation, 24 May 1999.  Sees the American internal security response to Soviet espionage and far worse then the espionage.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “Criminalizing Communism: Ideological Strategies of Prosecution Before Dennis.” Paper presented at American Society for Legal History, 1992.

Schwartz, Gerald. “The Nativist as Civil Libertarian: The Career of Walter M. Pierce.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schweizer, Dale L. “Earl Warren: A Systematic Study of His Influence and Resolution of Civil Liberty Cases and Issues in Public Education.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University, 1987.

Shair, David I. “How Effective is the Non-Communist Affidavit?” Labor Law Journal 1, no. 12 (September 1950).

Sheldon, Charles H. “Public Opinion and High Courts: Communist Party Cases in Four Constitutional Systems.” Western Political Quarterly 20, no. 2 (1967). Looks at  constitutional treatment of the Communist parties by the courts of Canada, Australia, the Federal Republic of Germany, and the United States during the 1950’s.

Shils, Edward. The Torment of Secrecy: The Background and Consequences of American Security Policies. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1956.

Siggelakis, Susan J. “Advocacy on Trial.” American Journal of Legal History 36, no. 4 (1992). On the Smith Act and the Subversive Activities Control Board.

Smith, Bradford. “Making of a Communist.” American Scholar 22, no. 3 (1953). Arguing that only a democracy weakened by fear and suspicion can ever become a prey to communism. Reply with rejoinder, vol. 22, #4.

Steele, Richard W. Free Speech in the Good War. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1999.

Stone, Jeffrey. “Free Speech in the Age of McCarthy: A Cautionary Tale.” California Law Review 93, no. 5 (2005).

Stouffer, Samuel Andrew. Communism, Conformity, and Civil Liberties: A Cross-Section of the Nation Speaks Its Mind. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1955. Analyzes popular American attitudes toward dissent and the Communist party.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. A Culture of Secrecy: The Government Versus the People’s Right to Know. Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1998.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The CIA and the New York Times: An Unanswered Question.” Government Publications Review 10, no. 3 (1983).

Uhm, Kiyul. “The Cold War Communication Crisis: The Right to Know Movement.” Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, no. 82 (Spring 2005).

U.S. House Committee on Post Office and Civil Service. To Require Identification of Communist-Front Organizations to Appear on Matter Sent, or Caused to be Sent, by or for Them Through the Mails. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Hearings, March 10, 1949.

U.S. House  Committee on the Judiciary. Internal Security Legislation. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954. Hearings before Subcommittee No. 1 of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives, Eighty-third Congress, second session, on H. R. 226 [and others].

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Hearings on H. R. 1884 and H. R. 2122, Bills to Curb or Outlaw the Communist Party of the United States, March 24, 25, 26, 27, 1947. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Hearings on H.R. 1884 and H.R. 2122, Bills to Curb or Outlaw the Communist Party of the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings on Proposed Legislation to Curb or Control the Communist Party of the United States. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Protecting the United States Against Un-American and Subversive Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report of the Subcommittee on Legislation of the Committee on Un-American Activities on Proposed Legislation to Control Subversive Communist Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings on Legislation to Outlaw Certain Un-American and Subversive Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Eighty-first Congress, second session, on H. R. 3903 and H.R. 7595.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Registration of Communist Printing Presses Report to Accompany H. R. 9690. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Subversive Activities Control Act Amendments of 1954. [Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Political Subversion, the Campaign to Destroy the Security Programs of the United States Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Relating to H.R. 10390, H.R. 10391, and H.R. 10681, Amending the Internal Security Act of 1950. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967. Ninetieth Congress, first session.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Relating to H.R. 15626, H.R. 15649, H.R. 16613, H.R. 16757, H.R. 15018, H.R. 15092, H.R. 15229, H.R. 15272, H.R. 15336, and H.R. 15828, Amending the Subversive Activities Control Act of 1950. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1968. Ninetieth Congress, second session.

U.S. Library of Congress. Legislative Recommendations by the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee and Subsequent Action Taken by the Congress and the Executive Agencies Prepared for Use of the Committee on the Judiciary, United States Senate, Eighty-Fifth Congress, Second Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Library of Congress, Legislative Reference Service. Constitutionality of H. R. 5852, 80th Congress, 2d Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Proposed Antisubversion Legislation. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Records of the Subversive Activities Control Board, 1950-1972 [Microfilm]. Edited by Paul Kesaris and Martin Paul Schipper. Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1988. 102 microfilm reels.

Valentine, Alan Chester. “Modest Proposal for the Care and Use of Subversives.” American Scholar 23, no. 2 (1954).

Warren, Earl. The Memoirs of Earl Warren. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1977. Notes President Eisenhower’s loathing for American Communists.

Weissman, Irving. “The Smith Act, the Shame, and the Repression.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994). On Nixon as the architect of widespread, pervasive fascistic repression.

Weyl, Nathaniel. The Battle Against Disloyalty. New York: Crowell, 1951. Survey of counter-espionage activities.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Civil Liberties and the Culture of the Cold War, 1945-1965.” In Crucible of Liberty: 200 Years of the Bill of Rights, edited by Raymond Arsenault. New York: Free Press, 1991.

Wise, David. The Politics of Lying: Government Deception, Secrecy, and Power. New York: Random House, 1973.

Wise, David. The American Police State: The Government Against the People. New York: Random House, 1976. Polemic.

****************************************************************

 

Passport and Travel Regulation

 

Sun, Wen-Chu Torrey. “Regulation of the Foreign Travel of U.S. Citizens.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1993.

Lawless, Ken. “‘Continental Imprisonment’: Rockwell Kent and the Passport Controversy.” Antioch Review 38, no. 3 (1980). Describes Kent’s successful legal action regarding the refusal of the U.S. government in 1950 to issue a passport to him because of the artist’s relationship with the Communist Party.

Rogers, Alan. “Passports and Politics: The Courts and the Cold War.” Historian 47, no. 4 (1985). Reviews federal court treatment (Kent v. Dulles, 1958 and Aptheker v. Secretary of State, 1964) of restrictions on Communist foreign travel.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of the Unauthorized Use of United States Passports. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Eighty-fourth Congress, second session.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Communist Use and Abuse of United States Passports. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958. Two parts.  Includes testimony by Jozeph Zack Kornfeder.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Passport Frauds. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Ashley J. Nicholas, Acting Chief, Passport Legal Division, Passport Office, Department of State, May 10, 1956, Scope of Soviet Activity. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Unauthorized Travel of Subversives Behind the Iron Curtain on United States Passports. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

****************************************************************

 

Federal Loyalty / Security Program

 

Acheson, Dean Gooderham. A Democrat Looks at His Party. New York: Harper, 1955. Includes Acheson looking back with distaste at the loyalty-security program under the Truman administration.

Bontecou, Eleanor. The Federal Loyalty-Security Program. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1953. Appendixes (p. 272-366): 1. Executive orders.--2. Statutes and regulations relating to the employment, dismissal, and investigation of employees of the executive branch of the Federal Government.--3. Extracts from exhibits accompanying report of the President’s Temporary Commission on Employee Loyalty.--4. The training of investigators.--5. Sample rules and regulations.--6. The Attorney General’s list.--7. Listing of subversive organizations.

Clubb, O. Edmund. “Security Risks: National Security and the State Department.” Worldview 16, no. 8 (1973).

Goldstein, Robert Justin. American Blacklist: The Attorney General’s List of Subversive Organizations. Lawrence, Kan.: University Press of Kansas, 2008.

Hannant, Larry. “Inter-War Security Screening in Britain, the United States and Canada.” Intelligence and National Security 6, no. 4 (1991). On Civil Service Commission and FBI use of rules against U.S. government civil service engagement in political activity as grounds for discharging secret Communists when identified.

Hjeltnes, Guri. “McCarthyismens Inntog I FN [McCarthyism at the U.N.].” Arbeiderhistorie [Norway] (2004).

Johnson, Robert N. “The Eisenhower Personnel Security Program.” Journal of Politics 18, no. 4 (November 1956).

Lee, Robert Emmet. In the Public Interest: The Life of Robert Emmet Lee: From the FBI to the FCC. Assisted by John Shosky. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1996.  Lee, when a security officer at the Department of State, prepared the “Lee list” of unresolved security cases  that was years later the basis of Joseph McCarthy’s charges about Communists at the DOS.

Lenderking, William R. “Dissent, Disloyalty, and Foreign Service Finkism.” Foreign Service Journal, May 1974.

Morse, George P. America Twice Betrayed: Reversing Fifty Years of Government Security Failure. Silver Spring, MD: Bartleby Press, 1995. By a veteran security official about the history of inefficiency and poor design of  government personnel security policy.

Patenaude, Marc. “The McCarran Internal Security Act, 1950-2005: Civil Liberties Versus National Security.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Louisiana State University, 2006.

Purdum, Todd. “The Politics of Security: Scott McLeod and the Eisenhower Administration.” Senior thesis. Princeton University, 1982.

Robbins, Louise S. “The Library of Congress and Federal Loyalty Programs, 1947-1956: No ‘Communists or Cocksuckers.’” Library Quarterly 64 (October 1994).

Shattuck, Henry L. “The Loyalty Review Board of the U.S. Civil Service Commission, 1947-1953.” Massachusetts Historical Society Proceedings 78 (1966). Discusses his service on a board.

Yarmolinsky, Adam. Case Studies in Personnel Security. Washington, D.C.: Bureau of National Affairs, 1955.

****************************************************************

 

Individual Cases and Proceedings

 

Julian Behrstock

 

Behrstock, Julian. The Eighth Case: Troubled Times at the United Nations. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1987. Memoir by an American UNESCO employee.  Discusses mid-1950s firing of seven UNESCO employees for refusing to answer loyalty question before the U.S.’s International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board.  Behrstock answered questions about himself, denied Communist sympathies, but refused to answer questions about his brother Arthur, fearing having to testify about Arthur’s stay in the USSR as an employee of the Moscow Daily News.  Later Arthur took the 5th when questioned by a congressional committee.  After an initial negative finding, the IOELB reversed itself and cleared him.

****************************************************************

 

Beatrice Braude

 

Loose, Cindy. “$200,000 Repayment Agreement for Estate of McCarthy-Era Victim.” Washington Post, 17 June 1996. Award of damages in the Beatrice Braude case.

Loose, Cindy. “‘Loyal to Her Friends, Family and Country.’” Washington Post, no. 1966 (8 March 1966). U.S. Claims Court ruled that Beatrice Braude was unfairly fired from a government job in 1951 on the basis of unsubstantiated security risk concerns and ordered that a financial settlement be negotiated.

Loose, Cindy. “After 42 Years, a Trial to Clear Her Name.” Washington Post, 4 November 1995. On a legal action seeking compensation for Beatrice Braude for having lost a USIA job in 1953 possibly for an adverse security finding that the complainant (her estate, Braude having died in 1988) says were false.  Braude’s name was found in the address book of Judith Coplon.  Braude, however, said she was a staunch anti-Communist and that her relationship with Coplon was unfriendly.  The legal action is supported by the historian Stanley Kutler.  “She was one of the thousands of anonymous civil servants caught in the hysteria of the McCarthy era: fired from the U.S. Information Agency for knowing a suspected spy, talking to a communist and visiting a leftist bookstore.”

****************************************************************

 

The Elfbrandt Case

 

O’Neil, Robert M., and Karen Elson. “The Elfbrandt Case - a Case Study.” Social Education 31, no. 2 (1967). On  the Supreme Court decision in Elfbrandt v. Russell (US, 1966) involving loyalty oaths and communism.

****************************************************************

 

Frank Porter Graham

 

Pleasants, Julian M. “A Question of Loyalty: Frank Porter Graham and the Atomic Energy Commission.” North Carolina Historical Review 69, no. 4 (1992). Although Graham got a security clearance, his habit of joining multiple front organizations called his judgment into question.

****************************************************************

 

Mary Dublin Keyserling

 

Storrs, Landon R.Y. “Red Scare Politics and the Suppression of Popular Front Feminism: The Loyalty Investigation of Mary Dublin Keyserling.” Journal of American History 90, no. 2 (September 2003)

****************************************************************

 

James Kutcher

 

Goldstein, Robert Justin. “The Attorney General’s List and James Kutchner, the Legless Veteran.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Case of the Legless Veteran.” Dissent, Winter 1986. Regarding James Kutcher.

****************************************************************

 

Edward Lamb

 

Chapman, Roger. “American Progressivism and the Cold War: The Case of Edward Lamb of Toledo, Ohio, 1901–1987.” Ph.D. diss. Bowling Green State University, 2004

Lamb, Edward. The Planned Economy in Soviet Russia. Philadelphia: Dorrance & Company, Inc., 1934. Praise for Stalin’s five year plan.

Lamb, Edward. No Lamb for Slaughter: An Autobiography. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1963. Lamb, a one-time left-wing lawyer in Ohio later became a wealthy businessman.  In 1954 the FCC held a hearing on denying renewal a valuable radio broadcast license Lamb held due to concealed Communist ties.

Lamb, Edward. “Trial by Battle,” the Case History of Washington Witch-Hunt; an Occasional Paper on the Free Society. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions, 1964. An extended and revised version of his 1963 autobiography.

****************************************************************

 

Eugene Martinson

 

Martinson, Eugene C. “Loyalty on Trial: A McCarthy Era Memoir.” Foreign Service Journal, August 1991. Labor attache in the State Department in the 1950s discusses problems he encountered with keeping his security clearance, attributes them to his having given an interview to a newspaper in which he said that Norwegians with whom he had been dealing had reacted negatively to Senator Joseph McCarthy’s role in American politics.

****************************************************************

 

Annie Lee Moss

 

Friedman, Andrea. “The Strange Career of Annie Lee Moss: Rethinknig Race, Gender, and McCarthyism.” Journal of American History 94, no. 2 (September 2007).

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. “Official Report on Annie Lee Moss.” Human Events 59, no. 18 (26 May 2003). Excerpt from the Subversive Activities Control Board Examiner’s Report of 19 September 1958 on the charges that Annie Lee Moss was a member of the Communist Party based on information provided by Mary Markward, informant for the FBI, in the Washington, DC party.  Moss’ s case was first raised publicly by Senator Joseph McCarthy.

****************************************************************

 

Milo Radulovich

 

Ranville, Michael W. “The Case Against Milo Radulovich.” Michigan History 79, no. 1 (1995). On the successful campaign by the Detroit News and Edward R. Murrow of the CBS to discourage the Air Force from revoking Radulovich’s commission due to his parents links to the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

 

Margaret Randall

 

Grossman, C.J. “The McCarran-Walter Act: War Against Margaret Randall and the First Amendment.” Crime and Social Justice, no. 27/28 (1987). Sees the Regan administration as attacking the First Amendment when it denied Margaret Randall permanent residence in the U.S. because she had left the U.S. in 1966 and renounced her American citizenship.

****************************************************************

 

Legal Representation in Internal Security Cases

 

Belknap, Michal R. “The Fight for the Right to Counsel.” Ohio History 85, no. 1 (1976). Regarding the Cleveland Bar Association in the 1950’s and the legal defense of individuals having alleged Communist associations.

Tobin, Eugene M. “The Legal Defense of Hated People: Lawyers and Loyalty-Security Litigation.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

****************************************************************

 

Congressional Investigations of Communism

 

Barth, Alan. Government by Investigation. New York: Viking Press, 1955.

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “So Called ‘Subversive Activities’ of the Communist Party USA in Congressional Hearings, 1950-1954  [in Polish].” Ph.D. diss. Jan Kochanowski Pedagogical University, Kielce, Poland, 1999. Concentrates on evidence of subversive activity in trade unions, academic circles, the United Nations, USIA, Voice of America, and Hollywood.  Based on hearings before the HCUA, Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, and the Senate Committee on Government Operations.  Concludes that the CPUSA used unions for financing party activities, that intellectuals and actors attracted to the party by Marxism were chiefly used as living examples that all intelligent people supported the left and only sporadically used for regular party activities.  Finds that the party’s methods of infiltration by colonization and concentration allowed the party to gain a predominant position in some unions and factories. The Smith act prosecutions effectively stopped the party’s activities and after 1956 its became a passive body without significance.

Belfrage, Cedric. The American Inquisition, 1945-1960. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1973. Polemic against congressional investigations of Communism by a British journalist close to Communist movement who assisted Soviet espionage against the United States during World War II.  Regards the investigations as frauds and fakes.  Likens the investigations to inquisitions into heresy by the Catholic Holy Office.

Bogle, Lori. “Anticommunist Propaganda: Operation Abolition, Communism on the Map, and Other Radical Right Films Featured at Military-Sponsored Cold War Seminars of the Early 1960s.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Breindel, Eric. “Communists & the Committees.” Commentary, January 1981.

Cantelon, Philip Louis. “In Defense of America: Congressional Investigations of Communism in the United States, 1919-1935.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1971. Summarizes the testimony and surveys the goals and recommendations of various series of hearings.

Donner, Frank J. The Un-Americans. New York: Ballantine Books, 1961. Polemical attack on congressional investigations of communism.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “Watkins Takes the First Only.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. John T. Watkins, an FEWIU-CIO official testified to HUAC in 1954 that he was not  Communist but had cooperated with the C.P.  He testified about himself but cited the first amendment to refuse testimony about others.  He was convicted of contempt but his conviction was reversed on appeal.

Hamilton, James. The Power to Probe: A Study of Congressional Investigations. New York: Random House, 1976.

Hook, Sidney. Common Sense and the Fifth Amendment. New York: Criterion Books, 1957.

Keil, Hartmut. “McCarthyism and Congressional Investigations on International Security During the Cold War, 1945-1956.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Levi, Edward H. “Congressional Investigations: A Symposium.” Chicago Law Review 18, no. 3 (Spring 1951).

Mulcahy, Richard P. “Facing the American Inquisition: Responses to McCarthyism.” Maryland Historian 17, no. 2 (Fall-Winter 1986). Discusses the successes and failures of tactics used by hostile witnesses testifying before various anti-Communist congressional committees.

Schneier, Edward V. “White-Collar Violence and Anticommunism.” Society 13, no. 3 (1976). Argues that Congressional committees waged a form of vigilante violence against Communists.

Taylor, Telford. Grand Inquest: The Story of Congressional Investigations. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1955.

Wedge, Hartmut. “McCarthyism and Congressional Investigations on Internal Security During the Cold War, 1945-1956.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Woods, Randall Bennett. “The Cold War.” In The American Congress: The Building of Democracy, edited by Julian E. Zelizer. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Congressional Investigations: The Press and Journalists

 

Alwood, Edward M. “The Hunt for Red Writers: The Senate Internal Security Subcommittee Investigation of Communists in the Press, 1955--1956.” Ph.D. diss. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, 2000. Discusses Senate Internal Security Subcommittee investigation and hearings on secret Communists in the news media that eventually led to the firing of six reporters, including three from the New York Times. Views the investigation as a successful government attack on the free press aided by media owners.

Dembitz, Nanette. “Congressional Investigation of Newspapermen, Authors, and Others in the Opinion Field -- Its Legality Under the First Amendment.” Minnesota Law Review 40 (April 1956).

Johnson, Ralph H., and Michael Altman. “Communists in the Press: A Senate Witch-Hunt of the 1950s Revised.” Journalism Quarterly 55, no. 3 (1978). Describes Senate Internal Security Subcommittee hearings on Communists in the press, court cases over the rights of the witnesses, and the tendency of press management to fire reporters associated with the Communist party.  Sees nothing of concern with reporters being secret Communist party members.  Criticizes the press as slow to see the investigation as a threat to constitutional liberties.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Activity in Mass Communications. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958-59. Part 1, relates to testimony of and about A.G. Mezerik; part 2, testimony of and about Albert E. Kahn; part 3, testimony of and about Jerome B. Caplin, Oakley C. Johnson and Milton Meltzer.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Penetration and Exploitation of Free Press. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

 

Indexes to Congressional Investigations of Communism

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Index II to Publications of the Special Committee on Un-American Activities (Dies Committee), and the Committee on Un-American Activities (1942-1947). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. Contains a name index.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Index III to Publications of the Committee on Un-American Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Contains a name index.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Supplement to Cumulative Index to Publications of the Committee on Un-American Activities, 1955 Through 1960. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

U.S. Senate Committee on Government Operations. Congressional Investigations of Communism and Subversive Activities. Summary Index 1918 to 1956. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Document No. 148.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Supplement to Cumulative Index to Published Hearings and Reports of the Subcommittee on Internal Security, 1956-60. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

 

The Overman Subcommittee

 

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Hearing of the Overman Subcommittee Under Authority of Senate Resolution 263. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1920. One of the earliest congressional investigations of Communism.

****************************************************************

 

U.S. House Special Committee to Investigate Communist Activities (Fish Committee)

 

Troncone, Anthony C. “Hamilton Fish Sr. and the Politics of American Nationalism, 1912-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, 1993. Representative Fish, one of the founders of the American Legion, chaired a congressional investigation into domestic communism in 1930.

U.S. House Committee on Rules. Investigation Into the Activities of Communists in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1930. Hearing before the Committee on rules, House of Representatives, Seventy-first Congress, second session, on H. Res. 180, 1930.

U.S. House Special Committee to Investigate Communist activities in the United States. Investigation of Communist Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1930. Six parts.  Fish Committee hearings.

U.S. House Special Committee to Investigate Communist activities in the United States. Investigation of Communist Propaganda ...  Report. Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1931.

****************************************************************

 

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities (Dies Committee)

 

Friedman, Max. “More on the Betrayal of America: The Book That Wasn’t.” Augusta Free Press, 29 May 2006. Discusses Appendix IX, Communist Front Organizations with Special Reference to The National Citizens Political Action Committee Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States, produced by the Special Committee on Un-American Activities (also known as the Dies Committee), House of Representatives, 78th Congress, Second Session”

Heineman, Kenneth. “Media Bias in Coverage of the Dies Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938-1940.” Historian 55, no. 1 (Autumn 1992). Finds the majority of the press favorable to Dies and suspicious of the New Deal.  “The symbiotic relationship between the Dies Committee and the news media calls into question the nature of U.S. democracy.”

Lopez, Nancy Lynn. “‘Allowing Fears to Overwhelm Us’: A Re-Examination of the House Special Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938--1944.” Ph.D. diss. Rice University, 2002. The Dies Committee “was widely criticized in its own time, and by the majority of historians since, for its lax procedures, including a reliance on hearsay, unsupported information, and biased witnesses. The Committee also attempted to smear liberals and organized labor by associating them with radical organizations. During its first year, Dies’ goal was seemingly to undermine the New Deal by claiming that the Roosevelt Administration and various New Deal agencies were riddled with Communists. Examination of the Committee’s records suggests strongly that the foregoing criticisms were warranted. But to assess better the work of the Dies Committee, it is necessary to grapple with the fact that regardless of its motives and procedural inadequacies, in many instances its claims of Communist infiltration of New Deal agencies and the CIO were true. This dissertation examines the procedural and evidentiary standards under which the Dies Committee operated in an effort to address the question whether the lack of consistent application of these standards mattered when the investigation’s conclusions were generally correct. The Committee’s partisanship and willingness to used dubious evidence raised doubts about its claims of subversion in government and labor among the group whom it needed to convince-those in the Washington power structure. This issue is of heightened relevance given recent scholarship showing that the Soviet Union had funded and supervised an extensive espionage network in the United States during the 1930s. But as long as the Committee accepted rumor and conjecture it would fail to prove its case. Ultimately, the Committee’s procedural lapses served only to undermine its own credibility.”

Mercado, Stephen C. “FBIS Against the Axis, 1941-1945.” Studies in Intelligence, no. 11 (Fall-Winter 2002): 33-43. Discusses Rep. Dies attack on three Foreign Broadcasting Intelligence Service staff in 1943 as un-American: Goodwin Watson, Frederick Schuman, and William Dodd, Jr.  FBIS translated foreign language radio broadcasts for U.S. government agencies.

Ogden, August Raymond. “The Dies Committee: A Study of the Special House Committee for the Investigation of Un-American Activities, 1938-1943.” Dissertation published as a book. Washington: The Catholic University of America Press, 1943.

Ogden, August Raymond. The Dies Committee: A Study of the Special House Committee for the Investigation of Un-American Activities, 1938-1944. Washington, DC: The Catholic University of America Press, 1945.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1938.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. print. off., 1938-44.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States (Executive Hearings). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1940-43.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States.. Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1940.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1940. Dies committee.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States.. Report. [Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1941. Dies Committee.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Special Report on Subversive Activities Aimed at Destroying Our Representative Form of Government.. Report [and Minority Views]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Special Report on Subversive Activities Aimed at Destroying Our Representative Form of Government.. Report. [Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1943.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1944.

****************************************************************

 

Martin Dies

 

Dies, Martin. The Trojan Horse in America. New York: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1940. Dies, chairman of the U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities, treated domestic Nazi, Fascist, and Communist groups as “Fifth Column” threats.  Sensationalistic.

Dies, Martin. Martin Dies’ Story. New York: Bookmailer, 1963. Autobiography by the head of the House Special Committee on Un-American Activities, the “Dies Committee” in the late 1930s and early 1940s.

Evans, Patience. “A Political Mystery: Martin Dies’ Withdrawal from the 1944 Texas Democratic Party Primary.” Master’s thesis. University of Houston, 1984.

McDaniel, Dennis K. “Martin Dies of Un-American Activities: His Life and Times.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1988. Finds that Dies “was heavily influenced by the nativism of his father, that he had a modest formal education, that his nativism transitioned into a virulent anti-Communism which by extension led to attacks on liberals and the working class. Although he was anti-labor, anti-Red, anti-Black, anti-New Deal and strongly nationalistic, he was not anti-Catholic or anti-Semitic.”

McDaniel, Dennis K. “The C.I.O. Political Action Committee and Congressman Martin Dies’ Departure from Congress: Labor’s Inflated Claims.” East Texas Historical Journal 32, no. 2 (1993). Says the CIO-PAC assertion that it forced Dies to retire was “spread through much of the media, was repeated endlessly, and finally became so ingrained that every scholar who discussed labor in this period invariably credited the CIO and its Political Action Committee with victory over the Texas reactionary.”  The CIO claimed its registered 70,000 new voters in Dies’ district and he faced defeat if he ran again.  An examination of voter registration records, however, shows that the new voters were “nonexistent” and contemporary evidence from local political observers was that Dies was assured of reelection.  Attributed Dies’ retirement to his frustration that his chances of ever gaining a Senate seat were slim, his achievement of sufficient wealth to preclude the need to work coupled with a habitual laziness, and poor health compounded by what turned out to be an unfounded fear that he had throat cancer.

McDaniel, Dennis K. “The First Congressman Martin Dies of Texas.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly 102, no. 2 (October 1998). Discusses the influence of Martin Dies the elder on the attitudes of  his son and successor, the chairman of the House Special Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities and

House Committee on Internal Security

 

Beck, Carl. Contempt of Congress: A Study of the Prosecutions Initiated by the Committee on Un-American Activities, 1945-1957. New Orleans: Hauser Press, 1959.

Bentley, Eric, ed. Thirty Years of Treason: Excerpts from Hearings Before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938-1968. New York: Viking Press, 1971.

Brinson, Susan L. “War on the Homefront in World War II: The FCC and the House Committee on Un-American Activities.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 21, no. 1 (1 March 2001).

Brinson, Susan L. The Red Scare, Politics, and the Federal Communications Commission, 1941-1960. Westport, Conn.: Praeger, 2004.

Buckley, William F. The Committee and Its Critics: A Calm Review of the House Committee on Un-American Activities. New York: Putnam, 1962. Essays by Buckley and the editors of National Review describing and defending many aspects of the activities of the House Un-American Activities Committee.  Contains an extensive bibliography of the committee’s hearings and reports.

Carr, Robert Kenneth. The House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1945-1950. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1952. The first comprehensive study of the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Goodman, Walter. The Committee: The Extraordinary Career of the House Committee on Un-American Activities. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, 1968. Well researched hostile examination of the House Committee on Un-American Activities from a liberal perspective.  Particularly thorough on the ignorance, viciousness, and corruption of some members of the committee.

O’Reilly, Kenneth, ed. FBI File on the House Committee on Un-American Activities. Wilmington, Del.: Scholarly Resources, 1999. 9 microfilm reels.

Radosh, Ronald. “What Red Scare? HUAC and Venona.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 29 August 2001. On the opening of HCUA records and Rick Perlstein commentary on the event.

Schneier, Edward V. “The Politics of Anti-Communism: A Study of the House Committee on Un-American Activities and Its Role in the Political Process.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1964. Finds that the House Un-American Activities Committee’s emphasis on advocacy, exposure and education rather than the production of legislation was not unusual in congressional history; however HUAC did have unusual internal cohesiveness and stable values among its members.

Simmons, Jerold. “The Origins of the Campaign to Abolish HUAC, 1956-1961, The California Connection.” Southern California Quarterly 64, no. 2 (1982). Emphasizes the role of the Southern California Civil Liberties Union, and the Citizens Committee to Preserve American Freedoms.

Stripling, Robert E. The Red Plot Against America. Edited by Robert Consideine. Drexel Hill, PA: Bell, 1949. Polemical exposé by the longtime staff director of House Un-American Activities Committee.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Activities and Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946. Deals with Fascist and well as Communist activities.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States (Communist Party). Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946. Hearings of  September 26, 27, October 17, 18, 19, 1945.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Fifty-six pages.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Three hundred forty pages.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Philip O. Keeney and Mary Jane Keeney and Statement Regarding Their Background: Hearings, 221-77. Washington: U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communism in the United States Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Pt. 1. April 20-21, 25, 29; May 4-6; June 8, 1950; July 30, August 7, 1948 -- pt. 2. August 28 and 31, September 1 and 15, 1950.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1950. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Committee on Un-American Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Two volumes.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Methods of Communist Infiltration in the United States Government. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Organized Communism in the United States. Washington, 1953. Chronicle listing dates, documents, and key personalities.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1953. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954. Discusses Army Security Agency and infiltration of federal agency.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Organized Communism in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. This is Your House Committee on Un-American Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Infiltration of Government. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Six parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Propaganda in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956-58. Nine parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Issues Presented by Air Reserve Center Training Manual. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Communist Party’s Cold War Against Congressional Investigation of Subversion Report, and Testimony of Robert Carrillo Ronstadt. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. Eighty-seventh Congress, second session.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Obstruction of Armed Forces Report, Together with Dissenting View, to Accompany H.R. 8. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

Walter, Francis E. Chronicle of Treason. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958. Reprint of series of articles appearing in the Philadelphia inquirer, March 3-9, 1958.  Walter chaired HCUA in the mid-1950s.

Wilkinson, Frank. “The End for HUAC.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Wilkinson is the Executive Director Emeritus of the National Committee Against Repressive Legislation, successor to the National Committee to Abolish HUAC.  Attacks Sterling Hayden for testifying to HUAC.  Notes that the National Committee to Abolish HUAC was organized in 1960 by Aubrey Williams, philosopher Alexander Meiklejohn, Quaker Clarence Pickett, retired Wall Street banker James Imbrie (Imbrie was a prominent Progressive party supporter in 48).  In Congress, Representative Don Edwards headed the anti-HUAC campaign.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. Revolutionary Activities Directed Toward the Administration of Penal or Correctional Systems. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1973. Hearings, Ninety-third Congress, first session.

****************************************************************

 

Kerr Commission

 

U.S. House Special Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations. Hearings [Kerr Commission]. Washington, DC: Govt. Print. Off., 1943.

****************************************************************

 

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee

 

Rusher, William A. Special Counsel. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1968. By a veteran conservative activist who served as an attorney for the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Control of Subversive Activities. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Control of Subversive Activities. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Communist Underground Facilities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Documentary Proof That the Communist Party, U.S.A., Teaches and Advocates the Overthrow and Destruction of the United States Government by Force and Violence. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Investigation of the Internal Security Act of 1950. Washington.: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., n.d.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Activities of United States Citizens Employed by the United Nations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Propaganda Activities in the United States. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Activities of United States Citizens Employed by the United Nations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Underground Printing Facilities and Illegal Propaganda. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Interlocking Subversion in Government Departments [Report]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Summary report.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Interlocking Subversion in Government Departments [Hearings]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Hearings, testimony, statements and documents.  30 parts and 2,860 pages.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Activities of United States Citizens Employed by the United Nations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954. Hearings, June 22 – October 7, 14, 1954.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Strategy and Tactics of World Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Annual Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955. Includes assertion that US security in WWII endangered by FDR, Secretary of Navy Knox, and Knox’s aide, Adlai Stevenson, when they permitted Communists to serve as merchant ship radio operators.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Report of the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws to the Committee on the Judiciary. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Scope of Soviet Activity in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Extremely lengthy, 95 part.  Contains transcripts of hearings, court records, depositions, and executive branch and congressional staff reports.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Report of the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Political Propaganda and Use of the United States Mails. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Report for the Year 1958. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Discusses Communists in the labor movement, links to organized crime, and in the book trade.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Report of the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Party Line. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Statement by J. Edgar Hoover.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The New Drive Against the Anti-Communist Program. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Hearings of 11 July 1961.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Current Communist Threat. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. A statement by J. Edgar Hoover.

****************************************************************

 

Pat McCarran

 

Ybarra, Michael. “McCarthy and Pat McCarran.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Ybarra, Michael. Washington Gone Crazy: Senator Pat McCarran and the Great American Communist Hunt. South Royalton, VT: Steerforth, 2004. Comprehensive and detailed biography of the aggressive head of the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee.

****************************************************************

 

Congressional Investigations: Individual and Biographical

 

Philip A. Bart

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Philip A. Bart General Manager of Freedom of the Press, Publishers of the Daily Worker, Official Organ of the Communist Party, and Marcel Scherer, Coordinator, New York Labor Conference for Peace, and Formerly District Representative of District 4, United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America, CIO.  Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

 

Paul Corbin

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony by and Concerning Paul Corbin. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

 

William J. Jenner

 

Poder, Michael Paul. “The Senatorial Career of William J. Jenner.” Ph.D. diss. University of Notre Dame, 1976. Jenner chaired the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee for a period.

****************************************************************

 

John Rankin

 

Vickers, Kenneth Wayne. “John Rankin: Democrat and Demagogue.” Master’s thesis. Mississippi State University, 1993. Rankin, a member of the HCUA in the late 1940s, entered Congress heavily influenced by the ideologies of the Populist and Progressive movements. Throughout the reform-minded, early years of his career, the former lawyer and newspaper editor closely adhered to those principles. His growing prejudices, however, overtook his good intentions and dominated his later years.  Over a thirty-two year period the scope of Rankin’s racial and political hatreds extended beyond African-Americans to incorporate Jews, Orientals, organized labor, and any supposed Communist.

****************************************************************

 

James H. Robinson

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Rev. James H. Robinson. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

****************************************************************

 

Anna Rosenberg

 

Collins, Elizabeth. “‘A Woman of Questionable Loyalty’: Anna M. Rosenberg and the Second Red Scare.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Nelson, Anna Kasten. “Caught in the Web of McCarthyism: Anna M. Rosenberg and the Senate Armed Services Committee.” Congress & the Presidency 30, no. 2 (Autumn 2003).

Nelson, Anna Kasten. “Anna M. Rosenberg, an ‘Honorary Man.’” Journal of Military History 68, no. 1 (January 2004).

****************************************************************

 

Walter S. Steel

 

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Walter S. Steele Regarding Communist Activities in the United States. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

****************************************************************

 

J. Parnell Thomas

 

Carlson, Lewis H. “J. Parnell Thomas and the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Michigan State University, 1967.

****************************************************************

 

Kenneth Tynan

 

Triplett, William. “Red Scared.” Capital Style, October 1999. On the discrepancies between the transcript of drama critic Kenneth Tynan’s testimony to the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee in 1960 and his account of his testimony in an influential Harper’s article.

****************************************************************

 

Francis Walter

 

Jacobs, Paul. “Good Guys, Bad Guys, and Congressman Walter.” Reporter, 15 May 1958. Representative Walter chaired the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

 

Internal Security Court Cases

 

Bolner, James. “Mr. Chief Justice Vinson and the Communist Controversy: A Reassessment.” Register of the Kentucky Historical Society 66, no. 4 (1968).

Bonnet, Jean-Marie. “The Supreme Court’s Subversion of Constitutionalism in the McCarthy Period.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Chang, Hosoon. “National Security v. First Amendment Freedoms: U.S. Supreme Court Decisions on Anti-Communist Regulations, 1919-1974.” Ph.D. diss. University Of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1993.

Craig, Bruce. “Craig Versus United States of America: The Fine Art of Unsealing Federal Grand Jury Records.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Fine, Gary Alan, and Terence Mcdonnell. “Erasing the Brown Scare: Referential Afterlife and the Power of Memory Templates.” Social Problems 54, no. 2 (May 2007). Discusses  United States v. McWilliams.

Gutfeld, Arnon. “Western Justice and the Rule of Law: Bourquin on Loyalty, the ‘Red Scare,’ and Indians.” Pacific Historical Review 65, no. 1 (February 1996). Discusses several IWW and loyalty cases handled by federal Judge George Bourquin in the U.S. district court for Montana.

Guttmann, Allen, and Benjamin Munn Ziegler. Communism, the Courts, and the Constitution. Boston: D. C. Heath, 1964.

Murley, and David Edmund. “Judicial Neglect: The Supreme Court and the Red Scare, 1949--1961.” Ph.D. diss. Michigan State University (2005). Michigan State University.

Sabin, Arthur J. In Calmer Times: The Supreme Court and Red Monday. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1999. Examines the shift of the Supreme Court from upholding to striking down or narrowing anti-Communist prosecutions of the 1940s and 1950s.

Somerville, John. The Communist Trials and the American Tradition: Expert Testimony on Force and Violence. New York: Cameron Associates, 1956.

Sterling, David L. “The ‘Naive Liberal,’ the ‘Devious Communist’ and the Johnson Case.” Ohio History 78, no. 2 (1969). On ACLU and ILD legal tactics on prosecution of Communists under the Ohio criminal syndicalism law.

****************************************************************

 

Abrams Case

 

Polenberg, Richard. Fighting Faiths: The Abrams Case, the Supreme Court, and Free Speech. New York, N.Y., U.S.A.: Viking, 1987. A detailed history of the Abrams free speech case; discusses the December 1919 arrest of John J. Ballam, an early American Communist leader and editor of the New England Worker, in New Orleans by the Bureau of Investigation.  Ballam was attempting to avoid prosecution under Massachusetts’ anti-anarchy act by fleeing to Mexico.  Notes that in November 1921, after nearly two years in prison, the four defendants in the Abrams case were deported to the USSR.  Of the four, Jacob Abrams and Mollie Steimer remained anarchists, were harassed by the GPU, and left the Soviet Union in the 1920s.  One, Samuel Lipman, joined CPSU in 1927, became a professor of economic geography, and was executed in the Soviet purges of the 1930s.  Lipman’s wife, Ethel Bernstein, was sent to the Gulag and released after ten years.  The fourth, Hyman Lachowsky, remained in the Soviet Union, dropped out of politics, and probably died during the Nazi occupation of Minsk.

****************************************************************

 

Ferguson Case

 

Ferguson, Issac E., Charles Emil Ruthenberg, and New York (State). People v. Ferguson. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1978. One microfilm reel.

Ruthenberg, Charles E., and Issac E. Ferguson. A Communist Trial Extracts from the Testimony of C.E. Ruthenberg and Closing Address to the Jury by Isaac E. Ferguson. New York City: National Defense Committee, 1920.

****************************************************************

 

Gitlow v. New York

 

Darrow, Clarence. Argument of Clarence Darrow in the Case of the Communist Labor Party in the Criminal Court, Chicago. Chicago: C. H. Kerr & Company, 1920.

Sanbonmatsu, Akira. “Darrow and Rorke’s Use of Burkeian Identification Strategies in New York Vs Gitlow.” Speech Monographs 38, no. 1 (1971). Discusses the strategies of Clarence Darrow, defense attorney, and Alexander Rorke, assistant district attorney, in the trial of Benjamin Gitlow, Communist leader.

United States. Gitlow v. New York. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1978. “The record in the United States Supreme Court on the basis of which the conviction of Benjamin Gitlow for advocating the overthrow of organized government by force or violence or unlawful means was affirmed by a seven to two decisions.” “Opinions of the Appellate Division (First Department), the New York Court of Appeals, and the United States Supreme Court; briefs in the United States Supreme Court. Documents are microfilmed from those in the collection of the Harvard Law Library.”  1 microfilm reel.

****************************************************************

 

Mooney Case

 

Chobanian, Peter. “The Mooney Case: A Bibliography.” Bulletin of Bibliography 43, no. 2 (1986).

Frost, Richard H. The Mooney Case. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1968. Discusses Communist party involvement in the campaign to free Tom Mooney.

****************************************************************

 

Mockus and Bimba Cases

 

Wolkovich-Valkavicius, William. “Two Lithuanian Immigrants’ Blasphemy Trials During the Red Scare.” Historical Journal of Massachusetts 26, no. 2 (1998). Discussed the 1919 trial of Mykolas Mockus in Rumford, Maine, and the 1926 trial of Antanas Bimba in Brockton, Massachusetts. Mockus, who lectured on the evils of the Catholic Church, became the first person ever charged under Maine’s blasphemy law. Convicted and sentenced to a prison he fled to Mexico. Bimba was acquitted of blasphemy but convicted of sedition. He was fined $100, but the matter was dropped on appeal.

****************************************************************

 

Smith Act Prosecutions

 

Allen, Julia M. “That Accursed Aesopian Language: Prosecutorial Framing of Linguistic Evidence in U.S. v. Foster, 1949.” Rhetoric & Public Affairs 4, no. 1 (Spring 2001). Critical of prosecutors position that Communist rhetoric supported revolution.

Belknap, Michal R. “Dennis v. United States: Great Case or Cold War Relic?” Journal of Supreme Court History (1993).

Belknap, Michal Robert. “The Smith Act and the Communist Party: A Study in Political Justice.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1973.

Belknap, Michal R. Cold War Political Justice: The Smith Act, the Communist Party, and American Civil Liberties. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1977.

Birdnow, Brian Everett. “The St. Louis Five: The Smith Act, Communism and the Federal Courts in Missouri, 1952-1958.” Ph.D. diss. Saint Louis University, 2000.

Birdnow, Brian E. Communism, Anti-Communism, and the Federal Courts in Missouri, 1952-1958: The Trial of the St. Louis Five. Lewiston, NY: E. Mellen Press, 2005.

Citizens Emergency Defense Conference (U.S.). Smith Act Trial Reporter. New York, NY: Citizens Emergency Defense Conference, 1952.

Dennis, Eugene, and United States. Dennis v. United States. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1978. Eight microfilm reels.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. 13 Communists Speak to the Court. New York: New Century Publishers, 1953. This pamphlet contains the text of the statements made by thirteen Communist leaders, on February 2-3, 1953, before being sentenced by Judge Edward J. Dimock, after a nine-months’ trial, in the Federal Court at Foley Square, New York.

Foster, William Z. In Defense of the Communist Party and the Indicted Leaders. New York: New Century Publishers, 1949.

Foster, William Z., and others. United States of America vs. William Z. Foster.. Members of the National Committee of the Communist Party of the United States Briefs of the Defendents Arguing the Unconstitutionality of the Smith Act and of the Indictments Against Them Thereunder. Pamphlet. New York, NY:, distr. by Civil Rights Congress, 1948.

Gerson, Deborah A. “Families Committee’s Struggle Against the Smith Act.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference of Women History. Wellesley College, 1987.

Marion, George. The Communist Trial: An American Crossroads. New York: Fairplay Publishers, 1950. On Dennis vs. U.S. Smith Act trial.

National Committee to Win Amnesty for Smith Act Victims (U.S.). Amnesty Trumpet. Pamphlet [New York, N.Y.], 1953.

National Committee to Win Amnesty for the Smith Act Victims. Can Americans Tolerate Prison for Ideas? Pamphlet. [New York], 1954.

National Non-Partisan Committee to Defend the Rights of the 12 Communist Leaders. The Big Plot: Proof of the Justice Department’s Plan to Jail 21,105 Americans. Pamphlet. New York, NY: National Non-Partisan Committee to Defend the Rights of the 12 Communist Leaders., 1950.

Navasky, Victor S. Kennedy Justice. New York: Atheneum, 1971. Discusses the Junius Scales case.

O’Brien, Kevin John. “Dennis v. U.S.: The Cold War, The Communist Conspiracy and the F.B.I.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1979.

Parry, Albert. “On Aesopian Language and Borrowings from Russian.” American Speech 25 (October 1950).

Sheft, Mark A. “The End of the Smith Act Era: A Legal and Historical Analysis of Scales v. United States.” American Journal of Legal History 36, no. 2 (April 1992).

St.-George, Maximilian, and Lawrence Dennis. A Trial on Trial: The Great Sedition Trial of 1944. [n.p.: National Civil Rights Committee, 1946. Hostile account by far right spokesman for the wide-spread prosecution of a variety of domestic fascist and right wing extremists under the Smith Act.

Steinberg, Peter L. The Great “Red Menace” United States Prosecution of American Communists, 1947-1952. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1984.

United States. United States of America, Appellee, v. Eugene Dennis.. Defendants-Appellants on Appeal from Judgments of Conviction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York: Brief for Appellants. New York, 1949.

Wiecek, William. “The Legal Foundation of Domestic Anticommunism: The Background of Dennis v United States.” Supreme Court Review (2001), 375-434.

****************************************************************

 

Federal Bureau of Investigation and Communism

 

Batvinis, Raymond J. “‘In the Beginning.’. An Investigation of the Development of the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Counterintelligence Program, 1936 to 1941.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University, 2001.

Batvinis, Raymond J. The Origins of FBI Counterintelligence. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2007. TOC: Introduction -- Rumrich -- A look back -- Controversy and confusion -- Interdepartmental intelligence conference -- Following the money -- Wires and bugs -- Opportunities missed -- Special overseas assignments -- British security coordination -- Special intelligence service -- Ducase -- Appendix A: Sebold’s list of Abwehr requirements -- Appendix B: Duquesne ring conspirators -- Appendix C: Unindicted Duquesne ring coconspirators -- Appendix D: Sentences of the Duquesne ring conspirators -- Appendix E: Expenditures for special intelligence service operations, July 2, 1940-June 30, 1947.

Batvinis, Raymond J. “Is Counterintelligence an Affair of State or Justice?: The Bureaucratic Struggle Over Responsibility in Two Wars.” Paper presented at the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Chantilly, Virginia, 2007.

Belknap, Michael R. “The Mechanics of Repression: J. Edgar Hoover, the Bureau of Investigation and the Radicals, 1917-1925.” Crime and Social Justice, Spring/Summer 1977.

Belknap, Michal R. “Above the Law and Beyond Its Reach: O’Reilly and Theoharis on FBI Intelligence Operations.” American Bar Foundation Research Journal, Winter 1985, 201-15.

Berens, John F. “The FBI and Civil Liberties from Franklin Roosevelt to Jimmy Carter -- An Historical Overview.” Michigan Academician 13 (Fall 1980).

Bly, Herman O. Communism, the Cold War, and the FBI Connection: Time to Set the Record Straight. Lafayette, La.: Huntington House Publishers, 1998.

Charles, Douglas M. J. Edgar Hoover and the Anti-Interventionists: FBI Political Surveillance and the Rise of the Domestic Security State, 1939–1945. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2007.

Charns, Alexander. Cloak and Gavel: FBI Wiretaps, Bugs, Informers, and the Supreme Court. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992. Hysterical exposè maintaining that the FBI infiltrated, spied on, subverted, corrupted, and manipulated the Supreme Court as part of a anti-Communist conspiracy to restrict the civil rights of all Americans.

Cook, Fred J. The FBI Nobody Knows. New York: Macmillan, 1964. Hostile polemic.

Corson, William R. The Armies of Ignorance: The Rise of the American Intelligence Empire. New York: Dial Press/J. Wade, 1977. Popular history.  Discusses the FBI and other intelligence and security agencies.

Cunningham, David. “Understanding State Responses to Left- Versus Right-Wing Threats: The FBI’s Repression of the New Left and the Ku Klux Klan.” Social Science History 27 (Fall 2003).

Davis, James Kirkpatrick. Assault on the Left: The FBI and the Sixties Antiwar Movement. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1997.

Davis, James Kirkpatrick. Spying on America: The FBI’s Domestic Counterintelligence Program. New York: Praeger, 1992.

Donner, Frank J. The Age of Surveillance: The Aims and Methods of America’s Political Intelligence System. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1980. Asserts that a “paranoiac” American government, driven by irrational nativism and anticommunism, has created a police state that oppresses all Americans.

Fischer, Ben. “‘Mr. Guver’: Anonymous Soviet Letter to the FBI,” Newsletter of the Center for the Study of Intelligence, no. 7 (Winter-Spring 1997):

Fox, John. “The American Worker and the FBI.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Gage, Beverly. “Radical Times, National Crimes: The Federal Bureau of Investigation and the First Red Scare.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Jeffreys-Jones, Rhodri. The FBI: A History. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007.

Kessler, Ronald. Spy vs. Spy: Stalking Soviet Spies in America. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1988.

Kessler, Ronald. The FBI: Inside the World’s Most Powerful Law Enforcement Agency. New York: Pocket Books, 1993.

Kessler, Ronald. The Bureau: The Secret History of the FBI. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2002.

Laes, H.B. “The Anonymous Letter.” Essays on Espionage, 11 June 2008. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com.

Lamphere, Robert J., and Tom Shachtman. The FBI-KGB War: A Special Agent’s Story. New York: Random House, 1986. Memoir by a veteran senior FBI agent deeply involved in counter-intelligence; discusses links between the Communist Party and Soviet espionage.

Lamphere, Robert J., and Tom Shachtman. The FBI-KGB War a Special Agent’s Story. Macon, GA: Mercer University Press, 1995. Contains some new material.

Lowenthal, Max. The Federal Bureau of Investigation. New York: Sloane, 1950. Discusses FBI involvement in internal security operations against the Communist party.

Morgan, Richard E. Domestic Intelligence: Monitoring Dissent in America. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1980.

Mowery, Edward J. Efforts by Communist Conspiracy to Discredit the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Its Director: A Series of Articles Documented from the Newark, N. J. Star-Ledger, February 1-9, 1959. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Mowery, Edward J. HUAC and FBI: Targets for Abolition. New York: Bookmailer, 1961. Hostile review of the left’s attacks on the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities and the FBI.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “A New Deal for the FBI: The Roosevelt Administration, Crime Control, and National Security.” Journal of American History 69, no. 3 (December 1982). Finds that the Roosevelt administration expanded FBI jurisdiction, manpower, and authorization to investigate subversion and political dissent.  Examines Hoover’s campaign to achieve popular support; surveys FBI investigations of political figures and organizations.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the Origins of McCarthyism.” Historian 45, no. 3 (May 1983): 372-93. Emphasizes the FBI as an initiator of opposition to communism.

Poveda, Tony G. “The FBI and Domestic Intelligence: Technocratic or Public Relations Triumph?” Crime and Delinquency 28 (April 1982): 194-210.

Poveda, Tony G. “The Rise and Fall of FBI Domestic Intelligence Operations.” Contemporary Crises 6 (April 1982): 103-18.

Poveda, Tony G. “The Effect of Scandal on Organizational Deviance: The Case of the FBI.” Justice Quarterly 2 (June 1985): 237-58.

Powers, Richard Gid. G-Men, Hoover’s FBI in American Popular Culture. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1983.

Powers, Richard Gid. Broken: The Troubled Past and Uncertain Future of the FBI. New York: Free Press, 2004.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Stunned Guns: How We’ve Made the FBI Too Timid to Bug Mosques—or Ken Lay’s Office.” Washington Monthly, November 2004.

Price, David H. “Theoretical Dangers: The FBI Investigation of Science & Society.” Science & Society 68 (Winter 2004-05).

Schmidt, Regin. Red Scare: FBI and the Origins of Anticommunism in the United States, 1919-1943. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press, University of Copenhagen, 2000.

Sorrentino, Frank M. Ideological Warfare: The FBI’s Path Toward Power. Port Washington, NY: Associated Faculty Press, 1985.

Theoharis, Athan. “The Presidency and the Federal Bureau of Investigation: The Conflict of Intelligence and Legality.” Criminal Justice History 2 (1981): 131-60.

Theoharis, Athan. “FBI Surveillance During the Cold War Years: A Constitutional Crisis.” Public Historian 3 (Winter 1981): 4-14.

Theoharis, Athan. “FBI Surveillance: Past and Present.” Cornell Law Review 69 (April 1984): 883-94.

Theoharis, Athan. “Dissent and the State: Unleashing the FBI, 1917-1985.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Theoharis, Athan. “How the FBI Gaybaited Stevenson.” Nation 250 (7 May 1990): 617, 635-36.

Theoharis, Athan. “The FBI and the Politics of Surveillance, 1908-1985.” Criminal Justice Review 15 (Fall 1990): 221-31.

Theoharis, Athan. “Dissent and the State: Unleashing the FBI, 1917-1985.” History Teacher 24 (November 1990): 41-52.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The FBI’s Stretching of Presidential Directives, 1936-1953.” Political Science Quarterly 91, no. 4 (Winter 1976-77).

Theoharis, Athan G. Spying on Americans: Political Surveillance from Hoover to the Huston Plan. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1978. Asserts that there was massive and unjustified abuse of power by the FBI and other security agencies in their countersubversive activities.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Truman Administration and the Decline of Civil Liberties: The FBI’s Success in Securing Authorization for a Preventive Detention Program.” Journal of American History 64, no. 4 (March 1978). Describes in a sinister light internal FBI and Justice Department debates and policies regarding preventive detention of Communists and others in the event of war with the Soviet Union.

Theoharis, Athan G. The FBI: An Annotated Bibliography and Research Guide. New York: Garland, 1994.

Theoharis, Athan G. The FBI: A Comprehensive Reference Guide, with Tony G. Poveda, Susan Rosenfeld, and Richard Gid Powers. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx Press, 1999.

Theoharis, Athan G. Chasing Spies: How the FBI Failed in Counterintelligence but Promoted the Politics of McCarthyism in the Cold War Years. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2002. Condemns the FBI for destroying civil liberties and portrays it as so incompetent that it failed to bring successful criminal charges against Soviet spies.  Offers justifications for spying for the USSR, minimizes the importance of Soviet espionage, attacks traditionalist historians of American communism. 

Theoharis, Athan G. The FBI and American Democracy: A Brief Critical History. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2004. The FBI never did anything (almost anything) right.  TOC: Introduction -- The early years : creation and proscribed growth -- World War I and the origins of political surveillance -- Abuse of power, retrenchment, and morality -- The New Deal and a war on crime -- The origins of FBI intelligence, the crisis of World War II -- The early Cold War years : anticipating and curbing subversion -- Promoting McCarthyism-and morality (again) -- Secrecy and power : the undermining of accountability -- From anti-communism to law and order -- Scandal and limited reform -- A modern bureau and the politics of terrorism.

Turner, William W. Hoover’s FBI: The Men and the Myth. Los Angeles: Sherbourne Press, 1970.

Ungar, Sanford J. FBI. Boston: Little, Brown, 1976. Discusses FBI involvement in internal security activity directed against the Communist party.

Wannall, W. Raymond. “The FBI: Perennial Target of the Left.” Journal of Social, Political and Economic Studies, Fall 1988.

Wannall, W. Raymond. “The FBI’s Domestic Intelligence Operations: Domestic Security in Limbo.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 4, no. 4 (1990).

Wannall, Ray. The Real J. Edgar Hoover: For the Record. Paducah, Ky.: Turner Pub., 2000.

Wannall, W. Raymond. “Still Doubting the FBI’s Effectiveness.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 16, no. 3 (2003). Highly critical essay review of Theoharis’ Chasing Spies.

Webb, G. Gregg. “Intelligence Liaison Between the FBI and State, 1940-1944.” Studies in Intelligence 49, no. 3 (2005). Discusses the cooperative relationship that developed between Assistant Secretary of State Adolf Berle and FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover in regard to intelligence and security cooperation.

Whitehead, Don. The FBI Story: A Report to the People. New York: Random House, 1956. Sympathetic discussion of the FBI’s internal security operations.

Williams, David. “‘Without Understanding’: The FBI and Political Surveillance, 1908-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of New Hampshire, 1981. Treats the FBI as an out-of-control autonomous government agency that unilaterally crated a political criminal law and set up a vast political crimes bureaucracy.

****************************************************************

 

FBI and Congressional Investigations

 

Gerard, Christopher John. “‘A Program Of Cooperation’: The FBI, the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, and the Communist Issue, 1950-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Marquette University, 1993. An extension of the FBI’s ‘educational program’ of 1946, the FBI-SISS liaison relationship served the ideological and institutional objectives of its participants. In the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, the FBI found a congressional committee whose ideology and willingness to preserve the confidentiality of FBI sources provided a reliable forum through which the Bureau could alert the nation to the perceived danger of communist subversion. In the FBI, the SISS found a rich, authoritative, and cooperative source of information which serviced name checks, suggested friendly witnesses, and otherwise provided useful ‘appropriate leads and suggested clues.’

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The Bureau and the Committee: A Study of J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI, the House Committee on Un-American Activities, and the Communist Issue.” Ph.D. diss. Marquette University, 1981. Asserts that the FBI was engaged in promoting its own particular conservative political vision in its dissemination of information on internal security.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The Roosevelt Administration and Legislative-Executive Conflict: The FBI Vs. the Dies Committee.” Congress & the Presidency 10, no. 1 (Spring 1983): 79-93.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “Un-American Activities: The FBI, Congress, and the Search for Subversives.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1984.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. Hoover and the Un-Americans: The FBI, HUAC, and the Red Menace. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1983. Finds surreptitious FBI cooperation with the House Un-American Activities Committee.  Highly critical of anti-Communist liberals.  Sees the CPUSA as a insignificant and unimportant force in American society unworthy of government attention.

****************************************************************

 

FBI Cooperation with State and Local Authorities and Private Institutions

 

Diamond, Sigmund. “Morality in Government: The Federal Bureau of Investigation in the McCarthy Period.” History of Political Thought 7, no. 1 (Spring 1986): 167-85. Treats FBI surveillance of Communists, revolutionaries, and other radicals as an unmitigated evil.  Notes that pursuant to a 1951 request from the National Governors Conference the FBI supplied governors and other state officials with the names of college and university employees suspected of subversion.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI American Legion Contact Program. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources, 1984. One microfilm reel of selected FBI files.

O’Reilly, Kenneth, and Robert Lester, eds. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. the FBI Responsibilities Program File and the Dissemination of Information Policy File. Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1989. Eight microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Theoharis, Athan. “The FBI and the American Legion Contact Program.” Political Science Quarterly 100, no. Regards as a grave abuse that American Legion posts supplying the FBI with intelligence of possible Communist activities. (Summer 1985)

****************************************************************

 

Wiretapping, Bugs, Surreptitious Entries, Disruption,

and Internal Security Tactics

 

Blackstock, Nelson. Cointelpro: The FBI’s Secret War on Political Freedom. Edited by Cathy Perkus. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1975. Hostile exposé of the FBI infiltration of the Socialist Workers Party and several other radical groups.

Churchill, Ward, and Jim Vander Wall, eds. The COINTELPRO Papers: Documents from the FBI’s Secret Wars Against Dissent in the United States. Cambridge, MA: South End Press, 2002.

Crewdson, John. “Seeing Red: An FBI ‘Commie Hunter’ Rebels at Illegal Tactics.” Chicago Tribune Sunday Magazine, 2 March 1986, 8ff. Discusses M. Wesley Swearingen.

Donner, Frank J. “Let Him Wear A Wolf’s Head: What the FBI Did to William Albertson.” Civil Liberties Review 3, no. 1 (1976). Outraged at the FBI for disrupting the CPUSA by planting false evidence that Albertson was cooperating with the FBI that resulted in his expulsion from the Communist party in 1964.

Drabble, John. “Cointelpro-White Hate, the FBI, and the Cold War Political Consensus.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1997. Sees the FBI as a professional, bureaucratic and covert mechanism for counter-subversion that attempted to transcend and replace traditional forms of spontaneous, violent and overt vigilante repression with a controlled form.  By 1964, liberal elites sought to confront vigilantism and the FBI was enlisted to collect evidence about KKK terrorism.  The FBI, in turn, pursued a counterintelligence strategy which focused upon neutralizing organizations rather than on prosecuting individual terrorists.  COINTELPRO-White Hate thus influenced the growth of an anti-federal government ideology and the appeal of “paramilitary resistance” among reactionary populists.

Edwardson, Mickie. “James Lawrence Fly, the FBI, and Wiretapping.” Historian 61, no. 2 (Winter 1999). Discusses use of wiretaps in internal security cases involving Communists.

Garrow, David. “FBI Surveillance of the Civil Rights Movement, 1955-1970.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986. Judges that the FBI had about 1500 informants within the C.P. in 1962, about 17% of the C.P.’s paid membership.  FBI informants in the Socialist Workers party constituted about 11% of its membership.

Garrow, David J. “FBI Political Harassment and FBI Historiography: Analyzing Informants and Measuring the Effects.” The Public Historian 10, no. 4 (Fall 1988). Discusses what effects the FBI’s use of large numbers of informants had on dissident organizations.

Karmen, Andrew. “Agents Provocateurs in the Contemporary U.S. Leftist Movement.” In The Criminologist: Crime and the Criminal, edited by Charles E. Reasons. Pacific Palisades, CA: Goodyear Pub. Co., 1974.

Levine, Burton. “Professional Betrayers: The Secret World Of Political Spies.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1995. On the inherent evil of government recruiting or infiltrating of informants into Communist, Marxist, revolutionary, radical, or antiwar groups.

Marro, Anthony. “FBI Break-in Policy.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

Marx, Gary T. “Thoughts on a Neglected Category of Social Movement Participant: The Agent Provocateur and Informant.” American Journal of Sociology 80 (September 1971).

Swearingen, M. Wesley. FBI Secrets an Agents Exposé. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1995.

Theoharis, Athan. “FBI Wiretapping: A Case Study of Bureaucratic Autonomy.” Political Science Quarterly 107, no. 1 (Spring 1992).

Theoharis, Athan G., and Elizabeth Meyer. “The ‘National Security’ Justification for Electronic Eavesdropping: An Elusive Exception.” Wayne Law Review, Spring 1968.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. The National Security Electronic Surveillance Card File and the Surreptitious Entries File. Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1988. Four microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Theoharis, Athan G. “Misleading the Presidents: Thirty Years of Wiretapping.” Nation, 14 June 1971. Suggests that presidential authorization for internal security wiretaps was based on Hoover’s manipulation of every President from FDR onward.

Travis, Dempsey. J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI Wired the Nation. Chicago: Urban Research Press, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

The FBI, Journalists and Public Relations

 

Alwood, Edward. “Watching the Watchdogs: FBI Spying on Journalists in the 1940s.” Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly 84 (Spring 2007).

Berlet, Chip. “Journalists & G-Men.” Chicago Reader, 2 June 1978. On FBI selective leaks to media.

Cecil, Matthew. “‘Press Every Angle’: FBI Public Relations and the ‘Smear Campaign’ of 1958.” American Journalism 19, no. 1 (2002).

Clancy, Paul. “The Bureau and the Bureaus.” Quill, February 1976. On FBI selective leaks to media.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Reading His Own Publicity: The Influence of Public Relations on the FBI Program.” Mass Communications Review 4 (Fall 1977).

Powers, Richard Gid. “The G-Man and the Attorney General: Hollywood’s Role in Hoover’s Rise to Power.” Southwest Review 62 (Autumn 1977).

Powers, Richard Gid. “J. Edgar Hoover and the Detective Hero.” Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Winter 1975-76).

Powers, Richard Gid. “One G-Man’s Family: Popular Culture Formulas and J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI.” American Quarterly 33 (Fall 1978).

Powers, Richard Gid. “Reading His Own Publicity: The Influence of Public Relations on the FBI Program.” Mass Communications Review 4 (Fall 1977).

****************************************************************

 

FBI Records

 

Charns, Alexander, ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1991. Microfilm.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. The Official and Confidential File of FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources, 1988. Six microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Hoover, J. Edgar. “The Confidential Nature of FBI Reports.” Syracuse Law Review 8 (1956-57).

Naison, Mark, ed. “Pt. 2. The Communist Party.” In Department of Justice Investigative Files. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1989. 43 microfilm reels.

Sibley, Katherine A. S. “Reading Between the Redactions: FBI Files on American Communism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files the “Do not File” File. Frederick. MD: University Publications of America, 1989. Two microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files.  The Louis Nichols Official and Confidential File and the Clyde Tolson Personal File [Microform]. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1990. Twelve microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. Edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1990. Seventeen microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Theoharis, Athan G., ed. From the Secret Files of J. Edgar Hoover. Chicago: I.R. Dee, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

J. Edgar Hoover

 

Ackerman, Kenneth D. Young J. Edgar: Hoover, the Red Scare, and the Assault on Civil Liberties, New York: Carroll & Graf, 2007.

Coben, Stanley. “J. Edgar Hoover.” Journal of Social History 34, no. 3 (2001). Review-essay of books on the FBI and Hoover by Powers, Theoharis, Cox, Gentry, and Garrow.

DeLoach, Cartha. Hoover’s FBI: The Inside Story by Hoover’s Trusted Lieutenant. Washington, DC Lanham, MD: Regnery Pub., 1995.

Donner, Frank J. “Hoover’s Legacy: A Nationwide System of Political Surveillance Based on the Spurious Authority of a Press Release.” Nation, 1 June 1974. Charges that Hoover created a police state that terrorized and oppressed America based on distorting presidential authorizations.

Dumm, Thomas L. “The Trial of J. Edgar Hoover.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Gentry, Curt. J. Edgar Hoover: The Man and the Secrets. New York: Norton, 1991.

Gibson, Dirk C. “Neither God Nor Devil: A Rhetorical Perspective on the Political Myths of J. Edgar Hoover.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1983.

Horowitz, Irving Louis. “Reactionary Immorality: The Private Life in Public Testimony of John Edgar Hoover.” Catalyst, no. 5 (1970). Asserts that Hoover was a reactionary who abused the authority given by Congress and who pursued Communists with more enthusiasm than he showed in pursuing right-wing extremists.

Kiel, R. Andrew. J. Edgar Hoover: The Father of the Cold War: How His Obsession with Communism Led to the Warren Commission Coverup and Escalation of the Vietnam War. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2000.

Meroney, John. “Hoover Dismayed by McCarthy’s Methods.” San Francisco Chronicle, 12 March 2006.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “Herbert Hoover and the FBI.” Annals of Iowa 47 (Summer 1983): 46-63.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Before the FBI: Hoover’s First Cases.” In Laws of Our Fathers: Popular Culture and the U.S. Constitution, edited by Ray B. Browne and Glenn J. Browne. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green State University, 1986.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Constitutional Aspects of the Career of J. Edgar Hoover.” Journal of the American Studies Association of Korea 19 (January 1988).

Powers, Richard Gid. “J. Edgar Hoover and the Detective Hero.” Journal of Popular Culture 9 (Winter 1975-76).

Powers, Richard Gid. “One G-Man’s Family: Popular Culture Formulas and J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI.” American Quarterly 33 (Fall 1978).

Powers, Richard Gid. “The G-Man and the Attorney General: Hollywood’s Role in Hoover’s Rise to Power.” Southwest Review 62 (Autumn 1977).

Powers, Richard Gid. Secrecy and Power: The Life of J. Edgar Hoover. New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan, 1987. Thorough scholarly biography.  Maintains that Hoover is best understood as a bureaucrat.

Sullivan, William C., and Bill Brown. The Bureau: My Thirty Years in Hoover’s FBI. New York: Norton, 1979. Sullivan was a long-time leading FBI official.

Summers, Anthony. Official and Confidential: The Secret Life of J. Edgar Hoover. New York, NY: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1993.

Theoharis, Athan G., and John Stuart Cox. The Boss: J. Edgar Hoover and the Great American Inquisition. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988. Nightmarish picture of the FBI as a powerful political secret police that lawlessly and without rational justification persecuted the Left and other idealists and in the process destroying civil liberties and the constitution.  States: “Hoover had more to do with undermining American constitutional guarantees than any political leader before or since.”

Theoharis, Athan G. J. Edgar Hoover, Sex, and Crime: An Historical Antidote. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1995. Find reports of Hoover‘s homosexuality incredible, “if he was a practicing homosexual, he would also have taken whatever safeguards were needed to ensure that such a dark secret would go with him to his grave.”

****************************************************************

 

Military and Intelligence Agencies in Domestic Security

 

Berman, Jerry J., and Morton H. Halperin, eds. The Abuses of the Intelligence Agencies. Washington, DC: Center for National Security Studies, 1975.

Boehm, Randolph, and Robert Lester, eds. U.S. Military Intelligence Reports Surveillance of Radicals in the United States, 1917-1941. Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1984. Thirty-four microfilm reels of selected military intelligence files.

Dorwart, Jeffery M. Conflict of Duty: The U.S. Navy’s Intelligence Dilemma, 1919-1945. Annapolis, MD: Naval Institute Press, 1983. Discusses Office of Naval Intelligence involvement in anti-Communist domestic security.

Fox, John F., Jr. “Bureaucratic Wrangling Over Counterintelligence, 1917-18.” Studies in Intelligence 49, no. 1 (2005).

Halperin, Morton H. The Lawless State: The Crimes of the U.S. Intelligence Agencies. New York: Penguin Books, 1976.

Jensen, Joan M. Army Surveillance in America, 1775-1980. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1991.

Talbert, Roy. Negative Intelligence: The Army and the American Left, 1917-1941. Jackson, MS: University Press of Mississippi, 1991.

****************************************************************

 

Internal Security and the Sciences

 

Badash, Lawrence. “Science and McCarthyism.” Minerva: A Review of Science, Learning and Policy [Netherlands] 38, no. 1 (2000). 53-80. Argues that McCarthyism solidified scientists and advance science in the U.S. by creating a political awareness within the scientific community and fostering an increased sense of social responsibility.

Biddle, Wayne. “AAAS’s Very Own Red Scare.” Science, no. 260 (23 April 1993). Discusses suspicions that the American Association for the Advancement of Science was Communist-influence.

England, J. Merton. A Cold War Thaw on the Home Front? The End of the National Science Foundation’s Loyalty Affidavit. Occasional Papers. Washington, DC: Society for History in the Federal Government, 1999.

Fisher, Donald C. “J. Edgar Hoover’s Concept of Academic Freedom and Its Impact on Scientists During the McCarthy Era, 1950-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1986.

Gellhorn, Walter. Security, Loyalty, and Science. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1950.

Hunter, Allen. “Social Scientific Silence About the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Kuznick, Peter J. Beyond the Laboratory: Scientists as Political Activists in 1930s America. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

Lassman, Thomas C. “Government Science in Postwar America: Henry A. Wallace, Edward U. Condon, and the Transformation of the National Bureau of Standards, 1945-1951.” Isis, no. 96 (March 2005).

Needell, Allan A. Science, Cold War and the American State: Lloyd V. Berkner and the Balance of Professional Ideals. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Harwood Academic Publishers, 2000.

Schwartz, Theodore B. “Two Against McCarthyism: Me and John P. Peters.” Perspectives in Biology and Medicine 44, no. 3 (2001).

Strickland, Donald A. Scientists in Politics: The Atomic Scientists Movement, 1945-46. [Lafayette, Ind.]: Purdue University Studies, 1968.

Wang, Jessica. American Science in an Age of Anxiety: Scientists, Anticommunism, and the Cold War. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 1999. Highly critical of opposition to communism.

Wang, Jessica. “American Science in an Age of Anxiety: Scientists, Civil Liberties, and the Cold War, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1995.

Wang, Jessica. “Edward Condon and the Cold War Politics of Loyalty.” Physics Today, December 2001, 35-41.

Wang, Jessica. “Liberals, the Progressive Left, and the Political Economy of Postwar American Science: The National Science Foundation Debate Revisited.” Historical Studies in the Physical and Biological Sciences 26, no. 1 (1995). Opposition to communism constricted scientific liberalism.

Wang, Jessica. “McCarthy and the Scientists.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

****************************************************************

 

Roger Baldwin, the ACLU, and Civil Liberties

 

Baldwin, Roger. “Recollections of a Life in Civil Liberties -- II: Russia, Communism, and United Fronts, 1920-1940.” Civil Liberties Review 2, no. 4 (1975). Memoir by leading ACLU figure stressing his painful experiences when cooperating with Communists.

Cottrell, Robert C. Roger Nash Baldwin and the American Civil Liberties Union. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000. Discusses Baldwin’s shifting views toward communism.

Kersch, Ken I. “‘Guilt by Association’ and the Postwar Civil Libertarians.” Social Philosophy and Policy 25 (2008).

Kutulas, Judy. “Pretty Darn Chic: The American Civil Liberties Union in the 1930s.” Mid-America 83, no. 3 (2001).

Kutulas, Judy. “A Little Too Conciliatory: The ACLU and Communism During the McCarthy Era.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Kutulas, Judy. The American Civil Liberties Union and the Making of Modern Liberalism, 1930-1960. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 2006.

Lamont, Corliss, ed. The Trial of Elizabeth Gurley Flynn by the American Civil Liberties Union. New York: Horizon Press, 1968. Deals with Flynn’s expulsion from the ACLU.

Law and Labor. “American Civil Liberties Union and Communist Activity.” Law and Labor 13 (February 1931).

Lynch, Shawn Michael. “In Defense of True Americanism’: The Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts and Radical Free Speech, 1915–1945.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 2006.

Milner, Lucille Bernheimer. Education of an American Liberal: An Autobiography. New York: Horizon Press, 1954. Milner was prominent in the ACLU in its early years.

Post, Douglas Colin. “Partisanship Within the American Civil Liberties Union: The Board of Directors, the Struggle with Anti-Communism, and Elizabeth Gurley Flynn, 1938-1940.” Master’s thesis. University of Richmond, 1996. See Flynn’s removal from ACLU leadership due to her Communist stance as a denial of fundamental civil liberties.

Rostron, Allen. “Inside the ACLU: Activism and Anti-Communism in the Late 1960s.” New England Law Review 33, no. 2 (Winter 1999).

Walker, Samuel. The American Civil Liberties Union: An Annotated Bibliography. New York: Garland Pub., 1992.

Walker, Samuel. In Defense of American Liberties: A History of the ACLU. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 32

Historiography

 

Ahonen, Kimmo. “Anticommunism in the United States in the 1950s: Post-Cold War Interpretations.” In Power and Culture: Hegemony, Interaction and Dissent, edited by Ausma Cimdina and Jonathan Osmond. Pisa, Italy: Pisa University Press, 2006. Http://www.cliohres.net/books/2/08_Ahonen.pdf.

Alterman, Eric. “I Spy With One Little Eye.” Nation, 29 April 1996. Condemns accounts of Communist espionage as “ideological hucksterism” and “right-wing campaigns to smear and destroy.”  Criticizes writings of Breindel, Andrew, Gordievsky, Klehr, Radosh, Weinstein, Sudoplatov and the Schecters. Argues that claims of Communist espionage citing the Venona documents are “based on either a careless or a deliberately malicious reading.”

Alterman, Eric. “A Cold War Over the Cold War?” Nation, 15 February 1999. Discusses Yale University’s Press’s Annals of Communism series. Condemns allowing historians critical of communism to author volumes.  Suggests sinister ties to right-wing foundations have corrupted the series.

Aronson, Ronald. “Communism’s Posthumous Trial.” History and Theory 42, no. 2 (2003). Essay review of Courtois et al.’s The Black Book of Communism, Furet’s The Passing of an Illusion, Judt’s The Burden of Responsibility and others.

Beichman, Arnold. “Radicalism Revisionists.” Washington Times, 15 May 1994. Says that revisionists historians such as Robert Cohen have adopted the strategy of coupling a cool admission and passionless condemnation of the crimes of Stalin with an impassioned denunciation of anyone, such as James A. Wechsler, who actively opposed Stalinism at the time.

Bell, Robert A. “The Changing Voice of Left History: New Left Journals and Radical American History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Waterloo [Canada], 2000. Examines Studies on the Left, Radical History Review, and Radical America.

Blaser, Kent. “What Happened to New Left History? Part I: An Institutional Approach.” South Atlantic Quarterly 85 (Summer 1986). Surveys the development of radical historiography.  Judges that despite the success of individual radical historians, no central radical history paradigm has emerged.

Blaser, Kent. “What Happened to New Left History? Part II: Methodological Dilemmas.” South Atlantic Quarterly 86 (Summer 1987).

Breindel, Eric M. “The Communists & the Committees.” Commentary, January 1981. Critical comment on books and films depicting American Communists as romantic idealists.

Bronner, Ethan. “Witching Hour: Rethinking McCarthyism, If Not McCarthy.” New York Times, 18 October 1998. Discusses implications of new archival research on interpretations of post-WWII American anticommunism.

Brown, Michael E. “Issues in the Historiography of Communism: Part One: Some Principles of Critical Analysis.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 4 (Spring/Summer 1987). Asserts that history and sociology are one and the same discipline and questions the value of history not written from a sociologically correct theoretical perspective.  Says Draper’s Roots of American Communism is exemplary of an “attitude of desperation” and was written “to settle accounts” with the Communist movement of which he was once a part.  Asserts that Draper “has given no evidence” for his characterization of the Communist Party.  States that his criticism of Draper applies as well to the works of Howe, Coser, Starobin, and Bell.  Of their writings, Brown says “what they are as books and what their writing constitutes is not ‘knowledge’ of the topics in the usual sense of the term so much as material for the study of how certain claims to know everything that needs to be known about socialism and Communism were made plausible.”

Brown, Michael E. “Issues in the Historiography of Communism: Part Two: Some Principles of Critical Analysis.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 5 (Fall-Winter 1987). Condemns “orthodox” history (Draper and Klehr) for “its assumptions about the irreducible objectivity of institutions, the virtually exclusive role of elites in the deliberative process of society and its ensembles, the importance to the historical narrative of univocal decisions ... and the legitimacy of evaluating evidence by reference to the standard of direct observation and the testimony of witnesses.”   Cites Naison as an example of critical history that appreciates Communism as an aspect of a left social movement understood best through its “dialectic of unity and diversity, reconciliation and dispersion.”

Brown, Michael E. “Problems in Understanding the History of the CPUSA.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Brown, Michael E. “Introduction: The History of the History of U.S. Communism.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Denounces traditionalist historians such as Draper and Klehr as not really scholars.  Praises the “New Historians of American Communism” such as Isserman and Schrecker.

Brown, Michael E. The Historiography of Communism. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2009. Postmodernist theorizing.

Cherry, Robert. “Holocaust Historiography: The Role of the Cold War.” Science & Society 63, no. 4 (Winter 1999-2000).

Clark, Joseph. “Dreams and Nightmares.” Dissent, Summer 1978. Review essay criticizing positive appraisals of Communist Party history.

Cogan, Charles G. “In the Shadow of Venona.” Intelligence and National Security 12, no. 3 (July 1997). Essay review of Neville’s The Press, the Rosenbergs, and the Cold War and Haynes’s Red Scare or Red Menace.

Congdon, Lee. “Anti-Anti-Communism.” Academic Questions 1, no. 3 (Summer 1988). Historiographic essay critical of recent sympathetic treatments of American Communist history.  “Isserman hopes to persuade himself that the movement to which he belongs is not a destructive historical aberration, but the continuation and elaboration of a worthy tradition that binds him to a larger community, one that includes his ‘radical’ forebears, biological and spiritual.  By focusing on a radical tradition that purports to be independent of any concrete folly and evil, he and the other New Left historians dodge the question of responsibility for the crimes that Stalinists and Weathermen committed.”  Sees Schrecker and Steinberg “shifting attention from the Left’s active to its passive history, from what it did to what was done to it, the theme of victimization supplies a historical myth that unites rather than divided radical generations and camps.”  Argues: “despite the often acknowledged evils of historic communism, many American intellectuals ... retain a certain reverence for it” because Communism’s enmity toward Western civilization appeals to their nihilism toward Western culture.

Coulter, Ann. “We’ll Let You Know When You’re Being Censored.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 10 July 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. On academic blacklisting of scholars who hold anti-Communist views.

Dawson, Nelson L. “Unequal Justice: McCarthy and Hiss.” Midstream 27, no. 2 (1981). Compares the treatment of Alger Hiss and Joseph McCarthy in textbooks.  Finds bias in favor of Hiss and a tendency to treat Communism as a benign political movement without dangers to a democratic society.

Dowd, Douglas F. “Making History from the Left.” Maryland Historian 12, no. 2 (Fall 1981).

Dudek, Petr. “Marxism Revisited.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Edwards, Lee. “Still Bowing to the God That Failed.” Intercollegiate Review 40, no. 1 (Fall/Winter 2004). Survey of the tenacity of pro-Soviet and pro-Communist apologetics among establishment media and academic figures.

Eley, Geoff. “International Communism in the Heyday of Stalin.” New Left Review, no. 157 (January-February 1986). “The pull towards social history can sometimes diminish the significance of formal communist affiliations, leading in extreme cases (mainly in the literature of the CPUSA) to a history of communism with the Communism left out.”

Fetter, Henry D. “Victory Into Defeat: The Cold War on the Reference Shelf.” Heterodoxy 8, no. 3&4 (June/July 2000). Reviews standard academic reference works and concludes that most treat the U.S. as the chief aggressor in the Cold War and that the principal evil was opposition to communism.

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “What is the C/case? C/communism/s, Communist/s, Anti-C/communism/ist/s, and the ‘C/capitalization Question’.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008).

Fine, Gary Alan. “The Construction of Historical Equivalence: Weighing the Red and Brown Scares.” Symbolic Interaction 30, no. 1 (Winter 2007).

Fishman, Nina. The British Communist Party and the Trade Unions, 1933-45. Aldershot, Hants, England Brookfield, VT, USA: Scolar Press, 1995. Treats Stalinism and the Comintern as unimportant to CPGB history, aligns herself with American revisionism in opposition to Theodore Draper and Harvey Klehr and expressed the “hope of contributing to a revisionist approach to British Communism”

Fried, Richard M. “Communism and Anti-Communism: A Review-Essay.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 63, no. 4 (Summer 1980). Review-essay of Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, Caute’s The Great Fear, McAuliffe’s Crisis on the Left, Crosby’s God, Church, and Flag, and Weinstein’s Perjury.

Funderburk, David B. If the Blind Lead the Blind: The Scandal Regarding the Mis-Teaching of Communism in American Universities. Pamphlet. Erwin, N.C.: Carolina Arts and Pub. House, 1978.

Gelernter, David. “Hard Times for History.” Weekly Standard, 16 September 1996, 33-36. Notes hostile treatment of opposition to communism by leading historians.

Goldfield, Michael. “Recent Historiography of the Communist Party U.S.A.” In The Year Left: An American Socialist Yearbook, Vol. 1, edited by Mike Davis, Fred Pfeil, and Michael Sprinker. London, U.K.: Verso, 1985. Highly critical of recent historiography of the CPUSA.  Discusses the historical writings of Philip Jaffe, Harvey Klehr, Joseph Starobin, Roger Keeran, Mark Naison, Maurice Isserman, Theodore Draper, Martin Glauberman, Nelson Lichtenstein, Bert Cochran, William Z. Foster, and James P. Cannon.

Goode, Stephen. “We Told You So.” Insight Magazine 13, no. 37 (6-13 October 1997). On writings based on newly opened Soviet archives.

Gosse, Van, ed. “Thirty Years of Radical History: The Long March.” Radical History Review, no. 79 (Winter 2001). Special issue devoted to and celebrating the increasing influence and domination of American historical studies by radical historians and their left-liberal allies.

Gray-Rosendale, Laura, and Steven Rosendale, eds. Radical Relevance: Toward a Scholarship of the Whole Left. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2005. Includes: Toward a Scholarship of the “Whole Left”, Steven Rosendale; Black Nationalist Identity and Internationalist Class Unity: The Political and Cultural Legacy of Marxism, Alan Wald; Race, Class, and Communism: The Young Ralph Ellison and the “Whole Left” Barbara Foley; Toward a Political Economy of Rhetoric (or a Rhetoric of Political Economy), Victor Villanueva; The Left Side of the Circle: American Indians and Progressive Politics, Scott Richard Lyons; Reconciling Red and Green, Michael Bennett; A Monstrous Emerge-agency: Cripping the “Whole Left”, Brenda Jo Brueggemann, Wendy L. Chrisman, Marian E. Lupo; What the Left Left Out, Derek Owens; Globalizing Dissent and Radicalizing Democracy: Politics, Pedagogy, and the Responsibility of Critical Intellectuals, Henry A. Giroux; Toward a Contemporary Philosophy of Praxis, Noah De Lissovoy, Peter McLaren; Global/Local Labor Politics and the Promise of Service Learning, Wendy S. Hesford; Between School and Work: Classroom and Class, Evan Watkins; Another World Is Possible, Mark Wood; Feminism(s) and the Left: A Discussion with Linda Martín Alcoff, Laura Gray-Rosendale.

Green, James. “Working-Class History in the 1940’s: A Bibliographical Essay.” Radical America, no. 9 (1976).

Griffith, Robert. “Truman and the Historians: The Reconstruction of Postwar American History.” Wisconsin Magazine of History, Autumn 1975.

Griffith, Robert. “The Cultural Turn in Cold War Studies.” Reviews in American History 29, no. 1 (2001). Essay-review of scholarly approaches to the Cold War.

Handlin, Oscar. The Distortion of America. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1996.

Harper, Alan D. “The Anti-Red Decade Remembered.” Reviews in American History 7, no. 1 (1979). Review-essay discussing Belknap’s Cold War Political Justice, Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, and McAuliffe’s Crisis on the Left.

Harper, Samuel N. “A Communist View of Historical Studies.” Journal of Modern History 1, no. 1 (March 1929).

Haupt, Georges. “Why the History of the Working Class Movement?” Review [U.K.] 2, no. 1 (Summer 1978).

Hawkins, William R. “The Communist Left Tries to Win the Cold War in Retrospect (and Beyond).” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 16 February 2006. Critical review of New York University’s Center for the Study of the Impact of the Cold War on the United States. <http://www.frontpagemag.com/>

Heale, Michael J. “Beyond the ‘Age of McCarthy’: Anticommunism and the Historians.” In The State of U.S. History, edited by Melvyn Stokes, 131-53. New York: Berg, 2002. Warns scholars that any “who took an unsympathetic view of American communism risked being labeled neoconservative.”

Hopkins, Michael F. “Continuing Debate and New Approaches in Cold War History.” The Historical Journal 50 (2007).

Jacobson, Julius. “Revising the History of Cold War Liberals.” New Politics 7, no. 4 (n.s.) (Winter 2000). Discusses the writings of Ellen Schrecker and Theodore Draper.

Jia, Qingjun. “Meiguo Gongyunshi Yanjiu Zhong de Zheng Tong Pai Yu Xiuzheng Pai [The Orthodox School and the Revisionist School in the Studies of the Communist Movement in America].” Shixue Yuekan (Journal of Historical Science) [China] 2 (2003).

Johnson, K.C. “The Bankruptcy of Cold War ‘Revisionism.’” NAS Online Forum, 27 July 2004. Critique of Schrecker’s Cold War Triumphalism.

Joravsky, David. “Communism in Historical Perspective.” American Historical Review 99, no. 3 (June 1994): 837-57. Attacks historical accounts critical of communism.

Kazin, Michael. “The Historian as Populist.” New York Review of Books 25, no. 8 (12 May 1988). Essay-review of Herbert G. Gutman’s Power and Culture.  Notes Gutman’s membership in the C.P. while at Queens College in the late 1940s, Eugene Genovese’s contemporaneous expulsion from the Brooklyn College C.P., and E.P. Thompson break with the British C.P. in the mid-1950s.

Kazin, Michael. “The Agony and Romance of the American Left.” American Historical Review 100, no. 5 (December 1995). Review-essay on the historical treatment of the Marxian left in the U.S.  “Perhaps sometime in the twenty-first century, discussions of American Communism will sound, in measured tone and requisite qualification, more like current ones about the Whig Party or New Deal liberalism.  But then the remarkable passion that Daniel Bell and nearly all subsequent interpreters have brought to the subject--which has taught us more about ordinary Communists during the Depression and World War II than about either Democrats or Republicans in the same era--will surely be gone.”

Kelly, John. “The Cold War Never Happened or How Not to Write Industrial Relations History.” Historical Studies in Industrial Relations [U.K., no. 8 (Autumn 1999). Blames opposition to communism for the “conservative, pluralistic ideology” of the field of Industrial Relations, the conservatism of the labor movement, and the regrettable “hegemony of anti-Marxist ideas” in American universities.

Kirkendall, Richard Stewart, ed. The Truman Period as a Research Field. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1967.

Kirkendall, Richard Stewart, ed. The Truman Period as a Research Field: A Reappraisal, 1972. [Columbia]: University of Missouri Press, 1974.

Knight, Amy. “The Selling of the KGB.” Wilson Quarterly 24, no. 1 (Winter 2000). Condemns as unreliable: Andrew and Mitrokhin’s The Sword and the Shield, Andrew and Gordievsky’s KGB, Costello and Tsarev’s Deadly Illusions, Sudoplatov and Schrecters’ Special Tasks, Weinstein and Vassiliev’s The Haunted Wood, and West and Tsarev’s The Crown Jewels and without evidence bizarrely suggests as the books are the fruit of Russian intelligence service disinformation.

Lapitsky, Mark. “Soviet Historiography of the American Labor Movement in the 1980s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 1989.

Lasch, Christopher. “UnAmerican Activities.” New York Review of Books 7 (6 October 1966). Review essay prompted by Latham’s The Communist Controversy.

Laksin, Jacob. “Ellen Schrecker’s McCarthyite Crusade.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 16 February 2006. Critical review of Schrecker’s approach to anticommunism. <http://www.frontpagemag.com/>

Ledeen, Michael. “Leftist Liars and Ideological Suicide.” American Spectator, October 1991. Discusses the end of the Marxist hegemony over Italian intellectual life begun by the 1975 publication of Renzo De Filice’s Interview on Fascism, suggesting the “shrillness of tone and silliness of content” of the American left’s rewriting of Cold War history to account for the collapse of Soviet Communism presages a similar intellectual disintegration.

Lemisch, Jesse. On Active Service in War and Peace: Politics and Ideology in the American Historical Profession. Toronto: New Hogtown Press, 1975. “This essay was originally entitled ‘Present-mindedness revisited: anti-radicalism as a goal of American historical writing since World War II.”

Levinson, Mark. “Reds Without Politics.” Dissent, Fall 1984.

Maddox, Robert J. “Give Me That Old Time Revisionism.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003).  On the continued influence of pro-Soviet and pro-Communist revisionist history.

Maddox, Robert James. The New Left and the Origins of the Cold War. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1973.  On revisionist accounts of the Cold War.

Maddox, Robert James. “A Visit to Cloudland: Cold War Revisionism in College Texts.” Continuity 20 (Spring 1996).

Markowitz, Norman. “McCarthyism in the Academy (Online Edition).” Political Affairs. Date of publication unclear, 200?.  <http://politicalaffairs.net/article/articleview/252/1/32>

MARHO. “A Draft Statement of Principles, Mid-Atlantic Radical Historians Organization, 1974.” Journal of American History 76, no. 2 (September 1989): 487-88.

Marshall, Joshua Micah. “Exhuming McCarthy.” American Prospect, March-April 1999, 56-60. Excoriates David Horowitz, Ronald Radosh, Harvey Klehr, John Earl Haynes and others for their historical writings, judging that it gives aid and comfort to conservatism.

Mayfield, David. “What is the Significant Context of Communism? A Review of the University of Michigan Conference on International Communism, 14–15 November 1986.” Social History 13 (October 1988). Influenced by reaction against Cold War views on Communism as Soviet conspiracy and accommodation to the climate of Eurocommunism newer historians lost sight of “the international dimensions of Communist experience … The clearest manifestation of this blind spot in the literature is the near absence of the Comintern as a crucial ideological presence and focal point for Communist loyalties.”

McCarthy, Timothy Patrick. “Protest Nation: Documenting the American Radical Tradition.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

Miller, John J. “The Annals of Jonathan Brent.” National Review, 22 May 2006. On the creator of Yale University Press’s Annals of Communism series and the incongruity of his also holding the position of Visiting Alger Hiss Professor of History and Literature at Bard College.

Muravchik, Joshua. “Seeing Red.” National Interest, Fall 1996. Essay-review of Haynes’ Red Scare, Klehr and Radosh’s The Amerasia Spy Case, and Powers’ Not Without Honor: “are reopening the story of American communism and its enemies.  Together their recent books will help readers who want to cut through the myth and proscription to understand the McCarthy episode, as well as the larger story of the combat involving American communists, anti-communists, and anti-anti-communists.”

Muravchik, Joshua. “Reds.” Commentary, September 1999. Discusses recent writings on the CPUSA, espionage, the Kazan controversy, McCarthyism, and red-diaper babies. “Ten years after the fall of the Berlin Wall, the cold war, it would appear, is still alive on the home front.... If we cannot get straight the rights and wrongs of the struggle between Communism and anti-Communism, itself perhaps the greatest moral struggle of this century, then it is hard to see what other issues we will ever be able to address intelligently.”

Nelson, Anna Kasten. “Illuminating the Twilight Struggle: New Interpretations of the Cold War.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 25 June 1999, B. 5. Essay-review harshly condemning Weinstein and Vassiliev’s The Haunted Wood, Haynes and Klehr’s Venona, Fursenko and Naftali’s “One Hell of a Gamble,” and Gaddis’s Now We Know.  Declares the Cold War no longer of historical interest: “it is time to move on.”

Parrish, Michael E. “Review Essay: Soviet Espionage and the Cold War.” Diplomatic History 25, no. 1 (Winter 2001): 105-20. Essay review dismissing Klehr, Haynes and Firsov, The Secret World; Klehr, Haynes, and Anderson, The Soviet World; Haynes and Klehr, Venona; Benson and Warner, Venona; Weinstein and Vassiliev, The Haunted Wood; Ryan, Earl Browder, Albright and Kunstel, Bombshell; and Morgan, A Covert Life.  Looks back on the Cold War with nostalgia, saying the USSR was able to counterbalance a dangerous America and suggests that those who spied for the USSR aided peace.

Perlstein, Rick. “A Look at the Architects of America’s Red Scare.” New York Times, 20 August 2001. On the opening of HCUA files and the need to document the crimes of anticommunism to offset the damage done to the Left by the release of the Venona documents.

Pratt, William. “Workers, Unions, and Historians on the Northern Plains.” Great Plains Quarterly 16 (Fall 1996).

Pratt, William C. “Adventures and Dilemmas of a Grassroots Historian.” South Dakota History 21 (Summer 1991). Describes his successes and frustrations in grassroots research of farm radicalism, socialism, and communism in the rural Northern Great Plains; notes visits to rural cemeteries to get photographs of tombstones in order to gain access to FOIA FBI files.

Puddington, Arch. “Good Times: Fear & Loathing of Cold War America.” Heterodoxy 7, no. 1 (February 1999). “The controversy over the Cold War’s domestic implications rages even as the debate over Communism’s merits has been laid to rest.  In a recent episode that bordered on the bizarre, the New York Times published an editorial which could easily be interpreted as a rebuttal to an article by one of its own reporters, in which it was suggested that anti-Communists may have gotten things partially right when the accused American Communists of engaging in widespread espionage for the Soviet Union.”

Radosh, Ronald. “An Interview with Eugene Genovese: The Rise of a Marxist Historian.” Change 10, no. 10 (1978). Genovese, the first Marxist president of the Organization of American Historians, discusses Marxism and his membership in the Communist youth movement.

Ribuffo, Leo. “Moralism, Morality and Cold War Triumphalism: Reflections on Reinhold Niebuhr, William Appleman Williams, and John Lewis Gaddis.” Paper presented at “Cold War Triumphalism” conference. New York University, 2002.

Ribuffo, Leo P. “The Complexity of American Communism.” In Right Center Left: Essays in American History, by Leo P. Ribuffo. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992. “By the mid-1980s the academic consensus on American Communism had yielded to a multifaceted debate.  On all sides, interpretations of this old radicalism seemed inseparable from evaluations of the new radicalism of the 1960s.  Even within the left, younger scholars usually judged Communism more generously than their elders.”

Ribuffo, Leo P. “Why Is There So Much Conservatism in the United States and Why Do So Few Historians Know Anything About It?” American Historical Review 80, no. 4 (March 1994). “Even more significant is the kind of Left that has become institutionally dominant (‘hegemonic‘?) in American history and American studies.  This Left bears less resemblance to the young old leftists of the late 1950s and early 1960s, whose books still help us to interpret conservatism, than to the Popular Front intellectuals of the 1930s, who fought hard against the Right without understanding it.  Indeed, three aspects of the Popular Front sensibility are again prevalent: an obliviousness to the unanticipated consequences of human actions (what vital center liberals called a sense of irony), an irrepressible faith in progress that finds a silver lining in every defeat, and a reflexive celebration of groups deemed ‘progressive.’  Despite complaints to the contrary, there is a standard ‘synthesis‘ of American history that can be inferred from prominent monographs, journal articles, and convention sessions.  In these venues, not only are groups celebrated when they play a ‘progressive‘ role, but they also tend to disappear when they don‘t.  for example, young white ethnic workers, whose lives during the Depression are studied in loving detail, drop from view in accounts of the ‘fifties‘ (when many of them abandoned colorful neighborhoods for bland suburbs) and return only in their late middle age as a backlash backdrop for the student radicals of the ‘sixties.‘ Conservative and Far Right movements do not fit easily into this de facto synthesis.”

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Oral History and the Old Left.” International Labor and Working Class History 24 (1983). Biography.

Rusher, William A. “The Vindication of American Anti-Communism.” Orbis, Fall 1996. Argues that dominance of the “anti-anti-Communist” historical interpretation has been called into question in the scholarly world by the opening of  Soviet archives and the declassification of Venona and that the weight of evidence is destroying the benign view of American communism and vindicating the policies of the postwar anti-Communist era.  Discusses Barron’s Operation Solo, Powers’ Not Without Honor, and Buckley & Bozell’s McCarthy and His Enemies.

Ryan, James. “Along the Ideological Frontier: The Limits of American Democracy, the Communist Party and the Need for Historiographical Synthesis.” In Frontiers and Boundaries in U.S. History, edited by Cornelis van Minnen and Sylvia L. Hilton. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: VU University Press, 2004.

Ryan, Thomas. “Academic Witch-Hunt.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 27 April 2005. On radical historian Ronnie Lieberman’s intolerance of other academics.

Saville, John. “The Radical Left Expects the Past to Do Its Duty.” Labor History 18, no. 2 (Spring 1977).

Schrecker, Ellen, ed. Cold War Triumphalism: The Misuse of History After the Fall of Communism. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton & Co., 2004. Essays by leftist and radical historians enraged at those who took satisfaction from the fall of communism and the victory of the West in the Cold War. Ellen Schrecker and Maurice Isserman on the VENONA Files; Leo P. Ribuffo on morality and the Cold War; Bruce Cumings on post-Cold War visions of the world; Nelson Lichtenstein on triumphalism and wishful liberals; Michael A. Bernstein on the American economy; Jessica Wang on the Internationalism and Unilateralism; Carolyn Eisenberg on the Berlin blockade and the early Cold War; Chalmers Johnson on the three Cold Wars; Corey Robin on 9/11 and the End of the Cold War; Marilyn Young on the legacy of Vietnam.

Storch, Randi. “Moscow’s Archives and the New History of the Communist Party of the United States.” Perspectives [American Historical Association, October 2000. Revisionist historian criticizes those who use “carefully selected documents” from Moscow’s archives to show Soviet domination of the CPUSA.

Stromberg, Roland N. “The Liberal Bias in Studies of Causes Célèbres.” Continuity, no. 11 (1987). Discusses the cases of Jean Calas, Dreyfus, Sacco-Vanzetti, Hiss-Chambers, and the Rosenbergs.  Argues that in the latter three cases “Russell, Weinstein, Radosh have shown that in fact there were (on the whole) no martyrs and no frame-ups.  The capitalists and the mob and the ‘provincial bigots’ were right, the intellectuals were wrong; the liberal bias was worse than the conservative.”

Strong, Bryan. “Historians and American Socialism, 1900-1920.” Science & Society 34, no. 4 (1970). Critical of the “conservative” historiography that was the scholarly expression of Cold War liberalism.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “The Red Scare.” New York Review of Books, 14 January 1999. Review essay of Schrecker’s Many Are the Crimes.

Thorpe, Andrew. “Comintern ‘Control’ of the Communist Party of Great Britain, 1920–43.” English Historical Review, no. 113 (1998). Caricatures older historians of the CPGB as asserting that every CPGB member robotically executed Comintern directives.  Sees the same situation in regard to American Communist history and suggests that he (and Maurice Isserman) are  “post-revisionist” and have transcended earlier traditionalist and revisionist approaches.

Thorpe, Andrew. The British Communist Party and Moscow, 1920-43. Manchester, U.K., New York, NY: Manchester University Press Distributed exclusively in the USA by St. Martin’s Press, 2000. Critical on non-political social history approaches to the CPGB: “it will simply not do to argue that we can take the politics out of history. Social and cultural history are important but merely to focus on what Communists did on the ground will not suffice to explain how power was negotiated and shared in the Communist movement.”  Dismissive traditionalists, British and American, such as Pelling, Draper, Klehr and Haynes, supports the benign view of the CPGB of  Morgan and Fishman that its politics were admirable and it was autonomous from Moscow.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The New History of American Communism.” Reviews in American History 11, no. 2 (June 1983). Review-essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Were You On?, Nelson’s Steve Nelson, Dyson’s Red Harvest, and Alexander’s The Right Opposition.

Weinstein, Allen. “The Symbolism of Subversion: Notes on Some Cold War Icons.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 6, no. 2 (1972). Discusses the intensely partisan nature of the literature on American communism and Soviet espionage.

Weisberg, Jacob. “Cold War Without End.” New York Times Sunday Magazine, 28 November 1999. Discusses the writing on American communism, anticommunism, and espionage by Herb Romerstein, Arthur Herman, Harvey Klehr, John Earl Haynes, Ellen Schrecker, Victor Navasky, William Buckley, Allen Weinstein, Maurice Isserman, Ron Radosh, and others.

Wilford, Hugh. “The Communist International and the American Communist Party.” In International Communism and the Communist International: 1919-1943, edited by Tim Rees and Andrew Thorpe, 225-33. Manchester [U.K.] & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1998. Praises the revisionist “new history” of American communism, condemns histories written from the view of “neo-orthodoxy” and then in a non-sequitur calls for “a synthesis of the two approaches.”

Wolfe, Tom. “In the Land of the Rococo Marxists.” Harper’s, June 2000. Critical of the dominant role of those sympathetic to communism in the academic world.

Zahavi, Gerald. “The ‘Trial’ of Lee Benson: Communism, White Chauvinism, and The Foundations of the ‘New Political History’ in the United States.” History and Theory 42, no. 3 (October 2003). Abstract: “Lee Benson was one of the first American political historians to suggest a “systematic” revision of traditional political history with its emphasis on narrow economic class analysis, narrative arguments, and over-reliance on qualitative research methodologies. This essay presents Benson’s contributions to the “new political history”an attempt to apply social-science methods, concepts, and theories to American political historyas a social, cultural, and political narrative of Cold War-era American history. Benson belonged to a generation of ex-Communist American historians and political scientists whose scholarship and intellectual projects flowed in part out of Marxist social and political debates, agendas, and paradigmatic frameworks, even as they rejected and revised them. The main focus of the essay is the genesis of Benson’s pioneering study of nineteenth-century New York state political culture, The Concept of Jacksonian Democracy, with its emphasis on intra-class versus inter-class conflict, sensitivity to ethnocultural determinants of political and social behavior, and reliance on explicit social-science theory and methodology. In what follows, I argue that The Concept of Jacksonian Democracy has its roots in Benson’s Popular Front Marxist beliefs, and his decade-long engagement and subsequent disenchantment with American left-wing politics. Benson’s growing alienation from Progressive historical paradigms and traditional Marxist analysis, and his attempts to formulate a neo-Marxism attentive to unique American class and political realities, are linked to his involvement with 1940s radical factional politics and his disturbing encounter with internal Communist party racial and ideological tensions in the late 1940s at Cornell University in Ithaca, New York.”

Zassourski, Yassen N. “The Russian View of the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

 

Individual Writers, Researchers and Historians

 

Arnold Beichman

 

Brooks, David. “The Happy Cold Warrior: The First 90 Years of Arnold Beichman.” Weekly Standard, 19 May 2003. ******************************************************************

 

Paul Buhle

 

Beichman, Arnold. “History Afflicted.” Washington Times, 26 January 2003. On Paul Buhle’s charge that Truman is “America’s Stalin” and the of the role of the ACCF in the Communism in American Life series.  Beichman, who was on the ACCF executive committee at the time, says that the ACCF’s offer to assist the series was declined.

Buhle, Paul. “Historians and American Communism: An Agenda.” International Labor and Working Class History 20 (Fall 1981).

Buhle, Paul. “Great Moments in Agitprop: The Kerr Company’s Red-Lit Revival.” Village Voice Literary Supplement 38 (September 1985).

Buhle, Paul. “An Encyclopedist’s Lot.” Nation, 9 April 1990. Discusses editing of The Encyclopedia of the American Left.

Buhle, Paul. “The CIA and the Righting of American History.” Radical Historians Newsletter, no. 82 (June 2000). Suggests secret and sinister CIA funding behind historical scholarship critical of the left.

Buhle, Paul. “Reflections of an Old New Leftist.” Radical History Review, no. 79 (Winter 2001): 81-84.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “Radical History.” New Criterion 20, no. 2 (June 2002): 17-23. Critique of essays on Communist secret work by Paul Buhle in the Encyclopedia of the American Left.  See: “Radical History”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “A Challenge to Paul Buhle.” History News Network [WWW], 14 January 2003.  Accused Buhle of distorting sources and making assertions without documentation.  See: “A Challenge to Paul Buhle”

Luker, Ralph. “Paul Buhle Strikes Out Again.” History News Network, 20 September 2004. Highly critical of the multiple factual errors in Buhle’s writings.

****************************************************************

 

Alan Campbell and John McIlroy

 

Campbell, Alan, and John McIlroy. “The Last Word on Communism.” Labour History Review 70, no. 1 (April 2005). Reply to Fishman and Thorpe.

Campbell, Alan. “British Communists and Russian Spies.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006.

Davis Mary, and John Foster. “Why Were They So Afraid of Communist Influence?” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Comment on McIlroy and Campbell’s “A Peripheral Vision”

Haynes, John Earl. “Frissions of Familiarity.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Comment on McIlroy and Campbell’s “A Peripheral Vision”

Laybourn, Keith. “A Comment on the Historiography of Communism in Britain.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Comment on McIlroy and Campbell’s “A Peripheral Vision”

McIlroy, John, and Alan Campbell. “‘Nina Ponomareva’s Hats’: The New Revisionism, the Communist International, and the Communist Party of Great Britain, 1920-1930.” Labour / Le Travail 49 (Spring 2002): 147-87. Notes similarity of patterns of Communist historiography in Britain, Canada and the U.S.

McIlroy, John, and Alan Campbell. “A Peripheral Vision: Communist Historiography in Britain.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Compares with American historiography.

McIlroy, John, and Alan Campbell. “Some Problems of Communist History.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Response to comments on “A Peripheral Vision.”

McIlroy, John, and Alan Campbell. “New Directions in International Communist Historiography.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 68, no. 1 (April 2003).

Palmer, Bryan. “Who ARE These Guys?!’ Politics, Passions, Peculiarities, and Polemics in the Historiography of British Communism.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Comment on McIlroy and Campbell’s “A Peripheral Vision”

Ryan, James. “The Subterranean World of British Communist Historiography.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Comment on McIlroy and Campbell’s “A Peripheral Vision”

****************************************************************

 

 

Theodore Draper

 

Buhle, Paul, Barrett, James R. Prickett, Rob Ruck, Norman Markowitz, Al Richmond, Naison, Mark, Roy Rosensweir, Gerstle, Murray Bookchin, and Theodore Draper. “Revisiting American Communism: An Exchange.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 13 (15 August 1985). A further exchange with Maurice Isserman on Sept. 26, 1985. 

Draper, Theodore. “Long Ago and Far Away.” Dissent 33, no. 3 (1986). Draper discusses his participation in the CPUSA.

Draper, Theodore. A Present of Things Past: Selected Essays. New York: Hill and Wang, 1990. Reprints journal essays: “American Communism Revisited,” “The ‘Class Struggle,’” and “The Mystery of Max Eitingon,” the latter with some revisions.

Draper, Theodore. “The American Communist Party, a Retrospective.” Society 40, no. 6 (September/October 2003). Discusses historiography and his own role in the CPUSA in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

 

Eric Foner

 

Diggins, John Patrick. “Fate and Freedom in History: The Two Worlds of Eric Foner.” National Interest 69 (Fall 2002). Argues that historical scholarship remains frozen and impervious to new ideas due to the tenacity of the post-1960s generation of New Leftist historians who refuse to rethink their ideas.  Discusses Eric Foner as an example of an “unabashed apologist for the Soviet system and an unforgiving historian of America.”

Draper, Theodore. “Freedom and Its Discontents.” New York Review of Books 46, no. 14 (23 September 1999): 59. Critical of Eric Foner’s portrayal of American communism as an admirable, heroic movement.

Foner, Eric. “Restructuring Yesterday’s News: The Russians Write a New History.” Harper’s, December 1990, 70-75, 78. Angry that younger Soviet citizens regard Jefferson’s political views as worthy of emulation and deplores the desire to open up the history of Stalin’s crimes.

Foner, Eric. “Lincoln’s Lesson.” Nation, 11 February 1991, 149, 164. Denounces the desire of the Latvia, Lithuania, and Estonia for independence from the USSR and calls on the Soviets to use force to crush the independence movement.

Foner, Eric. The Story of American Freedom. New York: W.W. Norton, 1998. While critical of most American political institutions, Foner praises the CPUSA.

Foner, Eric. “American Freedom in a Global Age.” American Historical Review 106, no. 1 (February 2001).

Foner, Eric. “11 September.” London Review of Books [U.K.] 23, n. 19 (4 October 2001). After the September 11th terrorist attack on the U.S., Foner said, “I’m not sure which is more frightening: the horror that engulfed New York City or the apocalyptic rhetoric emanating daily from the White House.”

Grenier, Richard. “Sometimes History is Written by the Losers.” Washington Times, 29 August 1994. Criticizes Walt Disney corporation for hiring radical historian Eric Foner as its chief historical consultant.

Grenier, Richard. “Mickey Marxism.” Heterodoxy 2, no. 11 (October 1994). Critical discussion of Eric Foner’s attitude toward American and Soviet communism.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Year of the Marxist Historians, Part I.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 10 April 2001. On Eric Foner’s attitudes toward communism and American democracy.

****************************************************************

 

Philip Foner

 

Dublin, Thomas. “Reveiw of The Factory Girls, Philip Foner, Ed.” Labor History 19, no. 4 (Fall 1978). Details several instance of Foner’s plagiarizing passages from other historians’ work in this volume.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “Give Us That Old Time Labor History: Philip S. Foner and the American Worker.” Labor History 26, no. 1 (1985). Charges Foner with egregiously sloppy scholarship and plagiarism.

McLemee, Scott. “Seeing Red.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 27 June 2003. Discusses Philip Foner’s radical history and charges of chronic plagiarism.

Morris, James S. “Philip Foner and the Writing of the Joe Hill Case: An Exchange.” Response by Philip S. Foner. Labor History 12, no. 1 (Winter 1971). Morris charges massive copy of passages of a work earlier written by him and provides more than twenty pages of copied passages.  Foner denies it.

****************************************************************

 

Richard Hofstadter

 

Baker, Susan Stout. “Out of the Engagement. Richard Hofstadter: The Genesis of a Historian.” Ph.D. diss. Case Western Reserve University, 1982. Discusses Hofstadter’s association with Communism.

Baker, Susan Stout. Radical Beginnings: Richard Hofstadter and the 1930s. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985.

Cesari, Lauren. “Richard Hofstadter.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986. Discusses the Marxist basis for Hofstadter’s consensus theory.  Finds that Hofstadter joined the C.P. in 1938 after the Moscow trials and left in 1939 before the Hitler-Stalin Pact.  Attributed Hofstadter’s break with the C.P. to his objection to the CPUSA’s relationship to Moscow; finds that Hofstadter came to see the C.P. and similar groups as political churches.

Collins, Robert M. “The Originality Trap: Richard Hofstadter on Populism.” Journal of American History 76, no. 1 (June 1989): 150-67. Discusses the influence of Hofstadter’s C.P. membership in the 1930s on his later historical interpretations.

Singal, Daniel Joseph. “Beyond Consensus: Richard Hofstadter and American Historiography.” American Historical Review 89, no. 4 (October 1984). Notes Hofstadter’s involvement with Communism and with intellectuals close to Partisan Review

****************************************************************

 

David Horowitz

 

Horowitz, David. “The End of Academic Marxism.” Second Thoughts 1, no. 3 (1990). Attacks position of Samuel Bowles that the disintegration of the Communist bloc does not vitiate past and will revitalize future Leftist scholarship.  “Consider other Leftist contributions to recent scholarship; the rehabilitation of the Communist apologists of Stalin in a veritable library of book and monographs on the Party and its fellow-travelling hacks; the rewriting of the domestic history of the postwar years to vindicate not the champions of containment and the market system (where is the leftist biography of Whittaker Chambers, the leftist discussion of Hayekian theory, the leftist appreciation of Sidney Hook and Harry Truman?), but the champions -- Gramsci, Lukacs, Marcuse, Robeson, Hellman, I.F. Stone -- of the god that failed.”

Horowitz, David. “Socialism: Guilty As Charged.” Commentary, December 1990. Critical of interpretations of Communism and Stalinism by Isaac Deutscher, Michael Harrington, and Daniel Singer.

****************************************************************

 

Maurice Isserman

 

Clark, Joseph. “Why Did They Stay?” Dissent 30, no. 2 (1983). Review essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Were You On?

Isserman, Maurice. “The Old and the New History of American Communism, a Comparison of Approach and Interpretation.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Isserman, Maurice. “Three Generations: Historians View American Communism.” Labor History 26, no. 4 (Fall 1985): 517-45. Detailed bibliographic essay; defends the nonpolitical, social history approach to Communist history; maintains the latter approach has superseded the “traditionalist” approach of the Fund for the Republic school, Draper, Howe, Coser, Klehr, Dyson, Haynes, and others.

Isserman, Maurice, and Staughton Lynd. “[Exchange].” Radical America 14 (July-August 1980). Exchange on the Communist Party and the concept of a usable past for radicals.

Isserman, Maurice. “Open Archives and Open Minds: ‘Traditionalists’ Versus ‘Revisionists’ After Venona.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Isserman, Maurice. “Open Archives and Open Minds: ‘Traditionalists’ Versus ‘Revisionists’ After Venona.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). With “Rejoinder” to Klehr’s “Reflections of a Traditionalist Historian.”

****************************************************************

 

Harvey Klehr and John Earl Haynes

 

Barrett, James R. “Review of The Secret World of American Communism.” Journal of American History 82, no. 4 (March 1996): 1525-37.

Buhle, Paul. “Spies Everywhere.” Radical History Review, no. 67 (Winter 1997): 187-98. Harshly critical.  Ridicules notion that the CPUSA had any significant role in espionage.

Fulford, Robert. “Communism’s True Believers Won’t Give Up.” National Post [Canada], 3 January 2004. Discuses Haynes and Klehr’s In Denial and the reluctance of a section of the Western intelligentsia to confront the crimes of communism.

Gershman, Jacob. “Historians ‘In Denial’ About Book.” New York Sun, 5 January 2004. Quotes reaction, generally dismissive, of historians critiqued in Haynes and Klehr’s In Denial.

Gerstle, Gary L. “Mission From Moscow: American Communism in the 1930s.” Reviews in American History 12, no. 4 (December 1984). Review-essay critical of Klehr’s Heyday of American Communism.

Glazov, Jamie, Harvey Klehr, and John Earl Haynes. “Frontpage Interview: In Denial.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 25 November 2003. Klehr: “One of the scandals of American higher education is that there are more than a few academics who are the equivalent of Holocaust deniers- they defend Joseph Stalin, they defend mass murder and they ignore or distort clear historical evidence.  And they teach at respected institutions of higher learning where their faculty colleagues politely ignore their views instead of treating them as the moral pariahs they should be.  Just imagine the uproar if any American college or university harbored a historian who misused documentary evidence to support his thesis that the victims of Nazism had been vastly overcounted or that the wonderful achievements of Hitlerism should not be overlooked.”  Haynes: “Real historians, not being slaves to a vision of the future, are free to understand the past.  Historians as historians are not prophets and are not soldiers in a struggle to shape the future.  Historians should be looking to the past and, to the extent they can, intellectually living in the past in order to understand it.  Karl Marx once wrote, “philosophers have only interpreted the world in various ways; the point is to change it.”  Too many academics have adopted that stance, making their interpretation of the world subordinate to their vision of the future. In doing so, they have abandoned scholarship.  Looking to the future and shaping it is an important task, but it is not the historian’s task.  Because they have made their scholarship a slave to a particular ideological vision of the future, some of the reigning figures of the current historical establishment are likely to be regarded as embarrassments or figures of ridicule within a generation.”  See: “Frontpage Interview”

Glotzer, Albert. “The Comintern’s U.S. Legion -- Stalin’s American Division.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counter-Intelligence 9, no. 1 (Spring 1996). Essay-review and commentary on Klehr, Haynes and Firsov, The Secret World of American Communism.

Gordon, Max. “U.S. Popular Front Communism: Successes in the 1930s.” Jewish Currents, December 1985. Essay-review of Klehr’s Heyday of American Communism by a former senior party cadre.

Haynes, John E. “The Academy and the Loathing of America.” American Experiment Quarterly 6, no. 2 (Summer 2003): 25-26.

Haynes, John Earl. “Following the Evidence.” Paper presented at National Association of Scholars. Washington, DC, 1996. On the reaction of historians to documents from Moscow’s archives and Venona.  Describes the denial by prominent voices among academic historians that these documents change the history of American communism and anticommunism as part of the drift of the historical profession toward a “third rate status.”

Haynes, John Earl. “CPUSA Revelations and the Response from the Academy: The Case of the True Believers.” Ohio Scholar, no. 9 (Fall 1996). Discusses the acceptance and rejection of new evidence from Soviet archives.

Haynes, John Earl. “Historians Scramble for New Party Lines.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 7 (September 1996). Discusses the incompatibility of the revisionist view of Communist history with the new evidence from Moscow.

Haynes, John Earl. “The Benign View of American Reds -- Flat-Out Lies.” Baltimore Sun, 23 February 1997, Books Section.

Haynes, John Earl. “New Evidence on Contested Ground: Communism and Anticommunism in American History.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Haynes, John Earl. “Following the Evidence: Acceptance, Evasion and Denial of the New Evidence from Moscow’s Archives in the Academic World.” Paper presented at Accuracy in Academia “Rethinking McCarthy” conference. Washington, DC, 2000.

Haynes, John Earl. “Red-Penciling History: Denying the True Scope of Soviet Espionage in the United States.” American Experiment Quarterly 3, no. 3 (Fall 2000): 11-25.

Haynes, John Earl. “The Cold War Debate Continues: A Traditionalist View of Historical Writing on Domestic Communism and Anti-Communism.” Journal of Cold War Studies 2, no. 1 (Winter 2000): 76-115. Interpretive bibliographic essay. “This past century has seen war, revolution, mass murder, human butchery, terror, and cruelty on an extraordinary scale.  Making historical sense of this appalling phenomenon rightly will be a major preoccupation of scholars in the coming decades.  Communism and anticommunism played central roles in that ghastly century, and frantic calls from those content with the existing academic consensus that ‘it is time to move on’ or a variant denouncing historians who are ‘too zealous in setting the record straight’ likely will be ignored.”

Haynes, John Earl. “Reflections on Ellen Schrecker and Maurice Isserman’s Essay, ‘The Right’s Cold War Revision,’” 2000. Reflecting on Ellen Schrecker and Maurice Isserman’s essay, “The Right’s Cold War Revision,” The Nation, 24/32 July 2000.  See: Reflections

Haynes, John Earl. “An Essay on Historical Writing on Domestic Communism and Anti-Communism,” 2000. An edited and modified version of this essay appeared as “The Cold War Debate Continues: A Traditionalist Looks at Historical Writing on Domestic Communism and Anti-Communism” in The Journal of Cold War Studies 2,1 (Winter 2000).  See An Essay on Historical Writing

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. In Denial: Historians, Communism, and Espionage. San Francisco, CA: Encounter Books, 2003. Critique of revisionist historiography that takes a benign view of American communism and denies or justifies Soviet espionage against the United States.  See: In Denial

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Historiography of American Communism: An Unsettled Field.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 68, no. 1 (April 2003). “The historiography of American communism is today very unsettled. The revisionist domination, achieved in the 1970s and 1980s, has been shaken, but not shattered.  Revisionists easily outnumber traditionalists and dominate the most prominent American historical journals.  But the newly available archival evidence had invigorated traditionalists, and revisionists are in retreat.”

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Historiography of Soviet Espionage and American Communism: From Separate to Converging Paths.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006. Available at: <http://www.johnearlhaynes.org/page101.html >

Isserman, Maurice. “Notes from Underground.” The Nation, 12 June 1995, 846, 848, 850-56. Review-essay on Klehr and Haynes’ The Secret World of American Communism.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “Review of The Secret World of American Communism.” Labor History 36, no. 4 (Fall 1995): 634-35.

Kersten, Katherine. “Historian of Communism Began with DFL.” Minneapolis Star-Tribune, 1 June 2006.  On John Earl Haynes. 

Klehr, Harvey. “Distorting the Past.” Paper presented at National Association of Scholars conference. New York, NY, 2004. Discusses the distortions and minimizing of the crimes of Stalinism and Soviet espionage in secondary and college textbooks.

Klehr, Harvey. “Distorting the Past.” Academic Questions 17, no. 3 (Summer 2004). Discusses the distortions and minimizing of the crimes of Stalinism and Soviet espionage in secondary and college textbooks.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Party’s Over.” New York Review of Books, 18 November 1982. Essay review of Steve Nelson, American Radical and Isserman’s Which Side Were You On?.  “The Communist Party: An Exchange” with Max Gordon, April 14, 1983.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reassessing the Field-Reflections of a ‘Traditionalist’ Historian.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “Professors of Denial: Ignoring the Truth About American Communists.” Weekly Standard, 21 March 2005.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reflections of a Traditionalist Historian.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). With “Rejoinder” to Isserman’s “Open Archives and Open Minds.”

McDermott, Kevin. “Review of The Secret World of American Communism.” Slavic Review 58, no. 2 (Summer 1999): 486-87.

Patterson, James T. “The Enemy Within.” Atlantic Monthly, October 1998, 106-12. Dismissal of Klehr and Haynes’ The Soviet World of American Communism.

Pattison, Kermit. “Ex-DFLer Embraces a Reversal of Sort.” St. Paul Pioneer Press, 5 February 2000. “Once John Earl Haynes was a rising star in Minnesota Democratic circles who served as a trusted aide to governors and congressmen and became one of the state’s top tax experts.  Now Haynes has been reborn as a conservative historian with a knack for irritating the left about a volatile topic: espionage by Communists in the United States.”

Plotke, David. “Review of The Secret World of American Communism.” Political Science Quarterly 111, no. 4 (Winter 1996-97): 730-32.

Plotke, David. “Review of The Soviet World of American Communism.” Political Science Quarterly 114, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 173-75.

Plotke, David. “Review of Venona: Decoding Soviet Espionage in America.” Political Science Quarterly 115, no. 2 (Summer 2000): 289-92.

Reuben, William A. “The Latest Spy Hoax: ‘Secret World’s’ False Secrets.” Rights (1995), 11-13. Asserts that the documentary evidence presented in Klehr and Haynes’ The Secret World is fraudulent and does not exist.

Rieber, Alfred J. “Review of The Secret World of American Communism.” Slavic Review 54, no. 2 (Summer 1995): 429-30. Sneeringly dismissive.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Review of The Soviet World of American Communism.” Journal of American History 85, no. 4 (March 1999): 1647-48.  Belittling, suggests a malevolent role of conservative foundations. 

Schrecker, Ellen, and John Earl Haynes. “Schrecker on Haynes.” H-Diplo, 2000. Archived at <http://www2.h-net.msu.edu/lists/>. Commentary on Haynes, “The Cold War Debate Continues: A Traditionalist View of Historical Writing on Domestic Communism and Anti-Communism,” Journal of Cold War Studies (Winter 2000) and response by Haynes.  See: Schrecker on Haynes  and Haynes’ Response

Schrecker, Ellen. “History in Red -- and White and Blue.” Radical History Review, no. 93 (Fall 2005). Response to Haynes and Klehr’s In Denial.

Shaffer, Robert. “A Not-So-Secret Agenda.” Reviews in American History 24, no. 3 (September 1996): 500-06. Contemptuous review of The Secret World of American Communism.

Skube, Michael. “Was Joe McCarthy Right?” Atlanta Journal Constitution, 14 November 1999. Discusses the scholarly work of Harvey Klehr.

Theoharis, Athan. “Review of Venona: Decoding Soviet Espionage in America.” American Historical Review 106, no. 1 (February 2001). Outraged.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Review of Haynes and Klehr’s In Denial.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004).

****************************************************************

 

Aileen Kraditor

 

Green, James, and Aileen Kraditor. “Debate: American Radical Historians on their Heritage.” Past and Present [U.K.] 60 (August 1973).

Horowitz, David. The Politics of Bad Faith: The Radical Assault on America’s Future. New York: Free Press, 1998. “Based on her own experience as a member of the party during the height of the Cold War, [Aileen] Kraditor’s last book set out to describe the intellectual world view of American Communists.  “Jimmy Higgins” The Mental World of the American Rank-and-File Communists, 1930-1958 is the definitive study of its subject.  Yet, despite an explosion of academic interest in the history of American Communism, Kraditor’s work is almost never referred to and almost never cited, its insights never engaged by the academic community.  Instead, Communist sympathizers like Princeton’s Ellen Schrecker and NYU’s Robin D.G. Kelley, have become preeminent academic authorities on the historiography of American Communism, while Aileen Kraditor has been made an unperson in the intellectual culture.”

Kraditor, Aileen. “American Radical Historians on Their Heritage.” Past and Present [U.K.] 56 (August 1972).  Critique of the methodological errors of many radical historians.

****************************************************************

 

Norman Markowitz

 

History News Network Staff. “Are You Now or Have You Ever Been a Member of the Communist Party?” History News Network [WWW Journal], October 2002. On historian Norman Markowitz’s public announcement that he had been a secret CPUSA member for twenty-four years. <http://hnn.us/>

Markowitz, Norman. “The New Cold-War ‘Scholarship.’” Political Affairs 62 (October 1983): 27-38. Criticizes writings on Communist history which do not support currently orthodox Communist Party interpretations.

Markowitz, Norman. “Anti-Communism Old and ‘New.’” Political Affairs, August-September 1999. Discusses and praises Ellen Schrecker’s work as “an important progressive challenge to ‘primal anti-Communism’” and criticizes the “Cold War revival scholars of the 1980s John Haynes, Ronald Radosh, [and] Harvey Klehr.”

****************************************************************

 

Robert Murray

 

Formwalt, Lee W. “Robert Murray’s Two Red Scares.” OAH Newsletter 31, no. 3 (November 2003)

****************************************************************

 

Mark Naison

 

Horne, Gerald. “Communists in Harlem During the Depression.” Political Affairs 63 (September-October 1984): 36-38. Prominent hard-line revisionist historian attack Naison’s history of the CPUSA in Harlem for suggesting that the party was subordinate to Moscow.  Published in the CPUSA’s theoretical journal.

Naison, Mark. White Boy: A Memoir. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2002. Memoir of a leading revisionist historian.

****************************************************************

 

Bryan Palmer

 

Barrett, James R. “The History of American Communism and Our Understanding of Stalinism.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003).  Comment on Palmer’s “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.”

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “The Devil is Not in the Details: He is Stalin!” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003). ).  Comment on Palmer’s “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.” Argues that the degeneration of Bolshevism began well before Stalin.

Haynes, John Earl. “Poison or Cancer?: Stalinism and American Communism.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003). Commentary on Bryan Palmer’s  “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.”  Emphasizes the inability of the Communist movement to adapt to American democratic practices.

McIlroy, John. “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism: A Comment.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003).  Comment on Palmer’s “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.”

Palmer, Bryan D. “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003).  Thoughtful and scholarly Trotskyist/Cannonist interpretation critiquing both revisionist and traditionalist approaches.

Palmer, Bryan D. “Communist History: Seeing It Whole.  A Reply to Critics.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003). Reply to comments by James Barrett, John Earl Haynes, Melvyn Dubofsky, John McIlroy.

Palmer, Bryan. “American Communist History: Seeing It Whole.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

****************************************************************

 

Vernon Pedersen

 

Cerny, George. “Seeing Red: A Historian Crashes Maryland’s Communist Party.” Baltimore City Paper, 1904, 29 June 2002. On the reaction of Maryland Communists to Vernon Pedersen’s Communist Party in Maryland, 1919-57.

Pedersen, Vernon. “The Moscow Files: An Evaluation of Their Impact on the Historiography of the CPUSA.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley Historical Conference, 1994. Reported on his examination of CPUSA and Comintern files in Moscow: holds that the files strongly support the main lines of historiographic argument advanced by Draper, Klehr, and Haynes while also providing material for local-level studies, part of the revisionist agenda.

****************************************************************

 

Ronald Radosh

 

Markowitz, Norman. “Book Review Essay - Spain Betrayed, by Ronald Radosh (Online Edition).” Political Affairs, 17 June 2004.

McCain, Robert Stacy. “Ex-Red Revelations.” Washington Times, 30 May 2001. Newspaper feature story on Ron Radosh and his autobiography Commies.

Radosh, Ronald. “Hanging up the Old Red Flag.” In Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988, edited by John Bunzel. New York: Free Press, 1988. Radosh, a one-time CPUSA member and New Left intellectual, remembers his journey out of the far left.

Radosh, Ronald. “An Interview with Ronald Radosh.” Continuity, no. 13 (Spring/Fall 1989). Discusses his experiences and shifting views as a young Communist and later New Leftist historian. On his early years writes: “We Marxists were preparing a way for the cultural-intellectual transformation in the understanding of the American past.  I did not believe that there could be any political change of consequence unless the basic view and understanding of America and what it was and how it had developed had first changed.  The intellectual community had to develop this understanding first and create a hegemony transformation that would filter down somehow to the masses.”  Later, after publication of The Rosenberg File, comments “in the planning of courses at CUNY, one of my leftist colleagues said, ‘As long as I’m here in this graduate faculty we will never let Radosh teach a course here.’...  The profession of American history has become more and more politicized and more and more influenced and taken over by the New Left.”

Radosh, Ronald. Commies: A Journey Through the Old Left, the New Left and the Leftover Left. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2001. Autobiography discussing his childhood as a red-diaper baby, experiences at a Communist-oriented youth camp, activities as a young Communist in graduate school, his role in the New Left, the reaction to his book on the Rosenberg case, his observations on visits to Communist Cuba and Nicaragua under the Sandinistas, and his gradual shift toward an anti-Communist stance.

Radosh, Ronald. “Should We Ex-Leftists be Forgiven?” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 5 June 2001. Discusses attractions of communism to Jewish intellectuals and responds to criticism of his autobiography.

Sherman, Scott. “The Radosh File.” Lingua Franca, October 1999. Profile of historian Ronald Radosh discussing his writings on the Spanish Civil War, espionage and communism.

Radosh, Ronald. “When Did They Know? The Truth About Stalinism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 26 September 2000.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Persistence Of Anti-Anti-Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 11 July 2001. Reply to Victor Navasky’s “Cold War Ghosts: The Case of the Missing Red Menace.”

Radosh, Ronald. “Please, Release Me!” National Review, 2 June 2003. Reviews the nature of the just published transcripts to the McCarthy subcommittee executive sessions. Critical of press coverage and of the interpretation presented by Senate historian Don Ritchie. “The zeal to use the recent disclosures merely to once again bash Joe McCarthy -- and then even ricochet that McCarthy-bashing into a condemnation of the Bush administration -- sets back the effort to achieve an honest understanding of the McCarthy chapter.”

****************************************************************

 

James Ryan

 

Ryan, James. “A Different Kind of Moscow Gold: The Soviet Archives and the Changing Historiography of the American Communist Party.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association Conference. Houston, Texas, 1996.

Ryan, James. “American Communism and Anticommunism: Availability of New Documents and the Beginnings of an Academic Reassessment.” Historian 60, no. 2 (Winter 1998).

Ryan, James. “Along the Ideological Frontier: The Limits of American Democracy, the Communist Party and the Need for Historiographical Synthesis.” In Frontiers and Boundaries in U.S. History, edited by Cornelis van Minnen and Sylvia L. Hilton. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: VU University Press, 2004.

****************************************************************

 

Alan Wald

 

Wald, Alan. “The Formation of an Activist Scholar.” Minnesota Review, no. 50-51 (October 1999). Political and biographical interview of Wald.

Wald, Alan. “From the Left: An Interview with Alan Wald.” In Critics at Work Interviews, 1993-2003, edited by Jeffrey Williams. New York: New York University Press, 2003.

Wald, Alan M. “Search for a Method: Recent Histories of American Communism.” Radical History Review, no. 61 (Winter 1995): 166-74. Essay review discussing Theodore Draper,  Robert Cohen‘s When the Old Left Was Young, Brown‘s New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism,  and Schrecker‘s No Ivory Tower.

****************************************************************

 

Jonathan Wiener

 

Aptheker, Herbert. “Welcoming Jonathan Wiener’s Paper, with a Few Brief Dissents.” Journal of American History 76, no. 2 (September 1989): 443-45. Praises historical revisionists of the history of American communism.

Wiener, Jon. “Campus Voices Right and Left.” Nation, 12 December 1988. Discusses November 1988 conferences of the National Association of Scholars (hostile) and the Institute for Media Analysis’s “Anticommunism and the U.S.; History and Consequences” (sympathetic).

Wiener, Jonathan M. “Radical Historians and the Crisis in American History, 1959-1980.” Journal of American History 76, no. 2 (September 1989): 399-434.  Celebration of the increasing influence of Marxist and radical historians in the period.

****************************************************************


‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

 

 

Chapter 33

Bibliographies, Encyclopedias, and Reference Works.

on 20th Century American Radicalism

 

 

Arnold, Guy. Revolutionary and Dissident Movements: An International Guide. Harlow, Essex, U.K.: Longman, distr. by Gale Research, 1991.

Basgen, Brian, and Andy Blunden, eds. “Encyclopedia of Marxism.” Marxists Internet Archive, 2002. <http://www.marxists.org/>

Bassett, T. D. Seymour, comp. and ed. Socialism and American Life (Vol. 2), Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952. “Bibliography, Descriptive and Critical.”

Bouscaren, Anthony Trawick. A Guide to Anti-Communist Action. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1958. Contains bibliographic list of many now obscure periodicals dealing with communism.

Buhle, Mari Jo, Paul Buhle, and Dan Georgakas, eds. Encyclopedia of the American Left. New York: Oxford University Press, 1998.

Corker, Charles. Bibliography on the Communist Problem in the United States. New York City: Fund for the Republic, 1955. Extensive list of books, essays, and contemporary writings.

Corker, Charles. Digest of the Public Record of Communism in the United States. Edited by Charles Corker. New York City: Fund for the Republic, 1955.

Cottrell, Robert. “Twentieth Century American Radicalism: A Bibliographic Essay.” History Teacher 20, no. 1 (1986).

Delaney, Robert Finley. The Literature of Communism in America: A Selected Reference Guide. Washington: Catholic University of America Press, 1962. Cites journalistic studies, scholarly works, and primary material.

Dietrich, Julia. The Old Left in History and Literature. New York: Twayne Publishers Prentice Hall International, 1996.

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “American Communist History Bibliography 2001.” American Communist History 1, no. 2 (December 2002).

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “United States & Comparative Communist History: Bibliography 2002.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (December 2003).

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “United States & Comparative Communist History: Bibliography 2003.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004).

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “United States & Comparative Communist History: Bibliography 2004.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005).

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “Communist History: An Annual Bibliography (2006).” American Communist History 6, no. 1 (June 2007).

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “American Communism and Anticommunism.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006). Review of John Earl Haynes’s online bibliography, “American Communism and Anticommunism: A Historian’s Bibliography and Guide to the Literature”

Fine, Nathan. Labor and Farmer Parties in the United States, 1828-1928. New York City: Rand School of Social Science, 1928.

George, John, and Laird M. Wilcox. Nazis, Communists, Klansmen, and Others on the Fringe Political Extremism in America. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1992. Examines history, beliefs, and current activities of more than forty extreme left and right groups, relates extremism to constitutional principles, looks at conspiracy theories, debunks dubious quotes and documents, and examines motivations of fringe-group members.

George, John, and Laird M. Wilcox. American Extremists Militias, Supremacists, Klansmen, Communists & Others. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 1996.

Gorman, Robert A, ed. Biographical Dictionary of Neo-Marxism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985. Contains 220 essays on major twentieth century Marxian thinkers.

Gorman, Robert A, ed. Biographical Dictionary of Marxism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Contains 220 essays on Marxian thinkers.

Green, James R. Grass-Roots Socialism: Radical Movements in the Southwest, 1895-1943. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1978.

Haynes, John E. “United States.” In Yearbook on International Communist Affairs, 1988: Parties and Revolutionary Movements. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press., 1988. Brief survey of CPUSA in 1987.

Haynes, John Earl, ed. Calvin Coolidge and the Coolidge Era: Essays on the History of the 1920s. Washington, DC & Hanover, NH: Library of Congress, distr. by University Press of New England, 1998.  See: Calvin Coolidge

Haynes, John Earl. Communism and Anti-Communism in the United States: An Annotated Guide to Historical Writings. New York: Garland, 1987. Contains over 2,000 references to books, articles and academic theses, detailed table of contents and author index.  See: Communism and Anti-Communism

Hobday, Charles, Roger East, and David Scott Bell. Communist and Marxist Parties of the World. Chicago: St. James Press, 1990.

Hook, Sidney, ed. World Communism: Key Documentary Material. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand, 1962. Reproduces key documents with an explanatory commentary by Hook.  Includes a section on the C.P. in the United States.

Hunt, R. N. Carew. Books on Communism: A Bibliography. London, U.K.: Ampersand Ltd., 1959. Annotated bibliography of about 1800 books, chiefly on Communism in the Soviet Union with smaller sections on Communism in other nations.

Hunter, Jason. Communist Leaders. Farmington Hills, MI: Greenhaven Press, 2005.

Jeifets, Lazar, Victor Jeifets, and Peter Huber. La Internacional Comunista y América Latina, 1919-1943: Diccionario Biográfico. Moscú Ginebra: Instituto de Latinoamérica de la Academia de las Ciencias Institut pour l’histoire du communisme, 2004.

Kehde, Ned, ed. The American Left, 1955-1970: A National Union Catalog of Pamphlets Published in the United States and Canada. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1976. Lists over four thousands pamphlets, chiefly on the New Left.

Kinnell, Susan K., ed. Communism in the World Since 1945: An Annotated Bibliography. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 1987. Cites 4,151 items, of which 253 are to Communism in the U.S.

Kolarz, Walter, and R. N. Carew Hunt. Books on Communism: A Bibliography. New York: Oxford University Press, 1963. Revised edition of R. N. C. Hunt’s 1959 volume.  Annotated bibliography of about 2500 books, chiefly on communism in the Soviet Union with smaller sections on communism in other nations.

Library of Congress Congressional Reference Service. World Communism, 1964-1969: A Selected Bibliography. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1971. Nearly 6,000 entries, with 116 in the section on the United States.

Library of Congress Legislative Reference Service. World Communism a Selected Annotated Bibliography (Bibliographic Materials Through September 1963). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964. Contains 3059 entries, chiefly on Communism in the Soviet Union with shorter sections on other nations.  The section on CPUSA contains 83 entries.  Also lists fifty-five entries regarding teaching about Communism and Americanism in schools.  U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee document no. 69.

Neufeld, Maurice F. , ed. A Representative Bibliography of American Labor History. Ithaca: [New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations] Cornell University, 1964.

Neufeld, Maurice F., Daniel J. Leab, and Dorothy Swanson, eds. American Working Class History: A Representative Bibliography. New York: Bowker, 1983. Detailed bibliography with a section devoted to labor and radical political movements, including Communism.

Perry, Jeffrey B. “Pseudonyms: A Reference Aid for Studying American Communist History.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004).

Peterson, Brian. “Working Class Communism.” Radical America 5, no. 1 (1971). Bibliographic essay on works discussing the relationship of workers with Communist parties in the U.S., Great Britain, Germany, and France.

Pundeff, Marin. Recent Publications on Communism: A Bibliography of Non-Periodical Literature, 1957-1962. [Los Angeles]: University of Southern California, Research Institute of Communist Strategy and Propaganda, 1962. Lists 947 books and pamphlets.

Reed, Dale. “Holdings on United States Socialism and Communism at the Hoover Institution on War, Revolution, and Peace.” Labor History 27, no. 4 (1986).

Rosengarten, Frank. “Some Notes on Library Resources for the Study of Socialist and Labor History.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 3 (Fall/Winter 1986). Notes holdings at the Tamiment Library, the Reference Center for Marxist Studies (NEW YORK CITY), and the Cecile H. Green Library at Stanford University.

Rosengarten, Frank. “Library Resources for the Study of Socialist and Labor History.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 4 (Spring-Summer 1987). Discusses holdings at the New York Public Library (American Fund for Public Service collection, Norman Thomas papers, Vito Marcantonio papers, David Fulton papers, and Fannia Cohn papers)

Seidman, Joel Isaac, comp. and ed. Communism in the United States: A Bibliography. Assisted by Olive Golden and Yaffa Draznin. Ithaca [N.Y.]: Cornell University Press, 1969. Extensive annotated bibliography of primary and secondary material.

Skidmore, Gail, Theodore Jurgen Spahn, and Robert H. Muller. From Radical Left to Extreme Right: A Bibliography of Current Periodicals of Protest, Controversy, Advocacy, or Dissent, with Dispassionate Content-Summaries to Guide Librarians and Other Educators. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1987.

Starr, Richard F., and others, eds. Yearbook on International Communist Affairs. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press., 1966-91. Published annually from 1966 to 1991.  Contains county by country chapters on the recent activities and status of Communist parties and movements including CPUSA.

Sworakowski, Witold S. The Communist International and Its Front Organizations: A Research Guide and Checklist of Holdings in American and European Libraries. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution on War, Revolution, and Peace Stanford University, 1965.

Sworakowski, Witold S. World Communism; a Handbook, 1918-1965. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1973.

Tourish, Dennis, and Tim Wohlforth. On the Edge: Political Cults Right and Left. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 2000.

Troy, Leo. Trade Union Membership, 1897-1962. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, distr. by Columbia University Press, 1965.

Vigor, P. H. Books on Communism and the Communist Countries: A Selected Bibliography. London, U.K.: Ampersand, 1971. Revises Kolarz by adding 500 new titles and deleting 350 old titles.  Annotated bibliography of about 2650 books, chiefly on Communism in the Soviet Union with smaller sections on Communism in other nations.

Wilcox, Laird. Guide to the American Left. Kansas City, MO: Editorial Research Service, 1990. Directory of 2,000 left-wing organizations and serials with geographical index.  Briefly annotated bibliography with 880 items. Published annually in various forms since 1978.

Wilcox, Laird M. Bibliography on the American Left. Kansas City, MO: Editorial Research Service, 1980.

Wilcox, Laird M. Bibliography on the American Right. Kansas City, MO: Editorial Research Service, 1980.

Wilcox, Laird M. Guide to the American Right: Directory and Bibliography. Olathe, KS: Laird Wilcox, 1990. Directory of 2,000 right-wing organizations and serials with geographical index. Briefly annotated 560 item bibliography. Published annually in various forms since 1978.

****************************************************************

 

The Radical Press and Journalists

 

Conlin, Joseph Robert, ed. The American Radical Press, 1880-1960. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1974. Two volumes.  Includes recollections by editors: Joseph Hansen of the Trotskyist Militant, Joseph Clark of the Communist Party’s Student Review, Joseph P. Lash of the Popular Front Student Advocate, Philip J. Jaffe of the Communist-aligned China Today and Amerasia, and Daniel Bell of the independent Marxist Modern Review.  Includes comment on the Daily Worker by Harvey A. Levenstein.

Goldwater, Walter. Radical Periodicals in America, 1890-1950: A Bibliography with Brief Notes.  With a Genealogical Chart and a Concise Lexicon of the Parties and Groups Which Issued Them. New York: University Place Book Shop, 1977.

Muller, Robert H. From Radical Left to Extreme Right: Current Periodicals of Protest, Controversy, or Dissent--U.S.A. Ann Arbor, MI: Campus Publishers, 1967.

Muller, Robert H., Theodore Jurgen Spahn, and Janet M. Spahn. From Radical Left to Extreme Right: A Bibliography of Current Periodicals of Protest, Controversy, Advocacy, or Dissent. Ann Arbor: Campus Publishers, 1970.

U.S. Department of State. American Correspondents and Journalists in Moscow, 1917-1952: A Bibliography of Their Books on the USSR. Pamphlet. Washington, DC, 1953.

****************************************************************

 

Archival Resources

 

Brent, Jonathan. Inside the Stalin Archives: Discovering the New Russia. New York, NY: Atlas & Co., 2008.

Dondertman, Anne, and Sean Purdy. “The Robert S. Kenny Collection on Communism and Radicalism at the Thomas Fisher Rare Book Library, University of Toronto.” Labor History 39, no. 4 (November 1988). The Kenny collection contains a great many CPUSA periodicals, pamphlets and books as well as Communist Party of Canada and Comintern material.

Filardo, Peter Meyer. “The Counterattack Research Files on American Communism, Tamiment Institute Library, New York University.” Labor History 39, no. 2 (1998).

Haynes, John Earl <compiler>, “Temporary Register for Microfilm of Russian State Archive of Social and Political History Fond 515: Communist Party USA, Records of the CPUSA,” Manuscript Division, Library of Congress, Washington, DC. Downloadable at: Comintern Archives: Files of the Communist Party of USA

Haynes, John Earl. “The American Communist Party Records on Microfilm.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). Description of the contents of the Russian State Archive of Socio-Political (RGASPI) fond 515, CPUSA records.  Fond 515 contains 4,313 file folders with more than 435,000 pages of documents, most originally produced in the U.S. and then transported secretly to the Comintern in Moscow.

Haynes, John Earl. “170 000 Names for the INCOMKA Database of the Comintern Archives. The Result of International Cooperation.” International Newsletter of Communist Studies [part of Jahrbuch für Historische Kommunismusforschung - 2003] 9, no. 16 (2003). Report on the numerous international scholars who assisted in translating personal names in the Incomka (International Committee for the Computerization of the Comintern Archive) project.

Johnpoll, Bernard K. “Manuscript Sources in American Radicalism.” Labor History 14, no. 1 (Winter 1973).

Leab, Daniel J., and Philip P. Mason, eds. Labor History Archives in the United States a Guide for Researching and Teaching. Detroit, MI: Wayne State University Press, 1992.

Miller, Cynthia. A Guide to Research Collections of Former Members of the United States House of Representatives, 1789-1987. Washington, DC: Office for the Bicentennial of the United States House of Representatives, 1988.

Nash, Michael. “Communist History at the Tamiment Library.” American Communist History 3, no. 2 (December 2004).

Tamiment Library. A Guide to Daniel Bell’s Files on the Communist Party (U.S.A.), Socialist Party, and Labor Unions. Pamphlet. New York, 1970.

Tamiment Library. Radical Pamphlet Literature: A Collection from the Tamiment Library, 1817 (1900-1945) 1970. Glen Rock, N.J.: Microfilming Corporation of America, 1974. 90 microfilm reels.  Includes pamphlets by: Allen, James S.; Amter, I.; Bedacht, Max; Bittelman, Alex; Cacchione, Peter V.; Claessens, August; Darcy, Samuel; Debs, Eugene V.; De Leon, Solon; Dunne, William F.; Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley; Gellert, Hugo; Goldman, Emma; Green, Gil; Harrington, Michael; Laidler, Harry Wellington; Lewis, Lena Morrow; Recht, Charles.; Shachtman, Max; Vladeck, Baruch Charney; Young, Art; Aptheker, Herbert; Berger, Victor L.; Browder, Earl; De Leon, Daniel; Dennis, Eugene; Ford, James W.; Foster, William Z.; Green, William; Holmes, John Haynes; Oneal, James; Petersen, Arnold; Reuther, Walter; Sinclair, Upton; Thomas, Norman; Wallace, Henry Agard; Lenin, Vladimir Ilich; Mao, Zedong; Trotsky, Leon.

****************************************************************

 

Oral Histories

 

Buhle, Paul, and Jonathan Bloom, eds. Guide to the Oral History of the American Left. New York, NY: New York University Libraries, Tamiment Institute/Ben Josephson Library, 1984.

Buhle, Paul, and Robin D.G. Kelley. “The Oral History of the Left in the United States: A Survey and Interpretation.” Journal of American History 76, no. 2 (September 1989): 537-50. Highly useful review of major and minor Left oral history projects

 

End

 

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

 

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

 

Return to Historical Writings Main Page